The Englishman's Greek New Testament; giving the Greek text of Stephens 1550, with the various readings of the editions of Elzevir 1624, Griesbach, Lachmann, Tischendorf, Tregelles, Alford, and Wordsworth: together with an interlinear literal translation, and the Authorized Version of 1611

ἂν». Ἂς
SE oe

Potato ae
BEAN te og

ἐς ἐν we

~~
Wet on Pee

oN

mS

ae KS

x ἘΞ Berens

BBL A A ἃς
no oS aan heat te

2

Oh anaes

eae aoe
pee a

RE

«x
ἿΝ

SON
SERS

ae th

~

‘Chis book belongs to

ἧς

LIBRARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
PRINCETON. N. J.

PRESENTED BY

-

Mr. Hoel Lawrence tcQueen

LiL = LeU

[ΒΦ 1965 1896
Bible. N.T. Greek. 1896.
The Englishman's Greek New
Testament

THE ENGLISHMAN'S
GREEK NEW TESTAMENT:

GIVING oN
ἌΝ

“Ny

THE GREEK TEXT OF srtpHENs 1550,

¥ ,
NG fi
> ae |

-
Ὃς

I

WITH

THE VARIOUS READINGS OF THE EDITIONS OF ELZEVIR 1624,
GRIESBACH, LACHMANN, TISCHENDORF, TREGELLES,
ALFORD, AND WORDSWORTH:

TOGETHER WITH

AN INTERLINEAR LITERAL TRANSLATION,
AND

THE AUTHORISED VERSION OF 1611.
Ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει buds.—JOHN viii. 32.
Multz terricolis lingue, celestibus una
Chiro Cnition.

LONDON:
SAMUEL BAGSTER AND SONS, LIMITED,
15 PATERNOSTER ROW.

ENT EOD CF LON:

Tuts work is intended to help the devout English reader of the New
Testament, who may, with a little knowledge of Greek, desire to reier to
the actual words used by the Spirit of God.

It has not been framed to teach people Greek, though doubtless it may
be used towards that end. It is believed that there are many, who, having
learnt a little of that language in their early days, in after years feel a
desire to read the Greek Testament, but find that their intermediate occu-
pations (in which this language was in no way used by them) have caused
them to forget the little they once knew.

Certain it is that there is a growing desire among Christians to refer for
themselves to the Greek Testament. We are well aware that some would
endeavour to discourage all such reference, thinking that all who are not
Greek scholars ought to be satisfied with the excellent translations of the
New Testament already in existence. But had all persons thought so, we
should never have had the valuable ‘‘ ENGLISHMAN’S GREEK CONCORD-
ANCE,” and other useful works of this class, especially adapted for the
help of those seeking to learn from the word itself rather than from the
Commentary.

It may be true that a little knowledge is a dangerous thing ; yet let our
object be not to stamp out the little, but to give the means to use it to
profit, and, it may be, to increase it. A Christian needs the grace and
help of God to read his English Testament profitably : the same grace and
help will prevent his using in any other way the present work.

We should much deprecate any one making a wrong use of the Greek
Testament through our means. It is of course intended for private study,
and not to be flourished before the young and inexperienced. Nothing
can be more unseemly than for the unskilful to be always correcting
everyoody with their literal translations and various readings, distressing
simple souls rather than seeking that which tends to godly edifying. We
have remarkable instances of our Lord and His apostles using the words
of the Septuagint where it is certainly not an exact translation of the
original Hebrew ; yet where the translation gave the true sense it was
used unreservedly, and used as scripture: an example surely worthy of all
to follow.

iv INTRODUCTION.

Still, who will venture to deny that an intelligent Christian ought to
have his literal translation and various readings for his own study of the
word? Certain it is that there are many who know how to make a good
use of every scrap of real information touching the words of their God;
and we believe that many will know how to appreciate the present endea-
vour to aid them in their study of His word.

That a good translation of the New Testament does not fully satisfy
many, is not surprising ; for, in the first place, there are several modern
translations of the New Testament, all supposed to be improvements on
the Authorised Version, and all purporting to be true and more or less
literal translations: yet these when compared together are found to differ
materially; some in the translation itself, and some because of a different
Greek text having been used.

Besides this, there are certain points of interest which no translation
has ever pretended to give. Take, for instance, the word ‘master ;’ there
are six different Greek words translated ‘master’ in the Authorised
Version, all with different shades of meaning. Other translations have
reduced the number, still all perhaps represent different words by ‘master,’
and there is nothing to shew what the word is in the original. The word
‘judgment’ represents eight different Greek words in the Authorised
Version, and so of many others. Of particles, ‘but’ represents twelve
different words ; ‘by,’ eleven ; ‘for,’ eighteen ; ‘in,’ fifteen ; ‘of,’ thirteen;
and ‘on,’ nine.

We do not mean of course that the same Greek word can in all places be
translated by the same English word; but the word actually translated,
in any place, can here be seen at a glance ; and those who are able can refer
to their lexicons for the use and meaning of any word in question.

We give the Greek Text, with an interlinear translation as literal as
may be to be useful; and in the margin the venerable Authorised Version,
divided into paragraphs to correspond to the Greek text.

This work also gives in its notes not only the various readings of six
different editors of the Greek Testament, but also these variations in Hng-
lish whenever the sense is affected thereby, but without attempting to give
in every case all the minute shades of meaning which a Greek scholar
will attach to them. Many of these variations may be thought to
be of no great importance, descending even to the different spelling
of the same word; but from this they rise to variations of the greatest
importance. All are of interest, because they concern the word of
God, and all are here made available to the English reader—a result
which we believe has never been attempted in any similar work.

INTRODUCTION. Υ

Thus we have endeavoured to furnish the English student with all he
may require both as to the text of the New Testament, and possibly all
he requires for its word-for-word translation. Interpretation we have
endeavoured to avoid.

We proceed to lay before our readers the detail of our work.

I.—THE GREEK TEXT.

We have taken the Greek Text of Stephens 1550, which is the common
text in this country ; but as the edition of Elzevir 1624 is the one often
called the Received Text, or Textus Receptus, because of the words,
Se RGXEUI 3 τος πο: ab omnibus receptum,” occurring in the preface (though
this edition, as is manifest by its date, was not used for our English trans-
lation of 1611), we give the readings of this Elzevir edition in the notes,
and mark them E. It is the text commonly reprinted on the Continent.
In the main they are one and the same, and either of them may be re-
ferred to as the Textus Receptus.

There are a number of minute variations between the editors with which
we have not thought it well to trouble the reader in such a work as the
present ; indeed some of the editors have not kept strictly to one form
of ecceniuation, &c., for the same word in every instance. Thus we hav2
not noticed the variation of θλίψις with θλῖψις ; στῦλος With στύλος ; κρίμα
and κρῖμα ; ζῶον and ζῷον ; Μωυσῆς and Mwioje ; Ησαῦ and Ἡσαῦ, ἕο.
So again in the division of words. We have not recorded such variations
as οὐκέτι and οὖν ἔτι ; εἴ τις and εἴτις ; εἴγε and εἴ γε; μήποτε and μή ποτε,
&c. In all these cases we have followed the majority of modern editors.

With them we have also added the final ν to the third person singular
and plural in σι ; third singular in ¢; in datives plural in σι, &c. For
οὕτω we have given ot7we, and αὐτοῦ where some have αὑτοῦ.

Of each of the editors referred to we must say a few words.

1. GrizspacH.—About a hundred and fifty years had elapsed after the
Elzevir edition of 1624 before Griesbach brought out his Greek Testament.
During that time an enormous amount of evidence had been collected and
was available for judging of the true text. The line adopted by Griesbach
was to classify the Greek manuscripts into three families, and then deal
with each family as one witness. These were the Alexandrine, the
Western, and the Byzantine. Thestandard of the Alexandrine text he con-
ceived to be that given by Origen. In this family he placed the ancient

vi INTRODUCTION.

copies A B,C; L of the Gospels ; the Egyptian and some lesser versions.
The Western recension would be represented by D of the Gospels and Acts,
by those that contained a Latin as well as Greek text ; the Old Latin and
Vulgate, and quotations in the Latin Fathers. The byzantine embraced the
great mass of other manuscripts, the Versions, and the Greek Fathers. To
this last family Griesbach did not attach so much importance as to the
other two. Where two of these families agreed in a reading, that decided the
text with him. Griesbach does not seem to have carried out his rule very
rigidly, for the common text must be considered to have leant most to his
Byzantine family, which he thought least of; yet he appears to have had
a sort of preference for the common text in cases of doubt and difficulty,
which prevented so many alterations being made from it as otherwise
would have been the case. We have nothing here to say as to Griesbach’s
rules of classifying the copies ; (it is certain that editors who have suc-
ceeded him have not put the copies A and B in the same family ;) we are
merely relating his plan of action. ‘‘ His industry,” says Scrivener, ‘‘ his
moderation..... his logical acuteness and keen intellectual perception
fall to the lot of few; and though they may have helped to lead him into
error, and have even kept him from retracing his steps, yet on the whole
they are worthily exercised in the good cause of promoting a knowledge
of God’s truth.”

Griesbach, in his larger editions, encumbered his text with different
readings, marking them as more or less probable; but in 1805 he published
a smaller edition (representing his final judgment on all points) without
any of these gradations in his text. It is from this later edition we
have taken his readings.

2. LACHMANN.—This editor, having little respect for the common text,
set to work to form a text independent of that, right or wrong. He
started with the theory of ancient evidence only, thus sweeping away many
copies and much evidence, because they dated below his fixed period.
He did not seek to discover the ‘‘ original” text in name so much as to
recover the text as it was in the fowrth century. He did not actually
restrict himself to evidence of or before the fourth century, or he would
have had but little in any shape; but his theory being ‘ancient docu-
ments only’ he often had but four Greek copies, in some places three, and in
some two, and in parts of the Revelation but one. Old Latin copies and
Fathers he added to his scanty stock of evidence. Lachmann being at first
misunderstood was severely criticised, but since his work has been better
understood he has always held a place among the principal editors of
the Greek Testament. Scrivener describes him as ‘‘ earnest, single-

INTRODUCTION. Vil

hearted, and a true scholar, both in spirit and accomplishment.” Of his
owr work he said, ‘‘ I may be allowed to hope that my object, undertaken
with diligence and with confidence of Divine aid, and brought to a com-
pletion to the best of my ability, will be approved by posterity from the
utility being known, more than has been the case from this age.’”’*

3. TISCHENDORF.—We presume this editor aimed at giving (not as
Lachmann, the text of any early date, but) the original text as far as he
could discover it. His plan was this: ‘ The text is only to be sought
from ancient evidence, and especially from Greek MSS, but without neg-
lecting the testimonies of Versions and Fathers. Thus the whole confor-
mation of the text should proceed from the evidences themselves, and not
from what is called the received edition.”* He further differed from
Lachmann in receiving evidence as late as the ninth century, though
naturally placing more importance upon those copies which were the more
ancient. He has published eight editions. We copy of course from his
last. His long and unremitting labours as a Biblical critic are too well
known and appreciated to need any commendation from us.

4, TREGELLES.—This editor says he purposed ‘‘to give the text on the
authority of the oldest MSS and Versions, and the aid of the earlier cita-
tions, so as to present, as far as possible, the text commonly received in
the fourth century.” It will be seen that this almost exactly agrees in
words with what Lachmann proposed to do ; yet from what Tregelles says
elsewhere, we suppose he aimed to give the original text, but that he
judged the best way to arrive at this was to go back to the text of the
fourth century. Except a few cursive copies, he confined his attention to
ancient evidence. For about thirty years this critic industriously worked
at his New Testament, and in collating manuscripts for it, and ceased
not his labours until physically laid aside.

5. ALForp.—‘‘ The text which I have adopted,” says this editor, ‘‘ has
been constructed by following, in all ordinary cases, the united or prepon-
derating evidence of the most ancient authorities: in cases where the
most ancient authorities do not agree nor preponderate, taking into ac-
count later evidence ; and in cases where the weight of diplomatic testi-
mony is interfered with by adventitious circumstances (such as parallelism
or the like), applying those principles of criticism which appear to furnish
sound criteria of a spurious or genuine reading. The object of course is,
in each case, where evidence is divided, to mount up, if possible, to the
original reading from which all the variations sprung: in other words to

* Tregelles’s Account of the Printed Text.

viii INTRODUCTION.

discover some word or some arrangement which shall account for the varia-
tions, but for which none of the variations will account.”* There have
been several editions of Alford’s Greek Testament. We give the dates
of each volume from which our collation has been taken.

6. WorpswortTH.—‘‘ The text of the present edition,” says this editor,
“fis not a reprint of that hitherto received in any impression of the
New Testament. The editor has endeavoured to avail himself of the
collations of manuscripts which have been supplied by others, and to offer
to the reader the result at which he has arrived after an examination of
those collations..... He feels it his duty to state, that he has not
deviated so far from the text commonly received, as has been done in some
recent editions. Indeed he cannot disguise his belief that a superintend-
ing Providence has ever been watching over the text of the New Testa-
ment, and guiding the Church of Christ, as the guardian and keeper of
Holy Writ, in the discharge of her duty.”+

It will thus be seen that each of the editors took up more or less a
different line. Lachmann was the first to cast wholly aside the commonly
received text, and Bishop Wordsworth has taken it up again, believing
that God overruled its formation in His good providence.

Though these editors had each his own plan, in some places, all came
to one conclusion, pointing out that the common Greek text (from
which in the main our venerable Authorised Version was translated) ought
to be abandoned for the one they give. We consider that in such cases
our readers will be safe in taking their united verdict. Where the editors
differ, it is not for us to offer any opinion. We are not forming a Greek
text: had we done so, it would have been simply our own individual judg-
ment, with little or no weight; but we have sought to give our readers
unversed in such matters the best guide we could. We know of nothing
better for such than to be directed to the united judgment of those who
have conscientiously laboured in this particular field.

* Alford’s Greek Testament, vol. i., ch. vi. sec. i., 18. We should have
been glad to give, as here, what each of the editors said of his system in
his own words (and we have done so as far as we could), but we could not
transcribe whole pages. Alford says of Tischendorf and Tregelles, “ If
Tischendorf has run into a fault on the side of speculative hypotheses as to
the origin of readings found in those MSS, it must be confessed that Tre-
gelles has sometimes erred on the (certainly, far safer) side of scrupulous
adherence to the mere literal evidence of the ancient MSS.”

t Preface to New Testament, vol. i., Ὁ. xiii.

INTRODUCTION. 1x

One further remark seems needed, namely, that the date at which the
editors did their work must be remembered ; for further and important
evidence (for example the Codex Sinaiticus*) has been discovered since the
time of Lachmann. If he and Griesbach had had the same evidence as
Tischendorf, Tregelles, Alford and Wordsworth, their readings might have
coincided more frequently with those of later editors.

In recording the various readings of the editors we have omitted those
which we judged to be errors, though not pointed out by themselves.

As to the form of the Greek text a few words are needed.

1. PARAGRAPHS.—We were disappointed in finding nothing like autho-
rity for where a paragraph ought to be. Ancient manuscripts were no
help: they have few or no paragraphs. The editors all differed, each making
paragraphs according to his own judgment. We were therefore obliged,
after referring to the best examples, to form paragraphs for ourselves. We
are anxious that our readers should remember that the paragraphs have
no authority, which they might have had if the ancient manuscripts had
agreed in the placing of them.

2. PARENTHESES.—Most of the editors have placed here and there
parentheses in their Greek texts. These we have disregarded, seeing that
there are no such things in the early Greek copies. We have placed them
in the English where we deemed them necessary to preserve the sense, but
not being in the Greek they also have no authority.

3. INVERTED CommMas.—Some editors mark with inverted commas the
words that are spoken, and others in a similar way mark the quotations
from the Old Testament. But in some places it is doubtful where these
quotations close, and it was thought best to omit them. These also,
being absent from the ancient Greek copies, have no authority.

4, Pornts.—There is no authority anywhere for the punctuation. There
are few or no points in the ancient copies, and editors naturally differ in
their system of pointing. We have been obliged to punctuate for ourselves
as we judged best. We have not attempted to note the difference in the
punctuation of the various editors, except in places where it materially
alters the sense.

5. CAPITALS.—The only remark needed here is in reference to the
names of God, of Christ, and of the Holy Spirit. The greatest difficulty
ig touching the word ‘Spirit.’ In some places it is very difficult to say

* Tregelles had not this codex when he brought out the Gospels: he first
mentions it in John xxi.

Χ INTRODUCTION.

whether the Holy Spirit as a person or the spirit of the Christian is re-
ferred to (see Rom. viii. 9); and if sometimes a small letter and sometimes
a capital had been placed to the word πνεῦμα, in the Greek, persons would
naturally have concluded that the question was thus indisputably settled.
It was therefore judged best to put a small 7 everywhere. In the English
we have been obliged to put a capital S when the Holy Spirit was referred
to and so have retained it wherever we thought this was the case; but in
some places it is really doubtful, and becomes a question for the spiritual
judgment of the reader. The Greek will not help in the difficulty, because
in the earliest copies every letter was a capital. In the other names we
have followed the usage of modern editors ; putting in the Greek a capital
tu Jesus but a small letter for Christ, and a small letter for Lord and for
God.

6. VreRsEs.—In a few places it is doubtful where the verses should com-
mence. In these cases we have followed Bruder’s ‘‘ Greek Concordance,”
though that work does not in all cases agree with itself.

II.—THE INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION.

Very few words will suffice for this. No new translation has been aimed
at, but rather a selection from the best translations already existing.

1. The plan adopted can soon be explained. The Greek words have
always been kept in their right order, and where the interlinear English
would not make sense in the same order, the words have been numbered to
shew how they must be read. Thus, ‘‘ And ‘related ®to *them 2also !those
3who ‘had 5seen [010] (Luke viii. 86) are numbered so as to read ‘‘ And
those also who had seen [it] related to them.”

To prevent this numbering, and transposition in reading, being increased
unnecessarily, a few words are often made into a phrase. This has been
done at the commencement of each sentence, where needed, two or more
words being joined with a low hyphen. Thus, instead of

᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ.

᾿Εγένετο δὲ
And it came to pass.

7It *came *to pass ‘and

The words in brackets [ ] are what have been added in the English

to complete the sense where there is no word in the Greek to correspond
to the words added.

Where a Greek word occurs which the English idiom requires should

not be translated, the word stands alone with no English word under it :

as Or, ‘that,’ in Mark xii. 7; and οὐ in verse 14, where there are two

we have printed

INTRODUCTION. xi

negatives, which, if both were translated, would in English destroy
one another; and so of μή, where it simply marks the sentence as a
question.

In a few places we have been obliged to put a double translation, mostly
because of the double negatives used in the Greek, where they do not
immediately follow one another, and so could not be translated by such
strengthened expressions as ‘not at all,’ ‘in no wise,’ &c. In such cases
we have placed a literal translation below the one required in English.
Thus—

οὐδέν.
(it, nothing)

2. As to points of grammar we shall trouble the reader with but few
remarks.

The Aorist. This tense of the Greek verb has been at all times the
most difficult to deal with, being translated, in the Authorised Version
(and by others), sometimes by the present, sometimes by the past, some-
times by the futwre, and sometimes by the perfect. Grammarians say that,
in the main, it is the indefinite past, and we have endeavoured, as far as
may be, to keep it to this, avoiding, except in a few places, the trans-
lation of it asa perfect. We all know what stress is often laid—and rightly
so—upon the word ‘have.’ IfI say, ‘he has cleansed me,’ it is more than
saying ‘he cleansed me.’ The former expression indicates the perfect, and
implies a continuance of the act, or its effects, to the present time;
whereas the latter speaks of an act at some time in the past, without any-
thing being implied as to its continuance.

For this reason it appeared unadvisable to translate the aorist as the
perfect, except in a few places where the true sense would otherwise have
been destroyed. It is true that the English idiom requires it elsewhere,
but it was thought best to sacrifice the English for the sake of preserving
the above distinction. An extreme case will illustrate this point. In
1 Corinthians vy. 9 occurs the word ἔγραψα, “1 wrote ;’ and in verse 11 the
same word precisely—‘I wrote ;’ but the Authorised Version (and others)
put for the latter ‘I have written.’ It is there accompanied with the word
‘now’—‘now I have written.’ This is needed for good English ; but we
have sacrificed the English and put ‘I wrote’ in both places, but have put
a comma after the word ‘now’ to make it read not quite so harshly. We
were encouraged to preserve this uniformity by the fact of the Authorised
Version being in proximity, which will make all plain in the instances
where this uncouthness occurs.

In a few places we have translated the aorist as a present where the

xil INTRODUCTION.

sense demanded it. As, for instance, ἔγνω, in 2 Timothy ii. 19: ‘‘The
Lord knows those that are his,” instead of ‘‘ the Lord knew,” &c.

The Imperfect. This is mostly translated as ‘I was writing,’ or ‘I
wrote.’ But there are a few places where this tense is said to have a
different meaning. This will be best illustrated by the much-disputed pas-
sage in Romans ix. 3: ‘‘For J cowld wish that myself were accursed from
Christ for my brethren.” Here the word for ‘I could wish’ is in the im-
perfect. If the learned were agreed as to a translation we should have
kept to the same, but while some translate ‘I could wish,’ as a conditional
present, others give ‘I could have wished’ as a conditional past. We have
thought it best to keep the sense of the simple imperfect as referred by
Winer to this passage. ‘‘ J felt a wish, and should do so still, could it be
gratified. .... (a conditional clause being understood).” We have put
“1 was wishing.”

The Perfect. This we have kept as uniform as we could, implying an
act perfected, but continuing to the present in itself or its conse-
quences. In a few places we have translated it as a present: as in
Matthew xii. 47, in the sense of ‘they have stood and still are standing.’

The Subjunctive. In this mood perhaps we have deviated further from
ordinary practice than in any other, but we have endeavoured, as far as
practicable, to keep it distinct from both the English imperative and the
Greek future. Thus in Romans xiii. 9 for οὐ φονεύσεις (future indicative)
we have, ‘thou shalt not commit murder ;’ but in James ii. 11, for μὴ
φονεύσῃς (aorist subjunctive) ‘thou mayest not commit murder.’

Tue Pronouns. At times it is important to know whether the pro-
nouns are emphatic or not. ἐγὼ γράφω and γράφω are both ‘I write;’ but
where the ἐγώ is put in the Greek, it makes the pronoun emphatic. This
however is somewhat due to the writer’s style, and in John’s Gospel and
Epistles, it has been judged that, from his peculiar style of composi-
tion, he puts in the pronouns where emphasis is not always intended.
John ix. 27 gives a good example of the same verb with and with-
out the pronoun in the Greek: ‘‘Why again do ye wish to hear? do ye
also wish to become his disciples ?”

Comrounp Worps. It was found impracticable to translate these
uniformly throughout. For instance, if γνῶσις be translated ‘ knowledge,’
it might be thought that ἐπίγνωσις should be ‘full knowledge,’ &c. ; but
on referring to a Concordance it will be seen that the latter word cannot
be intensified in all places, and then to translate it by ‘knowledge’ in
some places, and ‘ full knowledge’ in others looks too much like interpre-
tation. We have therefore translated both words by ‘knowledge.’ In

INTRODUCTION. xii

the few places however where one of each of such words occurs in the
same sentence, some distinction was imperative.

III.—Tue Notes.

The references to the notes are marked thus in the text *avrov"; the
mark ' shewing how far the variation extends. In a few places a note
occurs within a note. If words are to be omitted or transposed by some
editors but not by others, these latter may want to alter a word in the
sentence. In such cases one tick shews the termination of the inner note.
Phas’? ΦΈΡ ΟΣ: bg, oo WANE | See notes ¥ and * Matthew v. 44.

This mark — iad for omit; and + for add; but in some places all the
editors do not actually omit, some putting the word in brackets as doubtful.
In that case it is put thus, ‘‘— αὐτοῦ [L]TTr’ ; which means that Lachmann
marks the word as doubtful, and Tischendorf and Tregelles omit it. In
some cases, a// mark a word as doubtful, and then it could be put either
thus, δὲ [LTTr], or [δὲ] LTTr; we have adopted the latter plan. In some
places the editors mark part of a word as doubtful, mostly in compound
words. See for instance [ἐκ]διώξουσιν read by TrA in Luke xi. 49.

It will be seen by this that the marks [ ] applied to the Greek or the
editors in the notes always refer to readings which the editors point out
as doubtful. They must not be confounded with the same marks in the
English text and notes, which always point out that there is no corres-
ponding word in the Greek.

In some places where a word is added by the editors, another English
word is added in the note to shew the connection of the new word. Thus
in Luke xv. 2, the word ‘both’ is added; but it falls between the words
‘the’ and ‘Pharisees,’ therefore it is put thus in the note ‘‘+ re both
(the) LTTrA” to shew that it must be read ‘both the Pharisees.’ Slight
variations in the use of the parenthesis occur in the course of the
work, but we trust the meaning intended will in all cases be plain to the
student.

Where long pieces are to be omitted they are marked in the text where
they commence and where they end, but in the notes the first word or

two only and the last are named with..... between. Thus in Luke
ix. 55, note * stands, ?— καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55). . . . σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA;
—oyap..... σῶσαια. The four editors omit the whole twenty words;

but G omits only the last twelve. In Luke xxiv. 10, note ‘ is thus, ' + ἡ
the [...], implying that some word must be added.

χὶν INTRODUCTION.

We have endeavoured to make the notes as plain as possible for the
English reader. One point still needs to be explained. For instance, in
Luke vii. 22 occur the words ‘‘and “answering ‘Jesus said ;” but a note
omits the word ‘Jesus,’ and then it must be read (as stated in the note)
‘and answering he 5814. This is because the word εἶπεν (as already ex-
plained) stands for both ‘he said,’ and ‘said.’ Also in verse 27 occur the
words ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω, ‘I send,’ but a note omits the word ἐγὼ, ‘I,’ and then
ἀποστέλλω is to be read ‘I send,’ but without emphasis on the ‘1.’

IV.—THE MonrEy AND MEASURES OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.

1. Monry. It was deemed better not to attempt to translate the
sums of money named in the New Testament, as we have no corresponding
pieces to those then in use. We have therefore used the Greek words un-
translated, and give a list of them here. It is not without interest and in-
struction to know the approximate value of money and the extent of
the measures used. For instance, in Revelation vi. 6 we read of “ἃ
measure of wheat for a penny” in the Authorised Version; but this
leaves the reader in doubt as to how far it speaks of scarcity and dearness.
We want at least to know the value of the ‘penny,’ and the capacity of the
‘measure.’

The following lists, it is hoped, will be useful ; but approximate values
only can now be arrived at.

APPROXIMATE
GREEK. AUTHORISED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. ae ;
£58. One ats
λεπτόν mite lepton 0 0 0 0.375
κοδράντης farthing kodrantes 0' 00" δῦ
ἀσσάριον farthing assarion 0 “O'* Ors
δηνάριον penny denarius D) #0 Pye
δραχμή piece of silver drachma 0° 0" 7 9)
δίδραχμον tribute money didrachma 0 1 8.2
orarno piece of money stater a li!
μνάα pound mina ΘΟ jt
τάλαντον talent talent 193 15 0 0
ἀργύριον piece of silver. This is the common word for silver and

money, as U’argent in French. In different places it would represent
wholly different coins.

INTRODUCTION. ΧΥ͂

2. MEASURES OF CAPACITY.

GREEK. AUTHORISED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. APPROXIMATE,
Gallon. Pint.
ξέστης pot (liquid measure) vessels* 0 1
χοῖνιξ measure (dry ,, ) cheenix 0 2
“μόδιος bushel (dry ,; } Corn measure* 2 0
σάτον measure (dry », } seah 2 i
Baroc measure (liquid ,, } bath if 4
METONTNG firkin (liquid ,, } metretes 8 +
κόρος measure (dry ,, ) cor 64 1

It is judged that those marked * are referred to as measures independent
of their capacity: such as ‘‘ washing of vessels,” &c.

3. Lona Muasure. Here the names already in use were near enough to

be retained.
Feet. Inches.

πῆχυς cubit cubit 1 6 to 9

ὀργυιά fathom fathom 6 0
στάδιον furlong furlong 606 9
μίλιον mile mile 4854 0
ὁδὸς σαββάτου sabbath day’s journey 6 furlongs

In conclusion, we desire to render thanks to Almighty God who has enabled
us to complete what has been a work of some years. For the various readings
reference has been made to the originals. This alone was a work of labour.
When we commenced our work Tischendorf and Tregelles had not finished
their editions (though during its progress Tischendorf, Tregelles, and
Alford have all passed from the scene of their labours) ; and each part
had to be collated as it appeared, and some of the other editors, as far as
we know, had never been collated before. To those who have so kindly
given their aid we return our thanks and acknowledgments: may the
Lord reward them.

Though the work has been laborious, it has been full of interest, and
we trust to some profit. If our God will vouchsafe to use our humble
_ endeavour to aid to a more careful study of His word, and to a clearer
knowledge of His truth, our desire will be obtained ; and to Him be all
_ the praise andthe glory. Amen.

Lonpon, 1877.

LIST OF SIGNS AND EDITIONS USED.

E Elzevir, 1624.

G Griesbach, 1805.

L Lachmann, 1842-1850.

T Tischendorf, Eighth Edition, 1865-1872.

Tr Tregelles, 1857-1872.

A Alford, vol. i. 1868 ; vol. ii. 1871 ; vol. iii. 1865 ; vol. iv. 1862, 1870.

W Wordsworth, 1870.

+ signifies an addition.

- »» ἢ omission.

[ ] », in the interlinear translation, that there is no Greek word
corresponding to the English.

[ ] signifies in the notes that an editor marks the reading as doubtful.

ΕΣ how far the variation in the Greek text extends.

Text. Rec. refers to both Stephens 1550 and E.

THIRD EDITION.

This differs from the Second Edition only in a few places where the
translation has been made more uniform, 1896.

ΠΟ CAA

THE *ACCORDING ἼΟ. “MATTHEW ‘HOLY
BIBAOS γενέσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ ὑΔαβίδ," υἱοῦ
BOOK of (the] generation of Jesus Christ, son of David, son

᾿Αβραάμ.

of Abraham,

2 ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ’loaan ᾿Ισαὰκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν

Abraham begat Isaac ; and Isaac begat
Ἰακώβ᾽ ᾿Ιακὼβ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιϑύδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς
Jacob ; and Jacob begat Judas and 7brethren
αὐτοῦ: 3 ᾿Ιοὐδας. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Zapa ἐκ
this ; and Judas begat Phares and Zara of
τῆς Θαμάρ'’ Φαρὲς. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Εσρώμ: ᾿Ἐσρὼμ. δὲ
Thamar; and Phares begat Esrom ; and Esrom

ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αράμ' 4’Apay.de ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αμιναδάβ'"
begat am; and Aram begat Aminadab ;
Αμιναδαβ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Naacowy’ Naaocowy.cé ἐγέννη-
and Aminadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson be-
σεν τὸν Σαλμών' 5 Σαλμὼν.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Bool" ἐκ τῆς
gat Salmon ; and Salmon begat Booz of
‘Paya’ “Βοὺξζ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν © QBH6" ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ᾽ “Ωβὴδἱ!'
BRachab ; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth ; 2Obed
δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν lecoat’ 6 ᾿Ιεσσαὶ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "AaBid"
‘and begat Jesse ; and Jesse begat David
τὸν βασιλέα. ὕΔαβιὲὶδ᾽ δὲ [ὁ βασιλεὺς" ἐγέννησεν τὸν ΕΣολο-
the king. And David the king begat Solo-
μῶντα! ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου: 7 Σολομὼν. δὲ ἐγέν-

mon of the (one who had been wife] of Urias; and Solomon be-

νησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ: ‘PoBodp δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αβιά" ᾿Αβιὰ

gat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; 7Abia
δὲ ἐγέννησεν Tiv™ Aca" 8’ Acd' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσαφάτ'
land begat Asa; and Asa begat Josaphat ;

? ‘ 4 ‘ , ’ 4 , ‘
Ἰωσαφὰτ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ιωράμ᾽ ᾿Ιωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν

and Josaphat begat Joram ; and Joram begat
POZiay’ 9 Ὀζίας". δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωάθαμ᾽ ᾿Ιωάθαμ.δὲ
Ozias ; and Ozias begat Joatham ; and Joatham

ἐγέννησεν τὸν “Ayal: Αχαζ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν * Εζεκίαν""
begat Achaz; and Achaz begat Ezekias ;

10 "Ἐζεκίας" δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ: Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέν-

and Ezekias begat Manasses ; and Manasses be-
vnoey τὸν “᾿Αμών"" ™Apuwr' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν lwoiar"'
gat Amon ; and Amon begat Josias ;
11 “Iwoiac'.6& ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς
and Josias begat Jechonias and *pbrethren
αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ
*his, at(thetime] of the carryingaway οἵ Babylon. And after

MATOAION AVION EYALPEAION. |

7GLAD *TIDINGS.

THE book of the gei-
eration of Jesus Christ,
the son of David, the
zon of Abraham,

2 Abraham begat
Isaac ; and Isaac be-
gat Jacob; and Jacob
begat Judas and his
brethren ; 3 and Judas
begat Phares and Zara
of Thamar; and Pha-
res begat Esrom; and
Esrom begat Aram;
4 and Aram begat A-
minadab; and Ami-
nadab begat Naasson ;
and Naasson begat
Salmon ; 5 and Salmon
begat Booz of Rachab;
and Booz begat Obed
of Ruth; and Obed
begat Jesse; 6 and
Jesse begat David the
king; and David the
king begat Solomon
of her that had been
the wife of Urias;
7 and Solomon begat
Roboam ; and Roboam
begat Abia; and Abia
begat Asa; 8and Asa
begat Josaphat; and
Josaphat begat Jo-
ram; and Joram begat
Ozias; 9 and Ozias
begat Joatham; and
Joatham begat A-
chaz; and Achaz be-
gat Ezekias ; 10 and
Ezekias begat Manas-
ses; and Manasses be-
gat Amon; and Amon
begat Josias; 11 and
Josias begat Jechonias
and his brethren,about
the time they were
carried away to Ba-
bylon: 12 and after

a Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μαθθαῖον (Maré. Gw) Gutrw ; [Evay.] κατὰ Μαθθ. a; κατα Μαθθ. 1.

Ὁ Δαυϊδ Gw; Δανεὶδ LTTrA.
{--- ὃ βασιλεὺς LTTra.

1 ᾽Οζείας LTTrA,.

5 Ἰωσείας ἱτττὰ.

ς ᾿Αμειναδάβ A.
8 ΞΣολομῶνα GTTrAW.
©’Eexeiav 1.. ι᾿Ἑζεκείας L.

4 Boos LTr; Βοὲς Ta
h’Agad LTTrA,
m’Awws LTTra.

© Ιωβὴδ LTTra.
1 ’OGecav LTTra.
π᾿Ιωσείαν LTTrA.

B

2
they were brought to
Babylon, Jechonias

begat Salathiel; and
Salathiel begat Zoro-
babel; 13 and Zoroba-
bel begat Abiud ; and
Abiud begat Eliakim ;
and Eliakim begat A-
zor ; 14 and Azor begat
Sadoc; andSadoc begat
Achim; and Achim be-
gat Eliud; 15and Eliud
begat Eleazar; and
Eleazar begat Mat-
than; and Matthan
begat Jacob; 16 and
Jacob begat Joseph
the husband of Mary,
of whom was born
Jesus, who is called
Christ.

17 So all the gene-
rations from Abraham
to David are fourteen

enerations ; and from

avid until the carry-
ing away into Babyton
are fourteen genera-
tions; and from the
carrying away into
Babylon unto Christ
are fourteen genera-
tions,

18 Now the birth of
Jesus Christ was on
this wise: When as his
mother Mary was es-
poused to Joseph, be-
fore they came ἴο-
gether, she was found
with child of the Hol
Ghost. 19 Then Josep:
her husband, being a
cust man, and not wil-
ling to make her a
public example, was
minded to put her
away privily. 20 But
while he thought on
these things, behold,
the angel of the Lord
appeared unto him in
a dream, saying, Jo-
seph, thou son of
David, fear not to
take unto thee Mary
thy wife: for that
which is conceived in
her is of the Holy
Ghost. 21 And she
shall bring forth a
son, and thou shalt
call his name JESUS:
for he shall save his
people from their sins,
22 Now all this was
done, that it might be
fulfilled which was
ΓΕΘ θα of the Lord by
the prophet, saying,
23 Behold, a virgin
shall be with child,
and shall bring forth

a son, and they shall

4 γεννᾷ begets A.
GLTTraAW
LTTraw.

* — yap for LTT:[ A].

MATOAIOS., I,

THY μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος, ‘lexovac “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν Σαλα-
the carryingaway of Babylon, Jechonias begat Sala-

Or: Σαλαθιὴλ. δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ZopoBaBer 18 Ζοροβά-

thiel ; and Salathiel begat Zorobabel ; *Zoroba-
Bed δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ᾿Αβιούδ' ᾿Αβιοὺδ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν
bel ‘tand begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat
᾿Ελιακείμ' ᾿Ἑλιακεὶμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αζώρ' 14 ᾿Αζὼρ δὲ
Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat Azor ; and Azor
ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ' Σαδὼκ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αχείμ᾽ ᾿Αχειμ
begat Sadoc ; and Sadoc begat Achim; 7Achim

δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ελιούδ' 15 ᾿Ελιοὺδ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἔλεά-
‘and begat Eliud; and Eliud begat Elea-
Zap’ ᾿Ἐλεάξζαρ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "Ματθάν"" τΜατθὰν" δὲ ἐγέν-
Matthan ; and Matthan be-

Zar; and Hleazar begat
vnoey τὸν Ἰακώβ'΄ 16 ᾿Ιακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν
gat Jacob ; and Jacob begat Joseph the

ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος χριστός.

husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ.
17 Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἕως "Δαβιδ'

So all the generations from Abraham to David [were]

γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ *AaBid" Ewe τῆς μετοικεσίας
*generations ‘fourteen; and from David until the carrying away

Βαβυλῶνος, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" Kai ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας
of Babylon, “generations ‘fourteen ; and from the carrying away

Βαβυλῶνος Ewe τοῦ χριστοῦ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες.
of Babylon to the Christ, *generations ‘fourteen.

18 Τοῦ δὲ "Τησοῦ" χριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις" οὕτως ἦν. Μνη-

Now of Jesus rist the birth thus was, *Having
στευθείσης τ γὰρ" τῆς. μητὶ ὁς. αὐτοῦ Mcplag τῷ lwond, πρὶν.ἢ
Speen Τρούσούῃοᾷ ‘for his “mother *Mary to Joseph, efore
συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος

*came Stogether 'they she wasfound to be with ohild of (the] *Spirit
ἁγίου. 19 Ἰωσὴφ.δὲ ὁ. ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὦν, καὶ μὴ θέλων
ἸΉΟΪγΥ. But Joseph herhusband, righteous *being,and not willing

αὐτὴν *rapadeyparioat," ἐβουλήθη YAaOpa" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν.
to put 7away = her.

her to expose publicly, purposed secretly
~ ‘ ~ ’ ’ ” ,
0 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ. ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου
And Sthese*things ‘when*he*had*pondered, behold, anangel of [{}9} Lord

kar’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ, λέγων, ᾿Ιωσήφ, υἱὸς *AaBid," μὴ
in adream appeared tohim, saying, Joseph, son of David, “not
Paine ~ Η͂ " ω“ 9 Δ A 2
φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τὴν. γυναϊκά.σου" τὸ.γὰρ ἐν
‘fear totaketo[thee] Mary thy wife, for that which in
᾽ ~ ‘ > ’ , ’ e ΄ 9] ἐξ δὲ cr
αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνευματος ἐστιν αγιου. Τεξεται. vLOoY,
her is begotten of (Sthe]°Spirit “is “Holy. Andsheshall bring forth ason,
καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ "Inoovy' αὐτὸς. γὰρ σώσει τὸν
and thou shalt call his name Jesus ; for he shall save

λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. 22 Ῥοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον
‘people ‘his from their sins. Now this all
, ε ~ a « θὲ « A 1 Sell /,

γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθ τὸ πθέλι. ume ἴτοις, mene
or

led that which wasspoken by the
~ « ,

διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 23 ᾿Ιδοὸ ἡ παρθένος ἐν

through the prophet, saying, Behold, the virgin ‘with

αστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, Kai καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα
child 4shall?be, and shall bring forth ason, and they shall call *name

came to pass, that might be ful

5 Aavié GW; Aaveld LTTrA. " --- Ἰησοῦ Tr. * γένεσις

τ Μαθθάν LTTra. i
YAd@pq 1. * — τοῦ (read |the])

χα δειγματίσαι LTTrA.

1.1]: MATTHEW. 3

ee , ἐξῆν» ΄ ἢ ,, call his name Emma-
αὐτου ἐπι οῦηλ; O ἔστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Μεθ μῶν λαοὶ, which being in-

this mmanuel, which is, being interpreted, f *With us terpreted is, God with
"ὁ" θεός. 24 ὑΔιεγερθεὶς".δὲ “ὁ" ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, érroi-_BS. 24 Then Joseph be-
'God. Andhaving*been*aroused ‘Joseph from the sleep, didetes Space SLOMASTeep

A alec . 5 rf did as the angel of the
noev we προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου" καὶ παρέλαβεν Hers aid biddee bin,

as had ordered him the ee δ: [[86] Lord, “πὸ ἘΠ etophien) site 25 and tear
τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, 25 Kai ovK.éyivwoKey αὐτὴν ἕως ov her not till she had

Ἐν τς fot : brought forth her
his wife, aod knew not her until Gicet Mae ea Temiihe

ἔτεκεν “ro! υἱὸν “αὐτῆς τὸν mpwrdroKoy"" Kai ἐκάλεσεν called his name JE-

she brought forth *son "her the firstborn ; and hecalisd SUS.
τὸ ὑνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν.
his namo Jesus.

Q ἸΤοῦ.δὲ᾿ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας,
Now Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judza,
eas > Σ iS Ε ΟΡ a Mer 5 = 11. Now when Jesus
EV ἡμέραις Hpowdov TOU βασιλέως, ἰδού, μάγοι απο ανατολῶν wasborn in Bethlehem
in {the]days of Herou the king, behold, magi from(the] east ὍΣ νον μος aie i
παρεγένοντο εἰς Lepocd\vpa, 2 λέγοντες, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχ- hold, there came wise
arrived at erusalem, saying, Where is he who has men from the east to
: ᾿ aD ͵ ” ἢ Ay τάττον Geta, Jerusalem, 2 saying,
θεὶξ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; εἴδομεν yap αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα Whereishethat isborn
been born King of the Jews? for we saw his star King of the Jews? for
? ~ 9 ~ . oo» ~ wae ᾽ , we have seen his star
ἐν TY ἀνατολῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 3 ᾿Ακούσας in the cast, and are
in the east, and arecome todohomage tohim., ‘Having *heard come to worship him,
5 ft , ι x ll ὲ , 6; \ ~ ε aN 3 When Herod t oeking
δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ βασιλεὺς! ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα ἹἹεροσόλυμα jad μοιταὰ these things
‘but ?Herod “the *king hewastroubled,and all erusalem he was troubled, and
= - 1 ᾽ ~ , all J 1 ith
per αὐτοῦ" 4 καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ him.’ 4d@And whon he
with him, And having gatheredtogether all the chief priests and had gathered all the
~ im ae θά a ie yoo ~ .,, chief priests and
γραάμματεις του λαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο TAP αὐτων, TOV O χριστὸς scribes of the people
scribes of the people, he inquired of them wherethe Christ together, he demanded

γεννᾶται. 5 Οἱ. δὲ Selrov' αὐτῷ, Ἔν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας. Oia bo born, 5 And
shouldbeborn. Andthey said tohim, In _ Bethlehem of Juda: they said unto him, In

οὕτως. γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, 6 Kai od Βηθλεέμ, pe beae aie
for thus it has been written by the prophet, And thou, Bethlehem, by the prophet, 6 And
γῆ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα᾽ ἐκ thou Bethlehem, inthe

land of Juda, in no wise least artamong the governors of Juda, 7out tend Laue sri

σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὕστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν. λαόν. μου Princes of Juda: for

%of*thee‘for shall goforth a leader, who shallshepherd my people oe sot ehre se shall
’

τὸν ᾿Ισραήλ. 7 Τότε Ἡρώδης "λάθρα! καλέσας τοὺς μάγους, mule my people Tarnel.
Israel Then Herod, “secretly 'having called the magi, amcor a a
ἠκρίβωσεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος" wise men, inguired of

i) P 2 : 1 them diligently what
peared ΠΟΟΌΓΑΎΘΙΝ of Hien, the ime ofthe eppesring ΠΕΣ tine fHastacanpeared.
8 καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ εἶπεν, Πορευθέντες 'άκρι- 8 And he sent them to

Απα having sent them to Bethlehem, hesaid, Having gone, accu- Hethleheiny eat its
βῶς ἐξετάσατε! περὶ τοῦ παιδίου" ἐπὰν. δὲ εὕρητε, gently for the young
rately inquire for the littlechild; and when ye shall have found [him] child; and when ye

> r , “ Br ALS ‘ 7 > ~ have found him, brin
ἀπαγγείλατε μοι, ὕπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὑτῷ. me word again, that t
bring word back tome, that also havyingcome maydohomage tohim, may comeand worship
einvel pate o? ~ , ᾽ , : 1 »9 + ε himalso. 9 When they

9 Οἱιδὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν" Kai ἰδού, ὁ had heard the king,
Απᾶ they having heard the king, went away; and behold,the they departed; and,
᾽ ΠΕΣ ΤᾺ > <a? x ~ > , ὦ ᾽ ’ lo, thestar, which they
ἀστήρ, ov εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν saw in the east, wont
star, which theysawin the east, went before them, untilhavingcome before them, till it
κ᾿ 1 eG - σ᾿ 4 δὶ 10 ἐδό ΕΣ sete came and stood over
€0T)) eTavVW OU nV TO σπαιοιον. t OVTEC. € TOV αστερα, where the young child
it stood over where was the littlechild. Andhayvingseen the star, was. 10 wien they saw
, ᾿ , the star, t joiced
ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα᾽ 11 καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς with exceeding great
they rejoiced [with] joy ?great ‘exceedingly. And haying come into joy. 11 And when they

*—oL. > ἐγερθεὶς having risen LTTrA. ¢—oT. 4d — τὸν (read a son) LTTra.
© — αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον LITrA. £6 βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης LTTra. Β εἶπαντ. 4 λάθρᾳι,
leferaga ε ἀκριβῶς LTTrA. Κ ἐστάθη LTTra.

4

were come into the
house, they saw the
young child with Mary
nis mother, and fell
down, and worshipped
him: and when they
had opened their trea-
sures, they presented
anto him gifts; gold
aud frankincenge, an
myrrh. 12 And being
warned of God in a
dream that they
should not return to
Herod, they departed
into their own coun-
try another way.

13 And when they
were departed, behold,
the angel of the Lord
appearcth to Joseph in
a dream, saying, Arise,
and take the young
child and his mother,
and fice into Egypt,
and be thou there until
I bring thee word: for
Herod will seek the
poung child to destroy

im. 14 When hearose,
he took the young
child and his mother
by night, and departed
into Egypt: 15 and was
there until the death
of Herod: that it might
be fulfilled which was
spoken of the Lord by
the prophet, saying,
Out of Egypt have I
called my son. 16 Then
Herod, when he saw
that he was mocked of
the wise men, was ex-
ceeding wroth, and
sent forth, and slew
all the children that
were in Bethlehem,
and in all the coasts
thereof, from two
years old and under,
according to the time
which he had diligent-
ly inquired of the wise
men. 17 Then was ful-
filled that which was
spoken by Jeremy the
Prephets saying, 15 In

ama was there a voice
heard, lamentation,
and weeping, and great
mourning, Rachel
weeping for her chil-
dren, and would not
be coniforted, because
they are not.

19 But when Herod
was dead, behold, an
angel of the Lord ap-
penreth in a dream
to Joseph in Egypt,
20 saying, Arise, and
take the young child
and his mother, and go

MATOATIOYXS. 11.
4 r des)? 1 = " ‘ δί ‘ , ~ A > ~
THY οἰκίαν, ‘Ebpov’ τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ,
the house, they Τοππᾷ the littlechild with Mary his mother,
καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς
and having fallendown did homage tohim: and having opened
θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν καὶ
*treasures ‘their they offered tohim gifts; gold and
?

λίβανον Kai σμύρναν. 12 Kai χρηματισθέντες κατ
frankincense and myrrh. And having been divinely instructed in

ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην, δι ἄλλης ὁδοῦ
adream not to revurn to Herod, by another way
ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν.χώραν αὐτῶν.
they withdrew into their own country.

13 ᾿Αναχωρησάντων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου

Now *having *withdrawn ‘they, behold, anangel of[the) Lord
“gaiverar κατ᾽ ὄναρ" τῷ ᾿Ιωσήφ, λέγων, Eyepelc παράλαβε
appears in adream to Joseph, saying, Having risen take with[thee]
τὸ παιδίον Kai τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, Kai φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον,
the little child and his mother, and flee into Egypt,
καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοί" μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ
and be there until 1 588}}] 611 thee; Sis¢about for “Herod to seek the
παιδίον, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 14 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν
little child, to destroy him. Ὁ Andhe having risen took with [him_
τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ νυκτός, Kai ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς
the littlechild and his mother by night, and withdrew into
Αἴγυπτον, 15 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου"
gypt, and was there until the death of Herod:
~ 4 a θὲ « " ἢ ™ II » ὃ 4 ~
πληρωθ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ "τοῦ" κυρίου διὰ τοῦ
might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the Lord through the
΄ , ? ᾽ ᾿ ? ’ ΟἿ “ΡΨ
προφήτου, λέγοντος, EE Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸνουἱϊόν.μου.
prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.
16 Τότε Ἡρώδης, ἰδὼν ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων,
Then Herod, having seen that he wasmocked by the magi,
ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς
was enraged greatly, and having sent he put to death all the
παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις. αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ
boys that [{were}in Bethlehem and in all its borders, from
διετοῦς Kai κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρί(ω-
two years old and under, according to the time which hehadaccurately
~ , « "
σεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. 17 Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν
inquired from the magi. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken
οὑπὸ! Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 18 Φωνὴ ἐν ‘Papa
by Jeremias the prophet, saying, Avoice in Rama
~ ‘ , « ‘
ἠκούσθη, Ῥθρῆνος καὶ" κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, “Payijr
was heard, lamentation and weeping and *mourning ‘great, Rachel
κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα.αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ “ἤθελεν! παρακληθῆναι,
weeping [for] her children, and *not ‘would be comforted,
OTe οὐκ.εἰσίν.
because they are not.

19 TeXeuvrnoayroc.dé τοῦ gos ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου
But *having “died ‘Herod, behold, an angel of [the] Lord

‘kar’ ὄναρ φαίνεται! τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 20 λέγων, ’Eyep-

ἵνα
that

»

in adream appears to Joseph in gypt, saying, Having

‘ A U ‘ ‘ , ~ ‘ ’
θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν. μητέρα. αὐτοῦ, Kai πορεύου
risen take with [thee] the little child and his mother, and go

Ι εἶδον they saw GLTTrAW.
n — τοῦ (read [the]) LTTraw.
τ φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ LTTrA.

φαίνεται Tr.
4 ηθέλησεν 1..

m κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη in a dream appeared L; κατ᾽ ὄναρ
© διὰ through LTTraW. P — @pyvos καὶ LTTra-

ΠῚ ΤΙῚ: MATTHEW.

εἰς γὴν ‘lopand* τεθνήκασιν.γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν
into(the]land of Israel: for they have died who were ee the

τοῦ παιδίου. 21 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον Kai

Ἂν

of the little child. And he havingrisen took with (him)the little child and
τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ "ἦλθεν! εἰς ee ‘Io, oot 22 ἀκούσας
his mother, and came into([theJland of Israel eying. Sheard

ιδὲ ὅτι ᾿Αρχέλαος βασιλεύει ἐπὶ" τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ “Ἡρώδου
‘butthat Archelaus reigns over Juda insteadof Herod

τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ," ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν" ᾿χρηματισ-
his father, he was afraid there to go; “having “been “divinely

θεὶς δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας,

‘instructed 'and in adream, he withdrew into the parts of Galilee :
28 καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην “Ναζαρέτ'"
and having come he dwelt in acity called Nazareth ;
ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, Ore
so that should be fulfilled that which was spokenthroughthe prophets, that
Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται.
a Nazarean shall he be called

3 Ἐν.δὲ ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις παραγίνεται ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ
Now in those a3 comes John the

βϑαπτιστής, κηρύσσων ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ Tij¢ Lovdaiag, 2*cai' λέγων,
Baptist, Beoslatming in the wilderness of Judza, and ED

Μετανοεῖτε" ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 3 Οὗτος. γάρ

Repent, pores drawn near ae kingdom of the heavens. For this
ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς Υὑπὸ" Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος Η
is hewho ἘΣ {πότ of by Esaias the prophet, saying,

Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῷ ἐρήμῳ, τοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυ-
The] voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare the ey, of [the]

ρίου᾽ εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς.τρίβους. αὐτοῦ. 4 Αὐτὸς. .δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης
Lord, Εἰσεικεν make his paths, And *himself ‘John

εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην dep-

bad his raiment of hair ofacamel, and a girdle oe
ματίνην περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν. αὐτοῦ" ἡ.δὲ τροφὴ Ταὐτοῦ ἦν!" ἀκρίδες
leather about his loins, andthe food ofhim was locusts
καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.
and *honey ‘wild.
5 Tore ἐξεπορεύετο eels Bue ‘Te 2 Le καὶ πᾶσα ἡ
Then went out rusalem, and all

lovdaia καὶ πᾶσα ἡ peli Spadite τοῦ lo
Judea, and all the ΞΕΒΣΆ ΞΟ around the

ζοντο" ἐν τῷ lopdavy”
tized in the Jordan

δάνου" 6 καὶ ἐβαπτί-
ordan, and were bap-

ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρ-
by him, confessing sins

τίας αὐτῶν. 7 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδου-
‘their Baghaving seen many ofthe Pharisees and Saddu-

καίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ. βάπτισμα.“αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
cees coming to his eens he said tothem,

Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, Tic ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ped-
ΟἸΈΡΕΙΝΕ: of vipers, who forewarned you toflee from the com-

λούσης ὀργῆς; 8 ποιήσατε οὖν “napa οὺὑς ἀξίους" τῆς μετα-
ing wrath? Produce therefore its worthy of repent-

γνοίας" 9 καὶ μὴ.δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν
ance: and think not tosay within yourselves[*For] *father ‘we “have

5 εἰσῆλθεν entered L1Tra.
αὐτοῦ ᾿Ἡρώδον LTTrA.
τὴν αὐτοῦ UITrA.

w ar LTTrw. * — καὶ Li[Tr]a.
baptism) LT[Tral.

a + [πάντες all L. b ποταμῷ river LTTrA.
d καρπὸν ἄξιον fruit worthy GLTTraw.

ὃ

into the land of Israel:
for they are dead which
sought the young
child’s life. 21 And he
arose, and took the
young child and his
mother, and came in-
to the land of Israel.
22 But when he heard
that Archelaus did
reign in Juda in the
room of his father He-
rod, he was afraid to
go thither: notwith-
standing, being warn-
ed of God in a dream,
he turned aside into
the parts of Galilee:
23and he came and
dwelt ina city called
Nazareth: that it
might be fuifilled
which was spoken by
the prophets, He shall
be called a Nazarene,

111. In those days
came John the Baptist,
preaching in the wil-
derness of Judwa,2and
saying, Repent ye: for
the kingdom of heaven
is at hand. 3 For this
is he that was spoken
of by the prophet E-
sais, saying, The voice
of one crying in the
wilderness, Prepare

e the way of the

ord, make his paths
straight. 4And the
same John had his rai-
ment of camel’s hair,
and a leathern girdle
about his loins; and
his meat was locusts
and wild honey.

5 Then went out to
him Jerusalem, and
all Judza, and all the
region round about
Jordan, 6 and were
baptized of him in Jor-
dan, confessing their
sins. 7 But when he
saw many of the Pha-
risees and Sadducees
come to his baptism.
he said unto them, O
generation of vipers,
who hath warned you
to flee from the wrath
to come? 8 Briug forth
therefore fruits meet
for repentance: 9 and
think not to say within
yourselves, We have
Abraham to our fa-

t — ἐπὶ (read τῆς ον. over Judza) τ tra].

Υ τοῦ πατρὸς

Υ διὰ through LTTraw.

ς — αὐτοῦ (read the

6

ther: for I say unto
you, that God is able
of these stones to raise
up children unto Abra-
ham. 10 And now also
the axe is laid unto
the root of the trees:
therefore every tree
which bringeth not
forth good fruit is
hewn down, and cast
into the fire. 11 I in-
deed baptize you with
water unto repent-
ance: but he that
cometh after me is
mightier than I, whose
shoes I am not worthy
to bear: he shall bap-
tize you with the Holy
Ghost, and with fire:
12 whose fan is in
his hand, and he will
throughly purge his
floor, and gather his
wheat into the garner;
but he will burn up
the chaff with un-
quenchable fire.

13 Then cometh Je-
sus from Galilee to
Jorden unto John, to
be baptized of him.
14 But John forbad
him, saving, I have
need to be baptized of
thee, and comest thou
to me? 15 And Jesus
answering said unto
him, Suffer it to be so
now: for thus it be-
cometh us to fulfil all
righteousness. Then
he suffered him. 16 And
Jesus, when he was
baptized, went up
straightway out of the
water: and, lo, the
heavens were opened
unto him, and he saw
the Spirit of God de-
scending like a dove,
and lighting upon him:
17 and lo a voice from
heaven, saying, This
is my beloved Son, in
whom I am _ well
pleased,

IV. Then was Jesus
led up of the Spirit in-
to the wilderness to be
tempted of the devil.
2 And when he had
fasted forty days and
forty nights, he we : «f-
terward an hungred,

MATOAIOS. 11, LV.

τὸν ABpadu’ λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων
Abraham: forIsay toyou,that able is God from *stones
τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 10 ἤδη.δὲ “καὶ! ἡ ἀξίνη
‘these toraiseupchildren to Abraham. Butalready-also the axe
πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται: πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ
to the root ofthe trees isapplied:7every ‘therefore tree ποῦ

ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται Kai εἰς vp βάλλεται.

TU
producing “fruit Ἰροοῦᾶ iscutdown and into!{the] ἘΠ is cast,

11 ᾿Εγὼ μὲν [βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς" ἐν ὕδατι εἰς peradvorav’ ὁ. δὲ
I indeed baptize you with water to repentance; but he who
ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἰσχυρότερός μου ἐστίν, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ
after me [is] coming mightier thanI is, of whom Iam not
ἱκανὸς ra ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν
fit the sandals to bear: he ou ‘will *baptize with [the}
πνεύματι ἁγίῳ Kai πυρί. 1206 τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ
3Spirit ‘Holy and with fire. Of whom the winnowing fan [is] in *hand
αὐτοῦ, καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν.λωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει
this, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather
~ ~ ᾽ \ .
τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς THY ἀποθήκην,ξ τὸ.δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει
his wheat into the granary, butthe chaff he will burn up
πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ.
with fire unquenchable,
18 Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν

Then comes Jesus from Galilee to the
Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην, τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
Jordan to John, to be baptized by him,

14 ὁ δὲ "᾿ῬΤωάννης" διεκώλυεν αὐτόν, λέγων,
But John was hindering him, saying,
« a ~ ~ 7 ᾿ » , ? ‘
ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, Kai od ἔρχῃ πρός με; 15 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς
by thee tobebaptized, and*thou‘comest to me? *Answering
δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 'πρὸς αὐτόν, Αφες ἄρτι: οὕτως.γὰρ
‘but 7Jesus said to him, Suffer [it] now; for thus
πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Τότε
becoming itis to us to fulfil all righteousness. Then
ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. 163Kai βαπτισθεὶς) ὁ᾿Ἰησοῦς ἀνέβη
he suffers him. And having been baptized Jesus went up
εὐθὺς! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἰδού, ἰἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῷ" οἱ
immediately from the water: and behold, were opened tohim the
οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶδεν "τὸ! πνεῦμα Prov" θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ
heavens, and hesaw_ the Spirit of God descending as
, p Sy 2 , ? ? ᾽ , Set Ud ‘
περιστεράν, Ῥκαὶ! ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 17 καὶ ἰδού, φωνὴ
a dove, and coming upon him: and lo, a voice
ix τῶν οὐρανῶν, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱόξς.ιμου ὁ aya-
out of the heavens, saying, This is my Son the be-
πητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα".
loved, in whom [have found delight.
4 Τότε τὸ" Inoove ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύ-
Then Jesus wasledup into the wilderness by the Spi-

ματος, πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. 2 καὶ νηστεύσας

devil.

‘Bye χρεί αν ἔχω

need ‘have

rit to be tempted by the And having fasted
ἡμέρας "τεσσαράκοντα" καὶ ‘vixrag τεσσαράκοντα," ὕστερον
days forty and “nights forty, afterwards

——————————————— 2 6 ΞΞ ΞΕΞΕΞΘΞΞΘΘΞΘΕ:
ἐ-- καὶ LTTrAW. Ἁὑμᾶς βαπτίζω LrTrw. & + αὐτοῦ (read his granary) Ltrw. ἢ --- Ἰωάννης

(read he was hindering) L1|TrA]w. Ἢ ν '
tl ἠνεῴχθησαν L, ™ — αὐτῷ [1|}τ. 5 — τὸ (read[the]) {||} °— rod TA]. P— καὶ LT

a ηὐδόκησα T

F—OA.

iavre L. 1 βαπτισθεὶς δὲ LITrAW. * εὐθὺς ἀνέβη LITrW.
{tra}

* τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. * τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας T; νύκτας τεσσέρ. Tra.

Iv. MATTHEW.

? , . 6 ‘ v > ~ I] ct , w >
ἐπείνασεν. 3 καὶ προσελθὼν αὐτῷ" ὁ πειράζων elaev™, Et
he hungered., And havingcome tohim the tempter said, If
υἱὸς εἶ roveov, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ.λίθοι.οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται.
7Son 'thou*art of God, speak that these stones “loaves ‘may *become,
6 4A ? ‘ , ? > ᾽ » ,
4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Γέγραπται, Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ
Buthe answering said, Ithasbeenwritten, Not by brea alone
ζήσεται “ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ Yéri'| παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ
shall 1ἴν8 ‘man, but by every word going out through

στόματος θεοῦ. ὃ Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς
{the]mouth of God. Then ®takes *him ‘the “devil to

THY ἁγίαν πόλιν, Kai *tornow' αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ

the holy city, and sets him upon the edge of the
ἱεροῦ, 6 καὶ "λέγει! αὐτῷ, Ei υἱὸς el τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυ-
temple, and says tohim, If *Son?thonu art of God, cast thy-
τὸν κάτω: γέγραπται.γάρ, Ὅτι τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις.αὐτοῦ ἐν-
self down : for it has been written, To his angels he
τελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε.

will give charge concerning thee, and in([their] hands shall they bear thee,

μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα.σου. 7 Ἔφη αὐτῷ
lest thou strike against a stone thy foot. "Said *to*him

ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάλιν γέγραπται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν
1Jesus, Again it hasbeen written, Thoushalt not tempt [the] Lord

θεόν cov. ὃ Πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς

Ξ4οα ‘thy. Again *takes ‘him ‘the devil to
» «- ‘ , ‘ ΄ 3 ~ , ‘
ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι-
amountain “high ‘exceedingly, and shews tohim all the king-

λείας τοῦ κόσμου Kai τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτῶν, 9 Kai éyer' αὐτῷ,

doms ofthe world and their glory, and says tohim,
‘Taira πάντα σοι! δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς
*These*things ‘all tothee willIgive if fallingdown thou wilt worship
μοι. 10 Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Yraye’, σατανᾶ"
me, Then says *to*him Jesus, Get thee away, Satan ;
pe γραπται γάρ; Κύριον τὸν θεόν.σου προσκυνήσεις. καὶ
for it has been written, [The] Lord thy God shalt thou worship, and

αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 11 Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος"
him alone shalt thonserve, Then “leaves “him ‘the “devil,
καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον Kai διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.
and behold, angels came and ministered tohim.
12 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ “ὁ Τησοῦς" bri ᾿Ιωάννης παρεδόθη, ἀν-
But *having *heard + Jesus that John was delivered up, he
ἐχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 18 καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρέτ,"
withdrew into Galilee : and having left Nazareth,
3 ‘ ’ > ‘ I 4 ,
ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς ΞΚαπερναοὺμ' τὴν i seca τη;
havingcome hedwelt at Capernaum, which [is] on the sea-side,
ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ, 14 iva oles
in[the]borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim, that might be ed
TO ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 15 Γῆ
that which wasspoken by Εἰβεΐα the prophet, saying, Land
Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης πέραν τοῦ
of Zabulon, and land of Nephthalim, way of{[the)sea, beyond the
Ἰορδάνου, Ῥαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, 16 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος
Jordan; Galilee of the nations, the people which was sitting

7

3 And when thetempt-
er came to him, he
said, If thou be the
Son of God, command
that these stones be
made bread. 4 But he
answered and said, It
is written, Man shall
not live by bread alone,
but by every word that
proceedeth out of the
mouth of God. 5 Then
the devil taketh him
up into the holy city,
and setteth him on a
pinnacle of the temple,
6 and saith unto him,
If thou be the Son
of God, cast thyself
down: for it is written,
He shall give his
angels charge con-
cerning thee: and in
their hands they shall
bear thee up, lest at
any time thou dash
thy foot against a
stone. 7 Jesus said
unto him, It is writter
again, Thou shalt not
tempt the Lord thy
God. 8 Again, the deyil
taketh him up into an
exceeding high moun-
tain, and sheweth him
all the kingdoms of
the world, and the
glory of them; 9 and
saith unto him, All
these things will I give
thee, if thou wilt fall
down and worship me,
10 Then saith Jesus
unto him, Get thee
hence, Satan: for it is
written, Thou shalt
worship the Lord thy
God, and him only
shalt thou serve,
ll Then the devil
leaveth him, and, be-
hold, angels came and
ministered unto him.

12 Now when Jesus
had heard that John
was cast into prison,
he departed into Gali-
lee; 13 and leaving
Nazareth, he came and
dwelt in Capernaum,
which is upon the sea
coast, in the borders
of Zapulon and Neph-
thalim: 14 that it
might be fulfilled
which was spoken by
Esaias the prophet,
saying, 15 The land of
Zabulon, and the land
of Nephthalim, by the
way of the sea, beyond
Jordan, Galilee of the
Gentiles; 16 the peo-
ple which sat in dark-

Y—av7T@ TTrA. * - αὐτῷ tohim LITrAW. *+ ὃ LTTrAW. Yév LTrA. * ἔστησεν set LTTrA.

8 εἶπεν Said L. b εἶπεν said LTTrA. © ταῦτά σοι πάντα TTrA.

d + ὀπίσω pov behind

me G[L]w. “ --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς TrrAW { Ναζαρὰθ NazarathL; NaGape@ w; Ναζαρὰ Nazara Trra,
n ρ

Ξξ Καφαρναοὺμ. LTTrAW.

8

ness saw great light;
and to them which sat
in the region and
shadow of death, light
is sprung up. 17 From
that time Jesus began
to preach, and to say,
Repent: for the king-
dom of heaven is at
band.

18 And Jesus, walk-
ing by the sea of Gali-
jee, saw two brethren,
Simon called Peter,
and Andrew his bro-
ther, casting a net
into the sea: for they
were fishers. 19 And
he saith unto them,
Follow me, and 1 will
make you fishers of
men, 20 And the
straightway left their
nets, and followed
him. 21 And going on
from thence, he saw
other two brethren,
James the son of Zebe-
dee, and John his
brother, in aship with
Zebedees their father,
mending their nets;
and he called them.
22 And they immedi-
ately left the ship and
their father, and fol-
lowed him.

23 And Jesus went
about all Galilee,
teaching in their syn-
agogues, and preach-
ing the gospel of the
kingdom, and healing
all manner of sickness
and all manner of
disease among the peo-
ple. 24 And his fame
went dea tree ὮΝ:
Syria: and Bey
brought unto hin all
sick people that were
taken with divers
diseases and torments,
and those which were
possessed with devils,
and those which were
lunatic, and those
that had the palsy ;
and he healed them,
25 And there followed
him great multitudes
of people from Galilee,
and from Decapolis,
and from Jerusalem
and from Judea, and
Jrom veyond Jordan,

V. And seeing the
multitudes, he went
up into a mountain:
and when he was set,
his disciples came un-
to him: 2 and he

Ὁ σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν LTrA ; σκότει φῶς εἶδεν TW.
16 ᾿Ιησοῦς ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ L;
ὁ Τησοῦς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν W.

Jesus L.
TIA;

IV; ¥;

καθημένοις ἐν

ΜΑΤΘΑΙ͂ΟΣ.
εἶδε

> h , ~ sil , ‘ ~
Ey σκότει φῶς" péya, καὶ τοῖς

in darkness hasseen a7light ‘great, and tothose which were —- in [the]
χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 17 ᾿Απὸ
country and shadow of death, light has sprung up tothem. From

τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν, Μετανοεῖτε"
that time began Jesus to proclaim and to say, Repent ;

ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.
for has drawn near meh kingdom ofthe heavens.
18 Περιπατῶν.δὲ 16 ᾿Τησοῦς" παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι-
And *walking ‘Jesus by the sea of Gali-
λαίας εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον, καὶ
lee hesaw two brothers, Simon who is called Peter, and

᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς
Andrew his brother, casting a large net into

τὴν θάλασσαν" ἢσαν.γὰρ ἁλιεῖς. 19 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Δεῦτε
the sea, for they were fishers: and hesays tothem, Come
> ΄ ‘A t « ~ (3 ~ > ’, ε

ὀπίσω μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. 20 Οἱ. δὲ
of men.

after me, and Iwillmake you fishers And they
εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 21 Kai
immediately having left the nets, followed him. And

προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, elder ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Τάκωβον τὸν
having gone on thence, hesaw other two _ brothers, James the[son}
“Γ΄, , ν᾽ ΄ ν ? ΗΠ ? ~ ? ~ ΄
τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἔν τῷ πλοίῳ
of Zebedee, and John his brother, in the — ship

μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ.πατρὸς. αὐτῶν. καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα
with Zebedee their father, mending *nets

αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὸ
‘their, and hecalled them ; and they immediately having left the

πλοῖον Kai τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ.
ship and their father followed him.

23 Kai περιῆγεν ὕλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," διδάσκων
And *went*about ‘all >Galilee ‘Jesus, teaching

ἐν Taic. συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς
in their synagogues, and proclaiming, the glad tidings of the

βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν μαλακίαν
kingdom, and healing every disease and every bodily weakness

> ~ nae ~ εὐ... \ > ~ > ef A
ἐν τῷ haw. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην THY Συ-
among the people. And wentout the fame of him into all Sy-

piav’ Kai προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας,
ria. And they brought tohim all who were ill,

ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους, ™cai! δαιμονιζο-
by various diseases and torments oppressed, and possessed by

μένους, καὶ σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς" καὶ ἐθερά-

demons, and lunatics, and Dar alytics ; and he

πευσεν αὐτούς. 25 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ

healed them. And *followed *him 7erowds ‘great from

τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπόλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ἰουδαίας
Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea

καὶ πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου.

and Deyene the Jordan,

5 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος᾽ καὶ καθίσαν -
But seeing the crowds, he went up into the mountain; and *having δας

τὸς αὐτοῦ, "προσῆλθον" οαὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai avoi-
“down ‘the, came to him his disciples. And having

‘— ὃ Ἰησοῦς GLTTraAW. * + [ὁ Ἰησοῦς]
[ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] tr (— ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς TA) ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ταλιλαΐέᾳ
τὰ --- καὶ ιττὰ. ππροσῆλθαν TTr. ο --- αὐτῷ L,

Υ. MATTHEW.

tag τὸ στόμα.αὐτου ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς, λέγων, 3 Μακάριοι οἱ
opened his mouth he taught them, saying, Blessed [are] the

πτωχοὶ TY πνεύματι" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία THY οὐρανῶν.

poor in spirit ; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens.
4 νμακάριοι ot πενθοῦντες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται.
Blessed they who mourn ; for they shall be comforted.

ὃ μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς" ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν."
Blessed the meek; for they shall inherit the earth.

6 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην" ὅτι
Blessed they who hunger and thirst after righteousness ; for

αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. ἢ μακάριοι ot ἐλεήμονες" OTL αὐτοὶ
they shall be filled. Blessed the merciful; for they

ἐλεηθήσονται. 8 μακάριοι ot καθαροὶ τῇ Kapdig’ ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν
shall find mercy. Blessed the pure in heart; for they

θεὸν ὄψονται. 9 μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί" ὅτι «αὐτοὶ! υἱοὶ θεοῦ

SGod ‘shall see. Blessed the peacemakers; for they sonsofGod
κληθήσονται. 10 μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιο-
shall be called. Blessed they who have been persecuted on accountof right-

σύνης" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 11 μακάριοί
eousness;for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens. Blessed
ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς Kai διώξωσιν, καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν
are ye when theyshallreproach you, and shall persecute, and 5181] say every
πονηρὸν ‘pia καθ᾽ ὑμῶν "ψευδόμενοι," ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. 12 yai-
wicked word agaiust you, lying, onaccountof me. Re-
PETE καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ. μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς"
joice and exult, for yourreward [15] great in the heavens;
οὕτως. γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν.
forthus they persecuted the prophets who[were] before you.
13 Ὑμεὶς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ,
Ye are the salt ofthe earth: butif the sait become tasteless,
ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ. μὴ *BAN-
with what shallit besalted? for nothing hasitstrength anylonger, but to be
θῆναι" ἔξω, Yai! καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 Ὑμεῖς
cast out, and tobetrampledupon by men, Ye
ἐστε TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου" οὐ-δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω
are the lightofthe world, Scannot 1a *city be hid on
ὄρους κειμένη" 15 οὐδὲ Kaiovow λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν
& mountain situated, Nor dothey light alamp and put it
ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, Kai Ἀάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς
under ἐπ ΘΟΥΤῚ measure, but upon the lampstand; and itshines forall who
ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. 16 οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν
[8416] in the house, Thus let shine your light before
τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὕπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, Kai δοξά-
men, so that they may see your good works, and may
σωσιν τὸν. πατέρα.ὑμῶν τὸν ἔν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
glorify your Father who[isjin the heavens.
17 Μὴ.νομίσητε Ort ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προ-
Think not that Icame toabolish the law or the pro-
, -- > Ὁ “ ? x ~ > \ ‘
φήτας" οὐκ.-ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. 18 ἀμὴν.γὰρ
phets: T came not to abolish, but to fulfil. For verily
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἕως. ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς Kai ἡ γῆ. ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ
Isuy toyou, Until shallpassawaythe heaven andthe earth, “iota ‘one or
pia κεραία ov. παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως. ἂν πάντα
one tittle innowiseshallpassawayfrom the law until all

9

opened his mouth, and
taught them, saying,
3 Blessed are the poor
in spirit: for theirs is
the kingdom of hea-
ven. 4 Blessed are
they that mourn: for
they shall be comfort-
ed. 5 Blessed ave the
meek: for they shail
inherit the earth.
6 Blessed are they
which do hunger and
thirst after righteous-
ness: for they shali
be filled. 7 Blessed are
the merciful : for they
shall obtain mercy.
8 Blessed are the pure
in heart: for they
shall see God. 9 Bless-
ed are the peacc-
makers : fer they shali
be called the children
of God. 10 Blessed are
they which are per-
secuted for righteous-
ness’ sake: for theirs
is the kingdom of
heaven. 11 Blessed are
ye, when men shall
revile you, and perse-
cute you, and shall say
all manner of eyii
against you falsely,
for my sake. 12 Re-
joice, and be exceeding
glad: for great is your
reward in heaven: for
so persecuted they the
prophets which were
before yuu.

13 Ye are the salt of
the earth: but if the
salt have lost his sa-
your, wherewith shall
it be salted? it is
thenceforth good for
nothing, but to be cast
out, and to be trodden
under foot of men.
i4 Ye are the light of
the world. A city that
is set on an hill cannot
be hid. 15 Neither do
men light a candle,
and put it under a
bushel, but on a can-
dlestick; and it giveth
light unto all that are
in the house. 16 Let
your light so shine be-
fore men, that they
may see your good
works, and_ glorify
your Father which is
in heaven.

17 Think not that I
am come to destroy
the law, or the pro-
phets: 1am not come
to destroy, but to ful-
fil. 18 For verily Isay
unto you, Till heaven
and earth pass, one joi
or one tittle shall in
no wise pass from the
law. tillall be fulfilled,
19 Whosoever there-

P Verses 4, 5, transposed LTTr.
τ —ponua (read [thing ]) Lrrra.
¥ — καὶ LTTrA.

5. — Ψευδόμενοι L.

4 — αὐτοὶ (read κληθή. they shall be called) [L}a[rra].
τ βληθὲν having been cast LTTra.

10

fore shall break one
of these least com-
mandments, and shall
teach men so, he shall
be called the least in
the kingdom of hea-
ven: but whosoever
shall do and teach
them, the same shall
be called great in the
kingdom of heaven.
20 For [ say unto you,
That except your
righteousness shall
exceed the righteous-
ness of the scribes and
Pharisees, ye shall in
no case enter into the
kingdom of heaven.

21 Ye have heard
that it was said by
them of old time,
Thou shalt not kill;
and whosoever shall
kill shall be in dan-
ger of the judgment:
22 but I say unto you,
That whosoever is
angry with his brother
without a cause shall
be in danger of the
judgment: and who-
soever shall say to his
brother, Raca, shall be
in danger of the coun-
cil: but whosoever
shall say, Thou fool,
shall be in danger of
hell fire. 23 Therefore
if thou bring thy gift
to the altar, and there
rememberest that thy
brother hath ought
against thee; 24 leave
there thy gift before
the altar, and go thy
way; first be recon-
ciled to thy brother,
and then come and
offer ay gift. 25 Agree
with thine adversary
quickly, whiles thou
art in the way with
him ; lest at any time
the adversary deliver
thee to the judge, and
the judge deliver thee
to the officer, and thou
be cast into prison.
26 Verily I say unto
thee, Thou shalt by
no means come out
thence, till thou hast

paid the uttermost
farthing.
27 Ye have heard

that it was said by
them of old time, Thou
shalt not commit adul-
tery: 28 but I say
unto you, That whoso-
ever looketh on a
woman to lust after
her hath committed
adultery with her al-
ready in his heart.
29 Andif thy right eye
offend thee, pluck it
out, and cast tt from

MATOATIOS.

γένηται. 19 ὃς. ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ
come to pass.

Vv.

μίαν TOY£vTOh@v.rovTwY τῶν
Whoever thenshallbreak one of thesecommandments the

’ / ‘ ’ [2 ‘4 ᾽ , ? ,

ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος Ky-
least, and shallteach 780 ‘men, least shall

θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ

be called in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but whoever shall practise and
διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῷ βασιλείᾳ τῶν

shall teach [them], this({one] great shall becalled in the kingdom ofthe

οὐρανῶν. 20 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ περισσεύσῃ “yn δικαιο-

heavens. ForIsay toyou, That unless shall abound *right-
σύνη ὑμῶν" πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων Kai Φαρισαίων, οὐ.μὴ
eousness ‘your above[that] οὗ Π8 scribes and Pharisees, inno wise

εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.
shall yeenter into the kingdom ofthe heavens.
21 Ἤκούσατε ori*ippéOy' τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐ-φονεύσεις"
Ye have heard that it was βαϊα to the ancients, Thou shalt not commit murder,
ὃς. διἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει. 22 jes
but whoever shallcommit murder, liable shall be to the judgment. ut I
λέγω ὑμῖν, Orr πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ.ἀδελφῴῷ.αὐτοῦ γεἰκῆ!

say ἴογοι, Thatevery one who is angry with his brother _ lightly,
ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει’ ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῳ τῷ.ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ,
liable shallbe tothe judgment: but whoever shalisay to his brother,

Paka," ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ: ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ, Μωρέ,
Raca, liable shallbe tothe Sanhedrim: but whoever shallsay, Fool,
ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. ῶ8 Ἐὰν οὖν προσ-
liable shalibe to the Gehenna of fire. If therefore thou
φέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς
shalt offer thy gift at the altar, and there shalt remember
ὅτι ὁ.ἀδελφύς. σου ἔχει τὶ κατὰ σοῦ, 24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν
that thy brother has something against thee, “leave there gift
σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, Kai ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλ-
‘thy before the altar, and go away, first be
λάγηθι τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν
reconciled to thy brother, and then having come offer *9ift
σου. 20 Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ.ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχύ, ἕως. ὅτου εἴ
"thy. Be agreeing with thineadverse party quickly, whilst thou art
δὲν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ
in the way with him, lest ‘thee “deliver ‘the *adverse“party to the
κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ Kpirng ὕσε παραϊῷ! τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, Kai εἰς φυλακὴν
judge, andthe judge thee deliver tothe officer, andinto prison
βληθήσῳῃ. 26 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν,
thou be cast. Verily Isay to thee, Innowise shalt thoucome out thence,
ἕως.ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην.
until thou pay the last kodrantes.
27 Hrovoare ὕτι *éppeOn! “τοῖς ἀρχαίοις,"
Ye have heard that itwassaid tothe ancients, Thou shalt not commit
σεις" WW ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς
adultery: butI say toyou, thatevery one that looksupon a woman to
τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτῆς," ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ
lust after her, already has committed adultery with her in
καρδίᾳ abrov." 29 εἰ. δὲ ὁ. ὀφθαλμός.σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει
*heart “his. But if thine eye, the right, cause *to *offend
σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ Bare ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει.γάρ σοι ἵνα

Οὐ-μοιχεύ-

W ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη TA.
αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrAW.

LIrAW ; — αὐτῆς 1.

‘thee, pluckout it and cast(it]from thee: foritisprofitable for thee that
x ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW. Υ --Οθὶ: εἰκῆ ur[ tra ]. i ῥαχάτ. 5 μετ᾽
Ὁ — σε παραδῷ LI[Tr]. © — τοῖς ἀρχαίοις GLTTrAW. 4 αὐτὴν

© ἑαυτοῦ L.

Vv. MATTHEW.

ἀπόληται ἕν τῶν. μελῶν.σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον TO.cHpa.cov βληθῇ
should perish one οὗ (ΠΥ members, and not *whole 1thy *body _—ibe cast
> , ‘ a .€ , ‘ ἂν , »
εἰς γέενναν. 80 καὶ εἰ ἡ.δεξιά.σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον
into Gehenna, And if thyright hand cause*to%offend’thee, cut off
αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει.γάρ σοι iva ἀπόληται
it and cast[{it]from thee: for itis profitable for thee that should perish
ἕν τῶν. μελῶν σου, Kai μὴ ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά. σου ᾿[βληθῇ εἰς γέενναν."
one of thy members, andnot?whole ‘thy ῬοΟαΥ δ οαβῦ into Gehenna.
31 8 Ἐῤῥέθη! δέ, "ὅτι! ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ,
It was said also that whoever shall put away his wife,
δότω αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον. 82 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore Oe ἂν
let him give toher a letter of divorce: but I say toyou, that whoever
ἀπολύσῃ! τὴν. γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, πρφιεῖ
shall put away his wife, except onaccount of fornication, causes
αὐτὴν Ἐμοιχᾶσθαι"" καὶ ἰὸς. ἐὰν" ἀπολελυμένην pal al lk’
her tocommit adultery; and whoever her who has been put away shallmarry,
μοιχᾶται.
commits adultery.
33 Πάλιν ἠκούσατε, ore ξἐῤῥέθη" τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐκ. ἐπιορ-
Again, ye have heard that it wassaidtothe ancients, ‘Thoushalt not
ἀποδώσεις.δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους.σου" 84 ἐγὼ
1

κήσεις,
thine oaths.

forswear thyself, but thoushaltrender tothe Lord
δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος
*but say to you not toswear αὖ all, neither by the heaven, because [the] throne
ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ" 35 μήτε ἐν τῇ ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν

τῇ γῇ: ι
it is

it is of God; nor by theearth, because [the] footstool
ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ" μήτε εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ
of his feet : nor by Jerusalem, because(the}] city itis ofthe

μεγάλου βασιλέως" 36 μήτε ἐν τῇ. κεφαλῇ. σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι
great King. Neither by thy head shalt thou swear, because
ov.dvvaca μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν "ἢ μέλαιναν ποιῆσαι." 37 ϑἔστω"
thouartnotable one hair white or black to make. “Let *be
δὲ ὁ.λόγος. ὑμῶν, vai vai, od οὔ: τὸ.δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ
‘but *your *word, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: but what[is] more than these from
TOU πονηροῦ ἐστιν.
evil is,
38 Ἡκούσατε ὅτι βἐῤῥέθη," ᾿Οφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, Kai
Yehaveheard that it was said, Eye for eye, and
ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος" 39 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ
tooth for tooth ; butI say toyou ποὺ to resist
~, 2 > 0 ps , 2% || \ ὃ ΄ q , Ι
πονηρῷ" ἀλλ᾽ ὅστις σε Ῥῥαπίσει ἐπὶ" τὴν.δεξιάν σου σιαγόνα,

evil; but whosoever thee shallstrike on thy right cheek,
στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν GAnv’ 40 καὶ τῷ θέλοντί σοι κρι-
turn tohim also the other; and tohim who would with thee go

θῆναι καὶ τὸν.χιτῶνά.σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον"

η ᾽

tolaw and thy tunic take, yield tohim 8150 [ΠΥ] cloak;

4l καὶ ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο.
and whosoever thee wilicompeltogo *mile ‘one, go with him _ two.

42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε τδίδου"" καὶ τὺν.θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ “δανεί-

Tohimwho asksof thee give; and himthat wishes from thee ἴο bor-

σασθαι μὴ-ἀποστραφῷς.

ΤΟΥ thou shalt not turn away from.

f εἰς γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ into Gehenna go away LTTrA.
1 πᾶς ὃ ἀπολύων every one that puts away LTTra.
™yayuynocashas married L, " ποιῆσαι ἣ μέλαιναν LITrA.
strikes upon LTTrA.
5 δανίσασθαι 1.

& ἐῤῥήθη LTraw.
ΚΕ μοιχευθῆναι LITrA.
οἔσται Shall be La.
4 σιαγόνα σου LTrA ; — gov (read the right cheek) τ.

1]

thee: for it is profit-
able for thee that one
of thy members should
perish, and not that
thy whole body should
be cast into hell.
30 And if thy right
hand offend thee, cut
it off, and cast it from
thee : for it is profit-
able for thee that one
of thy members should
perish, and not thatthy
whole body should be
cast into hell.

31 It hath been said,
Whosoever shall put
away his wife, let him
give her a writing of
divorcement: 32 but I
Say unto you, That
whosoever shall put
away his wife, saving
for the cause of forni-
cation, causeth her to
commit adultery: and
whosoever shall marry
her that is divorced
committeth adultery.

33 Again, ye have
heard that it hath
been said by them of
old time, ou shalt
not forswear thyself,
but shalt perform unto
the Lord thine oaths:
34 but I say unto you,
Sweur not at all; nei-
ther by heaven; for it
is God’s throne: 35 nor
by the earth; for it is
his footstool: neither
by Jerusalem ; for it is
the city of the great
King. 36 Neither shalt
thou swear by thy
head, because thou
canst not make one
hair white or black.
37 But let your commn-
nication be, Yea, yea;
Nay, nay: for what-
soever is more than
these cometh of evil.

38 Ye have heard
that it hath been said,
An eye for an eye, and
a tooth for a tooth:
39 but I say unto you,
That ye resist not
evil: but whosoever
shall smite thee on
thy right cheek, turn
to him the other also.
40 And if ay man will
sue thee at the law,
and take away thy
coat, let him have thy
cloke also. 41 And
whosoever shall com-
pel thee to go a mile,
go with him twain.
42 Give to him that
asketh thee, and from
him that would bor-

h — ὅτι LTTrA.

19 he who 1..
ε ΄ὕ »

P ῥαπίζει εἰς
τ δός LTTrA.

12

row of thee turn not
thou away.

43 Ye have heard
that it hath been said,
Thou shalt love thy
neighbour, and hate
thine enemy. 44 But
I say unto you, Love
your enemies, bless
them that curse you,
do good to them that
hate you, and pray for
them which despite-
fully use you, and per-
secute you; 45 that ye
may be the children of
your Father which is
in heaven: for he mak-
eth his sun to rise on
the evil and on the
good, and sendethrain
on the just and on the
unjust. 46For if ye
love them which love
you, what reward have
ye? do not even the
publicans the same?
47 And if ye salute
your brethren only,
what do ye more than
others? do noteventhe
publicansso? 48 Be ye
therefore perfect, even
as your Father which
is in heaven is perfect.

VI. Take heed that
ye do not your alms be-
tore men, to be seen of
them: otherwise ye
have no reward of your
Father which isin hea-
ven, 2 Therefore when
thou doest thine alms,
do not sound a trum-
pet before thee, as the
hypocrites do in the
synagogues and in the
streets, that they may
have glory of men.
Verily I say unto you,
They have their re-
ward, 3 But when
thou doest alms, let
not thy left hand know
what thy right hand
doeth: 4 that thine
alms may be insecret :
and thy Father which
seeth in secret him-
self shall reward thee
openly.

5 And when thou
prayest, thoushalt not
be as the hypocrites
are: for they love to
pray standing in the
synagogues and in the
corners of the streets,

t ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW.

% — ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ LTTrA,

the same LTTraw.

© δικαιοσύνην righteousness GLITrAW.
‘— ἐν τῷ φανερῷ LITrAW.

LTTrA,
be as LTTra.

MAT #6 A FO >: V, VE
43 ᾿Ηκούσατε ore ᾿ἐῤῥέθη," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον σου, καὶ
Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour and
, 4 ? ΄ ? ‘ " , Cc ~ ? ~ ‘
μισήσεις τὸν. ἐχθρόν.σου" μά ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς
hate thine enemy. utI say toyou, Love
ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, "εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς
7enemies ‘your, bless those who curse you, “well
ποιεῖτε “rove μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς,"" καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν
*do tothose who hate you,* and pray fer those whe
Σἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ" διωκόντων ὑμᾶς" 45 ὕπως γένησθε
despitefully use you and _ persecute you; so that ye may be
υἱοὶ τοῦ.πατρὸς. ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς" ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον.αὐτοῦ
sons of your Father who(isJin[{the]heavens: for his sun
> , 2 A A Ni? , ‘ , ? ‘ ,
ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς Kai ἀγαθούς. καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους
he causes torise on evil and good, and sends rain on just
καὶ ἀδίκους. 46 ἐὰν.γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς,

and unjust. For if ye love those who love you,
τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι YrO αὐτὸ! ποιοῦσιν ;
what reward haveye? “ποῦ “also*the ‘tax °gatherers’the “same ‘do?
47 καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν μόνον, TL περισ-

and if

\ ~ ; ? ‘ ‘ € L xr ~ lla . iH ~ HG 8 ” θ
σον TOLELTE, OUXL Καὶ οἱ “τελωναι “οὕτως ποιοῦσιν: ἐἑσεσῦε
nary doye? 7Not 3150 Π|ὸ *tax®gatherers 780 ‘do? Sshall *be
οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν “ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς"

ye salute your brethren only, what extraordi-

*therefore'ye perfect, even as your Father who([is]in the heavens
τέλειός ἐστιν.
perfect is. =
6 Προσέχετε! τὴν.“ἐλεημοσύνην" ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν
Beware your alms not todo before

τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς.τὸ.θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς" εἰ. δὲ. μήγε, μισθὸν
men, - inordertobeseen bythem: otherwise reward
OUK.EXETE παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν ‘roic' οὐρανοῖς. 2 bray
ye have ποῦ with your Father who[is]in the heavens. When
οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ.σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου,
therefore thou doest alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee,
ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν Taig συναγωγαῖς Kai ἐν ταῖς
as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the

cr τε ~ « 4 ~ ? , A ᾽ ‘ ,
ῥύμαις, ὅτως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ἀμὴν λέγω

streets, that they may have glory from men. Verily I say
ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸν.αὐτῶν. 3 σοῦ.δὲ ποιοῦντος ἐλεη-
toyou, they have their reward. But thou doing
μοσύνην, μὴ-γνώτω y-apLoTEpd.cov Ti ποιεῖ ἡ.δεξιά.σου,
alms, et not*know ‘thy *left “hand what does thy right hand,
4 ὕπως δὴ cov ἡ.-ἐλεημοσύνη" ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ" Kai ὁ-πατήρ.σου
sothat *may *be ‘thine “alms in secret: and thy Father

ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ "αὐτὸς" ἀποδώσει σοι ἱἐν.τῷ. φανερῷ."

who _ sees in secret himself shall render to thee openly.
5 Kai bray *rpocetyy, οὐκισῃ worep' οἱ ὑποκριταί,
And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the hypocrites,

ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς Kai ἐν Taig γωνίαις τῶν
for μον love in the synagogues and in the corners of the

. μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς LTTrA. τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς GW.

Υ οὕτως SOLTrA. * ἐθνικοὶ nations GLTTrAW ἃ τὸ αὐτὸ,
© ὃ οὐράνιος the heavenly yrtra. 4 + δὲ but TL].
f—qoisT. 6&1 σοῦ ἐλεημοσύνη ἣ τ. ἃ -- αὐτὸς

Κ προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς Ye pray, ye shall not

Υ.-ΟΟἰ εὐλογεῖτε.

Ὁ ὡς aS ΠΤΊΤΑ.

Vi.

πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὕπως

MATTHEW.

lav" φανῶσιν τοῖς

streets standing to pray, sothat they may appear
ἀνθρώποις" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Pore! ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν
to men. ὙΕΤῸΣ Isay to sans that — have “reward

αὐτῶν. Ὁ σὺ.δὲ, ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ. "ταμιεϊόν᾽ -σου,
ἘΠ Ποῖσ. But enon; when thou prayest, enter into ys chamber,

καὶ κλείσας τὴν.θύραν.σου, πρόσευξαι τῷ.πατρί.σου τῷ ἐν
and having shut thy door, pray tothy Father who Geld in
τῷ κρυπτῷ καὶ ὁ-πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀπο-
secret ; and thy Father who — sees in secret will
δώσει σοι “ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ". 7 ἹΙροσευχόμενοι.δὲ μὴ.Ῥβαττολο-
render to thee openly. But when ye Brey; do not use vain

ynonre," ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί"

δοκοῦσιν.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ
repetitions, as the heathens:

for they think that in “much ‘speaking

αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. ὃ μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς"
‘their Bey) shall be heard. “Not “therefore ‘be like to them:
oldev.yap ὁ. “warn. ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν "ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς

for *knows oar Father of what things “need * ave before ze

αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 9 οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς" Πάτερ.ἡμῶν
ask him. Thus therefore pray ye: Our Father

ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ.ὄνομά.σου" 10 “ἐλθέτω!
who[artjin the heavens, sanctified be thy name; let come

n-Bacirsia.cov" γενηθήτω τὺ.θέλημά.σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ
thy kingdom; let be done thy will as in heaven, [sojalso

ἐπὶ ττῆς" γῆς" 11 τὸν.ἄρτον.ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σή-

upon the earth; our bread the needed give us to-
Hepoyv’ 12 καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ. ὀφειληματα.ἡμῶν, ὡς Kai ἡμεῖς
day; and forgive us our ie as also we

"ἀφίεμεν" τοῖς. ὀφειλέταις. ἡμῶν" 18 καὶ μὴ.εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς
forgive our debtors ; ; And lead not us into

πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. ‘OTL σοῦ ἐστιν
Semupesbion; but deliver us aac evil. For thine is

ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν."
ἘΣ kingdom andthe power and ie glory to the see en.

14’Edv.yap ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ-παραπτώματα.αὐτῶν,
Forif ye ΤΟΣΕΊΣΘ men their offences,

ἀφήσει Kai ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος" 15 ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ

®forgive ὅδῖξο 7you tyour *Father “the *heavenly. butif “not
ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις "τὰ παραπτώματα. αὐτῶν," οὐδὲ ὁ
‘ye *forgive

men their offences; neither
πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ. Stee rane ματα ὑμῶν.
ΞΕΔΙΠΟΙ *your ‘wi ἔσοιτο your o

16 Ὅταν.δὲ vnorevnre, μὴ.γίνεσθε ᾿ὥσπερ' οἱ ὑποκριταὶ
And when ye fast, be not as the hypocrites,

σκυθρωποί: ἀφανίζουσιν.γὰρ τὰ-πρόσωπα.“ αὐτῶν,"
downcast in countenance; for they disfigure their aces
ὕπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες᾽ ἀμὴν λέγω
ae that they may ΠΡΡΘΒΕ to men fasting. Verily I had

ὑμῖν, XOre" ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸὺν.αὐτῶν. 17 σὺ.δὲ νηστεύων
to you, that Hey have their reward. But thou, Saab,

ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ τὸ-πρόσωπόν.σου νίψαι" 18 ὅπως

19
that they may be seen
of men. Verily I say

unto you, They tate
their reward. 6 But
thou, when thon pray-
est, enter into thy
closet, and when thou
hast shut thy door,
pray to thy Father
which is in secret ; and
thy Father which seeth
in secret shall reward
thee openly. 7 But
when ye pray, use
not vain repetitions,
as the heathen do:
for they think that
they shall be heard for
their much speaking.
8 Be not ye therefore
like unto them: for
your Father knoweth
what things ye have
need of, before ye ask
him. 9 After thisman-
ner therefore pray ye:
Our Father which art
in heaven, Hallowed
be thy name. 107Tny
kingdom come. Thy
will be done in earth,
as it tis in heaven.
11 Give us this day our
daily bread. 12 And
forgive us our debts,
as we forgive our debt-
ors. 13 And lead us
not into temptation,
but deliver us from
evil: For thine is the
kingdom, and the pow-
er, and the glory, for
ever. Amen. 14 For
if ye forgive men their
trespasses, your hea-
venly Father will also
forgive you: 15 but if
ye forgive not men
their trespasses, nei-
ther will your Father
forgive your tres-
passes.

16 Moreover when ye
fast, be not, asthe hy-
pocrites, of asad coun-
tenance: for they dis-
figure their faces, that
they may appear unto
men to fast. Verily I
say unto you, The
have their rewar
17 But thou, when thou
fastest, anoint thine

anoint thy head, and 2thy "face lwash, so that head, and wash thy
y θ ᾿ face; 18that thou ap-

μὴ-φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων," ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί pear not unto men to
thou mayest not appear to men fasting, but to ?Father fast, but unto thy Fa-
!_ G@vLTTrAW. ™—6reLTTrA. πταμεῖόν τα, °—év τῷ φανερῷ LTTrA. P βατταλογήσητε TA.

“ἐλθάτω τ. '—THSLTTrAW. 5 ἀφήκαμεν have forgiven LITA.
GLITrAW. “— τὰ παραπ. αὐτῶν τ. YosLTTrA., ἡ ἑαυτῶν L. * — ὅτι LTTrA.

t— ὅτι σοῦ to end of verse

Υ νησ. τοῖς ἀνθρώ. L.

14

ther which is in secret:
andthy Father, which
seeth in secret, shall
reward thee openly.

19 Lay not up for
yourselves treasures
upon earth, where
moth and rust doth
corrupt, and where
thieves break through
and steal: 20 but lay
up for yourselves trea-
sures in heaven, where
neither moth nor rust
doth corrupt, and
where thieves do not
break through nor
steal: 21 for where
your treasure is, there
will your heart be al-
so. 22 Thelight of the
body is the eye: if
therefore thine eye be
single, thy whole body
shall be full of light.
23 But if thine eye be
evil, thy whole body
shall be full of dark-
ness. If therefore the
light that is in thee be
darkness, how great is
that darkness !

24 No man can serve
two masters: for ei-
ther he will hate the
one, and love the other;
or else he will hold to
the one, and despise
the other. Ye cannot
serve God and mam-
mon. 25 Therefore I
say unto you, Take no
thought for your life,
what ye shall eat, or
what ye shall drink;
nor yet for your body,
what ye shall put on.
Is not the life more
than meat, and the
body than raiment?
26 Behold the fowls of
the air: for they sow
oot, neither do they
reap, nor gather into
barns; yet your hea-
venly Father feedeth
them, Are ye not much
better than they?
27 Which of you by tak-
ing thought can add
one cubit unto his sta-
ture? 28 And why take
ye thought for rai-
ment? Consider the
lilies of the field, how
they grow; they toil
not, neither do they
spin: 29 and yet I say
unto you, That even
Solomon in all his
glory was not arrayed
like one οὔ these.
30 Wherefore, if God
so clothe the grass of
the field, w hich to day

z κρυφαίῳ LITrA. 8 - ἐν τῷ 5 φανερῷ aurtraw. ὃ gov thy urrra.
ἐφθαλμός! σου ἁπλοῦς LTA.

— οὖν 7.
- τί πίητε τ.

Γἡ δὸ

kavé

MAM 6 A WO VI.
σου τῷ ἐν τῷ "κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ-πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ
‘thy who [is] in secret ; and thy Father who 5668 in
*KpUTTP ἀποδώσει σοι δὲἐν.τῷ.φανερῷ."

secret wili render to thee openly.
19 Μὴ.θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὕπου
Treasure not up for ΠΟΠΣΕΘΙΥΕΕ treasures upon the earth, where
σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὕπου κλέπται PRUE ne 0 καὶ

moth and rust spoil, and where thieves dig through and
, ΄ Η ἘΠ ~
κλέπτουσιν" 20 Onoavpizere.dé ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ,
steal: but treasure up foryourselves treasures in Beavct

ὕπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, Kai ὅπου κλέπται οὐ.δι-

where neither moth nor rust spoils and where thieves do not
ορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν. 21 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς
dig ΟΠΕΟΘΒῈ nor steal: for ep 3is *treasure
"ὑμῶν, " ἐκεῖ ἔσται “καὶ ἡ καρδία "ὑμῶν." 22 ‘O λύχνος τοῦ
pene there willbe also “heart your. The lamp of the
σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός ἐὰν cody" ὁ ὀφθαλμός. σου
body is the eyes if therefore thine eye
ἁπλοῦς 1," ὅλον Tb.cHpd.cov φωτεινὸν ἔσται" 23 ἐὰν.δὲ ὁ
single be, *whole ὍΝ body light will be. But if
ὀφθαλμός. σου πονηρὸς Ys ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται.
thine eye evil be, whole by, body. dark willbe.
εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον;

If therefore the light that{is]in thee darkness the darkness how great

24 Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν᾽ ἢ.γὰρ τὸν ἕνα
Noone is able two lords toserve: foreither the one
ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, Kai
he willlove; or[thejone he will hold to, and

τοῦ ἑτέρου κατα ρον σε: οὐ-δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ ἐμαμ-
the baie he will despise. Yearenotable “God ‘to7serve and mam-

μωνᾷ." 25 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ.μεριμνᾶτε τῇ.Ψυχῃῇ ὑμῶν,

mon. Becauseof this Isay toyou, be not careful as to 7 life,
τί φάγητε "Kai! πίητε!" μηδὲ τῷ.σώματι ὑμῶν,
what yeshouldeat and wee yeshoulddrink; nor as to your body

τί ἐνδύσησθε. οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ
what gosheuldipatox: “Not * te ‘life 5more ‘is thanthe food and

τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; 26 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ
the body thanthe raiment? Look at the birds οἵ the

οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὐ.σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν

is,

μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει"
be gallate, and the other

= ,ὔ
ὅτι

heaven, that το βουνοῦ; nor do JeR reap, nor do oESs Backes
,

εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ-πατὴρ. ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος peers αὐτά" οὐχ

into granaries, and your Father the sel otf them: not

μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 27 τίς. δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μερι-

v ete

“much ‘are better than ὅπ But which outof you by ΕΙΠΕ
μνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν.ἡλικίαν. αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα;
careful is able to add to his stature 7eubit ‘one?

28 καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα

and about raiment why are ye careful ? observe the lilies
τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς KabEdver! οὐ.ἱκοπιᾷ" οὐδὲ ππνήθει"" 20 λέ-
of the field, how theygrow: is Agr plea το, nor dothey spin: πὶ}

γω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῃ.δόξῃ. αὐτοῦ περιε-
say ‘but τς as that noteven Solomon in all his glory was

βάλετο we ἕν τούτων. 80 εἰ. δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, σήμερον
οἱούμοα, as one of these. But if the vgrass of the Held, *to Sday

c— καὶ 1, 44+ gov thy τὰ Lie
& μαμωνᾷ, GLTTrAW. hy or LTr; — καὶ τὶ

dvovow LTTrA. ἱκοπιῶσιν LT; κοπιοῦσιν TrA. πὶ νήθουσιν LITrA.

MATTHEW.

ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον eis κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως
twhich is and to-morrow into anoven is cast, God ἐμὰ
ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 31 μὴ

arrays, [willhe] not much rather you, Ofyeloflittlefaith? “not

4 U , , a ΄ ,

οὖν μεριμνήσητε, λέγοντες, Τί φάγωμεν, ἢ τί πίωμεν,
dis rtd Ob careful, saying, What shall weeat? or what shall wedrink?
A , , , \ ~ ed n2
ἢ. τί Tep.Barwpeba ; 32 πάντα.γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη "ἔπι-
or with what shall we be clothed? Forall thesethingsthe nations seek
ζητεῖ" οἷδεν γὰρ ὁςπατὴριὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῴζετε
after. For knows your Father the heavenly that ye have need

τούτων ἁπάντων" 33 ζητεῖτε.δὲ πρῶτον στὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
οὗ *these*things ‘all But seek ye _ first the kingdom

θεοῦ καὶ τὴν.δικαιοσύνην" αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προσ-
of God and his righteousness, and *these *things ‘all shail
τεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 34 μὴ οὖν Ῥμεριμνήσητεϊ εἰς τὴν αὔριον"
be added to you. *Not *therefore be careful for the morrow:
7-yap αὔριον μεριμνήσει “τὰ" τἑαυτῆς." ἀρκετὸν τῇ
for the morrow 8 becarefulabout the(things] ofitself. Sufficient to the
ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.
day (is]the evil of it.
7 Μὴ. κρίνετε, iva μὴ.κριθῆτε" 2 ἐν γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε,
Judgenot, that yebenotjudged: *with *what ‘for judgment ye judgs,
κριθήσεσθε' καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, "ἀντιμετρηθήσεται"
ye shall be judged; and with what measure Ὑ9 τηϑίθ, itshall be measured again
ὑμῖν. 8 Τί. δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ
toyou. Butwhy lookestthouonthe mote that([is]in the eye
ἀδελφοῦ. σου, τὴν.δὲ ἐν τῷῃςσῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ-κατανοεῖς ;
of thy brother, Ῥπὺ the ?in “thine [town] ‘eye *beam perceivest not?
4% πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου, “Agec ἐκβάλω τὸ
Or how wilt thousay ἴο thy brother, Suffer (that] I may cast out the
, t > ‘ fl ~ 9 ~ Φ ‘ ἰδ , «- ὃ A ? ~
κάρφος ἱἀπὸ" τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου" καὶ ἰδού, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ
mote from thine eye: and behold, the beam [is]in
ὀφθαλμῷ.σου; 5 ὑποκριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ
thine [own] eye! hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of
Tov.0¢0apov.cov," Kai τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος
thine [own] eye, and then thouwiltseeclearly tocastout the mote
ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου.
out of the eye of thy brother.
6 Μὴ-.δῶτε TO ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν" μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς
Give not that νυ ΐο ἢ [15] holy tothe dogs, nor cast
μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε ὕκατα-
2pearls ‘your before the swine, lest they should

Vi VIL.

πατήσωσιν" αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς. ποσὶν.αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες
trampleupon them with their feet, and having turned
ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς.
they rend you.
7 Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται wiv’ ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε"
Ask, and itshall be given to you: seek, and ye shall find:

, ‘ ᾽ ΄ Ci an 8 - ᾿ « ὦ" λ ,
κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. ὃ πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει,

knock, and itshall beopened toyou. Forevyeryone that asks receives,
‘ ε ~ , A ~
καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ τῷ κρούοντι τἀνοιγήσεται."
and hethat seeks finds, and tohimthat knocks it shall be opened.

15

is, and to morrow is
cast into the oven, shall
he not much more
clothe you, O ye of lit-
tle faith? 31 Therefore
take no thought, say-
ing, What shall we
eat? or, What shall we
drink ? or, Wherewith-
al shall we be clothed?
32 (For after all these
things do the Gentiles
seek:) for your hea-
venly Father knoweth
that ye have need
of all these things.
33 But seek ye first the
kingdom of God, and
his righteousness ; and
ali these things shall
be added unto you.
34 Take therefore no
thought for the mor-
row: for the morrow
shall take thought for
the things of itself.
Sufficient unto the day
is the evil thereof.

VII. Judge not, that
ye be not judged.
2 For with what judg-
ment ye judge, yeshall
be judged: and with
what measure ye mete,
it shall be measured to
‘he again, 3 And why

eholdest thou the
mote that is in thy
brother’s eye, but con-
siderest not the beam
that is in thine own
eye? 4 Or how wilt
thou say to thy bro-
ther, Let me pull out
the mote out of thine
eye; and, behold, a
beam is in thine own
eye? 5 Thou hypocrite,
first cast out the beam
out of thine own eye;
and then shalt thou
see clearly to cast out
the mote ont of thy
brother’s eye.

6 Give not that which
is holy unto the dogs,
neither cast ye your
pearls before swine,
lest they trample them
under their feet, and
turn again and rend
you.

7 Ask, and it shall be
given you; seek, and
ye shall find; knock,
and it shall be opened
unto you: 8 for every
one that asketh receiv-
eth; and ‘he that seek-
eth findeth; and to
him that knocketh it
shall be opened. 9 Or

π ἐπιζητοῦσιν LTTrA.

ο τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν βασιλειαν 1, ; --- τοῦ θεοῦ (read its right-

eousness) LT[4] Ρ μεριμνήσετε E. --- τὰ (omit the [things] of) trrraw. ταὐτῆς A. " μετρηθή-

τ ἐκ out of urtr.
τ καταπατήσουσιν they shall trample upon rttra.

σεται it shall be measured Gurtraw.
LUTra.

᾿ ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου τὴν δοκόν
* ἀνοίγεται it is opened Ltr.

10

what man is there of
you, whom if his son
ask bread, will he give
him astone? 10 Orif
he ask a fish, will he
give him a serpent?
ll If ye then, Peis
evil, know how to give
good gifts unto your
children, how much
more shill your Father
whichis in heaven give
good things to them
that ask him?

12 Yherefore all
things whatsoever ye
would that men should
do to you, do ye even
so to them: for this
is the law aud the pro-
phets.

i3 Enter ye in at
the strait gate: for
wide is the gate, and
broad is the way, that
leadeth to destruction,
and many there be
which go in thereat:
14 because strait zs the
gate, and narrow 18 the
way, which leadeth un-
to life, and few there
be that find it.

15 Beware of false
prophets, which come
to you in sheep's cloth-
ing, but inwardly they
are ravening wolves.
16 Ye shall know them
by their fruits. Do
men gather grapes of
thorns, or figs of
thistles? 17 Even so
every good tree bring-
eth forth good fruit ;
but a corrupt tree
bringeth forth evil
fruit. 18 A good tree
cannot bring forth evil
fruit, neither canacor-
rupt tree bring forth
good fruit. 19 Every
tree that bringeth not
forth good fruit is
uewn down, and cast
into the fire, 20 Where-
fore by their fruits ye
shall know them.

21 Not every one
that saith unto me,
Lord, Lord, shall enter
into the kingdom of
heaven; but he that
doeth the will of my

MPASIIOVA 1 OS: VII.

9 ἢ τίς Yéorw' ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν *éav' *airnoy" ὁ υἱὸς
Or what “is*there *of ἔγοι *man who if ‘4should‘task son

αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 10 “Kai ἐὰν ἰχθὺν
*his bread, astone willhegive him? and if a fish
αἰτήσῃ," μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ

heshouldask, aserpent willhegive him? If therefore ye, “evil
ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναιτοϊς.τέκνοις. ὑμῶν, πόσῳ
‘being, know [how] “gifts *good to give to your children, how much
μᾶλλον ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ
more your Father who[is]in the heavens will give good things
τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν;
to them that ask him?
12 Πάντα οὖν ὕσα.“ἂν" θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν ot

Allthings therefore whatever yedesire that “should*do *to*you

ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς" οὗτος. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ

‘men, so also “ye ‘do to them: for this is the
νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται.

law andthe prophets,

18 “Εἰσέλθετε" διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" OTe πλατεῖα “ἡ πύλη"

Enterin through the narrow gate; for wide the gate

kai εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς THY ἀπώλειαν, καὶ

and broad the way that leads to destruction, and
πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι᾿ αὐτῆς" 14 fore στενὴ 87
many are they who enter through it: for narrow the

πύλη" Kai τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, Kai

gate and straitened the way that leads to life, and
ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν.
few are they who find it.
15 Προσέχετε." δὲ" ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχονται
But beware of the false prophets, who come

πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασιν προβάτων, ἔσωθεν.δὲ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρ-
to you in raiment of sheep, but within are 7wolves ‘ra-
παγες. 16 ἀπὸ τῶν.καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς" μήτι
pacious. By their fruits ye shall know them,
συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν ἱσταφυλὴν " ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα;
Do they gather from thorns abunchofgrapes, or from _ thistles figs?
17 οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ" 70.68
So every tree *good “fruits %good produces, but the
σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. 18 οὐ«-δύναται
corrupt tree *fruits ‘bad produces. “Cannot
δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ἱποιεῖν," οὐδὲ δένδρον σα-

a “tree good Sfruits Sevil produce, nor a“tree ‘cor-
πρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ἱποιεῖν." 19 πᾶν" δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν
rupt “fruits *good *produce. Every tree not producing

καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 20 Ἰάραγε"
“fruit 1y00d iscut down and into fire is cast. Then surely
"ard! τῶν. καρπῶν. αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς.

by their fruits ye shall know them.

210i πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι, Κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς

Not every one who says tome, Lord, Lord, shallenter into

τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
the kingdom ofthe heavens, but he who does the will

Υ — ἐστιν Ltr [A].
also a fish shall ask LiTra.
& [ἡ πύλη) LT. h

k + [οὖν͵ now L.

! dpa ye Ltr.

® αἰτήσει Shall ask Lrtra.
c >. da ’ , ae « ΄

ἐὰν τ. ἃ εἰσέλθατε ττττὰ. ἡ πύλη LT].
— δὲ but xr [tra]. 1 σταφυλὰς grapes LTTra.
™ εκ L.

* — ἐὰν LYTrA. Ὁ ἣ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει or
ἴ 7¢ how Gurr.
J ἐνεγκεῖν bear 7.

MATTHE W.

ἐν " οὐρανοῖς. 22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν
Many willsay tome in

VII, VIII.

πατρόξσς μου TOV
of my Father who[is] in [the] heavens.

ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, κύριε, ob τῷ. σῷ ὀνόματι “προεφη-
that day, ord, Lord, *not *through*thy 7name did *we
τεύσαμεν," Kai τῷ.σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ
“prophesy, and through thy name demons cast out, and

τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; 23 Kai
through thy name works %of*power *many perform ? And

τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς" ἀποχωρεῖτε
then willI confess to them, Never knewI you: depart ye
ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν.
from me, who wor lawlessness.
24 Πᾶς οὖν boric ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους Provrouc,"
Every one therefore whosoever hears *my swords these,
καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς, ὁμοιώσω αὐτὸν" ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις φκοδό-
and does them, Iwillliken him toa’man’prudent, who built
μησεν *riv-oikiav.avrov" ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" 25 Kai κατέβη ἡ

his house upon the rock: and camedown the
βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον" ot ποταμοὶ Kai ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ
rain, and came the streams, and blew the winds, and

ἱπροσέπεσον!" τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ. ἔπεσεν᾽ τεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ

fell upon that house, and itfellnot; forit had been founded
ἐπὶ THY πέτραν. 26 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους
upon the rock. and everyone who hears “my ’words

τούτους Kai μὴ-ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῳ,
these and does notdo them, he shall be likened toa*man ‘foolish,
ὅστις wKoddunoery τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ THY ἄμμον" 27 Kai
who built his house upon the sand: and
κατέβη ἡ βροχὴ Kai ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ Kai ἔπνευσαν οἱ
came down the rain, and came the streams, and blew the
ἄνεμοι, Kai προσέκοψαν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἣν
winds, and beat upon that house, and it fell, and was
ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη.
‘the fall 308 *it great.
28 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε “συνετέλεσεν! ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς τοὺς λόγους
And itcametopass when “had “finished + Jesus Swords
΄ γ ΄ « ” 7 x ~ ~ ᾽ ~ -
τούτους ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ" 29 ἣν

“these astonished were the crowds at his teaching: “he *was
γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ
for teaching them as “authority ‘having, and not as the
γραμματεῖς".

scribes.

8 ΣΚαταβάντι.δὲ αὐτῷ! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ
And when *had*come*down *he from the mountain, “followed *him

ὄχλοι πολλοί" 2 καὶ ἰδού, λεπρὸς τέλθὼν" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ,

“crowds ‘great. And behold, aleper having come id homage tohim,
λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί pe καθαρίσαι. 3 Kai
saying, Lord, if thou wilt thouartable me _ tocleanse. And
ἐκτείνας τὴν. χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ "ὁ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων,
having stretched out [his]hand “touched “him Jesus, saying,

Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Kai εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη! αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα.
I wil), bethoucieansed, Andimmediately was cleansed his leprosy.

17

Father which is in
heaven, 22 Many will
say to me in that day,
Lord, Lord, have we
not prophesied in thy
name? and in thy
name have cast out
devils? and in thy
name done many won-
derful works? 23 And
then will I profess un-
to them, I never knew
you: depart from me,
ye that work iniquity.

214 Therefore whoso-
ever heareth these say-
ings of mine, and
doeth them, I will
liken him unio a wise
man, which built his
house upon a rock:
25 and the rain descen-
ded, and the floods
came, and the winds
blew, and beat upon
that house; and it fell
not: for it was founded
upon a rock. 26 And
every one that heareth
these sayings of mine,
and doeth them not,
shall be likened unto
a foolish man, which
built his house npon
the sand: 27 and the
rain descended, and
the floods came, and
the winds blew, and
beat upon that house;
and it fell: and great
was the fall of it,

28 And it came to
pass, when Jesus had
ended these sayings,
the people were aston-
ished at his doctrine:
29 for he taught them
as one having au-
thority, and not as the
scribes.

VIII. When he
come down from the
mountain, great mul-
titudes followed him.
2 And, behold, there
came a leper and wor-
shipped him, saying,
Lord, ifthou wilt, thou
canst make nie ciean.
3 And Jesus put forth
his hand, and touched
him, saying, I will; be
thou clean. And im-
mediately his leprosy
was cleansed. 4 And

1+ τοῖς the LTTrA. ° ἐπροφητεύσαμεν LTTrA. Ρ [τούτους LTr. 4 ὁμοιωθήσεται he shall be

likened Lrtr. τ αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν LETra. 5 ἦλθαν Tr.
ἔπεσαν TIrA. αὐτοῦ THY οἰκίαν LTTrA. “ ἐτέλεσεν LITrA.
LTTrA; + καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι and the Pharisees L.
αὐτοῦ Tr.
LTTra.

2 προσελθὼν having come to [him] trtraw.
Ὁ ἐκαθερίσθη τ.

τ προσέπαισαν struck ἀρ αϊηβῦτ,; προσ-
x + αὐτῶν (read their scribes}
Y καὶ καταβάντος αὐτοῦ τι; καταβάντος δὲ
2 — ὃ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (read he touched)

Cc

18

Jesus saith unto him,
See thou tell no man;
but go thy way, shew
thyself to the priest,
and offer the gift that
Moses commanded, for
a testimonyunto them.

5 And when Jesus
was entered into Ca-
pernanum, there came
unto him a centurion,
beseeching him, 6 and
saying, Lord, my ser-
vant lieth at home sick
of the palsy,grievously
tormented. 7And Jesus
saith unto him, I will
come and heal him.
8 The centurion an-
swered and said, Lord,
I am not worthy that
thou shouldest come
under my roof: but
speak the word only,
and my servant shall
be healed. 9 For Iam
aman under authority,
having soldiers under
me: and I say to this
man, Go, and he goeth;
and to another, Come,
and he cometh; and
to my servant, Do
this, and he doeth iz.
10 When Jesus heard
it, he marvelled, and
said to them that fol-
lowed, Verily I say
unto you, I have not
found so great faith,
no, not in Israel.
11 And I say unto you,
That many shall come
from the east and west,
andshall sit down with
Abraham, and Isaac,
and Jacob, in the king-
dom of heaven. 12 But
the children of the
kingdom shall be cast
out into outer dark-
ness: there shall be
weeping and gnashing
of teeth. 13 And Jesus
said unto the centu-
rion, Go thy way; and
as thou hast believed,
90 be it done unto thee.
And his servant was
healed in the selfsame
hour.

14 And when Jesus
was come into Peter's
house, he saw his wife’s
mother laid, and sick
of a fever. 15 And he

MATOATOX. VAL.
4 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς" “ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαγε,
And says *to*him 1 Jesus, See noone thoutell; but go
σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε! τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσ-
thyself shew to the priest, and offer the gift which 7or-
ἐταἕεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς.
dered Moses for atestimony to them.

5 ΓΕἰσελθόντι". δὲ ἐτῷ Τησοῦ" εἰς "Καπερναούμ," προσῆλθεν
And “having “entered ‘Jesus into Capernaum, 7came
αὐτῷ ἱἑκατόνταρχος"! παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 6 Kai λέγων, Κύριε,
*toShim ἴδ centurion, beseeching him and saying, Lord,

« - , > ~ Ses, , ~
ὁ.παῖς. μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασα-
my servant is laid in the house paralytic, grievously tor-
γιζόμενος. 7 "Καὶ! λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿ὸὁ Ἰησοῦς," ᾿Εγὼ ἐλθὼν θερα-
mented. And ?says *to*him ‘Jesus, I having come will
πεύσω αὐτόν. 8 ™Kai ἀποκριθεὶς! ὁ ἱἑκατόνταρχος" ἔφη, Κύριε,
heal him, And *answering ‘the centurion said, Lord,
οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς" ἀλλὰ μόνον
ITamnot worthy that *my ‘under roof thoushouldest come, but only
εἰπὲ "λόγον," καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ-.παῖς μου. 9 καὶ. γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν-
speak a word, and shallbehealed my servant. For also I a
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν", ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας"
man am under authority, having under myself soldiers ;

Ω , ’, , ‘ ΄ \ ” m”
καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται" καὶ ἄλλῳ, Epxov,
and Isay tothis [one], Go, and he goes; and toanother, Come,
καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ.μου, ἸΤοίησον τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ.
and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do this, and he does [it].
10 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ὁ Τησοῦς ἐθαύμασεν, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀκολου-
And having *heard ‘Jesus wondered, and said tothose follow-
θοῦσινῬ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην

ing, Verily Isay toyou, Noteven in Israel so great
πίστιν! εὗρον. 11 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν
faith have I found. ButIsay toyou,that many from east

καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ
and west shallcome, and shallrecline[attable] with Abraham and
᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" 12 οἱ. δὲ υἱοὶ
Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but the sons
~ , r2 δὰ Or iT] > 4 , a. 3 , ar cs ~
τῆς βασιλείας τἐκβληθήσονται! εἰς TO σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ
ofthe kingdom shall be cast out into the darkness the outer: there
ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 18 Kai εἶπεν
shallbe the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth. And 3said
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ “ἑκατοντάρχῳ,"! Ὕπαγε, ἱκαὶ" ὡς ἐπίστευσας

‘Jesus tothe centurion, 0, and as _ thouhast believed
γενηθήτω σοι. Kai ἰάθη ὁ-.παῖς. "αὐτοῦ! “ty τῇ ὥρᾳ

be it to thee. And washealed his servant in 7hour
ἐκείνῃ."
‘that.

14 Kai ἐλθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου, εἶδεν

And *having *come 1Jesus to the house of Peter, saw

τὴν.πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην καὶ πυρέσσουσαν, 15 καὶ
his wife’s mother lai and in a fever; and

OLTTrAW.
from that hour 1

ς ἀλλὰ EGLTTrA. 4 προσένεγκον LITrAW. ὁ Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. ἴ εἰσελθόντος LTTrA. Β αὐτῷ
he ΟὟ; αὐτοῦ he Lrtra.
1— 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he says) τα tra.
© 4+ τασσόμενος placed L.
with no one so great faith in Israel uora.
t — καὶ LT[Tr]A, -- αὐτοῦ (read the servant) rt].

h Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. ‘éxatovtapxnsT. * —xaiut[tr]a.
™ ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTr, 5 λόγῳ by a word GLTtraw.
P+ αὐτῷ him. ἃ παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ
τ ἐξελεύσονται shall go forth τ. 5 ἑκατοντάρχῃ
* ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης

i
L

ΥΠ1|.

ἥψατο τὴς χειρὸς- αὐτῆς,
he touched her hand,

ἠγέρθη Kai διηκόνει *adroic.'
she arose and ministered to them.

16’ ΟΨίας. δὲ a peel προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους
And evening being come, they brousns to him queneesed git *demous

πολλούς" Kai ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Kui πάντας τοὺς

MATTHEW.

Kat ene αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός
and ‘her ‘the “fever;

καὶ
and

many, and hecast out the _ spirits byaword, and all who
κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν" 17 Owe πλὴη oy TO
“ill were he healed : So that might bef ed that which

ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, Αὐτὸς τὰς

was spoken by" Esaias the prophet; saying, Himself the
ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν, Kai τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν.
infirmities ofus took, and the diseases bore.

18 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους" περὶ αὐτόν, ἐκέ-

Jesus crowds around him, he com-

19 καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς
And having come to J one

And “seeing great
λευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν.
manded todepart to the other side.

γραμματεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὕπου.ἐὰν
ascribe said tohim, Teacher, I will follow thee whithersoever

ἀπέρχῃ. 20 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Inoovc, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς
prom raayesi go, And “says Sto *him 1Jesus, ‘The foxes “holes

ee καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ.δὲ υἱὸς
have, andthe birds ofthe heaven nests, but the Son

τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ovK-éxEL ποῦ THY κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ. 21"ETEpOC
of man hasnot where the head he may lay. “Another

δὲ τῶν. μαθητῶν.Σαὐτοῦ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι

*and of his disciples said to him, Lord, allow me
πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν. es «μου. 92 Ὁ. δὲ. "᾿ Ἰησοῦς"
first to go and bury my fat But Jesus
δεῖπεν" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι, Kai ἄφες Tobe νεκροὺς θάψαι

said to him, Follow me, and leave’ the dead to bury
τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς.

their own dead.

23 Kai ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς “τὸ" πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ

And *having*entered ‘he into the Sfollowed *him

οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. 24 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ
his 7disciples. And lo, a *tempest roreae arose in the

θαλάσσῃ. ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων"
see sothat the ship was covered ΕΝ the Waves;

αὐτὸς.δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. 25 καὶ προσελθόντες foi μαθηταὶ" "αὐτοῦ"
but Βα was sleeping: And havingcometo[him]the disciples of him

ἤγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον ‘ypac," ἀπολλύμεθα.
awoke him, saying, Lord, save us; we perish,

26 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti δειλοί tore, ὀλιγόπιστοι; Τότε

And hesays ἴο ἔμθῃι, Why fearful are 79, O [ye] of little faith? Then,

ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ TY θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐγένετο
haying arisen he rebuked the winds and the sea,

γαλήνη μεγάλη. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες,
a *calm eee And the men wondered, saying,

ship,

oni ἐστιν οὗτος, Ort βκαὶ" οἱ ἄνεμοι Kai ἡ θάλασσα
What kind{ofman] is this, that even the winds and the sea
ὑπακούουσιν avT@;'

obey him?

αὐτῷ to him “Ttraw. Y ὄχλον ἃ crowd L.
(read he said) τ. > λέγει says LITrAW.
© — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. ἴ --- ἡμᾶς LTTrAW.

¢ — τὸ (read a ship) Ltra.
—— καὶ L.

and therewas J!

z - αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)uttr. 5 --- Ἰησοῦς
4d — οἱ μαθηταὶ {τ|έ | TT.
h αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1ΤΊΤΑ.

19

touched her hand, and
the fever left her: and
she arose, and min-
istered unto them.

16 When theeven was
come, they brought un-
to him many that were
possessed with devils:
and he cast out the
spirits with his word,
and healed all that
were sick: 17 that it

might be fulfilled
which was spoken by
Esaias the prophet,
saying, Himself took
our infirmities, and
bare our sicknesses.

18 Now when Jesus
saw great multitudes
about him, he gave
commandment to de-
part unto the other
side. 19 And a certain
scribe came, and said
unto him, Master, I
will follow thee whi-
thersoever thou goest.
20 And Jesus saith un-
to him, The foxes have
holes, and the birds of
the air have nests; but
the Son of man hath
not where to lay his
head. 21 And another
of his disciples said
unto him, Lord, suffer
me first to goand bury
my father. 22 But Je-
sus said unto him,
Follow me; and let the
dead bury their dead.

23 And when he was
entered into a ship, his
disciples followed him,
24 And, behold, there
arose a great tempest
in the sea, insomuch
that the ship was co-
vered with the waves:
but he was asleep.
25 And his disciples
came to him, and
awoke him, saying,
Lord, save us: we per-
ish. 26 And he saith
unto them, Why are
e fearful, O ye of
little faith? Then he
arose, and rebuked the
winds and the sea; and
there was a great calm.
27 But the men mar-
velled, saying, What
manner of man is this,
that even the winds
and the sea obey him!

20

28 And when he was
come to the other side
into the country of the
Gergesenes, there met
him two possessed with
devils, coming out of
the tombs, exceeding
fierce, so that no man
might pass by that
hay: 29 rate behold,
they cried out, saying,
What have we to do
with thee, Jesus, thou
Son of God? art thou
come hither to torment
us before the time?
30 And there was a
good way off from
them an herd of many
swine feeding. 31 So
the devils besought
him, saying, If thou
east us out, suffer us
to go away into the
herd of swine, 32 And
he said unto them, Go.
And when they were
come out, they went
into the herd of swine:
and, behold, the whole
herd of swine ran
violently down a steep
piace into the sea, and
perished in the waters.
33 And they that kept
them fled, and went
their ways into the
city, and told every
thing, and what was
befallen to the pos-
sessed of the devils.
84 And, behold, the
whole city came out
to meet Jesus: and
when they saw him,
they besought him that
he would depart out of
their coasts.

IX. And he entered
into a ship, and passed
over, and came into his
own city. 2 And, be-
hold, they brought to
him a man sick of the
palsy, lying on a bed:
and Jesus seeing their
faith said unto the
sick of the palsy, Son,
be of good cheer; thy
sins be forgiven thee.
3 And, behold, certain
of the scribes said
within themselves,
This man blasphem-
eth. 4 And Jesus know-
ing their thoughts
said, Wherefore think
ye evil in your hearts?
6 For whether is easier,
to say, Τὴν sins be for-

1 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr.
mM ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς BEN US GLTTrA.
χοίρους the swine Gurrtr.
v — τὸ (read a ship) τι ΑἹ].
Y σον αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LTTrA.

Siva 1,.
forgiven LTtr.
"— ὑμεῖς LTTrA.

MAT@OAIOS. Vili, (X.

28 Kai ᾿ἐλθόντι αὐτῷ" εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς THY χώραν τῶν
And when7had“come *he to the otherside to the country ofthe
sLepreonuays ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν
rgesenes, Smet Shim ‘two *possessed *by “demons outof the
μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ
tombs coming, “violent ‘very, sothat not *was*able ‘any “one
παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς. ὁδοῦ.ἐκείνης" 29 καὶ ἰδού, ἔκραξαν λέγοντες,

to pass by that way. And lo, theycriedout, saying,
Ti ἡμῖν καὶ cot, ᾿Τησοῦ," υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ

What tous and tothee, Jesus, Son of God? art thou come here before [the }

~ / « ~ τ 4 ? ? >? ~ ? la

καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; 30°Hy.dé μακρὰν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀγέλη

time to torment us? Nowthere was faroff from them ἃ herd

, ~ La « A , 4

χοίρων πολλῶν βοσκομένη. 31 οἱ. δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν
of ?swine ‘many feeding ; And the demons besought
αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς, "᾿ἐπίτρεψον ἡμῖν ἀπελθεῖν"

him, saying, If thoucastout us, allow us to go away
εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς", Ὑπάγετε.
into the herd ofthe swine. And hesaid to them, Go.
Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες “ἀπῆλθον! εἰς ὑτὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων"
And they having gone out wentaway into the herd ofthe swine:

καὶ ἰδού, ὥρμησεν πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη “τῶν χοίρων" κατὰ τοῦ
and behold, ‘rushed ‘all the “herd ‘ofthe “swine down the
κρημνοῦ sic τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν.
steep into the sea, and died in the waters.
33 οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες ἔφυγον, Kai ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν
But those who fed [them] fled, and having goneaway into the city

ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα, καὶ τὰ τῶν. δαιμονιζομένων.
related everything, and the [events] concerning those possessed by demons.
34 καὶ ἰδού, πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τσυνάντησιν" "τῷ! Inoov"
And lo, all the city wentout to meet Jesus;
καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτόν, παρεκάλεσαν ‘orrwe! ἀπὸ
and seeing him, they besought [him] that from
τῶν ὁρίων. αὐτῶν.
their borders.

μεταβῇ
he would depart

9 Kai ἐμβὰς εἰς "τὸ! πλοῖον διεπέρασεν Kai ἦλθεν εἰς

And havingentered into the ship he passed over’ and came _ ἴο

τὴν. ἰδίαν πόλιν. 2 Kai ἰδού, “ προσέφερον" αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν
his own city. And lo, they brought to him a paralytic

ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον" Kai ἰδὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν. αὐτῶν

on ἃ bed lying; and “seeing ‘Jesus their faith
εἶπεν τῷ TapaduTiKp, θάρσει, τέκνον, “ἀφέωνταί!
said tothe paralytic, Be of good courage, child; *have*been °forgiven

Yoorai.apapriat.cov." 3 Kai ἰδού, τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων τεΐπον"
®thee 1thy *sins. And lo, some ofthe scribes said
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Οὗτος PrAaognpei. 4 Kai "ἰδὼν" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς rac
in themselves, This[man} blasphemes. And “perceiving 1 Jesus
ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν, εἶπεν. Ἵνα.τί! οὑμεῖο! ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ
their thoughts, said, Why "ye ‘think evil
ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 5 τί.γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,
in your hearts ? For which is easier, to say,

k Τερασηνῷν L; Ταδαρηνῶν Gadarenes rrra.
a + [ὃ ᾿Τησοῦς Jesus 1,.
4 — τῶν χοίρων GLTT:{ a].

| — Ἰησοῦ Gurtra.
ο ἀπῆλθαν LTr. P τοὺς
τ ὑπάντησιν LITr. 5 τοῦ 1.

Ἢ προσφέρουσιν they bring x. x ἀφίενταί are
* εἶπαν Lir. * εἰδὼς knowing trr. » ‘Ivari ΟΥ̓.

ΙΧ. MeAsT FT HE Wwe
VAgéwyrat! ὅσοι" αἱ ἁμαρτίαι" 7 εἰπεῖν, Eyerpar' καὶ
Ξῆ:2υ8 *been ΠΡΟΣ σα Sthee [? thy] eee or tosay, Arise and

περιπάτει; 0 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε Ore ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ av-
walk? But that yemay know that authority has the Son of

θρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας" τότε λέγει τῷ παρα--
man on the earth to τοπεῖνο sins: then ney to the at

λυτικῷ, ¥ Ἐγερθεὶς" ἀρόν σου τὴν κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν

lytic, Having arisen, takeup thy bed, and go to

- ’ Α ? " ? ~ ᾽ ~
οἶκόν σου. 7 Kai ἐγερθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον αὐτοῦ.
7house ‘thy. And having arisen he went away to his house.

8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐθαύμασαν," καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν,

And*having*seen ‘the *crowds wondered, δια glorified God,
τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
who gave peouhority: ‘such to men.
9 Kai παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον
And “passing Jesus thence saw aman sitting

ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, ‘MarOaior' λεγόμενον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακο-
at the tax-office, “Matthew ‘called, and says tohim, Fol-

λούθει μοι. Kai ἀναστὰς *jKodotOnoev' arp. 10 Kai ἐγένετο
low me, And having arisen he followed him. And it came to pass

ἰαὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου" ἐν ry οἰκίᾳ, ™xai' ἰδού, πολλοὶ τελῶναι
αὖ his reclining [αὖ [8016] in the houses that behold, many tax-gatherers

καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ

and sinners having come were reclining [at table] with Jesus and
τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εἶπον"
his disciples. And having seen[it] the Pharisees said

τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ, “Διατί" μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρ-
to his disciples, Why with the tax-gatherers and sin-
τωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ- διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν; 12 Ὃ δὲ Ῥ Ἰησοῦς" ἀκούσας
ners eats your teacher ? But Jesus having heard
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσι» οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ,
hesaid tothem, “Νοὺ ‘need °have ‘they *who *are*strong ΦΕΡΕ ΙΙαα

"ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 18 πορευθέντες δὲ μάθετε τί ἐστιν,
but they who ill are. But having gone ΘΓ what

s"EXeov'" θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν" οὐ
Mercy I desire, and not sacrifice: *not
tard’! ἁμαρτωλοὺς "εἰς μετάνοιαν."

{ones}, but sinners to repentance.

14 Tore προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου, λέγοντες,
Then come near to him the disciples of John, saying,

eg ἡμεῖς. καὶ οἱ eh νηστεύομεν “πολλά, οἱ. δὲ. μαθη-
we *%and*the ®Pharisees do fast much, but 7disci-

Tai.cov οὐ-νηστεύουσιν; 15 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ
ples *thy fast not? And *said *to*them 1 Jesus,

δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν
Can the sons of the bridechamber mourn while with them
ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος ; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ
is the bri oom? *will*come ‘but 7days when willhave been taken away
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ ν apes Kai τότε νηστεύσουσιν. 16 οὐδεὶς.δὲ
from them the bridegroom, and then they will fast. But no one
ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ΡΖ χ ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ.παλαιῷ᾽"

15,
γὰρ᾽ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους,

for *I%came _ to call righteous

21

given thee; or to sary,
Arise, and walk? 6 But
that yemay know that
the Son of man hath
power on earth to for-
give sins, (then saith
he to the sick of the
palsy,) Arise, take up
thy bed, and go unto
thine house. 7 And he
arose, and devarted to
his house. 8 But when
the multitudes saw it,
they marvelled, and
glorified God which
had given such power
unto men.

9 And as Jesus passed
forth from thence, he
saw a man, named
Matthew, sitting at
the receipt of custom :
and he saith untohim,
Follow me. And be
arose, and followed
him, 10 And it came
to pass, as Jesus sat at
meat in the house, be-
hold, many publicans
and sinners came and
sat down with him and
his disciples. 11 And
when the Pharisees
saw it, they said unto
his disciples, Why eat-
eth your Master with
publicans and sinners?
12 But when Jesus
heard that, he said un-
to them, They that be
whole need not a phy-
sician, but they that
are sick. 13 But go ye
and learn what that
meaneth, I will have
merey, and not sacri-
fice : for 1am not come
to call the righteous,
but sinners to repent-
ance.

14 Then came to him
the disciples of John
saying, Why ἘΣ τὶ
the Pharisees fast oft,
but thy disciples fast
not? 15 And Jesussaid
unto them, Can the
children of the bride-
chamber mourn, as
long as the bridegroom
is with them? but the
days will come, when
the bridegroom shall
be taken from them,
and then shall they
fast. 16 No man put-
teth a piece of new
cloth unto an old gar-

puts a piece of ?cloth ‘unfulled on anold garment: ment, for that which

4 ἀφίενταί: are forgiven Lrtr. & gov (read thy sins) Gurtraw. f ἐγεῖρε LTTrAW. ΑΕ ἔγειρε
arise LTr. » ἐφοβήθησαν were afraid Lrtra. +‘ Μαθθαῖον τιτττα. * ἠκολούθει 1. | ἀνακει-
μένου αὐτοῦ L. ™—kaiT. B® ἔλεγον LTTr. ° διὰ TéLTra, P — Ἰησοῦς ut[trja. ἃ — αὐτοῖς
{πττὰ. 'dAAaLTr. 5 Ἔλεος τττὰ. ἀλλὰ TTrAW. Y — εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW. 7 Διὰ
τίιπτα. -- πολλά LT.

ba)

22

is put into fill it up
taketh from the gar-
ment, and the rent is
made worse. 17 Neither
do men put new wine
into old bottles: else
the bottles break, and
the wine runneth out,
and the bottles perish:
but they put new wine
into new bottles, and
both are preserved.

18 While he spake
these things unto
them, behold, there
came 2 certain ruler,
and worshipped him,
saying, My daughter
is even now dead: but
come and lay thy hand
upon her, and she shall
live. 19 And Jesus a-
rose, and _ followed
him, and so did his
disciples.

20 And, behold, a
woman, which was
diseased with an issue
of blood twelve years,
came behind him, and
touched the hem of his
garment: 21 for she
said within herself, If
I may but touch his
garment, I shall be
whole. 22 But Jesus
turned him about, and
when he saw her, he
said, Daughter, be of
good comfort; thy
faith hath made thee
whole. And the wo-
man was made whole
from that hour. .

23 And when Jesus
came into the ruler’s
house, and saw the
minstrels and the peo-
ple making a noise,
24 he said unto them,
Give place: for the
maid is not dead, but
sleepeth. And _ they
laughed him to scorn.
25 But when the people
were put forth, he
went in, and took her
by the hand, and the
maid arose. 26 And
the fame hereof went
abroad into all that
land.

27 And when Jesus
departed thence, two
hlind men followed
him, crying, and say-
ing, Tou Son of Da-
vid, have mercy on us.
28 And when he was
come into the house,
the blind men came to
him: and Josus saith

MATOAIO®S. 1X
αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον
Stakes Saway ‘for 3105 “filling *up from the garment, and a worse
, , > A / a , > > ‘
σχίσμα γίνεται. 17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν oivoy νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς
rent _ takes place. Nor φαΐ they 2wine ‘new into “skins
παλαιούς" εἰ δὲ. μήγε ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, Kai ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται,
old, otherwise “*are*burst ‘the *skins, and the wine is poured out,
καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἡἀπολοῦνται"" ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν oivoy νέον εἰς
andthe skins ΜΠ bedestroyed; but they put 2wine ‘new into
ἀσκοὺς" καινούς, Kai δἀμφότερα! συντηροῦνται.
*skins mew, and both are preserved together.
18 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδού, ἄρχων" “ἐλθὼν"
5These “things 'as*he*is*speaking tothem, behold, aruler havingcome
προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέγων, “Ὅτι! ἡ:θυγάτηρ: μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύ-
didhomage tohim, saying, My daughter just now has
- > s ? ‘ ? ΄ \ oui gs he (eae 3 τὸν ‘
τησεν᾽ ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν.χεϊρά.σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ
died; but havingcome lay thy hand upon her, and
72 Ἂ ? 4 «2, ~ e > 40 ΗΠ > ~
ζήσεται. 19 καὶ ἐγερθεὶξρ 0 Inoove “ἠκολούθησεν" αὐτῷ
she shall live. And having arisen Jesus followed him,
καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.
and his disciples.
20 Kai ἰδού, γυνὴ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη, προσελ-
And behold, a woman having hada ἤπχ οὗ blood twelve years, having

θοῦσα ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ.
come behind touched’ the border of his garment,

21 ἔλεγεν. γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, Edy μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου
For she said within herself, Lf only I shall touch 27arment
αὐτοῦ σωθήσομαι. 22 Ὁ δὲ. ΓΙησοῦς" ξἐπιστραφεὶς" καὶ idwy
this I shall be cured. But Jesus having turned and having seen
αὐτὴν εἶπεν, Θάρσει, θύγατερ' ἡ.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν σε.

her 868 βαϊᾶ, Beof good courage, daughter; thy faith hathcured thea
ι , ε \ \ ~
καὶ ἐσώθη ἢ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης.
Απᾶ *was*cured ‘the ?woman from that hour.
23 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος,
And “having *come 1Jesus into the house of the ruler,
‘ ’ ‘ A ? A ‘ A » ᾿
καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον,

and having seen the crowd

24 "λέγει αὐτοῖς," ᾿Αναχωρεῖτε᾽ οὐ yap ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον,

flute-players and the making a tumult,

says to them, Withdraw, ‘not ‘for ‘is®%dead the “damsel,
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. 25 ὅτειδὲ ἐξεβλήθη

but And they laughed at him. But when “had *been *put Sout

ὁ ὄχλος, εἰσελθὼν ἐκράτησεν τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς, Kai ἠγέρθη
‘the “οτονγᾶ, having entered he took hold of her hand, and “arose

τὸ κοράσιον. 26 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη.αὕτη εἰς ὕλην τὴν

sleeps.

*the 7damsel. And ‘went ‘out ‘this ?report into all
γῆν ἐκείνην.
land ‘that.

27 Kai παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠκολούθησαν Sadr!

And “?passing “on ‘thence 1 Jesus, "followed *him
δύο τυφλοί, κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες, Ἔλέησον ἡμᾶς, Ευὶὲ
δέννο ‘“blind[’men], crying and saying, Havepity on us, Son

Δαβίδ." 28 ἐλθόντι.δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, Ἱπροσῆλθον" αὐτῷ οἱ
of David. Andhaving come ittto the house, came to him the

Υ ἀπόλλυνται are destroyed Ltr.

τ olvov νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς βάλλουσιν L. ® ἀμφότεροι

Θυττγαν,, » + εἷς (read acertainruler) @Ltr. ° προσελθὼν having come to [him] 1; εἰσελθὼν

having entered Taw.

δ GAeyev Said LTTra.

ἃ. ὅτι τ. “ ἠκολούθει τττὰ. £—’Iyoovs τ.

& στραφεὶς LTTrA.
i (io? wee kasd ‘5 Β aoe x ἐδ
- αὐτῷ L[Ttr]. * vids Δαυείδ nrtra; υἱὲ Δαυΐδ aw.

! προσῆλθαν LTr.

΄

PA, X. MATTHEW.
τυφλοί, Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Torevere ὅτι δύναμαι
blind [men],and says *to*them Jesus, Believe ye that I am able
™rovro ποιῆσαι; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nat, κύριε. 29 Τότε ἥψατο
this to do? They say tohim, Yea, Lord. Then he touched
τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν.αὐτῶν, λέγων, Κατὰ τὴν.πίστιν. ὑμῶν γενη-
their eyes, saying, According to your faith be
θήτω ὑμῖν. 30 Kai "ἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί" Kai
it to you. And were opened their eyes; and
02 fy Π > ~ ἘΣ ~ λέ « ~ δ Η͂
ἐνεβριμήσατο" αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Opare μηδεὶς γινω-

4strictly “charged “*them tJesus, saying, See το ὁπ "Net
σκέτω. 81 Οἱ. δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφή ισαν αὐτὸν ἐν ὕλῃ TH
know [it]. But they having ΒῸΠΘ οὐ made*known ‘him in all

ἢ ἐκείνῃ.
7Jand ‘that.

82 Αὐτῶν.δὲ ἐξερχομένων, ἰδού, προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ Pay-
Andasthey were going out, behold, they brought to him a
θρωπον" κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον. 88 Kai ἐκβληθέντος
man dumb, possessed by a demon, And “having *been ‘cast Sout
τοῦ δαιμονίου, ἐχάλησεν ὁ κωφός" Kai ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι,
the ?demon, ®spake Tthe "dumb. And “wondered ‘the crowds,
λέγοντες, FOr! οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ Ισραήλ.. 84 Oe
saying, Never wasitseen thus in Israel. But the
Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον, Ev τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει

Pharisees said, By the prince of the demons he casts out
τὰ δαιμόνια,
the demons,

35 Kai περιῆγεν 0 Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας Kai τὰς κώμας,
And ?went *about 1Jesus ‘the “cities *all and the villages,
διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγ-
teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad
γέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν
tidings ofthe kingdom, and healing every disease and every
μαλακίαν tv τῷ λαῷ." 36 ἰδὼν. δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἐ-
bodily weakness among the people. And βαυΐηδ seen the crowds he was
σπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν 5ἐκλελυμένοι" καὶ
moved with compassion for them, because they were wearied and
ἱἐῤῥιμμένοι! "ὡσεὶ" πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. 87 τότε λέγει
cast away as sheep not having a shepherd. Then hesays
Toic-uanraic.avrov, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ.δὲ ἐργάται
to his disciples, The *indeed ‘harvest [is] great, but the workmen
ὀλίγοι" 88 δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὕπως

fare] few; supplicate therefore the Lord ofthe harvest, that
ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν.θερισμὸν. αὐτοῦ.
he may send out workmen into his harvest,
‘ ’ ‘ 7 ‘ ? ~
10 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ,
An having called to [him] “twelve disciples This
ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ὥστε
he gave to them authority over “spirits ‘unclean, so as
ἐκβάλλειν αὐτά, καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν
tocastout them, and to heal every disease δ) Δ every
μαλακίαν.
bodily weakness.

Τῶν. δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα;
Now ofthe twelve apostles the names are these :

23

unto them, Believe ye
that I am able to do
this? They said un-
to him, Yea, Lord.
29 Then touched he
their eyes, saying, Ac-
cording to your faith
be it unto you. 30 And
their eyes were opened;
and Jesus _ straitly
charged them, saying,
See ἡ no man know
it. 31 But they, when
they were departed,
spread abroad his
fame in all that coun-
try.

32 As they went ont,
behold, they brought
to him a dumb man
possessed with a devil.
33 And when the devil
was cast out, the dumb
spake: and the multi-
tudes marvelled, say-
ing, It was never se
seen in Israel. 34 But
the Pharisees said, He
casteth out devils
through the prince of
the devils.

35 And Jesus went
about all the cities and
villages, teaching in
their synagogues, and
preaching the gospel of
the kingdom, and
healing every sickness
and every disease
among the _ people.
36 But when he saw
the multitudes, he was
moved with compas-
sion on them, because
they fainted, and were
scattered abroad, as
sheep having no shep-
herd. 37 Then saith he
unto his disciples, The
harvest truly zs plen-
teous, but the labour-
ers are few: 28 pray
ye therefore the Lord
of the harvest, that he
will send forth labour-
ers into his harvest,

X. And when he had
ealled unto him his
twelve disciples, he
gave them power a-
gainst unclean spirits,
to cast them out, and
to heal all manner of
sickness and all man-
ner of disease. 2 Now
the names of the twelve
apostles are these; The

™ πριῆσαι τοῦτο L.
L[tra]. 4 — ὅτι GLTTraw.

' — ἐν τῷ λαῷ GLTTraW.
* ρεριμμένοι L3 ἐριμμένοι τττα.

V ὡς Tr.

> Ui > , ”
Ὁ ἠνεῳχθῆσαν Ltrs. ° ἐνεβριμήθη LTT-A. P — ἄνθρωπον (read [one])
= ἐσκυλμένοι harassed GLTT: AW

first, Simon, who is
called Peter, and

Andrew his brother;
James the son of Zeb-
edee, and John his
brother ; 3 Philip, and
Bartholomew; Tho-
mas, and Matthew the
publican; James the
son of Alphzeus, and
Lebbseus, whose sur-
name was Thaddeus;
4 Simon the Canaanite,

and Judas Iscariot.
who also _ betrayed
him.

5 These twelve Jesus
sent forth, and com-
manded them, saying,
Go not into the way of
the Gentiles, and into
anu city of the Sama-
ritams enter ye not:
6 but go rather to the
lost sheep of the house
of Israel. 7 And as ye
go, preach, saying, The
kingdom of heaven is
at hand. 8 Heal the
sick, cleanse the lepers,
raise the dead, cast out
devils: freely ye have
received, freely give.
9 Provide neither gold,
nor silver, nor brass in
your purses, 10 nor
scrip for your jour-
ney, neither two coats,
neither shoes, nor yet
staves: for the work-
man is worthy of his
meat. 11 And into
whatsoever city or
town ye shall enter,
inquire who in it is
worthy; and there a-
bide till ye go thence.
12 And when ye come
into an house, salute
it® 138 And if the house
be worthy, let your
peace come upon it:
butifit be not worthy,
let your peace return
to you. 14 And whoso-
ever shall not receive
you, nor hear your
words, when ye depart
out of that house or
city, shake off the dust
of your feet. 15 Verily
I say unto you, It
sha] be more tolerable
for the land of Sodom
and Gomorrha in the
day of judgment, than
for that city. 16 Be-
hold, I send you forth

WY + καὶ and br.

τ Μαθθαῖος LTTrA.

ΜΑΤΘΆΤΟΣ. Χ.
πρῶτος Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς
first Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew “brother
αὐτοῦ: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς
*his ; James the[son] of Zebedee, and John “brother
αὐτοῦ" 8 Φίλιππος, Kai Βαρθολομαῖος" Θωμᾶς, καὶ *Mar@aioc'
this; Philip, and Bartholomew; Thomas, and Matthew
ὁ τελώνης Ιάκωβος ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ ᾿Λεββαῖος 6
the tax-gatherer; James the [son] of Alpheus, and Lebbeus whe
ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος" 4 Σίμων ὁ *Kavaviryce,' καὶ ᾿Ιούδας
wassurnamed Thaddeus; Simon the Cananite, and Judas
*Tokapwryc,' ὁ Kai παραδοὺς αὐτόν.
Iscariote, who also delivered up him.
- ’ 4 , ? , oR) ~ ,"
5 'Γούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Inoovc, παραγγείλας
These twelve “sent “forth Jesus, having charged
> ~ , > CDr 3 ~ ere) t \ ᾽
αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Eig ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ.ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς
them, saying, Into[the] way oftheGentiles go not off, and into
πόλιν “Σαμαρειτῶν" μὴ εἰσέλθητε. 6 πορεύεσθε.δὲ μᾶλλον
acity of [the] Samaritans enter not; but go rather
4 A 2 A ? , wy” ? ,
πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα Ta ἀπολωλότα οἴκου ᾿Ισραήῆλ. 7 πο-
to the sheep the lost of [the] house of Israel. *Go-
, A ΄ ͵ oe » « ,
PEVOPMLEVOL δὲ Κηρύυσσετε, λέγοντες, Ort NY YlKEV 1) βασιλεία
ing ‘and proclaim, saying, Has drawn near the kingdom
τῶν οὐρανῶν. 8 ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, “λεπροὺς καθαρί-
of the heavens. Sick heal, lepers cleanse,
ζετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε," δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε. δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε,
dead raise, demons cast out: gratuitously ye received,

δωρεὰν δότε. 9 Μὴ-κτήσησθε χρυσόν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ,
gratuitously impart. Provide not gold, nor silver, nor
χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς.ζώνας. ὑμῶν, 10 μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδόν, μηδὲ

money in your belts, nor provision-bag for [the] way, nor

δύο χιτῶνας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, μηδὲ “ῥάβδον"" aEoc-yap ὁ

two tunics, nor sandals, nor a staff: for worthy the
? , ~ ~ ? ~ f2 Τ > a ION ’ a
ἐργάτης τῆς.τροφῆς. αὐτοῦ 'ἐστιν." 11 Εἰς.ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν ἢ
workman of his food is. And into whatever city or
κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἐν αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστιν κἀκεῖ
village ye enter, inquire who in it worthy is, and there

είνατε, Ewe.dy ἐξέλθητε. 12 εἰσερχόμενοι.δὲ εἰς THY οἰκίαν
μ ἢ Ui] ρ ? ᾽

remain until ye go forth. But entering into the house,
ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. 13 καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ οἰκία ἀξία, ξἐχλθέτω"
salute it: and if indeed “be ‘the “house worthy, let come

ἡ.εἰρήνη.ὑμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν" tav.d& μὴ. ἡ ἀξία, ἡ-εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν
your peace upon it; but if it be not worthy, *your *peace
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. 14 καὶ ὃς." ἐὰν" μὴ.δέξηται ὑμᾶς,
5to ®you et “return. And whoever will not receive you,
μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς. λόγους. ὑμῶν, LEpyomevoe'TIC οἰκίας ἢ τῆς
nor will hear your words, going forth of[that] house or
πόλεως ἐκείνης, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν ἔτῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν.
“city ‘that, shake off the dust of your feet.
15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμων
Verily Isay toyou, More tolerable it shall be for[the]land of Sodom
‘| »γ:ε 2 ε , , ASS ~ x ? , ? ᾿
καὶ 'Γομόῤῥων" ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῷ. πόλει. ἐκείνῃ. 10 1δού,
and οἵ Gomorrha in day ofjudgment, than for that city. Lo,

Υ — Λεββαῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς LTr; — ὃ ErtKAnGels @ad-

datos TA. * Kavavatos Cananzean trtra. * + 6 the EGLTAW. ἢ ᾿Ισκαριὼθ L. © Σαμαριτῶν τ.
p bap

4 νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε GLTTrAW.
8 ἐλθάτω τττ.

LITA.
Τομόῤῥας Tra.

ὁ ῥάβδους staves w.

f — ἐστιν (read [is })
1+ ἔξω Out LITA.

h ἂν LTTrA. k + ἐκ (read from your feet) Lz.

X. Me ACR PEt i W.

τς ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα tv μέσῳ λύκων" γίνεσθε
send forth you as sheep in [the] midst of wolves: beye
φρόνιμοι we οἱ περιστεραί.

οὖν ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ
asthe serpents, doves.

therefore prudent and harmless as the
17 προσέχετε.δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων᾽ παραδώσουσιν.γὰρ ὑμᾶς
But beware of men; for they willdeliver you
εἰς συνέδρια, Kai ἐν Talc.cvvaywyaic.avTay μαστιγώσουσιν
to sanhedrims, and in their synagogues they wili scourge
« κυ ἡ ‘ ? ‘ ε ’ i ‘ ~ ? UJ
ὑμᾶς" 18 Kai ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ Kai βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε
you: and before governors also and kings yeshall be brought
ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς Kai τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.
ΟΠ account οὗ me, for atestimony tothem and tothe nations.
19 brav.dé ἱπαραδιδῶσιν! ὑμᾶς, μὴ-.μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί
But when _‘ they deliver up you, be not careful how or what

λαλήσητε’ "᾿δοθήσεται.γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY ὥρᾳ τί "λαλή-

yeshouldspeak: for it shall be sive you in that hour what yeshall
cere! 20 οὐ.γὰρ Bee ἐστε ot λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα
speak : for = ?are they who speak, but the Spirit
τοῦ. πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 Tapadwoedé
of your Father which speaks in you. But *will “deliver *up

ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ TEKVOY' Kai ἐπανα-
‘brother brother to death; and father child: and 2will

στήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, Kai θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς.
“rise *up ‘children against parents, and will put to death them.
22 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ.ὄνομά.μου"
And yewillbe hated by all on account of my name;
0.0 ὑπομείνας sic τέλος; οὗτος σωθήσεται. 23 ὅταν δὲ
buthethat endures to [the] end, he shall be saved. But when
διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ταύτῃ, ὑπο τος εἰς στὴν. ἄλλην" "Ρ

ἘΠΟΥ persecute you in this CIty, flee to another:
ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις

for verily Isay toyou, Innowise will ye have completed the cities
«γοῦ" Ισραὴλ ἕως τἂν" Oy ὁ vide τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 Οὐκ
of Israel until becomethe Son of man. *Not
ἔστιν ἐπα Π τὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ
is a7disciple above the teacher, nor abondman above
τὸν. κύριον.αὐτοῦ. 25 ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ iva γένηται we
his lord. Sufficient for the ἐς that hebecome as

« ὃ δά ᾽ ~ aS « 6 a e c 7 ? ~ 2 s~;
0.0l ἀσκαλος.αὐτοῦ, Kat O ὁουλος ὡς O-KUPLOC-AUTOV. El τον

25

as sheep in the midst
of wolves : be ye there-
fore wise as serpents,
and harmless as doves.
17 But beware of men:
for they will deliver
you up to the councils,
and they will scourge
you in their syna-
gogues; 18 ἃ πα yeshall
be brought before go-

-vernors and kings for

my sake, for a testi-
mony against them
and the Gentiles.
19 But when they de-
liver you up, take no
thought how or what
ye shall speak: for it
shall be given you in
that same hour what
ye shali speak. 20 For
it is not ye that speak,
but the Spirit of

Father which speaketh
in you. 2] And the
brother shall deliver
up the brother todeath,
and the father the
child: and the chil-
dren shall rise up a-
gainst their parents,
and cause them to be
put to death. 22 And
ye shall be hated of all
men for my name’s
sake: but he that en-
dureth to the end shall
be saved. 23 But when
they persecute you iz
this city, tlee ye into
another: for verily I
say unto you, Ye shall
not have gone over the
cities of Israel, till the
Son of man be conie,
24 The disciple is not
above Ais master, nor
the servant above his
lord. 25 It is enough
for the disciple that he
be as his master, and
the servant as his lord.
If they have called the
master of the house
Beelzebub, how much
more shall they call

his teacher, and the bondman as his lord. τέ *the chem of pis honsetiold?

, ’ , ~ 26 Fear them not there-
οἰκοδεσπότην! Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον fore: for there is no-
*master of *the 7house ®Beelzebul *they *called, howmuch more thing covered, that
wes > tl ν΄ ».1} Ἐπ’ ς \ x ~ > , shall not be revealed;
τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς" αὐτοῦ; 26 Μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς and hid, that shall not
those of his household? 3Not *therefore 'ye*shouldfear them; be known. 27 What I
τι > , i k ;

οὐδὲν.γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ.ἀποκαλυφθήσεται" Hoe yak ce light:
for nothing is covered which shall not be uncovered, and what ye hear in
~ the ear, that preach

καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ-.γνωσθήσεται. 27 ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ
and hidden which shall not be known. What Itell you in the

σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί: Kai ὃ εἰς TO οὖς ἀκούετε KN-
darkness presk in the light; and what in the ear yehear pro-

ὑξἕατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 28 Kai “μὴ φοβηθῆτε, ἀπὸ
μ μὴ. φοβηθῆ
claim upon the housetops. And yeshould not fear because of

ye upon the housetops.
28 And fear not them

1 παραδῶσιν they shall have delivered Uri. ™ [δοθή. yap ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί aay. JL.

5 λαλήσητε ye should speak TTrA. © > τὴν ἑτέραν the next GLTTr.

P + κἂν ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (κἂν

ἐκ ταύτης 6) διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην and ifi in the next (and if from this) they

persecute you, flee to another a{t]. τ ἄντΑ.

λεσαν they have surnamed GLTTraw.

4 - τοῦ LTra.

Ξτῷ “οἰκοδεσπότῃ ἘΣ
Υ τοῖς οἰκιακοῖς L. 7 μὴ φοβεῖσθε fear ye not GLTTrw

t ἐπεκά-

20

which kill the body,
but are not able to kill
the soul: but rather
fear him which is able
to destroy both soul
and body in hell
29 Are not two spar-
rows sold for a farth-
ing? and one of them
shall not fall on the
ground without your
Father. 30 But the
very hairs of your
head are all numbered.
31 Fear ye not there-
fore, ye are of more
yalue than many spar-
rows. 32 Whosoever
therefore shall con-
fess me before men,
him will I confess also
before my Father
which is in heaven.
33 But whosoever shall
deny me before men,
him will I also deny
before my Father
which is in heaven.
34 Think not that Iam
come to send peace on
earth: I came not to
send peace, but a
sword. 35 For I am
come to set aman at
variance against his
father, and the daugh-
ter against her mother,
and the daughter in
law against her mother
inlaw. 36 Andaman’s
foes shall be they of
his own _ household.
37 He that loveth fa-
ther or mother more
than me is not worthy
of me: and he that
loveth son or daughter
more than me is not
worthy of me. 38 And
he that taketh not his
cross, and followeth
after me, is not worthy
of me, 39 He that find-
eth his life shall lose it:
and he that loseth his
life for my sake shall
find it. 40 He that re-
eeiveth you receiveth
me, and he that re-
eeiveth me receiveth
him that sent me,
41 He that receiveth a
prophet in the name
of a prophet shall re-
eeive a prophet’s re-
ward; and he that
receiveth a righteous
man in the name
of a rightcous man
shall receive a right-
eous man’s reward,
42 And whosoever
shall give to drink un-
to one of these little
ones a cup of cold

X ἀποκτενόντων G;
b + τοῖς the r[TrJa.
& ἂν LTr.

fear ye LTTrA.
Γλήμψεται LTTrA.

MATOATIOZX. xX.

τῶν “ἀποκτεινόντων" τὸ σῶμα, τὴν.δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ.δυναμένων

those who kill the body, butthe 508] are not able
ἀποκτεῖναι" φοβήθητε. "δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον *kai'
to kill; but ye should fear rather him who is able both

ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. 29 οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία
soul and body todestroy in QGehenna. 7Not “two ‘sparrows
ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ.πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν
ΘΕΟΣ 7an ®assarion ‘are*sold? and one of them _ shallnotfall to the
γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ.πατρὸς. ὑμῶν" 30 ὑμῶν. δὲ Kai αἱ τρίχες τῆς

ground without your Father. But of youeventhe hairs of the
κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. 31 Li οὖν "φοβηθῆτε" "
head all numbered are, *Not *therefore 'ye "should *fear;

πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. 32 Πᾶς οὖν ὅσ-
than many sparrows better are ye. Every one therefore whoso-
τις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω
ever shall confess me before men, ill *confess
κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν ὃ οὐρανοῖς.
7also'l him before my Father who[is]in[{the] heavens.

33 a cy μὴ Π ᾽ »Ἅ ΄ » ~ > ,
ὁστις.- ἂν" ἀρνήῆσηται με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων,
But whosoever shalldeny me before men,
ἀρνήσομαι Sabroy κἀγὼ" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν
3.711] *deny Shim also *I before my Father who [is] in
© οὐρανοῖς. 34 EE σῆτε ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ
[the] heavens. Think not that Icame toplace peace on
τὴν γῆν" οὐκ.ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. 35 ἦλθον

the earth: Icamenot toplace peace, but a sword. 31 °came
γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγα-
for to set at variance aman against his father, and a daugh-
τέρα κατὰ τῆς.μητρὸς.αὐτῆς, Kai νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πεν-

er mother, and a daughter-in-law against *mother-

οἱ οἰκιακοὶ
{shall be] *household

φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ. ἔστιν

ter
θερᾶς αὐτῆς" 36 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου
in-law ‘ther. And enemies of the man

αὐτοῦ. 87 Ὁ

against

this. He that loves father or mother above me is not
pov ἄξιος" καὶ ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ
ofme worthy; and hethat loves son or daughter above me “ποὺ

ἔστιν μου ἄξιος" 88 Kai ὃς οὐνλαμβάνει τὸν. σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ
tis of me worthy. Andhethat takes not his cross

καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος. 89 ὁ εὑρὼν

and follows after me ?not ‘is of meworthy. He that hasfound
τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν
his life shall lose it; and hethat has lost

ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. 40 Ὃ δεχόμενος

31116 his onaccountof me shallfind it. Hethat receives
ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται" καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀπο-
you me receives; andhethatme receives receives himwho sent
στείλαντά pe. 41 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προ-

me. Hethat receives aprophet in([the] name ofa

U 4 U f , ell ‘ ε ,
ἤτου μισθὸν προφήτου λήψεται καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος
prophet [the] reward ofaprophet shallreceive; andhethat receives
δίκαιον sic ὄνομα δικαίου μισθὸν δικαίου

arighteous[man]Jin [the] name ofa righteous [man] the reward of a righteous

τλήψεται." 42 καὶ ὃς.Ξἐὰν" ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν
[πλ8}}} shall receive. And whoever shall givetodrinkto one little *ones

t[xai]L. 5 φοβεῖσθε

ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA. Y φοβεῖσθε fear ye ΤΑ.
e + τοῖς the UTr]a.

ο δὲ ττὰ. 4 κἀγὼ αὐτὸν LTTrA.

X, XI. MATTHEW.
τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ,
of *these & cup ofcold [water] only in [the] name ofa disciple,

tc ~ ? x ? Z "ἢ x ? =~
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν. αὐτοῦ.

verily Isay ἴο you, in nowise shall he lose his reward,
11 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς
And it came to eae when 7had“finished ‘*Jesus commanding

δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ
*twelve “ilizeiples ‘his, hedeparted thence to teach and

κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς.πόλεσιν.αὐτῶν.
to preach in their cities.

2 ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ
Now John having heard in the prison the works of the

χριστοῦ, πέμψας dbo" τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, 3 εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
Christ, having sent two of his disciples, said tohim,

Σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν; 4 Kai ἀποκρι-
Artthouthe coming [one], or another are weto look for? And 7ansvwer-

θεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ἸΠορευθέντες a Le είλατε Iwavy
ing 1Jesus said to them,” Having gone to John

ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε 5 τυ χροὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, ‘kai

what yehear and see: receive sight, and
χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν᾽ λεπροὶ ee Keai! κωφοὶ
lame walk; lepers are cleansed, and deaf
ἀκούουσιν" ἱνεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, ‘kai πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται"
hear ; ~ dead are raised, and poor are evangglzed-

6 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν, ὃς. “ἐὰν! μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί.
And blessed is, whoever shall not be offended in me.

7 Τούτων δὲ πορευομένων ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς
But as these were going "began 1 Jesus tosay tothe

ὄχλοις περὶ Ἰωάννου, Ti πἐξήλθετε" εἰς τὴν ἔρημον
crowds concerning John, What wentyeout into the wilderness
θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον ; ὃ ἀλλὰ
to look at? a reed by [the] wind shaken? But
τί "ἐξήλθετε", ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς τμσκίρεου UES

what went ye out to mg 8. man in soft garments

μένον; ἰδού, οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις
rayed? Behold, those who the soft igaxments wear in the houses

τῶν βασιλέων Peiciv'' 9 ἀλλὰ τί MéEHAGeTE' «ἰδεῖν; προ-
of kings are. But what went ze out tosee? a pro-

φήτην ;' vat, λέγω ὑμῖν, Kai περισσότερον προφήτου"

phet ἢ Yea, Isay toyou, and[one] moreexcellent than a prophet.
10 οὗτος. "γάρ" ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται, ᾿1δού, "ἐγὼ!
For this is [he] concerning whom it has been written, Behold, I

ἀποστέλλω τὸν. ἀγγελόν.μου πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ‘dc! Kara-

send my messenger before thy face, who shall
σκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν.σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 11 ee λέγω ὑμῖν,
prepare thy way before thee. erily Isay toyou,

οὐκ-ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων ᾿Ιωάγνου
there has not risen among [those] born of women agreater than John

τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἔν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν
the Baptist. But he that [15] less in the Kagious of the

οὐρανῶν μείζων “αὐτοῦ ἐστιν." 12 ἀπὸ.δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου
heavens greater thanhe is, Butfrom the days of John

27
water only in the name
of a disciple, verily I
say unto you, he shall
in no wise lose his re-
ward.

ΧΙ, And it came to
pass, when Jesus had
made an end of com-
Manding his twelve
disciples, he departed
thence to teach and to
preach in their cities,

2 Now when John had
heard in the prison the
works of Christ, he
sent two of his disci-
ples, 3 and said unto
him, Art thou he that
should come, or do we
look for another? 4 Je-
sus answered and said
unto them, Go and
shew John again those
things which ye do

hear and see: ὃ the
blind receive their
sight, and the lame

walk, the lepers are
cleansed, and the deaf
hear, the dead are
raised up, and the poor
have the gospel preach-
ed to them. 6 And
blessed is he, whosoever
shall not be offended
in me,

7 And as they de-
parted, Jesus hegan to
say unto the multi-
tudes concerning John,
What went ye out into
the wilderness to see?
A reed shaken with
the wind? 8 But what
went ye out for to see?
A man clothed in soft
raiment ? behold, they
that wear soft clothing
are in kings’ houses,
9 But what went ye
out for to see? A pro-
phet? yea, I say unto
you, and more thana
PEOpH et 10 For this is

, of whom itis writ-
ten, Behold, I send my
messenger before thy
face, which shall pre-
pare thy way before
thee. 11 Verily I say
unto you, Among them
that are born of wo-
men there hath not
risen a greater than
John the Baptist : not-
withstanding he that
is least in the kingdom

of heaven is greater
than he. 12 And from
the days of John the

Ὀ Ter by (his disciples) LTTraw.

0 ἐξήλθατε LTTrA.

[are]) τ}
— γάρ for Τ{{1τᾺ].

ἱ [καὶ] Ltr. Κ [καὶ] L.

* [eyo] τ.

1+ καὶ and [L|TTra.
ο — ἱματίοις (read [garments] )[L]TTra.
4ᾳ προφήτην ἰδεῖν ; (read But why went ye out? to see a prophet? Ta.
* καὶ (read and he shall prepare) L.

™ ἄν
Ρ — εἰσίν (read

τ ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ A.

28

Baptist until now the
kingdom of heaven
suffereth violence, and
the violent take it by
force. 13 For all the
prophets and the law
prophesied until John.
14 And if ye will re-
ceive it, this is Elias,
which was forto come.
15 He that hath ears to
hear, let him hear.
16 But whereuntoshall
Iliken this generation?
It is like unto children
sitting in the markets.
and calling unto their
fellows, 17 and saying,
We have piped unto
you, and ye have not
danced; we have
mourned unto you,
and ye have not la-
mented. 18 For John
came neither eating
nor drinking, and the
say, He hath a devil.
19 The Son of man
came eating and drink-
ing, and they say, Be-
hold a man glutton-
ous, and a winebibber,
a friend of publicans
and sinners, But wis-
dom is justified of her
children.

20 Then began he to
upbraid the cities
wherein most of his
mighty works were
done, because they re-
pented not: 21 Woe
unto thee, Chorazin!
woe unto thee, Beth-
saida! forif the mighty
works, which were
done in you, had been
done in Tyre and Si-
don, they would have
repented long ago in
sackcloth and ashes.
22 But | say unto you,
It shall be more tcler-
ablefor TyreandSidon
at the day of judg-
ment, than for you,
23 And thou, Caper-
naum, which art ex-
alted unto heaven,
shalt be brought down
to hell: for if the
mighty works, which
have been done in
thee, had been done in
Sodom, it would have
remained until this
day. 24 But I say unto
you, That it shall be
more tolerable for the
land of Sodom in the
day of judgment, than
for thee.

ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ.

τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν
the Baptist until now, the kingdom of the
ζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. 18 πάντες. γὰρ οἱ
violence, and(the] violent seize it. For all the
προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως ᾿Ιωάννου “rpoegnrevoay'' 14 καὶ
prophets andthe law until “John ‘prophesied. And
εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν *HXtac' ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι.
ifye are willing toreceive [10], he is Elias who is about to come.
15 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα Τἀκούειν," ἀκουέτω. 16 Τίνι.δὲ ὁμοιώσω
He that has ears to hear, let him hear, But to what shallI liken
τὴν. γενεὰν ταύτην ; ὁμοία ἐστὶν “παιδαρίοις! δὲν ἀγοραῖς
this generation ? like ᾿Ξ tolittle children in[the] markets
καθημένοις." Kai προσφωνοῦσιν τοῖς. ἑταίροις. αὐτῶν, 17 Kai
sitting, and calling to their companions, and
λέγουσιν," Ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ obk.woxnoacb: ἐθρηνήσαμεν
saying, Wepiped toyou, and yedid not dance; we mourned
εὑμῖν," καὶ οὐκ.ἐκόψασθε. 18 HAGEv-ydp lwavyne μήτε ἐσθίων
toyou, and γα did not wail. For 7came ‘John neither eating
Ul , ‘ , , » κε « ΕΝ
μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 19 ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς

x,
βιά-

is taken by

οὐρανῶν
heavens

nor drinking, and _ they say, Ademon he has. *Came 'the 7Sop
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, Kai λέγουσιν, ᾿Ιδού,

Sof *man eating and drinking, and they say, Behold,
ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ

ὃ. man a glutton and ἃ wine bibber, of tax-gatherers afriend and

ἁμαρτωλῶν. καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ copia ἀπὸ τῶν. ἁτέκνων! αὐτῆς.
of sinners. And *was*justified ‘wisdom by *children ther.
20 Tore ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο
Then hebegan toreproach the cities in which had taken place
αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις.αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ovb-perevdnoay. 21 Οὐαί
the most of his works of power, because they repented not. Woe
σοι, “Χοραζίν"" οὐαί σοι, [Βηθσαϊδάν"" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ
ἴο thee, Chorazin ! woe tothee, SBethsaida! for if in Tyre and
Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο at δυνάμεις αἱ ἐνόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν,
Sidon had taken place the works of power which have taken place in you,
πάλαι ἂν iv σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν. 22 πλὴν λέγω
long ago in sackcloth and ashes they had repented. But Τ say
ὑμῖν, Tipp Kai Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως
toyou, ForTyre and Sidon moretolerableshallitbein day of judgment
ἢ ὑμῖν. 98 Kai ob, ΞΚαπερναούμ," | ἕως ‘rod! οὐρανοῦ
than for you. And thou, Capernaum, who to the heaven

Κὑὐψωθεῖσα,) ἕως ddov ἱκαταβιβασθήσῃ" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδό-

hast been lifted up, to ades shalt be brought down: for if in Sod-
pou ™Méyevovro' αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ. "γενόμεναι ἐν σοί,"
om had taken place the works of power which have taken place in thee,

ervay''_dy μέχρι Tijc-onpepov. 24 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore
adremained until to-day. But Isay toyou, that
yy Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως
for [the] land of Sodom moretolerable shallit be in day of judgment
Ἢ σοί:
than for thee.

»
οξ
it

Ἢ ἐπροφήτευσαν LTTrA. ! ν
5 καθημένοις ἐν ἀγορᾷ (market) L; καθημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς Tira.

* παιδίοις GLITrAW.
Ὁ ἃ προσφωνοῦντα τοῖς

x Ἡλείας T. Υ — ἀκούειν T[ Tra.

ἑταίροις Who calling to the companions (ἑτέροις read calling to the others Trr) ( + [avrav]

their A) λέγουσιν say LTTrA.
& Kadapvaovpe LTTrAW.
shalt thou be lifted up? Urtra; ὑψώθης w.
=" ἐγενήθησαν LITA.

σαϊδά LTr.

©— ὑμῖν Litra, 4 ἔργων works Tir. “ Χοραζείν Trra. { Byé-
hy LTTraA, 7W. i — τοῦ LTTrA. K ὑψωθήσῃ ;
1 καταβήσῃ thou shalt descend tra.

ἢ ev σοὶ γενόμεναι L. © ἔμεινεν LITrA,

ax Py XI. MATTHEW.
25 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Eéojio-
At that time answering Jesus said,
λογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Kai THE γῆς, OTL
praise thee, OFather, Lord ofthe heaven and the earth, that
Pazéxouwac' ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας
thou didst hide thesethings from wise and prudent, and ἀϊαξὺ reveal
αὐτὰ νηπίοις. 26 vai, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως “ἐγένετο εὐδοκία"
them to babes. Yea, Father, for thus it was well-pleasing
ἔμπροσθέν cov. 27 Πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.μου"
before thee. All things to me were delivered by my Father.
καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει TOY υἱὸν εἰμὴ ὁ πατήρ᾽ οὐδὲ τὸν

And noone knows the Son except the Father; nor the
πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν
Father ?7any%one ‘doesknow except the Son, and he ἴο whomsoever

βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 28 Δεῦτε πρός με, πάντες

Smay *will ‘the 7Son toreveal [him]. Come to me, all
οἱ κοπιῶντες Kai πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς.
ye that labour and are burdened, andI_ will give *rest you.

» ᾿ , pk: ~ x , ? Eb ped ~ e
29 ἄρατε τὸν. ζυγόν.μου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι
Take my yoke ὌΡΟΣ you, and learn from me, for
τπρᾷός! εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ.καρδίᾳ᾽ καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν
meek Iamand lowly inheart; and ye shall find rest

ταῖς. ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. 30 ὁ.γὰρ.ζυγός.μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον

to your souls, For my yoke easy and “burden
ov ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν.
my light is.
12 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐπορεύθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς "σάββασιν"
Αὐ that time went Jesus onthe Sabbath
διὰ τῶν σπορίμων᾽ οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπείνασαν, Kai
through ἴμῃβ6 corn-fields; and his disciples were hungry, and
ἤρξαντο τίλλειν στάχυας Kai ἐσθίειν. 2 οἱ.δὲ Φαρισαῖοι
began to pluck [the] ears and toeat. But the Pharisees

ἰδόντες ‘elroy αὐτῷ, ᾿Ἰδού, οἱ.μαθηταί.σου ποιοῦσιν ὃ

havingseen said tohim, Behold, thy disciples are doing what
οὐκ. ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. 3 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ
it is not lawful todo on _ sabbath. Buthe said tothem, “Not
ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν VAaBid,' ὅτε ἐπείνασεν “αὐτὸς καὶ
"ye ‘haveread what 7did David, when hehungered himself and

οἱ per αὐτοῦ; 4 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai
those with him? How heentered into the house of God, and
τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως Ξἔφαγεν," Τοὺς" οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν
the loaves ofthe presentation he ate, which “not *lawful tit*was
αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις ;
forhim toeat, nor forthosewith him, but forthe priests only ?
ὃ Ἢ οὐκ. ἀνέγνωτε ἔν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς
Or haveyenotread in the law, that onthe sabbaths the priests
ἐν Tp ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, Kai ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν ;
in the temple the sabbath profane, and guiltless are ?
6 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μείζων" ἐστὶν ὧδε. 7 εἰ δὲ
But Isay to you, that *than*the*temple'a“greater is here, But if
ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, *EXcov! θέλω καὶ ov θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν
yehad known what is, Mercy MIdesire and not sacrifice, “ποῖ

Ῥέκρυψας LITrA. “εὐδοκία ἐγένετο LT.
ἡ Δαυείδ LTTrA ; Δαύιδ Gw.
LTTrAW

τ πραῦς LTTrA.
* — αὐτὸς GLTTrAW.

χα ἔφαγον Lr.
a”EAeos LTTra. :

σαββάτοις L.
Υ ὃ LTTrA.

29

25 At that time Je-
sus answered and said,

I | thank thee, O Fa-

ther, Lord of heaven
and earth, because
thou hast hid these
things from the wise
and prudent, and hast
revealed them unio
babes. 26 Even so, Fa-
ther: for soit seemed
good in thy sight.
27 All things are de-
livered unto me of my
Father: and no man
knoweth the Son, but
the Father; neither
kmnoweth any man the
Father, save the Son,
and he to whomsoever
the Son will reveal
him. 28 Come unto
me, all ye that labour
and are heavy laden,
and I will give you
rest, 29 Take my yoke
upon you, and learn of
me; for I am meek and
lowly in heart: and ye
shall find rest unto
your souls. 30 For my
yoke is easy, and my
burden is light.

XII, At that time
Jesus went on the
sabbath day through
the corn; and his disci-
ples were an hungred,
and began to pluck the
ears of corn, and to
eat. 2 But when the
Pharisees saw ἐέ, they
said unto him, Behold,
thy disciples do that
which is not lawful to
do upon the sabbath
day. 3 But he said un-
to them, Have ye not
read what David did,
when he was an hun-
gred, and they that
were with him; 4 how
he entered into the
house of God, and did
eat the shewbread,
which was not lawiul
for him to eat, neither
for them which were
with him, but only for
the priests? 5 Or have
ye not read in the law,
how that on the sab-
bath days the priests
in the temple profane
the sabbath, and are
blameless? 6 But I say
unto you, That in this
place is ome greater
than the temple. 7 But
if ye had known what
this meaneth, I will
have mercy, and not
sacrifice, ye would not

τ εἶπαν LTTrA.
: μεῖζόν

30
have condemned the
guiltless. 8 For the

Son of man is Lord
even of the sabbath
flay.

9 And when he was
departed thence, he
went into their syna-
gogue : 10 and, behold,
there was a man which
had his hand withered.
And they asked him,
saying, Is it lawful to
heal on the sabbath
days? that they might
accuse him. 11 And he
said unto them, What
man shall there be
among you, that shall
have one sheep, and if
it fall into a pit on
the sabbath day, will
he not lay hold on it,
and lift it out? 12 How
much then is a man
better than a sheep?
Wherefore it is lawful
to do well on the sab-
bath days. 13 Then
saith he to the man,
Stretch forth thine
hand. And he stretch-
edit forth; and it was
restored whole, like as
the other.

14 Then the Pharisees
went out, and held a
council against him,
how they might de-
stroy him, 15 But
when Jesus knew τῇ,
he withdrew himself
from thence: and
great multitudes fol-
lowed him, and he
healed them all; 16 and
charged them _ that
they should not make
him known: 17 that
it might be fulfilled
which was spoken by
Esaias the prophet,
saying, 18 Behold my
servant, whom I have
chosen; my beloved, in
whom my soul is well
pleased: [ will put my
spirit upon him, and
he shall shew judg-
ment to the Gentiles.
19 He shall not strive,
nor cry; neither shall
any man hear his voice
in the streets. 20 A
bruised reed shall he
not break, and smok-
ing flax shall he not
quench, till he send
forth judgment unto
victory. 21 And in his
name shall the Gen-
tiles trust.

b — καὶ GLTTrAW.
raises [10] up L.

k ἐξελθόντες δὰ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrW.
™ ἵνα that LTTrA.
4 — ev (read [on ]) GLrtraw.

many) LI[TrA }.
σεν TTr,

MATOATOX®S. XIT.

κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους" 8 κύριος. γάρ ἐστιν "Kai! τοῦ
tye had condemned the guiltless. For Lord Sig ‘also 7of *the
σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς Tov.avOpwrov.
‘sabbath the son of man.
9 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν.συναγωγὴν. αὐτῶν.
And having departed thence, hewent into their synagogue.
10 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπος “ἦν τὴν" χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν" Kai
And behold, aman there was *the “hand ‘having withered. And
, » ’ , , >” ~ td
ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εϊ ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν
they asked him, saying, Isit lawful onthe sabbaths
ἀθεραπεύειν ;' ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. 11 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
to heal? that they might accuse him. But he said to them,
Tic fora! ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν,
What *shall*there*be%of Syou man, whoshallhave sheep ‘one,
καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ
and if "fall ‘this on the sabbaths into apit, willnot
, ? A 4 f2 ~ ell , , »
κρατήσει AUTO καὶ ἐγερεῖ 5 12 πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄν-
lay hold of it and will raise [it] up? How much then is *better ‘a
θρωπος προβάτου; wore ἔξεστιν τοῖς. σάββασιν! καλῶς
*man thanasheep? Sothat itislawful on the sabbaths Swell
~ , , ~ > θ , » h A ~ ’
ποιεῖν. 18 Tore λέγει τῷ-ἀνθρώπῳ, ᾿ἕκτεινον “τὴν χεῖρα

*to *do. Then he says to the man, Stretch out *hand

cov." Kai ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ ἰἀποκατεστάθη! ὑγιὴς we ἡ

"thy. And he stretched [it] out, and it was restored sound as the
ἄλλη.

other.

14 ΚοΟὶ.δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον Kar’ αὐτοῦ ἐξελ-
But the Pharisees 5a Scouncil *held against “him ‘having
θόντες." ὕπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 15 Ὁ .δὲ. Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς
Ξβοπο οαῦ how him they might destroy. But Jesus having known
? ’ ᾽ τθ " Δ τ λ 4θ ? ~ 1” Xr Π λλ ΄
AVEXWPN TEV ἐκεισεν καὶ NKOAOUVOQHOAY AUT Οχλοι πο ol,
withdrew thence, and followed him crowds ‘great,

καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας" 16 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς
and he healed them all, and strictlycharged them
iva μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν: 17 "ὅπως" πλη-
that ®not ‘publicly’known "μὰ ‘they “should *make. So that might
ρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος,
be fulfilled that which wasspokenby JHsaias the prophet, saying,
18 ᾿Ιδοὺ ὁ-παΐῖςμου ὃν "ypérioa,' ὁ. ἀγαπητός. μου “εἰς
in

Behold myservant whom I have chosen, iny beloved
ὃν" Ρεῤὐδόκησεν' =nabuyn-pov' θήσω τὸ.πνεῦμά.μου ἐπ᾽
whom *has *found °delight ‘my “soul. I will put my Spirit upon

αὐτόν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ" 19 οὐκ.ἐρίσει
him, and judgment tothe nations heshalldeclare. He shall not strive
οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἐν Taig πλατείαις τὴν
nor ery out, nor shall*hear ‘any *one in the streets
φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ. 20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ.κατεάξει, καὶ
his voice. A "reed ‘bruised he shall not break, and
΄ , ’ , «“ μὴ ᾽ ,
λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ.σβέσει, ἕως.ἂν ἐκβάλῃ
"flax tgmoking heshallnot quench, until he bring forth*unto*victory ‘the

κρίσιν. 21 καὶ “ἐνὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν.
*judgment. And in hisname [the] nations shall hope.

© — ἦν τὴν LTTrA.
8 σαββάτοις L.

ς-- ἔσται τια. [ἐγείρει he
i ἀπεκατεσταθὴ LTTrAW.

1 —6yAoe (read πολλοι
ο ἐν ᾧ Tr; — εἰς LA. P ηὐδόκη

4 θεραπεῦσαι; T.
Ὁ gov τὴν χεῖρα LTTrA.

Ὁ ἡρέτισα Tr.

εἰς νῖκος τὴν

β

|
|

ΧΙΙ. MATTHEW.
22 Tore προσηνέχθη! αὐτῷ *dapormopevoc,

Then was brought tohim _ one possessed by a demon,
καὶ κωφός" καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τὸν ἱτυφλὸν Kai!
and dumb, and he healed him, so that the blind and

κωφὸν "καὶ" λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. 23 καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες
dumb both spake and = saw. And ‘were amazed tall

ot ὄχλοι καὶ ἔλεγον, Μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς *AaBid;'
*the*crowds and said, ?This 7is the son of David?
24 Οἱ. δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες εἶπον, Οὗτος οὐκ.ἐκβάλλει
But the Pharisees having heard said, This [man] casts not out
‘ , 2 a ? > 4 » ~ ΄
τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων.
the demons except by Beelzebul prince of the demons.
25 Eidwe.dé τὸ Ἰησοῦς" τὰς.ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
But *knowing 1 Jesus their thoughts hesaid to them,
Πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται: καὶ
Every kingdom divided against itself is brought todesolation, and
πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα Kal’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ-σταθήσεται.
every city or house divided against itself will not stand
26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐμε-
And if Satan Satan Xcasts 70ut, against himself he was
, ~ , t , > ~ ‘ > 9 \
ρίσθη᾽ πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ. βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ; 27 Kai εἰ ἐγὼ
divided. How then willstand his kingdom? And if
ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, oi-vioLdpey ἐν τίνι
by Beelzeoul cast out the demons, your sons by whom
ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται κριταί."
ἄο they cast out? onaccount of this they of you shall be judges.
28 εἰ. δὲ ἐγὼ ty πνεύματι θεοῦ" ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα
Butif I by[the) Spirit of God castout the demons, then
» ? 2 « ~ « , ~ ~ n ~ , ΄
ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 29 ἢ πῶς δύναταί

τυφλὸς
ae

hascome upon you the kingdom of God. Or how [5 able
τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη
anyone toenter into the house ofthe strong [man] and ?¢o00ds

αὐτοῦ "διαρπάσαι," ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν;
‘his to plunder, unless first hebind the strong [man]?
καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ ὑδιαρπάσει." 80 ὁ μὴ.ὧν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ
and then his house he will plunder. Hewho isnot with me
kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ μηὴς.συνάγων per ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει.
against me is ; andhewho gathersnot with me scatters.
91 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, Πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία
Because of this Isay toyou, Every sin and blasphemy
ἀφεθήσεται" τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" ἡ-.δὲ τοῦ.πνεύματος βλασ-
shall be forgiven to men; but the “concerning *the*Spirit ‘blas-
, 3. ? Or d ~ ? θ ’ ll 32 νὰ 6 2, ll ”
φημία οὐκ-αφεθήσεται “τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. καὶ Ὁς-αν΄ εἰπῇ
phemy 8881] ποῦ beforgiven to men. And whoever speaks
λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ Tov ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ"
aword against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him;
ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ Tov πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, fovK.age-
but whoever speaks against the Spirit the Holy, it shall not
θήσεται! αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἔν τῷ μέλλον-
ὍΘ forgiven him, neitherin this age nor in the coming

τι. 33 Ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν
{one}. Hither make the tree good and *fruit

τ᾿ προσήνεγκαν they brought L.
LITrA. νυ — καὶ LTTrA. " Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ LTTrA.
ἔσονται ὑμῶν LITrA. 2 ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐγὼ GLTTrAW.
Ὁ ἁρπάσει he will seize upon 1,; διαρπάσῃ he might plunder T.
4 — ois ἀνθρώποις LTTr[A]. “ ἐὰν LTTTAW

5 δαιμονιζόμενον τυφλὸν καὶ κωφόν L.
χα — δ᾿ Ἰησοῦς LITrA.
ἃ ἁρπάσαι to seize UPON LTITrA.

e+ eed | to you A.
f od μὴ ἀφεθῇ in nowise shall it be

al

22 Then was brought
unto him one possessed
with a devil, blind,
and dumb: and he
healed him, insomuch
that the blind and
dumb both spake and
saw. 23 And all the
people were amazed,
and said, Is not this
the Son of David?
24 But when the Phari-
sees heard it, they said,
This fellow doth not
east out devils, but by
Beelzebub the prince
of the devils. 25 And
Jesus knew their
thoughts, and_ said
unto them, Every
kingdom divided a-
gainst itself is brought
to desolation; and
eve city or honse
divided against itself
shall not stand: 26 and
if Satan cast out Satan,
he is divided against
himself; how shall
then his kingdom
stand? 27 And if I by
Beelzebub cast out
devils, by whom do
your children cast
them out? therefore
they shall be your
judges, 28 But if I cast
out devils by the Spirit
of God, then the king-
dom of God is come
unto you. 29 Or else
how can one enter into
a strong man’s house
and spoil his goods,
except he first bind the
strong man? and then
he will spoil his house.
30 He that is not with
me is against me; and
he that gathereth not
with me _ scattereth
abroad, 31 Wherefore
I say unto you, Ail
manner of sin and
blasphemy shall be
forgiven unto men:
but the blasphemy
against the Holy Ghost
shall not be forgiven
unto men. 32 And
whosoever speaketh
a word against the
Son of man, it shal)
be forgiven him: but
whosoever speaketh a-
gainst the Holy Ghost,
it shall not be for-
given him, neither in
this world, neither in
the world to come,
33 Hither make the
tree good, and his fruit

* τυφλὸν καὶ
J κριται

orgiven L.

32

good; or else make
the tree corrupt, and
his frnit corrupt : for
the tree is known by
Ais fruit. 34 O gene-
ration of vipers, how
can ye, being evil,
speak good things?
for out of the abun-
dance of the heart the
mouth speaketh. 35 A
good man out of the
good treasure of the
heart bringeth forth
good things: and an
evil man out of the
evil treasure bringeth
forth evil things.
36 But I say unto you,
That every idle word
that men shall speak,
they shail giveaccount
thereof in the day of
judgment. 37 For by
thy words thou shalt
be justified, and by
thy words thou shalt
be condemned.

38 Then certain of
the scribes and of the
Pharisees answered,
saying, Master, we
would see a sign from
thee. 39 But he an-
swered and said unto
them, An eviland a-
dulterons generation
seeketh after a sign;
and there shall nosign
be given to it, but the
sign of the prophet
Jonas: 40 foras Jonas
was three days and
three nights in the
whale’s belly ; so shall
the Son of man be
three days and three
nights in the heart of
the earth. 41 The men
of Nineveh shall rise
in judgment with this
generation, and shall
condemn it: because
they repented at the
preaching of Jonas;
and, behold, a greater
than Jonas is here.
42 The queen of the
south shall rise up in
the judgment with
this generation, and
shall condemn it: for
she came from the ut-
termost parts of the
earth to hear the
wisdom of Solomon;
and, behold, a greater
than Solomon 18 here.
43 When the unclean
spirit is gone out of
a man, he walketh
through dry places,
seeking rest, and find-
eth none, 44 Then he
saith, I will return

3 — τῆς καρδίας GLTTrAW.

shall speak TTra.

MATOATO®. XII,

αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρον καὶ τὸν καρπὸν

sits good, or make the tree corrupt and “fruit
αὐτοῦ σαπρόν: Ex.yap τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται.
‘its corrupt: fortrom the fruit the tree is known.

34 Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ

Offspring of vipers, how areyeablegood thingstospeak, *wicked
ὄντες; ἐκιγὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα
‘being? foroutof the abundance ofthe heart the mouth
λαλεῖ. 35 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ
speaks, The good man out of the good creasure

βτῆς καρδίας" ἐκβάλλει τὰ" ἀγαθά: Kai ὁ πονηρὺὶς ἄνθρω-
ofthe heart puts forth the goodthings; andthe wicked man
᾽ ~ ~ “-Σ ΄ ΄ , 4
πος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά. 36 λέγω. δὲ
outof the wicked treasure puts forth wicked things. But I say
ὑμῖν, OTe πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν Otay! Ἐλαλήσωσιν" οἱ ἄνθρωποι,
toyou, that every *word ‘idle whatsoever *may “speak ‘men,
ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. 37 ἐκ

they shallrender of it an account in day of judgment. 2By

yao τῶν.λόγων.σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.λόγων σου

‘for thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words
καταδικασθήσῃ.

thou shalt be condemned.
38 Tore ἀπεκρίθησάν' τινες τῶν γραμματέων "καὶ Papt-
Then answered some of the scribes and Phari-
σαίων," λέγοντες, Διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν.
sees, saying, Teacher, we wish from thee asign ἴο 560,
39 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Teved πονηρὰ καὶ μοι-

But he answering said to them, Ageneration wicked and _ adui-
χαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" Kai σημεῖον οὐ.δοθήσεται αὐτῇ,
terous a sign seeks for, and a sign shall mot be given’ ‘toit,

᾽ A A ~ > . ~ ~ ΤᾺ [2 >? ~
εἰ. μὴ TO σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. 40 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἦν lwrac
except the sign of Jonas the _— prophet. Forevenas was Jonas
ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ TOU κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας Kai τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως
in the belly of the great fish three days and three nights, thus
ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔν TY καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς
shall be the Son of man in the heart ofthe earth three
t , ‘ ~ 4 » ὃ n ~ i ?
ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. 41 Avodpsg "Nevevirat" ἀναστήσονται

days and three nights. Men Ninevites shall stand up
ἐν TH κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν"

in the judgment with this generation, and _ shall condemn it;
ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ" Kai ἰδού, πλεῖον
for theyrepented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more

? bd <7 ‘ , ? , ? ~ ,

Iwva ὧδε. 42 βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει
than Jonas here. A queen of[the]south shallriseup in the judgment
μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν" ὅτι ἦλθεν
with this generation, and shall condemn it; for she came
ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν “Σολομῶντος "
from the ends ofthe earth tohear the wisdom of Solomon ;
καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 48 Ὅταν.δὲ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον
and behold, more than Solomon here. But when the unclean

~ 3 , ’ ‘ ~ > , , ᾽ ? ,

πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι ἀνύδρων

spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless
τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκει. 44 τότε λέγει,
places, secking rest, and finds not [1]. Then he says,
i — ἐὰν (read which) LTtTra.
m— καὶ Φαρισαίων L.

h— τὰ Lorw.

κ λαλήσουσιν
1+. avrw® Dim LTTrA.

0 Νινενεῖται TTrA.

ο Σολομῶνος GLTTrAaw.

MILSXIII. MATTHEW.

4ΦἘπιστρέψω εἰς Tov.olkéy_pov,' ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον" καὶ ἐλθὸν
Iwillreturn to my house, whence Icame out. And having come
εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα," σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 45 τότε
he finds [it] unoccupied, swept and adorned. Then
πορεύεται kai παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα
he goes and takes with himself seven other spirits
πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, Kai εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ" καὶ γίνεται
more wicked than himself and enteringin they dwell there; and “becomes
τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως
1the last Sof *that *man worse thanthe first. Thus
ἔσται Kai τῇ.γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ TY πονηρᾷ.
itshallbe also to this generation the wicked.
46 "Ἔτι. δὲ! αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἰδού, ἡ μήτηρ
But while yet he was speaking tothe crowds, behold, [his] mother
‘ e ἐδ λ ‘A t > ~ll ε , ΜΝ ζ ~ > ~ X
καὶ οἱ.ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω, ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λα-
and his brethren were standing without, seeking “*to*him ‘to
λῆσαι. “47 elrev.dé τις αὐτῷ, Ἰδού. ἡ-.μήτηρ-σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί
2speak. Then said one tohim, Behold, thy mother and 2brethren
σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν, ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι." 48 Ὁ δὲ ἀπο-
‘thy without are standing, seeking *to*thee ‘to7speak. But he an-
κριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ εἰπόντι" αὐτῷ, Tic ἐστιν ἡ-μήτηρομου ;
swering said tohim who spoke tohim, Who is my mother?
καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ. ἀδελφοί.μου; 49 Kai ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα
and who are my brethren? And stretching out an

x > ol > A 4 A ? ~ κε ᾽ ’ ς 7 \
αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ τοὺς.μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, 1)-unTnp-pov καὶ

this to his disciples hesaid, Behold, my mother and
οἱ.ἀδελφοί.μου. 50 ὕστις. γὰρ ἂν Yroujoy' τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
my brethren. For whosoever shalldo the will

πατρός.μουτοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς καὶ
of my Father who [is] in[the] heavens, he = τον brother and
ἀδελφὴ Kai μήτηρ ἐστίν.
sister and mother is.
13 Ἔν. 7δὲϊ! τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκενῃ ἐξελθὼν — 0 Inooiie "ἀπὸ"
And in that day *having *gone *forth Jesus from
τῆς οἰκίας ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν" 2xai συνήχθησαν

the by the
x 3. τεῷ ” aN VN , er a8 ? b Mit ~ ?
Tpoc αὐτὸν OXAOL πολλοί, WOTE αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸ πλοῖον ἐμ-
to him crowds ‘great, sothat he into the ship having
, ~ ‘ ~ 5 m” ? ‘ ‘ ? A e ,
Bavra καθῆσθαι, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ TOY αἰγιαλὸν ELoTHKEL.
entered satdown, and all the crowd on the shore stood,
3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς, λέγων, ‘Idod,
And hespoke tothem many things in parables, saying, Behold,
ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Tov σπείρειν. 4 καὶ ἐν. τῷ. σπείρειν. αὐτὸν
went*out ‘the 7sower to sow. And as he sowed
ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, Kai “ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ “καὶ
some fell by the way, and ‘came ‘the “birds and
κατέφαγεν αὐτά. 5 ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ Ta πετρώδη, ὕπου
devoured them. Andsome fell upon the rocky places, where
οὐκ.εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, Kai εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ
theyhadnot earth ‘much, andimmediately sprangup because of not
μ᾿ ’ 8 ΓΦ - , ‘ > / 2 ΄
ἔχειν βάθος γῆς 6 ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐκαυματίσθη,
having depth ofearth; and([the]sun havingrisen they werescorched,

house sat down sea. And were gathered together

33

into my house from
whence I came out;
and when he is come,
he findeth τὲ empty,
swept, and garnished.
45 Then goeth he, and
taketh with himself
seven other _ spirits
more wicked than him-
self, and they enter in
and dwell there: and
the last state of that
man is worse than the
first. Even so shall it
be also unto this wick-
ed generation.

46 While he yet
talked to the people
behold, his mother and
his brethren stood
without, desiring to
speak with him.
47 Then one said un-
to him, Behold, thy
mother and thy bre-
thren stand without,
desiring to speak with
thee. 48 But he an-
swered and said unto
him that toldhim, Who
is my mother? and
who are my brethren ?

a 49 And he stretched

forth his hand toward
his disciples, and said,
Behold my mother and
my brethren! 50 For
whosoever shali do the
will of my Father
which is in heaven, the
same is my brother,
and sister, and mo-
ther.

XIII. The same day
went Jesus out of the
house, and sat by the
sea side. 2 And great
multitudes were gath-
ered together unto
him, so that he went
into a ship, and sat;
and the whole multi-
tude stood on theshore.
3 And he spake many
things unto them in
parables, saying, Be-
hold, a sower went
forth to sow; 4 and
when he sowed, some
seeds fell by the way
side, and the fowls
came and devoured
them up: 5some fell
upon stony places,
where they had not
much earth: and forth-
with they sprung up,
because they had no
deepness of earth:
6 and when the sun
was up, they were
scorched ; and because

4 εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω LTTrA. τ - καὶ and [L]r.
"verse 47in{ |T. “ λέγοντι LTTra.
and LTTrA.

ship) LTTra,

© ἦλθον Lir; ἐλθόντα having come A. 4— καὶ Α.

s — δὲ but Lrtra.
x — αὐτοῦ (read [his] hand) τ.

2éx out of LT; — ἀπὸ (read ἐξελ. having gone out of)Tr.
e+msL

t [αὐτοῦ] L.
Υ ποιῇ ἃ. 1-- δὲ
Ὁ -- τὸ (read a

D

94

they had no root, they
withered away. 7 And
some fell among
thorns ; and thethorns
sprung up, and choked
them : 8 but other fell
into good ground, and
brought forth fruit,
some an hundredfold,
some sixtyfold, some
thirtyfold. 9 Who hath
ears to hear, let him
hear.

10 And the disciples
came, and said unto
him, Why = speakest
thou unto them in pa-
rables ? 11] He answered
andsaid unto them, Be-
cause it is given unto
you to know the myste-
ries of the kingdom of
heaven, but to them
it is not given. 12 For
whosoever hath, tohim
shall be given, and he
shall have more abun-
dance: but whosoever
hath not, from him
shall be taken away
even that he hath.
13 Therefore speak I
to them in parables:
because they seeing
see not; and hearing
they hear not, neither
do they understand.
14 And in them is ful

filled the prophecy of

Hsaias, which saith, By
hearing ye shall hear,
and shall not under-
stand ; and seeing ye
shall see, and shall not
perceive: 15 for this
people’s heart is waxed
gross, and their ears
are dull of hearing,
and their eyes they
have closed; lest at any
time they should see
with their eyes, and
hear with their ears,
and should understand
with their heart, and
should be converted,
andIshouldheal them.
16 But blessed ave your
eyes, for they see: and
our ears, for the
ar. 17 For verily
say unto you, That
many prophets and
righteous men have de-
sired to see those things
which ye see, and have
not seen them; and to
hear those things which
ye hear, and have not
eard them.

18 Hear ye therefore
the parable of the
sower. 19 When any
one heareth the word
of the kingdom, and

€mveéav Ὑ.
‘ διὰ τί LTrA.
their ears) L.
"— yap for T.

8. — ἀκούειν T[Tr]a.
1 — αὐτοῖς T.
ο ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal trtra.

ΜΑΙ Θ᾽ AYO) Ss: X FE
καὶ διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ
and becauseof not having root were driedup. Andsome fell upon
τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν ai ἄκανθαι καὶ ᾿ἀπέπνιξαν'" αὐτά.
the thorns, and “grew*up ‘the *thorns and choked them.
8 ἀλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ THY γῆν τὴν καλήν, Kai ἐδίδου καρπόν,

Andsome fell upon the ground the good, and yielded uit,
ὃ μὲν ἑκατόν, ὃ. δὲ ἑξήκοντα, 6.0 τριάκοντα. 9 ὁ ἔχων
one ahundred, another sixty, another thirty. Hethat has
ὦτα βἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω.
ears to hear Jet him hear.
10 Kai προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶν ἱεῖπον" αὐτῷ, ‘Acari!
And *having *come *to[*him] the *disciples said tohim, Why
ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς; 11 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν

in parables speakest thou to them? Andhe answering said
ἰαὐτοῖς, “Ore ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς
tothem, Becausetoyou it has been given to know the mysteries of the

βασιλείας τῶν.οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις. δὲ ov.dédoTa. 12 boric

kingdom of the heavens, but to them ithas not been given. Whosoever
γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ περισσευθήσεται. ὕστις.δὲ
for has, *shall *be °given ‘to*him, and he shall bein abundance; but whosoever
οὐκ.ἔχει, Kai ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται az’ αὐτοῦ. 18 διὰ τοῦτο
has not, even whathehasshall be takenawayfrom him. Because of this
ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ. βλέπουσιν,

in parables to them I speak, because seeing they see not,
καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ.ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνιοῦσιν. 14 Kai ava-
and hearing they hear not, nor do they understand. And is \

λ ~ m2 7 \I ? ~ ς ΄ ‘H eo « λέ
πληροῦται er αὑτοῖς ἢ προφητεία Hoatov, ἢ λέγουσα,
*filled °up ‘in *them the prophecy of Esaias, which says,
"Akoy ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ-μὴ.συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες βλέ-
Inhearing yeshallhear, ἃ in no wise understand ; and seeing ye shall
Were, καὶ οὐ-μὴ. δῆτε. 15 ἐπαχύνθη:γὰρ ἡ καρδία ποῦ
see, and inno wise perceive: for Shas "grown "fat *the heart
λαοῦ.τούτου, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν" βαρέως ἤκουσαν, Kai τοὺς
“of *this *people, and withthe ears heavily they have heard, and
ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτῶν ékapyvoay' μήποτε tdwow τοῖς ὀφ-
their eyes they have closed ; lest they should see with the
θαλμοῖς, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, Kai καρδίᾳ συν-
eyes, and with the ears they should hear,and with the heart they should
Gow, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ οἰάσωμαι" αὐτούς. 160 Ὑμῶν. δὲ
understand, and should beconverted and I should heal them. But of you
μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, ὅτι βλέπουσιν" Kai τὰ ὦτα Ῥὑμῶν,"
blessed [are] the eyes, because they see ; andthe ears of you,
ὅτι «ἀκούει." 17 ἀμὴν.“γὰρ" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται
because they hear. or verily Isay toyou,that many prophets
καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον" "
and righteous[men] desired to see what ye see, and ποὺ ‘saw;
καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ-ἤκουσαν.
and tohear what yehear, and heard not.

“18 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ ἱ'σπείροντος""

“Ye *therefore ‘hear the parable of the sower.
19 Παντὸς.ἀκούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας Kai μὴ
When any one hears the word ofthe kingdom and not [it}

h + avrov (read his disciples) L. ‘ εἶπαν TTrA.
» + [αὐτῶν] (read

m — én’ (read αὐτοῖς in them) GLTTrAW.
ᾳ ἀκούουσιν Litrh,

Ρ — ὑμῶν L[Tra].

5 εἶδαν LTr 3 ἴδαν T. ἴ σπείραντος LTTrA.

XIII.

συνιέντος,
understands,

ἐν rp-Kapdig.avrou' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς.
in his heart. This is hewho by the way was sown.
20 Ὁ. δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον
And he whouponthe rocky places was sown, this is hewhothe word
ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν' 21 οὐκ

hears and immediately with joy receives it; *no
ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός tor’ γενομένης. δὲ

MA PT EW.

ρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον
comes ‘the ?wicked Sone and catchesaway thatwhich was sown

7has'but root in himself, but temporary is; but *having ‘risen
θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, εὐθὺς σκαν-
ltribulation or persecution on account of the word, immediately he is

δαλίζεται. 22 Ὁ.δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν
offended. And he whoamong the thorns was sown, his is

ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, Kai ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ.αἰῶνος. "τούτου"
he whothe word hears, and the care of this life
καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συμπνίγει" τὸν λόγον, Kai ἄκαρπος
and the deceit of riches choke the word, and unfruitful
γίνεται. 38 ὋὉ.δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν “γῆν τὴν καλὴν" σπαρείς, οὗτός
it becomes, But he who on the ground the good was sown, this
ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων Kai Yovvwwy'' ὃς δὴ Kap-

is hewho the word hears and understands; who indeed brings
ποφορεῖ, Kai ποιεῖ τὸ! μὲν ἑκατόν, %0' dé ἑξήκοντα, ὁ" δὲ
forth fruit, and produces one ahundred, another sixty, another
τριάκοντα.

thirty.

24 “Αλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ‘Quow-

Another parable put he before them, saying, °has’become

θη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ “σπείροντι" καλὸν

Slike ‘the *kingdom “of*the *heavens to a man sowing good
σπέρμα ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῷ.αὐτοῦ" 2 ἐν.δὲ. τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώ-
seed in is field ; but while “slept the men
πους ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς Kai Ῥἔσπειρεν᾽ ζιζάνια ἀνὰ μέσον
came his enemy and sowed darnel in [the] midst

τοῦ σίτου, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. 26 Ore.dé ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος,
ofthe wheat, and went away. And when “sprouted 1the “blade,

καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν, τότε ἐφάνη Kai τὰ ζιζάνια. 27 προσελ-
and fruit produced, then appeared alsothe darnel. *Having “come

θόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε,
*to [Shim] ‘and the bondmen of the master of the house said ἴο hin, Sir,

οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα “ἔσπειρας! ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ; πόθεν οὖν
Snot *good Sseed ‘didst*thou *sow in thy field? whence then
ἔχει “τὰ! ζιζάνια; 28 ‘O08 ἔφη αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος
hasit the darnel? Andhesaid tothem, *an*enemy 1a *man

τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. οἱ. δὲ “δοῦλοι! ‘elroy αὐτῷ," Θέλεις οὖν
*this Sdid. Andthe bondmen said tohim, Wilt thou then

ἀπελθόντες συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; 29 Ὁ δὲ ξἔφη," Οὔ"

[that] having gone forth we should gather them? But he said, No;

μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν

lest gathering the darnel, yeshoulduproot with them the

σῖτον. 80 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα "μέχρι" τοῦ θερισμοῦ"
wheat. Suffer togrow together both until the harvest;

30
understandeth ἐξ not,
then cometh the wick-
ed one. and catcheth
away that which was
sown in his heart,
This is he which re-
ceived seed by the way
side. 20 But he that
received the seed into
stony places, the same
is he that heareth the
word, and anon with
joy receiveth it ; 21 yet
hath he not root in
himself, but dureth for
a while: for when
tribulation or pcrse-
eution ariseth because
of the word, by and by
he is offended. 22 He
also that received seed
among the thorns is
he that heareth the
word ; and the care of
this world, and the
deceitfulness of riches,
choke the word, and
he becometh unfruit-
ful. 23 But he that
received seed into the
good ground is he that
beareth the word,
and understandeth it;
which also beareth
fruit, and bringeth
forth, some an hun-
dredfold, some sixty,
some thirty.

24 Another parable
put he forth unto
them, saying, The
kingdom of heaven is
likened unto a man
which sowed good seed
in his field: 25 but
while men slept, his
enemy cameandsowed
tares among the wheat,
and went his way.
26 But when the blade
was sprung up, and
brought forth fruit,
then appeared the
tares also. 27 So the
servants of the house-
holder came and said
unto him, Sir, didst
not thousow good seed
in thy field? from
whence then hath it
tares? 28 Hesaid unto
them, An enemy hath
done this. The ser-
vants said unto him,
Wilt thou then that we
go and gather them
up? 29 But he said,
Nay; lest while ye ga-
ther up the tares, ye
root up also the wheat
withthem. 30 Let both
grow together until
the harvest: and in

¥ — τούτον (read of iife) LTTra. τ συνπνίγει TA.
L&tr. 20 LT. * σπείραντι [who] sowed Litra.
© ξσπειρες Tr. d — τα GLTTrAW.

ow say to him Ltra ; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1. & φησιν says LTTrA,

x καλὴν γὴν LTTrA.
Ὁ ἐπέσπειρεν Sowed Over LTTra.
¢ — δοῦλοι (read ot δὲ and they) Δ.
Β ἕως until LTrA.

J συνιείς

£ αὐτῷ A€you-

36

the time of harvest I
will say to the reapers,
Gather ye together
first thetares, and bind
them in bundles to
burn them: but gather
the wheat into my
barn.

31 Another parable
put he forth unto
them, saying, The
kingdom of heaven is
like to a grain of
mustard seed, which
aman took, and sowed
in his field: 32 which
indeed is the least of
all seeds: but when it
is grown, it is the
greatest among herbs,
and becometh a tree,
so that the birds of
the air come and lodge
im the branches there-
of,

33 Another parable

ake he unto them ;
‘the kingdom of hea-
ven is like unto leaven,
which a woman took,
and hid in three mea-
sures of meal, till the
whole was leavened.

34 All these things
spake Jesus unto the
multitude in parables ;
and without a parable

ake he not unto
them : 35 that it might
be fulfilled which was
spoken by the prophet,
saying, 1 will open my
mouth in parables ; 1
willutter things which
have been kept secret
from the foundation
of the world.

36 Then Jesus sent
the multitude away,
and went into the
bouse: and his dis-
ciples came unto him,
saying, Declare unto
us the parable of the
tares of the field.
37 He answered and
said unto them, He
that soweth the good
seed is the Son of man ;
38 the fieldis the world;
the good seed are the
children of the king-
dom ; but the tares are
the children of the
wicked one; 39 the
enemy that sowed
them is the devil; the
harvest is the end of

1 — τῷ GLTITrAW.
nothing LTTrA. ® +
9 προσῆλθαν LTr.

τ διασάφησον explain Ltr.

MATOAIOX®X. ΧΗ].

καὶ ἐν ἱτῷ! καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, Συλ-
and in the time ofthe harvest Iwillsay tothe harvest men, Ga-

λέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ dnoare αὐτὰ eic! δέσμας

ther first the darnel, and bind them into bundles
πρὸς.τὸ. κατακαῦσαι αὐτά: τὸν.δὲ σῖτον *cuvayayere' εἰς τὴν
to burn them; butthe wheat bring together into
ἀποθήκην.μου.
my granary.
91 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρεθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁμοία
Another parable put he before them, saying, ike

ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃν λα-
15 the kingdom ofthe heayens toa grain of mustard, whichhaying
βὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ. ἀγρῷ. αὐτοῦ" 82 ὃ μικρότερον
taken, aman sowed in his field ; which less
μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων, ὕταν.δὲ αὐξηθῇ
indeed is than all the seeds, but when it be grown,
μεῖζον τῶν λαχάνων ἐστίν, Kai γίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε

greater than the herbs is, and becomes a tree, so that
ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἱκατασκηνοῦν" ἐν τοῖς
come the _ birds ofthe heaven and roost in the
κλάδοις αὐτοῦ.
branches _ of it.

33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ

Another parable spoke he tothem, ike is the

βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν
kingdom ofthe heavens to leaven, which having taken, a woman d

᾽ ? ’ ΄ ͵ὔ « - > , a
εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως. οὗ ἐζυμώθη Odor.
in *of*meal *seabs ‘three, until *was*leavened ‘all.
34 Ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς
?These “things ‘all spoke Jesus in parables to the
ὄχλοις, Kai χωρὶς παραβολῆς Modx" ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" 36 ὅπως
crowds, and without a parable Snot *he*spoke to them; so that
~ A « A 4 ~ ,’ n ia
πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου", λέγοντος,
might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the prophet, saying,
᾿Ανοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς πὸ, στόμα μολι, ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα
I willopen in parables my mouth: willutter things hidden
ἀπὸ καταβολῆς “κόσμου."
from [the] foundation of [the] world.
36 Τότε ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν
Then having dismissed the crowds, “went “into *the ‘house
P6 ᾿Ιησοῦς"" καὶ προσῆλθον! αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες,
‘Jesus; and came to him his disciples, saying,
τῷράσον! ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ.
Expound ἴοῦβ the parable of the darnel of the eld,
37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν "αὐτοῖς, ‘O σπείρων τὸ καλὸν

Andhe answering said tothem, Hewho sows the good
σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 38 ὁ.δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ
seed is the Son of man ; andthe field is the

κόσμος τὸ.δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας"
world; andthe good seed, these are the sons ofthe kingdom;

τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ" 39 ὁ. δὲ ἐχθρὸς
butthe darnel are the sons ofthe evil [one]; andthe enemy
6 σπείρας αὐτά torw" ὁ διάβολος" 0.08 θερισμὸς συν-
who sowed them is the devil ; andthe harvest [the] com-

J— eis (read[in]) [tr]A. * συνάγετε LIr. | κατασκηνοῖν LTTrA. ™ovder

‘Houiov Isaiah τ. ° —Kdopov LTTrA. Ρ ---ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he went) irtra.

®—avrois LITrA. ἴ ἐστιν ὁ σπείρας αὐτὰ L.

ΧΙΠ. MATTHE W.

τέλεια τοῦ" αἰῶνός tor οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν.

penon of the age is, and the harvest men angels are,

40 ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ πυρὶ ἕκατα-
As therefore is gathered the darnel, and infire is con-

καίεται," οὕτως ἔσται ἐν TY συντελείᾳ τοῦ. αἰῶνος. “τούτου."

sumed, thus itshallbe in the completion of this age.

41 ἀποστελεῖ ὁ υἱὸς
55}811 ®send 7forth ‘the 7Son
Kai συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ πάντα Ta σκάνδαλα
and they shall gather out of his kingdom all the offences
Kai τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν, 42 καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς
and those who practise place a and theyshallcast them

εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ
into the furnace ofthe fire: there shallbe the weeping andthe

βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 48 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς
g ofthe teeth. Then the rigHicous shall shine forth as

τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ,
305 *man is angels,

ὁ ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτῶν. ‘O ἔχων dra
the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Hethat has ears
ἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω.
tohear let him hear.
44 Πάλιν! ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ
Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens to treasure
, a « ‘
κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν,
“ἢ in the field, which es “found ‘a *man hid,
Kai ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει Kai "πάντα ὕσα ἔχει

and for the joy of it goes and all things as many as hehas

πωλεῖ," καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν. ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον.
he aie and ΠΕ τ. field.

45 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ
Again like is pe Senos ofthe heavens ate

ἐμπόρῳ, ζητοῦντι καλοὺς βοπχορι αι 46 Oc εὑρὼν" ἕνα
amerchant, seeking beautiful pearls who Bens found one

πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπεχθὼν" πέπρακεν πάντα doa
very precious pearl, aN ELE gone away hassold all things asmanyas

εἶχεν, Kai ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν.
he had, and bought it.

47 ἸΤάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ
Again ike is ie kingdom ofthe heavens toa dragnet
βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγα-
cast into the sea, and of every kind gathering
γούσῃ' 48 ἣν bre ἐπληρώθη ἀναβιβάσαντες" “ἐπὶ τὸν
together ; which when it was filled having drawn up on the
2 , ‘a θί EX Ay X ‘ 2 eZ ~ ll
αἰγιαλόν, καὶϊ καθίσαντες συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς “ἀγγεῖα,
are, and having sat down es gathered the ag into _ vessels,

τὰ.δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. 49 οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ
andthe corrupt “out ‘they “cast. Thus shallit be in the completion

τοῦ αἰῶνος" ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ ἀφοριοῦσιν τοὺς
ofthe age: %shall*go*out ‘the “angels, and shallseparate the

πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων, 50 Kai Badovow αὐτοὺς
wicked from [the]midst of the Hghteous; and = shall cast them

εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ
into the furnace ofthe fire: there shallbe the wailing and the

βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων.
Snashing of the teeth.

37

the world; and the
reapers are ‘the angels.
40 As therefore the
tares are gathered and
burned in the fire ; so
shall it be in the end
of this world. 4] The
Son of man shall send
forth his angels, and
they shall gather out
of his kingdom all
things that offend, and
them which do in-
iquity ; 42 and shall
cast them into a fur-
nace of fire : thereshall
be wailing and gnash-
ing of teeth. 43 Then
shall the righteous
shine forth as the sun
in the kingdom of
their Father. Who
hath ears to hear, let
him hear.

44 Again, the king-
dom of heaven is like
unto treasure hid ina
field; the which when
8. man hath found, he
hideth, and for joy
thereof goeth and
selleth all that he
hath, and bnyeth that
field.

45 Again, the king-
dom of heaven is like
unto a merchant man,
seeking goodly pearls :
46 who, when he had
found one pearl of
great price, went and
sold all that he had,
and bought it.

47 Again, the king-
dom of heaven is like
unto a net, that was
cast into the sea, and
gathered of every kind:
48 which, when it was
full, they drew to
shore, and sat down,
and gathered the good
into vessels, but cast
the bad away. 49 So
shall it be at the end
of the world: the an-
gels shall come forth,
and sever the wicked
from among the just,
50 and shall cast them
into the furnace of
fire: there shall be
wailing and gnashing
of teeth.

* — τοῦ (read of[the])LrTra. τ΄ καίεται 15 burned GTra. *— τούτου (read the age) LTTr[ A].

Υ - ἀκούειν [L]t[tr]a. --- πάλιν [τιτττὰ. ἅ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει LTTrA.
© ἄγγη τττΑ.

&+avurnvitL[A]. ἁ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν L; ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν [καὶ] a.

Ὁ εὑρὼν δὲ GLTTrA.

98

51 Jesus saith unto
them, Have ye under-
stood all these things?
They say unto him,
Yea, Lord. 52 Then
said he unto them,
Therefore every scribe
which is instructed un-
to the kingdom of
heaven is like unto a
man that is an house-
holder, which bringeth
forth out of his trea-
sure things new and
old.

53 And it came to
ass, that when Jesus
d finished these
parables, he departed
thence. 54 And when
he was come into his
own country,he taught
them in their syna-
gogue, insomuch that
they were astonished,
and said, Whence hath
this man this wisdom,
and these mighty
works? 55 Is not this
the carpenter’s son?
is not his mother
called Mary? and his
brethren, James, and
Joses, and Simon, and
Judas? 56 and his sis-
ters, are they not all
with us? Whence then
hath this man all these
things? 57 And they
were offended in him.
But Jesus said unto
them, A prophet is not
without honour, save
in his own country,
and in his own house,
58 And he did not many
mighty works there
because of their un-
belief.

XIV. At that time
Herod the tetrarch
heard of the fame of
Jesus, 2 and said unto
his servants, This is
John the Baptist; he
is risen from the dead;
and therefore mighty
works do shew forth
themselves in him.
3 For Herod had laid
hold on John, and
bound him, and put
him in prison for
Herodias’
brother Philip’s wife.
4¥or John said unto
him, It is not lawful
for thee to have her.
5 And when he would
have put him to death,

MATOATOS.

51 SAéyer αὐτοῖς O'Incove,' Συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα;
"Says “to *them ‘Jesus, Have yeunderstood *these*things ‘all?

Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nai, "κύριε." 52 ‘O.6é 'εῖπεν! αὐτοῖς, Διὰ
They say tohim, Yea, Lord. Andhe - said to them, Because of
τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς Ksic τὴν βασιλείαν" τῶν
this every scribe discipled into the kingdom of the
3 ~ e , ? ? ΓΑ ’ , eo ? ,
οὐρανῶν ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει
heavens “like 118 toaman amasterofahouse, who puts forth
ἐκ τοῦ.θησαυροῦ.αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά.

XIII, XiiVe

out of his treasure {things} new and old.
53 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς
And it came to pass when *had “finished ‘Jesus “parables
ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 54 καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα
these, he withdrew thence; and having come into Scountry

αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν, ὥστε ἱἐκπλήτ-
"his(?own]),he taught them in their synagogue, so that were
τεσθαι! αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγειν, ἸΤόθεν τούτῳ ἡ-σοφία.αὕτη καὶ
“astonished ‘they Ἀπ 5814, Whence tothis [man] this wisdom and

αἱ δυνάμεις; 55 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός;
the works of power? “not *this lis ‘the®of’the *carpenter son? [Is]
m ᾽ ‘Il € , > ~ λέ Μ ’ ‘ ς 10: λ ‘ ᾽ὔ .«
οὐχὶ" ἡ-μητηρ-αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριάμ, καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ. αὐτοῦ

ποῦ his mother called Mary, and his brethren
Ἰάκωβος Kai "Ιωσῆς" καὶ Σίμων καὶ ᾿Ιούδας; 56 καὶ ai

James and Joses and Simon and Judas? and
ἀδελφαὶ. αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν; πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ
*his *sisters 2not Sall ‘with “us ‘are? whence then to this

~ G ‘ ? ΄ὔ ? ? fob h}

ταῦτα πάντα; 57 Kai ἐσκανδαλίξοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ
(man]*these*things ‘all? And they were offended ἴῃ him. But
Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εἰ μὴ
Jesus said tothem, “ποῦ “is ‘a “prophet without honour except

ἐν τῇ".πατρίδι.Ῥαὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκί ψεα ποῦς 58 Καὶ οὐκ
And *‘not

in his [own] country and in
ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν. αὐτῶν.
of their unbelief,

"he “did there *works*of*power ‘many because

14 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν “Hpwdn¢g ὁ “τετράρχης
Αὐ that time heard Herod the tetrarch

THY ἀκοὴν ᾿Ιησοῦ, 2 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν.αὐτοῦ, Οὗτός ἐστιν
the fame _ of Jesus, and said to his servants, This is

᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπτιστήῆς" αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ

is [own] house,

John the Baptist: he igsrisen from the dead, and
διὰ τοῦτο at δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 3 Ὁ yap
because of this the works of power operate in him. For

Ἡρώδης κρατήσας τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἔδησεν ταὐτὸν" καὶ "ἔθετο

LTTrAW.
read [his]) urTra.

Herod having seized John bound him and put
) ἐν φυλακῇ, διὰ “ ἰβωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα 'Φιλίππου!
sake, his (him) ἱπὶ prison, onaccount of Herodias the wife *Philip
τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ. 4 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ O’Iwavyne," Οὐκ
of *his “brother. For ?said to *him ‘John, ΤΝ οὐ
ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 5 Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι,
*it°is lawful for thee to have her. And wishing *him ‘to 7 kill,
& — Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ "Ingots LT TrA. Ἀ--ι κύριε LTTrA. i λέγει says L. Κ ἐν τῇ
βασιλείᾳ in the kingdom 1,; τῇ βασιλείᾳ to the kingdom ΟΥτττα. ! ἐκπλήσσεσθαι
™ οὐχ LTTrA. 2 Ἰωσὴφ Joseph trtra. ° + ἰδίᾳ own T. Ρ — αὐτοῦ
4 τετραάρχης T. τ — ἀντὸν 1. "ἐν τῇ (-- τῇ τ) φνλακῇ
ἀπέθετο in the prison put [him] aside ὐττὰ. τς Φιλίππου [T]a. τὸ (--- ὁ ἢ

᾿Ιωάννης αὐτῷ LT

ALLY. MATTHEW.
ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, Orr ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον.
he feared the multitude, because as a prophet him _— they held.

6 "γενεσίων.δὲ ἀγομένων" τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ
But a birthday being celebrated of Herod, ‘danced ‘the *daughter
τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ Howdy 7 ὅθεν
Sof *Herodias in the midst, and pleased Herod ; Whereupon
ro ε , 2 ~ ~ Q x20) 1 see 8 Ἡ δὲ
μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι 0-*éay" αἰτήσηται. «δὲ
with oath hepromised toher togive whateversheshouldask. Βαΐ5ῃ8
προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ Tic-unTpdc.adTijc, Δός por, φησίν, ὧδε
being urged on by her mother, Give me, shesays, here
ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 8 Kai

upon adish the head of John the Baptist. And
γέλυπήθη" ὁ βασιλεύς: dra.2dé' τοὺς ὅρκους Kai τοὺς

2was*grieved the king; but onaccountof the oaths and those who
συνανακειμένους ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι: 10 καὶ πέμψας

reclined with [him at table] he commanded [it] to be given. And haying sent
ἀπεκεφάλισεν "τὸν" Ἰωάννην ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ. 11 καὶ ἠνέχθη
he beheaded John in the prison. And *was*brought
ἡ. κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ᾽ καὶ ἤν-
his *head on adish, and was giventothe damsel, and 586
εγκεν τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτῆς. 12 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ
brought [it] to her mother, And having come his disciples
ἦραν τὸ Ῥσῶμα, καὶ ἔθαψαν “αὐτό"" καὶ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν
took the body, and _ buried it; and having come told
τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 18 ‘kai ἀκούσας" ὁ Inoote ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν
[it] to Jesus. And *having *heard Jesus withdrew thence
ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ᾽ ἰδίαν.

by to a desert place apart.
Kai ἀκούσαντες ot ὄχλοι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ “πεζῃ"
And having heard [ofit) the crowds followed him _ ΟἹ foot
ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. 14 Kai ἐξελθὼν [ὁ Ἰησοῦς!" εἶδεν πολὺν
from the cities. And having gone out Jesus saw great
ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾿ βαὐτούς," καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν

Δ οΥουγά, and was moved with compassion towards them, and healed

‘ Ty 2) 2. ἢ ? ~ =~? , \ , bh ~ It
Tovc.appworove.avTay. 15’Owiac.oé γενομένης "προσῆλθον"
their infirm, Andevening having come came
αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ ᾿αὐτοῦ,! λέγοντες, "Epnpoc ἐστιν ὁ τόπος,
to him his disciples, saying, Desert is the place,
καὶ ἡ ὥρα dn παρῆλθεν"" amddvooyv! τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα
and the time already is gone by: dismiss the crowds, that
ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀγυράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα.
having gone into the villages theymay buy for themselves meat.
16 Ὁ. δὲ π᾿ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν"
But Jesus said tothem, *No *need ‘they “have to go away:
a7 ? ~ « - - « x , ? ~ ? ΝΜ
δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. 17 Οἱ. δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐκ.ἔχομεν
give *to*them “ye to eat. But they say tohim, We have not
ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 18 Ο.δὲ εἶπεν, Φέρετέ

here except five loaves and two fishes. Andhe said, Bring
a? ‘ To \ 7 ‘ » 7

μοι "αὐτοὺς ὧδε." 19 Καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνα-

“to*me ‘them here. And having commanded the crowds tore-

AOA 2D Opava ἢ I Dyegy} ll : ὴ ἐ a
κλιθῆναι ἐπὶ στοὺς χόρτους," Ῥκαὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους
cline on the grass, and havingtaken the five loaves

39

he feared the multi-

tude, because they
counted him as a pro-
phet. 6 But when

Herod’s birthday was
kept, the daughter of
Herodias danced be-
fore them, and pleased
Herod. 7 Whereupon he
promised with an oath
to give her whatsoever
she would ask. 8 And
she, being before in-
structed of her mother,
said, Give me here
John Baptist’s head
inacharger. 9 And the
king was sorry: never-
theless for the oath’s
sake, and them which
sat with him at meat,
he commanded tt to be
given jer. 10 And he
sent, and beheaded
John in the prison.
11 And his head was
brought in a charger,
and given to the dam-
sel: and she brought
τ to her mother.
12 And his disciples
came, and took up the
body, and buried it,
and went and told
Jesus, 13 When Jesus
heard of it, he departed
thence by ship into a
desert place apart.

And when the people
had heard thereag/, they
followed him on foot
out of the cities, 14 And
Jesus went forth, and
saw a great multitude,
and was moved with

compassion toward
them, and he healed
their sick, 15 And

when it was evening,
his disciples came to
him, saying, This is a
desert place, and the
time is now past; send
the multitude away,
that they may go into
the villages, and buy
themselves victuals.
16 But Jesus said unto
them, They need not
depart; give ye them
to eat. 17 And they
say unto him, We
have here but five
loaves, and two fishes.
18 Hesaid, Bring them
hither to me. 19 And
he commanded the
multitude to sit down
on the grass, and took
the five loaves, and the

π γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις LTTrA. *GyLTrA. Y λυπηθεὶς being grievedurtra. *— δὲ but

© αὐτόν him Trra.

®— ov LTTra. ὃ πτῶμα corpse LTTr. τόν
& αὑτοις GLTTrAW.

f — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he saw) LTTra.
Κ παρῆλθεν ἤδη τ.
© τοῦ χόρτου LT Tr.

LTTrA.
ε πεζοὶ T.
1 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lrtra.
™ — ᾿ξῃσοῦς (read he said) τ. 5 ὧδε αὐτούς LTTrA.

ἃ ἀκούσας δὲ LITA.
" προσῆλθαν LTr,

1+ οὖν therefore T[A].

P — καὶ GLTTraAW.

40

two fishes, and looking
up to heaven, he bless-
ed, and brake, andgave
the loaves to his dis-
ciples, and the disci-
ples to the multitude.
20 And they did all
eat, and were filled:
and they took up of
the fragments that re-
mained twelve baskets
full, 21 And they that
had eaten were about
five thousand men,
beside women and
children.

22 And straightway
Jesus constrained his
disciples to gst into a
ship, and to go before
him unto the other
side, while he sent
the multitudes away.
23 And when he had
sent the multitudes
away, he went up into
8. mountain apart to
pray: and when the
evening was come, he
was there alone, 24 But
the ship was now in
the midst of the sea,
tossed with waves:
for the wind was con-
trary. 25 And in the
fourth watch of the
night Jesus went unto
them, walking on the
sea. 26 And when the
disciples saw him
walking on the sea,
they were troubled,
saying, It is a spirit;
and they cried out for
fear. 27 But straight-
way Jesus spake unto
them, saying, Be of
good cheer; it is [;
be not afraid. 28 And
Peter answered him
and said, Lord, if it be
thou, bid me come un-
to thee on the water,
29 And he said, Come,
And when Peter was
come down out of the
ship, he walked on the
water, to go to Jesus.
30 But when he saw
the wind boisterous
he was afruid; and
beginning to sink, he

cried, saying, Lord,
save me, 31 And
immediately Jesus

stretched forth his
hand, and caught him,
and said unto him, ©

4 ηὐλόγησεν LTrA.

he compelled) Gurtraw.
x σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν Many stadia from the land was dis-

Υ ἦλθεν LYTr.
b οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν 1, ; ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν T.
© ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς 1,; --- ὁ ΤἸησοῦς τ; αὐτοῖς [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς) a.
& ἐλθεῖν πρός σε LTTrA. ;

ship) tr.
tant Tr.
LTTrA.

4 εὐθὺς LITr.
εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1..
k — ἰσχυρὸν τ.

ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIV.
καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν «εὐλόγησεν ""
and the two fishes, having lookedupto the eaven he blessed ;
καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς ἄρτους, οἱ. δὲ pa-
and having broken hegave tothe disciples the loaves, andthe dis-
θηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. 20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν"
ciples to the crowds. An “ate ‘all and were satisfied ;

καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων, δώδεκα

and they took up that which wasoverandabove of the fragments, twelve
κοφίνους πλήρεις. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ

hand-baskets full. And those who ate were men about

πεντακισχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναικῶν Kai παιδίων."
five thousand, besides women and children.
22 Kai "εὐθεως" ἠνάγκασεν ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς" τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ"
Andimmediately *compelled 1 Jesus his disciples
ἐμβῆναι εἰς Yr! πλοῖον καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν,
toenter into the ship and to go before him _ to the other side,
a - ? , Π W” ‘ ? ΄, A
Ewe.ov ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους. 23 καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς
until Β6 should have dismissed the crowds. And having dismissed the
» > , 2 A w” > Iw ‘4 ? ,
ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ diay προσεύξασθαι. ᾿Οψί-
crowds he wentupinto the mountain apart to pray. *Even-
\ , ΄ 5 ᾽ - VON ~ " x7:
ac δὲ γενομένης μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. 2470.02 πλοῖον ἤδη “μέσον
ing*and beingcome alone he wasthere, Butthe ship uowin[the}midst

τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν," βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" ἢν γὰρ
of the sea was, tossed by the waves, ‘was ‘for
ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. 25 Terapryde φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς
Scontrary “the *wind. But in [the] fourth watch ofthe night

YarndOev' πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ ᾿Τησοῦς,! περιπατῶν ἐπὶ "τῆς θαλάσ-
2went “to *them 1Jesus, walking on the sea.
σης." 26 “Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ot μαθηταὶ" ἐπὶ “τὴν θάλασσαν"

And “seeing ‘him ‘the “disciples on the sea
περιπατοῦντα ἐταράχθησαν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν"
walking were troubled, saying, An apparition itis:
καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. 27 “εὐθέως".δὲ ἐλάλησεν “αὐ-
“to

and through fear they cried out. But immediately “spoke
τοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων, Θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ.εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε.
*them + Jesus, saying, Be of good courage, Iam {he}, fear not.

28 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ fair ὁ ἹΤέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἴ,
And answering him Peter said, Lord, if itbethou,

κέλευσόν με ἔπρός σε ἐλθεῖν" ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. 29 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν,

bid me “to ‘thee *to?come upon the waters. And he said,
Ἔλθε. Καὶ καταβὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου "δ' Πέτρος περιεπά-
Come. And having descendedfrom the ship Peter walk-

τησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, ᾿ἐλθεῖν" πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 30 βλέπων. δὲ
Jesus. But seeing

ed upon the waters, to go to

τὸν ἄνεμον "ἰσχυρὸν ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος καταπον-
the wind strong he wasaffrighted, and beginning to
τίζεσθαι ἔκραξεν, λέγων, Κύριε, σῶσόν pe. 31 Εὐθέως. δὲ
sink he cried out, saying, Lord, save me. And immediately

THY χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, Kai λέγει

Jesus having stretchedout the hand took hold of him, and says

τ παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν L. 4 — εὐθέως τ. t — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read
v¥ — αὐτοῦ (ead the disciples) arrraw. w — τὸ (reada

cc? ~ ? ,
0 Ἰησοῦς εκτείνας

2 — 6 Ἰησοὺς (read he went) ΟἸΤΥΓΑΎΝ. ἃ rv θάλασσαν
ς τῆς θαλάσσης LTTra,
fo Πέτρος

h — oOLTora, {kat ἦλθεν and he weit 2,

XIV, XV. MATTHEW.
αὐτῷ, ‘Odtyomare, εἰς τί ἐδίστασας; 32 Kai Ἰἐμβάντων'"
to him, O [thou] of little faith, why didst thou doubt? And *having “entered
αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος" 33 οἱ. δὲ ἐν τῷ
‘they into the ship Zceased ‘the 7wind. Andthose in the
πλοίῳ ᾿πἐλθόντες" προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς
ship having come worshipped him, saying, Truly
θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ.
508 ?God ‘Son thou art!
34 Kui διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον “sic! τὴν γῆν" ῬΓεννησαρέτ."
And having passed over theycame to the land of Gennesaret.
Bd καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ.τόπου.ἐκείνου ἀπέ-
And havingrecognized him the men of that place sent
στειλαν εἰς ὕλην τὴν.περίχωρον ἐκείνην, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ
to all that country round, and brought to him
πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας" 36 καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν iva

411 those who were ill; and besought him that

μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ καὶ

only they might touch the border of his garment ; and
ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν.

8,5 many as touched were cured.

15 Tore προσέρχονται τῷ Ἰησοῦ “οἱ! ἀπὸ ἹἹεροσολύμων
Then come to Jesus the *from 5 Jerusalem
r. oe i Φ Tare λέ 238A Al es Oy 4
γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι," λέγοντες, tari οἱ μαθηταί
scribes 7and *Pharisees, saying, Why $disciples
σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ
*thy ltransgress the tradition of the elders? “not
γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς. χεῖρας. "αὐτῶν" ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. 8 Ὃ δὲ
for *they *wash their hands when bread they eat. But he
ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, "Διατί" Kai ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν
answering said tothem, Why “also ye itransgress the
2 ‘A ~ ~ ‘ ‘ , « ~ ε AY
ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν.παράδοσιν.ὑμῶν; 4 ὋὉ yap
commandment of Godon account of your tradition ? For
θεὸς "ἐνετείλατο, λέγων, Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα. “σου Kai τὴν

God commanded, saying, Honour thy father and
pynrépa’ καὶ Ὃ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τε-
mother; and, He who speaksevilof father or mother, bydeath let

λευτάτω. 5 ὑμεῖς.δὲ λέγετε, “Oc.dy εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ TH

him die. But ye say, Whoever = shall say to father or
μητρί, Δῶρον, ὃ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, =e
mother, [It is] agift whatever by me thou mightestbe profited—: and

οὐ.μὴ Yryunoy" τὸν. πατέρα.αὐτοῦ τὴ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ""
in no wise honour his father or his mother :

6 καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὴν ἐντολὴν" τοῦύθεοῦ διὰ τὴν παρά-
and yemade void the commandment of God on account of ra-

doow ὑμῶν. 7 Ὕποκριταί, καλῶς προεφήτευσεν! περὶ ὑμῶν
dition ‘your. Hypocrites! well prophesied concerning you

Ἡσαΐας, λέγων, 8 “Εγγίζει μοι! b.Aadc.obroc 4r@ στόματι

Esaias, Saying, Draws near tome this people with *mouth
αὐτῶν, καὶ" τοῖς. χείλεσίν pe Tig’ ἡ.δὲ καρδία. αὐτῶν πόῤῥω
‘their, and withthelips me ᾿ἰὺ βοπμοπσβ; but their heart far

‘avaBavrwy having gone up LTtraA. [ἃ — ἐλθόντες TLA].
Gennesaret) tTrr. Ρ Tevnoapéd Lw. ᾳ — ov LTTr.
ὁ διὰ τίτττα. τ — αὐτῶν (read the hands) [tr].
{thy]) curtraw. χ — καὶ LTT Α].
μητέρα αὐτοῦ [A].
LTTra. ς --᾽ Εγγίζει μοι GLTTrA.

0 ἐπὶ TTr.
τ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς TTr.
Y εἶπεν said Ltr.
Υ τιμήσει Will he honour τὰ.
8 τὸν λόγον the word Ltr; τὸν νόμον the law Ta.
d — τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν Kal GLTTrA.

4i
thou of little faith,
wherefore didst thou
doubt? 32 And when
they were come into
the ship, the wind
ceased. 33 Then they
that were in the ship
came and worshipped
him, saying, Ofa truth
thou art the Son of
God.

34 And when they
were gone over, they
came into the land of
Gennesaret. 35 And
when the men of that
place had knowledge
of him, they sent out
into all that eountry
round about, and
brought unto him all
that were diseased ;
36 and besought him
that they might only
touch the hem of his
garment: andasmany
as touched were made
perfectly whole.

XV. Then came to
Jesus scribes and
Pharisees, which were
of Jerusalem, saying,
2 Why do thy disciples
transgress the tradi-
tion of the elders? for
they wash not their
hands whea they eat
bread. 3 But he an-
swered and said unto
them, Why do ye also
transgress the com-
mandment of God by
your tradition? 4 For
God commanded, say-
ing, Honour thy father
and mother: and, He
that curseth father or
mother, let him die
the death. 5 But ye
say, Whosoever shall
say to his father or his
mother, Jt is a gift,
by whatsoever thou
mightest be profited
by me; 6and honour
not his father or his
mother, he shall be
free. Thus have ye
made the command-
ment of God of none
effect by your tradi-
tion. 7 Ye hypocrites,
well did Esaias pro-
phesy of you, saying,
8 This people draweth
nigh unto me with
their mouth, and
honoureth me with
their lips; but their
heart is far from me.

o+ εἰς (read at
w — gov (read

7 — 7 τὴν
Ὁ ἐπροφήτευσεν

42

9 But in vain they do
worship me, teaching
for doctrines the com-
mandments of men.
10 And he called the
multitude, and said
unto them, Hear, and
understand: 11 not
that which goeth into
the mouth defileth a
man; but that which
cometh out of the
mouth, this defileth a
man.

12 Then came his dis-
ciples, and said unto
him, Knowest thou
that the Pharisees were
offended, after they
heard this saying?
13 But he answered
and said, Every plant,
which my heavenly
Father hath not plant-
ed, shall be rooted up.
14 Let them alone:
they be blind leaders
of the blind. And if
the blind lead the
blind, both shall fall
into the ditch. 15 Then
answered Peter and
said unto him, Declare
unto us this parable.
16 And Jesus said, Are
ye also yet without
understanding? 17 Do
not ye yet understand,
that whatsoever enter-
eth in at the mouth
goeth into the belly,
and is cast out into
the draught? 18 But
those things which
proceed out of the
mouth come _ forth
from the heart; and
they defile the man.
19 For out of the heart
proceed evil thoughts,
murders, adulteries,
fornications, _ thefts,
false witness, blasphe-
mies: 20 these are the
things which defile a
man: but to eat with
unwashen hands de-
fileth not a man,

21 Then Jesus went
thence, and departed
into the coasts of Tyre
and Sidon. 22 And,
behold, a woman of
Canaan came out of
the same coasts, and
cried unto him, say-
ing, Have mercy on
me, O Lord, thou son
of David; my daugh-
ter is grievously vexed
witb a devil. 23 But
he answered her not a
word, And his disci-

© — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lra.
® — ταύτην (read the parable) rma].
l ἔκραζεν Ltr; ἔκραξεν T.

WAST OA TOS.
ἀπέχει am’ ἐμοῦ. 9
isaway from me: {as}

διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα TIED 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος
teachings injunctions of men. And having called to [him]

11 οὐ

ποῦ

κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον"
defiles the man ;

στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ
mouth, this defiles

XV.

’ A , / ᾽
pence σέβονταί με, διδάσκοντες
αὖ ἴῃ vain they worship me, teaching

καὶ συνίετε.
and understand !

4 wn” ᾽ ~ ᾽ 2
τὸν ὄχλον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ακούετε
the crowd he said to them, Hear

TO εἰσερχόμενον εἰς TO στόμα
that which enters into the mouth
ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ
but that which goes forth out of the

τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
the man.

12 Τότε προσελθόντες _ot-wadnraiabrov! fefrov'" αὐτῷ,
Then having come to [him] his disciples said to him,

Oldac Ort ot Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλί-
Knowestthouthat the Pharisees having heard the saying were of-

σθησαν; 13 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ
fended ? Buthe answering said, Every plant which Snot
ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήριμου ὁ.οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. 14 ἄφετε
Shas planted ‘my 7Father *the*heavenly, shall be rootedup. Leave
αὐτούς" δὸδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοὶ! τυφλῶν" τυφλὸς δὲ τυφλὸν
them ; *leaders ‘they are *blind of blind; “blind ‘and blind
ἐὰν ὁδηγῦ; ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται. 15 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ
3: ‘lead, oth into apit will fall. And answering
ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν.παραβολὴν."ταύτην.ἵ
Peter said tohim, Expound tous this parable.
16 ‘0.6&? Inootc' εἶπεν,᾿Ακμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε;
But Jesus said, “Still also e ‘without Sunderstanding ‘are?
17 Εοὔύπω! νοεῖτε Ore πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ
Ξηοὺ “γοῦ ‘perceive *ye that everything which enters into the
, ? A / ~ ‘ ᾽ , ~ ? ,
στόμα εἰς THY κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, Kai εἰς αφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται;
mouth into the belly goes, and into[the] draught is cast forth?

18 ᾿τὰ-δὲ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκ τῆς
But the things which go forth out of the mouth out of the

καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 19 ἐκ.γὰρ
heart come forth, andthese defile the man. For out of
τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι,
the heart come forth *reasonings evil, murders, adulteries,
πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι. βλασφημίαι. 20 ταῦτά

fornications, thefts, false-witnessings, blasphemies. These things
ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον᾽ τὸ δὲ ἀνίπτοις
are they which defile the man; but the with “unwashed

χερσὶν φαγεῖν οὐ.κοινοὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
*hands ‘eating defiles ποὺ the man,

21 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ ᾿Γησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη

And going forth thence Jesus withdrew to the parts
Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. 22 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ Χαναναία απὸ
of Tyre and Sidon; and behold, a*woman ‘Cananran from

τῶν ὁρίων. ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα ἱἐκραύ "πα χύτῷ,! λέ
-ὁρίων. ραύυγασεν" αύτῳ," λέγουσα,
those borders having come out cried to him, saying,
"EXénody με, κύριε, "υἱὲ Δαβίδ"! ἡ.θυγάτηριμου κακῶς δαι-
Have pity on me, Lord, Son of David; my daughter miserably is pos-
μονίζεται. 23 Ὁ δὲ οὐκ.απεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. καὶ προσ-
sessed by a demon. But he answered*not ‘her aword. And having

' λέγουσιν say LTTrA. € τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ LTr.
᾿ i — "Ingots (read he said)urtra. ἔ οὐ not urtr.
™ —@vTO LTTrA. δ υἱὲ Aavid GW; υἱὸς Δαυείδ LrTra.

xy. MATTHEW
eAOovrec οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ “ἠρώτων, αὐτόν, λέγοντες,
come to [ato his disciples asked him, saying,

᾿Απόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν" 24 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκρι-
Dismiss her, for she cries after us. But he answer-

θεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.ἀπεστάλην εἰ. μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα

ing said, Iwas not sent except to the sheep the lost
οἴκου ‘lopand. 25 ‘H.dé ἐλθοῦσα προσεκύνει αὐτῷ,
of [the] house of Israel. But she havingcome didhomage to him,

λέγουσα, Κύριε, βοήθει por. 26 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ

saying, Lord, help mel But he anewering said, Not

ΡῬἔστιν καλὸν! λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, Kai βαλεῖν
it 15. good totake the bread ofthe children, and _ tocast [it]

τοῖς κυναρίοις. 27 ‘H.dé εἶπεν, Nat, κύριε" καὶ. γὰρ τὰ κυν ἄρτα
tothe little dogs. Butshe said, Yea, Lord: foreven the little dogs

ἐσθιει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης
eat of the crumbs which fall from the table

τῶν.κυριων.αὐτῶν. 28 Tore ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῇ,
of their masters, Then answering Jesus said to her,

Ὦ γύναι, μεγάλη cov ἡ πίστις" γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις.

O woman, ae [15] thy faith : be it to thee as thou desirest.
Kai ἰάθη ἡ.θυγάτηρ.αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης.
And was healed her daughter from that hour,

29 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Inoove ἦλθεν παρὰ τὴν θάλασ-
And having departed thence Jesus came towards the sea

σαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐκάθητο
of Galilee ; and having gone up into the mountain he was sitting

ἐκεῖ. 30 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί, ἔχοντες μεθ᾽

there. And came tohim *crowds ‘great, Gee απ with

ἑαυτῶν χωλούς, τυφλούς, κωφούς. κυλλούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολ-
them lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and “others ‘many,

λούς, καὶ “ἔῤῥιψαν! αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας ττοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ""
and they cast down them at the feet of Jesus,

kai ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς: 31 ὥστε "τοὺς ἔχλους" θαυμάσαι,

and he healed them ; sothat the erowds wondered,
βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς, " χωλοὺς περι-
seeing dumb speaking, maimed sound, lame walk-

πατοῦντας, καὶ eM DU βλέποντας καὶ "ἐδόξασαν" τὸν θεὸν
d

ing, and bliin seeing ; and they glorified the’ God
Ἰσραήλ. 32 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς
of Israel. But Jesus having calledto [him] disciples

αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, Or. ἤδη

‘ier poe Iam moved withcompassion towardsthe crowd, because already
"ἡμέρας" τρεῖς τι οσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκιἔχουσιν τί φάγω-
days ‘three theycontinue withme,and havenot what eee may

σιν" καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ.θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν
eat; and tosendaway them fasting Iamnotwilling, lest they faint

ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 33 Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ χαὐτοῦ," Πόθεν

He the way. And say *to ®him this disciples, Whence
ἡμῖν ἔν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον ;

tous in adesert loaves so many as to aetieey acrowd so great?

34 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πόσους a ἄρτους ἔχετε; Οἱ. δὲ
And *says “to *them ‘Jesus, Howmany loaves haveye? Andthey

εἶπον, Ἕπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. 85 Kai Τἐκέλευσεν τοῖς

48
ples came and be-
sought him, saying,

Send her away; for she
crieth after us. 24 But
he answered and said,
I am not sent but unto
the lost sheep of the
house of Israel. 25 Then
came she and worship-
ped him, saying, Lord,
help me. 26 But he
answered and said, It
is not meet to take the
children’s bread, and
to cast it to "dogs.
27 And she said, Truth,
Lord : yet the dogs eat
of the crumbs which
fall from their mas-
ters’ table. 28 Then
Jesus answered and
said unto her, O wo-
man, great is thy faith:
be it unto thee even as
thou wilt. And her
daughter was made
whole from that very
hour,

29 And Jesus depart-
ed from thence, and
came nigh unto the sea
of Galilee; and went
up into a mountain,
and sat down there,
30 And great multi-
tudes came unto him,
having with them those
that were lame, blind.
dumb, maimed, and
many others, and cast
them down at Jesus’
feet; and he healed
them: 31 insomuch that
the multitude wonder-
ed, when they saw the
dumb to speak, the
maimed to be whole,
the lame to walk, and
the blind to see: and
they glorified the God
of IsraeL 32 Then
Jesus called his disci-
ples unio him, and said,
I have compassion on
the multitude, because
they continue with me
now three days, and
have nothing to eat:
and I will not send
them away fasting,
lest they faint in the
way. 33 And his dis-
ciples say unto him,
Whence should we
have so much bread in
the wilderness, as to
fill so great a multi-
tude? ὁ: And Jesus
saith unto them, How
many loaves have ye?
And they said, Seven,
and a few little fishes,
35 And he commanded

said, Seven, and afew small fishes. And hecommanded the the multitude to sit
ο ηρώτουν LTTra. Ρ ἔξεστιν it is allowed LTA. 4 ἔριψαν τε τ αὐτοῦ of him xTtrA. 5 τὸν
ὄχλον the crowd Ta. ἴ + καὶ and urtra. ἡ ἐδόξαζον τ. “' ἡμέραι GLITrAW. * — αὐτοῦ

(read the disciples) [u}a{trJa.

Υ παραγγείλας τῷ ὄχλῳ having commanded the crowd Lrrr.

φᾷ

down on the ground,
36 And he took the
seven loaves and the
fishes,and gave thanks,
and brake them, and
gave to his disciples,
and the disciples to the
multitude. 37 And
they did all eat, and
were filled: and they
took up of the broken
meat that was left
seven baskets full.
38 And they that did
eat were four thousand
men, beside women
and children. 39 And
he sent away the mul-
titude, and took ship,
and came into the
coasts of Magdala.

XVI. The Pharisees
also with the Saddu-
cees came, and tempt-
ing desired him that
he would shew them a
sign from heaven.
2 He answered and
said unto them, When
it is evening, ye say,
Lt will be fair weather:
for the sky is red,
3 And in the morning,
It will be foul weather
to day: for the sky is
red and lowring. O ye
hypocrites, ye can dis-
cern the face of the
sky ; but can ye not
discern the signs of the
times? 4 A wicked and
adulterous generation
seeketh after a sign;
and there shall no sign
be given unto it, but
thesign of the prophet
Jonas, And he left
them, and departed.

5 And when his dis-
ciples were come to the
other side, they had
forgotten to take
bread. 6 Then Jesus
said unto them, Take
heed and beware of
the leaven of the Pha-
risees and of the Sad-
ducees. 7 And they
reasoned among them-
selves, saying, Jt is be-
cause we have taken
no bread. 8 Which
when Jesus perceived,
he said unto them, O
ye of little faith, why
reason ye among your-
selves, because ye have
brought no bread?
9 Do ye not yet under-
stand, neither remem-
ber the five loaves of

MATOAIOS. XV; 5

» ἢ > ~ ᾽ ‘ ‘ nee 6 Z ‘ aN 4 Π 4 c A
ὄχλοις! ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" 36 καὶ λαβὼν!" τοὺς ἑπτὰ
crowds to recline on the ground; and havingtaken the seven
ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας," εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ ἔδωκεν"

loaves and the fishes, having given thanks he broke and gave
τοῖς.μαθηταῖς."αὐτοῦ," οἱ. δὲ μαθηταὶ τῷ ὄχλῳ." 37 Kai
to his disciples, andthe disciples tothe crowd. And
ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν Kai “ἦραν τὸ περισ-
1

2ate all, and weresatisfied; and they tookup that which was over

σεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων" ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις: 98 οἱ.δὲ
andabove ofthe fragments seven baskets 1: and they who

ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, χωρὶς 'γυναικῶν καὶ

ate were four thousand men, besides women and
παιδίων." 39 Kai ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους FivéBy' εἰς τὸ
children. And having dismissed the crowds he entered into the

πλοῖον, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια "Maydada.'

ship, and came to the borders of Magdala.
16 Kai προσελθόντες ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι
And havingcometo([him]the Pharisees and Sadducees
πειράζοντες ἐπηρώτησαν" αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
tempting [him] asked him asign outof the heaven
ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς. 2 6.02 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, * Oviag
to shew them. But he answering said tothem, Evening
γενομένης λέγετε, Evdta: πυῤΡῥάξει. γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός. 3 καὶ
having come yesay, Fine weather; for *is ‘re ‘the heaven. And

πρωΐ, Σήμερον xepwy' πυῤῥάζει.γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός.
atmorning, ‘lo-day astorm; for 518 *red Slowering ‘the “heaven.
ιὑποκριταί. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετ
Hypocrites! the ‘indeed 1face 20f *the *heaven ye know [how]
διακρίνειν, τὰ.δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ-.-δύνασθε:" 4 γενεὰ
to discern, but the signs ofthe times ye cannot ! A generatior
πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθή-
wicked and aduterous asign seeks, and asign shall not be
σεται αὐτῇ, εἰμὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου." Kai
given toit, except the sign of Jonas’ the prophet. And

καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς. ἀπῆλθεν.
leaving them he went away.

5 Kai ἐλθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐπελάθοντο

And *having* come *his *disciples to the otherside they forgot
ἄρτους λαβεῖν. 6 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Opare καὶ προσ-
“loaves ‘to “take. And Jesus said to them, See and be-

, ᾽ 4 ~ ’ὔ ~ 7 ‘A , « 4
ἔχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. 7 Οἱ.δὲ
ware of the leaven ofthe Pharisees and Sadducees, And they

διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλά-

reasoned among themselves, saying, Because loaves “not 1we
βομεν. ὃ Ρνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν οαὐτοῖς, Ti δια-
“took. And having known [this] Jesus said tothem, Why rea-
λογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς; ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ
son ye among yourselves, O([yeJof little faith, because loaves “not
PéhaBere;' 9. οὔπω.νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε
tye 7took? Do ye not yet perceive, nor remember the five

* ἔλαβεν he took urrr.

[uJaftr Ja.
i ἐπηρώτων 1.
and 1,.

GLTTra,

4 τοῖς ὄχλοις to the crowds Trra.

παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν τ.

k’OWias ...

™ — χρῦ προφήτου LTTrA.
P ἔχατε yo have L.

® + καὶ and LT. © — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)

Ὁ ἐδίδου Trr.
ὁ τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἦραν LTTrA.
& ἀνέβη he went up @tTraw. h Μαγαδάν Magadan Lrtra.
. to end of verse 8 [TA]. 1— ὑποκριταί UTTrA; + Kat

Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) nrtra,. ο — αὐτοῖς

XVI. MATTHEW.

ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, Kai πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε;
loaves of the five thousand, and how many hand-baskets ye took [up]?

10 οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους THY τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας

nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many
q ΄, Π > , ~ ? ~ ev > ‘
σπυρίδας" ἐλάβετε, 11 πῶς ov-vosire ὕτι οὐ περὶ
baskets yetook [up]? How perceive ye not that not concerning

τἄρτου" εἶπον ὑμῖν "προσέχειν" ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων
bread Ispoke toyou ἔο beware of the leaven ofthe Pharisees
καὶ Σαδδουκαίων; 12 Τότε συνῆκαν ὅτι οὐκ.εἶπεν προσέχειν
and Sadducees ? Then they understood that hesaidnot to beware
ard τῆς ζύμης 'τοῦ ἄρτου." YadX" ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν
of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the

Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. ὲ
Pharisees and Sadducees.

13 ᾿Ελθὼν. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὰ μέρη Καισαρείας τῆς
And “having *come 1Jesus into the parts of Cesarea
Φιλίππου ἠρώτα τοὺς: μαθὴτ ἀξ ai Ov, λέγων, Τίνα *pe
Philippi he questioned is disciples, saying, Whom ‘*me

λέγουσιν οἱ. ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 14 Οἱ. δὲ
*do *pronounce =men ®to}°be δέ *Son Τοῦ "man? And they
*elzov," Ot_piv ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν' Τἄάλλοι" δὲ “HXiav'!
said, Some John the Baptist ; and others Elias ;
e δὲ c ’ nx e ~ —~ , > ~ a
érepor.cée Ἱερεμίαν, ἢ Eva τῶν προφητῶν. 15 Λέγει αὐτοῖς,
Δα others Jeremias, or one ofthe prophets. He says to them,
‘Ypsic.dé riva pe λέγετε εἶναι; 16 Β᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ" Σί-
ut ye whom *me ‘do *ye *pronounce to be? And answering Si-
μων Πέτρος εἶπεν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ yousrdc, ὁ vide τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ
mon Peter said, Thou art the ist, the Son of God the
ζῶντος. 17 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος

living. And answering Jesus said to him, Blessed
el, Σίμων *Bap Ἰωνᾶ," ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ.ἀπεκάλυψέν
art thou, Simon Bar-Jonas, for flesh and blood revealed [it] not
AX’ c ΄ ε > e ~ Il > ~ > ‘ δὲ
σοι, α ὁ-πατήρ.μου ὁ ἐν “τοῖο! οὐρανοῖς. 18 Κάγω.δὲε

to thee, but the And I also
la .“ ‘ > , δὶς 9 ‘ ~ , 2
σοι λέγω, OTe ov el Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ TY πέτρᾳ οἰκοδο-
tothee say, Thatthouart Peter, and on this rock Twill
τιον μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ἅδου οὐ.κατισχύσουσιν
uild my assembly, and gates of hades shall not prevail against
αὐτῆς. 19 καὶ! δώσω σοὶ τὰς βκλεῖς" τῆς βασιλείας τῶν
it. And I will give to thee the keys ofthe kingdom οἵ the
> AA te +a ho Il ΄ TATA ~ ~ »” δ ὃ ,
OUpaVwY" Kal Ὁ."εᾶν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον
heavens: and whatever thoumayest bindon the earth,shallbe bound
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" καὶ ὃ ἐὰν! λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται
in the heavens; and whatever thoumayestloose on the earth, shallbe
λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 Τότε διεστείλατο" τοῖς μαθη-
ΞΕ

my Father who [is] in heavens.

loosed in the heavens. Then charged he ‘dis-
ταῖς ἰἸαὐύτοῦ! ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ™ Ἰησοῦς"
ciples ‘*his that tonoone they should say that he is Jesus
ὁ χριστός.
the Christ.

45

the five thousand, and
how many baskets ye
took up? 10 Neither
the seven loaves of the
four thousand, and
how many baskets ye
took up? 11 How is
it that ye do not un-
derstand that I spake
it not to you concern-
ing bread, that ye
should beware of the
leaven of the Pharisees
and of the Sadducees?
12 Then understood
they how that he bade
them not beware of
the leaven of bread,
but of the doctrine of
the Pharisees and of
the Sadducees.

13 When Jesus came
into thecoasts of Cz-
sarea Philippi,he asked
his disciples, saying,
Whom do mensay that
I the Son of man am?
14 And they said, Some
say that thouart John
the Baptist: some, E-
lias ; and others. Jere-
mias, or one of the
prophets. 15 He saith
unto them, But whom
say ye that I am?
16 And Simon Peter
answered and said,
Thou art the Christ,
the Son of the living
God. 17 And Jesus
answered and said un-
to him, Blessed art
thou, Simon Bar-jona:
for flesh and blood
hath not revealed tt
unto thee, but my
Father which is in
heaven. 18 And I say
also unto thee, That
thou art Peter, and
upon this rock I will
build my church; and
the gates of hell shall
not prevail against it.
19 And I will give un-
to thee the keys of the
kingdom of heaven:
and whatsoever thou
shalt bind on earth
shall be bound in hea-
ven: and whatsoever
thou shalt loose on
earth shall be loosed
in heaven. 20 Then
charged he his disci-
ples that they should
tell no man that he
was Jesus the Christ,

9 σφυρίδας L.
beware LTTra.
Pharisees and Sadducees τ.
- Ἡλείαν τ΄.

τ ἄρτων loaves LTTraw.

Υ ἀλλὰ TTrAW. * — me [{{]τττὰ.
a + [6 Ἰησοῦς] Jesus (sa aes Ὁ καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς W.
ἃ Βαριωνᾶ 11. 5 -- τοῖς (read [[86]} ττι}]. -- καὶ τ[Α].

fay tr. Κ ἐπετίμησεν he earnestly charged L.
m — Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAW.

® ; (the question ends at you) προσέχετε δὲ but
τ τῶν ἄρτων of the loaves Lira ; τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων of the
χ εἶπαν LTTr.

© ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTrA.
6 κλεῖδας LTTrA.
'!— αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) tTTra.

YouL.

Β @y LTrA.

40

21 From that time
forth began Jesus to
shew unto his disciples,
how that he must go
unto Jerusalem, and
suffer many things of
the elders and chief
ae andscribes, and

killed, and be raised
again the third day.
22 Then Peter took
him, and began to re-
buke him, saying, Be
it far from thee, Lord:
this shall not be unto
thee. 23 But heturned,
and said unto Peter,
Get thee behind me,
Satan: thou art an
offence unto me: for
thou savourest not the
things that be of God,
but those that be of
men. 24 Then said
Jesus unto his disci-
ples, If any man will
come after me, let him
deny himself, and take
uphiscross, and follow
me. 25 For whosoever
will save his life shall
lose it : and whosoever
will lose his life for
my sake shall find it.
26 For what is a man
profited, if he shall
gain the whole world,
and lose his own soul?
or what shall a man
five in exchange for

is soul? 27 For the
Son of man shall come
in the glory of his
Father with his angels;
and then he shall re-
ward every man ac-
cording to his works,
28 Verily I say unto
you, There be some
standing here, which
shall not taste of
death, till they see the
Son of man coming in
his kingdom.

XVII. And after six
days Jesus taketh
Peter,James, and John
his brother, and bring-
eth them up into an
high mountain apart,
2 and was transfigured
before them: and his
face did shine as the
sun, and his raiment

n—oL[tr]a.

LYUTra.

° εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν LITA.
λέγων τ, ; λέγει αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμὼν says to him rebuking [him] a.
‘ ὠφεληθήσεται shall be profited trtra.

MATOAIOS. XVI, XVII.

21 ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς

From that time began Jesus to shew to disciples
αὐτοῦ, Ore δεῖ αὐτὸν “ἀπελθεῖν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα," καὶ
this that itisnecessary for him togoaway to Jerusalem, and

πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Kai ἀρχιερέων Kai
many things ὕο ΒΟΥ froma the elders and chief priests and
γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι.
scribes, and to be killed, and the third day tobe raised.
22 καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος Ῥῆἤρξατο" "ἐπιτιμᾷν
And *having “taken Sto (*him] *him ‘Peter began to rebuke
αὐτῷ, λέγων." Ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε: οὐ-μὴ ἔσται σοι
him, saying, [God be] favourable to thee, Lord: in no wise shallbe to thee
~ ε κ᾿ \ ~ ΄ inn ey
τοῦτο. ῶ8 Ὁ. δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov,
this. But he having turned said to Peter, Get behind me,
σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλόν ἵμου et" ὅτι οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ
Satan : an offence to me thouart, for thy thoughts arenot of the things
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 24 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν
of God, but the things of men. Then Jesus said
τοὶς.μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, Et τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρ-
to his disciples, If any one desires after me tocome, et
νησάσθω ἑαυτόν,καὶ ἀράτω τὸν.σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀκο-
himdeny himself, and let himtake up his cross, and let
λουθείτω μοι. 2ὅ ὃς. γὰρ."ἂν! θέλῃ τὴν-Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι,
him follow me. For whoever may desire his life to save,
ἀπολέσει αὐτήν ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν
shall lose it; but whoever may lose his life on account of
? ~ € , ? U ‘e , ‘ t > ~ I ” θ »"
ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν" 26 τί.γὰρ ᾿ὠφελεῖται" ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν
me, 8841} find it. For what is “profited 1a 7man, if
τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν.δὲ. ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; ἢ
the world ‘whole ΒΘ Β'δΐῃ, and his soul lose? or
τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς.Ψψυχῆς. αὐτοῦ; 27 pédr-
what will*give ‘a {as]an exchange for his soul? or Sis
λει-.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς
Sabout ‘the *Son Sof *man tocome in the glory ’Father
αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν. ἀγγέλων. αὐτοῦ" Kai τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ

tof *his with his angels ; and then hewillrender to each
4 A ~ > ~ ζ ) ‘ , « ~ v Di=y,
κατὰ τὴν.πρᾶξιν.αὐτοῦ. 28 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰσίν
according to his doing. Verily Isay toyou, There are

τινες “τῶν ὧδε ἑστηκότων," οἵτινες οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου

some of those here standing who innowise shalltaste of death
ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῷ
until they have seen the Son of man coming

βασιλείᾳ. αὐτοῦ.
his kingdom.
17 Kai μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἐξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον
And after “days ‘six ‘takes *with (“him)] sJesus Peter
kai ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναφέρει
and James and hn his brother, and brings up

Jo
αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. καὶ μετεμορφώθη

them into a*mountain ‘high apart. And he was transfigured
ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψεν τὸ. πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος;
before them, and “shone *his *face asthe sun,

Ῥ — ἤρξατο A. 4 αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμᾶν
rel ἐμοῦ Lira. ® ἐὰν
Υ ὅτι that LT. W τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων

Gurtra ; ὧδε εἐστῶτες W.

XVII. MATTHEW.

Ta.Otiparia.adrov ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς TO φῶς. 3 Kai ἰδού, τώφ-
and his garments became white as the light; and behold, ‘*ap-
θησαν" αὐτοῖς ΥΜωσῆς" cai? HXiac,' “μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ συλλαλοῦντες."
peared ‘to*them ‘Moses 7and “Elias ‘with “him "talking.
4 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Κύριε. καλόν ἐστιν
And answering Peter said to Jesus, Lord, good it is
ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσωμεν"! ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς,
forus here tobe. If thouwilt, let us make here three tabernacles:
σοὶ μίαν, καὶ “Μωσῇ! μίαν, καὶ ἁμίαν ᾿Ἡλίᾳ." 5 "Ere αὐτοῦ
forthee one, and for Moses one, and one forElias. Whileyet he
λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, νεφέλη φωτεινὴ"! ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς" Kai
was speaking, behold, a*cloud *bright overshadowed them: and
ἰδού, φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός. μου
lo, a voice out of the cloud, saying, This is my Son
ς 2 ᾿ ? Le fF? , ell 2g ? a τ, , Ι \
ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, ἕν ᾧ εὐδόκησα αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 6 Καὶ
the _ beloved, in whom I havefounddelight: *him ‘hear *ye, And
ἀκούσαντες ot μαθηταὶ *éxecor' ἐπὶ πρόσωπον.αὐτῶν, Kai
hearing [it] the disciples fell upon their face, and
ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. 7 Kai Ἱπροσελθὼών" ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἥψατο!
were terrified greatly. And having come to [them] Jesus touched

αὐτῶν, ‘kai εἶπεν, ᾿Εγέρθητε, καὶ μὴ-.φοβεῖσθε. 8 Ἑπάραντες
them, and said, ise up, and be not terrified, 7Having *lifted*up
δὲ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν
‘and their eyes “no tone ‘they 7saw except Jesus
μόνον.

alone,

9 Kai καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν "ἀπὸ" τοῦ ὄρους ἐνετείλατο
And as*were*descending ‘they from the mountain “charged

? ~ Grp ~ , . ” 1, τεῦ ε πῶ ξ
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως.οὗ ὁ

*them 1Jesus, saying, To noone tell the vision, until the
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν "ἀναστῇ." 10 Καὶ ἐπη-
Son of man from among [the] dead be risen. And 7ask-

pwrnoay αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," λέγοντες. Τί οὖν ot yoap-
ed *him this *disciples, saying, Why then *the “scribes

ματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι ῬἩλίαν" δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 11 Ὁ δὲ
1

say that Elias must come first ἢ And

ΦΙησοῦς! ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν ταὐτοῖς," “Ἡλίας" μὲν ἔρχεται
Jesus answering said to them, Elias indeed comes

ὑπρῶτον" Kai ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν Ore

first and shall restore all things. But Isay to you that

"Ἡλίας" ἤδη ἦλθεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν, adr"! ἐποίη-

Elias already iscome, and they knew not hin, but did

σαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἠθέλησαν" οὕτως Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
to him whatever they desired. Thus alsothe Son of man
μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 13 Tore συνῆκαν ot μαθηταὶ ὅτι
isabout tosutfer from them. Then understood the disciples that
περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς.
concerning John the Baptist he spoke to them.
14 Kai ἐλθόντων “αὐτῶν! πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον προσῆλθεν
And *having *come 1they to the crowd °came

x ὥφθη LTTrA. Υ Μωῦσῆς LTTraw. z ᾿Ηλείας τ.
αὐτοῦ LTTr. ὃ ποιήσω I will make τὰ. ¢ Mwicet LTTraA; Mwiog w.
μίαν LTTrA. © φωτὸς of light α. Γηὐδόκησα Ltr.

LTTrA. ' προσῆλθεν came to LTTr. ι
1—katLT. ™éx@LTtraw. 4% ἐγερθῇ be raised Lrtra.
LTTr. P‘HAciayT. 8 -- lnaode Cread he said) LrTra, τ — αὐτοῖς LTTr[a].

"-- πρῶτον LITTrA, YaAAaTrA, Ὁ — αὐτῶν LTTrA.

& ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

47

was white as the light,
3 And, behold, there
appeared unto them
Moses and Elias talk-
ing with him. 4 Then
answered Peter, and
said unto Jesus, Lord,
it is good for us to be
here: if thou wilt, let
us make here three
tabernacles; one for
thee, and one for Mo-
ses, and one for Elias.
5 While he yet spake,
behold, a bright cloud
overshadowed them:
and behold a voice out
ot the cloud, which
said, This is my be-
loved Son, in whom I
am well pleased ; hear
ye him. 6 And when
the disciples heard it,
they fell on their face,
and were sore afraid.
7 And Jesus came and
touched them, and
said, Arise, and be not
afraid. 8 And when
they had lifted up
their eyes, they saw no
man, save Jesus only.

9 And as they came
down from the moun-
tain, Jesus charged
them, saying, Tell the
vision to no man, until
the Son of man be
risen again from the
dead. 10 And his dis-
ciples asked him, say-
ing, Why then say the
scribes that Elias must
first come? 11 And Je-
sus answered and said
unto them, Hlias truly
shall first come, and
restore all _ things,
12 But I say unto you,
Thai Elias is come al-
ready, and they knew
him not, but have done
unto him whatsoever
they listed. Likewise
shall also the Son of
man suffer of them,
13 Then the -disciples
understood that he
spake unto them of
John the Baptist.

14 And when the
were come tothe mul-
titude, there came to

2 συλλαλοῦντες (συνλαλ. Τὴ) μετ᾽

4 “HAig Ἠλείᾳ τ)

Β ἔπεσαν

Κ καὶ ἁψάμενος and touching Lr; καὶ ἥψατο Tr.
° — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)

8 Ἡλείώας τ΄

48

him a certain man,
kneeling down to him,
and saying, 15 Lord,
have mercy on my son:
for he is lunatick, and
sore vexed: for oft-
times he falleth into
the fire, and oft into
the water. 16 And 1
brought him to thy
disciples, and they
could not cure him.
17 Then Jesus answer-
ed and said, O faith-
less and _ perverse
generation, how long
shall I be with you?
how long shall I suffer
you? bring him hither
to me. 18 And Jesus
rebuked the devil; and
he departed out of
him: and the child
was cured from that
very hour. 19 Then
came the disciples to
Jesus apart, and said,
Why could not we cast
him out? 20 And Jesus
said unto them, Be-
cause of your unbelief :
for verily I say unto
you, If ye have faith
asa grain of mustard
seed, ye shall say unto
this mountain, Re-
move hence to yonder
place; and it shall
remove ; and nothing
shall be impossible
unto you. 21 Howbeit
this kind goeth not
out but by prayer and
fasting.

22 And while they
abode in Galilee, Jesus
said unto them, The
Son of man shall be
betrayed into the
hands of men: 23 and
they shall kill him,
and the third day he

shall be raised again. |

And they were exceed-
ing sorry.

24 And when they
were come to Caper-
naum, they that re-
ceived tribute money
came to Peter, and
said, Doth not your
master pay tribute?
25 He saith, Yes. And
when he was come into
the house, Jesus pre-
vented him, saying,
What thinkest thou,
Simon? of whom do
the kings of the earth
take custom or tribute?
of their own children,
or of strangers? 26 Pe-

MATOAIOX®S&. ΧΙ,
αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν "αὐτῷ," 15 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε,
*to®him ‘a*man Ἐπρο]ηρ downto him, and saying, Lord,
ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, OTe σεληνιάζεται καὶ ἡκακῶς πάσχει" "
have pity on my son, for heislunatic and miserably suffers:
πολλάκις.γὰρ πίπτει sic TO πῦρ, Kai πολλάκις εἰς TO ὕδωρ.

for often he falls into the fire, and often into the water,
16 καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. σου, Kai οὐκ.ἠδυνή-

And I brought him to thy disciples, and they were not
θησαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. 17 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς sizer,
able him to heal. And answering Jesus said,
Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος Kai διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε *Eoopar

O generation unbelieving and perverted, until when shall I be

μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν ; PéspETe μοι αὐτὸν ὧδε.
with you? until whenshalllbear with you? ring tome him here,
"3 ΄ ᾽ “") Ἐν ΤΣ ~ \ 29~ > ? > ~ ‘
18 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ
And “rebuked Shim Jesus, and wentout from him the
δαιμόνιον, Kai ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης.
demon, and washealed the boy from that hour.
19 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ Kar ἰδίαν εἶπον,
Then “having *come ‘the “disciples to Jesus apart said,
"Acari! ἡμεῖς οὐκ.-ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 20 Ὁ. δὲ Ῥ᾽ Ἰησοῦς"
Why “we were “notable tocast out him? And Jesus
“εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν" ὑμῶν. ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω

said to them, Because of *unbelief ‘your. For verily I say
ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε TY ὄρει

toyou, If yehave faith as agrain of mustard, yeshallsay “mountain
τούτῳ, “Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν" ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται" καὶ οὐδὲν
to “this, Remove hence thither, and it shallremove; and nothing
ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. 21 ἰτοῦτο.δὲ. τὸ. γένος οὐκ.ἐκπορεύεται
shall be impossible to you. But this kind goes not out
εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ."
except by prayer and fasting.
22 δ᾿ Αναστρεφομένων".δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς
And while “were “abiding ‘they in Galilee, *said *to*them
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς
Jesus, *is about *the °Son 7of “man to be delivered up into
χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, 23 Kai ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, Kai τῇ τρίτῳ
{the} hands of men, and they will kill him; and the thir
ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθήσεται." Kai ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα.
day he shall be raised up. And they were grieved greatly.
24 ᾿Ελθόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς ἹΚαπερναοὺμ'᾽ προσῆλθον οἱ
And*having*come ‘they to Capernaum ®came ‘those “why
Ta δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ Kai ‘sizror,' Ὁ διδάσ--
*the °didrachmas *received to Peter and said, *Teach-
καλος ὑμῶν οὐ.τελεῖ ἱτὰ" δίδραχμα; 25 Λέγει, Nat. Kai
er ‘your does he not pay the didrachmas? He says, Yes. And
™ore εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,
when heentered into the house “anticipated Shim *Jesus,
λέγων, Τί σοι.δοκεῖ, Σίμων ; ot βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων
saying, What thinkestthou, Simon? The kings ofthe earth from - whom
λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; ἀπὸ τῶν.υἱῶν. αὐτῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ
do they receive customor tribute? from their sons, or from

* αὐτόν GLTTrAW.
b — Ἰησοῦς LTTrA.

ἔνθεν LITA, f
5 ἀναστήσεται he shall rise again x.

% μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι LITrA. ἃ διὰ τί LTTrAW.
ἃ δλιγοπιστίαν little faith στιὰ, ὃ Μετάβα
ε Συστρεφομένων Were abiding together trrr.
ἱ Καφαρναοὺμ Lar-aw. Κὶ εἶπαν τττὰ. 1 -- τὰ 1.

Υ κακῶς ἔχει is ill Lor.
¢ λέγει he Says LTTra.
— verse 21 1[ Tra].

™ εἰσελθόντα eutering LT; ἐλθόντα having come Tra.

Vind px VIII. MATTHE W.

τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ; 26 "Λέγει αὐτῷ" “ὁ Πέτρος," ᾿Απὸ τῶν ἀλ-
the strangers? "says *to*him Peter, From the stran-
λοτρίων. “Epn αὐτῷ ὁ Ιησοῦς, Ῥ΄Αραγεὶ ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ
gers. 2said *to*him 4Jesus, Then indeed _ free are the

υἱοί. 27 ἵνα.δὲ pyAccavdadiowper' αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς εἰς
sons, But that we may not offend them, having gone ‘to

τὴν! θάλασσαν βάλε ἄγκιστρον, Kai τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον

the sea cast a hook, and the *%coming *up first
ἰχθὺν ἄρον' καὶ ἀνοίξας 1d.ordpa.abrov εὑρήσεις στα-
fish take, and having opened its mouth thou shalt find a sta-

τῆρα᾽ ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ Kai σοῦ.
ter; that havingtaken give tothem for me and thee,
? ? / ~ 5 [2 Ι ΛΘ c θ ‘ ~ a ~
18 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY "ὥρᾳ" προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ [Ιησοῦ,
In that hour came the disciples to Jesus,
λέγοντες, Tic ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐ-
saying, Whothen([*the]“greater ‘is in the kingdom ofthe hea-
ρανῶν; 2 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦςϊ παιδίον, ἔστησεν
vens ? And *having *called *to [°him} 1Jesus alittlechild, he set
αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν, 8 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν. μὴ
it in their midst, and said, Verily Isay toyou, Unless
στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθεὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς
yeareconvertedand become as thelittlechildren, inno wise shall yeenter into

τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 4 boTig οὖν "ταπεινώσῃ"
the Kingdom ofthe heavens. Whosoever therefore will humble

ἑαυτὸν we τὸ.παιδίον.τοῦτο, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μείζων ἐν TY βασι-
himself as this little child, he is the greater in the king-
Asia τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5 καὶ ὃς. “ἐὰν! δέξηται “παιδίον τοιοῦτον
dom ofthe heavens; and whoever will receive #little*child such
ἐγ" ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" 6 0¢.0 ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ
0:6 in my name, 2me ‘receives. But whoever shall cause “ἴο offend
ἕνα τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ, συμφέρει

‘one of *these *little Sones who believe in me, it is profitable
αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς γέπὶ! τὸν
for him that should be hung “8 °millstone ‘turned 7by °an ass ‘upon

τρύχηλοι, αὐτοῦ; καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσ-
“his *neck, and he be sunk in the depth ofthe 568.
σης. 7 Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων: ἀνάγκη.γάρ
Woe tothe world because of the offences ! For necessary
z2 1 ? ~ 4 , in ‘ ᾽ . as 12 , a2 4 ll
cori! ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ."ἐκείνῳ
itis “‘to*come'’the offences, yet woe to that man
7? X 7, Ἢ ᾽ " «- , -ν: ,
δι οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. ὃ Εἰ. δὲ ἡ.χείρισου ἢ ὁ-πούς.σου
by whom the offence comes | Andif thyhand or _ thy foot
σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον Ῥαὐτὰ" καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ: καλόν
cause *to*%offend'thee, cut off them and cast [them]from thee; good
σοι ἐστὶν εἰσελθεῖν sic τὴν ζωὴν “χωλὸν ἢ κυλλόν,! ἢ
for thee itis toenter into life lame or maimed, {rather]than
a7 ~ na UA , a” ~ > 4 ~ A a> 7
δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον.
two ds ortwo feet having tobecast intothe fire the eternal.
9 καὶ εἰ ὁἙὀφθαλμός.σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν Kai βάλε
And if thine eye cause*to*offend'thee,pluckeut it and cast
ἀπὸ σοῦ: καλόν σοι ἐστὶν μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν
[1Ὁ} from thee; good forthee itis one-eyed into ife

49

ter saith unto him, Of
strangers. Jesus saith
unto him, Then are the
children free. 27 Not-
withstanding, lest we
should offend them
go thou to the sea, an

east an hook, and take
up the fish that first
cometh up; and when
thou hast opened his
mouth, thou shalt tind
a pice of money : that
take, and give unto
them for me and thee,

XVIII. At the same
time came the disci-

les unto Jesus, say-
ing, Whois thegreatest
in the kingdom of
heayen? 2 And Jesus
called a little child
unto him, and set him
in the midst of them,
3 and said, Verily Isay
unto you, Except ye
be converted, and be-
come as little children,
ye shall not enter into
the kingdom of hea-
ven. 4 Whosoever
therefore shall humble
himself as this little
child, the same is
greatest in the king-
dom of heaven. 5 And
whoso shall receive
one such little child in
rap Beet OT
6 But whoso shall of
fend one of these little
ones which believe in
mne, it were better for
him that a millstone
were hanged about his
neck, and that he were
drowned in the depth
of the sea. 7 Woe unto
the world because of
offences! for it must
needs be that offences
come; but woe to
that man by whom
the offence cometh!
8 Wherefore if thy
hand or thy foot of-
fend thee, cut them
off, and cast them from
thee: it is better for
thee to enter into life
halt or maimed, rather
than having two hands
or two feet to be cast
into everlasting fire.
9 And if thine eye of-
fend thee, pluck it
out, and cast zt from
thee: it is better for
thee to enter into life
with one eye, rather

Ὁ εἰπόντος δέ and having said Lrrr. ° — 6 Πέτρος LTTra.
δαλίζωμεν τ. τ — τὴν (read [[8}9]} LtTraw. 5 ἡμέρᾳ day L.
’ ταπεινώσει LITTAW. “Gy Ltr. * ὃν παιδίον τοιοῦτον ( ---ν Τ) LTTrA.
εἰς tO A. z— ἐστιν (read [it is]) LTrA.

it (and cast [it]) Lrtra. © κυλλὸν ἢ χωλόν LT.

ΡΑρα ye TrA.

3 — ἐκείνῳ (read to the man) LTtr.

4 σκαν-
t— δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς ΤΊτΑ.
Υ περὶ about LTTr;
Ὁ αὐτὸν

5

50

than having two eyes
to be cast into hell
fire. 10 Take heed that
ye despise not one of
these little ones; for
I say unto you, That
in heaven their angels
do always behold the
face of my Father
which is in heaven.
11 For the Son of man
is come to save that
which was lost. 12 How
think ye? if a man
have an _ hundred
sheep, and oneof them
be gone astray, doth
he not leave the ninet;
and nine, and goet
into the mountains,
andseeketh that which
is gone astray? 13 And
if so be that he find it,
verily I say unto you,
he rejoiceth more of
that sheep, than of the
ninety and nine which
went not astray.
14 Even so it is not
the will of your Fa-
ther which is in hea-
ven, that one of these
little ones should
perish.

15 Moreover if thy
brother shall trespass
against thee, go and
tell him his fault be-
tween thee and him
alone : if he shall hear
thee, thou hast gained
thy brother. 16 But if
he will not hear thee,
then take with thee one
or two more, that in
the mouth of two or
three witnesses every
word may be estab-
lished. 17 And if he
shall neglect to hear
them, tell ἠέ unto the
church: but if he neg-
lect to hear the church,
let him be unto thee
asan heathen manand
a publican. 18 Verily
I say unto you, What-
soever yeshall bind on
earth shall be bound
in heaven: and what-
soever ye shall loose
onearthshall be loosed
in heaven. 19 Again I
say unto you, That if
two of you shall agree
on earth as touching
any thing that they
shall ask, it shall be
done for them of my
Father which is in

4 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ in the heaven [t]a.

he not leave) LTr.
i μου My Ltr.

τ -α τῷ LI[TrJA.

συμφωνήσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν of you 8

k ἐν LTTr.
σοῦ L; μετὰ σεαυτοῦ With thyself τ΄.

ΜΑΤΘΆΤΟΣ
εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν
to enter, [rather] than two eyes having tobe cast into the
γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 10 Ὁρᾶτε μὴ-.καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν
Gehenna ofthe fire. ee ye despise not one
ικρῶν.τούτων᾽ λέγω. γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ. ἄγγελοι. αὐτῶν “ἐν
of these little ones, forI say toyou, that their angels in [(the}
οὐρανοῖς" διὰ. παντὸς βλέπουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ.πατρός. μου

XVIII.

d

heavens continually behold the face of my Father
τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 11 “ἦλθεν.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
who [15] in [the] heavens, For iscome the Son of man
σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός." 12 Ti ὑμῖν.δοκεῖ ; ἐὰν γένηταί

to save that which has been lost. What think ye? If there should be

τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ν ἐξ αὐτῶν,
to any man ahundred sheep, and be gone astray oneof them,
οὐχὶ “ἀφεὶς! τὰ ξἐννενηκονταεννέα"! ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη
{does he] not, having left the ninety-nine on the mountains,
h πορευθεὶς ζητῖ τὸ πλανώμενον; 13 Kai ἐὰν γένηται
having gone seek that which is gone astray? and if it should be
εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον
that he find it, verily Isay to you, that herejoicesover it more
ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ξἐννενηκονταεννέα! τοῖς μὴ-πεπλανημένοις. 14 ov-
thanover the ninety-nine which have not gone astray. So
τως οὐκ.ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς 'ὑμῶν" τοῦ
ἰῦ 15 ποῦ [the] will before ?Father ‘your who [is]
ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται keic! τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων.
in [the] heavens, that shouldperish one of these little ones.
15 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ ἱ'εἰς σὲ! ὁ ἀδελφός. σου, ὕπαγε ™cai'

But if 3gin “against *thee ‘thy “brother, go and
ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ cov καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ,
reprove him tween thee and him alone. If thee he willhear,

ἐκέρδησας τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου" 16 ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ.ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε
thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear, take
n 4A ~tl » « a δύ ο τ > 4 , δύ ’
μετὰ σοῦ" ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων
with thee besides one or two, thatupon(the) mouth oftwo witnesses
ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. 17 ἐὰν.δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν,
or of three may stand every word. But if he fail to listento them,
Ρεἰπὲ! τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ" ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῳ,
tell [it] to the assembly. Andif also the assembly he fail to listen to,
» oe « ’ 4 4 « , ,’ A ,
ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς Kai ὁ τελώνης. 18 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω
lethimbetothee as the heathen and the taxgatherer. Verily Isay
cw e ee || , ‘ ~ ~ ” , ᾽ μὰ
ὑμῖν, ὕσα. “ἐὰν! δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν ττῷ"
to you, Whatsoever yeshall bind on the earth, shallbe bound in the
οὐρανῷ: Kai boaidy λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα

ἐπι
heaven; and whatsoever yeshall loose on the earth, shallbe loosed

ἐν ττῷ" οὐρανῷ. 19 "Πάλιν! λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν δύο 'ὑμῶν

in the heaven. Again Isay toyou, that if two ofyou
συμφωνήσωσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν
may agree on the earthconcerning any matter whatever

αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ
they 8841] ask, it shall be done tothem from my Father who [is]

© — verse 11 Lrtr[ a].

& ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, LTTr; ἐνενηκονταεννέα. W.

1 — εἰς σὲ LOA].

2 th ; 2° + μετὰ σοῦ L.

® ἀμὴν bas τις πάλιν ἀμὴν Tra.
agree TTrA.

f ἀφήσει (read will
h + «xatand Ltr.
m— καὶ GLTTrA. n— μετὰ
P εἰπὸν T. 4 ἂν Lora.

: συμφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν τ,"

XVIII. MATTHEW.
ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 20 οὗ.γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς
in [the] heavens, For where are two or three gathered togetherunto
τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμὶ ἐν ἐσῳ αὐτῶν.
my name, there 8111 in(the] midst of them.
21 Τότε προσελθὼν "αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, ποσάκις

Then havingcome tohim Peter said, Lord, how often
ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ. ἀδελφός.μου Kai ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; Ewe
shall*sin ‘against ὅτωθ my 7brother and Iforgive him? until

4 lf , > ~ t=) ~ ? , a ε ’
ἑπτάκις; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, OV.AEyw σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις,
seven times? Says sto*him ‘Jesus, I say not to thee untilseven times,
"adX’! Ewe ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. 23 Διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη
but until seventy times seven, Because of this Shas “become ®like
« , ~ > ~ ? , ~ nn ᾽ ,
ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὃς ἠθέλησεν
+the *kingdom ὅοὗ “6 ‘heavens to 8 man aking, who would
~ Xx , A lands ὃ ’΄ ᾽ ~ ? ¢ , 4 > ~
συνᾶραι.λόγον μετὰ τῶν. δούλων. αὐτοῦ. 24 ἀρξαμένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ
take account with his bondmen. And *having *begun *he
συναίρειν, “προσηνέχθη" “αὐτῷ εἷς! ὀφειλέτης μυρίων
to reckon, there was brought tohim one debtor of ten thousand

ταλάντων. 25 μὴ.ἔχοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, ἐ-
talents. ut ποῦ *having the to pay, 3com-

κέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ. κύριος Ταὐτοῦ" πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα
manded *him his “lord to be sold, and 2wife

ΓΞ ἘΠ . ‘ , ‘ , a a 7 Ι ᾿ ᾽ >
αὐτου" καὶ TA τέκνα, Καὶ TAVTaA OCA ELYEV, καὶ αἀποῦο-

[wherewith]

this and the children, and all asmuchas hehad, and payment to
θῆναι. 26 πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ,
be made. Having fallen down thereforethe bondman didhomage tohim,

λέγων, “Κύριε,! μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ “ἐμοί." καὶ πάντα ὅσοι

saying, Lord, have patience with me, and Sall *to thee
ἀποδώσω." 27 σπλαγχνισθεὶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου
Ἢ *will Spay. Andhaving been moved with compassion the lord *pondman
ixeivov' ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ.
‘of *that released him, and “the ‘loan lforgave him.
28 ᾿Εξελθὼν. δὲ ὁ. δοῦλος.Ξἐκεῖνος" ebpey ἕνα THY συνδούλων
But having gone out that bondman found one Sfellow *bondmen

αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὥφειλεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια. καὶ κρατήσας αὐτὸν
‘of 7his, who owed him ahundred denarii, and havingseized him

ἔπνιγεν, λέγων, ᾿Απόδος ἅμοι" 16 τι! ὀφείλεις. 29 πε-
hethrottled [him], saying, Pay me what thou owest. "Having *fallen

‘ ὖ « , , ~ k > Α , γ “}
σὼν οὖν ὡὁ.σύὐνδουλος. αὐτοῦ "εἰς τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ" παρε-

7down “therefore ‘his *fellow *bondman at his feet be-
κάλει αὐτόν, λέγων, Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ ἱἐμοί," καὶ ™rayra'
sought him, saying, Have patience with me, and all
ἀποδώσω σοι. 80 Ὁ. δὲ οὐκ.ἤθελεν, "ἀλλὰ! ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν
I will pay thee. Buthe vould not, but having gone _ he cast
es ᾽ , .“ οὐδ > ~ , ? ,
αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν, ἕως. οὗ" ἀποδῷ το ὀφειλόμενον.
him into prison, until heshould pay thatwhich was owing.
31 ἰδόντες POE οἱ σύνδουλοι. αὐτοῦ" τὰ «“γενόμενα"
*Haying ‘seen ‘but 215 ΞἔθΠον Ῥοπάτηθη what things had taken place,
ἐλ UA θ ἠδ rs αν , , ~ , r ? ~ Τ
ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα" καὶ ἐλθόντες διεσάφησαν τῷ.κυρίῳ. αὐτῶν
were grieved greatly, andhavinggone narrated to their lord

51

heaven. 20 For where
two or thre@are gath-
ered together in my
name, there am 1 in
the midst of them,

21 Then came Peter
tohim, and said, Lord,
how oft shall my bro-
ther sin against me
andI forgive him? ti
seven times? 22 Jesus
saith unto him, I sa
not unto thee, Until
seven times: but,
Until seventy times
seven. 23 Therefore is
the kingdom of hea-
ven likened unto a
certain king, which
would take account of
his servants. 24 And
when he had begun
to reckon, one was
brought unto him,
which owed him ten
thousand talents. 25
But forasmuch as he
had not to pay, his
lord commanded him
to be sold, and his
wife, and children, and
all that he had, and
payment to be made.
26 The servant there-
fore fell down,andwor-
shipped him, saying,
Lord, have patience
with me, and I wiil
pay thee all. 27 Then
the lord of that ser-
vant was moved with
compassion, and loosed
him, and forgave him
the debt. 28 But the
same servant went
out, and found one of
his fellowservants,
which owed him an
hundred pence: and
he laid hands on him,
and took him by the
throat, saying, Pay
me that thou owest.
29 And his fellowser-
vant fell down at his
feet, and besought
him, saying, Have
patience with me, and
I will pay thee all.
30 And he would not:
but went and cast him
into prison, till he
should pay the debt,
31 So when his fellow-
servants saw what was
done, they were very
sorry, and came and
told unto their lord all

ἃ ὃ Ilérpos εἶπεν αὐτῷ LTTrA. Y ἀλλὰ LTrA. ¥ προσήχθη was conducted LTra. 5 els αὐτῷ T.

J — αὐτοῦ (read [his] lord) Trra.
> + ἐκεῖνος (read that bondman) τ. “ — Κύριε urTra.
LTTra. i — ἐκείνου (read of the bondman) L.
b— μοι LTTraw. ἰ εἴ rif anything Gurtraw.

LTrA. ™—dyra[L}ttrAW. 5 ἀλλ᾽ EG. 5 — οὗ LTTra.
δουλοι L; οὖν οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ TTrA.

: — αὐτοῦ (read [his] wife) 7[ Α1.

a ἐμέ Tr.

a ἔχει he has Ltr.
Xx

ε ἀποδώσω σοι ([σοὶ] A)

& — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) t.
k — εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ GLTTr[A].
P οὖν (therefore) αὐτοῦ οἱ σύν-
4 γινόμενα Were taking place T.

1 ἐμε

¥ ἑαυτῶν LITrA

52

that was done, 32 Then
his lord, after that he
had called him, said
unto him, O thou wick-
ed servant, I forgave
thee all that debt, be-
cause thou desiredst
me: 33 shouldest not
thou also have had
compassion on thy fel-
lowservant, even as I
had pity on thee?
34 And his lord was
wroth, and delivered
him to the tormentors,
till he should pay all
that was due unto
him. 35 So likewise
shall my heavenly
Father do also unto
you, if ye from your
hearts forgive ποῦ
every one his brother
their trespasses.

XIX. And it came
to pass, that when
Jesus ad finished
these sayings, he de-
parted from Galilee,
and came into the
coasts of Judma be-
yond Jordan; 2 and

eat multitudes fol-
owed him; and he
healed them there,

8 The Pharisees also
came unto him, tempt-
ing him, and saying
unto him, Is it lawful
for a man to put away
his wife for every
cause? 4 And he an-
swered and said unto
them, Have ye not
read, that he which
made them at the be-
ginning made them
male andfemale, 5and
said, For this cause
shall a man leave fa-
ther and mother, and
shall cleave to his wife:
and they twain shall
be one flesh? 6 Where-
fore they are no more
twain, but one flesh,
What therefore God
hath joined together,
let not man put asun-
der. 7 They say unto
him, Why did Moses
then command to give
a writing of divorce-
ment, and to put her
away? 8 Hesaithunto
them, Moses because of
the hardness of your
hearts suffered you to
put away your wives:
but from the begin-
ning it was not so.

MATOATIOS. XVIII, XIX.
πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. 32 Τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ
all that had taken place, Then having ‘called to ["him] *him

κὐριος.αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ, Δοῦλε πονηρέ, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν

this 7lord says tohim, *Bondman ‘wicked, all 7debt
ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς pe’ 33 οὐκ.ἔδει καὶ
‘that I forgave thee, since thou besoughtest me; did it not behove 7also

σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν. σύνδουλόν.σου, we "καὶ ἐγώ! σε ἠλέησα;
1thee tohave pitied thy fellow bondman, as also I thee had pitied?

34 καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ.κύὐριος. αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανι-

And being angry his lord deliveredup him tothe tormen-
σταῖς: ἕως. "οὗ" ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον αὐτῷ." 86 Οὕτως
tors, until heshouldpay ali that was owing to him. Thus
Kai ὁ-πατήριμου ὁ “ἐπουράνιος! ποιήσει ὑμῖν ἐὰν.μὴ ἀφῆτε

also myFather' the heavenly willdo toyou unless ye forgive
ἕκαστος τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.καρδιῶν ὑμῶν “τὰ παρα-
each his brother from your hearts 20f-
πτώματα αὐτῶν."
fences ‘their.
19 Kai ἐγένετο Ore ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς λόγους

And it came to pass when “had “finished 1Jesus Swords
τούτους, μετῆρεν ἀπὸ ὑτῆς" Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια

“these, he withdrew from Galilee, and came to the borders
~ 2 / Ud -»ἦ ’ Rage? , ᾽ ~
τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Lopdavov. 2 Kai ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ
of Judwa beyond the Jordan: and “followed *him

” 4 A Φ , ᾽ A) ~
ὄχλοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ.
crowds ‘great, and _ he healed them there.

3 Kai προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τοὶ" Φαρισαῖοι πειράζοντες αὐτόν,

d 5came *to*him ‘the *Pharisees tempting him,
καὶ λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Εἰ ἔξεστιν Ῥἀάνθρώπῳ" ἀπολῦσαι τὴν
and saying tohim, Isit lawful for a man to put away
γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν; 4 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν

his wife for every cause? But he answering said
c ᾽ ~ ll > ? A .« « d , ll ? ᾽ ᾽
αὑτοῖς," Οὐκιἀνξέγνωτε ort ὁ “ποιήσας ἀπ ἀρ-
to them, Have ye not read that hewho made [them)from [the] begin-

χῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς, 5 καὶ εἶπεν, ““Ἕνεκεν!"
ning male and female made them, and said, On account of
τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα Kai τὴν μητέρα, Kai
this 3shall ‘leave 1a 4*man father and mother, and

{ Φ' tl ~ ‘ > ~ ‘ » « ΄ 3
προσκολληθήσεται" τῇ. γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς
shall be joined to his wife, and ‘shall *be ‘the *two °for

᾿ς , es ? Ud ᾽ ‘ , > ‘ 4 , τι
σάρκα μίαν; 6 ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ pia’ ὃ
Tflesh ‘one? Sothatnolonger arethey two, but “flesh ‘one. What
οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. 7 Λέγουσιν
therefore God united together, sman let “not separate. They say
αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ΒΜωσῆς" ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀπο-
το him, Why then *Moses 1didcommand to give a bill of di-
στασίου, kai ἀπολῦσαι "αὐτήν 3" 8 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι SMwone'
vorce, and toputaway her? He says to them, Moses
πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι
in view of your hard-heartedness allowe you to put away

® κἀγώ LTTrA.

X — τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν GLTTrA.
Ὁ — ἀνθρώπῳ (read one’s wife) LTA.
f κολληθήσεται LTTrAW.

LTTrA.

τὰς. γυναῖκας ὑμῶν" ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ.γέγονεν οὕτως.
your wives; from([the] beginning however it was not thus,
t— οὗ L. ¥ — αὐτῷ LTra. π᾿ οὐράνιος LTTr ; [ἐπ])ουράνιος A.

Υ — τῆς E. *— οἱ LTrA.
© — αὐτοῖς LTTrA.
& Mwivons LTTrAw.

® — αὐτῷ LITrA.
d κτίσας created Tr. ὁ Ἕνεκα
h — αὐτήν LTTr.

MATTHEW.

δοἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναῖκα.αὐτοῦ
whoever shall put away his wife
. 2 ~ δι. 7m 4
Kai yopncy ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται: καὶ
and shall marry another, commits adultery; and

10 Aéyovow
Say

XIX.

9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ‘Ore!
AndIsay toyou, that
Keil Ἰμὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ,"
᾽
if not for fornication,

ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται."
he who *her [*that *is] "put ἔδυσαν ‘marries commits adultery.

αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," Ei οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ atria τοῦ ἀνθρώ-
*to*him this 7disciples, If thus is the case ofthe man

που μετὰ THC γυναικός, οὐ-συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. 11 Ὁ. .δὲ εἶπεν
with the wife, it is not profitable to marry. But he said
> ~ > , ~ A , ο ~ " 2 ?
αὐτοῖς, Οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν roy_éyor-rovroy," ἀλλ
tothem, Not all receive this word, but [those]
οἷς δέδοται. 12 εἰσὶν.γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες ἐξ κοιλίας
towhnomithasbeen given; forthere are eunuchs who from([the] womb
μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, Kai εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες
of [their] mother were born thus, and thereare eunuchs who
εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες
were made eunuchs by men, and thereare eunuchs who
εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.
made eunuchs of themselves forthesakeofthe kingdom ofthe heavens.
ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν σγχωρείτω.
He who is able to receive [it] let him receive [it].
18 Τότε Ῥπροσηνέχθη! αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας
Then were brought tohim littlechildren, that [his] hands
ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς, Kai προσεύξηται' οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμησαν
che might lay onthem, and mightpray; butthe disciples rebuked
αὐτοῖς" 14 ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἴπεν!, “Agere τὰ παιδία, Kai μὴ
them. But Jesus said, Suffer the littlechildren, and *not
κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός Ter! τῶν YOR τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ
‘do forbid them tocome to me; or of such is the
βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 15 Kai ἐπιθεὶς "αὐτοῖς rac χεῖρας"
kingdom ofthe heavens. And having laid uponthem [his] hands
ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν.
he departed thence.
16 Kai ἰδού, εἷς προσελθὼν ἱεῖπεν αὐτῷ," Διδάσκαλε
And behold, one having come to [him] said ἴο him, 2Teacher
vZ θέ " , 2 A , vu w2 Π ᾿ a>”
ἀγαθέ," ri ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω ἵνα “ἔχω" ζωὴν αἰώνιον ;
Ἰροοῦ, what good [thing] shallI do that I may have life eternal?
17 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς

Andhe said tohim, Why me callestthou good? no one [is] good
εἰμὴ €ic, ὁ θεός." εἰ δὲ θέλεις Τεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωήν,"
except one, God. But if thou desirest toenter into life,

“τήρησον" τὰς ἐντολάς. 18 "λέγει avrg," Ποίας; ἢ Ὁ. δὲ In-
ead the commandments. He says tohim, Which? And Je-
σοῦς εἶπεν, Τό, οὐ-φονεύσεις" οὐ-μοιχεύσεις"
sus said, Thou shalt not commit murder; Thou shalt not commit adultery;
οὐ-κλέψεις" οὐ.Ψευδομαρτυρήσεις. 19 τίμα τὸν πατέρα
Thou shalt not steal; Thou 1t not bear false witness; Honour ?father
“σου! καὶ τὴν μητέρα" καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον.σου ὡς
‘thy and mother; and Thou shalt love thy neighbour as

i — ὅτι LTra. k — εἰ GLTTraw.
nication L. τῇ — καὶ ὃ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται TT].
disciples) 7A]. ο [τοῦτον] 1. Ρ προσηνέχθησαν LTTrA.
5 τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς LTTrA. ἵ αὐτῷ εἶπεν LTTrA. Y— ἀγαθέ LTTrA.

53
9 And I say unto you,
Whosoever shall put
away his wife, except
it be for fornication,
and shall marry ap-
other, committeth a-
dultery: and whoso
marrieth her which is
put away doth commit
adultery. 10 His dis-
ciples say unto him, If
the case of the man be
80 with his wife, it is
not good to marry.
11 But he said unto
them, All men cannot
receive this saying,
save they to whom it
is given. 12 For there
are some _ eunuchs,
which were so born
from their mother’s
womb: and there are
some eunuchs, which
were made eunuchs
of men: and there be
eunuchs, which have
made themselves eu-
nuchs for the kingdom
of heaven’s sake. He
that is able to receive
tt, let him receive tt.

13 Then were there
brought unto him
little children, that he
should put jis hands
on them, and pray: and
the disciples rebuked
them. 14 But Jesus
said, Suffer little chil-
dren, and forbid them
not, to come unto me:
for of such is the
kingdom of heaven,
15 And he laid his
hands on them, and
departed thence.

16 And, behold, one
came and said unto
him, Good Master,
what good thing shall
I do, that I may have
eternal life? 17 And
he said unto him, Why
callest thou me good?
there iz none good but
one, that is, God: but
if thou wilt enter into
life, keep the com-
mandments. 18 He
saith unto him, Which?
Jesus said, Thou shalt
do no murder, Thou
shalt not commit a-
dultery Thou shalt not
steal, Thou shalt not
bear false witness,
19 Honour thy father
and thy mother: and,
Thou shalt love thy
neighbour as thyself,

1 παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας except for cause of for-
2 — αὐτοῦ (read the
4 + αὐτοῖς to them T.

Md σχῶ LTTrA.

τ ἐμέτ.
χ Τί

με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Why askest thou me concerning the good?

One is good (+ δθεός God W) GLTTraw.

5 ἔφη αὐτῷ he said to him L; — λέγει αὐτῷ τ. ὃ + φησίν he saysT.

Υ εἰς THY ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν LTTrAW.

2 τήρει LTrA.
ς — gov GLTTrAW.

54

20 The young man
saith unto him, All
these things have I
kept from my youth
up: what lack I yet?
21 Jesus said unto a
If thou wilt be perfect,
go and sell that thou
hast, and give to the

oor, and thou shalt

ave treasure in hea-
ven: and come and
follow me. 22 But
when the young man
heard that saying, he
went away sorrowful:
for he had great pos-
sessions.

23 Then said Jesus
unto his disciples,
Verily I say unto you,
That a rich man shall
hardly enter into the
kingdom of heaven.
24 And again I say
unto you, It is easier
for a camel to go
through the eye of a
needle, than for a rich
man to enter into
the kingdom of God.
25 When his disciples
heard it, they were
exceedingly amazed,
saying, Who then can
besaved? 26 But Jesus
beheld them, and said
unto them, With men
this is impossible ; but
with God all things
are possible.

27 Then answered
Peter and said unto
him, Behold, we have
forsaken all, and fol-
lowed thee ; what shall
we have therefore?
28 And Jesus said unto
them, Verily I say
unto you, That ye
which have followed
me, in the regenera-
tion when the Son of
man shall sit in the
throne of his glory,
ye also shall sit upon
twelve thrones, judg-
ing the twelve tribes
of Israel. 29 And
every one that hath
forsaken houses, or
brethren, or sisters,
or father, or mother,
or wife, or children, or
lands, for my name’s
sake, shall receive an
hundredfold, and shall

ἃ ταῦτα πάντα LTr.

b+ τοῖς to the LTra.
(read this word) La,

GTTrA.
LITA.
GLTTrawW.

P + εἰσελθεῖν to enter L[ Tr].
* — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) aLrrraw.
W παλινγενεσίᾳ T.
® — ἢ γυναῖκα LTTrA,
5) πολλαπλασίονα λήμψεται Many times more shall receive Lrrra.

ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIX.
σεαυτόν. 20 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ νεανίσκος, Πάντα ταῦτα"
thyself. “Says ‘°to®him ‘the *young *man, All these

εἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ νεότητός. μου"" τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; 21 &" Egy αὐτῷ
have I kept from myyouth, whatyet lackI? 7Said *to*him

«>? ~ > , , ida , , ‘
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Et θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου τὰ
1Jesus, If thou desirest perfect to be, go sell thy

ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δὸς ἢ πτωχοῖς, Kai ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν
property and give ἴο [86] poor, and thou shalt have treasure in

οὐρανῷ: καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. 22 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος

heaven; and come follow me. But*having*heard the young *man
kroy λόγον" |! ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν.γὰρ.ἔχων κτήματα
the word went away grieved, for he had *possessions
πολλά.
‘many.
23 Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω
And Jesus said to his disciples, Verily Isay

ὑμῖν, ὕτι δυσκόλως πλούσιος" εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασι-
to you, that withdifficulty arich man shallenter into the king-
λείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 24 πάλιν.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, " εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν
dom ofthe heavens. Andagain I say toyou, easier is it
κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος ῥαφίδος “οδιελθεῖν,! ἢ πλού-
acamel through [the] eye of a needle to pass, than arich
σιον P εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν “τοῦ θεοῦ! τεἰσελθεῖν." 25 ᾿Ακούσαντες
man into the kingdom of God ἴο enter. Having “heard
δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ."αὐτοῦ" ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα, λέγοντες,
‘and [this] his disciples were astonished exceedingly, saying,

Tic ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι; 26 Ἐμβλέψας. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς
Who then isable to be saved? But looking on [them] Jesus

εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, παρὰ. δὲ
said tothem, With men this impossible is, but with

θεῷ 'ἱπάντα δυνατά!" "ἐστιν."
God alithings possible are.

27 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμεῖς agn-
we left

Then Peter said tohim, Lo,
kapey πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν corr τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν;
allthings and followed thee; what then shall be to us?
28 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ
And Jesus said tothem, Verily Isay toyou, that ye who
> θη , ᾽ ~ Ww ar / ll a /
ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι; ἐν τῇ “παλιγγενεσίᾳ." ὅταν καθίσῃ
have followed me, in the regeneration, when shall sit down
« εκ ~ > ᾿ ? s , , ? ~ ,
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης. αὐτοῦ, καθίσεσθε

answering

the Son of man upon [the] throne of his glory, Sshall ‘sit
καὶ "ὑμεῖς" ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς
2also ye on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes
τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 29 καὶ πᾶς Υὸς" ἀφῆκεν *oikiac, ἢ! ἀδελφούς,
of Israel, And every one who hasleft houses, or brothers,
ἢ ἀδελφάς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, "ἢ γυναῖκα," ἢ τέκνα, ἢ
or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or

ἀγρούς, «ἕνεκεν! τοῦ. "ὀνόματός. μου," *éxarovramAaciova
nds, for the sake of my name, a hundredfold

© ἐφύλαξα LTTrA. f — ἐκ νεότητός μου LITA. Ε λέγει says L,

i οὐρανοῖς [the] heavens Tra. k — τὸν λόγον T. +. [rovrov}

™ πλούσιος ὀνσκόλως LTTrA. ἃ - OrethatT. © εἰσελθεῖν to enter

4 τῶν οὐρανῶν of the heavens Lrtra. τ --- εἰσελθεῖν

D ‘ δυνατὰ πάντα τ΄. Y — ἐστιν (read [are ])

χα αὐτοὶ yourselves Tir. Y ὅστις LITrAW. 1 — οἰκίας ἢ TTrA.

b + ἢ οἰκίας or houses rrra. © ἕνεκα T. da ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός τ.

ΜᾺ ΤΙ Γ:
90 πολλοὶ δὲ

XIX, XX.

? iT ‘ ‘ a7 r 7
λήψεται," καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει.

shall receive, and life eternal shall inherit ; but many
ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι; καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. 90 μοί 10
2shall *be first last, and last first. For “like

ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις
*ig ‘the *kingdom *of*the ®heavens toaman a master Οὗ 8 house, who
ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα mpwt μισθώσασθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα
went out with[the] morning to hire workmen for ?vineyard
αὐτοῦ. 2 συμφωνήσας.δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ Onvapiov τὴν
this, And having agreed with the workmen for adenarius the
ἡμέραν, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν. ἀμπελῶνα. αὐτοῦ. 3 Kai
day, he sent them into is vineyard. And
ἐξελθὼν περὶ fryv'" τρίτην ὥραν, εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας
having gone out about the third hour, hesaw others standing
ἐν ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς" 4 ἕκἀκείνοις" εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε καὶ
in the marketplace idle; andtothem he said, Go also
c ~ > A ? ~ Α mn ova ’ , c ~
ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ. ἐὰν δίκαιον δώσω ὑμῖν.

ye into the vineyard, and whatevermaybe just Iwillgive you.
5 οἱ. δὲ ἀπῆλθον. Πάλινῃ ἐξελθὼν περὶ ἕκτην καὶ
And they went. Again having gone out about [the] sixth and

1) , ἯἩ “" ? ΄ e , Ν \ ‘ « ,
ἐννάτην" ὥραν, ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως. 6 Περὶ.δὲ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην

ninth hour, he did likewise. And about the eleventh
κὥραν" ἐξελθὼν εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ἀργούς," καὶ λέγει
hour having ΡΌΩ6 out hefound others standing idle, and says

αὐτοῖς, Τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὕλην THY ἡμέραν ἀργοί; 7 λέγουσιν
tothem, Why here standye all the day idle? They say
? ~ ν ? ‘ « ~ ? , , > ~ tyr ,
αὐτῷ, “Oru οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο. λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε
tohim, Because no one "has “hired. He says to them, Go
© ant ~ > A ? ~ mo ‘ mo vA , [4
καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα," "καὶ ὃ. ἐὰν δίκαιον λή-
also ye into the vineyard, and whatever maybe just yeshall
ψεσθε." 8 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος
receive. Butevening beingcome ‘says ‘the “lord *of‘*the ‘vineyard
τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ.αὐτοῦ, Κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας, Kai ἀπόδος “αὐ-
to his steward, Call the workmen, and pay them
τοῖς" τὸν μισθόν, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν
(their) hire, beginning from the last unto the
’ 9 p \ ἐλθ ’ ll e ‘ \ « ὃ ,
πρώτων. καὶ éAUVOVTEC οι περι THY EVOEKATHV
first. And “haying *come ‘those [hired] “about *the °eleventh
ὥραν ἔλαβον ava δηνάριον. 10 “ἐλθόντες.δὲ" οἱ πρῶτοι
Shour they received each a denarius. And *having *come'the “first

ἐνόμισαν ὕτι Τπλείονα λήψονται" καὶ ἔλαβον "καὶ αὐτοὶ

they thought that more they wouldreceive, and they received also themselves

2 A , U , A 2 , Α “ὦ
ἀνὰ δηνάριον." 11 λαβόντες. δὲ ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ
each a denarius. And having received [it] they murmured against the

οἰκοδεσπότου, 12 λέγοντες, “Ὅτι! οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν

master of the house, saying, These last one
ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς" ἐποίησας, τοῖς

hour haveworked, and ‘equal ‘to7’us ‘them ‘thou *hast *made, who

B = , Ss , ~ « , ‘ 4 ᾿ Ww «

αστάσασιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα." 18 6.62
have borne the burden ofthe day and the heat. But he

ἀποκριθεὶς *elrev ἑνὶ αὐτῶν," Ἑταῖρε, οὐκ. ἀδικῶ ce’ οὐχὶ
answering said toone of them, Friend, I donot wrongthee. “Not

δὲ
inherit everlasting
life. 30 But many
that are first shall be
last ; and the last sha/i
be first. XX. For the
kingdom of heaven is
like unto a man thatis
an householder, which
went out early in the
morning to hire la-
bourers into his vine-
yard. 2 And when he
had agreed with the
labourers for a
a day, he sent them
into his vineyard
3 And he went out
about the third hour,
and saw others stand-
ing idle in the market-
place, 4 and said unto
them ; Go ye also into
the vineyard, and
whatsoever is right 1
will give you.
they went their way.
5 Again he went out
about the sixth and
ninth hour, and did
likewise. 6 And about
the eleventh hour he
went out, and found
others standing idle,
and saith unto them,
Why stand ye here
all the day idle? 7 They
say unto him, Because
no man hath hired us.
He saith unto them,
Go ye also into the
vineyard ; and what-
soever is right, that
shall ye receive. 8 So
when even was come,
the lord of the vine-
yard saith unto his
steward, Call the la-
bourers, and give them
their hire, beginning
from the last unto the
first. 9 And when
they came that were
hired about the e-
leventh hour, they re-
ceived every man a
penny. 10 But when
the first came, they
supposed that they
should have received
more; and they like-
wise received every
mana penny. 11 And
when they had receiv-
ed it, they murmured
against the goodman
of the house, 12 say-
ing, These last have
wrought but one hour,
and thou hast made
them equal unto us,
which have borne the
burden and heat of the
day. 13 But he an-
swered one of them,
and said, Friend, I do
thee no wrong: didst

£— τὴν (read [the]) GLTTrAW. 8 καὶ ἐκείνοις TA.
LTTrAW. Κ --ὥραν 1τττὰ. |!— ἀργούς GLTTrA.
ὃ ἐὰν ἡ δίκαιον λήψεσθε LTTrA. 9 --- αὐτοῖς T[TrA].
F πλεῖον λήμψονται LTrA; πλείονα λήμψονται T.

*— ὅτι 004]. "αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν LT. * ; (read hast thou made, ὅτ. ?) L.

P ἐλθόντες δὲ L.

h + δὲ and (again) TTra.
τὰ + [μου] my (vineyard) L.

i ἐνάτην
1 — Kat
9 καὶ ἐλθόντες TrA.

5 τὸ ([τὸ] A) ava δηνάριον καὶ αὐτοί TTrA.

X ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν T.

56

not thou agree with
me for a penny?
14 Take that thine is,
and go thy way: I will
give unto this last,
even as unto thee. 15 Is
it not lawful for me
to do what 1 will with
mine own? Is thine
eye evil, because I am
good? 16 So the last
shall be first, and the
first last: for many be
called, but few chosen.

17 And Jesus going
up to Jerusalem took
the twelve disciples
apart in the way, and
said unto them, 18 Be-
hold, we go up to Je-
rusalem ; and the Son
of man shall be be-
trayed unto the chief
priests and unto the
scribes, and they shall
condemn him to death,
19 and shall deliver
him to the Gentiles to
mock, and to scourge,
and to crucify him:
and the third day he
shall rise again.

20 Then came to him
the mother of Zebe-
dee’s children with her
sons, worshipping him,
and desiring a certain
thing of him. 21 And
he said unto her, What
wilt thou? She saith
unto him, Grant that
these my two sons may
sit, the one on thy
right hand, and the
other on the left, in
thy kingdom. 22 But
Jesus answered and
said, Ye know not
what ye ask. Are ye
able to drink of the
cup that I shall drink
of, and to be baptized
with the baptism that
Τ am baptized with?
They say unto him, We
are able. 23 And he
saith unto them, Ye
shall drink indeed of
my cup, and be bap-
tized with the baptism
that I am _ baptized
with: but to sit on
my right hand, and on

ΜΑΊΘΑΤΙΟΣ.

δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς οι;
7for °a *denarius ‘didst *thou *, apne ®with e?

XX.

14 ἄρον τὸ σὸν καὶ
Take thineown and

ὕπαγε. θέλω.) δὲ! τούτῳ τῷ ἐαχάγῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ σοί 1 τὴ!
50. But I will to this give as also tothee: or
οὐκ.ἔξεστίν μοι *woujoa ὃ OA! ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς; Pei!

isitnotlawfulforme todo what Iwill in that which [15] mine?

ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρός ἐστιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός Eas 16 οὕτως
hine =e *evil tis because igond am? Thus

ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι" “πολλοὶ γάρ

shall Ὀ6 the last first, andthe first last: for many
εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι.δὲ ἐκλεκτοί."
are called, but few chosen.
17 Kai ἀναβαίνων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς ‘Te ἐροσόλυμα παρ λα εεν
And “going *up 1 Jesus erusalem

τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς" Kar ἰδίαν τ Ty ὁδῷ, καὶ! dee αὐτοῖς,
the twelve disciples apart in the way, and said tothem,

18 ᾿Ιδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς ἹΙεροσόλυμα, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ avOpw-
Behold, we goup to Jerusalem, andthe Son of man

που παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ
will be delivered up tothe chief priests and scribes, and

κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν ᾿θανάτῳ," 19 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν
they willcondemn him to death, and they willdeliverup him

τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς TO ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι"
tothe Gentiles to mock and to scourge and tocrucify ;

καὶ TY τρίτ᾽ ἡμέρῳ ξἀναστήσεται."
and the thir he will rise geet.

20 Tore aes αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου μετὰ
Then came to him the mother ofthe sons of Zebedee with

τῶν υἱῶν. αὐτῆς, προσκυνοῦσα καὶ αἰτοῦσά τι Ἀπαρ᾽" αὐτοῦ.
her sons, doing, homage and asking something from him.

21 6.08 εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Ti θέλεις; λέγει αὐτῷ, Εἰπὲ ἵνα
Andhe said toher, What ἀοβὺ ὕποι desire? Shesaystohim, Say that

καθίσωσιν ἰοὗτοι! οἱ δύο υἱοί μου εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν. σου" καὶ εἷς

may °sit 1these Stwo *sons “my one on thyrighthand and one
ἐξ εὐωνύμων! ἐν τῇ. βασιλείᾳ. σου. 22 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ
on [thy] left in thy xingdon. But answering

δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ
Are ye able to drink the

? ~ > a”
Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐκιοἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε.
Jesus said, Ye know not what ye ask for.

ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν, "Kai τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐχώ
cup which I am about to drink, and *the Saran Twhich

βαπείξομαι βαπτισθῆναι ;" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Δυνά-
m ‘°baptized [*!with] ‘to *be “baptized [*with]? ney) ἜΝ

μεθα. 38 "Καὶ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου
able. And hesays tothem, “Indeed 3cup my ye shall drink,

οκαὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ eyes βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθήσεσθε""
and the baptism which am baptized [with] ye shall be baptized

τὸ.δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων.Ῥμου" οὐκ

πίεσθε,

my left, is not mine Cwith) ; but to sit on my right hand and on my left "not
to give, but ἐξ shall be τ ‘ , εις ~
given to themfor whom ἐστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ
it is prepared of my +is mine toOgive, but[tothose] forwhom it has been prepared by
y—éebutw. *— ἢ LTr[A]. 5 ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι LTTrA. Ὁ ἢ or EGLITrAW. “ — πολλοὶ ya,
εἰσιν κλητοί, pate δὲ ἐκλεκτοί T[TrA]. ἃ — μαθητὰς TTr. © καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LITrA. εἰς
θάνατον T. ἐγερθήσεται he shall be raised tira. ἢ ἀπ᾽τττα. ἐ[οῦτοι) 1. Κὶ -- σον

(read ({thy] right ae) LT.
ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι GLTTrA.
βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθήσεσθε QLITrA.

(is not mine) Ta.

14 σου thy (left) aLrrraw. m™— καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα,
2 — καὶ LTTrA. — και τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ
Ρ — μου (read [my] left) 1 LTTrA. 4 + τοῦτο this

tohim, Weare

XX, XXI. MATTHEW.

πατρός. μου. 24 "Καὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ δέκα ἠγανάκτησαν
my Father. And having heard [this] the ten were indignant

περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. 2 0.62’ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος

about the two _ brothers. But Jesus having called ?to [him]

αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύου-
*them said, Yeknowthatthe rulers ofthenations exercise lordship

ow αὐτῶν, Kai ot μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν. 26 οὐχ

over them, and the great ones exercise authority over them. Not
οὕτως "δὲ! ἱέσται' ἐν ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ὃς. “ξὰν! θέλῃ πἐν

thus however shallitbe among you; but whoever would among

ὑμῖν" μέγας γενέσθαι, “ἔστω! ὑμῶν διάκονος" 27 Kai ὃς. "ἐὰν"

you great become, let him be your servant ; and whoever
θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, *éorw' ὑμῶν δοῦλος" 28 ὥσπερ

wouldamong you-—ibe first, lethimbe your bondman; even as

ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ. ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆ-

the Son of man came not to be served, but to serve,
οἷ - A 4A ? ~~ [2 2 ‘ ~
σαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν.Ψψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν.
and to give his life a@ransom for many.

29 Kai ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ "Ἱεριχὼ" ἠκολούθησεν

And as*were*going*out ‘they from Jericho “followed
αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 30 Kai ἰδού, δύο TvprAoi καθήμενοι
5him ‘'a*crowd great. And behold, two blind [men] sitting

παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει ἔκραξαν,
beside the way, havingheard that Jesus is passing by cried out,
λέγοντες, ” Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" Δαβίδ." 31 Ὁ.δὲ ὄχλος
saying, Havepityon us, Lord, Son of David. But the crowd
ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς iva σιωπήσωσιν. οἱ. δὲ μεῖζον “ἔκρα-
rebuked them that theyshouldbesilent. But they the more cried
Zor," λέγοντες, PEXénooy ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" 4AaPid!. 32 Kai
out, saying, Have pity on us, Lord, Son of David. And
στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἶπεν, Ti θέλετε

having stopped, Jesus called them, and said, What doyedesire
Ββ ποιήσω ὑμῖν ; 88 Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κύριε, iva Ῥἀνοιχθῶσιν"
Ishould do toyou? They say tohim, Lord, that *may*be*opened

ἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί." 84 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ιησοῦς ἥψατο
‘our “eyes. And moved with compassion Jesus touched
τῶν ξὀφθαλμῶν! αὐτῶν. καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψαν αὐτῶν οἱ
their eyes ; and immediately *received “sight ‘their
ὀφθαλμοί," καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ.
eyes, and they followed him.
4A >
921 Kai ore ἤγγισαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Βηθ-
And when they drew near to erusalem and came to Beth-
φαγῆ ™apoc' τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε "ὁ" Τησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν
phage towards the mount of Olives, then Jesus sent
~ A , A
δύο μαθητάς, 2 λέγων αὐτοῖς, “ἸΠορεύθητεϊ! εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν
two disciples, saying tothem, Go into the village, that
~ LA
Parévayre' ὑμῶν, καὶ “εὐθέως" εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην, Kai
opposite . you, andimmediately ye will find anass tied, and
~ ~ , ,
πῶλον per αὐτῆς. λύσαντες "ayayeré! μοι. 3 Kai ἐάν
acolt with her; havingloosed[them] bring [them]tome. And if

57

Father, 24 And when
the ten heard it, they
were moved with in-
dignation against the
two brethren. 25 But
Jesus called them unto
him, andsaid, Ye know
that the princes of the
Gentiles exercise dc-
minion over them, and
they that are great ex-
ercise authority upon
them. 26 But it shall
not beso among you:
but whosoever will be
great among you, let
him be your minister ;
27 and whosoever will
be chief among you,
let him be your ser-
vant: 28 even as the
Son of man came not
to be ministered unto,
but to minister, and to
give his life a ransom
for many.

29 And as they de-
parted from Jericho, a
great multitude fol-
lowed him, 30 And,
behold, two blind men
sitting by the way
side, when they heard
that Jesus passed by,
cried out, saying,
Have mercy on us, O
Lord, thou son of Da-
vid. 31 And the mul-
titude rebuked them,
because they should
hold their peace: but
they greg the more,
saying, Have merc
on us, O Lord, thou aed
of David. 32 And Je-
sus stood still, and call-
ed them, and said
What will ye that t
shall do unto you?
33 They say unto him,
Lord, that our eyes
may be opened. 34 So
Jesus had compassion
on them, and touched
their eyes: and im-
mediately their eyes
received sight, and
they followed him.

XXI. And when they
drew nigh unto Jeru-
salem, and were come
to Bethphage, unto the
mount of Olives, then
sent Jesus two disci-
ples, 2 saying unto
them, Go into the vil-
lage over against you,
and straightway ye
shall find an ass tied,
and a colt with her:
loose them, and bring
them unto me, 3 And

t ἐστὶν is it Ltr. Y ἂν LTr.
z ἔσται he shall be {τττ.

8 — δὲ GLTTrA.

Υ ἂν LITrA.

ς νἱὲ LT.

& + [ἵνα] that La.
! — αὐτῶν ot ὀφθαλμοί LTTrA.

Ρ κατέναντι LTTr. 9 εὐθὺς τ.

τ ἀκούσαντες δὲ ΤΑ.
£ ἔσται he shall be ώΤΊτΑ.
ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTrA; — κύριε τ.
{Κύριε, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 ΤΊτΑ.

ἡ k ὀμμάτων LTTrA.

ἡμῶν LTTrA.
2— oT. © Πορεύεσθε LITra.

8 Ἱερειχὼ 1.
4d Δαυΐδ Gw; Δανείδ LTTrA.
1 ἀνοιγῶσιν LITrA.

π ὑμῶν of you A.
b Κύριε,
© ἔκραξαν LTTrA.

1 οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ

™ εἰς tO LTTrA

ra ἄγετέ LTrA.

58

if any man say ought
unto you, ye shall say,
The Lord hath need of
them; and straight-
way he willsend them.
4 All this was done,
that it might be ful-
filled which was spo-
ken by the prophet,
saying, 5 Tell ye the
daughter of Sion,
Behold, thy King com-
eth unto thee, meek,
and sitting upon an
ass, and a colt the foal
of an ass. 6 And the
disciples went, and did
as Jesus commanded
them, 7 and brought
the ass, and the colt,
and put on them their
clothes, and they set
him thereon. 8 Anda
very great multitude
spread their garments
in the way ; others cut
down branches from
the trees, and strawed
themin the way. 9 And
the multitudes that
went before, and that
followed, cried, say-
ing, Hosanna to the
son of David: Blessed
ts he that cometh in
the name of the Lord;
Hosanna in the high-
est. 10 And when he
was come into Jerusa-
lem, all the city was
moved, saying, Who is
this? 11 And the mul-
titude said, This is
Jesus the prophet of
Nazareth of Galilee.

12 And Jesus went
into the temple of God,
and cast out all them
that sold and bought
in the temple, and
overthrew the tables
of the money changers,
and the seats of them
that sold doves, 13 and
said unto them, It is
written, My house
shall be called the
house of prayer; but
ye have made it a den
of thieves. 14 And the
blind and the lame
came to him in the
temple; and he healed
them. 15 And when
the chief priests and
scribes saw the won-

MATOAIOZX. XX.

τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, Ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν
anyone toyou say anything, yeshallsay, The Lord “οὔ *them eed
ἔχει" "εὐθέως" δὲ ‘amooredei' αὐτούς. 4 Tovro.dé "ὅλον" γέ-
thas, Andimmediately he willsend them. But this all came
yovey iva πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου,
to pass that might be fulfilled thatwhich wasspoken by the prophet,
λέγοντος, 5 Εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ᾿Ιδού, ὁ.βασιλεύς σου
saying, Say tothe daughter of Sion, Behold, thy king
» , » v ΜΙ 2 ‘ 2 Δ᾽ ΟΝ apy ~
ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῦς ‘Kai! ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ * πῶλον
comes tothee, meek and mounted on anass and acolt [the}
or « , , A « ΄ ‘ ,
υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου. 6 Πορευθέντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ποιήσαν-
foal of a beast of burden. And “having *gone ‘the *disciples, and having
τες καθὼς "προσέταξεν" αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 7 ἤγαγον τὴν
done as 7ordered them 1Jesus, they brought the
ὄνον Kai τὸν πῶλον, Kai ἐπέθηκαν Yiravw' αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια
ass and the colt, and put upon them *carments
καὐτῶν;," καὶ ξἐπεκάθισεν" ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. 8 ὁ.δὲ πλεῖστος
their, and he sat on them. And the greater part [of the}
” ” £ ~ ac 7 ba “ ε ~ » cy Ἢ
ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοιιδεῥ. ἔκοπ-
crowd strewed their garments on the way, and others were cutting
τον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ Ῥέἐστρώννυον" ἐν
down branches ἔσο the trees and were strewing [them]on the
ὁδῷ. 9 οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες" Kai οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες
way. And the crowds those going before and those following
ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, ΩὩσαννὰ τῷ vig *AaBid-' εὐλογημένος
were crying out, saying, Hosanna tothe Son of David; blessed
ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου: ‘Qoavva éy τοὶς

[be]hewho comes ἴῃ [086] name of[the] Lord. Hosanna in the
ὑψίστοις. 10 Kai εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη
highest. And as he entered into Jerusalem ‘was ‘moved
πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, λέγουσα, Tic ἐστιν οὗτος; 11 Οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι

1411 2.860 “city, saying, Who is this ? Andthe crowds
ἔλεγον, Οὗτός ἐστιν “Ἰησοῦς ὁ προφήτης, Ἱ ὁ ἀπὸ ἵΝα-
sald, This is Jesus the prophet, hewho[is]from WNa-
Zapir" τῆς Γαλιλαίας.
zareth of Galilee.

12 Kai εἰσῆλθεν δὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν "τοῦ θεοῦ," Kai
And entered ‘Jesus into the temple of God, and

’ , ’ A ~ ‘ > , ~
ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας Kai ἀγοράζοντας ty τῷ
cast out all those selling and buying in the
ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν, Kai
temple, and the tables of the money changers heoverthrew, and
τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς. 13 Kai λέγει

the seats of those selling the doves. And he says
αὐτοῖς, Γέγραπται, ‘O.oixoc.uou οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθή-
tothem, It has been written, My house ahouse of prayer shall be

cera’ ὑμεῖς.δὲ αὐτὸν ἱἐποιήσατε' σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 14 Kai
called ; ut ye it have made a den of robbers, And

προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ Kai χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, Kai ἐθεράπευ-

*came Sto%him ‘blind ?and “lame in the temple, and e healed
σεν αὐτούς. 15 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς
them, But "seeing "the ?chief*priests ‘and *the ®scribes

® εὐθὺς TTr.
LTTrA.
they set [him] £.
LITrA.
θεοῦ LTr.

t ἀποστέλλει he sends a.
x συνέταξεν did direct LTra.

* ὁ προφήτης ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTra.
i ποιεῖτε Make LITraA.

"—OAov LTTrA. Y—xata. W - érion

» -“ > 4
Υ ἐπ᾽ LITrA. *—avr@y[L]rtraA. 5 ἐπεκάθισαν
Ὁ ἔστρωσαν Strewed T. ¢ + avrovhimuttra. 4 Δαυΐδ aw; Aaveid

f Ναζαρὲθ ELTTrAW. ξ — oO LTTrA. h — τοῦ

ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW.

τὰ θαυμάσια ἃ ἐποίησεν, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας Ἐκράζοντας ἐν τῷ
the wonders whichhe wrought, and the _ children crying in the
ἱερῷ. Kai λέγοντας, Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ 'AaBid," ἠγανάκτησαν,
temple,and saying, Hosanna tothe Son of David, they were indignant,
16 καὶ ™elzov' αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακσύεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν; Ὁ δὲ Iy-

and said to him, Hearest thou what these say? And Je-
σοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Nai’ οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, Ὅτι tk στόμα-
5113 says tothem, Yea; “never ‘did *ye read, Out of[the} mouth
τος νηπίων Kai θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω alvov; 17 Kai
of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected praise? And

‘ > " Iy~ » ~ , 2 ΄ Η
καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἰς Βηθανίαν, καὶ
having left them he went outof the city to Bethany, and
ηὐλίσθη ἐκεῖ.
passed the night there.
18 "Πρωΐας".δὲ οἐπανάγων" εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπείνασεν,
Now early inthe morning coming back into the city he hungered,
19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἦλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, Kai

and seeing *fig-tree ‘one by the way, hecame to it, and
7 OA τ ? > αὐ > κι ᾽, , \ , 3 τὰν
οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον" καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ,
nothing found on it except leaves only. And hesays to it,

Ῥ Μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εἰς rov.aidiva. Kai ἐξηράνθη
Nevermore of thee fruit let there be for ever. And ‘dried °up
~ « ~ ΠΥ « a2 ,
παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ. 20 Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθαύμασαν,

‘immediately *the*fig-tree. And seeing [it] the disciples wondered,

, ~ ~ ? , € ~ ? ‘
λέγοντες, Πῶς mepex pine ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ; 21 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς
saying, How immediately isdriedup the fig-tree! ? Answering
δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν,

‘and Jesus said tothem, Verily, Isay toyou, If yehave faith,
καὶ μὴ.διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε,
and donot doubt, not only the[miracleJofthe fig-tree shall ye do,

2 AY n ~ mn ’ » » \ U
ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ εἴπητε, Αρθητι καὶ βλήθητι
but even if to this τηουπΐβ ἢ γ8 should say, ΒΘ thou taken away and be thoucast
εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται" 22 καὶ πάντα ὕσα.“ἂν!
into the sea, it shall come to pass, And all things whatsoever
αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῷ, πιστεύοντες, τλήψεσθε."
ye may ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive.
23 Kai "ἐλθόντι.αὐτῷ! εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ
And onhiscoming intothe temple there cameup to him, [when]
διδάσκοντι οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ, λέγον-

teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people, Bay-
τες, Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν
ing, By what authority these things doest thou? and whotothee gave

ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην; 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.:δὲ" 6’Incove εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
this authority ? And answering Jesus said tothem,
᾿Ερωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι, κἀγὼ
7Will‘task ‘you ‘I?also 7thing ‘one, which if yetell me, ILalso
ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 25 τὸ βάπτισμα
to you willsay by what authority thesethings I do. The baptism
vy? ΄ , - > > ~ A ? ? 6 ’ 5
Ιωάννου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ;
of John, whence wasit? from heaven, or from men ?
Οἱ. δὲ διελογίζοντο ὕπαρ" ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, “Edy εἴπω-
And they reasoned with themselves, saying, If weshould
μεν, EE οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, “Διατί! οὖν οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε
say, From heaven, he will say to us, Why then did ye not believe
Κ + τοὺς (read who were) LTTrA. 1 Δαυΐδ Gw: Δανείδ LTTrA.

® Tpwt TIr. ° ἐπαναγαγὼν LTA. P + Ov tia]. 4 ἐὰν Tr.
βἀλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. ἢ -- δὲ Δα 1, ¥ + τὸ that LTTra.

W ἐν among LTr.

59

derful things that he
did, and the children
crying in the temple,
and saying, Hosanna
to the Son of David;
they were sore dis-
pleased, 16 and said
unto him, Hearest thou
what these say? And
Jesus saith unto them,
Yea; have ye never
read, Out of the mouth
of babes and suck-
lings thou hast per-
fected praise? 17 And
he left them, and went
out of the city into
Bethany ; and he lodg-
ed there.

18 Now in the morn-
ing as he returned into
the city, he hungered.
19 And when he saw a
fig tree in the way, he
came to it, and found
nothing thereon, but
leaves only, and said
unto it, Let no fruit
grow on thee hence-
forward for ever. And
presently the fig tree
withered away. 20 And
when the disciples saw
it, they marvelled, say-
ing, How soon is the
fig tree witheredaway!
21 Jesus answered and
said unto them, Verily
I say unto you, If ye
have faith, and doubt
not, ye shall not only
do this which is done
to the fig tree, but also
if ye shall say unto
this mountain, Bethou
removed, and be thon
cast into the sea; it
shall be done. 22 And
all things, whatsoever

e shall ask in prayer,
lieving, ye shall re-
ceive.

23 And when he was
come into the temple
the chief priests and
the elders of the peo-
ple came unto him as
he was teaching, and
said, By what autho-
rity doest thou these
things? and who gave
thee this authority?
24 And Jesus answered
and said unto them, [
also will ask you one
thing, which if ye tell
me, 1 in like wise will
tellyou by what autho-
rity I do these things.
25 The baptism of
Jobn, whence was it?
from heaven, or of
men? And they rea-
soned with themselves,
saying, If we shall
say, From heaven; he
will say unto us, Why
did ye not then be-

τὸ εἶπαν LTTrA.
τ λήμψεσθε LTTrA.
x διὰ τί LTTrA.

60

lieve him? 26 But if
we shall say, Of men;
we fear the people ; for
all hold John as a pro-
phet. 27 And they an-
swered Jesus, and said,
We cannot tell, And
he said unto them,
Neither tell I you by
what authority I do
these things. 28 But
what think ye? A cer-
tain man had two
sons; and he came to
the first, and said,
Son, go work to day in
my vineyard. 29 He
answered and said, I
will not: but after-
ward he repented, and
went, 30 And he came
to the second, and
said likewise. And he
answered and said, I
go, sir: and went not.
81 Whether of them
twain did the will of
his father? They say
unto him, The first,
Jesus saith unto them,
Verily I say unto you,
That the publicans
and the harlots go into
the kingdom of God
before you. 32 For
John came unto you
in the way of right-
eousness, and ye be-
lieved him not: but
the publicans and the
harlots believed him:
and ye, when ye had
seen it, repented not
afterward, that ye
might believe him,

33 Hear another pa-
rable: There was a
certain householder,
which planted a vine-
yard, and hedged it
round about, and dig-
ged a winepress in it,
and built a tower, and
let it out to husband-
men, and went into a
far country: 34 and
when the time of the
fruit drew near, he
sent his servants to
the husbandmen, that
they might receive the
fruits of it. 35 And
the husbandmen took
his servants, and beat
one, and killed an-
other, and stoned an-
other. 36 Again, he
sent other servants
more than the first:
and they did unto

MATOATOXS. ΧΧῚ
αὐτῷ; 26 ἐὰν.δὲ εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν

him? but if weshouldsay, From men, we fear the
ὄχλον πάντες. γὰρ "ἔχουσιν τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην we προφήτην."
multitude ; for all hold John as anophet
27 Kai ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ "εἶπον." Odx.oidapev. "Ἔφη
And answering Jesus they said, We know not. 3Said
αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτός, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ
*to®them “also ‘he, Neither tell you by what authority

ταῦτα ποιῶ. 28 Τί δὲ ὑμῖν. δοκεῖ; ἄνθρωπος" εἶχεν ὕτέκνα

these things I do. But what think ye ? aman had ?children
δύο," “καὶ! προσελθὼν τῷ πρώτῳ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, ὕπαγε
ame, and havingcome tothe first he said, Child, go

σήμερον ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ.ἀμπελῶνί μου." 29 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς
to-day work in my vineyard. Andhe answering

εἶπεν, Οὐ.θέλω" ὕστερον. “δὲ" μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν. 80 Καὶ
said, Iwillnot; butafterwards having nepented he went. And

προσελθὼν" τῷ βδευτέρῳ! εἶπεν ὡσαύτως. 0.0: ἀποκριθεὶς
having come tothe second hesaid likewise. Andhe answering

> ’ , ‘ >
εἶπεν, ye κύριε" Kai οὐκ. ἀπῆλθεν. 31 Tic ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίη-
said, [60], sir, and went not. Which of the two did

σεν τὸ θελήμα τοῦ πατρός; Λέγουσιν "αὐτῷ," *O πρῶτος."
the i ofthe father? They τοῦ to chiuy, The first.

Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ τελῶναι Kai
ἜΣΣΕ 510 *them wate Werily, I Bay to you, that the tax-gatherers and

ai πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
the harlots go before you into the kingdom of-God,

32 ἦλθεν. γὰρ "πρὸς ὑ ὑμᾶς Ἰωάννης" ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης,
Sto

For 7came *you 1John in [the] a of righteousness,

καὶ οὐκιἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, οἱ. δὲ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι
and γο did not believe him, but the tax-gatherers and the harlots

ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ" ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἰδόντες ἰού. “μετεμελήθητε t ὕστερον
i

believed him; but ye having seen dnotrepent afterwards
TOU πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ.
to believe him.
33 “A\Any παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. ᾿Ανθρωπ' moc ™rig!§ ἦν
Another merable hear. certain there was

οἰκοδεσπότης, ὕστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ
a master of ἃ house, who planted avineyard, and ‘a °fence sit

περιέθηκεν, καὶ ὥρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνόν, καὶ gKodd angey
cee “about, and dug in ὃ Winepress, and built

πύργον, καὶ "ἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν Ὑεωργοῖς; καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν.
Saver and let out it usbandmen, and left the οϑαηῖσσε

94 ὅτε.δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς
And when drew near the season οὗ the fruits, he sent

δούλους. αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἐξωργῦνο λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ.
his bondmen to the husbandmen to receive his fruits.

35 καὶ λαβόντες οἱ thse we τοὺς. δούλους αὐτοῦ, ὃν.μὲν
And *having *taken ‘the *husb his bondmen, one

ἔδειραν, ὃν.δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὃν.δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. 86 πάλιν
they Hit andanother they killed, and another they stoned. Again

ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας THY πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίη-
he sent other bondmen more thanthe first, and they

y ὡς προφήτην ἔ; ἔχουσιν τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην LTTrA.

vo τέκνα L.

προσελθὼν δὲ LTTrA.
afterwards [obeyed] LTr.
repent) Ltr; οὐ[δὲ] A.

telmavT. 5 -Ὁ τις (reada certain mal) L.

© — καὶ T. — pov (read the vineyard) TTrA. — δὲ but [x]r.
& ἑτέρῳ — GTAW. h — αὐτῷ LTTrA. i ὃ ὕστερος he who
"lwavens πρὸς ὑμᾶς LITrA. ' οὐδὲ (read did neither

τὰ — ig GI TTrAW. n ἐξέδετο TA.

MATTHEW.

37 ὕστερον.δὲ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς
And at last he sent to them

᾿Εντραπήσονται τὸνουϊόν.μου.
They will have respect for my son.

38 Οἱ. δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν εἶπον ἐν ἑαντοῖς, Οὗτός
But the husbandmen seeing the son said among themselves, This
ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος᾽ δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, Kai “κατά-
is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and gain pos-
σχωμεν! τὴν.κληρονομίαν.αὐτοῦ. 39 Kai λαβόντες αὐτὸν
session of his inheritance. And havingtaken him

ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. 40 ὅταν οὖν

they cast(him]outof the vineyard and killed {him}. Whentherefore
ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, TL ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς

shallcomethe lord ofthe vineyard, what will hedo Shusbandmen

ἐκείνοις ; 41 Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει
1to “those ? They say tohim, Evil (men)! miserably he will destroy

αὐτούς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα Péxddocerar' ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς,
them, and the vineyard he will let ont toother husbandmen,
οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς.καιροϊς. αὐτῶν.
who willrender tohim the fruits in their seasons,
42 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Οὐδέποτε.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς ypa-
7Says “to *them 1Jesus, Did ye never read in the = scrip-
paic, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος
tures, [The] stone which “rejected those “who Sbuild, this
ἐγενήθη sic κεφαλὴν γωνίας" παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη,
is become head of[the]corner: from [the] Lord was this,
καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν; 43 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω

XXI, XXII.

σαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως.

did tothem in like manner.

τὸν. υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ, λέγων,
his son, saying,

and itis wonderful in our eyes? Because of this Isay
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀρθήσεται ag’ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ
ἴο you, that *shall *be *taken ‘from ou the kingdom of God, and

δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. 44 “καὶ
it shall be given ἴο ἃ παύΐϊοῃ producing the fruits of it, And
ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν.λίθον.τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὃν.δ᾽ ἂν
he who falls on this stone shall be broken; butonwhomsoever
πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν." 45 τΚαὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ
it shall fall it will grind to powder him. And Thearing ‘the
ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι τὰς.παραβολὰς. αὐτοῦ ἔγνωσαν
*chief *priests *and *the ‘Pharisees his parables knew
ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. 46 Kai ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι,
that about them he speaks, And seeking him to lay hold of,
ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, "ἐπειδὴ" ‘we' προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον.
they feared the crowds, because as a prophet him they held.
22 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς πάλιν εἶπεν "αὐτοῖς ἐν παρα-
And answering Jesus again spoke tothem in para-
βολαῖς." λέγων, Ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν
bles, saying, ‘°Has “become *like'the *kingdom “of‘the ‘heavens
ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησεν γάμους TH-vig.aiTod
to a man a king, who made 8 wedding feast for his son:
3 kai ἀπέστειλεν rovcdovrAovc.avTrov καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλη-
and sent his bondmen to call those who had been
μένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελον ἐλθεῖν. 4 Πάλιν
invited to the wedding feast, and they wouldnot come. Again

ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους, λέγων, Εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλη-
he sent other bondmen, saying, Say to those who had been

ο σχῶμεν let us possess LTTrA. P ἐκδώσεται GLTTrAW.

Sev. 5 ἐπεὶ Tira. teisforLrrra. ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς LTTrA.

4 --- verse 44 [L]T.

δὶ

them likewise, 37 But
last of all he sent inte
them his son, saying,
They will reverence
myson, 28 But when
the husbandmen saw
the son, they said a-
mong themselves, This
is the heir ; come, let
us kill him, and let us
seize on his inherit-
ance. 39 And they
caught him, and cast
him out of the vine-
yard, and slew him.
40 When the lord
therefore of the vine-

ard cometh, what will

e do unto those hus-
bandmen? 41 They say
unto him, He will mi-
serably destroy those
Wicked men, and will
let out his vineyard
unto other husband-
men, which shall ren-
der him the fruits in
their seasons, 42 Jesus
saith unto them, Did
ye never read in the
scriptures, The stone
which the builders
rejected, the same is
become the head of
the corner : this is the
Lord’s doing, and it is
marvellous in our eyes?
43 Therefore say I unto
you, The kingdom of
God shall be taken
from you, and given
to a nation bringing
forth the fruits there-
of. 44 And whosoever
shall fail on this stone
shall be broken: but
on whomsoever it shall
fall, it will grind him
to powder. 45 And
when the chief priests
and Pharisees had
heard his parables,
they perceived that he
spake of them, 46 But
when they sought to
lay hands on him, they
feared the multitude,
because they took him
for a prophet.

XXII. And Jesus
answered and spake
unto them again by pa-
rables, and said, 2 The
kingdom of heaven is
like unto a certain
King, which made a
marriage for his son,
3 and sent forth his
servants to call them
that were bidden to
the wedding : ana they
would not come. 4 A-
gain, he sent forth
other servants, say-
ing, Tell them which
are bidden, Behold, I

τ ἀκούσαντες

62

have prepared my din-
ner: my oxen and my
fatlings are killed, and
all things are ready:
come unto the mar-
riage. 5 But they
made light of it, and
went their ways, one
to his farm, another
to his merchandise:
6 and the remnant
took his servants, and
entreated them spite-
fully, and slew t

7 But when the king
heard thereof, he was
wroth: and he sent
forth his armies, and
destroyed those mur-
derers, and burned up
their city. 8 Then saith
he to his servants, The
wedding is ready, but
they which were bid-
den were not worthy.
9 Go ye therefore into
the highways, and as
many as ye shall find,
bid to the marriage.
10 So those servants
went out into the
highways, and gather-
ed together all as many
as they found, both
bad and good: and the
wedding was furnish-
ed with guests, 11 And
when the king came in
to see the guests, he
saw there a man which
had not on a wedding
garment: 12 and he
saith unto him, Friend,
how camest thou in
hither not having
a wedding garment?
And he was speechless,
13 Then said the king
to the servants, Bind
him hand and foot, and
take him away, and
cast him into outer
darkness; there shall
be weeping and gnash-
ing of teeth. 14 For
many are called, but
few are chosen.

15 Then went the
Pharisees, and took
counsel how they
might entangle him in
his talk. 16 And they
sent out unto him their
disciples with the He-
rodians, saying, Mas-
ter, we know that thou
art true, and teachest
the way of God in
truth, neither carest

MATOAIOZ. XXII,

μένοις, ‘idov, τὸ ἀριστόν.μου "ἡτοίμασα," οἱ ταῦὔροί. μου καὶ

invited, Behold, my dinner I prepared, my oxen and
τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, Kai πάντα ἕτοιμα᾽ δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς
the fatted beasts are killed, and all things[are) ready ; come to the

’ « ὃ A 2 ON , > ~ xs Ι τ > 4
γάμους. 5 Orde ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, *o!_pwév εἰς τὸν
wedding feast. But they being negligent of [it] went away, one to
10 , ’ὔ yA" δὲ Z > il A ᾽ , > Lod € δὲ λ .
toLloVv αγρον, O. εἰς τὴν-ἐεμπορίιανο.αύυτου. θ οἱ. OLTTOL
hisown field, and another to his commerce. And the rest,
κρατήσαντες τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν Kai ἀπέκτειναν.
having laid hold of his bondmen, insulted and illed [them],
7 "᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς" ὠργίσθη. καὶ πέμψας τὰ
And having heard [it] the king was wroth, and having sent
στρατεὐματα.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς.φονεῖς.ἐκείνους, Kai τὴν
his forces he destroyed those murderers, and
πόλιν.αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν ὃ Tore λέγει τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ, Ὃ
their city he burnt. Then he says to his bondmen, The
ἐν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ. δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκιἦσαν
Ξ]ηἀθο ‘wedding “feast ®ready “15, but those who hadbeeninvited werenot
Ἂν > 4 4 , ~ « ~ ‘
ἄξιοι. 9 πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, Kai

worthy ; Go therefore into the thoroughfares of the highways, and
.« b La || [2 , > 4 , \
ὕσους "ἂν" εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. 10 Kai
asManyas_ ye Shall find, invite to the wedding feast. And

ἐξελθόντες oidovAoL.éxésivoreic τὰς ὁδοὺς συνήγαγον πάντας
%having*gone "οτιῦ ‘those *bondmen into ὕπο highways broughttogether all

ὅσους εὗρον, πονηρούς TE Kai ἀγαθούς" Kai ἐπλήσθη ὁ
asmanyastheyfound, evil *both and good; and “became *full 'the
γάμος" ἀνακειμένων. 11 εἰσελθὼν. δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς θεάσα-

“wedding “feast of guests. And*coming‘*in‘the king to see

σθαι τοὺς ἀνακειμένους εἶδεν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον

the guests beheld there aman not clothed
» , \ , > οῖ ἢ - ~
ἔνδυμα ἀἁμου" 12 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Βταῖρε, πῶς
with a garment of [the] wedding feast ; and hesays tohim, Friend, how
> ~ ἣν sy 4. ΄ « }
εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων & ‘ua άμου; Ο.δὲ

didst thouenter here not having ἃ κε... ὐσπῦ of [the] wedding feast? But he
ἐφιμώθη. 18 τότε δεῖπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς! τοῖς διακόνοις, Δήσαν-
was speechless. Then said the king tothe servants, Having
τες αὐτοῦ πόδας Kai χεῖρας “ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκβάλετε f
bound his feet and hands takeaway him and _ castout [him]
εἰς TO σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ
into the darkness the outer : there shallbe the weeping and the
βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 14 πολλοὶ.γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι. δὲ
gnashing of the teeth. For many are called, but few
ἐκλεκτοί.
chosen.
15 Τότε πορευθέντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ὅπως
Then having gone the Pharisees “counsel ‘took how
> ‘ ΄ ᾽ , ‘ ? ‘ ᾽ ~
αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. 16 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ
him they mightensnare in discourse, And they send to him
τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτῶν μετὰ TOY ἸΗΒΟ δχμαιν, ἐλέγοντες,"! Διδά-
their disciples with the erodians, saying, Teacher,
σκαλε, οἴδαμεν OTL ἀληθὴς εἶ, Kai τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ
we know that true thouart,and the way of Godin truth

* ἡτοίμακα I have prepared LTTra.
* ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας L; ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς TTrA; καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Bac. W.
© νυμφὼν bridechamber T.
' + αὐτὸν bim LTTra.

® ἐπὶ LITrA,
Ὁ ἐὰν LTTrAW.
© — ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ LTTrA.

χα ὃς LTTrA. Υ ὃς LTTrA.

4 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν LTTrA.
& λέγοντας LTTr.

XXII.
διδάσκεις, Kai οὐ μέλει
teachest, for *not ‘thou “lookest

εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων" 17 *eiré! οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι
on [the] appearance of men ; tell therefore us, what “thou

δοκεῖ; ἔξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι ἢ οὔ ; 18 Γνοὺς.δὲ
‘thinkest? 15 1Ὁ lawful togive tribute toCzsar ornot? But ne

ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν-.πονηρίαν.αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Τί pe πειράζετε, ὑπο-

ΜΑΤΤΗΒΥ͂.

σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ.γὰρ

βλέπεις
and there 15 caretothee about noone,

Jesus their wickedness said, Whyme doyetempt, hypo-
κριταί; 19 ἐπιδείξατέ μοι τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου. Οἱ δὲ
crites? Shew me the coin of the tribute. And they

προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον. 20 καὶ λέγει adroic', Τίνος

presented tohim 8. denarius, And hesays tothem, Whose [is]
ἡ-εἰκὼν. αὕτη Kai ἡ ἐπιγραφή: 21 Λέγουσιν kair@,' Καίσαρος.
this image and the inscription? They say to him, Ceesar’s.

Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Απόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι,

Then he says ἴο them, Render thenthethings of Cxsar to Cxsar,

καὶ τὰ Tov OEov τῷ θεῷ. 22 Kai ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν"
and the things of God to God. And having heard they wondered;

καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον."
and leaving him went away.

23 Ἔν ἐκεί ἢ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι, ™oi
tha

On came to him Sadducees, who

λέγοντες μὴ. ΡΟΣ ie καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 24 λέ-
say here is not a resurrection, and they questioned him, say-

yovrec, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, Ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ
ing, Teacher, Moses said, 1 Buy one shoulddie not

ἔχων τέκνα, 5 ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ. αὐελί δε, αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα
having children, 3shall CmaEEY, brother *wife

αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ. ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 35 Ἥσαν δὲ
®his, and shallraiseup seed to his brother. Now there were

παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί, Kai ὁ πρῶτος Ῥγαμήσας" ἐτελεύτη-

with us seven brothers; andthe first having married died,
σεν, Kai μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ΠΡ ΠΕΣ τὴν.γυναϊκα. αὐτοῦ τῷ
and not having seed left his wife

ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ. 26 ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ δεύτερος, Kai ὁ τρίτος;

to his brother. In like manner also the second, and the third,
ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. 27 ὕστερον.δὲ πάντων ἀπέθανεν “καὶ! ἡ γυνή.
unto the seven, And last of all died also the woman.
28 ἐν τῇ τοὖν ἀναστάσει! τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή;

3In *the ‘therefore resurrection of which of the seven shallshe be wife?

πάντες.γὰρ ἔσχον αὐτήν. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν
for all had her. And answering Jesus said
> ~ ~ ΟἿ > , 4 ,
αὐτοῖς. ΠΠλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφάς, μηδὲ THY δύναμιν
to them, Ye err, not uo the scriptures, nor the power

τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 ἐν.γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε
of God. Forin the _ resurrection neither do they Tate nor

“exyapiZovrat,| ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄγγελοι ‘rou *Oeoull ἐν * οὐρανῷ
are eigen in marriage, but as angels of God in heaven

εἰσιν. 31 περὶ. δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως THY νεκρῶν, οὐκ-ἀνέγνωτε

they are, But concerning the resurrection ofthe dead, have ye not read
x x = ~ , > ’ ?

TO ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγοντος, 32 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι

that which wasspokentoyou by God, saying, 1 am

63

thou for any man: for
thou regardest not the
person of men, 17 Tell
us therefore, What
thinkest thou? Is it
lawful to give tribute
unto Cesar, or not?
18 But Jesus perceived
their wickedness, and
said, Why tempt ye
me, ye hypocrites?
19 Shew me the tribute
money. And _ they
brought unto him a
penny. 20 And he
saith untothem, Whose
is this image and su-
perscription? 21 They
say unto him, Cesar’s.
Then saith he unto
them, Render therefore
unto Cesar the things
which are Czssar’s;
and unto God the
things that are God’s.
22 When_ they had
heard these words,
they marvelled, and
left him, and went
their way.

23 The same day
came to him the Sad-
ducees, which say that
there is no resurrec-
tion, and asked him,
24 saying, Master, Mo-
ses said, If a man die,
having no children,
his brother shal] marry
his wife, and raise up
seed unto his brother.
25 Now there were with
us seven brethren: and
the first, when he had
married a wife, de-
ceased, and, having no
issue, left his wife unto
his brother: 26 like-
wise the second also,
and the third, unto the
seventh. 27 And last
of all the woman died
also. 28 Therefore in
the resurrection whose
wife shall she be of the
seven? for they all
had her. 29 Jesus an-
swered and said unto
them, Ye do err, not
knowing the scrip-
tures, nor the power of
God. 30 For in the
resurrection they nei-
ther marry, nor are
given in marriage, but
are as the angels of
God in heaven. 31 But
as touching the resur-
rection of the dead,
have ye not read that
which wasspoken unto
you by God, saying,
321 am the God of

Ἀ εἰπὸν 1. i + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (says) LT.
m — oi (read saying) LITrA. n Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW.
4 — καὶ T[Tr]a. r ἀναστάσει οὖν LTTrA.
7 — θεοῦ LTr[ A]. * + 7o@ the LITra.

k— αὐτῷ D T[A].

5 γαμίζονται LTTrA.

ο + ἵνα tnat L.

| ἀπῆλθαν LITA.
Ὁ γήμας LTTra.
— Tov LTTra

64

Abraham, and the God
of Isaac, and the God
of Jacob? God is not
the God of the dead,
but of the living.
33 And when the mul-
titude heard this, they
were astonished at his
doctrine.

34 But when the
Pharisees had heard
that he had put the
Sadducees to silence
they were gathered
together. 35 Then one
of them, which was a
lawyer, asked him a
question, tempting
him, and_ saying,
36 Master, which 1%
the great command-
ment in the law?
37 Jesus said unto him,
Thou shalt love the
Lord thy God with all
thy heart, and with all
thy soul, and with all
thy mind. 38 This is
the first and great com-
mandment. 39 And the
second is like unto it,
Thou shalt love thy
neighbour as thyself.
40 On these two com-
mandments hang all
the law and the pro-
phets.

41 While the Pha-
risees were gathered
together, Jesus asked
them, 42 saying, What
think ye of Christ?
whose son is he? They
say unto him, Zhe Son
of David. 43 Hesaith
unto them, How then
doth David in spirit
call him Lord, saying,
44 The LORD said unto
my Lord, Sit thou on
my right hand, till I
make thine enemies
thy footstool? 45 If
David then call him
Lord, how is he his
son? 46 And no man
was able to answer
him a word, neither
durst any man from
that day forth ask
him any more ques-
tions.

XXIII. Thenspake
Jesus tothe multitude,
and to his disciples,
2saying, The scribes
and the Pharisees sit
in Moses’ seat: 3 all
therefore whatsoever
they bid you observe,

x — ὁ θεὸς (read he is not) T.
ἔφη αὐτῷ G; ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτῷ LTTrA; ἔφη αὐτῷ ᾿Ιησοῦς W.
4 — δὲ and T.
ΒΕ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον LTrA ; καλεῖ κύριον αὐτὸν T.
i $roxdtw under (thy feet) LrTra. Κ ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ LTTrA.

πρώτη LTTrAW.
LTTrA.

MATOAIOS XXII, XXII
ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; οὐκ

the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God of Jacob? *Not
ἔστιν τὸ θεὸς" YOedc" νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. 33 Kai ἀκού-
318 1God God of[the]dead, but of [the] living. And having

σαντες ot ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ.
heard, the crowds were astonished at his teaching.

94 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἐφίμωσεν τοὺς Σαὸ-
But the Pharisees, having heard that he had silenced the Sad-
δουκαίους, συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ. τὸ. αὐτό, 35 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν
ducees, were gathered together, and °questioned [?°him]
εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν γνομικός, πειράζων αὐτόν, τκαὶ λέγων,"
tone*of “them “4 Sdoctor Sof 7the Slaw, tempting him, and saying,
36 Διδάσκαλε, ποία ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ HaLD:
Teacher, which ‘commandment [15 *the] *great in the Ww?
37 “0.02 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," ᾿Αγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν
And Jesus said tohim, Thou shalt love[the] Lord ®*God
? ὅλ b “Ἱ} δί ΑΓ - - ~ ἣν 1.
σου ἐν ὕλῃ ὑτῇ" καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῷς.Ψυχῇ.σου, καὶ ἐν
‘thy with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with
ὕλῃ TH-dvavoig.cov. 88 αὕτη ἐστν “πρώτη Kai μεγάλη"
all thy mind. This is [the] first and great
ἐντολῆ. 39 devrépa-*dé! ὁμοία αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν
commandment. And [the] second [158] like it, Thou shalt love
πλησίον.σου we σεαυτόν. 40 ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς
thy neighbour as_ thyself. On _ these two commandments
ὅλος ὁ νόμος “καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται."
all the law and the prophets hang.
41 Συνηγμένων δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἐπηρώτησεν
But *having *been “assembled *together ‘the Pharisees *questioned
αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 42 λέγων, Ti ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ;
®them 7Jesus, saying, What “ye ‘thinkconcerning the Christ?
τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Τοῦ. Δαβίδ." 43 Λέγει

of whom ’son ‘is *he? They say tohim, Of David. He says
-? ~ ~ ἦ f ἰδ! ? , [1 , Bi a® ~ hh
avroic, Πῶς οὖν ἰΔαβὶδ' ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ:

tothem, How then 7David “ἴῃ “spirit 7Lord Shim ‘does Scall?

λέγων, 44 Εἶπεν "δ" κύριος τ ευρίρ μοῦ: Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου
saying, 3Said ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit on my right hand
ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς. ἐχθρούς σου ἵὑποπόδιον' rév-rodwy.cov.

until I placa thine enemies [845] a footstool for thy feet.
45 Ei οὖν [᾿Δαβὶδ'᾽ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ
If therefore David calls him Lord, how his son

ἐστιν; 46 Kai οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο Ἑαὐτῷ ἀποκριθῆναι! λόγον,

is he? And noone wasable him to answer a word,
οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησεν τις ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν

ΠΟΥ͂ dared anyone from that day to question him
οὐκέτι.

any more (lit, no more).
23 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν τοῖς ὄχλοις Kai τοῖς. μαθηταῖς
Then Jesus spoke tothe crowds and to *disciples
αὐτοῦ, 2 λέγων, "Ei τῆς Μωσέως" καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν ot
this, saying, On the of *Moses ‘seat have sat down the
γραμματεῖς καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι: 8 πάντα οὖν 00a." ay" εἴπω-
scribes and the Pharisees ; allthings therefore whatever they may

ao δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς
cH μεγάλη καὶ

f Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ
h — ὁ (read [the]) Lrtra.

| Μωῦσέως LTTTAW. ™ ἐὰν TW.

Υ — θεὸς LTr[A]. 2 — Kal λέγων LTTr.
SU Se ee
© κρέμαται καὶ οἱ mpopyTar LTTrAW.

XXIII. MATTHEW.
σιν ὑμῖν "τηρεῖν," στηρειτε καὶ ποιεῖτε" " κατὰ.δὲ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν
tell you tokeep, keep and do. But after their works

μὴ-ποιεῖτε" λέγουσιν.γὰρ Kai οὐ.ποιοῦσιν. 4 δεσμεύουσιν Ῥγὰρ"
do not ; for they say and do not. ?They *bind ‘for
φορτία βαρέα “καὶ δυσβάστακτα," Kai ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς
burdens heavy and hard to bear, and lay [them] on the
»Ὦἦ ~~ > ’ a Τ ~ ‘ DN e eit ᾽ ,
wpovg τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ττῷ δὲ δακτύλῳ.αὑτῶν" οὐ.θέλουσιν
shoulders of men, but with their own finger they will not
κινῆσαι αὐτά. 5 πάντα.δὲ τὰ. ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ
move them. And all their works they do to
θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. πλατύνουσιν “δὲ; τὰ φυλακτήρια
be seen by men, 2They*make*broad ‘and *phylacterice
αὐτῶν, καὶ μεγαλύνουσιν τὰ κράσπεδα τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν"
Stheir, and enlarge the borders of their garments,
6 φιλοῦσίν ‘re! τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις, Kai τὰς
love tand the first place in the suppers, and the
πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, 7 Kai τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν
first seats in the synagogues, and the salutations in
ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, καὶ καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων “ῥαββί, paBBi"'
themarket-places,and to be called by men Rabbi, Rabbi.
8 ὑμεῖς. δὲ μὴ.κληθηῆτε ῥαββί"" εἴς.γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ TKaOnynTNE, |

But ες ‘be’notcalled Rabbi; for one is your leader,
τὸ χριστός"" πάντες.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε. 9 Kai πατέρα μὴ

the Christ, and all ye brethren are. And ‘father *not

καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς᾽ εἷς.γάρ ἐστιν δὺ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν,"
‘call ‘your[*any‘onejon the earth; forone is your father,

b t

ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς." 10 μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί" “εἷς. γὰρ

who [is] in the heavens. Neither be called leaders ; for one
ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὁ καθηγητής," ὁ χριστός. 11 ὁ. δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν
“your tis leader, the Christ. But the greater of you

ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος. 12 ὕστις.δὲ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθή -
shallbe your servant, And whosoever willexalt himself shall be

σεται Kai ὕστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται.
humbied; and whosoever willhumble himseif shall be exalted.

13 a4) “Οὐαὶ.“δὲ! ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί,

But woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites,
OTL κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ
for yedeyour the houses of widows, and as a pretext αὖ *great *length

προσευχόμενοι" διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα."
‘praying. Becauseof this yeshall receive more abundant judgment.
14 a3) Ovaif ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, Ore
Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for
κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων"
yeshutup the kingdom ofthe heavens before men ;
ὑμεῖς. γὰρ οὐκ.εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε
for ye do not enter, noreyenthosewho areentering doyesuffer
εἰσελθεῖν. 15 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί,
to enter. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites,
ὅτι περιάγετε THY θάλασσαν Kai τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα
for yegoabout the sea and the ry [land] tomake one

65

that observe and do;
but do not ye after
their works : for they
say, and do not. + For
they bind heavy bur-
dens and grievous to
be borne, and lay them
on men’s shoulders;
but they themselves
will not move them
with one of their fin-
gers. 5 But all their
works they do for to
be seen of men: they
make broad their phy-
lacteries, and enlarge
the borders of their
garments, 6 and love
the uppermost rooms
at feasts, and the chief
seats in the syna-
gogues, 7 and greet-
ings in the markets,
and to be called of
men, Rabbi, Rabbi.
8 But be not ye called
Rabbi: for one is your
Master, even Christ ;
and all ye are breth-
ren. 9 And call no
man your father upon
the earth: for one is
your Father, which is
in heaven. 10 Neither
be ye called masters:
for one is your Master,
even Christ. 11 But he
that is greatest among
you shall be your ser-
vant. 12 And whoso-
ever shall exalt him-
self shall be abased ;
and hethatshall hum-
ble himself shall be
exalted.

13 But woe untoyou,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for yeshut
up the kingdom of
heaven against men:
for ye neither go in
yourselves, neither suf-
fer ye them that are
entering to go in.
14 Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for ye de-
your widows’ houses,
and for a pretence
make long prayer:
therefore ye shall re-
ceive the greater dam-
nation. 15 Woe unto
you, scribes and Pha-
risees, hypocrites! for
ye compass sea and
land to make one pros-

0 — τηρεῖν LTTrA. Ρ δὲ but Lrtra.
τακτα 1 Tra.
8 yap for LTTrA. τ — τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν LTTrA. Υ δὲ Lttra.
ῥαββὶ [paBBi] a. * ῥαββεί τ. Υ διδάσκαλος teacher LTTraW.
ὑμῶν ὁ πατὴρ LTTr. ὃ ὁ οὐράνιος the heavenly ΙΤΊΤΑ.
4 Verse13 placed aster 14 Ἑ; — verse 13 LTTra.

ο ποιήσατε Kal τηρεῖτε LTTrA.

e — δὲ but £.

4ᾳ — καὶ δυσβάσ-

τ αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν but they themselves with their finger Litra.
ὗ ν paBBi LTr; ῥαββείτ;
:-- ὁ χριστός ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ.-
© ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστὶν εἷς LTTA.
f+ δὲ but (woe) ELTTrA.

F

66

elyte, and when he is
made, ye make him
twofold more the child
of hell than your-
selves. 16 Woe unto
you, ye blind guides,
which say, Whosoever
shall swear by the tem-
ple, it is nothing ; but
whosoever shall swear
by the gold of the tem-
ple, he is a debtor!
17 Ye fools and blind:
for whether is greater,
the gold, or the temple
that sanctifieth the
gold? 18 And, Who-
soever shall swear by
the altar, it is nothing;
but whosoever swear-
eth by the gift that is
upon it, he is galley:
19 Ye fools and blind:
for whether is greater,
the gift, or the altar
that sanctifieth the
gift? 20 Whoso there-
fore shall swear by the
altar, sweareth by it,
and by all things there-
on. 21 And whoso shall
swear by the temple,
sweareth by it, and
by him that dwelleth
therein. 22 And he that
shall swear by heaven,
aweareth by the throne
of God, and by him
that sitteth thereon.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for ye pay
tithe of mint and anise
and cummin, and have
omitted the weightier
matters of the law,
judgment, mercy, and
faith: these ought ye
to have done, and not
to leave the other un-
done. 24 Ye blind
guides, which strain at
a goat, and swallow a
camel, 25 Woe unto
you, scribes and Pha-
risees, hypocrites! for
ye make clean the out-
side of the cup and of
the platter, but within
they are full of ex-
tortion and _ excess,
26 Thou blind Pha-
risee, cleanse first that
which is within the cup
and platter, that the
outside of them may
be clean also. 27 Woe
unto you, scribes and
Pharisees, hypocrites!
for ye are like unto
whited sepulchres,
which indeed appear
beautifuloutward, but
are within full of dead
men’s bones, and of all

δ᾽ τί L.

" ὁμοιάζετε LTr.

h μεῖζον L.
τι κατοικήσαντι dwelt in GTraw.
to leave aside LrTra.
* ἀδικίας unrighteousness ow.

MATOALOS. XXIII.
προσήλυτον, Kai ὕταν ἕνηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γε-
proselyte, and when he has become [50], yemake him asonofGe-

ἐννης διπλότερον
henna twofold more than yourselves. Woe toyou, “guides ‘blind, who
λέγοντες, “Oc.dv ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν' ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν
Bay, Whoever shall swear by the temple,nothing itis; but whoever
ὀμόσῃ ἐν TP χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὀφείλει. 17 μωροὶ καὶ Cees
shallswear by the gold of the temple, is a debtor. Fools and blind,

Bric'-yap Ὀμείζων" ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσός, ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάζων!"

for which greater lis, the gold, or the temple which sanctifies

‘ ’ é 18 , Ὃ k2 cy Ι ? , ? ~ ,
τὸν χρυσον; και, Ος-“εαν' ὁμοσῃ ἕν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ,
the gold? And, Whoever shallswear by the altar,

οὐδέν tori" ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ
nothing itis; butwhoevershallswearby the gift
ὀφείλει. 19 ἱμωροὶ καὶ! τυφλοί, τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον,
is a debtor. Fools and blind, for which [18] greater, the gift,

n A , A «ε , ‘ ~ « ᾽ ’

ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον ; 206 οὖν ὀμόσας

ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ,
that [is] upon it,

or the altar which sanctifies the gift? He*that'therefore swears
ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπάνω
by the altar swears by it and by allthingsthat[are] upon

αὐτοῦ" 21 Kai ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν
it. Andhethat swears by the temple swears by it and by
τῷ "κατοικοῦντι! αὐτόν" 22 Kai ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ
himwho dwellsin it. And hethat swears by the heaven
ὀμνύει ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω
swears by the throne of God and by him who sits upon
αὐτοῦ. 23 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς Kai Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, Ort
it. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for

ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον Kai TO ἄνηθον Kai τὸ κύμινον, Kai
yepay tithesof the min and the anise and the cummin, and

ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ "τὸν
ye have left aside the weightier [matters] of the law, judgment, and
ἔλεον" καὶ τὴν πίστιν' ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ
merey and faith: these itbehoved{you] todo, andthose not
Ράἀφιέναι."" 24 ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, “οἱ! διυλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα,
tobe leaving aside. Guides ‘blind, who filter out the gnat,
τὴν.δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. 25 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς Kai
but the camel swallow. Woe toyou, scribes and

~ « / « , δον ~ ,
Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου

Pharisees, hypocrites, for yecleanse the outside of the cup
καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν. δὲ γέμουσιν "ἐξ! ἁρπαγῆς καὶ
and of the dish, but within they arefull of plunder and

βἀκρασίας." 26 Φ i λέ θά ῷ ὁ ἐντὸ

ρασίας. αρισαῖε τυφλε, καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς
incontinence. *Pharisee ‘blind, cleanse first the inside
τοῦ ποτηρίου ‘kai τῆς παροψίδος," ἵνα γένηται Kai τὸ ἐκτὸς
ofthe cup and of the dish, that “may 7become *also *the *outside
Wig. ell , ? V OAS Se ~ \ ~

αὐτῶν" καθαρόν. 27 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι,
*of “them clean. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees,

ὑποκριταί, ὅτι “παρομοιάζετε! rapoig κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες
hypocrites, for ye are like 4sepulchres ‘whited, which
ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων
outwardly indeed appear beautiful, but within are full of bones

‘ayidoas sanctified nrtra, ‘Gyurrra. | — μωροὶ καὶ [L]rtra.
Ὁ 70 ἔλεος LTTrA- o + δὲ but GLTraw. Ρ ἀφεῖναι

«- . . »
4 — ot (read filtering οαῦ.. .. swallowing) τὰ. r—ef u[trh

t — καὶ τῆς παροψίδος TA. Υ αὐτοῦ of it LrTra.

᾿
᾿

ὑμῶν. 16 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, ot

|

|

|
|
|
|
|

XXIII. MATTHEW.

γεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. 28 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ἔξωθεν
of [the] dead and ofall uncleanness. Thus also ye outwardly
μὲν φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι, ἔσωθεν. δὲ “μεστοί ἐστε"
indeed appear to men righteous, but within full are
ὑποκρίσεως Kai ἀνομίας. 29 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φα-
of hypocrisy and lawlessness. Woe toyou, scribes and Pha-
ρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν,

risees, hypocrites, for ye build the sepulchres ofthe prophets,
καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων, 30 καὶ λέγετε, Et γἦῆμεν"
and adorn the tombs ofthe righteous, and yesay, If wehadbeen
ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν, οὐκ.ἂν. ἦμεν" *Kowwwvoi
in the days of our fathers we would not havebeen partakers

αὐτῶν" ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. 31 ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε
with them in the blood ofthe prophets. So that ye bear witness

ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας"
to yourselves, that sons yeare of those who murdered the prophets ;
32 καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν.πατέρων ὑμῶν. 33 ὄφεις,

and ye, fillyeup the measure of your fathers, Serpents,
γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γε-
offspring of vipers, how shall ye escape from the judgment of Ge-

évync; 34 Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προ-
henna?

Because of this, behold, I send to you pro-
φήτας Kai σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς" "καὶ" ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπο-
phets and wise [men] and scribes ; and [some] of them ye will

KTEVEITE καὶ σταυρώσετε. καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μαστιγώσετε ἐν ταῖς

kill and crucify, and(somejof them yewillscourge in
συναγωγαῖς. ὑμῶν, καὶ διώξετε ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν᾽"
your synagogues, and will persecute from city to city 3

35 ὅπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον éxyvvdpevor"
so that shouldcome upon you 481] [the] *blood ‘righteous poured out
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ “τοῦ! αἵματος “ABEX τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ
upon the earth from the blood of Abel the righteous, to the
αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ

blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye murdered between the
ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. 36 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ ἥξει
temple and the altar. Verily Isay to you, *shall come
ταῦτα πάντα! ἐπὶ τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην. 37 Ἱερουσαλήμ,
*these*things ‘tall upon this generation. Jerusalem,
Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας Kai λιθοβολοῦσα
Jerusalem, who killest the prophets and stonest
τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυν-
thosewho have been sent to her, how often wouldI have gath-
ἀγαγεῖν Td.Tékva.cov, ὃν.τρόπον [ἐπισυνάγει ὄρνις" τὰ
eredtogether thy children, inthe way “*gathers*together ‘a *hen
νοσσία δἑαυτῆς" ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας", καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε;
her brood under [her] wings, and ye would not !
38 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ. οἶκος. ὑμῶν ἱἔρημος." 39 λέγω.γὰρ
Behold, isleft toyou your house desolate ; for I say
Ce ὦ ? , » 2 > ἊΝ « n » >
ὑμῖν, Ov.pn pe ἴδητε ἀπ’ ἄρτι Ewe.dy εἴπητε, Evdoyn-
to you, Inno wise me shallyesee henceforth until ye say, Bless-
EVOC ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου.
ed [is] he who comes in[the] name of [the] Lord.

67

uncleanness, 28 Even
so ye also outwardly
appear righteous unto
men, but within yeare
full of hypocrisy and
iniquity. 29 Woe unto
you, scribes and Pha-
risees, hypocrites! be-
cause ye build the
tombs of the prophets,
and garnish the sepul-
chres of the righteous,
30 and say, If we had
been in the days of our
fathers, we would not
have been partakers
with them in the
blood of the prophets.
31 Wherefore ye be
witnesses unto your-
selves, that ye are the
children of them which
killed the prophets.
32 Fill ye up then the
measure of your fa-
thers. 33 Ye serpents,
ye generation of vi-
pers, how can ye escape
the damnation of hell ?
34 Wherefore, behold,
I send unto you pro-
phets, and wise men,
and scribes: and some
of them ye shall kill
and crucify ; and some
of them shall ye
scourge in your syna-
gogues, and persecute
them from city to city:
35 that upon you may
come all the righteous
blood shed upon the
earth, from the blood
of righteous Abel unto
the blood of Zacharias
son Οὗ Barachias,
whom yeslew between
the temple and the
altar. 36 Verily I say
unto you, All these
things shall come upon
this generation. 370
Jerusalem, Jerusalem,
thou that killest the
prophets, and stonest
them which are sent
unto thee, how often
would I have gathered
thy children together,
even asa hen gathereth
her chickens under her
wings, and ye would
not! 38 Behold, your
house is left unto you
desolate. 39 ForI say
unto you, Ye shall not
see me henceforth, till
ye shall say, Blessed 2s
he that cometh in the
name of the Lord.

x ἐστε μεστοὶ LTTrA. Υ ἤμεθα GLTTrAW.
Ὁ ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA. ©—Tovw. 4 + ὅτι that G[a]w.
ἐπισυνάγει LITrA. ὃ αὐτῆς TL Tr]AW ; — ἑαυτῆς (read [her]) i.
1 — ἔρημος L.

2 αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ LTrA.
© πάντα ταῦτα LTrA.
h + [αὐτῆς] her (wings) L.

& — καὶ LTTrA.
[ὄρνις

68

XXIV. And Jesus
went out, and departed
from the temple: and
his disciples came to
him for to shew him
the buildings of the
temple. 2 And Jesus
said unto them, See ye
not all these things?
verily Lsay unto you,
There shall not be left
here one stone upon
another, that shall not
be thrown down. 3 And
as he sat upon the
mount of Olives, the
disciples came unto
him privately, saying,
Tell us, when shall
these things be? and
what shall be the sign
of thy coming, and of
the end of the world?
4 And Jesus answered
and said unto them,
Take heed that no man
deceive you. 5 For
many shall comeinmy
name, saying, I am
Christ; and shall de-
ceivemany. 6 And ye
shall hear of wars and
rumours of wars: see
that ye be not trou-
bled: for all these
things must come to
pass, but the end is not
yet. 7 For nation shall
rise against nation,
and kingdom against
kingdom: and there
shall be famines, and
pestilences, and earth-
quakes, in divers
places. 8 All these are
the beginning of sor-
rows. 9 Then shall
they deliver you up to
be afflicted, and shall
kill you: and ye shall
be-hated of all nations
for my name’s sake.
10 And then shall
many be offended, and
shall betray one an-
other, and shall hate
one another. 11 And
many false prophets
shall rise, and shall
deceive many. 12 And
because iniquity shall
abound, the love of
many shall wax cold.
13 But he that shall
endure unto the end,
the same shall be
saved. 14 And this
gospel of the kingdom
shall be preached in
all the world for a
witness unto all na-
tions; and then shall
theend come. 15 When
ye therefore sliall see
the abomination of
desolation, spoken of
by Daniel the prophet,
stand in the holy place,

k ἀπὸ (ἐκ Out of L) τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο LTTrA.
™ ταῦτα πάντα LTTrA.

4— πάντα LTT: A).

MATOAIO®X. XXIV.
924 Kai ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ξἐπορεύετο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ," Kai
And going forth Jesus went away from the temple, and
προσῆλθον οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς
‘Seame*to [Phim] this “disciples to point out tohim the buildings
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 2 ὁ. δὲ. "Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ. βλέπετε πάντα
of the temple. But Jesus said to them, See ye not all
ταῦτα ;" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον
these things? Verily Isay to you, not atallshallbe left here stone upon stone

ὃς οὐ-"μὴ" καταλυθήσεται. 3 Καθημένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ
which shall not be thrown down. And as*was *sitting “he upon the

ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ" κατ᾽ (ἰδίαν, é-

mount of Olives came *to Shim ‘the *disciples apart, sey-
yovrec, Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai τί τὸ σημεῖον
ing, Tell us, when*these*things'shallbe? and what[is]the sign

τῆς. σῆς παρουσίας Kai Prijc' συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος ; 4 Kai
of thy coming and ofthe completion ofthe age? And

ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς
answering Jesus said tothem, Take heed, lest anyone “you

πλανήσῃ. 5 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου," λέ-

1mislead., For many will come in my name,
yourec, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός' καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν.
saying, I am the Christ; and many they will mislead.

6G Μελλήσετε.δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους Kai ἀκοὰς πολέμων. ὁρᾶτε,
But ye shall beabout to hear of wars and rumours of wars. See,

μὴ.θροεῖσθε" δεῖ. γὰρ ἡπάντα! γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω
be not disturbed ; for itis necessary all[these]things totakeplace, but not yet
ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος. 7 ᾿Εγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος "ἐπὶ" ἔθνος, καὶ
is the end. Yor *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation. and
βασιλεία ἐπὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ “καὶ λοιμοὶ"
kingdom against and there shall be famines and pestilences
καὶ σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους. ὃ πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί-
and earthquakes in [different] places. But all these[areJabeginning of

νων. 9 Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλίψιν, Kai ἀποκτενοῦσιν
throes. Then willthey deliverup you to tribulation, and will kill

ὑμᾶς" καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων ἱτῶν" ἐθνῶν διὰ
you; and ye willbe hated by all the nations on account of

, ΄ ‘ , , , 4
τὸ Ὀνομά.μου. 10 καὶ τότε σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοί, καὶ
my name. And then will be offended many, and

᾽ U ’ ‘ , ? ΄ ‘
ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν Kai μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους" 11 καὶ
one another they will deliver up and will hate one another ; and

πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολ-
many false prophets will arise, and will misiead

Nove? 12 καὶ διὰ τὸ.πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται

βασιλείαν" καὶ
kingdom ;

many ; and because shallhave been multiplied lawlessness,°will “grow ‘cold
ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 13 ὁ.δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος,
‘the “love “of*the ‘many; but he who endures to[the} end

οὗτος σωθήσεται. 14 καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο.τὸ.εὐαγγέλιον

he shall besaved. And thereshallbe proclaimed these glad tidings
τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὕλῃ TH οἰκού eer, εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς
ofthe kingdom in all the habitableearth, for atestimony toall the
” τ ‘ , o 4 , «“ > ” 4
ἔθνεσιν" καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος. 15“Oray οὖν ἴδητε τὸ
nations; and then shallcome the end. When therefore yeshallsce the
βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προ-
abomination of desolation, which wasspokenof by Daniel the pro-

! ἀποκριθεὶς answering (he said) LTTra.
© + [αὐτοῦ] of him 1,. P — τῆς LTTrA.
S— καὶ λοιμοί LTTrA. t— τῶν &.

ae μὴ GLTTrAW.
Nem Ds

XXIV.

φήτου, “ἑστὸς
phet,

τω"

derstand),

»

ὄρη"
mountains ;

MATTHE W.
"gy τόπῳ ἁγίῳ: ὁ
standing in{the] “place ‘holy (he who let him un-
16 τότε ot ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν *izi" τὰ
then those in Judea let them fice to the
17 ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ.“καταβαινέτω" ἄραί *ru'
he on the housetop lethimnotcomedown totakeanything
ἐκ τῆς. οἰκίας. αὐτοῦ" 18 Kai ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω
out of his house ; and he in the field let him not return
ὀπίσω ἄραι “τὰ ἱμάτια" αὐτοῦ. 19 ταῖς ἐν.γαστρὶ.ἐ-

ἀναγινώσκων “yoei-

reads

οὐαὶ. δὲ

back to take "garments ‘his. But woe to those that are with
χούσαις Kai ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις.
child and to those that give suck in those days.

20 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ.γένηται ἡ.φυγὴ. ὑμῶν χειμῶνος, μηδὲ
And pray that “may *not*be ‘your “flight inwinter, nor

béy'! σαββάτῳ. 21 ΓἜσται.γὰρ τότε θλίψις μεγάλη, ota “οὐ

on sabbath : for there shall be then *tribulation ‘great suchas ποῦ
γέγονεν" ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μὴ
"has been from{[the] beginning of[the] world until now, 20, nor ever

γένηται. 22 καὶ εἰμὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱοἡμέραι.ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ
shall be ; and unless *had *been *shortened ‘those *days, Snot
ἂν.ἐσώθη πᾶσα caps διὰ.δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς
®there’would havebeensaved any flesh, but on account οὔ the elect
κολοβωθήσονται ainpésparéxeivar, 23 Tore ἐάν τις ὑμῖν
5584] *be *shortened 1those “days. Then if anyone toyou
εἴπῃ, Ἰδού, ὧδε ὁ χριστός, ἢ ὧδε, μὴ. “πιστεύσητε." 24’ EyEo-
say, Behold, here{is]the Christ, or here, believe [it] not. 2There +will

θήσονται yap Ψευδόχριστοι Kai ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν
“arise or false Christs and false prophets, and will give

σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε Ἑπλανῆσαι", εἰ δυνατόν, Kai

“signs great and wonders, so as to mislead, if possible, even
τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. 25 ἰδού, προείρηκα ὑμῖν. 96 ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν
the eleci. Lo, Ihave foretold[it] toyou. if therefore they say

ἐν
Behold, [he is} in

«- ~ > , > ~ ? 7 ᾽ ΄ ι >] , δ ) ,
ὑμῖν, Ἰδού, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ.ἐξέλθητε" ᾿Ιδού,
toyou, LGehold, in the wilderness he is, go not forth:
τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ.πιστεύσητε. 27 ὥσπερ.γὰο ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρ--
the chambers, believe [it] not. For as the lightning comes
χεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως
forth from([the} east and appears asfaras[the] west, ΞΟ
ἔσται 'καὶϊ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 28 ὅπου.δ γὰρ!
shallbe aiso the coming ofthe Son of man. For wherever
ἐὰν ἡ TO πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί. 29 Ev-
maybethe carcase, there will be gathered together the eagles. *Immedi-
θέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν TOvapEepGr-éxeivwy ὁ ἥλιος σκοτι-

69

(whosoreadeth, let him
understand:) 16 then
let them which be in
Judza flee into the
mountains : 17 let him
which is on the house-
top not come down to
take any thing out of
his house: 18 neither
let him which is in
the field return back
to take his clothes.
19 And woe unto them
that are with child,
and to them that give
suck in those days!
20 But pray ye that
your flight be not in
the winter, neither on
the sabbath day: 21 for
then shall be great
tribulation, such as
was not since the be-
ginning of the world
to this time, no, nor
ever shall be. 22 And
except those days
should be shortened,
there should no flesh
be saved: but for the
elect’s sake those days
shall be shortened.
23 Then if any man
shall say unto you, Lo,
here ὦ Christ, or there;
believe ποῦ. 24 For
there shall arise false
Christs, and false pro-
phets, and shall shew
great signs and won-
ders; insomuch that,
if it were possible, they
shall deceive the very
elect. 25 Behold, I
have told you before.
26 Wherefore if thev
shall say unto you,
Behold, he is in the
desert; go not forth:
behold, He is in the
secret chambers; be-
lieve zt not. 27 Foras
the lightning cometh
out of the east, and
shineth even unto the
west ; soshall also the
coming of the Son of
man be. 28 For where-
soever the carcase is,
there will the eagles
be gathered together.
29 Immediately after
the tribulation of
those days shall the
sun be darkened, ana
the moon. shall not
give her light, and the
stars shall fall from
heaven, and the powers
of the heavens shall be
shaken: 30 and then
shall appear the sign
of the Son of man in
heaven: and then shall

ately but after the tribulation of those days the 5} shall be
σθήσεται, Kai ἡ σελήνη οὐ-δώσει τὸ.φέγγος.αὐτῆς, Kai οἱ
darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the
ἀστέρες πεσοῦνται "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kui ai δυνάμεις τῶν
stars shall fall from the heaven, and the powers. ofthe
οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 30 καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον
heavens shall be shaken, And then shallappear the sign
Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν ‘ry οὐρανῷ Kai *rére' κό-
of the Son of man in the heaven ; and then shall
Υ ἑστὼς EG. W νοείτω ; does he understand ? Tr. χ εἰς LTr.

* τὰ the things GLTTraw.

> ΄ ΄
ἐγένετο Τ. ἃ πιστεύετε L.
f— καὶ LTTrAW.

® τὸ ἱμάτιον garment Lrrr.

6— γὰρ forLrtra. © ἐκ out of τ.

b — ἐν GLTTrAW.
© πλανηθῆναι T; πλανᾶσθαι (read so that will be misled) tr.
i —7@ LITrA.

Υ καταβάτω LTTr.
»
© ovK

k — τότε T.

70

all the tribes of the
earth mourn, and they
shall see the Son of
man coming in the
clouds of heaven with
power and great glory.
31 And he shall send
his angels with a great
sound of a trumpet,
and they shall gather
together his elect from
the four winds, from
one end of heaven to
the other. 32 Now learn
a parable of the fig
cree; When his branch
is yet tender, and put-
teth forth leaves, ye
Imow that summer 7s
nigh: 33 so likewise
ye, when ye shall see
all these things, know
that it is near, even at
the doors. 34 Verily I
say unto you, This
generation shall not
pass, till all these
things be fulfilled.
35 Heaven and earth
shall pass away, but
my words shall not
pass away. 36 But of
that day and hour
knoweth no man, no,
not the angels of hea-
ven, but my Father
only. 37 But as the
days of Noe were, so
shall also the coming
of the Son of man be.
38 For as in the days
that were before the
flood they were eating
and drinking, marry-
ingand giving in mar-
riage, until the day
that Noe entered into
the ark, 39 and knew
not until the flood
came, and took them
all away ; soshall also
the coming of the Son
of man be. 40 Then
shall twobe inthe field;
the one shall be taken,
and the other left.
41 Two women shall be
grinding at the mill;
the one shall be taken,
and the other left.
42 Watch therefore:
for ye know not what
hour your Lord doth
come. 43 But know
this, that if the good-
man of the house had

MATOATOX. XXIV.

Ψψονται πᾶσαι at φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ
wail all the tribes ofthe land, and they shallsee the Son
ἀνθρώπου, ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μετὰ Ov-
of man, coming on the clouds of heaven with
vapewc καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 81 Kai ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους
power and *glory lereat. And heshallsend “angels
αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς" μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξουσιν
this with *of*a*trumpet sound great, andtheyshall gather together
Tovc.txrEKkTovdc.avTou ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων
his elect from the four winds, from[the]extremities
οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν. 82 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς
of(the]heavens to [the]extremities of them. Butfrom the fig-tree
μάθετε τὴν TapaBoAny’ ὕταν ἤδη ὁ.κλάδος. αὐτῆς γένηται
learn the parable : When already its branch is become
ἁπαλός, καὶ τὰ φύλλα πἐκφύῃ,! γινώσκετε OTe ἐγγὺς τὸ
tender, and the leaves it puts forth, ye know that near [is] the
θέρος" 33 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε “πάντα ταῦτα,"
summer, Thus also _ ye, when ye see all these things,
γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 84 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,»
know that near itis, at{the] doors. Verily Isay to you,
οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.-.γενεὰ.αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα ταῦτα
In no wise willhave passed away this generation until all these things
γένηται. 35 Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ “παρελεύσονται, "
shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall pass away,
οἱ. δὲ. λόγοι.μου ov. παρέλθωσιν. 36 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας
but my words’ inno wise shall pass away. But concerning 2day
ἐκείνης καὶ ‘rijc ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν

m

‘that and _ the hour noone knows, noteven the angels of the
οὐρανῶν, " εἰ. μὴ ὁ ἡρἁμουὶ μό 37“Q Oe! αἱ ἡμέ
» ἢ εἰςμὴ ὁ-πατὴρ.-' μου" μόνος. σπερ- αἱ ἡμέραι
heavens, but my Father only. But as the days

τοῦ.Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται “καὶ! ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ avOpw-
of Noe, so shall be also the coming ofthe Son of
8 x Π ‘ at ? ~ «ς , y z ~ 4 lt

που. 38 *worep' yao ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμεραιςῦ *raic πρὸ

man. 345 ‘for they werein the days which [were] before
τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες Kai πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ
the flood, eating and drinking, marrying and

*ixyapiZovrec," ἄχρι ἧς. ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς TY κιβωτόν,
giving in marriage, until theday when “entered ‘Noe into the ark,

39 καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς Kai ἦρεν

and they knew not till “*came ‘the “flood and took away
ἅπαντας, οὕτως ἔσταιϑκαὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ Tov ἀνθρώπου.

coming ofthe Son of man,

all; thus shallbe also the
40 Tore “δύο ἔσονται"! ἐν τῷ ayop “ὁ" εἴς παραλαμβάνεται,

Then ὕσο willbe in the field, the one is taken,
καὶ 46" εἴς ἀφίεται. 41 δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ “μύλωνι"" μία
and the one is left; two[women] grinding at the mill, one

παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ pia ἀφίεται. 42 Τρηγορεῖτε οὖν, Ore
is taken, and one is left. Watch therefore, for

> ” , f°" iT] « , « ~ » Ξ > ~
ovK.oldare ποίᾳ ‘wow P-SUCLAG πων, ἔρχεται" 43 ἐκεῖνο. δὲ
ye know not inwhat hour your Lor comes, But this

! — φωνῆς (read a great trumpet) T.

ο ταῦτα πάντα TTr.

5. οὐδὲ ὁ vids nor the son LT.

Ww — xat LTTrA.

® — ταῖς πρὸ (read of the flood) a.

© ἔσονται δύο LT.

m + τῶν the Tr. π ἐκφυῇ are put forth Ltra.
Ρ + ὅτι that “rr. 4 παρελεύσεται GLITrA. τ--- τῆς GLTTrA.
t — μον (read the Father) Gurtr[a]. ὑ yap for (as) Ltr.
¥ + ἐκείναις (read those days) L[tr}

χα ὡς ΔΒ LTA; ὡς SO Tr.
b — καὶ τ,ττὰ,

ἃ γαμίσκοντες 1,; γαμίζοντες Ὑ.

4 — 9 LITra. © μύλῳ LTTrA. Γ ἡμέρᾳ day LiTra.

XXIV, ΧΧΥ. MATTHEW.
γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ὕδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλα
know, that if Shad 7known ‘the *master Sof*the house in what watch

ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν.ἂν, Kai οὐκ ἂν.εἴασεν ἔδιο-
the thief po he would have watched, and not have suffered *to *be

py γῆναι! ryvoikiav.abrov. 44 διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε
CS this “house. Wherefore also 2ye 108

ἕτοιμοι" ὅτι ἡ δὥρᾳ οὐ.δοκεῖτε! ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται.
ready, for in what hour ye think not the Son of man comes,

45 Tic a = ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος Kai φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέ-
Who the is the faithful bondman and prudent, whom “has

στησεν ὁ. εὐριοςϑαύταοὶ ἐπὶ τῆς."θεραπείας". αὐτοῦ, τοῦ Ἰδιδόναι"
*set this 7lord over his household, to give

αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ; 46 μακάριος 0-CovAoC-éKEivoc, ὃν
tothem the food in season? Blessed that bondman, whom

ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος: αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει Ξπ-ποιοῦντα οὕτως." 47 ᾿Αμὴν
shaving ‘come his *lord will find doing thus. co

λέγ ω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς. ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει

I sey to you, that over all his property he will set
αὐτόν. 48 ᾿ΕἘὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος "ἐκεῖνος" ἐν τῇ
him. But if *should ESy, evil Spondman =! that in

καρδίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Χρονίζει “ὁ. κύριός. μου" Ρέλθεῖν," 49 καὶ ἄρξηται
his heart, *Delays my 7lord to come, and shonld begin

τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους, τἐσθίειν" δὲ Kai "πίνειν! μετὰ τῶν
ἴο beat [his] fellow-bondmen, and to eat and to drink with the

μεθυόντων, 50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ
en, ®Swill’7come'the 7lord Sof *that *bondman in aday

7 οὐ-προσδοκᾷ, Kai ἐν ὥρᾳ οὐ.γινώσκει, 51 καὶ
and

in which he does not oe and in anhour which he knows not,

διχοτομήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ. “μέρδε. αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν
will cut 3two ‘him, and is portion with the hypocrites
θήσει: ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων.

will appoint: there will be the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth.

25 Tore ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα
Then °will 7be Smade *like 'the *kingdom “%of*the ‘heavens [to] ten

παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας "αὑτῶν" ἐξῆλθον

virgins, who having taken their dane went forth
εἰς "ἀπάντησιν" τοῦ νυμφίου. 2 πέντε.δὲ “hoay ἐξ αὐτῶν"
to meet the free And five Swere ‘of them
χφρόνιμοι," καὶ Yai" πέντε *ywpai.' 3 "αἵτινες μωραί, λα-
prudent, and five ae They who[were] foolish, hay-
βοῦσαι τὰς Χαμ σε α. Ὲ ἑαυτῶν," οὐκιἔλαβον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν
ing taken eir lamps, did not take with themselves
ἔλαιον᾽ 4 aid? φρόνιμοι ἔλαβον ἔλαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις
oil; butthe prudent took oil in ?vessels
“αὑτῶν" μετὰ τῶν. λαμπάδων. δαὑτῶν." 5 χρονίζοντος.δὲ τοῦ
their with their lamps, But *tarrying lthe
νυμφίου, ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον. 6 μέσης. δὲ
?bridegroom, they 7became*drowsy ‘all and slept. But in [the] middle
νυκτὸς moa γέγονεν, ᾿Ιδού, ὁ νυμφίος "ἔρχεται," a

of [the] night
8 διορυχθῆναι TTr.
K οἰκετείας LTTrA.
evil bondman) τ.
bondmen) LITrAW.
τ ἑαυτῶν LTrA; αὐτῶν TW.
LTtra. ¥ — ai EGLTTrAW.
Who tr; αἱ γὰρ for the Ta.
vessels) LTTrA.

a‘cry ‘there ?was, Behold, the bridegroom

ἃ ov δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ LITrA.
! δοῦναι GLTTrA. ™ οὕτως ποιοῦντα, LTTrA.
ο μου ὃ κύριος LTTrA. Ρ — ἐλθεῖν LITr.

τ Eoin | should eat GLTTraw.
M ὑπάντησιν LTTrA.
φρόνιμοι prudent ᾿ΤΊΤΑ.
b αὑτῶν Gw; αὐτῶν LTrA ; — ἑαυτῶν T.

4 ἑαυτῶν LT; αὐτῶν Tra. “ — ἔρχεται ‘LTA.

comes,

71

5 known in what watcb

the thief would come,
he would have watch-
ed, and would not have
suffered his house to be
broken up. 44 There-
fore be ye also ready :
for in such an hour az
ye think not the Son
of mancometh. 45 Who
then is a faithful and
wise servant, whom
his lord hath made
ruler over his house-
hold, to give them
meat in due season?
46 Blessed is that ser-
vant, whom his lord
when he cometh shall
find so doing. 47 Verily
I say unto you, That
he shall make him
ruler over all hisgoods.
48 But and if that evil
servant shall say in
his heart, My lord
delayeth his coming;
49 and shall begin to
smite his fellowser-
vants, and to eat and
drink with the drunk-
en; 50 the lord of thas
servant shall come in
a day when he looketh
not for him, and in av
hour that he is not
aware of, 5] and shall
cut him asunder, and
appoint Aim his por-
tion with the hypo-
erites: there shall be
weeping and gnashing
of teeth.

XXY. Then shall the
kingdom of heaven be
likened unto ten vir-
gins, which took their
lamps, and went forth
to meet the bride-
groom. 2 And five of
them were wise, and
five were _ foolish.
3 They that were fool-
ish took their lamps,
and took no oil with
them: 4 but the wise
took oil in their ves-
sels with their lamps,
5 While the _ bride-
groom tarried, they
all slumbered and
slept. 6 And at mid-
night there was a cry
made, Behold, the
Ὁ bridegroom cometh;

1_ Σ;αὐτοῦ (read [his]) Lrtra.
n — ἐκεῖνος (read the
4 + αὐτοῦ his (fellow
8 " πίνῃ should drink @LTTraw.
w ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦσαν LTTra.
5 ai δὲ but the L; at yap for those
© — αὑτῶν (read the

* μωραὶ foolish

72

go ye out to meet him.
7 Then all those vir-
gins arose, and trim-
med their lamps. 8 And
the foolish said unto
the wise, Give us of
your oil ; for our lamps
are gone out. 9 But
the wise answered, say-
ing, Not so; lest there
be not enough for us
and you: but go ye
rather to them that
sell, and buy for your-
selves. 10 And while
they went to buy, the
bridegroom came ; and
they that were ready
went in with him to
the marriage : and the
door was shut. 11 Af-
terward came also the
other virgins, saying,
Lord, Lord, open to
us. 12 But he answer-
ed and said, Verily I
say unto you, 1 know
you not. 13 Watch
therefore, for ye know
neither the day nor the
hour wherein the Son
of man cometh.

14 For the kingdom
of heaven is as a man
travelling into a far
country, who called
his own servants, and
delivered unto them
hisgoods, 15 Andunto
one he gave five ta-
lents, to another two,
and to another one;
to every man accord-
ing to his several abi-
lity ; and straightway
took his journey.
16 Then he that had
received the five ta-
lents went and traded
with the same, and
made them other five
talents. 17 And like-
wise he that had re-
ceived two, he also
gained other’ two.
18 But he that had re-
ceived one went and
digged in the earth,
and hid his lord’s
money. 19 Aftera long
time the lord of those
servants cometh, and
reckoneth with them.
20 And so he that had
received five talents
came and_ brought
other five talents, say-
ing, Lord, thou deliv-
eredst unto me five

MATOATOS. XXYV,.
χεσθὲε εἰς. ἀπάντησιν ἱαὐτοῦ." 7 Tore ἠγέρθησαν πᾶσαι ai
forth to meet him, Then arose all
παρθένοι.ἐκεῖναι, Kai ἐκόσμησαν τὰς.λαμπάδας δαὑτῶν." 8 αἱ.δὲ

those virgins, and trimmed their lamps. Andthe
μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις *sizrov," Δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου. ὑμῶν,
foolish tothe prudent said, Give us of your oil,
Ore αἱιλαμπάδες.ἡμῶν σβέννυνται. 9 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν. δὲ αἱ
ΤΟΥ our lamps are going out. But “answered ‘the
φρόνιμοι, λέγουσαι, Μήποτε ἰοὐκ' ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν"
“prudent, saying, [No,] lest Snot ‘it *maysuifice forus and you:
, 4 ~ A ‘ ~ ?
πορεύεσθε. "δὲ" μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, Kai ἀγοράσατε
but go rather to those who sell, and buy
ἑαυταῖς. 10 ἀπερχομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀγοράσαι, ἦλθεν ὁ
for yourselves. But as *went “away ‘they to buy, %came ‘the
΄ὔ τ ‘ € a 7 ~ ᾽ Ψ ~ > A 7,
νυμφίος" καὶ at ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλθον per αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς γά-
“bridegroom, and those ready wentin with him to the wedding
μους, καὶ ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα. 11 ὕστερον.δὲ ἔρχονται ἱκαὶ" ai

feast, and ὅνγαβ "βῃπιῦ ‘the ?door. And afterwards come also the
λοιπαὶ παρθένοι, λέγουσαι, Κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. 12 Ὁ. δὲ
other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he

ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκιοἷδα ὑμᾶς. 18 Ton-
amswering 5816, Verily Isay to you, I do ποῦ know you. Watch
γορεῖτε οὖν, Ort οὐκιοίδατε τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ THY ὥραν Tv
therefore, for ye do not know the day nor the hour in
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται."
which the Son of man comes.
Uy » ~ ,
14 “Ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἰδίους
For [it is] as [if] aman leaving the country called his own
δούλους, Kai παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 15 Kai

bondmen, and delivered to them his property. And
ᾧ-μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα, ᾧ-δὲ δύο, woe ἕν,
toone he gaye five talents, and to another two, and toanother one,
ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν' καὶ "ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως.

to each according to his respective ability ;

16 πορευθεὶς" dé" ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν PEipyacaro"
And “having *gone 'hewhothe five talents received trafficked

ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ «ἐποίησεν" ἄλλα πέντεττάλαντα." 17 ὡσαύτως

and left the country immediately.

with them, and made other five talents. In like manner
Ska! ὁ τὰ δύο ἐκέρδησεν ‘kai αὐτὸς! ἄλλα δύο.
also he who[received] the two Seained 24.150 the other two.
18 6.6 τὸ ἕν λαβὼν ἀπελθὼν woviey Viv τῇ yy," καὶ

Buthe who the one received having goneaway dug in the earth, and

χἀπέκρυψεν" τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ. κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. 19 Μετὰ. δὲ χρόνον
hid the money of his lord. Andafter atime
πολὺν! ἔρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν δούλων ἐκείνων, καὶ συναίρει
llong comes the lord of those bondmen, and takes
tuer αὐτῶν λόγον." 20 Kai προσελθὼν ὁ τὰ πέντε τά-
*with “%them ‘account. And *having *come 'he who the five ta-

Lavra λαβὼν, προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα, λέγων,
lents received, brought to [him] other five talents, saying,

f αὐτοῦ (read [him]) Ta.
k — δὲ but GLTTraW.

Β ἑαυτῶν LTTrA. © εἶπαν TTrA. 1 ov μὴ not at all Lrraw.

1— καὶ z[tr]. m — ἐν ἡ ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον ἔρχεται GLTTrA.
N ρ

᾿ ἀπεδήμησεν. εὐθέως πορευθεὶς left the country. Immediately having gone τ. 9 — δὲ ἃπα

[1,7 Ὁ [Tr].
[{71.
χ ἔκρυψεν LTTrA.

P ἠργάσατο TA.
t— καὶ αὐτὸς LTT A].

4 ἐκέρδησεν gained LTr. t — τάλαντα LTr[ A]. *— καὶ
Υ + τάλαντον talent L. w γῆν [the] earth Trra,
< ; : ay aon
Υ πολὺν χρόνον LITrA. 2 λόγον μετ᾽ αὑτῶν LTTraA.

xP μ

ΧΧΥ: MATTHEW.

Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά por παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε
Lord, five talents tome thou didst deliver; behold, other five
*radavra" ἐκέρδησα em’ αὐτοῖς." 21 [Ἔφη.“δὲ" αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος

talents have 1 gained besides them. And *gaid *to him “lord
7 ~ Go ~ 2 51 ‘ Ld ? . > ΄ 5
αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ more, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἧς
this, Well! bondman good and faithful, cover afew things thou wast
πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν GE καταστήσω" εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν
faithful, ΟΥ̓́Θ᾽ manythingsthee willI set: enter into the joy
~ , 5 NO ι ἀδὲ! A e ΕΞ x é , ,
τοῦ κυρίου.σου. 22 ΤΙροσελθων.“δὲ καὶ 0 τὰ δύο τα-
of thy lord. And having come to[him] “also "he who the two ta-
λαντα λαβὼν" εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας"
lents received said, Lord, two talents to me thou didst deliver;
ide, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα %éx’ αὐτοῖς. 23 “Edn
behold, other two talents havel gained besides them. *Said
αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, Εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ
*to Shim his *Lord, Well! bondman good and faithful, over
ὀλίγα ἧς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω᾽ εἴσελθε
a few things thou wast faithful, over manythingsthee willI set: enter

εἰς τὴν χαρὰν ToU-Kupiov.cov. 24 Προσελθὼν. δὲ Kai ὁ
into the joy of thy Lord. And having come to [him] “also ‘he who
A ot , 7 ‘ “ , μι uv \
τὸ ἕν τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε ori σκληρὸς
theone _ talent hadreceived said, Lord, Ikmew thee that ‘hard

εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὕπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων
‘thou*art *a°man, reaping where thoudidstnotsow, and gathering
ὅθεν οὐ.διεσκόρπισας" 25 καὶ φοβηθείς, ἀπελθὼν ἔκρυψα
whence thou didst not scatter, and beingafraid, having goneaway I hid
τὸ τἀλαντόν.σου ἐν τῇ γῇ ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν. 236 ᾿Απο-
thy talent in the earth; behold, thou hast thine own. *An-
κριθεὶς δὲ ὁ.κύὐριος. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Πονηρὲ δοῦλε" καὶ
swering ‘and “his *Lord said tohim, Wicked “*bondman ‘and
ὀκνηρέ, ἤδεις ὅτι βερίζω ὕπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν
*slothtul, thou knewestthat [reap where Isowed not, and gather whence
> 2 , 5 £6 5 κι Π x ~ ἢ 46 1.9 ,ὔ ΓΝ
οὐ.διεσκόρπισα ; 27 ἔδει οὖν σε" βαλεῖν "τὸ. ἀργύριόν μου
Iscattered ποῦ; itbehoved “therefore ‘thee to put my money
τοῖς ἱτραπεζίταις" καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην.ἂν τὸ.ἐμὸν σὺν
to the moneychangers, and coming [ should have received mine own with
τόκῳ. 2 ἄρατε οὖν aw αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶδότε τῷ
interest. Take thereforefrom him the talent, andgive[it]tohim who
ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. 29 Τῷ.γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθή-
has the ten talents. For*who has ‘toevery one 5841]
σεται, καὶ περισσευθήσεται" "ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ" μὴ.ἔχοντος, Kai
be given, and [he] shall be inabundance; *from*but ἴση ΠΟ has not, even
ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται aw αὐτοῦ. 30 Kai τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον
that which he has shallbetaken from him. And the useless bondman
ἰἐκβάλλετεϊ εἰς τὸ σκότος TO ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς
castye οαὖὐ into the darkness the outer: there shallbethe weeping
καὶ ὃ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων.
and the gnashing ofthe teeth.
31“Oray.dé ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ.δόξῃ.αὐτοῦ,
But when *comes 'the Son “of *man in his glory,
Kai πάντες οἱ Miryroe! ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει ἐπὶ
and all the holy angels with him, then willhesit upon[the]

ς-- δὲ and GLrtraw.
f Δοῦλε πονηρὲ L.
k τοῦ δὲ but of him who urtra.

5 [τάλαντα] tr. ὃ --- ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς LTTr.
βὼν (read [received]) υὐτττὰ.
1 τραπεζείταις T.
GLTTra.

8 σε οὖν TTrA.

ἃ §éand τ΄.

1 ἐκβάλετε GLTTrAW.

73

talents: behold, [have
gained beside them five
talents more. 21 His
lord said unto him,
Well done, thou good
and faithful servant:
thou hast been faith.
ful over a few things,
I will make thee ruler
over many things: en-
ter thou into the joy
of thy lord. 22 He
also that had received
two talents came and
said, Lord, thou deliv-
eredst unto me two
talents: behold, [have
gained two other ta-
lents beside them.
23 His lord said unto
nim, Well done, good
and faithful servant ;
thou hast been faith-
ful over a few things,
I will make thee ruler
over many things:
enterthou into the joy
of thy lord. 24 Then
he which had received
the one talent came
and said, Lord, I knew
thee that thou art an
hard man, reaping
where thou hast not
sown, and gathering
where thou hast not
strawed: 25 and I was
afraid, and went and
nid thy talent in the
earth: lo, there thou
hast that is thine.
26 His lord auswered
and said unto him,
Thou wicked ind sloth-
fulservant,thou knew-
est that I reap where
I sowed not, and ga-
ther where I have not
strawed: 27 ~thou
oughtest therefore to
have put my money td
the exchangers, and
then at my coming I
should have received
mine own with usury.
28 Take therefore the
talent from him, and
give zt unto him which
hath ten talents.
29 For unto every one
that hath shall be
given, and he shall
have abundance: but
from him that hath not
shall be taken away
even that which he
hath. 30 And cast ye the
unprofitable servant
into outer darkness:
there shall be weeping
and gnashing of teeth.

31 When the Son of
man shall come in his
glory, and all the holy
angels with him, then
shall he sit upon the

e — j,a-
h τὰ ἀργύριά τ.
m— aytor

74

throne of his glory:
32 and before him shall
be gathered all na-
tions: and he shall
separate them one
from another, as a
shepherd divideth his
sheep from the goats:
33 and he shall set the
sheep on his right
hand, but the goats on
the left. 34 Then shall
the King say unto
them on his right
hand, Come, ye blessed
of my Father, inherit
the kingdom prepared
for you from the foun-
dation of the world:
35 for I was an hun-
ered, and ye gaye me
meat: I was thirsty,
and ye gave me drink:
fwas a stranger, and
ye took mein: 36na-
keed, and ye clothed
me: I was sick, and ye
visited me: I was in
prison, and ye came
untome. 37 Thenshall
the righteous answer
him, saying, Lord,
when saw we thee an
hungred, and _ fed
thee? or thirsty, and
gave thee drink?
38 When saw we thee
ἢ, stranger, and took
thee in? or naked, and
clothed thee? 39 Or
when saw we thee sick,
or in prison, and came
unto thee? 40 And
the King shall answer
and say unto them,
Verily 1 say unto you,
inasmuch as ye have
done it unto one of
the least of these my
brethren, ye have done
at unto me. 41 Then
shall he say also unto
them on the left hand,
Depart from me, ye
cursed, into everlast-
ing fire, prepared for
the devil and his an-
gels: 42 for I was an
hungred, and ye gave
me no meat: I was
thirsty, and ye gave
me no drink : 43 I was
a stranger, and ye took
me not in: naked,and
ye clothed me not:
sick, and in prison, and
ye visited me not.
44 Then shall they
also answer him, say-
ing, Lord, when saw
we thee an hungred,
or athirst, or a stran-
ger, or naked, or sick
or in prison, and di

not minister unto
thee? 45 Then shall he
answer them, saying,
Verily I say unto you,

MATOAIO®S., XXV.

θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, 32 καὶ συναχθήσεται" ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ
throne of his glory, and shall be gathered before him
πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, Kai Padopuet" αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ
all the nations, and hewillseparate them from one another, as the
ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων, 33 καὶ στήσει
shepherd separates the sheep from the goats ; and he will set
A 4 , ? ~ > “ 4 4a? ΄ > ? 4
τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ.δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων.
the sheep on#right*hand ‘his, butthe goats on[his] left.
34 Tore ἐρεῖ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, Δεῦτε, ot
Then *will*say‘the king to those on “right “hand "his, Come, the
εὐλογημένοι τοῦ.πατρός. μου, κληρονομήσατε THY ἡτοιμασμένην
blessed of my Father, inherit the *prepared
c ~ , ? x ~ , ? ΄ ΄
ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 35 ἐπείνασα.γάρ,
3for*you ‘kingdom from[the] foundation of([the] world. For I hungered,
kai ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν᾽ ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίσατε με’ ἕένος
and yegave me _ toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave *to*drink ‘me; astranger
ἤμην, Kai συνηγάγετέ pe’ 86 γυμνός, καὶ περιεβάλετέ με: ἠσθέ-
Iwas, and yetook“in ‘me; naked, and yeclothed me; I was
Cy 2 , , haw δὰ Poo ” ‘ PHO ll ’
νησα, καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με" ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην, καὶ Ῥἤλθετε! πρός
sick, and ye visited me; in prison lwas, and yecame to
37 Té ? On ? ~ « δί λέ Κύ
με. OTE απόοκρι NOOVTAL αὐτῷ οι ἰκΚαίιοι, EYOVTEC, υριξ,

me. Then will answer him therighteous, saying, Lord,

, A » iT} ~ CV , na ~ ‘
πότε σὲ “εἴδομεν" πεινῶντα, καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν; ἢ διψῶντα, καὶ
when “thee ‘saw*we hungering, and fed [thee]? or thirsting, and

ἐποτίσαμεν; 38 πότε.δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον, καὶ συνηγάγομεν ;
gave(thee]todrink? and when “thee 'saw *we astranger,and took [thee] in?

ἢ γυμνόν, καὶ περιεβάλομεν ; 39 πότε.δέ σε εἴδομεν ᾿ἀσθεγῆ,"

or naked, and clothed [thee] ? And when “thee ‘saw *we sick,
ἢ ἔν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε; 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ
or in prison, and came to thee? And answering the

βασιλεὺς ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε
king willsaytothem, Verily Isay toyou, Jnasmuchas yedid [itl
ἑνὶ τούτων ~rHy.adehp@yv.pou' τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιή-
to one of these my brethren the least, to me ye
care. 41 Τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, Πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾽
did [10]. Then will he say also to those on [the] left, Go from
ἐμοῦ, ‘ot κατηραμένοι, εἰς TO πῦρ TO αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμα-
me, the cursed, into the fire the eternal, which has been

2 ~ , ‘ ~ ᾽ , ᾽ “Ὁ ? / ,
σμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. 42 ἐπείνασα. γάρ.
prepared forthe devil and his angels. For I hungered,
Kai ovK.€0MKaTé μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ οὐκ-ἐποτίσατε με"
and yegavenot tome toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave *not *to*drink'me;
43 Eévoc ἤμην, καὶ οὐ-συνηγάγετέ pe γυμνός, καὶ οὐ-περιεβά-
astranger 1 was, and yetook*not*in *me; naked, and ye did not
λετέ με’ ἀσθενής, καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ, Kai οὐκ.ἐπεσκέψασθέ με.
clothe me ; sick, and in prison, and ye did not visit me,
44 Tore ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ" καὶ αὐτοί, λέγοντες, Κύριε,
Then will *answer Shim “also ‘they, saying, Lord,
, ” ~ n ~ n , n , be!
πότε σὲ εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ἕένον, ἢ γυμνόν, ἢ
when “thee 'saw*we hungering, or thirsting, orastranger,or naked, or
ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ.διηκονήσαμέν oor; 45 Τότε ἀπο-
sick, or ἱπὀ prison, and did not minister tothee? Then will

΄ ᾽ ~ , ᾽ \ , « ~ 7,7 « ? ?

κριθήσεται αὐτοῖς. λέγων, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ. ἐποι-
he answer them, saying, Verily LIsay to you,Inasmuchas ye did not

Ὁ συναχθήσονται LITA.

LITra,

*|rov ἀδελφῶν pov] L.

Ρἤλθατε LTTrA. «εἴδαμεν Tr. * ἀσθενοῦντα

© ἀφορίσει T.
ἱ ν — αὐτῷ GLTTrAW.

t‘— oT.

ONYX ΧΥῚ. MATTHE W.

ἤσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 46 Kai
{it] to one of these the least, neithertome didye {it}. And

ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν aiwyioy’ οἱ.δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν
7shall°go*away ‘these intopunishment eternal, butthe righteous into life

αἰώνιον.
eternal,
26 Καὶ ἐγένετο bre ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς πάντας τοὺς
And it came to pass when *had “finished 1 Jesus all
λόγους.τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθηταϊς.αὐτοῦ, 2 Οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ
these sayings he said to his disciples, Ye know that after
δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
two days the passover takesplace, and the Son of man

CDEC εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. 8 Τότε συνήχθησαν οἱ
is delivered up to be crucified. Then were gathered together the

ἀρχιερεῖς “καὶ ot γραμματεῖς" καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ
chief priests and the scribes and the elders of the people
2 ‘ > ‘ ~ > , ~ , Zs ‘
εἰς THY αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα, 4 Kai
to the court ofthe Πρ priest who was called Caiaphas, and
συνεβουλεύσαντο iva τὸν Ἰησοῦν *kparnowow δόλῳ."
took counsel together in order that Jesus they might seize by guile,
καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν. 5 ἔλεγον.δέ, Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ
and kill {him}; but they said, Notduring the feast, that *not
θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ haw.
“a*tumult ‘there *be among the people.
6 Tov.dé. Inood γενομένου ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος
Now Jesus being in Bethany in[the] house of Simon
~ ~ ~ > ~ ‘ ? , ,
τοῦ λεπροῦ, 7 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ νὴ ΥΤἀλάβαστρον μύρου
the leper, came “to *him *a “woman, an alabaster flask of ointment
ἔχουσα" *Bapuripov,' Kai κατέχεεν ἐπὶ "τὴν. κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ

having, very precious, and poured [it] on his head

2 , 2 , A c ‘ b ? "ἢ > +

ἀνακειμένου. 8 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ! ἠγανάκ-
as he reclined [at table]. But seeing [it] his disciples became

, > ,t > ’ iid c ᾽ , ΤΠ A we
τησαν, λέγοντες, Εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια. αὕτη ; 9 “ἠδύνατο". γὰρ τοῦτο
indignant, saying, For what this waste? for *could ‘this
ἀτὸ μύρον᾽ πραθῆναι πολλοῦ, καὶ δοθῆναι “ πτωχοῖς.
ointment have been sold formuch, and have been given to [the] poor,
10 Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί κόπους παρέχετε

But knowing [this] Jesus said tothem, Why trouble doye cause
τῇ γυναικί; ἔργον.γὰρ καλὸν εἰργάσατο! εἰς ἐμέ. 11 πάν-
tothe woman? fora*?work ‘good she wrought towards me. 2Al-
TOTE γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε

ways ‘for the poor ye have with you, but me not always
ἔχετε. 12 βαλοῦσα.γὰρ αὕτη τὸς μύρον. τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ
ye have, For *in *pouring ‘this [7woman] this ointment on
σώματός μου πρὸς τὸ.ἐνταφιάσαι.με ἐποίησεν. 18 ἀμὴν λέγω
my body for my burying she did [it]. Verily Isay
ὑμῖν, ὅπου.ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ
to you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed these glad tidings in all

ἐποίησεν αὕτη, εἰς

τῷ κόσμῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ
3414 1this woman], for

the world, shall bespoken of alsothat which
μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς.

a memorial of her,

75
Inasmuch as ye did 2
not to one of the least
of these, ye did it not
to me. 46 And these
shall go away into
everlasting punish-
ment: but the right-
eous into life eternal,

XXVI. And it came
to pass, when Jesus
had finished all these
sayings, he said unto
his disciples, 2 Ye know
that after two days is
the feast of the pass-
over, and the Son of
man is betrayed to be
crucified. 3 Then as-
sembled together the
chief priests, and the
scribes, and the elders
of the people, unto the
palace of the high
priest, who was called
Caiaphas, 4 and con-
sulted that they might
take Jesus by subtilty,
and kill him. 5 But
they said, Not on the
feast day, lest there be
an uproar among the

people.

6 Now when Jesus
was in Bethany, in
the house of Simon the
leper, 7 there came
unto him a woman
haying an alabaster
box of very precious
ointment, and poured
it on his head, as he
sat at meat. 8 But
when his disciples saw
it, they had indigna-
tion, saying, To what
purpose is this waste?
9 for this ointment
might have been sold
for much, and given to
the poor. 10 When Je-
sus understood it, he
said unto them, Why
trouble ye the woman?
for she hath wrought
a good work upon me.
11 For yehave the poor
always with you; but
me ye have not al-
ways. 12 For in that
she hath poured this
ointment on my body,
she did it for my buriaL
13 Verily I say unto
you, Wheresoever this
gospel shall be preach-
ed in the whole world,
there shall also this,
that this woman hath
done, be told for a
memorial of her.

¥ — καὶ ol γραμματεῖς LTTrA, x δόλῳ κρατήσωσιν GLTTrAW.
μύρου LTTr. 2 πολυτίμου LT. 8 τῆς κεφαλῆς LT Tr.
LTTrA, ς ἐδύνατο TA. ἃ — τὸ μύρον GLITrAW.
1 ἠργάσατο T.

Υ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον
Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)
ε + τοῖς (read to the poor) Lw.

76

14 Then one of the
twelve, called Judas
Iscariot, went unto
thechief priests, 15 and
said wnto them, What
will ye give me, and I
will deliver him unto
you? And they cove-
nanted with him for
thirty pieces of silver.
16 And from that
time he sought oppor-
tunity to betray him.

17 Now the first day
of the feast of un-
leavened bread the
disciples came to Je-
sus, saying unto him,
Where wilt thou that
we prepare for thee
to eat the passover?
18 And he said, Go into
the city to such a man,
and say unto him, The
Master saith, My time
is at hand; [ will keep
the passover at thy
house with my disci-
ples. 19 And the dis-
ciples did as Jesus had
appointed them; and
they made ready the
passoyver.

20 Now when the
even was come, he
sat down with the
twelve. 21 Andas they
did eat, he said, Verily
I say unto you, that
one of you shall be-
tray me. 22 And they
were exceeding sor-
rowful, and began
every one of them to
say unto him, Lord, is
it I? 23 And he an-
swered and said, He
that dippeth his hand
with me in the dish,
the same shall betray
me, 24 The Son of man
goeth as it is written
of him: but woe unto
that man by whom the
Son of man is betray-
ed! it had been good
for that man if he
had not been born.
25 Then Judas, which
betrayed him, answer-
ed and said, Master, is
it 12 He said unto
him, Thou hast said.

26 And as they were
eating, Jesus took
bread, and blessed τέ,
and brake tt, and gave
it to the disciples, and
said, Take, eat ; this is
my body. 27 And he
took the cup, and gave
thanks, and gave zt to
them, saying, Drink

5 καὶ ἐγὼ τ.
one LTTra.
having given LrTr.

h — αὐτῷ LITrAW.
᾿ χὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ LTDA.

MATOATOX. XXVI.

14 Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος ᾿Τούδας
Then haying '*gone ‘one “of “the *twelve, who “was ‘called ®%Judas
? , x 4 > ~ 5 , , ,
Ισκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, 15 εἶπεν, Τί θέλετε μοι
*Iscariote, to the chief priests, said, What are ye willing *me
δοῦναι, Skayw' ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Οἱ. δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ
‘to*give, andI toyou willdeliverup him? And they appointed to him
τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. 106 καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν
thirty pieces of silver. And from that time he sought an opportunity
ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῳ.
that him he might deliver up.

17 Τῇ.δὲ πρώτρ τῶν ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ μαθη-

Now onthe first [day] of unleavened [bread] came 86 disci-
pee NE ey (aye : τ ᾿
ταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," ἸΤοῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν
ples to Jesus, saying tohim, Where wilt thou [that] weshould prepare
σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; 18 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν
for thee toeat the passover? And he © said, Go into the
, A cy ~ κ » ᾽ ~ « , ,
πόλιν πρὸς τὸν. δεῖνα, Kai εἴπατε αὐτῷ, Ὃ διδάσκαλος λέγει,
city unto suchaone, and say tohim, The teacher says,
ὋὉ καιρός.μου ἐγγύς tori’ πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ

My time *near with thee I willkgap the passover with

τῶν. μαθητῶν. μου. 19 Kai ἐποίησαν ot μαθηταὶ we συνέταξεν
my disciples.” And sdid ‘the *disciples *as directed
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα.
κε ἴον 5Jesus, and prepared the passover.
20 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο
Andevening being come hereclined[attable] with

is;

μετὰ τῶν OwdeKa'.

the twelve.

21 καὶ ἐσθιόντων. αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ
And asthey wereeating hesaid, Verily Isay toyou, that one of

«ς ~ QA ‘ , , »Ἤ

ὑμῶν παραδώσει με. 22 Καὶ λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο

you will deliver up me. And _ being grieved exceedingly they began
λέγειν αὐτῷ "ἕκαστος αὐτῶν," Μήτι ἐγώ εἶμι, κύριε; 238 Ὁ δὲ
tosay to him, each of them, “I 4am([he], Lord? But he

ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ iv τῷ τρυβλίῳ

answering said, Hewho dipped with me in the dish

\ ~ Π] τι i NF D4 « 4 ea See. 6 ,
ΤΏ» χειρα, οὗτος μὲ TANDAOWOEL. at O ἐν VLOG TOU ανθρω-

[his] hand, he me will deliver up. The *indeed *Son “of “man
που ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ.δὲ τῷ
goes, as it has been written concerning him, but woe

avOporwpixsivy Ov οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται"
to that man by whomthe Son of man is delivered up ;
καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ. ἄνθρωπος. ἐκεῖνος.
good wereit forhim if *had *not *been “born that *man.
25 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν εἶπε», Μήτι
And answering Judas, who was delivering up him, said,
ἐγώ εἰμι, πιῥαββί;" Λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶπας.
ἜἼ ‘am (he), Rabbi? Hesays to him, Thou hast said.
26 ᾿Εσθιόντων.δὲ. αὐτῶν, λαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "τὸν" ἄρτον,
And as they were eating, "having “taken ‘Jesus the bread,
. ᾽ , 5 »Ό cv ‘ 2010 Il ~ 0 ~ p ΜΠ
καὶ εὐλογήσας, ἔκλασεν καὶ “εδίδου" τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Prat
and having blessed, broke and gave tothe disciples, and
~ , 2 ~ A ~ , ‘
εἶπεν, Λάβετε, φάγετε" τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά.μου. 27 Καὶ
said, Take, eat ; this is my body. And
λαβὼν «τὸ ποτήριον, "καὶ! εὐχαριστήσας, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς,
having taken the cup, and haying given thanks, he gave [it] to them,

i + μαθητῶν disciples LT. k εἷς ἕκυστος each
™ ῥαββεί τ. π --- τὸν τι]. ο δοὺς

Ρ — καὶ LTTr. 9 — τὸ (read a cup) TTrA. r — καὶ i[Tr].

ΧΧΥΙ. MATTHEW.

λέγων, Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες" 28 rovro-yap ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά. μου,
saying, *Drink*of “it 141], For this is my blood,
ee oly ΤΠ ΉΣΩΣ . eee NN ay WE , No?
ro! τῆς καινῆς" διαθήκης, TO περὶ πολλῶν “ἐκχυνόμενον" εἰς
that of the new covenant, which for many is poured out for
ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 29 λέγω. δὲ ὑμῖν, "ὅτι! οὐ. μὴ πίω ἀπ’
remission οἵ sins. ButIsay toyou, that notatall will I drink hence-
ἄρτι ἐκ τούτου TOU γεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας
forth of {815 fruit ofthe vine, until "day
ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ
Mthat when it Idrink with you new inthe kingdom
, ‘ ε ’ ? ~ > A ” ~
πατρός.μου. 30 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν
of my father. And having sung ahymn they went out to the mount
ἐλαιῶν. 31 τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδα-
All

of Olives. Then ?says *to*them 1Jesus, ye will be
λισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὺ ἐν τῇ.νυκτὶ. ταύτῃ. γέγραπται γάρ,

offended this night.
Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ ᾿διασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα

in me during For it has been written,

Iwillsmite the shepherd, and willbescattered abroad the sheep
τῆς ποίμνης. 82. μετὰ.δὲ τὸ. ἐγερθῆναί με προάξω ὑμᾶς
of the flock ; but after my being raised Iwillgobefore you

sic THY Γαλιλαίαν. 88 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ,

into Galilee. And answering Peter said tohim,
Εἰ δκαὶ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε
ἘΕ even all will be offended in thee, I neyer

σκανδαλισθήσομαι. 34 Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,᾿᾿Αμὴν λέγω σοι,

will be offended. 2Said *to *him 1Jesus, Verily Isay tothee,
ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς
that during this night, before [the] cock crows, thrice
ἀπαρνήσῃ με. 85 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Κἂν δέῃ με

thou wiltdeny me. Peter, Evenif it were needful for me

1 1 > ~ ? 7 > of, « ,ὔ b ‘
σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ.μὴῆ σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Opoiwc® καὶ

Says *to*him

with thee to die, in nowise thee will IT deny. Likewise also
πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον.
all the disciples said.
36 Tore ἔρχεται per αὐτῶν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς χωρίον λεγόμενον
Then comes with them Jesus to a place called
“Γεθσημανῆ," καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς", Καθίσατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως. οὗ“
Gethsemane, andhesaystothe disciples, Sit here, until
ἀπελθὼν ἱπροσεύξωμαι ἐκεῖ." 87 Kai παραλαβὼν τὸν
having goneaway [5881] ΥΩ yonder. And having taken with (him]

Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ
Peter and the two sons οἵ Zebedee, he began to besorrowful and
ἀδημονεῖν. 88 τότε λέγει abroic’, ἹΤερίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-ψυχή.μου

deeply depressed. Then hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul

, , ee ~ ? ~ "

ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 39 Kai
evento death; remain here and watch with me. And
hrooshOwy!' μικρὸν ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ προσευχό-

having goneforward alittle hefell upon his face pray-
μενος, καὶ λέγων, Warep.ipov,' εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν "παρελθέτω"
ing, and saying, my Father, if possible it is let pass

am’ ἐμοῦ τὸ.ποτήριον.τοῦτο᾽ πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς
from me this cup ; nevertheless not as I will, but as

τ τὸ LITrA. ν — καινῆς TIA].
ματος LITrAW. 2 διασκορπισθήσονται LITA.

(likewise) w. ¢ Τεθσημανεῖ utraw ; Γεθσημανεί τ.
f ἐκεῖ προσεύξωμαι LTTrA. 8 + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (Says) w.
towards [them] rrr. i — pov my T1[Tr]. k παρελθάτω LITrA.

© ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA.

xX — ὅτι LTTrA.
a — καὶ GLTTrAW.

d + αὐτοῦ of him t.
4 προσελθὼν having come

Loar d

4d
yeall of it; 28 for this
is my blood of the
new testament, which
is shed for many for
the remission of sins.
29 But I say untoyou,
I will not drink hence-
forth of this fruit of
the vine, until that
day when I drink
it new with you in
my Father’s kingdom.
30 And when they
had sung an hymn,
they went out into
the mount of Olives.
31 Then saith Jesus
unto them, Allyeshall
be offended becanse of
me this night: for it
is written, I wilismite
the shepherd, and the
sheep of the flock shall
be scattered abroad.
32 But after Iam risen
again, I will go before
youinto Galilee. 33 Pe-
ter answered and said
unto him, Though all
men shall be offended
because of thee, yet
will I never be offend-
ed. 34 Jesus said unto
him, Verily I say unto
thee, That this night,
before the cock crow,
thou shalt deny ime
thrice. 35 Peter said
unto him, Though 1
should die with thee,
yet will I not deny
thee. Likewise also
said all the disciples.

36 Then cometh Je-
sus with them unto
a place called Geth-
semane, and saithunto
the disciples, Sit ye
here, while [ go and
pray yonder. 37 And
he took with him Pe-
ter and the two sons
of Zebedee, and began
to be sorrowful and
very heavy. 38 Then
saith he unto them,
My soul is exceeding
sorrowfnl, even unto
death: tarry ye here,
and watch with me.
39 And he wenta little
farther, and fell on
his faee, and prayed,
saying, O my Father,
if it be possible, let
this cup pass from me:
nevertheless not as I
will, but as thou wilt.

Σ yev7-
Ὁ - 6€and
e+ ἂν τι

78

40 And he cometh unto
the disciples, and find-
eth them asleep, and
saith unto Peter, What,
could ye not watch
with me one hour?
41 Watch and pray,
that ye enter not into
temptation : the spirit ,
indeed is willing, but
the flesh is weak. 42 He
went away again the
second time, and pray-
ed, saying, O my Fa-
ther, if this cup may
not pass away from
me, except I drink it,
thy will be done.
43 And he came and
found them asleep
again: for their eyes
were heavy. 44 And
he left them, and went
away again, and pray-
ed the third time, say-
ing the same words.
45 Then cometh he to
his disciples, and saith
unto them, Sleep on
now, and take your
rest: behold, the hour
is at hand, and the
Son of man is betrayed
into the hands of sin-
ners. 46 Rise, let us
be going: behold, he
is at hand that doth
betray me.

47 And while he yet
spake, lo, Judas, one
of the twelve, came,
and with him a great
multitude with swords
and staves, from the
chief priests and elders
of the people. 48 Now
he that betrayed him
gave them a sign, say-
ing, Whomsoever I
shall kiss, that same
is he: hold him fast.
49 And forthwith he
came to Jesus, and
said, Hail, master;
and kissed him. 50 And
Jesus said unto him,
Friend, wherefore art
thou come? Then came

they, and laid hands
on Jesus, and took
him, 51] And, behold,
one of them which
were with Jesus

stretched out his hand,
and drew his sword,
and struck a servant
of the high priest’s,

and smote off his ear.

MATOATOX. XXVI.
σύ. 40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς Kai εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς
thou. And hecomes_ to the disciples and finds them

καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, Οὕτως οὐκ.ἰσχύσατε μίαν
sleeping, and sae) to Peter, Thus were Be notable one

το γρηγορῆσαι per eS 41 ὙΡΉΝΟΡΕΙΤΕ καὶ προσεύχεσθε,

to watch with me? Watch and pray,

iva μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. TO μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον,
that yeenternot into temptation: the “indeed ‘spirit [is] ready,

08. σὰρξ ἀσθενής. 42 Πάλιν ἐκ.δευτέρου ἀπελθὼν προσ-
but the flesh weak. Again asecond time having gone away oe

nvéaro, λέγων, Πάτερ.μου, εἰ οὐ.δύναται τοῦτο ἱτὸ ποτήριον"

prayed, saying, my Father, if Scannot this 2cup
OI ΡΣ ΣΡ “2. \
παρελθεῖν am ἐμοῦ" ἐὰν. μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά
pass from me unless 3it ‘I?*drink, ‘be 7done Swill

σου. 48 Kai ἐλθὼν "εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς πάλιν" καθεύδοντας,

“thy. And having come he finds them again sleeping,
ἦσαν.γὰρ αὐτῶν. οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημεῖοι; 44 Καὶ ἀφεὶς
for *were their *eyes heavy. And leaving

αὐτούς, οἀπελθὼν πάλιν" προσηύξατο Péx.rpirov,' τὸν αὐτὸν

them, having goneaway again he prayed athirdtime, the *%same
λόγον simwyt, 45 τότε ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς.μαθητ ac-adrov,'
wees says. Then he comes to his disciples

5 UD, \ A 2 U re
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ λοιπὸν Kai ἀναπαύεσθε
and ΒΥ to them, Bea) on now and take your rest;

ἰδού, ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδο-
lo, *has*drawn near ‘the *hour, and the Son of man is delivered
Ta εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. 46 ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν"
up ἰπύο [the] hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go ;

ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με.

*has “drawn *near *he who is delivering up me.
47 Kai ἔτι αὐτουῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, ᾿Ιούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα
And *yet '‘as*he*isspeaking behold, Judas, one of the twelve,

ἦλθεν, Kai μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν Kai ξύλων,
came, and with him a“crowd ‘great with swords and staves,

> ,
ἰδού,
behold,

ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. 48 6.0é
from the _ chief priests and elders of the people. And he who
παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, λέγων, Ὃν ἂν!

was delivering up him them a sign, saying, Whomsoever

φιλήσω, αὐτὸς tori’ κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 49 Kai εὐθέως
I shall kiss, he itis: seize him. And immediately

προσελθὼν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ εἶπεν, Χαῖρε, “ῥαββί," καὶ κατεφίλησεν
having come up to Jesus hesaid, Hail, Rabbi, and ardently kissed

gave

αὐτόν. 50 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾽ σῷ"
him. But Jesus said to him, Friend, for what [purpose]
πάρει; Τότε προσελθόντες ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ

art thoucome? Then Bev come to 185. they laid hands on

τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 51 Kai ἰδού, εἷς τῶν

Jesus, and seized him. And behold, one of those
μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαι-
with Jesus, having stretched out Chis] hand drew *sword

ραν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀφεῖλεν
*his, and = smiting the bondman of the high priest took off

1 — τὸ ποτήριον LTTrA.

found them Lrtra.
again T,
νυ ῥαββεί τ.

τ -- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lrtra.
W ὃ GLTTrAW.

— am ἐμοῦ [L]TTrA.

ἢ πάλιν εὗρεν αὐτοὺς again he
ο AS ΕἸΣ LTTrA. ἢ

Ρ-- ἐκ τρίτου [LJ A. 9 + πάλιν
oA
— τὸ [mrJa. t ἀὰν TA.

XXVI. MATTE We.

αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. 52 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Απόστρεψόν

his ear. Then ?says *to *him 1 Jesus, Return
ἄσου τὴν μάχαιραν" εἰς τὸν. τόπον. αὐτῆς πάντες.γὰρ οἱ λα-

thy sword to its place ; for all who
βόντες μάχαιραν ἐν Tish 2 ἀπολοῦνται. 53 ἢ do-
take [the] sword by [the] swor shall perish, Or think-
κεῖς = Ore οὐ-δύναμαι τἄρτι! παρακαλέσαι τὸν.πατέρα.μου,

est thou that Iam not able to call upon my Father,

\ 7 a b x ΄ il cx li ὃ ’, ὃ dy ~ ll ? Ξ
και παραστήσει μοι TTAELOUG 7) WOEKaA EVYEWVUC ay
and he will furnish to me more than twelve legions of

now

Ll ~ ~ ε AF φῇ “
γέλων; 54 πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι οὕτως
angels? How then should be fulfilled the scriptures that thus
δεῖ γενέσθαι;
it must be?

55 Ἔν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὥς ἐπὶ
In that hour said Jesus tothe crowds, As against
λῳστὴν “ἐξήλθετε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με:
arobber areyecomeout with swords and staves to take me?
θ᾽ ἡ , f. 4 « ~ ἢ} 62 θ , διδά ? ΗΝ: 01}
καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἱπρὸς ὑμᾶς" βἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων ἕν τῷ ἱερῷ,
Daily with you I sat teaching in the temple,
‘ > ? δ, , ~ δ ef, , ev
καὶ ovK.éxpatrnoaré με. 56 τοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν wa πλη-
and yedidnotseize me, But this all iscometopass that may
ρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Τότε οἱ μαθηταὶ" πάντες
fulfilled the scriptures of the prophets. Then the disciples all
ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον.
forsaking him fled.
57 Οἱ. δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Kai-
But they who had seized Jesus led[him> away to Cai-
ἄφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι
aphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders
συνήχθησαν. 58 Ὁ. .δὲ.Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ᾿ἀπὸ" μακρό-
were gathered together. And Peter followed him from afar
θεν, ἕως τῆς αὐλῆς TOU ἀρχιερέως" καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω ἐκάθητο
eventothe court ofthe high priest; and havingentered within he sat
pera τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ τέλος. 59 Οἱ.δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς "καὶ ot
with the officers tosee the end. And the chief priests and the
πρεσβύτεροι" Kai τὸ Gime Opie ὅλον ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν
elders and the 7sanhedrim ‘whole sought false evidence
κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὕπως ἰαὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν, 60 Kai οὐχ
against Jesus, so that him they might putto death, and “ποῦ
= . m pill AAG A 6 4 λθό ll On?,
εὗρον Και TTOAAWYV ev ομαρτυρων προσξε οντων οὐχ
lfound any]: even many false witnesses having come forward “not
, H
εὗρον." 61 ὕστερον.δὲ προσελθόντες δύο Ῥψευδομάρτυρες"
‘they *found [any]. But at lasthavingcomeforwardtwo false witnesses
εἶπον, Οὗτος ἔφη, Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ,
said, This (man]said, I am able todestroy the temple of God,
καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν “οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτόν." 62 Kai ἀναστὰς
and in three days to build it. And having stood up
ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου
the high priest said tohim, Nothing answerest thou? What “these ‘thee

79

52 Then said Jesus un-
to him, Put up again
thy sword into his
place: for all they that
take the sword shall
perish with the sword.
53 Thinkest thou that
Icannot now pray to
my Father, and he
shall presently give
me more than twelve
legions of angels?
54 But how then shall
the scriptures be ful-
piled, that thus it must
e

59 In that same hour
said Jesus to the mul-
titudes, Are ye come
out as against a thief
withswordsand staves
for totakeme? Isat
daily with you teach-
ing in the temple, and
ye laid no hold on me.
56 But all this was
done, that the scrip-
tures of the prophets
might be fuliilled.
Then all the disciples
forsook him, and fled.

57 And they that had
laid hold on Jesus led
him away to Caiaphas
the high priest, where
the scribes and the
elders were assembled,
58 But Peter followed
him afar off unto the
high priest’s palace,
and went in, and sat
with the servants, to
see the end. 59 Now
the chief priests, and
elders, and all the
council, sought false
witness against Jesus,
to put him to death;
60 but found none:
yea, thoughmany false
witnesses came, yet
found they none. At
the last came two false
witnesses, 61 and said,
This fellow said, I am
able to destroy the
temple of God, and to
build it in three days.
62 And the high priest
arose, and said unto
him, Answerest thou
nothing? what is it
which these witness
against thee? 63 But

x τὴν μάχαιράν σου LTTrA. Υ μαχαίρῃ LTTrA. τ --- ἄρτι TTr.
Ὁ πλείω LTTrA. © — ἢ (read [than]) relma d λεγιώνων T.
ὑμᾶς T[Tr JA.
4 + αὐτοῦ of him | L]. i — ἀπὸ T.
θανατώσουσιν LTTrA ; θανατώσωσιν αὐτὸν W.-
ψευδομαρτύρων LTTra. ο — οὐχ εὗρον @[L]TTra.
οἰκοδομῆσαι T; — αὐτὸν TrA.

m— καὶ GLT'Tr.

© ἐξήλθατε LTTrA.
; yet δ τα θ᾽ sends ates ;
& ἐκαθεζόμην ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων L; ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων TIrA.
ἃ K — καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι LITA.

Ρ — Ψευδομάρτυρες TTrA.

a+ ἄρτι DOW TTr.
f — πρὸς

! αὐτὸν
π προσελθόντων
4 αὐτὸν

80

Jesus held his peace.
And the high priest
answered and said un-
to him, 1 adjure thee
by the living God, that
thou tell us whether
thou be the Christ, the
Son of God. 64 Jesus
saith unto him, Thou
hast said: nevertheless
Τ say unto you, Here-
after shall ye see the
Son of man sitting on
the right hand of
power, and coming in
the clouds of heaven.
65 Then the high priest
rent his clothes, say-
ing, He hath spoken
blasphemy ; what fur-
ther need have we of
witnesses? behold,now
ye have heard his blas-
phemy. 66 What think
ye? They answered
and said, He is guilty
of death. 67 Then did
they spit in his face,
and buffeted him ; and
others smote him with
the palms of their
hands, 68 saying, Pro-
phesy unto us, thou
Christ, Who is he that
smote thee?

69 Now Peter sat
without in the palace:
aud a damsel came
anto him, saying, Thou
also wast with Jesus
of Galilee. 70 But he
denied before them all,
saying, I know not
what thou _§ sayest.
71 And when he was
gone out into the
porch, another maid
saw him, and said unto
them that were there,
This fellow was also
with Jesus of WNa-
zareth. 72 And again
he denied with an oath,
Ido not know the man,
73 And after a while
came unto him they
that stood by, and
said to Peter, Surely
thou also art one
of them; for thy
speech bewrayeth thee.
74 Then began he to
curse and to swear,
saying, Ll know not the
man. And immedi-
ately the cock crew.
75 And Peter remem-

MATOAIOX®&. XXVI.

καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 63 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. καὶ "ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ
180 “witness *against ? But Jesus wassilent. And answering the
ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἙΕξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος,
highpriest said tohim, JLadjure thee by °God ‘the “living,
ev c ~ » ? 4 Ly « , c cA ~ ~ ,
ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς. εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. G4 Λέγει
that us thoutell if thouartthe Christ, the Son of God. 2Says
? exp AYE) ~ Ay ie \ , « - ? 2) ν »
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ εἶπας. πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε
‘to*him ‘Jesus, Thou hastsaid. Moreover I say to you, Henceforth yeshallsee
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώποιι καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως Kai
the Son of man sitting at([the]right hand of power, amd
ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν TOU οὐρανοῦ. 65 Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς
coming on the clouds of heaven. Then the high priest
διέῤῥηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, λέγων, “Ὅτι! ἐβλασφήμησεν" τί
rent his garments, saying, He has blasphemed ; why
ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; ἴδε, νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασ-
anymore “need *have*we of witnesses? lo, now yehaveheard the blas-

~

φημίαν Yabrov.' 66 τί ὑ μαι BOREL Οἱ.δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον,
phemy of him. What doyethink? Andthey answering said,

Ἀγ. ’ ’ , , ᾽ , > A ,
Evoyoc θανάτου ἐστίν. 67 Tore ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον

Deserving οὗ death heis. Then theyspat in “face
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν, οἱ. δὲ νέἐῤῥάπισαν,"

‘his, and buffeted him, and some struck [him] with the palm of the
68 λέγοντες, Προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ
hand, saying, Prophesy tous, Christ, Who is _ he that
παίσας GE;
struck thee?

69 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος “ἔξω ἐκάθητο! ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, Kai προσῆλθεν
But Peter “*without*was *sitting in the court, and “came
αὐτῷ μία.παιδίσκη, λέγουσα, Kai od ἦσθα μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ
*to°him 1a *maid, saying, Andthou wast with Jesus the
Γαλιλαίου. 70 Ὃ.δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν Υ͂ πάντων, λέγων, Οὐκ
Galilwan. But he denied before all, saying, “Not
olda τί λέγεις. 71 ᾿Εξελθόντα.δὲ *adbrov' sic τὸν πυλῶνα
11 *know what thou sayest. And*having*gone*out ‘he into the porch
εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη, καὶ λέγει *roic' ἐκεῖ, "Kai! οὗτος

‘saw him ‘another (*maidj],and says tothose there, And _ this[man}
ἣν pera Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. 72 Kai πάλιν ἠρνήσατο
was with Jesus the Nazarzan. And again he denied

μεθ᾽} ὅρκου, Ὅτι οὐκ.οἷδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 73 Μετὰ μικρὺν. δὲ
with δὴ οδίῃ, I know not the man, After a little also
, « € ~ = ~ , ? ~
προσελθόντες οἱ ἕἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς
Shaving Scome 7to[®him] 'those*who “stood*by said to Peter, Truly
καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ" καὶ. γὰρ ἡ-λαλιά.σου δῆλόν GE ποιεῖ.
also thou of them art, foreven thy speech “manifest *thee ‘makes.
74 Tore ἤρξατο SkaravabepariZe" καὶ ὀμνύειν, “Ore οὐκ.οἶδα
Then he began to curse and to swear, I know not
τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Kai “εὐθέως! ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. 75 καὶ
the man, And immediately a cock crew. And
ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος ἱτοῦ" ᾿Ιησοῦ εἰρηκότος Sabri',

bered the word of “remembered Peter the word of Jesus, who had said to him,
Jesus, which said unto ¢ ἢ "7 ~ ἢ > ΄ ᾿ see
him, Before the cock Ort TOW ἀλέκτορα φωνῆησαι, τρις απαρνησῃ με Kat
crow, thou shalt deny Before [the] cock crow, thrice thou wiltdeny me. And
me thrice. And he ? O ‘ » » r ~
went out, and wept ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς.
bitterly. having gone out ihe wept bitterly.

5.- ἀποκριθεὶς Tr. ἱ -- ὅτι τττὰ. Y—avrod[L]TTrA. δ ἐράπισαν LTTrA. ἃ ἐκάθητο
ἔξω LTTrA. Y - αὐτῶν θη 6. 58 -- αὐτὸν [1|] ττ. ι αὐτοῖς tothem aw. ὃ --- καὶ Τ.
ὁ μετὰ ἱττιὰ. 8 καταθεματίζειν GLITrAW. ε εὐθὺς Tr. ἴ --- τοῦ LTTrA. ὃ --- αὐτῷ [L]rrra.

XXVII. MATTHEW.
27 Ilpwiac.cé γενομένης, συμβούλιον ἔλαβον πάντες ot

And morning being come, *2counsel Mtook tall the
ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ,
*chief ‘priests *and *the 7elders ®of ®the }°people against Jesus,
ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" 2 καὶ δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγα-
80 that they might put todeath him; andhaving bound him they led
- ἐδωκ Ἰαὐτὸν! ἘΠ iw" Πιλάτῳ" =
yov και παρὲ ωκαν “AUTOV οντιῳ ι ατῳ TH
away [him] and _ delivered up him to Pontius Pilate the
ἡγεμόνι.
governor.
8 Τότε ἰδὼν

Ἰούδας ὁ ᾿-ἰπαραδιδοὺς" αὐτὸν ὅτι κατ-
Then ‘having 7seen

1Judas *who ‘delivered °up ‘him that he was
, + ‘ n ? , I ‘ ’, ? ,
ἐκρίθη, IUD ΕΣ ἀπέστρεψεν" τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύ-
condemned, ving regretted [it] returned the thirty pieces of
pia τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai “στοῖς" πρεσβυτέροις, 4 λέγων.
silver tothe chiefpriests and the elders, paying,
Ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα Ῥἀθῶον". Οἱ. δὲ εἶπον, Τί
Isinned delivering up *blood ‘guiltless, Butthey said, What[is that]
πρὸς Nuac; σὺ Wwe. 5 Καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια
ἴο us? thou wilt see [to it]. And having cast down the pieces of silver
r2 ~ “}} ? , A ? ‘ 2 7 « "
ἐν τῷ ναῷ" ἀνεχώρησεν,καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. 6 Οἱ.δὲ
in the temple he withdrew, and havinggoneaway hangedhimself. Amd the
᾽ ~ , > , 5 li ? Ν = ~
ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια "εἶπον," Οὐκ.ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν
chief priests having taken the piecesofsilver said, It is not lawful to put
αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν. 7 Συμ-
them into the treasury, since [the] price of blood it is. *Coun-
βούλιον δὲ λαβόντες, ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ
861 tand *having ‘taken, they bought with them the field ofthe
κεραμέως, eic ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις. 8 διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ
potter, for a burying ground for strangers. Wherefore “was ‘called
ἀγρὸς.ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς-σήμερον. Q τότε
ithat 3561 Field of blood to this day. Then
> , A « δὶ A? , ~ ΄, ,
ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ᾿Τερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγον-
was fulfilled that which wasspoken by Jeremias the prophet, say-
τος, Kai ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, THY τιμὴν τοῦ
ing, And Itook the thirty pieces ofsilver, the price of him who
τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, 10 καὶ

was set a price on, whom they “set 78 *price °on ‘of [(*the] “sons ‘of*Israel, and
ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν
gave them for the field ofthe potter, according as “directed
οι κύριος.
*me [16] *Lord.
11 Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς 'ἔστη" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος" καὶ ἐπηρώ-
But Jesus stood before the governor; and *ques-
τησὲν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμών, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν
tioned ‘him ‘the “governor, saying, ἽΤΒΟα ‘art the king of the
Ἰουδαίων; Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἔφη "αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 12 Kai
Jews? And Jesus said tohim, Thou sayest. And

ἐν. τῷ.κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai *r@v" πρεσ-
when *was “accused the by the chief priests and the el-

βυτέρων, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. 18 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος,"

ders, nothing he answered. Then ?says *to*him Pilate,

1

XXVIII. When the
morning was come, all
the chief priests and
elders of the people
took counsel against
Jesus to put him to
death: 2 and when
they had bound him,
they led him away,

io 4)

and delivered him to
Pontius Pilate the
governor.

3 Then Judas, which
had betrayed him,
when he saw that he
was condemned, re-

mted himself, and

rought again the
thirty pieces of silver
to the chief priests and
elders, 4 saying, I have
sinned in that I have
betrayed the innocent
blood. And they said,
What is that tous? see
thou fothat, 5 And he
cast down the pieces
of silver in the temple,
and departed, and
went and hanged him-
self. 6 And the chief
priests took the silver
pieces, and said, It is
not lawful for to put
them intothe treasury,
because it is the price
of blood. 7 And they
took counsel, and
bought with them the
potter’s field, to bury
strangersin. 8 Where-
fore that field was
ealled, The field of
blood, unto this day.
9 Then was fulfilled
that which was spoken
by Jeremy the prophet,
saying, And they took
the thirty pieces of
silver, the price of him
that was valued, whom
they of the children of
Israel did value; l0and
gave them for tie pot-
ter’s field, as the Lora
appointed me.

11 And Jesus sicod
before the governor:
and the governor asked
him, saying, Art thou
the king of the Jews?
And Jesus said unto
him, Thou gayest.
12 And when he was
accused of the chief
priests and elders,
he answered nothing.
13 Then said Pilate
unto him, MHearest

1 — αὐτὸν LTTrA.
Ὁ ἔστρεψεν TTrA, © — τοῖς LTTrA.
into the temple rrr. 5 εἶπαν LT Tr.
« ἸΠιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος Tt.

k — [lovriw Ttr. | Πειλάτῳ τ.
P ἀθῷον LTA.

t ἐστάθη LTTrA.

™ παραδοὺς had delivered up Ltr.
4 ὄψῃ LTTrA.
° — αὐτῷ T.

Τ εἰς τὸν ναὸν
τ — τῶν TA].

G

82

thou not how many
things they witness
against thee? 14 And
he answered him to
never a word; inso-
much that the gover-
nor marvelled greatly.

15 Now at that feast
the governor was wont
to Zelease unto the
people a prisoner,
whom they would.
16 And they had thena
notable prisoner, call-
ed Barabbas. 17 There-
fore when they were
gathered together, Pi-
late said unto them,
Whom will ye that
I release unto you?
Barabbas, or esus
which is called Christ ?
18 For he knew that
for envy they had de-
livered him. 19 When
he was set down on
the judgment seat, his
wife sent unto him,
saying, Have thou
nothing to do with
that just man: for I
have suffered many
things this day in a
dream because of him.
20 But the chief priests
and elders persuaded
the multitude that
they should ask Barab-
bas, and destroy Jesus.
21 The governor an-
swered and said unto
them, Whether of the
twain will ye that I
release unto you? They
gid, Barabbas. 22 Pi-
late saith unto them,
What shall I do then
with Jesus which is
called Christ ? They all
say unto him, Let him
be crucified. 23 And the
governor said, Why,
what evil hath he
done? But they cried
out the more, saying,
Let him be crucified.
24 When Pilate saw
that he could prevail
nothing, but that
rather a tumult was
made, he took water,
and washed Ais hands
before the multitude,
saying, I am innocent
of the blood of this
just person: see ye to
tt, 25 Then answered
all the people, and
said, His blood be on
us, and on our chil-
dren. 26 Then released
he Barabbas' unto
them: and when he
had scourged Jesus, he
delivered him to be
crucified.

MATOATOX.

Οὐκ.ἀκούεις πόσα σοῦ
Hearest thou not how many things ‘thee

XXVII.

καταμαρτυροῦσιν; 14 Kai
‘they *witness *against ἢ And

οὐκ.ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἕν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν
he did not answer him to even one word, sothat “wondered ‘the
ἡγεμόνα λίαν.
*governor exceedingly.
15 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν εἰώθει ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀπολύειν ἕνα
Now at [the] feast *was*accustomed'the*governor torelease one
τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον. 16 εἶχον.δὲ τότε δέσ-
53[ο ὅπ *multitude ‘prisoner, whom they wished. And they had then a?pri-
μιον ἐπίσημον, λεχύμεμον Βαραββᾶν. 17 συνηγμένων
soner ‘notable, caNed Barabbas. Being ‘gathered *together

οὖν αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τίνα θέλετε ἀπο-᾿
"therefore ‘they ‘said δίο *them *Pilate, Whom willye[that] I

λύσω ὑμῖν; Βαραββᾶν, ἢ ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον χριστόν ;
release to you? Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ ?

18 poe dp ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. 19 Καθη-
or he knew that through envy they deliveredup him. 7As ‘was
,

> ~ ? ‘ Lad (2 2 “ bY > A €
ἕνου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ

sitting ‘but *he on the judgment seat 3sent to Shim
γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, λέγουσα, Μηδὲν σοι καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ
his *wife, saying, [Let there be] nothing between thee and ighteous
ἐκείνῳ" πολλὰ.γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον Kar ὄναρ δι

‘that [man]; for many things 1 βυοστοᾶ to-day in a dream because of
αὐτόν. 20 Oi.d2 ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς
him. But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the

n” “ bal 2 a ~ Y ᾽ ~ ?
ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν ἀπολ-
crowds that they should beg for Barabbas, and 7Jesus 1should

Ld ᾽ « « ‘ 7 ᾽ ~ ’ ,
ἐσωσιν. 21 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἡγεμὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τίνα θέλετε
7destroy. And answering 'the*governor said. tothem, Which will ye
ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Οἱ. δὲ τεῖπον", "Βαραββᾶν.
of the two([that] Irelease toyou? Andthey said, Barabbas,
22 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Ti οὖν ποιήσω ᾿ἸΙησοῦν, τὸν
*Says *to “them ‘Pilate, What then shallIdo with Jesus, who
λεγόμενον Χρισπῦ»); Λέγουσιν Ῥαὐτῷ" πάντες, Σταυρωθήτω.
is called it? They *say *to *him tall, Let [him] be crucified.
23 Ὁ.δὲ “ἡγεμὼν! ἔφη, Ti γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν ; Οἱ. δὲ

1671]

Andthe governor’ said, What *then didhe commit? But they
περισσῶς ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, Σταυρωθήτω. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ
the more cried out, saying, Let [him] be crucified. And “seeing

ΥΠιλάτος" ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται,

Pilate that nothing it availed, but rather atumult [15 arising,

‘ .“ ? 4 A ~ d > , " ἫΝ»
λαβὼν ὕδωρ ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας “ἀπέναντι' τοῦ ὄχλου,
having taken water he washed [his] hands before the crowd,

λέγων, “᾿Αθῶός" εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος ἱτοῦ.δικαίου.τούτου""

saying, Guiltless Iam of the blood of this righteous ([man,_

ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε. 25 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς εἶπεν, Τὸ
Θ will see [to it]. And ‘answering ‘all *the*people_ said,

ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ἡμῶν. 26 Tore ἀπέλυ-

us and on our children, Then he re-

τὸν.δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας
but *Jesus *having *scourged

δέ

αἴπα αὐτὸν
is blood [be]on

? ~ 4 ~ A

αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν

leased ἕο them Barabbas ;
παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ.

he delivered up (him) that he might be crucified.

σεν

Υ Πιλᾶτος utr; Πειλᾶτος 1.
© — ἡγεμὼν (ead and he said) ΤΊτΑ.

b — αὐτῷ LTTrA.
ἴ τούτου [Tow

® εἶπαν TTr. a + τὸν TTr.
4 κατέναντι LTr. © ἀθῷός LTA.

δικαίου} L; — τοῦ δικαίου (read of this [{man]) T[Tr]A.

ΧΧΥΙΙ. MATTHEW.

27 Tore οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, παραλαβόντες

Then the soldiers ofthe governor, having taken with [them]
τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, συνήγαγον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὅλην
Jesus to the prsxtorium, gathered against him all

THY σπεῖραν᾽ 28 Kai ξἐκδύσαντες" αὐτὸν "περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ
the band ; and havingstripped him they put round him
χλαμύδα κοκκίνην" 29 καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν
a 7cloak ‘scarlet ; And having platted acrown of thorns
ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ ἱτὴν.κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κάλαμον kimi τὴν
they put [it] on his head, and 8. reed in
δεξιὰν! αὐτοῦ" Kai γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἱένέ-
7right Ββεαμᾶ *his; and bowing the knees before him they
παιζον! αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, Χαῖρε, πὸ βασιλεὺς" τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽
mocked him, saying, Hail, king ofthe Jews!
80 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔλαβον τὸν κάλαμον Kai ἔτυπ-
μ ς εις
And havingspit upon him they took the reed and struck

τον εἰς τὴν.κεφαλὴν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Kai bre ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ
{him] on is head. And when they had mocked him

"ἐξέδυσαν" αὐτὸν τὴν χλαμύδα, “καὶ! ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ

they took off him the cloak, and they put on him
ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ" Kai ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σταυρῶσαι.
hisown garments; and led“*away ‘him to crucify.

82 ᾿Ἐξερχόμενοι δὲ εὗρον ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον, ὀνόματι
And going forth theyfound aman a enran, by name
Σίμωνα: τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ.
Simon; him they compelled that he might carry his cross,
33 Kai ἐλθόντες εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον ῬΓολγοθᾶ," «ὅς" ἐστιν
And having come to ἃ place called Golgotha, which is
eyaHev oe κρανίου τόπος," 84 ἔδωκαν αὐγῷ "πιεῖν" ὄξος"
called 308. 5a “skull ‘place, they gave him todrink vinegar
μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον᾽ Kai eh Tees οὐκ. “ἤθελεν!" "πιεῖν."

with = gall mingled ; and havingtasted he would not drink,
35 Σταυρώσαντες.δὲ αὐτὸν διεμερίσαντο τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ,
And having crucified him they divided his garments,
π βάλλοντες" KAjpov’ ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ
casting a lot; that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by
τοῦ προφήτου, Διεμερίσαντο Ta.iparid.wov ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ
the prophet, They divided my garments among themselves, and
ἐπὶ τὸν. ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον." 36 Kai καθήμενοι
for my vesture they cast ἃ lot. And sitting down
? [4 > 4 ? ~ ‘ ? , ? id ~
ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ. 37 Καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπάνω τῆς

they kept guard over him there. And they put up over

κεφαλῆς. αὐτοῦ τὴν.αἰτίαν.αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένην, Οὗτός ἐστιν
his head his accusation written : This is

? ~ « ‘ ~ ? / , ~ 4
Ιησοῦς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. 38 Tore cravpovyTa σὺν
Jesus the king of the Jews, Then arecrucified with

αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί, εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων.
him two robbers, one at [the] right handand one at [the] left.
39 Οἱ: δὲ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες

But those passing by railed at him, shaking
τὰς. κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν, 40 καὶ λέγοντες, Ὃ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν
their heads, and saying, ‘Thou who destroyest the temple

& ἐνδύσαντες having clothed L,
κεφαλῆς TTrA. Κ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ LITra.
2 ἐκδύσαντες having taken off τ. ο — καὶ τ.
™ κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος LTTrA. - πεῖν T.
ἐθέλησεν Α. Ww βαλόντες having cast LTA.

1 ἐνέπαιξαν T.

τ οἶῖνον wine LTTr.

Β χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ LTTrA.
m βασιλεῦ O Κίπρ Ltr.
P Τολγοθά Tr.

83

27 Then the soldiers
of the governor took
Jesus into the common
hall, and gathered un-
to him the whole band
of soldiers. 28 And
they stripped him, and
put on him a scarlet
robe. 29 And when
they had platted a
crown of thorns, they
put z upon his head,
and a reed in his right
hand: and they bowed
the knee before him,
and mocked him, say-
ing, Hail, King of the
Jews! 30 And they
spit upon him, and
took the reed, and
smote him on the head.
31 And after that they
had mocked him, they
took the robe off from
him, and put his own
raiment on him, and
led him away to cru-
cify him.

32 And as they came
out, they found a
man of Cyrene, Simon
by name: him they
compelled to bear his
cross. 33 And when
they were come unto
a place called Gol-
gotha, that is to say,
a jee of a skull,
34 They gave him vin-
egar to drink mingled
with gall: and when
he had tasted thereof,
he would not drink.
35 And they crucified
him, and parted his
garments, casting lots:
that it might be ful-
filled which was spo-
ken by the prophet,
They parted my gar-
ments among them,
and upon my vesture
did they cast lots.
36 And sitting down
they watched him
there; 37 and set up
over his head his accu-
sation written, THIS
IS JESUS THE
KING OF THB
JEWS. 38 Then were
there two thieves cru-
cified with him, one
on the right hand, and
another on the left.

39 And they that
passed by reviled him,
wagging their heads,
40 and saying, Thou
that destroyest the

temple, and buildest

4 6 GLTTraW.
τ ἠθέλησεν LTTr;

x — ἵνα πληρωθῇ to end of verse ΟἸσττα.

84

it in three days, save
thyself. If thou be
the Son of God, come
down from the cross.
41 Likewise also the
chief priests mocking
him, with the scribes
and elders, said, 42 He
saved others; himself
he cannot save. If he
be the King of Israel,
let him now come
down from the cross,
and we will believe
him, 43 He trusted in
God; let him deliver
him now, if he will
have him: for he said,
I am the Son of God.
44 The thieves also,
which were crucified
with him, cast the
same in his teeth.

45 Now from the
sixth hour there was
darkness over all the
Jand unto the ninth
hour. 46 And about
the ninth hour Jesus
cried with a loud voice,
saying, ELI, ELI,
LAMA SABACHTHA-
NI? that isto say, My
God, my God, why
hast thou forsaken
me? 47 Some of them
that stood there, when
they heard that, said,
‘his man calleth for
Elias. 48 Andstraight-
way one of them ran,
und took a spunge, and
filled it with vinegar,
and put tt on a reed,
and gave him to drink.
49 The rest said, Let
be, let us see whether
Elias will come to save
him,

50 Jesus, when he
had cried again with a
lond voice, yielded up
the ghost, 51 And, be-
hold, the veil of the
temple was rent in
twain from the top to
the bottom; and the
earth did quake, and
the rocks rent; 52 and
the graves were open-
ed; and many bodies
of the saints which

MATOATOS. XXVIL.
καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, σῶσον σεαυτόν. εἰ υἱὸς
and in three days buildest [it], save thyself. Tf son

Yel τοῦ θεοῦ," 5 κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 41 Ὁμοίως
thouart of God, descend from the cross. *In “like *manner
"δὲ καὶ ot ἀρχιερεῖς ἐμπαίζοντες μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ
tand also the chief priests, mocking, with the scribes and
πρεσβυτέρων ἔλεγον, 42 ΓΛλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται
elders, said, Others he saved, himself he isnot able
σῶσαι. ei βασιλεὺς open ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ
to save, Tf king ofIsrael heis, let him descend now from the
σταυροῦ, καὶ “πιστεύσομεν! δαὐτῷ." 48 πέποιθεν ἐπὶ “τὸν θεόν" |
cross, and we will believe him, He trusted on God:
ῥυσάσθω νῦν fabréy," εἰ θέλει αὐτόν. εἶπεν.γάρ, Ὅτι θεοῦ
lethimdeliver*now ‘him, if he will [have] him. For he said, “Of*God
εἶμι υἱός. 44 Τὸ. δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ ot Soveravow/éy-
*I?am *Son. And[{with]thesamethingalsothe robbers who were crucified to-
uh

rec! ἢ αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον Ἰαὐτῷ."
gether with him reproached him.
45 ᾿Απὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν

Now from *sixth [the] hour darkness all the
~ e “ k2 , «I 46 4 δὲ ‘ 12 , "“
γῆν ewe ὥρας “evvarnc TEPL.OE τὴν ἐννάτην ὥραν
land until[the] 7hour ‘ninth ; and about the ninth hour
™aveBdonoey" ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων, "HX, ’HXi,'
2cried *out 1Jesus ‘with*a7voice ‘loud, saying, Eli, Eli,
apa" Ρσαβαχθανί ;" τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Θεέ.μου, θεέ. μου, Uvari' με
lama sabachthani ? that is, My God, my God, why me
ἐγκατέλιπες; 47 Τινὲς. δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ τέστώτων" ἀκού-
hast thou forsaken ? And some of those who there weré standing having
σαντες; ἔλεγον, Ὅτι “Ἡλίαν! φωνεῖ οὗτος. 48 Kai εὐθέως
heard, said, *Elias Zcalls “this (*man], And immediately
δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας.τε
“having ®run'‘one 292.5Ὁ “them and _ taken a sponge, and filled [it]
ὔξους καὶ περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν" 49 οἱ δὲ
with vinegar and put[it]on areed, gave*to“drink *him. But the
λοιποὶ *éXeyor," “Adec, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται “HXiac! σώσων

was over

rest said, Let be; let us see comes Elias to save
αὐτόν.
him.
50 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν
And Jesus again having cried witha7voice ‘loud yielded up

τὸ πνεῦμα. 51 Kai ἰδού, τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη
{his} spirit. And behold, the veil ofthetemple was rent
πες δύο! χἀπὸ! ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω. Kai ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, Kai
into two from top to bottom; and the earth was shaken, and
ε ~ > ‘
ai πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, 52 καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν. Kai
the roc were rent, and the tombs were opened, and
πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ᾿πἠγέρθη," 53 Kai

slept arose, 53 and many bodies ofthe “fallen *asleep 1gaints arose, and

Υ θεοῦ εἶ L. z+ καὶ and LT. 8 [δὲ] καὶ TrA; — δὲ καὶ [L]T. Ὁ — εἰ Trra.
© πιστεύομεν We believe τ,; πιστεύσωμεν let us believe T. ἃ ἐπ᾽’ αὐτόν on him Tir; ἐπ᾽
αὐτῷ W. ετῴ θεῷ!τ. f — αὐτόν [τι]. & συνσταυρωθέντες LTTrA. h + σὺν
with (him) urrra. i αὐτόν GLTTrAW. k ἐνάτης LITrA. ἐνάτην LTTrA. τὰ ἐβόησεν
cried Tr. π Ἡλὶ ἡλὶ LA; ᾿Ηλεὶ ἡλεὶ τ. © λημὰ τι ; λεμὰ ΤΊτΑ. P σαβακθανίτ,;
σαβαχθανεί TTr. 4 ἵνα τί A. τ ἑστηκότων TTr. 5 Ἡλείαν T. * εἶπαν Ltr.
v “Haeias T. ν᾿ εἰς δύο placed after κάτω TTrA. Xan’ τι; -- ἀπὸ 1. γα ἠγέρθησαν

LTTrA.

ΧΙΧΥΤΙ: MATTHEW.
ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν.ἔγερσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλ-
having gone forth out οὗ the tombs after his arising, entered
Gov εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς.
into the holy city and appeared to many.
54 ‘0.08 *éxarévrapyoc" καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες
But the centurion andthey who with him kept guard over

τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν Kai τὰ δγεγνόμενα,,
Jesus, having seen the earthquake and the things that took place,

ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς! ἣν οὗτος.

feared greatly, saying, Truly 7God’s *Son ?was ‘this.
55 Ἦσαν.δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦ-
And there were there *women ‘many from afar off looking

σαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας δια-

on, who followed Jesus from Galilee min-
κονοῦσαι αὐτῷ, 56 ἐν αἷς ἦν Μαρία ἡ Maydadnr7, καὶ
istering to him, among whom was Mary the Magdalene, and

Μαρία ἡ τοῦ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ “Ἰωσῆ"
Mary the 70f SJames ‘and ‘*Joses
υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου.
sons of Zebedee.
57 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ
And evening beingcome *came 4a Sman 2rich from
Δ᾽ Αριμαθαίας,! τοὔνομα ᾿Ιωσήφ, ὃς Kai αὐτὸς Stuabnrevoer’
Arimathea, by name Joseph, who also himself was discipled
τῷ Inoov. 58 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ Πιλάτῳ" yrncaro τὸ σῶμα
to Jesus, He having gone to Pilate begged the body
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. τότε ὁ ΞΠιλάτος! ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι "τὸ σῶμα.
of Jesus, Then Pilate commanded tobegivenup the body.
59 καὶ λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα δ᾽ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ ' σινδόνι
Andhavingtakenthe body Joseph wrapped it ina7linen*cloth
καθαρᾷ, 60 καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ .καινῷ.αὐτοῦ μνημείῳ ὃ
‘clean, and placed it in his new tomb which
ἐλατόμησεν ἐν Ty πέτρᾳ Kai προσκυλίσας Δλίθον μέγαν
hehadhewn in the rock ; and having rolled a*stone ‘great
krp θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπῆλθεν. G1 iv.dé ἐκεῖ ‘Magia
tothe door ofthe tomb went away. And there was there Mary
ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, καθήμεναι ἀπέναντι τοῦ

μήτηρ, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν

mother, and the mother of the

the Magdalene andthe other Mary, sitting opposite the
τάφου.
sepulchre,
62 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν.
Now onthe morrow, which is after the preparation,
συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ποὸς ™I-
were gathered together the chief priests and the Pharisees to Pi-
λάτον," 63 λέγοντες, Κύρι, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅὕτι ἐκεῖνος

late, saying, Sir, we have called to mind that that

ε , = ” ~ Π - δὶν» 2 , ,
ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, Mera τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 64 κέ-
deceiver said whilst living, After three days I arise. Com-
λευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας"

mand therefore to be secured the sepulchreuntil the third day,
μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" ° dcll κλέ ὑτόν
-μαθηταὶ."αὐτοῦ" °vuKcroc! κλεψωσιν auroy,

lest 3coming ‘his *disciples by night steal?away ‘him,

86

came out of the graves
after his resurrection,
and went into the holy
city, and appeared
unto many.

54 Now when the
centurion, and they
that were with him,
watching Jesus, saw
the earthquake, and
those things that were
done, they feared
greatly, saying, Truly
this was the Son of
God.

55 And many women
were there beholding
afar off, which foi-
lowed Jesus from Ga-
lilee, ministering unto
him : 56 among which
was Mary Magdalene,
and Mary the mother
of James and Joses.
and the mother of
Zebedee’s children,

57 When the even
was come, there camé
arich man of Arima-
thea, named Joseph,
who also himself was
Jesus’ disciple: 58 he
went to Pilate, and
begged the body of Je-
sus. Then Pilate com-
manded the body to be
delivered. 59 And when
Joseph had taken the
body, he wrapped it in
a clean linen cioth,
60 and laid it in his
own new tomb, which
he had hewn out in
therock: and he rolled
a great stone to the
door of the sepulchre,
and departed. 61 And
there was Mary Mag-
dalene, and the other
Mary, sitting over a-
gainst the sepulchre.

62 Now the next day,
that followed the day
of the preparation, the
chief priests and Pha-
risees came together
unto Pilate, 63 saying,
Sir, we remember that
that deceiver said,
while he was yet alive,
After three days i will
Tise again. 64 Com-
Mand therefore that
the sepuichre be made
sure until the third
day, lest his disciples
come by night, and
steal him away, and

8 γινόμενα were taking place LTTra.

: ἑκατοντάρχης T.
© ἐμαθητεύθη LTTr.

Joseph T. 4 ᾿Αριμαθείας W.
Πειλᾶτος T. h — τὸ σῶμα (read [it]) T[ Tr].
over (the door) L. 1 Μαριὰμ. τ. πὶ ἸΤιλᾶτον LTr; Πειλᾶτον T.
disciples) T. © — νυκτὸς GLTTrA.

> vids θεοῦ LTrA.
f Πειλάτῳ T.
i+ ἐν ἴῃ (a linen cloth) tra.
1 — αὐτοῦ (read the

ς Ἰωσὴφ
8 Πιλᾶτος Ltr;
k τ ἐπὶ

86

say unto the people,
ἘΣ is risen from the
dead: so the last error
shall be worse than
the first. 65 Pilate
said unto them, Ye
havea watch: go your
way, make it as sure
as yecan. 66So they
went, and made the
sepulchre sure, sealing
the stone, and setting
a watch.

XXVIII. In theend
of the sabbath, as it
began to dawn toward
the first day of the
week, came Mary Mag-
dalene and the other
Mary to see the sepul-
chre.

2 And, behold, there
was a great earth-
quake: for the angel
of the Lord descended
from heaven, and came
and rolled back the
stone from the door,
and sat upon it. 3 His
countenance was like
lightning, and his rai-
ment white as snow:
4and for fear of him
the keepers did shake
and became as dead
men. 5 And theangel
answered and said un-
to the women, Fear
not ye: for I know
that ye seek Jesus,
which was crucified.
6 He is not here: for
he is risen, as he said.
Come, see the place
where the Lord lay.
7 And go quickly, and
tell his disciples that
he is risen from the
dead ; and, behold, he
gocth before you into
Galilee ; there shall ye
see him: lo, I have
told you. 8 And they
departed quickly from
the sepulchre with
fear and great joy;
and did run to bring
his disciples word.
9 And as they went to
tell his disciples, be-
hold, Jesus met them
saying, All hail. And
they came and held
him by the _ feet,

MATOATOYS.
‘ » ~ ~ , “ ᾽ 4 ~ ~ \ ”
kai εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ᾿Ηγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν᾽ καὶ ἔσται
and say tothe people, Heisrisen from the dead; and ‘shall be

ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. 65”Edn?dé! αὐτοῖς
‘the “last “deception worse thanthe first. And ?said “to *them

ὁ “Πιλάτος," "Ἔχετε κουστωδίαν᾽ ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε we

XXVII, XXVIII.

Pilate, Ye have a guard: Go make [it as] secure ag
οἴδατε. 66 Οἱ. δὲ πορευθέντες ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον
ye know [how]. Andthey having gone made *secure ‘the *sepulchre

σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον, μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας.
7sealing "the *stone, “with ‘the ‘guard.
28 ὈψΨὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ. ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς ίαν
Now late onSabbath, as it was getting dusk toward [the] first [day}
σαββάτων, ἦλθεν *Mapia" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία
of [the] week, came Mary the Magdalene and the other Mary
θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον.

to see the sepulchre.
2 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς EYERETO μέγας" ἄγγελος: γὰρ κυρίου
And behold, 384 ὅθασύμαιδκο 'there*was‘*great; for an angel ΟΥ[ὑΠ6] Lord

καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, " προσελθὼν ἀπεκύλισεν τὸν λίθον
having descended out of heaven, haying come rolledaway the stone
tZ a ~ U ll ΓΕ ia ? , ? ~ x A an ee δ Π
ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας," καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. 3 ἦν.δὲ ἡ Yidéa
from the door, and was sitting upon it. And*was look
αὐτοῦ we ἀστραπή, Kai τὸ.ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ λευκὸν Ywoei χιών.
‘his as lightning, and his raiment white as snow.
4 ἀπὸ.δὲ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες, Kai *éyé~
Andfrom the fear ofhim ‘trembled ‘those*keeping*guard,and be-
vost! i Ἶ θεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος el ic
vovrTo ὡσεὶ! νεκροί. 5 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν ταῖς
came as dead [men]. But “answering ‘the “angel said tothe
, ‘ ~ « ~ 4 a ? ~ \ ’
γυναιξίν, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς" olda-yap ore ᾿Τησοῦν τὸν ἐσταυ-
women, ear not ye; for I know that Jesus who hasbeen
, ~ ’ aH” aa e ᾽ , , ‘

ρωμένον ζητεῖτε. 6 οὐκιἔστιν ὧδε ἠγέρθη γάρ, καθὼς εἶπεν.
crucified ye seek. Heisnot here, for he is risen, as he said.
δεῦτε ἴδετε τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἔκειτο YO κύριος." 7 καὶ ταχὺ
Come see the place where *was*lying ‘the *Lord. And *quickly
πορευθεῖσαι εἴπατε τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν
going Bay to his disciples, that heisrisenfrom the
~ ‘ ᾽ ’ , « ~ ᾽ A ,ὔ ~
νεκρῶν" Kai ἰδού, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ
dead ; and behold, he goes before you into Galilee ; there
αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. ἰδού, εἶπον ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ’ἐξελθοῦσαι! ταχὺ
him yeshallsee. Lo, Ihavetold you. And having gone out quickly
ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης, ἔδραμον
from the tomb with fear and oy great, they ran
ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 "ὡς. δὲ ἐπορεύοντο
to tell [1] to his disciples. But as they were going
ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς.μαθηταϊς. αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰδού, δ)" Ἰησοῦς “ἀπὴν-
totell [it] to his disciples, ?also ‘behold, Jesus met

’ ~ , la ε 4 ~ ? ,
Tnoevll αὐταῖς, λέγων, Χαίρετε. Αἱ. δὲ προσελθοῦσαι ἐκρά-
them, saying, Hail! Andthey having come to [him] seized
τησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, Kai προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. 10 τότε

and worshipped him. hold of his feet, and worshipped him, Then
10 Then said Jesus un- , ᾽ - «>? ~ ἢ ~ pe ? ,
tothem, Benot afraid: λέγει αὐταῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε' ὑπάγετε, ἀπαγχγεθλιατα
go tell my brethren *says *to ‘them 1Jesus, ear not: Qo,

pP—deand Guttraw. 4 Πιλᾶτος Liar; Πειλᾶτος τ. * Μαριὰμ T. * καὶ and TTr,
‘ — ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας LTTrA. veidéaTIr. ws LTTrA. x ἐγενήθησαν ὡς LTTrA. 57 -- ὁ
κύριος (read le was lying) t[Tra]. τ᾿ ἀπελθοῦσαι having departed TTrA. ® — ὡς δὲ

ἐπορεύοντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

b—omTa. © ὑπήντησεν TIr.

ΧΧΥΠΙ. MATTHEW.

τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς. μου ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κἀκεῖ" pe
my brethren that they go into Galilee, and there me
ὄψονται.
shall they see.

11 Πορευομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, τινὲς τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλ-
And as *were *going ‘they, lo, some of the guard hay-
θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν "ἀπήγγειλαν" τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα
ing gone into the city reported tothe chief priests all things

τὰ γενόμενα. 12 καὶ συναχθέντες τὰ τῶν πρεσ-
that were done, And having been gathered together with the el-

Burépwy, συμβούλιόν.τε λαβόντες, a
ders,

ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν
and counsel having taken, oney much they gave

τοῖς στρατιώταις, 13 λέγοντες, Εἴπατε ὕτι οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ
to the soldiers, saying, Say that his disciples
5 ? , ” Ἐπ τ Ἐν he, , ὦ ᾿
νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων" 14 καὶ
by night havingcome βέοϊθ hin, we being asleep. And
ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ᾿ἐπὶ! τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν ξαὐτὸν"
if *be*heard ‘this by the governor, we willpersuade him
‘ c ~ ? , , «ε 4 , ‘
καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. 15 Οἱ δὲ λαβόντες τὰ
and you ‘free *from ‘care ‘will ἼἸΏ8ΕΘ6. And they having taken the

ἀργύρια ἐποίησαν we ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ ᾿διεφημίσθη" ὁ λόγος 1818
did

money as they were taught. And “is*spread®abroad report

οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον".
‘this among([the) Jews until the present.

16 Οἱ. δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν,
Butthe eleven disciples went into Galilee,

εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 17 καὶ ἰδόντες
to the mountain whither appointed *them 1 Jesus, And seeing

αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν *aiT@'' οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν. 18 Kai προσ-

him they worshipped him: butsome doubted. And having
ελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾿Εδόθη μοι
cometo[them] Jesus spoke to them, saying, *Has*been given *to’me

πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ! γῆς. 19 πορευθέντες Mody"
tall authority in heaven and on earth. Going therefore
μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "βαπτίζοντες! αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ
disciple all the nations, baptizing them to the
ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Αγ ον πνεύματος,
mame ofthe Father and ofthe Son and of the oly Spirit ;

20 διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὕσα ἐνετειλάμην
teaching them toobserve allthings whatsoever I commanded

ὑμῖν καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς

you. And lo, 1 with you am all the days until the
συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. ° Apny.' P
completion ofthe age. Amen,

4 καὶ ἐκεῖ τ. © ἀνήγγειλαν announced τ. ἴ ὑπὸ LTr.

b ἀφημίσθη is spoken of T. i + ἡμέρας day LTra.
τι --- οὖν e[u]r[Tr]A. 5 βαπτίσαντες having baptized Tr.
Μαθθαῖον according to Matthew tra.

o— ᾿Αμήν GLTTrA.

87

that they go into Ga-
lilee, and there shali
they see me.

1l Now when the
were going, behold,
some of the watch
came into the city,
and shewed unto the
chief priests all the
things that were done.
12 And when they were
assembled with the
elders, and had taken
counsel, they gave
large money unto the
soldiers, 13 saying,
Say ye, His disciples
came by night, and
stole him away while
we-slept. 14 And if
this come tothe gover-
nor’s ears, we will per-
suade him, and secure
you. 15 So they took
the money, and did as
they were taught : and
is saying is com-
monly reported among
the Jews until this

day.

16 Then the eleven
disciples went away
into Galilee, into 8
mountain where Jesus
had appointed them,
17 And when they saw
him, they worshipped
him : but some doubt-
ed. 18 And Jesuscams
and spake unto them,
saying, All power is
given unto me in hea-
venand inearth, 1960
yetherefore, and teach
all nations, baptizing
them in the name of
the Father, and of the
Son, and of the Holy
Ghost: 20 teaching
them to observe ali
things whatsoever L
have commanded you:
and, lo, lam with you
alway, even unto the
end of the world
Amen,

& — αὐτὸν (read [him]) t[tr}.
k — αὐτῷ LITrA.

1 4 τῆς the στὰ.
P + κατὰ

"ΤΟ

THE *ACCORDING ΤΟ

THE beginning of
the gospel of Jesus
Christ, the Son of God ;
2 as it is written in
the prophets, Behold,
I send my messenger
before thy face, which
shall prepare thy way
before thee. 3 The
voice of one crying in
the wilderness, Pre-

are ye the way of the
Nae make his paths
straight.

4 John did baptize
in the wilderness, and
preach the baptism of
repentance for the re-
mission of sins. 5 And
there went out unto
him all the land of
Judwa, and they of
Jerusalem, and were
all paptized of him in
the river of Jordan,
confessing their sins.
6 And John was cloth-
ed with camel’s hair,
and with a girdle of a
skin about his loins;
and he did eat locusts
and wild honey ; 7 and
preached,saying, There
cometh one mightier
than I after me, the
latchet of whose shoes
tT am not worthy to
stoop down and un-
loose. 8 I indeed have
baptized you with
water: but he shall
baptize you with the
Holy Ghost.

9 Andit came to pass
in those days, that Je-
sus came from Naza-
reth of Galilee, and
was baptized of John
in Jordan. 10 And
straightway coming
up out of the water,
he saw the heavens
opened, and the Spirit
like a dove descending
upon him : 1] and there
came a voice from

5 EvayyéAvov κατὰ Μάρκον GLTrAW ; κατὰ Μάρκον T.
© καθὼς according as TTr.

@LTTraAw.

Trra. h — καὶ

»
AG

oan

ΞΘ > na» -“ἦ΄ν ΄ -
ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ TIrA.

KATA ΜΑΡΚΟΝ AIION EYATTEAION.'

SMARK ‘HOLY ?GLAD *TIDINGS.

ἌΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. ϑυϊοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ" "
BEGINNING ofthe gladtidings of Jesus rist, Son of God;
2°we! γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς προφήταις," ᾿1δού, ἐγὼ" ἀποστέλλω

as ithas been writtenin the prophets, Behold, 1 send
τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ ποοσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν

my messenger before thy face, who _ shall prepare
ὁδόν. σου ἔμπροσθεν σου ἃ Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ,
thy way before thee, (The] voice of one crying in the wilderness,

Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου,
Prepare the way of{[the} Lord,
αὐτοῦ.
this.

4 ᾿Εγένετο ᾿Ιωάννης ὃ βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, "καὶ" κηρύσ-

εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους
straight make “paths

2Came 1John baptizing in the wilderness, and proclaim-

σων ββάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 6 καὶ

ing [the] baptism of repentance for remission of sins. And

ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ ᾿Ιουδαία χώρα, Kai ot “Tepo~

went out to him all the 70f*Judea ‘country, and they of Je-

σολυμῖται," Ἑκαὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο πάντες! ἱὲν τῷ lopdavy ποταμῷ
rusalem, and were *baptized tall in the *Jordan ‘river

ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ." ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς. ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 6 "ἦν δὲ!
by him, confessing their sins. And ?was
VTwavyne ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας ἫΝ ὶ ζώ δ ίνὴν
ης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην
+John clothed in hair ofacamel, anda girdle of leather
περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ. Kai “ἐσθίων" ἀκρίδας Kai μέλι ἄγριον.
about his loins, and eating locusts and “honey ‘wild.
7 Kai ἐκήρυσσεν, λέγων, Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω
And heproclaimed, saying, Hecomes ὙὙΠῸ [15] mightier thanI after
μου, οὗ οὐκοεἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα
me, of whom Iam not fit having stooped down toloose the thong
~ € id ? ~ ? ‘ p é Il Σ ΄ «ε ~ q2 II er
τῶν. ὑποδημάτων.αὐτοῦ. ὃ ἐγὼ Pyev! ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς "ἐν" ὕδατι,
of his sandals, I indeed baptized you with water,
αὐτὸς.δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς tv" πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.
but he will baptize you with[the) “Spirit ‘Holy.
9 "Καὶ! ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς
And itcametopassin those days ([that]}*came ‘Jesus
ἀπὸ ‘Nalapér" τῆς Vadt\aiag, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη “ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάν-
from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John
vou εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην." 10 καὶ “edOéwe' ἀναβαίνων "ἀπὸ" τοῦ
in the Jordan, And immediately goingup from the
ὕδατος, εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανούς, Kai τὸ πνεῦμα

water, hesaw parting asunder {86 heavens, and the Spirit
γὡὼσεὶ" περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον én’! αὐτόν" 11 καὶ φωνὴ ""ἐγένε--
as a dove descending upon him, And a voice came

Ὁ — υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὶ; — τοῦ LTra.
4 τῷ (— τῷ [Tr]aw) Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ Isaiah the prophet
(read ἀποσ. I send) mtra. f — ἕμπροσθέν cov GLTTrAW. ξΕ - ὁ
i εεροσολυμεῖται Ὑ. Κ πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο GLTTrA.
ἴὰ καὶ ἣν LITrA. δ + ὃ TTrA. © ἔσθων TTrA.

P — pév(L]ttra. 4 — ἐν (read ὕδατι with water) T[tr]aA. *— ἐν (read πνεύματι with [the}

Spirit) [vrrja. s
" εὐθὺς TTrA.

(read [came ]) 1.

χα ἐκ out of LTTraA.

[καὶ] L. τ Ναζαρὲθ ETrw. Υ εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάννου LYTrA.

Υ ὡς GLTTrAW. 2 εἰς OM LTTrA. aa — ἐγένετο

if MARK.

To" ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν gl
out οὗ the heavens, Thou art mySon the beloved, in whom
εὐδόκησα.

I have found delight.
12 Kai “εὐθὺς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρη-
And immediatelythe Spirit 7him ‘drives out into the wilder-
pov. 18 καὶ ἦν “ἐκεῖ! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ “ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα,
ness. And he was there in the wilderness “7days forty,
πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, Kai ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων" καὶ
tempted by Satan, and was with the beasts; and
οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. τ
the angels ministered tohim.
14 “Μετὰ. δὲϊ! τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς
Andafter *was *delivered*up + John came Jesus
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον δτῆς βασιλείας"
into Galilee, proclaiming the gladtidings of the kingdom
~ ~ h ay , ye U ς , ed
τοῦ θεοῦ, 15 καὶ λέγων, Ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός, καὶ ἤγ-
of God, and saying, Has *been °fulfilled 'the “time, and has
γικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ" μετανοεῖτε, καὶ πιστεύετξ ἐν τῷ
drawnnearthe kingdom of God; repent, and believe in the
εὐαγγελίῳ. 16 ἱΠεριπατῶν.δὲ" παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι-
glad tidings. And walking by the sea of Ga-
λαΐας εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Καὐτοῦ" ἰβάλ-
lilee hesaw Simon and Andrew the _ brother of him cast-
λοντας! πἀμφίβληστρον" ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ: ἦσαν.γὰρ "ἁλιεῖς"
ing a large net in the sen 3 for they were fishers.
17 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, Kai ποιήσω
And “said “to *them 1 Jesus, Come after me, and I will make
ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι πἁλιεῖς! ἀνθρώπων. 18 Kai “εὐθέως" ἀφέντες
you tobecome fishers of men. And immediately having left
τὰ.δίκτυα.-»αὐτῶν! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 19 Kai προβὰς
“their nets they followed him. And having gone on
ἐκεῖθεν" ὀλίγον εἶδεν ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, Kai

thence alittle hesaw James the [son] of Zebedee, and
Ἰωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ
John his brother, and these f[were]in the ship

καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα. 20 καὶ τεὐθέως" ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς"
mending the nets. And immediately he called them ;
καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτῶν LeBedaiov ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ
and having left their father Zebedee in the ship with
τῶν μισθωτῶν, ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.
the hired servants, they wentaway after him.
21 Kai εἰσπορεύονται εἰς "Καπερναούμ'" καὶ ᾿εὐθέως" τοῖς
And they go into Capernaum ; and immediately on the
σάββασιν "εἰσελθὼν" “εὶς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐδίδασκεν." 22 καὶ
sabbaths havingentered into the synagogue he taught. And
? , 2 Α “ - ? ~ ΜΝ ‘ Ὁ’, > A
ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ" ἠν.γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς
they wereastonished at his teaching: for he was teaching them
ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς". 23 Καὶ jy
as “authority ‘having, and not as the scribes. And there was

8g

heaven. saying, Thot
art my beloved Son,
in whom I am wel!
pleased.

12 And immediately
the spirit driveth him
into the wilderness.
13 And he was there in
the wilderness forty
days, tempted of Sa-
tan ; and was with the
wild beasts; and the
angels ministered unto
him,

14 Now after that
John was putin prison,
Jesus came into Gali-
lee, preaching the gos-
pel of the kingdom of
God, 15 and saying,
The time is fulfilled,
and the kingdom of
God is at hand: repent
ye, and believe the
gospel. 16 Now as he
walked by the sea of
Galilee, he saw Simon
and Andrew his bro-
ther casting a net into
the sea: for they were
fishers, 17 And Jesus
said unto them. Come
ye after me, and i will
make you to become
fishers of men. 18 And
straightway they for-
sook their nets, and
followed him, 19 And
when he had gone a
little farther thence,
he saw James the son
of Zebedee, and_Johr
his brother, who also
were in theship mend-
ing their nets. 20 And
straightway he called
them: and they left
their father Zebedee
in the ship with the
hired servants, and
went after him.

21 And they went
into Capernaum ; and
straightway on the
sabbath day he entered
into the synagogue,
and taught. 22 And
they were astonished
at his doctrine: for he
taught them as one
that had authority,
and not as the scribes.
23 And there was in

ἃ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW.
8 — τῆς βασιλείας [L]TTrA.

Ὁ σοὶ thee LTTra. © εὐθέως LW.
ἡμέρας τεσσε. Α. f καὶ μετὰ LTA.
‘Kat παράγων and passing On LTTrA.
φιβάλλοντας casting around GLTTraw.
° εὐθὺς τ. Ρ — αὐτῶν (read the nets) LTT:{ ΑἹ.
5. Καφαρναούμ. LTTrAW. εὐθὺς Ὁ. v — εἰσελθὼν T[Tr]A.
TA; -- τὴν Ε. x + [αὐτῶν] (read their scribes) x.

© τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας TTr ;

h — καὶ λέγων Τὶ — Kala.
Κ τοῦ Σίμωνος of Simon L; Ξίμωνος TrrAw.
m— ἀμφίβληστρον (read fa net]) Trra.
4 — ἐκεῖθεν [L]TTrA.

| ἀμ-
D ἁλέεῖς TA.
τ εὐθὺς TTrA.

w ἐδίδασκεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν
¥ + εὐθὺς immediately Ta.

90

their synagogue aman
with an unclean spirit;
and he cried out,
24 saying, Let us
alone; what have we
to do with thee, thou
Jesus of Nazareth?
art thou come to de-
stroy us? I know thee
who thouart, the Holy
One of God. 25 And
Jesus rebuked hi

saying,Hold thy peace,
and come out of him,
26 And when the un-
clean spirit had torn
him, and cried with
a loud voice, he came
out of him. 27 And
they were all amazed,
insomuch that they
questioned among
themselves, saying,
What thing is this?
what new doctrine is
this? for with au-
thority commandeth
he even the unclean
spirits, and they do
obey him, 28 And im-
mediately his fame
spread abroad through-
out all the region
round about Galilee.

29 And forthwith,
when they were come
out of the synagogue,
they entered into the
house of Simon and
Andrew, with James
and John. 30 But Si-
mon’s wife’s mother
lay sick of a fever, and
anon they tell him of
her. 31 d he came
and took her by the
hand, and lifted her
up; and immediately
the fever left her, and
she ministered unto
them. 32 And at even,
when the sun did set,
they brought unto
him all that were dis-
eased, and them that
were possessed with
devils. 33 And all the
city was gathered to-
gether at the door.
34 And he healed many
that were sick of di-
vers diseases, and cast
out many devils; and
suffered not the devils
to speak, because they
knew him.

35 And in the morn-
ing, rising up a great
while before day, he
went out, and departed

MAPKOX&. 1.

ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῇ.αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι. ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ

in their synagogue aman with an unclean spirit, and
, / « ~ ‘ x. ~

ἀνέκραξεν, 24 λέγων, Ἔα," τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, ᾿Τησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ;

he cried out, saying, Ah! what tous andtothee,Jesus, Nazarene?
ἦλθ > rv , € ~ 5 a id , Π , « wv
ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; “oida' σε τίς él, ὁ ἅγιος

art thou come todestroy us? I know thee whothouart,the Holy [One}

τοῦ θεοῦ. 25 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, λέγων," Φιμώ-
of God. And rebuked Shim Jesus, saying, Be
θητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 26 Kai σπαράξαν
silent, and come forth out of him. And *having *thrown ‘into ®convulsions
αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, Kai “κράξαν' φωνῇ μεγάλῳ,
Thim ‘the ?spirit “the ‘unclean, and havingcried witha*voice ‘loud,
ἐξῆλθεν “ἐξ! αὐτοῦ. 27 καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν “πάντες,! ὥστε
came forth outof him. And ?were*astonished tall, so that
foulnreiv'' Bzxodc! Βαὐτούς." λέγοντας, Ti ἐστιν τοῦτο;
they questioned together among themselves, saying, What is this?
‘Tic ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι" κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν Kai τοῖς πνεύ-
what *teaching new ‘this, that with authority even the spirits
. ~ ve \ ~
μασιν "τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, Kai ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ;
the unclean he commands, and they obey him }
28 ΕἘ ξῆλθεν.δὲϊ! ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ ‘edOdc' ™ εἰς ὕλην τὴν περί-
Απᾶ went οαὖ the fame ofhim immediately in all the “7around
χωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας.
*country Galilee.
29 Kai "εὐθέως" ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς “ἐξελθόντες ἦλθον"
And immediately out of the synagogue having gone forth they came
εἰς THY οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ ᾿Ανδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβον καὶ Ἰωάν-
into the house ofSimon and Andrew, with James and John,
νου. 80 7.08 πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα' Kai
And the mother-in-law of Simon was lying in a fever. And
Ρεύθεως" λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. 81 καὶ προσελθὼν
immediately they speak tohim about her. And having come to [her]
ἤγειρεν αὐτήν, κρατήσας τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς" Kai ἀφῆκεν
he raised up her, having taken her hand. And Sleft
? A « 4 r ? , ll A , > ~ ’ ΄
αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς "εὐθέως," καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. 32 Οψίας
*her ‘the “fever immediately, and she ministered to them. *Hvening
, oe ΒΞ" iT] « oe μ᾿ A ? A
δὲ γενομένης, Ore "ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν
tand being come, when went down the sun, they brought to i
πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους" 33 καὶ
811 who ill were and those possessed by demons ; and
t «ς 5X a , , ΄ I A 4 0 , 4
ἡ πόλις ὕλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν! πρὸς THY θύραν. 3
the city ‘whole ‘gathered *together *was at the door.
ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς κακῶς.ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις,
he healed many that were ill of various diseases,
δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια,
?demons ‘many hecast out, and suffered not *to*speak’*the *demons,
ὅτι ἤδεισαν αὐτόν.
because they knew him.
35 Kai πρωϊ Yévyvyor'.diay
And very early while yet night

καὶ
And

Kal
and

ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν καὶ
having risen up he went out and

« —”°Ea LTTrA.
from L.
LTraWw.

he came LTr.
* ἔδυσεν LTrA.

ὁ ἅπαντες ΤΊΤΑ.
i διδαχὴ καινή a new teaching Lrtra.
τῷ + πανταχοῦ everywhere T[Tr]A.
P εὐθὺς LITA.

t ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη LTTrA.

© φωνῆσαν TIrA. 4 ar’

Ε — πρὸς T. h αὑτούς Ἑ : ἑαυτοὺς

k καὶ ἐξῆλθεν LTTrA. 1 [εὐθὺς Tr.

2 εὐθὺς LTTrA. ο ἐξελθὼν ἦλθεν having gone forth

4 — αὐτῆς (read [her] hand) i[rrJa. ® — εὐθέως TTr.
Vv ἔννυχα LTTrA.

5 οἵδαμέν we know T.

Ὁ — λέγων T.
£ συνζητεῖν LITrA.

I, iL. MARK.

ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, “κἀκεῖ! προσηύχετο. 86 καὶ
departed into “desert ‘aplace, and there was praying. And
x δί " ᾽ a y «} Σί ‘ « ᾽ > Ὡς 37 ‘
κατεδίωξαν" αὐτὸν Υὸ" Σίμων καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ καὶ

went 7after Shim 1Simon ?and*those *with ‘him ; and

Ξεὑρόντες αὐτόν" λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι πάντες λζητοῦσίν σε."
havingfound him they say tohim, All seek thee.
38 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Αγωμενῦ" εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις,
And ἢ 5808 tothem, Letusgo into the neighbouring country towns,
ἵνα “κἀκεῖ" κηρύξω" εἰς τοῦτο yap “ἐξελήλυθα." 39 Kai
that there also I may preach;*for “this ‘because have I come forth. And
env" κηρύσσων fy ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς" αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλι-
he was preaching in their synagogues in all Ga-
Aaiay, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.
lilee, and the demons _ casting out.
40 Kai ἐλ: πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρός, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν βκαὶ
And comes to ‘him ‘a leper, beseeching him and
γονυπετῶν αὐτόν," "καὶ! λέγων αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί
kneeling downto him, and saying to him, Tf thou wilt thouart able
pe καθαρίσαι. 41 ἴῸ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς") σπλαγχνισθείς, ἐκ-
me ἴο cleanse, And Jesus being moved with compassion, having
τείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ," καὶ λέγει Ἰαὐτῷ,"
stretched out [his] hand he touched him, and says to him,
Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. 42 Kai πείπόντος. αὐτοῦ," "εὐθέως" ἀπῆλ-
I will, be thou cleansed. And hehavingspoken, immediately depart-
θεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, Kai ϑἐκαθαρίσθη." 48 Kai ἐμβριμησά-
7) ρα,
ed from him ᾧῃθ6 ἸΘΡΥΌΒΥ, and he was cleansed. And having strictly
μενος αὐτῷ, Ῥεὐύθέως" ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν, 44 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ,
charged him, immediately hesentaway him, And says tohim,
Ὅρα μηδενὶ Iundév' εἴπῃς "ἀλλ᾽" ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον
Θ tonoone anything thouspeak; but go, thyself shew
(lit. nothing)

τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσ-
to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing what or-
ἐταξεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 45 'Ο.δὲ ἐξελθὼν

dered 1Moses, for atestimony to them. But he having gone out
» ’ 4 ‘ ,ὔ A , 72
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε

began to proclaim [it] much andtospreadabroad the matter, sothat
μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι 'φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν" εἰσελθεῖν"
nolonger he was able openly into[the] city to enter ;

Yan’! ἔξω τὲν! ἐρήμοις τόποις "ἦν," Kai ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν

but without in _ desert places was, and theycame to him
Mravray obey. |
from every quarter.
2 Kai *zahwy εἰσῆλθεν!" εἰς Καπερναοὺμ! dv ἡμερῶν,

And again heentered into Capernaum after [some] days,
δακαὶ! ἠκούσθη ὅτι “δεῖς οἴκόν" ἐστιν" 2 καὶ "εὐθέως" συνή-
and it washeard that in [the] house heis; andimmediately were
χθησαν πολλοί, ὥστε μηκέτι.χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ
gathered together many, so that there was no longer any room not even

91

into a solitary place,
and there prayed.
36 And Simon and they
that were with him
followed after him.
37 And when they had
found him, they said
unto him, All men seek
for thee. 38 And he
said unto them, Let us
go into the next towns,
that I may preach
there also: for there-
fore came I forth.
39 And he preached
in their synagogues
throughout all Gali-
lee, and cast out devils.

40 And there came a
leper to him, beseech-
ing him, and kneeling
down to him, and say-
ing unto him, If thou
wilt, thou canst make
me clean. 41 And Je-
sus, moved with com-
passion, put forth his
hand, and _ touched
him, and saith unto
him, I will; be thou
clean. 42 And as soon
as he had spoken, im-
mediately the leprosy
departed from him,
and he was cleansed.
43 And he straitly
charged him, and
forthwith sent him
away; 44 and saith
unto him, See thou say
nothing to any man:
but go thy way, shew
thyself to the priest,
and offer for thy
cleansing those things
which Moses com-
inanded, for a testi-
mony unto them.
45 But he went out,
and began to publish
it much, and to blaze
abroad the matter, in-
somuch that Jesus
could no more openly
enter into the city, but
was without in desert
places : and they came
to him from every
quarter.

11. And again he
entered into Caperna-
um, after some days;
and it was noised that
he was in the house,
2 And = straightway
Many were gathered
together, insomuch
that there wasno room
to receive them, no,
not so much as about

χ κατεδίωξεντ. 7 --ὁ T[Tr]a.
Ὁ. + ἀλλαχοῦ elsewhere ΤΊΤΑ.

W καὶ ἐκεῖ L.

5 σεζητοῦσιν LW. © καὶ ἐκεῖ GW.

TTrA. 6 ἦλθεν he went Trr. f eis Tas συναγωγὰς GLTTrAW.
αὐτόν L[TrA]; — αὐτόν T. h — καὶ T[A]. i kat and LTTr.

1 — αὐτῷ T. τὰ — εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. 2 εὐθὺς ΤΊΤΑ.

LTTra. 4 -- μηδὲν L[tTr]. τ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. * Μωῦσῆς LTTraw.
τ ἀλλὰ LTrA. πα ἐπ᾽ ΤΊΤΑ. xa [ἦν] L. γ8 πάντοθεν LTTrAW.

εἰσελθὼν πάλιν he having entered again ΤΊΓΑ.
[L]tTra 68 ἐν οἴκῳ LTTr. da — εὐθέως [LTr]T.

* εὗρον αὐτὸν καὶ found him and rrra.
4 ἐξῆλθον I came forth

8 — καὶ γονυπετῶν

Χ αὐτοῦ ἥψατο LTTrA.
© ἐκαθερίσθη TA.

t εἰς πόλιν φανερῶς T.
15 εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν LW ;
855. Καφαρναοὺμ. LTTraW.

Ρ εὐθὺς

ba — καὶ

99
the door: and he
preached the word

untothem. 3 And they
come unto him, bring-
ing one sick of the
palsy, which was borne
of four. 4 And when
they could not come
nigh unto him for the
press, they uncovered
the roof where he was :
aud when they had
broken it up, they let
down the bed wherein
the sick of the palsy
lay. 5 When Jesus saw
their faith, he said
unto the sick of the
palsy, Son, thy sins be
torgiven thee. 6 But
there were certain of
the scribes _ sitting
there, andreasoning in
their hearts, 7 Why
doth this man thus
speak blasphemies?
who can forgive sins
but God only? & And
immediately when Je-
sus perceived in his
spirit that they so
reasoned within them-
selves, he said unto
them, Why reason ye
these things in your
hearts? 9 Whether is
it easier to say to the
sick of the palsy, Z’hy
sins be forgiven thee ;
or to say, Arise, and
take up thy bed, and
walk? 10 But that ye
may know that the
Son of man hath power
on earth to forgive
sins, (he saith to the
sick of the palsy,)
11 I say unto thee,
Arise, and take up thy
bed, and go thy way
into thine house.
12 And immediately
he arose, took up the
ped, and went forth
before them all ; inso-
much that they were
all amazed, and glori-
fied God, saying, We
never saw it on this
fashion.

13 And he went forth
again by the sea side ;
and all the multitude
resorted unto him,
and he taught them.
14 And as he passed

MAPKOXS. II.

πρὸς τὴν θύραν" Kai ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον. 3 Kai ἔρχονται

at the door; andhespoke tothem the word. And they come

ἐπρὸς αὐτόν, παραλυτικὸν φέροντες," αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων.
to him, *a*paralytic ‘bringing, borne by four.

4 καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι frpoceyyioa' arp διὰ τὸν ὄχλον,
And ποῦ being able tocomenear tohim onaccountofthe crowd,
ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὕπου ἦν, Kai ἐξορύξαντες χα-
they uncovered the roof where he was, and having broken up [it] they
λῶσιν τὸν ExpadBBarov' 2g ᾧ" ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο.
let down the couch on which the paralytic was lying.
5 'idwydé! ὁ Inoove τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ,

And “seeing 1Jesus their faith says tothe paralytic,
Τέκνον, "ἀφέωνταί" ἴσοι at-apapria.cov." 6’ Hoavoe τινες

Child, “have *been *forgiven ‘thee thy sins. But there were some

τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι, Kai διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς
of the scribes “there tsitting, and reasoning in
καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, 7 Τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ "βλασφημίας";
their hearts, Why “this (*man]*thus ‘does *speak blasphemies?

τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ. μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός; ὃ Καὶ
who isable ἴο forgive sins, except one, [thatis] God? And
"εὐθέως" ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Τησοῦς τῷ.πνεύματι. αὐτοῦ ὅτι CovTwe! P
immediately “knowing 1Jesus in bis spirit that thus
διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, “εῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Ti ταῦτα δια-
they are reasoning within themselves, said tothem, Why thesethings rea-
λογίζεσθε ἐν ταὶς. καρδίαις.ὑμῶν; 9. τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον,
i which is easier,

son ye in your hearts ?

᾽ - ~ λ = ~ τ᾽ , Al s tl c « ,
εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλύυτικῳ, AgewyTat σοι αι ἁμαρτίαι;
tosay tothe paralytic, SHave *been *forgiven Sthee [‘thy] “sins,

ἢ εἰπεῖ», *’Eyeoa, Yai! dody ὕσου τὸν κράββατον" καὶ
or tosay, Arise, and takeup thy couch and
x id lve er τιν ae ~ as ᾽ a , » « an ~
περιπάτει"; 10 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ
walk? but that yemay know that Sauthority *has *the*Son
ἀνθρώπου ἀφιέναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" ἁμαρτίας. λέγει τῷ παρα-
Sof *man toforgive on the earth sins,— he says tothe _— ppara-
λυτικῷ, 11 Σοὶ λέγω, τἔγειραι," “kai! ἄρον τὸν SkpaBBarov'
lytic, To thee I say, arise, and take up couch
ane 7 \ ΡΨ, 5) ἊΣ 2 , b.?, μ τ Sil
σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν.σου. 12 Kai ἠγέρθη "εὐθέως, καὶ

ΠΥ and go to thy house, And he arose immediately, and
ἄρας τὸν SkpaBBaroy' ἐξῆλθεν “ἐναντίον! πάντων,
having taken up the couch went forth before all,

vr δ, 0 bs Ay ‘ ὃ faz ‘ θ , ay ¢ ll

ὥστε ἐξίστασθαι πάντας, Kal δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν, “λεγοντας,
so that *were “amazed 1411, and glorified God, saying,

Ὅτι “δοὐδέποτε οὕτως" Meidoner.!
Never thus did we see [10].

18 Kai ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν ξ' παρὰ" τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai πᾶς ὁ

And he went forth again by the sea, and all the

u » ‘4 > , ‘ φ , ᾽ [4 ‘

ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 14 Kai

crowd came to him, and he taught them. And

© πρὸς αὐτὸν φέροντες παραλυτικὸν LTr ; φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν TA.
ἐνέγκαι to bring near T.
‘ ἀφίενταί are forgiven LTTr.
m; βλασφημεῖ" (read Why does this [man] thus speak? he blasphemes.) LrTra.
° — οὕτως L.
’Adievrat ave forgiven LTTr.

LTTrA.

¥ — xatG[Tr]Aw.
GLTTrw.
“ — déyovras[L]a.

1 ἔγειρε GLTTrAW.

f tpoo-
& κράβαττον LTTrAW. h ὅπου Where LTTra. i καὶ ἰδὼν T.
᾿σου ai ἁμαρτίαι GTTrA; σοι ai ἁμαρτίαι [σου] L.
Ὁ εὐθὺς
P + αὐτοὶ they (are reasoning) G| ἃ |w. ἃ λέγει SAYS TTrA.
8 gov thy (sins) Grr:aw. Ἔγειρε GLIW; ᾿Εγείρου Tra.
χ ὕπαγε LOT. YY ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι
b καὶ εὐθὺς TTrA. © ἔμπροσθεν.

88 εἰς to T.

W χὸν κράβαττόν σου LITrAW.
Pp Ν
ἃ --- καὶ G[L]rTraw.

£8 οὕτως οὐδέποτε TTYA. fa εἴδαμεν LTT ra.

MARK.

παράγων εἶδεν ®Agviv' τὸν τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ
passing on hesaw Levi the [son] of Alphzeus sitting at the

τελώνιον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει por. Kai ἀναστὰς
tax office, and says tohim, Follow me, And having arisen

2 , > ~ ‘ i2 “ {| ? Ἵ - θ ᾽
ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. 15 Καὶ ᾿ἐγένετοῖ "ἐν.τῷ -κατακεῖσθαι.αὐ-
he followed him. And it came to pass as he reclined

TOV ἐν τῇ-.οἰκίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Kai πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτω-
{at table] in his house, that many tax-gatherers and sin-
doi συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ"
ners were reclining [at table] with Jesus and his disciples ;
ἦἧσαν.γὰρ πολλοί, καὶ Ἰἠκολούθησαν" αὐτῷ. 16 καὶ ™ot" yoap-
ΤΟΥ ΤΏΘΥ were many, and _ they followed hin, And the scribes
ματεῖς "καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι," “ ἰδόντες Ῥαὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα" pera
and the Pharisees, having seen him eating with
TOY “τελωνῶν Kai ἁμαρτωλῶν," ἔλεγον τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ,

Hie

k

the tax-gatherers and sinners, said to his disciples,

rr Ζ" « Γ ~ 5 δὶ - ‘ c AD Ι > 01 t ‘
Ti OTL μετα των "τελωνὼν και αμάρτω; ων" EOULEL “και

Why [15 107 that with the tax-gatherers and sinners heeats and
΄ Π ‘ > , ὦ ~ , > ~ ? ,

πίνει:" 17 Kai ἀκούσας ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐ χρείαν

drinks ὃ And *having Sheard 1Jesus says tothem, *Not ‘need

ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ. ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχον-
“have ‘they *who “are *strong of a physician, but they who 11 are.

TEC. οὐκ.ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς VYeic

Icame not to call righteous [ones], but sinners to
μετάνοιαν."
repentance.

18 Kai ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ τοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων"
And '°were ‘the “disciples Sof*John ‘and*those7o0f*the *Pharisees
νηστεύοντες" καὶ ἔοχονται Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, “Διατί! ot μαθη-
fasting ; and theycome and say tohim, Why “86 “disci-
ταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, ot δὲ coi
ples ‘*of*John °and’those*%of*the ‘*°Pharisees fast, but thy
‘ ? ,ὔ ‘ > ~ ἘΠ 2, ~ \
μαθηταὶ οὐ.-νηστεύουσιν ; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ
disciples fast not? And *said “to *them ‘Jesus,
δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος. tv. ὁ νυμφίος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν
Can the sons of the bridechamber, while the bridegroom with them
ἐστιν, νηστεύειν ; ὕσον.χρόνον *uEO ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν TOY
is, fast? as long as with them they have the
, | ? 7 U ὃ 5) ? , Niece ,
φίον,." οὐ-δύνανται νηστεύειν" 20 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι
groom, they arenotable to fast. But will come days
ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νη-
will have been taken away ἔσο them the bridegroom, and then they
στεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις." 21 kai" οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα
will fast in those days. And noone a piece
ΘΑ i “ ἃΣ ΕΒ: Wiens ef ΐ λ pile ἰ δὲ γ
ρακοὺς ayvagov ἐπιρράπτει σι ἐιματιῳ.πα. αιῳ"" ει. ἐ-μῆ;
of cloth ‘unfulled sews on an old garment ; otherwise,
αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμαϑβ *abrod' τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, Kai
"takes away *the “filling *up Sof Sit “new fromthe old, and

νὺυμ-
bride-

ὕταν
when

93

by, he saw Levi the
son of Alpheeus sitting
at the receipt of cus-
tom, and said unto
him, Follow me. And
he arose and followed
him, 15 And it came
to pass, that, as Jesus
sat at meat in his
house, many publicans
and sinners sat also
together with Jesus
and his disciples: for
there were many, and
they followed him.
16 And when the
scribes and Pharisees
saw him eat with pub-
licans and _ sinners,
they said unto his dis-
ciples, How is it that
he eateth and drinketh
with publicans and
sinuers? 17 When Je-
sus heard it, he saith
unto them, They that
are whole have no
need of the physician,
but they that are sick:
I came not to call the
righteous, but sinners
to repentance.

18 And the disciples
of John and of the
Pharisees used to fast:
and they come and say
unto him, Why do the
disciples of John and
of the Pharisees fast,
but thy disciples fast
not? 19 And Jesus
said unto them, Can
the children of the
bridechamber fast,
while the bridegroom
is with them? as long
as they have the bride-
groom with them, they
cannot fast. 20 But
the days will come,
when the bridegroom
shall be taken away
from them, and then
shall they fast in those
days. 21 No man also
seweth a piece of new
cloth on an old gar-
ment: else the new
piece that filled it up
taketh away from the
old, and the rent is

n Aevety TA. γίνεται it comes to pass TTrA. k — ἐν τῷ T[Tr].
were following TTra. m — οὗ Τὶ
also [L]rtr. P ὅτι ἐσθίει τ, ; ὅτι ἤσθιεν that he was eating TTr.
τελωνῶν LTTA. r— Τί 1tra.
¥ — εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW.

Υ + μαθηταὶ (ot the) disciples TTra.
8 ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ that day GLTTrAW.
TTrA. © ἱμάτιον παλαιόν LYTrA.
ha — -αὗτοῦ [Tr ]A.

Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW.
f+ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ from it a.

Ὁ τῶν Φαρισαίων of the Pharisees Trr.

5 ἁμαρτωλῶν Kal τῶν τελωνῶν LTr.
* οἱ Φαρισαῖοι the Pharisees GLTTraw.

1 ηκολούθουν they
° + Kat
9 ἁμαρτωλῶν Kat
τ [καὶ πίνει} τι.
x Διὰ τί LTrA.

2 ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν (μεθ᾽ ἑαντῶν L) LTTrA.
© ράκκους L,

ἃ ἐπιράπτει
& + ἀπ᾽ from tr.

94

made worse. 22 And
no man putteth new
wine into old bottles:
else the new wine doth
burst the bottles, and
the wine is spilled, and
the bottles will be
marred : but new wine
inust be put into new
bottles.

23 And it came to
pass, that he went
through the corn fields
on the sabbath day;
and his disciples began,
as they went, to pluck
the ears of corn.
24 And the Pharisees
said unto him, Behold,
why do they on the
sabbath day that
which is not lawful?
25 And he said unto
them, Have ye never
read what David did,
when he had need, and
was an hungred, he,
and they that were
with him? 26 How
he went into the house
of God in the days of
Abiathar the high
priest, and did eat the
shewbread, which is
not lawful to eat but
for the priests, and
gave also to them
which were with him?
27 And he said unto
them, The sabbath was
made for man, and
not man for the sab-
bath : 28 therefore the
Son of man is Lord also
of the sabbath.

III. And he entered
again into the syna-
gogue; and there was
a man there which had
a withered hand. 2 And
they watched him,
whether he would heal
him on the sabbath
day ; that they might
accuse him. 3 And he
saith unto the man
which had the wither-
ed hand, Stand forth.
4 And he saith unto
them, Is it lawful to
do good on thesabbath
days, or to do evil? to
save life, or to kill?
But they held their
peace. 5 And when he
had looked round a-
bout on them with
anger, being grieved

i ῥήξει will burst Lrtra.
ana

the skins TTra.

πορεύεσθαι (διαπορεύεσθαι LTr) LTTrA.
® — αὐτὸς [L]TTr.

Ἢ — τοῦ LTTrAW.

5 — hv (read [was)]) L[Tr].
“ κατηγορήσουσιν they shall accuse Ltr.

ᾳ — ἐν LTTrA.
ν [πῶς] Tra.

[the ]) t[Tr]a.

πεύει he heals τ΄.

τὴν ξηρὰν χεῖρα ἔχοντι T.

MAPKOS. Il, III.
χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 22 Kai οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς
“worse ‘arent takes place. And noone puts “wine ‘new into
? 5 “ Aa ᾽ δὲ , 14 , ll « κ « , rT] 4 ᾽
ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" εἰ. δὲ. μή, pyooet ὃ οἶνος *0 νέος" τοὺς ace
“skins told; otherwise, *bursts 'the*wine "new the skins,

΄ Ae τ 12 ~ \ « 2 ay) ~ ell τὰ, 4
KOUC, καὶ ὁ οἷνος “ἐκχεῖται καὶ OL ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀλλὰ
andthe wine is poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but

οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον."
2wine 'new δἰπίο ὅβκὶηβ ‘new is to be put.

23 Kai ἐγένετο "παραπορεύεσθαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς caBBacw'

And it came to pass that he went on the sabbath
διὰ τῶν σπορίμων, Kai σἤρξαντο οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" Ρὸδὸν
’ 0
through the corn-fields, and *began this disciples (their) way

ποιεῖν᾽ τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας. 24 Kai ot Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον
to make, plucking the ears. And the Pharisees said

αὐτῷ, “Ide, τί ποιοῦσιν «ἐν! τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ ὀοὐκ.ἔξεστιν;
to him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath that which is not lawful?

25 Kai ταὐτὸς" "ἔλεγεν" αὐτοῖς, Οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε Ti ἐποίη-

And he said to them, Never ‘did #ye read what *did
σεν ‘AaBid," ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν Kai ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς Kai οἱ
1David, when need hehad and _hungered, he and those

per αὐτοῦ; 26 πῶς!" εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ol v θεοῦ ἐπὶ
: ce! εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ

with him? how heentered into the house of God in
᾿Αβιάθαρ ὕτοῦ" ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς

(the days of] Abiathar the high priest, and _ the loaves of the
προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ode οὐκ.ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ “τοῖς ἱερεῦ -

presentation ate, which it is not lawful toeat except forthe priests,

σιν," καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν; 27 Καὶ ἔλεγεν

and gave eventothosewhowith him were? And _ hesaid

? ~ 4 fy " \ ” b , > «

αὐτοῖς, Τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, Youx ὃ

tothem, The sabbath οἱ account of man was made, not

» 4 4 ’ ivf ’ ’ > ε
ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον. 28 ὥστε κύριός ἐστιν ὁ

man on account of the sabbath : so then Lord is the

υἱὸς Tov ἀνθρώπου Kai τοῦ σαββάτου.
Son of man also ofthe sabbath.
3 Kai εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς ττὴν" συναγωγήν, καὶ "ἦν" ἐκεῖ

And heentered again into the synagogue, and there was there
ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα, +2 Kai ὕπαρ-
ὃ man “withered *having [*his] Shand, and they

, Ul ? 4 I ¢ ~ , d θ ll > 4
ernoovv' αὐτὸν εἰ“ τοῖς σάββασιν θεραπεύσει" αὐτόν,

were watching him whetheronthe sabbath he will heal him,

wa *karnyoonowow" αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ
in order that they might accuse him. And he says tothe man
τῷ "ἐξηραμμένην ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα," Ξ΄ Ἐγειραι" εἰς τὸ
“had

who %withered 7the hand, Arise [and come] into the

μέσον. 4 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν *ayabo-
midst. And he says tothem, Isitlawful onthe sabbaths to do
ποιῆσαι," ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι ; Οἱ. δὲ
good, or to do evil? 3life ‘to “save, or to kill? But they
᾽ , ‘ ΄ ’ 4 » ~ ia
ἐσιώπων. 5 καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς per’ ὀργῆς, *®ouvd-
were silent, And having looked aroundon them with anger, being
k — ὃ νέος LTTrA. 1 ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ is destroyed
τὰ — ἀλλὰ... βλητέον T[Tr]A. π αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν παρα-
ο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἤρξαντο LTTrA. Ρ ὁδοποιεῖν 1,.
*Adyechesays LTTr. ¢* AaveéS yTtra; Δαυϊδ Gw.
χ τοὺς ἱερεῖς T. ¥+ καὶ and Trra. * — τὴν (read
παρετηροῦντο!. © +evon(the)t, 4@epa-
[τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν LTrA ;
18 συνλυπούμενος TA.

S"Eyepe GLTTrA. Β ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι T.

ΠῚ. MARK.
λυπούμενος" ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ
grieved at the hardness of their heart, he says to the
ἀνθρώπῳ, “Exrevoy τὴν χεῖρά ἔσου." Kai ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ
man, Stretch out thy hand. And hestretched out [it], and

Ἰἀποκατεστάθη" ἡ.χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη." 6 Kai ἐξελ-

Swas *restored *his *hand sound asthe other. And having
θόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εὐθέως" μετὰ τῶν Ηρωδιανῶν συμβούλιον
gone outthe Pharisees immediately with the Herodians ?counsel
οἐποίουν" Kar αὐτοῦ, ὕπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν.

*took against him, how him they might destroy.

7 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ῥἀνεχώρησεν μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" Imooc'

And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to
τὴν θάλασσαν: καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας
the sea; and #great ‘a multitude from Galilee

τἠκολούθησαν" "αὐτῷ," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, 8 Kai ἀπὸ ‘Ie-
followed him, and from Judea, and from Je-
ροσολύμων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιδουμαίας, καὶ πέραν Tov ᾿Τορδάνου"
rusalem, and from Idumea, and beyond the Jordan;
καὶ ‘ot! περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος πολύ, "ἀκούσαντες"
and they around Tyre and Sidon, a7*multitude’great, having heard
doa "ἐποίει" ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 9 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθη-
how much he was doing came to him, And hespoke to his dis-
ταϊς.αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷὐρ διὰ τὸν
ciples, that asmallship might waitupon him, on account of the
ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ.θλίβωσιν αὐτόν. 10 πολλοὺς. γὰρ ἐθερά--
crowd, that they might not press upon him. For many he

πευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται, ὅσοι
healed, sothat they beset him, that him they mighttouch, asmany as

εἶχον μάστιγας" 11 καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν
had scourges ; andthe spirits the unclean, when him

~ ” Ι ’
*ewper, προσέπιπτεν" αὐτῷ, Kai γἔκραζεν". λέγοντα," Ὅτι σὺ

they beheld, felldown before him, and cried, saying, Thou
εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 Kai πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ
art the Son of God. And much herebuked them, so that *not
"αὐτὸν ὑσηερὺνν Ὁποιήσωσιν" “.

δηΐτα anifest ‘they ?should “make.

13 Kai ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος, Kai προσκαλεῖται ovc

And hegoesup into the mountain, and calls to
» ᾽ La x 2 ~ ‘ ? , ‘ ? ,
ἤθελεν αὐτός" Kai ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 14 καὶ ἐποίησεν

{him] whom

7would ‘he; and they went to him. And he appointed

δώδεκα ἵνα wow ετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺ
μ ᾽ 4]

twelve thattheymightbewith him, and that hemightsend them

κηρύσσειν, 15 καὶ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ἀθεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους Kai!

to preach, and to have authority to heal diseases and
ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια. 16 “καὶ ἐπέθηκεν frp Σίμωνι ὄνομα!
to cast out demons, And he added to Simon [the] name
Πέτρον" 17 καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Iwavyny

Peter ; and James the [son] of Zebedee, and Jobn

᾿Ὶ ᾽ A ~? , ΑΥ 9 2 ? ~ >? ,
τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου" Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα
the brother of James ; and headded tothem[the] names

k — gov (read [thy]) hand q[trJa. | ἀπεκατεστάθη GLTTrAW.
GLTTrAw. 2 εὐθὺς TTrA. ο éroingav T; ἐδίδουν gave TrA.
ἀνεχώρησεν GLITrA. 4 εἰς GLT.
Ιουδαίας τ. 5.- αὐτῷ [τπ|τττὰ. t — οἱ [L]rtr[a].

» ποιεῖ he is doing Tra. x ἐθεώρουν, προσέπιπτον LTTrAW.
ovTes T. *dhavepoy αὐτὸν GW. ὃ ποιῶσιν TTTA.
ecause they had known him to be the Christ L. 4 — θεραπεύειν

© + καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα, and he appointed the twelve τ.

98
for the hardness of
their hearts, he saith
unto the man, Stretch
forththine hand. And
he stretched it out:
and his hand was re-
stored whole as the
other. § And the
Pharisees went forth,
and straightway took
counsel with the He-
rodians against him,
how they might de-
stroy him.

7 But Jesus with-
drew himself with his
disciples to the sea:
and a great multitude
from Galilee followed
him, and from Judea,
8 and from Jerusalem,
and from Idum#a, and
from beyond Jordan;
and they about Tyre
and Sidon, a great
multitude, when they
had heard what great
things he did, came
unto him. 9 And he
spake to his disciples,
that a small ship
should wait on him
because of the multi-
tude, lest they should
throng him, 10 For
he had healed many ;
insomuch that they
pressed upon him for
to touch him, as many
as had plagues. 11 And
unclean spirits, wher
they saw him, feli
down before him, and
cried, saying, Thou ari
the Son of God. 12 And
he straitly charged
them that they should
not make him known.

13 And he goeth up
into a mountain, and
calleth untohim whom
he would: and they
cameuntohim. 14 And
he ordained twelve,
that they should be
with him, and that he
might send them forth
to preach, 15 and to
have power to heal
sicknesses, and to cast
out devils: 16 and Si-
mon he surnamed Pe-
ter ; 17 and James the
son of Zebedee, and
John the brother of
James; and he sur-
nmamed them Boan-

τὰ — ὑγιὴς ws ἡ ἄλλη

Ρ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ
τ ἠκολούθησεν LTrA; ἠκολούθησαν placed after
Υ ἀκούοντες hearing LTtra.
Υ ἔκραζον LTTraW.
© + [ὅτι ἤδεισαν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι

z λέ-

τὰς νόσους καὶ TTrA,

[ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι TTra.

9

erges, which is, The
sons of thunder: 18 and
Andrew, and Philip,
and Bartholomew, and
Matthew,and Thomas,
and James the son of
Alpheus, and Thad-
dwus, and Simon the
Canaanite, 19 and Ju-
das Iscariot, which
also betrayed him :

O

And they went into
an house, 20 And the
multitude cometh to-
gether again, so that
they could not so
much as eat bread.
21 And when _his
friends heard of it,
they went out to lay
hold on him: for they
said, He is beside him-
self. 22 And thescribes
which came down
from Jerusalem said,
He hath Beelzebub,
and by the prince of
the devils casteth he
out devils. 23 And he
called them unto him,
and said unto them in
parables, How can Sa-
tan cast out Satan?
24 And if a kingdom
be divided against
itself, that kingdom
cannot stand, 25 And
if a housa be divided
against itself, that
house cannot stand.
26 And if Satan rise
up against himself,
and be divided, he can-
not stand, but hath an
end. 27 No man can
enter into a stron
man’s house, and spoi
his goods, except he
will first bind the
strong man ; and then
he will spoil his house.
28 Verily I say unto
you, All sins shall be

forgiven unto the sons
of men, and blas-
phemies wherewith

soever they shall blas-
pheme : 29 but he that
shall blaspheme

ainst the Holy Ghost

ath never forgive-
ness, but is in danger
of eternal damnation:
30 because they said,
He hath an unclean
spirit.

a Φ

MAPKOXS.

SBoavepyéc," ὕ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 18 καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν, καὶ
Boanerges, which is Sons of thunder ; and Andrew, and

Φίλιππον, καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, καὶ *MarGaior," καὶ Θωμᾶν,

Iii.

Philip, and artholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas,
καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ Θαδδαῖον, καὶ Σίμωνα
and James the [son] of Alpheus, and Thaddwus, and Simon

τὸν iKavavirny," 19 καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν ® Ioxapwrny,' ὃς καὶ παρέ-

the Cananite, and Judas Iscariote, who also deliver-
δωκεν αὐτόν.
ed up him,

ὄχλος,
and Scomes*together ‘again ἴα “crowd,
“ \ δύ θ ? ‘ n ΄ a4 ~ ‘ ’ ,
ὥστε μὴ. -ὁυνασθαι.αὑὐτοὺς."μητεῖ ἄρτον φαγεῖν. 21 καὶ ἀκού-
so that they are not able so much as Sbread 'to “eat. And having
σαντες οἱ map αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν'
heard [of 10] those belonging to him went out to lay hold of him;
2 4 ev vr ᾿ e ~ « ? x
ἔλεγον.γάρ, Ore ἐξέστη. 22 Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς ot ἀπὸ
for they said, He is beside himself. And the scribes who from
Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον, Ὅτι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει καὶ
Jerusalem came down said, Beelzebul hehas; and
ov ᾽ ~ a” ~ , ? ’ AJ 2
Ort ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια.
By the prince οἵ the demons he casts out the demons.
23 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν
And having calledto [him] them in parables he said
? ~ ~ , ~ ~ ᾽ , ‘
αὐτοῖς, Πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν ; 24 καὶ
tothem, How can Satan 3Satan ‘cast *out? and
>A’ , ine ε \ ~ ? ’ ~ t
ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ.-δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ
if akingdom against itself bedivided, 515 “ποῦ 3016 “ἴο 7stand
, ’ , ; ESS Sarr 24? € A ~ ore
Baoirsiaexeivyn’ 25 καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, od
‘that “kingdom : and if ahouse against itself be divided, *not
δύναται" Ῥσταθῆναι ἡ.οἰκία.ἐκείνη"" 26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς ἀνέστη
318 54 0156 ‘to stand ‘that house: and if Satan hasrisen up
2,2 ε ᾿Ὶ 4 , , Π > U r ~ Π ᾽ ‘
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν “καὶ μεμέρισται," οὐ.δύναται ᾿σταθῆναι," ἀλλὰ
against himself and has been divided, he is not able to stand, but
la » >) 5 t ’ δύ i) ‘ ll Vv A , ~ > ~
τέλος EX Ele 27 OU-OUVQATAL.OUVOELC τὰ σκευὴ TOV toxupov,
anend has, No one in any wiseisable the goods ofthe strong man,
εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν. οἰκίαν" αὐτοῦ, διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν. μὴ πρῶτον
having entered into his house, to plunder, unless first
τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ, καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 28 a-
the strongman hebind, and then his house he will plunder. Ve-
μὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται “τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῖς
rily 1587 toyou,that all “shall*be‘forgiven 'the “sins to the
υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων," Kai* βλασφημίαι Υὕσας" Ξἂν! βλασ-
sons of men, and blasphemies whatsoever they shall
U τὰ >” , ᾽ \ ~ \
ημήσωσιν: 29 ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ
have blasphomed; but whosoever shall blaspheme against the Spirit the
ἅγιον, οὐκ.ἔχει ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, "ἀλλ᾽! ἔνοχός ϑέστιν"
oly, has not forgiveness to eternity, but “liable “to tis
αἰωνίου “κρίσεως "" 80 bre ἔλεγον, Πνεῦμα.ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει.
eternal judgment ; because they said, An unclean spirit he has.

Kai ‘zoxovrat' εἰς οἶκον" 20 καὶ συνέρχεται πάλιν ™
And theycome to ἃ ΠΟΙ:

8 βοανηργές LTTra.
1 ἔρχεται he comes T.
will not be able Trra.
τ στῆναι TTrA.
οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη TTY.
x + αἱ the @LTTraW.

© ἁμαρτήματος Sin (read guilty of eternal sin) LYTra.

LTTrAW.
divided, and T.

QGLTTraAW.
shall be 1.

h Μαθθαῖον LTTra. i Kavavatov Cananivan LTTrAW. * Ἰσκαριώθ
m+ 6the(crowd) LtrA. "prde LIrAW. 0 ov δυνήσεται
P ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι (στῆναι TrA) LPVrA. 4 ἐμερίσθη, καὶ he is
5.- ἀλλ᾽ but TTra. t οὐδεὶς δύναται GLTYW. ' εἰς τὴν
W τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα

Υ ὅσα LTTrA. 1 ἐὰν Tra. ἀλλὰ LTTrA. ὃ ἔσται

ny IV.

31 ΦἜρχονται.οὖν"

MARK.
ἐοἱ ἀδελφοὶ Kai ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ," Kai
Then come [815] brethren and his mother, and
ἔξω ἑστῶτες! ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτόν, Spwvovrtec' αὐτόν.
Ξιγι μοῦ ‘4standing sent to him, calling him,
82 καὶ ἐκάθητο Βῦχλος περὶ αὐτόν" ἱεῖπον.δὲ" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού,

And sat 1a *crowd around him: and they saidtohim, Behold,
ἡ-μήτηρ.σου Kai ot.adedgoi.cov* gw ζητοῦσίν σε. 33 Kai
thy mother and thy brethren without seek thee. And
Ἰἀάπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων," Tic ἐστιν 1)-unrnp-_wou "ἢ" οἱ aded-
he answered them, saying, Who is my mother or 2breth-
φοί "μου"; 34 Kai περιβλεψάμενος οκύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ

ren ‘my? And having looked around on “ἴῃ “ἃ °circuit ‘those 7who around

αὐτὸν" καθημένους, λέγει, P’1de," ἡ. μήτηρ.μουν Kai οἱ ἀδελφοί

him were sitting, hesays, Behold, my mother and 2brethren
μου" 35 ὃς. “γὰρ".ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλ μα! τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἀδελ-
my: for whoever shalldo the wi of God, he *pro-

φός pov καὶ ἀδελφή “μου" καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν.
ther ‘my and my sister and mother is,
4 Kai πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν και
And again hebegan toteach by the sea, And
t , θ Π 5 ? x » λ ,v dd Π “ ? \ w2
συν) XIN προς αὐτον οχλος “πὸ UC, WOTE AUTOYV ἐμ-
was gathered together to him a7’crowd ‘great, sothat he having
βάντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον" καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Kai πᾶς ὁ
entered intothe ship sat in the sea, and all the
» X A A Oar 2 ι ~ ~ x Π ν γΔ7
ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς thy." 2 Kai ἐδίδασκεν
crowd close to the sea, on the land was. And he tanght
> 4 ? ~ , ‘ > ~ 9. ~
αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ δι-
them in parables many things, and said tothem in “*teach-
δαχῃῇ. αὐτοῦ, 8. ᾿Ακούετε" ἰδού, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Yrov' σπεῖραι"
ing this, Hearken: behold, went out the sower to sow.
4 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ. σπείρειν, ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν,

And it came to pass as he sowed, one fell by the way,
καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ" Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτό.
and came the birds ofthe heaven and devoured its
5 "ἄλλο.δὲ"! ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες, ἢ ὅπου οὐκ.εἶχεν γῆν

Andanother fell the rocky place,

πολλήν" καὶ “εὐθέως" ἐξανέτειλεν,
*much,

upon where ithadnot “earth

διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν βάθος"
and immediately itsprangup, because of not having depth
γῆς 6 “ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος" *ixavparicOn,' καὶ διὰ
ofearth; and[the]sun having arisen it was scorched, and because of
τὸ. μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 Kai ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς & rac"
not baying root it witheredaway. And another fell among the
ἀκάνθας" Kai ἀνέβησαν at ἄκανθαι, καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ
thorns, and *grew*up ‘the *thorns, and choked it, and
καρπὸν ovK-tdwkey. ὃ καὶ **G\Xo' ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν
fruit it yielded not. And another fell into the ground the

4 καὶ ἔρχονται LTrAW 3 Kal ἔρχεται T.
ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ A. ἧ στήκοντες TTA.
ὄχλος LTTrAW. i καὶ λέγουσιν and they say LTTraw.
and thy sisters Lt[ a]w.
and Ltr. Ὁ — μου [tr]a. ο τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ LTTr.
for τα [tr]a. τ τὰ θελήματα (read the things God wills) a.
t συνάγεται is gathered together LTTraw.
TIrW) πλοῖον ἐμβάντα LTTrw. x ἦσαν were TTrA.
GLTTrAW. 8 καὶ ἄλλο LTTrA. Ὁ + «at and [LTrJa.
©8 καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὃ ἥλιος and when the sun was risen LTTrA.
Were scorched rr. 88 — τὰς G. ha ἄλλα Others TA.

ἡ πλεῖστος very great TTrAW.
Υ — τοῦ LI[Tr]a.
© εὐθὺς LTTrA.

97

31 There came then
his brethren and his
mother, and, stand-
ing without, sent unto

im, cailing him.
32 And the multitude
sat about him, and
they said unto him,
Behold, thy mother
and thy brethren with-
out seek for thee.
33 And he answered
them, saying, Who is
my mother, or my
brethren? 34 And he
looked round about on
them which sat about
him, and said, Behold
my mother and my
brethren ! 35 For who-
soever shall do the
will of God, the same
is my brother, and my
sister, and mother.

IV. And he began
agnin to teach by the
sea Side : and there was
gathered unto him a
great multitude, so
that he entered intoa
ship, and sat in the
sea; and the whole
multitude was by the
sea on theland. 2 And
he taught them many
things by parables, and
said nnto them in his
doctrine, 3 Hearken;
Behold, there went
out a sower to sow:
4 and it came to pass,
as he sowed, some fell
by the way side, and
the fowls of the air
came and devoured it
up. 5 And some fell on
stony ground, where
it had not much earth ;
and immediately it
sprang up, because it
had no depth of earth:
6 but when the sun
was up, it was scorch-
ed ; and because it had
no root, it withered a-
way. 7 And some fell
among thorns, and the
thorns grew up, and
choked it, and it yield-
ed no fruit. 8 And
other fell on good
ground, and did yield

© ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ kal οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrW ; οἱ
& καλοῦντες LTTrA.

E+ καὶ ai (— αἱ w) ἀδελφαί σου
| ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει anSwering them he says Tira.
P Ἰδοὺ L.

h Ὁ ΞΡ ς
περὶ αὑτὸν

™ καὶ

4 - yap
5- μον My LTTrA.
W εἰς τὸ (— TO

2 — τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
da + τῆς L.

fa ἐκαυματίσθησαν they

H

98

fruit that sprang up
and increased; and
brought forth, some
thirty, andsome sixty,
and some an hundred.
9 And he said unto
them, He that hath
ears to hear, let him
hear. 10 And when he
was alone, they that
were about him with
the twelve asked of
him the parable,
11 And he said unto
them, Unto you it is
given to know the mys-
tery of the kingdom of
God: but unto them
that are without, all
these things are done
in parables: 12 that

seeing they may see, 7

and not perceive ; and
hearing they may hear,
and not understand ;
lest at any time they
should be converted,
and their sins should
be forgiven them.
13 And he said unto
them, Know ye not
this parable? and how
then will ye know all
parables ? 14 Thesower
soweth the word.
15 And these are they
by the way side, where
the word is sown ; but
when they have heard,
Satan cometh immedi-
ately, and taketh away
the word that was
sown in their hearts.
16 And these are they
likewise which are
sown on stony ground ;
who, when they have
heard the word, imme-
diately receive it with
gladness ; 17 and have
no root in themselves,
and so endure but for
a time: afterward,
when affliction or per-
secution ariseth for
the word’s sake, im-
mediately they are of-
fended. 18 And these
are they which are
sown among thorns;
such as hear the word,
19 and thecares of this
world, and the deceit-
fulness of riches, and
the lusts of other
things entering in,
choke the word, and it
becometh unfruitful.
20 And these are they
which are sown on
good ground ; such as

i αὐξανόμενον LTTrAW.

ἃ καὶ ὅτε LTTrA,
the parables TTra.

ἁμαρτήματα. (read [their sins]) [L]rtra.
in them TrA. ’ * ὁμοίως εἰσὶν 7.
Ὁ ἀκούσαντες heard ΤΊτΑ.

those Trra.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. IV.

ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ ἰαὐξάνοντα," καὶ
yielded fruit, growing up and _ increasing, and
τριάκοντα, καὶ Key! ἑξήκοντα, καὶ *éy" ἑκατόν.
thirty, and one sixty, and one a hundred.
9 Kai ἔλεγεν ἰαὐτοῖς," Ὁ ἔχων" ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω.
And hesaid tothem, Hethat has ears tohear let him hear.
10 "Ὅτε. δὲ! ἐγένετο ὁκαταμόνας," Ῥἠρώτησαν" αὐτὸν οἱ
And when he was alone, Tasked ®him ‘those “about
αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα «τὴν παραβολήν." 11 καὶ ἔλεγεν
%him ‘with *the “twelve [as to] the parable,
᾽ - ye ~ γδέδ ~ ‘ a ll ~ ,
αὐτοῖς, Ὑμῖν "δέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον! τῆς βασιλείας
tothem, ΤῸ you hasbeengiven toknow the mystery ofthe kingdom
τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκείνοις. δὲ τοῖς ἔξω, ἐν παραβολαῖς "τὰ". πάντα
of God: but to those who are without, in parables all things
νεται. 12 ἵνα βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν καὶ
that seeing they may see, and not perceive; and
ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν, καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν" μήποτε ἐπιστρέψω-
hearing they may hear, and not understand, lest theyshould be con-
‘ ? ~ ? πὰ t A) J ΄ " 4
σιν, καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὑτοῖς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα." 18 Καὶ
verted, and "should “be *forgiven “them [their] *sins. And
λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην; καὶ πῶς
he says tothem, Perceive ye not this parable ? and how
, A A , « , A ,
πάσας Tac παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε; 14 ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον
all the parables will ye know? The sower the word
σπείρει. 15 οὗτοι.δέ εἰσιν ot παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ὅπου σπείρεται
sows. Andthese are they by the way, where is sown
ὁ λόγος, Kai ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, “εὐθέως! ἔρχεται ὁ σατανᾶς
the word, and when they hear, immediately comes Satan
καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον Yéy ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐ--
and takesaway the word that hasbeensown in their hearts.
τῶν." 16 καὶ οὗτοί ΞΣεἰσιν ὁμοίως" οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη
And these are ἴῃ like manner they who upon the rocky places
σπειρόμενοι, οἵ, ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν τὸν λόγον, γεὐθέως" μετὰ

, κ᾿
καλήν" καὶ
good, and
ἔφερεν Ἐὲν"
bore one

are done,

are sown, who, when they hear the word, immediately with
χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν, 17 καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυ-
joy receive it, and have not root in them-

~ > A ’ , > , , n
τοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν εἶτα γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ
selves, but temporary are ; then having arisen tribulation or
διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, γεύθεως! σκανδαλίζονται. 18 καὶ
persecution onaccountofthe word, immediately they are offended. And
*ovrot εἰσιν οἱ εἰς! τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι, οὗτοί

these are they who among the thorns are sown, these
εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον Ῥάκούοντες, 19 Kai αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ

are they who the word hear, and the cares

αἰῶνος. “τούτου! καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη Tot πλούτου Kai αἱ περὶ
of this life and the deceit of riches and the of
τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι “ovprviyovow" τὸν λόγον,
®other*things ‘desires entering in choke the word,
καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. 20 καὶ “οὗτοί! εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν
and unfruitful it becomes. And _ these are they who upon the ground

κ εἷς a; εἰς απο τὰ. |!—avrots G@LTTrAW. ™ ὃς ἔχει LTTrAW.
ο κατὰ μόνας LTTr. P ἠρώτων LTrA ; ἠρώτουν T. 4 τὰς παραβολάς

τ — γνῶναι LTTrA ; τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται TTrA. 5.-- τὰ 1. t— τὰ
VY εὐθὺς TIrA. ἐν αὐτοῖς in them τ; εἰς αὐτούς
Υ εὐθὺς LTTrA. 5 ἄλλοι Others GLTTraw. 5 ἐπὶ about Τὶ
¢ — τούτου this @LTTra. 4 συνπνίγουσιν TA.

IS pena
9 εκεινοί

TEDL |

=" And he said \\

τ

τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες,
the good have been sown,

παραδέχονται,
receive

MARK.

οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον Kai
such as hear the word and
καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, fév" τριάκοντα, Kai ἴὲν"
{it],and bring forth fruit, one thirty, and one
ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἴὲν" ἑκατόν. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Myre "ὁ
- sixty, and one a hundred. And hesaid tothem, *The
λύχνος ἔρχεται" ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν
5]Δ ΤΡ comes that under the corn measure it may be put or under the
κλίνην ; οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ THY λυχνίαν ᾿ἐπιτεθῇ"; 22 od-yap
couch? [1510] not that upon the lampstand it may be put? for not
ἐστίν ἔτι' κρυπτόν, 1d" ἐὰνμὴ ™ φανερωθῇ" οὐδὲ
2is anything hidden, unless it should be made manifest, nor
ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα "εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ."
has*taken ‘place ‘a *secret *thing, but that to light it should come.
23 εἴτις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 24 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς,
Ifanyone has ears tohear, let him hear. And hesaid tothem,
Βλέπετε τί ἀκούετε. tv ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται
Take heed what yehear: with what measure ye mete it shall be measured
ὑμῖν, “καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν" Proic ἀκούουσιν." 25 d¢-yap Yay
toyou, and *shall*be’added 'to*you *who *hear ; for whoever
ἔχῃ! δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" Kai ὃς οὐκ.-ἔχει,καὶ ὃ ἔχει
may have, *shall*be °given 'to7him;and hewho has ποῦ, even that whichhehas
ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
shall be taken from him.
26 Kai ἔλεγεν, Οὕτως ἐστὶν 1) βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, we Téav"
And he βαϊᾷ, Thus is the kingdom of God, as if
» , 4 ’ > ‘ ~ ~ ‘ ,
ἄνθρωπος Bary τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 27 Kai καθεύδῃ
& man should cast the seed upon the earth, and should sleep
καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, Kai ὁ σπόρος "βλαστάνῃ!
and Tise night and day, andthe seed should sprout
καὶ μηκύνηται we οὐκιοῖδεν αὐτός" 28 αὐτομάτη ᾿'γὰρ' ἡ γῆ
and ὍΘ lengthened how *knows*not ‘the; ?of sitself ‘for the earth

καρποφορεῖ, πρῶτον χόρτον, “εἶτα' στάχυν, Yéira' “πλήρη
brings forth fruit, first

a blade, then 81 687, then full

~ ll > ~ ’ - 29 e δὲ x ὃ ~il « ,
σῖτον" ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ. ὕταν.δὲ “παραδῷ! ὁ καρπός,

corn in the ear. And when Soffers*itself *the “fruit,

TehOéwc' ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός.
immediately he sends the sickle, for hascome the harvest.
30 Kai ἔλεγεν, “Τίνι! ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ;
And hesaid, Towhat shallweliken the kingdom of God?
ἢ ἔν "ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν 3} 31 we ὑκόκκῳ!
or with what parable shall we compare it? As toa grain
σινάπεως, oc, ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “μικρότερος"
of mustard, which, when it has been sownupon the earth, less
πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων "ἐστὶν!" “τῶν

ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 32 καὶ
thanall the seeds is which [are]upon the earth, and
ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει, καὶ γίνεται ἱπάντων τῶν λαχάνων

when it has been sown, it grows ΠΡ, and becomes *than %all *the ®herbs

μείζων" καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους, ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ
‘greater, and produces *branches 1great, sothat ‘are 7able ‘under

99

hear the word, and
receive it, and pring
forth fruit, some
thirtyfold, some sixty,
and some an hundred,
21 And he said unto
them, Is a _ candle
brought to be put un-
der a bushel, or under
a bed? and not to be
set on a candlestick?
22 for there is nothing
hid, which shall not be
manifested; neither
was any thing kept
secret, but that it
should come abroad.
23 If any man have
ears to hear, let him
hear. 24 And hesaid
unto them, Take heed
what ye hear: with
what measure ye mete,
it shall be measured
to you: and unto you
that hear shall more
be given. 25 For he
that hath, to himshall
be given: and he that
hath not, from him
shall be taken even
that which he hath.

26 And he said, So is
the kingdom of God,
as if aman should cast
seed into the ground;
27 and should sleep,
andrise night and day,
and the seed should
spring and grow up,
he knoweth not how.
28 For the earth bring-
eth forth fruit of her-
self; first the blade,
then the ear, after that
the full corn in the
ear. 29 But when the
fruit is brought forth,
immediately he put-
teth in the sickle, be-
cause the harvest is
come.

30 And he said,
Whereunto shall we
liken the kingdom of
God? or with what
comparison shall we
compare it? 31 It wz
like a grain of mus-
tard seed, which, when
it is sown in the earth,
is less than all the
seeds that be in the
earth: 32 but when it
is sown, it groweth up.
and becometh greater
than all herbs, and
shooteth out great
branches ; so that the

f ey in TTr. 8 + ὅτι that Ta.
(read it is not) [i Jrr[a].
ο--- καὶ προσ. ὑμῖν G.

h ἔρχεται ὃ λύχνος LTTra.
1_ ὃ ττττγα. m + ἵνα that LT[a].
P — τοῖς ἀκούουσιν GLTTTA.
5 βλαστᾷ LTTrA. ἴ -- γὰρ ᾿τττὰ. εἶτεν τ.
Υ εὐθὺς TTrA, 2 Πῶς how ΤΊτΑ.
represent it? LTTra.

Ὁ κόκκον a grain GLTraW,
— ἐστὶν LTTra.

8 [τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς] L.

i τεθῆ LTTrAW.
2 ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν TTrA.

4 ἔχει has LTTra.

τ πλήρης σῖτος LITrA.

2 τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν what parable shall we

© μικρότερον ὃν being less LTTra.

f μείζων (μεῖζον T) πάντων τῶν λαχάνων LTTrA.

k— τι

¥ — ἐὰντττα.
τ παραδοῖ LTTrA.

100

fowls of the air may
lodge under the sha-
dow of it. 33 And with
many such parables
spake he the word unto
them, as they were
able to hear tt. 34 But
without a parable
sprake he not unto
them : and when they
were alone, he ex-
unded all things to
is disciples.

35 And the same day,
when the even was
come, he saith unto
them, Let us pass over
unto the other side.
36 And when they had
sent away the multi-
tude, they took him
even as he was in the
ship. And there were
also with him other
little ships. 37 And
there arose a great
storm of wind, and
the waves beat into
the ship, so that it was
now full. 38 And he
was in the hinder part
of the ship, asleep on
a pillow: and_ they
awake him, and say
unto him, Master,
carest thou not that
weperish? 39 Andhe
arose, and rebuked the
wind, and said unto
the sea, Peace, be still.
And the wind ceased,
and there was a great
calm. 40 And he said
unto them, Why are

e so fearful? how is
t that ye have no
faith? 41 And they
feared exceedingly,
and said one to an-
other, What manner
of man is this, that
even the wind and the
sea obey him?

Vv. And they came
over unto the other
side of the sea, into
the country of the Ga-
darenes. 2 And when
he was come out of
the ship, immediately
there met him out
of the tombs a man
with an unclean spirit,
3 who had his dwelling
among the tombs; and
noman could bindhim,
no, not with chains:

ἐδύναντο Lir.
ships GLTTra. 1

Ὗ ὑπήντησεν LITr.
LTTrA.

ἦσαν τ.
τὸ πλοῖον already was filled the ship υὐτυὰ.
©; οὕπω “not *yet Ltr.
Lrtr; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes A.
X μνήμασιν (— v GW) GLTTrAW.
4 + οὐκέτι any longer (lt. no longer) LTTraw.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. IV, V.
\ ~ Η͂ - ~
τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν.
“the “shadow “οἵ *it the birds of the heaven to roost.

33 Kai τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν
And with ?such 3parables *many hespoke tothem the
, . ᾽ 4 ~
λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο! ἀκούειν, 84 χωρὶς.δὲ παραβολῆς
word, as they were able _ to hear, but without a parable
οὐκ.ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" Kar ἰδίαν. δὲ "τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ" ἐπέλυεν
spoke he not to them; and apart to his disciples he explained
πάντα.
all things.

35 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὀψίας γενομένης,

And hesays tothem on that day, evening being come,

, ‘ 4
Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 36 Kai ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον,
Let us pass over to the other side. And having dismissed the crowd,
παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ᾽ καὶ ἄλλα
they take with (them] him as he was in the ship; also *other
ἰδὲ! Ἐπλοιάρια" Ἰἰἦν! per’ αὐτοῦ. 87 καὶ γίνεται λαῖλαψ
*but smallships were with him. And comes a *storm

™dvéwou μεγάλη," "τὰ.δὲ" κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον,

3of *wind ‘violent, andthe waves beat into the ship,
ὥστε °abTo ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι." 88 καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς Ῥέπὶ! τῇ πρύ-
sothat it already was filled. And?was *he on the stern
μνῃ ἐπὶ TO προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων Kai “διεγείρουσιν"

on the cushion sleeping. And they arouse

᾽ , ‘ a ? ~ , ? , e
αὐτόν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οὐ-μέλει σοι ὅτι
him, and say to him, Teacher, is it no concern to thee that
ἀπολλύμεθα; 39 Kai διεγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ ἀνέμῳ,
we perish? And having been aroused herebuked the wind,

καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Σιώπα; πεφίμωσο. Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ
and said tothe sea, Silence, be quiet. And 361 ‘the
ἄνεμος, Kai ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη. 40 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
wind, and there was a ?calm 1preat. And hesaid to them,
Ti δειλοί ἐστε τοὕτως ; πῶς οὐκ' ἔχετε πίστιν; 41 Kai ἐφο-
Why fearful are ye thus? How ὅποὺ *have*ye faith? And = they
βήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς.ἀλλήλους, Tic
feared (with) Ἥρα ‘great, and _ said one to another, Who
ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι Kai ὁ ἄνεμος Kai ἡ θάλασσα "ὑπακούου-
then “this 1is, thateventhe wind and the sea obey
ow avre';

him?

5 Kai ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν

And they came to the other side of the sea, to the country
τῶν ᾿Γαδαρηνῶν." 2 καὶ "ἐξελθόντι.αὐτῷ! ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου,
of the Gadarenes. And on his having gone forth out of the ship,

Vo), , iT] wZ 4 ll > ~ 2 ~ , » θ
εὐθεως" Yarnyrnoerv" αὑτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος

immediately met him out of the tombs aman
ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, 3 ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς
with an unclean spirit, who [his] dwelling had in the

χμνημείοις"" καὶ Yovre! τἁλύσεσιν" * οὐδεὶς Ῥήδύνατο" αὐτὸν

tombs ; and not evén with chains anyone was able him
(lit. no one)
h τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς to his own disciplestTa. ἰ -- déutr[a]. * πλοῖα

τὰ μεγάλη ἀνέμου LITrA. ἃ καὶ τὰ LITra. © ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι
PéviNGLTTrAW. 4 ἐγείρουσιν they awake TTra.
5" αὐτῷ ὑπακούει T ; ὑπακούει αὐτῷ Tra. * Γερασηνῶν Gerasenes
u ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. Y -- εὐθέως L; εὐθὺς T[Tr]A.
Υ οὐδὲ LTTrAW. * ἁλύσει with a chain
Ὁ ἐδύνατο LTTrA.

VW. MARK.

δῆσαι, 4 διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις Kai ἁλύσεσιν Oe-
to bind, becausethat he often with fetters and chains had
δέσθαι, καὶ διεσπᾶσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις, καὶ
been bound, and “had ‘been Storn Sasunder7by ®him 1the 2chains, and
τὰς πέδας συντετρίφθαι, Kai οὐδεὶς “αὐτὸν ἴσχυεν" δαμάσαι"
the fetters had been shattered, and noone him wasable_ tosubdue.
5 καὶ διαπαντὸς" νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς “ὔρεσιν καὶ ἐν

And continually night and day in the mountains ana in
τοῖς μνήμασιν ἦν κράζων καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις.
the tombs he was crying and cutting himself with stones,
6 ΓΙιδὼν.δὲ! τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσ-
And haying seen Jesus from afar, he ran and did

, 4 ? ~ ll 7 A "εἶ ~ aN ἢ ct tas > ‘
εκυνησεν BavTw, 7 καὶ κράξας φων}) μεγάλῃ "εἶπεν," Tt epot
homage to him, and crying witha*voice *loud he said, What to me
Kai σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν

andtothee, Jesus, Son of God the Most High? Jadjure thee
θεόν, μή pe βασανίσῃς. ὃ ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, "Ἐξελθε, τὸ
by God, “ποῦ “me torment, For he wassaying tohim, Come forth, the

a ν zi , 2 ~ 2 ’ \ 2 ΄
πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 9 Καὶ ἐπηρώτα

Bpirit the unclean, out of the man, And he asked
αὐτόν, Τί ἰἷἥσοι.-ὄνομα!; Kai "ἀπεκρίθη, λέγων," ᾿Λεγεὼν"
him, Ὑγμαῦ [15] thy name? And heanswered, saying, Legion

7 , m
ὀνομά.μοι.
my name

ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 10 Kai παρεκάλει αὐτὸν
[15], because many ὍΘ 879. And Π6 besought him

πολλά, ἵνα μὴ "αὐτοὺς" ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας. 11 iyv.6¢
much, that not them he wouldsend out of the country. Nowthere was

ἐκεῖ πρὸς Pra ὄρη" ἀγέλη χοίρων μεγάλη βοσκομένη" 12 Kai

there just αὖ themountainsa“herd 3508 ‘swine ‘great feeding ; and

παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν Ῥπάντες οἱ δαίμονες," λέγοντες, Lae
“besought Shim tall *the *demons, saying, end

‘3 ~ 2 ᾿ ΄, ε ᾽ > 4 Cpe, κ

ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν. 13 Kai

us into the swine, that into them we may enter. And
ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς “εὐθέως ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς.}Ἱ καὶ ἐξελθόντα τὰ
Zallowed *them *immediately 1 Jesus. And having gone out the
πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους" καὶ ὥρμησεν

spirits the unclean entered into the swine, and rushed
ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς THY θάλασσαν τῆσαν δὲ"
‘the “herd down the steep into the sea, (now they were

ὡς δισχίλιοι: καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 14 "Οἱ δὲ"
about two thousand), and they were choked in the sea. And those who
βόσκοντες trove χοίρους" ἔφυγον, καὶ “ἀνήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν
fed the swine fied, and announced [it] to the
aN ‘ > 4 > , 4 WeEnO ll [ὃ ~ / 2 ;Ἃ
πολιν και εἰς τους ayoouc. Kat “εξηλσον'" toély τι ἐστιν TO
city and to the country. And they went out tosee what itis that
γεγονός" 15 καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Inoovy, καὶ θεωροῦσιν
has been done. And theycome to Jesus, and see
τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον *Kaill ἱματισμένον Kai σωφρο-
the possessed by demons sitting and clothed and of sound
νοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν TAeyewva' καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 16 Kai
mind, him whohad the legion: and they were afraid. And

102

4 because that he had
been often bound with
fetters and chains, and
the chains had been
plucked asunder by
him, and the fetters
broken in pieces : nei-
ther could any man
tame him. 5 And al-
ways, night and day,
he was in the moun-
tains, and in the
tombs, crying, and
cutting himself with
stones. 6 But when he
saw Jesus afar off, he
ran and worshipped
him, 7 and cried with
a loud voice, and said,
What have I to do
with thee, Jesus, thou
Son of the most high
God? I adjure thee
by God, that thou tor-
ment menot,. 8 For he
said unto him, Come
out of the man, thou
unclean spirit. 9 And
he asked him, What
is thy name? And he
answered, saying, My
name 7 Legion: for
we aremany. 10 And
he besought him much
that he would not send
them away out of the
country. 11 Now there
was there nigh unto
the mountains a great
herd of swine feeding.
12 And all the devils
besought him, saying,
Send us into the swine,
that we may enter into
them. 13 And forth-
with Jesus gave them
leave. And theunclean
spirits went out, and
entered into the swine:
and the herd ran vio-
lently down a steep
place into the sea,
(they were about two
thousand ;) and were
choked in the sea.
14 And they that fed
the swine fled, and
told it in the city, and
in the country. And
they went out to see
what it was that was
done. 15 And they
come to Jesus, and see
him that was possessed
with the devil, and
had the legion, sitting,
and clothed, and in
his right mind: and
they were afraid.
16 And they that saw

Cloxvey avTOVLTTrAW. ἃ διὰ παντὸς AL: “ μνήμασιν (---ν GW) καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν GLTTrAW.

ἔ καὶ ἰδὼν TTrA. 8 αὐτόν Α.
αὐτῷ he says to him Guirtraw.

° τῷ ὄρει the mountain GLTTraw.
besought) τττὰ.

5 καὶ οἱ LITA.
they went LTTrAW

h λέγει he says LTTraw.
1 Λεγιὼν LTTrA.

4 — εὐθέως ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he allowed) [L]rtr[a].
τ αὐτοὺς them GLTTrAw. ἀ

x — καὶ LTTrA. Y λεγιῶνα LTTrA

i ὄνομά σοι LTTrA.
m+ ἐστιν is L.

P — πάντες GW[L]; — πάντες οἱ δαίμονες (read they

r— ἧσαν δὲ Oates

ἡ ἀπήγγειλαν told GLTTraw. w ἦλθον

K λέγει
2 αὐτὰ TTr.

102

it told them how it
befell to him that was
possessed with the de-
vil, and also concern-
ing the swine. 17 An
they began to pray
him to depart out of
their coasts. 18 And
when he wascome into
the ship, he that had
been possessed with
the devil prayed him
that he might be with
him. 19 Howbeit Jesus
suffered him not, but
saith unto him, Go
home to thy friends,
and tell them how
great things the Lord
hath done for thee,
and hath had com-
passion on thee. 20 And
he departed, and began
to publish in Decapolis
how great things Jesus
had done for him: and
all men did marvel.

21 And when Jesus
was passed over again
by ship unto the other
side, much people ga-
tbered unto him: and
he was nigh unto the
sea, 22 And, behold,
there cometh one of
the rulers of the syna-
gogue, Jairus by name;
and when he saw him,
he fell at his feet,
23 and besought him
greatly, saying, My
little daughter lieth
at the point of death:
1 pray thee, come and
lay thy hands on her,
that she may be heal-
ed; and she shall live,
24 And Jesus went
with him; and much
people followed him,
and thronged him.
25 And a certain wo-
man, which had an
issue of blood twelve
years, 26 and had suf-
fered many things of
many physicians, and
had spent all that she
had, and was nothing
bettered, but rather
grew worse, 27 when
she had heard of Jesus,
came in the press be-
hind, and touched his
garment. 28 For she
said, If I may touch
but his clothes, I shall
be whole. 29 And

5 μονιζομένῳ, καὶ

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ¥.

διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαι-
Srelated Τ7ίο ®them 'those *who *had ‘seen [*it] μουν it happened tohim pos-

περὶ τῶν χοίρων. 17 Kai ἤρξαντο παρα-

sessed by demons, and concerning the swine. And they began to be-
καλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν.ὁρίων.αὐτῶν. 18 Καὶ
seech him to depart from their borders. And

tiuBavroc' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ

“having “entered ‘he into the ship, *besought ®him the *who
δαιμονισθείς, ἵνα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ." 19 δὸ δὲ!
3had *been δροββθεβϑᾶ Sby 7demons that he might be with him. But

ΦἸησοῦς" οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν
Jesus did not suffer him, but says to him, Go to
οἴκόν.σου πρὸς τοὺς.σούς, καὶ ἀνάγγειλον" αὐτοῖς doa ὅσοι
thy house to thineown, and announce tothem howmuch forthee
{3 ΄ \| f2 , Ι ‘ ἦλέὲ , ‘ 2 ~ ᾿
ὁ κύριος" 'εἐποίησεν," καὶ ἡλεξησεν σε. 20 Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν Kat
the Lord did, and pitied thee. And he departed and
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἔν τῇ Δεκαπόλει, Coa ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ
began toproclaim in Decapolis, how much *had *done *for ®him
"Inoovc’ Kai πάντες ἐθαύμαζον.
‘Jesus; and all wondered.
21 Kai διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ
And “having “passed *over ‘Jesus in 6 ship
τὸ πέραν," συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν
the other side, *was *gathered ‘a “crowd great to him, and he was
παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. 22 Kai δἰδού," ἔρχεται εἷς THY ἀρχι-
by the sea. And behold, comes. one of the rulers of
συναγώγων, ὀνόματι ᾿Ἰάειρος, Kai ἰδὼν αὐτόν, πίπτει πρὸς
the synagogue, by name Jairus, and seeing him, falls at
τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ" 23 καὶ ἱπαρεκάλει! αὐτὸν πολλά, λέγων,

ἃ

ἐπάλιν εἰς
again to

his feet ; and he besought him much, saying,
er A 4 , > , μὴ tf ? ‘
Ort τὸ.θυγατριόν.μου ἐσχάτως. ἔχει" ἵνα ἐλθὼν

My little daughter is at the last extremity, [I pray] that having come

ἐπιθῆς αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας," ‘owe! σωθῇ καὶ
thou wouldest lay on her [thy] hands, so that she may be cured, and
πιζήσεται.! 24 Kai ἀπῆλθεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ

she shall live. And he departed with him, and *followed Shim
ὄχλος πολύς, Kai συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 25 Kai γυνή "ric
la*crowd *great, and pressed on him, And a “woman 'certain

οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος %rn δώδεκα," 26 καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα
being with aflux of blood “years ‘twelve, and much having suffered
ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν, καὶ δαπανήσασα τὰ.παρ᾽ Ῥέαυτῆς"
under many physicians, and having spent “her “means
’ ‘4 A > ~ ᾽ A ~ > A ~
πάντα, Kai μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ. χεῖρον
tall, and in no way having benefited but rather sto “worse
ἐλθοῦσα, 27 ἀκούσασα 4 περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν
thaving 7come, having heard concerning Jesus, having come in
~ » «“ -ε ΄ > ~. » ΄
τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ" 28 ἔλεγεν γάρ,
the crowd behind, touched his garment ; for she Le
Ὅτι "kay τῶν ἱματίων.αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι." σωθήσομαι. 29 Kai
1f but his garments I shall touch, I shali be cured. And

ee ee 8800060606060

2 ἐμβαίνοντος [was] entering LTTrAW.
ς — Ἰησοῦς (read he did not suffer) G[u]rtraw.
f πεποίηκεν has done GLTTraw.

σοι TTraA.

i παρακαλεῖ he beseeches Tira.
m ζήσῃ may live LTTrA.
2 + τὰ the things T[A].

ἃ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἢ LITrAW. b καὶ and GLTTraw.

4 ἀπάγγειλον tell Lrtraw. © ὃ κύριός
& εἰς τὸ πέραν πάλιν T. h — ἰδού [L]rTra.
ι ἵνα in order that στιὰ.

k ras χεῖρας αὐτῇ LITrA.
Ρ αὐτῆς GLTrAW.

0 — τις LTTr[A]. ο δώδεκα ἔτη T.
τ ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ΤΑ.

V2 MARK.

Ξεῤθέως! ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ.αἱματος. αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔγνω
immediately was dried up the fountain of her blood, and she knew
τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος. 80 καὶ vOéwc’
infher] body thatshe washealed from the scourge. And immediately
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν

Jesus, knowing in himself [that] the *out “οἵ *him 1power
ἐξελθοῦσαν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ; ἔλεγεν, Tic pov ἥψατο
had gone forth, having turned in the crowd, said, Who of me touched
τῶν ἱματίων ; 31 Kai ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Βλέπεις
the garments? And 3said *to *him his “disciples, Thou seest
τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγεις, Τίς μου ἥψατο;
the crowd pressing on thee, and sayestthou, Who me _ touched?

82 Kai περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦτο ποιήσασαν. 33 7-0é
And he looked round tosee her who this had done. But the

γυνὴ φοβηθεῖσα Kai τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν ἐπ᾽"
woman beingfrightened and trembling, knowing what had been done upon
αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν
her, came and felldown before him, and told him all
THY ἀλήθειαν. 34 0.68" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, YOvyarep," ἡ.πίστις. σου
the truth. Andhe said _ toher, Daughter, thy faith
σέσωκέν σε" ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην, Kai ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστι-
hascured thee; go in peace, and be sound from "scourge
γός cov. 35 “Eri αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ a
1thy. [While] yet he is speaking, they come from the
συναγώγου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἡ-θυγάτηρ.σου ἀπέθανεν᾽ τί ἔτι
the synagogue’s [house], saying, Thy daughter isdead; whystill
σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ; 36 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς “εὐθέως! γἀκού-
troublest thou the teacher? But Jesus immediately, having
σας! τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον λέγει TH ἀρχισυναγώγῳ, Μὴ
heard the word spoken, says to the ruler of the synagogue, 7Not
φοβοῦ" μόνον πίστευε. 37 Kai οὐκιἀφῆκεν οὐδένα ταὐτῷ"
‘fear ; only believe. And he suffered no one him

a On ll ᾽ \ b , ais, , ee) ,
συνακολουθῆσαι," εἰ μὴ Ὁ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην
to accompany, except Peter and James and John

τὸν ἀδελφὺν ᾿Ιακώβου. 38 Kai “ἔρχεται εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ

l=
er of

the brother of James. And hecomes to the house ofthe
ἀρχισυναγώγου. Kai θεωρεῖ θόρυβον, 4 κλαίοντας καὶ
ruler of the synagogue, and he beholds atumult, [people] weeping and

ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά. 39 καὶ εἰσελθὼν λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τί
wailing greatly. And having entered hesays tothem, Why

θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον οὐκ.ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ

make yea tumult and weep? the child is not dead, but
καθεύδει. 40 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. °6'.6 ἐκβαλὼν 'ἅπαν-
sleeps. And they laughedat him. But he having put out all,

tac, παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδίου Kai τὴν

takes with (him) tke father ofthe child and the
μητέρα καὶ τοὺς per’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσπορεύεται ὕπου ἦν τὸ
mother and those with him, and enters in where *was ‘the
παιδίον Ξἀνακείμενον." 41 Kai κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ
Ξ0 818 lying. And having taken the hand of the
παιδίου, λέγει αὐτῇ, Ταλιθά, *kovpu"" ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευό-
child, hesays toher, Talitha, koumi; which is, being inter-

5 εὐθὺς TTrA.
χα -- εὐθέως [L]rtr/ ΑἹ. Υ παρακούσας having disregarded Trra.
TTrA. ἃ ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow x. b + τὸν TTrA.

ἃ + καὶ and GLTTraw. © αὐτὸς LITr. f πάντας GLTTrAW
ἃ κούμ τ; κοῦμ TrA.

108
straightway the foun-
tain of her blood was
dried up ; and she felt
in her body that she
was healed of that
plague. 30 And Jesus,
immediately knowing
in himself that virtue
had gone ont of him,
turned him about in
the press, and said,
Who touched my
clothes? 31 And his
disciplessaiduntohim,
Thou seest the multi-
tude thronging thee,
and sayest thou, Who
touched me? 32 And
he looked round about
to see her that had
done this thing, 33 But
the woman fearing
and trembling, know-
ing what was done in
her, came and fell
down before him, and
told him all the truth.
34 And he said unto
her, Daughter, thy
faith hath made thee
whole; go in peace,
and be whole of thy
plague, 35 While he
yet spake, there came
from the ruler of the
synagogue’s house cer-
tain which said, Thy
daughter is dead: why
troublest thou the
Master any further?
36 As soon as Jesus
heard the word that
was spoken, he saith
unto the ruler of the
synagogue, Be ποῦ
afraid, only believe.
37 And he suffered no
man to follow him,
save Peter, and James,
and John the brother
of James. 38 And he
cometh to the house of
the ruler of the syna-
gogue, and seeth the
tumult,and them that
wept and wailed great-
ly. 39 And when he
was come in, he saith
unto them, Why make
ye this ado, and weep?
the damsel is not dead,
but sleepeth. 40 And
they laughed him to
scorn. But when he
had put them all out,
he taketh the father
and the mother of the
damsel, and them that
were with him, and
entereth in where the
damsel was lying.
41 And he took the
damsel by the hand,
and said unto her,
Talitha cumi; which
is, being interpret-

t — ἐπ᾽ (read to her) [L]1Tra. ἡ + Ἰησοῦς Jesus tL.

* Θυγάτηρ LTra.

2 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ with him
ς ἔρχονται they come LTTraw.
& — ἀνακείμενον G[L]TTra.

104

ed, Damsel, I say
unto thee, arise.
{2 And straightway

the damsel arose, and
walked; for she was
of the age of twelve
years, And they were
astonished with a
great astonishment.
18 And he charged
them straitly that no
man should know it;
and commanded that
something should be
given her to eat.

VI. And he went
out from thence, and
came into his own
country ; and his disci-
ples follow him. 2 And
when the sabbath day
was come, he began to
teach in the syna-
gogue: and many
hearing him were as-
tonished, saying, From
whence hath this man
these things? and what
wisdom is this which
is given unto him, that
even such mighty
works are wrought by
his hands? 3 Is not
this the carpenter, the
son of Mary, the bro-
ther of James, and
Joses, and of Juda, and
Simon? and are not
his sisters here with
us? And they wereof-
fended at him. 4 But
Jesus said unto them,
A prophet is not with-
out honour, but in his
own country, and a-
mong his own kin, and
in his ΟὟ house.
5 And he could there
do no mighty work,
save that he lInid his
hands upon a few sick
folk, and healed them.
6 And he marvelled
because of their un-
belief. And he went
round abont the vil-
lages, teaching.

7 And he called unto
him the twelve, and
began to send them
forth by twoand two;
and gave them power
over unclean spirits;
8 and commanded
them that they should
take nothing for their
journey, save a staff
only; no scrip, no
bread, no money in
their purse: 9 but be
shod withsandals ; and

MAPKOS. Ve

“2 . ‘ > , i
usvov, Τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, ᾿ἔγειραι.} 42 Kai "εὐθέως

preted, Damsel, tothee Isay, arise. And immediately

ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον Kai περιεπάτει, ἦν. γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα.
arose the amsel and walked, forshewas“years ‘twelve (old).

καὶ ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ. 48 καὶ διεστείλατο

And they were amazed with amazement ‘great. And hecharged
αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς πιγνῷ" τοῦτο᾽ καὶ εἶπεν
them much that noone shouldknow this; and hesaid [that some-
δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν.
thing]should be given toher το eat,
6 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ "Pev' εἰς rHY-warpida.adrov
And he went out thence, and came _ into his [own] country ;
καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ: 2 Kai γενομένου
and 3follow *him ‘his *disciples. And “being ?come
σαββάτου ἤρξατο %v τῇ συναγωγῷ διδάσκειν" καὶ Ῥ πολλοὶ
1sabbath he began in the synagogue to teach ; and many
ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, Τόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα;
hearing were astonished, saying, Whence to this [man] these things?
καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα "αὐτῷ," ὅτι" καὶ δυνάμεις
and what the wisdom that has been given tohim, that even *works*of *power
τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν χειρ πεπητοῦ "γίνονται ;' 8 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν

Ἰβπο ἢ. by his hands are done? not “this ‘is
ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς ‘Mapiac, “ἀδελφὸς. δὲ" Tasman καὶ “Two
the carpenter, the son of Mary, and brother of James and Joses

καὶ ᾿Ιούδα καὶ Σίμωνος ; καὶ οὐκ.εἰσὶν αἱ. ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε
and Judas and Simon? and are not his sisters here
πρὸς ἡμᾶς ; Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. 4 "ἔλεγεν δὲ!" αὐτοῖς
with us? And they were offended in him. But ’said *to *them
ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰμὴ ἐν τῇ
’ Jesus, ®Not 718 5a,%prophet without honour, except in
πατρίδι. αὑτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τοῖς *ovyyevéow' " καὶ ἐν τῇ
his [own] country and among [his] kinsmen and in
a? b « “4| » \ > Cc , Π ? ~ d ? , δύ
οἰκίᾳ. αὐτοῦ". ὃ Καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο! ἐκεῖ οὐδεμίαν υναμιν
his [own] house. And he was “able “there ‘notany work of power
ποιῆσαι," εἰ.μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀῤῥώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας
to do, except ona few infirm having laid [his] han
, , ‘ e2 , tl ὃ A δὴ Ψ , γ᾽
ἐθεράπευσεν. 6 καὶ ξἐθαύμαζεν ιὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν. αὐ -
he healed [them]. And he wondered because of their unbelief.
τῶν" Kai περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας κύκλῳ διδάσκων.
And he went about the villages inacireuit teaching.
7 Kai προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς
And he calls to (him] the twelve, and began them
᾽ t , , , 207 ? me 2. , ~ ΄
ἀποστέλλειν δύο.δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμά-
tosend forth twoandtwo,and gave tothem authority overthe spirits
των τῶν ἀκαθάρτων᾽ 8 καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς wa μηδὲν
the unclean ; and he charged them that nothing
aiowow εἰς ὁδόν, εἰμὴ ῥάβδον μόνον" μὴ ἱπήραν,
they should take for [the] way, except ἃ staff only; no provision bag,
μὴ ἄρτον," μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν" 9 δάλλ᾽" ὑποδεδεμένους
nor bread, nor in the _ belt money ; but be shod

i ἔγειρε GLTTrAW.

n ἔρχεται comes TTrAW.

to this [man] rrr,
ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW.
ἑαυτοῦ T,
© ἐδύνατο TTrA.
πήραν TTrA.

1 συγγενεῦσιν ΤΊ,

k εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. 1+ εὐθὺς immediately T[Tr]a. ™ yvot LTTrA.

ο διδάσκειν ἐν TH συναγωγῇ TTr. P + οἱ the Τ[Α]. 4 τούτῳ
τ-- ὅτι GLTTrAW. 5 γινόμεναι Tr. t + τῆς TTra. Υ καὶ
» Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. χ καὶ ἔλεγεν and “said LITra. Υ αὐτοῦ LTrAW ;
a + αὐτοῦ his (kinsmen) [L]?TTra. Ὁ αὐτοῦ LTTrAW.
4 ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν LTTrA, © ἐθαύμασεν T. f ἄρτον, μὴ

€ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.

vers MARK.
σανδάλια" Kai μὴ.Βἐνδύσησθε" δύο χιτῶνας. 10 Kai ἔλεγεν
with sandals; and put not on two tunics. And he said

αὐτοῖς, “Ὅπου. ἐὰν) εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν, ἐκεῖ μένετε Ewe ἂν
to them, Wherever yeenter into ahouse, there remain until

ἐξελθητε ἐκεῖθεν. 11 καὶ *dooudy μὴ.δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ
se go out thence, And asmanyas willnotreceive you, nor

ἀκούσωσιν ὑμῶν, ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν
hear en; depen as: thence, shake off the dust

τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. ἰἀμὴν
which Cis] under your feet, for atestimony to them. Nerily

λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμοις ἢ Γομόῤῥοις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ
Isay to you, more tolerable it shallbe forSodom or Gomorrha in

κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ. πόλει. ἐκείνῃ." 12 Kai ἐξελθόντες miehovo-
of judgment ἘΔ for that city. And having gone out they pro-
cov' ἵνα “peravonowory.' 13 καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον,

φὐεθτις ΠΟΤΕ imen] should repent. And 7demons ‘many they cast out,
καὶ ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀῤῥώστους Kai ἐθεράπευον.

and anointed with oil many infirm and healed {them].
14 Kai ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδηο; φανερὸν. γὰρ
And ‘heard “*the sking erod [of him}, for public

ἐγένετο τὸ. Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ, Kai “ἔλεγεν, Ὅτι ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπ-

became his name, and hesaid, John the Bap-
τίζων Pir νεκρῶν ἠγέρθη," καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦ-
tist from among [the] dead is risen, and because of this Sope-
ow αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ. 15 Αλλοιῖ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι ᾿Ἡλίας"

rate ‘the*works*of*powerin him. said,

ἐστίν: ἄλλοι.δὲ ἔλεγον, ἡ
itis; and others said,
προφητῶν. 16 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ
prophets. But having heard
byw ἀπεκεφάλισα ᾿Ιωάννην,
“beheaded 1John,
γὲκ νεκρῶν.
from among [the] dead.

Others Elias
‘Ort 7 popnrnc ἐστίν," τὴ we εἷς τῶν
prophet it is, or as one ofthe

ὁ Ἡρώδης Yetzer," ¥"Or' ὃν
Herod said, ?=Whom
οὗτός “ἐστιν' αὐτὸς" ἠγέρθη
he it is. He is risen
17 Αὐτὸς.γὰρ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἀποστείλας

For *himself erod having sent

ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ" φυλακῇ;
seized John, and bound him in the prison,

διὰ “Howdiada τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ,
on account of erodias the wife of er nY his brother,

ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν. 18 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ ὁ Lowe τῷ Howdy,
because her he had married. For *said >John to Herod,

Ὅτι οὐκιἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου.
It is not lawful for thee to have the wife of thy brother.

19 Ἡ.δὲ Ηρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ "ἤθελεν! αὐτὸν ἀπο-
But Herodias held it ageinse Bie; and wished Shim ‘to

κτεῖναι" καὶ οὐκιἠδύνατο. 20 ὁ γὰρ. Ἡρώδης stole τὸν

ΞΚ11, and was not able: for Herod feared
Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ
John, Sean him [to be] a man just and holy, and

συνετήρει avTov' Kai ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ ézroist,' καὶ

105

not put on two coats.
10 And he said unto
them, In what place
soever ye enter into
an house, there abide
till ye depart from
that place. 11 And
whosoever shall not
receive you, nor hear
you, when ye depart
thence, shake off the
dust under your feet
for a testimony a-
gainstthem. Verily1
say unto you, It shall
be more tolerable for
Sodom and Gomorrha
in the day of judg-
ment, than for that
city. 12 And they
went out, and preached
that men should re-
pent. 13 And they
cast out many devils
and anointed with oi
many that were sick,
and healed them,

14 And king Herod
heard of him; (for his
name was spread a-~
broad :) and he said,
That John the Baptist
was risen from thc
dead, and therefore
mighty works do shew
forth themselves in
him. 15 Others said.
That itis Elias, And
others said, That it is
a prophet, or as one of
the prophets. 16 But
when Herod heard
thereof, he said, It is
John, whom I behead-
ed: he is risen from
the dead. 17 For Heroa
himself had sent forth
and laid hold upon
John, and bound him
in prison for Herodias’
sake, his brother Phi-
lip’s wife: for he had
married her. 18 For
John had said untc
Herod, It is not law-
ful for thee to have
thy brother’s wife.
19 Therefore Herodias
had a quarrel against
him, and would have
killed him; but she
could not : 20 for Herod
feared John, knowing
that he was a just man
and an holy, and ob-
served him ; and when
he heard him, he did

kept "safe thim ; and having heard him, manythings did, and many things, and
» ἐνδύσασθαι E. i ἂν LTr. K ἐὰν for ἂν τι ; ὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται whatsoever place
will not receive TTra, 1— ἀμὴν λέγω .... τῇ πόλει , ἐκείνῃ G[L]tTra. m ἐκήρυξαν ΤΊτΑ.

2 μετανοῶσιν LTTrA.
νεκρῶν ἀνέστη A.

Y ἔλεγεν TTrA,

* — τῇ GLTTraw.

° ἔλεγον they said L.

a+ ééalso LTTraw. τ ἩἩλείας T.
-- Ὅτε LTTrA. χ- ἐστιν" αὐτὸς Ο[ττττὰ.
a ἐζήτει Sought L.

P ἐγήγερται (has risen) ἐκ νεκρῶν LITr; ἐκ
5. — ἐστίν [L]}rTra.
Υ — ἐκ νεκρῶν T[Tr]A.
Ὁ ἠπόρει was at a loss [about] τ.

τ ἣ GLITraw.

106

heard him _ gladly.
21 And when a con-
venient day was come,
that Herod on his
birthday made a sup-
per to his lords, high
captains, and _ chief
estates of Galilee;
22. and when the daugh
ter of the said Herodias
came in, and danced,
asd pleased Herod and
them that sat with
him, the king saidunto
the damsel, Ask of me
whatsoever thou wilt,
and I will give it thee.
23 And hesware unto
her, Whatsoever thou
shalt ask of me, 1 will
give it thee, unto the
half of my kingdom.
24 Andshe went forth,
and said unto her mo-
ther, What shall 1 451 ὃ
And she said, The head
of John the Baptist.
25 And she came in
straightway with
haste unto the king,
and asked, saying, I
will that thou give me
by and by in acharger
the head of John the
Baptist. 26 And the
king was exceeding
sorry ; yet for his oath’s
sake, and for their
sakes which sat with
him, he would not re-
ject her. 27 And im-
mediately the king
sent an executioner,
and commanded his
head to be brought:
and he went and be-
headed him in the
prison, 28 and brought
his head in a charger,
and gaveit to the dam-
sel: and the damsel
gave it to her mother.
29 And when his disci-
ples heard of it, they
came and took up his
corpse, and laid it in
a tomb.

30 And the apostles
gathered themselves
together unto Jesus,
and told him all things,
both what they had
done, and what they
had taught. 31 And he
said unto them, Come
ye yourselves apart

MAPKOS. γι.
DOE ᾽ ~ » 4 , « , ᾽ ΄ eo
ηδεως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν. 21 Kai γενομένης ἡμέρας. εὐκαίρου, “ὅτε"
gladly him heard. And ‘being °come ‘an opportune “day, when
Ἡρώδης τοῖς.γενεσίοις.αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον “ἐποίει! τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν
Herod on his birthday a supper made to *great *men
αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις Kai τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας,
‘his and to the chief captains and tothe first [men] of Galilee ;
22 Kai εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος, καὶ

and Shaving’come*in'*the daughter “of Sherself Herodias, and
ὀρχησαμένης, “καὶ ἀρεσάσης" τῷ ‘Howdy καὶ τοῖς cuvava-

having danced, and pleased Herod and those reclining
κειμένοις, [εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῷ κορασίῳ, Αἴτησόν με
{at table] with [him], “said *the “king tothe damsel, Ask me

ΓΝ) κι θέ 4 ’ γι 5) ‘ » ᾽ - (

δ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοί: 23 καὶ ὦμοσεν αὐτῇ, Ὅτι
whatever thou wilt, and I willgive to thee. And heswore toher,

δ ἐὰν μὲ αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοί, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας
Whatever me thou mayestask, I will give thee, to half of *kingdom
μου. 24 «Ἢ δὲ! ἐξελθοῦσα εἶπεν τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτῆς, Ti ®airn-
‘my. And she having goneout said to her mother, What shallI

σομαι:" Ἣ.δὲ εἶπεν, Τὴν κεφαλὴν ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ."
ask? And she said, The head of John the Baptist.

25 Kai εἰσελθοῦσα "εὐθέως" μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα,
And haying entered immediately with haste to the king,
ἠτήσατο, λέγουσα, Θέλω iva wor δῷς ἐξ.αὐτῆς" ἐπὶ πίνακι
she asked, saying, I desire that tome thou give atonce upon a dish

4 ‘ ? ’ ~ ~ 4 ch
τὴν κε αλτω, Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 26 Καὶ περίλυπος
the ead of John the Baptist. And ‘very ®sorrowful
γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεύς. διὰ τοὺς ὕρκους Kai τοὺς
{(*while] *made '‘'the “king, on account of the oaths and those who
πσυνανακειμένους" οὐκ. ἠθέλ παὐτὴν ἀθετῆ " 27 καὶ
μ ο᾽ οὐκ. ἠθέλησεν αὐτὴν ἀθετῆσαι. καὶ
reclined [at table] with [him], would not ther reject. And
σεῤθεως" ἀποστείλας ὁ βασιλεὺς Ῥσπεκουλάτωρα" ἐπέταξεν
immediately “having “sent 'the *king a guardsman ordered
φἐνεχθῆναι" rHy-KEepadiy.avrov™. 28 86.62" ἀπελθὼν ἀπεκε-
to be brought his head. And he having gone be-
φάλισεν αὐτὸν ty τῇ φυλακῇ, Kai ἤνεγκεν τὴν.κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ
headed him in the prison, and _ brought his head
ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ κορασίῳ" Kai TO κοράσιον
upon adish, and gave it tothe damsel, and the amsel
ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτῆς. 29 Kai ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ
gave it to her mother. And _ having heard [it] ?disciples
αὐτοῦ ‘i\Oor," καὶ ἦραν τὸ.πτῶμα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν ®avrd"

this came, and took up his corpse, and laid it
ἐν τῷ" μνημείῳ.
in the tomb.
30 Kai συνάγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, Kai

to and
ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ πάντα, “καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ "ὅσα!
they related tohim allthings, both what they haddone and what

ἐδίδαξαν. 31 καὶ γεῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ
they had taught. And hesaid tothem, Come ye _ yourselves

And #are*gathered Stogether*the ?apostles Jesus,

COTeL.

i βαπτίζοντος TTrA.
[at table] Trra.

ᾳ ἐνέγκαι [him] to bring TTra,
gone he beheaded) urtra.
W — καὶ LTTrAW.

EGLTTraw.

4 ἐποίησεν LITrA.
λεὺς εἶπεν and the king said rTra.

ε ἤρεσεν She pleased titra. ἴ εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς L; ὁ δὲ βασι-

Ε καὶ and τττὰ. h αἰτήσωμαι Should I ask nrrraw.

Κ εὐθὺς LTTrA. ἐξαυτῆς Sais μοι LTTrA. ™ ἀνακειμένους reclined

Ὁ ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν TTrA. ὁ εὐθὺς TTrA. P σπεκουλάτορα LTTrAW,

r + [ἐπὶ mevaxc| on a dish L. 5 καὶ (read and having

τ ἦλθαν Trra. ἃ αὐτὸν him τ. υ-- τῷ (read a tomb)
% — ὅσα T. Υ λέγει he says TTraw.

ΥἹ. MARK.

Kar ἰδίαν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, καὶ Τἀάναπαύΐεσθε" ὀλίγον. Ἦσαν

apart into “desert ‘aplace, and rest a little. 7Were
οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί, Kai οὐδὲ φαγεῖν
*‘and*those ‘going many, and noteven to eat

*yvkaipovy." 32 καὶ ἀπῆλθον sic ἔρημον τόπον τῷ
had they opportunity. And they went away into “desert ‘aplace by the
πλοίῳ" κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. 33 Kai εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας “οἱ ὄχλοι,"

ὰρ
for *those *coming

ship apart. And "saw *them Sgoing 1the *crowds,
καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν" "αὐτὸν" πολλοί, καὶ πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν
“and recognized Shim 7many, and on foot from all the

πόλεων συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ, ‘kai προῆλθον αὐτούς," βκαὶ συνῆλ-

cities rantogether there, and went before them, and came to-
θον πρὸς αὐτόν." 84 καὶ ἐξελθὼν "εῖδεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πολὺν
gether to him. And having gone out saw 1 Jesus *great
ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾿ ἰαὐτοῖς,! ὅτι ἦσαν

Sacrowd,and was moved with compassion towards them, because they were

e , \ » , A \ 9 zg ὃ δά ? ‘
we πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα᾽ Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς

as sheep not having ashepherd. And hebegan to teach them
πολλά. 8 Kai ἤδη ὥρας.πολλῆς γενομένης," προσεὰ-
many things. And already alatehour [it] being, com-

θόντες Ἰαὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ ταὐτοῦ" "λέγουσιν." Ὅτι ἔρημός ἐστιν
. ? .

ing to him his disciples say, Desert is

« , ‘ » “ fe 4 2 ’ ? 4 e

ὁ τόπος, Kai ἤδη ὥρα.πολλή" 36 ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς, ἵνα
the place, and already [it is] a late hour; dismiss them, that

ἀπελθόντες εἰς τοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς Kai κώμας, ἀγοράσωσιν

having gone ‘to *the ‘in 28 %circuit country and villages, they may buy
ἑαυτοῖς °aprouc’' τί γὰρ! φάγωσιν “οὐκ. ἔχουσιν."
for themselves bread; “something ‘for to eat they have not.

37 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν.
Buthe answering said tothem, Give *to*them ‘ye to eat.
Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ᾿Απελθόντες ἀγοράσωμεν διακοσίων
And theysay ἴο him, Having gone shall we buy two hundred
δηναρίων" ἄρτους, καὶ "δῶμεν" αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν ; 38 ὋὉ δὲ λέγει
denarii of bread, and give them to eat? And he says
αὐτοῖς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε ; ὑπάγετε ἱκαὶ" ἴδετε. Kai γνόν-
tothem, Howmany loaves have ye? go and 566, And having
τες λέγουσινγῦ, Πέντε, καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 89 Kai ἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς
Known they say, Five, and two fishes. And heordered. them
‘avakNivat" πάντας συμπόσια.συμπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ.

to make “recline ‘all by companies on the green grass.
40 καὶ *avérecoy' πρασιαὶ. πρασιαί, Yava' ἑκατὸν καὶ ἀνὰ"

And they sat down in ranks, by hundreds and by
πεντήκοντα. 41 καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Kai τοὺς δύο
fifties. And haying taken the five loaves and the two
ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν εὐλόγησεν Kai κατέκλα-
fishes, hayinglookedup to the heaven he blessed and broke
σεν τοὺς ἄρτους, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.“ αὐτοῦ" ἵνα “zrapa-
the loaves, and gave to his disciples that they might

107
into a desert placs, and
rest a while; for there
were many comingand
going, and they had
no leisure so much as
to eat. 32 And they
departed into a desert
place by ship privately.
33 And the people saw
them departing, and
many knew him, and
ran atoot thither out
of all cities, and out-
went them, and came
together unto him.
34 And Jesus, when he
came out, saw much
people, and was moved
with compassion to-
ward them, because
they were as sheep not
having a shepherd:
and he began to teach
them many things,
35 And when the day
was now far spent, his
disciples came unto
him, and said, This is
a desert place, and now
the time zs far passed :
36 send them away,
that they may go into
the country round
about, and into the
villages,and buy them-
selves bread: for they
have nothing to eat.
37 He answered and
said unto them, Give
ye them toeat. And
they say unto him,
Shall we go and buy
two hundred penny-
worth of bread, and
give them toeat? 38He
saith unto them, How
many loaves have ye?
go and see. And when
they knew, they say,
Five, and two fishes.
39 And he commanded
them to make all sit
down by companies
upon the green grass,
40 And they sat down
in ranks, by hundreds
and by fifties. 41 And
when he had taken the
five loaves and the two
fishes, he looked up to
heaven, and blessed,
and brake the loaves,
and gave them to his
disciples to set before

ἀναπαύσασθε TIrA. δ εὐκαίρουν LTTrA.
ὄχλοι (read they saw) GLTTraW. 4 ἔγνωσαν knew Ltr.
f — καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς G. & — καὶ συνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTrAW.
he saw) GTTraw; [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] εἶδεν τ,. i αὐτούς LTTrA.
μι [αὐτοῦ] L. π ἔλεγον Said TTra. ° — ἄρτους [{{]τττὰ.
ἔχουσιν (read buy for themselves something to eat) [L]rrra.
5 δώσομεν Shall we give LtrA; δώσωμεν τ. t — καὶ [L]TTrA.
¥ ἀνακλιθῆναι 1. 1 ἀνέπεσαν TTrA. Y κατὰ LTTrA.
88. παρατιθῶσιν TA.

b ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον L.
© αὐτοὺς them τ; -- αὐτὸν GLTra.

Κ γινομένης 1.

Ρ — γὰρ [τι |TTrA.
τ δηναρίων διακοσίων GLTTrAW.
v + [αὐτῷ] ἴο him x,
28 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) TTra,

c=" ob.

h — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read
1 — αὐτῷ τ.
4 — οὐκ

108

them; and the two
fishes divided he a-
mong them all, 42 And
they did all eat, and
were filled. 43 And
they took up twelve
baskets full of the
fragments, and of the
fishes. 44 And they
that did eat of the
loaves were about five
thousand men. 45 And
straightway he con-
strained his disciples
to get into the ship,
and to go to the other
side before unto Beth-
saida, while he sent a-
way the people. 46 And
when he had sent them
away, he departed into
ἃ mountain to pray.
47 And when even was
zome, the ship was in
the midst of the sea,
and he alone on the
land. 48 And he saw
them toiling in row-
ing; for the wind was
contrary unto them:
and about the fourth
watch of the night he
cometh unto them,
walking upon the sea,
and would have passed
by them. 49 But when
they saw him walking
upon the sea, they sup-
posed it had been a
spirit, and cried out:
30 for they all saw
him, and were trou-
bled. And immedi-
ately he talked with
them, and saith unto
them, Be of good cheer:
itis 1; be not afraid.
51 And he went up
unto them into the
ship; and the wind
ceased: and they were
sore amazed in them-
selves beyond measure,
and wondered, 52 For
they considered not
the miracle of the
loaves: for their heart
was hardened,

53 And when they
had passed over, they
came into the land of
Gennesaret, and drew
to the shore. 54 And
when they were come
out of the _ ship,
straightway they knew
him, 55 and ran
through that whole
region round about,
and began to carry
about in beds those

ΜΆΡΚΟΣ.
θῶσιν" αὐτοῖς" καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν" 42
set before them. And the two fishes he divided among all.
ἔφαγον πάντες, Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν" 43 καὶ ἦραν ὕκλασμά-
Zate tall, and were satisfied. And they took up of frag-
των" δώδεκα “copivouc' ἁπλήρεις," καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων. 44 Kai
ments twelve hand-baskets full, and of the fishes. And

Vi.

και
And

ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους “ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι

Twere ‘those μοῦ ate "οὗ ‘the loaves about five thousand

ἄνδρες. 45 Kai ‘ebOéwe! ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ
men. And immediately he compelled his disciples

ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν εἰς TO πέραν πρὸς Βηθ-
toenter intothe ship, and to go before to the otherside to Beth-
σαϊδάν. ἕως αὐτὸς βἐἀπολύσῃ᾽ τὸν ὄχλον. 46 καὶ ἀποταξάμενος
saida, until he should dismiss the crowd. And having taken leave of
αὐτοῖς, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 47 Kai ὀψίας
them, he departed into the mountain to pray. And evening
γενομένης, ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ αὐτὸς
being come, *was'the “ship in themidst of the . sea, and he
μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 48 Kai *eldev' αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους
alone upon the land, And he saw them labouring
ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἣν.γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς" ἱκαὶ" περὶ
in the rowing, for *was ‘the *wind contrary tothem; and about
τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτούς, περιπα-
{the] fourth watch ofthe night hecomes_ to them, walk-
τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς. 49 οἱ. δὲ
ing on the sea, and would havepassedby them. But they,
ἰδόντες αὐτὸν "περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης," ἔδοξαν l
seeing him walking on the sea, thought [it]
φάντασμα ""ῖναι,; καὶ ἀνέκραξαν. 50 πάντες. γὰρ αὐτὸν
381) apparition ‘tobe, and cried out: for all *him
πεῖδον,"! καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. Kai εὐθέως" ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν,

‘saw, and were troubled. And immediately he spoke with them,
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Θαρσεῖτε" ἐγώ εἰμι, μὴ-φοβεῖσθε.
and says to them, Be of goodcourage: [ am [he]; fear not.

51 Kai ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ
And hewentup to them ἰηΐο the ship, and 3161. ‘the
ἄνεμος" καὶ λίαν ΡῬὲκ. περισσοῦ! ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο,
2wind, Andexceedingly beyond measure in themselves they were amazed,
Yai ἐθαύμαζον"" 52 οὐ.γὰρ.συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις" "ἦν. γὰρ"
and wondered ; for they understood not by the loaves, for “was
8) capdia.avTay" πεπωρωμένη.
‘their *heart hardened,
53 Kai διαπεράσαντες ᾿ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" “Γενησαρέτ,"
And haying passed over theycame to the nd of Gennesaret,
καὶ προσωρμίσθησαν. 54 καὶ ἐξελθόντων. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ
and drew to shore, And on their coming out of the
/ ᾽ , , ’
πλοίου, [εὐθέως! ἐπιγνόντες αὐτόν“, 55 “περιδραμόντες"
ship, immediately having recognized him, running through
/ A , ᾽ , ‘ ~ ,
ὅλην τὴν rEpixwoor'txeiyyny ἤρξαντο ἐπὶ τοῖς δκραββάτοις"
811 that country around they began on couches

b κλάσματα A.

Z ἀπολύει dismisses LTTra.
1+ ὅτι that τ.
P [ἐκ περισσοῦ] Tr.

ξεριπουοῦντα τ.
ὃ δὲ εὐθὺς τ΄.

5 αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία LTTrAW.
ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου ] the men of that place 1,.
Υ χώραν (omit around) rrra.

© κοφίνων TA.

6..-- ὡσεὶ GLITrAW. εὐθὺς TTrA.
h ἰδὼν seeing ΟΤΤΤΓᾺ. i— καὶ LTTrA. k ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης

m ἐστιν it is 1. ἢ εἶδαν TTr. ο καὶ εὐθὺς LTrA ;
4 --οΟ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον [L] τττΑ. τ ἀλλ᾽ ἦν but was TTr.
ἰ Υ Τεννησαρὲτ LITrAW. w+ [οἱ
x περιέδραμον they ran through rrr.
® κραβάττοις LTTrAW.

d πληρώματα TTrA.

ἴ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἦλθον εἰς Ὑ,

* + καὶ and TTr,

VI, VII. MARK.
τοὺς κακῶς. ἔχοντας περιφέρειν, ὅπου ἤκουον ὅτι
those that were ill to carry about, where they were hearing that

c ~\l > ‘4 « dz " ᾽ 7 ? , a e

ἐκεῖ! ἐστιν. 56 καὶ ὕπου “ἂν" εἰσεπορεύετο εἰς κώμας ἢ

there he was. And wherever heentered into villages or
(lit. he is.)

πόλεις ἢ ° ἀγρούς, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς [ἐτίθουν! τοὺς ἀσθενοῦν-

cities or elds, in the marketplaces they laid thosewho were sick,

rac, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἵνα κἂν τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ
and ought him that ifonly the border

ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται: καὶ boo ἂν ξἥπτοντο! αὐτοῦ

ofhis garment they might touch; and as many as touched him
ἐσώζοντο.
were healed.

7 Kai συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες

And are gathered together to him the Pharisees and some
~ , 2 7 ᾽ ie ’ , ᾽ ,
τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων" 2 Kai ἰδόντες
ofthe scribes, having come from Jerusalem ; and having seen
τινὰς τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ κοιναῖς χερσίν, ἱτοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν!
some of his disciples with defiled hands, that is
ἀνίπτοις, ξἐσθίοντας" ldprovc, πἐμέμψαντο"" 8 οἱ. γὰρ Pagi-
unwashed, eating bread, they found fault; forthe Phari-
σαῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι, ἐὰν.μὴ "πυγμῇ" νίψωνται τὰς
sees and all the Jews, unless with the fist they wash the
χεῖρας, οὐκ.ἐσθίουσιν, κρατοῦντες THY παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσ-
hands, eat not, holding the tradition of the el-
Buréipwr 4 καὶ οἀπὸ" ἀγορᾶς, ἐὰν.μὴ βαπτίσωνται
ders ; and {on coming] from the market, unless they washthemselves
οὐκ. ἐσθίουσιν: καὶ ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον
they eat ποῦ ; and 7other *things ‘many there are which they received
κρατεῖν, βαπτισμοὺς ποτηρίων Kai ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων Prat

to hold, washings of cups and vessels and brazenutensils and
κλινῶν" 5 “ἔπειτα! ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ
couches : then question him the Pharisees and the
γραμματεῖς, "Διατί" ϑοὶ. μαθηταί.σου οὐ-περιπατοῦσιν" κατὰ
scribes, Why sthy *disciples lwalk “not according to

τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ 'ἀνίπτοις" χερσὶν
the tradition of the elders, but withunwashed hands

ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον ; 6 Ὁ.δὲ ᾿ἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ¥ Ort"

eat bread? Buthe answering said tothem,
καλῶς “προεφήτευσεν' Ἡσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν,
Well prophesied Esaias concerning you, hypocrites,
ὡς ΠΡΈΠΩΝ Υ τρῦτος ὁ λαὸς"! τοῖς χείλεσίν pe τιμᾷ,
it

as been written, This
¢ \ ΄ 2. ~ ere ? , ? 72 ~
ἡ.δὲ καρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 7

lips me honour,

μάτην δὲ σέβον-

people with the

but their heart far isaway from me. ut in vain they wor-
, , , ? , ? ’
ταί με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων.
ship me, teaching [85] teachings injunctions of men.

8 ᾿Αφέντες."γὰρ' τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατεῖτε τὴν Tapa-

For, leaving the commandment of God, yehold_ the tra-
δοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥβαπτισμοὺς ἕεστῶν Kai ποτηρίων, Kai
dition of men, washings of vessels and cups, and

ς — ἐκεῖ LT[Tr]. ἃ ἐὰν τ. e + eis into [L]rtra.
h + ὅτι that Trr. i τουτέστιν LA. Κ ἐσθίουσιν they eat TIr.
πὶ — ἐμέμψαντο (read verses 3 and 4in parenthesis) GLTTraAW.
Ῥ--- καὶ κλινῶντ. SxKatiandLttra. ‘éia7¢LTra,
t κοιναῖς with defiled GLTTrAW. " -- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA.
LTTrA,. y+ ὅτι Τ. τ Ὁ λαὺς οὗτος L. 8.- yap for ατττὰ.
ποιεῖτε T[TrA].

f ἐτίθεσαν TTrA.

2 πυκνὰ Often T.
5 οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σον TTrA,

w — Ὅτι [1|Τ{ΤτᾺ].
b — βαπτισμοὺς ....

109

that were sick, where
they heard he was,
56 And whithersoever
he entered, into yil-
lages, or cities, or
country, they laid the
sick in the streets, and
besought him that
they might touch if it
were but the border of
his garment: and as
many as touched him
were made whole.

VII, Then came to-
gether unto him the
Pharisees, and certain
of the scribes, whieh
came from Jerusalem.
2 And when they saw
some of his disciples
eat bread with defiled,
that is to say, with
unwashen, hands, they
found fault. 3 For the
Pharisees, and all the
Jews, except they wash
their hands oft, eat
not, holding the tra-
dition of the elders.
4 And when they come
from the market, ex-
cept they wash, they
eat not. d many
other things there be,
which they have re-
ceived to hold, as the
washing of cups, and
pots, brasen vessels,
and of tables. 5 Then
the Pharisees and
scribes asked him, Why
walk not thy disciples
according to the tra-
dition of the elders,
but eat bread with un-
washen hands? 6 He
answered and said un-
to them, Well hath
Esaias prophesied of

ou hypocrites, as it
is written, This people
honoureth me with
their lips, but their
heart is far from me.
7 Howbeit in vain do
they worship me,
teaching for doctrines
the commandments of
men. 8 For laying
aside the command-
ment of God, ye hold
the tradition of men,
as the washing of pots
and cups: and many

& ἥψαντο LTTr.
1+ τοὺς LTTrA.
ο ἀπ᾽ LTrA.

x ἐπροφήτευσεν

110

other such like things
yedo. 9 And he said
unto them, Full well
ye reject the com-
mandment of God,
that ye may keep your
own tradition. 10 For
Moses said, Honour
thy father and thy
mother; and, Whoso
curseth father or mo-
ther, let him die the
death: 11 but yesay,
If a man shall say to
his father or mother,
It is Corban, that is to
say, a gift, by whatso-
ever thou mightest be
profited by me; he
shall be free. 12 And
ye suffer him no more
to do ought for his fa-
ther or his mother;
13 making the word of
God of none effect
through your tradi-
tion, which ye have
delivered: and many
such like things do ye.
14 And when he had
called all the people
unto him, he said unto
them, Hearken unto
me every one of
you, aud understand :
15 there is nothing
from without a man,
that entering into him
can defile him: but
the things which come
out of him, those are
they that defile the
man. 161f any man
have ears to hear, let
him hear. 17 And when
he was entered into
the house from the
people, his disciples
asked him concernin;

the parable. 18 An

he saith unto them,
Are ye so without un-
derstanding also? Do
ye not perceive, that
whatsoever thing from
without entereth into
the man, ἐξ cannot
defile him; 19 because
it entereth not into
his heart, but into the
belly, and goeth out

into the draught,
purging all meats?
20 d he said, That

which cometh out of
the man, that defileth
the man. 2] For from
within, out of the
heart of men, proceed
evil thoughts, adul-
teries, fornications,
murders, 22 thefts,
covetousness, wicked-

© Mwvons LITraW.
LTTrA.

2 + τὸν the (house)

ΒΕ ἀκούσατέ LTTrA.
ἐκπορευόμενα from the man go Ουύττατα.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΜΙ.

ἄλλα παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε.! 9 Καὶ ἔλεγεν
*other *like (®things] *such many ye do. And he said
αὐτοῖς, Καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν
to them, Well do ye set aside the commandment of God, that
παράδοσιν. ὑμῶν τηρήσητε. 10 “Μωσῆς".γὰρ εἶπεν, Τίμα
your tradition ye may observe. For Moses said, Honour
τὸν. πατέρα.σου Kai τὴν. μητέρα.σου" καί, Ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα
thy father and thy mother ; and, Hewhospeaksevilof father

nA , ig fe € ~ Ὧν , ? \ m”

ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. 11 Ὑμεῖς ξ λέγετε, ᾿Εὰν εἴπῃ
or mother by death let him die. ut ye say, If say
ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, Κορβᾶν, ὃ ἐστιν, δῶρον,

ta *man to father or mother, [It is] a corban, (that is, a gift,)
ὃ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς" 12 ἀκαὶ" οὐκέτι ἀφίετε
whatever from me thou mightest be profited by :— and no longer ye suffer
αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ-.πατρὶ. “αὐτοῦ! ἢ τῇ. μητρὶ “αὐτοῦ,"
him anything to do for his father or his mother,
(lit. nothing)
> ~ κ , ~ ~ ~ , « ~
18 ἀκυροῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ. παραδόσει. ὑμῶν

making void the word of God by your tradition which
TAapeOWKATE’ καὶ παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε.
ye have delivered; and “like (*things}] “such ‘many ye do.

14 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἵἥπάντα! τὸν ὄχλον, ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς,
And having called to [him] all the crowd, hesaid to them,
8’ Axoveré! μου πάντες, καὶ "συνίετε." 15 οὐδέν ἐστιν ἔξω-
Hear ye me, all, and understand: Nothing there is from with-
θεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτόν, ὃ δύναται
out the man entering into him, which is able
Ἰαὐτὸν κοινῶσαι"" ἀλλὰ τὰ Κἐκπορευόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ,"
him to defile ; but the things which go out from him,
Ἰἐκεῖνά" ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντατὸν ἄνθρωπον. 16™E τις
those are thethingswhich defile the man. If anyone
ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω." 17 Kai ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς " οἶκον
have ears tohear, let him hear, And when hewent into a house
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ “περὶ τῆς
from the crowd, Sasked *him this disciples concerning the

παραβολῆς." 18 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ἀσύνε-
parable. And hesays tothem, ‘Thus “also *ye *®without ®un-
τοί ἐστε; οὐ-νοεῖτε OTL πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπο-

derstanding ‘are? Perceive ye not that everything which from without

ρευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ-δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι ;
ters into the man is not able him to defile ?

19 ὅτι οὐκ.εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς THY
because it enters not tof Shim ‘into 7the “heart, but into the
κοιλίαν" καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται, ῬΡκαθαρίζον" πάντα
belly, and into the draught goes out, purifying all
τὰ βρώματα. 20 [Ἐλεγεν.δέ, Ὅτι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
the food. And he said, That which out of the man
ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 21 ἔσωθεν. γὰρ

en-

goes forth, that defiles the man. For from within
’ ~ A ~ ν᾽ , c A « ‘ ?
ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ot διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκ-
out of the heart of men “reasonings ‘evil go
, q ~ ~ ΄ 99 dh ΠῚ i
πορεύονται; μοιχειαι, TOOVELAL, φόνοι, awe KAOTAL, TWAEOV
forth, adulteries, fornications, murders, thefts, covetous

f πάλιν again

k ἐκ TOU ἀνθρώπον
m — verse 16 T['Tra ].
P καθαρίζων LTTrA.

d — καὶ LTTr[ Aj. © — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) Lrtra.
h σύνετε LYTrA. i κοινῶσαι αὐτόν T.
1 — ἐκεῖνά T[Tr].

τ 9 τὴν παραβολὴν the parable Lrtra.

4 πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι TTrA.

Vil. MARK.

εξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός,

desires, wickednesses, guile, licentiousness, an eye wicked,

βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη: 23 πάντα ταῦτα τὰ
blasp’ ama Bane hebiees; folly: all these

πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται, καὶ κοινοῖ TOY ἄνθρωπον.

evils from within go forth, and defile the man,

24 "Kai ἐκεῖθεν! dvacrdc ἠ͵ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὰ "μεθόρια"

And thence havingrisenug he went away into the borders

Τύρου ‘kai Σιδῶνος". καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν!" οἰκίαν, οὐδένα
of Tyre and _ Sidon; and havingenteredinto the house, no one
w70edev' γνῶναι, Kai οὐκ. “ἠδυνήθη" λαθεῖν. 25 Yaxovoaca
he wished to know [10], διὰ hecould not be hid. Bean Sheard

yap! γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ.θυγάτριον. αὐτῆς πνεῦμα
for 7a*woman about him, of whom‘had ‘ther “little “daughter 8 spirit

ἀκάθαρτον, Τέἐλθοῦσα" προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ"
unclean, ees come fell at his feet,

26 5ἦν.δὲ ἡ γυνὴ" Ἑλληνίς, ὈΣυροφοίνισσα! τῷ γένει" καὶ
com Swas'the*woman a Greek, Syrophenician by race), and

ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον “ἐκβάλλῃ! ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς

asked him that the demon heshould cast forth out of ?daughter

αὐτῆς. 27 40.08 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῇ, Αφες πρῶτον χορτασ-
ther, But Jesus said toher, Suffer first to be satis-

θῆναι τὰ Téxva’ οὐ.γὰρ “καλόν ἐστιν" λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν

fied the children; fornot good is it totake the bread of the
τέκνων, καὶ [βαλεῖν τοὶς κυναρίοις." 28 ‘H.dé ἀπεκρίθη καὶ
children, and cast Cit] to the dogs. But she answered and

λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, κύριε: KxaiSyap" τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς
says tohim, Yea, Lord; foreven the little dogs under the

’ h2 ,
τραπέζης "ἐσθίει" ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων. 29 Kai εἶπεν
table eat of the crumbs ofthe children. And he said

αὐτῇ, Διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὕπαγε ἐξελήλυθεν ἱτὸ δαι-

ἴο ety Because of this word go; has gone forth the de-
Ι" > ~ 2 ‘

μόνιον ἐκ τῆς.θυγατρός.σου." 80 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν

mon out of thy daughter.

οἶκον. αὐτῆς, εὗρεν ἔτὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός, καὶ τὴν Ovya-

And having gone away to

ΠΕΣ ἬΟΠΕΟΣ shefound the demon hadgoneforth, and the daugh-
τέρα βεβλημένην ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης."
on the bed.
31 Kai aly ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου ἱκαὶ Σιδῶνος,
And again Pavans, departed from the borders of Tyre and Sidore
ἦλθεν" ππρὸς" τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ava μέσον

he came to the sea of Galilee, through [the] midst
τῶν ὁρίων Δεκαπόλεως. 82 καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν "

ofthe borders of eee And they bring tohim a deaf man
CuoyiAdAoy," καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ
who spoke with difficulty, and they beseech him that he rng lay

αὐτῷ

τὴν χεῖρε 33 καὶ ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ
on him [his} hand.

And having taken away him from the

111

ness, deceit, lascivi-
ousness, an evil eye,
blasphemy, pride, fool-
ishness: 23 all these
evil things come from
within, and defile the
man.

24 And from thence
he arose, and went
into the borders of
Tyre and Sidon, and
entered into an house,
and would have no
man know it: but
he could not be hid
25 For a certain wo-
man, whose young
daughter had an un-
clean spirit, heard of
him, and came and fell
at his feet: 26 the wo-
man was a Greek, a
Syrophenician by na-
tion ; and she besought
him that he would
east forth the devil
out of her daughter.
27 But Jesus said unto
her, Let the children
first be filled: for it
is not meet to take
the children’s bread,
and to cast it unto the
dogs. 28 And she an-
swered and said unto
him, Yes, Lord: yet
the dogs under the
table eat of the child-
ren’scrumbs, 29 And
he said unto her, For
this saying go thy
way ; the devil is gone
out of thy daughter,
30 And when she wag
come to her house, she
found the devil gone
out, and her daughter
laid upon the bed.

31 And again, depart-
ing from the coasts of
Tyre and Sidon, he
came unto the sea οἵ
Galilee, through the
midst of the coasts of
Decapolis. 32 And they
bring unto him one
that was deaf, and had
an impediment in his
speech ; and they be
seech him to put his
handupon him, 33 And
he took him aside from
the multitude, and

τ Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ TA. t — καὶ Σιδῶνος TA.

W ἠθέλησεν T. x ἠδυνάσθη T.
ΤΊΤΑ. 2 εἰσελθοῦσα having comein T.
οινίκισσα G; Συροφοινίκισσα LTW ,; Spa Φοινίκισσα Tra.
ἔλεγεν and he said urtra. ἐστιν ᾿καλὸν LTTrA.
for [L]tTr. Β ἐσθίουσιν LITraw.

5 ὅρια LTTr.

Σιδῶνος he came through Sidon urtra. ™ eis unto GLTTrA.

5 μογγιλάλον Tr.

1 ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου τὸ δαιμόνιον TA.
(the child) βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός LTTrA.

¥ — τὴν (read a house) LTTraW.
Υ ἀλλ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα but immediately having heard
5 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἣν LTA; ἡ γυνὴ δὲ ἦν Tr.

8 ἐκβάλῃ GLTTrAW.
f τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν Tira. & — γὰρ

b Supa
4 κα.

Κ 70 παιδέοι
1 ἦλθεν διὸ
n + καὶ and LTTr.

112

put his fingers into his
ears, and he spit, and
touched his tongue;
34 and looking up to
heaven, he sighed,
and saith unto him,
Ephphatha, that is,
Be opened. 35 And
straightway his ears
were opened, and the
string of his tongue
was loosed, and he
spake plain. 36 And he
charged them _ that
they should tell no
man: but the more he
charged them, 80 much
the more a great deal
they published it;
37 and were beyond
measure astonished,
saying, He hath done

things well: he
maketh both the deaf
to hear, and the dumb
to speak.

VIII. In those days
the multitude being
very great, and having
nothing to eat, Jesus
called his disciples
unto him, and saith
unto them, 2 I have
compassion on the
multitude, because
they have now been
with me three days,
and have nothing to
eat: 3 and if I send
them away fasting to
their own houses, they
will faint by the way:
for divers of them
came from far, 4 And
his disciples answered
him, From whence can
8. man satisfy these
men with bread here
in the _ wilderness ?
5 And he asked them,
How many loaves have

e? And they said,

ven, 6 And he com-
manded the people to
sit down on the

ound: and he took
he seven loaves, and
ave thanks, and
rake, and gave to his
disciples to set before
them; and they did
set them before the
people. 7 And they
ad a few small fishes:
and he blessed, and
commanded to set

MA PIK. O¢. VII, VIII.
ὄχλου κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. ἔβαλεν τοὺς. δακτύλους.Ραὐτοῦ" εἰς τὰ ὦτα
crowd apart, he put his fingers to 7earg

αὐτοῦ, καὶ πτύσας ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, 34 καὶ ava-
this, and having spit he touched his tongue, and having
βλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Εφφαθά,
looked up to the heaven he groaned, and says tohim, LEphphatha,
ὅ ἐστιν, Διανοίχθητι. 85 Kai “εὐθέως" "διηνοίχθησαν" αὐτοῦ
that is, Be opened. And immediately were opened his
αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ " ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς. γλώσσης.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει
ears, and was loosed the band of his tongue, and he spoke
ὀρθῶς. 86 καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς wa μηδενὶ ᾿εἴπωσιν""
rightly. And he charged them that noone they should tell,
a δὲ Vv ᾽ A il ? ~ ὃ ἐλλ w ἀλλ ,
OOOV.0E αὐτὸς AUTOLC OLEOTE €T0, μαλλον περισσότερον
But as τη πο 85 he them charged, exceeding more abundantly
ἐκήρυσσον. 37 καὶ ὑπερπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες,
they proclaimed [it]: and above measure they wereastonished, saying,
Καλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν" καὶ τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν,

®Well ‘all ‘things *he *has*done: both the deaf he makes to hear,
καὶ Στοὺς" ἀλάλους λαλεῖν.
and the dumb tospeak,
my ? ? ΄ » « , y 5A Π μὲ mn »
Ev ἐκείναις.ταῖς μέραις παμπολλου ὄχλου ὄντος,
In those days very great [the] crowd being,
καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσιν, προσκαλεσάμενος τὸ Ἴη-
and ποῦ having what they mayeat, “having “called *to [*him] Jo

σοῦς" τοὺς. μαθητὰς."αὐτοῦ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Σπλαγχνίζομαι
sus his disciples he says to them, Iam moved with compassion
ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον: ὅτι ἤδη Ῥὴμέρας" τρεῖς προσμένουσίν “μοι,"
on the crowd, becausealready “days ‘three theycontinue with me
καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν᾽ ὃ καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς
and have not what they may eat ; and if Ishallsendaway them
ἀ ήστεις" εἰς οἴκον.αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ" “τινὲς. γὰρ"
fasting to their home, they willfaint in the way; for some
> ~ f , Pass '" ‘ ? iO ? ~ ε
αὐτῶν ἱ μακρόθεν δἥκασιν." 4 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθη-
ofthem fromafar 8:16 come, And answered *him *disci-
rai αὐτοῦ, "Πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεται τις ὧδε χορτάσαι
ples ‘his, Whence ‘these ‘shall*be*able 7anyone *here to satisfy
ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας ; 5 Kai ἐπηρώτα" αὐτούς, Πόσους ἔχετε
with bread ina desert? Aud he asked them, Howmany *have*ye
ἄρτους ; Οἱ.δὲ Κεῖπον," Ἕπτά. 6 Kai ἱπαρήγγειλεν" τῷ ὄχλῳ
‘loaves? Andthey said, Seven. And he ordered the crowd
ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Kai λαβὼν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους,
to recline on the ground. And havingtaken the seven loaves,
πιεὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν Kai ἐδίδου τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα
having given thanks he broke and gave to his disciples, that
ππαραθῶσιν" καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ. 7 καὶ
they might set before[them]. And they set [it] before the crowd. And
οεῖχον" ἰχθύδια ὀλίγα" καὶ Ῥὰ εὐλογήσας “"εἶῖπεν παρα-
they had small fishes afew; and having blessed he desired *to*be *set

P — αὐτοῦ (read [his] fingers) T.
*+ εὐθὺς immediately 1.
τ + αὐτοὶ they Lrtra.

gous GLTTrAW.
LUTr]A.

Pa - ταῦτα these L.

® — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) TTr.
4 νήστις T.
& ἥκουσι EW ; εἰσίν are A.
γέλλει he orders LTtTra.

᾿

ᾳ — εἩὐθέως [L]TTrA. τ ἠνοίγησαν LTTrA.

t λέγωσιν TTrA. v¥ — αὐτὸς (read he chee LTTrAW.
xX — τοὺς TTrA. Υ πάλιν πολλοῦ again great LrTrA. *%*—o'In-
Ὁ ἡμέραι GLTTrAW. © — μοι
f + ἀπὸ from (afar) TTrA.

h + ὅτι TTrA. i ρώτα TTrA. k εἶπαν TIrA. | παραγ-
m + [καὶ] and L. 1 παρατιθῶσιν TTrA. ° εἶχαν LTTrA.
98 elev παρατεθῆναι καὶ αὐτὰ L; αὐτὰ εἶπεν και ταῦτα παρατιθέναι Tr;

© καίτινες ANd ΒΟΙῺΘ LTTrA.

αὐτὰ παρέθηκεν he set these before [them] Ta.

VIII. MARK.
θεῖναι καὶ αὐτά." 8 τἔφαγον.δὲ! καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν. καὶ
*before [(7them] also *these. And they ate and were satisfied. And

ἦραν περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ "σπυρίδας." 9 ἦσαν δὲ
they took up%over *and above ‘of*fragments seven _ baskets. And *were

tot φαγόντες" we τετρακισχίλιοι Kai ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς.
‘those2who“had‘eaten about fourthousand; and hesent*away ‘them.

10 Kai "εὐθέως" ἐμβὰς" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν

Andimmediately having enteredintothe ship with *disciples

αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά. 11 Kai ἐξῆλθον οἱ
this, hecame into the parts of Dalmanutha. And *went ‘out ‘the

Φαρισαῖοι καὶ ἤρξαντο συζητεῖν" αὐτῷ, ζητοῦντες παρ᾽

Pharisees and began to dispute with him, seeking from
αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. πειράζοντες αὐτόν. 12 Kai
him asign from the heaven, tempting him, And
ἀναστενάξας τῷ.πνεύματι.αὐτοῦ λέγει, Ti ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη
having groaned in his spirit he says, Why “this *generation
Yonpsiov ἐπιζητεῖ ;' ἀμὴν λέγω τὑμῖν,, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ
“a sign ‘seeks ὃ erily Isay toyou, If there shall be given
~ , ~ 4 ? ‘ ? , a2 A

γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ σημεῖον. 13 Kai ἀφεὶς αὐτούς, "ἐμβὰς
tothis generation 8, ΒΡ, And having left them, having entered

tr " b ᾽ A λ ~ Il ? AAG ? A ,
παλιν “ELC τὸ πλοιον ATNAVEVY εἰς TO περᾶν.
again into the ship he went away to the other side.
14 Kai ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰμὴ Eva ἄρτον
And they forgot to take oaves, and except one loaf
? ? c ~ " ~ ΄ a 9 ,
οὐκ. εἶχον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ. 15 καὶ διεστέλλετο
they had ποὺ [any] with them in the © ship. And hecharged
? ~ λέ e ~ c , ? ‘ ~ ιν ~ ,
αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε, “ βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων
them, saying, See, take heed of the leaven ofthe Pharisees
καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρώδου. 16 Kai διελογίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους,

andofthe leaven of Herod. And they reasoned with one another,

ἀλέγοντες,; Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ “ἔχομεν." 17 Kai γνοὺς
saying, Because loaves “not ‘we “have. And knowing [10]
(ὁ Ἰησοῦς" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ
Jesus says tothem, Why reason ye because loaves not
ἔχετε; οὔπω.νοεϊτε οὐδὲ συνίετε; Sere! πεπωρωμένην
ἢ μενη

γα ατϑῦ Do ye not yet perceive nor understand? Yet hardened

a” 4 S7 ec ~ > 4 » ? ,
ἔχετε τὴν.καρδίαν. ὑμῶν ; 18 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ.βλέπετε ;
have ye your heart? Eyes having, do ye not see?
καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκιἀκούετε; Kai οὐ-μνημονεύετε; 19 Ore
and ears having, doyenothear? and 0 γΥθ8 not remember?
τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, ἢ πόσους

the five loaves Ibroke to the five thousand, how many
κοφίνους 'πλήρεις κλασμάτων" ἤρατε; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ,
hand-baskets offragments took ye up? Theysay’ tohim,

Δώδεκα. 20 “Ore*d?" τοὺς éxra! εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους,
Twelve. And when the seven to _ the four thousand,
, , , ’,΄ » 6 m « A
πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε; MOLE
of ΒΟΥ many baskets [the] fillings of fragments took yeup? Andthey
elroy," Ἕπτά. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, "Πῶς" ot" συνίετε;
said, Seven. And hesaid tothem, How “ποῦ ‘do *ye understand?

When J'

113

them also before them.
8 So Ee did eat, and
were ed: and they
took up of the broken
meat that was left
seven baskets. 9 And
they that had eaten
were about four thou-
sand: and he sent
them away.

10 And straightway
he entered into a ship
with his disciples, and
came into the parts of
Dalmanutha, 11 And
the Pharisees came
forth, and began to
question with him,
seeking of him a sign
from heaven, tempting
him, 12 And he sighed
deeply in his spirit,
and saith, Why doth
this generation seek
after asign? verily 1
say unto you, There
shall no sign be given
unto this generation.
13 And he left them,
and entering into the
ship again departed to
the other side,

14 Now the disciples
had forgotten to take
bread, neither had
they in the ship with
them more than one
loaf, 15 And he charged
them, saying, Take
heed, beware of the
leaven of the Phari-
sees, and @f the leayen
of Herod. 16 And they
reasoned among them-
selves, saying, 7ὲ w
because we have no
bread. 17 And when
Jesus knew it, he saith
untothem, Why reason
ye, because ye have no
bread? perceive ye not
yet, neither under-
stand? have ye your
heart yet hardened?
18 Having eyes, see ye
not? and haying ears,
hear ye not? and do

@ not remember?
19 When I brake the
five loaves among five
thousand, how many
baskets full of frag-
ments took ye up?
They say unto him,
Twelve, 20 And when
the seven among four
thousand, how many
baskets full of frag-
ments took ye up?
And they said, Seven,
21 And he said unto
them, How is it that
ye donot understand?

τ καὶ ἔφαγον LTTr. 5 σφυρίδας L.
τ εὐθὺς LTTrA. W + [αὐτὸς] hex.
3 πάλιν ἐμβὰς LTTrA.
embarked) Ta. ¢ + [καὶ] and x.
£ — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) T[Tr]a.
Lrtraw. Κ [δὲ] Tra; καὶ Τ.
αὐτῷ and they say to him a.

* συνζητεῖν LTTrA.

ad — λέγοντες LTTrA.
Ε — ἔτι LTTrA.
1 [ἄρτους] loaves x.
n — ἸΙῶς ΤΑ.

h4+ καὶ τ.

τ — οἱ φαγόντες (read and they were) T[Trja.
Υ ζητεῖ σημεῖον LTTrA.
Ὁ — τὸ LTrw; [εἰς πλοῖον] Tr; --- εἰς τὸ πλοῖον (read ἐμβὰς having
© ἔχουσιν they have LTra.
1 κλασμάτων πλήρεις
™ καὶ λέγουσιν T; καὶ λέγουσιν
ο οὔπω not yet LTTra.

: [ὑμῖν] A.

Ι

114

22 And he cometh to
Bethsaida; and they
bring a blind manunto
him, and besought him
totouch him. 23 And
he took the blind man
by the hand, and led
him out of the town;
and when he had spit
on his eyes, and put
his hands upon him,
he asked him if he saw
ought. 24 And he look-
ed up, and said, I see
men as trees, walking.
25 After that he put
his hands again upon
his eyes, and made
him look up: and he
was restored, and
saw every man clearly.
26 And he sent him
away to his house,
saying, Neither go
into the town, nor tell
i to any in the town.

27 And Jesus went
out, and his disciples,
into the towns of
Ceresarea Philippi : and
by the way he asked
his disciples, saying
unto them, Whom do
men say that I am?
28 And they answered,
John the Baptist: but
some say, Elias; and
others, One of the pro-
phets. 29 And he saith
unto them, But whom
say ye that I am?
And Peter answereth
and saith unto him,
Thou art the Christ.
30 And he charged
them that they should
tell no man of him.
31 And he began to
teach them, that the
Son of man must suffer
many things, and be
rejected of the elders,
and ofthe chief priests,
and scribes, and be
killed, and after three
days riseagain. 32 And
he spake that ethos
openly. And Peter
took him, and began

P ἔρχονται they come LTTrA.
8 ὡς δένδρα G.
W ἀπεκατεστάθη L 3 ἀπεκατέστη ΤΊτΑ.

beholdest a.

all things LYTraw.
© εἶπαν spake TA.
i Ore εἷς LTTrA.
* εἴπωσιν L.

k ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς asked them LItra.

ο ὑπὸ by LTTrAw.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VII.

22 Kai Pépyerac' εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν" καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ τυφλόν,

And hecomes to Bethsaida; and they bring tohim a blind
καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται. 23 Kai
{man], and beseech him that him he might touch. And

ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ τυφλοῦ «ἐξήγαγεν" αὐτὸν
taking hold of the hand ofthe blind [man] he led forth him

ἔξω τῆς κώμης, Kai πτύσας εἰς τὰ. ὄμματα.αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς

out ofthe village, and haying spit upon is eyes, having laid
‘ ~ ? ~ 3, ’ ᾽ 4 ” r , ll ‘
τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν εἴ τι τβλέπει." 24 καὶ
[his] hands uponhim heasked him if anything he beholds. And

ἀναβλέψας ἔλεγεν, Βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, "ὅτι ὡς δένδρα
having looked up hesaid, Ibehold the men, for as trees
ὁρῶ! περιπατοῦντας. 25 Εἶτα πάλιν ᾿ἐπέθηκεν' τὰς
I see [them] walking. Then again he laid [his]
χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ, Kai “ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ava-
hands upon his eyes, and made him look
βλέψαι." Kai “ἀποκατεστάθη," καὶ "ἐνέβλεψεν" ὑτηλαυγῶς"
up. And he was restored, and looked 7on clearly

zu Ι Amity bh? SC) 7. ὅς " ᾽ ~
ἅπαντας. 26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς "τὸν." οἴκον. αὐτοῦ,
811 (men). And he sent him‘ to his house,
λέγων, "Μηδὲ! εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς, “μηδὲ εἴπῃς
saying, Neither into the village mayest thouenter, nor mayest tell [10]
τινὶ ἐν τῇ κώμῃ."
to any one in the village.
. 99N ©? ~ ‘ t 4 ? ~ ᾽ ᾿ ,
27 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Τησοῦς καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώ-
Απᾶ *went?forth ‘Jesus and his disciples into the vil-
pas Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου" Kai ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπηρώτα
ages of Cmsarea Philippi. And by the way he was questioning
rovc.abnrac.avrov, λέγων “adbroic," Τίνα με λέγουσιν ot
his disciples, saying tothem, Whom “me 'do *pronounce
ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; 28 Οἱ. δὲ ἐἀπεκρίθησαν" !, ἐἸωάννην τὸν βαπ-
2men to be? And they answered, John the Bap-
τιστήν᾽ καὶ ἄλλοι Ἡλίαν." ἄλλοι.δὲ ‘eva! τῶν.προφητῶν.
tist ; and others, Elias ; but others, one of the prophets.
29 Kai αὐτὸς λέγει αὐτοῖς,! “Ypeic.dé τίνα pe λέγετε
And he says to them, But ye, whom ‘me ‘do *ye *pronounce
εἶναι; ᾿Αποκριθεὶς ™Oé" ὁ Πέτρος λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ.εἶ ὁ χριστός.
to be? *Answering ‘and Peter says tohim, Thouart the Christ.
30 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ "λέγωσιν" περὶ
And he strictly charged them that noone they should tell concerning

αὐτοῦ. 81 Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ore δεῖ τὸν

him. And hebegan toteach them that it is necessary for the
υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι
Son of man many things tosuffer, and to be rejected

οἀπὸ" τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ P*dpytepéwy Kai Ῥεγραμματέων, Kat
of the elders and chief priests and 68, and

ἀποκτανθῆναι, Kai μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι" 32 καὶ
to be killed, and after three days torise [again]. And
a¢ ἐλ 4 , , ‘A , qa. ὕ 4

παῤῥησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει. Καὶ Προσλα Omevoc αὐτὸν

openly the word he spoke. “having *taken Sto [him] ‘him

4 ἐξήνεγκεν he brought forth Trra. τ βλέπεις thou
t ἔθηκεν ΤτΑ. Vv διέβλεψεν he saw distinctly Trra.

x ἐνέβλεπεν LTTrA. Υ SnAavyas T. : ἅπαντα
®—qyGLITrAW. ὃ μὴ Ποῦ Τ. ©—pyde.... κώμῃ Tt. 4% [αὐτοῖς] Tr.
f + αὐτῷ λέγοντες to him saying LTTrA. & 4+ ὅτι TA. δ ᾿Ἡλείαν T.

14+ καὶ and Lb. m — δὲ LTTrA.

pa + τῶν of the GLTTraw. 98 ὁ Πέτρος αὐτὸν LITrA.

VEIT, IX. MARK.
ὁ Πέτρος! ieee ἐπιτιμᾷν αὐτῷ. 33 008 ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ

Peter began torebuke him. But he, turning and
ἰδὼν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, ἐπετίμησεν ττῷ" Πέτρῳ, "λέγων,"
seeing his disciples, rebuked Peter, saying,
Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov, σατανᾶ" ὅτι οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ

Get behind me, Satan, for thy thoughts are not of the things
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

of God, but the things of men.

34 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς
And haying called to [him] the crowd with ?disciples

αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Oortc! θέλει ὀπίσω μου "ἐλθεῖν." ἀπαρ-
his hesaid tothem, Whosoever desires after me tocome, let

νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, Kai ἀράτω καὶ
him deny himself, and let him take up and
ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 88 ὃς. γὰρ." ἂν" τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ
let him follow me. For whoever may desire his life

~ ᾽ , ? , ~ τι NY NK x ? , ll ν ‘ y 4 ? ~ ii
σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν O¢.0 ἂν “ἀπολέσῃ! τὴν ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ

τὸν. σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ,

ν᾿ his cross,
θέλῃ

to save, shall lose it, but whoever may lose his life
ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ges tae τρὗῦτος" σώσει αὐτήν.
on account of τὸ and of the tidings, he shall save it.

36 ri.yap "ὠφελήσει! Ῥἄνθρωπον “ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον
. For what shall it profit ὃ. man if he gain the *world

ὅλον καὶ “ζημιωθῇ! τὴν. ψυχὴν Bae 37 “ἢ τί δώσει

whole and lose or what shall ἘΣ

ἄνθρωπος" ἀντάλλαγμα ἐξ εσόν, αὐτοῦ ; 88 ὃς. γὰρ.' ἂν"
1a “man [245] an exchange for his soul? For whoever

ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ.γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ
a, have been ashamed of me and my words ἴθ this generation

οιχαλίδι Kai ἁμαρτωλῷ, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου exuic-
is adulterous and sinful, also the Son of man will be

χυνθήσεται αὐτόν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ

ashamed of him when heshallcome in ie glory of his Father
μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων. Q Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν
with the angels the HER And hesaid tothem, Verily

λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἰσὶν τινὲς Stroy ὧδε" ἑστηκότων, οἵτινες
Isay toyou, That thereare some of those here standing, who
οὐ-μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου Ewe.dy ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ

in no wise shalltaste oofdeath until theysee the kingdom
θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει.
οἔ Θοᾶ havingcome in power.
2 Ee Ἀμεθ᾽" ἡμέρας ἕξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν
after “days ‘six “takes °with ([*him] *Jesus

Πέτρον, καὶ ἱτὸν" ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ "τὸν" ᾿Ιωάννην, καὶ ἀναφέρει

Peter and James and John, and brings up
αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν μόνους" Kai μετεμορ--
them intoa *mountain ee apart alone. And - was nes
pee ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, 8 καὶ rdiparia.abrov ‘éyévero'
before them ; and his garments became
στίλβοντα, λευκὰ λίαν "ὡς χιών," oia γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τὴ

shining, white exceedingly as snow, suchas a fuller on

3 καὶ λέγει and says TTra.

W ἐὰν TTrA. τ ἀπολέσει Shall lose TTra.

* ὠφελεῖ does it profit Ta.

4 ζημιωθῆναι to lose Ta.

[ἐὰν ταττα. 8 ὧδε τῶν TIA.
— ὡς χιών ΤΊΤΑ.

τ — τῷ LTTrA.
follow GTTrAW.

— οὗτος GLTTraW.
σαι ἴο gain TA.
τί γὰρ [δώσει ἄνθρωπος A.
χ- χὸν Θττα. ἐγένοντο LTrAW.

t Et τις If any one Ltr.
Υ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν GIrw.
Ὁ + τὸν the (man) Lrr[a]w.
9 τί γὰρ Sot ἄνθρωπος (read for what, &e. ) TTr ;
Β μετὰ LTIrA.

115

to rebuke him. 33 But
when he had turned
about and looked on
his disciples, he re-
buked Peter, saying,
Get thee behind me,
Satan: for thou sa-
vourest not the things
that be of God, but
the things that be of
men.

34 And when he had
called the people unto
him with his disciples
also, hesaid untothem,
Whosoever will come
after me, let him deny
himself, and take up
his cross, and follow
me, 35 For whosoever
will save his life shall
lose it ; but whosoever
shall lose his life for
my sake and the gos-
pel’s, the same shall
save it. 36 For what
shall it profit a man,
if he shall gain the
whole world, and lose
his own soul? 37 Or
what shall a man give
in exchange for his
soul? 38 Whosoever
therefore shall be a-
shamed of me and of
my words in this a-
dulterous and sinful
generation; of him
also shall the Son of
man be ashamed, when
he cometh in the glory
of his Father with the
holy angels. IX. And
he said unto them,
Verily I say unto you,
That there be some of
them that stand here,
which shall not taste
of death, till they have
seen the kingdom of
God come with power.

2 And after six days
Jesus taketh with him
Peter, and James, and
John, and leadeth
them up into an high
mountain apart by
themselves: and he
was transfigured be-
fore them. 3 And his
raiment became shin-
ing, exceeding white
as snow ; so as no ful-
e ler on earth can white

¥ ἀκολουθεῖν to
© κερδη-

1— τὸν Ww.

110

them. 4 And there
appeared unto them
Elias with Moses: and
they were talking with
Jesus, 5 And Peter
answered and said to
Jesus, Master, it is

good for us to be here:
arta let us make three
tabernacles; one for
thee, and one for Mo-
ses, and one for Elias,
6 For he wist not what
to say ; for they were
sore afraid. 7 And
there was a cloud that
overshadowed them:
and a voice came out
of the clond, saying,
This is my beloved
Son: hear him. 8 And
suddenly, when they
had looked round a-
bout, they saw no man
any more, save Jesus
only with themselves.
9 And as they came
down from the moun-
tain, he charged them
that they should tell
no man what things
they had seen, till the
Son of man were risen
from thedead, 10 And
they kept that saying
with themselves, ques-
tioning one with an-
other what the rising
from the dead should
mean. 11 And they
asked him, saying,
Why say the scribes
that Elias must first
come? 12 And he an-
swered and told them,
Elias verily cometh
first, and restoreth all
things ; and how itis
written of the Son of
man, that he must
suffer many things,
and be set at nought.
13 But I say unto you,
That Elias is indeed
come, and they have
done unto him what-
soever they listed, as
it is written of him.

14 And when he
came to Ais disciples,
he saw a great multi-
tude about them, and
the scribes questionin
with them. 15 An
straightway all the
people, when they be-
held him, were greatly
amazed, and running

MAPKO%X&. IX.

γῆς οὐ-δύναται" λευκᾶναι. 4 καὶ ὥφθη αὐτοῖς * HXtag! σὺν
earth is ποῦ able to whiten. And ‘appeared *to*them ‘Elias *with

PMwoei,' καὶ ἦσαν Iovd\Aadovytec! τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 5 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
3Moses, andtheywere talking with Jesus. And answering

ὁ Tlérpog λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, “PaBPi," καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε

1Peter says to Jesus, Rabbi, good itis forus here
εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν “σκηνὰς τρεῖς.! σοὶ μίαν, καὶ PMw-
tobe; and letusmake “7tabernacles ‘three, forthee one, and for Mo-
σεῖ! μίαν, καὶ ᾿Ηλίᾳ! ΜΕΝ. 6 οὐ. -γὰρῳ gos τί λαλήσῃ"
For ew not what he should gay,

568 one, and for Elias
τῇσαν.γὰρ ἔκφοβοι." 7 καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα
for they were greatly afraid. And therecame acloud overshadowing

abroic’ καὶ τἦλθεν! φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα," Οὗτός
them; and there came a voice out of the cloud, saying, This
ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός. μου ὁ ἀγαπητός" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 8 Kai ἐξάπινα
is my Son the beloved: Shim ‘hear 7ye. And suddenly
περιβλεψάμενοι οὐκέτι.οὐδένα εἶδον, "ἀλλὰ" τὸν Ἰησοῦν
having looked around no longer any one they saw, but Jesus

μόνον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. 9 ῬΚαταβαινόντων. δὲ" αὐτῶν “ἀπὸ" τοῦ
alone with themselves. And as *were *descending ‘they from the

ὄρους διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς iva puroent ἀδιηγήσωνται ἃ εἶς
mountain he charged them that tonoone they should relate what they
doy," εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν
had geen except when the Son of man from among [the] dead

ἀναστῇ. 10 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτούς, ἐσυζη-

be risen, And that saying they kept among themselves, ques-
τοῦντες" τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ γεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι.
tioning what is the 7from “among [86] ‘dead trising.

11 Kai ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, λέγοντες, [Ὅτι" λέγουσιν ξ ot γραμ-

And _ they asked him, saying, That 3say ‘the 7scribes
ατεῖς ὅτι "Ἡλίαν! δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον ; 12 Ὁ δὲ ἱάποκριθείς
?

that Elias must come first ? Andhe answering

εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, ΕἩλίας" ἱμὲν! ἐλθὼν πρῶτον, ᾿π᾿ἀποκαθιστᾷ"
said tothem, Elias indeed having come first, restores

πάντα" καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ avOpwrou™
allthings; and how ithas been written of the Son of man

ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ EovderwOg.! 18 ἀλλὰ λέγω

that many things he should suffer and be set at nought: but 188

ὑμῖν, Ore καὶ ΕἩλίας" ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ bea
᾽ ς ᾽

to you, that also Elias hascome, and _ they did tohim whatever
pa ᾽ Ud iT] ‘ , ? , ? ἐς

ἠθέλησαν," καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.

they desired, as it has been written of him.

14 Kai é\Owv" πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς "elder! ὄχλον πολὺν

And having come to the disciples hesaw a*crowd ‘great
περὶ αὐτούς, καὶ γραμματεῖς δδσυζητοῦντας" “avroic.' 1 καὶ
around them, and scribes disenssing with them. And
γαρεῤθέως"! πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος “"ἰδὼν! αὐτὸν ᾿οἐξεθαμβήθη," Kai

immediately all the crowd seeing him were greatly amazed, and

n + οὕτως thus TTrA.

τ Ῥαββεί TA.

GTTraW.

4 ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται LITrA.

5 τρεῖς σκηνάς LTTrA.
τ ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο for they became greatly afraid LTTrA.

οἩλείας τ P Mwioet LTW; Μωυσῇ Tra. 9 συνλαλοῦντες T.
τ Ἡλείᾳ T. ’ ἀποκριθῇ, he should answer TTrA.

* ἐγένετο τ J— λέγουσα

ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTTA. 5 εἰμὴ τ. 5 καὶ καταβαινόντων LTTr. © ἐκ L.
e συνζητοῦντες LTTrA. f es τι wherefore Lw. Ε - οἱ
Φαρισαῖοι καὶ the Pharisees and [u}r. b “HAgiav T. ἢ said τινα. κ λείας T.

— μὲν T[Tr].

they saw Trr.
τὸ ἰδόντες LTTrA.

™ ἀποκαθιστάνει LTTrA.

08 ἐξουδενηθῇ (; A) LTrA; ἐξουθενωθῇ 1.

88 συνζητοῦντας LTTrA.
x8 ἐξεθαμβήθησαν LTTrA.

na; (read and héw has it been written, &c.) LT.
pa ἤθελον ΤΊτΑ. 45 ἐλθόντες TTr. ra εἶδον
ta πρὸς αὐτούς With them Tr. “8 εὐθὺς TTra.

1. MAR K.

προστρέχοντες ἠσπάζοντο αὐτόν. 16 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν ἵτοὺς
running to [him] saluted him. And heasked the

γραμματεῖς," Τί τσυζητεῖτε" πρὸς "αὐτούς: 17 Kai %azo-
scribes, What discuss ye with them ? And an-

κριθεὶς" εἷς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου “εἶπεν," Διδάσκαλε, ἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν
swering oneoutof the crowd said, Teacher, I brought ?son
, ” ~ » x 1 ,u dX. 4 ΣΝ
μου πρὸς σε, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον. 18 καὶ ὕπου.“ἄν" αὐτὸν
my to thee, having a’spirit ‘*dumb; and wheresoever him
καταλάβῃ ῥήσσει “αὐτόν"" Kai a Ῥίξει; καὶ τρίζει τοὺς
it seizes it dashes*down ‘thim; and hefoams, and gnashes
ὀδόντας.αὐτοῦ," καὶ Enpaiverav καὶ Selrov' τοῖς μαθηταῖς
his teeth, and iswitheringaway. And I spoke to ?disciples
σου ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ ovKicyvoav. 19 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀπο-
1thy that it they might cast out, and they had not power. But he an-
κριθεὶς "Ξαὐτῷ" éyer, Q γενεὰ ἄπιστος, ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς
swering him says, O ?generation'unbelieving! until when with you
ἔσομαι; ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με.
shallI be? until when 58111 bear with you? Bring him to me,
20 Kai ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν" καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἰεὐθέως

And they brought him to him. Andseeing him immediately
τὸ πνεῦμα! ἐσπάραξεν" αὐτόν, καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τῆς
the spirit threw 7into convulsions ‘him, and haying fallenupon the

~ ? 7 > / δον ’ 4 / ? ~
γῆς ἐκυλίετο ἀφρίζων. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησεν rov.marepa.avTov,
earth herolled foaming. And he asked his father,
Πόσο όνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
G c ς V4 t ?
How long atime isit that this has been withhim? Andhe said,

᾿Παιδιόθεν. 22 καὶ πολλάκις ™adroy καὶ εἰς πῦρ" ἔβαλεν καὶ
From childhood. And often him bothinto fire itcast and
εἰς ὕδατα, ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ αὐτόν" "ἀλλ᾽" εἴ τι “δύνασαι."

into waters, that it might destroy him: but

βθθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. BS Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰη-
[ἴο 40), help us, being moved with pity on us. = And Je-
σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τὸ εἰ οδύνασαι"! Priorevoa,' πάντα δυνατὰ

if anything thou art able

sus said to him, If thouartable tobelieve, allthings are possible
τῷ πιστεύοντι. 24 «Καὶ τεὐθέως" «οάξας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ
ἴο him that believes. And immediately crying out the father of the

παιδίου "μετὰ δακρύων! ἔλεγεν, Πιστεύω, ᾿Κύριε," βοήθει
little child with tears said, I believe, Lord, help
~ 2 , ? ‘ " « ~ e ? , Vv
pov.ry.amioriag. 25 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς ὅτι ἐπισυντρέχει
mine unbelief. But *seeing 1Jesus that *was *running *together
ὄχλος, ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ, λέγων αὐτῷ.
la*crowd, rebuked the spirit the unclean, saying toit,
To ὑπνεῦμα τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφόν," ἐγώ ὅσοι ἐπιτάσσω," ἔξελθε
Spirit dumb and deaf, I thee command, come
LE" αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν. 26 Kai *xpa-
outof him, and πὸ more mayestthouenterinto him. And having
Ear," καὶ πολλὰ "Ξσπαράξαν" Ὀδαὐτόν," ἐξῆλθεν" καὶ
criedout,and *much ‘thrown “into °convulsions “him, it came out; and
ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρός, ὥστε “" πολλοὺς λέγειν ὅτι ἀπέθανεν.

117
to him saluted him,
16 And he asked the
scribes, What question
ye with them? 17 And
one of the multitude
answered and _ said,
Master, I have brought
unto thee my _ son,
which hath a dumb
spirit; 18 and where-
soever he taketh him,
he teareth him: and
he foameth, and gnash-
eth with his teeth, and
pineth away: and I
spake to thy disciples
that they should cast
him out; and they
could not. 19 He an-
swereth him, and saith,
O faithless generation,
how long shall I be
with you? how long
shall I suffer you?
bring him unto me.
20 And they brought
him unto him: and
when he saw him,
straightway the spirit
tare him; and he fell
on the ground, and
wallowed foaming.
21 And he asked his
father, How long is it
ago since this came
unto him? And he
said, Ofachild. 22 And
ofttimes it hath cast
him into the fire, and
into the waters, to
destroy him: but if
thou canst do any
thing, have compas-
sion on us, and help
us. 23 Jesus said unto
him, If thou canst be-
lieve, all things are
possible to him that
believeth, 24 And
straightway the father
of the child cried out,
and said with tears,
Lord, I believe; help
thou mine unbelief.
25 When Jesus saw
that the people came
running together, he
rebuked the foul
spirit, saying unto
him, Thou dumb and
deaf spirit, I charge
thee, come out of him,
and enter no more
into him. 26 And the
spirit cried, and rent
him sore, and came
out of him: and he
was as one dead; in-
somuch that many
said, He is dead.

he became asif dead, so that many said that he was dead.

Υ αὐτούς them GLTTra. 2 συνζητεῖτε LTTrA. 5 αὑτούς Ἐ. ὃ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ answered
him rtra. ¢ — εἶπεν LTTrA. 4 ἐὰν LTTrA. 8 — αὐτόν (read [him)) T. f — αὐτοῦ
(read [his] teeth) [L]rrra. & εἶπα TTrA. h αὐτοῖς them @LTTraW. i τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς
{τττὰ. Κ συνεσπάραξεν LT. 1+ ἐκ since LTTrAW. τἱ καὶ εἰς πῦρ αὐτὸν TA. ™ ἀλλὰ T.
ο δύνῃ LITrA. Ρ — πιστεῦσαι TTr[A]. ᾳ --- καὶ [L]T[ tra. τ εὐθὺς TIrA. 5-- μετὰ

vy + ὁ the (crowd) T.
78 ἀπ᾽ from L.
ca + τοὺς the LTTrA.

t — Κύριε GLTTrAW.
x ἐπιτάσσω σοι TTrA.
ba — αὐτόν G[L]rtra.

δακρύων LITrA.
πνεῦμα LTTrA.
GLTTraw.

28 κράξας GLTTrAW.

W ἄλαλον Kat κωφὸν
aa σπαράξας

118

27 But Jesus took him
by the hand, and lifted
him up; and he arose.

28 And when he was
come into the house,
his disciples asked him
privately, Why could
not we cast him out?
29 And he said unto
them, This kind can
come forth by nothing,
but by prayer and
fasting.

30 And they depart-
ed thence, and passed
through Galilee; and
he would not that any
man should know it.
31 For he taught his
disciples, and said unto
them, The Son of man
is delivered into the
hands of men, and
they shall kill him;
and after that he is
Killed, he shall rise
the third day. 32 But
they understood not
that saying, and were
afraid to ask him.

33 And he came to
Capernaum: and being
in the house he asked
them, What was it
that ye disputed a-
mong yourselves by
the way? 34 But they
held their peace: for
by the way they had
disputed among them-
selves, who should be
the greatest. 35 And
he sat down, and called
the twelve, and saith
unto them, [fany man
desire to he first, the
same shall be last of
all, and servant of all.
86 And he took achild,
and set him in the
midst of them: and
when he had taken
him in his arms,
he said unto them,
37 Whosoever 5881]
receive one of such
children in my name,
receiveth me: and
whosoever shall re-
ceive me, receiveth not
me, but him that sent
me. 38 And John an-
swered him, saying,
Master, we saw one
casting out devils in
thy name, and he fol-
loweth not us: and

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. TEX,
27 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς κρατήσας tabrov τῆς χειρός" ἤγειρεν αὐτόν,
But Jesus, havingtaken him bythe hand, raised*up ‘him,
καὶ ἀνέστη.
and he arose.
$28 Kai “εἰσελθόντα.αὐτὸν" εἰς οἴκον οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ

And when he was entered into a house his disciples
f2 , ? 4 >? ὃ , Il sO ll € ~ ᾽ > ΄
ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν κατ -LOLAY, τι ἡμεῖς οὐκ-ἠδυνή-
asked him apart, Because [of what] *we 1were not

θημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 29 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο τὸ γένος
able to cast out it? And hesaid tothem, This kind
? > \ , ? IN) ~ > ee! ~h . , Ι
ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ "καὶ νηστείᾳ.
by nothing can go out except by prayer and fasting.
30 Kai ἐκεῖθεν! ἐξελθόντες ἔπαρεπορεύοντο" διὰ τῆς
And from thence having gone forth they went through
Γαλιλαίας" καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελεν ἵνα τις γνῷ" 31 ἐδίδασ-
Galilee ; and he would not that anyone should know [it]; he *was*teach-
κεν yao τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς
ing “for his disciples, and said to them, The Son
Tov ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ

of man is delivered into [the} hands of men, and
ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν: καὶ ἀποκτανθείς, "ry τρίπῃ ἡμέρᾳ"
they will kill him; and having been killed, on the thir day

ἀναστήσεται. 823 Οἱ δὲ ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα, Kai ἐφοβοῦντο
he will arise. But they understood not the saying, and were afraid
αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι.
Shim to “ask.
33 Kai "ἦλθεν" εἰς “Καπερναούμ"" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος
And hecame to Capernaum ; and in “the *house ‘being

ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς, Ti ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Ῥπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς" διελογίζεσθε;

he asked them, Whatin the way among yourselves were ye discussing ?
34 Οἱ. δὲ ἐσιώπων" πρὸς ἀλλήλους γὰρ διελέχθησαν “ἔν
But they were silent; *with ὍΠ6 ‘another ‘for they had beendiscussing by
τῇ ὁδῷ," τίς εἰζων. 385 καὶ καθίσας ἐφώνησεν τοὺς
the way, who([was] greater. And sitting down hecalled the
δώδεκα, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ei τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται
twelve, andhesays tothem, If anyonedesires “first ‘to *be, heshall be
΄ » \ , , ‘ ‘
πάντων ἔσχατος Kai πάντων διάκονος. 36 Kai λαβὼν
308 3411 Mast and “of 5811 4servant. And having taken
παιδίον ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ. αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος
alittlechild he set it in theirmidst; and having taken*in[*his]‘*armas
? AY t > ~ a“ ri ll a ~ 3 , δί ll
αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 87 Ος. "ἐὰν ἕν τῶν “τοιούτων παιδίων
Mit he said to them, Whoever one of such little children
δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται: Kai ὃς. "ἐὰν" ἐμὲ
shall receive in my name, me receives ; and whoever me
ἰδέξηται," οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με.
shall receive, ποῦ mes receives, but him who sent me,
38 "᾿Απεκρίθη. δὲ" αὐτῷ "ὁ" lwavyng*Aéywr,' Διδάσκαλε, εἴδομέν
And “βηβυσοσθᾶ “him 1 John saying, Teacher, we saw
Tiwa* Tp-dvopari.cou ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια, γὸς οὐκ.ἀκολουθεῖ
someone ἴῃ thy name casting out demons, who _ follows not

4 τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ his hand rrr.
8. Ὃ τι wherefore Lw.
™ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LTTra.

LTTrA.
! yvot LTTrA.

ο en ΡΘΟΥΝ, LTTraw.
5 παιδίων τούτων Of these little children 1.
[δὲ] τ, ; ἔφη spoke (to him) Trra.

8 εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ τι. ἴ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν
i Κἀκεῖθεν LTTrA. " ἐπορεύοντο ur.
n ἦλθον they came ΠΤΤτὰ.
P —- πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς LTTrA. 4 [ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ] L. τ Gy LITrA.
τ δέχηται should receive TTraA. ἃ ἀπεκρίθη
W — λέγων T. * + ev ELTTrAW.

h — καὶ νηστείᾳ TA].

v — 6 GLW.

¥Y — ὃς οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν G.

ΙΧ. MARK.

e ~ ° Η͂ ‘4 1 3 ’ὕ ll J , atl > ? ~ « ~ it
ἡμῖν." καὶ τἐκωλύσαμεν! αὐτόν, "ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν.
us, and we forbade him, because he follows not us,

39 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Μὴ.κωλύετε αὐτόν᾽ οὐδεὶς. γάρ ἐστιν

But Jesus said, Forbid not him ; fornoone there is
ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί.μου, Kai δυνήσεται
who shalldo awork οἵ power in my name, and be able

ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με. 40 ὃς. γὰρ οὐκι.ἔστιν καθ᾽ ὑμῶν," ὑπὲρ
readily to speak evil of me; forhe who isnot against you, for
νὑμῶν" ἐστιν. 41 d¢-yao.dy ποτίσῳ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον
you is. For whoever may give *to *drink ‘you a cup
ὕδατος ἐν °r@'dvépari-spou,' ὅτι χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω
of water in my name, because *Christ’s ‘ye are, verily I say
ὑμῖν, “οὐμμὴ ἀπολέσῃ" τὸν. μισθὸν. αὐτοῦ. 42 Kai ὃς. ἂν

to you, in no wise should he lose his reward. And whoever
σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν & ray "πιστευόντων εἰς
may cause *to “offend 'one 7of *the ‘little Sones who believe in

ἐμέ," καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ περίκειται ‘iPoc_pvdrLKoc!
me, good itis for him rather if is put a millstone
περὶ τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ βέβληται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.
about his neck, and he has been cast into the sea.

43 Kai ἐὰν "σκανδαλίζῃ! σε ἡ.χείρισου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν"
And if *should*cause‘to ζοξοπα thee ‘thy “hand, cut off it:
καλόν ἴσοι ἐστὶν! κυλλὸν πείς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν,"
good forthee itis maimed into life to enter,
ἢ τὰς δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν εἰς THY γέενναν, εἰς τὸ
than the two hands having togoaway into the Gehenna, into the
re 4A » = 44 n® c x or > — > \ ~ 4
πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον, ὕπου ὁ.σκώληξ. αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ
fire the unquenchable, where their worm dies not, and

τὸ πῦρ οὐ.σβέ " 45 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ-πού cavdanriZ
Ὁ οὐ.σβέννυται. καὶ ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ
the fire is not quenched. And if thy foot should cause *to *offend
? , > , ; Xr , Oo ΡΣ I 2 XO. ~ > a ‘
σε, ἀπόκοψον avrov’ Kaddy°Péorw oor" εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν

{rather]

‘thee, cut off it: good itis forthee toenter into
ζωὴν χωλόν, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς
life lame, [rather]than the two feet haying to be cast into
τὴν γέενναν, “εἰς τὸ πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον," 46 ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ
the Gehenna, intothe fire the unquenchable, where ?worm
αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται." 47 Kai ἐὰν ὁ
‘their dies not, and the fire is not quenched. And if
og¢0adpoc.cov σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν καλόν
thine eye should cause “to “offend ‘thee, cast out it: good

ὅσοι ἐστὶν" μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ

forthee itis with one eye toenter into the kingdom
~ » ~ 2 ‘ id
θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν YEEV-
of God, [rather] than two eyes having tobecast into the hen-
vav ‘rou πυρός," 48 ὅπου ὁ. σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ TO
na of fire, where their worm dies not, and the
πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται. 49 Πᾶς γὰρ πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται, "καὶ
fire is not quenched. For everyone with fire shall be salted, and
πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὶ adwbyoera.! 50 καλὸν τὸ ‘ddac,!
sacrifice with salt shall be salted. Good [is] the salt,

every

= ἐκωλύομεν TTrA.
not following usT. ὃ ἡμῶν us ETTrAW.
© + ὅτι that [L]rtra. f ἀπολέσει shall he lose irr.
Lata]. ἃ πίστιν ἐχόντων have faith a; — εἰς ἐμέ T.
an ass LTTrA. Ἐ σκανδαλίσῃ τ. Ι ἐστίν σε LTTrA.
n — verse 44 Τ{ττ]. o+ [yap] forL. Ρ ἐστίν σε LITrAW.
[{Ἱτττ[Α]. τ — verse 46 Τ|ττ]. 5 σέἐστιν ΤΊΤΑ.
πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὶ ἁλισθήσεται T[Tr]. νυ GAa T.

¢ — τῷ @LTTrAW.

t — τοῦ πυρός LTTrA.

119

we forbad him, be-
cause he followeth not
us. 39 But Jesus said,
Forbid him not: for
there is no man which
shall do a miracle in
my mame, that can
lightly speak evil of
me. 40 For he that
is not against us is
on our part. 41 For
whosoever shall give
you acup of water to
drink in my name,
because ye belong to
Christ, verily I say
unto you, he shall not
losehis reward. 42 And
whosoever shall offend
one of these little ones
that believe in me, it
is better for him that
8. millstone were hang-
ed about his neck, and
he were cast into the
sea. 43 And if thy
hand offend thee, cut
it off: it is better for
thee to enter into life
maimed, than having
two hands to go into
hell, into the fire that
never shall be quench-
ed: 44 where their
worm dieth not, and
the fire is not quench-
ed. 45 And if thy foot
offend thee, cut it off:
it is better for thee to
enter halt into life,
than having two feet
to be cast into hell,
into the fire that never
shall be quenched:
46 where their worm
dieth not, and the
fire is not quenched.
47 And if thine eye
offend thee, pluck it
out: it is better for
thee to enter into the
kingdom of God with
one eye, than haying
two eyes to be cast
into hell fire : 48 where
their worm dieth not,
and the fire is not
quenched. 49 For every
one shall besalted with
fire, and every sacrifice
shall be salted with
salt. 50 Salt ὦ good:

5 [ὅτε οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν] Tr; ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν because he was
4 — μου (read [my]) GLTra.
& + τούτων (read of these little ones)
i μύλος ὀνικὸς, millstone turned by

τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY ζωὴν LTTrAW.

ᾳ --- εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον

α-- καὶ

120

but if the salt have
lost his saltness, where-
with will ye season it ?
Have salt in your-
selves, and have peace
one with another.

X. And he arose
from thence, and com-
eth into the coasts of
Judza by the farther
side of Jordan: and
the people resort unto
him again ; and, as he
was wont, he taught
them again. 2 And the
Pharisees came to him,
and asked him, Is it
lawful for a man to
put away his wife?
tempting him. 3 And
he answered and said
unto them, What did
Moses command you?
4 And they said, Moses
suffered to write a bill
of divorcement, and to
put her away. ὃ And
Jesus answered and
said unto them, For the
hardness of your heart
he wrote you this pre-
cept. 6 But from the
beginning of the cre-
ation God made them
maleand female. 7 For
this cause shall a man
leave his father and
mother, and cleave to
his wife; 8 and they
twain shall be one
flesh: so then they are
no more twain, but
one flesh. 9 What
therefore. God hath
joined together, let
not man put asunder,
10 And in the house
his disciples asked him
again of the same
matter, 11 And he
saith unto them, Who-
soever shall put away
his wife, and marry
another, committeth
adultery against her,
12 And if a woman
shall put away her
husband, and be mar-
ried to another, she
committeth adultery.

13 And they brought
young children tohim,
that he should touch
them: and his disci-
ples rebuked those that
brought them. 14 But
when Jesus saw it, he
was much displeased,
and said unto them,
Suffer the little child-
ren to come unto me,

MAPKO2X&. IX,
ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας" ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε;
butif the salt saltless an comes with what it ‘ye season f

ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς "ἅλας," καὶ εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλεμαι
Have in yourselves _ salt, and beat ῬΟΒΟΘ with one another.

10 YKarkeidev! ἀναστὰς ἔρχεται εἰς τὰ ὕρια τῆς Ιουδαίας,
Andthence risingup hecomes into the borders of Judaa, -

διὰ τοῦ! πέραν τοῦ lopdavov' Kai "συμπορεύονται! πάλιν
by the otherside of the Jordan. And come together again

ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ὡς εἰώθει πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν

crowds to him, and as he had beenaccustomed again he taught
αὐτούς. 2 Kai προσελθόντες boi! Φαρισαῖοι Ξἐπηρώτησαν"
them. And coming to [him] the Pharisees asked

αὐτὸν εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι, πειράζοντες

if it is lawful fora eee a wife tempting

αὐτόν. 3 0.68 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο
him, Buthe answering said to ow What Ries 1did 7command

IMwoje;' 4 Οἱ. δὲ ξεῖπον," (Mwone ἐπέτρεψεν" βιβλίον ἀπο-
nC; ης ρ
*Moses ? And they said, Moses , allowed a bill of di-

στασίου γράψαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ιησοῦς
vorce to write, and to put away. And answering Jesus

εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν. ὑμῶν ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν
said tothem, In view of your hardheartedness he wrote for you
τὴν. ἐντολὴν.ταύτην" 6 ἀπὸ.δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἄρσεν καὶ

this commandment ; but from [the] beginning of creation male and
θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς "ὸ Oedc." 7 ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει

him to put away,

female *?made them God. On account of this shall *leave
ἄνθρωπος τὸν. πατέρα. αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ἱκαὶ προσκολ-
la “man his father and mother, and shall be

ληθήσεται" Πρὸ τὴν. γυναῖκα" αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο
yet his wife, and “shall *be ‘the *two

εἰς σάρκα μίαν" ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ. 9 ὃ
ΒΟΥ "flesh ‘one; sothatnolonger arethey two, but one flesh, What

οὖν ὁθεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος be, «χωριζέτω. 10 Kai ἱὲν
therefore God united together, Sman t not separate. And in

τῇ οἰκίᾳ" πάλιν οἱ. μαθηταὶ “αὐτοῦ! περὶ "τοῦ. αὐτοῦ" “ἐπη-

the house again his disciples concerning the same thing
, Π ᾽ , ‘ , ? ~ - Ῥὲ sll > ,
ρώτησαν" αὐτὸν. 11 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, OcPéay' ἀπολύσῃ
asked him. And hesays tothem, Whoever should put away
τὴν. γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ καὶ γαπή σῇ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται ἐπ᾽
his wife and should marry another, commits adultery against

αὐτήν. 12 καὶ ἐὰν «γυνὴ ἀπολύσῃ" τὸν. ἄνδρα.αὐτῆς "kai"

her. And if a woman should put away her husband and
δγαμηθῇ ἄλλῳ, μοιχᾶται.
be married to another, she commits adultery.
18 Kai προσέφερον αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα ἅψηται αὐτῶν"
And they brought to him little PRB that hemighttouch them,

προσφέρουσιν. 14 ἰδὼν.δὲ

οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμων τοῖς
mouse them. But oan seen [it]

But the disciples rebuked those who

ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγανάκτησεν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αφετε τὰ παιδία
Jesus wasindignant, and said tothem, Suffer the little children

¥ ἅλα T.
b — οἱ GLTraW.

ναῖκα T.
18 LTTrA.
away ΤΊΤΑ.

* ἅλα LTTrA.
© ἐπηρώτων were asking LTTrA.

f ἐπέτρεψεν Μωῦσῆς LTTrA; Μωῦσῆς ἐπέτ. We
made them) {u}rrr[a].
1 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν LYTrA.
5 ἐπηρώτων were aaking’t TA.
¥ — καὶ ΤΊτΑ.

Y καὶ ἐκεῖθεν LTTrAW. Z καὶ aud LIrTra.

ἃ συνπορεύονται TA.
4 Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. © εἶπαν LTTrA,
8 ὃ δὲ but Trra. h — ὃ θεός (read he
i— καὶ προσκολχηθησεται πὸ Κ τῇ γυναικὶ L ; --- πρὸς τὴν
— αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [uirfa]. π τούτον
PayLTTrA. 4 αὐτὴ ἀπολύσασα she putting

* γαμήσῃ ἄλλον should marry another Lrtra.

X. MARK.

ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, ‘kai! μὴ.κωλύετε αὐτά: τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων
to come ‘to me, and donothinder them; for of such
ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ; 15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς."ἐὰν"
is the kingdom of God. Verily Isay toyou, Whoever
μὴ.δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ we παιδίον, οὐ.μὴ
shall not receive the kingdom of God _ as a little child, in no wise
? , > ? , ‘ > ,
εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν. 16 Καὶ ἐναγκαλισά ενος αὐτά,
shall enter into it. And haying taken *in ἜΕΙΣ arms ‘them,
τιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ Ξηὐλόγει αὐτά."
having laid [his] hands on them heblessed them.
17 Kai ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδόν, προσδραμὼν εἷς Kai
And as he went forth into [the] way, “running“up ‘one and

γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ, τί

kneeling downto him asked him, ?Teacher igood, what
» ev 4 te , « 42 ~

ποιήσω ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω; 18 Ὁ. δὲ. Τησοῦς

shallIdo that life eternal I may inherit ? But Jesus

εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ti pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς
said tohim, Why mecallest thou good? No one [15] good except
εἷς, ὁ θεός. 19 τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας. ΥΜη.μοιχεύσῃς"
one, God The commandments thou knowest: Thon shouldest not commit
μὴ-φονεύσῃς"" μὴ-κλέψῃς"
adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder; thou shouldest not steal; thou
μὴ-Ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς μὴ-ἀποστερήσῃς" τίμα τὸν
shouldest not bear false witness; thou shouldest not defraud; honour
πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα. 20 ὋὉ δὲ "ἀποκριθεὶς" ὕϑεῖπεν"
thy father and mother. And he answering said
αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, “ταῦτα πάντα" “ἐφυλαξάμην ἐκ νεότητός
to him, Teacher, *these lall have I ore from spare
pov. 21 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ ἠγάπησεν αὐτόν, Kai
m And Jesus looking; upon him loved him, and
εἶπεν at, Ἕν ὅσοι" ὑστερεῖ᾽ ὕπαγε, ὅσα ἔχεις πώλη-
snid to him, Onething to thee is lacking : go, asmuchas thou hast sell
σον καὶ δὸς froic! πτωχοῖς, Kai ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν
and give tothe poor, and thou shalt have treasure δι

οὐρανῷ" καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι, Ξάρας τὸν σταυρόν." 22 Ὁ. ὃ
heaven ; and come, follow me, taking up the cross. But he,

στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος" ἦν.γὰρ.ἔχων
peing sad at the word, went away Enea for he had

κτήματα πολλά. 23 Kai περιβλεψάμενος ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγει τοῖς

ΞΡοΞξθββίουβ ‘many. And __ looking around Jesus says

μαθηταίες αὐτοῦ, Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες εἰς
pis ἘΠ ΕΡΣΡΙ6Ά, How difficultly those riches ‘having into

τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται. 24 Οἱ. δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμ-

ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ

121

gud forbid them not:
for of such is the king-
dom of God, 15 Verily
I say unto you, Who-
soever shall not receive
the kingdom of Godas
a little child, he shall
not enter therein.
16 And he took them
up in his arms, put
his hands upon them,
and blessed them.

17 And when he was
gone forth into the
way, there came one
running, and kneeled
to him, and asked him,
Good Master, what
shall I do that I may
inherit eternal life?
18 And Jesus said unto
him, Why callest thou
me good? there is none
good but one, that is,
God. 19 Thou knowest
the commandments,
Do not commit adul-
tery, Do not kill, Do
not steal, Do not bear
false witness, Defraud
not, Honour thy father
and mother, 20 And he
answered and said
unto him, Master, all
these have I observ-
ed from my youth.
21 Then Jesus behold-
ing him loved him,
and said unto him,
One thing thou lack-
est: go thy way, sell
whatsoever thou hast,
and give to the poor,
and thou shalt have
treasure in heaven:
and come, take up the
cross, and follow me.
22 And he was sad at
that saying, and went
away grieved: for he
had great possessions.
23 And Jesus looked
round about, and saith
unto his disciples, How
hardly shall they that
have riches enter into
the kingdom of God!

the kingdom of God shall Bulge | ; Aa ue diseiples were = 24 And the disciples
βοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς.λόγοις. αὐτοῦ. Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς were astonished at his
tonished at his words. And Jesus again answering Words. But Jesus an-
h su 5 swereth again, and

λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Τέκνα," πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν τοὺς πεποιθότας saith untothem, Child-
says to la Children, how difficult itis [for]thosewho trust ren, how hard is it for
apne > A ’ = them that trust in
ἐπὶ roic! χρήμασιν" εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. riches to enter into
in riches into the kingdom cf God to mies the kingdom of God!
25 δ ΕΞ ι 29 It is easier for a
ὅ εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ ἱτῆς" Tope tae 'ἰτῆς" camel to go through

Easier itis [for] acamel through the of the the eye of a needle,

— καὶ GTTrAWw. ἡ ἂν LTTrA. ἡ + κατευλόγει fe ἜΞΞ.: [them] TTra. α εὐλόγει

αὐτά he blesses them Lw ; — ηὐλόγει αὐτά TTrA.
τ + gov thy (mother) Lr. 5 — ἀποκριθεὶς T.
ἃ ἐφύλαξα L. ¢oetheeTa. f— τοῖς LTrAW.
— τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν τ. k — τοῖς LTrAW.
neato) LTrw.

> ἔφη TIra.

& — ἄρας τὸν σταυρόν L]TTr.
— τῆς (read an eye of a

Υ Μὴ dovevons, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς L.

© πάντα ταυτα L.
h rexvia L.

122

than for a rich man
to enter into the king-
dom of God. +26 And
they were astonished
out of measure, saying
among themselves,
Who then can be saved?
27 And Jesus looking
upon them saith, With
men tt ts impossible,
but not with God: for
with God all things
are possible, 28 Then
Peter began to say
unto him, Lo, we have
left all, and have fol-
lowed thee. 29 And
Jesus answered and
said, Verily I say unto
you, There is no man
that hath left house,
or brethren, or sisters,
or father, or mother,
or wife, or children,
or lands, for my sake,
and the gospel’s, 30 but
he shall receive an
hundredfold now in
this time, houses, and
brethren, and sisters,
and mothers, and
children, and lands,
with persecutions; and
in the world to come
eternal life. 31 But
many that are first
shall be last ; and the
last first.

32 And they were in
the way going up to
Jerusalem ; and Jesus
went before them: and
they were amazed ; and
as they followed, they
were afraid. And he
took again the twelve,
and began to tell them
what things should
happen unto him,
33 saying, Behold, we
go up to Jerusalem ;
and the Son-of man
shall be delivered unto
the chief priests, and
unto the scribes ; and
they shall condemn
him to death, and shall
deliver him to the
Gentiles : 34 and they
shall mock him, and
shall scourge him, and
shall spit upon him,
and shall kill him:
and the third day he
shall rise again.

35 And James and
John, the sons of Ze-
bedee, come unto him,

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. Χ.

ῥαφίδος "“"εἰσελθεῖν," ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ
needle to pass, than(for] arichmaninto the kingdom of God
εἰσελθεῖν. 26 Οἱ. δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες πρὸς
to enter. And they exceedingly were astonished, saying among
ἑαυτούς, Kai ric δύναται σωθῆναι; 27 ᾿Εμβλέψας."δὲ" αὐτοῖς
themselves, And who 15 8016 ἴο Ὀ6 saved? But looking on them
ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει, Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις 5 ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ov παρὰ
Jesus says, With men {it is] impossible, but not with
Pre θεῷ" πάντα.γὰρ δυνατά «ἐστιν! παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 28 *Kai'

God; forallthings possible are with God. And
Ea » ss , , Π ? ~ 3 , € ~ ? , ,
ἤρξατο "ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα,
~began Peter tosay tohim, Lo, we left all,

καὶ ᾿ἠκολουθήσαμέν" σοι. 29 "᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν,"
and followed thee. But answering Jesus said,
> A , « - ᾽ , ? coy 2 ~ Seek ι ? ,
᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν οἰκίαν, ἢ ἀδελφούς,
Verily Isay toyou, Noone thereis who has Ἰοὺ house, or brothers,
ἢ ἀδελφάς, “ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα," “ἢ γυναῖκα," ἢ τέκνα, ἢ
or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or
? ’ « ? ~ \ ~ ’ / rh} 1 ,
ἀγρούς, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ Υ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 30 ἐὰν. μὴ.λάβ
lands, Του thesakeofme and ofthe glad tidings, that shall not receive

ἑκατονταπλασίονα νῦν ἐν τῷ.καιρῷ.τούτῳ, οἰκίας Kai ἀδελ-
a hundredfold now in this time: houses and bro-

φοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς καὶ *unrépac' Kai τέκνα Kai ἀγρούς, μετὰ
thers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with
διωγμῶν, Kai ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ.ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 31 πολ-
persecutions,and in the age that iscoming 118 eternaL *Many
λοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, Kai “οἱ! ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι.

*but “shall be first last, and the last first.
32 “Hoav.dé ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" Kai
And they were ἴῃ the way going up to Jerusalem, and
ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο, Kai!

“was going *on *before “them 1Jesus, and they were astonished, and
> ~ ? ~ \ ‘ , ,
ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο. καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς

following were afraid. And having taken to [him] again the
δώδεκα, ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ

twelve, he began them to tell the things which were about *to*him
συμβαίνειν: 33 Ὅτι, ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα, καὶ
το *happen : Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai
the Son of man will be delivered up tothe chief priests and
“roic' γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, Kai
to the scribes, and they will condemn him to death, and

παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, 34 Kai ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ,
will deliver up him tothe Gentiles. And they willmock him,
dkai μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτόν, Kai ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ," Kai ἀπο-
and will scourge him, and _ will spit upon him, and will
κτενοῦσιν αὐτόν" καὶ fry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ἀναστήσεται.
kill hin ; and on the third day he will rise again,
35 Kai προσπορεύονται αὐτῷ ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης Soi
An come up to him James and John, the

τὰ διελθεῖν EGLTTrAW.
ᾳ --- ἐστιν (read [are)) ταν.
have followed LTTraw.
Jesus said (— ἀποκ.
¥ + ἕνεκεν for the sake G[u]rrraw.
ς — τοῖς L.
ὁ — αὐτόν (read {him)) [L]1[ tr).

and those ΤΊΣ.

n — δὲ but TTra. ὁ + [τοῦτο] this [is] L. Ρ — τῷ TTrAW.
τ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 5 λέγειν ὁ Πέτρος ΤΑ. t ηκολουθήκαμέν

ν ἀποκριθεὶς (omit but) ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν GLI w ; ἔφη ὁ Ἰησοῦς

Ὑ ἢ μητέρα, ἢ πατέρα LTTrA. xX — 7 γυναῖκα LTTrA.
2 μητέρα mother Ltr. * — οἱ GLw. > οἱ δὲ

καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν LTTrA.

f μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LTTrA. ἕξ --- οἱ Α.

δὲ) TA.

x: MARK.
υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου, λέγοντες", Διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ. ἐὰν
sons of Zebedee, saying, Teacher, we desire that whatever

αἰτήσωμεν ' ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. 86 Ὁ. δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί θέλετε
we may ask thou wouldest do for us. And he said tothem, What doyedesire

Κποιῆσαί pe ὑμῖν ; 87 Οἱ.δὲ ἰεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Δὸς ἡμῖν, iva εἷς

2to%do ‘me for you? And they said tohim, Give tous, that one
mix δεξιῶν. σου" Kai sic ἃ ἐξ οεὐἰωνύμων" cov! καθίσωμεν ἐν
at thy right hand and one at thy left hand Wemaysit in

Οὐκιοΐδατε τί
Ye know not what

Sy

τῇ-δόξῃ.σου. 38 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
thy glory. But Jesus said tothem,
αἰτεῖσθε. δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, “καὶ! τὸ
yeask. Are ye able todrink the cup which I drink, and ‘the
βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι;
*baptism Twhich ®*I
39 Οἱ. δὲ τεῖπον! αὐτῷ, Δυνάμεθα. Ὁ.δὲ. Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
Andthey said tohim, Weare able. But Jesus said tothem,
Τὸ "μὲν! ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα
The7indeed ‘cup which I drink, yeshall drink; and the baptism
ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε" 40 τὸ. δὲ καθί-
which 1 am baptized [with], ye shall be baptized [with] ; but to sit
σαι ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου “καὶ! ἐξ εὐωνύμων ἱμου" οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμὸν
at my right hand and at my left hand is not mine
δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. 41 Καὶ ἀκούσαν-
togive, but [to those] for whom it has been prepared. And having
TEC ot δέκα ἤρξαντο ἀγανακτεῖν περὶ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ
heard [this] the ten began to be indignant about James and
Ἰωάννου. 42 τὸ. δὲ Τησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς" λέγει
John. But Jesus - having called to [him] ‘them says

αὐτοῖς, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν
tothem, Yeknow that those who are accounted toruleover the nations

κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν᾽ Kai οἱ. μεγάλοι.αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζου-
exercise lordshipover them; and their great ones exercise authority

ow αὐτῶν. 48 οὐχ οὕτως δὲ Yéorar' ἐν vpiv’ ἀλλ᾽
over them; not tkus however shall it be among you; but
a x? 4 ll θέ y ’ θ , Π] > « - » pa z ,
ὃς. ΞΣἐὰν! θέλῃ YysvecOar μέγας" ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται Τδιάκονος
whoever desires to become great among you, shall be 2servant
ὑμῶν." 44 καὶ bc.2dv' θέλῃ Pdpdy' “γενέσθαι! πρῶτος, ἔσται
lyour ; and whoever desires of you to become first, shall be
, ~ ‘ A « ea ~ » , ? Tt
πάντων δοῦλος" 45 καὶ. γὰρ ὁ vide τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ἦλθεν
305 5411 *bondman. For even the Son of man came not
διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν.Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ
to be served, but to serve, and to give his life
λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν.
aTransom for many.
46 Kai “ἔρχονται! εἰς “Ἱεριχώ"" καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ
And theycome to Jericho ; and as he was going out
ἀπὸ “Ἱεριχώ,! καὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ, Kai ὄχλου ἱκανοῦ,

from Jericho, and his disciples, and a*crowd ‘large,
vide Τιμαίου Βαρτίμαιος 86" τυφλὸς ** ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν
ason οὗ Timzus, Bartimeus the the

°am '°baptized [**with], ‘to *be Sbaptized [*with] 2g

123
saying, Master, we
would that thou

shouldest do for us
whatsoever we shall
desire. 36 And he said
unto them, What
would ye that I should
do for you? 37 They
said unto him, Grant
unto us that we may
sit, one on thy right
hand, and the other on
thy left hand, in thy
glory. 38 But Jesus
said unto them Ye
know not what ye
ask: can ye drink of
the eup that I drink
of? and be baptized
with the baptism that
I am baptized with?
39 And they said unto
him, Wecan. And Je-
sus said unto them,
Ye shall indeed drink
of the cup that I drink
of ; and with the bap-
tism that I am bap-
tized withal shall ye
be baptized: 40 but to
sit on my right hand
and on my left hand
is not mine to give;
but it shall be given to
them for whom it is
prepared. 41 And when
the ten heard it, they
began to be much dis-
pleased with James
and John. 42 But Jesus
called them ito him,
and saith unto them,
Ye know that they
which are accountea
to rule over the Gen-
tiles exercise lordship
over them; and their
great ones exercise
authority upon them.
43 But so shall it not
be among you: but
whosoever will he
great among _ you,
shall be your minister:
44 and whosoever of
you will be the chief-
est, shall be servant
of all. 45 For even the
Son of man came not
to be ministered unto
but to minister, and
to give his life a ran-
som for many.

46 And they came
to Jericho: and as he
went out of Jericho
with his disciples and
a great number of peo-
ple, blind Bartimeus,
the son of Timzus, sat
by the highway side
begging. 47 And when

blind [man], wassitting beside

i + ge thee LTTrAW.
™ gov ἐκ δεξιῶν TTrA.
left hand) [n]rtra.
eft hand) GLTTraw.

h + αὐτῷ to him [L]rtra.
ποιήσω Tt. | εἶπαν LTTrA.
P — gov (read [thy]

t — pov (read [my]
W ἐστιν it is LTTra. x ἂν LTTr.
5 ἐὰν Gtra. » ἐν ὑμῖν among you L.
£ + ὃ the (son) LTTrAw.

2 + gov thy T.
4 ἢ OY LTTrA.

Υ μέγας γενέσθαι TTr.
© εἶναι to be Ltr.
8 —. ὃ (reada blind [man)) trtra.

τ εἶπαν LTTrA.
Υ καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTra.
2 ὑμῶν διάκονος GLTTrAW.
4 ἔρχεται he comes L.

Κ ποιήσω I should do utr; pe

ο ἀριστερῶν TTrA.
Ss — μὲν TTrA.

© Ἱερειχώ T.

ha + προσαίτης a beggar Tira.

124

he heard that it was
Jesus of Nazareth, he
began to cry out, and
say, Jesus, thou Son
of David, have mercy
on me. 48 And many
charged him that he
should hold his peace :
but he cried the more
a great deal, Thou Son
of David, have mercy
onme, 49 And Jesus
stood still, and com-
manded him to be
called. And they call
the blind man, saying
unto him, Be of good
comfort, rise; he
calleth thee. 50 And
he, casting away his
garment, rose, and
came to Jesus. 51 And
Jesus answered and
said unto him, What
wilt thou that Ishould
do unto thee? ‘The
blind man said unto
him, Lord, that I
might receive my
sight. 52 And Jesus
said unto him, Go thy
way; thy faith hath
made thee whole. And
immediately he receiv-
ed his sight, and fol-
lowed Jesusin theway.

XI. And when they
came nigh to Jerusa-
lem, unto Bethphage
and Bethany, at the
mount of Olives, he
sendeth forth two of
his disciples, 2 and
saith unto them, Go
for way into the vil-
age over against you:
and as soon as ye be
entered into it, ye
shall find a colt tied,
whereon never man
sat; loose him, and
bring him. 3 And if
any man say unto you,
Why do ye this? sa
ye that the Lord hat
need of him; and
straightway he will
send him hither. 4 And
they went their way,
and found the colt tied
by the door without in
a place where two ways
met; and they loose
him, 5 And certain of
them that stood there
said unto them, What
do ye, loosing the colt ?
6 And they said unto
them even «as Jesus had
commanded : and they

MAPKOS. xX, ΧΕ

ὁδὸν ἱπροσαιτῶν." 47 καὶ ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ ‘Nalwpaide!
way, begging. And having heard that Jesus the Nazarman

> » ἕ ae i λέ lO c. oom io," ’ -
ἐστιν, Ὥρξατο κράζειν καὶ λέγειν, υἱὸς" πιΔαβίδ," ᾽Τησοῦν

it was, he began tocry out and tosay, Son of David, Jesus,
(Ut. it is)

? , ’ (ά ~ ,
ἐλέησόν με. 48 Kai ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ"

have pity on me. And #rebuked “him ‘many that heshouldbesilent;
ὁ. δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Υἱὲ ™AaPid," ἐλέησόν pe.
but he much more criedout, Son of David, have pity on me.
49 Καὶ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς "εῖπεν αὐτὸν φωνηθῆναι"" καὶ
And *having *stopped ‘Jesus askedfor him to be called, And
φωνοῦσιν τὸν τυφλόν, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Θάρσει"
they call the blind saying tohim, Be of good courage;
σἔγειραι," φωνεῖ σε. 50 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ,
rise up, he calls thee. And he casting away his garment,
Pavaorac' ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν" 51 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς “λέγει
havingrisenuphecame _ to Jesus, And answering *says
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς,. Τί τθέλεις ποιήσω σοί :" Ὃ.δὲ τυφλὸς
3to *him ‘Jesus, What dost thou desire Ishoulddotothee? Andthe blind
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, “PaBBovi," ἵνα ἀναβλέψω. 52 ‘0.08In-
{man] said ἴο him, Rabboni, that I may receive sight. And Je-
σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε" ἡ.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν oe. Kai
sus said tohim, Go, thy faith - has healed thee, And
ἰεὐθέως! ἀνέβλεψεν, καὶ ἠκολούθει "τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ.
immediately he received sight, and followed Jesus in the way.
11 Kai bre ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς “Ἰερουσαλήμ," “εἰς Βηθφαγὴ
And when they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage

καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ελαιῶν, Τἀποστέλλει! δύο

(man],

and Bethany, towards the mount of Olives, he sends two
τῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, 2 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν
of his disciples, and says tothem, Go into the

κώμην τὴν.κατέναντι ὑμῶν" Kai Τεὐθέως!" εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς
village, that opposite you, and immediately entering into
? \ Ri NF Or ὃ ὃ , 2) τὰ ᾽ ND as , b
αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων
it ye willfind acolt tied, upon which no one of men
΄ Ἵ Gite , > 4 ! d > , Π Wir de ec ow
κεκάθικεν" “λύσαντες αὐτὸν" “ἀγάγετε." 3 Kai ἐάν τις ὑμῖν
has gat: having loosed it lead {it], And if anyone to you
εἴπῃ, Ti ποιεῖτε τοῦτο ; εἴπατε, “Ὅτι" ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν
say, Why doye this ? say, The Lord “of *it need
ἔχει: καὶ [εὐθέως" αὐτὸν Βἀποστελεῖ" ἃ ὧδε. 4 δ᾽ Απῆλθον. δέ,"
thas, andimmediately it he willsend hither, And they departed,
καὶ εὗρον "τὸν" πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν" θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ
and found the colt tied at the door without, by
τοῦ ἀμφόδου, καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. 5 καί τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστη-
the cross way, and they loose it. And some of those there stand-
κότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, Ti ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; 6 Οἱ δὲ
ing said tothem, Whatareyedoing loosing the colt? And they
™<izov" αὐτοῖς καθὼς "ἐνετείλατο" ὁ Ἰησοῦς Kai ἀφῆκαν
said to them as 7commanded Jesus. And they allowed

i — προσαιτῶν TTrA.
2 εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν said, call ye him rrra.

leaped up LTTraw.

εῬαββουνί GLITrAW.
χα καὶ εἰς Βηθανίαν LT.

no one yet) Ltr.
bring Trra.

(read a door) Tra.

e —°Or LTTrA.
bh + πάλιν back Τττ.

k Ναζαρηνός LTTrA. 1Yté wrrr. τὰ Δαυείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ aw.

ὁ ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. Ρ ἀναπηδήσας having

4 αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν Jesus said to him TTra. * σοι θέλεις ποιήσω ; T.

t εὐθὺς TTrA. Υ αὐτῷ him GLTTrAW. W Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW.

Σ ἀπέστειλεν he sent 1. 5 εὐθὺς TTra. a + οὔπω not yet (read

Ὁ + οὔπω τ. © λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ loose it and Lrtra. 4 φέρετε

f εὐθὺς LTTrA. & ἀποστέλλει he sends GLrTraw.

ia καὶ ἀπῆλθον LTTrA, ka — σὸν (read a colt) GLTraw. la — χὴν
ma εἶπαν T. na εἶπεν said LYTrA.

XI. MARK.
αὐτούς. 7 και σἤγαγον" τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν Inoody καὶ
them. And they led the colt to Jesus, And

Ρἐπέβαλον" αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν, Kai ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ «“αὐτῷ""

they cast upon it their garments, and hesat on it;
8 τπολλοὶ.δὲ!" τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς THY ὁδόν" Go1-dé
and many their garments strewed on the way, and others

3 10. i tv ὩΣ i ? ~ VOE ὃ lw Seat ,

στοιβά ας EKOTTTOV EK τῶν OVEVONWY, Kat ἐἑστρωννυον
branches were cutting down from the trees, and were strewing
εἰς τὴν ὁδόν." 9 καὶ οἱ προάγοντες Kai οἱ ἀκολουθοῦν-
{themJon the way. And those going before and those follow-

» x , Π « Le yr , «

τες ἔκραζον, “λέγοντες, Ὥσαννά: εὐλογημένος ὁ
ing were crying out, saying, Hosanna ! blessed [be] he who
ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. 10 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχο-
comes in [the] mame of (the) Lord. Blessed [be]the com-
μένη βασιλεία Yiv ὀνόματι κυρίου" τοῦ.πατρὸς. ἡμῶν

ing kingdom ‘in [*the] "name ὅο [3.86] ?°Lord 1of 7our *father
7AaBid"" ‘Qoarvva ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. 11 Kai εἰσῆλθεν εἰς
*Darid. Hosanna in the highest ! And “entered “into

Ἱεροσόλυμα *0’Inoove καὶ" εἰς τὸ ἱερόν" Kai περιβλεψάμενος

*Jerusalem 1Jesus and into the temple; and havinglooked round on
πάντα, "ὀψίας" ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας, ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν
all things, ate already being the hour, he went out to Bethany
pera τῶν δώδεκα.
with the twelve.

12 Kai ry ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας,
Andonthe morrow “having *gone‘*out ‘they from Bethany,
ἐπείνασεν. 18 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν “ μακρόθεν ἔχουσαν φύλλα,
he hungered. And seeing a fig-tree afar off having leaves,
¥ 2 » d « Ud Il > ? we " aN) ‘ ? ?
ἦλθεν εἰ ἄρα “εὑρήσει τι! ἐν αὐτῇ Kai ἐλθὼν ἐπ
he went if perhaps he will find anything on it. And having come to
αὐτήν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα" ἰοὐ.γὰρ.ἦν καιρὸς" σύκων.
it, nothing he foundexcept leaves, forit was not[the]season of figs.
14 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς δὸ ᾿Τησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μηκέτι *éx σοῦ εἰς
And answering 1 Jesus said toit, Nomore of thee for
τὸν aidva' ipndeic! καρπὸν φάγοι. Kai ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ
ever “any °one ‘fruit ‘let*eat. And “heard ?disciples
(lit. no one)

> ~ ‘ » 2 t , A,
αὐτοῦ. 15 Kai ἔρχονται εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα
this. And theycome to Jerusalem ;
Ko Ἰησοῦς" εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας

1Jesus into the temple hebegan tocastout those selling
kai! ἀγοράζοντας ἔν τῷ ἱερῷ: Kai τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυ-
and buying in the temple, and the tables ofthe money
βιστῶν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς
changers and the seats of those selling the doves
κατέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ οὐκ.ἤφιεν iva τις διενέγκῃ σκεῦος
he overthrew, and suffered not that anyone should carry a vessel
διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 17 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν, λέγων" Yadroic," Οὐ
through the temple. And he taught, saying tothem, 7Not

ἢ " 3 ‘
καὶ εἰσελθὼν
and having “entered

125
let them go. 7 And
they brought the colt

to Jesus, and cast their
garments on him;
and he sat upon him.
8 And many spread
their garments in the
way: and others cut
down branches off the
trees, and strawed
them in the way. 9 And
they that went before,
and they that fol-
lowed, cried, saying,
Hosanna; Blessed is
he that cometh in the
name of the Lord:
10 blessed be the king-
dom of our father
David, that cometh in
the name of the Lord:
Hosanna in the high-
est. 11 And Jesus en-
tered into Jerusalem,
and into the temple:
and when he had look-
ed round about upon
all things, and now
the eventide was come,
he went out unto Beth-
any with the twelve,

12 And on the mor-
row, when they were
come from Bethany,
he was hungry : 13 and
seeing a fig tree afar
off having leaves, he
came, if haply he
might find any thing
thereon : and when he
came to it, he found
nothing but leaves;
for the time of figs
was not yet. 14 And
Jesus answered and
said unto it, No man
eat fruit of thee here-
after for ever. And
his disciples heard it.
15 And they come to
Jerusalem : and Jesus
went into the temple,
and began to cast ont
them that sold and
bought in the temple,
and overthrew the
tables of the money-
changers, and theseats
of them that sold
doves; 16 and would
not suffer that any
man should carry any
vessel through the
temple. 17 And he
taught, saying unto

ο φέρουσιν they bring TTra.
τ καὶ πολλοὶ TTrA, 8 στιβάδας LITrA.
Y ἀγρῶν fields TTra.
Υ — ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου GLTTrAW. z Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ aw.
entered) LTTra. bope tT. ¢ + ἀπὸ from LTTraw.

5

only t. f ov yap ἦν ὃ καιρὸς τι; ὃ yap καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν TTrA.
GLITrAW. Leis τὸν αἰῶνα ἐκ σοῦ LTTrA. i οὐδεὶς E.

1+ τοὺς these LTTraw. τὰ καὶ ἔλεγεν and said TTra.

P ἐπιβάλλουσιν they cast upon GLTTraWw.

4 αὐτόν LTTrA.

τ κόψαντες having cut [them] down rtra.
τ — καὶ ἐστρώννυον εἰς THY OOOv TTrA. τ

— λέγοντες [L]TTrA.

Ἰησοῦς Kai (read he
4 +. εὑρήσει LTTrAW.
& — δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (read he said
k — ὁ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAWw.

2 — αὐτοῖς [L]A.

e+ [μόνα

120

them, Is it ποὺ writ-
ten, My house shall
be called of all nations
the house of prayer?
but ye have made ita
den of thieves. 18 And
the scribes and chief
priests heard it, and
sought how they might
destroy him: for they
feared him, because all
the people was asto-
nished at his doctrine.
19 And when even was
come, he went out of
the city.

20 And in the morn-
ing, as they passed by,
they saw the fig tree
dried up from the
roots. 21 And Peter
calling to remem-
brance saith untohim,
Master, behold, the
fig tree which thou
eursedst is withered
away. 22 And Jesus
answering saith unto
them, Have faith in
God. 23 For verily I
say unto you, That
whosoever shall say
unto this mountain,
Be thou removed, and
be thou cast into the
sea; and shall not
doubt in his heart, but
shall believe that those
things which he saith
shall come to pass ; he
shall have whatsoever
he saith. 24 Therefore
I say unto you, What
thingssoever ye desire,
when ye pray, believe
that ye receive them,
and yeshall have them.
25 And when ye stand
praying, forgive, if ye
have ought against
any : that your Father
also which is in heaven
may forgive you your
trespasses. 26 But if
ye do not forgive, nei-
ther will your Father
which is in heaven for-
give your trespasses,

27 And they come
again to Jerusalem:
and as he was walking
in the temple, there
come to him the chief
priests, and the scribes,
and the elders, 28 and
say unto him, By what
authority doest thou
these things ? and who
gave thee this au-
thority to do these
things? 29 And Jesus

ο-- Ὅτε 1.

τ ἀπολέσωσιν they might destroy ΙΤΤΓΑΎ.

ν ὅταν TTr.

5. + ὁ GLTTrAW.
{-- ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ ΤῊ ΑἹ].

i ἀλάβετε ye received Lrtra.

n ἔλεγον they said ΤΎτα.

σοντο T.
:Ῥαββεί PA.
© λαλεῖ LTTrA.
LTTra.
™ — τοῖς LA.

P πεποιήκατε have made TTrA.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΙ.

, ͵ , ~ ,
γέγραπται, οὍτι" ὁ.οἴκός. μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται
thas 7it been written, My house ahouse of prayer shall be called

πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ; ὑμεῖς.δὲ Ρέποιήσατε! αὐτὸν σπήλαιον
forall the nations? but ye made it a den
~ A » c ~ . “.
λῃστῶν. 18 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ «γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς,"
of robbers. And ‘heard [*it] *the *scribes 3and “the Schief °priests,
καὶ ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν 'aroXEoovaw"' ἐφοβοῦντο. γὰρ "αὐτόν,
and they sought how him _ theyshall destroy; for they feared him,
te ~ ll « » λ v ? λ , iT] ? ‘ ~ ~ ? ~
ore mac" ὁ ὄχλος γἐξεπλήσσετο! ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ.

because all the crowd were astonished at his teaching.

19 Kai ὅτε! ὀψὲ ἐγένετο “ἐξεπορεύετο! ἔξω τῆς πόλεως.
And when evening came he went forth outof the city.
20 Kai ἵὕπρωϊ παραπορευόμενοι" εἶδον τὴν συκῆν

And in the morning passing by
, € ~ ‘ ‘ ,
ἐξηραμμενην ἐκ ῥιζῶν. 21 καὶ ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος
ied up from [the] roots. And *having “remembered ‘+Peter
λέγει αὐτῷ, *PaBBi," ide, ἡ συκῆ ἣν κατηράσω ἐξήρανται.
says to him, Rabbi, see, the fig-tree which thoucursedst 15 dried up.
22 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς "Ιησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ἔχετε πίστιν θεοῦ.
And answering 1Jesus says tothem, Have faith in God.
23 ἀμὴν. Ῥγὰρ' λέγω ὑμῖν, OTe ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ,
For verily Isay toyou, that whoever shallsay to this mountain,
"AoOnre καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai μὴ.δια-
Be thou taken away and be thou cast inte the sea, and shall not
κριθῇ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ “πιστεύσῃ! ὅτι 4a" Eyer!
doubt in his heart, but shall believe that what hesays
, a ” ? ~ fx aE ” ll A ~ ’

γίνεται ἔσται αὐτῷ ‘diay εἴπῃ." 24 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω
takes place, there shall be to him whatever he shallsay. For thisreason I say
ὑμῖν, Πάντα ὕσα.βἂν" "προσευχόμενοι" αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε

they saw the fig-tree

to you, All things whatsoever praying ye ask, believe
ore ἱλαμβάνετε." καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. 25 Καὶ ὅταν "στήκητε!
that ye receive, and [they] shall be to you. And when ye may stand
προσευχόμενοι, ἀφίετε εἴτι ἔχετε κατά τινος ἵνα καὶ
praying, forgive if anything ye have against anyone, that also
ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφῇ ὑμῖν τὰ παρα-
your Father who[is]in the heavens mayforgive you 2of-

πτώματα ὑμῶν. 26 ἱεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ.ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ. πατὴρ. ὑμῶν

fences your. Butif ye forgive not, neither your Father
ὁ ἐν τοῖς! οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ-παραπτώματα ὑμῷν."
who[is]in the heavens will forgive your offences.

27 Kai ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα: καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ
And theycome again to Jerusalem. And in the temple
περιπατοῦντος. αὐτοῦ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ
as he is walking come to him ᾧ86 chief priests and
οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι, 28 Kai "λέγουσιν" αὐτῷ,
the scribes and the elders, and they say to him,
Ἔν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; “Kat! τίς σοι Ρᾶγὴν ἐξουσίαν
By what authority these things doest thou? and who thee 7authority
ταύτην ἔδωκεν," ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς; 239 Ὁ δὲ Τησοὺῦς
*this gave, that these things thou shouldst do? And Jesus

4 ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς LTTrAW.

trasyapforallrtra, ἐξεπλήσ-

Y παραπορευόμενοι πρωΐ LITrA.

© πιστεύῃ TA. 46 what Trra.

8— ἂν LTTrAW. ἊἈ προσεύχεσθε καὶ ye pray and

k στήκετε ye Stand LTTrA. | !—verse 26 TT»
oayorTa. P® ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην LTr.

5 [αὐτόν] L.
χ ἐξεπορεύοντο they went forth Ltr.
b — yap for LI[Tr]A.

ae XIT. MARK.

ν ΜΠ > ~ ? 7 8 « ~ ? ‘ Π a ,
ἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Επερωτήσω “ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ" ἕνα λόγον,
answering said to them, 7Will 2ask *you ‘Ialso one thing,

καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα

and answer me, andIwilltell you by what authority these things
~ \ , t? , 4, ? ~ > An 2
ποιῶ. 80 Td βάπτισμα *'Iwavvov ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ

I do: The baptism of John from heaven wasit or from

ἀνθρώπων ; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι. 31 Kai "ἐλογίζοντο" πρὸς ἑαυ-

men? answer me. And theyreasoned with them-
τούς, λέγοντες, Edy εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, τ Διατί"
selves, saying, If weshouldsay, From heaven, hewillsay, Why

χρῦν" οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 82 YadX ἐὰν" εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ

then did ye not believe him? but if we should say, From
ἀνθρώπων, ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν Nady’ ἐὥἅπαντες" γὰρ εἶχον τὸν
men,— they feared the people; for all held

Ἰωάννην "ὅτι ὄντως" προφήτης ἦν. 88 Kai ἀποκριθέντες ὕλε-

John that indeed a prophet he was. And answering they

~? Ὁ ᾽ we ‘ Cc ct? ~ > ‘ ll [A
γουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ," Οὐκ.οἴδαμεν. Kai “ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" λέγει
say to Jesus, Weknownot. And Jesus answering says
αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ.
to them, Neither “I 181 you by what authority these things I do.

12 Kai ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς “λέγειν." ᾿Αμπελῶνα

And he began tothem in parables to say, *A *vineyard

| ΄ . 7
οἐφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος," καὶ περιέθηκεν φραγμόν; καὶ ὥρυξεν
lanted 1a *man, and placed about [it] a fence, and dug

ὑπολήνιον, Kai wKoddpnoey πύργον, Kai [ἐξέδοτο αὐτὸν

8ι wine-vat, and built a tower, and let out it
γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν. 2 Kai ἀπέοτειλεν πρὸς τοὺς
tohusbandmen, and left the country. And he sent to the
γεωργοὺς τῷ καιρῷ δοῦλον, ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν
husbandmen atthe season 84. bondman, that from the husbandmen
λάβῃ ἀπὸ Erov καρποῦ" τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος᾽ 8 "οὶ.δὲ" λα-
he might receive from the fruit ofthe vineyard. But they having
βόντες αὐτὸν ἔδειραν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν κενόν. 4 Kai πάλιν
taken 7him ‘beat, and sent [himjaway empty. And again

ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄλλον δοῦλον" κἀκεῖνον ἱλιθοβολή-
he sent to them another bondman, and him having
σαντες! ᾿ἐκεφαλαίωσαν," καὶ ἀπέστειλαν ἠτιμωμένον."
stoned they struck on the head, and sent [him] away having insulted [him].
5 καὶ Ἰπάλιν! ἄλλον ἀπέστειλεν" κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν Kai
And = again another he sent, and him they killed ; also
πολλοὺς ἄλλους, "τοὺς! μὲν δέροντες, Ὡτοὺς" δὲ "ἀποκτείνον-
many others, some ‘beating, and others killing.
i Ge ong vw. pack! Ge 1 2 ener pe
TEC. ἔτι Cody" ἕνα Puidy ἔχων, ἀγαπητὸν “αυτοῦ,
Yet therefore Ὅπο “son ‘having ®beloved *his 5own,
‘ Y iy
ἀπέστειλεν ™xai' αὐτὸν “Ξπρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔσχατον," λέγων, Ὅτι
he sent also him to them last, saying,

ἐντραπήσονται τὸνουἱόν. μου. 7 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ ᾿Ξεἶπον
They will have respect for myson. But those husbandmen said

¥ — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA.
LTTraW. ¥ διελογίζοντο LTTrAW. w Διὰ ti LTrA. *— οὖν LTrAW.
should we say) LTTrAw. 2 πάντες L. 8 ὄντως ὅτι TTrA.
¢ [ἀποκριθεὶς] 0 Ἰησοῦς L; — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. d λαλεῖν LTTrA.
féééSero TA. 8 τῶν καρπῶν the fruits Trra. δ καὶ and LTTra.
) ἐκεφαλίωσαν τ. k ητίμησαν insulted τττ ; ἠἡτίμασαν TA.
LITrA. 2 ἀποκτέννοντες GLTTTA. ο — οὖν [L]TTrA.
4 — αὑτοῦ LTTrA; αὐτοῦ W. ra καὶ [L]TTrA.
ἑαντοὺς εἶπαν TTra ; εἶπαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς L.

5 κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς L; --- κἀγὼ (read ἐπερ. I will ask) rrra.

127

answered and said un-
to them, I will also
ask of you one ques-
tion, and answer me,
and I will tell you by
what authority I do
these things. 30 The
baptism of John, was
it from heaven, or of
men? answer me.
31 And they reasoned
with themselves, say-
ing, If we shall say,
From heaven ; he will
say, Why then did
ye not believe him?
32 But if we shall say,
Of men; they feared
the people : for all men
counted John, that he
was a prophet indeed.
33 And they answered
and said unto Jesus,
Wecannottell, And
Jesus answering saith
unto them, Neither do
I tell you by what
authority I do these
things.

XII. And he began
to speak unto them by
parables. A certain
man planted a vine-
yard, and set an hedge
about it, and digged u
place for the winefat,
and built a tower, and
let it out to husband-
men, and went into a
farcountry. 2 And at
the season he sent to
the husbandmen a ser-
vant, that he might
receive from the hus-
bandmen of the fruit
of the vineyard. 3 And
they caught him, and
beat him, and sent him
away empty. 4 And
again he sent unto
them another servant;
and at him they cast
stones, and wounded
him in the head, and
sent him away shame-
fully handled. 5 And
again he sent another ;
and him they killed,
and many others;
beating some, and kill-
ing some. 6 Having

et therefore one son,

is wellbeloved, he
sent him also last unto
them, saying, They
will reverence my son.
7 But those husband-
men said among them-

SSS ow
Υ ἀλλὰ (read but

> τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσιν TTrA.

© ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν T.

i — λιθοβολήσαντες LTTrA.

1 — πάλιν GLTTrA.
Ρ ἔχων υἱὸν L; εἶχεν υἱὸν TTrA.
58 ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrA.

πὸ οὺς

ta πρὸς

128

selves, This is the heir ;
come, let us kill him,
and the inheritance
shall be ours. 8 And
they took him, and
killed Aim, and cast
him out of the vine-
yard. 9 What shall
therefore the lord of
the vineyard do? he
will come and destroy
the husbandmen, and
will give the vineyard
unto others. 10 And
have ye not read this
scripture; The stone
which the builders re-
jected is become the
head of the corner:
11 this was the Lord’s
doing, and it is mar-
vellous in our eyes?
12 And they sought to
lay hold on him, but
feared the people: for
they knew that he had
spoken the parable a-
gainst them : and they
left him, and went
their way.

13 And they send
unto him certain of
the Pharisees and of
the Herodians, tocatch

i in his words.
14 And when they
were come, they say
unto him, Master, we
know that thou art
true, and carest for no
man: for thou regard-
est not the person of
men, but teachest the
way of God in truth:
Is it lawful to give
tribute to Crsar, or
not? 15 Shall we give,
or shall we not give?
But he, knowing their
hypocrisy, said unto
them, Why tempt ye
me? bring mea penny,
that I may see it.
16 And they brought
it. And he saith unto
them, Whose is this
image and superscrip-
tion? And they said
unto him, Czxsar’s.
17 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto them,
Render to Cresar the
things that are Ce-
sar’s, and to God the
things that are God’s.
And they marvelled at
him.

18 Then come unto
him the Sadducees,
which say there is no
resurrection ; and they
asked him, saying,

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΩ.

πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος᾽ δεῦτε, ἀπο-
among themselves, This is the heir : come, let us

κτείνωμεν αὐτόν, Kai ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. ὃ καὶ λαβόντες

kill him, and ours willbethe inheritance. And having taken
Υ͂ ᾽ ν᾿ ᾽ “ Π νι γῳ Xr Ww wy ~ ? ~
αὐτὸν ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος.

they killed [him], and cast forth [him] outside the vineyard.

9 τί τοὖν" ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος; ἐλεύσεται Kai
What therefore willdo the lord ofthe vineyard? He will come and

ἀπολέσει τοὺς γεωργούς, Kai δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις.

him

will destroy the husbandmen, and willgive the vineyard to others.
10 Οὐδὲ τὴν- γραφὴν. ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; Λίθον ὃν
ΞΝοῦ *even Sthis “scripture ‘did *ye read? [The] stone which
ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν
*rejected 1those *who %puild, this is become head
γωνίας. 11] παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυ-
of [the] corner : from [the] Lord was this, and itis won-

ΩΨ ? ~ € ~ ‘ ’ , ᾽ 4 ~
μαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν. 12 Kai ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι,
derful in our eyes. And they sought him _ tolayholdof,
καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον. ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ OTL πρὸς αὐτοὺς
and they feared the crowd; for they knew that against them
τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν" καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον.
the parable he speaks. And leaving him they went away.

18 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν πρὸς αὐτόν τινας τῶν Φαρισαίων

And they send to him some of the Pharisees

καὶ TOY pagan τ ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν λόγῳ. 14 Yoi.dé"
and of the erodians, that him they mightcatchindiscourse. And they
ἐλθόντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ,
havingcome 887 tohim, Teacher, we know that true thouart,
καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός" ob-yap βλέπεις εἰς
and thereiscare tothee about noone; for “not ‘thou *lookest on [the]
πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ
appearance of men, but with truth the way of God
διδάσκεις. τέξεστιν *kivooy Καίσαρι δοῦναι! ἢ οὔ; 15 δῶμεν
teachest : Isitlawful tribute toCzesar togive οὖ ποὺ Should wegive
ba! \ ~ « " b id ‘ Π] ᾽ ~ ῇ € , t
ἢ μηὴςδῶμεν ; Ο.δὲ ϑείϊδὼς"! αὐτῶν.τὴν. ὑπόκρισιν εἶπεν
or should we not give? Buthe knowing their hypocrisy said
αὐτοῖς, Ti με πειράζετε ; φέρετέ μοι δηνάριον ἵνα ἴδω.
tothem, Why me doyetempt? Bring me adenarius that I may 566 [1{].
16 Οἱ. δὲ ἤνεγκαν. Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη Kai

And they brought[it]. And he says to them, Whose([is] this image and
ἡ ἐπιγραφή; “Οἱ. δὲ" “eizov' αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 17 “Καὶ
the inscription? And they said to him, Cresar’s, And
ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν fabroic," δ᾽ Απόδοτε τὰ Kai-
?amswering ‘Jesus said to them, Render the things of Ce-
σαρος" Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. Kai δἐθαύμασαν"
sar to Cwsar, andthethings ofGod toGod. And they wondered .
ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ.
at him.

18 Kai ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν

And come 1Sadducees to him, who say
ἀνάστασιν po-eivac καὶ ἱἐπηρώτησαν"! αὐτόν, λέγοντες.
a resurrection there is not. And they questioned him, saying,

v ἀπέκτειναν αὐτόν TTrA.

they say) LTTrA.

Ὁ ἰδὼν having known T.
ῖ & Τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε ΤΊτΑ.
i ἐπηρώτων LITrA.

f_ αὐτοῖς A.
wondered 1.

x — οὖν TA. Υ καὶ and (read
= + εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν tell us therefore L. 8 δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι LTr.
ς fot δὲ] 1,. 4 εἶπαν LTTrA. e ὃ δὲ and (Jesus) Lrrra.
h ἐθαύμαζον LTrA; ἐξεθαύμαζον greatly

w + αὐτὸν him LTTraw.

ΧΙ]. MARK.

19 Διδάσκαλε, Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος aded-
Teacher, Moses wrote forus, that if of anyone a bro-
φὸς ἀποθάνῳ καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ ἱτέκνα μὴ.ἀφῇ."
ther shoulddie and leave behind a wife and children leave not,
ἵνα λάβῃ ὁἋὁκἀδελφὸς. αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα "αὐτοῦ" καὶ
that *should *take this “brother the wife of him and
ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ-.ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 20 ἑπτὰ " ἀδελφοὶ
raise up seed to his brother. Seven brethren
ἦσαν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, Kai ἀποθνήσκων
there were; and the first took a wife, and dying
>, > ~ , ‘ c , > ’ A
ovK-agnKey σπέρμα" 21 καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν, Kai
left no seed ; and the second took her, and
ἀπέθανεν, “καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀφῆκεν! σπέρμα᾽ Kai ὁ τρίτος
died, and neither he left seed ; and the third
ὡσαύτως" 22 καὶ Ῥέλαβον adryny' ot ἑπτά, “καὶ! οὐκ. ἀφῆκαν
likewise. And 3took *her ‘the 7seven, and left no
σπέρμα. τἐσχάτη" πάντων "ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 23 evry
seed. Last of all died also the woman. In the
‘ody! ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται
*therefore ‘resurrection, when they shall arise, of which of them shallshe be
γυνή ; ol-yap ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 24 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
wife? forthe seven had her as wife. And answering
ΔΌΣ ~ 5 ? ~ ll ? ‘ ~ ~ κι ΣΝ 2
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ διὰ.τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες
‘Jesus said tothem, *Not “therefore 1do*yeerr, not knowing
τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ THY δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ; 25 ὅταν.γὰρ ἐκ
the scriptures nor the power of God? For when fromamong
νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε *yapioKxoyTat,'
[[86] dead they rise, neither dothey marry nor are given in marriage,
ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι Τοὶ" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 26 περὶ. δὲ
but are as angels who [are] in the heavens. But concerning
τῶν νεκρῶν, Ore ἐγείρονται, οὐκιἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ
the dead, that they rise, have ye not read in the book
*Mwotwe," ἐπὶ "τῆς" βάτου, *we' εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁθεός,
of Moses, {in the part] on the bush, how ?spoke *to*him ‘God,
λέγων, Eyw ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ °6' θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ “ὁ"
saying, I [am]the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the
θεὸς Ἰακώβ; 27 Οὐκ.ἔστιν “ὁ" θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ “θεὸς!
God of Jacob? Heisnot the God of[the]dead, but God
ζώντων" “ὑμεῖς οὖν" πολὺ πλανᾶσθε. 28 Kai προσελθὼν
of [the] living. e therefore greatly err. And ®having ®°come7up
εἷς TOY γραμματέων, ἀκούσας αὐτῶν ἰσυζητούντων," δεἰδὼς"

129

19 Master, Moses wrote
unto us, If a man’s
brother die, and leave
his wife behind jim,
and leave no children,
that his brother should
take his wife, and raise
up seed unto his bro-
ther. 20 Now there
were seven brethren:
and the first took a
wife, and dying left
no seed. 21 And the
second took her, and
died, neither left he
any seed: and the third
likewise. 22 And the
seven had her, and left
no seed : last of all the
woman died also, 23 In
the resurrection there-
fore, when they shall
rise, whose wife shall
she be of them? for
the seven had her to
wife. 24 And Jesus
answering said unto
them, Do ye not there-
fore err, because ye
know not the seri

tures, neither the
power of God? 25 For
when they shall rise
from the dead, they
neither marry, nor are
giveninmarriage ; but
areas theangels which
are in heaven. 26 And
as touching the dead,
that they rise: have
ye not read in the book
of Moses, how in the
bush God spake unto
him, saying, I am the
God of Abraham, and
the God of Isaac, and
the God of Jacob?
27 He is not the God
of the dead, but the
God of the living: ye
therefore do greatly
err. 28 And one of the
scribes came, and hay-
ing heard them rea-
soning together, and
perceiving that he had
answered them well,
asked him, Which is
the first command-
ment of all? 29 And

1one7o0f*the ‘scribes, having heard them reasoning together, perceiving Jesus answered him,
e wh 9 ~ , , i 2 ΄ 2: Ty 7) Bas " The first of all the
Ore καλῶς "adroig ἀπεκρίθη. ἐπηρώτησεν αὑτόν, Iota ἐστὶν» commandments ἴδ,
that well them he answered, questioned him, Which is Hear, O Israel; The
izowrTn πασῶν ἐντολή! : 29 **O.dé/Incove ἀπεκρίθη"
{the] first 2of “all ‘commandment ὃ And Jesus answered
Bairp," Ὅτι πρώτη "πασῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν," ἔλκουε,
him, (The] first of all the commandments [is], Hear,
κ Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. 1 μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον leave no child Ta. τὰ - αὐτοῦ TTrA. "+ οὖν

therefore EW. ο μὴ καταλιπὼν having left behind no Trra.
4 — καὶ TTrA. τ ἔσχατον LITrA.
γ-- ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν [1,7ττ.
LTTrAW. Υ — ot GLT[Tr]w. 2 Μωῦσέως LITrAW.
© — 9 LTrAW. 4 — θεὸς GLTTrAW.

£ συνζητούντων LTTrA. g ἰδὼν having seen LTTr.
πάντων ἐντολή GLW ; ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων TTrA.
π{[τύ]Ὰ.
(read [The] first is) rrra.

P — ἔλαβον αὐτὴν [u}rtra.
5 Kal ἢ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν LTTrA.
© ἔφη αὐτοῖς ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus said to them ΤΊτΑ.
5 τοῦ GLTTrAW.
ε — ὑμεῖς οὖν (7ead πλαν. ye err) T[Tr]A.
h ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς TTrA. i πρώ
ka ἀπεκρίθη δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς TTrA.
ma πάντων ἐντολή GW; πάντων [ἐντολή ἐστιν] commandment of allis L; ἐστίν

t — οὖν TTrA.
x γαμίζονται
Ὁ πῶς TTra.

ltr,
la — αὐτῷ

K

180

Lord our God is one
Lord: 30 and thou
shalt love the Lord thy
God with all thy heart,
and with all thy soul,
and with all thy mind,
and with all thy
strength: this is the
first commandment.
31 And the second is
like, namely this, Thou
shalt love thy neigh-
pour as thyself. There
is none other com-
mandment greater
than these. 32 And
the scribe said unto
him, Well, Master,
thou hast said the
truth : for there is one
God ; and there is none
other but he: 33 and
to love him with all
the heart, and with
all the understanding,
and with all the soul,
and with all the
strength, and to love
his neighbour as him-
self, is more than all
whole burnt offerings
and sacrifices. 34 And
when Jesus saw that
he answered discreet-
ly, he said unto him,
Thou art not far from
the kingdom of God.
And no man after that
durst ask him any
question.

35 And Jesus an-
swered and said, while
he taught in the tem-
ple, How say the
scribes that Christ is
the Son of David?
36 For David himself
said by the Holy Ghost,
The LORD said to my
Lord, Sit thou on my
right hand, till I make
thine enemies’ thy
footstool, 37 David
therefore himself call-
eth him Lord; and
whence is he then his
son? And the com-
mon people heard him
gladly.

38 And he said unto
them in his doctrine,
Beware of the scribes,
which love to go in
long clothing, and love

MAPKO¥*%.
’ ε nN « ~ , 7 ᾽ , κι
κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν κύριος εἷς ἐστίν. 80 καὶ
{the} Lord our God SLord one 185. And
ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.καρδίας.σου
thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all thy heart
καὶ ἐξ ὕλης rhe-wuxijc-cov καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς.διανοίας.σου
and with all thy soul and with all thy mind
καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος.σου. "αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή."
and with all thy strength. This [isthe] first commandment,
31 οκαὶ! δευτέρα Popoia'' «αὕτη," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλη-
And [the] second like [1018] this: Thou shalt love *neigh-

σίον σου we σεαυτόν. Μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ
bour ‘thy as _ thyself. Greater thanthese another commandment

οὐκ.ἔστιν. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ γραμματεύς, Καλῶς, διδάσ-
there is not. And #said *to *him 'the *scribe, Right, teach-

λ 2 2 ἐλ θ ΄, 5 r ti ll « a ? ry ΄ ll \
καλε, ἐπ ἀληθείας τΤτεῖπας ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν "θεός," καὶ
er, according to truth thou hast said that “one 718 1God, and
7 ” » A > ~ ‘ 4 ? ~ ? ‘ ?
οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ. 33 Kai τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν ἐξ
there is ποῦ another besides him: and to love him with
ὅλης τῆς καρδίας Kai ἐξ ὕλης τῆς συνέσεως ‘kai ἐξ ὕλης
all the heart and with all the understanding andwith all
τῆς ψυχῆς" καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ἰσχύος, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν

the soul and with all the strength, and to love [one’s]

τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτόν, "πλεῖόν" ἐστιν πάντων TOY ὁλοκαυ-
neighbour as_ oneself, 2more lis thanall the burnt

τωμάτων καὶ ὕτῶν" θυσιῶν. 34 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν *abror'

XIL.
Ἰσραήλ:

Israel :

offerings and the _ sacrifices. And Jesus seeing him
ὅτι νουνεχῶς ἀπεκρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐ μακρὰν εἶ
that intelligently he answered, said tohim, Not far art thou

ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. Kai οὐδεὶς.οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα αὐτὸν
from the kingdom of God. And nooneanymore dared *him
ἐπερωτῆσαι.
*to *question.

35 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς ἔλεγεν, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ,

And answering 1 Jesus said, teaching in the temple,
Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς υἱός γέστιν AaBid";
How say the scribes that the ist son ‘is of David?

36 αὐτὸς *yap" *AaBid! Yetrev" ἐν ὁτῷ" πνεύματι “τῷ" ἁγίῳ,
himself ‘+for David said by the Spirit the oly,
ἀπεῖπεν" ¢o! κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ. μου, [Κάθου" ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου Ewe.ayv
*Said "the *Lord to my Lord, Sit at myrighthand until
θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς. σοὺ ξβὑποπόδιον" τῶν. ποδῶν.σου. 37 Αὐτὸς
Iplace thineenemies [as] a footstool for thy feet. *Himself
δοῦν" *AaBid' λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον. Kai πόθεν ἰυϊὸς. αὐτοῦ
’therefore ‘David ca him ord, and whence his son
? ell Sit ‘ ” » ᾽ τ RNY.
ἐστιν ; Καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ ἡδέως.
is he? Andthe great crowd heard him _=_ gladly.
38 Kai Ἐἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ.διδαχῃ-αὐτοῦ,, Βλέπετε ἀπὸ
And hesaid tothem in his teaching, Take heed of

TOY γραμματέων, τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν, καὶ
the scribes, who like in robes to walk about, and

2 — αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή TA.

it) Ltr. τ εἶπες T.

’ περισσότερόν abundantly more rrr.
ἐστιν TTrA; ἐστιν Aaveid L; ἐστιν Δαυΐδ Gw.
Ὁ λέγει Says W. Ἢ

Ε ὑποκάτω (read beneath thy feet) a.
k ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν TTrA.

Δαυὶδ ον.
{κάθισον TrA.
ἰός TTrA.

Ρ --- ὁμοία TA. 4 αὐτῇ (read [is] like
5 — θεός (read he is one) @LTTrAW. * — καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς [L]T.
Ὑ — τῶν GLTrAW. * [αὐτὸν] Tr. Υ Aaveié

2 — yap [L]i[Tr]a. ® Δανεὶδ LTTrA;
4 λέγει Says G@Tr. ¢— ὁ (read [the]) LTra.
h — οὗν [L]TTr. i αὐτοῦ ἐστιν

ο — καὶ [L)TTrA.

c— τῷ GW.

ΧΉΣΧΤΙ. MARK.

ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 39 Kai πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς

salutations in the market-places and first seats in the

συναγωγαῖς Kai πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 40 οἱ ἱκατεσ-

synagogues and first places at the suppers; who de-

θίοντες" τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ

your the houses of widows, and asa pretext “αὖ *great ‘length
προσευχόμενοι" οὗτοι λήψονται" περισσότερον κρίμα.
pray. These shall receive more abundant judgment.

41 Καὶ καθίσας 0 Ἰησοῦς" °karévaytt' τοῦ γαζοφυλα-

And *having *sat "ἄονσῃι 1 Jesus opposite the treasury,

κίου ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλά-

hesaw how the crowd cast money into the treasury ;
κιον᾽ καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά. 42 Kai ἐλθοῦσα
and many Tich were casting [in] much. And ‘having °come

χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν λεπτὰ δύο, 0 ἐστιν κοδράντης.
Swidow poor cast [in] 7lepta ‘two, which is a kodrantes.
43 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ Ῥλέγει" αὐτοῖς,
And havingcalledto [him] his disciples he says to them,
᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων
Verily Isay toyou, that this widow 1poor more than all
IBEBAnkev' τῶν τβαλόντων᾽ εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. 44 πάν-
hascast [in]ofthose casting into the treasury. 7All

pia

one

τες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον: αὕτη.δὲ
for out of that which wasabounding ἴο them east [in], but she
ἐκ τῆς. ὑστερήσεως. αὐτῆς πάντα boa εἶχεν ἔβαλεν,

out of her destitution 3411 *as*much Sas "she*had ‘east [in],

ὅλον τὸν. βίον.αὐτῆς.
10whole °her "livelihood.

13 Kai ἐκπορευομένου.αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λέγει αὐτῷ
And as he was going forth outof the temple ‘says ‘to “him
Ts ~ 6 ~ > ~ A δά x wr \ λίθ \
εἷς " τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὑτοῦυ, Διδάσκαλε, t0&, ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ
tone ?of *his *disciples, Teacher, see, what stones and
’ ? ὃ ΄ 9 K ‘ ts ? ~ > νὰ θ aT] ff ? ~
TOTATAL OLKOOOMAL. at Ὃ Inoove ATTOKPLUELC ELTTEV auTwW,
what buildings ! And Jesus answering said to him,
Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς; ovd-un ἀφεθῇ ἡ
Seest thou these great buildings ? not at all shall be left
λίθος ἐπὶ “λίθῳ ὃς οὐ-μὴ.καταλυθῇ. 3 Kai καθημένου
stone upon stone which shall not be thrown down. And as ?was*sitting
αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ελαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, “ἐπηρώ-
the upon the mount of Olives opposite the temple, ask-
των" αὐτὸν κατ -idiay “Πέτρος καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿Τωάννης καὶ

ed *him l0apart Peter “and “James ‘and 5John ‘and
᾿Ανδρέας, 4 YEizé' ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai τί τὸ
7Andrew, Tell us when “these things 'shallbe? and what the

σημεῖον Oravy μέλῃ ὅπάντα ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι" ;
sign when ‘should *be ®about ‘all these *things to be accomplished?

5 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" Padroic ἤρξατο λέγειν," Βλέπετε
And Jesus answering to them began tosay, Take heed

ἡ τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ. 6 πολλοὶ.“ γὰρ"! ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ
“) μ Ώ γάρ ῳ

est anyone *you ‘mislead. For many will come in

> , , ’ iif ? 7 > ‘ ‘ ’

ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, Ort "ὦ εἰμι’ καὶ πολλοὺς πλαγνή-
my name, saying, am [he], and many they will

131

salutations in the
market-places, 39 and
the chief seats in the
synagogues, and the
uppermost rooms at
feasts: 40 which de-
vour widows’ houses,
and for a pretence
make long prayers:
these shall _ receive
greater damnation.

41 And Jesus sat
over against the trea-
sury, and beheld how
the people cast money
into the treasury:
and many that were
Tich cast in much.
42 And there came a
certain poor widow,
and she threw in two
mites, which make a

farthing. 43 And he
called unto him his
disciples, and saith

unto them, Verily I
say unto you, That
this poor widow hath
east more in, than all
they which have cast
into the treasury:
44 for all they did cast
in of their abundance;
but she of her want
did cast in all that
she had, even all her
living.

XIII, And as he
went out of the tem-
ple, one of his disci-
ples saith unto him,
Master, see what man-
ner of stones and what
buildings are here!
2 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto him,
Seest thou these great
buildings? there shall
not be left one stone
upon another, that
shall not be thrown
down. 3 And as he
sat upon the mount
of Olives over against
the temple, Peter and
James and John and
Andrew asked him
privately, 4 Tell us,
when shall these
things be? and what
shall be the sign when
all these things shall
be fulfilled? 5 And Je-
sus answering them
began to say, Take
heed lest any man de-
ceive you: 6 for many
shallcome inmyname,
saying, I am Christ;
and shall _ deceive
many. 7 And when
ye shall hear of wars

τὰ λήμψονται LTTrA.
ᾳ ἔβαλεν did cast [in] ur.
u + ὧδε here Ltr.

! κατέσθοντες TrA.
P εἶπεν he said GLTTr.
* ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ιησοῦς L; -- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA.
TTrA, *%+0T. 5 εἰπὸν ΤΊΤΑ.

τττα. -- ἀποκριθεὶς ΤΊτΑ. Ὁ ἤρξατο λέγειν αὐτοῖς LTTrA.

= — δ Ἰησοῦς [L]1TrAa.

τ᾿ βαλλόντων LTTrAW.
Υ λέθον TTr.
2 ταῦτα πάντα συντελεῖσθαι τ,; ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα
ς — yap for ΤΑ.

ο ἀπέναντι Tr.
8 + ἐκ of Tr[A].
* ἐπηρώτα

192

and rumours of wars,
be ye not troubled:
for such things must
needs be; but the end
shall not be yet. 8 For
nation shall rise a-

inst nation, and

ngdom against king-
dom: and there shall
be earthquakes in di-
vers places, and there
shall be famines and
troubles: these are
the beginnings of sor-
rows. 9 But take heed
toyourselves : for they
shall deliver you up
to councils ; and in the
synagogues ye shall be
beaten: and ye shall
be brought before ru-
lers and kings for my
sake, for a testimony
against them. 10 And
the gospel must first
be published among all
nations. 11 But when
they shall lead you,
and deliver you up,
take no thought be-
forehand what ye
shall speak, neither do
ye premeditate: but
whatsoever shall be
given youin that hour,
that speak ye: for it
is not ye that speak,
but the Holy Ghost.
12 Now the brother
shall betray the bro-
ther to death, and the
father the son; and
children shall rise up
against their parents,
and shall cause them
to be put to death.
13 And ye shall be
hated of all men for
my name’s sake: but
he that shall endure
unto the end, the
same shall be’ saved.
14 But when ye shall
see the abomination of
desolation, spoken of
by Daniel the prophet,
standing where _ it
ought not, (et him
that readeth under-
stand,) then let them
that be in Judza flee
to the mountains:
15 and let him that is
on the housetop not
godowninto the house,
neither enter therein,
to take any thing out
of his house: 16 and
let him that is in the
field not turn back
again for to take up
his garment. 17 But
woe to them that are

MAPKO%. XIII.

σουσιν. 7 ὕταν.δὲ δἀκούσητε! πολέμους Kai ἀκοὰς πολέμων,

mislead. But when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars,
es ede δεῖ ἐγὰρ' γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω τὸ
e not disturbed ; it *must *needs ‘for come to pass, but “ποὺ *yet [518] ‘the

τέλος. 8 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος ‘éi' ἔθνος καὶ βασιλεία
3end. For *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation and kingdom

ἐπὶ βασιλείαν" καὶ! ἔσονται σεισμοὶ κατὰ.τόπους, "καὶ"
against kingdom; and there shall be earthquakes in different places, and

ἔσονται λιμοὶ ‘kai ταραχαί." ἀρχαὶ! ὠδίνων ταῦτα.
there shall be famines and _ troubles. Beginnings of throes [are] these.
9 Βλέπετε.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς. παραδώσουσιν. yap" ὑμᾶς εἰς

But take heed ye you to
, ὃ 4 ’ quae , © τΥ Ἐς ΄
συνέδρια καὶ εἰς συναγωγὰς" δαρήσεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνων
sanhedrims and to synagogues: ye will be beaten, and before governors
Kai βασιλέων σταθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν.ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς"
and kings ye will be brought formysake, for atestimony to them;
10 καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ™OEi πρῶτον" κηρυχθῆναι τὸ
and to all the nations must first be proclaimed the
εὐαγγέλιον. 11 "ὅταν.δὲ"! οἀγάγωσιν! ὑμᾶς παραδιδόντες,
glad tidings. But whenever they may lead away you delivering [you] up,
μὴ-προμεριμνᾶτε τί λαλήσητε, Ῥμηδὲ μελετᾶτε" "
be not careful beforehand what yeshouldsay, nor meditate [your reply];
ἀλλ᾽ O4éay" δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ. τῇ.ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε"

to yourselves; for they will deliver up

but whatever maybegiven toyou in that hour, that speak ;
ov.yap ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον.
for ποὺ *are ‘ye they who _ speak, but the Spirit the Holy.

12 τπαραδώσει.δὲϊ! ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ
And *will *deliver *up *brother brother to death, and father
τέκνον" καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώ-
child ; and will rise *up children against parents, and will put to
σουσιν αὐτούς" 18 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ
death them. And ye will be hated by all onaccount of
ro-6vopa.pov' 0.08 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσε-
my name; but he who endures to [the] end, he shall be
ται. 14 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως "τὸ
saved. But when yesee the abomination ofthe desolation which
ε " « 4 \ ~ , I tg . ἥν ε ᾽ δ
ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου," 'ἱεστὸς᾽ ὕπου οὐ.δεὶ
was spoken οὗ by Daniel the prophet, standing where it should not
ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω" τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευ-
(he who reads let him understand), then those in Judwza let
yérwoay εἰς τὰ ὄρη: 15 ὁ Oe" ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ κατα-
them flee to themountains, 346 'and upon the housetop “ποὺ ‘let *him
, w ; 4 > / ll A x ᾽ , II YA » HH] ’
Barw sic THY οἰκίαν," μηδὲ *eloehOéTw' Yapat τι ἐκ
come down into the house, nor goin to take any thing out of
τῆς. οἰκίας. αὐτοῦ" 16 καὶ ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τῶν! μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω
his house ; andhethatin the field is let him not return
εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄραι τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ. 17 οὐαὶ. δὲ ταῖς
to the things behind to take his garment. But woe to those that

ἐν. γαστρὶ. ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς

are with child and to those that give suck in those

Mort Tet τὰ πως AE ee ee A eee
e€—yapt[tr]a. [ἐπ᾽ Ta. ὃ — καὶ ΤΊτΑ. h — καὶ T[Tr]A.

4 ἀκούετε ye hear of Tr
i— καὶ ταραχαί LTTr[ A].
2 καὶ ὅταν and when LTTra.

τ καὶ παραδώσει LTTrA.
t ἑστὼς EG; ἑστηκὸς L; ἑστηκότα ΤΊτΑ.

LTTrA.
ᾳ ἄν L.

χ εἰσελθάτω LTTr.

k ἀρχὴ abeginning yttr. Ἢ -- γὰρ for t[tr]a. πὸ πρῶτον δεῖ
ὁ ἄγωσιν GLTTrAW. Ρ --- μηδὲ μελετᾶτε [1|]τπττί Α].
5.-- τὸ (lee ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου G[L]TTra.

v — δὲ χ{{{τι]. ν--- εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν [L]T.

Υ τι ἄραι Tra. z— ὧν (read [18]} LTTr.

XIII. MARK.
ἡμέραις. 18 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ.γένηται "ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν"
days ! And pray that “may “ποῦ *be your *flight
~ μὴ A Cy , ? ~ 7, “
χειμῶνος. 19 ἔσονται- γὰρ αἱτήμεραι ἐκεῖναι θλίψις, οἵα
in winter; for *shall °be [‘in] those *days tribulation, such as
ov.yéyovey τοιαύτη ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως δῆς" ἔκτισεν ὁ
has ποῦ been thelike from(the] beginning οὗ creation which 2created
θεὸς ἕως τοῦ νῦν, Kai ob_un γένηται. 20 Kai εἰμὴ “κύριος
*God until now, and notatall shall be; and unless [the] Lord
ἐκολόβωσεν! τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ.ἂν. ἐσώθη πᾶσα caps"
had shortened the days, there would ποῦ havebeensaved any flesh;
ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ode ἐξελέξατο. ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς
but onaccount of the elect whom hechose, hehasshortened the
ἡμέρας. 21 Καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, “Ἰδού, ὧδε. ὁ
days. And then if anyonetoyou say, Behold, here [is]the
, en!] ἐδ ae eee g \ «ἢ 5 ἢ 22 ? On
Χριστος, 1) tOOU, EKEL, μὴ-πιστευσήτε. », ἐγερ σονται
Christ, or Behold, there, ye shall not believe [it]. “There *will *arise
ao" ἵψ δό yp ὃ ~ i δώ Ι -
ρ ευ οχοιστοι Kat €U οπροφηται, και θϑὐωσουσιν σημεια
for false ists and false prophets, and will give signs
καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν εἰ δυνατὸν "καὶ" τοὺς ἐκλεκ-
and wonders, to deceive if possible even the elect.
, « ~ cy , A 17 1 7, tc συ ,
τούς. 23 ὑεῖ δε βλέπετε" ἰδού, oes wide ὑμῖν πάντα.
ut*ye ‘take heed: lo, I have foretold to you all things,
24 ™ANX'! ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, μετὰ τὴν. θλίψιν ἐκείνην,
But in those days, after that tribulation,
« Jd 7 ‘ « 7 ? , X ,
ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, Kai ἡ σελήνη ov.dWoR τὸ φέγγος
the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give “light
αὐτῆς, 25 καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες "τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες."
ther ; and the stars ofthe heaven shall be falling out,
καὶ ai δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται.
and the powers which [are] ἢ the heavens shall be shaken ;
26 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν

h

and then shalltheysee the Son of man coming in
νεφέλαις μετὰ δυνάμεως “πολλῆς Kai δόξης." 27 Kai τότε
clouds with 2power great and glory; and then
ἀποστελεῖ Tovc.ayyéAoucPavrov,' καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς
he will send his angels, and will gather together

ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ! ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾽ ἄκρου
his elect from the four winds, from [the] extremity
ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ. 28 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε
of earth to [the] extremity of heaven. But from the fig-tree learn
‘4 4 = ev r > ~ ἠδ « γ᾿ i] t 4 ,
THY παραβολήν" ὅταν ταὐτῆς ἤδη ὁ κλάδος" ἁπαλὸς γένη-
the parable: when of it already the branch tender is be-
ται, καὶ "ἐκφυῇ! ra φύλλα, ἱγινώσκετε! bri ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος
come, and it puts forth the leaves, yeknow that near the summer
ἐστίν. 29 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς, ὅταν “ταῦτα ἴδητε" γινόμενα,
is. So also ye, when these things yesee coming to pass,
, au lA ? ? ‘ , ? bY , cn
γινώσκετε Ore ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 80 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
know that near itis, at [the] doors. Verily Isay to you,
OTL οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ. γενεὰ. αὕτη, μέχρις οὗ πάντα
that in no wise will have passed away this generation, until all

133

with child, and to
them that give suckin
those days! 18 And
pray ye that your
flight be not in the
winter. 19 Forin those
days shall be affliction,
such as was not from
the beginning of the
creation which God
created unto this
time, neither shall be.
20 And except that the
Lord had shortened
those days, no flesh
should be saved: bu-
for the elect’s sake.
whom he hath chosen,
he hath shortened the
days. 21 And then if
any man shall say to
you, Lo, here zs Christ ;
or, lo, he is there ; be-
lieve him not: 22 for
false Christs and false
prophets shall rise,
and shall shew signs
and wonders, to se-
duce, if it were pos-
sible, even the elect.
23 But take ye heed:
behold, I have foretold
you all things, 24 But
in those days, after
that tribulation, the
sun shall be darkened,
and the moon shall
not give her light,
25 and the stars of
heaven shall fall, and
the powers that are
in heaven shall be
shaken. 26 And then
shall they see the Son
of man coming in
the clouds with great
power and _ glory.
27 And then shail he
send his angels, and
shall gather together
his elect from the four
winds, from the utter-
most part of the earth
to the uttermost part
of heaven. 28 Now
learn a parable of the
fig tree; When her
branch is yet tender,
and putteth forth
leaves, ye know that
summer is near: 29 so
ye in like manner,
when ye shall see these
things come to pass,
know that it is nigh,
even at the dvors.
30 Verily I say unto
you, that this gene-
ration shall not pass,
till all these things be

ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (read it may not be) urtra. Ὁ ἣν LItr.
ἃ ἴδε ΤΊΤΑ. ε-- ἢ TA. {ἴδε LTTrA.
Β δὲ and T, i— ψευδόχριστοι καὶ A.
Ἰ-- ἰδού [{Πτττὰ. τὰ ᾿Αλλὰ LTTrA.
δόξης πολλῆς L. Ρ --- αὐτοῦ (read the angels) [u]rrra.
τ ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς LTr. 5 5 ἐκφύῃ EGT.
ταυτα LTTr. ¥ TavTa πᾶντα ΤΊΤΑ.

ς ἐκολόβωσεν κύριος τ.

& μὴ πιστεύετε believe [it] not euTTraw.
j ποιήσουσιν will work Ta.
0 ἔσονται ἐκ TOV οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες LTTrA.
4 — αὐτοῦ (read the elect) TTrra.
: γινώσκεται it is known A.

— καὶ T[Tr]a.

ο καὶ

ἃ ἔδητε

134

done, 31 Heaven and
earth shall pass away :
but my words shall
not pass away. 32 But
of that day and that
hour knoweth no man,
no, not the angels
which are in heaven,
neither the Son, but
the Father. 33 Takeye
heed, watch and pray:
for ye know not when
the time is. 34 For the
Son of man is as aman
taking a far journey,
who left his house, and
gave authority to his
servants, and to every
man his work, and
commanded the por-
terto watch. 35 Watch
ye therefore: for ye
know not when the
master of the house
cometh, at even, or at
midnight, or at the
cockcrowing, or in the
morning : 36 lest com-
ing suddenly he find
you sleeping. 37 And
what I say unto you I
say unto all, Watch.

XIV. After two days
was the feast of the
assover, and of un-
eavened bread: and
the chief priests and
the scribes sought how
they might take him
by craft, and put him
todeath. 2 But they
said, Not on the feast
day, lest there be an
uproar of the people.

3 And being in Beth-
any in the house of
Simon the leper, as he
sat at meat, there came
@ woman having an
alabaster box of oint-
ment οἵ spikenard
very precious ; and she
brake the box, and
poured it on his head,
4 And there were some
that had indignation
within themselves,
and said, Why was
this waste of the oint-
ment made? 5 for it
might have been sold
for more than three
hundred pence, and
have been given to the
poor. And they mur-
mured against her.
6 And Jesus said, Let
her alone; why trou-
ble ye her? she hath

ΜΆΡΚΟΣ. XIII, XIV.
ταῦτα" ἐνηται. 31 ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Ymape-
these things shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall

λεύσονται"" οἱ. δὲ. λόγοι. μου οὐ.“ μὴ" Υπαρέλθωσιν." 32 ἸΤερὶ. δὲ
pass away, but my words innowise shallpassaway. But concerning
τῆς ἡμέρας.ἐκείνης *Kai τῆς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ "οἱ Ay-
that day and the hour, noone knows, noteventhe an-
Π b ell ? ? ~ WANN Ce Se > ι £ ΄ ,
yerou' You! ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός, εἰ.-μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 33 Βλέπετε,
gels those in heaven, northe Son, but the Father. Take heed,
ἀγρυπνεῖτε “καὶ προσεύχεσθε," obx.oidare.yao πότε ὁ καιρός
watch and pray ; for ye know not whenthe time
ἐστιν. 34 ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος ἀφεὶς τὴν οἰκίαν
is} as aman going out of the country, leaving “house
αὐτοῦ, καὶ δοὺς τοῖς.δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ" ἑκάστῳ
this, and giving to his bondmen the authority, and toeachone
τὸ ἔργον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ θυρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο ἵνα ypnyooy.
his work, and *the *door-keeper ‘commanded that he should watch.
35 γρηγορεῖτε οὖν" οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὁ.κύριος τῆς οἰκίας
Watch therefore, for ye know not when the master of the house

ἔρχεται, “ὀψέ, ἢ ἱμεσονυκτίου," ἢ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ:

comes: atevening,or at midnight, or atcock-crowing, or morning;
36 μὴ ἐλθὼν ἐξαίφνης εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας. 37 δὰ" δὲ
lest coming suddenly he should find you sleeping. And what
ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, Τρηγορεῖτε.
toyou Isay, toall Isay, Watch.
ἋΣ A 4 , \ Ay » Ay ,
14 "Hyd τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὰ ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο

Now it was the passover and the [feast of] unleavened bread after two
ἡμέρας" Kai ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς πῶς
days. And ’were ®seeking ‘the *chief*priests *and *the scribes how
αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες ἀποκτείνωσιν" 2 ἔλεγον "δέ,"
him by guile gettingholdof they might kill(him). 7*They °said ‘but,
Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε ἰθύόρυβος ἔσται! τοῦ λαοῦ.
Not in the feast, lest a tumult there shall be of the people.
3 Kai ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ
And *being the in Bethany, in the house ofSimon the
λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου.αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλά-
leper, as he reclined {at table], *came ‘a*woman having an ala-

βαστρον μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς" ‘kai! συν-
baster flask of ointment of *nard ‘pure of great price ; and having

τρίψασα ‘76! ἀλάβαστρον, κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ “xara! τῆς
broken the alabaster flask, she poured [it] “*his ton
κεφαλῆς. 4 ἦσαν.δέὲ τινες ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς, “Kai
head. And *were ‘some indignant within themselves, and
λέγοντες," Eig τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν ;
saying, For what *this *waste “of *the Sointment *has been made?
5 ἠδύνατο.γὰρ τοῦτο ° πραθῆναι ἐπάνω τριακοσίων
for it was possible [for] this tohave beensold forabove three hundred
δηναρίων," καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" Kai “ἐνεβριμῶντο"

W παρελεύσεται GW.

an angel a.
either Trra.
θόρυβος TTrA.
LYTra,.
τριακοσίων LTTrAW.

k — καὶ TA.
" — καὶ λέγοντες T[Tr]A.

denarii, and tohave been given tothe poor. And they murmured
? ~ « 1? ~ » ? U , ᾽ “ ,
αὐτῇ. 6 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Agere αὑτὴν" τί αὐτῷ κοπους
at her. But Jesus said, Let alone ‘her; whytoher trouble
_ *— pH Tra. Υ παρελεύσονται TIrA. 7 ἣ OY GLTTrAW. δ ἄγγελος
b — οἱ TTrA. © — καὶ προσεύχεσθε LT[Tr]A. 4—xatLitra,, .6.- ἢ
μεσονύκτιον TTrA. & ὃ LTTrA. h yap for LTTrA. i ἔσται

l τὸν LEW 3 τὴν TrA, m — κατὰ (read αὐτοῦ on his)
° + τὸ μύρον Ointment GLTTraW. P δηναρίων
4 ἐνεβριμοῦντο T.

XIV. MARK.

παρεχετε; καλὸν ἔργον "εἰργάσατο" “εἰς ἐμέ." 7 πάντοτε.γὰρ
do yecause? agood work she wrought towards me. For always
τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ὅταν θέλητε δύνασθε
the poor yehave with you, and whenever ye desire ye are able
ἰαὐτοὺς" eb-moujoar ἐμὲ.δὲ ob πάντοτε ἔχετε. 8 ὃ Yeiyer'!
*them lto?do good; butme not always yehave. What could
“arn, ἐποίησεν. προέλαβεν μυρίσαι “μου.τὸ.σῶμα" εἰς

1886, she did. She came beforehand to anoint my body for
τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν. 9 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὕπου. ἂν _KnovyOy
the burial. Verily Isay toyou, Wheresoever shall beproclaimed
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον “τοῦτο! εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον, Kai ὃ ἐποίησεν

this glad tidings in ?whole'the world, also what *has *done

αὕτη λαληθήσεται εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς.

‘this [?woman] shall be spoken of for ἃ memorial of her.

10 Kai °6"Ioddac 6" Φ᾿Ισκαριώτης," 1 εἷς τῶν δώδεκα,
And Judas the Iscariote, one ofthe twelve,
ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα “παραδῷ advror'
went away to the chief priests, that hemightdeliverup him
αὐτοῖς. 11 Οἱ. δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν, Kai ἐπηγγείλαντο
tothem. Andthey having heard rejoiced, and promised

καὶ ἐζήτει πῶς [εὐκαίρως αὐτὸν

αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι"
And hesought how ‘conveniently ‘him

shim oney 1to *give,
παραδῷ."
"he *might ‘deliver “ἪΡ.
12 Kai τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα
And on the first day of unleavened [bread], when the passover
ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Τοῦ θέλεις

theykilled, “say ‘*to*him "his ?disciples, Where desirest thou [that]
ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν ἵνα φάγῃς τὸ πάσχα; 18 Kai
going we should prepare that thou mayest eat the passover ? And

ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε
he sends forth two of his disciples, and says tothem, Go

εἰς THY πόλιν" καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος
into the city, and *will*meet ‘you la "man apitcher of water
βαστάζων: ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ, 14 καὶ O7ov-Sédy' εἰσέλθῃ,

carrying ; follow him; and wherever he may enter,
εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, Ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, Ποῦ
say to the master of the house, The teacher says, Where

? x , h
ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα

ὕπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν.μου
is the guest-chamber

where the passover with my disciples

φάγω; 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει ἱἀνώγεον" μέγα ἐστρω-
I may eat? and he Syou ‘will *shew an upper room large, fur-
μένον ξἕτοιμον." let! ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν. 16 Kai ἐξῆλθον ot

nished ready. There prepare for us. And went away
δ Τὴ ᾽ ὌΠ Vie ? \ , ‘ = "
μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εὗρον καθὼς
his disciples, and came into the city, and found as

εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Kai ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 17 Kai ὀψίας
he had said tothem, and they prepared the passover. And evening
γενομένης ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 18 Kai ἀνακειμένων
being come hecomes with the twelve. And as *were *reclining

τ ἠργάσατοτ. 5 ἐν ἐμοί tO Me ΟἸΤΤΓΑΥ.
GLTTraW. * — αὕτη (read εἶχεν she could) [u]Jt[Tr]a.
and (verily) [L]ttra. Z ἐὰν TA.
LTTraw. © Ἰσκαριώθ TA. d + 6 the TTrA.
{αὐτὸν εὐκαίρως παραδοῖ LITrA; αὐτὸν εὐκ. παραδῷ W.
guest-chamber) [xn ]rtra. 1 ἀνάγαιον GLTTrAW.
there ττὰ ; κἀκεῖ T. m — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [Tr].

& ἂν {πτὰ.

t αὐτοῖς LTrA ; — αὐτοὺς T.

* τὸ σῶμά μου LTr.
85. — τοῦτο (read the glad tidings) [1 ]rtra.
© παραδοῖ αὐτὸν L; αὐτὸν παραδοῖ ΤΊτΑ.

k [ἕτοιμον L.

135

wrought a good work
onme. 7 For ye have
the poor with you
always, and whenso-
ever ye will ye may do
them good: but me
ye have not always.
8 She hath done what
she could: she is come
aforehand to anoint
my body to the bury-
ing. 9 Verily I say
unto you, Wheresoever
this gospel shall be
preached throughout
the whole world, this
also thatshe hath done
shall be spoken of for
ὃ. Memorial of her.

10 And Judas Isca-
riot, one of the twelve,
went unto the chief
priests, to betray him
unto them. 11 And
when they heard it,
they were glad, and
promised to give him
money. And hesought
how he might con-
veniently betray him.

12 And the first da
of unleavened bread,
when they killed the
passover, his disciples
said unto him, Where
wilt thou that we go
and prepare that thou
mayest eat the pass-
over? 13 And he send-
eth forth two of his
disciples, and saith
unto them, Go ye into
the city, and there
shall meet you a man
bearing a pitcher of
water: follow him.
14 And wheresoever
he shall go in, say ye
to the goodman of the
house, The Master
saith, Wheres is the
guestchamber, where
I shall eat the pass-
over with my disciples?
15 And he will shew
youa large upper room
furnished and pre-

pared: there make
ready for us. 16 And
his disciples went

forth, and came into
the city, and found as
he had said unto them:
and they made ready
the passover. 17 And
in theevening he com-
eth with the twelve.
18 And as they satand
did eat, Jesus said,

bh + μον (read my
lat ἐκεῖ and

190

Verily I say unto you,
One of you which eat-
eth with me shall be-
tray me. 19 And the

began to be sorro
and to say unto him
one by one, Js it 1?
and another said, 78
it 1? 20 And he an-
swered and said unto
them, Jt is one of the
twelve, that dippeth
with me in the dish.
21 The Son of man in-
deed goeth, as it is
written of him: but
woe to that man by
whom the Son of man
is betrayed! good were
it for that man if he
had never been born.

22 And as they did
eat, Jesus took bread,
and blessed, and brake
it, and gave to them,
and said, Take, eat:
thisismy body. 23 And
he took the cup, and
when he had given
thanks, he gave tt to
them: and they all
drank of it. 24 And
he said unto them,
This is my blood of
the new testament,
which is shed _ for
many. 25 Verily I say
unto you, I will drink
nomore of the fruit of
the vine, until that
day that I drink it
new in the kingdom
of God.

26 And when they
had sung an hymn,
they went out into
the mount of Olives.
27 And Jesus saith
unto them, All ye
shall be offended ‘be-
cause of me this night:
for it is written, I will
smite the shepherd,
and the sheep shall be
scattered, 28 But after
that I am risen, I will
go before you into
Galilee. 29 But Peter
said unto him, Al-
though all shall be
offended, yet will not
1, 30 And Jesus saith
unto him, Verily I say
unto thee, That this

MAPKOX&. XI1y.

αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσθιόντων "πεῖπεν ὁ ᾿Ι[ησοῦς," ᾿Αμὴν λέγω

(tat Stable] *they and wereeating “said Jesus, Verily Isay

ὑμῖν, ore εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με, ὁ ἐσθίων per ἐμοῦ.
to you, that one of you _ will deliver up me, who is eating with me.

19 901.68" ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, Kai λέγειν αὐτῷ, εἷς Ῥκαθ᾽ εἷς,

And they began to be grieved, and tosay tohim, one by one,
Μή τι ἐγώ ; «Καὶ ἄλλος, Μή τι ἐγώ ;" 20 Ὁ δὲ ᾿ἀπο-
{Is it] 1? And another, {Is it] 1? But he an-
κριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. Εἴς "ἐκὶ τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ ἐμβαπτό-
swering said tothem, [Τὺ 158] one of the twelve, who is dip-
7 AP. ~ t ᾽ ‘A a’ , v « ea ~ ?» ,
μενος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον. 21 ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
ping with me _ in the dish. The Sindeed *Son 3o0f Sman
ὑπάγει, καθὺς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ" οὐαὶ. δὲ τῷ
+z0e8, as it has been written concerning him; but woe

« er ~ ? , ΄ .
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον παραδίδοται

2 , ? , ?
avOpwrwixeivy dv οὗ
of man is delivered up ;

to that man by whom the Son
\ w,,, ll > x > ᾽ ? , eg ~
καλὸν Way αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ. ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος.

good wereit for him if “had *not *been Sborn ‘that *man.
22 Kai ἐσθιόντων.αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἄρτον,
And as they were eating, *having “taken 1 Jesus a loaf,

εὐλογήσας ἐκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς. καὶ εἶπεν, Λάβετε,
having blessed hebrake, ἅτ gave tothem, and = said, Take,
Yoayere’" τοῦτό ἐστιν τσ ὉΠ ΠΟ, 23 Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ"
eat 3 this is my body And having taken the
ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς" Kai ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ
cup, having given thanks he gave tothem, andthey*drank*of ‘it
πάντες" 24 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ. αἵμά.μου τὸ"

tall. And hesaid tothem, ‘This is my blood that
τῇ b ~ tl ὃ θ , , ς ry λλ ~ ? , Π

1¢ "καινῆς" διαθῆηκης, τὸ “περὶ πολλῶν εκχυνομέγον.
of the new covenant, which for many is poured out.
25 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ-μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ

Verily Isay ὕο you, that not any more in any wise willI drink of the
ἀγεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς. ἡμέρας. ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ
fruit of the vine, until that day when it

πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.
Idrink new in the kingdom of God.
26 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ἐλαιῶν.
And having sung ἃ hymn they went out to the mount of Olives.

27 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε
And *says *to *them 1Jesus, All ye will be offended

ety ἐμοὶ" fy ryvuKrirabry’' ὕτι γέγραπται, Πατάξω τὸν
in me in this night ; for it has been written, I will smite the

ποιμένα, καὶ ἔδιασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα." 28 ᾿Αλλὰ

shepherd, and _ will be scattered abroad the sheep. But
pera τὸὺ.ἐγερθῆναί.με. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν.
after my arising, I will go before you into Galilee.

29 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἔφη αὐτῷ, Kai εἰ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται
ρ ῆ ῳ 1) ᾽

But Peter said tohim, Evenif all shall be offended,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ae 30 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, analy λέγω σοι,
yet not LI. And %says *to*him ‘Jesus, 6

rily [587 to thee,

0 6 ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν TA.
ἄλλος, My τι ἐγώ ; TTr.
t + rv χεῖρα the hand 1.

Υ — φάγετε GLTTrAW.

ς ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον L; ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν τῦτα.
© — ἐν ἐμοὶ TTrA.
τὰ πρόβατα L; τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται TTrA.

fu] τ{τι]ᾶ.
Ὁ — καινῆς TTrA.
ματος TTrAW.

ο — Oi δὲ (read ἤρξαντο they began) τὰ. Ρ κατὰ ΤΑ. 4 -- καὶ
τ--- ἀποκριθεὶς LTTrA. 8 ἐκ (read τῶν of the) T[Tr].
v + ὅτι for T[TrJA. w — ἦν (Letra. x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς
1 — τὸ (read a cup) LTTrA. & — τὸ [L]TA.
4 γενή-
- ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ [L]ttraW. 8 διασκορπισθήσονται
h Ec καὶ Tra.

χτν: MARK.
ore’ σήμερον Jévy τῇ νυκτὶ ταυτῃ,! πρὶν ἢ δὶς ἀλέκτορα
that to-day in this night, before pri twice [the] cock

φωνῆσαι, τρὶς *arapynoy με." 31 Ὁ δὲ ἱἐκ. περισσοῦ ἔλεγεν
crow, thrice thou wilt deny me, But he eueleumantly? *said

μᾶλλον," "Edy με δέῃ!" συναποθανεῖν σοι, οὐ.μή σε
the *more, If it were nee for me to die with thee, in no wise thee

πἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὡσαύτως. δὲ καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον.
will I deny. Andinlike manneralso “all “they ‘spake,

32 Kai ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον °ob τὸ" ὄνομα ῬΓεθσημανῆ""
And theycome to aplace οὗ whichthe name Cis] Geths nee

καὶ λέγει τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Καθίσατε ὧδε, ἕως προσεύξω-

and he says to his disciples, Sit here, while I shall
μαι. 33 te παραλα Paver τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Irov" ᾿ΙΓάκωβον
pray. he t: Peter and James

καὶ ἜΡΟΝ τμεθ᾽ satire." Kai ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ
and John with him ; and he began to be greatly amazed and

ἀδημονεῖν. 84 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἸΠερίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-ψυχή-μου
deeply depressed. And hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul

ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε. 35 Kai ὅπροελ-
evento death; remain here and watch. And haying Bone

θὼν" μικρὸν ἱἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ
forward a little hefell upon ee earth, and prayed that, if

δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ ax’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα. 86 Kai ἔλεγεν,
possible it ἘΠ aight pass from him the hour, And hesaid,

᾿Αββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ, πάντα δυνατά cou παρένεγκε τὸ ποτή-
Abba, Hakher; all things [are] Bonsitle to thee; take away 2cup

ριον Yar’ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο" ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ.
Ξέγοα *me ‘this; but notwhat Ζ will, but what thou.

37 Kai ἔρχεται καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας" καὶ λέγει τῷ

And hecomes and finds them sleeping. And he says
Πέτρῳ, Σίμων, καθεύδεις; οὐκιἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρη-
to Peter, Simon, sleepest thou? wast thou not able one hour

γορῆσαι; 38 γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ πεἰσέλθητε!
watch ? Watch and pray, that ye enter not

εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ.δὲ σὰρξ
into temptation. The 7indeed ‘spirit ready, but the flesh

ἀσθενής. 39 Kai πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο, τὸν αὐτὸν
weak. And again having goneaway heprayed, “the *same
λόγον εἰπών. 40 Kai τὑποστρέψας᾽ εὗρεν αὐτοὺς Yraduy'
“thing ‘saying. And having returned hefound them again
καθεύδοντας" ἦσαν.γὰρ *ot.6¢0adpoi.aiTay' "βεβαρημένοι,"
sleeping, for *were 1their eyes heavy ;
7ὃ θαὐτῷ ἀποκριθῶσιν." 41 Καὶ ἔ
καὶ eet ed τί αὐυτῷῳ απόκρι ωσιν. αι EPXETAL
and mney ewnot what *him ‘they “should *answer. And he comes

τὸ τρίτον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ" λοιπὸν καὶ

[15]

the third time, and says to them, Sleep on now and
? 7 > , Zz « “ = ? ’, ΄,
ἀναπαύεσθες. ἀπέχει ἦλθεν ἡ wpa ἰδού, παραδίδοται
take Or rest. It is enough; has come the hour; lo, Sis *delivered 7up

ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. 42 ἐγεί-
‘the *Son Sof*man into the hands of sinners, Rise,

ρεσθε, ἄγωμεν᾽ ἰδού, ὁ παραδιδούς μὲ “ἤγγικεν."
let us go; behold, he who isdelivering up me has drawn near,

i+ σὺ thouGLtTrraw. Jj ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ LTTrA.
ἐλάλει LTTrA. τῷ δέῃ μεῖττ. ἅ ἀπαρνήσωμαι T.
GLITrAW. τ μετ᾽ αὑτοῦ LITrA. 5 προσελθὼν Tr.
*@AOnTeTA. 1 πάλιν ἐλθὼν again coming La ; ἐλθὼν Tr.
MOLT. 5 καταβαρυνόμενοι ΤΊΤΑΥ. » ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ LITrAW.

οὗ τ,
ἵ ἔπιπτεν ΤΑ.

Χ με ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTraw.
P Τεθσημανεῖ LITrAW.
Y τοῦτο ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ LTTraw.
Υ --- πάλιν LTrA.
©—70 LTrAW.

id7
day, even in this niznt
before the cock crow
twice, thou shalt deny
me thrice. 31 But he
spake the more vehe-
mently, If I should die
with thee, I will not
deny thee in any wise.
Likewise also said
they all.

32 And they came to
a place which was
named Gethsemane:
and he saith to his
disciples, Sit ye here,
while I shall pray.
33 And he taketh with
him Peter and Jaines
and John, and began
to be sore amazed,
and to be very heavy ;
34 and saith unto
them, My soul is ex-
ceeding sorrowful un-
to death: tarry ye here,
and watch. 35 And he
went forward a little,
and fell on the ground,
and prayed that, if it
were possible, the hour
might pass from him,
36 And he said, Abba,
Father, all things are
possible unto thee;
take away this cup
from me: nevertheless
not what I will, but
what thou wilt. 37 And
he cometh, and find-
eth them = sleeping,
and saith unto Peter
Simon, sleepest thou?
couldest not thou
watch one hour?
38 Watch ye and pray,
lest ye enter into temp-
tation. The spirit
truly is ready, but the
flesh is weak. 39 And
again he went away,
and prayed, and spake
the same words. 40 And
when he returned, he
found them asleep a-
gain, (for their eyes
were heavy,) neither
wist they what to an-
swer him. 41 And he
cometh the third time,
and saith unto them,
Sleep on now, and
take your rest: it is
enough, the hour is
come ; behold, the Son
of manis betrayed into
the hands of sinners.
42 Rise up, let us go;
lo, he that betrayeth
me is at hand.

| ἐκπερισσῶς
4 — τὸν

: αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ-
ἀ γγισενῖ.

198

43 And immediately,
while ~he yet spake,
cometh Judas, one of
the twelve, and with
him a great multi-
tude with swords and
staves, from the chief
priests and the scribes
and the elders. 44 And
he that betrayed him
had given them a
token, saying, Whom-
soever I shall kiss, that
same is he; take him,
and lead him away
safely. 45 And as soon
as he was come, he
gooth straightway to
him, andsaith, Master,
master; and kissed
him, 46 And they laid
their hands on him,
and took him. 47 And
one of them that stood
by drew a sword, and
smote a servant of the
high priest, and cut off
hisear. 48 And Jesus
answered and_ said
unto them, Are ye
come out, as against
a thief, with swords
and with staves to take
me? 49 I was daily
with you in the tem-
ple teaching, and ye
took me not: but the
seriptures must be ful-
filled. 50 And they all
forsook him, and fled.
51 And there followed
him a certain young
man, having a linen
cloth cast about his
naked body; and the
young men laid hold
on him : 52 and he left
the linen cloth, and
fied from them naked.

53 And they led Je-
sus away to the high
priest: and with him
were assembled all the
chief priests and the
elders and the scribes.
54 And Peter followed
him afar off, even into
the palace of the high
priest : and hesat with
the servants, and
warmed himself at the
fire. 55 And the chief
priests and all the
council sought for wit-

MA BK Os. XIV.

43 Kai “εὐθέως" ἔτι αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος παραγίνεται £ Τού-
And immediately *yet ‘as *he “15 speaking, comes up Ju-

6ac®, εἷς *Ov' τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ὄχλος ἱπολὺς!

das, "one ‘being ofthe twelve, and with him a*crowd ‘great,
μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai τῶν
with swords and staves, from the _ chiefpriests and _ the
, \ k ~ 1] , 44 ὃ ὃ , δὲ ε
γοαμματεων και “Των T PEO, UTEPWY. EOWKELOE ο
scribes and the elders. Now “had ®given 'he who
‘ ? \ ] ’ ll > - , - n
παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ‘ovaonpoy' αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὃν ἂν
°was *delivering °up δῃΐτη a sign tothem, saying, Whomsoever

φιλήσω αὐτός ἐστιν κρατήσατε αὐτόν, Kai π᾿ἀπαγάγετε"
Ishallkiss *he lis ; seize him, and lead [him] away
ἀσφαλῶς. 45 Kai ἐλθών, “εὐθέως" προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει,
safely. And being come, immediately comingup to him he says,
™PaBBi, papi" καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 46 Οἱ.δὲ οσἐπέβαλον"
Rabbi, Rabbi; and ardently kissed him. And they laid
Pén’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν," καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 47 Eic.dé
upon him “7hands ‘their, and seized him. But “one
Aric! TOY παρεστηκότων σπασάμενος THY μάχαιραν
1a 2certain of those standing by, haying drawn the sword
ἔπαισεν τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ
struck the bondman ofthe highpriest and _ took off his
τὠτίον." 48 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὥς ἐπὶ
ear. And answering 1Jesus said tothem, As against
λῃστὴν "ἐξήλθετε" μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με;
arobber areyecome out with swords and staves totake me?
49 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων, Kai
Daily Iwas with you in the temple teaching, and
οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με’ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί.
ye did not seize me: _ but [1ὖ 15] ὑπαῦ *may *be ‘fulfilled *the *scriptures.
50 Kai ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἱπάντες ἔφυγον." 51 Kai "εἷς τις
And leaving him all fled. And one a certain
νεανίσκος" YnKodovbe' αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ
young man was following him, having cast a linen cloth about
υμνοῦ" καὶ κρατοῦσιν αὐτὸν “οἱ νεανίσκοι" 52 ὁ.δὲ
[118] naked [body]; and 4seize Shim ‘the “young “men, but he,
καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα γυμνὺς ἔφυγεν "ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν."
leaving behind the linen cloth, *naked fled from them.
58 Kai ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα" καὶ
And they led away Jesus to the high priest. And
συνέρχονται Ταὐτῷ᾽ πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ “πρεσβύτεροι
there come together to him all the chief priests and the elders
‘ € eal (| 54 K ‘ ἡ Πέ ? 4 0 ? Xx ees
και OL γραμματεις. αι OLLETPOC απὸ μάακρο V NKOAOU
and the scribes, And Peter from afar off fol-
θησεν αὐτῷ ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ ἦν
lowed him asfaraswithinto the court ofthe ΒΙρἪ ρυϊθδῦ; and he was
“cuykalnpevoc' μετὰ THY ὑπηρετῶν, Kai θερμαινόμενος πρὸς
sitting with the officers, and warming himself at
76! φῶς. 55 Οἱ.δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον ἐζήτουν
the fire. And the chief priests and “whole 'the sanhedrim sought
(lit. light).

ὃ εὐθὺς LTTrA.
i — πολὺς [L]TTrA.

ῥαββεί 1; ῥαββεί [ῥαββεί) a.
ut:

9 — τις LTrAW.

Tra.
ἃ νεανίσκος TLS LTr.

¥ — οἱ νεανίσκοι (read they seize) LTTrA.
2 γραμματεῖς Kal οἱ πρεσβύτεροι L.

f+ o LTraw.

& + ὃ ᾿Ισκαριώτης Iscariote La[Tr]a. h — ὧν LTTr[ A].

1 σύνσημον 1. ™ ἀπάγετε LTTrA. 2 “PaBBé Ltr ;

° ἐπέβαλαν 1. Ρ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν 1,; τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ

τ ὠτάριον LTTrA. 5 ἐξήλθατε LTTrAW. ἵΦδἔφυγον πάντες TTrA.

¥ συνηκολούθει was following with Lrtra; ἠκολούθησεν followed w.

x — an’ αὐτῶν [L]TTr. Υ — αὐτῷ τ.
b— χὸ Ἑ.

k — τῶν 1.

ἃ συνκαθήμενος T.

ΧΙΥ. MARK.

κατὰ τοῦ Inoov μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" Kai οὐχ
against Jesus testimony, to put to death him, and ποῦ
ἀεὕρισκον 56 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐψευδομαρτύρουν Kar αὐτοῦ,
‘did find [any]. For many bore false testimony against him,

καὶ ἴσαι ai μαρτυρίαι οὐκ.ἦσαν. 57 καί τινες ἀναστάντες
and alike their testimonies were ποῦ, And some having risen up

ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὅ8 Ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσα-

bore false testimony against him, saying, We heard
μεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν.ναὸν. τοῦτον TOY
him saying, I will destroy this temple the

χειροποίητον, Kai διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον
1016] made with hands, and in three days another notmade withhands
οἰκοδομήσω. 59 Kai οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ-μαρτυρία.αὐτῶν.
I will build. And neither thus. alike was their testimony.
60 Kai ἀναστὰῤξῤΛ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς *70' μέσον ἐπηρώτησεν
And ‘*having stood δὰ} ‘the “high *priest in the midst questioned
τὸν Ἰησοῦν, λέγων, Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὗτοί σου
Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? What ?these ‘thee
καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 61 Ὁ.δὲ ἐσιώπα, καὶ ἰοὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο."
testify “against ? But he was silent, and nothing answered.
Πάλιν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ
Again the high priest was questioning him, and says tohim, *Thou
εἶ ὁ χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; 62 ‘O.dé. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν,
lart the Christ, the Son ofthe blessed? And Jesus said,
> , : ‘ Ἢ ‘ ey ~ > , ,

Ἐγώ εἰμι. καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δκαθήμενον
1 am. And ye shall see the Son of man sitting
ἐκ δεξιῶν" τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν
at [the] right hand of power, and coming with the clouds
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 63'O.dé ἀρχιερεὺς διαῤῥήξας τοὺς. χιτῶνας. αὐτοῦ

of the heaven. Andthe high priest having rent his garments
λέγει, Τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων ; 64 ἠκούσατε *rij¢
says, Whatany more need have we of witnesses? Ye heard the
βλασφημίας"" τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; Ot.d& πάντες κατέκριναν
blasphemy : what ?to*you ‘appears? And they all condemned
avrov'teivar ἔνοχον" θανάτου. 65 Kai ἤρξἕαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν

him tobe deserving of death. And began ‘some to spit upon
αὐτῷ, καὶ περικαλύπτειν “ro.rodcwrov.abTov,' Kai κολα-
him, and to cover up his face, and to buf-
φίξειν αὐτόν, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, ΠΠροφήτευσον᾽ καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται
et him, and tosay tohim, Prophesy ; and the officers
ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν πἔβαλλον."

with the palm of the hand *him 4struck.
66 Kai ὄντος τοῦ Πέτρου πὲν τῇ αὐλῇ κάτω," ἔρχεται μία
And *being Peter in the court below, comes one
τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, 67 Kai ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον
of the maids of the high priest, and = seeing Peter
θερμαινόμενον, ἐμβλέψασα αὐτῷ λέγει. Kai od μετὰ Tov
warming himself, having lookedat him says, And thou “with “the
Ναζαρηνοῦ “Ἰησοῦ ἦσθα." 68 ‘0.dé ἠρνήσατο, λέγων, POLK!
*Nazarene 5Jesus wast. But he denied, saying, ΞΝοῦ
olda “οὐδὲ" ἐπίσταμαι ττί σὺ" λέγεις. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω
ἍΤ *know noreven understand what thou sayest. And he went forth out

d ηὕρισκον LTrA. e — τὸ (read [the]) GLTTraw.
δεξιῶν καθήμενον GLITrAW. h τὴν βλασφημίαν L.
πρόσωπον ΤΊτΑ.
ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ TTrA.
nor LTTraw.

ο ἦσθα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA.
τ σὺ τί LTTrA.

f οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδεν TTr.
1 ἔνοχον εἶναι TTrA.

m ἔβαλον w ; ἔλαβον (read received him with buffets) Lrtra.

P οὔτε neither (know I) LT?ra.

139
ness against Jesus to
put him todeath ; and
found none. 56 For
many bare false wit-
ness against him, but
their witness agreed
not together. 57 And
there: arose certain,
and bare false witness
against him, saying,
58 We heard him say,
I will destroy this
temple that is made
with hands, and with-
in three days I will
build another made
without hands. 59 But
neither so did their
witness agree together.
60 And the high priest
stood up in the midst,
and asked Jesus, say-
ing, Answerest thou
nothing ? what is it
which these witness
against thee? 61 But
he held his peace, and
answered nothing. A-
gain the high priest
asked him, and said
unto him, Art thou
the Christ, the Son of
the Blessed? 62 And
Jesus said, lam: and
ye shall see the Son of
man sitting on the
right hand of power,
and coming in the
clouds of heaven.
63 Then the high priest
rent his clothes, and
saith, What need we
any further witnesses?
64 Ye have heard
the blasphemy: what
think ye? And they
all condemned him to
be guilty of death.
65 And some began to
spit on him, and to
cover his face, and to
buffet him, and to say
unto him, Prophesy :
and the servants did
strike him with the
palms of their hands.

66 And as Peter was
beneath in the palace,
there cometh one of
the maids of the high
priest: 67 and when
shesaw Peter warming
himself, she looked up-
on him, and said, And
thou also wast with
Jesus of Nazareth.
68 But he denied, say-
ing, I know not, nei-
ther understand I
what thousayest. And
he went out into the

Ξ ἐκ
k > a“ x

αὐτοῦ TO
2 κάτω
οὔτε

140
porch; and the cock
crew. 69 And a maid

saw him again, and
began to say to them
that stood by, This is
one of them. 70 And
he denied it again.
And a little ‘ after,
they that stood by said
again to Peter, Surely
thou art one of them:
for thou art a Gali-
lwan, and thy speech
agreeth thereto. 71 But
he began to curse and
to swear, saying, I
know not this man
of whom ye _ speak.
72 And the second time
the cock crew. And
Peter called to mind
the word that Jesus
said unto him, Before
the cock crow twice,
thou shalt deny me
thrice. And when he
thought thereon, he
wept.

XV. And straight-
way in the morning
the chief priests held
a consultation with
the elders and scribes
and the whole council,
and bound Jesus, and
carried him away,
and delivered him to
Pilate. 2And Pilate
asked him, Art thou
the king of the Jews ?
And he answering said
unto him, Thou sayest
vi. 3And the chief
priests accused him
of many things: but
he answered nothing.
4 And Pilate asked
him again, saying, An-
swerest thou nothing ?
behold how many
things they witness a-
gainst thee. 5 But
Jesus yet answered
nothing ; so that Pi-
late marvelled. 6Now
at that feast he re-
leased unto them one
prisoner, whomsoever
they desired. 7 And
there was one named
Barabbas, which lay
bound with them that
had made insurrection
with him, who had
committed murder in
theinsurrection, 8 And
the multitude crying
aloud began to desire
him to do as he had
ever done unto them,

MAPKO¥X. XIV, XV
εἰς TO προαύλιον" "καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν." 69 Kai ἡ παιδίσκη
into the porch, and a cock crew. And the maid

~ ‘ ΄ ~ ‘ e
ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἱπάλιν ἤρξατο" λέγειν τοῖς “παρεστηκόσιν. Ὅτι
standing by,

seeing him again began to say to those

οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν. 70 ὋὉ.δὲ πάλιν ἠρνεῖτο. Καὶ μετὰ

This [016] Ὁ *them lis. Andhe again denied. And after

μικρὸν πάλιν οἱ παρεστῶτες ἔλεγον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς

a little again those’ standing by said to Peter, Truly
ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ: καὶ.γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος ei, “καὶ ἡ λαλιά

from among them thou art, for both a Galilean thouart, and 2speech

σου ὁμοιάζει." 71 Ὃ.δὲ ἤρξατο ἀναθεματίζειν καὶ “ὀμνύειν ."
1thy agrees. But he began to curse and to swear,

“Ort οὐκ.οῖδα τὸν. ἄνθρωπον. τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε. 72 Ka’
I know not this man whom ye speak of, And

éx.deuTépou ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. Kai ἀνεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος *rot

the second time ἃ cock crew. And *remembered ‘Peter the

ῥήματος οὗ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ 6’Inoove, Ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα
word that said %to *him 1 Jesus, Before (the] cock
~ ‘ ΄ὔ ΄ ‘ > ‘
"φωνῆσαι δὶς" ἀπαρνήσῃ pe τρίς"" καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν
crow twice thou wilt deny me thrice; and haying thought thereon
ἔκλαιεν.
he wept.

15 Kai “εὐθέως" ἐπὶ τὸ" πρωΐ συμβούλιον ἐποιήσαντες"

And immediately in the morning °a ’counsel *having °formed

οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων
‘the *chief *priests with the elders

ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον, δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήνεγκαν Kai

’whole ‘the sanhedrim, having bound Jesus carried [him] away and

παρέδωκαν Srp! "Πιλάτῳ." 2 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ

καὶ γραμματέων καὶ
and scribes and

delivered up [him] to Pilate. And 7questioned shim
ἸΠιλάτος.. Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν “lovdaiwy; ‘O88 ἀπο-
Pilate, 5Thou ‘art the King of the Jews? And he an-

κριθεὶς Ἰεῖπεν αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 3 Kai κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ
said tohim, Thou sayest. And ‘were °accusing “him ‘the

swering

ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά" 4 ὁ δὲ ᾿ἸΠιλάτος" πάλιν ξξπηρώτησεν»" αὐτόν,
“chief “priests urgently. And Pilate again questioned him,
Néywry,' Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν ; OE, πόσα σου

saying, Auswerest thou nothing? See, of how many things ‘thee
™cearapaptupovowy.' 5 Ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι.οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη,
‘they *witness “ἀρ αἰπύ, But Jesus ποῦ any more any thing answered,
wore θαυμάζειν τὸν "Πιλάτον." 6 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν ἀπέλυεν
so that *wondered Pilate. Now at [the] feast he released

? ~ « , οἱ ᾽᾿ ~ ll i x δὲ ς λὶ ,
avuTotc Eva δέσμιον, OVTED YTOVVTO. 7 QV. ο ξγο-
tothem one prisoner, whomsoever they asked. And there was the [one] call-
μενος BapaBBac pera τῶν Ῥσυστασιαστῶν" δεδεμένος,
ed Barabbas with the associates in insurrection bound,
οἵτινες ἐν τῇ στάσει φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. 8 Kai ἀναβοήσας"!

who in the insurrection murder had committed. And crying out
ὁ ὄχλος καθὼς "ἀεὶ" ἐποίει αὐτοῖς
the crowd as always hedid tothem,

a”

ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι

gan to beg [him to do}

5" [καὶ ἀλέκτωρ angle
* — καὶ ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει LTTrA.
* τὸ ῥῆμα ὡς LTTrA ; TO ῥήμα ὃ W.
d — ἐπὶ τὸ (read mpwit early) LTTr[A].

© εὐθὺς TTrA,

& — τῷ LTTra.

κ ἐπηρώτα ΤΊτΑ.
ὁ Ov παρῃτοῦντο T.

τήρξατο πάλιν Τ; --- πάλιν A. Υ παρεστῶσιν ΤΊτΑ.

X ὀμνύναι GLITrAW. Υ + εὐθὺς immediately ΠΤ τ.

2 δὶς φωνῆσαι LTrA. b χρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ LTA,

6 ἑτοιμάσαντες τ. £ 4+ τῶν the T,

) αὐτῷ λέγει to him says ΤΊτα.

2 Πειλᾶτον 7.
τ --- ἀεὶ τ.

L.

‘ Πειλᾶτος 2.
™ κατηγοροῦσιν they accuse LTTrA.
4 ἀναβὰς coming up LTTrA.

h Ἰ]ειλάτῳ 1.
1 — λέγων 1.
P στασιαστων LTTrA.

XV. MAREK.

9 ὁ.δὲ "Πιλάτος" ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Θέλετε ἀπολύσω
But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye I should release

ὑμῖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν “lovdaiwy; 10’Eyivwoxev-yap ὅτι διὰ
toyou the King of the Jews? for he knew that through
φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. 11 οἱ. δὲ ἀρχ-
envy *had ‘delivered 7up Shim ‘the chief “priests. But the chief
lspeic ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον ἵνα μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν

priests stirred up the crowd that rather Barabbas
ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς᾽ 12 ὁ δὲ "Πιλάτος" ἱἀποκριθεὶς πάλιν"
he might release to them, And Pilate answering again
Yelzev' αὐτοῖς, Ti οὖν Oédere'! ποιήσω χὸν λέγετε"
said tothem, What then willye Ishould do[tohim] whom ye call
Υ βασιλέα τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ; 18 Οἱ. δὲ πάλιν Exoazay,” Σταύρω-

King ofthe Jews? But they again cried out Cruci-
cov αὐτόν. 14 Ὁ δὲ. "Πιλάτος! ps αὐτοῖς. Ti yap “κακὸν
fy him. And Pilate ἃ tothem, What *then ‘evil

ἐποίησεν! ; Οἱ.δὲ Ῥπερισσοτέρως" “ἔκραξαν," Σταύρωσον av-
didhecommit? Βαὺ 6 7 much more cried out, Crucify him.
τόν. 15 Ὁ. δὲ. "Πιλάτος! βουλόμενος τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ
And Pilate, desiring to *the °crowd *that *which [*was]
ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι," ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν'" Kai παρέ-
Ssatisfactory ‘to *do, released tothem Barabbas, and de-
δωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ.
livered up Jesus, having scourged [him], that he might be crucified.
16 01.68 στρατιῶται ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς αὐλῆς, ©
And the soldiers led away him within the court, which
ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ “συγκαλοῦσιν' ὕλην τὴν σπεῖραν"
is [the] pretorium, and they call together ?whole ‘the band,
17 καὶ ftvdtovow' αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ
And they Ρεΐ οἱ him purple, and plaeed on him

πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον, 18 καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀσπάζε-
having platted [it] “thorny 1a crown, and they began to sa-

σθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, ξβασιλεῦ" τῶν lovdaiwy 19 καὶ ἔτυπτον
lute him, Hail, King of the Jews! And they struck

αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ, Kai ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ, Kai τιθέντες
his ead with areed, and spaton him, and bending

τὰ γόνατα προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ, 20 Kai bre ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ,
the kmees did homage to him, And when they hadmocked him,

ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν πορφύραν, Kai ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ
they took off him the purple, and put on him

δὲ μάτια.τὰ ἴδια" καὶ ἐξάγουσιν! αὐτὸν wa "σταυρώσωσιν"

his own garments; and they lead?out ‘him that they may crucify
Ἰαὐτόν." 21 καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Kv-
him. And they compel 2passing *by ‘one, Simon a Cy-

~ ? , m ? ? II > ~ ‘ , ΕΣ ΄ > \
ρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον az’! ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα ᾿Αλεξάνδρου Kai

renian, coming from afield, the father of Alexander and
Ῥούφου, va ἄρῃ τὸνοσταυρὸν αὐτοῦ.

Rufus, that he might carry his cross.

22 Kai φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ "Γολγοθᾶ" τόπον, ὕ ἐστιν

And they bring him to
μεθερμηνευόμενον, κρανίου τόπος.

3Golgotha ‘a*place, which is
23 Kai ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ

being interpreted, ?of 7a ‘skull ‘place. And they gave him
8 Πειλᾶτος T. t πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς LTTrA. ἔλεγεν TTrA.
λέγετε Ltr. ¥ + τὸν the LTTraw. z + λέγοντες Saying L.

Ὁ περισσῶς GLTTrAW.
f ἐνδιδύσκουσιν LTTrA.
‘ ἄγουσιν they lead L.

™ ἀπὸ LTr.

ς ἔκραζον L. 4 πριῆσαι τὸ ἱκανὸν τῷ ὄχλῳ T.
c ia > ~
& ὃ βασιλεὺς GAW. h ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ L;

2 τὸν Γολγοθᾶν T; Τολγοθᾶν A ; [τὸν] ToAyo8a Tr.

w [θέλετε] Tr.

k σταυρώσουσιν they shall crucify Lrtra.

14]

9 But Pilate answered
them, saying, Will ye
that I release unto you
the King of the Jews?
10 For he knew that
the chief priests had
delivered him for en-
vy. 11 But the chief
priests moved the peo-
ple, that he should ra-
ther release Barabbas
unto them. 12 And
Pilate answered and
said again unto them,
What will ye then that
I shall do unto him
whom yecall the King
of the Jews? 13 And
they cried out again,
Crucify him. 14 Then
Pilate said unto them,
Why, what evil hath
he done? And they
eried out the more
exceedingly, Crucify
him. 15 And so Pilate,
willing to content the
people, released Barab-
bas unto them, and
delivered Jesus, when
he had scourged him,
to be crucified.

16 And the soldiers
led him away into the
hall, called Preto-
rium; and they call
together the whole
band. 17 And they
clothed him with pur-
ple, and platted a
crown of thorns, and
put it about his head,
18 and began to salute
him, Hail, King of the
Jews! 19 And they
smote him on the
nee ee a reed, and

spit upon him,
and bowing their
knees worshipped him.
20 And when they had
mocked him, they took
off the purple from
him, and put his own
clothes on him, and led
him out to crucify
him. 21 And they
compel one Simon a
Cyrenian, who passed
by, coming out of the
country, the father of
Alexander and Rufus,
to bear his cross.

22 And they bring
him unto the place Gol-
gotha, which is, being
interpreted, The place
of a skull. 23 And they
gave him to drink wine

x — ὃν

8 ἐποίησεν κακόν TITA.

ε συνκαλοῦσιν τ.

"» « ΄ > Le]
ἴδια ἱμάτια αὑτοῦ τ.

1 — αὐτόν 1.

142

mingled with myrrh:
but he received ἐΐ not.
24 And when they had
crucified him, they
parted his garments,
casting lots upon
them, whatevery man
should take. 25 And
it was the third hour,
and they crucified him,
26 And the superscrip-
tion of his accusa-
tion was written over,
THE KING OF THE
JEWS. 27 And with
him they crucify two
thieves ; the one on his
right hand, and the
other on his left.
28 And the scripture
was fulfilled, which
saith, And he was
numbered with the
transgressors. 29 And
they that passed by
railed on him, wag-
ging their heads, and
saying, Ah, thou that
destroyest the temple,

and buildest i in
three days, 30 save
thyself, and come

down from the cross.
31 Likewise also the
chief priests mocking
said among themselves
with the scribes, He
saved others ; himself
he cannot save. 32 Let
Christ the King of Is-
rael descend now from
the cross, that wemay
see and believe. And
they that were cruci-
fied with him reviled
him. 33 And when
the sixth hour was
come, there was dark-
ness over the whole
land until the ninth
hour. 34 And at the
ninth hour Jesus cried
with a loud voice, say-
ing, ELOI, ELOI, LA-
MA SABAOHTHANI?
which is, being inter-
peeled: My God, my

od, why hast thou
forsaken me? 35 And
some of them that
stood by, when they
heard it, said, Be-
hold, he calleth Elias.
36 And one ran and
filled a spunge full of
vinegar, and put it on
a reed, and gave him
to drink, saying, Let
alone ; let us see whe-
ther Elias will come
to take him down.

ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 4 XV.
ὁπιεῖν' ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον" Ῥὸ.δὲ" οὐκ. ἔλαβεν. 24 Kai
to drink *medicated “with ‘myrrh ‘wine; buthe did not take [it]. And

, ‘ , ~
Ioravpwoayrec αὐτὸν" "deuepiZov" τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, βάλλον-

having crucified him they divided his garments, cast-
~ ? ᾽ ᾽ , / / ” ς τ
τες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά, τίς τί ἄρῃ. 25 ἦν.δὲ
ing a lot on them, who [and] what{[each]}shouldtake. Andit was[the]

ὥρα τρίτη, Kai ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν. 26 Kai ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ
“hour ‘third, and _ they crucified him. And *was ‘the *inscription
~ > ΄ ~ 4 ~ ΄
τῆς αἰτίας. αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων.
Sof “18 Saccusation written up, The King of the Jews.
27 Kai σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς, Eva ἐκ δεξιῶν
And with him they crucify two robbers, one at [the] right hand
soe ~ ‘
καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ. 28 "καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ
and one at [the] left of him. And was fulfilled the scripture
«ε , ‘ A ? , ? / «ς
ἢ λέγουσα, Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη." 29 Καὶ οἱ
which says, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned. And those
παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτών, κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς
passing by railed at him, shaking “heads
> ~ A ‘ λέ t ΦῸ 9 ll « , A a ‘ v2
αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγοντες, ‘Ova," ὁ.καταλύων τὸν ναὸν Kal “ἐν
their, and saying, Aha, thou who destroyest the temple and in
τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, 30 σῶσον σεαυτόν, “καὶ κατάβα"
three days buildest [it], save thyself, and descend
? A ~ ~ ε ,ὔ 4 ‘ > ~ ‘
ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 31 Ὁμοίως." δὲ" Kai οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐμπαί-
from the cross. d in like manner also the chief priests, mock-
ζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων, ἔλεγον, Αλλοὺυς
ing among one another with the scribes, said, Others

ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται σῶσαι. 82 ὁ χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς
hesaved, himself heis notable to save. The Christ the King

y ~ II ai nr ΄ ~ ᾽ 4 ~ ~ i »
τοῦ" ᾿Ισραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν

of Israel! let him descend now from the cross, that we may see
καὶ πιστεύσωμενξ. Kai οἱ ovvecravpwpevor® αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον
and believe. Andtheywho were crucified with him _ reproached

αὐτόν. 88 ὑΓενομένης. δὲ" ὥρας ἕκτης, σκότος ἐγένετο ED
him. And *being *come ['the)*hour “sixth, darkness came over

ὅλην THY γῆν, ἕως ὥρας “ἐννάτης"" 84 καὶ τῇ “ὥρᾳ τῇ

all the land, until [the] *hour ‘ninth ; and atthe hour the
évvary' ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, °Aéywr,' ΓΕλωΐ,
ninth 2cried ‘Jesus witha“voice ‘loud, saying, Eloi,

"Edwi,! ἐλαμμᾶ" *eaBayOari;' 6 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον,
Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is being interpreted,
Ὁ. θεός.μου, ὁ.θεός. μου, εἰς.τί tue ἐγκατέλιπες" ; 35 Kai τινὲς
My God, My God, why me hast thou forsaken? And some
τῶν Ἐπαρεστηκότων" ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον, ᾿ Ἰδού." ™HXiav'!
of those standing by having heard said, Lo, Elias
φωνεῖ. 86 Δραμὼν.δὲ “sich cai! γεμίσας σπόγγον ὄξους,
he calls, And “having “run tone and filled asponge with vinegar,
περιθεὶς = P*re' καλάμῳ ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν, λέγων, ἴΑφετε,
*having*put[*it]°on ‘and areed gave7*to“drink ‘him, saying, Let be,
ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται α΄ Ἡλίας᾽ καθελεῖν αὐτόν.
letussee if “comes _‘Hlias to takedown him.

ο — πιεῖν TIrA.

him and TTra. r

Υ οἰκοδομῶν τρισὶν ἡμέραις LTTrA.

Υ — τοῦ LTTr.

Ὁ καὶ

f"EAwt ἑλωΐ LTA.
K παρεστώτων T.
LTTrA.

γενομένης LTTrA.

P és δὲ who however TTr. 4 σταυροῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ they crucify
διαμερίζονται they divide GLTTraw. 8 — verse 28 T[Tr]A. t Ova τ.
W καταβὰς descending LTTra. x — δὲ and GLTTraw.
z+ αὐτῷ him L. 4 + σὺν with (vead crucified along with) Lr.

© ἐνάτης LTTrA. 4 ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ LITrA. © — λέγων TTra.
λεμὰ LY; Aaa TrAW. h σαβαχθανεί TTr. i ἐγκατέλιπές με LTTrA.
1"Tde ΤΊτΑ. τι λείαν T. ἅτις TTrA. 98 — καὶ 1{ττ]. 18 — τε

8 “HAedas T.

XV, XVI. MAR K.
37 ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ageic ῤ φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐξέπνευσεν.
And Jesus having uttered a cry "loud expired.

38 kai τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, "ἀπὸ" ἄνω-
And the veil of the temple wasrent into two, from top
θεν Ewe κάτω. 89 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς
to bottom. And*having*seen ‘the *centurion *who *stood *by
ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως "κράξας" ἐξέπνευσεν. εἶπεν,
Sopposite Thim that thus havingeriedout he expired, said,
᾿Αληθῶς ᾿ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος" υἱὸς ἦν θεοῦ. 40 Ἢσαν.δὲ καὶ
Truly this man 2Son twas of God. And there were also
γυναῖκες ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, ἔν αἷς ἦν" καὶ Μαρία
women from afar off looking on, among whom was also Mary
ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ Μαρία τὴ" "τοῦ" ᾿Ιακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ Kai
the Magdalene, and Mary the of James ‘the ‘less ‘and
YIwon' μήτηρ, καὶ Sarto 41 ai *kai' ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλι-
ἢ" μήτηρ, μη, :
7of *Joses ‘mother, and Salome; who also when hewas in Gali-
λαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ Kai διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, Kai ἄλλαι πολλαὶ

lee followed him and ministered tohim, and others ‘many
αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα.
who came ΠΡ with him to erusalem.
42 Kai ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή,
And already evening beingcome, since it was [the] preparation,
ὅ ἐστιν “zpoodBBaroy,' 43 θἦλθεν! Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ
that is [(theday] before sabbath, came Joseph who[was] from

εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς Kai αὐτὸς ἦν προσ-
counsellor, who also himself was wait-

᾿Αριμαθαίας,
Arimathea, [an] honourable
δεχόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν Tov θεοῦ: τολμήσας εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς"
ing for the kingdom of God, having boldness he went in to
ἀπΠιλάτον" καὶ ἠτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Inood. 44 ὁ.δὲ.“Πιλάτος

Pilate and begged the body of Jesus. And Pilate
ἐθαύμασεν" εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν: καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν
wondered if already he were dead; and having called to {him] the

κεντυρίωνα ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ 'πάλαι! ἀπέθανεν: 45 καὶ
centurion he questioned him if long he had died. And
γνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος ἐδωρήσατο τὸ ἐσῶμα" τῷ
having known [it] from the centurion he granted the body
? ,ὔ \ ᾽ , , h MII ‘
Iwonp. 46 καὶ ἀγοράσας σινδόνα, "καὶ καθελὼν
to Joseph, And having bought a linen cloth, and having taken down
αὐτὸδ ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἱκατέθηκεν᾽ αὐτὸν ἐν
‘him he wrapped [him] in the linen cloth, and laid him in
Κμνημείῳ, ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας" καὶ προσ-
atomb, which was cut out of arock, and roll-
εκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου. 47 ἡ.δὲ. Μαρία ἡ
ed astone to the door ofthe tomb. And Mary the
Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ᾿Ἱωσῆ)! ἐθεώρουν ποῦ ᾿τίθεται."
Magdalene and Mary [mother] of Joses saw where he is laid.
16 Kai διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ
And “*being‘*past ‘the “sabbath, Mary the Magdalene
καὶ Μαρία ἡ "τοῦ" Ἰακώβου καὶ Σαλώμη ἠγόρασαν
and Mary the [mother] of James and Salome bought
? , ε ? ~ >? [2 ? , ‘ ΄ ΕΞ
ἀρώματα, ἵνα ἐλθοῦσαι ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν. 2 καὶ λίαν πρωὶ

143

37 And Jesus cried
with a loud voice, and
gave up the ghost.
38 And the veil of the
temple was rent in
twain from the top to
the bottom. 39 And
when the centurion,
which stood over a-
gainst him, saw that
he so cried out, and
gave up the ghost, he
said, Truly this man
was the Son of God.
40 There were also wo-
men looking on afar
off : among whom was
Mary Magdalene, and
Mary the mother of
James the less and of
Joses, and Salome:
41 (who also, when he
was in Galilee, fol-
lowed him, and minis-
tered unto him;) and
many other women
which came up with
him unto Jerusalem.

42 And now when
the even was come,
because it was the
preparation, that is,
the day before the
sabbath, 43 Joseph of
Arimathwa, an ho-
nourable counsellor,
which also waited for
the kingdom of God,
came, and went in
boldly unto Pilate, and
craved the body of Je-
sus. 44 And Pilate
marvelled if he were
already dead: and
calling unto him the
centurion, he asked
him whether he had
been any while dead.
45 And when he knew
it of the centurion, he
gave the body to Jo-
seph. 46 And he
bought fine linen, and
took him down, and
wrapped him in the
linen, and laid him in
a sepulchre which was
hewn out of arock, and
rolled a stone unto the
door of the sepulchre.
47 And Mary Magda-
lene and Mary the mo-
ther of Joses beheld
where he was laid.

XVI. And when the
sabbath was past, Ma-
Ty Magdalene, and
Mary the mother of
James, and Salome,
had bought sweet
spices, that they might
come and anoint him.
2 And very early in
the morning the first

aromatics, that havingcome they might anoint him. And very early day of the week, they
Tan’ LirA. 8 -- κράξας Ὑ{ττ|Δ. οὗτος 0 ἄνθρωπος LTTrA. " — ἦν (read [was]) T[TrA].
© [ἢ] Tr. x χοροῦ LTTrA. Υ Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. 2 --- καὶ LI[Tr]. 8 πρὸς σάββατον LTr.

> ἐλθὼν having come LTTraw. © + τὸν TTr. 4 Πειλᾶτον T.
{ἤδη already Ltr. 8 mr@pacorpse LTTra. » — καὶ LTTrAW.
1 Ἰωσῆτος LTTrA. m τέθειται he has been laid LTTra.

__ © Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμαζεν T.
i ἔθηκεν LTr.
2 — τοῦ T[Tr].

k μνήματι T.

144

came unto the sepul-
chre at the rising of
the sun. 3 And they
said among them-
selves, Who shall roll
us away the stone
from the door of the
sepulchre ? 4 And
when they looked,
they saw that the
stone was rolled a-
way: for it was very
great, 5 And entering
into the sepulchre,
they saw a young man
sitting on the right
side, clothed in a long
white garment; and
they were aftrighted,
6 And he saith unto
them, Be not aftright-
ed: Ye seek Jesus of
Nazareth, which was
orucified : he is risen ;
he is not here: behold
the place where they
laid him. 7 But go
your way, tell his dis-
ciples and Peter that
he goeth before you
into Galilee: there
shall ye see him, as he
said unto you. 8 And
they went out quick-
ly, and fied from the
sepuichre; for they
trembled and were a-
mazed: neither said
they anything to any
man; for they were
afraid.

9 Now when Jesus
was risen early the
first day of the week,
he appeared first to
Mary Magdalene, out
of whom he had cast
seven devils. 10 And
she went and told
them that had been
with him, as the
mourned and wept.
11 And they, when
they had heard that
he was alive, and had
been seen of her, be-
lieved not. 12 After
that he appeared in
another form unto
two of them, as they
walked, and wentinto
the country. 13 And
they went and told it
unto the residue : nei-
ther believed they
them. 14 Afterward
he appeared unto the
eleven as they sat at
meat, and upbraided
them with their unbe-
lief and hardness of
heart, because they be-
lieved not them which
had seen him after he
was risen. 15 And he

ο μιᾷ τῶν LTr; τῇ μιᾷ τῶν T.
® ἐλθοῦσαι having gone A.
Υ + κατὰ Μάρκον according to Mark tr; [εὐαγγέλιον] κατὰ Μάρκον glad

® — οὐδὲν L,

tidings according to Mark a.
4 + δὲ and (afterwards) rr.

MAPKOX&. XVI,
ογῆς μιᾶς' σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ Ῥμνημεῖον," avarei-
onthe first[day] of the week theycome to the tomb, Shaving

λαντος τοῦ ἡλίου. 3 καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, Tic ἀποκυλίσει
“risen Ithe ?sun. And they said among themselves, Who will roll away
ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον “ἐκ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου ; 4 Kai ἀνα-
forus the stone outof the door ofthe tomb? And having
βλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν Ore τἀποκεκύλισται"! ὁ λίθος" ἦν.γὰρ

looked up they see that has been rolled away the stone: for it was
, , ‘ 8 ᾽ λθ ~ ll ? A ~

μέγας σφόδρα. 5 καὶ "εἰσελθοῦσαι" εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, εἶδον

“great very. And having entered into the tomb, they saw

νεανίσκον καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν

a young man sitting on the right, clothed with a *robe
λευκήν: καὶ ἐξεθαμβήθησαν. 6 0.0 λέγει αὐταῖς, Μὴ
ἀγγῖθ, and they were greatly amazed, Buthe says tothem, “7Not

ϑ ~ ? ~ ~ ‘ 4 ‘ >
ἐκθαμβεῖσθε. ᾿Ιησοῦν ζητεῖτε τὸν Ναζαρηνὸν τὸν éorav-
‘be amazed, sJesus tye *seek the Nazarene, who has been
, ? , ᾽ cA a ” « , « »
ρωμένον" ἠγέρθη, οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε' ἴδε ὁ τόπος ὕπου ἔθηκαν
crucified. He isrisen, heisnot here; behold the place where they laid
> fhe) Κἀλλ᾽ « , » - - ? ~ 4 ~
αὐτόν" 7 ὑπάγετε, εἴπατε τοῖὶς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ Kai τῷ
him, But go, say to his disciples and
Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν
to Peter, that hegoesbefore you into Galilee ; there him
ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ἐξελθοῦσαι ταχὺ"
shall ye see, as he said to you, And having gone out quickly
ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου: εἶχεν. “δὲ αὐτὰς τρόμος Kai
they fled from the tomb. And *porsessed *them ‘trembling ?and
"» A " ἠδ Ν Χ ὑδὲ Il i ? ~ , y
ἔκστασις" Kai οὐδενὶ Σοὐδὲν εἶπον, ἐφοβοῦντο. γάρ.
Samazement, and tonoone anything they spoke, for they were afraid,
(Ut. nothing) ‘
’ ay » - ᾽ ΄ -
0 Τ᾿ Αναστὰς.δὲ πρωῦῖ πρώτ σαββάτου ἐφάνη πρῶ-
Now having risen early [the] first [day] of the week he appeared first
τον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇ, δἀφ᾽" ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμό-
to Mary the Magdalene, from whom hehadcast out seven demons,
vic. 10 ἐκείνην πορευθεῖσα ἀπήγγειλεν τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ γε-
She having gone told {it]tothosewho with him had
VOMEVOLC, πενθοῦσιν καὶ κλαίουσιν. 11 κἀκεῖνοι ἀκούσαντες
been, {who were] grieving and weeping. And they having heard
ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ἐθεάθη ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἠπίστησαν. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ
that heis aliveand has been seen by _iher disbelieved [it]. And after
ταῦτα δυσὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν περιπατοῦσιν ἐφανερώθη ἐν τα ον
these things totwo of them 88 ΠΟΥ walked he was manifested in another
μορφῇ, πορενομένοις εἰς ἀγρόν. 13 κἀκεῖνοι ἀπελθόντες ἀπ-
orm, going into [the] country ; and they having gone
΄ ~ “ὦ ? , ? , on ς
ἡγγειλαν τοῖς λοιποῖς" οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευσαν. 14 Ὕστερον
told [it] tothe rest; neither them did they believe, Afterwards
ἀνακειμένοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ὠνεί-
as “reclined [*at“table]*they tothe eleven he was manifested, and re-
δισεν τὴν. ἀπιστίαν.αὐτῶν Kai σκληροκαρδίαν, ὅτι τοῖς
proached their unbelief and hardness of heart, because *those °who
θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον ἅ οὐκ.ἐπίστευσαν. 15 Kai εἶπεν
*had seen ®him "arisen ‘they *believed “not. And he said
αὐτοῖς, ἸΤορευθέντες εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγ-
tothem, Having gone into*the “world all proclaim the glad

τ ἀνακεκύλισται TTrA,
W yap for LTTr.

4 ἀπὸ from LTr.

P μνῆμα T.
Y — ταχὺ GLTTrAW.

τ ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

© — verses 9 to 20 T[A]. ἃ παρ᾽ LIr. » + δὲ and (she) L
4 + ex νεκρῶν from among [the] dead L.

FE: LUKE.
γέλιον πάσῃ TY κτίσει. 16 ὁ πιστεύσας Kai βαπτισθεὶς σωθήσε--
tidings toall thecreation. Hethat believes and is baptized shall be

ται" ὁ-δὲ ἀπιστήσας κατακριθήσεται. 17 σημεῖα.δὲ τοῖς
saved, andhethat disbelieves shall be condemned. Augvsiens 5those *that

πιστεύσασιν “ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει". ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου δαι-

*believe ‘these “shall *follow : in my name de-
μόνια ἐκβαλοῦσιν᾽" γλώσσαις λαλήσουσιν ἱκαιναῖς""
mons they shall cast out; with *tongues *they ‘shall *speak ‘new;
18 8 ὄφεις ἀροῦσιν᾽ κἂν θανάσιμόν τι πίωσιν οὐ.μὴ

serpents they 5 take up ; and if Bg ss 1anything they drinkin no wise

αὐτοὺς "βλάψει" ἐπὶ ἀῤῥώστους χεῖρας ἐπιθήσουσιν, καὶ

them shallit injure; ὍΡΟΙ [the] infirm
καλῶς ἕξουσιν.
*well ‘they *shall *be.
19‘O μὲν οὖν μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς ξἀνελή-

toc!
The indeed *therefore oe after i spree tothem was taken

φθη" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, Kai ἐκάθισεν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ"
up into the heaven, and sat at (the) right hand of God.

20 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυξαν πανταχοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου συνερ-
And they nenine gone forth preached everywhere, the Lord working

γοῦντος, Kai τὸν λόγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουθούν-
with [them],and the word confirming by the 7foliowing *upon

των σημείων. ᾿᾿Αμήν."

*hands ‘they *shall‘lay, and drink

145

said unto them, Go ye
into allthe world, and
preach the gospel to
every creature. 16 He
that believeth and is
baptized shall be saved;
but he that believeth
not shall be damned.
17 And these signs
shall follow them that
believe ; In my name
shall they cast out de-
vils ; they shall speak
with new tongues ;

18 they shall take up
serpents; and if they
any deadly
thing, it shall not hurt
them; they shall lay
hands on the sick, and
they shall recover.

19 So then after the
Lord had spoken unto
them, he was received
up into heaven, and
sat on the right hand
of God. 20 And they
went forth, and
preached every where,
the Lord working with
them, and confirming
the word with signs
following. Amen.

[10] ‘signs. Amen.
™TO κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον."
The *‘according*to *Mark ‘glad *tidings.
EEO KATA AOYKAN ATION ΕΥ̓ΑΓΓΈΛΙΟΝ."
THE “ACCORDING *TO ®LUKE *HOLY 7GLAD *TIDINGS.

EMEIAHIIEP πολλοὶ ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασθαι διήγησιν
FORASMUCH AS many took in hand to draw up a narration

περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμά-
concerning the *which *have *been ‘fully ®believed 7 ear ea pt ‘mat-

των, καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς
ters, as they delivered ἄβατον } tous, they *from [*the] Sbeginning

αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται Sena τοῦ λόγου, 3 ἔδοξεν
ous: Wauliesete 7and ‘attendants *having*been of the Word, it seemed good

κἀμοί, παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς, κα-
also to me, having been UE from the first withall ES Bocurataty: with

θεξῆς σοι γράψαι, κράτιστε Θεόφιλε, 4 ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς
method ἴο thee to write, most excellent Theophilus, that thou mightest know

περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν.
*coneerning ’which *thou mwa instructed *of[*the]*things‘the certainty.

5 ’Eyévero ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου rod! Beane THC

There was in the aye of Herod the
Ἰουδαίας ἱερεύς τις ὀνόματι Ζαχαρίας, ἐξ ve, μερίας
of Judea a gee *certain, by name Zacharias, of [the] course

᾿Αβιά: καὶ “ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ" ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων ᾿Ααρών, καὶ τὸ
of Abia, and his wife of the daughters of Aaron, and

FORASMUCH as
many have taken in
hand to set forth in
order a declaration of
those things which are
most surely believed
among us, 2 even as
they delivered them
unto us, which from
the beginning were
eyewitnesses, and min-
isters of the word;
3 it seemed good to me
also, having had per-
fect understanding of
all things from the
very first, to write
unto thee in order,
most excellent Theo-

philus, 4 that thon
mightest know the
certainty of those

things, wherein thou
hast been instructed.
5 THERE was in the
days of Herod, the
king of Judea, a cer-
tain priest named

6 παρακολουθήσει ταῦτα τι; ἀκολουθήσει ταῦτα Tr.
χερσὶν: and in the hands ee h βλάψη should it injure @LTraW.

δ ἀνελήμφθη LTrA. -- ᾿Αμήν EGLTraW.
Κατὰ Μάρκον Tr; πύξγγάλεον κατὰ Μάρκον [4].

8 Εὐαγγέλιον ((Evay. ] A) κατὰ Λουκᾶν GLTrAW ;
© γυνὴ αὐτῷ LTTra.

κατὰ Λουκᾶν τ.

f _ καιναῖς Tr.

8 + Kal ἐν ταῖς

i+ Ἰησοῦς Jesus Ltr,
τὰ — To κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW ;

b — τοῦ Trr[a}
L

140

Zacharias, of the course
of Abia: and his wife
was of the daughters
of Aaron, and her
name was Elisabeth.
6 And they were both
righteous before God,
walking in all the
commandments and
ordinances of the Lord
blameless. 7 And they
had no child, because
that Elisabeth was
barren, and they both
were now wellstricken
in years. 8 And it
came to pass, that
while he executed the
priest’s office before
God in the order of his
course, 9 according to
the custom of the
priest’s office, his lot
was to burn incense
when he went into the
temple of the Lord.
10 And the whole mul-
titude of the people
were praying without
at the time of incense.
11 And there appeared
unto him an angel of
the Lord standing on
the right side of the
altar of incense. 12 And
when Zacharias saw
him, he was troubled,
and fear fell upon him,
13 But the angel said
unto him, Fear not,
Zacharias: for thy
prayer is heard; and
thy wife Elisabeth
shall bear thee a son,
and thou shalt call his
name John. 14 And
thou shalt have joy
and gladness; and
many shall rejoice at
his birth. 15 For he
shall be great in the
sight of the Lord, and
shall drink neither
wine nor strong drink ;
and he shall be filled
with the Holy Ghost,
even from his mother’s
womb. 16 And many
of the children of Is-
raecl shall he turn to
the Lord their God.
17 And he shall go be-
fore him in the spirit
and power of Elias, to
turn the hearts of the
fathers tothechildren,
and the disobedient to
the wisdom of the just;
to make ready a people
prepared for the Lord.
18 And Zacharias said
unto the angel, Where-
by shall 1 know this ὃ
for I am an old man,
and my wife well
stricken in years.
19 And the angel an-
swering said unto him,

AO MT KYA. 1

ὄνομα.αὐτῆς ᾿Ελισάβετ. 6 ἦσαν.δὲ δίκαιοι ἀμφότεροι Δἐνώ -
her name Elizabeth. And they were just *both be-

mov" τοῦ θεοῦ. πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ

fore God, walking in all the commandments and
δικαιώμασιν τοῦ κυρίου ἄμεμπτοι. 7 καὶ οὐκιἦν αὐτοῖς
ordinances of the Lord blameless. And there was not to them

τέκνον, καθότι “ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ hy στεῖρα, καὶ ἀμφότεροι προ-
achild, inasmuch as Elizabeth was barren, and both ad-
βεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις. αὐτῶν ἦσαν. 8& ‘Eyévero.dé ἐν
vanced in their days were. And it came to pass in

τῷ. ἱερατεύειν.αὐτὸν ἐν TH τάξει τῆς.ἐφημερίας. αὐτοῦ ἔναντι

fulfilling his priestly service in the order of his course before
τοῦ θεοῦ, 9 κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχεν
God, according to the custom of the priestly service, it fell to him by lot

τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι εἰσελθὼν εἰς TOY ναὺν τοῦ κυρίου" 10 Kai

to burn incense, having entered into the temple of the Lord. And
πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος frov λαοῦ ἢν! προσευχόμενον ἔξω τῷ WoO
all the multitude of the people were praying without at the hour
τοῦ θυμιάματος. 11 ὥφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος κυρίου, é-

of incense. And “appeared to *him ‘an “angel Sof [*the] Lord, stand-

στὼς ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ θυμιάματος" 12 καὶ
ing at [the] right of the altar of incense. and
? , r, 7, 2 , \ ΄ ? , ? > ? ,
ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
“was troubled 'Zacharias “seeing (*him],and fear fell upon him.
13 Εἶπεν».δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ἄγγελος, Μὴ φοβοῦ, Ζαχαρία"
But ὅβαϊα *to Shim ‘the “angel, Fear not, Zacharias,
διότι εἰσηκούσθη ἡ.δέησίς.σου. Kai ἡ.γυνή.σου ᾽᾿Ἐλισάβετ yev-
because has been heard thy supplication, and thy wife Elizabeth shall
νήσει υἱόν Gol, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ ® Τωάννην."
bear ason to thee, and thou shalt call his name John.

14 καὶ ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις, Kai πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τῇ
And heshallbe joy totheeand exultation, and many at
πγεννήσει" αὐτοῦ χαρήσονται. 16 ἔσται.γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον

his birth shall rejoice. For he shallbe great before
irov'' κυρίου" καὶ oivoy καὶ σίκερα ov.) wig, Kat
the Lord; and wine and strong drink in no wise shall he drink, and
πνεύματος ἀγίου πλησθήσεται ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς
with [the] *Spirit *Holy he shall be filled even from [the] womb ‘mother
αὐτοῦ. 16 καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ
‘of *his. And many ofthe sons. of Israel shallheturn to [the]
κύριον τὸν.θεὸν.αὐτῶν. 17 Kai αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον
Lord their God. And he shall go forth before
᾽ »ν}γ ΄, Pp ὃ ’ kt , "2 , ,
αὐτοῦ ἕν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει “Ἡλίου, ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας
him in{the] spirit and power of Elias, to turn hearts
πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἀπειθεῖς tv φρονήσει δδι-
of fathers to children, and [the] disobedient to[the] wisdom οὔ [the]
καίων, ἑτοιμάσαι κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον. 18 Kai
righteous, to make ready for(the] Lord a people prepared. And
εἶπεν Ζαχαρίας πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο;
“said ‘Zacharias to the angel, By what shallI know this?
ἐγὼ.γάρ εἰμι πρεσβύτης, Kai 1: γυνή" μοι προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς
for I am anoldman, and my wife advanced in
19 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῷ,

ἡμέραις.αὐτῆς.
And ‘answering ‘the angel said to him,

her days.

ἃ ἐναντίον TTrA.
eae’
& ᾿Ιωάνην Tr.

h γενέσει GLITrAW.

f Fv τοῦ λαοῦ GLTTrAW.

εὴἣν ἡ (-- ἡ 1{τὸ}} ᾿Ελισάβετ LTTrA.
k Ηλεία 1.

i — τοῦ (read [the]) er[tr]w.

I. LUKE.

[ἘΠῚ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ"
am Gabriel, who stand before God, and

ee λαλῆσαι πρός σε, καὶ εὐαγγελίσασθαίς σοι
I was sent to speak to thee, and toannounce “glad *tidings *to *thee

ταῦτα. 20Kaiidov, ἔσῃ σιωπῶν Kai μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι
1these ; “and lo, thoushalt be silent and not able to speak

ἄχρι ἧς.-ἡμέρας γένηται ταῦτα ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ.ἐπίστευσας
till the day in which shall take place these things, because thou didst not believe

τοῖς.λόγοις.μου, οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται εἰς τὸν-καιρὸν. αὐτῶν.
my words, which shall be fulfilled in their season.

21 Kai ἦν ὁ λαὸς προσδοκῶν τὸν Ζαχαρίαν" Kai ἐθαύμαζον ἐν
And*were'the*people expecting Zacharias, and they wondered at

τῷ χρονίζειν.αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. 22 ἐξελθὼν.δὲ ovK!Hddvaro!

καὶ

his delaying in the temple. But havingeomeout he was not able
λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν
tospeak tothem, and they recognized that a vision he has seen in
τῷ ναῷ" καὶ αὐτὸς ἢν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός.
the temple. And he was making signs tothem, and continued dumb.
29 καὶ ἐγένετο we ἐπλήσθησαν at ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας

And it came to Ne when were fulfilled the days “service

αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς TOV-oikov.avrov.
“of “his he departed to his house.
24 Mera.dé ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας συνέλαβεν ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ
Now after these τὰς *conceived Elizabeth
γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν “μῆνας πέντε, λέγουσα,
*his “wife, and hi herself *months ‘five, saying,
25 Ὅτι οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν ™O' κύριος ty ἡμέραις αἷς
Thus tome has done the Lord in([the] days in which

ἀφελεῖν "τὸ" ὀνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις.
my reproach ao men,

ἐπεῖδεν
he looked pice [me] to take away
26 Ἔν. δὲ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ

Andin the month the sixth was sent the angel Gabriel
%70' τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, y ὄνομα PNa-

by God to acity of Galilee, whose name [was] Na-
ζαρέτ," 27 πρὸς παρθένον Ἱμεμνηστευμένην" ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὄνομα

zareth, to a virgin betrothed toa man whose name

᾿Ιωσήφ, ἐξ οἴκου τΔαβίδ'" καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου
[was] Joseph, of[the] house of David, and the name ofthe virgin

Μαριάμ. 28 καὶ εἰσελθὼν “ὁ ἄγγελος" πρὸς αὐτὴν * εἶπεν,
{was] Mary. And ee 1the “angel to her said,

Χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη" ὁ κύριος μετὰ σοῦ, “εὐλογημένη
Hail, [thou] favoured one! the Lord [is] with thee, blessed [art]
σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν." 29 Ἡ δὲ “idotca' “διεταράχθη ἐπὶ
thou amongst women. But she seeing [him] wastroubled at
τῷ.λόγῳ αὐτοῦ," καὶ διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς

his word, and was reasoning of what kind might be *salutation
οὗτος. 80 Kai εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῇ, Μὴ.φοβοῦ, OLIN
1this. And said ‘the angel toher, Fear not, Mary,

εὕρες.γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Oem’ 31 Kai ἰδού, YovdAnby!

for thou hast found favour with God ; and lo, thoushalt conceive

ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.-Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ
in [thy] womb and bring ἘΠῚ ason, and thou shalt call his name

1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. — ὁ (read [the]) urrr[a}. — τὸ Tr[a].
P Ναζαρέθ Lrw. 4 ἐμνηστευμένην LTTr.
τ{τι]Δ. ὁ ὁ ἄγγελος the angel Τ.

GTTra χα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ διεταράχθη GTTrA. Υ συλλήμψῃ LTTrA.

τ ΠΈΣ ΝῸ LITA ; Δαυΐδ cw.
y— εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν τίττ]Α.

147

I am Gaoriel, that
stand in the presence
of God; and am sent
to speak unto thee,
and to shew thee these
glad tidings. 20 And,
behold, thou shalt be
dumb, and not able to
speak, until the day
that these things shall
be performed, because
thou believest not my
words, which shall be
fulfilled in their sea-
son. 2] And the people
waited for Zacharias,
and marvelled that he
tarried so long in the
temple. 22 And when
he came out, he could
not speak unto them:
and they verceiyed
that he had seen a
vision in the temple:
for he beckoned unto
them, and remained
speechless, 23 And it
came to pass, that, as
soon as the days of his
Ininistration were ac-
complished, he depart-
ed to his own house.

24 And after those
days his wife Elisabeth
conceived, and hid her-
self five months, say-
ing, 25 Thus hath the
Lord dealt with me
in the days wherein he
looked on me, to take
away my reproach a-
mong men,

26 And in the sixth
month the angel Ga-
briel was sent from
God unto a city of
Galilee, named Naza-
reth, 27 to a virgin
espoused to ἃ man
whose name was Jo-
seph, of the house of
Dayid; and the vir-
gin’s name was Mary.
28 And the angel came
in unto her, and said,
Hail, thou that art
highly favoured, the
Lord is with thee:
blessed art thou a-
mong women. 29 And
when she saw him, she
was troubled at his
saying, and cast in her
mind what manner of
salutation this should
be. 30 And the angel
said unto her, Fear
not, Mary: for thou
hast found favour
with God. 3] And, be-
hold, thou shalt con-
ceive in thy womb,
and bring forth a son,
andshalt call his name

© ἀπὸ from TTra.
5. — ὃ ἄγγελος
w — ἰδοῦσα

148

JESUS. 32 He shall
be great, and shall be
ealled the Son of the
Highest : and the Lord
God shall give unto
him the throne of his
father David: 33 and
he shall reign over the
house of Jacob for
ever ; and of his king-
dom there shall be no
end. 34 Then said
Mary unto the angel,
How shall this be, see-
ing I know nota man?
35 And the angel an-
swered and said unto
her, The Holy Ghost
shall come upon thee,
and the power of the
Highest shall over-
shadow thee: therefore
also that holy thing
which shall be born of
thee shall be called the
Son of God. 36 And,
behold, thy cousin
Elisabeth, she hath
also conceived a son
in her old age: and
this is the sixth month
with her, who was
called barren. 37 For
with God nothing shall
be impossible. 38 And
Mary said, Behold the
handmaid of the Lord ;
be it unto me accord-
ing to thy word. And
the angel departed
from her.

39 And Mary arose
in those days, and went
into the hill country
with haste, into acity
of Juda ; 40 and enter-
ed into the house of
Zacharias, and saluted
Elisabeth. 41 And it
came to pass, that,
when Elisabeth heard
the salutation of Mary,
the babe leaped in her
womb; and Elisabeth
was filled with the
Holy Ghost: 42 and
she spake out with a
loud voice, and said,
Blessed art thou a-
mong women, and
blessed ὦ the fruit of
thy womb. 43 And
whence 18 this to me,
that the mother of my
Lord should come to
me? 44 For, lo, assoon
as the voice of thy
salutation sounded in
mine ears, the babe
leaped in my womb for
joy. 45 And blessed ¢s
she that believed: for
there shall be a perfor-
mance of those things
which were told her
from the Lord.

® Δανείδ ytTra ; Δαυΐδ ΟΥ̓.
4 γήρει GLTTrAW.
& κραυγῇ With a *ery Tira.

ev Tr.
LTTrA.

ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. 1.

Ἰησοῦν. 32 οὗτος ἔσται μέγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσε-
Jesus, He shallbe great, and Son of [the] Highest shall he be
ται καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ"
called ; and ‘shall *give *him [*the] 7Lord %God the throne of David

ce 4 ? ~ 4 ’ 2 \ a 2 ‘ >
τοῦ-.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ, 33 Kai βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον ᾿Ιακὼβ εἰς
his father ; and he shallreign over the house bf Jacob to

‘A I~ ν᾿ Lond , > ~ ? » ,
τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς.βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ οὐκιἔσται τέλος.

the ages, and of his kingdom there shall not be an end.
34 Εἶπεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο ἐπεὶ
But ?said ‘Mary to the angel, How shall *be ‘this since

» ? , δ 59 4 εἰν > »
ἄνδρα οὐ.γινώσκω ; 35 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῇ;
aman Iknow not? And answering the angel said to her,

Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου

(The] 7Spirit *Holy shallcome upon thee, and power of([the] Highest
ἐπισκιάσει σοι’ διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον" ἅγιον κληθή-

shall overshadow thee; wherefore also the Sporn *holy *thing shall be
σεται υἱὸς θεοῦ. 36 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ ovyyevic'_cov καὶ

called Son of God. And lo, Elizabeth thy kinswoman ‘also
αὐτὴ “συνειληφυῖα" υἱὸν ἐν γήρᾳ" αὐτῆς" Kai οὗτος ὴν
1she has conceived ason in her old age, and this [the] month
ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ" 37 ὅτι οὐκ ἀδυνα-
lsixth is toher who[{was] called barren ; for not *shall *be
τήσει παρὰ “τῷ θεῷ! πᾶν ῥῆμα. 88 Εἶπεν.δὲ Μαριάμ,
‘impossible °with 7God =s ‘any =*thing. And?said ? Σ
(lit. every)

4 a fn ΄
κατα το.ρημας.σου.

᾽ , € ’ , , ,
Idov, ἡ δούλη κυρίου γένοιτό μοι
thy word.

Behold, the bondmaid of(the] Lord; beit to me according to
Kai ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς ὁ ἄγγελος.
And departed from her the angel.

39 ᾿Αναστᾶσα.δὲ se atin ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις ταύταις ἐπορεύθη

And ’rising *up Mary in those days went

> \ ‘ ‘ ~ ? , ? Ud ‘
εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς, εἰς πόλιν Ἰούδα, 40 καὶ
into the hill-country with haste, to acity of Judah, and

>, _w 2 4 / gw £9. id A ? ,
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν olkoy Ζαχαρίου καὶ ἠσπάσατο τὴν ᾿Ελισάβετ.
entered into the house of Zacharias and saluted Elizabeth.

41 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν ')’EXuoaBer τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς
Anditcametopassas “heard ‘Blizabeth the salutation
Μαρίας," ἐσκίρτησεν τὸ ἐρέφος ἐν τῇ.κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς" καὶ ἐπλήσθη
of Mary, Sleaped ‘the be in her womb ; and 7was "filled
πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ EdtoaBer, 42 καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν ἐφωνῇ"
“with (°the] Spirit °Holy 1Hlizabeth, and criedout witha *voice
μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν, Εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν, καὶ εὐλο-
*Joud and said, Blessed {art] thou among women, and bless-
γημένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς. κοιλίας. σου. 43 καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο,
ed the fruit of thy womb. And whence tome this,
w » « ΄ ~ , , h lle id 4 4
iva ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ oe ον cs pe'; 44 ἰδοὺ. γάρ,
that should come the mother of my Lor me? For lo,
ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ TOV-doTacpov.cov εἰς τὰ.ὦτά. μου ἐσκίρ-
as came the voice of thy salutation into mine ears, leap-
τησεν Sty ἀγαλλιάσει τὸ βρέφος" ἐν τῷῇ.κοιλίᾳ. μου. 45 καὶ
in

ed in exultation the babe my womb ; and
μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα, ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς
blessed [15] she who believed, for there shall be a fulfilment to the things
λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου.
spoken toher from [the] Lord.
» + [ἐκ cov] of thee 1,. Ὁ ovyyevis LTW. © guvetAn-

f τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ
1 τὸ βρέφος ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει Gw.

© τοῦ θεοῦ TTrA.
h ἐμέ.

i. LUKE.
46 Kai εἶπεν Μαριάμ, Meyadive ἡ-ψυχή.μου τὸν κύριον,
And αεαϊα Mary, *Magnifies 1my *soul the Lord,

47 καὶ ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ.πνεύμά.μου ἐπὶ TP θεῷ τῷ-.σωτῆρί. μου"
in God

and *exulted tmy “spirit my Saviour.
48 ὅτι ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς.δούλης. αὐτοῦ" ἰδοὺ
For helooked upon the humiliation of his bondmaid ; lo

γάρ, ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν μακαριοῦσίν.με πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί. 49 ὅτι
for, from henceforth *will ‘count *me *blessed ‘all *generations, For

ἐποίησέν μοι ‘yusyadsia' ὁ δυνατός, καὶ ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα
*has ®done *to Ἴη8 ®great *things ‘the *mighty*one,and holy [is] 7name
αὐτοῦ" 50 καὶ τὸ.ἔλεος. αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν, τοῖς

this ; and

᾿ ee ? , ΄ ? , ᾽ ΠΣ.

φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. 51 ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ
fearing him, He wrought strength with his arm,

διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ
he scattered [the] haughty in [the] thought

52 καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων, καὶ ὕψωσεν
He put down = rulers from thrones, and exalted [the]

53 πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ πλουτοῦντας
{the] hungry he filled with good things, and [the] rich

ἐξαπέστειλεν κενούς. δά ἀντελάβετο ᾿Ισραὴλ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ,
he sentaway empty. He helped Israel servant this,

μνησθῆναι ἐλέους, 55 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς
{in order] toremember mercy, according as he spoke to
πατέρας ἡμῶν, τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι.αὐτοῦ “εἰς τὸν
our fathers, to Abraham and to his seed for
αἰῶνα." δ6 Ἔμεινεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ "ὡσεὶ" μῆνας τρεῖς;

his mercy [15] to generations of generations to those

καρδίας. αὐτῶν.
of their heart.

ταπεινούς.
lowly :

ever, And?abode ‘Mary with her about *months ‘three,
Kai ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτῆς.
and returned to her house.

57 ΤῊ .δὲ Ἐλισάβετ ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν.
Now to Elizabeth was fulfilled the time thatsheshould bring forth,

Kai ἐγέννησεν υἱόν" 58 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ περίοικοι Kai οἱ ovy-

and 5Βῃ8 θθΘ ason. And ‘heard ‘the “neighbours and 7kins-
γενεῖς αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ. ἔλεος. αὐτοῦ μετ᾽
folk *her that *was “magnifying ['the] *Lord his mercy with

αὐτῆς; καὶ συνέχαιρον αὐτῇ. 59 Kai

ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ “ὀγδὸ
her, and they rejoiced with her.

And itcameto pass on the eighth
« , I AG. ~ 4 δί 5, ‘ ? aN 7 A
ἡμέρᾳ ον περιτεμεῖν TO παιδίον᾽ καὶ ἑκάλουν αὑτὸ
day they came to circumcise the little child, and were calling it
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ζαχαρίαν. 60 καὶ ἀπο-
after the name of his father Zacharias, And “an-
κριθεῖσα ἡ. μητηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται P'Iway-
swering "his *mother said, No; but heshall be called John,
νης." ΟἹ Kai %elzrov' πρὸς αὐτήν, Ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν τὲν
And {δον βαϊᾶὰ to her, Noone is among the
συγγενείᾳ" σου ὃς καλεῖται τῷ. ὀνόματι. τούτῳ. 62 ’Evévevoy
linsfolk of thee who is called by this name. “They “made *signs
δὲ τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸτί ἂν.θέλοι καλεῖσθαι "αὐτόν."
land to his father {as to] what he might wish *to*be*called “him.
63 καὶ αἰτήσας πινακίδιον ἔγραψεν, λέγων, PIwavyne'
And having asked for ἃ writing tablet he wrote, saying, John
τ a t-All % ? κα αἰ 7 , ? , A
ἐστὶν τὸ" ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν πάντες. θ4 ᾿Ανεῴχθη. δὲ
is his name. And they *wondered ‘all. And was opened
Κ μεγάλα LTTr. | καὶ γενεὰς and generations TTrA.
9 ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ LTTrA. »Ῥ᾽ Ἰωάνης τ. 83 εἶπαν τῦτ.
the kinsfolk Lrtra. 5 αὐτό it LTFrA. τ — τὸ Tx[al.

τὰ ἕως αἰῶνος G.
τ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας from among

149

46 And Mary said,
My soul doth magnify
the Lord, 47 and my
spirit hath rejoiced in
God my Saviour. 48 For
he hath regarded the
low estate of his hand-
maiden: for, behold.
from henceforth ali
generations shall cali
mne blessed. 49 For he
that is mighty hath

done to me_ great
things ; and holy 18 his
name, 50 And his

mercy 7s on them that
fear him from genera-
tion to generation.
51 He hath shewed
strength with his arm;
he hath scattered the
proud in the imagina-
tion of their hearts.
52 He hath put down
the mighty from their
seats,and exalted them
of low degree. 53 He
hath filled the hungry
with good things; and
the rich he hath sent
empty away. 54 He
hath holpen his ser-
vant Israel, in remem-
brance of Ais mercy;
55 as he spake to our
fathers, to Abraham,
and to his seed for
ever. 56 And Mary a-
bode with her about
three months, and re-
turned to her own
house.

57 Now Elisabeth’s
full time came that she
should be delivered;
and she brought forth
a son. 58 And her
neighbours and her
cousins heard how the
Lord haé shewed great
mercy upon her ; and
they rejoiced with her.
59 And it came to pass,
that on the eighth day
they came to circum-
cise the child ; and they
called him Zacharias,
after the name of his
father. 60 And his
mother answered and
said, Not so; but he
shall be called John.

τῇ 61 And they said unto

her, There is none of
thy kindred that is
ealled by this name.
62 And they madesigns
to his father, how he
would have him called.
63 And heasked for a
writing table, and
wrote, saying, His
name is John. And
they marvelled all
64 And his mouth was
opened immediately,

π ὡς LTTr.

180

and his tongue loosed,
and he spake, and
praised God. 65 And
fear came on all that
dwelt round about
them: and all these
sayings were noised
abroad throughout all
the hill country of Ju-
dwa. 66 And all they
that heard them laid
them up in their hearts,
saying, What manner
of child shall this be!
And the hand of the
Lord was with him.

67 And his father
Zacharias was filled
with the Holy Ghost,
and prophesied, say-
ing, 68 Blessed be the
Lord God of Israel ;
for he hath visited and
redeemed his people,
69 and hath raised up
an horn of salvation
for us in the house of
his servant David;
70 as he spake by the
mouth of his holy pro-
phets, which have been
since the world began:
71 that we should be
saved from our ene-
mies, and from the
hand of all that hate
us ; 72 to perform the
mercy promised to our
fathers, and toremem-
ber his holy covenant;
73 the oath which he
gware to our father
Abraham, 74 that he
would grant unto us,
that we being deliver-
ed out of the hand of
our enemies might
serve him without
fear, 75 in holiness and
righteousness before
him, all the days of our
life. 76 And thou, child,
shalt be called the pro-
phet of the Highest :
for thou shalt go before
the face of the Lord
to prepare his ways;
77 to give knowledge
of salvation unto his
people by theremission
of their sins,78 through
the tender mercy of
our God ; whereby the
dayspring from on
high hath visited us,
79 to give light to them
that sit in darkness
and in the shadow of
death, to guide our feet

w + yap (read For also) LITrA.
« Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Aavid aw.
4 — ἡμῶν (read of [our] enemies) [L]tTrA.

{+ δὲ also rrra.

AOQYKAS.
τὸ. στόμα.αὐτοῦ παραχρῆμα Kai ἡ.γλῶσσα.αὐτοῦ,
his mouth immediately and his tongue
ἐλάλει εὐλογῶν τὸν θεόν. 65 Kai ἐγένετο
he spoke, blessing God. And *came

τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς" Kai ἐν OAH TH

᾿
καὶ
(loosed), and
’ ‘ , ,
ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος
Supon “all ‘fear

ὀρεινῇ τῆς

those who dwelt around them; and in *whole ‘the hill-country
Ἰουδαίας διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα" 66 καὶ
of Judwa *were *being Stalked 7of ‘all these *things, And

ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῶν, λέ-
‘laid (Sthem]*up ‘all *who *heard in their heart, say-
yovrec, Ti ἄρα τὸ.παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται; Kai χεὶρ
ing, What then ‘this *little “child ‘will 7be? And [the] hand
κυρίου vy μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
of [the] Lord was with him.
67 Kai Ζαχαρίας ὁ-πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη πνεύματος
And Zacharias his father was filled with [the] ?Spirit
« 7 \x U ll , ᾽ A U «
ἁγίου, Kai Σπροεφήτευσεν,. λέγων, 68 Εὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ
‘Holy, and prophesied, saying, Blessed be [the] Lord the
θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο Kai ἐποίησεν λύτρωσιν
God of Israel, because he looked upon and wrought redemption

τῷῴ.λαῷ.αὐτοῦ" 69 καὶ ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν ὑτῷ"

for his people, and raisedup ahorn ofsalvation forus in the
οἴκῳ *AaBid! τοῦ! παιδὸς. αὐτοῦ" 70 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν διὰ
house of David his servant ; according as hespoke by [the]

b Ὁ ΠΡ ᾽ I~
TWY'_aAT -αἰῶνος

προφητῶν αὐτοῦ"
5since “time 7began

στόματος τῶν ἁγίων
mouth 7holy prophets lof *his ;
71 σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν.ἡμῶν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων
salvation from our enemies and from{[the] hand of all
τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς" 72 ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων
those who hate us; to fulfil mercy with *fathers
ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ, 73 ὅρκον ὃν
our, and toremember “covenant “holy this, {the} oath which
ὦμοσεν πρὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν.πατέρα.-ἡμῶν, Tov δοῦναι ἡμῖν
heswore to Abraham our father, to give us [that]
74 ἀφόβως ἐκ χειρὸς “τῶν" ἐχθρῶν. ἡμῶν" ῥυσθέντας,
without fear out of [the] hand of our enemies being saved,
λατρεύειν αὐτῷ 75 ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ
weshouldserve him in holiness and righteousness before him
΄ ‘ « , ee.” ~ tl af ~ 6 K ‘ +f δί
πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας “τῆς.ζωῆς" ἡμῶν. 7 αἱ σὺ", παιδίον,
all the days of our life. And thou, little child,
προφήτης ὑψίστου κληθήσῃ" προπορεύσῃ.γὰρ πρὸ
prophet of([the] Highest shalt becalled; forthoushalt go before [the]
προσώπου κυρίου ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς. αὐτοῦ" 77 τοῦ δοῦναι
face of [the] Lord to prepare his ways ; to give
γνῶσιν σωτηρίας TP.\ap-avrov ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν.αὐτῶν,
knowledge of salvation to his people in remission of their sins,
78 διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους θεοῦ. ἡμῶν, ἐν οἷς ἐπεσκέψατο
through [the] bowels of compassion of our God, in which has visited
ἡμᾶς ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους, 79 ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς ἐν σκότει
us [the] day-spring from on high, to shine upon those 7in “darkness
καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις" τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς
“and °in (*the] “shadow “of *death ‘sitting ; to direct

χ ἐπροφήτευσεν LTTrA. Υ — τῷ (read [the]) Lrrra.
8 — τοῦ LTTrA. Ὁ — τῶν TTrA. ¢ — τῶν LTTrA.
© — τῆς ζωῆς (read all our days) GLTTraw.

Wil. LUKE.

πόδας. ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. 80 Τὸ. δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν
our feet into (the] way of peace. And the little child grew
. ~ ‘ ~ , er
καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι. Kai ἣν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις Ewe
and was strengthened in spirit ; and he was in the deserts until [the]
ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως. αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ισραήλ.
day of his shewing to Israel.
Q ‘Eyévero.dé ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα
And it came to pass in those days went *out ‘a 7decree
παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου, ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν

from Ceesar Augustus, that should be registered all the
oikoupervny' 2 αὕτη. 5ὴ" ἀπογραφὴ “xowrn ἐγένετο" ἡγε-
habitable world ; this registration first took place when

μονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας ‘Kupnviov.' 3 καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες

2was °governor *of Syria ?*Cyrenius. And went 1411
ἀπογράφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν. ξἰδίαν" .πόλιν. 4 ᾿Ανέβη.δὲ καὶ
to be registered, each to his own city: and *went ‘up ?also

Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως ᾿ἱΝαζαρέτ' εἰς τὴν
1Joseph from Galilee out of [the] city Nazareth to

Ἰουδαίαν, εἰς πόλιν ™AaBid' ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλεέμ, διὰ

Judea, to acity of Dayid which iscalled Bethlehem, because
ro.clvat.avroy ἐξ οἴκου Kai πατριᾶς Δαβίδ," 5 πάπο-
of his being of [the] house and family of David, to re-

γράψασθαι" σὺν Μαριὰμ τῇ “μεμνηστευμένῃ" αὐτῷ Pyvvarki,'

gister himself with Mary who was betrothed to him as wife,
οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ. 6 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι.αὐτοὺς
she being great with child. Anditcametopass in the[time] they were
ἐκεῖ ἐπλήσθησαν ai ἡμέραι τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν 7 καὶ ἔτε-
there *were*fulfilled ‘the *days for her bringing forth, and she brought
κεν τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς TOV πρωτότοκον, Kai ἐσπαργάνωσεν
forth her son the first-born, and wrapped 7in“*swaddling ‘clothes
αὐτόν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν “τῇ φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκιἦν
thim, and laid him in the manger, because there was not

αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι.
forthem aplace in the inn.
8 Kai ποιμένες ἦσαν ἔν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ, ἀγραυλοῦντες
And shepherds were in the ?country lsame, lodging in the fields
καὶ φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν.ποίμνην. αὐτῶν.

and keeping watch by night over their flock ;
9 καὶ Tidod,' ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς, Kai δόξα
and behold, anangel of[the] Lord stood Σ them, and [the] glory

/ cd 4 ’ 4 τὰ ’, ’
κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον
of [the] Lord shone around them, and they feared [with] *fear

μέγαν. 10 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, M1j.doBeiabe ἰδοὺ

Ἰσγοϑδῦ. And ‘said *to*them'the “angel. Fear not ; 2behold
γάρ, εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται
or, JIannounce glad tidings to you [of] *joy lereat, which shall be

παντὶ τῷ Aa’ 11 ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον σωτήρ. ὕς ἐστιν
toall the people; for wasborn toyou to-day aSaviour, who is
χριστὸξὶ κύριος, ἐν πόλει "Δαβίδ." 12 καὶ τοῦτο ὑμῖν
᾽
hrist [the] Lord, ἴῃ [086] city of David. And this [is] to you
TO onpéiov’ εὑρήσετε βρέφος ἐσπαργανωμένον, * ἵκεί-
the sign: ye shall find ababe wrapped in swaddling clothes, ly-

151

into the way of peace.
80 And the child grew,
and waxed strong in
spirit, and was in the
deserts till the day of
his shewing unto Is-
rael,

II. And it came to
pass in those days, that
there went out a de-
eree from Cesar Au-
gustus, that all the
world should be taxed.
2 (And this taxing was
first made when Cyre-
nius was governor of
Syria.) 3 And all went
to be taxed, every one
into his own city.
4 And Joseph also went
up from Galilee, out
of the city of Naza-
reth, into Judzxa, unto
the city of David,
which is called Beth-
lehem; (because he
was of the house and
lineage of David:)
5 to be taxed with
Mary his espoused
wife, being great with
child. 6 And soit was,
that, while they were
there, the days were
accomplished that she
should be delivered.
7 And she brought
forth her firsthorr son,
and wrapped him in
swaddling clothes, and
laid him in a manger;
because there was no
room for them in the
inn.

8 And there were in
the same country shep-
herds abiding in the
field, keeping watch
over their flock by
night. 9 And, lo, the
angel of the Lord came
upon them, and the
glory of the Lordshone
round about them:
and they were sore a-
fraid. 10 And the an-
gel said unto them,
Fear not : for, behold,
I bring you good ti-
dings of great joy,
which shall be to all
people. 11 For unts
you is born this day
in the city of David
a Saviour, which is
Christ the Lord. 12 And
this shall be a sign un-
to you; Ye shall find
the babe wrapped in
swaddling clothes,
lying in a manger.

@—7LTTra. » ἐγένετο πρώτη T.
1 Ναζαρὰθ L; Ναζαρὲθ Tw. m Δανεὶδ LTTrA; Δαυὶδ Gw.
© ἐμνηστευμένῃ LTTrA. Ρ -- γυναικί LTTrA.
T[Tra]}. 5 Δαυείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ Gw.

i Κυρίνου Cyrenus tL.

t+ καὶ and [u]tra.

4 — τῇ (read a manger) LTTra.
Υ — κείμενον T.

k ἑαυτοῦ (read his city) LTTr.

n ἀπογράφεσθαι L.
— ἰδού

152

13 And suddenly there
was with the angel
& multitude of the
heavenly host prais-
ing God, and saying,
14 Glory to God in the
highest, and on earth
peace, good will to-
wardmen. 15 And it
came to pass, as the
angels were gone away
from them into hea-
ven, the shepherds said
one to another, Let us
now go even unto
Bethlehem, and see
this thing which is
come to pass, which
the Lord hath made
known untous. 16 And
they came with haste,
and found Mary, and
Joseph, and the babe
lying in @ manger,
17 And when they had
seen it, they made
known abroad the say-
ing which was told
them concerning this
child. 18 And all they
that heard it wondered
at those things which
were told them by the
shepherds. 19 But Mary
kept all these things,
and pondered them in
her heart. 20 And the
shepherds returned,
glorifying and prais-
ing God for all the
things that they had
heard and seen, as it
was told unto them.

21 And when eight
days were accomplish-
ed for the circumcising
of the child, his name
was called JESUS,
which was so named
of the angel before he
was conceived in the
womb.

22 And when the
days of her purifica-
tion according to the
law of Moses were
accomplished, they
brought him to Jeru-
salem, to present him
to the Lord ; 23 (as it
is written in the law
of the Lord, Every
male that openeth the
womb shall be called
holy to the Lord ;)
24 and to offer a sacri-
fice according to that

AOYKA®. Il.
μενον" ἐν τῇ" φάτνῃ. 18 Kai ἐξαίφνης ἐγένετο σὺν τῷ
ing in the manger. An suddenly there was with the

> ἐλ. ~ ~ x > , Π] > ΄ εἶ ,
ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς *ovpaviov," αἰνούντων τὸν θεόν,

angel multitude of [the] *host “heavenly, praising God

A , , ? « , ~ A > 4 ~
καὶ λεγόντων, 14 Δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς
and saying, Glory in [the] highest toGod, and on earth

’ ’ > > , y ᾽ ’, ll ‘4 ’ , e ᾽ _
εἰρήνη, ἔν ἀνθρώποις Yebdoria." 15 Kai ἐγένετο, we ἀπῆλ-
peace, in men good pleasure. And it came to pass, as “depart-
θον an’ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ot ἄγγελοι, “Kai ot ἄνθοωποι"
ed ‘from ‘them ‘into’the “heaven ‘the “angels, that the men
ot ποιμένες δεῖπον" πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Διέλθωμεν δὴ Ewe
the shepherds said to one another, Let us go through indeed asfaras
Βηθλεέμ, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸ ῤῥῆμα.τοῦτο τὸ γεγονὸς δ’3: τὸ
Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has come to pass which the

, ᾽ , ΓΝ δ᾽ ᾿ bz Ι , \
κύριος ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν. 16 Kai δήλθον! σπεύσαντες καὶ
Lord madeknown tous. And they came having hasted and
cZ ~ fl , ‘ Ν \ ? UZ ‘ A ’ ΄,
ἀνεῦρον" τήν.τε. Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν ᾽᾿Τωσήφ, καὶ τὸ βρέφος κεί-

found both Mary and Joseph, and the babe ly-

é 9 oa 17. (06 δὲ ἐδ 5 a

μενον ev τῇ φάτνῃ. ἰδόντες.δὲ ιεγνώρισαν
ing in the manger, And having seen, they made known abroad
περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς περὶ τοῦ

concerning the saying which had beon told them concerning

παιδίου.τούτου. 18 καὶ πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν
this little child. And all who heard wondered

περὶ τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς
concorning the things which had been spoken by the _ shepherds to
αὐτούς. 19 ἡ.δὲ. "Μαριὰμ" πάντα συνετήρει τὰ. ῥήματα.ταῦτα,

them. But Mary 3411 ‘kept these sayings,
ἰσυμβάλλουσα" ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ. αὐτῆς. 20 καὶ δἐπέστρεψαν"
pondering (them) in her heart. And Sreturned

ot ποιμένες, δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν

‘the “shepherds, glorifying and praising God _ for all things
οἷς ἤκουσαν καὶ “eldor," καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς.
which they had heardand _ seen, as it was said to them,

21 Kai ore ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν ἱτὸ
And when were fulfilled days ‘eight forthe circumcising the
παιδίον," καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ.Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦς, τὸ κλη-
little child, swas “called *his *name Jesus, which fhe] was
θὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου πρὸ τοῦ συλληφθῆναι! αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ
called by the angel before 2was ‘conceived the in the
κοιλίᾳ.
womb.
22 Kai bre ἐπλήσθησαν ai ἡμέραι τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.᾿ αὐτῶν"
And when were fulfilled the days for their purification
κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωσέως," ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσύ-
according to the law of Moses, they brought him to erusa-

λυμα παραστῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ, 23 καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν"

lem to present tothe Lord, as it has been written in [the]
νόμῳ κυρίου, Ὅτι πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἅγιον
law of{[the] Lord, That every male opening awomb ‘holy
τῷ κυρίῳ κληθήσεται: 24 καὶ τοῦ δοῦναι θυσίαν κατὰ

5to *the "Lord ‘shall *be “called ; and to offer a sacrifice according to

Ww — τῇ (read ὃ. manger) GLTTrAW.

pleasure Lrtra.
5 ἀνεῦραν TTr.
λουσα Ἱ.
LITra.

d ἐγνώρισαν they made known Ltr.
& ὑπέστρεψαν GLTTrAW. _
| αὐτῆς (read her purification) ΒΕ.

Υ εὐδοκίας of good
® ἐλάλουν T. Ὁ ἦλθαν Trra.
ὁ Μαρία LTTra. f συνβάλ-
κ συλλημφθῆναι
n+ τῷ the i.

x οὐρανοῦ of heaven Tr.
2 — καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι [L]t[TrA].

i αὐτόν him GLTTraAW.
™ Mwioews LTTrAW.

h (Sov T.

TY. LUKE.

τὸ εἰρημένον ty 9. νό κυρίου, Zevyoc τρυγόνων
that which has been said in [the] law of[the] Lord, Apair of turtle doves
ἢ δύο Ῥνεοσσοὺς" περιστερῶν.
or two young of pigeons. τ
25 Καὶ ἰδού, «ἦν ἄνθρωπος! ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ᾧ ὄνομα
And behold, there was aman in Jerusalem whose name

Συμεών, καὶ ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής,

{was] Simeon; and this man (was) just and pious,
προσδεχόμενος παράκλησιν τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ πνεῦμα
waiting 208. the consolation of Israel, and [the] pei

τἅγιον ἦν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" 26 καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ
*Holy was upon him. And it was to him divinelycommunicated by

TOU πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου μὴ. ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 5ῃ}}
the Spirit the oly that he should not see death before

ἴδῃ τὸν χριστὸν κυρίου. 27 Kai ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι
he should see the i of Ethel Lord. And hecame in the Spirit

sic τὸ ἱερόν" Kai ἐν τῷ εἰσαγαγεῖν τοὺς ae τὸ παιδίον "In-
intothetempie; and when*brought*in ‘the arents the little child Je-

σοῦν, τοῦ.ποιῆσαιιαὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον
sus, that they might do paccoriting “to °what ®had ἀξ εἰς κουξίοπιασν

τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκά-
®py°the αν ΟΣ him, he also received him into "arms,

λας αὐτοῦ," καὶ εὐλόγησεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπεν, 29 Νῦν ἀπολύεις

*his, and blessed God, and Baus Now thou lettest go
τὸν δούλόν σου, δέσποτα, κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά.σου, ἐν εἰρήνφ᾽
thy bondman, O Master, accordingto thy word, in peace ;
80 ὅτι εἶδον οἱ-ὀφθαλμοί.μου τὸς σωτήριόν.σου, 31 ὃ
for *have “seen 1mine sere thy salvation, which
ἡτοίμασας κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν" 82 φῶς
thou hast prepared before [the] face of all the peoples ; a light
εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ.σου ᾿Ισραήλ.

for revelation of [the] Gentiles and glory of thy people IsraeL

33 Kai ἦν "*VIwond' καὶ ἡ-.μήτηρ. "αὐτοῦ" θαυμάζοντες ἐπὶ

And Swere ‘Joseph and Shis *mother wondering at

τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ. 84 καὶ εὐλόγησεν
the things which werespoken concerning him. And “blessed
αὐτοὺς Συμεών, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν. μητέρα αὐτοῦ,
*them 1Simeon, and said to Mary his mother,
᾿Ιδού, οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν

Lo, this [child] isset for[the} fall of many

ἐν τῷ Ισραήλ, καὶ εἰς σημεῖον ἀντιλεγόμενον᾽ 3d Kai σοῦ "δὲ"
in Israel, andfor asign apolem against ; (and of thee also

αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία" ὕπως ἂν.ἀποκαλυ-
®thy ΘΟ] *shall +go Sthrough 'a sword ;) so that may be re-

and rising up

φθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί.
vealed of many hearts [the] reasonings.
36 Kai ἦν “Avva προφῆτις, θυγάτηρ Φανουήλ, ἐκ

And there was Anna a prophetess, dang hte of Phanuel, of [the]
φυλῆς Aono’ αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς, ζήσασα

tribe of Asher, she wasadvanced in “days many, having lived
Yérn μετὰ ἀνδρὸς" ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τῆς.“παρθενίας" αὐτῆς, 37 καὶ
?yeara *with ‘a “husband ‘seven from her virginity, and

ae τῷ the LT Tr,
37 ἄν τ; ἂν Tr.
father GTTrA.
ἔτη LITr.

P νοσσοὺς TA. 9 ἄνθρωπος Av Τ.
t— αὐτοῦ | (read {his] arms) [LJ7/Traj. τ δι,
— αὐτοῦ (read [his] mother) e@tra.
: ΣΡ A.

x [δὲ] Ltr.

158

which is said in the
law of the Lord, A pair
of turtledoves, or two
young pigeons.

25 And, behold, there
was a man in Jerusa-
lem, whose name was
Simeon; and the same
man was just and de-
yout, waiting for the
consolation of Israel:
and the Holy Ghost
wasupon him, 26 And
it was revealed unto
him by the Holy Ghost,
that he should not see
death, before he had
seen the Lord’s Christ.
27 And he came by the
Spirit into the temple:
and when the parents
brought in the child
Jesus, to do for him
after the custom of the
law, 28 then took he
him up in hisarms, and
blessed God, and said,
29 Lord, now lettest
thou thy servant de-
part in peace, accord-
ing to thy word : 30 for
mine eyes havé seen
thy salvation, 31 which
thou hast prepared be-
fore the face of all
people; 32 a light to
lighten the Gentiles,
and the glory of thy
people Israel. 33 And
Joseph and his mother
marvelled at those
things which were
spoken of him. 34 And
Simeon blessed them,
and said unto Mary his
mother, Behold, this
child is set for the fall
and rising again of
many in Israel ; and
for a sign which shall
be spoken against ;
35 (yea, a sword shall
pierce through thy
own soul also,) that
the thoughts of many
hearts may be re-
vealed.

36 And there was one
Anna, a _prophetess,
the daughter of Pha-
nuel, of the tribe of
Aser: she was cf a
great age, and had
lived with an husband
seven years from her
virginity ; 37 and she

τ ἦν ἅγιον GLTTrAW.
Υ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ his
Υ μετὰ ἀνδρὸς

154

wasa widow of about
fourscore and four
years, which departed
not from the temple,
but served God with
fastings and prayers
night and day. 38 And
she coming in that in-
stant gave thanks like-
wise unto the Lord,
and spake of him to
all them that looked
for redemption in Je-
rusalem,

39 And when they
had performed all
things according to
the law of the Lord,
they returned into
Galilee, to their own
city Nazareth. 40 And
the child grew, and
waxed strong in spirit,
filed with wisdom:
and the grace of God
was upon him.

41 Now his parents
went to Jerusalem
every year at the feast
of the passover. 42 And
when he was twelve
years old, they went
up to Jerusalem after
the custom of the feast.
43 And when they had
fulfilled the days, as
they returned, the
child Jesus tarried be-
hind in Jerusalem;
and Joseph and his
mother knew not ofit.
44 But they, supposing
him to have been in
the company, went a
day’s journey; and
they sought him a-
mong their kinsfolk
and acquaintance,
45 And when they
found him not, they
turned back again to
Jerusalem, seeking
him. 46 Anditcameto
pass, that after three
days they found him
in the temple, sitting
in the midst of the
doctors, both hearing
them, and asking them
questions. 47 And all
that heard him were
astonished at his un-
derstanding and an-
swers. 48 And when
they saw him, they
were amazed: and his
mother said unto him,
Son, why hast thou

thus dealt with us?

Ὁ αὐτὴ herself TTrA.
— αὕτη (read ἀνθωμολ. she gave praise) LITrA.

[inj) urtr[A].
LTTrAW.
up LTTra.

parents knew it not LITra.
(read [hirn ]) @[uJrtra.

0 Ναζαρέθ TTraw.
— εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα I Tra.

AOYKAS. 11.

ἤρα “ὡς; ἐτῶν ὀγδοηκοντατεσσάρων, ἣ οὐκ
{was] a widow “about *years of *eighty-four, 5Swho "not
ἀφίστατο ‘ard τοῦ ἱεροῦ, νηστείαις Kai δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα
®departed from the temple, withfastings and supplications serving
νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν: 88 καὶ αὕτη" αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐπιστᾶσα

b αὕτη ll
she

night and day ; and she at the same hour coming up
ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῷ ἱκυρίῳ," Kai EXdrde περὶ αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν
gave praise tothe Lord, and spoke concerning him to all

~ , , ? Il « ,’
τοῖς προσδεχομένοις λύτρωσιν ξέν" ἱΙερουσαλήμ.
those waiting for redemption in Jerusalem.
899 Kai ὡς ἐτέλεσαν "ζψπανταὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον
And when they hadcompleted all things accordingtothe law
, κι , Ι 3 \ , > 1 ΝΕ ΄
κυρίου, "ὑπέστρεψαν" εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, εἰς "τὴν" πόλιν
of [the] Lord they returned to Galilee, to Scity

Mayray' "NaZapér.' 40 Τὸ.δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐκρα-
‘their [*own], Nazareth. And the little child grew, and became
ταιοῦτο “πνεύματι, πληρούμενον Ῥσοφίας, Kat χάρις

strong in spirit, being filled with wisdom, and[the] grace
θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό.
of God was upon him,
41 Kai ἐπορεύοντο οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ Kar ἔτος εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ
And swent ‘his *parents yearly to Jerusalem
τῇ ἑορτῇ τοῦ πάσχα. 42 Kai ὅτε ἐγένετο ἐτῶν δώδεκα,
at the feast of the passover. And when he was *years [3014] ‘twelve,
«ἀναβάντων" αὐτῶν τεὶς Ιεροσόλυμα! κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς
Shaving gone 7up *they to erusalem according to the custom ofthe
ἑορτῆς, 43 καὶ τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐν-τῷ. ὑποστρέφειν
as ζτούπσηθα

feast, and having completed the days,
αὐτοὺς ὑπέμεινεν *Inoovc' ὁ παῖς ἐν ‘lepovcadnp, Kai
‘they ‘remained behind *Jesus “the *child in Jerusalem, and

τοὐκ. ἔγνω ᾿Τωσὴφ καὶ ἡ-.μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ"" 44 νομίσαντες.δὲ αὐτὸν
5knew [510] ποῦ ‘Joseph*and “his *mother ; but supposing him
γὲν τῇ συνοδίᾳ εἶναι" ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδόν, Kai ἀνεζήτουν
in the company tobe they went aday’s journey, and sought
αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσιν καὶ “ἐν! ruic γνωστοῖς" 45 Kai
him among the relations and among the acquaintances: and
μὴ εὑρόντες "αὐτὸν" ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹἱἹερουσαλήμ, ἡζητοῦντες"
not having found him they returned to Jerusalem, seeking

αὐτόν. 46 Καὶ ἐγένετο "p20" ἡμέρας τρεῖς εὗρον αὐτὸν ἐν

him. And itcametopass after “days ‘three theyfound him in
τῷ ἱερῷ, καθεζόμενον ἐν ἐσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων, καὶ ἀκού-
the temple, sitting in [the] midst of the teachers, both hear-

ovra αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπερωτῶντα αὐτούς. 47 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες
And ®were Samazed ‘all

ing them and questioning them.
ol ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν
*those “hearing *him αὖ [his] understanding and 7answers

αὐτοῦ. 48 Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεπλάγησαν" καὶ “πρὸς αὐτὸν

‘his. And = seeing him they were astonished: and to him
ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως;
his mother said, Child, why hast thou done tous thus?
© ἕως up to LYTrA. 4d ἀπὸ (read left not) Trra. © αὐτὴ W;
f θεῷ (read to God) urtra. 8 — ev (read
Ὁ πάντα 1ττ. ἱ -- τὰ Ὑ. k ἐπέστρεψαν T. 1--- τὴν LTTrA. ™ ἑαυτῶν
ρ

Ρ σοφίᾳ TrA. ἃ ἀναβαινόντων going
τ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ his

ν —éyGLTTrAW. * -- αὐτόν
8 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν

ο — πνεύματι LTTrA.
5 [Ἰησοῦς] A.
v εἶναι ἐν τῇ συνοδίᾳ LTTrA.
Υ ἀναζητοῦντες LTTrA. % μετὰ TTrA.

ἢ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

ΠΗΉΠ. LUKE.

> , c , > ? , 3 ~ , ‘
ἰδού, ὁ. πατήρισου Kayw ὀδυνώμενοι ἐζητοῦμεν σε. 49 Καὶ
behold, thy father and I distressed were seeking thee. And
εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti ὅτι ἐζητεῖτε με; οὐκδειτε ὅτι
hesaid to them, Why [isit]that ye wereseeking me? knew ye not that
ἐν τοῖς τοῦ.πατρός.ιμου δεῖ εἶναί pe; 50 Καὶ αὐτοὶ
in the(affairs] of my Father it behoves *to “be ‘me? And _ they
? ~ ᾿ tw τι ? / ? ~ \ ,
od.cvvijkay τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς. 51 Kai κατέβη
understood not the word which hespoke tothem. And he went down
per αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Ναζαρέτ" καὶ ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος
with them and came to Nazareth, and he was subject

αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡ. μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ διετήρει “πάντα τὰ ῥήματα" “ταῦτα"

tothem. And his mother kept all » these things
ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ. αὐτῆς. 52 καὶ Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν “ 'σοφίᾳ καὶ
in her heart. And Jesus advanced in wisdom and
ἡλικίᾳ," Kai χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ Kai ἀνθρώποις.
stature, and infavour with God and men.
> » 4 , ~ ε ΄, a
3 Ἔν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου
2In ‘year ‘now [*the] “fifteenth of the government of Tiberius
Καίσαρος, ἡγεμονεύοντος ἸΤοντίου 5!Πιλάτου" τῆς ᾿Τουδαίας;
Cesar, Sbeing*governor Pontius ?Pilate of Judea,
καὶ "τετραρχοῦντος" τῆς Γαλιλαίας Ἡρώδου, Φιλίππου.δὲ τοῦ
and “being “tetrarch *of 5Galilee ‘Herod, and Philip
ἀδελφοῦ.αὐτοῦ "reroapyovrroc' τῆς ᾿Ιτουραίας καὶ Toaywri-
his brother being tetrarch of Iturea and “of *Tracho-
τιδος χώρας, καὶ Λυσανίου τῆς Αβιληνῆς "τετραρχοῦντος."
nitis ['the]?region, and Lysanias 20f*Abilene ‘being *tetrarch,
2 iia’ ἀρχιερέων “Avva καὶ Καϊάφα," ἐγένετο ῥῆμα
in [the] high-priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, came [the] word
θεοῦ ἐπὶ PIwavyny' τὸν ™rod' Ζαχαρίου υἱὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ"
of God upon John the “of °Zacharias ‘son in the wilderness.
3 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν "τὴν" περίχωρον τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου.
And he went into all the country around the Jordan,
κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν"
proclaiming [{Π0] baptism of repentance for remission of sins ;
4 ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἡσαΐου τοῦ
as ithas been written in [the] book of{the) words of Esaias the
προφήτου, “λέγοντος," Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,
prophet, saying, [The] voice ofonecrying in the wilderness,
Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους
Prepare the way of [the] Lord; ?straight ‘make *paths
αὐτοῦ. 5 πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, Kai πᾶν ὄρος Kai
Shis. Every ravine shall be filed up, and every mountain and
βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται: καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς
fill shall be madelow; and ‘shall Sbecome ‘the “crooked [*places] into
Ρεὐθεῖαν," καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας" 6 καὶ ὄψεται
astraight [path], and the rough into*ways ‘smooth; and *shall *see
πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. 7 Ἔλεγεν οὖν τοῖς
tall ?flesh the salvation of God. He said therefore to the
ἐκπορευομένοις ὄχλοις βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Γεννήματα
2coming “out ‘crowds tobe baptized by him, Offspring
ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς:
of vipers, who forewarned you toflee from the coming wrath?

ς τὰ ῥήματα πάντα L.
(wisdom). f ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ Tr. 8 ΠΠειλάτου T.
ἀρχιερέως GLTTrAW. Καΐφα L. ᾿Ἰωάνην Tr.

every country around) Ltra. © — λέγοντος LTTrA.

Ὁ Ναζαρέθ TTraw.

d — ταῦτα these [1Π]1[Α1.
» τετρααρχοῦντος T.
m— Tov GLTTraAW.

Ρ εὐθείας straight [paths] Lrtra.

155

behold, thy father and
I have sought thee sor-
rowing. 49 And he said
unto them, How is it
that ye sought me?
wist ye not that I
must be about my Fa-
ther’s business? 50 And
they understood not
the saying which he
spake unto’ them.
51 And he went down
with them, and came
to Nazareth, and was
subject unto them:
but his mother kept
all these sayings in
her heart. 52 And Je-
sus increased in wis-
dom and stature, and
in favour with God
and man.

III. Now in the fif-
teenth year of the
reign of Tiberius Ce-
sar, Pontius Pilate
being governor of Ju-
dza,and Herod being
tetrarch of Galilee,
and his brother Philip
tetrarch of Itureaand
of the region of Tra-
chonitis, and Lysanias
the tetrarch of Abi-
lene, 2 Annas and Cai-
aphas being the high
priests, the word of
God came unto Johr
the son of Zacharias in
the wilderness. 3 And
he came into all the
country about Jordan,
preaching the baptism
of repentance for the
remission of sins ; 4 as
it is written in the
book of the words of
Esaias the prophet,
saying, The voice of
one crying in the wil-
derness, Prepare yethe
way of the Lord, make
his paths straight.
5 Every valley shall be
filled, andevery moun-
tain and hill shall be
brought low ; and the
crooked shall be made
straight, andtherough
ways shall be made
smooth ; 6 andall flesh
shall see the salvation
of God. 7 Then said he
to the multitude that
came forth to be bap-
tized of him, O gene-
ration of vipers, who
hath warned you to
flee from the wrath to
come? 8 Bring forth
therefore fruits wor-
thy of repentance, and
begin not tosay within
yourselves, We have
Abraham to our fae

e+ ἐν τῇ in
1 ἐπὶ
1 — τὴν (read

156

ther: for I say unto
you, That God is able
of these stones to raise
upchildren unto Abra-
ham, 9 And now also
the axe is laid unto
the root of the trees:
every tree therefore
which bringeth not
forth good fruit is
hewn down, and cast
into the fire. 10 And
the people asked him,
saying, What shall we
do then? 11 He an-
swereth and saith unto
them, He that hath
two coats, let him im-
part to him that hath
none; and hethat hath
meat, let him do like-
wise. 12 Then came
also publicans to be
baptized, and said unto
him, Master, what
shall we do? 13 And
he said unto them,
Exact no more than
that which is appoint-
ed you. 14 And the
soldiers likewise de-
manded of him, say-
ing, And what shall
we do? And he said
antothem, Do violence
to no man, neither ac-
cuse any falsely ; and
be content with your
wages.

15 And as the people
were in expectation,
and all men mused in
their hearts of John,
whether he were the
Christ, or not ; 16 John
answered, saying unto
them all, I indeed bap-
tize you with water;
but one mightier than
I cometh, the latchet
of whose shoes I am
not worthy to unloose:
he shall baptize you
with the Holy Ghost
and with fire : 17 whose
fan ts in his hand, and
he will throughly
purge his floor, and
will gather the wheat
into his garner; but
the chaff he will burn
with fire unquench-
able. 18 And many
other things in his ex-
hortation preached he
unto the people. 19 But
Herod the tetrarch,
being reproved by him
for Herodias his bro-
ther Philip’s wife, and
tor all the _ evils
which Herod had done,
20 added yet this above
all, that he shut up
John in prison.

AOY KAS. Ill.

οὗν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας" καὶ μὴ
therefore fruits worthy of repentance; and not
ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ:'

begin tosay in yourselves, [(*For] "ἔα ‘we “have *Abraham,
λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ore δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν.λίθων. τούτων
for I say to you, that is ‘able *God from these stones
) ~ , ~? , » 4 «ε J ΓΑ ‘ A
ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 9 ἤδη.δὲ Kai ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν
to raise up children to Abraham, Butalready alsothe axe to the

ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται: πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν
root ofthe trees is applied:7every*therefore tree not producing

καρπὸν τκαλὸν" ἐκκόπτεται Kai εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 10 Καὶ

8 ποιήσατε
Prodace

2fruit 1z00d ds cut down and into [the] fire is cast. And
ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ ὄχλοι, λέγοντες, Τί οὖν "ποιήσομεν! ;
Sasked *him ‘the%crowds, saying, What then shall we do?

11 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ἱλέγει! αὐτοῖς, Ὁ ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας μετα-

And answering hesays tothem, Hethat has two tunics let him
δότω τῷ μὴ-ἔχοντι καὶ ὁ ἔχων βρώματα ὁμοίως
impart tohim that has not ; and he that has victuals ‘likewise

ποιείτω. 12 “HdOov.di καὶ τελῶναι βαπτισθῆναι, Kai
‘et *him *do. And%came also ‘tax-gatherers to be baptized, and
Yelzrov' πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, τί "ποιήσομεν"; 13 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
they said to him, Teacher, what shall we do? Andhe said
πρὸς αὐτούς, Μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον
to them, *Nothing *more “beyond *that‘which 715 *appointed

ὑμῖν πράσσετε. 14’Exnpwrwy.dé αὐτὸν καὶ στρατευόμενοι,
ϑο 'ὅγοὰ ‘exact. And asked him alsothose who weresoldiers,
, τη ΟΣ ene , lle as Χο eee
λέγοντες, “Καὶ ἡμεῖς τί 7romoopey'; Kai εἶπεν ρον αὐτοὺς,
saying, And we what shall we do? And he said to) them,
Μηδένα διασείσητε Yundé συκοφαντήσητε, Kai ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς
*No %one ?oppress nor accuse falsely, and be satisfied
ὀψωνίοις. ὑμῶν.
with your wages.
15 Προσδοκῶντος.δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ διαλογιζομένων πάν-
But as*were*in δοχρϑούαύί οι ὅπ ἤρϑορὶθ, and “were *reasoning tall
των ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ "Ἰωάννου, μήποτε
in their hearts concerning John, whether or not
αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστός;, 16 ἀπεκρίνατο "ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης ἅπασιν,
he might Ὀ6 ὑπὸ Christ, answered ‘John all,
λέγων," γὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω vuac’ ἔρχεται.δὲ ὁ
saying, 1. indeed with water baptize you, but he comes who[is]
ἰσχυρότερός μου, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν
mightier than I, of whom I am not fit toloose the thong
ὑποδημάτων. αὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι
of his sandals ; he Syou ‘will *baptize with[the] Spirit
ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί: 17 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ. χειρὶ αὐτοῦ,
*Holy and with fire; of whom the winnowing fan{is] in his hand,

‘kai διακαθαριεῖ! τὴν.χλωνα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ “συνάξει! τὸν
and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and willgather the
σῖτον εἰς τὴν.ἀποθήκην.αὐτοῦ, τὸ. δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει
wheat into his granary, but the chaff he will burn

πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 18 Πολλὰ

ἐν. οὖν καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν
with fire unquenchable. SMany

herefore ‘and other things exhorting

5 ποιήσωμεν Should we do Lrrraw.
“ τί ποιήσομεν (ποιήσωμεν Should we do TAW) καὶ ἡμεῖς LTTrA.
¥ μηδένα DO one 7, ἃ
b + εἰς μετάνοιαν to repentance 1,.

τ [καλὸν 1.
LTTr.
LTrA.
Ἰωάννης T.

τ ἔλεγεν he said LrTrA. ᾧὑὉῦΓ εἶπαν
* αὐτοῖς to them
26 Ιωάνης ἅπασιν λέγων Tr; λέγων πᾶσιν ὃ
¢ διακαθᾶραι to thoroughly purge τ.

« "Iwavov Tr.

2 συναγαγεῖν to gather T.

ΠῚ. LUKE.

εὐηγγελίζετο τὸν λαόν. 19 Ὁ δὲ. Ἡρώδης ὁ ὅτε-

he announced the glad tidings to ale people. But Herod the te
τράρχης" ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρωδιάδος τῆς
trarch being reproved by him concerning Herodias
γυναικὸς Φιλίππου! rov.adekpov.abrov, καὶ περὶ πάντων

wife of Philip his LANE: and concerning all
ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν ὁ Ἡρώδης, 20 προσέθηκεν ἑκαὶἱ"
3which ‘had *done [the] “evils *Herod, added me
τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν "καὶ" κατέκλεισεν τὸν *Iwavyny' ἐν ἔτῃ"
this to all that he shut up John in the
φυλακῷ.

prison.

21 ᾿ἘΕγένετο. δὲ

ἐν τῷ. βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ
Now it came to pass *having ®been *baptized

tall 2the *people, and

Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος καὶ προσευχομένου, ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν
Jesus having been baptized and praying, as*opened ‘the

οὐρανόν, 22 καὶ καταβῆναι TO πνεῦμα TO yee σωματικῷ
*heaven, and descended the Spirit the oly aes odey

εἴδει ‘woei' περιστερὰν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ
form as a dove upon him, and avoice outof heaven

γενέσθαι, λέγουσαν," Σὺ εἴ ὁ.υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ
came, saying, Thou art mySon the beloved, in thee
πῃὐδόκησα."
I have found delight.
23 Kai αὐτὸς ἦν °0' ᾿Ιησοῦς Ῥὼὡσεὶ ἐτῶν
And eons. 3was 1Jesus about *years [?°old)

ἀρχόμενος,"

τριάκοντα
*thirty
Wy, we ἐνομίζετο, υἱὸς" Iwond, τοῦ HXi,"

157

21 Now when 411 the

ple were baptized
it came to pass, thaz
Jesus also being bap-
tized, and praying, the
heaven was opened,
22 and the Holy Ghost
descended in a bodily
shape like a dove upon
him, and a voice came
from heaven, which
said, Thou art my be-
loved Son; in tee I
am well pleased.

23 And Jesus him-
self began to be about
thirty years of age, be-
ing (as was supposed)
the son of Joseph,
which was the son of
Heli, 24 which was the
son of Matthat, which
was the son of Levi,
which was the son of
Melchi, which was the
son of Janna, which
was the son of Joseph,
25 which was the son
of Mattathias, which
was the son of Amos,
which was the son of
Naum, which was the
son of Esli, which was
the son of Nagge,
26 which was the son
of Maath, which was
the son of Mattathias,
which was the son of
Semei, which was the
son of Joseph, which

“beginning (‘to 5056], being, as was supposed, son of Joseph, of Eli, was the son of Juda,
24 τοῦ *MarOdr," τοῦ tAevt," τοῦ Μελχί," τοῦ “Ἰαννά,, τοῦ 77 which was the son
of Matthat, of Levi, : of Melchi, ; of J: pee theson of Rhesa, which
Ἰωσήφ, 25 τοῦ "Ματταθίου," rov Apwc, τοῦ Ναούμ, τοῦ Ἐσλί," ποτ τς ΩΣ
of Joseph, of Mattathias, of Amos, of Naoum, of ae son of Salatbiel which
Tov Nayyai, 26 τοῦ Μαάθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ *Zepei," τοῦ ee ΠΡ on of ere
of Naggai, of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semei, Melchi, which was the
Ἰωσήφ," rou’ lovda," 27 Tov“ Iwavva," τοῦ Ῥησά, τοῦ Zopo- son of Addi, which was
of Joseph, of J ada of Joannes, of Rhesa, of Zoro- theapn of Cocane, which
βάβελ, τοῦ Σαλαθιήλ. τοῦ *Nnpi," 28 τοῦ Medi," τοῦ ©” Αδδί," dam, which was the
babel of Salathiel, of Neri, of Melchi, 08 Addi, 20% of; Het 2 yehien
τοῦ Kwoap, τοῦ ® EXpwoap," τοῦ ae. 29 rov®* Iwon,' τοῦ EXt- which was the son of
of Cosam, of Elmodam, of Joses, of Eli- Eliezer, which was the

=p : ca son of Jorim, which

ἐζερ, τοῦ Tw aah τοῦ **MazOar," τοῦ *Asvi,' 30 τοῦ Συμεών, was thesonof Matthat,
ezer, oreim of Matthat, of Levi, of Simeon, Which was the son of
aos -: ka? la Levi, 30 which was
TOU Τούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. τοῦ ** Ἰωνάν," τοῦ Ελιακείμ, 31 τοῦ '*Meé- the βοὴ of Simeon,
of Juda, of Joseph, of Jonan, of Eliakim, of Me- which was the son of
apne i ms ae: ae Juda, which was the
Aga," ™ rot Μαϊνάν," τοῦ Ματταθά, τοῦ ™*Nabdy," τοῦ °*Aa- son of Joseph, which
leas, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of Da- waa ihe son οἱ J opal
whic was the son ὁ

Be: ' 32 τοῦ Tecoat, τοῦ P* Ωβήδ." τοῦ «Ξ“Βοόζ," rov™Zadpwrv," Biakim, 31 which was
of Jesse, of Obed, of Booz, of Salmon, theson of Melea, which

© τετραάρχης τ — Φιλίππου (read of his) Gurtraw. 8 [καὶ] L. bh — καὶ T[A].

1 ἸΙωάνην ge
ο —O6TTraA.
τ Ἡλεί Trra.

— τῇ LTTra. 1@ ὡς LTTrA. m— λέγουσαν LITra.
Ρ ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα TTr.
5 Μαθθάθ τ. t Aevei TTrA.

X Μαθθαθίου Tr. Σ Ἔσλεί TTrA. τ᾿ Σεμεείν TTra,

© Ἰωανάν ΧτΤΊτΑ. ἀ Νηρεί τττα. “5 "Added TTrA.

LTTrA. ha Ma6@a0 T; Μαθθάτ Tra. ia Aevet TTrA.

ma τοῦ Μεννά [L]TTrA. na Ναθάμ. T. oa Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ GW.

LTTra. 98 Bods LTTra. re Sada τ.

Y MeAxet TTrA.

a τῶσχι Josech Trra
fe ἐπι: ἄμ, LTTrA.
ka Ἰωνάμ, TTrA.

= εὐδόκησα LITrA.

9 ὧν vids ws ἐνομίζετο LTTrA.

© Ἰανναί LTTrA.
Ὁ Ἰωδά TTra.
84 Ἰησοῦ Jesus
la MeAea TTr.
P38 Ἰωβήδ Jobed

158

was the son of Menan,
which was the son of
Mattatha, which was
the son of Nathan,
which was the son of
David, 32 which was
the son of Jesse, which
was the son of Obed,
which was the son of
Booz, which was the
son of Salmon, which
was thesonof Naasson,
33 which was the son
of Aminadab, which
was the son of Aram,
which was the son of
Esrom, which was the
son of Phares, which
was the son of Juda,
34 which was theson of
Jacob, which was the
son of Isaac, which was
the son of Abraham,
which was the son of
Thara, which was the
son of Nachor, 35 which
was the son of Saruch,
which was the son of
Ragau, which was the
son of Phalec, which
was the son of Heber.
which was the son of
Sala, 36 which was the
son of Caiman, which
was theson of Arphax-
ad, which was the son
of Sem, which was the
son of Noe, which was
the son of lLamech,
37 which was the son of
Mathusala, which was
the son of Enoch, which
was the son of Jared,
which was the son of
Maleleel, which was
the son of Cainan,
38 which was the son of
Enos, which was the
son of Seth, which was
the son of Adam, which
was the son of God.

IV. And Jesus being
full of the Holy Ghost
returned from Jordan
and was led by the
Spirit into the wilder-
ness, 2 being forty days
tempted of the devil.
And in those days he
did eat nothing: and
when they wereended,
he afterward hunger-
ed. 3 And the devil
said unto him, If thou
be the Son of God, com-
mand this stone that
it be made bread.
4 And Jesus answered
him, saying, It is writ-
ten, That man shall
not live by bread alone,
but by every word of

5»᾿Αμειναδάβ A.
GLITrAwWw.

% εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA.
ῥήματι θεοῦ I[Tr]A.
ἃ ἂν LITA.
εἶπεν αὐτῷ τ.

χ Ἕβερ Tra.
© πλήρης πνεύμ. ἁγίου LTTrA.
h πρὸς αὐτὸν ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA.

° ἐμοῦ LITrAW.
LA , ΄ -

τ — ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ G[L]TTrA.

τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις LTr.

ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. III, IV.
τοῦ Ναασσών, 33 τοῦ "Αμιναδάβ," τοῦ "Αράμ," τοῦ "᾿Εσρώμ,!
of Naasson, of Aminadab, of Aram, of Esrom,
τοῦ Φαρές, τοῦ Ἰούδα, 34 τοῦ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ ᾿Ισαάκ, τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ,
of Phares, of Juda, of Jacob, of Isaac, of Abraham,
τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχώρ, 88 τοῦ *Zapovyx," τοῦ Ῥαγαῦ, τοῦ Φαλέκ,
of Terah, of Nachor, of Saruch, of Ragau, of Phalek,
τοῦ *"EBep," τοῦ Lata, 36 τοῦ ’Kaivar," τοῦ ᾿Αρφαξάδ, τοῦ
of Eber, of Sala, of Cainan, of Arphaxad,
Σήμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ, 37 τοῦ Μαθουσάλα, τοῦ Ἐνώχ,
of Sem, of Noe, of Lamech, of Mathusala, of Enoch,
τοῦ * Taped, τοῦ "Μαλελεήλ," τοῦ Kaivay,' 88 τοῦ ᾿Ενώς,
of Jared, of Maleleel, of Cainan, of Enos,
τοῦ Σήθ, Tow’ Adam, τοῦ θεοῦ.
of Seth, of Adam, of God.
? “- δὲ ς ᾽, . € , Xr ¢ ll A [2 ? ‘
4 ᾿Ιησοῦς. πνεύματος ἁγίου πλήρης" ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ
And Jesus, of [ὍΠ6] *Spirit ‘Holy full, returned from
τοῦ Ἰορδάνου: καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ πνεύματι “sic THY ἔρημον"

the Jordan, and wasled by the Spirit into the wilderness
2 ἡμέρας ἐτεσσαράκοντα," πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου
days forty, being tempted by the devil;

καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ συντελεσ-

and he ate nothing in those days, and *being
θεισῶν αὐτῶν ἰ'ὕστερον" ἐπείνασεν. 3 kai εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ
Sended ‘they afterwards he hungered. And said ‘to ‘Shim ‘the
διάβολος, Ei υἱὸξ εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ.λίθῳ.τούτῳ ἵνα

*devil, If Son thou art of God, speak to this stone that

γένηται ἄρτος. 4 Kai ἀπεκρίθη " Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν," ἱλέγων,"

it become bread. And ?answered ‘Jesus to him, saying,
Γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος,

It has been written, That not on bread alone _ shall “live Iman,

k ? > 9 4 ‘ εἰν ~ Il r 5 ᾽ ‘ ’ A 1s

ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι θεοῦ." 5 Kai ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν ἰὸ

but ΟἹ every word of God. And #leading*up “ἴω ‘the
διάβολος" πεὶς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν!" ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι-
*devil intoa?mountain "high shewed him all the king-

λείας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔν στιγμῇ χρόνου" 6 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ
doms of the habitable world in ἃ moment of time. And %said ‘to ®him

ὁ διάβολος, Σοὶ δώσω τὴν .ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ

‘the ?devil, To thee will I give “this Sauthority tall and
\ ly oR eae 2 \ δὲ ᾿ τ =| t
τὴν. δόξαν. αὐτῶν" ὅτι ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται, καὶ ᾧ."ἐὰν" θέλω

for to me it has been delivered, and towhomsoever I wish
δίδωμι αὐτήν: 7 σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιόν LoD, '
I give it. Thou therefore if thou wilt worship before me,
ἔσται σου Pravra." ὃ Kai ἀποκριθεὶς “αὐτῷ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς,"
3shall*be °thine 181] μη Ρ8. And answering him “said 1 Jesus,
ΓὝπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ" γέγραπται.""γάρ," "ᾳΠροσκυνή-
Get thee behind me, Satan ; for it has been written, Thou shalt wor-
σεις κύριον τὸν. θεόν.σου,} καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.
ship [the] Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve,
9 "Καὶ ἤγαγεν" αὐτὸν εἰς ‘lepovoadnp, καὶ ἔστησεν “"αὐτὸν"
And heled him to erusalem, and set him
υ᾿Αδμείν, τοῦ ᾿Αρνεί of Admin, of Arni, TA. ‘’Eopwv EL. δ" Σερούχ
Υ Καϊνάμ TA. 1 Ἰάρεθι,; Ἰάρετ Ὑ. * Μελελεήλτ. ὃ Καϊνάμ Υ.
“ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τττὰ. “τεσσεράκοντα ΤττΑ. ἴ-- ὕστερον LTTrA.
i — λέγων ΤΊτΑ. k — ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ
! — ὃ διάβολος (read he shewed) ΤΊ τα. ™ — εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν [L]TTrA.
Ρ πᾶσα allGLITrAW. 4 [Ὁ] A; εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς
88 — γάρ for GLTTrAW. ἴδ κύριον
wa — αὐτὸν (read [him]) [TrJa.

their glory ;

va nyayev δὲ TTra.

ΤΥ: LUKE.
ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εἰ *0' υἱὸς εἶ
upon the edge of the temple, and said tohim, If the Son thou art

Tov θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω. 10 γέγραπται.γάρ,
of God, cast thyself “hence ‘down ; for it has been written,

"Ort τοῖς. ἀγγέλοις.αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ δια-
That to his angels he will give charge concerning thee, to
φυλάξαι σε" 11 καὶ Ore ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε
keep thee; and that in [their] hands shalltheybear thee, lest

προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν. πόδα.σου. 12 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν

thou strike against a stone thy foot. And answering “said
« ~ » ? , ’
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι εἴρηται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον
*to *him 1 Jesus, It has been said, Thou shalt not tempt [the] Lord

τὸν. θεόν.σου. 18 Kai συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν ὁ διά-
thy God. And having finished every temptation the de-

βολος ἀπέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀχρι καιροῦ.
vil departed from him for a time.
14 Kai ὑπέστρεψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος
And returned ‘Jesus in the power of the Spirit
2 \ , ‘ (3 ? ~ θ᾽ ὅλ ~
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. καὶ φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς περι-
to Galilee ; and arumour wentout into *whole ‘the country
χώρου περὶ αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς συν-
around concerning him. and he taught in *syn-
aywyaic αὐτῶν, δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων. 16 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς
agogues ‘their, being glorified by all, And hecame to
τὴν" Ναζαρέτ," οὗ ἦν "τεθραμμένος" καὶ εἰσῆλθεν κατὰ
Nazareth, where hewas' brought up; and he entered according to
τὸ.εἰωθὸς. αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων εἰς THY συναγωγήν,
his custom onthe day ofthe sabbaths into the synagogue,
Kai ἀνέστη ἀναγνῶναι. 17 καὶ ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον
and stood up to read. And there was given tohim [the] book
“Hoatov τοῦ προφήτου." καὶ “ἀναπτύξας" τὸ βιβλίον εὗρεν
of Esaias the prophet, and havingunrolled the book he found
frov' τόπον οὗ ἢν γεγραμμένον, 18 Πνεῦμα κυρίου
the place where it was written, {The} Spirit of [the] Lord [is]
ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ, οὗ. “ἕνεκεν! ἔχρισεν μὲ ἰεὐαγγελίζεσθαι"
upon me, onaccount of which he anointed me to announce the glad tidings
πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν pe δἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους
ἴο [[Π6] poor, he has sent me to heal the broken
τὴν καρδίαν," κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν Kai τυφλοῖς
ἴπ heart, to proclaim tocaptives deliverance and to [the] blind
ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει" 19 κηρύ-

recovery of sight, to send forth [the] crushed indeliverance, to pro-
Ea ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν. 20 Kai πτύξας τὸ
claim [the] “year “*of{*the]*Lord ‘acceptable. And having rolled up the
βιβλίον, ἀποδοὺς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκάθισεν, καὶ πάντων
book, having delivered [it] to the attendant hesatdown, and “of #all
δὲν τῇ συναγωγῇ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν" ἀτενίζοντες αὐτῷ.
Sin ‘the ‘synagogue ‘the “eyes were fixed upon him.

21 ᾿Ηρξατο.δὲ λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι σήμερον πεπλήρωται
And he began ἴο 58} to them, To-day is fulfilled

ἡ-γραφὴ-αὕτη ἐν τοῖς. ὠσὶν. ὑμῶν. 22 Kai πάντες ἐμαρτύρουν

this scripture in your ears. And all bore witness

159

God. 5 And the devil,
taking him up into an
high mountain,shewed
unto him all the king-
doms of the world in
ἃ moment of time.
6 And the devil said
unto him, All this
power will I give thee,
and the glory of them

for that is delivered
unto me; andto whom:
soever I will I give it.
7 Lf thou therefore wilt
worship me, all shal]
be thine. 8 And Jesus
answered and said un

to him, Get thee be

hind me, Satan: for it
is written, Thou shalt
worship the Lord thy
God, and him only
shalt thouserve, 9 And
he brought him to Je-
rusalem, and set hin
on a pinnacle of the
temple, and said unto
him, If thou be theSon
of God, cast thyself
down from hence:
10 for it is written, He
shall give his angels
charge over thee, to
keep thee: 11 and in
their hands they shall
bear thee up, lest at
any time thou dash thy
foot against a stone.
12 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto him, It
is said, Thou shalt not
tempt the Lord thy
God. 13 And when the
devil had ended all the
temptation, he depart-
ed from him for a
season.

14 And Jesus return-
ed in the power of the
Spirit into Galilee:
and there went outa
fame of him through
all the region round
about. 15 And he
taught in their syna-
gogues, being glorified
of all. 16 And hecame
to Nazareth, where he
had been brought up:
and, as his custom
was, he went into the
synagogue on the sab-
bath day, and stood up
for to read. 17 And
there was delivered
unto him the book of
the prophet Ksaias.
And when he had
opened the book, he
found the place where
it was written, 18 The
Spirit of the Lord is
upon me, because he
hath anointed me to
preach the gospel to

xX —. ὃ GLTTrAW. Υ — τὴν LITrA.
μένος 1. Ὁ τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου LTTrA.
© εἵνεκεν GLTTrAW.
τὴν καρδίαν G[L|rTra.
ἦσαν TTra.

Γεὐαγγελίσασθαι GLTTrAW.

: Ναζαρέθ Ἢ ; Nagapa Nazara 1.
© avotéas having opened rr.

8 ἀνατεθραμ.-
4 τὸν T.

Ε — ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους

2 A a “> ὮΝ Ξ cis 3 a a

h ἐν συναγωγῇ ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τ, ; οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν συναγω
™ Y' μ Τῇ yn

16U

the poor ; he hath sent
me to heal the broken-
hearted, to preach de-
liverance to the cap-
tives, and recovering
of sight to the blind,
to set at liberty them
that are bruised, 19 to
preach the acceptable
year of the Lord.
20 And he closed the
book, and he gave it
again to the minister,
andsat down. And the
eyes of all them that
were in the synagogue
were fastened on him,
21 And he began to say
unto them, This day is
this scripture fulfilled
in your ears. 22 And
all bare him witness,
and wondered at the
gracious words which
proceeded out of his
mouth. And they said,
Is not this Joseph’s
son? 23 And he said
unto them, Ye will
surely say unto me
this. proverb, Phy-
sician, heal thyself:
whatsoever we have
heard done in Caper-
naum, do also here in
thy country. 24 And he
said, Verily 1 say unto
you, No prophet is
accepted in his own
country. 25 But I tell
you of a truth, many
widows were in Israel
in the days of Elias,
when the heaven was
shut up three years
and six months, when

great famine was
throughout all the
land; 26 but unto

none of them was Elias
sent, save unto Sa-
repta, a city of Sidon,
unto a woman that
was a widow. 27 And
many lepers were in
Israel in the time of
Eliseus the prophet ;
and none of them was
cleansed, saving Na-
aman the Syrian.
28 And all they in the
synagogue, when they
heard these things,
were filled with wrath,
29 and rose up, and
thrust him out of the
city, and led him unto
the brow of the hill
whereon their city was
built, that they might
cast him down head-
long. 30 But he pass-
ing through the midst
of them went his way,

31 And came down

i οὐχὶ LTTrA.

2 Καφαρναούμ, LTTrAW.

t Σάρεφθα w.
LY) τοῦ προφήτου LTTrA.

& στε SO aS GLTTrA.

® ‘HAgas T.

αὐτῶν TTrA.

AOY KAS. IVi
? ~ int) ΄ 4 » ‘ ~ , ~ id ~
αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευο-
tohim, and wondered at the words of grace which pro-
, - ~ ν᾿ Η
μένοις ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγον, Ἰοὐχ' Κοὗῦτός ἐστιν
ceeded outof his mouth ; and they said, 7Not Sthis lis
« ee ᾽ 4 if ? os if.
16! υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ"; 23 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πάντως ἐρεῖτέ

the son of Joseph? And hesaid_ to them, Surely ye will say

μοι τὴν.παραβολὴν. ταύτην, ᾿Ιατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν"

to me this parable, Physician, heal thyself ;
ὅσα

3 ΄ ~ ΄
ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα ᾿ὲν τῇ" "Καπερναούμ," ποίησον
whatsoever wehaveheard being done in Capernaum, do
4 ᾿ ~ ’ ‘ « ~
καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ. πατρίδι.σου. 24 Εἶπεν. δέ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι
also here in thine [own] country. But he said, Verily Isay to you, that
? ‘ ’ ~ ‘ ~ >
οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ.πατρίδι. αὐτοῦ." 25 ἐπ
no prophet acceptable is in his [own] country. 2In
? Ll « ~ ~ ~
ἀληθειας. δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ῥ πολλαὶ χῆραι ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις
but truth Isay to you, Many widows were in the days
« / ~? , « A ΝΜ
“Ἡλίου ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς "ἐπὶ ἔτη
of Elias in Israel, when *was ‘shut Sup *the *heaven for “years
, πὰ ~ e « ? , a ‘ ~ ‘
τρία καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, ὡς ἐγένετο λιμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν
three and “months ‘six, when there was a*famine ‘great upon all the
nv, 26 καὶ πρὸς οὐδεμί ὑτῶν ἐπέμφθη "Ἡλίας" εἰ. μὴ εἰ
γῆν, ρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη "Ἡλίας" εἰ. μὴ εἰς
land, and to none of them was sent Elias except to
tSaperra' τῆς Σιδῶνος," πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν. 27 καὶ πολλοὶ
Sarepta of Sidonia, to a*woman ‘widow. And many
λεπροὶ ἦσαν “ἐπὶ ᾿Ἑλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ,"
lepers were inthetime of Elisha the prophet in Israel,
καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη εἰ. μὴ *Neguav' ὁ Σύρος. 28 Kai
and none ofthem wascleansed except Naaman the Syrian. And
ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, ἀκούοντες
5were “filled lall ‘with *indignation *in *the *synagogue, hearing
ταῦτα. 29 καὶ ἀναστάντες ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς
these things ; and havingrisen vp they cast him out of [the]
πόλεως, Kai ἤγαγον αὐτὸν Ewe Υὑτῆς" ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ᾽

city, and led him unto the row of the mountain upon
οὗ ἡ-.πόλις. αὐτῶν ῳκοδόμητο," "εἰς τὸ" κατακρημνίσαι
which their city had been built, for to throw “down “headlong

αὐτόν: 80 αὐτὸς.δὲ διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν ἐπορεύετο.
*him ; but he passing through[the] midst of them went away.
31 Kai κατῆλθεν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ"! πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας"
And he went down to Capernaum a city of Galilee,
καὶ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν. 32 καὶ ἐξεπλήσ-
and was teaching them oon the sabbaths. And they were as-
σοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ-λόγος αὐτοῦ.
tonished at his teaching, for with authority was his word.
33 Kai ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἢν ἄνθρωπος ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου
And in the synagogue was & man having aspirit of a demon
ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, 34 "héywy,' "Ea,
unclean ; and hecried out witha*voice ‘loud, saying, Ah!
/ « - Ν (νη) ~ [4 L$ ? , « ~
τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ Ναζαρηνε ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς ;
what tous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? Art thoucome to destroy us?
oldd σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ. 8ὅ Καὶ ἐπετίμησεν
I know thee who ὕμπου αὐὖ, the Holy [One] of God. And ?rebuked

k yids ἐστιν ᾿Ιωσὴφ οὗτος TA. 1 [ὁ] tr. ™ αἰς GLTr; εἰς THY TA.
ogavrov T. P+ ὅτι μβαῦ τ. «4 Ἡλείου τ. -- ἐπὶ LTr[A].

v Σιδωνίας LITrA. δ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐπὶ ᾿Ελισαίου (Ἑλισαίουν
τ Ναιμὰν LYTrA. ¥— τῆς (read a brow) GTTrAW. 5 ῳκοδόμητο
b Καφαρναοὺμ, LTTrAW. ς — λέγων T[Tr]A.

ΤΥ. LUBE.
αὐτῷ ὁ᾽ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Φιμώθητι, καὶ ἔξελθε 488E" αὐτοῦ.
shim Jesus, saying, Hold thy peace, and come forth outof him.
Καὶ ῥίψαν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς “τὸ! μέσον ἐξῆλθεν
And*having*thrown μα ‘the 7demon into the midst came out
ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, μηδὲν βλάψα: αὐτόν. 36 καὶ ἐγένετο θάμβος
from him, in ποίῃϊπρ having hurt him. And *came ‘astonishment
ΡΟ , . , a ? ΄ ͵ ,
ἐπὶ πάντας, καὶ συνελάλοιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες, Tic
upon all, and they spoke to one another, saying, What
ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ Kai δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς
word [is] this, that withauthority and power hecommands the
> U U ‘ yf \ 2 ΄
ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν, καὶ ἐξέρχονται ; 37 Καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο
unclean spirits, and they come out ? And went *out
ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον τῆς περιχώρου.
1a?rumour concerning him into every place of the country around.
38 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ fix τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν
And rising up outof the synagogue heentered into the house

Σίμωνος" δὴ" πενθερὰ δὲ τοῦ Σίμωνος ἦν συνεχομένη
of Simon. ?The *mother-in-law ‘and of Simon was _ oppressed with
πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ" καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς. 39 Kai
a *fever great ; and they asked him for her. And
ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν"
standing over her he rebuked the _ fever, and it left her ;
παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἀναστᾶσα διηκόνει αὐτοῖς.
and immediately arising she served them.

40 Δύνοντος.δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου πάντες Ooo εἶχον

And at the going down of the all as manyas had [persons]
ἀσθενοῦντας νόσοις ποικίλαις ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς αὐτόν"

sun

sick with *diseases ‘various brought them to him,
0.6 ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας "ἐπιθεὶς" ᾿ἐθεράπευ-
and he *on ‘one Seach ‘of *them Shands ‘*having “laid healed

σεν" αὐτούς" 41 Βἐξήρχετο" δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ πολλῶν,
them ; and *went out ‘also ‘demons from many,
J ΄ Il ‘ , “ : Τὴ 5 ll ε ea ~
κράζοντα! Kai λέγοντα, Ὅτι od εἶ πιὸ χριστὸς" ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ
cryingout 84:14 saying, Thou art the Christ the Son
θεοῦ. Kai ἐπιτιμῶν οὐκιεἴα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν ort ζδεισαν
of God. And rebuking ΒΘ suffered ποῦ them tospeak because they knew
τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι.
“the °Christ *him to *be.
42 Τενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρας

ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἔρημον
᾿Απᾶ ’being “come ‘day

having goneout hewent into a desert
τόπον, Kai οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐζήτουν" αὐτόν, Kai ἦλθον ἕως αὐτοῦ
place, and the crowds sought him, and came upto him

καὶ κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ.μὴ-πορεύεσθαι an αὐτῶν. 43 6.08

and were detaining him that he might not go from them, But he

εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν evay-
said to them, Also tothe other cities *to ‘announce
ελίσασθαί ομε.δεῖ! τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Ort
he "glad *tidings ‘it 7behoves*me, the kingdom of God; because

Peic'! τοῦτο “ἀπέσταλμαι."
for this have I been sent forth.
συναγωγαῖς" τῆς "Γαλιλαίας."
synagogues of Galilee.

44 Kai ἦν κηρύσσων τὲν ταῖς
And he was preaching in the

161

to Capernaum, a city
of Galilee, and taught
them on the sabbath
days. 32 And they
were astonished at his
doctrine : for his word
was with power.
33 And in the syna-
gogue there wasaman,
which had a spirit of
an unclean devil, and
cried out with a loud
yoice, 34 saying, Let
us alone; what have
we to do with thee,
thou Jesus of Naza-
reth? art thoucome to
destroy us? i know
thee who thou art;
the Holy One of God.
35 And Jesus rebuked
him, saying, Hold thy
peace, and come out of
him. And when the
devil had thrown him
in the midst, he came
out of him, and hurt
him not. 36 And they
were all amazed, and
spake among them-
selves, saying, What a
word ¢s this! for with
authority and power
he commandeth the
unclean spirits, and
they comeout. 37 And
the fame of him went
out into every place of
the country round
about.

38 And he arose out
ot the synagogue, and
entered into Simon’s
house. And Simon’s
wife’s mother was ta-
ken with a great fever;
and they besought him
for her. 39 And he
stood over her, and re-
buked the fever; and
it left her: and imme-
diately she arose and
ministered unto them.

40 Now when thesun
was setting, all they
that had any sick with
divers diseases brought
them unto him; and
he laid his hands on
every one of them, and
healed them. 41 And
devils also came out of
many, crying out, and
saying, Thou art Christ
the Son of God. And
he rebuking them suf-
fered them not to
speak : for they knew
that be was Christ.

42 And when it was
day, he departed and
went into a desert
place: and the people
sought him, and came
unto him, and stayed

ε — τὸ α. f ἀπὸ from Trra.
Β ἐπιτιθεὶς laying LTTrA. i ἐθεράπενεν TIrA. Κ ἐξήρχοντο τ.

™ --- ὃ χριστὸς GLTTrA. 0 ἐπεζήτουν sought after GLITraw. ο δεῖ
4 ἀπεστάλην I was sent forth Lrtra. τ εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς ΤΊτΑ.

ἃ ἀπ᾽ from {τττὰ.

pe L.
8 Ιουδαίας of Judea A.

& — (read [the]) GLTTraw.

! κραυγάζοντα LT.
Ρ ἐπὶ LTTrA.

Μ

162

him, that he should
not depart from them.
43 And he said unto
them, I must preach
the kingdom of God
to other cities also:
for therefore am I
sent. 44 And he preach-
ed in the synagogues
of Galilee.

Vv. And it came to
pass, that, as the
ple pressed upon him
to hear the word of
God, he stood by the
lake of Gennesaret,
2 and saw two ships
standing by the lake:
but the fishermen were
gone out of them, and
were washing ‘their
nets. 3 And he enter-
ed into one of the ships,
which was Simon’s,
and prayed him that
he would thrust out a
little from the land.
And he sat down, and
taught the people out
of the ship. 4 Now
when he had left
speaking, he said unto
Simon, Launch out in-
to the deep, and let
down your nets for a
draught. 5 And Simon
answering said unto
him, Master, we have
toiled all the night,
and have taken no-
thing: nevertheless at
thy word I will let
down the net. 6 And
when they had this
done, they inclosed a
great multitude of
fishes: and their net
brake, 7 And they
beckoned unto ther
partners, which were
in the other ship, that
they should come and
help them. And they
came, and filled both
the ships, so that they
began tosink. 8 When
Simon Peter saw itt,
he fell down at Jesus’
knees, saying, Depart
from me; for I am a
sinful man, O Lord.
9 For he was asto-
nished, and all that
were with him, at the
draught of the fishes
which they had taken:
10and so was also
James, and John, the

AOY KAS. Υ.
5 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ὄχλον ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ
And it came to pass during the [time] the crowd pressed on him

‘rou! ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστὼς παρὰ
tohear the word of God, that he was standing by

THY al Tevynoapér’ 2 καὶ Yeldev' δύο “πλοῖα! ἑστῶτα
a

the ke of Gennesaret : and hesaw two ships standing
A aN , 4 ἱ.- δὲ χὰλ ~ ii ¥g / 2 2 ? “ἢ
παρὰ τὴν λίμνην ol. ἁλιεῖς" Τἀποβάντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν
by the lake, but the fishermen having gone out from them
Ξἀπέπλυναν" ra δίκτυα. 8 euBdc.dé εἰς ἕν τῶν πλοίων
washed the nets. And having entered into one ofthe ships
ὃ ἦν "τοῦ" Σίμωνος, ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγα-
which was Simon’s, he asked him from the land to put
εἴ λί 4 b A θί ΜΠ ςἐδίδ ? ~ Xx , Π ᾿
γ tY O. tyov Kat κασισας EOLOAOKEV EK τοῦ πλοιοῦυ τοῦς
off alittle; and havingsatdown hetaught from the ship the

ὄχλους. 4 Ὡς.δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα,

crowds. And when heceased speaking hesaid to Simon,

> / 2 A / 4 / A , € ~ >

Eaaveyage εἰς TO βάθος Kai χαλάσατε τὰ.δίκτυα.ὑμῶν εἰς
Put o into the deep and let down your nets for

ἄγραν. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 46" Σίμων εἶπεν Cait," Ἐπιστάτα,
8 haul. And answering Simon said tohim, Master,

δι ὕλης frig! νυκτὸς κοπιάσαντες οὐδὲν ἐλάβομεν"
through whole ‘the night having laboured, nothing have we taken,

ἐπὶ. δὲ τῷ ῥήματίσου χαλάσω &ro δίκτυον." 6 Kai τοῦτο
but at thy word I will let down the net. And this

ποιήσαντες συνέκλεισαν δἰχθύων πλῆθος" πολύ" ἰδιεῤῥήγνυτο"

having done theyenclosed οἱ fishes 8. 5:01 ‘great; ‘Swas 7breaking
δὲ τὸ δίκτυον! αὐτῶν. 7 Kai κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις
Sand "net *their. And they beckoned tothe partners

Κτοῖς" ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πλοίῳ, τοῦ.ἐλθόντας συλλαβέσθαι αὐτοῖς"
those in the other ship, that coming they should help them;
καὶ Ἰῆλθον," καὶ ἔπλησαν ἀμφότερα τὰ πλοῖα, ὥστε βυθίζε-
and they came, and filled both the ships, sothat *were*sink-
σθαιαὐτά. ὃ idwv.oé Σίμων Πέτρος προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν
ing ‘they. And*haying*seen'Simon Peter fell at the knees
χοῦ! Ἰησοῦ, λέγων, Ἔξελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός
of Jesus, saying, Depart from me, for aman a sinner
εἰμι, κύριε. 9 Θάμβος.γὰρ περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς

amI, Lord. For astonishment laidholdon him = and all those
σὺν αὐτῷ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων "ἢ" συνέλαβον"
with him, at the haul of the’ fishes which they had taken;

ν 2 ΄ ‘ ο᾽ ΄ ll « ‘ ὃ 4
καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ °lwarvyny,' υἱοὺς ZeBedaiov,
and in like manner also James and John, sons of Zebedee,
ot ἦσαν κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι. Kai εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα
who were partners with Simon. And “said to *Simon
Ρὸ" Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ.φοβοῦ: ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν ἀνθρώπους ἔσ

1 Jesus, Fear not ; from henceforth men thou shalt be
ζωγρῶν. 11 Kai καταγαγόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀφέντες

10 ὁμοίως. δὲ

sons of Zebedee, which capturing. And haying brought the ships to nd, leaving
were partners with Si- ge 2 , ear

mon, And Jesus said %47ravra' ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ.

unto Simon, Fear not ; all they followed him.

ἢ καὶ 8150 Tra, ἡ ἴδεν T. ’ πλοιάρια Small ships ΤΑ. χ ἁλεεῖς τ΄. Yan’ αὐτῶν
ἀποβάντες TTrA. Φἔἧἔ-ἔπλυνον Were washing LTra ; ἔπλυναν T. ® — τοῦ LTTrA. > Ka-
θίσας δὲ TA. © ἐν (in) τῷ πλοίῳ ἐδίδασκεν T ; ἐκ TOU πλοίου ἐδίδασκεν A. ἀ-- ὃ ΤΊτΑ.
ὁ -- αὐτῷ Tt. -- τῆς (read a whole night) Lrtra. & τὰ δίκτυα the nets τττ. δ πλῆθος

ἰχθύων GTTrAW.
breaking) TTra.
° Ἰωάνην Tr.

P—o [tr ]A.

1 διερήγνυτο L ; διερήσσετο TTrA.
k — τοῖς [L]rTra. 1 ἦλθαν 1.
4 πάντα LTTr.

i τὰ δίκτυα nets (read διερ. were
™ — τοῦ LTTrAW. Ὁ ὧν Tr.

LUKE.

12 Καὶ ἐγένετο év.r@elvar αὐτὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων,
And itcametopass as *was the in one ofthe cities,

‘ > , ? \ ἊΣ , .Γ ΄ 2 ‘ Ι . ? ~ ‘
καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας" "καὶ ἰδὼν" τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πεσὼν
that behold, a man full ofleprosy, and seeing Jesus, falling
> ‘ , ? "2 ? ~ , > eal 7A “
ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐδεήθη αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς
upon [his} face he besought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt

δύνασαί pe καθαρίσαι. 18 Kai ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα
thou art able me_ to cleanse. And having stretched out [his] hand
ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, "εἰπών." Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Kai εὐθέως ἡ
he touched him, saying, I will; be thou cleansed. And immediately the
λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 14 καὶ αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ
leprosy departed from him. And he char; him
‘ ? ee ᾽ A > ‘ ~ 4 ~ « ~ ‘
μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν. ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, Kai
noone totell; but having gone shew thyself tothe priest, and
προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου, καθὼς προσέταξεν ‘Mw-
offer for thy cleansing, as ?ordered ?Mo-

v

~ Π > , ? ~ 15 A , δὲ ~ «
σῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὕτοις. ιἠρχετοδὲ μᾶλλον ὁ
ses, for a testimony to them. But was spread abroad still more the
λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ" Kai συνήρχοντο ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀκούειν,
report concerning him; and *were*coming 7crowds ‘great to hear,

καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἀσθενειῶν. αὐτῶν"
and to be healed by him from their infirmities.
16 αὐτὸς. δὲ ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχό-
Buthe was retiring in the deserts and pray-
μενος.
ing.
17 Kai ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν Kai αὐτὸς ἦν διδάσ-
And it came to passon one of the days that he was_ teach-
κων, καὶ ἦσαν καθήμενοι ¥ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ νομοδιδάσκαλοι,
ing, andtherewere sitting by Pharisees and teachers of the law,
ot ἦσαν "ἐληλυθότες" ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ
who were come out of every village of Galilee and
? , ae ΄ - " Ul / τ 2
Ιουδαίας καὶ Ιερουσαλήμ και δύναμις Kuplov ἣν εἰς
of Judea and οἵ Jerusalem: and power of [the] Lord was [there] for
τὸ ἰᾶσθαι Ταὐτούς." 18 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης
to heal them. And behold, men carrying upon acouch
ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος, καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν εἰσενεγ-
&man who was paralysed, and theysought *him 1to *bring
κεῖν Kai θεῖναι 7 ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" 19 καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες "διὰ"
in and toplace [him] before him. And not having found by
ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἀναβάντες
what way they shouldbringin him onaccount of the crowd, going up
ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα, διὰ τῶν κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ
on the housetop, through the tiles they letdown him with the
, 2 ‘ , Ν “7 ~ oF; ‘ ᾿
κλινιδίῳ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 20 καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν
little couch into the midst before Jesus. And seeing
πίστιν.αὐτῶν εἶπεν Yair@,' “AvOowre, ἀφέωνταί σοι
their faith he said to him, Man, Shave *been *forgiven “thee
αἱ. ἁμαρτίαι.σου. 21 Καὶ ἤρξαντο διαλογίζεσθαι οἱ γραμματεῖς
thy ?sins. And began to reason the scribes
καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, λέγοντες, Tic ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασ-
and the Pharisees, saying, Who is this who speaks blas-
dnpiac; τίς δύναται “ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας," εἰμὴ μόνος ὁ θεός :
phemies? who [15 8016 to forgive sins, except alone 1God?
τ ἰδὼν δὲ τ΄. 5 λέγων LTr. * Mwiions LTTrAW.
x συνεληλυθότες come toyether L.
him a, 2 — διὰ GLTTraW. Ὁ — αὐτῷ GLTTrA.

¥ — ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
Υ αὐτόν him (read was for his healing) ΤΑ.
ς ἁμαρτίας ἀφεῖναι LITA.

108
from henceforth thou
shalt catch men.

11 And when they had
brought their ships to
land, they forsook all,
and followed him.

12 And it came to
pass, when he was in
a certain city, behold
a man full of leprosy:
who seeing Jesus fell
on his face, and be-
sought him, saying,
Lord, if thou wilt,
thou canst make me
clean. 13 And he put
forth Ais hand, and
touched him, saying,
I will: be thou clean.
And immediately the
leprosy departed from
him. 14 And hecharg-
ed him to tell no man:
but go, and shew thy-
self to the priest, and

offer for thy cleansing,
according as Moses

commanded, for a tes-
timony unto them.
15 But so much the
more went there a
fame abroad of him:
and great multitudes
came together to hear,
and to be healed by him
of their infirmities.
16 And he withdrew
himself into the wil-
derness, and prayed.

17 And it came to
pass on a certain day,
as he was teaching,
that there were Pha-
risees and doctors of
the law sitting by,
which were come out
of every town of Ga-
lilee, and Juda, and
Jerusalem: and the
power of the Lord was
present to heal them.
18 And, behold, men
brought in a bed a
man which was taken
with a palsy: and they
sought means to bring
him in, and to lay him
before him. 19 And
when they could not
find by what way they
might bring him in
because of the multi-
tude, they went upon
the housetop, and let
him down through the
tiling with his couch
into the midst before
Jesus. 20 And when he
saw their faith, he said
unto him, Man, thy
sins are forgiven thee.
21 And the scribes and
the Pharisees began to
reason, saying, Who is
this which speaketh
blasphemies? Whocan
forgive sins, but God
alone? 22 But when

w+ οἱ the L.

z+ αὐτὸν

104

Jesus perceived their
thoughts, he answer-
ing said unto them,
What reason ye in
your hearts? 23 Whe-
ther is easier, to say,
Thy sins be forgiven
thee ; or to say, Rise
up and walk? 24 But
that ye may know that
the Son of man hath
power upon earth to
forgive sins, (he said
unto the sick of the
alsy,) I say unto thee,

rise, and take up thy
couch, and go into
thine house. 25 And
immediately he rose up
before them, and took
up that whereon he
lay, and departed to
his own house, glorify-
ing God. 26 And they
were all amazed, and
they glorified God, and
were filled with fear,
saying, We have seen
strange things to day.

27 And after these »

things he went forth,
and saw a publican,
named Levi, sitting at
the receipt of custom :
and he said unto him,
Follow me. 28 And he
left all, rose up, and
followed him. 29 And
Levi made hima great
feast in his own house :

and there was a great
company of publicans
and of others that
sat down with them.
30 But their scribes
and Pharisees mur-
mured against his dis-
ciples, saying, Why do
ye eat and drink with
publicans and sinners?
31 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto them,
They that are whole
need not a physician ;
but they that are sick.
32 I came not to call
the righteous, but sin-
ners to repentance.
33 And they said unto
him, Why do the dis-
ciples of John fast

Vv,

ἀπο-
an-

αρδίαις

hearts

‘peated σοι
Have been cones thee

AOYKA%&.

22 ᾿Ἐπιγνοὺς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς.διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν
But owing 1 Jesus their ΣΘΒΒΟΒΤΩΡΕ

κριθεὶς" εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐπ ταῖς κ
Aan 5 said to them, Why _ reason ye

ὑμῶν; 23 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,
oeuee which is easier, to say,

αἱ. ἁμαρτίαι.σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, “Εγειραι"! καὶ περιπάτει ; 24 ἵνα.δὲ
thy sins, or tosay, Arise and walk? But that

εἰδῆτε Ore [ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς
yemay knowthat authority has the Son of man on the
γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἶπεν τῷ ἡπαραλελυμένῳ," Σοὶ λέγω,
earth to forgive sins, hesaid to the paralysed, To thee I say,

heverpat," καὶ ἄρας τὸκλινίδιόν.σου πορεύου εἰς TOY οἶκόν
Arise, and havingtakenup thy little couch go to *house

σου. 25 Kai παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, ἄρας
thy. And immediately havingstoodup before them, having taken up
>

ἐφ᾽ ἰῷ" κατέκειτο, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Toy-olkov.abrou, δοξάζων
{that]on which he was lying, he departed to his house, glorifying

τὸν θεόν. 26 Kai ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας, Kai ἐδόξαζον
God. And amazement seized all, and they glorified

τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι εἴδομεν
God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen

παράδοξα σήμερον.

strange things to-day.

27 Kai μετὰ ταῦτα
And after thesethings he went forth, and

ὀνόματι IAeviv,' καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
by name Levi, sitting at the taxoffice, and said e him,

Ἀκολούθει μοι. 28 Kai καταλιπὼν ἅπαντα," ἀναστὰς 'jKo-

d

ἐξῆλθεν, Kai ἐθεάσατο τελώνην,
saw a tenes

Follow me, And having left all, having arisen he fol-
λούθησεν" αὐτῷ. 29 Kai ἐποίησεν δοχὴν μεγάλην mo
lowed him. And 2made ‘entertainment *a *great
“Agvic' αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦν ὄχλος ὅτελω-

‘Levi forhim in his house, and therewas a*multitude “of *tax-

νῶν πολύς" καὶ ἄλλων οἱ ἦσαν per αὐτῶν κατακείμενοι.
gatherers ‘great and others who were with them pe

30 Kai ἐγόγγυζον οἱ. Ῥγραμματεῖς.αὐτῶν Kai ot Φαρι-

[αὖ ah And murmured their scribes and the Phari-
σαῖοι" yd τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Διατί" μετὰ
sees his disciples, saying, Why with

Seen eet Skat ἁμαρτωλῶν" ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε; 81 Kai ἀπο-
tax-gatherers and sinners doyeeat and drink? And an-

κριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ

Ses Jesus said to them, No need have they who
ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ. ‘adr’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 82 οὐκ
ΒΥΘ ἴῃ health of a physician, but they who ill are. SNot
ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετά-

I*havecome to call righteous [ones], but sinners to repent-
νοιαν. 33 Οἱ δὲ "εῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, “Διατί! οἱ μαθηταὶ
ance, Andthey said to him, Why #?the “disciples

4 — ἀποκριθεὶς L[Tr].

ὁ [Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. fo vids τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει TIrA.

8 παραλυτικῷ paralytic L. h ἔγειρε GLITrAW. 16 TTrA. J Aevety A; Aevety TTr.

k πάντα LYTrA. ! ηκολούθει LTTrA. —o GLTTrAW. 0 Aevets A; Aeveis TTr.

° πολὺς τελωνῶν LTTrA. Ρ Φαρισαῖοι και ot γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν (Lavrov) Tr) LItrAW. 4 Διὰ
TOLTrA. τ + tov the @LTTraw. ® — καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν A. τ᾿ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. κ'ὶ εἶπαν
LTTrA. W Aca τί L[ Tr]; — Διατί ΤΑ.

ΨΥΙ. LUKE.

τ᾿ Τωάννου" νηστεύουσιν πυκνα καὶ δεήσεις ποιοῦνται, ὁ-
*of >John ‘fast often and supplications make, in like

μοίως Kai οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων, οἱ. δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ

manner also those of the Pharisees, but those of thee eat and

34 Ὁ.δὲ Υ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς
drink ? Andhe - said to them, Areyeable “the
υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος, ev.p ὁ νυμφίος per αὐτῶν ἐστιν
*sons "οὐ the *bridechamber ὁ 116 ‘'the?*bridegroom™with ‘them 13ig
ποιῆσαι *ynorevey ; 385 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι “kai! ὅταν
‘to make ®to *fast ἢ But will come days "also when
ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν
shall be taken away from them the bridegroom, then they will fast in
ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. 36 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς
those days. And he spoke also a parable to
αὐτούς. Ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ὃ ἱματίου καινοῦ “ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ
them, Noone apiece ofa*garment ‘new puts on
ἱμάτιον παλαιόν" εἰ δὲ μήγε καὶ τὸ καινὸν “σχίζει, Kai
*garment ‘an old, otherwise both the new herends, and
τῷ παλαιῷ “οὐ-συμφωνεῖ" ἐπίβλημα τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ
withthe old does not agree [the] piece which [15] from the
καινοῦ. 37 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς"

πίνουσιν ;

new. And noone _ puts 2wine ‘new into “skins 1old,

> A , csv « ud Il ‘ ? , 4 ᾽ A
εἰ δὲ. μήγε ῥήξει 80 νέος olvoc' τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ αὐτὸς
otherwise ‘*will®burst'the “new “wine the skins, and it

ἐκχυθήσεται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται. 38 ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον
will be poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but 7wine ‘new

Pay ne . f hea Ane 5 i
εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον, "καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται.

into *skins Inew isto be put, and both are preserved together.
39 καὶ οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν Ἰεὐθέως" θέλει νέον"
And noone having drunk old [wine] immediately desires new;

λέγει.γάρ, Ὁ παλαιὸς *ypnorérepdc! ἐστιν.
for he says, The old “better 115.
6 Ἐγένετο.δδυ-᾽ ἐν σαββάτ ἰδευτεροπρώτῳ" διαπο-

Anditcametopass on ‘sabbath (['the] 2second “first ®passed
, 6 , 4 ὃ A m ~ ll 7 A ‘ »Ἅ [-
ρεύεσθαι αὐτὸν διὰ "τῶν" σπορίμων" καὶ ἔτιλλον οἱ

She through the and “were *plucking

μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ "robe στάχυας, καὶ ἤσθιον, ψώχοντες
this *disciples the ears, and wereeating, rubbing [them]

ταῖς χερσίνο, 2 τινὲς.δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων εἶπον Padroic,' Ti

along corn fields ;

inthe hands. But some ofthe Pharisees said tothem, Why
στ. a > » ~ ? iH ~ , ‘
ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ-ιἕξεστιν “ποιεῖν tv" τοῖς σάββασιν; 8 Kai
doye that whichitisnotlawful todo on _ the sabbaths ? And

ἀποκριθεὶς "πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε,
answering to them “said ‘Jesus, Noteven this did ye read,
ὃ ἐποίησεν "Δαβίδ," ‘ordre! ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ

that which 2614 1David, when hehungered, himself and those who
μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ Yovrec'; 4 ᾿ὡς" εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ,
with him were ? how heentered into the house of God,
Kai τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως “Ξξἔλαβεν, καὶ! ἔφαγεν, Kai
and the loaves ofthe presentation took, and ate, and

165

often, aud make pray-
ers, and likewise tre
disciples of the Phari-
sees ; but thine eat and
drink? 34 And he said
unto them, Can ye
make the children of
the bridechamber fast,
while the bridegroom
is with them? 35 But
the days will come,
when the bridegroom
shall be taken away
from them, and then
shall they fast in those
days. 36-And hespake
also a parable unto
them ; Noman putteth
a piece of a new gar-
ment upon an old; if
otherwise, then both
the new maketh arent,
and the piece that was
taken out of the new
agreeth not with the
old. 37 And no man
putteth new wine into
old bottles; else the
new wine will burst
the bottles, and be
spilled, and the bottles
shall perish. 38 But
new wine must be put
into new bottles; and
both are preserved.
39 No man also hay-
ing drunk old wine
straightway desireth
new : for he saith, The
old is better.

VI, And it came to
pass on the second
sabbath after the first,
that he went through
the corn fields ; and his
discipies plucked the
ears of corn, and did
eat, rubbing them in
their hands. 2 And
certuin of the Phari-
sees said unto them,
Why do ye that which
is not lawful to do on
the sabbath days?
3 And Jesus answer-
ing them said, Have
ye not read so much
as this, what David
did, when himself was
an hungred, and they
which were with him;
4 how he went into
the house of God, and
did take and eat the
shewbread, and gave

*"Iwavov Tr. ¥ - Ingots(And)JesusTIra. νηστεῦσαι TTra.
from (a garment) [L]Ttra.
will rend Lrtra. © οὐ συμφωνήσει Will not agree Lrtra.
© νέος LTTrAW. ὃ — καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται T[Tr]A.
good Trra, ἰ --- δευτεροπρώτῳ [τ||τ| 4}. --- τῶν τΎτὰ.

° + [αὐτῶν] of them L. P — αὐτοῖς [L]rtra.
τ ὃ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν T.
τ Ore Lir. ¥ — ὄντες Ltr. W πῶς L; [ὡς] Tr.

ὁ + σχίσας having rent (read puts [it]) Trra.

_ f+ τὸ the Tira,
1 — εὐθέως TTrA.
Ὁ καὶ ἤσθιον τοὺς στάχυας TrA.
4 — ἐν τ; — ποιεῖν ἐν (read τοῖς on the) Ltra.
5 Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ LTTra.
x8 λαβὼν having taken LTra.

b + ἀπὸ

4 σχίσει he
ἕ ὃ οἶνος

Κ χρηστός

8 [καὶ] L.

166

also to them that
were with him; which
it is not lawful to eat
but for the priests
alone? 5 And he said
unto them, That the
Son of man is Lord
also of the sabbath.

6 And it came to
pass also on another
sabbath, that he en-
tered into the syna-
gogue and taught: and
there was a man whose
right hand was with-
ered. 7 And thescribes
and Pharisees watched
him, whether he would
heal on the sabbath
day ; that they might
find an accusation a-
gainst him. 8 But he
knew their thoughts,
and said to the man
which had the with-
ered hund, Rise up,
and stand forth in
the midst. And he
arose and stood forth.
9 Then said Jesus unto
them, I will ask you
one thing; Is it law-

on the sabbath
days to do good, or to
do evil? to save life,
or to destroy it? 10 And
looking round about
upon them all, he said
unto the man, Stretch
forth thy hand. And
he didso: andhis hand
was-restored whole as
theother. 11 And they
were filled with mad-
ness; and communed
one with another what
they might do to Jesus.

12 And it came to
pass in those days, that

6 went out into a
mountain to pray, and
continued all night in
prayer toGod. 13 And
when it was day, he
called unto hin his dis-
ciples: and of them he
chose twelve, whom
also he named apo-
stles; 14 Simon, (whom
he also named Peter,)
and Andrew his bro-
‘her, James and John,
Philip and Bartholo-
mew, 15 Matthew and
[homas, James the son

A OLYAR PAYS: Viz
ἔδωκεν Yeai' τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, οὺς οὐκ. ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ
gave also to those with him, which itis not lawful toeat except

μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς ; 5 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ““Οτι" κύριός ἐστιν
Sonly ‘the “priests? And hesaid to them, SLord ‘is
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Kai τοῦ σαββάτου.

‘the 7Son Sof*man alsoofthe sabbath.
6 ‘Eyévero.dé καὶ" ἐν ἑτέρῳ σαββάτῳ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν

Anditcametopass also on another sabbath “entered the
εἰς THY συναγωγὴν Kai διδάσκειν καὶ ἦν έκεϊ ἄνθρωπος,"
into the synagogue and taught ; and there was there aman,

καὶ ἡ-χεὶριαὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ἕηρά. 7 “παρετήρουν" δὲ δαὐτὸν"

and his hand the right was withered. And ‘were 7watching “him

οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, εἰ ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ *OEpa-
1the 4scribes Sand‘*the *Pharisees, whetheron the sabbath he will
πεύσει,) iva εὕρωσιν ‘karnyopiay' αὐτοῦ. 8 αὐτὸς δὲ

heal, that they might find an accusation against him. But he
70 ‘ δ ᾽ ~ £g A ll ~ h ? , Il ~
oe τοὺς. διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν, ξκαὶ εἶπεν! τῷ "ἀνθρώπῳ" τῷ

knew their reasonings, and said tothe man who
ξηρὰν ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα, ᾿"Ἐγειραι," καὶ στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον.
3withered ‘had *the hand, Arise, and stand in the midst.
ΚὉ δὲ! ἀναστὰς ἔστη. 9 Εἶπεν Ἰοὖν" ὁ Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς,
And he having risen up stood. “Said ‘then *Jesus to them,
πὐ περωτήσω" ὑμᾶς, "τί' ἔξεστιν “τοῖς σάββασιν" ἀγαθο-
I will ask you, whether itislawful onthe sabbaths to do

ποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ Ῥάπολέσαι" 10 Kai
good or to do evil? 3116. ‘to*savyeor to destroy? And

περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν “τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ,"

having looked around on all them hesaid tothe man,
ἜἝἜκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρά.σου. ‘O.d& ἐποίησεν τοὕτως"" Kai "ἀπο-
Stretch out thy hand. And he did 80, and 3was

κατεστάθη! ἡ χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ 'ὑγιὴς" τὼς ἡ ἄλλη." 11 αὐτοὶ.δὲ
“restored *his hand sound as the other. But they
ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας, καὶ διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τί
were filled with madness, and consulted with oneanother(as to] what
ἂν “ποιήσειαν! τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ.
they should do to Jesus.
12 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ταύταις τἐξῆλθεν" εἰς τὸ
And it came to pass in those days he went out into the
ὄρος προσεύξασθαι" Kai ἦν διανυκτερεύων ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ

mountain to pray, and he was spending the night in prayer
τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 Kai Ore ἐγένετο ἡμέρα προσεφώνησεν τοὺς
of God. And when it became day he called to {him}

μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐκλεξάμενος am’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα, ov¢ καὶ
his disciples, and chose out from them twelve, whom also

> , ? , , τι ‘ > , ,
ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν, 14 Σίμωνα ὃν Kai ὠνόμασεν Πέτρον

?apostles *he named : Simon whom also he named Peter
kai ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, γ5Τάκωβον καὶ τ" Ἰωάννην,"
and Andrew his brother, James and John,

γ8 Φίλιππον καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, 15 7" δ! Ματθαῖον" καὶ Θωμᾶν,
Philip and Bartholomew, Matthew and Thomas,

Υ — καὶ LTrA.
LTTrAW.
8 εἶπεν δὲ TTrA.

κτεῖναι to kill aw.
GLTTrA.

2 [ὅτι] Tr.

4 — αὐτὸν LYTrAW.
b ἀνδρὶ Man TTrA.
τὴ ᾿Επερωτῶ I ask TTra.

L t — ὑγιὴς GLTTrAW.
αὐτὸν he went out TTrA.

® — καὶ LYTr[A]. > ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ TTrA. © παρετηροῦντο
© θεραπεύει he heals Lrtra. f κατηγορεῖν to accuse TTrA.
ἱ Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. k«atLTTrA [δὲ and Lrtr.

π εἰ if LTTra. ο τῷ σαββάτῳ on the sabbath Lrtra. P ἀπο-
4 αὐτῷ to him @irtraw. ¥ — οὕτως GTTrAW. 5 ἀπεκατεστάθη
¥— ὡς ἡ ἄλλη [L]a[trJa. Υ ποιήσαιεν LTTrA. τ ἐξελθεῖν
y® + καὶ and LITrA. 28 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr. 885 Ma@@atov LTTrA.

Vr. LUKE.
Ἰάκωβον τὸν _—s row!’ AX Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν καλού-
James the [son] of Alpheus and Simon who [was] call-
τον Ζηλωτήν, 16 © Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου, καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν
Zealot, Judas [brother] of James, and Judas

ᾧ Ioxapwrny," ὃς “καὶ! ἐγένετο προδότης᾽ 17 καὶ καταβὰς
Iscariote, who also became [the] trayer. And descending

ετ αὐτῶν ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ, καὶ ὄχλος f μαθητῶν
with them hestood on 8. Ῥ'δοθϑ ‘level, and acrowd of disciples

αὐτοῦ kai πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς Ἰουδαίας
"his and a *multitude ἢ ee ofthe people from all Judza

καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τῆς παραλίου Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος, ot
and Jerusalem and the seacoast of maby and Sidon, who

ἦλθον ἀκοῦσαι αὐτοῦ, Kai ἰαθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν.νόσων. αὐτῶν,

came to hear him, and tobehealed of their diseases,
18 καὶ ot δὀχλούμενοι" δὑπὸ" πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ἱκαὶ"
and those beset by 2spirits Aunclean, and

ἐθεραπεύοντο. 19 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος Ἐἐζήτει" ἅπτεσθαι αὐτοῦ"
uy were healed. And all the crowd sought to touch him;

ὅτι δύναμις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο Kai ἰᾶτο πάντας.
for power from him went out and healed all.

20 Kai αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς.ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς μαθη-
And he lifting up his eyes nba 3disci-

Tac αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν, Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί, ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν
ples ‘*+his said, Blessed ase the poor, for yours is

ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν, ὅτι
the kingdom of God. Blessed [ye] who hunger now, for

χορτασθήσεσθε. μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, OTL γελάσετε.
ye shall be filled. Blessed (ye] who meer now, for yeshall laugh

22 μακάριοί ἐστε bray μισήσωσιν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὅταν

Blessed are ye when “shall*hate *you 1men, and when
ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὀνειδίσωσιν, καὶ ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ
they shall cut 70ff ‘you, and 5881] reproach [you], and cast out

ὄνομα.ὑμῶν we πονηρόν, ‘évexa! τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου"

your name as wicked, on accountof the Son of man:
23 ™yaipere! ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἥμερα καὶ σκιρτήσατε" τᾷ ας ὁ
rejoice in that and leap for joy; for
μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τῷ Susie κατὰ "ravra' yap

in the heaven, according *to*these things *for

24 Πλὴν οὐαὶ

yourreward [ς15] great
ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ.πατέρες. αὐτῶν.

did sto *the prophets ‘their *fathers. But woe
ὑμῖν τοῖς πλουσίοις, Ore ἀπέχετε τὴν.παράκλησιν ὑμῶν.
toyou the rich, for ye are receiving your consolation.

25 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν ot ἐμπεπλησμένοι, Ori πεινάσετε.
Woe to you who have been filled, for ye shall hunger.
«ε λ ~ ~ a ul ‘ ’ ς ἦν > ‘ q « ~ tl
οἱ γελῶντες νῦν, ὅτι πενθήσετε Kai κλαύσετε. 26 οὐαὶ "ὑμῖν
who laugh now, for yeshall mourn and weep. Woe toyou

ὅταν καλῶς τὑμᾶς εἴπωσιν" "πάντες" οἱ ἄνθρωποι κατὰ
when well of you speak all Geo seconde sto

"ravra' yap ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ.πατέρες.αὐτῶν.
“these Sthinges ‘for did Sto*the *false *prophets their *fathers,

27 “AXNN’! ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς
But toyou Isay who hear, Love *enemies

οὐαὶ Ῥὑμῖν"
Woe toyou

4+ καὶ διὰ T, b= τὸν τοῦ TTrA. 5 + xatand LTTra.
La[trJa. f+ πολὺς ieee Te 8 ἐνοχλούμενοι TTrA.
and they) Lrtra. K ἐζήτουν TTra. | ἕνεκεν L.
same things LTTrA. ° + νῦν now T[Tr]A. P — ὑμῖν ΤΊτΑ.
τ εἴπωσιν ὑμᾶς τ. - πάντες α. τ ᾿Αλλὰ LTTrAW.

4 Ἰσκαριώθ τπττὰ.
h ἀπὸ GLTTraW.
ἃ χάρητε GLTTraw,

167
of Alphzeus, and Simon
called Zelotes, 16 and
Judas the brother of
James, and Judas Is-
eariot, which also was
the traitor. 17 And he
came down with them,
and stood in the plain,
and the company of
his disciples, and a
great multitude of peo-
ple out of all Judga
and Jerusalem, and
from the sea coast of
Tyre and Sidon, which
came to hear him, and
to be healed of their
diseases; 18 and they
that were vexed with
unclean spirits: and
they were healed.
19 And the whole mul-
titude sought to touch

for there went
virtue out of him, and
healed them all.

20 And he lifted up
his eyes on his disci-
166, and said, Blessed
e@ ye poor: for yours

is the kingdom of God.
21 Blessed are ye that
hunger now: for ye
shall be filled. Blessed
are ye that weep now:
for ye shall laugh.
22 Blessed are ye, when
men shall hate you,
and when they shall
separate you from their
company, and shall re-
proach you, and cast
out your name as evil,
for the Son of man’s
sake. 23 Rejoice yein
that day, and leap for
joy : for, behold, your
reward 18 great in hea-
ven: for in the like
manner did their fa-
thers unto the pro-
phets. 24 But woe unto
you that arerich! for
ye have received your
consolation. 25 Woe
unto you that are
full! for ye _ shall
hunger. Woeunto you
that laughnow! for ye
shall mourn and weep.
26 Woe unto you, when
all men shall speak
well of you! for so
did their fathers to the
false prophets. 27 But
I say unto you which
hear, Love your ene-
mies, do good to
them which hate you,
28 bless them that

ε -- καὶ
i_ kat (omit
n τὰ αὐτὰ the
ᾳ -- ὑμῖν GLITTAW.

168

curse you, and pray
for them which de-
spitefully use you.
29 And unto him that
smiteth thee on the
one cheek offer also the
other; and him that
taketh away thy cloke
forbid not to take thy
coat also. 30 Give to
every man that asketh
of thee; and of him
that taketh away thy
goods ask them not
again. 31 And as ye
would that men should
do to you, do ye alsoto
them likewise. 32 For
if ye love them which
love you, what thank
have ye? for sinners
also love those that
love them. 33 And if
ye do good to them
which do good to you,
what thank have ye?
for sinnersalso doeven
the same. 34 And if
ye lend to them of
whom ye hope to re-
ceive, What thank have
ye? for sinners also
lend to sinners, to re-
eeive as much again.
35 But love ye your
enemies, and do good,
and lend, hoping for
nothing again; and
your reward shall be
great, and ye shall be
the children of the
Highest : for heis kind
unto the unthankful
and tothe evil. 36 Be
ye therefore merciful,
as your Father also is
merciful. 37 Judge not,
and ye shall not be
judged : condemn not,
and ye shall not be
condemned : forgive,
and ye shall be for-
given: 38 give, and
it shall be _ given
unto you; good mea-
sure, pressed down,
and shaken together,
and running over,
shall men give into
your bosom. For with
the same measure that
mete withal it shall

@ measured to you

AOY KAS. Wi:
€ ~ Be ~ ~ ~ « - > ~
ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, 28 εὐλογεῖτε
‘your, “well 3do tothose who hate you, bless

Tove καταρωμένους ὑμῖν," Kai προσεύχεσθε τὑπὲρ' τῶν
those who curse you, and pray for those who
ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς. 29 τῷ τύπτοντί σε Yéri' τὴν σιαγόνα,
despitefully use you. Tohimwho strikes thee on _ the cheek,
πάρεχε καὶ THY ἄλλην: Kai ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ
offer also the other ; and from him who takesaway thy
ἱμάτιον, Kai τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ.κωλύσῃς. 30 παντὶ Oe Te"
cloak, also the tunic do not forbid. *To *every *one ‘and who
αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου: Kai ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σά,

asks thee, give; and from him who takes away what [15] thine,

μὴ.ἀπαίτει. 31 καὶ καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ
ask [it] not back ; and according as ye desire that *should *do *to °you

ἄνθρωποι, “Kai ὑμεῖς" ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως. 32 καὶ εἰ
‘men, also “ye *do tothem in like manner, And if
ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν;

γ8 love those who love you, what ‘to you ‘thank “is *it?
Kai.yap οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶσιν.
for even sinners “those *who “love *them Nove.
33 καὶ ἢ ἐὰν ἀγαθοποιῆτε τοὺς ἀγαθοποιοῦντας ὑμᾶς,
And if ye do good to those who do good to you,

, Cc ow Cc » ? LT ν αὶ sl εὖ Je \ \ ? \
ποιὰ υὑμιν “χάρις ἔστιν 5 καὶ yap” Ot ἁμαρτωλοὶ TO avuTO

what 7to*you ‘thank isit? even ‘for sinners “the “same
~ ς ‘ 25 e 16 Π > > 2 ,
ποιοῦσιν. 84 καὶ ἐὰν “δανείζητε παρ᾽ ὧν ἐλπίζετε
18ο. And if yelend [0 8056] from whom ye hope

Γἀπολαβεῖν," ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; καὶ ἐγὰρ" hot! ἁμαρτωλοὶ
to receive, what*to“you ‘thank isit? “even ‘for sinners
ἁμαρτωλοῖς daveiZovow,' iva ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ "ἶσα." 35 πλὴν
“to “sinners Mend, that they may receive the like. But
ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀγαθοποιεῖτε, καὶ ἰδανείζετε!
love your enemies, and do good, and lend,
mundey" πἀπελπίζοντες"" καὶ ἔσται ὁ. μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς",

*nothing ‘hoping *foragain; and *shall*be ‘your 7reward great,
καὶ ἔσεσθε υἱοὶ Prov" ὑψίστου bri αὐτὸς χρηστός ἐστιν ἐπὶ
and yeshallbe sons ofthe Highest; for he Ξροοῦ ΠῚ to
τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς. 36 γίνεσθε «“οὖν" οἰκτίρμονες,
the unthankful and _ wicked. Be ye therefore compassionate,
καθὼς "καὶ" ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν. 37 Kai μὴ. κρίνετε,
as also your father *compassionate ‘is. And judge not,
‘kai οὐ". μὴ κριθῆτε' * pap-waraducaZere, καὶ οὐ.μὴ KaTa-
that in no wise ye be judged ; condemn not, that inno wise yebe

δικασθῆτε. ἀπολύετε, Kai ἀπολυθήσεσθε' 88 δίδοτε, καὶ
condemned. Release, and ye shall be released. Give, and

, « ~ , , , va Sil
δοθήσεται ὑμῖν, μέτρον καλόν πεπιεσμένον ““καὶ" σεσαλευ-

it shall be given to you, *measure *good, pressed down and shaken to-

μένον “ai! **iepexyuvopevoy' δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον

gether and running over shall they give into *bosom

ὑμῶν: “rp γὰρ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ w' μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμε-

tyour: ‘with ‘the “for same measure with which yemete, it shall be

Y ὑμᾶς GLTTrA. W — καὶ GLTTrAW. χ περὶ TA. Υ εἰς T. τ [δὲ τῷ]; -- δὲ τῷ Τὶ;
[δὲ] τῷ τι. 5 [καὶ ὑμεῖς] 1. ὃ + γὰρ (read for if ye 4150) ΤΣ. “ ἐστὶν χάρις . 4 — γὰρ 1.
© δανείσητε 1,; δανίσητε τ; δανείζετε Tra. λαβεῖν Τῦτα, 8 --- γὰρ Τ{[Ὑτ]Α. h — οὗ LTTrA.
ἱ δανίζουσιν τ. *ioattaw. ἰδανίζετεπ. ™pnddvat. δ ἀφελπίζοντες 1. 5 + [ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς] in the heavens L. Ρ — τοῦ (read of [the]) GLitraw. 4 — οὖν LTTrA.
¥ — καὶ [{]1{ττ]. 5 ἵνα (read that ye be not judged) z. t+ καὶ and ΤΑ. v8 — καὶ

LTTrA.

W8 ὑπερεκχυννόμενον LTTrA.

χα ᾧ yap μέτρῳ LTTr.

LUKE.
παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Μήτι

Vi.

τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. 39 Hizevde?

measured again to you. And he spoke a parable to them,
δύναται ae τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν ; οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς
“ποῦ Sboth *into

Is *able blind [*man] a blind Goan} to lead?
βόθυνον *zrecovvrat'; 40 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑ ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκα-

5a Spit lwill fall? ‘not “15 acme above the teacher
λον Ξαὐτοῦ"" κατηρτισμένος. δὲ πᾶς ἔσται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος
of him; but *perfected every *one shall be as “teacher

αὐτοῦ. 41 τίδὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ

this, But why lookest thou onthe mote that [is] in τ eye

τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου, τὴν.δὲ δοκὸν THY ἐν τῷ.ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ
of thy brother, but the beam that{is] in thine own eye

ov-caravoeic; 42 Ῥὴ" πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου,

perceivest not? or how artthouable tosay to thy brother,
᾿Αδελφέ, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ
Brother, suffer [πτὰ Imaycastoutthe mote that [151] in eye

σου, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ. ὀφθαλμῷ.σου δοκὸν od βλέπων ; ὑπο-
ns thyself the ἢ *thine Dowd Feye ‘beam not seeing? BO

κριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου, Kai
crite, cast out first the beam out of thine [own] eye, and

τότε διαβλέψεις “ἐκβαλεῖν, τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ
then thou wiltseeclearly tocast out the mote ἐμαδύ[5] ἴῃ the eye

τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου!. 43 οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν
of thy brother. For ποὺ ‘there “is *a *tree Sgood producing

καρπὸν σαπρόν᾽ οὐδὲ" δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν"

*fruit ‘corrupt; nor a*tree ‘corrupt producing fruit *good ;
44 ἕκαστον.γὰρ δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ. ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται" ob-yap
for each tree by itsown fruit is 5h for not

ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου ἵτρυγῶσιν
from thorns do ἀπ gather figs, nor from abramble gather they

σταφυλήν." 45 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ

a bunch of grapes. The good man out of the good treasure
τῆς. καρδίας Ξαὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν᾽ καὶ ὁ πονη-
of his heart brings forth that which[is] good; andthe wick-
poc havOpwroc' ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας
man outof the wicked treasure of *heart
αὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ πονηρόν ἐκ.γὰρ "τοῦ" περισσεύ-
*his hy as forth that which [is] wicked; foroutof the abun-

ματος ἱτῆς" καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ. στόμα. αὐτοῦ." 46 Τί δὲ με
dance ofthe heart a "his “mouth. And pty me

καλεῖτε Κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ-ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω; 47 πᾶς ὁ ép-
doyecall Lord, Lord, and donot what Isay? Every one who
χόμενος πρός με Kai ἀκούων μου.τῶν. λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς,
iscoming to me and hearing my words and doing them,
ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὕμοιος. 48 ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ
Iwillshew you ἴο whom he is like. Like heis toaman
οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν, ὃς ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν, καὶ ἔθηκεν
building Co who dug and deepened, and laid
θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν᾽ "πλημμύρας" δὲ γενομένης τς
afoundationon the rock; and a flood LS come Sbur:

ῥηξεν" ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ- οἰκίᾳ. ἐκείνῃ; καὶ οὐκιἴσχυσεν πεν
“upon ‘the ?stream that house, and could not shake

169

again. 39 And he spake
a parable unto them,
Can the blind lead the
blind? shall they not
both fall into the
ditch? 40 The disciple
is not above his mas-
ter: but every one
that is perfect shall be
as his master. 41 And
why beholdest thou
the mote that is inthy
brother’s eye, bui per-
ceivest not the beam
that is in thine own
eye? 42 Hither how
canst thou say to thy
brother, Brother, let
me pull out the mote
that is in thine eye,
when thou thyself be-
holdest not the beam
that is in thine own
eye? Thou hypocrite,
cast out first the beam
out of thine own eye,
and then shalt thou
see clearly to pull out
the mote that is in thy
brother’s eye. 43 For
a good tree bringeth
not forthcorrupt fruit;
neither doth a corrupt
tree bring forth good
fruit, 44 For cvery
tree is known by his
own fruit. For of
thorns men do not
gather figs, nor ofa
bramble bush gather
they grapes. 45 A good
man out of the good
treasure of his heart
bringeth forth that
which is good; and an
evil man out of the
evil treasure of his
heart bringeth forth
that which is evil: for
of the abundance of
the heart his mouth
speaketh. 46 And why
call ye me, Lord, Lord,
and do not the things
which I say? 47 Who-
soever cometh to me,
and heareth my say-
ings, and doeth ieee
I will shew you to
whom heis like: 48 he
is like a man which
built an house, and
digged deep, and laid
the foundation on a
rock: and when the
flood arose, the stream
beat vehemently upon
that house, and could
not shake it: for it

Υ + καὶ also LTTrA. : ἐμπεσοῦνται LTTrA. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
ς — ἐκβαλεῖν TA. d + ἐκβαλεῖν to cast out TA.
τρυγῶσιν ΤΎΤΑ. 8 --- αὐτοῦ (read [his] heart) T.
τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ [τ ἸτττΑ. k — χοῦ LITra.

στόμα αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ L. 2 πλημμύρης ΤΊτΛ. - desdenes TTr.

e ai πάλιν again [L]1[T ns
— ἄνθρωπος [L]TTrA.
— τῆς (read of [the]) LTtra.

Ὁ — ἢ T[Tr]A.

‘ σταφυλὴν
= θησαυροῦ
2 τὸ

170

was founded upon a
rock. 49 But he that
heareth, and doeth not,
is like a man that
without a foundation
built an house upon
the earth; against
which the stream did
beat vehemently, and
immediately it fell;
and the ruin of that
house was great.

VII. Now when he
had ended all his say-
ings in the audience
of the people, he en-
tcred into Capernaum.
2 And a certain cen-
turion’s servant, who
was dear unto him,
was sick, and ready to
div. 3 And when he
heard of Jesus, he sent
unto him the elders of
the Jews, beseeching
him that he would
core and heal his ser-
vant, 4 And when they
eame to Jesus, they
besought him instant-
ly, saying, That he
was worthy for whom
he should do this: 5 for
ne loveth our nation,
and he hath built us
a synagogue. 6 Then
Jesus went with them.
And when he was now
not far from the house,
the centurion sent
friends to him, saying
unto him, Lord, trouble
not thyself: for I am
not worthy that thou
shouldest enter under
my roof : 7 wherefore
neither thought I my-
self worthy to come
into thee: but say in
« word, and my ser-
vant shall be healed,
3 For I alsoam a man
set under authority,
naving under me sol-
liers, and I say unto
one, Go, and he goeth;
and to another, Come,
and he cometh; and to
my servant, Do this,
and he doeth?/. 9 When
Jesus heard these
things, he marvelled
at him, and turned
him about, and said

unto the people that Κα

followed him, I say

AOYKAS. VI, VII.

αὐτήν" Ῥτεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν." 49 6.68 ἀκούσας
it, forit had been founded upon the _ rock. Buthewho heard
καὶ μὴ-ποιήσας ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ “οἰκοδομήσαντι' οἰκίαν
and did not like lis to a man having built a house
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου" τπροσέῤῥηξεν" ὁ ποτα-
on the earth without a foundation; on which Sburst the *stream,
μός, καὶ "εὐθέως ἔπεσεν," Kai ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας
and immediately it fell, and ‘was ‘the ruin 308 Shouse
ἐκείνης μέγα.
*that great.
7 Ἐπεὶ. δὲ ἐπλήρωσεν πάντα τὰ ῥἡματα.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς
And when he had completed all his words in the
ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς "Καπερναούμ." 2 ‘Exarovrapyou
ears ofthe people heentered into Capernaum. *Of °a 7centurion
δὲ τινος δοῦλος κακῶς ἔχων ἤμελλεν τελευτᾷν, ὃς ἦν
‘and ‘certain 56 θῬοπᾶάτηδη ill Speing was about to die, who was
αὐτῷ ἔντιμος. 8 ἀκούσας.δὲ περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς
by him honoured. And having heard about Jesus he sent te)
αὐτὸν πρεσβυτέρους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως
him elders of the Jews, begging him that
ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ τὸν. δοῦλον αὐτοῦ. 4 οἱ. δὲ παραγενόμενοι
having come he might cure his bondman, Andthey having come
πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ‘rapeKxadovy' αὐτὸν σπουδαίως, λέγοντες,
to Jesus besought him diligently, saying,

a » , > {Ὁ w , ll ~ Ρ ᾽ ~ A ‘
Ort ἄξιός ἐστιν wp παρέξει! rovTo’ 5 ἀγαπᾷ.γὰρ τὸ
that *worthy *he 7is to whom he shall grant this, for he loves
ἔθνος.ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς wKoddunoev ἡμῖν.
our nation and the synagogue he built for us.

6 Ὁ. δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐπορεύετο σὺν αὐτοῖς ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν
And Jesus went with them; butalready he “not “far
2 ’ Χ ᾽ ΡΠ ~ > 4 wn” y A ? 4 ll 2 «
ἀπέχοντος "ἀπὸ" τῆς οἰκίας, ἔπεμψεν ὑπρὸς αὐτὸν" τὸ ἑκατόν-
‘being distant from the house, $sent *to Shim ‘the 7cen-
rapxoc φίλους," λέγων "αὐτῷ," Κύριε, μὴ-σκύλλου" οὐ
turion friends, saying tohim, Lord, trouble not [thyself], *not
yap beiue ἱκανὸς" iva “ὑπὸ τὴν.-στέγην.μου! εἰσέλθῃς"
for *I%am worthy that under my roof thou shouldest come ;
7 διὸ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἠξίωσα πρός ce ἐλθεῖν: ἀλλὰ
wherefore neither myself countedI worthy “to “ὕπο ‘to 7come; but
? 4 , aN d? θη li « ~ ‘ a ? ‘ 2
εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ “ἰαθήσεται ὁ-παΐςιμου. ὃ καὶ. γὰρ ἔγω ἄν-
say bya word, and shall be healed my servant. For also 1 a
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν."
man am under authority appointed, having under myself
στρατιώτας, Kai λέγω τούτῳ Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται"
soldiers, and Isay tothis [one] Go, and he goes ;
\ ” a” A ΑΝ, ‘ ~ 4 ͵
καὶ ἄλλῳ, "Ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ. μου, Ποίησον
and toanother, Come, and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do
τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ. 9 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύ-
this, and he does [it]. And having heard these things Jesus won-
ασεν αὐτόν' καὶ στραφεὶς τῷ ἀκολουθοῦντι αὐτῷ ὄχλῳ

deredat him; and turning tothe *following Shim ‘crowd

P διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομεῖσθαι (οἰκοδομῆσθαι τ) αὐτήν because it was well built TTra.

4 οἰκοδομοῦντι building L.
τ Ἐπειδὴ after that LrTra.

together rrra.

τ παρέξῃ he should grant Lrrra.
* φίλους ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος (

x ‘ ΄
ὕπο τὴν OTEYHV ν.

τ προσέρηξεν TTr. 5. εὐθὺς συνέπεσεν immediately it fell
ἃ Καφαρναούμ. LTTrAW. * ἠρώτων asked 7.

x — ἀπὸ (read τῆς from the) T. Υ — πρὸς αὐτὸν τ.
ἑκατοντάρχης T)TIrA. ἃ -- αὐτῷ Τ. YixavdseimeTTrA. “μον
4 ἰαθήτω let be healed rrra.

VII. LUKE.

εἶπεν, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον.

said, Isay to you, noteven in Israel so great faith did I find.

10 Kai ὑποστρέψαντες “οἱ πεμφθέντες εἰς τὸν οἴκον᾽ εὗρον
And βανίπρ returned ‘those 2sent to the house found

τὸν ἰἀσθενοῦντα" δοῦλον ὑγιαίνοντα.
188 sick bondman in good health.

11 Kai ἐγένετο ἔν &ry' ἑξῆς
And it cametopasson the next [day]
καλουμένην Naty, καὶ συνεπορεύοντο αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ
called Nain, and went with him his *disciples
ἰϊκανοὶ" καὶ ὄχλος πολύς. 12 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισεν τῇ πύλῳ τῆς
tmany and a*crowd ‘great. And as he drew near tothe gate of the
aN \ ἰδ ’ > / k θ ’ ll 1 ey =
πόλεως καὶ ἰδού, ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκώς," υἱὸς μονο
city 24150 ‘behold, was being carried out(one] who haddied, an?son ‘only
γενὴς" τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὕτη ἦν" χήρα᾽ Kui ὄχλος τῆς

h ? LZ il ᾽ 5X
ETTODEVETO εἰς πολιν
he went into acity

to his mother, and = she was a widow, and a*crowd *of*the

πόλεως ἱκανὸὲξ ἃ σὺν αὐτῷ. 13 Kai ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ὁ κύριος
Scity ‘considerable[was]with her. And seeing her the Lord

ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ ϑαὐτῷῇ' καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Διὴ.κλαῖε.
was moved with compassion on her ἃ said to her, Weep not,

14 Kai προσελθὼν ἥψατο τῆς σοροῦ οἱ. δὲ βαστάζοντες

And coming up hetouched the bier, and those bearing [1]
ἔστησαν᾽ καὶ εἶπεν, Νεανίσκε, σοὶ λέγω, ἐγέρθητι. 15 Καὶ
stopped. And hesaid, Young man, to thee I say, ise. And

ἀνεκάθισεν ὁ νεκρὸς Kai ἤρξατο λαλεῖν" Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ
Ξβεῦ ἪΡ ‘the *dead and began tospeak, and he gave him

μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 16 ἔλαβεν.δὲ φόβος Ῥἅπαντας," καὶ ἐδόξαζον
to his mother. And ?seized ‘fear all, and they glorified

τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι προφήτης μέγας YWynyeora ἐν

God, saying, A?prophet ‘great hasrisenup amongst
ἡμῖν, καὶ Ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ θεὸς τὸν.λαὸν.αὐτοῦ. 17 Kai
us; and ΞῊ 545 “visited *God his people. And

ἐξῆλθεν ὁ-λόγος.οὗτος ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ
went out this report in all Judza concerning him, and

τὲν" πάσῃ τῇ περιχώρῳ.

in all the country around.
18 Kai ἀπήγγειλαν "Ἰωάννῃ" οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ
And *brought*word ἕο 7John 3015 “disciples concerning

πάντων τούτων. 19 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν
all these things. And having called to [him] *two?certain

μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ oO’ lwavyne" ἔπεμψεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν,"

of his disciples John sent [them] to Jesus,

, 5 « » ~
λέγων, Σὺ.εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ τἄλλον" προσδοκῶμεν; ;
saying, Artthou the coming [016] or another are we to look for?

20 Παραγενόμενοι.δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες "εἶπον," ΥἹωάν-
And haying come to him the men said, John
νης! ὁ βαπτιστὴς ἀπέσταλκεν ἡμᾶς πρός σε, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ
the Baptist has sent us to thee, saying, Art thou
ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον a Lae 21 Ἔν "αὐτῷ" "δὲ"
the coming [016] or another are we to look for? 2In *the “same ‘and

TY ὥρᾳ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων Kai μαστίγων Kai
hour he healed many of diseases and scourges and

171

unto you, I have not
found so great faith,
no, not in Israel,
10 And they that were
sent, returning to the
house, found the ser-
vant whole that had
been sick.

11 And it came to
pass the day after, that
he went into a city
called Nain; and many
of his disciples went
with him, and much
people. 12 Now when
he came nigh to the
gate of the city, be-
hold, there was a dead
man carried out, the
only son of hismother,
and she was a widow:
and much people of
the city was with her.
13 And when the Lord
saw her, he had com-
passion on her, and
said unto her, Weep
not. 14 And he came
and touched the bier:
and they that bare
him stood still. And
he said, Young man,
I say unto thee, Arise.
15 And he that was
dead sat up, and began
to speak. And he de-
livered him to his mo-
ther. 16 And there
came a fear onall: and
they glorified God,
saying, That a great
prophet is risen up
among us; and, That
God hath visited his
people. 17 And this
rumour of him went
forth throughout all
Judwa, and through-
out all the region
round about,

18 And the disciples
of John shewed him
of all these things.
19 And John calling
unto him two of his
disciples sent them to
Jesus, saying, Art thou
he that should come?
or look we for an-
other? 20 When the
men were come unto
him, they said, John
Baptist hath sent us
unto thee, saying, Art
thou he that should
come? or look we
for another? 21 And
in that same hour
he cured many of
their infirmities and
plagues, and of evil

f — ἀσθενοῦντα LTTr[A].
| μονογενὴς vids TTrA.
P πάντας GTrA.
τ Ἰωάνης Tr.

τ ἐκείνῃ that τττὰ.

_ © εἰς τὸν οἶκον οἱ πεμφθέντες LTTY.
1—ixavot[L]tr[a]. ἃ [τεθνηκὼς L.
was EGT[TrA]. ° αὐτὴν T.
5 Ἰωάννει T; “Iwaver Tr.

χα εἶπαν LTTrA. ¥ Ἰωάνης Tr. a — δὲ LTTrA.

8 τῷ Tr.

™ αὐτὴ W ; — ἦν EGW.
4 ἠγέρθη is risen LTTra.

Y τὸν κύριον the Lord rrra.

h ἐπορεύθη T.
no ἣν
τ--- ἐν [L]T[Tr]A.

τ ἕτερον Tr.

172

spirits; and unto many
that were blind he gave
sight. 22 Then Jesus
answering said unto
them, Go your way,
and tell John what
things ye have seen
and heard; how that
the blind see, the lame
walk, the lepers are
cleansed, the deaf hear,
the dead are raised, to
the poor the gospel
is preached, 23 And
blessed is he, whoso-
ever shall not be of-
fended in me.

24 And when the
messengers of John
were departed, he

began to speak unto
the people concerning
John, What went ye
out into the wilderness
for to see? A reed
shaken with the wind?
25 But what went ye
out for to see? A man
clothed in soft rai-
ment? Behold, they
which are gorgeously
apparelled, and live
delicately,are in kings’
courts. 26 But what
went ye out for tosee?
A prophet? Yea, I
say unto you, and
much more than a
prophet. 27 This is he,
of whom it is written,
Behold, I send my
iessenger before thy
face, which shall pre-
pare thy way before
thee. 28 For I say
unto you, Among those
that are born of women
there is not a greater
prophet than John the
Baptist: but he that is
jeast in the kingdom
of God is greater than
he. 29 And all the
people that heard him,
and the publicans, jus-
tified God, being bap-
tized with the baptism
of John, 30 But the
Pharisees and lawyers
rejected the counsel of
God against them-
selves, being not bap-
tized of him, 31 And
the Lord said, Where-
unto then shall I liken
the men of this gene-
ration? and to what
are they like? 32 They
are like unto children
sitting in the market-
place, and calling one
to another, and say-

A OF YAK PAP: VIL.

, ~ : Noi λλοῖο 2 4 best

πνευμάτων πονήρων, και τυφ Otc πολλοις ἐχαρίσατο TO
2spirits 1671], and ἕο “blind ‘many he granted

βλέπειν. 22 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέν-
to see. And “answering 1 Jesus said to them, Having
τες ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ! ἃ εἴδετε καὶ ἠκούσατε: “ὅτι!
gone relate to John what yehayeseen and heard ; that
‘ ? , 4 we s ,ὔ
τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζον-
blind receive sight, lame walk, lepers are cleansed,
TAL, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται"

deaf hear, dead are raised, poor are evangelized ;
23 Kai μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς.ἐὰν μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί.
and blessed is whoever shall not be offended in me.

24 ᾿Απελθόντων. δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ᾿ΓΙωάννου" ἤρξατο λέγειν
And *having*departed ‘the *messengers Sof ‘John he began to speak
πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου," Τί δέξεληλύθατε" εἰς
to the crowds concerning John: What have ye gone out into
THY ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευό-
the wilderness to look at? a reed * by [the] wind shaken ?
μενον; 25 ἀλλὰ τί SeEekndvOare! ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλα-
But what have yegone ont 0 see? aman in soft
κοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον; ἰδού, ot ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ
clothing arrayed? Behold, theywho in clothing ‘splendid
‘ ~ « , 9. - la > , ? Ay ,
καὶ τρυφῇ ὑπάρχοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσίν. 26 ἀλλὰ τί
and inluxury areliving 7in “the “palaces are. But what
δἐξεληλύθατε" ἰδεῖν; προφήτην; vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ
have ye goneout tosee? τὸ prophet ὃ Yea, Isay toyou, and [016]
περισσότερον προφήτου. 27 οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέ-
more excellent than a prophet. This is he concerning whom it has
γραπται, ᾿Ιδού, *éyw' ἀποστέλλω TOv.dyyédOv_pov πρὸ
been written, Behold, 1 send my messenger before
προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει TI)V.000Y.c0v ἔμπροσθέν σου.
thy face, who _ shall prepare thy way before thee.
28 Λέγω ‘yao! ὑμῖν, μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν
2T3say ‘for toyou, °a greater *among[*those] “born *of women
Κπροφήτης" ᾿Ιωάννου" ἱτοῦ βαπτιστοῦ" οὐδείς ἐστιν" 0.08
prophet than John’ the Baptist noone is; buthethat(is}
μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 29 Καὶ
1655 in the kingdom of God greater thanhe is. And
πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀκούσας καὶ ot τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν,
all the people having heard and the tax-gatherers justified God,
βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα ᾿ΓΙωάννου"" 30 οἱ. δὲ Φα-
having been baptized[with] the baptism of John ; but the Pha-
ρισαῖοι καὶ ot νομικοὺ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν
risees and the doctors of the law the counsel of God κοῦ aside
᾽ ε , ‘ θέ « ? ? ~ 931 m t SA «
εἰς EaUTOUC, μη βαπτισ EVTEC UT αὐτου. εἰπεν.ὁξ 0
as to themselves, not having been baptized by him. And “said the
κύριος,! Tar οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς
“Lord, To what therefore shallI liken the men of *gencration
ταύτης; Kai τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι; 32 ὕμοιοί εἰσιν παιδίοις
‘this ? and to what are they like? Like are they tolittle children
τοῖς ἐν. ἀγορᾷ καθημένοις, Kai προσφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις
in a market-place sitting, and calling one to another

b — 70 LTTrAW.
© — ὅτι L[ Tr].
I send) Lrtra.

Γ᾿ Ιωάνου τι.

4 ᾿Ιωάννει T; ᾿Ιωάνει Tr.
» a ,

h — ἐγὼ (read ἀποστ.

| — τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ TTrA.

© — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he said) [u)rtra.
8 ἐξήλθατε went ye out LTr.

i — γὰρ Pra. k — προφήτης Ltr].

™ — εἶπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος GLTTrAW.

VII. LUKE.

ΠῚ \ , iT) ᾽ ΄ c ~ ‘ ? > , θ -Ξ ἐθ J
Kai λέγουσιν, Ἡὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ὠρχήσασθε" ἐθρη
and saying, We piped toyou, and ye did not dance; we

U ~ ‘ > ,
νήσαμεν οὑμῖν," καὶ οὐκ. ἐκλαύσατε. 33 ἐλήλυθεν.γὰρ PIwavyne!
mourned toyou, and ye did not weep. For *has °come 1John

ὁ βαπτιστὴς “μήτε! τἄρτον ἐσθίων" Sunre' tolvoy πίνων,"

the *Baptist neither bread leating nor 2wine ‘drinking,
‘ a” « e ~ > ,

Kai λέγετε, SESE ἔχει. 34 ἐλήλυθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου

and yesay, Ademon he has. 5Has ®come ‘the 7Son of *man

? / ‘4 , a7 , ? , » if ‘
ἐσθίων Kai πίνων, καὶ λέγετε, ᾿Ιδού, ἄνθρωπος φάγος Kai
eating and drinking, and yesay, Behold, aman aglutton and
οἰνοπότης, “τελωνῶν φίλος" καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. 35 Kai ἐδι-
a wine-bibber, of tax-gatherers 8 ἔσο μα and of sinners ; and 7was
, ’ὔ ᾿ ~ ~ ,
καιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ “τῶν.τέκνων. αὐτῆς πάντων."
5] υβύ1ῆθα 4wisdom by [17 *children 1411,
36 Ἠρώτα.δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων ἵνα ga μετ
᾿Απᾷ δββκοᾶ 'one Shim 7of*the ‘*Pharisees that he should eat with
αὐτοῦ" καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς “τὴν οἰκίαν" τοῦ Φαρισαίου Yave-
him. And having enteredinto the house ofthe P he re-
κλίθη." 37 Καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ *év τῷ πόλει ἥτις ἦν"
clined [αὖ table]; and behold, awoman in the _ city who was
ἁμαρτωλός, "ἐπιγνοῦσα ὅτι ἀνάκειται" ἐν

a sinner, having known that he had reclined [at table] in the
τοῦ Papicaiov, κομίσασα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, 38 Kai στᾶσα
ofthe Pharisee, having taken an alabaster flask of ointment, and standing

΄ ~ , il ΄ » ΄
“παρὰ τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω" κλαίουσα, “ἤρξατο βρέχειν
at his feet behind weeping, began to bedew
τοὺς. πόδας αὐτοῦ τοῖς. δάκρυσιν," καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς
his feet with tears, and with the hairs of *head
αὐτῆς “ἐξέμασσεν," καὶ κατεφίλει τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ,
ther she was wiping [them], and was ardently kissing his feet,

‘ BJA ~ 7 2 ‘ Ὧι ε ~
καὶ ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ. 39 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὁ Φαρισαῖος
and was anointing [them] withthe ointment. But havingseen,the Pharisee
ὁ καλέσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Οὗτος εἰ
who invited him spoke within himself, saying, This [person] if

ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν.ἂν τίς Kai ποταπὴ ἡ }
he were aprophet, would have known who and what the woman [is]
ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς
who touches him, ἔοῦ a sinner she is. And 7answering
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σίμων, ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν.

1Jesus said to him, Simon, Ihave to thee something to say.
‘O.6¢ ίφησιν, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ." 41 Δύο ἐχρεωφειλέται! ἦσαν
Andhe says, Teacher, say [it]. Two debtors there were
MOaveory' ti ὁ εἷς ὥφειλεν δηνάρια πεντακόσια, 6.68
toa*creditor ‘certain; theone owed %denarii ‘five *hundred, and the

οἰκίᾳ
house

173

ing, We have piped
unto ρα: and ye have
not danced; we have
mourned to you, and
ye have not wept.
33 For John the Bap-
tist came neither eat-
ing bread nor drinking
wine ; and ye say, He
hath a devil. 34 The
Son of man is come
eating and drinking;
and ye say, Behold a
gluttonous man, and a
Wwinebibber, a friend
of publicans and sin-
ners! 35 But wisdom
is justified of all her
children.

36 And one of the
Pharisees desired him
that he would eat with
him. And he went
into the Pharisee’s
house, and sat down
to meat. 37 And, be-
hold, a woman in
the city, which was a
sinner, when she knew
that Jesus sat at meat
in the Pharisce’s house,
brought an alabaster
box of ointment,
38 and stood at his
feet behind him weep-
ing, and began to wash
his feet with tears, and
did wipe them with the
hairs of her head, and
kissed his feet, and
anointed them with
the ointment. 39 Now
when the Pharisee
which had bidden him
saw zt, he spake within
himself, saying, This
man, if he were a pro-
phet, would have
Known who and what
manner of woman this
is that toucheth him:
for she is a sinner.
40 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto him,
Simon, I have some-
what to say unto thee.
And he saith, Master,
sayon. 41 There wasa
certain creditor which
had two debtors: the
one owed five hundred

uw , stolen ΠΗ ies Ξ pence, and the other
ἕτερος πεντήκοντα. 42 μὴ. ἐχόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν ἅπο- fifty. 42 And when
other fifty. But “not *having 1they [wherewith] to they had nothing to

δοῦναι ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο" ric οὖν αὐτῶν, *eizé," πλεῖον
pay, both he forgave: whichthereforeofthem, say, ‘most

ἰαὐτὸν ἀγαπήσει"; 48 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ" πιὸ! Σίμων εἶπεν, Ὑπο-
Shim ‘will 7love? And “answering 1Simon said, I

pay, he frankly for-
gave them both. Tell
me therefore, which of
them will love him
most? 43 Simon an-
swered and said, Isup-

2 λέγοντες TTrA. ο — ὑμῖν τττ. ? Ἰωάνης Tr.
ἐσθίων ἄρτοντ. SpndeT. * πένων οἶνον LTTrA.
τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς LTrA. χ τὸν οἶκον LTTrA. Υ κατεκλίθη LTTrA.
LTTra. a+ καὶ and LTTraw. > κατάκειται LTTrA.
GLTTra. ἃ trois δάκρυσιν ἤρξατο βρέχειν τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
δάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν Trra. & χρεοφειλέται LTTrA. ἢ δανιστῇ T.
Κ΄ εἰπέ ττττί Α]. | ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν LTTrA. m — 9 T[Tr].

4 μὴ ποῦ ΤΑ.

τ φίλος τελωνῶν QLTTrAW.

τ ἔσθων ἄρτον LTrA ;
W πάντων
τ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει

¢ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ
? ΄
ε ἐξέμαξεν 1.

TAL
i — δὲ [L]tTra.

174

se that he, to whom

e forgave most. And
hesaid unto him, Thou
hast rightly judged.
44 And he turned to
the woman, and said
unto Simon, Seest thou
this woman? 1 entered
into thine house, thou
gavest me no waterfor
my feet: but she hath
washed my feet with
tears, and wiped them
with the hairs of her
head. 45 Thou gavest
me no kiss: but this
woman since the time
I came in hath not
ceased to kiss my feet.
46 My head with oil
thou didst not anoint:
but this woman hath
anointed my feet with
ointment, 47 Where-
fore I say unto thee,
Her sins, which are
many, are forgiven ;
for she loved much:
but to whom little is
forgiven, the same lov-
eth little. 48 And he
said unto her, Thy sins
are forgiven. 49 And
they that sat at meat
with him began to say
within themselves,
Who is this that for-
giveth sins also?
50 And he said to the
woman, ‘Thy faith
hath saved thee; go in
peace.

VIII. And it came
to pass afterward, that
he went throughout
every city and village,

eaching and shew-

g the glad tidings of
the kingdom of God:
and the twelve were
with him, 2 and cer-
tain women, which
had been healed of evil
spirits and infirmities,

ary called Magda-
lene, out of whom went
seven devils, 3 and
Joanna the wife of
Chuza Herod’s stew-
ard, and Susanna, and
many others, which
ministered unto him
of their substance.

4 And when much
people were gathered
together, and were
come to him out of
every city, he spake by
aparable: 5 A sower
went out to sow his
seed: and as he sowed,
some fell by the way
side; and it was trod-
den down, and the

A ΟΝ KA.2: VII, VILE
λαμβάνω ὅτι τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο. Ὁ «δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
take it that(he]towhomthe more heforgave. Andhe said to him,
Ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας. 44 Kai στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, τῷ

Rightly thou hast judged. And having turned to the woman,
Σίμωνι ἔφη, Βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα; εἰσῆλθόν σου εἰς
to Simon hesaid, Seest thou _ this woman? Ientered *thy ‘into
A 2 γῇ vO n2 ‘ 4 ’ ll > » Ὁ 2
τὴν οἰκίαν, ὕδωρ "ἐπὶ τοὺς.πόδας. μου! οὐκ.ἔδωκας" αὕτη. δὲ
house, water for my feet thou gavest not, but she
~ ὃ », » , 4 ἠδ A ~ A oO ~
τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας, καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν ripe
with tears bedewed my feet, and with the hairs

κεφαλῆς" αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν. 45 φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας"

head of *her wiped [them]. A kiss tome thou gavest not,
αὕτη.δὲ ἀφ’ te εἰσῆλθον οὐ.Ῥδιέλιπεν! καταφιλοῦσά
butshe from which [time] [camein ceased not ardently kissing

“μου τοὺς πόδας." 46 ἐλαίῳ τὴν.κεφαλήν.μον οὐκ.ἤλειψας"
my feet. With oil my head thou didst not anoint,

2 A ,’ » ΄ r 4 , Π - ΄

αὕτη.δεὲλ μύρῳ ἤλειψέν μου τοὺς πόδας." 47 οὗ.χάριν
but she with ointment anointed my feet. For which cause
λέγω σοι, ἀφέωνται δ"αἱ.ἁμαρτίαι.αὐτῆς" αἱ πολλαί, ὅτι
Isay to thee, forgiven have been her “sins many ; for
ἠγάπησεν πολύ dé ὀλίγον ἀφίεται ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ.
she loved much; buttowhom little is forgiven little he loves,
48 Πῖπεν.δὲ αὐτῇ, ᾿Αφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. 49 Kai

And he said to her, Forgiven have been thy sins. And
ἤρξαντο ot συνανακείμενοι λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Tic "οὗτός
began those reclining with [him] tosay withinthemselves, Who ?this
ἐστιν" ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν ; 50 Elmev.dé πρὸς τὴν γυ-

lis whoeven sins lforgives ? But hesaid to the wo-

ναῖκα, Ἣ.πίστις.σου céowkéy σε" πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην.

man, Thy faith has saved thee; go in _—~peace.
8 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.καθεξῆς καὶ airoc διώδευεν
And it came to pass afterwards that he journeyed through
κατὰ.πόλιν Kai κώμην, κηρύσσων καὶ εὐαγγελιζό--
city by city and village by village, preaching and announcing the glad
μενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Kai οἱ δώδεκα σὺν αὐτῷ,

tidings, the of God,
2 καὶ γυναϊκές τινες at ἧσαν» TED Ep TEU HEYA ἀπὸ πνευμάτων
and “women ‘certain who had been cure from ‘spirits
~ ‘ ? ~ / « La ’
πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν, Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή,
twicked and infirmities, Mary who iscalled Magdalene,
ap’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει, 3 καὶ VIwavva' γυνὴ
from whom ?demons_ ‘seven had gone out; and Joanna wife
XovZa ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρώδου, καὶ Σουσάννα, καὶ ἕτεραι wodXai,
of Chuza asteward of Herod; and Susanna, and “others ‘many,
αἵτινες διηκόνουν ταὐτῷ" “ἀπὸ! τῶν.ὑπαρχόντων αὐταῖς.
who wereministering to him of their property.

4 Συνιόντος.δὲ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ τῶν κατὰ.πόλιν ἐπι-
And ‘assembling 'a “crowd “great, and those who from eachcity were
πορευομένων πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς. 5 ᾿Εξῆλθεν
coming to him, he spoke by a parable, *Went *out
ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν.σπόρον. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν.τῷ.σπείρειν
‘the *sower to sow his seed ; and as *sowed
αὐτὸν ὃ. μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ THY ὁδόν, καὶ κατεπατήθη, Kai τὰ
*he some fell by the way, and it wastrampledupon, and the

kingdom and the twelve [were] with him,

0 μου ἐπὶ TOUS πόδας T; μοι ἐπὶ πόδας TA.
P διέλειπεν T.
t ἐστιν οὗτος L.

GLTTraw.
αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LT.

ο — τῆς κεφαλῆς (read with her hairs)
¥ τοὺς πόδας μον GLTrA. 5 αὐτῇ (αὐτῆς T)

4 τοὺς πόδας μουν 1,. 4 :
Wavrots to them Tira. * ἐκ out of LrTra.

VY Ἰωάνα Tr.

Vill. LUKE.

πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 6 Kai ἕτερον Τἔπεσεν"
birds ofthe heaven devoured it. And other fell

ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, καὶ φυὲν ἐξηράνθη, διὰ τὸ μὴ. ἔχειν
upon 6 _ rock, and having sprung up it withered, because it had not
ἰκμάδα. 7 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, Kai
moisture ; and other fell in [the] midst ofthe thorns, and
τσυμφυεῖσαι' αἱ ἄκανθαι ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό. 8 καὶ ἕτερον
haying sprung up together the thorns choked it; and other
ἔπεσεν “ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, καὶ φυὲν ἐποίησεν
7611 upon the ground the good, and having sprung up produced

καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα. Ταῦτα λέγων ἐφώνει, Ὃ ἔχων
fruit a hundredfold. These things saying hecried, He that has

ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 9 Ἐπηρώτων.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,
ears tohear let him hear. And %asked *hi this *disciples,
Ὀλέγοντες,; Tic “εἴη ἡ-παραβολὴ αὕτη! ; 10 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν,
saying, What may be this parable ? And he said,

Ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ
Toyou ithasbeengiven toknow the mysteries of the kingdom
θεοῦ: τοῖς.δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς, iva βλέποντες μὴ
of God, but to the rest in parables, that seeing Snot

βλέπωσιν, Kai ἀκούοντες μὴ-συνιῶσιν. 11 ἜἜστιν.δὲ
‘they *may see, and hearing they may not understand. Now “is

.“ « , « , ? ‘ £ , ~ we « ΠῚ
αὕτη ἡ παραβολή" ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ" 12 οἱ δὲ
*this ‘the *parable: The seed is the word of God: andthose
παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἰσὶν οἱ Δἀκούοντες," εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διά-

by the way are those who hear ; then comes the de-
Bodog καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, iva_uy
vil and takesaway the word from their heart, lest
πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν. 18 οἱ. δὲ ἐπὶ “τῆς πέτρας," οἱ
having believed they should be saved. Andthose upon the rock, those who
ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον, Kai οὗτοι
when they hear, with joy receive the word, and _ these
ῥίζαν οὐκ.ἔχουσιν, οἱ πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσιν, Kai ἐν καιρῷ
85. root have not, who for a time believe, and in time
πειρασμοῦ ἀφίστανται. 14 τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν,

of trial fall away. Andthat whichinto the thorns fell,

οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες, καὶ ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν Kai πλούτου
these are they who having heard, and under cares and riches

kai ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόμενοι ἰσυμπνίγονται," Kai οὐ

and pleasures of life moving along are choked, and *not
~ Η " ? ~ ~ - ΄ ?

τελεσφοροῦσιν. 15 τὸ.δὲ ἐν καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν

1ᾷο bring to perfection. And that in the good ground, these are

οἵτινες ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον
they who in aheart right and good having heard the word
κατέχουσιν, καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῷ. 16 Οὐδεὶς.δὲ
Keep {it], and bring forthfruit with endurance. And no one
λύχνον ἅψας καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει, ἢ ὑποκάτω κλίνης
alamp having lighted covers it withavessel,or under a couch

τίθησιν. ard" ἐπὶ λυχνίας δΒἐπιτίθησιν! ἵνα οἱ
puts [it], but on alamp-stand puts [10], that they who
εἰσπορευόμενοι βλέπωσιν TO φῶς. 17 οὐ.γά ἐστιν
enter in may see the light. For not [anything] is

ov φανερὸν γενήσεται οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ
which *not *manifest '‘'shall*become; nor secret which

κρυπτὸν ὃ
hidden

Υ κατέπεσεν fell down Trra. = συνφνεῖσαι 1.
LTTr[A ]. © αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή T.
συνπνίγονται ΤΑ. 5 ἀλλὰ τι.

ἃ ἀκούσαντες heard τττ.
h χίθησιν LTTraA.

8 εἰς into GLTTrAW.

175

fowls of the air de-
voured it. 6 Andsome
fell upon a rock; and
8.5 soonas it wassprung
up, it withered away,
because it lacked mois-
ture. 7 And some fell
among thorns; and the
thorns sprang up with
it, and choked it. 8 And
other fell on good
ground, and sprang
up, and bare fruit
an hundredfold. And
when he had said these
things, he cried, He
that hath ears to hear
let him hear. 9 And
his disciples asked
him, saying, What
might this parable be?
10 And he said, Unto
you itis given to know
the mysteries of the
kingdom of God: but
to others in parables;
that seeing they might
not see, and hearing
they might not under-
stand. 11 Now the pa-
rable is this: The seed
is the word of God.
12 Those by the way
side are they that hear;
then cometh the devil,
and taketh away the
word out of their
hearts, lest they should
believe and be saved.
13 They on the rock
are they, which, when
they hear, receive the
word with joy; and
these have no root,
which for a while be-
lieve, and in time of
temptation fall away.
14 And that which fell
among thorns are they,
which, when they have
heard, go forth, and
are choked with cares
and riches and plea-
sures of this life, and
bring no fruit to per-
fection. 15 But that
on the good ground are
they, which in an ho-
nest and good heart,
having heard the word,
Keep it, and bring forth
fruit with patience.
16 No man, when he
hath lighted a candle,
covereth it with a ves-
sel, or putteth ἐξ under
a bed; but setteth iton
a candlestick, thatthey
which enter in may see
the light. 17 For no-
thing is secret, that
shall not be made

Ὁ — λέγοντες
© τὴν πέτραν T.

176

manifest; neither any
thing hid, that shall
not be knownand come
abroad. 18 Take heed
therefore how ye hear:
for whosoever hath, to
him shall be given;
and whosoever hath
not, from him shall be
taken even that which
he seemeth to have.

19 Then came to him
his mother and his
brethren, and could
not come at him for
the press. 20 And it
was told him by cer-
tain which said, Thy
mother and thy breth-
ren stand without, de-
siring to 566 thee,
21 And he answered
and said unto them,
My mother and my
brethren are these
which hear the word of
God, and do it.

22 Now it came to
pass on a certain day,
that he went into a
ship with his disciples:
and he said unto them,
Let us go over unto
the other side of the
lake. And they launch-
ed forth. 23 But as
they sailed he fell a-
sleep: and there came
down a storm of wind
on the lake; and they
were filled with water,
and were in jeopardy.
24 And they came to
him, and awoke him,
saying, Master, mas-
ter, we perish. Then
he arose, and rebuked
the wind and the rag-
ing of the water: and
they ceased, and there
was a calm, 25 And
he said unto them,
Where is your faith?
And they being afraid
wondered, saying one
to another, What man-
ner of man is this! for
he commandeth even
the winds and water,
and they obey him.

26 And theyarrived at
the country of the Ga-
darenes, which is over
against Galilee. 27 And
when he went forth to
land, there met him
out of the city a cer-
tain man, which had

AOYKAX®. VIII,

᾿οὐ-γνωσθήσεται! Kai εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. 18 βλέπετε οὖν

shall not be known and to light come. Take heed therefore
πῶς ἀκούετε: ὃς γὰρ. ἂν! ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ
how ye hear ; for whoever may have, *shall *be *given 'to*him; and
ὃς. ἂν" μὴ.ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.

whoever may not have,even what he seems tohave shall betaken from him,
19 πΠαρεγένοντο" .δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ" Kai οἱ ἀδελ-
And came to him [his] mother and *breth-
poi αὐτοῦ, Kai οὐκ.ἠδύναντο συντυχεῖν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν

ren lhis, and were not able to get to him because of the
ὄχλον. 20 °Kai ἀπηγγέλη" αὐτῷ, Ῥλεγόντων," 4 Ἢ. μήτηρ.σου
crowd. And _ it was told him, saying, Thy mother
καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί.σου ἑστήκασιν ἔξω, ἰδεῖν oe θέλοντες."
and thy brethren are standing without, *to*see *thee ‘wishing.
21 ‘O.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν “πρὸς αὐτούς," Μήτηρ.μου᾽ καὶ
Andhe answering said to them, My mother and

καὶ
and

ἀδελφοί. μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούοντες
my brethren “those ‘are who the word of God are hearing
ποιοῦντες Γαὐτόν."
doing it.
22 "Kai ἐγένετο" ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν Kai αὐτὸς ἐνέβη
And itcametopass on one ofthe days that he entered
εἰς πλοῖον Kai οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς,

into aship, and his disciples, and he said to them,
Διέλθωμε; εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης" Kai ἀνήχθησαν.
Let us pass over to the other side of the lake; and they put off.

καὶ
and

κατέβη λαῖλαψ

, ~ , a
23 πλεόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀφύπνωσεν
came down astorm

And as they sailed he fell asleep ;
ἀνέμου εἰς THY λίμνην, Kai συνεπληροῦντο, καὶ ἐκινδύνευον.
of wind on the lake, and they were being filled, and were in danger.

24 προσελθόντες. δὲ διήγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα,
And having come to [him]they aroused him, saying, Master,

ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα. ‘O.0e YéyeoOeic' ἐπετίμησεν τῷ
Master, we are perishing. Andhe having arisen rebuked the
ἀνέμῳ καὶ τῷ κλύδωνι τοῦ VdaTog' Kai ἐπαύσαντο, Kai ἐγένετο
wind andthe raging ofthe water; and they ceased, and there was
γαλήνη. 25 εἶπεν. δὲ αὐτοῖς. Ποῦ “ἐστιν! ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν ;
a calm. And he said tothem, Where is your faith ?
Φοβηθέντες.δὲ ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Tic ἄρα
And being afraid they wondered, saying to one another, Who then
οὗτός ἐστιν, OTL καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει Kai τῷ ὕδατι,
“this lis, that even the winds hecommands and the water,
καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ;
and they obey him ?
26 Kai κατέπλευσαν sic τὴν χώραν τῶν ΥΓαδαρηνῶν,"
And they sailed down to the ‘country of the Gadarenes,

ἥτις ἐστὶν ᾿ἀντιπέραν" τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 27 ἐξελθόντι. δὲ. αὐτῷ

which ἰδ over against Galilee. And on his having gone forth
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑπήντησεν "αὐτῷ! ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως,
upon the land *met Shim ‘a *man?certain out of the city,

i ov μὴ γνωσθῇ in any wise should not be known Lrtra.

m Ilapeyévero ITr.
4 + ore TT.
w δὲ

(read [him]) Τ{1τᾺ].

τ θέλοντές σε Tr.
ερθεὶς having been aroused Ttr.
GeraSenes Ltra ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes Τὶ

k ἂν yap TTrA. ! ἐὰν L.
P — λεγόντων LTTr[A].

Υ ἐγένετο δὲ LTTrA.
Υ Τερασηνῶν
®&— αὐτῷ

+ αὐτοῦ his T. ° ἀπηγγέλη δὲ LTTrA.
8 auTots L. t αὐτόν GLTTrA.
x — ἐστιν (read [is]) LITrAWw.

- ἀντιπέρα LIrAW ; ἀντίπερα 7.

VIII. LUKE.

ὑὸς εἶχεν" δαιμόνια “ἐκ χρύνων ἱκανῶν. καὶ ἱμάτιον οὐκ
who had demons for a long time, and a Seement 2=not

ἐνεδιδύσκετο," καὶ ἔν οἰκίᾳ οὐκ ἔμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν.
“was wearing, and in a house didnotabide, but in the tombs.

28 ἰδὼν.δὲ τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν “καὶ! ἀνακράξας προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ,
But having seen Jesus and having, cried out hefelldown before him,

καὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ coi, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ
and witha*vyoice ‘loud said, What to me cond tothee, Jesus, Son

θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; δέομαί σου Mes Bacavicye.
ofGod the Most High? I heseech of thee ἘΝ ‘thou *mayest *torment.

29 “Παρήγγελλεν". γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν

For he was charging the spirit the unclean to come out
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" πολλοῖς.γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν.
from the man. For many times it had seized him ;

καὶ fdeopetro,' ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις φυλασσόμενος, Kai ἔδιαῤ-
and he was bound, with chains and fetters being kept, and break-

ῥήσσων" τὰ δεσμὰ ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ "δαίμονος" εἰς τὰς
ing the bonds he wasdriven by the demon into the

ἐρήμους. 30 ἐπηρώτησεν. δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 'λέγων," Τί σοι
deserts. And ?asked Shim Jesus, saying, What *thy

Κἐστὶν ὄνομα" : ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν, Aeyewy" ὅτι δαιμόνια πολλὰ
lis name? Andhe said, Legion, ee demons many

εἰσῆλθεν" εἰς αὐτόν. 31 καὶ παρεκάλει" αὐτὸν iva μὴ ἐπι-
had entered into him, And he besought him that "ποῦ 'he*would

, ? ~ ? \ » ᾽ -
τάξῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν. 82 ἦν. δὲ ἐκεῖ
command them into the abyss to go away. Now there was there

ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν Bookopévwry' ἐν τῷ Ope’ Kai Ῥπαρε-
aherd οὗ *swine ‘many feeding in the mountain, and they be-
κάλουν" αὐτὸν iva ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν.

sought him that he would allow them into those to enter ;

. > , ? ~ ? , A 4 a , ? A a
καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς. 33 ἐξελθόντα.δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ τοῦ
and heallowed them. And Having, gone outthe demons from the

ἀνθρώπου “εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τοὺς χοίοους᾽ Kai ὥρμησεν ἡ ἀγέλη
man they entered into the swine, and “rushed ‘the *herd

κατὰ TOU κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν λίμνην, Kai ἀπεπνίγη. 84 ἰδόντες. δὲ

down the steep into the lake, and were choked. And having ®seen
ot BdcKovrEc TO τγεγενημένον" ἔφυγον, Kai Sa7red-
1those*who “fed [*them] what had taken place fled, and having

καὶ

εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς.
and

to the country.
τἦλθον" πρὸς τὸν
came to

οὗ

θόντες! ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν

gone away related {it] to the city
35 ἐξῆλθον. δὲ ἰδεῖν τὸ γεγονός" καὶ
And they went out to see what had taken place, and

Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ‘eipov' καθήμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀφ᾽ τὰ

Jesus, and found seated the man from whom the
δαιμόνια "ἐξεληλύθει," ἱματισμένον Kai σωφρονοῦντα. ee
demons had gone out, clothed and of sound mind,

τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ. Kai ἐφοβήθησαν. 36 ἀΤ ἢ γειλα ΔΩ:
the feet of Jesus. And they were afraid. And ‘related

αὐτοῖς “καὶ οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐσώθη ὁ δαι-

®tce°them also ‘those *who “δα *seen [*it] how was healed he who had been pos-

> ἔχων having T.

put onagarment Trr. ἃ -- καὶ Lrtra.

177
devils long time, and
ware no clothes, nei-

ther abode in any
house, but in the
tombs. 28 When he

saw Jesus, he cried out,
and fell down before
him, and with a loud
voice said, What have
Ito do with thee, Jesus,
thou Son of God most
high? I beseech thee,
torment me not. 29(For
he had commanded
the unclean spirit to
come out of the man.
For oftentimes it had
caught him: and he
was kept bound with
chains and in fetters;
and he brake the bands,
and was driven of the
devil into the wilder-
ness.) 30 And Jesus
asked him, saying,
What is thy name?
And he said, Legion:
because many devils
were entered into him.
31 And they besought
him that he would not
command them to go
out into the deep.
32 And there was there
an herd of many swine
feeding on the moun-
tain: and they be-
sought him that he
would suffer them to
enter into them, And
he suffered them.
33 Then went the de-
vils out of the man,
and entered into the
swine: and the herd
ran violently down a
steep place into the
lake, and were choked.
34 When they that fed
them saw what was
done, they fled, and
went and told ἐξέ in the
city and in the coun-
try. 35 Then they went
out to see what was
done; and came to Je-
sus, and found the
man, out of whom the
devils were departed,
sitting at the feet of
Jesus, clothed, and in
his right mind: and
they were _ afraid.
36 They also which saw
ἐξ told them by what
means he that was
possessed of the devils

© Kat χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτιον and fora cone time did not
© Παρήγγειλε he charged ΕΘ.

ReCEGHECUETO Tor

8 διαρήσσων LTTrA. 5 δαιμονίου LITra. | — λέγων L. Κ ὄνομα ἐστίν LTT. ! Λεγιών
TTr. τὸ εἰσῆλθεν δαιμόνια πολλὰ LT. παρεκάλουν ἸΠΟΥ͂ besought LTTrA. ° βοσ-
κομένη 1. παρεκάλεσαν LITrA. 4 εἰσῆλθον LTTrAW. ἵ γεγονὸς GLITrAW. 5 --- ἀπελ

θόντες GLTTrAW. ἢ ἦλθαν Tr. “ εὗραν τ᾽. * ἐξῆλθεν went out T.

χ--- καὶ LTT:[4].

Ν

178

was healed. 37 Then
the whole multitude of
the country of the Ga-
darenes round about
besought him to depart
from them; for they
were taken with great
fear: and he went up
into the ship, and re-
turned back again,
38 Now the man out of
whom the devils were
departed besought him
that he might be with
him: but Jesus sent
him away, saying,
39 Return tothine own
house, and shew how
great things God hath
done unto thee. And
he went his way, and
published throughout
the whole city how
great things Jesus had
done unto him,

40 And it came to
pass, that, when Jesus
was returned, the peo-
ple gladly received
him: for they were all
waiting for him.
41 And, behold, there
came a man named
Jairus, and he was a
ruler of thesynagogue:
and he fell down at
Jesus’ feet, and be-
sought him that he
would come into his
house: 42 for he had
one only daughter,
about twelve years of
age, and she lay a dy-
ing. But as he went
the people thronged
him, 43 And a wo-
man having an issue
of blood twelve years,
which had spent all
her living upon phy-
sicians, neither could
be healed of any,
44 came behind him,
and touched the bor-
der of his garment:
and immediately her
issue of blood stanch-
ed. 45 And Jesus said,
Who touched me?
When all denied, Peter
and they that were
with him said, Master,
the multitude throng
thee and press thee,
and sayest thou, Who
touched me? 46 And
Jesus said, Somebody
hath touched me: for I
perceive that virtue is
gone out of me. 47 And

Υ ἠρώτησεν LTra.

(πα a ship) LTTra.
σοι ἐποίησεν LITrA.
i καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν and it came to pass as he proceeded t.
1+ αὐτῆς her i.
Tis ὁ ἁψάμενός μου ; T[TrA}.

GLTTrAW.

AOYKAXS. VIIL
37 Kai Υὐρώτησαν" αὐτὸν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς
And asked him all the multitude of the
περιχώρου τῶν *Tadapnver" ἀπελθεῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὅτι O68
country aroundofthe Gadarenes todepart from them, for with*fear
aN , = > A δὲ é 3 > all ~
μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο᾽ αὐτὸς. μβὰς εἰς τὸ" πλοῖον
‘great they were possessed. Andhe having entered into the ship
€ ~
ὑπέστρεψεν. 88 ἐδέετο! δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐξελη-
returned. And *was *°begging **him ‘the 7man “from*whom ‘had
λύθει τὰ δαιμόνια εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ. ἀπέλυσεν.δὲ αὐτὸν

μονισθείς.
sessed by demons.

®Ssone “the *demons tobe [taken] with him. But *sent*away “him
©? ~ j « ‘ , ~
“ὁ Ἰησοῦς." λέγων, 39 Ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν.οἴκόν.σου καὶ διηγοῦ
1 Jesus, saying, Return to thy house and relate

ad

a ? , , {| ε , " > ~ > of \
doa “ἐποίησεν cou ὁθεός.. Kai ἀπῆλθεν, καθ᾽ ὅλην τὴν
all that *has*done *for ®thee ‘God. And he departed, through*whole ‘the
πόλιν κηρύσσων ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς.
city proclaiming all that 7had *done “for *him 1 Jesus.
40 “Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν" τῷ ὑποστρέψαι! rov’Inoovy ἀπ-
7Tt came *to ®pass ‘and ‘on ®returning 7Jesus, gladly
εδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος. ἦσαν.γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες
received him the crowd, for they were all looking for
αὐτόν. 41 Kai ἰδού, ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα ἸἨἸάειρος: Kai
him. And behold, came *a*man whose name [was] Jairus, and
βαὐτὸς" ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πεσὼν παρὰ
he aruler ofthe synagogue was, and having fallen at
‘ , h ~\? ~ , py ey > ~ > "
τοὺς πόδας τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν
the feet of Jesus he besought him to come to
? πὰ « , A ΩΣ > ~ ς ? ~
οἷκον.αὐτοῦ" 42 ὅτι θυγάτηρ μονογενὴς ἦν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐτῶν
his house, because *daughter ‘an7only was tohim, about *years
δώδεκα, καὶ αὕτη ἀπέθνησκεν. ᾿Ἐν.δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν"
[3014] ‘twelve, and she was dying. And as 7went the
« wn , ? , ‘ \ ᾿ ? er
οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν. 48 Kai γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ρύσει
the crowds thronged him. And awoman being with a flux
αἵματος ἀπὸ ἐτῶν δώδεκα, ἥτις *eic ἰατροὺς" προσαναλώσασα
of blood since *years ‘twelve, who on physicians having spent
ὅλ 4 , ] ? ” m+ II ᾽ ᾿ ~
ὅλον τὸν βίον οὐκ ἴσχυσεν π'ὑπ᾽"! οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι,
2whole 3living [her] could by no one be cured,
44 προσελθοῦσα ὔπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου
aving come behind touched the border of “garment
αὐτοῦ, Kai παραχρῆμα torn ἡ ῥύσις τοῦ.αἵματος. αὐτῆς.
this, and immediately stopped the flux of her blood.
45 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Tic ὁ ἁψάμενός μου; ᾿Αρνου-
And said ‘Jesus, Who[isit] that was touching me? SDeny-
μένων δὲ πάντων, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ot “per αὐτοῦ," Ἔπι-
ing land = “all, ®said *Peter ‘and *those’with “him, Mas-
, cw , , a , ΠῚ ‘ ,
στάτα, οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν, "Kai λέγεις,
ter, the crowds throng thee and press, and sayest thou,
Tic ὁ ἁψάμενός pov;" 46 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, “Haro
Who [is it] that was touching me? And Jesus said, *Touched

μου Tic’ éyw.yap ἔ dvr Ρἐξελθοῦσαν" ἀπ᾽
| τίς ἐγω.γὰρ ἔγνων ὕναμιν ελθοῦσαν' ἀπ
*me ‘someone, ΤΌΓΙ knew [that] power went out from

? Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes LTrA ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes T. 8 - τὸ

© — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he sent) [L]rTra.
Sovros thisttr. ἢ — τοῦ 7[Tr].

* ἰατροῖς

© ~~ καὶ λέγεις,

Ὁ ἐδεεῖτο L; ἐδεῖτο TrA.
e’Ey δὲ τι. ᾧὑποστρέφειν T.

™ ἀπ᾿ LTTrA. π σὺν αὐτῷ GLTTrA.
Ρ ἐξεληλυθυῖαν had gone out TTra.

VIII, IX. LUKE.
ἐμοῦ. 47 ᾿Ιδοῦσα.δὲ ἡ γυνὴ ὅτι ovbK-éhabeyv, τρέμουσα ἦλ-
me, And “seeing ‘the 7woman that she was nothid, trembling she

θεν, καὶ προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ, δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἥψατο
came, and havingfallendownbefore him, for what cause she touched

αὐτοῦ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῷ ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, Kai ὡς

him she declared to him before all the people, and how
ἰάθη παραχρῆμα. 48 0.0& εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Oapoe,'

she was healed immediately. Andhe said toher, Be of good courage,

θύγατερ," ἡ.πίστις. σου σέσωκέν σε πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην.
daughter, thy faith has cured thee: go in peace,
» > ~ ~ »ν ΄ τ A Il “« ? ’

49 "Ἐτι. αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος ἔρχεταί τις παρὰ" τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώ-

As yet he was speaking comes one from the ruler of the syna-

you, λέγων ταὐτῷ," Ὅτι τέθνηκεν ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου᾽ “μὴ" σκύλλε
gogue, saying ἴο Βίπη, Has *died ‘thy *daughter; ‘not ‘*trouble

τὸν διδάσκαλον. 50 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀκούσας ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ,

the teacher. But Jesus having heard answered him,
χλέγων, Μηὴ.φοβοῦ: μόνον πίστευε." καὶ σωθήσεται.
saying, Fear not; only believe, and she shall be restored.

51 Εἰσελθὼν" δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν "οὐδένα"
And having entered into the house he did not suffer *to*go*in ‘any 0Π6
(lit. Do one)
> \ , \ b’ , ar 2 , Π ‘ A ,
εἰ μὴ Πέτρον καὶ ῬΤάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην," καὶ τὸν πατερα
except Peter and James and John, and the father
τῆς παιδὸς Kai τὴν μητέρα. 52 ἔκλαιον. δὲ πάντες καὶ
of the child and {88 mother. Andthey were*weeping ‘all and
? , ? 7, c A A / e c ? il ? /
EKOTTOVTO AUTHYV. 0.08 εἶπεν, Μὴ..κλαίετε ουκ -«ἀπέθαγεν,
bewailing her. But he = said, Weep not ; she is not dead,
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. 58 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες Ore ἀπέ-
but sleeps. And they laughed at him, knowing that she was
θανεν. 54 αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας, καὶ κρατήσας
dead, But he having put out all, and having taken hold

THC-XELOC αὐτῆς, ἐφώνησεν, λέγων, Ἢ παῖς, “ἐγείρου." 55 Kai
d

of her hand, cried, saying, Child, arise. And
ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ. πνεῦμα.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀνέστη παραχρῆμα: καὶ
sreturned ther “spirit, and she arose immediately; and
διέταξεν αὐτῇ δοθῆναι φαγεῖν. ὅθ καὶ
he directed [that] ‘to Sher [‘something] *should *be “είσεπ to eat. And

ἐξέστησαν ol.yoveic.avTijc’ 0.0& παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ
ΞΎΤΘΥΘ *amazed ‘her *parents; and he charged them tonoone
εἰπεῖν τὸ γεγονός.
to tell what had happened.
9 ἰΣυγκαλεσάμενος" δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα Suabnrac αὐτοῦ" ἔδωκεν
And having called together the twelve disciples ofhim hegave
αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια, Kai
to them power and authority over all the demons, and
νόσους θεραπεύειν" 2 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν τὴν
diseases to heal, and sent them toproclaim the

βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἰᾶσθαι "rove ἀσθενοῦντας." ὃ καὶ
kingdom of God, and _ to heal those being sick. And

εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς. Μηδὲν αἴρετε εἰς τὴν ὁδόν᾽ μήτε paBdoue,'

179

when the woman saw
that she was not hid,
she came trembling,
and falling down
before him, she de-
clared unto him be-
fore all the people for
What cause she had
touched him, and how
she was healed imme-
diately. 48 And he
said unto her, Daugh-
ter,be of good comfort:
thy faith hath made
thee whole; goin peace,
49 While he yet spake,
there cometh one from
the ruler of the syna-
gogue’s house, saying
to him, Thy daughter
is dead; trouble not
the Master. 50 But
when Jesus heard it,
he answered him, say-
ing, Fear not: believe
only, and she shall be
made whole. 51 And
when he came into the
house, he suffered no
man to go in, save
Peter, and James, and
John, and the father
and the mother of the
maiden. 52 And all
wept,and bewailed her:
but he said, Weep not;
she is not dead, but
sleepeth. 53 And they
laughed him to scorn,
knowing that she was
dead. 54 And he put
them all out, and took
her by the hand, and
called, saying, Maid,
arise. 55 And her spi-
rit came again, and she
arose straightway:and
he commanded to give
her meat. 56 And her
parents were astonish-
ed: but he charged
them that they should
tell no man what was
done.

IX. Then he called
his twelve disciples
together, and gave
them power and autho-
ri over all devils,
and to cure diseases,
2 And he sent them to
preach the kingdom of
God, and to heal the
sick. 3 And he said
unto them, Take no-

J thing for your journey,
he said to them, Nothing take for the way; neither staves, neither staves, nor
4 — αὐτῷ LTTrA. ¥ — Θάρσει LTTra. 35 θυγάτηρ Tr. t ἀπὸ 1,. ¥ — αὐτῷ {{τὸ].

© μηκέτι no longer LTTr.
gone GLTTrw. 8 τινὰ σὺν αὐτῷ aDy One with him trtra.
Ἰάκωβον GLTTrAW. ς ov yap (read for she is not dead) LTra.
KQULTTrA. €ye.pe LTrA. ἔΞυνκαλεσάμενος τ.
ἀσθενεῖς the sick L{tr]; — τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας TA.

χ — λέγων LITr[A].

Υ πίστευσον TTra.

- ἐλθὼν having

Ὁ Ἰωάννην (Ἰωάνην ττ) καὶ
d — ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας
8 — μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ GTTrAW.
i ῥάβδον staff GLTTra.

Β τοὺς

180

scrip, neither bread,
neither money; neither
have two coats apiece.
4 And whatsoever
house ye enter into,
iuere abide, and thence
depart. 5 And whoso-
ever will not receive
you, when ye go out
of that city, shake off
the very dust from
your feet for a testi-
mony against them.
6 And they departed,
and went through the
towns, preaching the
gospel, and healing
every where.

7 Now Herod the
tetrarch heard of all
that was done by him:
and he was perplexed,
because that it was
said of some, that John
was risen from the
dead; 8 and of some,
that Elias had appear-
ed; and of others, that
one of the old pro-
phets was risen again.
9 And Herod said,John
have I beheaded : but
who is this, of whom
1 hear such things?
And he desired to see
him.

10 And the apostles,
when they were re-
turned, told him all
that they had done.
And he took them, and
went aside privately
into a desert place
belonging to the
city called Bethsaida,
11 And the people,
when they knew tt,
followed him: and he
received them, and
spake unto them of
the kingdom of God,
and healed them that
had need of healing.
12 And when the day
began to wear away,
then came the twelve,
and said unto him,
Send the multitude a-
way, that they may
go into the towns
and country round a-
bout, and lodge, and
get victuals: for we
are here in a desert
place. 13 But he said
unto them, Give ye
them to eat. And they
said, We have no more
but five loaves and

AOE KAS. ΙΧ.
μήτε πήραν, μήτε ἄρτον, μήτε ἀργύριον, μήτε "ἀνὰ" δύο
nor provisionbag, nor bread, nor money, nor each two

χιτῶνας ἔχειν. 4 καὶ εἰς ἣν.ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε, ἐκεῖ μένετε,
tunics to have. And into whatever house ye may enter, there remain,
καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε. 5 καὶ boo ἂν μὴ δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς,
and thence go forth. And as many as may not receive you,
? , ? ~
ἐξερχόμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς.πόλεως ἐκείνης “kai! τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ
going forth from that city even the dust from
τῶν. ποδὼν ὑμῶν "ἀποτινάξατε," εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς.
your feet shake off, for atestimony against them.
> , 72
6 Ἐξερχόμενοι. δὲ διήρχοντο κατὰ τὰς κώμας, εὐαγγελιζό-
And going forth they passed through the villages, announcing the
μενοι καὶ θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ.
glad tidings and healing everywhere.
7 “Heovoev.dé Ἡρώδης ὁ °rerpapyxne'
And‘heard °of ‘Herod “the “*tetrarch
Pur’ αὐτοῦ" πάντα Kai διηπόρει,
Uby 12him ®all, and was perplexed, because
τίνων, Ὅτι ΦἸωάννης" τἐγήγερται! ἐκ νεκρῶν"
some, John has been raised from among [the] dead;
8 ὑπό τινων δέ, “Ore "Ἡλίας! ἐφάνη: ἄλλων δέ, Ὅτι
by some also, that Elias had appeared; by others also, that
προφήτης ‘eic! τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. 9 Καὶ εἶπεν" Yo!
a prophet one ofthe ancients had arisen. And said
« , =
Ἡρώδης, Ἰωάννην" ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα" τίς.δὲ ἐστιν οὗτος
*Herod, John [ beheaded, but who [18 this
-τ yz Vil ᾽ ’, ~ δ...» , ᾽ - ? ,
οὗ Yéyw' ἀκούω τοιαῦτα; Kai ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν αὐτόν.
hear suchthings? And he soughttosee him.
10 Kai ὑποστρέψαντες ot ἀπόστολοι διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ
And ὅμανΐπρ ‘returned ‘the apostles related to him
doa ἐποίησαν: καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ὑπεχώρησεν
whatsoever they haddone. And having taken them he retired
? ἰδί > 1 , »ν , , " oe ,
κατ᾽ ἰδίαν εἰς *romov ἔρημον πόλεως καλουμένης" Βηθσαϊδά.
apart into a*place ‘desert ofacity called Bethsaida.
11 οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι γνόντες ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ" Kai "δεξά-
But the crowds having known [it] followed him ; and having
μενος" αὐτοὺς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ,
received them δ βροῖβ tothem concerning the kingdom of God,
καὶ rove χρείαν ἔχοντας θεραπείας ἰᾶτο. 12 Ἡ.δὲ ἡμέρα
and those need *having of healing he cured. But the day
ἤρξατο κλίνειν᾽ mpocehOdyrec.dé ot δώδεκα εἶπον αὐτῷ, ᾿Από-
began to decline, and having come the twelve said tohim, Dis-
λυσον τὸν ὄχλον, iva ParehOdyTec! εἰς τὰς κύκλῳ κώμας Kal
miss the crowd, that haying gone into the “around ‘villages and
rove! ἀγροὺς καταλύσωσιν, καὶ εὕρωσιν ἐπισιτισμόν᾽ ὅτι ὧδε
the country they may Ἰοᾶρθ, and may find provisions ; for here
’ ? , la ? , 4 ? / , ᾽ ~
ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ ἐσμέν. 13 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Δότε αὐτοῖς
in Ξἀοβοσῦ ‘a place we are. But he said ἴο them, Give *to*them
ἀὑμεῖς φαγεῖν." Οἱ. δὲ “εἶπον," Odx.siciv ἡμῖν πλεῖον ἢ
lye to eat. But they said, There are not to us more than

Ta γινόμενα
7the ®things *being *°done
διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό
it wassaid by

περὶ
concerning whom 1

k [ἀνὰ] Tra.

ὑμεῖς LTA,

1 δέχωνται LTTrA.
Ρ — - ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [LITTrA.

t σις some One ΤΑ; τὶς Tr.
Y — ἐγὼ (read ἀκούω 1 hear) 7[ tr].
μενος having gladly received brtra.
ὁ εἶπαν LTTrA.

τὰ -- xai[{L|fra. ἀποτινάσσετε ΤΑ.
4 Ἰωάνης Tr. τ ἠγέρθη was raised Ltr.
v εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. Ὑ — ὃ GLTTrAW.
t πόλιν καλουμένην a city called rrra.
b πορευθέντες GLTTrA. © — τοὺς T[Tr]A.

© reTpadpxns Τ.
3 ἔηλείας τ:

x Ἰωάνην Tr.

ἃ ἀποδεξά-
4 φαγεῖν

ΤΣ. LUKE.

f. , ᾿ » ll A 6% ᾽ θύ Π rh ΄ ll θέ c ~
πέντε ἄρτοι" καὶ Sdvo ἰχθύες," εἰ-μητι' πορευθεντες ἡμεῖς
five loaves and two fishes, unless indeed having gone we
? , , ’΄ A 4 ~ ’ Tt
ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν. λαὺν.τοῦτον βρώματα. 14 Ἤσαν
should buy for all this people victuals ; *they *were
ivap" ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς
for about *men five *thousand. Buthesaid to disciples
αὐτοῦ, Κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισίας * ava πεντήκοντα. 15 Kai
this, Make *recline ‘them incompanies by fifties. And
ἐποίησαν οὕτως, καὶ Ἰἀνέκλιναν! ἅπαντας. 16 Λαβὼν. δὲ
they did 50, and made ?recline 1411, And having taken
\ , ” 4 A Ul ᾽ , ? 72 ? 4
τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν
the five loaves and the two fishes, havinglookedup to the
οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς Kai κατέκλασεν, Kai ἐδίδου τοῖς
heaven he blessed them and broke, and gave tothe
4) ~ m “ Il ~ » A » τ ‘ 9
μαθηταῖς παρατιθέναι" τῷ ὄχλῳ. 17 καὶ ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορ-

disciples to set before the crowd. And theyate and were
τάσθησαν πάντες" Kai ἤρθη τὸ περισσεῦσαν αὐτοῖς
?satisfied tall; and wastaken up that which wasover and above to them
κλασμάτων κόφινοι δώδεκα.

of fragments *hand “baskets ‘twelve.
18 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ εἶναι αὐτὸν προσευχόμενον "kaTa-
And itcametopass as *was *he praying a-
όνας," συνῆσαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί᾽ Kai ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς,
one, Swere*with ‘him ‘the “disciples, and he questioned them,
λέγων, Τίνα pe “λέγουσιν οἱ ὄχλοι! εἶναι; 19 Οἱ. δὲ ἀπο-

saying, Whom °me ‘do*pronounce *the “crowds to be? And they an-

, Π] > ν. " A 4 © » 4
κριθέντες Ῥεῖπον." VIwavyny' τὸν βαπτιστήν᾽ adXo1.0&
swering said, John the Baptist ; and others,

Ἡλίαν" ἄλλοι.δέ, ὅτι προφήτης τις THY ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη.
Elias ; and others, that “prophet ‘some ofthe ancients has arisen.
20 Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὑ μεῖς.δὲ τίνα pe λέγετε
And he said to them, But ye whom *me ‘do ye
Σ᾽᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἸΤέτρος" εἶπεν, Tov χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 Ὁ δὲ

εἶναι;
ronounce to be?

And answering Peter said, The Christ of God. And he
ἐπιτιμήσας αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ 'εἰπεῖν τοῦτο,
strictly enjoining them charged [them] to no one totell this,
22 εἰπών, Ὅτι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ
saying, It is necessary for the Son ofman many things
παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχ-
to suffer, and to be rejected by the elders and chief
ἱερέων Kai γραμματέων, Kai amoKxravOijva, Kai τῇ τρίτῃ
priests and scribes, and to be killed, and the third

ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθῆναι." 25 ΓἜλεγεν.δὲ πρὸς πάντας, Ei τις θέλει

day to be raised. And he said to all, If any one desires
ὀπίσω pov “ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω" ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω

after me to come, let him deny himself, and let him take up

τὸν. σταυρὸν.αὐτοῦ “καθ᾽ ἡμέραν,! καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι.

his cross daily, and let him follow me ;

24 ὃς.γὰρ. "ἂν" θέλῃ τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει ad-

for whoever may desire his life to save, shall lose it ;

, ist IK > , x A ? τοτὲ e 2 nd =

THY’ ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν.ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος
but whoever may lose his life onaccountof me, he

ἄρτοι πέντετ. 8 ixOves δύο GLTTrAW. Β μή τι LTrA.
about fifty each) [Ltr]a. | κατέκλιναν TTr. ™ παραθεῖναι TTrA.
© οἱ ὄχλοι λέγουσιν TIrA. Ρ εἶπαν LTTrA. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr.
ἀποκριθεὶς τττΑ. ἔ λέγειν GLTTrA. ¥ ἀναστῆναι to arise LA.
GLTTra. x— καθ᾽ ἡμέραν L. Υ ἐὰν T.

i δὲ and τ.

τ "Ηλείαν 1.
π ἔρχεσθαι, ἀρνησάσθω

181

two fishes; except we
should go and buy
meat for all this peo-
ple. 14 For they were
about five thousand
men. And he said τὸ
his disciples, Make
them sit down by fif-
ties in a company.
15 And they did so, and
made them 411] sit
down. 16 Then he took
the five loaves and the
two fishes, and looking
up to heaven, he bless-
ed them, and brake,
and gave to the disci-
ples to set before the
multitude. 17 And
they did eat, and were
all filled: and there
was taken up of frag-
ments that remained to
them twelve baskets.

18 And it came te
pass, as he was alone
praying, his disciples
were with him: and he
asked them, saying,
Whom say the people
that I am? 19 They
answering said, John
the Baptist; but some
say, Elias; and others
say, that one of the
old prophets is risen
again. 20 He said
unto them, But whom
say ye that I am?
Peter answering said,
The Christ of God.
21 And he straitly
charged them, and
commanded them to
tell no man that thing;
22 saying, The Son of
man must suffer many
things, and be rejected
of the elders and chief
priests and _ scribes,
and be slain, and be
raised the third day.
23 And he said to them
all, If any man will
come after me, let him
deny himself, and take
up his cross daily, and
follow me. 24 For
whosoever will save
his life shall lose it:
but whosoever will lose
his life for my sake,
the same shall save it.

k 4 ὡσεὶ (read
0 κατὰ μόνας LTTr.
s Πέτρος δὲ

182

25 For what is a man
advantaged, if he gain
the whole world, and
lose himself, or be cast
away? 26 For whoso-
ever shall be ashamed
ofme and of my words,
of him shall the Son of
man beashamed, when
he shall come in his
own glory, and tn his
Father’s, and of the
holy angels. 27 But I
tell you of a truth,
there be some standing
here, which shall not
taste of death, till
they see the kingdom
of God.

28 And it came to
pass about an eight
days after these say-
ings, he took Peter and
John and James, and
went up into a moun-
tain to pray. 29 And
as he prayed, the fa-
shion of his counte-
nance was altered, and
his raiment was white
and glistering. 30 And,
behold, there talked
with him two men,
which were Moses and
Elias: 21 who appeared
in glory, and spake of
his decease which he
should accomplish at
Jerusalem. 32 But
Peter and they that
were with him were
heavy with sleep: and
when they were awake,
they saw his glory, and
the two men that stood
with him. 33 And it
came to pass, as they
departed from him,
Peter said unto Jesus,
Master, it is good for
us to be here: and let
us make three taber-
nacles; one for thee,
and one for Moses, and
one for Elias: not
knowing what hesaid.
34 While he thus spake,
there came a cloud,
and overshadowed
them: and they feared
as they entered into
the cloud. 35 And

AOYKAZ%. ΙΧ.

σώσει αὐτήν. 25 τί.γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας
shall save it. For what is *profited 1a4?man, having gained
x , « ε ᾿ " ᾽ , n F;
τὸν κόσμον ὕλον, ἑαυτὸν. δὃὲὰὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωϑείς ;
the world ‘whole, but himself having destroyed or suffered the loss of ?
τι ‘ μ᾽ ? ne ‘ 4 ? ἥδ ’
26 ὃς.γὰρ.ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους,
For whoever may have been ashamed of me and my words,

τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται ὅταν ἔλθῃ
him the Son of man will be ashamed of when heshallcome

ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ Tov πατρὸς Kai τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων.

in the glory of himself and ofthe Father and ofthe holy angels.

27 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς, εἰσίν τινες τῶν *Hde! “ἑστηκό-
ButIsay toyou ofatruth, there are some of those here stand-
Il a ᾽ ib , Il , oe μὴ »

των. οι οὐυ-μῆ γεύυσονται θανάτου EWC.AV ἴδωσιν

ing whoinnowise shall taste of death until they shall have seen
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
the kingdom of God.

28 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ μετὰ τοὺς. λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ
Anditcameto pass after these words about “days ‘eight
“καὶ! παραλαβὼν “τὸν! Πέτρον καὶ “Ιωάννην" καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον
that having taken Peter and John and James
᾽ , 2 " ” , ‘ ? ,
ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 29 καὶ ἐγένετο
he went up into the mountain to pray. And it came to pass
ἐν.τῷ.προσεύχεσθαι αὐτὸν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ.προσώπου.αὐτοῦ
as *prayed the the appearance of his face
ἕτερον, Kai ὁ ἱματισμὸς. αὐτοῦ λευκὸς ἐξαστράπτων.
{became] altered, and his clothing white effulgent.
‘ ? , ” , , ᾽ ~ o -
30 Καὶ ἰδού, ἄνδρες δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν
And behold, *men ‘two talked with him, who were

Μωσῆς! καὶ ®HXiac! 31 οἱ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ ἔλεγον" τὴν

Moses and Elias, who appearing in glory spoke of
ἔξοδον.αὐτοῦ ἣν ‘éuedXev" πληροῦν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ.
his departure which he wasabout to accomplish in Jerusalem.

32 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ.
But Peter and those with him were oppressed with sleep -
διαγρηγορήσαντες.δὲ Keldov" τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς δύο
and having awoke fully they saw his glory, and the two
ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. 88 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐγιτῷ.δια-
men who ύοοῦᾶ with him. And it came to pass as “de-
χωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς am αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν
parted these from him, *said ‘Peter to
Inoovy, Επιστάτα, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" καὶ ποιήσωμεν
Jesus, Master, good itis forus here tobe; and let us make
σκηνὰς τρεῖς, μίαν σοί, καὶ ‘Mwoei μίαν," καὶ μίαν
2tabernacles ‘three, one forthee, and for Moses one, and one
™Hyia," μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει. 84 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ.λέγοντος
for Elias, not knowing what heissaying. But these things as he was saying
Ἵν , . ἢ} ΄, Π ᾽ as) 20 ὲ Ϊ᾽ ad
ἐγένετο νεφέλη καὶ "ἐπεσκίασεν! αὐτούς" ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἐν.τῷ
“came a*cloud and overshadowed them, and they feared as
οξκείνους εἰσελθεῖν" εἰς τὴν νεφέλην. 35 Kai φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ

there came a voice out those entered into the’ cloud: and avoice came outof
of the cloud, saying, ~ , , ἥσε 2 ? εἴ αὖ . p2Z αι ἢ
This is my beloved Τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτος ἔστιν οαυἱός.μου ὁ Ῥαγαπητὸς
Son: hear him. 36 And the cloud, saying, This is my Son the beloved ;

2 αὐτοῦ TTrA Ὁ ἑστώτων GLTTAW. > γεύσωνται Should taste GLTTrAw. © [καὶ] L.
¢ — τὸν GLTTrAW. © Ἰωάνην Tr. f Mwiioys LTTrAw. & “HAcias τ΄. h + [δὲ] and x.
' ἥμελλεν 1. Χ εἶδαν τι. ι μίαν Μωσεῖα; μίαν Mwioet LTTrAW. m ᾿Ηλείᾳ T.

L ;
5 ἐπεσκίαζεν TTrA.

© εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς they entered Trra. P ἐκλελεγμένος Chosen ΤΊτΑ.

IX. LUKE.

? ~ 3 [4 . ‘ ? ~ Ud A 1 c ,
αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. 36 Kai év.rp γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν εὑρέθη
shim = thear *ye. And as occurred the voice *was “found
96!’ Ἰησοῦς μόνος. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, kai οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν

l1Jesus alone: and they weresilent, and tonoone they told
ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐδὲν ὧν ἑωράκασιν."

those days anything of what they had seen.

37 ‘Eyévero.dé "ἐνὶ τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, κατελθόντων. αὐτῶν

And itcame to pass on the next day, on their having come down
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 38 Καὶ
from the mountain, *met Shim ‘a*crowd “great. And
ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου ἀνεβόησεν," λέγων, Διδάσκαλε,
behold, aman from the crowd cried out, saying, Teacher,
δέομαί σου "ἐπίβλεψον! ἐπὶ τὸν.υἱόν.μου, ὅτι μονογενής
I beseech thee look upon my son, for an only child
πέστίν pou! 89 καὶ ἰδού, πνεῦμα λαμβάνει αὐτὸν Kai ἐξ-

heis tome: and behold, aspirit takes him and sud-
αἰφνης κράζει, Kai σπαράσσει αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀφροῦ,
denly hecries out, and it throwsinto‘convulsions *him with foaming,
καὶ μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, συντρίβον αὐτόν. 40 Kai
and with difficulty departs from him, bruising him, And
ἐδεήθην πον; ΠΕ τ ΟΣ τ ἵνα “ἐκβάλλωσιν᾽ αὐτό, καὶ οὐκ
I besought thy disciples that they might cast out it, and *not
ἠδυνήθησαν. 41 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν. ᾿ γενεὰ
‘they *were able. And ?answering Jesus said, O generation
ἄπιστος Kai διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ
unbelieving and perverted, until when shallIlbe with you and

? , « ~ 3 , y vO ‘A Cx F. Ι 492 "E δὲ
ἀνέξομαι υμων: προσαγαγε WOE TOYV.ULOV.COU. TLOE
bear with you? Bring hither thy son. But *yet
προσερχομένου.αὐτοῦ ἔῤῥηξεν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ συν-
las *he >was coming near *dashedSdown *him ‘the *demon and threw
εσπάραξεν" ἐπετίμησεν.δ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι τῷ
{him] intoconvulsions. And *rebuked 1Jesus the spirit the
ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἰάσατο τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ

unclean, and healed the child, and _ gave back him to
πατρὶ αὐτοῦ. 48 ἐξεπλήσσοντο.δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι

his father, And *were astonished ‘all at the Majesty
τοῦ θεοῦ.
of God.
Πάντων.δὲ θαυμαζόντων ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίησεν" “ὁ Ἰη-
And [845] 81 were wondering at all which 2did Je-
σοῦς," εἶπεν πρὸς Tovc.uabnrac.adrov, 44 Θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ
sus, he said to his disciples, Lay *by ‘ye into
ae ε ~ Sy , , Εν. x CAN ~ ? ΄ 2
ὦτα. ὑμῶν τοὺς.λόγους. τούτους" ὁ.γὰρουϊὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μὲλ-

5
ἐν
in

your ears these words: For the Son of man is a-
λει παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων. 45 Οἱ. δὲ ἠγνόουν
bout to be delivered up into(the] hands of men. But they understood not

τὸ ῤῥῆμα.τοῦτο, Kai ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον am αὐτῶν ἵνα
this saying, and it was veiled from them that
μὴ-αἴσθωνται αὐτό Kai ἐφοβοῦντο “épwrijca' αὐτὸν
they should not perceive it. And they feared to ask him
περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου. 46 Εἰσῆλθεν. δὲ διαλογισμὸς ἐν
concerning "saying this. But *came‘*up ‘a reasoning among
? ~ , / n » / ? ~ « ,ὺ ~ c? A ll
αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν. 47 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν
them, this, who might be greatest of them. And Jesus having seen

ᾳ — ὃ LTTrAW. τ ἑώρακαν TTrA. s — ἐν T[Tr|a.
@iTrAW. ἥἴ μοι ἐστιν LTTrTAW. 1 ἐκβάλωσιν GLITrAW.
GLTTra. 8 -- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read ἐποίει he was doing) ΤΊτΑ.

t ἐβόησεν LTTrA.
Υ Tov υἱόν σον ὧδε GW.
Ὁ ἐπερωτήσαι L.

188

when the voice was
past, Jesus was found
alone. And they kept
it close, and told no
man in those days any
of those things which
they had seen.

37 And it came to
pass, that on the next
day, when they were
come down from the
hill, much people met
him, 38 And, behold,
a man of the company
cried out, saying, Mas-
ter, I beseech thee, look
upon my son: for he
is mine only child.
59 And, lo, a spirit
taketh him, and he
suddenly crieth out;
andit teareth him that
he foameth again, and
bruising him hardly
departeth from him.
40 And I besought thy
disciples to cast him
out; and they could
not. 41 And Jesus
answering said, O
faithless and perverse
generation, how long
shall I be with you,
and suffer you? Bring
thy son hither. 42 And
as he was yet a com-
ing, the devil threw
him down, and tare
him. And Jesus re-
buked the unclean
spirit, and healed the
child, and delivered
him again to his fa-
ther. 43 And they
were all amazed at
the mighty power of
God.

But while they won-
dered every one at all
things which Jesus did,
he said unto his disci-
ples, 44 Let these say-
ings sink down into
your ears: for the Son
of man shall be de-
livered into the hands
of men. 45 But they
understood not this
saying, and it was hid
from them, that they
perceived it not: and
they feared to ask him
of that saying. 46 Then
there arose a reasoning
among them, which of
them should be great-
est. 47 And Jesus, per-
ceiving the thought of

Vv ἐπιβλέψαι

: ἐποίει
? Ν

© εἰδὼς T.

184

their heart, took a
ebild, and set him by
him, 48 and said unto
them, Whosoever shall
receive this child in
my name receiveth
me: and whosoever
shall receive me re-
ceiveth him that sent
me: for he that is least
among you all, the
same shall be great.
49 And John ar.swered
and said, Master, we
saw one casting out
devils in thy name;
and we forbad him,
because he followeth
not with us. 50 And
Jesus said unto him,
Forbid him not: for
he that is not against
us is for us.

51 And it came to
pass, when the time
was come that he
should be received up,
he stedfastly set his
face to go to Jerusa-
lem, 52 and sent mes-
sengers before his face:
and they went, and
entered into a village
of the Samaritans, to
make ready for him.
53 And they did not
receive him, because
his face was as though
he would go to Jeru-
salem. 54 And when
his disciples James
and John saw this,
they said, Lord, wilt
thouthat we command
fire to come down
from heaven, and con-
sume them, even as
Elias did? 55 But he
turned, and rebuked
them, and said, Ye
know not what man-
ner of spirit ye are of,
56 For the Son of man
is not come to destroy
men’s lives, but tosave
them. And they went
to another village.

57 And it came to
pass, that, asthey went
in the way, a certain
man said unto him,
Lord, I will follow
thee whithersoever
thou goest. 58 And Je-

AO YK AS. IX.
τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενος “παιδίου"
the reasoning of their heart, having taken hold of a little child

ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, 48 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὃς.“ἐὰν"
he set it by him, and = said to them, Whoever

δέξηται τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται"

shall receive this little child in my name, me_ receives ;
4 oe f2\ " 2 ft , 4 ? , ,

καὶ Oc-féav' ἐμὲ δέξηται, δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με.

and whoever me _ shall receive, receives him who sent me,

0.yap μικρότερος ἐν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχων οὗτος Sorat
For he who less Samong ‘all *you lis he sha}l be
μέγας. 49 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ *o'lwavync' εἶπεν, ᾿Επιστάτα,
great. And answering John said, Master,

wy” , 2... «ὦ ~ 3 , , ? , k 38 Π , Ὁ
εἴδομέν τινα ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. σον ἐκβάλλοντα *ra' δαιμόνια
we saw some one in thy name casting out the demons,
kai ἐκωλύσαμεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν 50 'Kai

and we forbade him, because hefollowsnot with us. And
εἶπεν" πρὸς αὐτὸν ™o"’Inoovc, Μὴ.κωλύετε᾽' ὃς. γὰρ οὐκ
3gaid sto *him 4Jesus, Forbid not; for whosoever “not
» ? n,* ~ iT] « n,* ~ Π] ?
ἔστιν καθ᾽ "ἡμῶν," ὑπὲρ "ἡμῶν" ἐστιν.

‘is against us, for us is.

51 ’Eyévero.dt ἐνιτῷ.συμπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς

And it came to pass when were being fulfilled the days of the
οἀναλήψεως" αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς TO.7pdcwrovPabrov' “ἐστή-
receiving him up, that he his face sted-

ιξεν' τοῦ πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovcadnp. 52 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν
fastly set to go to erusalem, And he sent

ἀγγέλους πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. Kai πορευθέντες εἰσῆλθον
messengers before ?face this. And having gone they entered

? r ’ἅ ~ ΤΙ τ « , ᾽ ~~ 5 ‘ ?
εἰς κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν," ὥστε ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ. δ8 καὶ οὐκ

into avillage οὗ Samaritans, 580 85 tomake ready for him. And *not
ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν, Ort τὸ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ἣν πορευό-
‘they *didreceive him, because his face was [as] gOo-

μενον εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 54 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ!

ing to Jerusalem, And seeing [it] his disciples
᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿ΙΤωάννης" Velzrov,' Κύριε, θέλεις εἴπω-
James and John said, Lord, wilt thou[that] we should
μεν πῦρ καταβῆναι “ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς,
call fire tocomedown from the heaven, and consume them,
Yoo καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν" ; 55 Στραφεὶς.δὲ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς,
as also. Elias did? But turning herebuked them,
"kai εἶπεν, Οὐκ.οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς" SG τὸ. γὰρ
and said, Ye know ποὺ of what spirit Yare = "ye. For the
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκιἦλθεν ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἀπολέσαι,
Son of man did not come [the] lives of men to destroy,
2 s ~ rT] Δ. ’ > Blue ,
ἀλλὰ σῶσαι." Kai ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην.
but tosave. And they went to another village.
57’ Eyévero.6é' πορευομένων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶπεν τις
Anditcametopass 88 they were going in the way “said ‘some “one
A ? , ΕΣ , « b n iT] > , c 4 t
πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι ὕπου "ἂν" ἀπέρχῃ, “κύριε.
to him, I willfollow thee wherever thoumayestgo, Lord.

4 παιδίον Tra.
« — τὰ LITrAW.
LTTrA.

—oyap...

ε av Le
1 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA.
P [avrov] LTrA.
* — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 1[trA |
¥ — ὡς καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν TTr[A].

σῶσαι G.

Β ἐστιν iS LTTrA. h — otra. i’Iwavys Tr.
m— ὁ Τ[Α]. 0 ὑμῶν you @LTTra. ° ἀναλήμψεως
4 ἐστήρισεν TTrA. τ πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν a city of Samaritans Ὁ.

τ Ἰωάνης Tr. “ εἶπαν ὙΤΓΑ. x ex Out of L,
2 — καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55) .... σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA ;
Ὁ ἐὰν LTrA. © — κύριε LTTr[A].

fay T,

* Kat and rtra.

IX, X. LUKE.

58 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, At ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν,
And 7said ὅἴο *him Jesus, The foxes holes have,
καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις" ὁ.δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ

and the birds ofthe heaven nests ; but the Son

ἀνθρώπου οὐκιἔχει ποῦ THY κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ. 59 Εἶπεν. δὲ
of man has not where the head he may lay. And hesaid

πρὸς ἕτερον, ᾿Ακολούθει por. Ὁ .δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε," ἐπίτρεψόν
to another, Follow me. Buthe said, Lord, allow

μοι ἐἀπελθόντι πρῶτον" θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.μου. 60 Εἶπεν. δὲ
me going away first to bury my father. But *said

> ~ fs ᾽ ~ It a 4 A / A ε ~
αὐτῷ [ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ΓΑφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν
30 *him iJesus, Leave the dead to bury their own

νεκρούς" σὺ.δὲ ἀπελθὼν διάγγελλε τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
dead; but thou going forth declare the kingdom of God.

61 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ ἕτερος, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι, κύριε' πρῶτον. δὲ
And?said “also ‘another, Iwillfollow thee, Lord, but first

ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς εἰς τὸν. οἵκόν. μου. 62 Εἶπεν. δὲ

allow me totake leave of those at my house, But ?said
ἐπρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς." Οὐδεὶς Βέἐπιβαλὼν!" τὴν.χεῖρα. λαὐτοῦ"
510 *him 1Jesus, No one having laid his hand
ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον, καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν
upon [the] plough, and looking on thethings behind, *fit tis
Κεἰὶς τὴν βασιλείαν" τοῦ θεοῦ.
for the kingdom of God.

‘ δὲ ~ 2 La « , ] by | ε,,.1 ε
10 Mera.dé ταῦτα ἀνέδειξεν ὁ κύριος ἱκαὶ" ἑτέρους ἐβδο-
Now after these things “appointed ‘the *Lord ‘also ‘others “seven-
pnKovra™, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ.δύο πρὸ προσώπου
ty, and sent them twoand two before *face
αὐτοῦ, εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν Kai τόπον οὗ "ἔμελλεν" αὐτὸς
this, into every city and place where he was about himself
ἔρχεσθαι. Ἔλεγεν οὖν" πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς

to come, He said therefore to them, The indeed ‘harvest [is]
πολύς. οἱ. δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι: δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου
great, but the workmen [are] few. Supplicate therefore the Lord
Tov θερισμοῦ, Owe Ῥέκβάλλῃ ἐργάτας! εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν
ofthe harvest, that he may send out workmen into “harvest
αὐτοῦ. 3 ‘Yrayere’ ἰδού, “ἐγὼ" ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς we ἄρνας ἐν
this. Go; lo, I send forth you as lambs in

μέσῳ λύκων. 4 μὴ βαστάζετε "βαλάντιον" μὴ πήραν

{{86] midst of wolves. Neither carry purse nor provision bag
4undé" ὑποδήματα᾽ ‘kai! μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε.
nor sandals, and noone on the way salute.
5 Etc-ijv.0 ἂν τοἰκίαν εἰσέρχησθε," πρῶτον λέγετε, Εἰρήνη τῷ
Andinto whatever house ye may enter, first say, Peace
οἴκῳ.τούτῳ. 6 Kai ἐὰν "μὲν" ἐκεῖ *vloc εἰρήνης, Τέπανα-
to this house. And if indeed be there ason of peace, sshall
παύσεται" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν" εἰ δὲ μήγε, ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς
*rest Supon Sit lyour “peace ; butif notso, to you
> ah > > ~ A ~ D2 ὧν; , 27 θί I ‘
ἀνακάμψει. ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε, Ξἐσθίοντες" Kai
it shall return. 7In *the *same ‘and house abide, eating and

4 — Κύριε T.
᾿Ιησοῦς (read he said) [u)rtra.
ifavrov] Tr. * τῇ βασιλείᾳ LTTrA.
° δὲ and (he said) Lrtra.
arog. I send forth) τ τὰ. τ᾿ βαλλάντιον LTTrAW.
οἰκίαν TTrA ; οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε τι.
παήσεται Τ. 2 ἔσθοντες LTTrA.

1 [καὶ] Tra. m + [δύο] two L.

5 μὴ TTrA.
w — μὲν GLTTrAW.

© πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν first to go away L; πρῶτον ἀπελθόντι TTr.
& δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν LTr; — πρὸς αὐτὸν A.

P ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας GLW ; ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ TIrA.
t— καὶ 1.

x + ὁ the (son) Ε.

186

sus said unto him,
Foxes have holes, and
birds of the air Aave
nests ; but the Son of
man hath not where to
lay his head. 59 And
he said unto another,
Follow me. But he
said, Lord, suffer me
first to go and bury
my father. 60 Jesus
said unto him, Let the
dead bury their dead:
but go thou and preach
the kingdom of God.
61 And another also
said, Lord, I will fol-
low thee; but let me
first go bid them fare-
well,which are at home
at my house. 62 And
Jesus said unto him,
No man, having put
his hand to the plough,
and looking back, is fit
for the kingdom of
God.

X. After these things
the Lord appointed
other seventy also, and
sent them twoand two
before his face into
every city and place,
whither he himself
would come. 2 There-
fore said he unto them,
The harvest truly ὦ
great, but the labour-
ers are few: pray ye
therefore the Lord of
the harvest, that he
would send forth la-
bourers into his har-
vest. 3 Go your ways:
behold, I send you
forth as lambs among
wolves. 4 Carry nei-
ther purse, nor scrip,
nor shoes: and salute
no man by the way.
5 And into whatsoever
house ye enter, first
say, Peace be to this
house. 6 And if the
son of peace be there,
your peace shall rest
upon it: if not, it shalle
turn to you again.
7 And in the same
house remain, eating
and drinking such
things as they give: for
the labourer is worthy

f—6
h ἐπιβάλλων L.
n ἤμελλεν LTTrAW.
a — ἐγὼ (read

¥ εἰσέλθητε
Y ἐπανα-

180

of his hire. Go not
from house to house.
8 And into whatsoever
city ye enter, and the
receive you, eat suc
things as are set be-
fore you: 9 and heal
the sick that are there-
in, and say unto them,
The kingdom of God
is come nigh unto you,
10 But into whatsoever
city ye enter, and they
receive you not, go
your ways out into the
streets of the same,
and say, 11 Even the
very dust of your city,
which cleaveth on us,
we do wips off against
you: notwithstanding
be ye sure of this, that
the kingdom of God is
come nigh unto you,
12 But I say unto you,
that it shall be more
tolerable in that day
for Sodom, than for
that city. 13 Woeunto
thee, Chorazin! woe
unto thee, Bethsaida !
for ifthe mighty works
had been done in Tyre
and Sidon, which have
been done in you, they
had a great while ago
repented, sitting in
sackcloth and ashes,
14 But it shall be more
tolerable for Tyre and
Sidon at the judg-
ment, than for you.
15 And thou, Caperna-
um, which art exalted
to heaven, shalt be
thrust down to hell.
16 He that heareth
yon heareth me; and

e that despiseth you
despiseth me; and he
that despiseth me de-
spiseth him that sent
me.

17 And the seventy
returned again with
joy, saying, Lord, even
the devils are subject
unto us through thy
name. 18 And he said
unto them, [ beheld

*Satan as lightning
fall from heaven.
19 Behold, I give unto
you power to tread on
serpents and scorpions,
and over all the power
of the enemy: and
nothing shall by any
means hurt you.

&® — - ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTrA.
πόδας to the feet (-[ἡμῶν] ofus A) LITrA.
5 Xopaciv EGLW ; Χοραζείν rrr,
1 μὴ LTTrA.

ναούμ, LTTrAW.
° + τοῦ the Tra.

A OY KK AS. X.
πίνοντες Ta map αὐτῶν' akwc.yap ὁ ἐργάτης
drinking the things [supplied] by them ; for worthy *the “workman
τοῦ.μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ Stor." μὴ Bera αι τε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν.

of *his Shire lis. move not from house to _ house,
8 καὶ εἰς ἣν."δ᾽".ἂν πόλιν εἰσέρχησθε, καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς,
And into whatever 8150 ‘city yemayenter, and theyreccive you,
ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν, 9 Kai θεραπεύετε τοὺς ἐν
eat the things set before you, and heal the 7in

> “ 9. ~ ‘ , ? ~ a” Dyigi Pe ~ «
αὐτῇ ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ λέγετε αὐτοῖς, “Ἤγγικεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασι-

it ‘sick, and say to them, Hasdrawnnearto you the king-
λεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 εἰς. ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν “εἰσέρχησθε," Kai μὴ
dom of God. But into whatever city yemayenter, and “not

δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξελθόντες εἰς τὰς.πλατείας. αὐτῆς, εἴπατε,
‘they “ἄο receive you, having goncout into its streets, say,

11 Kai τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως

Even the dust which clung to us out of city
ὑμῶν ἃ ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν: πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι
1your we wipe off against you; yet this know, that

ἤγγικεν “ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 λέγω."δὲ! ὑμῖν,
has drawnnear to you the kingdom of God. And I say to you,
ὅτι Σοδόμοις ἐν τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ τῇ
that forSodom in that day more tolerable it shall be than
πόλει.ἐκείνῃ. 13 Οὐαί σοι, ΞΧωραζίν," οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά"
for that city. Woe tothee, Chorazin! woe tothee, Bethsaida!
a 2 ? Lie \ ~ h2 , ΠῚ ε » €
ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι "ἐγένοντο" ai δυνάμεις ai
for if in Tyre and _ Sidon had taken place the works of power which
γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ
have been taking place in you, long ago in sackcloth and ashes

i ΄ ll , \ , \ ~ ?
καθήμεναι! μετενόησαν. 14 πλὴν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκ-
sitting they had repented. But for Tyre and Sidon more

τότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν. 15 Kai σύ, ἘΚαπερ-

tolerable willit be in the judgment than for you. And thou, Caper-
vaovp," ἰὴ! ἕως τοῦ! οὐρανοῦ πὑψωθεῖσα," ἕως ° ἅδου
naum, who to the heaven hast been liftedup, to hades
, « ? , € ~ ? “ ᾽ , ~ ‘
καταβιβασθήσῃ. 16 Ὃ ἀκούων ὑμῶν ἐμοῦ ἀκούει" καὶ
thou shalt be brought down. Hethat hears you me ‘hears, and
c ᾽ ~ « ~ ? a « \ ? ‘ > ~ ? ~ ‘
ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ ὁ δὲ ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν ἀθετεὶ τὸν
he that rejects you *me ‘rejects, and hethat?me ‘rejects rejects him

ἀποστείλαντά με.
who sent me,
17 Ὑπέστρεψαν.δὲ ot ἑβδομήκοντα μετὰ χαρᾶς, λέγοντες,
And *returned ‘the “seventy wit. joy, saying,
Κύριε, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί
Lord, even the demons are subject tous through “name
Al > ~ ? ’ A ~ e ? A
σου. 18 Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εθεώρουν τὸν σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν
thy. And he said to them, I beheld Satan as lightning
? ~ > ~ , 19 ἰὃ , Wid I « ~ 4 ἐξ ,
ἐκ TOU ovpavou TECOVTaA. toou, LOWML ὑμιν τὴν ἑξουσιᾶαν
out of the heaven falling. Lo, I give you the authority
τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Kai σκορπίων, Kai ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν
and upon all the

totread upon serpents and scorpions,
δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ Kai οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ.μὴ τἀδικήσῃ."
power of the enemy, and nothing you inanywise_ shall injure,

(lit. in no wise) IRE

b — δ᾽ also utr. ς εἰσέλθητε LTTrA. d + εἰς τοὺς

6- ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς GLTTrA. f— δὲ and Gi saw:

1 καθήμενοι LTTrA, k Kadap-

; wilt thou be lifted up? Lrrra.
τ ἀδικήσει ELTTrA,

h ἐγενήθησαν LTITrA.
™—rov LITr. ἡ ὑψωθήσῃ
P+ [δύο] ὕνγο 1. 4 δέδωκα I have given rrra.

X. LUKE.

\ ? 7 \ , oe x , c ~ « ,
20 πλὴν ἐν τούτῳ μὴ.χαίρετε, OTL τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσ-

Yet in this rejoice not, that the spirits toyou are sub-
σεται χαίρετε.δὲ "μᾶλλον" ὅτι τὰ. ὀνόματα. ὑμῶν ᾿ἐγράφη"
jected, but rejoice rather that your names are written
? ~ > ~ ? > ~ ~ 4 ? ’ Vv ~
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 Ἔν αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ
in the heavens. In thesame hour *rejoiced 3in *the

[4 Ww xs ? ~ " ‘ ? ~ ΄, ’
πνεύματι" *0 ᾿Ιησοῦς," καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Εξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ,

5Spirit 1 Jesus, and said, I praise thee, O Father,
κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, Or. ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ
Lord of the heaven and of the earth, that thou didst hide these things from

σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις" ναί, ὁ πα-

wise and prudent, and didstreveal them tobabes: yea, Fa-
τήρ, ὅτι οὕτως Yéyévero εὐδοκία" ἔμπροσθέν cov. 22 “Καὶ
ther, for thus was it well pleasing before thee. And

στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν, Πάντα “παρεδόθη por'
having turned to the disciples hesaid, All things were delivered to me
ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός. μου" Kai οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς εἰ μὴ

by my Father, and noone knows who is_ the Son except
ὁ πατήρ, Kai τίς ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, εἰμὴ ὁ vidc, Kai w.Péay'!
the Father, and who 185 the Father, excepttheSon, and hetowhomsoever

βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 23 Kai στραφεὶς πρὸς

2may ‘will 'the 7Son to reveal (him). And having turned to

‘ ‘ 3» Ins , « ? \
τοὺς μαθητὰς Kar ἰδίαν εἶπεν, Μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ
the disciples apart he said, Blessed [are] the eyes
ot βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε. 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ
which see what yesee, ForIsay toyou, that many
προφῆται Kai βασιλεῖς ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε,
prophets and kings desired tosee what ye see,

καὶ ovk-eidov"' καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, Kai οὐκ.ἤκουσαν.
and saw not; and tohear what yehear, and heard not.

25 Kai ἰδού, νομικός τις ἀνέστη, ἐκπειράζων
And behold, a *doctor *of *the ®law ‘certain stood up, tempting
αὐτόν, kai" λέγων, Διδάσκαλε, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον
him, and saying, Teacher, Swhat having 7done life eternal
κληρονομήσω ; 26 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔν τῷ νόμῳ τί
shall I inherit ἢ And he said to him, In the law what
γέγραπται; πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις ; 27 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν,
has been written? how readest thou? Andhe answering said,
᾿Αγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης “τῆς" καρδίας
Thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all "heart
ΑἹ f2 « -“ ~ ee! .“ - > 7
σου καὶ [ἐξ ὅλης τῆς. Ψψυχῆς.σου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος σου
thy and with ail thy soul and with all thy strength
καὶ 82& ὕλης τῆς.διανοίας". σου" Kai τὸν.πλησίον.σου ὡς σεαυ-

and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbour as thy-
τόν. 28 Eimey.de αὐτῷ, Ὀρθῶς ἀπεκρίθης. τοῦτο ποίει,
self. And hesaid tohim, Rightly thou hast answered: this do,

καὶ ζήσῃ. 29 Ὁ δὲ θέλων *dikarody' ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν πρὸς

and thou shalt live. Buthe desiring tojustify himself said to
τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον ; 80 Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ"
Jesus, And who ἰδ my neighbour? And taking [it] up
e2 ~ 5 » , , ? we ‘
ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Ἄρθροσος τις κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἱἱερουσαλὴμ
Jesus said, A‘*man ‘certain wasgoingdown from Jerusalem

187

20 Notwithstandingin
this rejoice not, that
the spirits are subject
unto you; but rather
rejoice, because your
names are written in
heayen. 21 In that
hour Jesus rejoiced in
spirit, andsaid, [thank
thee, O Father, Lord
of heaven and earth,
that thou hast hid
these things from the
wise and prudent, and
hast revealed them un-
to babes: even so, Fa-
ther ; for so it seemed
good in thy sight,
22 All things are de-
livered to me of my
Father: and no man
knoweth who the Son
is, but the Father; and
who the Father is, but
the Son, and he to
whom the Son will re-
veal him. 23 And he
turned him unto his
disciples, and said pri-
vately, Blessed are the
eyes which see the
things that ye see:
24 for I tell you, that
many prophets and
kings have desired tc
see those things which
ye see, and have not
seen them; and to
hear those things
which ye hear, and
have not heard them.

25 And, behold, a
certain lawyer stood
up, and tempted him,
saying, Master, what
shall I do to inherit
eternal life? 26 He
said unto him, What
is written in the iaw?
how readest thou?
27 And he answering
said, Thou shalt love
the Lord thy God with
all thy heart, and with
all thy soul, and with
all thy strength, and
with all thy mind; and
thy neighbour as thy-
self. 28 And he said
unto him, Thou hast
answered right: this
do, and thou shalt live,
29 But he, willing to
justify himself, said
unto Jesus, And who
is my _ neighbour?
30 And Jesus answer-
ing said, Acertainman
went down from Jern-
salem to Jericho, and

® — μᾶλλον GLTTrAW.
¥ + τῷ ἁγίῳ the Holy urtra.
ἐγένετο LtrA. 5 -- καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν EGTr[ A].
Ὁ ἂν ἵπτὰ. © (ay T; εἶδαν TrA. 4 — καὶ T[Tr]a. © [τῆς] Tr.
καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ LTTr. & ἐν ὅλῃ TH διανοίᾳ LTTr. a

h δικαιῶσαι LTTrA.

t ἐνγέγραπται have been inscribed T; ἐγγέ. TrA. ¥ + ἐν in (the) T.
x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read nyad. he rejoiced) trtra.
5 μοι παρεδόθη GLITrAW.

{ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σον

Υ εὐδοκία

i— δὲ δια τ.

188

fell among thieves,
which stripped him
of his raiment, and
wounded him, and de-

arted, leaving him
lf dead. 31 And by
chance there came

down a certain priest
that way: and when he
saw him, he passed by
on the other side.
32 And likewise a Le-
vite, when he was at
the place, came and
looked on him, and
passed by on the other
side. 33 But a cer-
tain Samaritan, as he
journeyed, came where
he was: and when he
saw him, he had com-
passion on him, 34 and
went to him,and bound
up his wounds, pour-
ing in oil and wine,
and set him on his
own beast,and brought
him to an inn, and
took care of him.
3% And on the mor-
row when he departed,
he took out two pence,
and gave them to the
host, and said unto
him, Take care of him;
and whatsoever thou
spendest more, when I
come again, I will re-
pay thee. 36 Which
now of these three,
thinkest thou, was
neighbour unto him
that fell among the
thieves? 37 And he
said, He that shewed
mercy on him. Then
said Jesus unto him,
Go, and do thon like-
wise.

38 Now it came to
pass, as they went, that
he entered into a cer-
sain village: and a
-ertain Woman named
Martha received him
nto her house, 39 And
she had a sister called
Mary, which also sat
at Jesus’ feet, and
heard his word. 40 But
Martha was cumbered
about much serving,
and came to him, and
3aid, Lord, dost thou
not care that my sis-
ter hath left me to
serve alone? bid her

AOYKAX. X:

εἰς “Ιεριχώ." καὶ λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν, οἱ Kai ἐκδύσαντες
to Jericho, and robbers ‘fell 7among, who both haying stripped
αὐτὸν καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες ἀπῆλθον, ἀφέντες ἡμιθανῆ
him and wounds having inflicted went away, leaving [him], half dead
ἰτυγχάνοντα." 31 κατὰ συγκυρίαν δὲ ἱερεύς τις κατ-
being. 2By a *coincidence ‘now °a ‘priest Scertain went
, ? ~ te ~?) , ‘ , ‘ ? 4 ᾽ ~
ἐβαινεν ἐν τῇ. ὁδῷ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἀντιπαρὴλ-
down in that road, and having seen him he passed by on the op-
θεν" 32 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ᾿Λευΐτης," "γενόμενος" κατὰ τὸν
posite side; and in like manner also a Levite, being at the
τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ° ἀντιπαρῆλθεν. 898 ΡΣα-
spot, having come and having seen passed by on the oppositeside. “ΔΑ *Sa-
μαρείτης" δὲ τις ὁδεύων ἦλθεν κατ᾽ αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν
maritan but “certain journeying came _ to him, and haying seen
«αὐτὸν! ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 384Kai προσελθὼν κατέδησεν τὰ
him was moved with compassion, and having approached bound up
τραὐματα.αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἷνον᾽ "ἐπιβιβάσας δὲ"

his wounds, pouring on oil and wine; and having put
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς “πανδοχεῖον," Kai
him on his own beast brought him to an inn, and

ἐπεμελήθη αὐτοῦ. 35 καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον ἐξελθών," ἐκβαλὼν
took care of him. And on the morrow goingforth, taking out
δύο δηνάρια ἔδωκεν τῷ “πανδοχεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν “αὐτῷ,"
two denarii he gave[them]tothe innkeeper, and = said to him,
᾿Ἐπιμελήθητι αὐτοῦ" καὶ ὅ.τιἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν
Take care of him, and whatsoever thou mayest expend more, I on

τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί.με ἀποδώσω σοι. 36 Tic "οὖν" τούτων
my coming back willrepay thee. Which therefore of these

τῶν τριῶν ὕδοκεῖ σοι πλησίον" γεγονέναι τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος
three seems ἰὸ thee *neighbour ‘to have “been of him who fell
εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς; 37 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, ὋὉ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος
among the robbers ? Andhe said, Hewho shewed compassion
per αὐτοῦ. Εἶπεν τοὖῦν! αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Πορεύου, καὶ
towards him. Said *therefore “to °him 1 Jesus, Go 7and

σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως.

‘thou do likewise.
38 * Eyévero.dé.év' τῷ.πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς "cat! αὐτὸς εἰσῆλ--
And itcame to pass as *proceeded they that he enter-
θεν εἰς κώμην τινά γυνὴ.δε τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα ὑπ-
ed into a “village ‘certain; anda*woman'certain byname Martha το-
εδέξατο αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸν. οἶκον". αὐτῆς." 39 Kai πάθεν ἀδελφὴ
ceived him into her house. And ehad asister

καλουμένη “Μαρία,! ἣ καὶ ἱπαρακαθίσασα" δπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας

called Mary, whoalso having sat down at the feet
hrov Ἰησοῦ ἤκουεν τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ. 40 ἡ. δὲ Μάρθα
of Jesus was listening to his word. But Martha

περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν" ἐπιστᾶσα.δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε,
was distracted about much service ; and coming up she said, Lord,
᾽ ἐλ. « « 10. λ , , i la Ἰ
οὐ.μέλει σοι Ore ἡ. ἀδελφή.μου μόνην με ἱκατέλιπεν" δια-
is it no concern to thee that my sister Salone 7me *left to

Κ᾿ Ἱερειχώ 8.
him L.

δοκεῖ σοι GITrAW.
© τὴν οἰκίαν 1.
TTra.

1 — τυγχάνοντα LTTr[ A].
P Σαμαρίτης 1.
τς ἐξελθών Lrtr[A].

4 --- αὐτῆς (read the house)
8 πρὸς against TTra.

τὰ Λενείτης TIrA. ™—-yevouevosTr. ° + αὐτὸν
ᾳ — αὐτὸν [L]}t[Tr]a. τ καὶ ἐπιβιβάσας τι. 5 πανδοκίον 1.
Υ πανδοκεῖ τ. ΝΜ --- αὐτῷ [τ]ττι[ 4]. *— οὖν [χ]π{τὸ͵]Δ. Υ πλησίον
» δὲ ‘and (Jesus) GLITrA. "Ἔν δὲ And as Tr. Ὁ [καὶ] Lrr.

© Μαριάμ. 1. f παρακαθεσθεῖσα

Tr].
Β χοῦ κυρίου of the Lord trtraw. 1 κατέλειπεν TrA.

X, XI.

KOVELY ;
serve?

LUKE.

Κεἰίπὲ" οὖν αὐτῷ iva μοι συναντιλάβηται. 41 Απο-
Speak therefore her that me she may help. 3An-

κριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," Μάρθα, Μάρθα, μεριμνᾷς
swering ‘but *said ‘*to °her ?Jesus, me ebe, ei thou art careful

καὶ Ἀτυρβάζῃ" περὶ πολλά: 42 ἑνὸς.δὲ ἐστιν χρεία" pola

and Broun ett about many things; but oe one there is sueeds
202" τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο, re Wes αιρεθήσεται
ed ᾽

᾿ᾳηᾷ the good part chose, which not be taker
οἀπ᾽ὶ αὐτῆς.
from her.

11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ.εἶῖναι αὐτὸν tv τόπῳ τινὶ προσ-

And it came to πῖον as *was ‘he in = piace ceria pray-

εὐχόμενον, ὡς ἐπαύσατο, εἶπέν τις τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς

ing, when he ceased, said one of his disciples to
αὐτόν, Κύριε, δίδαξον ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι, καθὼς Kai P lway-
him, Lord, teach us to pray, as also John

νης" ἐδίδαξεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ. 2 Ἐϊπεν. δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὅταν
taught his disciples, And he said tothem, When

προσεύχησθε λέγετε, Πάτερ “ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς,"

ye pray say, Father tour, who[art]in the heavens,
o“r, "5 “ἢ ὁ iY
ἁγιασθήτω τὸ. ὄνομά.σου" τἐλθέτω" "ἡ. βασιλεία.σου"" γενηθήτω
sanctified be thy name ; let come thy Sbigdom; let be done

τὸ. oe σου," εἰ ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς." 8 τὸν

er in heaven, [50] also por the earth.
ἄρτον αηῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδου ἡμῖν τὸ. καθ᾽ ἡμέραν 4 καὶ

Our bread the needed give us ea ; an
ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν, καὶ. γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀφίεμεν"
forgive us our sins, for also *ourselves ‘we forgive

παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν" καὶ μὴ. εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν,
every one indebted tous; and lead not us into temptation,

χἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ." 5 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς
but deliver us from evil. And hesaid ἴο

αὐτούς, Tic ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, Kai πορεύσεται πρὸς
them, Who auicne you shall have afriend, and shall go to

αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίον, Kai Yeixy' αὐτῷ, Φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς
him at midnight, and say to him, Friend, lend me three

ἄρτους, 6 ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με,

loaves, since a friend of mine is come off ajourney to me,

καὶ οὐκἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ" 7 κἀκεῖνος ἔσωθεν
and I have not what I shall set before him; andhe from within

ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ, My jib: κόπους πάρεχε: ἤδη θύρα
answering shouldsay, *Not “trouble anes already the door

κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ-παιδία. μου μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν"

has been shut, and my children with me in bed are; 3
οὐ-δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι. 8 Λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ καὶ οὐ
I cannot rise gy to give to thee. Isay toyou, if even*not
δώσει αὐτῷ ἀναστάς, διὰ τὸ. εἴναι ταὐτοῦ φίλον,"
*he *will give to him, havingrisen up, because of[his] being his friend,
διάγε τὴν."ἀναίδειαν' αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς δώσει αὐτῷ

Kid because of his SPOT ΡΟ συν having risen he will give him
dowry xoyte. 9 aye ὑμῖν λέγω, Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται
as many as he needs. AndI toyou say, Ask, and it shall begiven

Κ εἰπὸν T. 16 eupies the Lord T.
ο — aw [L]t[Tra]. P "Iwarys Tr.
" σου ἡ βασιλεία G. t — γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά. gov GTTrA.
γῆς G[L]rtra. ka ἀφίομεν LTTrA.
¥ ἐρεῖ L. : φίλον αὐτοῦ TTrA.

™ θορυβάζῃ agitated LTTrA.

a ὁ ΣΩ͂Ν τ.

4 — ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς GTTra.

189

therefore that she help
me, 41 And Jesus an-
swered and said unto
her, Martha, Martha,
thou art careful and
tronbled about many
things: 42 but one
thing is needfal: and
Mary hath chosen that
good part, which shall
not be taken away
from her.

XI. And it came to
pass, that, as he was
praying in a certain
place, when he ceased,
one of his disciples said
unto him, Lord, teach
us to pray, as John also
taught his disciples.
2 And he said unto
them, When ye pray,
say, Our Father which
art in heaven, Hallow-

d ed be thy name. Thy

Kingdom come. Thy
will be done, as in
heaven, so in earth.
3 Give us day by day
our daily bread. 4 And
forgive us our sins; for
we also forgive every
one that is indebted to
us. And lead us rot
into temptation; but
deliver us from eyil.
5 And he said unto
them, Which of yon
shall have a friend, and
shall go unto him at
midnight, andsay unto
him, Friend, lend me
three loaves; 6 fora
friend of mine in his
journey is come to me,
and I have nothing to
set before him? 7 And
he from within shall
answer and say, Trou-
ble me not: the door is
now shut, and my chil-
dren are with me in
bed; I cannot rise and
givethee. 8 I say unto
you, Though he will
not rise and give him,
because he is his friend,
yet because of his im-
portunity he wil: rise
and give him as many
as he needeth. 9 And I
say unto you, Ask, and
it shall be given you;

3 ΄ π΄ -΄ -

π γὰρ for T; [δὲ] a.
τ ἐλθάτω TTr.

-- ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς
— ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ GTTrA.

190

seek, and ye shall find;
knock, and it shall
be opened unto you.
10 For every one that
asketh receiveth ; and
he that seeketh find-
eth ; and to him that
knocketh it shall be
opened. 11 If a son
shall ask bread of any
of you that is a father,
will he give him a
stone? or if he ask a
fish, will he for a fish
give him a serpent ?
12 Or if he shall ask an
egg, will he offer him a
scorpion? 13 If yethen,
being evil, know how
to give good gifts unto
your children: how
much more shall your
heavenly Father give
the Holy Spirit to them
that ask him ?

14 And he was cast-
ing out a devil, and it
was dumb. And it
came to pass, when the
devil was gone out,
the dumb spake; and
the people wondered.
15 But some of them
said, He casteth out
devils through Beelze-
bub the chief of the
devils. 16 And others,
tempting him, sought
of him asign from hea-
ven. 17 But he, know-
ing their thoughts, said
unto them, Every king-
dom divided against
itself is brought to
desolation; and a house
divided against a house
falleth. 18 If Satan
also be divided against
himself, how shall his
kingdom stand? be-
cauge ye say that I cast
out devils through
Beelzebub. 19 Andif I
by Beelzebub cast out
devils, by whom do
your sons cast them
ried ? therefore shall

Θ our judges.

20 Bat if I with She
ΚΣ of God cast out
devils, no doubt the
kingdom of God is
come upon you.
21 When a strong man
armed keepeth his
palace, his goods arein
peace: 22 but when a
stronger than he sha!

Ὁ ἀνοιχθήσεται TA.
Piglet
f αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει TTA.

ἀγαθὰ GLTTrAW.

βληθέντος having been cast out L.
οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LITrAW.
- οὗ 1.

αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται Tr.

ἑαυτὴν T.

} to you;

ΧΙ,
"ἀνοιγήσεται" ὑμῖν.
it shall be opened to you.
ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει" και
receives ; and he that seeks ds ; and

τῷ κρούοντι “ἀνοιγήσεται." 11 τίνα.δὲ ἃ ὑμῶν τὸν
tohim that knocks it will be creas And which of you who [is]

πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ;
a father shall 5451 “for ‘the 7son _ bread, astone will he yive to him?

esi" καὶ ἰχθύν, μὴ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν [ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ"; 12 ἢ

AOYKAZX.

ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε"
seek, and ye shall find;

ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει: Kai

κρούετε, καὶ
Le and
10 πᾶς.γὰρ
For every one that asks

if also a fish, instead of afish aserpent will he give to him? or
καὶ βἐὰν' Βαίτήσῃ" wor, μὴ ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον; 13 εἰ
also if he should ask an eee; will he give tohim a scorpion? If

οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες οἴδατε ἀγαθὰ δόματα!
therefore ye, evil ‘being, know hore!) geod gifts
ἐξ

διδόναι τοῖς.τέκνοιςὑμῶν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ" ὁ
toigive to your children, how much more the Father who([is]of

οὐρανοῦ δώσει πνεῦμα ἅ wy τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν;

heaven will give [086] *Spirit oly to those that ask him?
14 Kai ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον, ‘kai αὐτὸ ἦν" κωφόν"
And he was casting out a demon, and it was dumb;

τοῦ.δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος," ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός"
having gone out, “spoke ‘the 7dumb.

ἐξ αὐτῶν "elroy," Ἔν
of them said, By
ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια.
he casts out the demons,

ἐξ

ἐγένετο. δὲ
and it game to pass on the demon

καὶ ἐθαύμασαν ot ὄχλοι. 15 τινὲς.δὲ
And “wondered ‘the *crowds. But some

Βεελζεβοὺλ 5 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων
Beelzebul prince of the demons

16 Ἕτεροι.δὲ πειράζοντες σημεῖον ὕπαρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐζήτουν

And others, tempting, a sign from him _ were seeking from
οὐρανοῦ." 17 Αὐτὸς.δὲ εἰδὼς «αὐτῶν τὰ διανοήματα! εἶπεν
heaven, But he knowing their thoughts said
αὐτοῖς, Πᾶσα βασιλεία "tp ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα" ἐρη-
tothem, Every kingdom “against “itself 1divided is brought to
povra’ καὶ οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει. 18 εἰ.δὲ καὶ ὁ σατανᾶς

desolation; and a house against ἃ house falls. And if also Satan

ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ.βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ;
against himself _ be divided, how shall stand his kingdom ?

ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν.με τὰ δαιμόνια. 19 εἰ.δὲ
Becanse yesay, by Beelzebul I cast out the demons. And if

ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, "οὶ" υἱοὶ. ὑμῶν ἐν
by Beelzebul castout the demons, yours sons by

τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο ‘kpirai ὑμῶν αὐτοὶ ἔσον-
whom do they cast out? onaccountof this judges ofyou they shall

ται." 20 εἰιδὲ éy δακτύλῳ θεοῦ "ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια,
be. But if by (the] ΠΆΒΕΣ οἵ God Icastout the demons,

ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 bray ὁ
then iscome upon you the kingdom of God. When the

ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος φυλάσσῃ τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ.αὐλήν, ἐν
ἘΡΣΟΣΕ fman) Pe armed may, keep his own dwelling, in

εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ" 22 ἐπὰν. δὲ “o' ἰσχυρό-
peace are his goods ; but assoonas the stronger

© ἀνοιχθήσεται LTAW. ἃ 4 ἐξ LTTraW. e ἢ OF GLTTrAW.

& — ἐὰν TTx[A]. h αἰτήσει he shall ask errra. i δόματα

k + ὑμῶν (read your father) x. ' [καὶ αὐτὸ ἣν] Tra.

δι εἶπαν TrA. ° + τῷ the LTTraw.

4 τὰ διανοήματα αὐτῶν L. r διαμερισθεῖσα ἐφ᾽

t αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται LA} αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν τ ;
¥ + [ἐγὼ] Tr. — ὁ (read a stronger) Lrrra.

ΧΙ. LUKE.

τερος αὐτοῦ ἐπελθὼν νικήσῃ αὐτόν, τὴν πανοπλίαν
than he coming upon [him] shall overcome him, *panoply
αὐτοῦ αἴρει ἐφ᾽ ἢ ἐπεποίθει, Kai τὰ σκύλα.αὐτοῦ δια-
‘his hetakesaway in which he had trusted, and his spoils he
δίδωσιν. 23 ὁ μὴ. ὧν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ Kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν Kai ὁ
divides. He thatisnot with me against me is, and he that
μὴ-.συνάγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. 24 Ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον
gathers not with me scatters. When the unclean
“« ? , ? 4 ~ ? ’ , 3 > ,
πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δ ἀνύδρων
spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless
τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν" Kai μὴ εὑρίσκον “λέγει, ὝὙπο-
places, seeking rest ; and not finding [any] hesays, Iwill
στρέψω εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν.μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον: 25 Kai ἐλθὸν
return to my house whence I came out. And having come

εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον Kai κεκοσμημένον. 26 τότε πορεύεται
he finds [it] swept and adorned. Then he goes

καὶ παραλαμβάνειγἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ,"
and takes seven other spirits more wicked than himself,

καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ixéi’ Kai γίνεται Ta ἔσχατα τοῦ
and having entered they dwell there; and becomes the last

ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 27 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ

Ξτη81) lof that worse thanthe first. And it came to pass
ἐν Τῷ λέγει αὐτὸν ταῦτα, ἐπάρασά τις ᾿γυνὴ φωνὴν!"
as *spoke the these things, ‘liftmmg *up certain 'a *woman [her] voice

ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά

from the crowd said tohim, Blessed the womb that bore
σε, Kal αστοὶ ovc ἐθήλασας. 28 Αὐτὸς.δὲ εἶπεν, *Mev-
thee, δπᾶ [the] breasts which thou didst suck. Buthe said, Yea
οὔνγε' μακάριοι οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ
rather blessed they who hear the word of God and
φυλάσσοντες “abrov."

keep it.

29 Τῶν.δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων ἤρξατο λέγειν, ‘H γενεὰ
But the crowds being throngedtogether he began tosay, “generation
αὕτη “ πονηρά tori σημεῖον “ἐπιζητεῖ,,) Kai σημεῖον ov
this “wicked is; a sign it seeks after, and asign not
δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰμὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου."
1shall be given toit except the sign of Jonas the prophet,
‘ A ? , ? ~ f ~ ~ s+ Π iA
30 καθὼς. γὰρ ἐγένετο ᾿Ιωνᾶς ‘onpeiov τοῖς Νινευΐταις," οὕτως
For as was Jonas asign tothe Ninevites, thus
ἔσται Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῷ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ. 31 Βασίλισσα
shall be also the Son of man to this generation. A queen
νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς
οὗ [[{895] κου! shallriseup in the judgment with the men
γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτούς" Ori ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν
of this generation, and shallcondemn them; for shecame from the
περάτων THC γῆς ἀκοῦσαι THY σοφίαν ΞΣολομῶντος," καὶ ἰδού,
ends oftheearth tohear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold,
πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 32 ἄνδρες ἘΝινευϊ ἀναστήσονται
more than Solomon here, Men of Nineveh _ shallstandup
ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν"
in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it,

x+4[. τότε] then L. YJ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτά TTrA.
4 μενοῦν TIr; μὲν οὖνΑ. Ὁ -- αὐτόν (read [it]) GLTTra.
4 ξῃτεῖ it seeks TTra. ε — τοῦ προφήτου GLTTTA.
σημεῖον TTrA. & Σολομῶνος GLTTrAW.
Nevevetrac T.

191

come upon him, and
overcome him, he tak-
eth from him all his
armour wherein he
trusted, and divideth
his spoils. 23 He that
is not with me is
against me: and he
that gathereth not
with me _ scattereth.
24 When the unclean
spirit is gone out of
& man, he walketh
through dry places,
seeking rest; and find-
ing none, he saith, I
will return unto my
house whence I came
out. 25 And when he
cometh, he findeth it
swept and garnished.
26 Then goeth he, and
taketh to him seven
other spirits more
wicked than himself;
and they enter in, and
dwell there: and the
last state of that man
is worse than the first.
27 And it came to pass,
as he spake _ these
things, a certain wo-
man of the company
lifted up her voice, and
said unto him, Blessed
is the womb that bare
thee, and the paps
which thou hast suck-
ed. 28 But he said,
Yea rather, blessed are
they that hear the
word of God, and keep
it.

29 And when the
people were gather-
ed thick together, he
began to say, This
is an evil generation:
they seek a sign; and
there shall no sign be
given it, but the sign
of Jonas the prophet.
30 For as Jonas was a
sign unto the Nine-
vites, so shall also the
Son of man be to this
generation. 31 The
queen of the south
shall rise up in the
judgment with the
men of this generation,
and condemn them:
for she came from the
utmost parts of the
earth to hear the wis-
dom of Solomon; and,
behold, a greater than
Solomon is here, 32 The
men of Nineve shall
rise up in the judgment
with this generation,
and shall condemn it:
for they repented at

2 φωνὴν γυνὴ LTA.

© + γενεὰ a generation LTTrA.
f τοῖς Νινενείταις (Νινευΐταις Tra)
h Νινενὴ A; Nuvevirac Ninevites Ltrw;

192

the preaching of Jo-
nas; and, behold, a
greater than Jonas 1s
here. 33 Noman, when
he hath lighted a can-
dle, putteth ἐξ in a
secret place, neither
under a bushel, but on
a candlestick, that
they which come in
may see the light.
34 The light of the
body is the eye: there-
fore when thine eye is
single, thy whole body
also is full of light ;
but when thine eye is
evil, thy body also ts
full of darkness.
35 Take heed there-
fore that the light
which is in thee be not
darkness. 36 If thy
whole body therefore
be full of light, having
no part dark, the whole
shall be full of light,
as when the bright
shining of a candle
doth, give thee light.

37 And as he spake,
a certain Pharisee be-
sought him to dine
with him : and he went
in, and sat down to
meat. 38 And when
the Pharisee saw it, he
marvelled that he had
not first washed before
dinner. 39 And the
Lord said unto him,
Now do ye Pharisees
make clean the outside
of the cup and the
platter; but your in-
ward part ds full of ra-
vening and _ wicked-
ness. 40 Ye fools, did
not he that made that
which is without make
that which is within
also? 41 But rather
give alms of such
things as ye have; and,
behold, all things are
clean untoyou. 42 But
woe unto you, Phari-
sees! for ye tithe mint
and rue and all man-
ner of herbs, and pass
over judgment and the
love of God: these
ought ye to have done,
and not to leave the
other undone. 43 Woe
unto you, Pharisees !
for ye love the upper-
most seats in the syna-
gogues, and greetings
in the markets. 44 Woe
unto you, scribes and

AOYKA®. ΧΕ,

ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ iL dee Ἰωνᾶ. καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον
because they repented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more
? ~ τ 7 OA i 4
Iwva ὧδε. 33 Οὐδεὶς. δὲ! λύχνον ἅψας εἰς Ἐκρυπτὸν!"
than Jonas here. But no one alamp having lit *in *secret
τίθησιν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽" ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν,
sets 7it, nor under the corn-measure, but upon the lampstand,
ev « oY U «
ἵνα οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι τὸ ᾿ιφέγγος" βλέπωσιν. 84 ὁ λύχνος
that they who enter in the light may see, The lamp
τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός". ὅταν Coby" ὁ. ὀφθαλμός. σου
ofthe body is the eye: when therefore thine eye
€ ~ , ‘ ‘ ~ , 4 . ᾿
ἁπλοῦς ἡ, Ῥκαὶ" ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν ἐπὰν.δὲ
Zsingle ‘be, also *whole thy body light is; but when
ει ~ ΄,
πονηρὸς ἢ, καὶ τὸσῶμά.σου σκοτεινόν. 85 σκόπει οὖν
evil it be, also thy body [is] dark. See therefore
pal TO φῶς τὸ ἐν Goi σκότος ἐστίν. 86 εἰ οὖν τὸ σῶμά
est the light that [15]715 thee *darkness 15. If therefore Sbody
f A ‘ ,
gov ὅλον φωτεινόν, μὴ ἔχον “τὶ μέρος" σκοτεινόν, ἔσται
‘thy *whole [is] light, not having any part dark, it shall be
φωτεινὸν ὕλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ. ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε.
light 1411, as when the lamp with [its]brightness may light thee.
37 Ἔν. δὲ τῷ.λαλῆσαι "Ὁ ‘Snpwra' αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖός ἵτις"
Now as ?was “speaking [*he] asked him 1a %Pharisee certain
ὕπως ἀριστήσῃ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ: εἰσελθὼν δὲ ἀνέπεσεν.
that he woulddine with him: and having entered he reclined himself.
38 6.0 Φαρισαῖος ἰδὼν ἐθαύμασεν ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη
Butthe Pharisee seeing [it] wondered that not first he washed
πρὺ τοῦ ἀρίστου. 39 εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Νῦν ὑμεῖς
before the dinner. But said the Lord to him, Now _ ye

οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε,
Pharisees the outsideofthe cup andofthe dish ye cleanse,

70.08 ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς Kai πονηρίας. 40 ἄφρονες,
Ῥαὺ the inside οἵ you isfull of plunder and wickedness. Fools,
οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν Kai τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν :
[14] not ΒΘ who made the outside also the inside make ?
41 πλὴν τὰ. ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδού,
But [of] the things which are within give alms, and lo,
πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν. 42 YadX'' οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις,
allthings clean toyou are. But woe to you Pharisees,

OTe ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον Kai TO πήγανον Kai πᾶν
for yepaytithesof the mint and the rue and every

, , ~ ~
λάχανον, Kai παρέρχεσθε τὴν κρίσιν Kai τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ"
herb, and pass by the judgment and the love of God.
ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ "ἀφιέναι."
These things it behoved [you] to do, and those not to be leaving aside.
48 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, ὅτι ἀγαπᾶτε THY πρωτοκαθεδρίαν
Woe to you Pharisees, for yelove the first seat
ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς.
in the synagogues and_ the salutations in the wmarket-places.
44 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, "γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί," ὅτι ἐστὲ

Pharisees, hypocrites! Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for yeare
i — δὲ but Trra. Κ κρυπτὴν secret place EGLTTrAW. 1 ἀλλὰ EW. ™ φῶς LTrA.

» + gov (read thine eye) LrTra. ° — οὖν LTTrA. Ρ — καὶ L. 9 μέρος τι ([τι} A)
r + αὐτὸν he L. 5 ἐρωτᾷ aSkKS LTA} ἐρώτα Tr. t — τις TTra. v ἀλλὰ τ.

LTrA,
w + δὲ now [L]tr.

δείπνοις} and the first places at the suppers L.

κριταί G[LJTTrA.

χα παρεῖναι to pass by LTTrA. Υ + [καὶ τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς

2 — γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπο-

XI, XII. LUKE.
ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, Kai οἱ ἄνθρωποι "οἱ" περιπατοῦντες
as the *tombs lunseen, and the men who walk

ἐπάνω οὐκ.οἴδασιν. 45 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δέ τις τῶν γομι-
over [them] do not know [it]. And answering one of the doctors of the

κῶνλέγει αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ταῦτα λέγων καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις.
law says tohim, Teacher, thesethings saying “also *us thou insultest.

46 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί, ὅτι φορτίζετε

Andhe said, Also ἴο you the doctors of the law woe, for ye burden
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα, καὶ αὐτοὶ evi
men {with] burdens heavy tobear, and yourselves with one

τῶν.δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ-προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις. 47 οὐαὶ
of your fingers do not touch the burdens. Woe
ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν, "οὶ δὲ πα-
to you, for ye build the tombs _ of the prophets, and 7fa-
τέρες ὑμῶν ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς. 48 ἄρα “μαρτυρεῖτε" καὶ
thers tyour killed them. Hence yebear witness and
συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν.πατέρων. ὑμῶν" OTL αὐτοὶ μὲν
consent tothe works of your fathers ; for they indeed
ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς, ὑμεῖς.δὲ οἰκοδομεῖτε αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα."
killed them, and ye build their tombs.
‘A ~~ ‘ c / ~ ~ ? ~ 2
49 διὰ τοῦτο Kai ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Αποστελῶ εἰς
Because οὗ this also the wisdom of God said, Iwillsend to
αὐτοὺς προφήτας Kai ἀποστόλους. Kat ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτε-
them prophets and apostles, and{some]jof them they will
νοῦσιν καὶ ξἐκδιώξουσιν"" 50 ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων
ἘΠῚ and drive out, that may berequired the blood ofall
τῶν προφητῶν fro éexvvopevoy' ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου
the prophets poured out from [the] foundation of [the] world,
2 4a ~ ~ , > + gz ~ II wv » a £ “ῃΗ
ἀπὸ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, 51 ἀπὸ δτοῦ" αἵματος “APEX ἕως row
of this generation, from the blood of Abel to the
αἵματος Zaxapiov τοῦ ἀπολομένου μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου
blood of Zacharias, who perished between the altar
καὶ τοῦ οἴκου" ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς
and the house; yea, [580 toyou, itshall be required οἵ *generation
ταύτης. 52 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς, ὅτι ἤρατε τὴν
1this, Woe toyou the doctors of the law, for yetookaway the
κλεῖδα THE γνώσεως" αὐτοὶ οὐκ.βεἰσήλθετε," καὶ τοὺς εἰσερ-
ΚΟΥ of knowledge; yourselves did not enter, and those who were
χομένους ἐκωλύσατε. 53 'Λέγοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πρὸς
entering ye hindered. And as*was*%saying ‘he thesethings to
αὐτοὺς" ἤρξαντο ot γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι δεινῶς ἐν-
them began the scribes and the Pharisees urgently topress
ἔχειν, καὶ ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων, 54 ἐνε-
upon [him], and to make “speak ‘him about many things; watch-
δρεύοντες ἑαὐτὸν" ἱκαὶ! ™Cnrovyrec' θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ
ing him and seeking tocatch something out of
στόματος αὐτοῦ "ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ."
mouth that they might accuse him.
12 Ev oie ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ
During which [things] being gathered together the myriads of the

ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους, ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς
crowd, soas totrample upon oneanother, he began tosay to

193

for ye are as graves
which appear not, and
the men that walk over
them are not aware of
them. 45 Then answer-
ed one of the lawyers,
and said unto him,
Master, thus saying
thou reproachest us
also. 46 And he said,
Woe unto you also, ye
lawyers! for ye lade
men with burdens grie-
vous to be borne, and
ye yourselves touch not
the burdens with one
of your fingers. 47 Woe
unto you! for ye build
the sepulchres of the
prophets, and your
fathers killed them,
48 Truly ye bear wit-
ness that ye allow
the deeds of your fa-
thers: for they indeed
killed them, and ye
build their sepulchres.
49 Therefore also said
the wisdom of God, I
will send them pro-
phets and apostles, and
some of them they shall
slay and _ persecute:
50 That the blood of
all the prophets, which
was shed from the
foundation of the
world, may be required
of this generation;
51 from the blood of
Abel unto the blood
of Zacharias, which
perished between the
altar and the temple:
verily I say unto you,
It shall be required of
this generation. 52 Woe
unto you, lawyers! for
ze hayetaken away the
ey of knowledge: ye
entered not in your-
selves, and them that
were entering in ye
hindered. 53 Andas he
said these things unto
them, the scribes and
the Pharisees began to
urge him vehemently,
and to provoke him to
speak of many things:
54 laying wait for
him, and seeking to
catch something out of
his mouth, that they
might accuse him.

XII. In the mean
time, when there were
gathered together an
innumerable multi-
tude of people, inso-
much that they trode
one upen another, he
began to say unto his

Ὁ Kal οἱ Τ.

5 — ot (read περιτ. walking) L[A]w.
e [ἐκ]διώξουσιν Tra.

TTrA. 4 — αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα [LITTrA.
x > , 5

τὸ ἐκκεχυμένον Which has been poured out Tr.

GLTTrA.

!— καὶ GLTTraw. m — ζητοῦντες T[Tr]A-

© μάρτυρές ἐστε Withesses ye are
fro ἐκχυννόμενον LTA ;
8 — τοῦ (7ead [the]) Lrrra.
i Κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ and as he went out thence ΤΊΤΑ.

0 — ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ T[Tr]A.

b εἰσήλθατε
k > ΄
--- avTov Τ.

Oo

194

disciples first of all,
Beware ye of the lea-
ven of the Pharisees,
which is hypocrisy.
2 For there is nothing
covered, that shall not
be revealed ; neither
hid, that shall not be
known. 3 Therefore
whatsoever ye have
spoken in darkness
shall be heard in the
light ; and that which
ye have spoken in the
ear in closets shall be
proclaimed upon the
housetops. 4 And I say
unto you my friends,
Be not afraid of them
that kill the body, and
after that have no
more that they can do.
5 But I will forewarn
you whom ye shall
fear : Fear him, which
after he hath killed
hath power to cast into
hell; yea, I say unto
you, Fear him. 6 Are
not five sparrows sold
for two farthings, and
not one of them is for-
gotten before God?
7 But even the very
hairs of your head are
all numbered. Fear not
therefore: ye are of
more value than many
sparrows. 8 Also I say
unto you, Whosoever
shall confess me before
men, him shall the Son
of man also confess be-
fore the angels of God:
9 but he that denieth
me before men shall be
denied before the an-
gels of God. 10 And
whosoever shall speak
a word against the Son
of man, it shall be for-
given him: but unto
him that blasphemeth
against the Holy Ghost
it shall not be for-
given. 11 And when
they bring you unto
the synagogues, and
unto magistrates, and
powers, take ye no
thought how or what
thing ye shall answer,
or what ye shall say:
12 for the Holy Ghost
shall teach you in the
same hour what ye
ought to say.

13 And one of the
company said unto
him, Master, speak to

AOY KAS. XII.

μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης
his disciples first, Take heed toyourselves of the leaven
τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις. 2 οὐδὲν. δὲ συγκεκαλυμ-
ofthe Pharisees, which is hypocrisy ; but nothing 2covered
évoy ἐστὶν ὃ οὐκιἀποκαλυφθήσεται, Kai κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ
p lis which shall not be uncovered, nor hidden which 7not
νωσθήσεται. 8 ἀνθ᾿ ὧν boa ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε, iv τῷ
shall be known ; wherefore whatever in the darkness yesaid, in the
wri acovoOnoera’ καὶ ὃ πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἔλαλήσατε ἐν τοῖς
light shallbeheard; πᾶ what in the ear ye spoke in
ταμείοις, κηρυχθήσεται ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 4 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν
chambers, shall be proclaimed upon the housetops. But I say to you,
~ ΄ \ -Ὁ ᾽ \ ~ 2 ,
Toic-girowc_wov, Μὴ.φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν Ῥἀποκτεινόντων!
my friends, Ye should notfear because of those who kill
τὸ σῶμα, Kai μετὰ ταῦτα μηὴ.-ἐχόντων “περισσότερόν" τι

the body, and after these things are not able anything more

ποιῆσαι. 5 ὑποδείξω.δὲ ὑμῖν τίνα φοβηθῆτε φοβήθητε
to do. But I will shew you whom jyeshould fear: Fear
τὸν pera τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι τἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα" ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν

him who after having killed, has tocast into the

, / , Φ ~ ~ 4 > ‘ ,
γέενναν" vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε. 6 Οὐχὶ πέντε
gehenna; yea, Isay toyou, “him fear. "Not “five
στρουθία "πωλεῖται! ἀσσαρίων δύο; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ
“sparrows are sold for 2assaria ‘two? and one of them “ποῦ
ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" 7 ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες
lis forgotten before God. Buteven the hairs
τῆς.κεφαλῆς. ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται. μὴ "οὖν! φοβεῖσθε"
of your head 2all "have been numbered. *Not “therefore fear,
πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε. ὃ Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, Πᾶς ὃς ἂν

authority

thanmany sparrows ye are better. But I say to you, Hvery one whoever
ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai ὁ υἱὸς TOU
may confess me before men, also the Son

ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ
him

of man will confess before the angels
θεοῦ: 9 6.68 ἀρνησάμενός μὲ “ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων
of God; but he that has denied me before men

ἀπαρνηθήσεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 καὶ πᾶς
will be denied before the angels of God; and every one

ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται
who shall say ἃ word against the Son of man, it will be forgiven
αὐτῷ" τῷ. δὲ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημήσαντι

him; buttohimwho against the Holy Spirit has blasphemed

? ’ , « ‘ w , Π] « ~ , . 4
obK-ageOnoera. 11 dray.de προσφέρωσιν" ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς
it will not be forgiven. But when they bring you before the

συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς Kai τὰς ἐξουσίας, "μὴ-μεριμνᾶτεϊ

synagogues and the rulers and the authorities, be not careful

πῶς Yi) τί! ἀπολογήσησθε, ἢ τί εἴπητε᾽ 12 τὸ.γὰρ
how or what yeshall reply in defence, or what ye should say ; for the
ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἃ δεῖ

Holy Spirit willteach you in thatsame hour what it behoves [you]
εἰπεῖν.

to say.

13 Elvev.dg τις ταὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου," Διδάσκαλε, εἰπὲ τῷ
And ?said ‘one tohim from the crowd, Teacher, speak

P ἀποκτενόντων G;

® πωλοῦνται TTA,

μεριμνήσητε ye Should not be careful rrr.

τ ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν LTTrA.
ἡ εἰσφέρωσιν TTrA. χ μὴ
> ΄- > ~
τ εκ TOU OXAOU αὐτῷ T.

4 περισσόν L.
Υ ἔμπροσθεν L.
Υ [ἢ τῇ Tra.

ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA.
t — οὖν [L]rtra.

ΧΙ LUKE.
ἀδελφῷ.μου μερίσασθαι per ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν. 14 Ὁ δὲ

tomybrother todivide with me _ the inheritance. But he
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ανθρωπε, Tic με κατέστησεν "δικαστὴν" ἢ μερισ-
said ἴο him, Man, who*me ‘appointed a judge or a di-

τὴν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 15 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁρᾶτε καὶ φυλάσ-

vider over you? And he said to them, See and keep your-

σεσθε ἀπὸ ὕτῆς" πλεονεξίας" Ore οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν

selves from covetousness ; for not in the abundance
Ti ἡ ζωὴ .αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων .“αὐτοῦ."

‘to®anyone “his ?°life Sis ‘of *that which *he ®possesses.

16 Εἴἶπεν.δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγων, ᾿Ανθρώπου
And he spoke a parable to them, saying, 3Of *a “man

τινὸς πλουσίου ἀεῤφόρησεν" » χώρα 17 καὶ

‘certain ®rich Sprought *forth ‘°abundantly ‘the *ground. And
διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Ti ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκιἔχω τ

he was reasoning within himself, saying, What shallI do, for I have not

ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς. καρπούς. μου ; 18 καὶ εἶπεν, Τοῦτο ποιήσω"
where 1 shalllay up my fruits ? and hesaid, This willI do:

καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, Kai

I will take away my granaries, and_ greater will build, and

συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα “τὰ.γενήματά" ἵμου" καὶ τὰ.ἀγαθά.μου,
willlay up there all my produce and my good things,
ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ

19 καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ.Ψψυχῇ.μου, Ψυχή,
and I will say to my soul, Soul, thouhast many good things

κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά: ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου.
laid by for *years ‘many; take thy rest, eat, drink, be merry,
20 εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, Ε΄ Αφρων," ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν
But *said*to*him ‘God, Fool, this night “soul
haratrovow" ἀπὸ σοῦ" ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας τίγι
they require of thee; and what Sthou ’didst *prepare 'to 7whom
ἔσται: 21 οὕτως ὁ θησαυρίζων ἑαυτῷ, καὶ μὴ εἰς
Sshall *he? Thus [is] he who treasuresup for himself, and not toward
θεὸν πλουτῶν. 22 Ἐϊπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ," Διὰ

σου
thy

God is rich. Andhe said to his disciples, Because of
τοῦτο ἰὑμῖν λέγω," μὴ-μεριμνᾶτε τῇ.Ψυχῇ. "ὑμῶν" τί φάγητε,
this toyou I say, Be not careful astoyourlife what yeshouldeat,

μηδὲ τῷ σώματι" τί ἐνδύσησθε. 28 17° ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν
ΠΟΥ͂ astothe body what yeshould puton. The life more is
τῆς τροφῆς, Kai TO σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος. 24 Karavonoare
than the food, andthe body thanthe raiment. Consider
τοὺς κόρακας, Ort Ῥοὐ! σπείρουσιν Iovde! θερίζουσιν, οἷς
the ravens, for *not 1they "sow nor reap, to which
οὐκιἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, Kai ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς"
there isnot storehouse nor granary, and God feeds them,
, ~ - ~ , ~ ~ / ‘ 4
πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς Ὑ τ τῶν πετεινῶν ; 25 τίς. δὲ ἐξ
How much more “ye ‘arebetter thanthe birds? And who of

ὑμῶν "μεριμνῶν" δύναται "προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν. ἡλικίαν. αὐτοῦ"
you [by] being careful is able to add to his stature
πῆχυν teva"; 26 εἰ οὖν VYodbre! ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε,

ἴ0Π6 ἢ least ye are able [todo],

τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε; 27 Karavonoare τὰ κρίνα,
why about the rest are ye careful? Consider the lilies,

=cubit If therefore not even [the]

195

my brother, that he
divide the inheritance
with me. 14 And he
said unto him, Man,
who made me a judge
or a divider over you?
15 And he said unto
them, Take heed, and
beware of covetous-
ness : for a man’s life
consisteth not in the
abundance of the
things which he pos-

sesseth. 16 And he
spake a parable unto
them, saying, The

ground of a certain
rich man brought forth
plentifully : 17 and he
thought within him-
self, saying, What shall
do, because I have no
room where to bestow
my fruits? 18 And he
said, This will I do: I
will pull down my
barns, and build great-
er; and there will I be-
stow all my fruitsand
my goods. 19 And I
will say to my soul,
Soul, thou hast much
goods laid up for many
years ; take thine ease,
eat, drink, and be mer-
ry. 20 But God said
unto him, Thou fool,
this night thy soul
shall be required of
thee : then whose shall
those things be, which
thou hast provided?
21 So 8 he that layeth
up treasure for him-
self, and is not rich
toward God. 22 And he
said unto his disciples,
Therefore I say unto
you, Take no thought
for your life, what ye
shall eat; neither for
the body, what ye shall
puton. 23 The life is
more than meat, and
the body is more than
raiment. 24 Consider
the ravens: for they
neither sow nor reap ;
which neither have
storehouse nor barn;
and God feedeth them:
how much more are
ye better than the
fowls? 25 And which
of you with taking
thought can add to
his stature one cubit ?
26 If ye then be not
able to do that thing
which is least, why
take ye thought for the
rest? 27 Consider the
lilies how they grow:

8 κριτὴν LITrA. %mdoysallLTTraw. “ αὐτῷ LTTrA,.
τὸν σῖτον the wheat τσ. ἴ --- μου τι[Α]. 8 ἄφρον Gw.
“oh 1. lAéyw ὑμῖν Tra, ἃ — ὑμῶν (read as to the life) Lrrra.
body) Lt. °+ [yap] (read for the) tra. Ρ οὔτε neither Ta.
" ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι A. τ — ἕνα (read a cubit) T[tr]a.

d ηὐφόρησεν L.
ἃ αἰτοῦσιν TrA.

© τὰ γεννήματα Ἑ;
igv7@T. *[av-

a + [ὑμῶν] (read your
4 οὔτε TA.

τ [μεριμνῶν A.
¥ οὐδὲ LTTrA.

196

they toil not, they spin
not ; and yet I say unto
you, that Solomon in
all his glory was not
arrayed like one of
these. 28 If then God
so clothe the grass,
which is to day in the
field, and to morrow is
cast into the oven; how
much more will he
clothe you, O ye of lit-
tlefaith? 29 And seek
not ye what ye shall
eat, or what ye shall
drink, neither be ye of
doubtful mind. 30 For
all these things do the
nations of the world
seek after: and your
Father knoweth that
ye have need of these
things. 31 Butrather
seek ye the kingdom of
God ; and all these
things shall be added
unto you. 32 Fear not,
little flock; for it is
your Father’s good
pleasure to give you
the kingdom. 33 Sell
that ye have, and give
alms; provide your-
selves bags which wax
not old, a treasure in
the heavens that fail-
eth not, where no
thief approacheth, nei-
ther moth corrupteth.
34 For where your trea-
sure is, there will your
heart be also. 35 Let
your loins be girded
about, and your lights
burning; 36 and ye
yourselves like unto
men that wait for their
lord, when he will re-
turn from the wed-
ding; that when he
cometh and _ knock-
eth, they may open
unto himimmediately,
37 Blessed are those
servants, whom the
lord when he cometh
shall find watching:
verily I say unto you,
that he shall gird him-
self, and make them to
sit down to meat, and
will come forth and
serve them. 38 Andif
he shall come in the se-
cond watch, or come in
the third watch, and
find them so, blessed
are those’ servants.
39 And this know, that
if the goodman of the
house had known what
hour the thief would

A-O ¥-K: A:S.
πῶς "αὐξάνει"
how they grow ;

οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ ry-dd&y.abrov περιεβάλετο we ἕν
Noteven Solomon in all his glory was clothed as one
τούτων. 28 εἰ δὲ Yrov χόρτον ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σήμερον ὄντα," καὶ
of these. Butif the grass “in‘*the ‘field ‘to-day ‘'which “is, and
αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ᾿ἀμφιέννυσιν,"
to-morrow into an oven is cast, God thus arrays,
, ~ « ~ ᾽ , ‘ c ~ \ ~
πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 29 Kai ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε
how much rather you, O[ye] of little faith? And ye seek ye not
/ a a ll , ΄ A A 7 ry ~
τί φάγητε" ἢ" τί πίητε, καὶ μὴ.μετεωρέζεσθε. 30 ταῦτα
what ye may eat or what ye may drink, and be not in anxiety; *these *things
γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου θἐπιζητεῖ"" ὑμῶν.δὲ ὁ πατὴρ
for all the nations of the world seek after ; and your Father

τ « , ,ὔ \ ~ \ ΄
οἷδεν Ore χρῴζετε τούτων. 31 πλὴν ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν
knows that ye have need of these things. But seekye the kingdom

“τοῦ θεοῦ," καὶ ταῦτα “πάντα! προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 32 μὴ
of God, and these “things ‘all shall be added to you. Not

φοβοῦ, TO μικρὸν ποίμνιον᾽ ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν
fear, little flock, for *took *delight lyour *Father

δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν. 88 πωλήσατε τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν,

XII.

ὑμῖν,5
to you,

οὐδὲ νήθει"" λέγω. δὲ

οὐ-κοπιᾷ,
nor dothey spin; but I say

they labour not,

in giving you the’ kingdom. Sell your possessions,
καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς “βαλάντια" μὴ
and give alms ; make to yourselves purses not

παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὕπου
growing old, a treasure unfailing in the heavens, where
Δ) ᾽ ? / ? \ ΄ a , ?
κλέπτης οὐκ.ἐγγίζει, οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει" 84 ὅπου.γάρ ἐστιν
thief doesnotdrawnear, nor moth destroy. For where is
ὁ.θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ Kai 7)-Kapdla.vpey ἔσται. 35” "Ἔστωσαν
your treasure, there also your heart will be. Let be
{4 ~ 4 , Π] , ‘ € λύ , 5 ‘
υμῶν αἱ OOPVEC περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι" 36 καὶ
your loins girded about and lamps burning; and
ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν. κύριον ἑαυτῶν,
ye like to men waiting for their lord,
πότε ξἀναλύσει" ἐκ τῶν γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ Kpov-
whenever he shall return from the wedding feasts, that having come and having
σαντος, εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ. 37 μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι
knocked, immediately they may open to him. Blessed *bondmen
ἐκεῖνοι odc ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας. ἀμὴν
*those whom coming the Lord shall find watching. Verily
λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore περιζώσεται Kai ἀνακλινεῖ αὐτούς; Kai
Isay toyou, that he will gird himself and will make ?recline ‘them, and
παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐτοῖς. 88 xaitdy ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ

coming up willserve them. And if hecome in the second
DN ~ st} 2 ~ ΄ Ἃ ~ ἔλθ Ν᾿ « Lu
φυλακῇ, Kai" ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ, καὶ EVP οὕτως,
watch, and in the thir watch hecome, and find (them) thus,
μακάριοί εἰσιν ‘ot δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι." 39 τοῦτο.δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι
blessed are 2bondmen ‘those. But this know, that
εἰ 7δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται,

if “had 7known 'the *master*of‘*the*housein what hourthe thief is coming,

ΟΥ̓ οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει they neither spin nor weave TA.
ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον TA ; τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα LTr.
® καὶ and TTr,
ἃ — πάντα [L]TTrA.
he may return LTtra.

ἀμφιέζει TTrA.
LTTra.

x + [orc] that L. y ev
“ ἀμφιάζει τι;

b ἐπιζητοῦσιν TTrA. ς αὐτοῦ (read his kingdom)
6 βαλλάντια LTTrAW. f αἱ ὀσφύες ὑμῶν L. & ἀναλύσῃ
h κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ, κἂν and if in the second and if rtra.

* [ot δοῦλοι] ἐκεῖνοι TrA ; — οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι (read are they) T.

LUKE.
καὶ οὐκ. ἂν «ἀφῆκεν "διορυγῆναι"
and would not have suffered to be dug through

γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι" Ort
be ye ready ; for

XI].
Keyonyopnoev

he would have watched,

τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτοῦ. 40 καὶ ὑμεῖς "οὖν"
his house, And ye __ therefore

ὥρᾳ οὐ. δοκεῖτε, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. 41 Εἶπεν. δὲ
in the hour ye think not, the Son of man comes, And *said

οαὐτῷ" ὁ Πέτρος, Κύριε, “dase ἡμᾶθ τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην
5to *him oe ord, this barable

λέγεις, ἢ Kal πρὸς πάντας; 49 ΡΕΐπεν.δὲ" ὁ κύριος, Tic
ΕΡΘΒΈΒΕΙ, thou, or also to all? Andsaid the Lord, Who

ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος “καὶ! φρόνιμος, ὃν καταστήσει
then is the faithful steward and prudent, whom “will *set

ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς.θεραπείας. αὐτοῦ, ττοῦ" διδόναι ἐν καιρῷ "τὸ"

ἄν,

‘the Lord over his household, togive in season’ the
σιτομέτριον; 43 μακάριος 0.dovdoc-éKeivoc ὃ» ἐλθὼν
measure of corn? Blessed that bondman whom “haying *come

ὁ.κύριος. αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. 44 ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν,
‘his *Lord will find doing thus. Of a truth I say to you

OTL ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς. ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν.
that over all his possessions he will set him.

45 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ: αὐτοῦ, Χρο-
But if enol eey *that *bondman in his heart, ‘De-

νίζει ὁ.κὐριός.μου ἔρχεσθαι: καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς
lays my *Lord to come, and should begin to beat the

παῖδας Kai τὰς παιδίσκας, ἐσθίειν.τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ με-
men-servants and the pald-servanta, andtoeat and todrink and tobe

θύσκεσθαι: 46 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου.ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ
drunken, Swill’come ‘the 7Lord Sof *that -pondman in aday

οὐ-προσδοκᾷ, Kai ἐν Woe ἢ καὶ
in which he does ποῦ expect, and in anhour which ΚΞ and

διχοτο ομήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ. μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων
willcut7in*two ‘him, and his portion with the unbelievers

θήσει. 47 ἐκεῖνος.δὲ ὁ δοῦλος ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
will appoint. But that bondman who knew the will

κυρίου. "ἑαυτοῦ," Kai μὴ.ἑτοιμάσας ‘unde’ ποιήσας πρὸς
of his Lord, and prepared not nor did according to

τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς" 48 ὁ δὲ μὴ
his will, shall be beaten with many (stripes}; buthe who *not

γνούς, ποιήσας.δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας.
knew, and did [things] worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few.

παντὶ δὲ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ"
And everyone to whom was given much, much will be required from him;

καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν.
and to whom wascommitted much, the more will ἜΠΟΣ, ask οὐ him.

49 Πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν "είς" τὴν γῆν, καὶ τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη
Fire Icame tocast into the earth, and what willl if already

ἀνήφθη; 50 βάπτισμα.δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συν-

ινώσκει,
ows not,

197

come, he would have
watched, and not have
suffered his house to be
broken through. 40 Be
ye therefore ready al-
so : for the Sonof man
cometh at an hour
when ye think not.
41 Then Peter said un-
to him, Lord, speakest
thou this parabie unto
us, or even to all?
42’ And the Lord said,
Who then is that faith-
ful and wise steward,
whom Ais lord shall
make ruler over his
household, to give them
their portion of meat
in due season? 43 Bless-
ed is that servant,
whom his lord when he
cometh shall find so
doing. 44 Of atruthI
say unto you, that he
will make him ruler
over all that he hath,
45 But and if that ser-
vant say in his heart,
My lord delayeth his
coming; and shall be-
gin to beat the menser-
vants and maidens, and
to eat and drink, and
to bedrunken; 46 the
lord of that servant
will come in a day
when he looketh not
for him, and at an hour
when he is not aware,
and willcut himinsun-
der, and will appoint
him his portion with
the unbelievers, 47 And
that servant, which
knew his lord’s will,
and prepared not him-
self, neither did accord-
ing to his wiil, shall be
beaten with many
stripes. 48 But he that
knew not, and did com-
mit things worthy of
stripes, shall be beat-
en with few stripes.
For unto whomsoever
much is given, of him
shall be much requir-
ed: and to whom men
have committed much,
of kim they wiil ask
themore, 49 Tam come
to send fire on the
earth; and what will
I, if it be already kin-
dled? 50 But I have a
baptism to be baptized
with; and how am I
straitened till it be

it be kindled? Buta baptism I have to be baptized ἘΠ], and how amI accomplished! 51 Sup-
ἔχομαι ἕως. Σοῦ τελεσθῇ. 51 δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην Tape eC ares lip ΟΣ
straitened until it be accomplished! Think ye that peace T tell you, Nay; puta
γενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ; οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, GAN ἢ ther division: 52 for
came togive in the earth? No, Isay toyou, but rather

— ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, και (read he would not have suffered) 1. 1 — ἂν Tra. m διορυ-
ΡΝ Τα. na -- οὖν LITra. ο — αὐτῷ Ltr[A]. P καὶ εἶπεν TTra. 46 the Lrtra:
καὶ o and the w. - τοῦ L[Tra]. ee τὸ (read a measure of corn) Tra. τ αὐτοῦ
LTTrA. τ OYT. 5 ἐπὶ upcn LTTraw. τ ὅτου LTTrAW

198

from henceforth there
shall be five in one
house divided, three
against two, and two
against three. 53 The
father shall be divided
against the son, and
the son against the
father ; the mother a-
gainst "the daughter,
and the daughter a-
gainst the mother ; the
mother in law against
her daughter in law,
and the daughter in
law against her mother
in law.

54 And he said also
to the people, When ye
see a cloud rise out of
the west, straightway
ye say, There cometh a
shower; and so it is,
55 And when ye see
the south wind blow,
ye say, There will be
heat ; and it cometh to
pass. 56 Y e hypocrites,
ye can discern the face
of the sky and of the
earth; but how is it
that ye do not discern
this time? 57 Yea, and
why even of yourselves
judge ye not what is
right? 58 When thou
goest with thine adver-
sary to the magistrate,
as thou art in the way,
give diligence that
thon mayest be deli-
vered from him; lest he
hale thee to the judge,
and the judge deliver
thee to the officer, and
the officer cast thee in-
to prison. 59 I tell thee,
thou shalt not depart
thence, till thou hast
paid the very last mite.

XIII. There were
present at that season
some that told him of
the Galileans, whose
blood Pilate had min-
gled with their sacri-
fices. 2 And Jesus
answering said unto
them, Suppose ye that
these Gualilwans were
sinners above all the
Galilzans, because
they suffered such
things? 3 1 tell you,
Nay: but, except ye
repent, ye shall all
likewise perish. 4 Or

y ἑνὶ οἴκῳ LTTrA.

ALO YKEAS:: XII, XIII.

διαμερισμόν. 52 ἔσονται.γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν πέντε ἐν Yoikw
division ; for there willbe from henceforth five in “house

ἑνὶ" διαμεμερισμένοι, τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν.
Jone divided, three against two and two against three.

53 διαμερισθήσεται! πατὴρ “ἐφ᾽! υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί:

2Will “be *divided father against son, and son against father ;
μήτηρ ἐπὶ Ovyarpi," καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ “μητρί " πενθερὰ
mother against daughter, and daughter against mother; mother-in-law
ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην “αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν
against *daughter-in-law ‘her, and daughter-in-law against
πενθερὰν “αὐτῆς."
?mother-in-law ‘her.

δά "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὅταν ἴδητε ἱτὴν" νεφέλην
ἈΑπᾶ he said also tothe crowds, When yesce_ the cloud

ἀνατέλλουσαν δἀαπὸ" δυσμῶν, εὐθέως λέγετε, " Ὄμβρος
rising up from ΕἸΣῚ west, SEELEY ye say, A shower

ἔρχεται" καὶ γίνεται οὕτως. 55 καὶ ὅταν νότον πνέοντα,
is coming; and it happens 80. And when a south wind [is] blowing,

λέγετε, Ὅτι καύσων ἔσται: καὶ γίνεται. 56 ὑποκριταί, τὸ
ye aay, Heat there will be; and it happens. Hypocrites, the

πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς Kai τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν"
appearance ofthe earth and οὗ the heaven ye know [how] to ieee:

τὸν. δὲ καιρὸν. τοῦτον πῶς ἰοὐ.δοκιμάζετε" . 57 τί.δὲ καὶ ἀφ᾽
but this time how do ye not discern? And why even of

ἑαυτῶν ov.Kpivere τὸ δίκαιον; 58 ὡς. γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ
yourselves judge ye not what[is] right? For as thou goest with
τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.σου ἐπ᾿ ἄρχοντα, ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ δὸς ἐργασίαν
thine adverse party before amagistrate, in the way give diligence
ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ" μήποτε κατασύρῃ σε πρὸς
ὕο ὍΘ βοὺ free from him, lest he ταὶ drag away thee to
τὸ» κριτήν, καὶ ὁ κριτής σε Ἐπαραδῷ" τῷ πράκτορι, Kai
the judge, and the judge thee shoul eae tothe officer, and
ὁ πράκτωρ σε ἰβάλλῳ" εἰς φυλακήν. 59 λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ

the officer thee should cast into prison. if aay to thee, In no wise
ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν ἕως. ποὺ" καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν

shalt thou come out thence until even the last lepton
ἀποδῷς.

thou shalt have paid,
18 Παρῆσαν.δέ τινες ἐν αὐτῷ.τῷ καιρῷ ἀπαγγέλλοντες

And were “present 'some at the same time telling

4 Tartuv DTT 4 Ι κΦ,,ι.ζ
αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν Tart αἰων, ὧν τὸ αἷμα tAATOC™ ἐμιξὲν
him about’ the Galileans, of whom the blood Pilate mingled

μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν. αὐτῶν. 2 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ° ὁ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν
with their sacrifices. And ΔῈ ΤοσΙΩς Jesus said

αὐτοῖς, Δοκεῖτε Ore οἱ. Γαλιλαῖοι. οὗτοι ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάν-
tothem, Think ye that these Galileans sinners beyond all

τας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι Ῥτοιαῦτα' πεπόνθασιν;

the Galileans were, because such things Yeh have suffered?
3 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὴ “μετανοῆτε," πάντες τὡσαύ-
No, Isay toyou; but if ye repent not, all 7in *like

* tprow διαμερισθήσονται" (read three will be pia ) LTTra.

ἃ ἐπὶ ES b ᾿ θυγατέρα LITrA. “μητέραν; τὴν μητέρα LTrA. d — αὐτῆς τ. — αὐτῆς
TTra. — τὴν (read a cloud) Lrtr[a]. Β ἐπὶ at T. h + ὅτι that[L}rtra. ἰ οὐκ οἴδατε
ΤΟΙΣ a know ye not to discern? tr. * παραδώσει shall deliver LTTrA. 1 βάλῃ GW ;

βαλεῖ shall cast LTTra.
P ταῦτα these things TTr.

(L]rtTra.

m — of TTr. » ἸΤειλᾶτος T.

— ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he said)
4 μετανοήσητε L.

ἡ ὁμοίως LTTrA.

XIII. LUKE.
τως" ἀπολεῖσθε. 4 ἢ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ "δέκα.καὶ. ὀκτὼ" ἐφ᾽ ovd¢
4manner ‘ye shall perish. Or those eighteen on whom

ἔπεσεν ὁ πύργος ἐν TH Σιλωὰμ καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς, δοκεῖτε
fell the tower in Siloam and killed them, think ye
Ore tovrou ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας * ἀνθρώπους
that these debtors were beyond all men
τοὺς κατοικοῦντας έν" ‘Tepovoadnp; 5 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν"
who dwelt in Jerusalem ? No, Isay toyou;
ἐὰν p*peravonre,' πάντες Youowwc' ἀπολεῖσθε.
if ye repent not, all *in *like*manner ‘ye shall perish.
> yy Ὧν , 5 ΄ A ~ rey
6 "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν. Συκῆν εἶχεν τις
And he spoke this parable : 5A Sfig-tree *had 'a*certain
τὲν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι. αὐτοῦ πεφυτευμένην᾽" καὶ ἦχθεν “καρπὸν

ἀλλ᾽
but

(?man] in his vineyard planted ; and he came fruit
ζητῶν" ἐν αὐτῇ Kai οὐχ εὗρεν. 7 εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀμ-
seeking on it and didnot find{any]. Andhesaid to the vine-
πελουργόν, ᾿Ιδού, τρία ἔτη" ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ
dresser, Behold, three years I come seeking fruit on
συκῇ ταύτῃ Kai οὐχ-εὑρίσκω: ἔκκοψον “ αὐτήν" “ivari' καὶ
this fig-tree and donot find [any]: cut "down Lit, why even
τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ ; 8 ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ,

the ground does it render useless? Βαΐῦ ΒΘ to him,
Κύριε, ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος, ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ
Sir, let?alone ‘it also this year, until I shall dig about

αὐτὴν καὶ βάλω *kompiay! 9 κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ ἱκαρπόν"

answering says

it and put manure, and if indeed itshouldbear frnit—;
> , ᾽ ‘ , 1 > , 7 ΄
εἰ δὲ μήγε, εἰς.τὸ μέλλον" ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν.
butif not, hereafter thou shalt cut *down it.

10 Ἦν.δὲ διδάσκων ἐν μιᾷ τῶν συναγωγῶν ἐν τοῖς σάβ-
And Π6 was teaching in one ofthe synagogues on the sab-
Baow 11 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ δϑἦν᾽ πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας
baths. And behold, a woman there was “a “spirit ‘having of infirmity
ἔτη "δέκα καὶ ὀκτώ," καὶ ἦν "συγκύπτουσα᾽ καὶ p).dvvapern
?years ‘eighteen, and she was benttogether and unable
ἀνακύψαι εἰς.τὸ παντελές. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Ἰησοῦς
300 *lift Sup “herself ‘wholly. And seeing her Jesus
προσεφώνησεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι ἷ
called to [her] and said toher, Woman, thou hast been loosed from

199

those eighteen, upon
whom the tower in
Siloam fell, and slew
them, think ye that
they were sinners a-
bove all men that
dwelt in Jerusalem?
5 I tell you, Nay: but,
except ye repent, ye
shall 41) likewise
perish,

6 He spake also this
parable; A certain man
had a fig tree planted
in his vineyard; and he
came and sought fruit
thereon, and found
none. 7 Then said he
unto the dresser of
his vineyard, Behold,
these three years I
come seeking fruit on
this fig tree, and find
none: cut it down;
why cumbereth it the
ground? 8 And he an-
swering said unto him,
Lord, let it alone this
year also, till I shall
dig about it, and dung
it: 9 and if it bear
fruit, well: and if not,
then after that thou
shalt cut it down.

10 And he was teach-
ing in one of the syna-
gogues on the sabbath.
11 And, behold, there
was a woman which
had a spirit of infirmi-
ty eighteen years, and
was bowed together,
and could in no wise
lift up herself. 12 And
when Jesus saw her,
he called her to him,
and said unto her, Wo-
man, thou art loosed
from thine infirmity.

τῆς.ἀσθενείας.σοῦ. 13 Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας" 13 And he laid his
thine infirmity. And helaid upon her [his] hands, hands aT anie oka
καὶ παραχρῆμα "ἀνωρθώθη, καὶ ἐδόξαζεν τὸν θεόν. made straight, and
and immediately she was made straight, and glorified God. glorified God. 14 And
5 δ ee 5 7 Ξ a > the ruler of the syna-

14 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι gogue answered with
But ‘answering ‘the 7ruler “of *the °synagogue, indignant because indignation, because

τς , > , τ a = = 1 that Jesus had healed
τῷ σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς; ἔλεγεν τῷ ὄχλῳ, on the Sabbath day,
onthe sabbath healed 1 Jesus, said tothe crowd, 4nd said unto the peo-
Cis wy, > a = > , . 2. mv ple, There are six days

“EE Ἡμέραι ELOLY, ἐν ALC δεὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ἐν “Ταῦὺ- in which men ought to
Six days there are, in whichit behoves[men] to work; in these work: in them there-
Ι x > , θ ἜΞΩ ἢ ι rie! US ~ fore come and be
rac! οὖν ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε, καὶ μὴ TY ἡμέρᾳ TOV healed, and noi on the
therefore coming be healed, and notonthe “day sabbath day. 15 The

5 δέκα [καὶ] ὀκτὼ LTrA; δεκαοκτὼ τ. ‘avroitheyurtra. *° + rodstheLTtTra. —ev

(read [in]) tra. x μετανοήσητε LITrA. Υ ὡσαύτως TTrA.
ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 4 ζητῶν καρπὸν GLTTrAW.
© + οὖν therefore (cut)L. ‘4ivatiLTraA. © κόπρια EGLTTrAW.

εἰ δὲ μήγε (read bear fruit hereafter; but if not) Trra, 8 — ἦν LrTra.
i+amofromut. ΚΕ ἀνορθώθη ττττ. |! + ὅτι that Ta,

ν᾿ : πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ
> ἀφ᾽ οὗ since (three years) Tira.
f καρπὸν εἰς TO μέλλον"

h συνκύπτουσα T.

Mm αὐταῖς them LTTrA.

200

Lord then answered
him, and said,

hypocrite, doth not
each one of you on the
sabbath loose his ox or
his ass from the stall,
and lead him away to
watering? 16 And
ought not this woman,
being a daughter of
Abraham, whom Satan
hath bound, lo, these
eighteen years, be
loosed from this bond
on the sabbath day ?
17 And when he had
said these things, all
his adversaries were
ashamed : and all the
people rejoiced for all
the glorious things
that were done by him.

18 Then said he, Unto
what is the kingdom
of God like? and
whereunto shall I re-
sembleit? 19 It is like
a grain of mustard
seed, which a man
took, and cast into his
garden ; and it grew,
and waxed a great tree;
and the fowls of the air
lodged in the branches
of it. 20 And again he
said, Whereunto shall
T liken the kingdom of
God? 21 It is like lea-
ven, which a woman
took and hid in three
measures of meal, till
the whole was lea-
vened.

22 And he went
through the cities and
villages, teaching, and
journeying toward Je-
rusalem, 23 Then said
one unto him, Lord,
are there few that be
saved? And he said
unto them, 24 Strive to
enter in at the strait
gate: for many, I say
unto you, will seek to
enter in, and shall not
be able. 25 When once
the master of the house
is risen up, and hath
shut to the door, and
ye begin to stand with-
out, and to knock at
the door, saying, Lord,
Lord, open unto us;
and he shall answer
and say unto you, I
know you not whence
yeare: 26 then shall
ye begin to say, We

ave eaten and drunk
in thy presence, and
thou hast taught in

© δὲ but LTTrA.

® — μέγα [L)T[TrA].
GLYTrA.

AOYKASX. itl
σαββάτου. 15 ᾿Απεκρίθη dv" αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, και εἶπεν,
tgabbath. *Answered ‘therefore *him *the *Lord, and said,
PY ποκριτά," ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ σαββάτῳ οὐκ.λύει τὸν
Hypocrite, eachone ofyou onthe sabbath does he not loose
βοῦν.αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν
his ox or ass from the manger, and having led [it] away
ποτίζει; 16 ταύτην .δὲ θυγατέρα ᾿Αβραὰμ οὖσαν,
give [it] drink ? And this [woman], 7a °daughter *of "Abraham ‘*being,
ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ σατανᾶς, ἰδού, δέκα.καὶ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη, οὐκ ἔδει
whom “has *bound 1Satan, lo, eighteen years, ought [she] not
λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ.δεσμοῦ.τούτου TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου ;
to be loosed from this bond on the “day sabbath ?
17 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντος.αὐτοῦ κατῃσχύνοντο πάντες οἱ
And “these >things ‘on *his βαυγίηρ Twere “ashamed ®all who
ἀντικείμενοι αὐτῷ Kai πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔχαιρεν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν
were opposed tohim; and all the crowd wererejoicing at all
τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
the glorious things which were being done by him.
18 Ἔλεγεν 94δέ,! Τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ;
*He *said ‘and, To what “like lis the kingdom of God?

καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν; 19 ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως,
and to what shall I liken it? Like itis toa grain of mustard,
Tov! λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔβαλ ἰς κῆ ἑ ve i

0 c ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ" Kai

which “having *taken ‘a 7man cast into ?garden this ; and
nvEnoer καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον "μέγα," Kai τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ
itgrew and came into ἃ *tree *great, and the birds ofthe
οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς.κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. 20 ‘Kai! πάλιν
heaven roosted in its branches. And again
/ « , ‘ ΄ ~ ~ c ,
εἶπεν, Τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ: 21 ὁμοία
he said, To what shallI liken the kingdom of God? Like
ἐστὶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ γἐνέκρυψεν" εἰς ἀλεύρου
itis toleaven, which “having *taken*?a*woman hid in “of *meal
σάτα τρία, ἕως.οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον.
“seahs ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all.
22 Kai διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας διδάσκων, καὶ
And he went through by cities and villages teaching, and
πορείαν ποιούμενος εἰς “᾿Ιερουσαλήμ." 23 εἶπεν.δέ τις αὐτῷ,
ΞΡΓΟΡΎΘΒΒ lmaking towards Jerusalem. And said one to him,
Κύριε, εἰ ὀλίγοι ot σωζόμενοι ; ‘O08 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς,
Lord, {are] *few ‘those *being “saved? Buthe said to them,
24 ᾿Αγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι
Strive with earnestness to enter ἴῃ through the narrow gate ; for
, “ « ~ , > ~ ‘ 9, > ,
πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ἰσχύσουσιν.
many, Isay to you, will seek toenterin, and will not be able.
25 ἀφ᾽ οὗ.ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, καὶ ἀπο-
From the time °shall το Srisen °up ‘the *master Sof *the Shouse, and 5841]
κλείσῃ τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἄρξησθε ἔξω ἑστάναι Kai κρούειν τὴν
hayeshut the door, and ye begin without tostand and toknockat the
θύραν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Yedpre," ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν" καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
door, saying, Lord, Lord, open tous; and he answering
ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, Οὐκ οἷδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ. 26 τότε ἄρξεσθε
willsay toyou, Idonotknow you whence ye are. Then will ye begin
λέγειν, ᾿Εφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν.σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς
to say, e ate in thy presence and drank, and in

P Ὕποκριταί hypocrites LITraw.
t— καὶ W. Y ἔκρυψεν TTra.

4 οὖν therefore TTra. TOE,
ν Ἱεροσόλυμα T. x θύρας door

Υ — κύριε [L]TTrA.

MAT XIV. LUKE.

πλατείαις.ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας. 27 καὶ ἐρεῖ, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ
our streets thou didst teach. And he willsay, Itell you, *Not
οἶδα τὑμᾶς! πόθεν ἐστέ’ ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάντες
*I?doknow you whence yeare; depart from me, all [79]
*ot! ἐργάται rjc! ἀδικίας. 28 ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai
the workers of unrighteousness. There shallbethe weeping and
ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων, bray “ὔψησθε" ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ
the gnashing ofthe teeth, when ye see Abraham and Isaac
kai ᾿Ιακὼβ καὶ πάντας τοὺς προφήτας ἐν TH βασιλείᾳ τοῦ
and Jacob and all the prophets in the kingdom
θεοῦ, ὑμᾶς.δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω. 29 καὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ
of God, but yourselves being cast out. And they shall come from
ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ" βοῤῥᾶ Kai νότου, kai ava-

east and west, and from north and south, and _ shall
κλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 καὶ ἰδού, εἰσὶν
recline in the kingdom of God, And io, there are

ἔσχατοι οἱ ἔσονται πρῶτοι, Kai εἰσιν πρῶτοι οἱ ἔσονται

last who shall be first, and thereare first who shall be
ἔσχατοι.
last.
31 ᾿Εν.αὐτῇ τῇ “ἡμέρᾳ ἱπροσῆλθόν" τινες Φαρισαῖοι,
On the same day cameto [him] certain Pharisees,

λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν, ὕτι ᾿Ηρώδης

saying tohim, Goout and _ proceed hence, for Herod
θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες
desires “thee 1to “kill. And hegsaid tothem, Having gone
» ~ > ’ ’ 2 ,ὔ ? ΄ ’ ‘ Set YZ
εἴπατε τῇ.ἀλώπεκι.ταύτῃ, ᾿Ιδού, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια καὶ ἰάσεις
Bay to that fox, Lo, I cast out demons and _ cures
ξἐπιτελῶ" σήμερον καὶ αὔριον, Kai τῇ τρίτῃ" τελειοῦμαι.
I complete to-day and to-morrow, and the third (day] I am perfected ;
~ A ‘ ~ > ,
33 πλὴν δεῖ με σήμερον καὶ αὔριον Kai TY ἐχομένῃ
but it behoves me _ to-day and to-morrow and the [day] following

προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω

πορεύεσθαι: Ore οὐκ. ἐνδέχεται
a prophet toperish outof

to proceed ; for it is not possible [for]
“Ἱερουσαλήμ. 84 Ἱερουσαλήμ, “Iepovcadnp, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα
Jerusalem, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who killest
τοὺς προφήτας, Kai λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς
the prophets, and stonest those who have been sent to
αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ.τέκνα.σου, ὃν-τρόπον
her, how often wouldI havegathered thy children, in the way
ἱόρνις" kryy' ἑαυτῆς Ἱνοσσιὰν" ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας,
ahen [gathers] her brood under [her] wings,
καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε. 35 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος ὑμῶν ™éon-
and ye would not. Behold, isleft toyou your house de-
Dduny δὲ λέγω! ὑμῖν. οὔτι! odb-un P ΙΝ ΡΟ
μος αμὴν ξ éyw υμιν, οτι ου-μὴ με LOnTE EWC.*aV
solate; *verily'and Isay toyou, that notatall me shallyesee until
"Ey," Sore! εἴπητε, Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνό-
it come when ΥὙ6 580, Blessed [15] hewho comes in [the] name
ματι κυρίου.
of [the] Lord.
14 Καὶ ἐγένετο

And it came to pass on

ell

ἐν τῷ.ἐλθεῖν.αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκόν τινος THY
his having gone intoa house of one of the

201

our streets. 27 But he
shall say, I tell you, 1
know you not whence
ye are; depart from
me, all ye workers of
iniquity. 28 There shall
be weeping and gnash-
ing of teeth, when ye
shallsee Abraham, and
Isaac, and Jacob, and
all the prophets, in the
kingdom of God, and
you yourselves thrust
out. 29 And they shall
come from the vast,
and from the west,
and from the north,
and from the south,
and shall sit down in
the kingdom of God.
30 And, behold, there
are last which shall be
first, and there are first
which shall be last.

31 The same day
there came certain of
the Pharisees, saying
unto him, Get thee out,
and depart hence: for
Herod will kill thee.
32 And he said unto
them, Go ye, and tell
that fox, Behold, I cast
out devils, and I do
cures to day and to
morrow, and the third
day 1 shall be per-
fected. 33 Nevertheless
I must walk to day,
and to morrow, and
the day following: for
it cannot be that a
prophet perish out of
Jerusalem, 34 O Je-
rusalem, Jerusalem,
which killest the pro-

hets, andstonest them
hat are sent unto thee;
how often would [have
gathered thy children
together, as a hen doth
gather her brood un-
der her wings, and ye
would not! 35 Behold,
your house is left unte
you desolate: and veri-
ly I say unto you, Ye
shall not see me, untii
the time come when ye
shall say, Blessed zs he
that cometh in the
name of the Lord,

XIV, And it cameto
pass, as he went into
the house of one of the

2 — ὑμᾶς [L]tra. 8 — οἱ ΤΊΤΑ. b — τῆς LTTrA.
4—¢70[L]t[tra]. “ὥρᾳ hourta. ‘apoondA@dy TrrA. & ἀποτελῶ LTTrA.
dayl. 1dpmé τ. Κ χὰ Τι. ἱνροσσίατ. ™— ἔρημος GLTTraW.
λέγω τ. ο -- ὅτι [τ]1τ[Α]. Ρ ἴδητέ με LTTrA. ᾳ --- ἂν ΤΊΤΑ.

come LT[Tra]. 5 [ὅτε] Tra.

ὁ ὄψεσθε ye shall see ΤΊτ.

» + [ἡμέρᾳ]
= λέγω δὲ QLTrAW ;
τ ἥξει it shal!

202

chief Pharisees to eat
bread on the sabbath
day, that they watched
him. 2 And, behold,
there was a certain
man before him which
had the dropsy. 3 And
Jesus answering spake
unto the lawyers and
Pharisees, saying, Is
it lawful to heal on the
sabbath day? 4 And
they held their peace.
And he took him, and
healed him, and let
him go; 5 and an-
swered them, saying,
Which of you shall
have aD ass or an Ox
fallen into a pit, and
will not straightway
pull him out on the
sabbath day? 6 And
they could not answer
him again to these
things.

7 And he put forth a
parable to those which
were bidden, when he
marked how they chose
out the chief rooms ;
saying unto them,
8 When thou art bid-
den of any man to a
wedding, sit not down
in the highest room ;
lest a more honourable
man than thou be bid-
den of him; 9 and he
that bade thee and him
come and say to thee,
Give this man place;
and thou begin with
shame to take the low-
estroom, 10 But when
thou art bidden, go and
sit down in the lowest
room; that when he
that bade thee cometh,
he may say unto thee,
Friend, go up higher:
then shalt thou have
worship in the presence
of them that sit at meat
with thee. 11 For who-
soever exaltcth him-
self shall be abased;
and he that humbleth
himself shall be ex-
alted.

12 Then said he also
to him that bade him,
When thou makest a
dinner or a supper,
eall not thy friends,
nor thy brethren, nei-
ther thy kinsmen, nor

ION KASS. XIV.

2 ~ / ’ - » ‘ -
ἀρχόντων 'τῶν'" Φαρισαίων σαββάτῳ φαγεῖν ἄρτον, καὶ αὐτοὶ
rulers of the Pharisees onasabbath toeat bread, that they
- ’ὔὕ ‘ ’ » ,
ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν. 2 Kai ἰδού, ἄνθρωπός τις
were watching him. And behold, a7*man ‘certain
΄ c A » ? “ \ 2 ‘ ec? ~
ἣν ὑδρωπικὸς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. 8 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 0 Ἰησοῦς
there was dropsical before him. And answering Jesus
BS 5 Ν \ \ , νὰ, " wil
εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς νομικοὺξς καὶ Φαρισαίους, λέγων," Υ Εἰ
spoke to the doctors of the law and to[the] Pharisees, saying,
ἔξεστιν τῷ σαββάτῳ “θεραπεύειν Υ; 4 Οἱ. δὲ ἡσύχασαν.
15 it lawful onthe sabbath to heal ? But they were silent.
καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος ἰάσατο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν. ὅ καὶ
And taking hold [of him]he healed him, and let (him) go. And
Ξἀποκριθεὶς" *rpoc αὐτοὺς εἶπεν," Τίνος ὑμῶν Ydvoc' ἢ βοῦς
answering to them hesaid, Of which of you *an “ass *or °an %ox
εἰς φρέαρ ἐἐμπεσεῖται," καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν
Sinto °a pit Ishall 7fall, and “ποὺ *immediately ‘he ?willpullup him
d2,, 1! ell , ~ ΄ Η θ Κ \ ? » ᾽
ἐν" &rg! ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου; αἱ οὐκιΐσχυσαν ἀνταπο-
on the “day *sabbath ? And they were not able to re-
κριθῆναι ἰαὐτῷ" πρὸς ταῦτα.
ply tohim as to these things.
7 "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων
Απᾶ he spoke to those who were invited aparable, remarking
πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων πρὸς αὐτούς,
how the first places they were choosing out, saying to them,
8 Ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ-κατακλιθῇς
When thou art invited by anyone to wedding feasts, do not recline
εἰς THY πρωτοκλισίαν, μήποτε ἐντιμότερός σου ῃικεκλη-
in the first place, lest amore honourable thanthou may have
μένος vm αὐτοῦ, θϑκαὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ σὲ Kai αὐτὸν καλέσας
been invited by him, and havingcomehewhotheeand him invited
ἐρεῖ σοι, Δὸς τούτῳ τόπον' καὶ τότε ἄρξῃ Sper
shall say to thee, Give *to *this*one ‘place, and then thou begin with
αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν. 10 ἀλλ᾽’ ὕταν κλη-
shame the last place to take. But when thou art
θῇς, πορευθεὶς Βἀνάπεσον" εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον" ἵνα
invited, having gone recline in the last place, that
ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε, ‘etry! σοι, Φίλε, προσ-
when he may come who has invited thee, he may say tothee, Friend, come
ανάβηθι ἀνώτερον; τότε ἔσται σοι δόξα ἐνώπιον " τῶν
up higher. Then shall be to thee glory _ before those who

συνανακειμένων σοί. 11 ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω-

recline [at table] with thee ; for everyone that exalts himself shall be

θήσεται καὶ ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται.

humbled, and hethat humbles himself shall be exalted.
12"Edeyev.dé καὶ τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν, Ὅταν ποιῇς

᾿Απᾶ he said also tohimwho hadinvited him, When thou makest

ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον, μὴ. φώνει τοὺς. φίλους. σου μηδὲ τοὺς ἀδεὰ-
adinner or asupper, call not thy friends nor *breth-

φούς σου μηδὲ τοὺς.συγγενεῖς.σου μηδὲ γείτονας πλουσίους"

thy rich neighbours; ren ‘thy nor thy kinsfolk nor *neighbours 1rich,
lest they also bid thee, A oe nt ᾽ dang Ι Re UB ἢ vo
again, and a recom- μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ “σε ἀντικαλέσωσιν, καὶ γένηταί "σοι
pence be made thee. lest also they thee should invite in return, and “be*made ‘thee
τ [τῶν] A. ¥ [λέγων] L. w — Εἰ TTra. X θεραπεῦσαι LTTrA. ¥Y + 7 ov or not
[uL]rtra. % — ἀποκριθεὶς LTr[ A]. ἃ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L. b υἱὸς ἃ SON LTTrAW.
A > ~ Lal » »“
5 πεσεῖται LITrA. %— ἐν (read τῇ onthe)[Ljtr. “ -- τῇ 1. f — αὐτῷ ΤΊτΑ. & μετὰ
LTTraw. h ἀνάπεσαι G3 ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW. i ἐρεῖ he will say TTr. k + πάντων all
LTTrA. ! ἀντικαλέσωσίν oe LITrA. πὶ ἀνταπόδομά σοι TTrA.

XIV. Ὁ ΚΕ.

ἀνταπόδομα." 18 ἀλλ᾽ bray ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει πτωχούς;

4a ΖΘΟΟΠΙΡΘΙΒΘ ; but when thou makest a feast, call poor,
ΠῚ 2 ΄ I ’ x Lise 14 \ , » =
ἀναπήρους," χωλοῦς, τυφλοὺς καὶ μακάριος £07)
crippled, lame, blind; and blessed thou shalt be;
ὅτι οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι’ ἀνταποδοθήσεται

for they have not [wherewith] to recompense thee; *it *shall*be 5recompensed
ογάρ' σοι ἐν TH ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων.
lfor thee in the resurrection ofthe just.

15 ᾿Ακούσας.δε τις τῶν συνανακειμένων ταῦ-

And °having !heard 'one 7of *those “reclining [at *table] 7with ["him] these
τα εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος oc! φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ
things said tohim, Blessed [he] who 5141] eat bread in the
βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 16 Ὁ δὲ εἴπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις
kingdom of God. But he said tohim, A ?man certain
ἐποίησεν! δεῖπνον "μέγα" Kai ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς" 17 καὶ ἀπέ-

made a*supper ‘great, and _ invited many. And he

στειλεν τὸν.δοῦλον. αὐτοῦ τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου εἰπεῖν τοῖς
sent his bondman atthe hour ofthe supper to saytothose who

κεκλημένοις, Ἔρχεσθε, ore ἤδη ἕτοιμά Stor ἱπάντα." 18 Kai
had been invited, Come, for now “ready is 1411. And
ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς ὑπαραιτεῖσθαι πάντες." ἡ ὁ πρῶ-
2began “with *one (®consent] *to7excuse*themselves ‘all. The first
τος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγρὺν ἠγόρασα, Kai Ξἔχω avayKny'
said tohim, “ἃ *field ‘I ἂν *bought, and Ihave need
γἐξελθεῖν καὶ" ἰδεῖν αὐτόν: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε μὲ παρῃτημένον.

togoout and ἴο 5686 it ; Ipray thee hold me excused,
19 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε, καὶ
And another αϊᾶ, SPairs °of7oxen *I *have “bought ‘five, and

πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε μὲ παρῃτημένον.

Igo to prove them ; I pray thee hold me excused,
20 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Γυναῖκα ἔγημα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο
And another said, A wife Ihave married, and because of this

> a7 ? 6 ~ \ , ε - ΕΣ - Π
οὐ.δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν. 21 καὶ παραγενόμενος ὑ-δοῦλος. ἐκεῖνος
Iamunable tocome. And having come that bondman
ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ-κυρίῳ.αὐτοῦ ταῦτα. Τότε ὀργισθεὶς ὁ otko-
reported to his lord these things. Then beingangry the master
δεσπότης εἶπεν τῷ. δοὐλῳ αὐτοῦ, "Ἐξελθε ταχέως εἰς τὰς
οὗ thehouse said to his bondman, Go out quickly into the

πλατείας καὶ ῥύμας τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ *ava-

streets and lanes of the city, and the poor and crip-
πήρους! καὶ χωλοὺς καὶ τυφλοὺς" εἰσάγαγε ὧδε. 22 Kai εἶπεν
ple and lame and blind bring in here. And = said
ὁ δοῦλος, Κύριε, γέγονεν “ὡς! ἐπέταἕας, καὶ ἔτι
the bondman, Sir, ithasbeendone as thou didst command, and still
τόπος ἐστίν. 23 Kai εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον,
room there is. And said the lord to the bondman,

ν ? ‘ bY J \ , \ ? ΄ 2 ~
Ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς Kai φραγμούς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν,
Goout into the ways and hedges, and compel to come in,
ov θ ~ d c ἡ , ll , ‘ « ~ a > ‘ ~
iva γεμισθῇ “ὁ.οἴκός. μου." 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν
that maybe filled my house; forI say to you, that not one

ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων TOY κεκλημένων γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου.
ot those men who have been invited shall taste of my supper.

ο δέ but τ. P ὅστις Whosoever ΤΊΤΑ.
τ μέγαν L. 5 εἰσιν are T. t — πάντα (read [8}17} [L]r[Tra].
LTTrA. Ww + [kat] and τ. χα ἀνάγκην ἔχω L.
2 — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) ΤΊτὰ. 4 ἀναπείρους LTra.
LTTra. ¢ ὃ which Trra. 4 μου ὃ οἶκος TTrA.

Ὁ ἀναπείρους LTrA.

203

13 But when thou mak-
est a feast, call the
poor, the maimed, the
lame, the blind: l4anc
thou shalt be blessed ;
for they cannot recom-
pense thee: for thou
shalt be recompensed
at the resurrection of
the just.

15 And when one of
them that sat at meat
with him heard these
things, he said unto
him, Blessed 15 he that
shall eat bread in the
kingdom of God.
16 Then said he unto
him, A certain man
made a great supper,
and bade many: 17 and
sent his servant .at
supper time to say to
them that were bidden,
Come ; for all things
arenowready. 18 And
they all with one con-
sent began to make

excuse. The first said
unto him, [ have
bought a piece of

ground, and [ must
needs go and see it:
I pray thee have me
excused, 19 And ano-
ther said, I have
bought five yoke of
oxen, and I go to prove
them: I pray thee have
me excused. 20 And
another said, I have
married a wife, and
therefore I cannot
come, 21 So that ser-
yant came, and shewed
his lord these things.
Then the master of th«
house being angry said
to his servant, Go out
quickly into thestreets
and lanes of the city,
and bring in hither the
poor, and the maimed,
and the halt, and the
blind. 22 And the ser-
vant said, Lord, it is
done as thou hast com-
manded, and yet there
is room. 23 And the
lord said unto the ser-
vant, Go out into the
highways and hedges,
and compel them to
come in, that my house
may be filled. 24 For
I say unto you, That
none of those men
which were bidden
shall taste of my
supper.

4 ἐποίει TTrA.

νυ πάντες παραιτεῖσθαι
Υ ἐξελθὼν having gone out TTra.
Ὁ τυφλοὺς καὶ χωλοὺς

204

25 And there went
great multitudes with
him: and he turned,
and said unto them,
26 If any man come
to me, and hate not his
father, and mother,
and wife, and children,
and brethren, and sis-
ters, yea, and his own
life also, he cannot be
my disciple. 27 And
whosoever doth not
bear his cross, and
come after me, cannot
be my disciple. 28 For
which of you, intend-
ing to build a tower,
sitteth not down first,
and counteth the cost,
whether he have suffi-
cient to finish it?
29 Lest haply, after he
hath laid the founda-
tion, and is not able to
finish it, all that be-
hold it begin to mock
him, 30 saying, i
man began to build,
and was not able to
finish. 31 Or what king,
going to make war a-
gainst another king,
sitteth not down first,
and consulteth whe-
ther he be able with
ten thousand to meet
him that cometh a-
gainst him with twen-
ty thousand? 32 Or
else, while the other
is yet a great way off,
he sendeth an ambas-
sage, and desireth con-
ditions of peace. 33S0
likewise, whosoever he
be of you that forsak-
ethnotall that he hath,
he cannot be my disci-
ple. 34 Salt 18 good:
but if the salt have
lost his savour, where-
with shall it be sea-
soned? 35 It is neither
fit for the land, nor
yet for the dunghill ;
but men cast it out.
He that hath ears to
hear, let him hear,

XY. Then drew near
unto him all the pub-
licans and sinners for
tohearhim, 2 And the
Pharisees and scribes
murmured, saying,

ΔΟΎΚΑΣ. XIV, XV.

25 Συνεπορεύοντο.δὲ αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί: Kai στραφεὶς
And ὅνγουα ‘going *with Shim ἤογοναθ ‘great; and having turned
εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 26 Et τις ἔρχεται πρός με, Kai οὐ-μισεὶ
Π6 βεϊδ to them, If anyone comes to me, and hates not
rov.martpa-éavrou' καὶ τὴν μητέρα Kai THY γυναῖκα Kai τὰ
his father and mother and wife and
τέκνα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Kai τὰς ἀδελφάς, ἔτι.Βδὲ! Kai τὴν
children and brothers and sisters, and besides also
ἑαυτοῦ. ψυχήν, ov-dbvarai ™wov.wabnrnc εἷναι"" 27 cai! ὅστις
his own life, he cannot my disciple be; and whosoever
οὐ.βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν. "αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου,

carries not his cross, and comes after me,
ov_dvvaTrai 'μου εἴναι" μαθητής. 28 τίς. γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν -θέλων

cannot my be disciple. For which of you desiring
πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας ψηφίζει τὴν
a tower to build, *not first ‘having *sat *down “counts the
δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει ™ra! ππρὸς" ἀπαρτισμόν; 29 ἵνα μήποτε

cost, if he has the [means] for [its] completion? that lest

θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι, πάντες
having laid ofit afoundationand ποῦ being able to finish, all
ot θεωροῦντες ἄρξωνται “paige αὐτῷ," 80 λέγοντες, Ὅτι
who see [10] should begin tomockat him, saying,
οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἤρξατο οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ἴσχυσεν ἐκτελέσαι.
This man began to build, and was not able to finish.
851 Ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος PoupBadreiy ἑτέρῳ βασι-
Or what king proceeding toengage with another i
λεῖ! εἰς πόλεμον οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύεται"
in war Snot thaving *sat*down ‘first Stakes “counsel
εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ᾿ἀπαντῆσαι" τῷ μετὰ
whether able heis with ten thousand to meet him with
” λ τὸ ? f ? ΕΣ ? , 9 2 / »
εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν; 32 εἰ δὲ μήγε, ἔτι
twenty thousand whocomes against him? Butif not, “still
Sabrov πόῤῥω" ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ
the *far “off “being, an embassy having sent heasks the[terms]
πρὸς εἰρήνην. 88 οὕτως οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀπο-
for peace, Thus therefore everyone of you {ὙΠῸ “ποὺ ‘does take
τάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, obdvvarai ἵμου

leave of all that he himself possesses, cannot “my
elvat" μαθητής. 84 καλὸν τὸ “ἅλας"" édy.dt* τὸ "ἅλας"
"be disciple, Good [is] the salt, butif the salt
μωρανθῇ ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται; 35 οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε
become tasteless with what shall it be seasoned ? Neither for land nor
εἰς κοπρίαν εὔθετόν ἐστιν ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτός. ‘O ἔχων
for manure fit isit: ‘out ‘they *cast Σύ, Hethat has

ὦτα Yaxovew' ἀκουέτω.
ears tohear let him hear.
15 ἯἮσαν.δὲ τἐγγίζοντες αὐτῷ" πάντες ot τελῶναι Kai
And were drawing near to him all the tax-gatherers and
οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ" 2 Kai διεγόγγυζον οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι
the sinners to hear him ; and murmured the Pharisees

f αὐτοῦ LTTYrA.
LTA.

counsel T.
therefore T[Tr]A.
LITraw.

1 εἶναί μου TTrA.
avira ἐμπαίζειν LUTrA.
τ ὑπαντῆσαι LYTrAW.

i— καὶ τ. k ἑαυτοῦ

π εἰς tO GLTTrAW.
4 βουλεύσεται will take
τ εἶναί μου LYTr. v + οὖν
Y—<axovewT. 5 αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες

& ΤΕ ΤΤᾺ. h εἶναί μου μαθητής TTrA.

m — τὰ (read [the means ]) GTTra.
P ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν LITrA.
5 πόῤῥω αὐτοῦ W.

Ww ἅλα T. x + «ai also LTTrA.

a + ce both (the) σιγὰ.

ΧΥ͂. LUKE.
καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς
and the scribes, saying, This [man] sinners
προσδέχεται Kai συνεσθίει αὐτοῖς. 3 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς
receives and eats with them, And he spoke to them
τὴν-παραβολὴν.ταύτην, λέγων, 4 Tic ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν
this parable, saying, What man of you

ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ Ῥάπολέσας" “ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν," οὐ
having a hundred sheep, and having lost one of them, =not

καταλείπει τὰ δἐννενηκονταεννέα" ἐν TY ΕΠ καὶ πορεύεται

leaves the ninety nine in the wilderness and goes
? ‘ Y ? , e er ? , ‘ « ‘
ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλός, Ewe εὕρῃ αὐτό; ὅ καὶ εὕρων
after that which has been lost, until he find it? And having found [it]

τὴ , ? . 4 a e ε a ΄ θ ‘ ἐλθ ‘
ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς. μους. ἑαυτοῦ!" χαίρων, 6 καὶ ων

he lays [it] on his shoulders rejoicing, and having come
εἰς τὸν οἶκον ἰσυγκαλεῖ! τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας, λέ-
to the house he calls together friends and neighbours, say-
γων αὐτοῖς, SLuvyxapyré" μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ.πρόβατόν. μου
ing tothem, Rejoice with me, for I have found my sheep

" ? , , cow e “ s h* ? ~
TO ἀπολωλός. 7 λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL οὕτως χαρὰ "ἔσται ἐν TH
that —_— was lost. Isay toyou, that thus joy shallbe in the
οὐρανῷ! ἐπὶ Evi ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, ἢ ἐπὶ ἐννενη-

heaven over one sinner repenting, (more) thanover ninety
κονταεννέα" δικαίοις, οἵτινες ov χρείαν, ἔχουσιν μετανοίας.
nine righteous ones, who 7?no eed *have of repentance,

8 Ἢ τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν
Or what woman “drachmas ‘having “ten, if sheshouldlose *drachma
iav, οὐχὶ.ἅπτει λύχνον Kai σαροῖ THY οἰκίαν Kai ζητεῖ ἐπι-
one, lights not alamp and sweeps the house and seeks care-
μελῶς ἕως ὅτου" εὕρῃ; 9 καὶ εὑροῦσα ἰσυγκαλεῖται!
fully until she find [it]? and having found [it] she calls together
τὰς φίλας καὶ "τὰς" γείτονας, λέγουσα, S2vyxapyré' μοι, Ore
friends and neighbours, saying, Rejoice with me, for
εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα. 10 οὕτως, λέγω ὑμῖν,
Lhavefound the drachma which T lost. Thus, Isay to you,
ἰχαρὰ γίνεται" ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρ-

joy there is before the angels of God over one sin-
TWP μετανοοῦντι.
ner repenting.
11 Εἴπεν.δέ, "AvOow7dce τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς" 12 Kai εἶπεν
And he said, A’man ‘certain had two sons; and said

ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν τῷ-.πατρί, Πάτερ, δός por τὸ ἐπιβάλ-

the younger ofthem to([his]father, Father, give tome that *fall-

λον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. ™kai" διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον.

ing [*to *me] 'portion of the property. And he divided tothem the living.

13 καὶ per οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν "ἅπαντα"
And after ποῦ many days having gathered together all

ὁ νεώτερος υἱὸς ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς χώραν μακράν, καὶ ἐκεῖ

the younger 50D wentaway into a*country ‘distant, and there
διεσκόρπισεν THv-ovciay.aiTov, ζῶν ἀσώτως. 14 δαπανή-
wasted his property, living dissolutely. *Having
σαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο λιμὸς “ἰσχυρὸς Kara
‘spent ‘but 286 all there arose a*famine ‘violent throughout
τὴν. χώραν ἐκείνην, Kai αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι. 15 καὶ
that country, and he began to be in want. And

206

This man receiveth
sinners, and eateth
with them. 3 And he
spake this parable
unto them, saying,
4 What man of you,
having an hundred
sheep, if he lose one of
them, doth not leave
the ninety and nine in
the wilderness, and go
after that which is lost,
until he find it? ὃ And
when he hath found itt,
he layeth it on his
shoulders, rejoicing.
6 And when he cometh
home, he calleth toge-
ther his friends and
neighbours, saying un-
to them, Rejoice with
me ; for I have found
my sheep which was
lost. 7 I say unto you,
that likewise joy shall
be in heaven over one
sinner that repenteth,
more than over ninety
and nine just persons,
which need no repent-
ance. 8 Hither what
woman haying ten
pieces of silver, if she
lose one piece, doth not
light a candle, and
sweep the house, and
seek diligently till
she findit? 9 And when
she hath found zt, she
calleth her friends and
her neighbours toge-
ther, saying, Rejoice
with me; for I have
found the piece which
Thad lost. 10 Likewise,
I say unto you, there
is joy in the presence of
the angels of God, over
oe sinner that repent-
eth.

11 And he said, A
certain man had two
sons: 12 and the
younger of them said
to his father, Father,
give me the portion of
goods that falleth to
me. And he divided
unto them Ais living,
13 And not many days
after the younger son
gathered all together,
and took his journey
into a far country, and
there wasted his sub-
stance with riotous
living. 14 And when
he had spent all, there
arose a mighty famine
in that land; and he
began to be in want.
15 And he went and

> ἀπολέσῃ should he lose tr.
TIraA. ἔσυνκαλεῖ 1.
1 γίνεται χαρὰ TTrA.

ς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἕν ττταΑ.
Β συνχάρητέ 1.

h ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται TA.
™ ὃ δὲ LTrA.

2 πάντα LTrA.

ἃ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LTTr.
‘ i οὗ Tr.
° ἰσχυρὰ LTTrAW.

© αὐτοῦ
k — τὰς LTTrA.

200

joined himself to a
citizen of that country;
and he sent him into
his fields to feed swine.
16 And he would fain
have filled his belly
with the husks that the
swine did eat: and no
man gave unto him.
17 And when he came
to himself, he said,
How many hired ser-
vants of my father’s
have bread enough and
to spare, and I perish
with hunger ! 18 I will
arise and go to my
father, and will say
unto him, Father, Γ
have sinned against
heaven, and _ before
thee, 19 and am no
more worthy to be
called thy son: make
me as one of thy hired
servants. 20 And he
arose, and came to his
father. But when he
was yet a great way
off, his father saw him,
and had compassion,
and ran, and fell on his
neck, and kissed him.
21 And the son said un-
to him, Father, I have
sinned against heaven
and in thy sight, and
am no more worthy to
be called thy son,
32 But the father said
to his servants, Bring
forth the best robe, and
put ἐξ on him; and put
8 ring on his hand,
and shoes on his feet:
23 and bring hither
the fatted calf, and
Kill it; and let us eat,
and be merry: 24 for
this my son was dead,
and is alive again ; he
was lost, and is found.
And they began to be
merry. 25 Now his
elder son was in the
field: and as he came
and drew nigh to the
house, he heard musick
and dancing. 26 And
he called one of the
servants, and asked
what these things
meant. 27 And hesaid
unto him, Thy brother
is come; and thy father
hath killed the fatted
calf, because he hath

XV
ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς. χώρας ἐκείνης"
of that country,

χοίρους.

swine.

AOYKAS.
πορευθεὶς ἐκολλήθη

having gone he joined himself to one of the citizens
kai ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν sic τοὺς. ἀγροὺς αὐτοῦ βόσκειν
and ΒΘ sent him into his fields to feed
10 καὶ ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴν.κοιλίαν.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων
And he was longing to fill his belly from the husks

τ LA « - 4 ? ‘ ,} / > ~ ?

ὧν ἤσθιον οἱ xoipo Kai οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ. 17 Εἰς
which *were*eating'the *swine; and noone gave tohim. “To
ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθὼν Ρεῖπεν,; Πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός
‘himself *but*having*come he said, How many hired servants Sfather

μου Ἁ«περισσεύουσιν" ἄρτων, ἐγὼ. δὲ λιμῷ " ἀπόλλυμαι;

‘of ἼΩΥ have abundance of bread, andI with famine am perishing?
18 ἀναστὰς πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν.πατέρα.μου, Kai ἐρῶ
Having risen up ‘I willgo to my father, and I will say

αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου"
tohim, Father, Ihave sinned against heaven and _. before thee ;
19 ‘kai! οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός.σου" ποίησόν με ὡς
and nolonger amI worthy tobecalled thy son: make me 88
ἕνα THY μισθίων. σου. 20 καὶ ἀναστὰς ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν πα-
one of thy hired servants. And havingrisenup he went’ to *fa-
τέρα ἑαυτοῦ." Ετι.δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος εἶδεν αὐτὸν
ther this, But yet ‘he “far Sbeing distant “saw *him
ὁ-πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη, καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν
this *father and was moved with compassion, and running fell

ἐπὶ τὸν. τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ Kai κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 21 εἶπεν.δὲ
And *said

upon his neck and ardently kissed him,

Ww ᾽ ~ « Qf ll , oe > A ? A ΡΨ -
αὐτῷ ὁ υἱὸς, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώ-

*to®him ‘the *son, Father, I have sinned against heaven and be-

’ Χ ΜΙ > , > ‘ » rv On cee: 99 ἘΠ
πιόν σου, *kat' οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός. σου. ἴπεν
fore thee, and nolongeramI worthy tobecalled thy δβοῃ. 7Said
δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ, ¥ ᾿Εξενέγκατε "τὴν!"
‘but the father to his bondmen, Bring out the

A A ’ ‘ > LZ ? , 4 ΄ ’
στολὴν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον
robe the best and clothe him, and give aring
εἰς τὴν. χεϊρα-.αὐτοῦ Kai ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας" 28 Kai
for his hand and sandals for the feet ; and
“eveyKkavrec' Tov μόσχον τὸν σιτευτὸν θύσατε, Kai φαγόντες

having brought the 3264] fattened Kill [it],and eating
εὐφρανθῶμεν' 24 Ort οὗτος ὁ.υἱός.μου νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζη-
let us be merry: for this my son dead ‘was, and is alive
sev’ kai ἀπολωλὼς ἦν," καὶ εὑρέθη. Kai ἤρξαντο εὐ-
again; and lost iwas, and _ is found. And they began to

, τ " « cA ? ~ « , > ? ~
φραίνεσθαι. 2ὅ Ην.δὲ ὁ.υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ"
be merry. And *was ‘his 7son = tthe “elder in a field;
καὶ ὡς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας
and as coming (up) he drew near tothe house he heard music
καὶ χορῶν" 26 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἕνα τῶν.παίδων "αὐτοῦ,"
and dancing. And having called near one of his servants,
ἐπυνθάνετο τί εἴη ταῦτα. 27 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι
he inquired what might be these things. Andhe said tohim,

ὁ ἀδελφός.σου Hee Kai ἔθυσεν ὁ-πατήρισου τὸν μόσχον τὸν

Thy brother iscome, and *killed ‘thy *father the "calf
P ἔφη T. 4 περισσεύονται TrA. r + ὧδε here ara. * + ὧδε here LT. t— καὶ
GLTTrAW. Y αὐτοῦ LTTr. W ὃ vlos αὐτῷ A. χ — καὶ LITA. y + Ταχὺ Quickly
L[Tr]a. 2 — τὴν (read a robe) Lrtra. ἃ φέρετε bring TTra. Ὁ ἣν ἀπολωλὼς LITrA ;

ἀπολ. ἣν W.

© — αὐτοῦ (read the servants) EGLTTrAW.

a+ ἂν [L]m[a].

ΧΥΖΧΥΙ. LUKE.

, ew c , ? 4 > ,
σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν.

28 Ὠργίσθη
lfattened, because safeand well “him ‘he 7received.

?7He*was *angry

δὲ καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ὁ “οὖν" πατὴρ αὐτοῦ
*but and was not willing togoin. 7The ‘therefore father of him
ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτόν. 29 0.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ.πα-

hayinggone besought him. But he answering said to *fa-
rol’, ᾿Ιδού, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν
ther[‘his], Lo, somany years Iserve thee and never *commandment
σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον ἵνα μετὰ
*thy ‘transgressed 7I, andtome never didstthougive akid that with
~ , 7 ~ Ως ᾿ « er -
τῶν.φίλων.μου εὐφρανθῶ" 30 ὅτε-δὲ ὁιυἱός.σου οὗτος
my friends I might make merry ; but when “thy *son this
ὁ καταφαγών cov τὸν βίον μετὰ ὃ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας
who devoured thy living with harlots came, thou didst kill
αὐτῷ τὸν Ἐμόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν." 31 6.02 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τέκνον,

for him the 7ealf 1fattened. Buthe said tohim, Child,
ov πάντοτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα Ta ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν.
thou always with me art, and all that [is] mine *thine ‘tis.

92 εὐφρανθῆναι.δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ. ἀδελφός. σου

rejoice was becoming, because ΤΥ *brother

Keai' ἀπολωλὼς My," καὶ
and *lost Iwas, and

But to make merry and
οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ‘aveCnoer™'
1this 5dead ‘*was, and is alive again ;
εὑρέθη.
is found.

16 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς.“αὐτοῦ," "Ανθρωπός

Andhesaid also to his disciples, A *man
TIC ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον" Kai οὗτος διε-
‘certain ‘there®was rich, who had a steward, and he was

βλήθη αὐτῷ we διασκορπίζων τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai
accused tohim as wasting his goods. And
φωνήσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ti τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ

having called him he said tohim, What [is] this Ihear concerning
σοῦ; ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς.οἰκονομίας. σου" οὐ.γὰρ. δυνήσῃ"

thee ? render the account of thy stewardship ; for thou canst not
ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν. 3 ἘΠπεν.δὃὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁ οἰκονόμος,
any longer be steward. And said *within *himself ‘the “steward,

Ti ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ.κύριός. μου ἀφαιρεῖται THY οἰκονομίαν ἀπ᾽
What shallI ἄο, for my lord is taking away the stewardship from
ἐμοῦ; σκάπτειν οὐκ.ἰσχύω, ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι. 4 ἔγνων
me? To dig Tam unable; to beg I am ashamed. I know
Ti ποιήσω, ἵνα, ὅταν μετασταθῶ ° τῆς οἰκονο-
what I willdo, that, when I shall have been removed [from] the steward-
μίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς.οἴκους.»αὐτῶν." 5 Kai προσ-
ship, they may receive me into their houses. And call-
καλεσάμενος Eva ἕκαστον THY IypEwHerteTHy! τοῦ κυρίου
ing to {him] 7one teach _— of the debtors Slord
ἑαυτοῦ ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, Πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳο.μου ;
1of 7his hesaid tothe first, How much owest thou to my lord?
6 Ὁ-.δὲ εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου. 'Kai' εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
Andhe said, A hundred baths of oil. And he said tohim,
Δέξαι σου "τὸ γράμμα" καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντή-
Take thy bill and sitting down quickly write fifty.

207

received him safe and
sound. 28 And he was
angry, and would not
goin: therefore came
his father out, and in-
treated him. 29 And
he answering said to
his father, Lo, these
many years do I serve
thee, neither trans-
gressed I at any time
thy commandment:
and yet thou never
gavest me a kid, thatI
might make merry
with my friends:
30 but as soon as this
thy son was come,
which hath devoured
thy living with har-
lots, thou hast killed
for him the fatted calf.
31 And he said unto
him, Son, thou art ever
with me, and all that
I haveis thine. 32 It
was meet that we
should make merry,
and be glad: for this
thy brother was dead,
and is alive again ; and
was lost, and is found,

XVI. And he said
also unto his disciples,
There was a certain
rich man, which had a
steward; and thesame
was accused unto him
that he had wasted his
goods. 2 And he called
him, and said unto
him, How is it that I
hear this of thee? give
an account of thy
stewardship ; for thou
mayest be no longer
steward. 3 Then the
steward said within
himself, What shall 1
do? for my lord taketh
away from me the
stewardship : I cannot
dig; to beg I am
ashamed. 41 am re-
solved whatto do, that,
when 1 am put out of
the stewardship, they
may receive me into
their houses. 5 So he
called every one of his
lord’s debtorsunto him,
and said unto the first,
How much owest thou
unto my lord? 6 And
he said, An hundred
measures of oil, And
hesaid unto him, Take
thy bill, and sit down
quickly, and write
fifty. 7 Then said he

e δὲ but Lrtra. f+ αὐτοῦ his Ltra. & + τῶν the στὰ.
1 ἔζησεν is alive TTrA. k— καὶ 1.
τι --- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. 2 δύνῃ TIrA.

TTrA. 4 χρεοφειλετῶν LTTrA. τ ὃ δὲ LTTrA.

h σιτευτὸν μόσχον ΤΊτΑ.
Ἰ-- ἣν (read ἀπολωλὼς had been lost) LTTra.
° + ἐκ from [L]TTrA.
5 τὰ γράμματα bills LTTrA.

Ρ ἑαυτῶ:

208

to another, And Low
much owest thou? And
he said, An hundred
measures of wheat.
And he said unto him,
Take thy bill, and
write fourscore. 8And
the lord commended
the unjust steward,
because he had done
wisely: for the child-
ren of this world are in
their generation wiser
than the children of
light. 9 And I say un-
to you, Make to your-
selves friends of the
mammon of unright-
eousness ; that, when
ye fail, they may re-
ceive you into ever-
lasting habitations.
10 He that is faithful
in that which is least
is faithful also in
much: and he that is
unjust in the least is
unjust also in much.
11 If therefore ye have
not been faithful in
the unrighteous mam-
mon, who will commit
to your trust the true
riches? 12 And if ye
have not been faithful
in that which is ano-
ther man’s, who shall
give you that which is
your own? 13 No ser-
vant can serve two
masters: for either he
will hate the one, and
love the other; or else
he will hold to the one,
and despise the other.
Ye cannot serve God
and mammon.

14 And the Pharisees
also, who were cove-
tous, heard all, these
things: and they de-
rided him. 15 And he
said unto them, Ye are
they which justify
yourselves before men;
but God knoweth your
hearts: for that which
is highly esteemed a-
mong men is abomina-
tion in the sight of
God. 16 The law and
the prophets were until
John: since that time
the kingdom of God is
preached, and every
man presseth into it.
17 And it is easier for
heaven and earth to
pags, than one tittle of
the law tofail. 18 Who-
soever putteth away
his wife, and marrieth
another, committeth

t — καὶ LTTrA.

τ ἐκλίπῃ it shall fail urtra.

ὑμῖν "τι. 8 — καὶ

ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XVI.

7 Ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, Σὺ. δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις ;
Then toanother he said, Andthou how much owest thou?
ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. ‘Kai' λέγει αὐτῷ, Δέξαι
Andhe said, A hundred cors of wheat. And hesays tohim, ‘Take
σου “To γράμμα" καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα. 8 Kai étmyvecey
thy bill and eighty. And praised
ὁ κύριος TOY οἰκονόμον τῆς ἀδικίας ὅτι φρονίμως ἐποίη-
‘the “lord the “steward ‘unrighteous because prudently he had
dev’ OTL οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς
done. For the sons of this age ®Smore ’prudent "than *°the
υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν.ἑαυτῶν εἰσιν. 9 aes
l°sons of }*the “light 7in ‘generation “their*own ‘are. And I
ὑμῖν λέγω, “Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς" φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς

κοντα.

write

toyou say, Make to yourselves friends by the mammon
ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὕταν Ξἐκλίπητε! δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς
of unrighteousness, that when ye fail they may receive you into the
αἰωνίους σκηνάς. 10 Ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ
eternal dwellings. He that [is] faithful in [the] least also
ἐν πολλῷ πιστός tor’ Kai ὁ ἔν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος
in much faithful is; and he that in [the] least [is] unrighteous

11 εἰ οὖν ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ

καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ἄδικός ἐστιν.
If therefore in the unrighteous

also in much unrighteous is.
μαμωνᾷ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, TO ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει;
mammon faithful ye have not been, the true who to you will entrust?
12 καὶ εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, τὸ
And if in that which [18] another’s faithful ye have not been,
« ’ ΄ z.. ~ ὃ » ell ἠδ ‘ DAW δύ ὃ ‘
ὑμέτερον τίς τυμῖν δώσει: 13 Οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ
yourown who toyou will give? No servant isable two
κυρίοις δουλεύειν: ἢ.γὰρ τὸν Eva μισήσει, Kai τὸν ἕτερον
lords to serve, for either the one hewillhate, and the other
ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει.
he willlove; or one hewillholdto, and the other he will despise.

οὐ.δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν Kai μαμωνᾷ.
Yeareunable οα '‘to*serve and mammon.

14 "Ηκουον.δὲ ταῦτα πάντα "καὶϊ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, φιλάρ-

And ‘*heard *these *things ‘all also the Pharisees, 2covet-

γυροι ὑπάρχοντες, καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζον αὐτόν. 15 καὶ εἶπεν

ous ‘being, and they derided him. And he said

avroic, Myers tore οἱ δδικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνώπιον τῶν
to them, e are they who justify themselves before

? ’ « 4 , ‘ , « ~ {1 A >
ἀνθρώπων, ὁ.δὲ.θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν" OTL τὸ ἐν

men, but God knows your hearts ; for that “among
ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ῥέστιν."

>men "highly *thought*of anabomination before God is.
16 Ὁ νόμος Kai ot προφῆται “we! ΦῬΙωάννου"" ἀπὸ

The law and the prophets [were] until John: from
τότε ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται, Kai πᾶς εἰς

that time the kingdom of God is announced, and everyone *into

᾽ 4 , > ΄’ is Δ ᾿Ὶ > ‘ ,
αὐτὴν βιάζεται. 17 Ἑὐκοπώτερον.δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ
310 forces. But easier itis [for] the heaven and
τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κεραίαν πεσεῖν.
the earth topassaway, than ofthe law one tittle to fail.
18 Πᾶς 6 ἀπολύων τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ Kai γαμῶν ἑτέραν
Everyone who puts away his wife and marries another

υ τὰ γράμματα bills LTTra. Y καὶ ἐγὼ TTrA. W ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατετΑ.
Υ + [αὐτῶν] (read their eternal dwellings) L. * δώσει

TIr[A]. 8 -- ἐστιν (read [is]) GLITrAW. ὃ μέχρι TMA. 4 ᾿Ιωάνου Tr,

XVI. LUKE.

μοιχεύει" καὶ “πᾶς ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς
commits adultery; and everyone who “her“put‘*away ‘from °a “husband
γαμῶν μοιχεύει.

marries commits adultery.
19 Γἀνθρωπος.δέ τις
Now *a®man ‘certain ‘there 7was
’ ‘ ,΄ > , aS , ~
πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς.

ἦν πλούσιος, και ἐνεδιδύσκετο
5rich, and he was clothed in

purple and fine linen, making good cheer daily in splendour,
20 πτωχὸς.δέ τις ἴἦν᾽ ὀνόματι Λάζαρος, δὸς" ἐβέβλητο
Anda r*man ‘certain there was, by name Lazarus, who was laid

πρὸς τὸν.πυλῶνα.αὐτοῦ jAKwpévoc,' 21 Kai ἐπιθυμῶν χορ-

at his porch being full of sores, and desiring to be
τασθῆναι ἀπὸ 'τῶν ψιχίων τῶν" πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης
satisfied from the crumbs which fell from the table
τοῦ πλουσίου: ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι ᾿ἀπέλειχον" τὰ
of the rich man; but even the dogs coming licked

ἕλκη.αὐτοῦ. 22 ἐγένετοιδὲδἑ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχόν, Kai
his sores. And it eame to pass *died ‘the *poor *man, and

ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς τὸν κόλπον ἱτοῦ"
*was “σδυυϊθα γα ‘the by the angels into the bosom

"ABoadw ἀπέθανεν.δὲ καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, Kai ἐτάφη. 23 Kai ἐν

of Abraham. And died also the richman, and wasburied. And in
τῷ ἅδῃ ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ, ὑπάρχων ἐν Ba-

the hades haying lifted up his eyes, being in tor-

σάνοις, ὁρᾷ “τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀπὸ.μακρόθεν, καὶ Λάζαρον ἐν

ments, hesees Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in
τοῖς.κόλποις.αὐτοῦ" 24 καὶ αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, ἱϊάτερ
his bosom, And he erying out said, Father

με, καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, iva βάψῃ

send Lazarus, that he may dip

Αβραάμ, ἐλέησόν
Abraham, have compassion on me, and
τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ.δακτύλου. αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, Kai καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσ-
the tip of his finger in water, and cool “tongue
σάν μου ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ-φλογὶ ταύτῃ. 25 Ἐϊπεν δὲ
‘my; for I am suffering in this flame. But *said
Αβραάμ, Τέκνον, μνήσθητι ore ἀπέλαβες ποὺ Tra
‘Abraham, Child, recollect that *didst *fully *receive
ayaba.cov ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ.σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως
thy good things in thy lifetime, and Lazarus likewise
νῦν.δὲ οὔδε' παρακαλεῖται, σὺ.δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι.
But πο he is comforted, and thou art suffering.
πᾶσιν τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν Kai ὑμῶν χάσμα
all thesethings, between us and you ὦ chasm
ται, omwe ot θέλοντες διαβῆναι “ἐντεῦθεν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς
fixed, sothat they who desire to pass hence to you
μὴ.-δύνωνται, μηδὲ τοὶ! ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν.
are unable, nor “they *thence *to “us *can *pass
27 Εἶπεν.δέ, "Epwrd "οὖν ae, πάτερ, wa πέμψῃς
And hesaid, I beseech “then ‘thee, father, that thou wouldest seud

αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.μου, 28 ἔχω.γὰρ πέντε ἀδελ-

τὰ.κακά"
evil things.
26 καὶ Péri!

And besides
μέγα ἐστήρικ-

great has been

209

adultery : and whoso-
ever marrieth her that
is put away from her
husband committeth a-
dultery.

19 There was a cer-
tain rich man, which
was clothed in purple
and fine linen, and
fared sumptuously
every day: 20and there
Was a certain beggar
named Lazarus, which
was laid at his gate,
full of sores, 21 and de-
siring to be fed with
the crumbs which fell
from the rich man’s
table: moreover the
dogs came and licked
his sores. 22 And it
came to pass, that the
beggar died, and was
earried by the angels
into Abraham’s bosom:
the rich manaiso died,
and was buried; 23 and
in hell he lift up his
eyes, being intorments,
and seeth Abraham
afar off, and Lazarusin
his bosom. 24 And he
cried and said, Father
Abraham, have mercy
on me, and send Laza-
rus, that he may dip
the tip of his finger iz
water, and cool my
tongue; for I am tor-
mented in this fame.
25 But Abraham said,
Son, remember that
thou in thy lifetime
receivedst thy good
things, and likewise
Lazarus evil things:
but now he is comtort-
ed, and thou art tor-
mented. 26 And beside
allthis, between usand
you there isa great gulf
fixed: so that they
which would pass from
hence to you cannot;
neither can they pass
to us, that would come
from thence. 27 Then
he said, I pray thee
therefore, father, that
thou wouldest send
him to my father’s

him to the house of my father, forIhave five bro- house: 28 for I have
/ ες εἰ , χουν τῶν “ ι \ >, five brethren; that he
govc’ OTwe διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, Wa μὴ καὶ αὕτοι may testify unto them,
thers, so that he may earnestly testify tothem, that “not also ‘they lest they also come in-
© — πᾶς LTTrA. f — Fy [L]tTra. & — ὃς [L]}rTra. 4 εἱλκωμένος LTTrAW.

1 — ψιχίων τῶν (read τῶν that which) [L]ra ; [τῶν Ψιχίων] τῶν Tr.
1_ ov GLTTrAW 18-- τὸν LTTrA.
ο ὧδε here (read παρακ. he ig comforted) LTTraw. P ἐν before τ.
© — ov (read διαπ. can they pass) L[a]. 8 ge οὖν LTrAW.

Κ ἐπέλειχον LTTrA.

π — gv (read ἀπέλαβες thou didst fully receive) GTTra.

ᾳ ἔνθεν GLTTrAW.

iz

210

to this place of tor-
ment. 29 Abraham
saith unto him, They
have Moses and the
prophets ; let them
hear them, 30 And he
said, Nay, father Abra-
ham : but if one went
unto them from the
dead, they will repent.
31 And he said unto
him, If they hear not
Moses and the pro-
phets, neither will they
be persuaded, though
one rose from the dead,

XVII. Then said he
unto the disciples, It is
impossible but that of-
fences will come: but
woe unto him, through
whom theycome! 2 It
were better for him
that a millstone were
hanged about his neck,
and he cast into the
sea, than that he should
offend one of these lit-
tle ones. 3 Take heed
to yourselves: If thy
brother trespass a-
gainst thee, rebuke
him; and if he repent,
forgive him. 4 And if
he trespass against thee
seven times in a day,
and seven times in a
day turn again to thee,
saying, I repent; thou
shalt forgive him.

5 And the apostles
said unto the Lord, In-
erease our faith. 6 And
the Lordsaid, If ye had
faith as a grain of mus-
tard seed, ye might say
unto this sycamine
tree, Be thou plucked
up by the root, and be
thou planted in the sea;
and it should obey you.
7 But which of you,
having a servant plow-
ing or feeding cattle,
will say unto him by
and by, when he is
come from the field, Go
and sit down to meat?
8 And will not rather
say unto him, Make
ready wherewith I may
sup, and gird thyself,
and serve me, till I
have eaten and drunk-

t + δὲ (read but Abraham) trtraw.

σέως LTTrAW.

» τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν TTrA.
© τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ἕνα TTrA.

LTTrA.

" ἁμαρτήσῃ LTTrAW.
™ εἰπταν LTTrA.
" Ev0éws παρελθὼν (read Having come immediately recline) Lrtra.

LITraw.

AOYKAY. XVI, XVII.

ἔλθωσιν εἰς Tov-roToY.rovTOY τῆς βασάνου" 29 réyett ᾿αὐτῷ"
‘™maycome to this place of torment. "Says *to*him

᾿Αβραάμ, Ἔχουσιν “Μωσέα' καὶ τοὺς προφήτας" ἀκουσάτωσαν
‘Abraham, ‘They have Moses and the prophets : let them hear
αὐτῶν. 30 Ο.δὲ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, πάτερ ᾿Αβραάμ' ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις

them. But he said, No, father Abraham, but if one
ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτούς, μετανοήσουσιν.
from {the} dead should go to them, they will repent.

31 Εἰἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ, Ei *Mwotwe' καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ

Andhe said tohim, If Moses and the prophets “not
ἀκούουσιν, Youd: ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ πεισθή-
‘they “hear, noteven if one from{[the] dead should rise will they
σονται.
be persuaded.

17 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabnrac,® ᾿Ανένδεκτόν ἐστιν "τοῦ"

Απᾶ he said to the disciples, Impossible it is that
"μὴ.ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα"" “οὐαὶ. δὲ" δι οὗ ἔρχεται.
?should *not *come ‘offences, but woe [to him] by whom they come,

περίκειται περὶ

2 λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ d ὕλο ὀνικὸο"
ς
is put about

It is profitable for him if a millstone turned by an ass
τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔῤῥιπται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα
his neck, and eiscast into the sea, than that
‘iva τῶν.μικρῶν.τούτων." 3 προσέχετε
tone 7of “these “little *ones. Take heed
« - 7A f NII « ΄ ? SII « ἐδ λ , ?
ἑαυτοῖς. ἐὰν ἰδὲ! a ἀρτῃ Beic σὲ" ο.ἀδελφός. σου, ἔπι-
to yourselves: andif %should *sin ‘against °thee ‘thy *brother, re-
τίμησον avT@ καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. 4 Kai ἐὰν
buke him ; and if heshouldrepent, forgive him. And if
ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας "ἁμάρτῃ! εἰς σέ, καὶ ἷ ἑπτάκις "τῆς
seven times in the day he should sin against thee, and seven times in the
ἡμέρας" ἐπιστρέψῃ ᾿ἐπὶ σέ," λέγων, Meravod, ἀφήσεις
day shouldreturn to thee, saying, Irepent, thou shalt forgive
αὐτῷ.
him.
5 Kai “eizoyv' οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῷ κυρίῳ, Πρόσθες ἡμῖν
And said the apostles to the Lord, Give more “to “us
πίστιν. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, Et "εἴχετε! πίστιν, ὡς κόκκον
faith. But *said ‘the *Lord, If yehad faith, as agrain
σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε. ἂν τῇ.συκαμίνῳ.ταύτῃ, ᾿Ἐκριζώθητι, καὶ
of mustard, ye might say to this sycamine tree, Be thou rooted up, and
υτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ" Kai ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν. 7 Τίς. δὲ
be thou planted in the sea, and it would obey you. But which
8! ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς
of you 7a *bondman *haying ploughing or shepherding, who
εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ " “εὐθέως, Παρελθὼν!"
{tohim}] comein out of the field willsay immediately, Having come
Ws 8 ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ. ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἙἙτοίμασον τί

Tavarecat' ;
recline [at table]? but willhe not say to him, Prepare what

δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω Kai

σκανδαλίσῃ
he should cause °to ‘offend

Imay sup on, and girding thyself about serve me, while LTeat and
Υ-- αὐτῷ T{TraA]. “ Μωῦσέα LTtTraw. * Mwi-
Υ οὐδ᾽ LTra. z+ αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) LrTraw. 4— τοῦ E,

4 λίθος μυλικὸς a millstone
& -- εἰς σὲ LTTrA.
!— ἐπὶ σέο ; πρός σε
P αὐτῷ to him [L]rrra.
¢ ΄
τ ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW.

© πλὴν ovat yet woe Ltr.
f — δὲ and {τττὰ.
k — τῆς ἡμέρας LTTrA.

i + [ἐὰν] if L.
ο [ἐξ] Tr.

Ὁ ἔχετε ye have TTrA.

XVII. LUKE.
πίω: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἄγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σὺ; 9 Μὴ
drink; and after these things “shalt*eat “δὰ ‘drink ‘thou?
βχάριν ἔχει" τῷ.δούλῳ. "ἐκείνῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ δδιατα-
Is he thankful to that bondman because he did the things com-
μ“ Ἣν ~ ~ id ‘ « ~ iid
χθέντα "αὐτῷ"; Yov.doxd.' 10 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς, ὅταν
manded him ? I judge not. Thus also ye, when
, 7, Ay ὃ θέ ε ~ λέ x40 ll ὃ a
TTOL]ONTE TAVTA.TA OLATAX EVTA ὑμιν. EYETE, TL COV
ye may have done 411 things commanded you, say, 7Bond-
λοι ἀχρεῖοί éopev’ Yoru! ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιή-
men ‘unprofitable are we, for thatwhich wewerebound todo we have
καμεν.
done.
\ ~ sy ΠῚ ΡΝ ἘΣ ι
11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ.πορεύεσθαι."αὐτὸν' εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ

And it came to pass in his gcing up to Jerusalem

καὶ αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσου" Σαμαρείας" καὶ Γαλι-
that he passed through([the] midst of Samaria and Gali-
λαίας. 12 καὶ εἰσερχομένου. αὐτοῦ εἴς τινα κώμην “ἀπήντησαν"
lee, And on his entering into acertain village 4met
‘air! δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, ot ἔστησαν πόῤῥωθεν" 13 Kai
Shim” ten leprous %men, who stood afar off. And
ls x \ , ? ~ , Σ wed
αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν λέγοντες, Ἰησοῦ, ἐπιστάτα, ἐλεη-
they liftedup[their] voice saying, Jesus, Master, have compas-
σον ἡμᾶς. 14 Kai ἰδὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες
sion on us, And seeing [them] hesaid to them, Haying gone
ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὑπά-
shew yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass in Ξ35ο-
? / τ A ? ~ al eo
yew αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν. 15 εἷς. δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἰδὼν ὅτι
ing 1their they were cleansed. Andone of them, seeing that
ἰάθη, ὑπέστρεψεν, μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν
he was healed, turned back, with a 7voice loud glorifying
θεόν" 16 καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ,
God, and fell on [his] face at his feet,
εὐχαριστῶν αὐτῷ᾽ καὶ αὐτὸς ἢν EEO Te, 17 ἀποκριθεὶς
giving thanks tohim: and he was. a Samaritan. 2Answering
δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐχὶ" ot δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν ; ot.8dé''
and Jesus said, “Not “the ‘ten 1were cleansed ἢ but “the
ἐννέα ποῦ; 18 οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι
*nine ‘where [416]2 Were there not found [any] returning to give
δόξαν τῷ θεῷ εἰ μὴ ὁ.ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος ; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
glory to God except this stranger? And hesaid to him,
᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου" ἡ.πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε.
Having risen up goforth; thy faith has cured thee.
20 ᾿Επερωτηθεὶς. δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων, πότε ἔρχεται ἡ
And having been asked by the Pharisees, when is coming the
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ. ἔρχεται
kingdom of God, he answered them and _ said, 5Comes ποῦ ‘the
ασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως" 21 οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν,
*kingdom 305 *God with observation ; nor shall they say,
᾿Ιδοὺ ὧδε, ἢ "ἰδοὺ! ἐκεῖ" ἰδοὺ.γάρ, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς

Lo here, or Lo there; forlo, the kingdom of God in the midst
ὑμῶν ἐστίν. 22 Εϊπεν. δὲ πρὸς rove pabyrac,' ᾿Ελεύσονται
ofyou is. And he said _ to the disciples, *Will Scome

211

en; and afterward thou
shalt eat and drink?
9 Doth he thank that
servant because he did
the things that were
commanded him? I
trow not. 10So likewise
ye, when ye shall have
done all those things
which are commanded
you, say, We are un-
profitable servants: we
have done that which
was our duty to do.

11 And it came to
pass, as he went to Je-
rusalem, that he passed
through the midst of
Samaria and Galilee.
12 And as he entered
into,a certain village,
there met him ten men
that were lepers, which
stood afar off: 13 and
they lifted up their
voices, and said, Jesus,
Master, have mercy on
us. 14 And when hesaw
them, he said unto
them, Go shew your-
selves unto the priests.
And it came to pass,
that, as they went,
they were cleansed.
15 And one of them,
when he saw that he
was healed, turned
back, and with a loud
voice glorified God,
16 and fell down on
his face at his feet, giv-
ing him thanks: and
he was a Samaritan.
17 And Jesus answer-
ing said, Were there
not ten cleansed? but
where are the nine?
18 There are not found
that returned to give
glory to God, save this
stranger. 19 And he
said unto him, Arise,
go thy way: thy faith
hath made thee whole.

20 And when he was
demanded of the Pha-
risees, when the king-
dom of God should
come, he answered
them and said, The
kingdom of God com-
eth not with observa-
tion: 21 neither shall
they say, Lo here! or,
lo there! for, behold,
the kingdom of God is
within you. 22 And he
said unto the disciples,
The days will come,

t — ἐκείνῳ (read the bondman) trtra.
χ- ὅτιτ. Y — ὅτι LTTrAW.

Ὁ Σαμαρίας τ. © ὑπήντησαν T.
g — δὲ but LT[Tr]. bh — ἰδοὺ Ta.

5 ἔχει χάριν LTTra.
“ — οὐ δοκῶ [L]}rtra.
Titra]. ἃ μέσον LTTrA.
° Σαμαρίτης Ὁ. f οὐχ LTr.
disciples) L.

,— αὐτῷ ΟἸΤΊΤΑΥ.

: --- αὐτὸν (read in the going up)
4 — αὐτῷ (read [him |) τ Tra].

i + αὐτοῦ (read his

212

when ye shall desire to
see one of the days of
the Son of man, and ye
shall not see it, 23 And
they shall say to you,
See here; or, see there:
go not after them, nor
follow them. 24 For as
the lightning, that
lighteneth out of the
one part under hea-
yen, shineth unto the
other part under hea-
ven;:so shall also the
Son of man be in his
day. 25 But first must
he suffer many things,
and be rejected of this
generation. 26 And as
it was in the days of
Noe, so shall it be also
in the days of the Son
of man, 27 They did
eat, they drank, they
married wives, they
were given in marriage,
until the day that Noe
entered into the ark,
and the flood came, and
destroyed them all.
28 Likewise also as it
was in the days of Lot:
they did eat, they
drank, they bought,
they sold, they plant-
ed, they builded; 29 but
the same day that Lot
went out of Sodom it
rained fire and brim-
stone from heaven, and
destroyed them all.
30 Even thus shall it
be in the day when the
Son of man is revealed.
31 In that day, he
which shall be upon the
housetop, and his stuff
in the house, let him
not come down to take
it away: and he that is
in the field, let him
likewise not return
back. 32 Remember
Lot’s wife. 33 Whoso-
ever shall seek to save
his life shall lose it;
and’ whosoever shall
lose his life shall pre-
serveit. 34 I tell you, in
that night there shall
be two men in one bed;
the one shall be taken,
and the other shall be
left. 35 Two women
shall be grinding to-
gether ; the one shall
be taken, and the other

AOYKAs XVII.
ἡμέραι, ὅτε ἐπιθυμήσετε μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀν-
‘days, when yewilldesire one of the days ofthe Son of

θρώπου ἰδεῖν, καὶ οὐκιὄψεσθε. 25 καὶ ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ᾿Ιδοὺ
man to see, and shall not see [it]. And they willsay toyou, Lo

Κῶδε, ἢ ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ." μὴ. ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε. 24 ὥσπερ.γὰρ

here, or Τὸ there; go not forth nor follow. For as
ἡ ἀστραπὴ ‘)' ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς myx! οὐρανὸν
the lightning which lightens from the {oneend] under heaven

᾽ \ ε , ? A Aa e ” n WS
εἰς TV υπ οὐρανὸν AUTEL, OUTWC ἔσται “Και O

to the f{otherend] under heaven shines, thus willbe also the
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου “ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ.αὐτοῦ." 25 πρῶτον. δὲ δεῖ
Son of man in his day. But first it behoves

αὐτὸν πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς
him many things ἴο suffer, and to be rejected of 2eveneration
ταύτης. 26 καὶ καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Prov Νῶε,
‘this. And as it came to pass in the days of Noe,
οὕτως ἔσται Kai ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Irov' υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
thus shallit be also in the days of the Son of man,
27 ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, τἐξεγα-
They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being
piZovro,' ἄχρι ἣς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν,
given in marriage, until the day entered ‘Noe into the ark,
VF θ € . τ» aN sf I! « ,
καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἀπώλεσεν "ἅπαντας." 28 ὁμοίως

and came the flood and destroyed 411, ὅΤῃ *like*manner
‘kai ὡς" ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ' ἤσθιον, ἔπι-
‘and as itcameto pass in the days of Lot; they wereeating, they were
γον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, φκοδό-

drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were
μουν 29 ἡ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἐξῆλθεν Λὼτ ἀπὸ Σοδόμων ἔβρεξεν
building ; but onthe day *went*out *Lot from Sodom it rained
πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπώλεσεν Sdzavrac:' 30 κα-
fire and sulphur from heaven and _ destroyed all. In
τὰ “ταῦτα! ἔσται ᾧἢ. ἡμέρᾳ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπ-
this way shallit be in the day the Son of man is revealed,
τεται. 31 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρῃ ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, Kai
In that day [he] whoshallbe on the housetop, and
TU.OKEUN-AUTOU ἐν TH οἰκίᾳ, μὴ.καταβάτω ἄραι αὐτά’
his goods in the house, let him not come down to take away them,
καὶ ὁ ἐν ὕτῷ! ἀγρῷ ὁμοίως μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω sig τὰ ὀπίσω.
and he in the field likewise lethimnotreturn to thethings behind.
32 μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ. 33 ὃς. ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν
Remember the wife of Lot. Whoever may seek
ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ "σῶσαι," ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" καὶ O¢Yéav' *azrohéoy'
his life tosave, shall lose it ; and whoever may lose
παὐτήν," ζωογονήσει αὐτήν. 34 λέγω ὑμῖν, ταύτῃ Ty νυκτὶ.

κ ἐκεῖ, ἢ (--- ἢ TTr) ἰδοὺ ὧδε τατὰ.

° — ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτοῦ L.
8 πάντας LTrA.
τὰ αὐτὰ in the same way TTrA.

G[L]TTrAW.
LTTrA,

TTrA, Σ av Tra,
© — 6 GLTTrAW.

4 παραλημφθήσεται LTTrA,

it, shall preserve it, Isay toyou, In that night
ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης "μιᾶς" £6" εἷς “παραληφθήσε-
there shall be two[men]upon “bed one ; the one shall be ta-
ται," καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται. 35 “δύο ἔσονται ἀλή-
ken, andthe other shall be left. Two[(women] shallbe grind-
1— ἡ T[TrA]. ™ ὑπὸ τὸν under the LTTra. ἃ — και

P -- τοῦ GLTTrAW. %— τοῦ RE. τ ἐγαμίζοντο

τ καθὼς according as TTrA. ἡ ταὐτὰ in the same way GLW ;

w — τῷ (read a field) rrra. χ περιποιήσασθαι to gain

a— αὐτήν (read [it]){u}rrra. ὃ [μιᾶς] χὰ
© ἔσονται δύο LTTrA.

2 ἀπολέσει Shall lose τ΄.

XVII, XVIII. LUKE.
cil

θουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ. αὐτό" ' pia Ξπαραληφθήσεται," Kai ἡ
ing together ; one shall be taken, and the
a
5

Ξ ἑτέρα
other
eOnsera.' 37 Kai ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Tod,
ll be left. And answering they say tohim, Where,
, A « i ? ~ .“ 4 ~ 2 ~ j 6 ΄
κύριε; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅπου τὸ σῶμα ἐκεῖ ῥἡσυναχθή-
Lord? Andhe said tothem, Where the body [is] there will be gathered
σονται οἱ ἀετοί."
together the eagles.
18 “EXeyev.dé ‘cai παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς πρὸς.τὸ δεῖν
And he spoke also a parable to them to the purport that it behoves

πάντοτε προσεύχεσθαι, | καὶ μὴ "πἐκκακεῖν,, 2 λέγων,
"always 5to *pray [(‘them] and not to faint, saying,
Κριτῆς rig ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει, τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος
A *judge ‘certain there was in certain ‘a city, God not fearing
καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. 3 χήρα. δὲ" ἦν ἐν τῇ
and man not respecting. Anda widow there was in
TOAELEKELVY, καὶ ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγουσα, 'Exdixnody
that city, and she wascoming to him, saying, Avenge

μὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.μου. 4 Kai οὐκ.»ἠθέλησεν᾽ ἐπὶ χρόνον᾽
me of mine adverse party. And he would not for atime;

μετὰ.Ῥδὲ ταῦτα' εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Εἰ καὶ τὸν θεὸν οὐ.φοβοῦμαι

but afterwards hesaid within himself, If even God I fear not
“καὶ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ' ἐντρέπομαι: 5 διά.γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι
and man “not respect, yet because Scauses *me

κόπον τὴν.χήραν.ταύτην ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα.μὴ εἰς.τέλος
®trouble this *widow I willavenge her, lest perpetually
> , J ’΄ 4A c ’ὔ ? LA ,
ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, ᾿Ακούσατε τί
coming she harass me, And said the Lord, Hear what
0 κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει" 7 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς οὐ. μὴ ποιήσει" τὴν
the *judge ‘unrighteous says. And*God not ‘shallexecute the
ἐκδίκησιν τῶν. ἐκλεκτῶν.αὐτοῦ τῶν βοώντων “πρὸς αὐτὸν"
avenging of his elect who cry to him
ἡμέρας Kai νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμῶν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς; ὃ λέγω
day and night, and [is] being patient over them? I say
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν tv.raye. πλὴν
to you, that he willexecute the avenging of them speedily. Nevertheless
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἄρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν
the Son of man having come “indeed ‘will *he find faith
2 ‘ ~ ~
ἐπι THC γῆς:
on the earth?
9 Εἶπεν.δὲ Yeai' πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς
And he spoke also to some who trusted in themselves

ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι Kai ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς τὴν Tapa-
that they are righteous and despised the rest 7para-

ολὴν ταύτην. 10 ΓΑνθρωποι δύο ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν
Q 1) ερ

ble this: 7Men two wentup into the temple
ay ow ci τ - . ΕἾ (ἢ , «ε
προσεύξασθαι" “ὸ" εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης. 1] ὁ
to pray ; the one aPharisee andthe other atax-gatherer. The

Φαρισαῖος σταθεὶς “πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα! προσηύχετο, O θεός,
Pharisee standing, with himself thus was praying, God,

218

left. 35 Two menshall
be in the field; the one
shall be taken, and the
other left. 37 And they
answered and said un-
to him, Where, Lord?
And he said unto them.
Wheresoever the body
2s, thither will the
eagles be gathered to-
gether.

XVIII. And he spake
a parable unto them
to this end, that men
ought always to pray,
andnottofaint; 2 say-
ing, There was inacity
8 judge, which feared
not God, neither re-
garded man: 3 and
there was a widow in
that city; and she came
unto him, saying, A-
venge me of mine
adversary. 4 And
he would not for a
while: but afterward
he said within himself,
Though I fear not God,
nor regard man; 5 yet
because this widow
troubleth me, I will a-
venge her, lest by her
continual coming she
weary me. 6 And the
Lord said, Hear what
the unjust judge saith.
7 And shall not God
avenge his own elect,
which cry day and
night untohim,though
he bear longwith them?
8 I tell you that he will
avenge them speedily.
Nevertheless when the
Son of man cometh,
shall he find faith on
the earth ?

9 And he spake this
parable unto certain
which trusted in them-
selves that they were
righteous, and despised
others: 10 Two men
went up into the tem-
ple to pray ; the onea
Pharisee, and the other
apublican. 11 The Pha-
risee stood and prayed
thus with elf,
God, I thank thee, that

f+ 7 the EGLI([Tr]a- & παραλημφθήσεται LTTrA. Β ἡ δὲ TTrA.

i + verse 36, Δύο

ἔσονται ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ᾽ ὃ els παραληφθήσεται, Kal ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται, Two [men] shall be in the

field: the one shall be taken, and the other left £.
καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται TIrA. κ-- καὶ LT[Tra].
™ ἐγκακεῖν LITAW 3 ἐνκακεῖν Τ. n + τις certain E.
4 οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον Mor Man LTTr, ποιήσῃ LTTrA.

LTTra. τζκαὶ] L. * — 6 LTrA.

5 αὐτῷ TTA.

ο ἤθελεν LTTrAW. τ ,
t μακροθυμεῖ is patient
χα ταῦτα pos ἑαυτὸν Tr; — πρὸς ἑαυτὸν T.

j συναχθήσονται [καὶ also] ot ἀετοί, ;
1+ αὐτοὺς them LTTraw.

Ρ ταῦτα δὲ TrA.

214

I am not as other men
are, extortioners, un-
just, adulterers, or
even as this publican.
12 I fast twice in the
week, I give tithes of
all that I possess.
13 And the publican,
standing afar off,
would not lift up so
much as his eyes unto
heaven, but smote up-
on his breast, saying,
God be merciful to me
asinner. 14 [tell you,
this man went down to
his house justified ra-
ther than the other:
for every one that
exalteth himself shall
be abased; and he
that humbleth him-
self shall be exalted.

15 And they brought
unto him also infants,
that he would touch
them: but when Ais
disciples saw it, they
rebuked them. 16 But
Jesus called them unto
him, and said, Suffer
little children to come
unto me, and forbid
them not: for of such
is the kingdom of God.
17 Verily I say unto
you, Whosoever shall
ποῦ receive the king-
dom of God asa little
child shall in no wise
enter therein.

18 And acertain ruler
asked him, saying,
Good Master, what
shall I do to inherit
eternal life? 19 And
Jesus said unto him,
Why callest thou me
good? none i good,
save one, that is, God.
20 Thou knowest the
commandments, Do
Dot commit adultery,
Do not kill, Do not
steal, Do not bear false
witness, Honour thy
father and thy mother.
21 And he said, All
these have I kept from
my youthup. 22 Now
when Jesus heard these
things, he said unto
him, Yet lackest thou
one thing: sell all that
chou hast, and distri-
bute unto the or
snd thou shalt have
treasure in heaven:

MOY Ke AS. XVIII.
εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὥσπερ" οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων,
I thank thee that Iam not as the _ rest of men,
ἅρπαγες. ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ Kai ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης. 12 νη-
rapacious, unrighteous, adulterers, ΟΥ̓ even 85 this *ax-gatherer. I
στεύω dic τοῦ σαββάτου, Ξἀποδεκατῶ, πάντα ὅσα κτῶμαι.
fast twice in the week, I tithe all things as many as I gain.

18 "Καὶ ὁ! τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς
And the tax-gatherer afaroffi standing would noteven the
ὀφθαλμοὺς "sic τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπᾶραι!" ἀλλ᾽ ἔτυπτεν “εἰς" τὸ
eyes to the heaven liftup, but was striking upon
ornoc-tabrov,' λέγων, Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ.
his breast, Saying, God, be propitious to me the sinner,

14 Λέγω ὑμῖν, 5 κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον
7house

Isay toyou, Went down this one justified to
αὐτοῦ ' ἐκεῖνος." ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω-
this ratherthan that. For everyone that exalts ~ himself shall be
θήσεται. 80.08 ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται.
humbled; andhethat humbles himself shall be exalted.

15 Προσέφερον δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη, ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτη-
And they brought itohim also the babes, that them he might
ται ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ éreripnoar' αὐτοῖς. 16 ὁ δὲ
touch ; but havingseen [it] the disciples rebuked them. But
Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὰ εἶπεν," "Αφετε τὰ παιδία
Jesus having called “to him]'them = said, Suffer the littlechildren
ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, Kai μὴ-κωλύετε αὐτά" τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων
and donotforbid them; for of such

to come to me,
ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Ἐπὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς. ξἐὰν" μὴ
is the kingdom of God. erily Isay toyou, Whoever “not

δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ
‘shallreceive the kingdom of God as a little child in no wise shall enter
εἰς αὐτήν.
into it.
18 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων, λέγων, Διδάσκαλε
And “asked la 2certain *him Sruler, saying, Teacher
ἀγαθέ, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω ; 19 Εἶπεν
1g00d, ὅνβαῦ ‘Shaving ‘done life eternal shall I inherit? "Said
δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ti pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν ; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς
*but *to Shim 2Jesus, Why mecallestthou good? No one [is] good
εἰ μὴ εἷς, ἰδ" θεός. race ἐντολὰς οἶδας" Μὴ μοι-
except one, God. The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not
4 Α , - ‘A , e
χευσῃς μη-«-φονεῦσῃς μὴ-κλέψῃς
commit adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder ; thou shouldest not steal ;
μὴ-Ψευδομαρτυρήσῳς" τίμα τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν
thou shouldest not bear false witness ; honour thy father and

pnrépa.oov.' 21 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ταῦτα πάντα "ἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ

thy mother. Andhe said, 7These ‘all havel kept from
, ’ Oo ll 2 , A p ~ il CF τε =<
νεότητός “μου. 22 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ Pravra' ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν
?youth my. And haying heard these things Jesus said
αὐτῷ, Ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει: πάντα ὕσα ἔχεις πώλη-
tohim, Yet onething totheeislacking; all as much as thou hast sell,
σον, καὶ 4διάδος" πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν τοὐ-

and distribute ἕο [{Π6] ΡΟΟΥ, andthoushalthave treasure in hea-

Υ ws Ltr.
ἃ ἑαυτοῦ TrA.
Ἐ ἐπετίμων LTTrA.
Κ ἄν LTTrA.

® — ταῦτα LTTrA.

2 ἀποδεκατεύω T.
e + [ὅτι] that L.

1_ OTA.

5 ὃ δὲτ. ὃ ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν TTrA. © — εἰς LTTr[A].
ἔ παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνον LTrA ; ἢ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος GTW. ΞΕ καὶ δ1,.
i προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων called them to [him] saying Trra.
m — gov thy LTraw. Ὁ ἐφύλαξα LTTrA. ο — μον T[Tr]a.

ᾳ δὸς give L. τ οὐρανοῖς Τ; τοῖς οὐρανοῖς the heavens LTrA.

XVIII. LUKE.

5" καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθ 98 Ὁ δὲ ἀκούσα Ξ
ρανῳ και ευρο ακολοῦσει μοι. -0& ακοῦυσας TavTa
ven, and come follow me. But he having heard these things
περίλυπος "ἐγένετο" ἦν. γὰρ πλούσιος σφόδρα. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ
very sorrowful became, for he was ?rich lyery. But *seeing
αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ᾿περίλυπον γενόμενον᾽ εἶπεν, Τῶς δυσκό-
Shim 1Jegus ‘very ‘sorrowful *haying “become said, How diffi-

Awe οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες "εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν

eultly those “riches ‘having shall enter into the kingdom

τοῦ θεοῦ." 25 Ἑὐκοπώτερον. γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ “τρυμαλιᾶς
of God. For easier it is a@camel through an eye

ῥαφίδος" "εἰσελθεῖν" ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ
of a needle toenter than arichman into the kingdom of God

εἰσελθεῖν. 26 ΤΕΪπον". δὲ οἱ ἀκούσαντες, Kai τίς δύναται

to enter. And said those who heard, 2Then ‘who is able
σωθῆναι; 237 Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν, Ta ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις
to be saved? But he said, Thethings impossible with men
δυνατά *zoTiww παρὰ τῷ θεῷ." 28 Ἐπεν. δὲ *0' Πέτρος, ᾿Ιδού,
?possible are with God. And *said Peter, Lo,
ἡμεῖς “adnxapev πάντα καὶ" ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι. 29 ὯὉ δὲ

we left all and followed thee, And he

εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν
C, Ap 7)

said tothem, Verily Isay toyou, That noone thereis who has left
οἰκίαν “ἣ γονεῖς ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γυναῖκα" ἢ τέκνα “ἕνεκεν
house or parents or brethren or wife or children for the sake of
τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, 30 ὃς ἰοὐϊ μὴ ξἀπολάβῃ! πολ-
the kingdom of God, who shall not receive mani-
λαπλασίονα ἐν τῷ καιρῷ. τούτῳ, Kai ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ
fold more in this time, and in the’ age that is coming
ζωὴν αἰώνιον.

life eternal.

31 Παραλαβὼν .δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς,
And having taken to [him] the twelve hesaid to them,
᾿Ιδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς “IeoocdAvupa,' καὶ τελεσθήσεται
Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and “shall *be accomplished
πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ
1811 *things which have been written by the prophets about the Son
ἀνθρώπου. 82 παραδοθήσεται. γὰρ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ ἐμπαι-

of man; for he will be delivered up tothe Gentiles, and will be
χθήσεται καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται. 88 καὶ pa-
mocked and will beinsulted and will be spit upon. And having

,΄, 2 ~ > , ‘ ~ ε , ~ ,
στιγώσαντες ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν᾽ καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ τρίτῃ
scourged they will kill him ; and on the lise "third
ἀναστήσεται. 34 Kai αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν, Kai
he will rise again. And they nothing of these things understood, and
ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, Kai ovK-éyivwoKoY
Ξ3.γχὰκ8 ‘this *saying hid from them, and _ they knew not
τὰ λεγόμεγα.
that which was said.
35 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐντῷ.ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς "Ιεριχώ," τυφλός
And it came to pass as he drew near to Jericho, 54 blind
τις ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν προσαιτῶν." 36 ἀκούσας
(man]?certain sat beside the way begging. *Having “heard

216

and come, follow me
23 And when he heard
this, he was very sor-
rowtul: for he was very
rich. 24 And when Je-
sus saw that he was
very sorrowful, hesaid,
How hardly shall they
that have riches enter
into the kingdom of
God! 25 For it is easier
for a camel to go
through a needle’s eye,
than for a rich man to
enter into the kingdom
of God. 26 And they
that heard ἐξ said,
Who then ean be
saved? 27 And hesaid,
The things which are
impossible with men
are possible with God.
28 Then Peter said, Lo.
we have left all, and
followed thee.- 29 And
he said unto them,
Verily I say unto you,
There is no man that
hath left house, or pa-
rents, or brethren, or
wife, or children, for
the kingdom of God’s
sake, 30 who shall not
receive manifold more
in this present time,
and in the world to
come life everlasting.

31 Then he took unto
him the twelve, and
said unto them, Be-
hold, we go up to Jeru-
salem, and all things
that are written by
the prophets concern-
ing the Son of man
shall be accomplished,
32 For he shall be de-
livered unto the Gen-
tiles, and shall be
mocked, and spitefully
entreated, and spitted
on: 33 and they shall
scourge him, and put
him to death: and the
third day he shall rise
again. 34 And they un-
derstood none of these
things: and this saying
was hid from them,
neither knew they the
things which were spo-

nD.

35 And it came to
pass, that as he was
come nigh unto Je-
richo, a certain blind
man sat by the way
side begging: 36 and

t — περίλυπον γενόμενον T[Tr]A.
ρεύονται TTrA. ¥ τρήματος βελόνης LTTrA. x διελθεῖν to pass L.
τῷ (— τῷ L[Tr]) θεῷ ἐστίν LTTrA. 8.- 6 τία]ν.
LPTrA. © — ὅτι T. ἃ ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γονεῖς TA.
βλάβη τ. Ἀ Ἱερουσαλήμ Tira. ἰ Ἱερειχώτ. * ἐπαιτῶν LTTrA.

5 ἐγενήθη τττὰ.

τ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσπο-
Υ εἶπαν T.
Ὁ ἀφέντες τὰ ἴδια having left our ewn
© εἵνεκεν T.

2 παρὰ

f οὐχὶ TA.

216

hearing the multitude
pass by, he asked what
it meant. 37 And they
told him, that Jesus of
Nazareth passeth by.
38 And he cried, say-
ing, Jesus, thou Son of
David, have mercy on
me. 39 Andthey which
went before rebuked
him, that he should
hold his peace: but he
cried somuch themore,
Thou Son of David,
have merey on me.
40 And Jesus stood, and
commanded him to be
brought unto him: and
when he was come
near, he asked him,
41 saying, What wilt
thou that I shall doun-
to thee? And he said,
Lord, that I may re-
ceive my sight. 42 And
Jesus said unto him,
Receive thy sight: thy
faith hath saved thee.
43 And immediately
he received his sight,
and followed him, glo-
rifying God: and all
the people, when they
saw it, gave praise un-
to God.

XIX. And Jesus
entered and _ pass-
ed through Jericho,
2 And, behold, there
was a man named Zac-
chseus, which was the
chief among the publi-
cans, and he was rich.
3 And he sought to see
Jesus who he was; and
could not for the press,
because he was little of
stature. 4 And he ran
before, and climbed up
into a sycomore tree
to see him: for he was
topass that way. 5 And
when Jesus came to
the place, he looked up,
and saw him, and said
unto him, Zacchzus,
make haste, and come
down; for to day 1
must abide at thy
house. 6 And he made
haste, and came down,
and received him joy-
fally. 7 And when they
saw it, they all mur-
mured, saying, That he
Was gone to be guest
with a man that is a
sinner. 8 And Zacchz-
us stood, and said un-
to the Lord; Behold,
Lord, the half of my
goods I give to the

AOYKAX, XVIII, XIX.

δὲ ὄχλου διαπορευομένου ἐπυνθάνετο ri! εἴη τοῦτο.
land acrowd passing along he asked what ?might*be ‘this,

> , A ? ~ ? ~ « ~ ,
37 ἀπήγγειλαν. δὲ αὐτῷ, Ore [ησοῦς o Ναζωραῖος παρέρχεται.
And they told him, Jesus the Nazarman is passing by.
38 Kai ἐβόησεν λέγων, ‘Inoov, υἱὲ ™AaBid,' ἐλέησόν με.
And hecalled out saying, Jesus, Son of David, have pity on me,
39 Kai οἱ προάγοντες ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ ἵνα πσιωπήσῃ""
And those going before rebuked him that he should be silent,
αὐτὸς.δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Yié ™AaBid," ἐλέησόν με.

but he much more cried out, Son of David, have pity on me.
40 Σταθεὶς.-δὃὲ °0' Ἰησοῦς ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς

And “having ᾿βύορρϑα ‘Jesus commanded him tobebrought to

? , Ξ 7 , > wy , ? , ,
αὐτὸν ἐγγίσαντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, 41 Ρλέ-

him. Andhavingdrawnnear he asked him, say-
γων, Ti σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; ‘0.68 εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἵνα
ing, What °to ’thee ‘desirest *thou *I*shall®do? Andhe said, Lord, that

ἀναβλέψω. 42 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ανάβλεψον"
I may receive sight. And Jesus said tohim, Receive sight:

ἡ-.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν σε. 43 Kai παραχρῆμα ἀνέβλεψεν,
thy faith hath healed thee. And immediately he received sight,

καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ, δοξάζων τὸν θεόν: Kai πᾶς ὁ λαὸς

and followed him, glorifying God. And _ all the people
ἰδὼν ἔδωκεν αἶνον τῷ θεῷ.

having seen [it} gave praise to God.
19 Kai εἰσελθὼν διήρχετο τὴν “Ἱεριχώ"" 2 καὶ ἰδού,

And having entered he passed through Jericho. And behold,
ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχι-
aman by name called Zacchssus, and he was a chief
τελώνης, καὶ τοῦτος ἦν" πλούσιος" 8 καὶ ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν
tax-gatherer, and he was rich. And he was seeking tosee
Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν, Kai οὐκιἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, OTL τῇ
Jesus— who heis: and hewasnotable for the crowd, because
« , A ‘ ‘ 8 ” ? ,
ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν. 4 καὶ προδραμὼν * ἔμπροσθεν ἀνέβη
in stature small he was. And having run forward before, he went up
ἐπὶ ‘oukopwoaiay,' va ἴδῃ αὐτόν" ore ‘du! ἐκείνης
into ὃ. sycomore, that he might see him, for by that [way]
» , ‘ e = ᾽ ‘ A , >
ἤμελλεν διέρχεσθαι. 5 καὶ we ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον, ava-
he was about to pass. And as hecame to the place, look-
βλέψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς “eldev αὐτόν, καὶ! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν,
him, and said to him,

ing up Jesus saw

Ζακχαῖε, σπεύσας κατάβηθι' σήμερον.γὰρ ἐν τῷ.οἴκῳ.σου

Zeacchreus, making haste come down, for to-day in thy house
δεῖ με μεῖναι. 6 Kai σπεύσας κατέβη καὶ ὑπεδέξατο

it behoveth me to remain, And making haste hecamedown and __i received

αὐτὸν χαίρων. 7 καὶ ἰδόντες χἅπαντες"! διεγόγγυζον,
him rejoicing. And having seen [it] all murmured,

λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι.
saying, With a sinful man hehasentered to lodge.

8 Σταθεὶς.δὲ Φακχαῖος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ᾿Ιδού, τὰ
But standing Zacchawus said to the Lord, Lo, the

Yypion' ττῶν. ὑπαρχόντων. μου,᾽ κύριε, "δίδωμι τοῖς πτωχοῖς"

poor; and if I have half of my possessions, Lord, I give tothe poor,

1 + [av] τε. τι Δαυΐδ aw; Δαυείδ LTTrA. π σιγήσῃ LTTrA. © [ὁ] Tr.
P — λέγων T[Tr]A. 4 Ἱερειχώ τ. τ αὐτὸς (— ἦν [w]trA) LTrA ; --- οὗτος T. 5 + εἰς
τὸ to the (read ἔμπρ. front,) TA]. τ συκομορέαν EGTTrAW ; συκομωρέαν L. y— ov

GLITrAW.

* μου TOV ὑπαρχόντων TTrA.

w — εἶδεν αὐτόν, καὶ TTr[A].

x πάντες LTTrAW. Υ ἡμίσεα L; ἡμίσειά TTA.

5 τοῖς πτωχοῖς δίδωμι TTA.

XIX. LUKE.

καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετρα-
and if of anyone anything I took by false accusation, 1 return four-
πλοῦν. 9 Εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι σήμερον σωτηρία
fold. And ’said “ἴο *him 1Jesus, To-day salvation
τῷ. οἴκῳ. τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι Kai αὐτὸς υἱὸς ᾿Αβραάμ
to this house iscome, inasmuch as also he ason of Abraham
bear"! 10 ἦλθεν.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζητῆσαι Kai σῶσαι
is: for °came ‘the 7Son 3of *man toseek and tosave
τὸ ἀπολωλός.
that which has been lost.
11 ᾿Ακουόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα, προσθεὶς εἶπεν παρα-
But as were *hearing ‘they thesethings, adding hespoke a para-
4 4 Sy %9, ‘ c ? \ = c ann I 3 ‘ ὃ ~
Bodny, διὰ TO eyyuc αὐτὸν εἰναι Ιερουσ np, καὶ OOKELY
ble, because Snear the 2was erusalem, and *thought
αὐτοὺς ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνα-
ΠΟΥ that immediately was about the kingdom of God tobe
φαίνεσθαι: 12 εἶπεν οὖν, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς ἐπορεύθη
manifested. He said therefore, A“man ‘certain high born proceeded
εἰς χώραν μακράν, λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι.
to a “country ‘distant, toreceive forhimself akingdom and to return.
13 καλέσας.δὲ δέκα δούλους. ἑαυτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς,
And having called ten of his bondmen he gave tothem ten minas,
kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πραγματεύσασθε “ἕως" ἔρχομαι.
and said to them, Trade until I come.
14 Οἱ. δὲ. πολῖται. αὐτοῦ ἐμίσουν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν πρεσ-
But his citizens hated him and sent an em-
βείαν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Οὐ.θέλομεν τοῦτον
bassy after him, saying, We are unwilling [for] this {man}
βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν
to reign over us. And itcametopass on *coming *back ‘again
αὐτὸν λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ
‘his having received the kingdom, that he directed tobecalled to him
τοὺς δούλους τούτους οἷς “ἔδωκεν τὸ ἀργύριον, ἵνα
these bondmen to whom hegave_ the money, inorder that
fyyg' δδτίς τί διεπραγματεύσατο." 16 παρεγένετο.δὲ ὁ
he might know what each had gained by trading. Andcameup the
πρῶτος, λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου "προσειργάσατο δέκα" μνᾶς.
first, saying, Lord, thy mina has produced ten winas.
17 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εὖ, ἀγαθὲ dovhe’ Ore ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ
And hesaid tohim, Well! good bondman; because in a very little
πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων.
faithful thou wast, be thou 7authority “having over ten cities.
18 Kai ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος, λέγων, ἘΚύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου"
And came the _ second, saying, Lord, thy mina
, ~ ~ A \ , \ Ay es 3 » il
πέντε μνᾶς. 19 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, Kai σὺ ‘yiwou ἐπάνω
five minas. And he said also to thisone, And?thou ‘be over
πέντε πόλεων. 20 Kai™ ἕτερος ἦλθεν, λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ ἡ
five cities. And another came, saying, Lord, behold
pva.cov, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ᾽ 21 ἐφοβούμην
thy mina, which I kept laid up in a handkerchief. 2] feared
γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἴ" αἴρεις ὃ
for thee, because & Man harsh thou art; thou takest up what

ἐποίησεν
has made

217

taken any thing from
any man by false accu-
sation, I restore him
fourfold. 9 And Jesus
said unto him, This
day is salvation come
to this house, forso-
much as he also is a
son of Abraham, 10 For
the Son of man is come
to seek and tosave that
which was lost.

11 And as they heard
these things, he added
and spake x parable,
because he was nigh to
Jerusalem, and _ be-
cause they thought
that the kingdom of
God should imme-
diately appear. 12 He
said therefore, A cer-
tain nobleman went
into a far coun to
receive for hi a
kingdom, and to re-
turn. 13 And he called
his ten servants, and
delivered them ten
pounds, and said unto
them, Occupy till I
come. 14 But his citi-
zens hated him, and
sent a message after
him, saying, We will
not have this man to
reign overus. 15 And
it came to pass, that
when he was returned,
having received the
kingdom, then he com-
manded these servants
to be called unto him,
to whom he had given
the money, that he
might know how much
every man had gained
by trading. 16 Then
came the first, saying,
Lord, thy pound hath
gained ten pounds.
17 And he said unto
him, Well, thou good
servant: because thou
hast been faithful in a
very little, have thou
authority over ten
cities. 18 And the
second came, saying,
Lord, thy pound hath
gained five pounds.
19 And he said likewise
to him, Be thou also
over five cities. 20 And
another came, saying,
Lord, behold, here is
thy pound, which I
have kept laid up ina
napkin: 21 for 1 fear-
ed thee, because thou
art an austere man:
thou takest up that

° — ἐστιν (read [is]) T.
d ἐν @ LTTrA. e δεδώκει he had given Lrtra.
what they had gained by trading Tra.
well done trrra. k ἡ μνᾶ σου, κύριε, TTTA.
other) Lrtra.

f yvow LTTrA.

| ἐπάνω γίνου TA.

h δέκα προσηργάσατο (προσειρ. Tr) LTTrA.

© εἶναι αὐτὸν Ἱερουσαλὴμ. τι ; εἶναι Ἱερουσαλὴμ αὐτὸν TTrA.
8 τί διεπραγματεύσαντα

i εὖγε
m + 6 the (ἕτερος

218

thou layedst not down,
and reapest that thou
didst not sow. 22 And
he saith unto him, Out
of thine own mouth
will I judge thee, thou
wicked servant. Thou
kmewest that I was an
austere man, taking
up that I laid not
down, and reaping
that I did not sow:
23 wherefore then gav-
est not thou my money
into the bank, that at
my coming I might
have required mine
own with usury?
24 And he said unto
them that stood by,
Take from him the
pound, and give it to
him that hath ten
pounds. 25 (And the

said unto him, Lord,
he hath ten pounds.)
26 For I say unto you,
That unto every one
which hath shall be
given; and from him
that hath not, even
that he hath shall be
taken away from him,
27 But those mine ene-
mies, which would not
that I should reign
over them, bring
hither, and slay them
before me.

28 And when he had
thus spoken, he went
before, ascending up
to Jerusalem. 29 And
it came to pass, when
he was come nigh to
Bethphage and Beth-
any, at the mount
called the mount of
Olives, he sent two of
his disciples, 30 say-
ing, Go ye into the
village over against
you ; in the which at
your entering ye shall
find a colt tied, where-
on yet never man sat:
loose him, and bring
him hither. 31 And if
any man ask you, Why
do ye loose him? thus
shall ye say unto him,
Because the Lord hath
need of him. 32 And
they that were sent
went their way, and
found even as he had
said unto them. 33 And
as they were loosing
the colt, the owners
thereofsaid unto them,
Why loose ye the colt?
34 And they said, The
Lord hath need of him,
35 And they brought
him to Jesus: and they

AO Yeks AUS: XIX.
οὐκ.ἔθηκας καὶ θερίζες ὃ οὐκ.ἔσπειρας. 22 Λέγει
thou didst not lay down and thou reapest what thou didst ποὺ sow. *He “says

"él αὐτῷ, ᾿Εκ τοῦ.στόματός.σο ry
@, ᾿στόματός.σονυ κρινῶ

σε, πονηρὲ δοῦ-
‘but tohim, Out οὗ thy mouth

I willjudge thee, wicked bond-

re. ἤδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ
man: thou knewest that I 7a *man Sharsh lam, taking up what
οὐκ. ἔθ᾽ καὶ θερίζ ὃ οὐκ-ἔ 23 καὶ διατί!

= Κα και ερι ων 0 οὐυκ-ἐσπειρα. και ιατι

I did not lay down and why
᾽ ἐδ Ρ. A ? UJ , il 2 ‘ q \ Π , r . 3 ‘ti
οὐκ.ἔδωκας Ῥτὸ. ἀργύριόν. μου" ἐπὶ Ἱτὴν" τράπεζαν, "kai ἐγὼ
didst thou not give my money to the bank, that 01
ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκ ἂν. ἔπραξα αὐτό"; 24 Καὶ τοῖς παρε-
coming with interest might haverequired it? And tothose stand-
στῶσιν εἶπεν, lee ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ
ing by he said, ake from him the mina, and give[it]tohim who
τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι. 25 Kai ‘eizoy' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει

reaping what I did not sow! and

the ten minas has. (And they said to hin, Lord, he has
δέκα μνᾶς. 26 Λέγω. γὰρ" ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι δο-
ten minas.) For I say to you, that toeveryone who has _ shallbe

»»ἤἍ ᾿Ξ S NA ~ ee \ tt ” 2 Le
θήσεται" ἀπὸ.δὲ τοῦ μη-ἔχοντος, καὶ 0 ἔχει ἀρθήσεται

given; but from him who has not, even that which he has shall be taken
Yam αὐτοῦ." 27 Πλὴν τοὺς. ἐχθρούς. μου "ἐκείνους" τοὺς
from him. Moreover “mine “enemies those who
\ ΄ ’ ~ ᾽ ᾽ ? , ? ΄ -
μὴ-.θελήσαντάς pe βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε
were unwilling [ΠΟ] me to reign over them, bring here
καὶ κατασφάξατε ἃ ἔμπροσθέν pov.
and slay (them) before me.
28 Kai εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπορεύετο ἔμπροσθεν, ἀναβαίνων
And having said these things he went on before, going up
εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα: 29 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤγγισεν εἰς Βηθ-
to Jerusalem, And itcametopass as hedrewnear to Beth-

φαγὴ Kai*BnOaviay," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν,
phage and Bethany, towards the mount called of Olives,

ἀπέστειλεν δύο THY_pabnravadrov," 80 eixwy," Ὑπάγετε εἰς

he sent two of his disciples, saying, Go into
τὴν κατέναντι κώμην. ἐν y εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε
the Zopposite [you] ‘village, in which entering ye will find

~ [2 ? ? τι ah Se | , ? , ? ’ A
πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν

a colt tied, on which noone “*ever*yet ‘of 7men sat:
“λύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀγάγετε. 31 Kai ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ,
having loosed it bring [10]. And if anyone ou task,
ἀλιατί! λύετε; οὕτως ἐρεῖτε “αὐτῷ, “Ore ὁ κύριος

Why doyeloose[it]? thus shallyesay tohim, Because the Lord

> ~ , » 2 ’ A « ᾽ ,
αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 82 ᾿Απελθόντες.δὲ ol ἀπεσταλμένοι
Sof*it “need ‘has. And having departed those who had been sent

εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 33 λυόντων.δὲ. αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον

found 8485 hehadsaid to them. And ontheir loosing the colt
[εἴπον" ot κύριοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί λύετε TOY πῶλον;

5said ‘the*masters “of *it to them, Why looseye the colt?
34 Οἱ. δὲ felrov,'&'O κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 35 Kai ἤγαγον
And they βαϊᾶ, The Lord “*of*it “need ‘has. And they led
αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ καὶ *émippiparrec! ἱἑαυτῶν" τὰ ἱμά-
it to Jesus ; and having cast their gar-

o — δὲ but TtTra.
LTTrAW.

π — ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [L]vTa.
τοῦ (read the disciples) T[Tr]a.
f εἶπαν LITrA.

(i) rtr[a].

τ κἀγὼ LYTrA.

ο διὰ τί LTrA. P μου τὸ ἀργύριον LTTrA. 4ᾳ --- τὴν (read a bank)
5 αὐτὸ ἔπραξα LITrA. ἵ εἶπαν LTTrA. Υ͂ — yap for [u]r[trJa.
x τούτους these TTra. Y - αὐτοὺς them TTrA. Βηθανιά a. * — av-
Ὁ λέγων Ltr. © + xatand Tira. dua 7¢LTrA. “ — αὐτῷ

& + ὅτι because LTTrA. 4» ἐπιρίψαντες LITrA. + αὐτῶν LTTrA.

ΧΙΧ.

? 4

Tia ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον, ἐπεβίβασαν
ments on the _ colt, they put 7on [Pit]

μένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια."αὐτῶν" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ.

Andashe went they were strewing their garments in the way.
? ΄ " ? ~ » A ~ , τ»

37 ᾿Εγγίζοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤδη πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους

And as he drew near already at the descent of the mount

τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἤρξαντο ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν χαίρον-

LUKE.

τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 86 zropevo-
‘Jesus,

of Oli¥es began all the multitude ofthe disciples, rejoic-

τες αἰνεῖν τὸν Osby φωνῇ μεγάλῃ περὶ ἱπασῶν᾽ ὧν
ing, to praise God witha7voice ‘loud for all Swhich
εἶδον δυνάμεων, 88 λέγοντες, Εὐλογημένος ὁ
*they "had ®seen ['the] *works *of “power, saying, Blessed the
πὲρχόμενος" βασιλεὺς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου: "εἰρήνη ἐν
2coming ‘king in [the] name of [the] Lord. Peace in

? ΑἹ \ , ? ε , , me ,
οὐρανῷ" καὶ δόξα ἔν ὑψίστοις. 89 Kai τινες τῶν Φαρισαίων
heaven and glory in[the] highest. And some ofthe Pharisees
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου elroy! πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, ἐπιτίμησον
from the crowd said to him, Teacher, rebuke
τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.σου. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Padroic,' Λέγω

thy disciples. And answering hesaid tothem, I say
Ch tes qs Il 2A - r , i « ri 8 ΄.- Π
υμιν, OTL’ ἕαν οὗτοι “σιωπησωσιν᾽ OL ισοι κεκράξονται.
toyou, that if these should be silent the stones will ery out.
41 Kai we ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ᾽ ᾿αὐτῇ,"

And as hedrew near, seeing the city he wept over it,
42 λέγων, Ὅτι εἰ ἔγνως καὶ σύ, ὕκαί.γε' ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ

saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, even at least in Sday
ὕσου" ταύτῃ, τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην σου" νῦν.δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ
*thy ‘this, the ὑβίηρβ for *peace 1thy: but now they are hid from

? ~ ο ee er ¢ , ? \ \ \

ὀφθαλμῶν.σου" 43 ὅτι ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ὕπεριβα-
thine eyes ; for *shall?come ‘days upon thee that ‘shall *cast

λοῦσιν" οἱ-ἐχθροί.σου χάρακά σοι, καὶ περικυκλώσουσίν σε

Sabout ‘thine *enemies 7a Srampart Sthee, and shallclosearound thee

kai συνέξουσίν σε πάντοθεν, 44 καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσίν

and keep in thee on every side, and shall level *with *the *ground

σε καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.σου EV σοί, Kai οὐκιἀφήσουσιν *év σοὶ λίθον
‘thee and thychildren in thee, and _ shall not leave in thee a stone

, ’ ~ ~
ἐπὶ λίθῳ" ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκιἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς
upon ἃ stone, because thou knewest not the season of 7visitation

σου.
thy.

45 Kai εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς
And having entered into the temple hebegan tocastout those

πωλοῦντας δὲν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζοντας." 46 λέγων αὐτοῖς,

selling in it and buying, saying tothem,
Γέγραπται, ὃ Ὁ. οἴκός. μου οἶκος προσευχῆς “ἐστίν"" ὑμεῖς. δὲ
It has been written, My house ahouse of prayer is ; but ye

αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 47 Kai ἦν διδάσκων
it have made a den of robbers. And he was teaching

τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ" οἱ. δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς
day by day in the temple; and the chief priests and the scribes

τὰ — ἀρχόμενος T.
ᾳ [ore] Tr.

Κ ἑαυτῶν Tr. |! πάντων LTr.
nore
LTTrA. Ρ — αὐτοῖς T[Tr]A.
5 κράξουσιν TTA. t αὐτήν LTTrAW.
χα [cov] LTrA. Υ παρεμβαλοῦσιν shall place near T.
LTTrA. & — ἐν αὐτῷ Kal ἀγοράζοντας TTrA.
© — ἐστίν TIra.

2 ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη TTrA.
τ σιωπήσουσιν shall be silent Lrtra.
Y καίγε GT ; — καί γε [L]Tr[a].
λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον (λίθῳ L) ἐν σοί
b+ ὅτιτ,; + καὶ ἔσται and shall be TTra.

219

cast their garments
upon the colt, and they
set Jesus thereon.
36 And as he went,
they spread their
clothes in the way.
37 And when he was
come nigh, even now
at the descent of the
mount of Olives, the
whole multitude of the
disciples began to re-
joice and praise God
with a loud voice for
all the mighty works
that they had seen;
38 saying, Blessed be
the King that cometh
in the name of the
Lord: peace in hea-
ven, and glory in the
highest. 39 And some
of the Pharisees from
among the multitude
said unto him, Master,
rebuke thy disciples.
40 And he answered
and said unto them, I
tell you that, if these
should hold their
peace,the stones would
immediately cry out.
41 And when he was
come near, he beheld
the city, and wept over
it, 42 saying, If thou
hadst known, even
thou, at least in this
thy day, the things
which belong unto thy
peace! but now they
are hid from thine
eyes. 43 For the days
shall come upon thee,
that thine enemies
shall cast a trench
about thee, and com-
pass thee round, and
keep thee in on every
side, 44 and shall lay
thee even with the
ground, and thy chil-
dren within thee ; and
they shall not leave in
thee one stone upon
another; because thou
knewest not the time
of thy visitation.

45 And he went into
the temple, and began
to cast out them that
sold therein, and them
that bought; 46 saying
unto them, Tt is writ-
ten, My house is the
house of prayer: but ye
have made it a den of
thieves. 47 And he
taught daily in the
temple. But the chief
priests and the scribes

ο εἶπαν

Ὁ — gov LTr[A].

220

and the chief of the
people sought to de-
stroy him, 48 and could
not find what they
might do: for all the
people were very at-
tentive to hear him.

XX. And it came to
pass, that on one of
those days,as he taught
the people in the tem-
ple, and preached the
gospel, the chief priests
and the scribes came
upon him with the el-
ders, 2 and spake unto
him, saying, Tell us,
by what authority do-
est thou these things ?
or who is he that gave
thee this authority?
3 And he answered and
said unto them, I will
also ask you one thing;
and answer me: 4 The
baptism of John, was
it from heaven, or of
men? 5 And they rea-
soned with themselves,
saying, If weshall say,
From heaven; he will
say, Why then believ-
ed ye him not? 6 But
and if we say, Of men;
all the people will
stone us: for they be
persuaded that John
was a prophet. 7 And
they answered, that
they could not tell
whence i¢ was. 8 And
Jesus said unto them,
Neither tell I you by
what authority I do
these things.

9 Then began he to
speak to the people
this parable; A certain
man planted a vine-
yard, and let it forth
to husbandmen, and
went into a far coun-
try for a long time.
10 And at the season
he sent a servant to
the husbandmen, that
they should give him
of the fruit of the
vineyard: but the hus-
bandmen beat him,
and sent him away
empty. 11 And again
he sent another ser-
vant: and they beat
him also, and entreat-
ed him shamefully,
and sent him away
empty. 12 And again
he sent a third: and

AOY KAS. XIX, Ry

ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, καὶ ot πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ" 48 Kai
“were "seeking **him *to '°destroy, ‘andthe “first ‘ofthe Speorle, and
οὐχ.δεὕρισκον" τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰρ ἅπας “ἐξεκρέματο"
found not what they might do, for 7the *people ‘all were *hanging7on
αὐτοῦ ἀκούων.
®him ‘listening.
20 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν.ἡμερῶν "ἐκείνων," διδάσκον-
And it came to pass on one of those days, as 7was Steach-
τος αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένου,
ing ‘the the people in the temple and announcing the glad tidings,
ἐπέστησαν οἱ ϑἀρχιερεῖς" Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυ-
came up the chief priests and the scribes with the elders
τέροις, 2 καὶ Βεῖπον" ἱπρὸς αὐτόν, λέ " ΚΕἐπὲ"! ἡμῖν ἐ
ole, poc αὐτόν, λέγοντες, ἱπὲ" ἡμῖν ἐν
and spoke to him, saying, Tell us by
ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν
what authority these things thon doest, or who itis who gave to thee
? , , ? ‘ SA A ᾽ [2 Im
ἐξουσίαν. ταύτην ; 3 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ‘Epw-
this authority? And answering hesaid to them, Will
, ε ~ > ‘ 1“ iH , \ » , Ξ mk ,
THOW ὑμᾶς Kayw ‘eva λόγον, καὶ εἴπατξ μοι" 4'TO βάπτισμα

“ask you 4I?also one thing, and {61 me, The baptism
™’Twavvou' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; 5 Οἱ δὲ
of John from heaven wasit or from men? And they

οσυνελογίσαντο"! πρὸς ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἐὰν εἴπωμεν
Teasoned among themselves, saying, If weshould say
"EE ᾽ ~ 2D) ores, ? 2 , 2.Ὲ ταν
OUPpaVOU, ερει Διατι OUV” OUK-ETTLOTEVOATE αὐτῳ:
From heaven, hewillsay Why then did ye not believe him ?
6 ἐὰν. δὲ εἴπωμεν “EE ἀνθρώπων, “πᾶς ὁ λαὸς!" καταλιθάσει
But if we should say From men, all the people will stone
ἡμᾶς" πεπεισμένος. γάρ.ἐστιν “lwavyny' προφήτην εἶναι.
us; for they are persuaded [that] John 2a *prophet ‘was.
7 Kai ἀπεκρίθησαν μὴ.εἰδέναι πόθεν. ὃ καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν
And they answered they knew ποῦ whence. And Jesus said
αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ.
tothem, Neither *I ‘tell you by what authority these things I do.
9” Ἤρξατο δὲ “πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν" τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην"
Andhebegan ἴο the people tospeak this parable :
w"AvOowmdc ὅτις! ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα," καὶ γἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν
A *man toertain planted avineyard, and _ let out it
γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν χρόνους ἱκανούς. 10 καὶ ξέν"
to husbandmen, and left the σοῦ} fora long time. And in [the]
καιρῷ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς δοῦλον, ἵνα ἀπὸ τοῦ

season he sent to the husbandmen a bondman, that from the
καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος “δῶσιν! αὐτῷ" οἱ. δὲ γεωργοὶ
fruit ofthe vineyard they might give tohim; but the husbandmen

Sgipayrec αὐτὸν ἐξαπέστειλαν" κενόν. 11 καὶ προσέθετο
having beat him sent [him]away empty. And 86 added
ὀπέμψαι Erepov' δοῦλον. ol.0& κἀκεῖνον δείραντες Kai ἀτι-

another bondman; but they “4180 *him *having beat and dis-

ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 12 καὶ προσέθετο “πέμψαι
And he added to send

to send

μάσαντες
honoured [him] sent[him]away empty.

d ηὕρισκον Ltr.
riests TA.

P + ἡμῖν to us L.

Υ λέγειν πρὺς τὸν λαὸν L.

Σ ἐξέδετο TA.
LTTrA.

h εἶπαν TTrA.
— ἕνα (read [one]) urtra,

, 2 -- ἐν (read καιρῷ at [the] season Lrtra.
Ὁ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν δείραντες TA.

ε ἐξεκρέμετο τ. Γ- ἐκείνων (read one of the days) LTTrA. δ ἱερεῖς
i λέγοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν LT; — λέγοντες TrA. * Εἰπὸν TTra.

m+ τὸ Τὶ 2 ’Twavov Tr. ° συνελογίζοντο L.
9 Διὰ τί ELTrA. *—ovdv[L]TTrA. %0AadsamasTIrA. *’Iwayny Tr.
W ᾿Αμπελῶνα ἐφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος L. χ--- σις GLTTrAW.
a δώσουσιν they shall give

© ἕτερον πέμψαι LTTrA. 4 τρίτον πέμψαι LTTrA.

ΧΧ. LUKE.
τρίτον" οἱ. δὲ “καὶ τοῦτον" τραῦμα είσαντες ἐξέβαλον.
athird; and they ‘also 7him ‘having 7wounded cast [him] out.

18 εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, Ti ποιήσω; πέμψω
Andgaid the lord ofthe vineyard, What shallIdo? I will send
rov.vidv_pov τὸν ἀγαπητόν᾽ ἴσως τοῦτον fidéyrec' évrpa-
my son the beloved ; perhaps him having seen they will
anoovra. 14 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ ely οὶ ἐδιελογίζοντο"
respect. But having seen him the husban n reasoned
move "ἑαυτούς," λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος" ᾿δεῦτε"

among themselves, saying, This is the heir; come
ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία.
let us kill him, that ‘ours *may*become'the “inheritance.

15 Kai ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἀπέκτειναν.
And having οαβῦ ἔοσίῃ him outside the vineyard they killed
Ti οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ;

(him). Whattherefore willdo tothem the lord _ of the vineyard ?

16 ἐλεύσεται Kai ἀπολέσει τοὺς. γεωργοὺς τούτους, Kai δώσει
Hewillcome and will destroy these husbandmen, and will give

τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. "᾿Ακούσαντες. δὲ" lefzrov," Μὴ
the vineyard to others. And having heard [it] they said, *Not

ἔνοιτο. 17 Ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν, Τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ
may “ἰῦ be! But he looking at them said, Whatthen is *that

γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ
Shas *been °written ‘this, [The] stone which “rejected ‘they *that

οἰκοδομοῦντες; οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς i ig γωνίας; 18 Πᾶς

*puild, this is become ead of [the] corner? Everyone
« ‘ ᾽ ? ~ 4 , ‘ a 2. ,.,κνΆῃἡ Ww ὭΣ»
ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον συνθλασθήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν δ΄ ἂν

that falls on that stone will be broken, buton whomsoever
πέσῃ λικμήσει αὐτόν. 19 Καὶ πέζήητησαν" οἱ
it may fall it will grind *to*powder ‘him. And 7sought ‘the

"ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς" ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας
4chief *priests‘and ἴθ “scribes to lay 70on *him hands
ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ.ὥρᾳ, Kai ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν ἔγνωσαν. γὰρ OTL
in that hour, and theyfeared the people; forthey knew that
πρὸς αὐτοὺς 5 τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην εἶπεν."
against them this parable he speaks,
20 Καὶ παρατηρήσαντες ἀπέστειλαν Ῥέγκαθέτους," ὑπο-
And having watched [him] they sent secret agents, feign-
κρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι, ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται
ing themselves “righteous ‘to*be, that they might take hold
αὐτοῦ “λόγου," τεἰς τὶ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ Kai
of him in discourse, to the[end] to deliver up him tothe power and
τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγον-
to the authority of the governor. And they questioned him, say-
4 » eo ? ~ , 3 a , A
τες, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς λέγεις Kai διδάσκεις, καὶ
ing, Teacher, we know that rightly thou sayest and teachest, and
ob. AapBavec πρόσωπον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν
acceptest ποῦ [any man’s] person, but with truth the way
Tov θεοῦ διδάσκεις. 22 ἔξεστιν "ἡμῖν! Καίσαρι ΠΩΣ δοῦναι
of God _ teachest : isitlawful forus “*to*Cmsar “tribute ‘to?give
ἢ οὔ ; 23 Κατανοήσας.δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν εἶπεν πρὸς
or not? But perceiving their craftiness he said to

f — ἰδόντες LTTr[A]. & διελογίσαντο L.
k οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες L. | εἶπαν ττττὰ.

© εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην LTTrA.
¥ ὥστε SO aS LTTrA. 5 ἡμᾶς TITA.

© κἀκεῖνον L.
i — δεῦτε LTTrA.
Kal οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς LTTrA.
(read of his discourse) Tr.

221

they wounded him also,
and cast him out.
13 Then said the lord
of the vineyard, What
shall I do? I willsend
my beloved son: it may
be they will reverence
him when they see
him, 14 But when the
husbandmen saw him,
they reasoned among
themselves, saying,
This is the heir: come,
let us kill him, that
the inheritance may be
ours. 15So they cast
him out of the vine-
yard, and killed him.
What therefore shall
the lord of the vine-
yard do unto them?
16 He shall come and
destroy these husband-
men, and shall give
the vineyard to others.
And when they heard
it, they said, God for-
bid. 17 And he beheld
them, and said, What
is this then that is
written, ‘The stone
which the builders re-
jected, the same is be-
come the head of the
corner? 18 Whosoever
shall fall upon that
stone shall be broken;
but on whomsoever
it shall fall, it will
grind him to powder.
19 And the chief priests
and the scribes the
same hour sought to
luy hands on him; and
they feared the people:
for they perceived that
he had spoken this pa-
rable against them.

20 And they watched
him, and sent forth
spies, which should
feign themselves just
men, that they might
take hold of his words,
that so they might de-
liver him unto the
power and authori-
ty of the governor.
21 And they asked
him, saying, Master,
we know that thou
sayest and teachest
rightly, neither ac-
ceptest thou the per-
son of any, but teach-
est the way of God
truly: 22 is it lawful
for us to give tribute
unto Crsar, or no?
23 But he perceived
their craftiness, and
said unto them, Why

ἃ ἀλλήλους One another Trra.
> va

τὰ ἐζήτουν L.

Ρ ἐνκαθέτους τ.

2 γραμματεῖς
4 λόγον

222

tempt ye me? 24 Shew
me a penny. Whose
image and superscrip-
tion hath it? They
answered and _ said,
Cwsar’s. 25 And he
said unto them, Ren-
der therefore unto
Czesar the things which
be Csesar’s, and unto
God the gay berm
be God’s. 26 And they
could not take hold of
his words before the
people: and they mar-
yelled at his answer,
and held their peace.

27 Then came to him
certain of the Saddu-
cees, which deny that
there is any resurrec-
tion; and they asked
him, 28 saying, Mas-
ter, Moses wrote unto
us, If any man’s bro-
ther die, having a
wife, and he die with-
out children, that his
brother should take
his wife, and raise up
seed unto his brother.
29 There were there-
fore seven brethren:
and the first took a
wife, and died with-
out children, 30 And
the second took her
to wife, and he died
childless. 31 And the
third took her; and in
like manner the seven
also: and they left no
children, and_ died.
32 Last of all the
woman died 8150.
33 Therefore in the re-
surrection whose wife
of them is she? for
seven had her to wife.
34 And Jesus answer-
ing saiduntothem,The
children of this world
marry, and are given
in marriage: 35 but
they which shall beac-
counted worthy to ob-
tain that world, and
the resurrection from
the dead, neither
marry, nor are given
in marriage: 36 neither
can they die any more:
for they are equal unto
the angels; and are the
children of God, being
the children of the
resurrection. 37 Now
that the dead are rais-
ed, even Moses shewed
at the bush, when he

iN OFYEK AGS. XX.

αὐτούς, "Τί pe πειράζετε! ; 24 γ"ἐπιδείξατε" μοι dnvapiov'™

them, Why me do ye tempt? Shew me a denarius :

7, » ᾽ , ir) , 5 x’ , Ul δι C4 Π

τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν ; “᾿Αποκριθέντες".δὲ γεῖπον,

whose “88 *it timage 7and “inscription? And answering they said,
Καίσαρος. 25 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ξαὐτοῖς," “᾿Απόδοτε τοίνυν τὰ

Ceesar’s. Andhe said tothem, Render therefore the things
Καίσαρος ὃ" Καίσαρι, cai τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. 26 Kai
of Cassar to Cesar, and the things of God to God. And

οὐκιἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι “αὐτοῦ! ῥήματος ἐναντίον τοῦ
they were ποὺ able totake hold of his speech before the
λαοῦ: καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῷῇ-ἀποκρίσει.αὐτοῦ ἐσίγησαν.
people; and wondering at his answer they were silent,

27 Προσελθόντες. δὲ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, οἱ “ἀντι-
And having come to [him] some of the Sadducees, who deny

λέ ΤΙ ᾽ »ἍἭ A 7 , ? ΄ “
ἐγοντες! ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι, ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 28 λέγον-

34. resurrection ‘there 215, they questioned him, say-
rec, Διδάσκαλε, “Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς
ing, Teacher, Moses wrote tous, If anyone’s_ brother
ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, Kai οὗτος ἄτεκνος ἀποθάνῃ," ἵνα
should die having a wife, and he childless should die, that

λάβῃ ὁ.ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ THY γυναῖκα καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα
3should*take δῖ *brother the wife and shouldraiseup _ see
τῷ ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 29 ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν' Kai ὁ πρῶτος

to his brother. 4Seven *then °brethren 'there*were;andthe first

λαβὼν γυναῖκα ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 30 καὶ ἐἔέλαβεν" ὁ
having taken a wife died childless ; and $took ‘the
δεύτερος "τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 31 καὶ
Ξεθοομᾶ the woman, and_ he died childless ; and
ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν," ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ " ov-Kar-
the third took her ; and likewise also the seven did not

, μ ‘ ᾽ θ Ὁ 9 .“ 1p \ , Il m2 Ἑ
ἐλιπον TEKVA, καὶ απεῦσανον 3 ὕστερον € παντων απε-
leave children, and died ; 2last land of all died

θανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή. 33 "ἐν. τῇ.οὖν ἀναστάσει τίνος αὐτῶν
also the woman. Therefore in the resurrection of which of them

ίνεται γυνή; ol-yap ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 34 Kai

does she become wife? for the seven had her as wife. And
οἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.τούτου
answering “said “to *them ‘Jesus, The sons of this age

ell

γαμοῦσιν καὶ ΡῬἐκγαμίσκονται"" 35 οἱ. δὲ καταξιωθέντες τοῦ

marry and are given in marriage ; but those accounted worthy
αἰῶνος.ἐκείνου τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ
“that tage 1to “obtain and the resurrection which [15] fromamong
νεκρῶν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε “ἐκγαμίσκονται"" 36 τοὔτε"
{the} dead neither marry nor are given in marriage; 2neither
γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται. ἰσάγγελοι.γάρ εἰσιν, καὶ
for ®die Sany 7more *they*can; for equaltoangels they are, and

υἱοί εἰσιν "τοῦ" θεοῦ, τῆς ἀναστάσεως viol ὄντες. 87 “Ort.dé

sons are of God, *of*the ‘resurrection “sons *being. But that
ἐγείρονται ot νεκροί, καὶ “Μωσῆς" ἐμήνυσεν ἐπὶ τῆς
areraised the dead, even Moses shewed [inthe part] on the

ithe *bush,“when'he “are raised usthe'_idead, | Nevers) Ἐπ hoses 7s ΘΕΒΉΘΥΘΟ. eee
w+ [οἱ δὲ ἔδειξαν. καὶ εἶπεν) and

t — Ti we πειράζετε TTrA.
And he said L.

@ Τοίνυν ἀπόδοτε TTrs.
(read who say there is not (μὴ) a resurrection) tr.
& — ἔλαβεν TTra. ῃ

they shewed [10].
αὐτούς TTrA.

LTTrA.
τως likewise L.

LITrA,

, k + καὶ even E.
2 ἡ γυνὴ οὖν ἐν τῇ the woman therefore in the TA.
9 γαμίζονται LTTr ; γαμίσκονται A.

νυ δείξατέ GLTTrAW.

x οἱ (read and they 8814) τ. 0 εἶπαν TTrA.
b + τῷ Tr. © τοῦ (read [his]) a.

© Mwvons LTTrAW.

h — τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος TIrA. ἰ + [ὡσαύ-

1— δὲ πάντων LTTrA. ™ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν ΤΎτΑ.

ο --- ἀποκριθεὶς LITA. Ρ γαμίσκονται

τ οὐδὲ LTrA. 5.- τοῦ TTrA.

2 πρὸς
ἃ λέγοντες
f 4 should be

XX, XXI.- LUKE.

βάτου, ὡς λέγει κύριον τὸν θεὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 'τὸν" θεὸν
bush, whenhecalled(the] Lord the God of Abraham and the God

Ἰσαὰκ καὶ trov' θεὸν Ἰακώβ' 88 θεὸς.δὲ οὐκ.ἔστιν νεκρῶν,
ofIsaac and the God of Jacob; but God heisnot of [the] dead,

ἀλλὰ ζώντων. πάντες.γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν. 39 ᾿Αποκριθέν-
but of [the] living ; for all for him live. 7Answering

rec δὲ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ὕεῖπον, Διδάσκαλε, καλῶς

‘and some of the scribes said, Teacher, well
εἶπας. 40 Οὐκέτε “δὲ! ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾷν αὐτὸν
him

thou hast spoken. 7Not any *more ‘and did they dare to ask

οὐδέν.
anything.
(it. nothing. )
41 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν χριστὸν γυϊὸν
᾿Απᾶ πη said to them, How dotheysay the Christ Son
*AaBid! εἴναι! ; 42 *xai αὐτὸς" *AaBid" λέγει νὐ βίβλῳ
3of*David ‘is? and “himself ‘David says in([the) book

bYadpor, Εἶπεν “ὁ" κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου,

of Psalms, “Said “the 2hord to my Lord, Sit onmy right hand,
48 ἕωςἂν θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου.
until I place thine enemies τ a footstool for shy feet.

44 *AaBid" οὖν 4kdpioy αὐτὸν" καλεῖ, Kai πῶς “υἱὸς αὐτοῦ"
David therefore *Lord 7him 164115, and how his son

ἐστιν;
is he?

45 ᾿Ακούοντος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ
And as were listening all the

αὐτοῦ," 46 Προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν

λαοῦ εἶπεν ἴ

τοῖς μαθηταῖς
people he said

to *disciples
γραμματέων τῶν θελόντων

This, eware of the scribes who like
περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς, καὶ φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς
to walk in robes, and love salutations in the

ἀγοραῖς καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρω-
market-places and first seats in the synagogues and first

τοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 47 ¥ot κατεσθίουσιν! τὰς οἰκίας

places in the suppers ; who devour the houses
TOY χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ Βπροσεύχονται." οὗτοι
of widows, and asa pretext at perene ‘length pray. These

'λήψονται"

shall receive

21 ᾿Αναβλέψας.δὲ εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας ἔτὰ.δῶρα. αὐτῶν

περισσότερον κρίμα.
more abundant judgment.

223

calleth the Lord the
God of Abraham, and
the God of Isaac, and
the God of Jacob.
38 For he is not a
God of the dead, but
of the living: for all
live unto him, 39 Then
certain of the scribes
answering said, Mas-
ter, thou hast well
said. 40 And after
that they durst not
ask him any question
at ail.

41 And he said unto
them, How say they
that Christ is David’s
son? 42 And David
himself saith in the
book of Psalms, The
LORD said unto my
Lord, Sit thou on my
right hand, 43 till Γ
make thine enemies
thy footstool. 44 Da-
vid therefore calleth
him Lord, how is he
then his son ?

45 Then in the audi-
ence of all the people
he said unto his disci-
ples, 46 Beware of the
scribes, which desire
to walk in long robes,
and love greetings in
the markets, and the
highest seats in the
synagogues, and the
chief rooms at feasts ;
47 which devour wi-
dows’ houses, and for
a shew make long
prayers: the same
shall receive greater
damnation.

XXI. And he look-

2 4
: aot haying rocked up saw ae ae Sp gifts ed up, and saw the
εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον" πλουσίους" 2 εἶδεν.δὲ ἱκαί τινα" rich men casting their
Sinto *the 7treasury 1rich, and hesaw also a certain ie ἐπι en ee
χήραν πενιχρὰν βάλλουσαν ἐκεῖ δύο λεπτά"" 8 καὶ εἶπεν, also a certain poor wi-
2widow 1poor caene therein two a And he said, dow eae pnliher
᾿Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα "ὴ are αὕτη! “πλεῖον. he said, Of a truth
Ofatruth Isay toyou, that “widow 2poor this more 1 say unto you, that
this poor widow hzth
πάντων ἔβαλεν: 4 Ῥἅπαντες". γὰρ οὗτοι ἐκ τοῦ περισ- cast in more than they
than all cast in; for all these out of that which was all: 4 for all these have
ὃ , of their abundance
σεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον sic τὰ δῶρα “τοῦ θεοῦ," αὕτη. δὲ cast in unto the offer-
abounding ἴο them cast into the gifts of God; but she ings of God: but she
° — τὸν LTTrA. " εἶπαν LITra. ἘῸΝ for TTra. Υ εἶναι Δανεὶδ vidv Ta.
1 Δαυὶδ Gw ; Δανεὶδ LTTrA. 5 αὐτὸς yap for “himself T. Ὁ +. τῶν the L. 9.-- ὁ

(read [086}} ura. 4 αὐτὸν κύριον TrA. “ αὐτοῦ υἱός TTrA.
TTr ; πρὸς αὐτούς to them a. 8 οἱ κατεσθίοντες those devouring ΤΩ
praying L, i λήμψονται. LTTrA.
τινα L; τινα [καὶ] a; -- καὶ τττ.

Ρ ἐρέτας L. ᾳ — τοῦ θεοῦ T[Tr]A.

ἴῺ λεπτὰ δύο Tr.

K εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν TTra.
π αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ LTr.

f — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)

h SAE A
καί!
© πλείω LTA.

224

of her penury hath
cast in all the living
that she had.

5 And as some spake
of the temple, how it
was adorned with
goodly stones and
gifts, he said, 6 As
jor these things which
ye behold, the days
willcome, in the which
there shall not be left
one stone upon an-
other, that shall not
be thrown down.
7 And they asked him,
saying, ter, but
when shall these things
be? and what sign
will there be when
these things shall come
to pass? 8 And hesaid,
Take heed that ye
be not deceived: for
many shall come in
my name, saying, I am

rist; and the time
draweth near: go ye
not therefore after
them, But when ye
shall hear of wars and
commotions, be not
terrified: for these
things must first come
to pass; but the end [8
not byand by. 10 Then
said he unto them,
Nation shall rise a-
gainst nation, and
kingdom against king-
dom: 1 and great
earthquakes shall be
in divers places, and
famines, and _pesti-
lences; and fearful
sights and great signs
shall there be from
heaven. 12 But before
all these, they shall
lay their hands on you,
and persecute you, de-
livering you up to the
synagogues, and into
prisons, being brought
before kings andrulers
for my name’s sake,
13 And it shall turn to
you for a testimony.
14 Settle 7 therefore
in your hearts, not to
meditate before what

ye shall answer: 15 for

willgive youa mouth
and wisdom, which all
your adversaries shall
not be able to gainsay
nor resist. 16 And ye
shall be betrayed both
by parents, and breth-

AOYKAZX. XXI.

ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς ἅπαντα! τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν
out of her poverty all the livelihood which she had
ἔβαλεν.

did cast.
5 Kai τινων λεγόντων περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Ort λίθοις καλοῖς
And assome were speaking about the temple, that with “stones ‘goodly
καὶ "ἀναθήμασιν" κεκόσμηται, εἶπεν, 6 Ταῦτα ἃ θεω-
and consecrated gifts it was adorned, he said, [As to] these things which ye are
εἴτε, ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς οὐκ. ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ
eholding, *will come ‘days in which shall not be left stone upon
λίθῳ " ὃς ov-KaradvOjcera. 7 ᾿Επηρώτησαν.δὲ αὐτόν, λέ-
stone which shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, = say-

yovrec, Διδάσκαλε, πότε ody ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai TL TO
ing, Teacher, when then “these *things ‘willbe? and what the

σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι; 8 ‘Ode εἶπεν,
sign when “are *about ‘these 7things to take place? Andhe - said,
Βλέπετε μὴ.πλανηθῆτε᾽' πολλοὶ. γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ
Take heed ye be not led astray ; for many will come in
ὀνόματί.μου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι" ἐγώ εἰμι’ Kai, Ὁ καιρὸς ἤγ-

my name, saying, I am [he]; and, The time is

4 wos i] ~ ? / ? ~ oO « \

LKEV. μὴ “ody! πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. 9 ὕταν.δὲ
rawn near. *Not *therefore go *ye after them. And when
ἀκούσητε πολέμους Kai ἀκαταστασίας, pares Osi
ye shall hear of wars and commotions, e not terrified; *must
ao "ταῦτα γενέσθαι! πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ
for “these *things take place first, but not immediately [is] the

αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγερθήσεται ἔθνος "ἐπὶ"
2331 “rise *up ‘nation against

τέλος. 10 Τότε ἔλεγεν
end. Then he was saying to them,
ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν: 11 σεισμοί.τε μεγάλοι
nation, and kingdom against kingdom; also earthquakes ‘great
ξκατὰ τόπους καὶ "λιμοὶ Kai λοιμοὶ) ἔσονται, Ὀφόβη-
in differeut places and famines and pestilences shall there be, “fearful
τρά! τε Kai “σημεῖα ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ" μεγάλα ἔσται. 12 Πρὸ
Ssights'and and “signs “from *heaven tereat shallthere be. *Before
δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων" ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας
‘put “these °things 3411 they willlay upon you *hands
αὐτῶν. Kai διώξουσιν, παραδιδόντες εἰς © συναγωγὰς καὶ
‘their, and will persecute [you], delivering up to synagogues and
φυλακάς, ἀγομένους" ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ ἡγεμόνας. ἕνεκεν
prisons, bringing [you]before kings and governors, onaccount of
τοῦ.ὀνόματός.μου. 18 ἀποβήσεται.βδὲ" ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον"
my name ; but it shallturn out toyou for a testimony.
14 "θέσθε! οὖν ‘sig τὰς καρδίας" ὑμῶν μὴ προμελετᾷν ἀπο-
Settle therefore in your hearts not to premeditate to make
λογηθῆναι: 15 ἐγὼ.γὰρ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα Kai σοφίαν, [
a defence ; forI will give you amouth and wisdom, which
οὐ-δυνήσονται Ἐἀντειπεῖν Ἰοὐδὲ' ἀντιστῆναι" ὩΞπάντες" οἱ
5581] ὁποῦ 706 ®able *to ‘°reply *'to ‘*nor 13t09 |resist tall “those
ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν. 16 παραδοθήσεσθε.δὲ Kai ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ
“opposing *you. But ye will be delivered upeven by parents and

τ πάντα LTr.
χ γενέσθαι ταῦτα A.
Ὁ φόβηθρά LTrA.

f ἀπαγομένους leading [you] away TTra.
k ἀντιστῆναι οὐδὲ ἀντειπεῖν τ, ; ἀντιστῆναι ἣ ἀντειπεῖν ([ἢ avrecm. ) Tr) TTrA.
Mm ἀπᾶαντες TTrA. .

καρδίαις LTTrA.
17 or Ο.

5 ἀναθέμασιν LT.

¥— ὅτι []}7{ττὰ]}. — οὗν LTTra.
2 Kal κατὰ τόπους TTrA. 8 λοιμοὶ καὶ λιμοὶ LTrA.

d πάντων GLTTrAW. e + τὰς the TT:[A].
& — δὲ but 1[TrA]. h θέτε LTTrA. i ἐν ταῖς

t + ὧδε here L.
Y ἐπ᾽ LYTrA.
© am’ οὐρανοῦ σημεῖα L.

ΧΧΙ, ; LUKE.

ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, καὶ θανατώσουσιν

brethren and relations and friends, and they will put to death [some]
gto 17 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ
fromamong you, and ye will be hated by all because of

‘ Ν , ‘ ‘ ? ~ ~ « ~ ? 1 ? ΄
τὸ.Ὀνομά.μου. 18 καὶ "ΒΞ ἐκ τῆς.κεφαλῆς. ὑμῶν οὐ-μὴ ἀπό-
my name. And ahair of your head inno wise may
ληται. 19 ἐν τῇ. ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν "κτήσασθε" τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν.
perish. By your patient endurance gain your souls.
20 Ὅταν. δὲ ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων στὴν" Ἵερου -
But when yesee “being “encircled ‘with Sarmies Jeru-
σαλήμ, τότε γνῶτε ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. 21 τότε
salem then know that has drawn near her desolation. Then
οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ Opn’ καὶ οἱ ἐν
those in Judza let them flee to the mountains; and those in
μέσῳ.αὐτῆς ἐκχωρείτωσαν" Kai οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις μὴ εἰσερχέ-
her midst let them depart out, and those in the countries “not ‘let “them
σθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν. 22 ὅτι ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν, τοῦ
enter into her; for days ofavenging these are,
Ρπληρωθῆναι" πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα. 23 οὐαὶ “δὲ ταῖς
that may be accomplished all things that have been written. But woe to those
ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέ-
with child and tothose givingsuck in those days,
pag’ ἔσται.γὰρ ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Kai ὀργὴ Te"
for there shall be ?distress ‘great upon the land and wrath among
τῷ.λαῷ. τούτῳ. 24 Kai πεσοῦνται στόματι "μαχαίρας." καὶ
this people. And they shall fall by (the] mouth of [the] sword, and

αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς travra τὰ ἔθνη"" καὶ ἹἹερουσαλὴμ
shall be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem

ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν ἄχρι" * πληρωθῶσιν
shall be trodden down by (the) nations until be fulfilled [the]
καιροὶ ἐθνῶν. 25 Kai Ξἔσται" σημεῖα ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῳ
times οὔ [the] nations, And thereshallbe signs in sun and moon
καὶ ἄστροις, Kai ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ,
and stars, and upon the earth distress of nations with perplexity,
γἠχούσης" θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου, 26 ἀποψυχόντων ἀνθρώ-
roaring of [the] sea and rolling surge, *fainting *at *heart ‘men
πων ἀπὸ φόβου Kai προσδοκίας τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ
from fear and expectation οἵ ὑπαὺ which is coming on the
οἰκουμένῃ. atyap δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται.
habitable earth; for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken,
27 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν
And then shallthey see the Son of man coming in
νεφέλῃ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 28 ᾿Αρχομένων. δὲ
acloud with power and *glory ‘great. But *beginning
τούτων γίνεσθαι ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς

1these *things to come to pass look up and lift up *heads

e ~ Μ , ? , «- 7 ’ « ~ ‘ Ὧν
ὑμῶν διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ.ἀπολύτρωσις. ὑμῶν. 29 Καὶ εἶπεν
tyour, beeause draws near your redemption. And he spoke

παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Ἴδετε τὴν συκῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ δένδρα.
& parable tothem: Behold the fig-tree and all the trees:

30 ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη, βλέποντες ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν

225

ren, and kinsfolks, and
friends; and some of
you shall they cause
to be put to death.
17 ‘md ye shall be
ha* ἃ of all men for
my name’ssake, 18 But
there shall not an hair
of your head perish.
19 In your patience
possess ye your souls.
20 And when ye shall
see Jerusalem com-
passed with armies,
then know that the de-
solation thereof is
nigh. 21 Then letthem
which are in Judga
flee to the mountains ;
and let them whichare
in the midst of it de-
part out; and let not
them that are in the
countries enter there-
into, 22 For these be
the days of vengeance,
that all things which
are written may be
fulfilled. 23 But woe
unto them that are
with child, and to
them that give suck,
in those days! for there
shall be great distress
in the land, and wrath
upon this __ people.
24 And they shall fall
by the edge of the
sword, and shall be
led away captive into
all nations : and Jeru-
salem shall be trodden
down of the Gentiles,
until the times of the
Gentiles be fulfilled.
25 And there shall be
signs in the sun, and
in the moon, and in
the stars; and upon
the earth distress of
nations, with per-
plexity ; the sea and
the waves roaring;
26 men’s hearts failing
them for fear, and for
looking after those
things which are com-
ing on the earth: for
the powers of heaven
shall beshaken. 27 And
then shall they see the
Son of man coming in
a cloud with power and
great glory. 28 And
when these things be-
gin to come to pass,
then look up, and
lift up your heads ;
for your redemption
draweth nigh. 29 And
he spake to them a pa-
rable; Behold the fig
tree, and all the trees;
30 when they now
shoot forth, ye see and

when “*they *sprout ‘already, looking {on them] of yourselves
Ἐ κτήσεσθε ye Shall gain Ltra. ο — τὴν LTTrA. P πλησθῆναι GLTTrAW. a — δὲ
but irra. r — ἐν (read to this people) GLTTraw. 5. μαχαίρης TTr. τ τὰ ἔθνη

πάντα LTTrA. π οὗ LTTrA.

τ ἔσονται LTTrA.
sound GLTTrA.

Υ ἄχρις L.

Υ ἤχους at [the]

Q

226

know of your own
selves that summer is
now nigh at hand.
31 Soiikewise ye, when
ye see these things
come to pass, know ye
that the kingdom of
God is nigh st hand.
82 Verily 1 say unto
you, This generation

shall not pass away,
till all be fulfillea,
33 Heaven and earth
pass away: but
my words not
pass away. 34 And
take heed to your-
selves, lest at any time
Sharged with surfcit-
wi
ing, and drunkenness,
and cares of this life,
and so that day come
upon you unawares.
35 For as-a snare shall
it come on all them
that dwell on the face
of the whole earth.
$6 Watch ye therefore,
and pray always, that
ye may be accounted
worthy to escape all
these things that shall
come to pass, and to
stand before the Son
of man.

37 And in the day
time he was teaching
in the temple; and at
night he went out, and
abode in the mount
that is called the mount
of Olives. 38 And all
the people came early
in the morning to him
in the temple, for to
hear him.

XXIL Now the feast

2 And the chief priests
and scribes sought
how they might Kill
him ; for they feared
the "people. 3 Then
entered Satan into Ju-
das surnamed Iscariot,
being of the number
of thetwelve. 4 And
he went his way, and
communed wi the
chief priests and cap-
tains, how he might
betray him untothem,
5 And they were glad,
and covenanted to
give him money.
6 And he promised,

AO FE A's. XXI, XXII.

γινώσκετε ὅτι ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν. 81 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς
yeknow that already near the antes is. So also ce

ὅταν ἴδητε ταῦτα γινόμενα γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ
when ye 566 πεσε τε οτος know that 6 is the
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 32 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι odu7 παρ-
Kingdom of God. Verily — to you, that in no wise will have
ἔλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα γένηται. 33 ὁ
ah soos until all a The

οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γὴ παρελεύσονται. οἱ. δὲ λόγοι.μου οὐ. μὴ
heaven and the earth shall pass away, but ΤΗΝ words inno wise

"παρέλθωσιν." 34 Tloovéyere.d& ἑαυτοῖς, μήποτε "βαρουνθῶ-
may pass awsy. But take heed to yourscives, lest be laden
ow ὑμῶν ai καρδίαι" ἐν κραιπάλῳ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μερίμναις
your hearts with — and es and cares
βιωτικαῖς, καὶ “αἰφνίδιος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπιστῇ! ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη"
of ees and suddenly upon you should come that day ;
35 ὡς. “παγὶς. γὰρ ἐπελεύσεται" ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους
for as 8 snare shallitcome upon all those sitting
ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης THC γῆς. 86 ἀγρυπνεῖτε “οὖν" ἐν
upon the face ofall the Watch therefore at
παντὶ καιρῷ δεόμενοι, ἵνα Αρῶς ὠξνωθῆε' ἐκφυγεῖν ταῦ-
every season praying, that ye may be accounted worthy to ἔξει: *these

τα πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι. καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπρο-
Sthings ‘all which areabout tocometopass, and tostand before

σθεν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθοώπου.
3
the Son of man.

37 Ἦν δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας tiv τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων" τὰς. δὲ. νύκτας
And he was by day in the — teaching, and by night

ἐξερχόμενος ηὐλίζετο εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν"
going out he lodged on = mount called ἀπ ς

88 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὥρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ
and all the a came sactj he tie morning to him in

ἱερῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ.
temple to hear him.

22 Ἤγγιζεν.δὲ ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν. ἀζύμων ἡ
And drew near the feast — τες which [is]

2 καὶ ἐζήτουν ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς
passover ; and 7were Sseeking the ee ae *and ‘the YP πα κατα

τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν τοί.
as to how they might put *to “death — for — feared the people

3 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ Βὸ" σατανᾶς εἰς Ἰούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον"

λεγομένη

πάσχα"

And #entered 1Satan into Judas who is surnamed
Ἰσκαριώτην, ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα" 4 καὶ ἀπελ-
Iscariote, being of the num aes twelve. And having gone

θὼν συνελάλησεν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν * καὶ ἰτοῖς! στρατηγοῖς
away he spoke with the chief — and captains

τὸ πῶς “αὐτὸν παραδῷ αὐτοῖς." ὅ καὶ > loathe Kai

* παρελεύσονται Shall pass away LTTra.

ὑμῶν LTr.

a yore €vov 15

© αἰφνίδιος ἐπι ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς L; ἐπι ἐφ᾽
carte gigi τα yap (read that ae ἀν snare: for i chan
f Seance ye may prevail TTra.

ed TTra.
= αὐτοῖς x wepebe αὐτόν LTTrA.

as to how him he might abe up to them. And they rejoiced, and
συνέθεντο — ἀργύριον δοῦναι" 6 "καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν," καὶ
agreed *money 1to give. And he wat f= and

a βαρηθῶσιν GLTTrawW. ὃ αἱ καρδίαι

ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος τττα. ἃ παγίς"

come in) ee

& διδάσκων ἐν τῷ

ners καὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν and the ets ΝΜ
— καὶ oie same (read he sought) L.

« δὲ but (watch)
h— ὃ GLITraW.
1 — τοῖς Pra.

XXII. LUKE.

ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν “αὐτοῖς ἄτερ

sought opportunity to deliver up him to them sodas from [the]
ὄχλου."
crowd.
7 Ἦλθεν.δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν.ἀζύμων Ρέγνῦ" ἔδει
Andcame the day of unleayened [bread] in which was needful

θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα. 8 Kai ἀπέστειλεν Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ἰωάννην,
to be killed the passover. And he sent Peter and John,

εἰπών, Πορευθέντες ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν τὸ πάσχα, ἵνα φάγω-

saying, Having gone prepare forus the passover, that we may
ν. 9 Οἱ δὲ τεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Ποῦ θέλεις erotpaowper* ;
eat [it]. Butthey said tohim, Where willest thon we should prepare?

10 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ιδού, εἰσελθόντων. ὑμῶν εἰς THY πόλιν
Andhe said tothem, Lo, onyourhavingentered into the city
συναντήσει ὑμὶν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων" ἀκο-
*will*meet ‘you ta apitcher of water carrying; fol-
λουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ‘od’ εἰσπορεύεται. 11 καὶ
low him into the house where he enters ; and
ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, Λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσ-
yes say to the master of the house, *Says *to *thee*the ~teach-
καλος, Ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν

er, Where is the guest-chamber where the passover with
μαθητῶν.μου φάγω; 12 Κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει ᾿ἀνώγεον"
my disciples I may eat? d he you ‘will*shew ‘upper ‘room

μέγα ἐστρωμένον" ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε. 13 ᾿Απελθόντες.δὲ εὗρον
*a°large furnished: there prepare. And having gone they found
καθὼς “εΐρηκεν" αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα.

85 he had said tothem; and they prepared the passover.

14 Kai ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα ἀνέπεσεν, καὶ οἱ "δώδεκα"

And when was come the hour he reclined [attable],andthe twelve

ἀπόστολοι σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ᾿Ἐπιθυμίᾳ
apostles with him. And hesaid to them, With desire
ἐπεθύμησα τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸ τοῦ.με.πα-

I desired this Passover toeat with you before I suf-
θεῖν. 16 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι Τοὐκέτ΄ οὐμὴ φάγω “ἐξ
fer. ForIsay toyou, that ‘any *more ‘not 7at*all will I eat of
ΕΝ ἘΠ ἘΠ Ἢ (lit. no more) <
αὐτοῦ" ἕως. ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῷ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Kai

it until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God. And
δεξάμενος ® ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας εἶπεν, Λάβετε τοῦτο,
having received δι cup, having given thanks he said, Take this,
καὶ διαμερίσατε ϑὲαυτοῖς" 18 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, Sore’ οὐ.

1

μὴ

and divide [it] among yourselves. ForIsay toyou, that notatall
πίω 4 ἀπὸ τοῦ "γεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου ἕως. ὅτου" ἡ
will I drink of the fruit of the vine until the

βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλθῃ. 19 Kai λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστή-
kingdom of God be come. And having taken a loaf, having given

σας ἔκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά
thanks hebroke, and gave tothem, saying, This is *body
μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε Belg’ τὴν ἐμὴν
my, which for you is given : this do in the 7of *me
> , ht ’ ‘ 4 , " ‘ A ~

ἀνάμνησιν. 20 "Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ zrornptoyv" μετὰ τὸ.δειπνήῆ-

227

and sought opportu
nity to betray him
unto them in the ab-
sence of the multitude.

7 Then came the day
of unleavened bread,
when the passover
must be killed. 8 And
he sent Peter andJohn,
saying, Go and pre-
pare us the passover,
that wemay eat. 9 And
they said unto him,
Where wilt thou that
we prepare? 10 And
he said unto them, Be-
hold, when ye are en-
tered into the city,
there shall a man meet
you, bearing a pitcher
of water; follow him
into the house where
he entereth in. 11 And
ye shall say unto the
good man of the house,
The Master saith unto
thee, Where is the

stchamber, where

shall eat the pass-
over with my disci-
ples? 12 And he shall
shew you a large up-
per room furnished:
there make ready.
13 And they went, and
found as he had said
unto them: and they
made ready the pass-
over.

14 And when the
hour was come, he sat
down, and the twelve
apostles with him.
15 And he said unto
them, With desire I
have desired to eat
this passover with you
before I suffer: 16 for
I say unto you, I will
not any more eat
thereof, until it be
fulfilled in the king-
dom of God. 17 And
he took the cup, and
gave thanks, and said,
Take this, and divide
it among yourselves:
18 for I say unto you,
I will not drink of the
fruit of the vine, until
the kingdom of God
shall come. 19 And he

.took bread, and gave

thanks, and brake it,
and gave ag them,
saying, is is my
body which is given
for you: this do in re-
membrance of me.
20 Likewise also the

1remembrance. In like manner also the cup after havingsupped, cup after supper, say-

ο ἄτερ ὄχλου αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ῥ -- ἐν (τεαᾶ ἢ in which) Tra. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr. τ εἶπαν
LTTrA. 5 - [σοι] ΤΟΥ ἔπ66 ᾿. ἴ εἰς ἣν ἴπ which Lttra. Ὁ ἀνάγαιον ΟἸΤΎΤΑΥ. “ εἰρήκει
LITrA. 1 — δώδεκα LTTrA. Υ —ovxére[LTr]A. * αὐτὸ it LTTra. a + 7o the (cup) L.

© — ὅτι TrA.
B [εἰς] a.

Ὁ εἰς ἑαυτούς LTTTA.

LTTrAw. f οὗ Tra. Β καὶ TO ποτήριον ὡσαύτως TTTA.

4 + ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν henceforth T[tTrA].

ε γενήματος

228

ing, This cup 15 the
new testament in my
blood, which is shed
for you. 21 But, be-
hold, the hand of him
that betrayeth me iw
with me on the table.
22 And truly the Son
of man goeth, as it
was determined: but
woe unto that man by
whom he is betrayed !
23 And they began to
inquire among them-
selves, which of them
it was that should do
this thing.

24 And there was
also a strife among
them, which of them
should be accounted
the greatest. 25 And
he said unto them,
The kings of the Gen-
tiles exercise lordship
over them; and they
that exercise authority
upon them are called
benefactors. 26 But ye
shall not be so: but he
that is greatest among
you, let him be as the
younger; and he that
is chief, as he that
doth serve. 27 For
whether is greater, he
that sitteth at meat,
or he that serveth?
is not he that sitteth
at meat? but I am
among you as he that
serveth. 28 Ye are
they which have con-
tinued with me in my
temptations, 29 And
I appoint unto you a
Kingdom, as my Fa-
ther hath appointed
unto me; 30 that ye
may eat and drink at
my table in my king-
dom, and sit on thrones
judging the twelve
tribes of Israel.

31 And the Lord said,
Simon, Simon, behold,
Satan hath desired to
have you, that he may
sift you as wheat:
32 but I have prayed
for thee, that thy faith
fail not: and when
thou art converted,
strengthen thy breth-
ren. 33 And he said
unto him, Lord, I am
ready to go with thee,
both into prison, and
to death. 34 And he
said, I tell thee, Peter,

AOYKA®.

σαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἔν τῷ
saying, This cup [15] the new covenant in
ε ΄ cy « « ~ i2 , HT] νι , ΄
αἱματί.μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἱἐκχυνόμενον." 21 Πλὴν ἰδού,
my blood, which for you is poured out. Moreover, behold,
ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος pe μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης.
the hand ofhim deliveringup me(is)with me on _ the table ;
22 Kkai ὁ.μὲν.υἱὸς" τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἱπορεύεται κατὰ
and indeed the Son of man goes according as
wpiopevoyv’' πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ παρα-
it has been determined, but woe to that man by whom he is de-
δίδοται. 23 Kai αὐτοὶ ἤρξαντο συζητεῖν! πρὸς ἑαυτούς,
livered up. And _ they began to question together among themselves,
τό, Tic ἄρα εἴη ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν.
this, who then it might beof them who this was about to do.
24 'Eyévero.dé καὶ φιλονεικία ἐν αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς αὐτῶν
And there was also astrife among them, this, which of them

δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων. 25 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Oi βασιλεῖς
is thought to be [the] greater. Andhe said to them, The kings

τῶν ἐθνῶν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, Kai ot ἐξουσιάζοντες
of the nations rule over them, and those exercising authority over
αὐτῶν εὐεργέται καλοῦνται. 26 ὑμεῖς: δὲ οὐχ οὕτως" ἀλλ᾽
them τγυνθ]]-ἀοοῦβ are called. utye not thus (shallbe); but
ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν "γενέσθω! ὡς ὁ νεώτερος" Kai ὁ
the greater among you lethim be as the younger, and he that
ἡγούμενος ὡς ὁ διακονῶν. 27 τίς γὰρ μείζων, ὁ
leads as hethat serves. For which [18] greater, he that
ἀνακείμενος ὁ διακονῶν; οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμε-
reclines {at table] or he that serves? [18] not he that reclines
νος ; Ἐγὼ -ὃς sims ἐν = ow ὑμῶν" ὡς ὁ διακονῶν.
(at table]? ut I am in(the) midst ofyou ashethat serves.
28 ‘Ypeic.o& tore οἱ διαμεμενηκότες per ἐμοῦ ἐν τοῖς

XXII.

TO

ut ye are they who have continued with me in
~ > ‘ ΄ « - ‘ , ,
πειρασμοῖς.μου" 29 κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό
my temptations, And I appoint to you, as %appointed
μοι ὁ-πατήρ.μου, βασιλείαν, 30 ἵνα Ῥέσθίητε! καὶ πίνητε
*to®’me ‘my “father, a kingdom, that yemayeat and may drink
ἐπὶ τῆς.τραπέζης. μου ἐν τῷ. ββασιλείᾳο.μου, Kai “καθίσησθε" ἐπὶ
εὖ my table in my kingdom, and may sit on
θρόνων, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ.
thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.

31 "Eizev.dé ὁ κύριος, Σίμων, Σίμων, ἰδού, ὁ σατανᾶς

And ὅβαϊα ‘the *Lord, Simon, Simon, lo, Satan
ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς, Tov σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον" 82 ἐγὼ
demanded tohave you, forthe sifting [you] as wheat ; I

5 2 ’ ‘ ~ er ‘ s2 nN , Il « , a ‘ [2
δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ."ἐκλείπῃ" ἡ.πίστις.σου" καὶ σύ

*but besought for thee, that may not fai thy faith ; and 7thou
ποτε ἐπιστρέψας ἱστήριξον" τοὺς.ἀδελφούς.σου. 33 Ὁ δὲ
‘when hast turned back confirm thy brethren. And he

εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, μετὰ σοῦ ἕτοιμός εἰμι καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ
said tohim, Lord, with thee ready Iam both to prison and

εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι. 34 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, Λέγω σοι, Πέτρε,
to death to go. Andhe said, Itell thee, Peter,

' ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA.

Ὦ συνζητεῖν LTTrA.

| καθίσεσθε ye shall sit GLW; καθήσεσθε ye shall sit TTr; κάθησθε a.
5 ἐκλίπῃ LITrA.

κύριος T[Tr]A.

* ὅτι (for) ὁ υἱὸς μὲν TTrA.

| κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον πορεύεται LTTrA.
n Η
γινέσθω TTra.

ο ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι TTrA. P ἔσθητε LTTrA.
τ — ἘΠπεν δὲ 0
ἵ στήρισον LTTrA.

XXIE
οὐ. "μὴ" φωνήσει σήμερον
in no wise shallcrow to-day [the]
νήσῃ ἡμὴ! εἰδέναι με."
deny knowing me.
35 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ore ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς ἄτερ *Badar-
And hesaid tothem, When I sent you without purse
τίου καὶ πήρας Kai ὑποδημάτων, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε:
and provision bag and sandals, anything did ye lack?
Οἱ.δὲ "elroy," -Oddevdc.' 86 “Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αλλὰ
And they said, Nothing. He said therefore tothem, *However
νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον" ἀράτω. ὁμοίως καὶ πήραν"
*now he whe has & purse let him take [it], in like manner also provision bag;
καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἔχων πωλησάτω τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ Kai ἀγορασάτω
andhewho hasnot [one] let him sell his garment and buy
μάχαιραν" 37 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι “Ere! τοῦτο TO γεγραμμένον
a sword; forIsay toyou, that yet this that has been written
δεῖ τελεσθῆναι ἐν ἐμοί, ἱτὸ" Kai μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη"
must beaccomplished in me, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned:
kaiSyap' "τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει. 38 Oi.dé δεῖπον,"

LUKE.

ἀλέκτωρ “πρὶν.ἢ" τρὶς *amap-
cock before that thrice thou wilt

foralso thethings concerning me anend have. Andthey said,
Κύριε, ἰδού, μάχαιραι ὧδε δύο. ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
Lord, behold, ‘swords ‘here([*are)*two. Andhe said tothem,
Ἵκανόν ἐστιν.
ΞΕ ΟΡ ?it 5315.

99 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ ὄρος
And goingforth hewent according to custom to the mount
τῶν ἐλαιῶν: ἠκολούθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ."
of Olives, and followed him 8150 his disciples,
ἐπὶ τοῦ τύπου εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Προσεύχεσθε
at the place hesaid ἴο them, Pray
μὴ.εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν. 41 Kai αὐτὸς ἀπεσπάσθη ἀπ᾽
ποῦ ἴο ΘΟ into temptation. And he was withdrawn from
αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, καὶ O&ic.rad-yovura προσηύχετο,
them about astone’s throw, and falling on 1 knees he prayed,
42 λέγων, Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει ὕξπαρενεγκεῖν" ἱτὸ ποτήριον
saying, Father, if thouart willing’ to take away 7cup
τοῦτο" am ἐμοῦ: πλὴν μὴ τὸ.θέλημά.μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ. σὸν ™yéE-
‘this from me—; but not my will, but thine be
νέσθω." 43 ""Ωφθη.δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος Par’! οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων
done. And appeared tohim anangel from heaven strengthening

αὐτόν. 44 Kai γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο.

40 γενόμενος. δὲ
And having arrived

him, And being in conflict moreintently he prayed,
Péyévero.dé 0!.idpwe.advTov ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος “κατα-
And became his sweat as great drops of blood falling
Batvoyrec' ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν." 45 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς
down to the earth. And haying risen up from

προσευχῆς; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς" εὗρεν "αὐτοὺς κοιμω-
prayer, coming ἴο the disciples hefound them sleep-

229

the cock shall not
crow this day, before
that thou shalt thrice
deny that thou know-
est me.

35 And he said unto
them, When I sent you
without purse, and
scrip, and shoes, lacked
ye any thing? And

they said, Nothing.
36 en said he unto
them, But now, he

that hath a purse, let
him take it, and like-
wise his scrip: and he
that hath no sword,
let him sell his gar-
ment, and buy one.
37 For I say unto you,
that this that is writ-
ten must yet be ac-
complished in me, And
he was reckoned a-
mong the transgres-
sors: for the things
concerning me have
an end. 38 And they
said, Lord, behold,
here are two swords.
And hesaid untothem,
It is enough.

39 And he caine out,
and went, as he was
wont, to the mount of
Olives; and his disci-
ples also followed him,
40 And when he was
at the place, he said
unto them, Pray that
ye enter not into temp-
tation. 41 And he was
withdrawn from them
about a stone’s cast,
and kneeled down,
and prayed, 42 saying,
Father, if thou be
willing, remove this
cup from me: neyer-
theless not my will,
but thine, be done.
43 And there appeared
an angel unto him
from heaven, strength-
ening him. 44 And
being in an agony he
prayed more earnestly:
and his sweat was as
it were great drops of
blood falling down to
the ground. 45 And
when he rose up from
prayer, and was come
to his disciples, he
found them sleeping

νυ — μὴ (read shall not crow) Trra, Ἢ ἕως until Lrtra.

εἰδέναι LTr. Υ [μὴ] A. » βαλλαντίου LTTraw. ἃ ebray LTTrA.
ς 6 δὲ εἶπεν but he said T; εἶπεν δὲ Tr. d βαλλάντιον LTTrAW.
& [yap] Ltr. h τὸ that (concerning me has an end) rtra.

ciples) TTra.

ὯΔ γινέσθω TTrAW.
ὃ ({o] a) TA.
αὐτοὺς TTra.

kK παρενέγκαι τ; παρένεγκε take away LTr.
π verses 43, 44 in [ | L.
4 καταβαίνοντος τα.

ε-- ἔτι LTTrA.
i — αὐτοῦ (read the dis-
1 τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον TTrA.
ο ἀπὸ τοῦ from the Lrr.
τ + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) Ε.

* με ἀπαρνήσῃ
Ὁ Οὐθενός Τύτα.
f ore L.

Ρ καὶ ἐγένετο
5 κοιμωμένους

230

for sorrow, 46 and said
unto them, Why sleep
ye? rise and pray, lest
ye enter into temp-
tation.

47 And while he yet
spake, behold a multi-
tude, and he that was
called Judas, one of
the twelve, went be-
fore them, and drew
near unto Jesus to
kisshim, 48 But Jesus
said unto him, Judas,
betrayest thou the Son
of man with a kiss?
49 When they which
were about him saw
what would follow,
they said unto him,
Lord, shall we smite
with the sword? 50 And
one of them smote the
servant of the high
priest, and cut off his
right ear. 51 And Je-
sus answered and said,
Suffer ye thus far.
And he touched his
ear, and healed him.
52 Then Jesus said
unto the chief priests,
and captains of the
temple, and the elders,
which were come to
him, Be ye come out,
as against a thief, with
swords and staves?
53 When I was daily
with you in the tem-
ple, ye stretched forth
no hands against me:
but this is your hour,
and the power of dark-
ness.

54 Then took they
him, and led Aim, and
brought him into the
high priest’s house.
And Peter followed
afar off. 55 And when
they had kindled a fire
in the midst of the
hall, and were set
down together, Peter
sat down among them,
56 But a certain maid
beheld him as he sat
by the fire, and earn-
estly looked upon him,
and said, This man was
also with him. 57 And
he denied him, saying,
Woman, I know him
not. 58 And after a
little while another
saw him, and said,

AOY KAS. XXII.

, " J ‘ ~ , 4 > ~ , ,
μένους" ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης, 46 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti καθεύδετε ;
ing from grief, and hesaid tothem, Why sleep ye?
ἀναστάντες προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ. εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν.
Having risen up pray, that ye may notenter into temptation.

47 "Ἔτι. "δὲ" αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ ὄχλος, Kai ὁ λεγό-

And‘yet ‘as *he *was speaking, behold acrowd, andhewho was
μενος Ἰούδας, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, προήρχετο “αὐτῶν," καὶ
called Judas, one ofthe twelve, was going before them, and

» ~? ~ ~ ᾽ , x* a? ~ | =
ἤγγισεν tp Ἰησοῦ φιλῆσαι αὐτόν. 48 τὸ δὲ. Inoovc' εἶπεν
drew near to Jesus tokiss him. But Jesus said
> ~ > , , ‘ er ~ ? , /
αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιούδα, φιλήματι τὸν υἱὸν Tov ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως ;
tohim, Judas, withakiss the Son ofman deliverest thou up?
49 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἐσόμενον γτγεΐπον"
And ‘seeing 'those?around πὰ what wasabouttohappen said
“avrg, Κύριε. εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ"; 50 Kai ἐπά-
to him, Lord, shall we smite with [the] sword? And ®smote
ταξεν εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν "roy δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως," Kat
°one'a*certain*of *them the bondman ofthe high priest, and
ἀφεῖλεν “αὐτοῦ τὸ οὖς" τὸ δεξιόν. 51 ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς
took off his 7ear right. And answering Jesus
ῖ ᾽ ~ a , K 4 « ΄ ~ > , d > “Ἢ
εἶπεν, Ἐᾶτε ἕως.τούτου. Καὶ ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου δαὐτοῦ
said, Suffer thus far. And having touched the ear of him
ἰάσατο αὐτόν. 52 Εϊπεν.δὲ “ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς παρα-
he healed him. And said Jesus to those who were
γενομένους fin’! αὐτὸν ἀρχιερεῖς Kai στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ

come against him, chief priests and captains of the temple
καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, Ὥς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν δΒἐξεληλύθατε! μετὰ
and elders, As against arobber have ye come out with

μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ; 53 Kal ἡμέραν ὄντος.μου μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν
swords and staves? Daily when Iwas with you
2 ~ et ~ ᾽ γ ΄ BY ~ 72 39 ae. h2 a]
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὐκ.ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ ἐμέ. "ἀλλ
in the temple ye stretched not out [your] hands against me; but
αὕτη Ἰὑμῶν ἐστιν" ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους.
this *your lis hour, andthe power of darkness.
54 Συλλαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν ἤγαγον, καὶ εἰσήγαγον
And having seized him they led [him away], and led
k ch I > l \ ῖ ll ~ ᾽ , ie ς δὲ Tlé ἘΣ X 40
AUTOV" εἰς “τὸν Οοἰκον TOV ἀρχιερεως O_OE-LLETPOC Ἠἠκολοῦσει
him into the house ofthe high priest. And Peter was following
, πὶ ἡ , Ι ΔΑ “ ᾽ , ~ ? ~
μακρόθεν. 55 πἁψάντων «δὲ πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς,
afar off. And having kindled a fire in [the] midst of the court,
καὶ “ovyxabicavtwr" αὐτῶν" ἐκάθητο ὁ Tlétpoc Ῥὲν. μέσῳ!"
and *having *sat*down ‘together ‘they Tsat *Peter among
αὐτῶν. 56 ἰδοῦσα.δὲ αὐτὸν παιδίσκη τις καθήμενον πρὸς
them. And ‘having °seen “him ‘a*maid “*certain sitting by
TO φῶς, καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ, εἶπεν, Καὶ οὗτος σὺν
the light, and having looked intently on him, said, And this one with
αὐτῷ ἦν. 57 ‘0.68 ἠρνήσατο "αὐτόν," λέγων, Γύναι, οὐκ
him was. But he denied him, saying, Woman, “ποῦ
οἷδα αὐτόν." 58 Kai μετὰ βραχὺ ἕτερος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἔφη,
11 ?do know him. And after alittle another seeing him _ said,

vy — 6€ and LTTraw.

ΣΙ τς αὐτῷ TTrA.

4 — αὐτοῦ TTrA.
i ἐστὶν ὑμῶν LITrA.
TTrA.
P μέσος TTrA.

5 μαχαίρῃ TIA.
© —o LTTrA.

2 περικαθισάντων, having sat around L; συνκαθισάντων T.
4 — αὐτὸν LTr[A].

W αὐτούς GLTTrAW. x Ἰησοῦς δὲ TTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA.
b τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὸν δοῦλον TTrA. © τὸ οὖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
f πρὸς 1. Β ἐξήλθατε came ye out Ltr. Β ἀλλὰ Tra.
k — αὐτὸν (read [bim]) trtra. [τὴν οἰκίαν TTrA. ™ περιαψάντων
° — αὐτῶν LTTrA.
τ οὐκ οἷδα αὐτόν, γύναι TTYA.

XXII, XXIII. LUKE.

Kai od ἐξ αὐτῶν el. Ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος "εἶπεν, [Λνθρωπε, οὐκ εἰμί.
And thou of them art, But Peter said, Man, Tam not.
59 Kai διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς; ἄλλος τις διϊσχυρίζετο,
And havingelapsed about *hour ‘one, “οὔβεσ *a*certain strongly affirmed,
λέγων, Ἔπ᾽ ἀληθείας καὶ οὗτος per αὐτοῦ hy" καὶ.γὰρ Γαλι-
saying, In truth also thisone with him was; i
λαῖός ἐστιν. 60 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος, “AvOpw7e, οὐκ.οἶδα

τὰ

ο

lean he is. And *said Peter, an, I know not what
λέγεις. Kai παραχρῆμα; ἔτι λαλοῦντος. αὐτοῦ, ἐφώνησεν
thou sayest. And immediately, yet ‘as he was speaking, Screw

to! ἀλέκτωρ᾽ 6] καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ᾽
*the cock. And having turned, the Lord looked at Peter ;

kai ὑπεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου, we εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
and *remembered *Peter the word ofthe Lord, how hesaid to him,

Ὅτι piv ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι ᾿ ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς. 62 Kai
Before {the} cock crow thou wilt deny me thrice. And
ἐξελθὼν ἔξω “ὁ Πέτρος" ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς.

Peter
63 Kai ot ἄνδρες ot συνέχοντες “τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐνέπαιζον

having gone forth outside wept bitterly.

And the men who were holding Jesus mocked
αὐτῷ, δέροντες Θά καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν γἔτυπτον
him, beating [him]; and havingcoveredup him _ they were striking

αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ" ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν," λέγοντες, Ipo-

his face, and were asking him, saying, Pro-

Ul , > « , ~ ‘ .“ ‘
φήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; 65 Καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ
phesy, who isit that struck thee? And ?other “things *many
βλασφημοῦντες ἔλεγον εἰς αὐτόν.

blasphemously they said to him.

66 Kai we ἐγένετο ἡμέρα συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον

And when it became day were gathered together the elderhood

τοῦ λαοῦ, ἀρχιερεῖς.τε Kai γραμματεῖς, καὶ "ἀνήγαγον" αὐτὸν
of the people, both chief priests and scribes, and they led him

εἰς τὸ συνέδριον Ῥἑαυτῶν," λέγοντες, 67 Ei od εἶ ὁ χριστός,
into *sanhedrim

‘their, saying, If thou art the Christ,
c > iT] t ~ = 4 > ~ ? ‘ e ~ » > ‘
εἰπὲ" ἡμῖν. Εϊπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ.μὴ
tell us, And he said to them, If you Ishould tell, not at all
πιστεύσητε᾽ 68 ἐὰν.δὲ ἀκαὶ" ἐρωτήσω, οὐ-μὴ ἀποκρι-

would ye believe; and if also Ishould ask [you], not at all would ye
θῆτέ “μοι, ἢ ἀπολύσητε." 69 ἀπὸ.τοῦ.νῦν ‘ ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ
answer me, ΠΟΙ͂ let [16] go. Henceforth shall be the Son

ἀνθρώπου καθήμενος ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ.
of man sitting at (the) righthand ofthe power of God,

70 8Elroyv'.d& πάντες, Σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; Ὁ .δὲ
And they ?said tall, Thou then art the Son of God? And he

πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔφη, Ὑ μεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 71 Οἱ.δὲ Βεῖπον,"
to them said, Ye say, that am. Andthey said,
Ti

ἔτι ἰχρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας" ; αὐτοὶ.γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν

Whatany more need havewe οἵ witness? for ourselves have heard
ἀπὸ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ.
from his [own] mouth.
93 Kai ἀναστὰν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ᾿ἤχαχεν"
And havingrisenup all the multitude of them 1

5 ἔφη TTrA. τ--- ὃ (read [[Π6} GLTrraw.
(read he wept) attr[a]. 1 αὐτὸν him LTtra.
2 — αὐτὸν TTrA. 5 ἀπήγαγον they led away TTrA.
4 — καὶ LTTrA. ε — μοι ἢ ἀπολύσητε T[TrA].

Ἀ εἶπαν LITrA. i ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν TTrA. = * ἤγαγον GLTTrAW.

foralso a Gali- fe

Y σήμερον to-day TTra.
Υ — ἔτυπτον αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ [L]TTrA.
Ὁ αὐτῶν TTrAW.
f+ δὲ however ΠΤΎΤΑ.

231

Thou art also of them.
And Peter said, Man,
I am not. 59 And a-
bout the space of one
hour after another
confidently affirmed,
saying, Of a truth this
also was with
him: for he is a Gali-
lean. 60 And Peter
said, Man, I know not
what thousayest. And
immediately, while he
yet spake, the cock
crew. 61 And the Lord
turned, and looked
upon Peter, And Peter
remembered the word
of the Lord, how he
had said unto him,
Before the cock crow,
thou shalt deny me
thrice. 62 And Peter
went out, and wept
bitterly.

63 And the men that
heidJesus mocked him,
and smote him. 64 And
when they had blind-
folded him,they struck
him on the face, and
asked him, saying,
Prophesy, who is it
that smote thee ?
65 And many other
things blasphemously
spake they against
him,

66 And as soon as it
was day, the elders of
the people and the
chief priests and the
scribes came together,
and led him into their
council, saying, 67 Art
thou the ist ? tell
us. And he said unto
them, If I tell you ye
will not believe: 68and
if I also ask you, ye
will not answer me,
nor let me go. 69 Here-
after shall the Son of
man sit on the right
hand of the power of
God. 70 Then said
they all, Art thou then
the Son of God? And
he said unto them, Ye
say that lam. 71 And
they said, What need
we any further wit-
ness? for we ourselves
have heard of his own
mouth.

XXIII. And the
whole multitude of
them arose, and led

π — ὁ Πέτρος

ς εἰπὸν TTra.
& εἶπαν TTrA.

232

him unto Pilate. 2And
they began to accuse
him, saying, We found
this "yellow perverting
the nation, and for-
bidding to give tribute
to Cesar, saying that
he himself is Christ a
King. 3 And Pilate
asked him, saying, Art
thou the King of the
Jews ? And he answer-
ed him and said, Thou
sayest it, 4 Then said
Pilate to the chief
priests and vo the peo-
ple, I find uo fault in
this man. 5 And they
were the more fierce,
saying, He stirreth up
the people, teaching
throughout all Jewry,
beginning from Ga-
lilee to this place.
6 When Pilate heard
of Galilee, he asked
whether the man were
a Galilean. 7 And as
soon as he knew that
he belonged unto He-
rod’s jurisdiction, he
sent him to Herod,
who himself also was
at Jerusalem at that
time. 8 And when
Herod saw Jesus, he
was exceeding glad:
for he was desirous to
see him of ἃ long
season, because he had
heard many things of
him; and he hoped to
have seen some mi-
racle done by him.
9 Then he questioned
with him in many
words; but he answer-
edhim nothing. 10 And
the chief priests and
scribes stood and ve-
hemently accused him.
11 And Herod with his
men of war set him at
nought, and mocked
him,and arrayed him
in a gorgeous robe,
and sent him again to
Pilate. 12 And the
same day Pilate and
Herod were made
friends together: for
before they were at en-
mity between them-
selves,

13 And Pilate, when
he had called together
the chief priests aud
the rulers and the peo-
Ye’ 14 said unto them,

e have brought this

Ἂ OVYAKGATS:
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἸΠιλάτον." 2 ἤρξαντο.δὲ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ,
him to Pilate. And they began to accuse him,

λέγοντες, Tovroy ™evpopev' διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος", Kai
saying, This man) we found perverting the wit and

κωλύοντα “Καίσαρι φόρους" διδόναι, λέγοντα ἑαυτὸν χριστὸν
forbidding “ἴο ῦεββασ “tribute ‘to *give, saying himself “Christ

βασιλέα εἶναι. 3 Ὁ. δὲ. “Πιλάτος" τἐπηρώτησεν" αὐτόν, λέγων,

XXIII.

?a *king 115. And Pilate questioned him, saying,
Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ; Ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ
?Thou tart the king of the Jews? Andhe answering him

ἔφη, Σὺ λέγεις. 4°O.6éALiAaroc" εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς
said, Thou sayest. And Pilate said to the chief priests
καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους, Οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ.
and the crowds, Nothing findI blamable in this man,
5 Οἱιδὲ ἐπίσχυον, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἀνασείει τὸν λαόν, διδάσ-
But they were insisting, saying, He stirs up the penis; teach-
κων καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, " ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλι-
ing Ehroug out *whole ‘the of Judza, beginning from Gali-
λαίας ἕως ὧδε. 6 “Πιλάτος".δὲ ἀκούσας 'Γαλιλαίαν!"
lee even to here. But Pilate having heard Galilee (mamed }
ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Ραλιλαῖός ἐ ἐστιν" 7 καὶ ἐπι-
asked whether the man a*Galilean ‘7is; and baring,
γνοὺς ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρώδου ἐστίν, ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν
known that from the jurisdiction of Herod heis, he sent “up *him
πρὸς τυ Ἡρώδην, ὄντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν ταύταις
Herod, *being “also ‘he at Jerusalem in those
ταῖς Lipari 8 ὁ. δὲ. Ἡρώδης ἰδὼν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐχάρη λίαν"
days. And Herod seeing Jesus rejoiced greatly,

υθέλων ἐξιἱκανοῦ! ἰδεῖν αὐτόν, διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν
for long to see him, _ because of iene

ἦν.γὰρ
for he was wishing

χπολλὰ" περὶ αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ᾽
many thingsconcerning him; andhe washopingsome sign tosee “by

αὐτοῦ γινόμενον. 9 ἐπηρώτα.δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς"
“him ‘done. And he questioned him in *words 1many,

αὐτὸς.δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ. 10 εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ οἱ ἀρχ-
but Βα nothing answered him. And “had ®stood 'the ?chief

ιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ.
Spriests ‘and *the ®scribes, wierd, accusing him.

11 ἐξουθενήσας.δὃὲ αὐτὸν δ᾽ Hodeng σὺν τοῖς στρατεύμασιν

And *having “set °at nought *him erod with ?troops

αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμπαίξας, περιβαλὼν ταὐτὸν" ἐσθῆτα λαμ-
this, and having mocked [him], having put on him “apparel ‘splen-

πρὰν ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ." 12 ἐγένοντο.δὲ φίλοι
did he sent back ‘*him to Pilate. And became friends

ὕ.τε."]ΠΙιλάτος καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης" ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ ἡμέρᾳ per ἀλλήλων"
both Pilate and Herod on thatsame day with one another;

προὐπῆρχον.γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς ςἑαυτούς."

for before they were at enmity between themselves.

13 «“«Πιλάτος".δὲ abe γκαχευ meee τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τοὺς
And Pilate having called together the chief priests and the

ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν λαόν, 14 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Προσηνέγκατέ
rulers and the people, said to them, Ye brought

l MieeNaror, πὶ.
Καίσαρι Τ1ἼτΑ.
even TtTr[a].
wishing LTTrA.
5 Πειλάτῳ T.

™ εὕραμεν ὙΤΤΑ.
Ρ + καὶ and [L)rtr[a ].
t— Ταλιλαίαν τ[4]-
* — πολλὰ TTra.
υ Ἣρώδης καὶ ὃ Πιλάτος (Med. 1) TTrA.

n+ ἡμῶν (read our nation) LTTr[A]W. © φόρους
4 Πειλᾶτος T. τ ἠρώτησεν TTrA. 5+ Kat

Ἢ ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων θέλων many times
--- αὐτὸν (τ᾽εαὰ [him]) [L]t[Tr]a.
CavrTovsTTrA. 4ovvKadcoamevos T-

v + τὸν L.
Σ + καὶ also τ.

XXIII. LUKE.

μοι τὸν.ἄνθρωπον.τοῦτον, ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν" Kai
to me this man, as turning away the people; and
ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας “οὐδὲν᾽ εὗρον ἐν τῷ
behold, I before you having examined [him] *nothing ‘found in
ἀνθρώπῳ.τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε
this man blamable [as to the things] of which ye bring accusation
᾽ > ~. ? ? rare , 3 f ? , ‘ « ~ ‘
κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 15 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ηρώδης" ἰἀνέπεμψα.γὰρ ὑμᾶς πρὸς
against him ; nor even Herod, for I sent 7up tyou to
αὐτόν," καὶ ἰδού, οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον
him, and lo, nothing worthy of death is done
αὐτῷ. 16 παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολύσω. 178 Ανάγκην
by him. Ηδυΐηρ ?chastised'*therefore him I will release {him}, “Necessity
δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα." 18 *ave-

Inow“he“had torelease tothem at [the] feast one. *they
κραξαν" δὲ Ἐπαμπληθεί," λέγοντες, Aloe τοῦτον, ἀπόλυ-
Ξογιοᾶ *out*but ina mass, saying, Away with this [man], *re-
σον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν" 19 ὕστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν

lease ᾿δηᾷᾶ tous Barabbas ; who was onaccount of *insurrection

τινὰ γενομένην iv τῇ πόλει Kai φόνον βεβλημένος εἰς
a “certain made in the city and murder cast into
φυλακήν." 20 Πάλιν οὖν" ὁ "ΠΠΙλάτος" προσεφώνησεν",
prison. Again therefore Pilate called to {them],
θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐπεφώνουν, λέγοντες,
wishing to release Jesus. 3ut they werecryingout, saying,
ΡῬΣταύρωσον, craipwoor' αὐτόν. 22 Ὃ.δὲ τρίτον εἶπεν

Crucify, crucify i Andhe athird [time] said
πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti yap κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος: οὐδὲν
to them, What then ‘evil did “commit ‘this [*man]? No
αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν
cause of death foundI in him. Having *chastised'therefore him
? [4 © 4 ? , ~ / ? ,
ἀπολύσω. 23 Οἱ. δὲ ἐπέκειντο φωναῖς μεγάλαις, αἰτού-
[ will release [him]. Βαὺ ΠΟΥ were urgent with?voices ‘loud, asking
μενοι αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι: Kai κατίσχυον at φωναὶ αὐτῶν
for him to be crucified. And prevailed the voices of them
“καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων." 24 τὉ δὲ" "Taro! ἐπέκρινεν γενέσθαι

and of the chief priests. And Pilate adjudged “to *be *done
τὸ. αἴτημα.αὐτῶν. 25 ἀπέλυσεν.δὲ δαὐτοῖς" τὸν διὰ
‘their request. And he released tothem him who onaccount of
’ ι , rv , 2 t A ll X ’ a
στάσιν Kai φόνον βεβλημένον εἰς ‘rHv' φυλακήν, ὃν
insurrection and murder had beencast into the prison, whom

yrovyvro’ τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ. θεληματι.αὐτῶν.
they asked for ; but Jesus he delivered up to their will.
26 Kai we ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι YZinwrdc
And as they led “away ‘him, having laid hold on “Simon
τινος Κυρηναίου “τοῦ ἐρχομένου" “ἀπ᾽. ἀγροῦ, ἐπέθηκαν
‘a “οουύαϊπ a Cyrenian coming from afield, they put upon
? ~ 4 A , » ~? ~ ? ,
αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 27 ᾿Ηκολούθει
him the cross to bear [it] behind Jesus. *Were *following
δὲ αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ Kai γυναικῶν, ai Yrai'
‘and him agreat multitude of the people and ofwomen, who also

© οὐθὲν TTr.
& — verse 17 [L]tTr[a].
ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ TTrA.
P Σταύρου σταύρου LTTraA.
G[L]TTraw. τ — τὴν LTTrA.
‘amo L. 7 — καὶ LTTrA.

Κ πανπληθεί τ.

Β ἀνέκραγον ΤΊΤΑ.
n ΤΠειλᾶτος T.

τὰ δὲ however LTTrA.
4 — καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων [L]T[TrA].

Τ᾿ καὶ LTTrA.
a 4 a > ΄
νυ Σίμωνά τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον LITra.

233

man unto me, as one
that perverteth the
people: and, behold, I,
having examined him
before you, have found
no fault in this man
touching those things
whereof ye accuse him:
15 no, nor yet Herod:
for Isent you to him;
and, lo, nothing wor-
thy of death is done
unto him. 16 I wil!
therefore chastise him,
and release him.
17 (For of necessity he
must release one unto
them at the feast.
18 And they cried out
all at once, saying, A-
way with this man,
and release unto us
Barabbas: 19 (who for
acertain sedition made
in the city, and for
murder, was cast in-
to prison.) 20 Pilate
therefore, willing to
release Jesus, spake a-
gain tothem. 21 But
they cried, saying, Cru-
cify him, crucify him.
22 And he said unto
them the third time,
Why, what evil hath
he done? I have found
no cause of death in
him : [ will therefore
chastise him, and let
him go. 23 And they
were instant with loud
voices, requiring that
he might be crucified.
And the voices of them
and of the chief priests
prevailed. 24 And Pi-
late gavesentence that
it should be as they
required. 25 And he
released unto them
him that for sedition
and murder was cast
into prison, whom they
had desired; but he
delivered Jesus totheir
will,

26 And as they led
him away, they laid
hold upon one Simon,
a Cyrenian, coming
out of the country, and
on him they laid the
cross, that he might
bear it after Jesus.
27 And there followed
him a great company
of people, and of wo-
men, which also be-

{ ἀνέπεμψεν yap αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς for he sent him back to us 1.
1 βληθεὶς ([BAn Geis] A)

© + αὐτοῖς them 1x.
S — auTo.s
YOu ἂν.

294

wailed and lamented
him. 28 But Jesus turn-
ing unto them said,
Daughters of Jerusa-
lem, weep not for me,
but weep for your-
selves, and for your
children. 29 For, be-
hold, the days are
coming, in the which
they shall say, Blessed
are the barren, and
the wombs that never
bare, and the paps
which never gavesuck.
30 Then shall they be-
gin tosay tothe moun-
tains, Fall on us ; and
to the hills, Cover us.
31 For if they do these
things in a green tree,
what shall be done in
the dry ? 32 And there
were also two other,
malefactors, led with
him to be put to death.
33 And when they were
come to the place,
which is called Cal-
vary, there they cru-
cified him, and the
malefactors, one on
the right hand, and
the other on the left.
34 Then said Jesus,
Father, forgive them;
for they know not
what they do. And
they parted his rai-
ment, and cast lots,
35 And the people stood
beholding. And the
rulers also with them
derided him, saying,
He saved others; let
him gave himself, if
he be Christ, the cho-
sen of God. 36 And
the soldiers also mock-
ed him, coming to
him, and offering him
vinegar, 37 and saying,
If thou be the king of
the Jews, save thyself.
38 And a superscrip-
tion also was written
over him in letters of
Greek, and Latin, and
Hebrew, ‘THIS IS
THE KING OF THE
JEWS

39 And one of the
malefactors which
were hanged railed on
him, saying, If thou

A OWA Avs. XXII1.

ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν. 28 στραφεὶς δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰς
ere bewailing and lamenting him. And ΤΌΣΟΙ, to them
"Ἰησοῦς sizer, Θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ, μὴ. «κλαίετε ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ,

Jesus said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me,

πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ὑμῶν" 29 ὅτι ἰδού,
but *for *yourselves ‘weep and ΤῸ yourchildren: for lo,

ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν, Maxapia ai στεῖραι
arecoming days in which they willsay, Blessed f[are]the barren
καὶ " κοιλίαι at οὐκ. ἐγέννησαν καὶ μαστοὶ ot ϑοὐκ. ἐθήλασαν."
and OMS, which did not bear and breasts which gave not ance

30 τότε ἄρξονται λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, “Πέσετε! ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς"
Then Hai they begin tosay tothe mountains, Fall ins us ;

καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, Καλύψατε ἡμᾶς. 81 ὅτι εἰ ἐν “rp ὑγρῷ
and to the hills, Cover us: for if in the green

ξύλῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; 92 Ἤγοντο
tree thesethings they ἄο, inthe dry what may take place? *Were “led

δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι δύο κακοῦργοι σὺν αὐτῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι. 33 Kai
*and also Ζούμου. ‘two malefactors with him to be put to death. And

ὅτε “ἀπῆλθον" ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον κρανίον ἐκεῖ

when theycame ἢ _ the place called aSkull there
ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν, Kai τοὺς κακούργους, ὃν. μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν
they crucified him, and the malefactors, theone on [the] right
ὃν. δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν. 34 [ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν, Πάτερ, ἄφες
and one on [the} left. And Jesus said, Father, forgive
αὐτοῖς" οὐ-γὰρ.οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν." Διαμεριζόμενοι.δὲ τὰ
shen, for they know not what _ they do. And eee

ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ ἔβαλον βκλῆρον." 35 καὶ εἱστήκει ὁ λαὸς θεω-

his garments theycast a lot. And *stood ‘the ge behold-
ρῶν" = υκτήριζον. δὲ πκαὶ! ot a doxovres ἰσὺν αὐτοῖς" ' λέγον-
ing, *were °deriding “also ‘the lers with them, say-

TE *A\Xov ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸ
>

ing, Others hesaved, let himsave himself if this is the Christ
κὸ τοῦ θεοῦ! ἐκλεκτός. 36 ' Ἑνέπαιζον".δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ orpa-
the “of ?God ‘chosen. And mocked him also the sol-

TLWTAL, προσερχύμενοι Mai! ὀξος προσ ἔἐροντες αὐτῷ, 37 καὶ

diers, coming near and “vinegar ‘offering “him, and
ΕΝ πΕ} σὺ εἴ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυ-
ἌΣ If ml art the king of the Jews, save aby
τόν. ἯἮν.δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ "γεγραμμένη! ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ
as en there was also an inscription written over him
Ἕλλ Ῥ : ‘E "
Ργράμμασιν ηνικοῖς καὶ ὡμαϊκοῖς καὶ patkotc,
in letters Greek and atin and Hebrew :
αρὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων."
This is the king of the Jews.
39 Εἷς.δὲ τῶν κρεμασθέντων κακούργων εβλασφήμεε

Now one of the ?who *had *been Pango, Serpe a railed at
αὐτόν, "λέγων," *Et od el ὁ χριστός,; σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ

be Christ, save thyself him, saying, If thou art ue Christ, save thyself and
d . 40 But th ~
other liatiawering xe. Ἡμᾶς, +40 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ᾿ἐπετίμα αὐτῷ, λέγων,"
buked him, saying, us. But answering the other rebuked him, Saying,
¥— 0 TTrA. 4+ aithe tra. ὃ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν nourished not Lrtra. ς Πέσατε TTra.
a ἡ {τφ]. Tr: 6 ἦλθον LTrA ἴ [ὁ δὲ .... ποιοῦσιν] 1». 8 κλήρους lots TA. h — καὶ LT.
— σὺν αὐτοῖς {π]ττνα. k τοῦ θεοῦ 6 TA. | ἐνέπαιξαν TA. τὰ — καὶ [L]rTra.
ἃ [Et] L. 9 ἐπιγεγραμμένη irr]; — γεγραμμένη TA. P — γράμμασιν .... EBpaixots
[uJrrr[a} 4 ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν "lovbaiwy.obros (Lobros] π᾿) LYTrA. r— λέγων τ{ττ]ὰ.

5 Οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ 6 χριστός ; Art not thou the Christ? TTra.

him said Trra.

τ ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη rebuking

XXIII. LUKE.

Οὐδὲ φοβῃ σὺ τὸν θεόν, Ore ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι cl;
?Not even ‘dost *fear *thou God, (thou]that under the same judgment art?
41 καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν δικαίως" ἄξια.γὰρ ὧν ἐπράξαμεν

And we indeed justly; for *a*due “recompense Sof ’what “we *did
arrohapBavoper™ οὗτος. δὲ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἔπραξεν. 42 Καὶ
1we “receive ; but this [man]?nothing “amiss did. And
ἔλεγεν ‘rep! Ιησοῦ, Μνήσθητί μου, “κύριε, ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν
he said to Jesus, Remember me, Lord, when thoucomest in
τῇ.βασιλείᾳ.σου. 48 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," ᾿Αμὴν YrAEyw
thy kingdom, And ?*said *to*him 1Jesus, Verily Isay
sou, σήμερον per ἐμῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ.
tothee, To-day with me thou shalt be in Paradise,
44 τῊν. δὲ! ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη, καὶ σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾽ ὕλην
And it was about(the]*hour'sixth, and darkness came _ over ?7whole
THY γῆν ἕως ὥρας δἐννάτης"" 45 ὕκαὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ὁ ἥλιος,"

4the land until [the] *hour ninth; and “was*darkened'the sun;
“καὶ ἐσχίσθη! τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ péoov’ 46 καὶ
and ὅὄνγαβ rent ‘the 2veil Sof “the *temple in [the] midst. And

wry μεγάλῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Πάτερ, εἰς χεῖράς

loud Jesus said, Father, into “hands

φωνήσας

having cried witha *voice

σου παραθήσομαι" τὸ.πνεῦμά μου. “Καὶ ταῦτα' εἰπὼν
‘thy I will commit my spirit. And these things having said
avs ? ‘ 4 .« fic , ] x ,
ἐξέπνευσεν. 47 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ [ἑκατόνταρχος τὸ γενόμενον

he expired. Now*having‘seen'the centurion that which took place
ξέἐδόξασεν" τὸν θεόν, λέγων, Ὄντως ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος δίκαιος
glorified God, saying, Indeed this man just
ἦν. 48 Kai πάντες ot Ῥσυμπαραγενόμενοι" ὄχλοι ἐπὶ THY
was. And all the *who *were *come °together ‘crowds to
θεωρίαν.ταύτην, Ἰθεωροῦντεος" τὰ γενόμενα, τύπτοντες
this sight, seeing the things which took place, beating
ks ~ ll s , « ’ ε ΄ ‘ ,
ἑαυτῶν" τὰ στήθη ὑπέστρεφον. 49 εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ πάντες
their breasts returned, And ®stood tall
οἱ = yyworoi ἰαὐτοῦ" ™ μακρόθεν, καὶ γυναῖκες αἱ "ovy-
*those*who *knew Shim afar off, also women who fol-
ακολουθήσασαι" αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ὁρῶσαι ταῦτα.
lowed with him from Galilee, beholding these things.
50 Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι ᾿Ιωσήφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων,
And behold,a τη byname Joseph, a counsellor being,
ο ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος. 51 οὗτος οὐκ.-ἢν.Ῥσυγκατατεθειμένος"
aman good and just, (he had not assented
τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας πόλεως
tothe counsel and the deed ofthem,) from Arimathza a city
τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ὃς. “καὶ προσεδέχετο τκαὶ αὐτὸς" τὴν βασι-
of the Jews, and who *was *waiting *for*also *himself the king-
λείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 52 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ ῃτήσατο τὸ
dom of God, he having gone to Pilate begged the
σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. δ8 καὶ καθελὼν αὐτὸ" ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ
body

290

Dost not thou fear
God, seeing thou art
in the same condem-
nation? 41] and we in-
deed justly; for we
receive the due reward
of our deeds: but this
man hathdone nothing
amiss. 42 And he said
unto Jesus, Lord, re-
member me when thou
comest into thy king-
dom, 43 And Jesus
said unto him, Verily
I say unto thee, To
day shalt thou be with
me in paradise.

44 And it was about
the sixth hour, and
there was a darkness
over all the earth until
the ninth hour. 45 And
the sun was darkened,
and the veil of the
temple was rent in the
midst. 46 And when
Jesus had cried with
a loud voice, he said,
Father, into thy hands
I commend my spirit:
and having said thus,
he gave up the ghost.
47 Now when the cen-
turion saw what was
done, he glorified God,
saying, Certainly this
was a righteous man,
48 And all the people
that came together to
that sight, beholding
the things which were
done, smote their
breasts, and returned.
49 And all his ac-
quaintance, and the
women that followed
him from _ Galilee,
stood afar off, behold-
ing these things,

50 And, behold, there
was a man named
ph a counseller ;
and he was agood man,
and a just: 651 (the
same had not consent-
ed to the counsel and
deed of them ;) he was
of Arimathmwja, a city
of the Jews : who also
himself waited for
the kingdom of God.
52 This man went unto
Pilate, and begged the
body of Jesus. 53 And
he took it down, and
wrapped it in linen,

of Jesus, And having taken ?down (it he wrapped it
¥ — τῷ (read he said, Jesus, remember) Trra.

(read he said) T[tr]aA. Y σοι λέγω ΤΊτΑ.
® ἐνάτης LTTrA.
© ἐσχίσθη δὲ. 4% παρατίθεμαι 1 commit Lrtraw.
ἑκατοντάρχης TTr. 8 ἐδόξαζεν τττὰ. δ συνπαραγενόμενοι ΤΑ.
ΒΘΘῺ LTTra. k — ἑαυτῶν (read the breasts) TTrA. ! αὐτῷ LTTrA.
2 συνακολουθοῦσαι TTrA. ° + καὶ and T.
4 — καὶ and LTTrA. τ — καὶ αὐτὸς LTTrA.
LYTrA.

5 Πειλάτῳ T.

w — κύριε [L]TTra.
τ καὶ ἣν ἤδη ([ἤδη] Tra) and it was now Lrtra.
b τοῦ ἡλίον ἐκλιπόντος (darkness came) from the sun failing τ.
€ καὶ τοῦτο and this L; τοῦτο δὲ TTra.
i θεωρήσαντες having

x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς

m + ἀπὸ from LT,

P συνκατατιθέμενος τ; συνκατατεθειμένος A.

t — αὐτὸ (read [it])

290

and laid it in a sepul-
chre that was hewn in
stone, wherein never
man before was laid.
54 And that day was
the preparation, and
the sabbath drew on.

55 And the women
also, which came with
him from Galilee, fol-
lowed after, and be-
held thesepulchre, and
how his body was laid.
56 And they returned,
and prepared spices
and ointments; and
rested the sabbath
day according’ to
the commandment.
XXIV. Now upon the
first day of the week,
very early in the morn-
ing, they came unto
the sepulchre, bring-
ing the spices which
they had prepared, and
certain others with
them. 2 And they
found the stone rolled
away from the sepul-
chre. 3 And they en-
tered in, and found
not the body of the
Lord Jesus. 4 And it
came to pass, as they
were much perplexed
thereabout, behold,
two men stood by
them in shining gar-
ments: 5andas they
were afraid, and bowed
down their faces to the
earth, they said unto
them, Why seek ye the
living among the dead?
6 He is not here, but is
risen: remember how
he spake unto you
when he was yet in
Galilee, 7 saying, The
Son of man must be
delivered into the
hands of sinful men,
and be crucified, and
the third day rise a-
gain. 8 And they re-
membered his words,
9 and returned from
the sepulchre, and told
ail these things unto
the eleven, and to all
the rest. 10 It was
Mary Magdalene, and
Joanna, and Mary the
mother of James, and
other women that were
with them, which told
these things unto the
apostles. 11 And their

AOYKAS. XXIII, XXIV.
σινδόνι Kai ἔθηκεν Yadbro" ἐν μνήματι λαξευτῷ, οὗ
ἴῃ 8. linen cloth and placed it in atomb hewninarock, in which

> 5 w,? os ᾽ sll , a\1€ , τ x
οὐκ ἦν “οὐδέπω.οὐδεὶς" κείμενος. 54 καὶ ἥμερα ἣν ὅπαρα-
3was ‘no “one ever yet laid. And “day ‘it 7was re-
σκευή," καὶ σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν.

paration, and Sabbath Was coming on.
55 Κατακολουθήσασαι.δὲ Yai! * γυναῖκες, αἵτινες ἦσαν
And “having ‘followed 34.180 women, who were
συνεληλυθυῖαι δαὐτῷ" ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας", ἐθεάσαντο τὸ
come with him outof Galilee, saw the

~ ‘ e ? ld 4 ~~ > ~ « ,

μνημεῖον, καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη TO.cHpa.adTov. 56 ὑποστρέψασαι δὲ
tomb, and how was laid his body. And having returned

ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα Kai μύρα. Kai τὸ-μὲν σάββατον ἡσύχα-
they prepared aromatics δη ointments, and on the sabbath remained
σαν κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν. 94 τῇ.δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαβ-
quiet, according to the commandment. But on the first [day] of the week
βάτων ὄρθρου.“ βαθέος" “ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα," φέρουσαι ἃ
at early dawn they came to the tomb, bringing *which
ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα, “καί τινες σὺν αὐταῖς." 2 Ἐὕῦ-
Ξ0Π6γ *had Sprepared ‘aromatics, and some(others]with them. They

ρον δὲ τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου, 8 ‘rai
3found'and the stone rolled away from the tomb ; and

εἰσελθοῦσαι" odby.eipoy τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 4 Kai
having entered they found not the body ofthe Lord Jesus, And

ἐγένετο étv.rpSdvarropeicba' αὐτὰς περὶ τούτου, καὶ ἰδού,
it came to pass as *were “perplexed ‘they about this, that behold,
δύο ἄνδρες" ἐπέστησαν αὐταῖς ἐν icOnoeow ἀστραπτούσαις."

two men stood by them in “garments ‘shining.
5 ἐμφόβων δὲ γενομένων αὐτῶν καί κλινουσῶν "τὸ πρόσω-
And filled *with *fear ?becoming they and bowing the face

πον" εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἱεῖπον" πρὸς αὐτάς, Ti ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα
to the earth, theysaid to them, Why seekye the living
pera τῶν νεκρῶν ; 6 ovKéoT ὧδε, ™AAX' ἠγέρθη" μνήσθητε
with the dead ? Heisnot here, but is risen: remember
we ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὧν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, 7 λέγων, Ore
how he spoke to you, yet being in Galilee, saying,
δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας

It behoveth the Son of man to be delivered up into hands
ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ
of 7men 1sinful, and tobecrucified, and the thir day

ἀναστῆναι. ὃ Kai ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν.ῥημάτων.αὐτοῦ" 9 καὶ
to arise. And they remembered his words ; and
ὑποστρέψασαι ἀπὸ TOU μνημείου ἀπήγγειλαν “ταῦτα πάντα"
having returned from the tomb they related *these*things ‘all
τοῖς ἕνδεκα καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς. 10 Ρήσαν.δὲ"! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ
tothe eleven and toall the rest. Now it was ?Magdalene
Μαρία καὶ VIwavva' cai Μαρία τ ᾿ΙΤακώβου, καὶ ai λοιπαὶ σὺν

‘Mary and Joanna and Mary of James, andthe rest with
αὐταῖς. "αἱ ἔλεγον πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ταῦτα. 11 Kai
them, who told to the apostles these things. And

τ αὐτὸν him Lrtra.

Σ — καὶ LTTrAW.
© βαθέως LTTYAW.
θοῦσαι δὲ LTT: A.

shining raiment LTTra.
2 Tov υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅτι δεῖ TIrA.
r + ἡ the [...| LTTr[A]w.

8 ἀπορεῖσθαι LTTrA.

W οὐδεὶς οὐδέπω T; οὐδεὶς οὔπω LTrA. χ παρασκευῆς ΙΤΊτΑ.

+ αἱ the Ltr. ® — αὐτῷ T[Tr]A. > + αὐτῷ him Ta.
4 ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθον 1. © — kai Tes σὺν αὐταῖς LTTrA. f εἰσελ-
h ἄνδρες δύο GLTTrAW. i ἐσθῆτι ἀστραπτούσῃ
| εἶπαν LTTrA. m ἀλλὰ TTrA.

k τὰ πρόσωπα the faces TTr.
Ρ [ἦσαν dé] Tra. 4 Ἰωάνα Tr.

° πάντα ταῦτα 1.
Ss — at LTTr[A].

XXIV. LUKE.
ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰἀςῤήματα 'αὐτῶν,"
appeared “before Sthem ‘like 7idle *talk words their,

kai ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς. 12 "ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος ἀναστὰς ἔδραμεν
and they disbelieved them. But Peter having risen up Tan
ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει τὰ ὀθόνια
to the tomb, and having stooped down hesees_ the linen clothes
"eeiweva μόνα" καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς.Σἑαυτὸν' θαυμάζων τὸ

lying alone, and went away home wondering at that which
γεγονός."
had come to pass.
13 Kai ἰδού, δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν Υἦσαν πορευόμενοι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ
And lo, two of them were going on same ‘the
ἡμέρᾳ" εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ ἹἹερου-
day to avillage being distant furlongs sixty from Jeru-

σαλήμ, y ὄνομα Ἐμμαούρ" 14 καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡμίλουν πρὸς
salem, whose name [is] Emmaus; and they wereconversing with
ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων. 15 Kai
one another about all which *had ®taken *place ‘these things. And
ἐγένετο év.Tw-opideiv.adrove καὶ ἐσυζητεῖν," καὶ αὐτὸς "ὁ"
it came to pass as they conversed and reasoned, that “himself
>? ~ ? / , > ν e e ? ‘
Ιησοῦς ἐγγίσας συνεπορεύετο adroic’ 16 οἱ.δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ
1Jesus havingdrawnnear went with them ; but the eyes
αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν. 17 Εἶπεν. δὲ
of them were holden [so 88] not to know him. And he said
x > , ΄ « , < ? , \
πρὸς αὐτούς, Τίνες οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι ode ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς
to them, What words [are] these which ye exchange with
ἀλλήλους περιπατοῦντες, Kai ἐστε σκυθρωποί ;'
one another as ye walk, and are downcast in countenance ?
18 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ “ὁ" gic’, & ὄνομα! Κλεόπας, εἶπεν πρὸς
And answering the one, whose name [was] Cleopas, said to
αὐτόν,. Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς fév' ‘Iepoveadyp, Kai οὐκ.ἔγνως
him, *Thou “alone ‘sojournest in Jerusalem, and hast not known
τὰ γενόμενα iv αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ;
the things which are come to pass in it in these days ?
19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ποῖα; Οἱ-δὲ %eizov' αὐτῷ, Ta
And he said tothem, Whatthings? Andthey said tohim, Thethings
περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ "Nafwpaiov,' ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προφήτης,
concerning Jesus the Nazarwan, who was &Mman a prophet,
δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ Kai‘ λόγῳ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai παντὸς τοῦ
mighty in deed διὰ word before God and all the
λαοῦ: 20 ὕπως.τε ἔπαρέδωκαν αὐτὸν" ot ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ
people; andhow ‘delivered *up ®him ‘the ?chief *priests *and
ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν"
our ‘rulers to judgment ofdesath, and crucified him.
21 ἡμεῖς. δὲ ἠλπίζομεν Ori αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι
But we were hoping he itis who is about to redeem
τὸν Ἰσραήλ. ἀλλά.γεϊ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις τρίτην ταύτην
IsraeL But then with all these things ‘third 30} 15

237
words seemed to them
as idle tales, and they
believed them ποῦ,
12 Then arose Peter,
and ran unto thesepul-
chre; and stooping
down, he beheld the
linen clothes laid by
themselves, and de-
parted, wondering in
himself at that which
Was come to pass.

“13 And, behold, two
of \them went that
samy day toa village
called Emmaus, which
was from Jerusalem
about threescore fur-
longs. 14 And they
talked together of all
these things which had
happened, 15 And it
came to pass, that,
while they communed
together and reasoned,
Jesus himself drew
near, and went with
them, 16 But their eyes
were holden that they
should not know him.
17 And he said unto
them, What manner
of communicationsare
these that ye have one
to another, as ye walk,
and are sad? 18 And
the one of them, whose
name was Cleopas, an-
swering said unto him,
Art thou only a stran-
ger in Jerusalem, and
hast not known the
things which are come
to pass there in these
days? 19 And he said
unto them, What
things? And they said
unto him, Concerning
Jesus of Nazareth,
which was a prophet
mighty in deed and
word before God and
all the people: 20 and
how the chief priests
and our rulers deliv-
ered him to be con-
demned to death, and
have crucified him.
21 But we trusted that
it had been he which
should have redeemed
Israel: and beside all
this, to day is the third
day since these things

ἡμέραν ἄγει ™onpepoy' ἀφ᾽ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο. 22 ἀλλὰ.καὶ were done. 22 Yea,
Sday brings ‘to-day since these thingscame to pass, And withal and certain women
~ oP > tin, yes cow , also of our company
γυναῖκες τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξεστησαν ἡμᾶς, γενόμεναι made us astonished,
3women ‘certain from amongst us astonished us, aving been which were early at
t ταῦτα these LTTrA. τ — verse 12 [L]t[Tr]. π [κείμενα μόνα] A; — κείμενα Tr.

X αὐτὸν Tr. Υ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἦσαν πορευόμενοι T.

2 συνζητεῖν LTTrA.

8. --- ὃ ΤΊΤΑ.

> 5 καὶ ἐστάθησαν ([ ; καὶ ἐστά.] A) σκυθρωποί. (question ends at walk) And they stood down-

cast in countenance, TTraA.
Tra. { — ἐν (read fn)
Κ αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν L.

¢—outtra. 4 -Ὁ [ἐξ αὐτῶν] of them x.
GTTrAW. & εἶπαν TTr.
+ καὶ also LTTrA.

bh Ναζαρηνοῦ TTrA.
™ — σήμερον (read it brings) T[Tra].

ε ὀνόματι by name
i+ [ἐν] 18 τς

298

the sepulchre ; 23 and
when they found not
his body, they came,
saying, that they had
also seen a vision of
angels, which said that
he was alive. 24 And
certain of them which
were with us went
to the sepulchre, and
found it even so as the
women had said: but
him they saw not.
25 Then he said unto
them, O fools, and slow
of heart to believe all
that the prophets have
spoken: 26 ought not
Christ to have suffered
these things, and to
enter into his glory?
27 And beginning at
Moses and all the pro-
phets, he expounded
unto them in all the
seriptures the things
concerning himself.
28 And they drew nigh
unto the village, whi-
ther they went : and he
made as though he
would have gone fur-
ther, 29 But they con~
strained him, saying,
Abide with us: for it
is toward evening, and
the day is far spent.
And he went in to
tarry with them.
30 And it came to pass,
as he sat at meat with
them, he took bread,
and blessed it, and
brake, and gave to
them. 31 And their
eyes were opened, and
they knew him; and
he vanished out of
their sight. 32 And
they said one to an-
other, Did not our
heart burn within us,
while he talked with
us by the way, and
while he opened to us
the scriptures? 33 And
they rose up the same
hour, and returned to
Jerusalem, and found
the eleven gathered
together, and them
that were with them,
34 saying, The Lord is
risen indeed, and hath
appeared to Simon.
35 And they told what
things were done in
the way, and how he
was known of them in
breaking of bread.

AOY KA. XXIV.

"ὄρθριαι" ἐπὶ TO μνημεῖον" 23 Kai μὴ ευροῦσαι τὸ.σῶμα.αὐτοῦ
early to the tomb, and not having found his body

ἦλθον, λέγουσαι Kai ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων ἑωρακέναι, ot λέγουσιν

came, declaring also ἃ vision of angels to have seen, who say
αὐτὸν ζῇν. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθόν τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὸ
he is living. And ‘went lsome of *those *with 5 to the

μνημεῖον Kai εὗρον οὕτως καθὼς Kai! ai γυναῖκες εἶπον,

tomb and found [it] so as also the women said,
αὐτὸν.δὲ οὐκιεἶῖδον. 25 Kai αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὦ
but him Ehey saw not. And he said to them, ο
ἀνόητοι καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ τι Ὁ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς
senseless and slow to believe in all which
ἐλάλησαν ot προφῆται" 26 οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει

spoke the _ prophets. *Not /°these gales 1was 7it *needful *for
παθεῖν τὸν χριστόν, καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ ;
δἴο suffer “the Christ, and toenter into his glory ?

27 Kai ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ ῬΜωσέως" καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προ-
And beginning from Moses and from all the pro-

φητῶν 4διηρμήνευενϑ αὐτοῖς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς τὰ
phets he interpreted tothem in all the ΒΟΣΙΡΟΠΤΘΕ the things

περὶ τέἑαυτοῦ. 28 Kai ἤγγισαν sic τὴν κώμην οὗ
coneerning himself. And they drewnear to the village where

ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ αὐτὸς "προσεποιεῖτο" ἱποῤῥωτέρω" πορεύεσθαι.
they were going,and he appeared “farther to *be * going.

29 καὶ παρεβιάσαντο αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Μεῖνον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὅτι

And ὑΠ8Υ constrained him, saying, Abide with us, for

πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν, Kai κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα. Kai εἰσῆλθεν

towards evening itis, and has declined the day. And heenteredin

τοῦ μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 30 Kai ἐν. τῷ. κατακλιθῆναι
to abide with them. as “reclined

> 4 ᾽ ? ~ ‘ \ » Ww ἦλ , i}

αὐτὸν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸν ἄρτον “εὐλόγησεν,

(at 401] *he with them, havingtaken the bread he blessed,

kai κλάσας ἐπεδίδου αὐτοῖς. 81 abradydé διηνοίχθησαν οἱ
and having broken he ΕΘ [10] to them. And their 2were “open

ὀφθαλμοί καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν" Kai αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο
15:78 and they knew him. And he disappeared

an αὐτῶν. 32 Kai *eizor' πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία
from them. And they said to one another, 7Not ga

ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν γὲν nutv' ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ,
Sour *burning ‘was ἢ us as he was speaking tous in Ae way,
“kai ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς; 33 Kai ἀναστάντες
and ashe wasopening tous the scriptures? And rising up

αὐτῇ.τῃῇ ὥρᾳ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹΙἹερουσαλήμ, καὶ εὗρον *ovyn-
the same hour they. returned to Jerusalem, and they found gathered

θροισμένους" τοὺς ἕνδεκα Kai τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς, 34 λέγοντας,

ἐγένετο
And it came to pass

ial Gi the eleven and those with them, saying,

“Ores? ἠγέρθη ὁ κύριος ὄντως, καὶ ὥφθη Σίμωνι. 35 Καὶ
3Js*risen ‘the *Lord indeed, and appeared to Simon. And

αὐτοὶ ἐξηγοῦντο τὰ ἐν τῷ ὁδῷ, Kai ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς

they related thethings in the way,

ἐν τῇ κλάσει TOU ἄρτου.
in the breaking of the bread.

and how he was known to them

2 OpOpivar LTTrAW.
τ αὑτοῦ EG
v + ἤδη already [L]TTra.
8 ἡθροισμένους gathered LTTrA.

μήνευσεν TTrA.

LTTra.

° — καὶ LTrA., Ρ Μωΐύσεως͵ LTTraW.
; αὐτοῦ LTr.

* ηὐλόγησεν L.

q διερμήνευεν L; διερ-
5 προσεποιήσατο LTTrA. ξ ποῤῥώτερον LTrA.

χ εἶπαν TTrA. Υ [ἐν ἡμῖν] Tra. 2 — καὶ
Ὁ ὄντως ἠγέρθη ὃ κύριος LTTYA.

XXIV. LUKE.

36 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτῶν.λαλούντων, αὐτὸς “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἔστη ἐν
And these aes as they were telling, “himself 1Jesus stood in

μέσῳ αὐτῶν “καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν." ὁ 87 Πτοηθέντες

“midst ee and says tothem, Peace to you. $Terrified
δὲ Kai οβοι γενόμενοι ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν.
‘but ‘and aaa ith 7fear “being any ghonght aspirit they beheld.

38 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ; καὶ ‘vari δια-
And he εαἰᾶ tothem, Why troubled are ye? and wherefore *rea-

λογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν 8raic καρδίαις" ὑμῶν ; 989 ἴδετε

scnings 1do come up in lyour ? see

τὰς χεῖράς. μου καὶ τοὺς. πόδας. μου, ὅτι "αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι."
my hands and my feet, that 388 ἘΠ ΞΆ τη.

ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε" ὅτι πνεῦμα igapxa' καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ
Handle me and 560, for a spirit fiesh and bones “ποῦ
ἔχει, ἔσθ ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα. 40 ‘Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν:
sme ‘ye 868 having. And this having said

ἐπέδειξεν! αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας." 41 ἔτι.δὲ
he shewed to them [his] hands and feet But yet

ἀπιστούὐντων.αὐτῶν πἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς καὶ θαυμαζόντων," εἶπεν

whilethey weredisbelieving for joy and were wondering, hesaid
αὐτοῖς, Ἔχετε τι βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε; 42 Οἱ. δὲ ἐπέδωκαν
to et, Have ye angtlting eatable here ? And they gave

αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος "Kai ἀπὸ μελισσίου.κηρίου." 43 καὶ

to him ἼἊΣ 38. ‘fish “broiled re and of a honeycomb. And
λαβὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν. 44 Εἶπεν. δὲ “αὐτοῖς,"
naving taken Gt) before *them *he 2576. And he said to =

Οὗτοι οἱ AdyouP Ode ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὧν σὺν ὑμῖν,
These [816] the words which I spoke to you yet being with you,

ore δεῖ πληρωθῆναι πάντα τὰ BA |e mde ἐν τῷ νόμῳ
that must be fulfilled all things that have m written in the law

«“Μωσέως" καὶ προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς περὶ ἐμοῦ. 45 ἘΠῚ
of Moses and prophets and psalms concerning me,

διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν Tov νοῦν τοῦ συνιέναι τὰς πόρεν
he epee their mudersseriteny, to understand the Ξοσέρυνεεοις

46 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι οὕτως γέγραπται, Skai οὕτως
and said tothem, Thus it has been written, and thus

ἔδει' παθεῖν τὸν χριστὸν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν
it behoved *to*suffer'the *Christ δὰ torise from ἜΞΕΙΣ {the] dead

τῷ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 47 καὶ κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ
the third day; and should be proclatoed in his name

μετάνοιαν ‘kai! ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "ἀρξά-
repentance and remission of sins to all nations, begin-

μενον ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλήμ. 48 eee 0 éore' μάρτυρες τούτων.
ning at erusalem., land are witnesses Se

49 “καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ" "ἀποστέλλω" τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός

And lo, I send the promise of 7Father
pou ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ὑμεῖς.δὲ καθίσατε ἐν τῇ πόλει Ἱερουσαλὴμ!
my upon you; but *ye ‘remain in the city ot Jerusalem
ἕως.οὗ ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους."

till yebeclothed with power from onhigh.

© — 6’IngotsGLTTra. ὁ -- καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν τ.
Iam [he], fear not L fédare tra, 8 τῇ καρδίᾳ heart LTTra.
i σάρκας 1. — verse 40 1{1τ]. 1 ἔδειξεν Ltr; dan Keifer A.
τῆς χαρᾶς L. ἃ --- καὶ ἀπὸ μελισσίου κηρίου LT[Tra].
my words) [L]TTra. 4 Mwicéws LTTraW.
SeistoT. ἃ ἀρξάμενοι TTrA.

τ ἐξαποστέλλω send out TTra.

τ + [rots] the tr.

Υ͂ -- Ἱερουσαλήμ, GLTTrA.

36 And as they thus
spake, Jesus himself
stood in the midst of
them, and saith unto
them, Peace be unto
you. 37 But they were
terrified and afiright-
ed, and supposed that
they had seen a spirit.
38 And he said unto
them, Why are ye
troubled? and why do
thoughts arise in your
hearts? 39 Behold my
hands and my feet,
that it is I myself:
handle me, and see;
for a spirit hath not
flesh and bones, as ye
see me have. 40 And
when he had thus spo-
Ken, he shewed them
his hands and his feet.
41 And while they yet
believed not for joy,
and wondered, he said
unto them, Have ye
here any meat? 42 And
they gave him a piece
of a broiled fish, and
of 80 honey comb.
43 And he took it, and
did eat before them.
44 And ht said unto
them, These are the
words which I spake
unto you, while I was
yet with you, that all
things must be ful-
filed. which were
written in the law of
Moses, and in the pro-
phets, and im the

᾿ concerning
me. 45 Then opened he
their understanding,
that they might under-
stand the scriptures,
46 and said unto the
Thus it is written, an
thus it behoved Christ
to suffer, and to rise
from the dead the
third day : 47 and that
repentance and remis-
sion of sins should be
preached in his name
among all nations, be-
ginning at J erusalem.
48 And ye are wit-
nesses of these things.
49 And, behold, I send
the promise of my Fa-
ther upon you: but
tarry ye in the city of
Jerusalem, until ye be
endued with power
from on high.

e+ [ἐγώ͵ εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε)

Deyo εἰμι αὐτός LTTrA.
™ καὶ θαυμαζόντων ἀπὸ
ο πρὸς αὐτούς TTra.

P + pov (read

5 — καὶ οὕτως ἔδει [L]TTra.
¥ — δέ ἐστε ([ἐστε] tr) (read [are]) TTra.
τ ἐξ ὕψους δύναμιν TTra.

* κἀγὼ and 11.

240

50 And he led them
out as far as to Beth-
any, and he lifted up
his hands, and blessed
them. 51 And it came
to pass, while he bless-
ed them, he was parted
from them, and car-
ried up into heaven,
52 And they worship-
ped him, and returned
to Jerusalem with
great joy: 53 and were
continually in the
temple, praising and
blessing God. Amen.

I Q-A IN IN HS.

50 ᾿Ἐξήγαγεν.δὲ αὐτοὺς Ew! ἕως sic! Βηθανίαν, καὶ
And he led them out asfaras to Bethany, and

ἐπάρας Tac.xéipac.avrou εὐλόγησεν αὐτούς. 51 Kai
having lifted up his hands he blessed them, And
ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.εὐλογεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτοὺς διέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν

it came to pass as *was “blessing ‘he them hewasseparatedfrom them
“καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν." 52 Kai αὐτοὶ “προσκυνή-
and wascarriedupinto the heaven. And they having wor-
σαντες αὐτὸν" ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹΙερουσαλὴμ μετὰ χαρᾶς peya-
shipped him returned to Jerusalem with “joy ‘great,
Ane) 53 καὶ ἦσαν “διαπαντὸς" ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἰαἰνοῦντες Kai

I.

and were continually in the temple, praising and
εὐλογοῦντες" τὸν θεόν. 8 Apuny.'
blessing God. Amen.
hT6 κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγέλιον."
The “according*to ‘Luke ‘glad ?tidings..
'TO KATA IQANNHN ATION ΕΥ̓ΑΓΓΈΛΙΟΝ."

THE *ACCORDING *TO

IN the beginning was
the Word, and the
Word was with God,
andthe Word was God.
2 The same was in the
beginning with God.
3 All things were made
by him; and without
him was not any thing
made that was made,
4 In him was life ; and
the life was the light
of men. 5 And the light
shineth in darkness ;
and the darkness com-
prehended it not.

6 There was a man
sent from God, whose
name was John. 7 The
same came for a wit-
ness, to bear witness
of the Light, that all
men through him
might believe. 8 He
was not that Light,
but was sent to bear
witness of that Light.
9 That was the true
Light, which lighteth
every manthat cometh
into the world. 10 He
was in the world, and
the world was made
by him, and the world
knew him not. 11 Me
came unto his own,
and his own received
him not. 12 But as
many as received him,
to them gave he power

°JOHN ‘HOLY *GLAD *TIDINGS.

"EN ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, Kai ὁ λόγος HY πρὸς τὸν θεόν
ρΡχΧΏ ἢ γος, Kat γος ἣν moog T ᾿
In [86] beginning was the Word, andthe Word was with God,
καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. 2 οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν
and *God *was 'the *Word. He _ was in [the] beginning with
θεόν. 8 Πάντα δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ
God. All things through him cameintobeing, and without him
ἐγένετο οὐδὲ Key ὃ γέγονεν. 4 ἐν!" αὐτῷ ζωὴ
came into being not even one[thing]whichhascomeintobeing. In him “116
liv," καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν avOpwrwy 5 Kai TO φῶς ἐν
ἔγγαβ, and the life was the light of men, And the light in
τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, Kai ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ.κατέλαβεν.
the darkmess appears, and the darkness 7it ‘apprehended not.
6 Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα
There was aman sent from God, *name
αὐτῷ "" Ἰωάννης." 7 οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυ-
this John. He came for a witness, that he might
ρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν δι᾿ αὐτοῦ.
witness concerning the light, that all might believe through him.
8 οὐκιἦν ἐκεῖνος TO φῶς, GAN ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ
27Was*not ‘the the light, but that he might witness concerning the
φωτός. 9 ἦν τὸ ps TO ἀληθινόν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα
light. *Was ‘the “light *true that which lightens every
ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 10 ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν,
man coming into the world. In the world he was,
καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, Kai ὃ κόσμος αὐτὸν
and the world through him cameintobeing, and the world him
? » 2 LW με ‘ cw ᾽ 5 > a
ovkéyyw. 11 εἰς τὰ. ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ-παρέλα-
knew not. To hisown hecame, and hisown him received not ;
Bov? 12 de0r.d& ἔλαβον" αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν
but as many 88 received him he gave tothem authority

a — ἔξω [u}rrr[a].
σαντες αὐτόν T.

& -- ͵π᾽ςΑμήν @[L]TTra.
i— ἅγιον E; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην (Ἰωάνην tr) GLTrAW ; κατὰ Ἰωάννην T.

γέγονεν ἐν (read Geek

2 ἔλαβαν Tr.

τὼ ᾿Ιωάνης Tr

ε διὰ παντὸς LA.

ς -- καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν τ. 4— προσκυνή-
[αἰνοῦντες καὶ) εὐλογοῦντες TrA; --- καὶ εὐλογοῦντες 1.
ἔλιον EGLTW.

k ἕν. ὃ

! ἐστιν is LE.

Ὁ πρὸς LTTrA.
h Κατὰ Λουκᾶν Tra ; — Τὸ κατὰ Λουκᾶν eva:

thing]. That which was in him was life) rr.

I. JOHN.
τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα
ehildren of God to be, to those that believe on "name

αὐτοῦ" 13 ot οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ

this ; who not of bloods nor of will of flesh nor
ἐκ ἐπε τς, ἀνδρὸς ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν.
οἵ ofman but of God were born.

14 Kai ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, Kai ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν,
And the Word fiesh became, and tabernacled among us,

καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν. δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ
(and we discerned his glory, aglory as of anonly-begotten with

πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος Kai ἀληθείας. 15° ἜΘΟΥΣ. μαρτυρεῖ
John

afather), full of Erne and truth. witnesses
περὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai κέκραγεν, λέγων, Οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον,
concerning him, and cried, saying, This was he of whom I said,
Ὁ ὀπίσω pou ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν" Ort
He who after me comes, “precedence “of *me *has, for
πρῶτός μου ἦν. 16 PKai' ἐκ τοῦ.πληρώματος.αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς
before me he was. And of his fulness we

πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος" 17 ὕτι ὁ νόμος
all received, and grace upon grace, For the law
διὰ IMwoéwe'! ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις Kai ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ

through Moses wasgiven; the grace andthe truth through Jesus

χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. 18 θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε τὸ μονο-
Christ came, °God ‘noone “has ‘seen at any ec the only-

γενὴς Sutdc,' ὁ ὧν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξη-
ἐποίσει Son, whois in the bosom ofthe Father, he de-

ynoaro. 19 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ ᾿Τωάννου,"
clared [him]. And this is the witness of John,
ὅτε ἀπέστειλαν ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς Kai
when ssent *the *Jews from Jerusalem priests and
*Aevirac,' ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς εἶ; 20 Kai
Levites, that they en ask him, Thou whoart thou? And

ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν, Ὅτι *oUK εἰμὶ
he Pee and denied not, and confessed, “Not *am

ἐγώ ὁ χριστός. 21 Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν, YTi οὖν ; ἩἩλίας
the Christ. And they asked him, Whatthen? Elias

el ov'; *Kai' λέγει, Οὐκ.εἰμί. ‘O προφήτης εἶ σύ; Kai
art thou? And hesays, LIamnot. The prophet art thou? And
ἀπεκρίθη, Ob. 22 *Elzov' Yoty' αὐτῷ, Tic εἴ; ἵνα ἀπό-
he answered, No. They said therefore to him, Who art thou? that an
κρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς: τί λέγεις περὶ
answer we may give to those who sent what sayest thou about
σεαυτοῦ; 23 "Edn, Ἐγώ φωνὴ ἀδοῦτος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,

thyself? He said, 1 [am] a voice crying in the ern e=e
Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου: καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προ-

Make straight the way of [the] Lord, as said Esaias the pro-
7 ‘ ec, ll ? , Sx 2 ar

φήητης. 24 Kai “οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρι-

phet. And those who hadbeensent werefromamong the Phari-

σαίων. 25 καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ “elrov' αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν
sees, And _ they asked him and said tohim, Why then

βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ.εῖ ὁ χριστός, “οὔτε! “Hriac,' “οὔτε"

241

to become the sons of
God, even to them that
believe on his name:
13 which were born,
not of blood, nor of
the will of the flesh,
nor of the will of man,
but of God.

14 And the Word was
made flesh, and dwelt
among us, (and we be-
held his glory, the
glory as of the only
begotten of the Fa-
ther,) full of grace
and truth. 15 John
bare witness of him,
and cried, saying, This
was he of whom [
spake, He that cometh
after me is preferred
before me: for he was
before me. 16 And of
his fulness have all we
received, and grace for
grace. 17 For the law
was given by Moses,
but grace and truth
came by Jesus Christ.
18 No man hath seen
God at any time; the
only begotten Son,
which is in the bosom
of the Father, he hath
declared him. 19 And
this is the record of
John, when the Jews
sent priests and Le-
vites from Jerusalem
to ask him, Who art
thou? 20 And he con-
fessed, and denied not;
but confessed, I am
not the Christ. 21 And
they asked him, What
then? Art thou Elias?
And he saith, Iam not.
Art thou that prophet?
And he answered, No,
22 Thensaid they unto
him, Who art thou?
that we may give an
answer to them that
sent us. What sayest
thou of thyself? 23 He
said, I am the voice of
one crying in the wil-
derness, Make straight
the way of the Lord,
as said the prophet
Esaias. 24 And they
which were sent were
of the Pharisees.
25 And they asked him,
and said unto him,
Why baptizest thou
then, if thou be not
that Christ, nor Elias,

baptizest thou, if thou art not the Christ, nor Elias, nor neither that prophet ?

οΙωάνης fr. P ὅτι for GLTTrA. a Μωύσέως LTTrAW. —06(read[the]) Tr. 5 θεὸς
God τε. τ Ἰωάνου Tr. Υ + πρὸς αὐτὸν to him Ltra. w τ Αεναίτας TTrA. x ἐγὼ οὐκ
εἰμὶ ταττὰ. Υ τί οὖν; Ἡλείας ef ; τι τί οὖν; σὺ Ἡλίας el; Tr: σὺ οὖν τί; Ἡλίας εἴ; A.
t— καὶ τ. 8 εἶπαν LTTrA, b’ — ody L. ς — οἱ (read [those who ]) rrra. 4 εἶπαν
LYTrA. ε οὐδὲ τττὰ. ΓἩλείας 1.

R

242

26 John answered
them, saying, I bap-
tize with water: but
there standeth one a-
mong you, whom ye
know not; 27 he it is,
who coming after me
is preferred before me,
whose shoe’s latchet I
am not worthy to un-
loose. 28 These things
were done in Beth-
abara beyond Jordan,
where John was bap-
tizing.

29 The next day
John seeth Jesus com-
ing unto him, and
saith, Behold the Lamb
of God, which taketh
away the sin of the
world. 30 This is he
of whom I said, After
me cometh a man
which is preferred be-
fore me: for he was
before me. 31 And I
knew him not: but
that he should be made
manifest to Israel,
therefore am I come
baptizing with water.
32 And John bare re-
cord, saying, I saw the
Spirit descending from
heaven likea dove, and
it abode upon him.
33 And I knew him
not: but he that sent
me to baptize with
water, the same said
unto me, Upon whom
thou shalt see the Spi-
rit descending, and re-
maining on him, the
same is he which bap-
tizeth with the Holy
Ghost. 34 And I saw,
and bare record that
this is the Son of God.

35 Again the next
day after John stood,
and two of his disci-
ples; 36 and looking
upon Jesus as he walk-
ed, he saith, Behold
the Lamb of God!
37 And the two disci-
ples heard him speak,
and they followed Je-

& ᾿Ιωάνης Tr.

τῷ — ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν G[L]TTrA.

θαβαρᾷ E; Βηθανίᾳ Bethany Gurtraw.

(read he sees) GLTTrAW.

Υ + [0 αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου] who takes away the sin of the world 1,
2 οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ τ.

LTrA.
= - καὶ Τ.

ILQANN HES. [.
ὁ προφήτης ; 26 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Iwavvyc' λέγων, ᾿Εγὼ
the prophet? 2Answered *them 1John saying, I
B , ? ὕδ - , ΒδὲΙ ς ~ itt Il a « -
απτίζω €V VOATEL μέσος. υμων ἙσΤΉΚεΨν ον πυμεις
baptize with water; butin([the] midst οὗ you stands (one] whom ye
odk.otdare’ 27 Καὐτός ἐστιν" 16" ὀπίσω pov ἐρχόμενος, "πιὃς
know not; he itis who after me comes, who
a” θέ “2 ell τ n2 ‘ Il ? > 4 Oo » ΠΣ
ἔμπροσθεν μου yeyovev οὐ πεγωΐ οὐκ εἰμὶ 5 ἄξιος ἵνα
?precedence “of*me ‘has, of whom [1 7not ‘am worthy that
λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος. 28 Ταῦτα ἐν
Ι should loose οὗ him the thong ofthe sandal. These things in
ΡΒηθαβαρᾶ" ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, ὕπου ἦν «τ lway=
Bethabara took place across the Jordan, where 7was ‘John
νης" βαπτίζων.
baptizing.
29 Τῇ ἐπαύριον βλέπει "ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης" τὸν ‘Inoovy ἐρχόμενον
On the morrow 2gees 1John Jesus coming
4A > ’ 4 2 a” « ᾽ A ~ ~ € ”
πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai λέγει, “Ide ὁ Hae τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων
to him, and says, Behold the Lamb of God, who takesaway
THY ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. 30 οὗτός ἐστιν ‘zepi' οὗ ἐγὼ
the sin ofthe world. He itis concerning whom [
elrov, ᾿᾽Οπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνήρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γ γεν;
said, After me comes aman, who “precedence *of*me ‘has,
ε --»ὕὔ τ ? ‘ > a ey hoa ᾽ 2 ἡ
ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 31 κἀγὼ οὐκιἤδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα

because before me he was. AndI knew not him ; but that
~ ~? ἐν, ‘ — ἦλθ ? ‘ > v. “ἢ
φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ
he might be manifested to Israel, therefore came I with

ὕδατι βαπτίζων. 32 Kui ἐμαρτύρησεν "Ἰωάννης" λέγων, Ὅτι
water baptizing. And “bore “witness *John saying,
τεθέαμαι τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον *wori' περιστερὰν ἐξ οὐ-
I have beheld the Spirit descending as a dove out of hea-
~ 7 ? 7 γ ΄ 7 ‘ ᾽ » > ἜΣ 2 ?
ρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. 33 κἀγὼ οὐκιῴδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ
ven, and it abode upon him. AndI kmewnot him; but
ὁ πέμψας pe βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, Ed’
hewho sent me tobaptize with water, he tome said, Upon
ὃν dy ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾽
whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending and abiding on
αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.
him, he itis who baptizes with {the} Spirit ‘Holy.
34 κἀγὼ ἑώρακα, Kai μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς
AndI havyeseen, and haveborne witness that this is the Son
τοῦ θεοῦ.
of God.
35 Τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν x6" ᾿Ἰωάννης," καὶ ἐκ
On the morrow again 1John, and “οὗ
τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. 36 καὶ ἐμβλέψας τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ περιπα-
*his *disciples ‘two. And looking at Jesus walk-
τοῦντι, λέγει, Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦῦ. 37 *Kai' ἤκουσαν

εἱστήκει
was *standing

ing, he says, Behold the Lamb of God ! And *heard
δαὐτοῦ οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ" λαλοῦντος, Kai ἠκολούθησαν τῷ
Shim 'the *two “disciples speaking, and followed
h— δὲ Ῥαῦ Tira. ἱστήκει Tira. * — αὐτός ἐστιν G[L}ttra. [ὃ] Tra.
n — ἐγὼ [L]rTra. . 9. Ὁ ἐγὼ 1 1{τ|]Δ, P By-
4 τ ὃ Lrtr[A]. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. 8 — ὁ Ἰωάννης
t ὑπὲρ LITrA. ¥ —7@ LTTr[A]. Ἢ ὡς GLTTrAW. χ.-- ὁ

I. JOHN.
Ἰησοῦ. 38 στραφεὶς “δὲ! ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς
Jesus, *Having *turned *but ?Jesus, and beheld them

ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὐτοῖς. 89 Ti ζητεῖτε; Οἱ. δὲ *eizrov'

following, says tothem, What seek ye? And they said
αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί." ὃ λέγεται ἱἑρμηνευόμενον" διδάσκαλε, ποῦ
to nee, Rabbi, which istosay being pecsEted Teacher, where

μένεις; 40 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἼἜρχεσθε καὶ Sidere." ἬΛλθον"
abidest thou ? He says to them, Come and see. They went

‘kai Ἐεῖδον᾽ ποῦ péver’ καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν

and saw where heabides; and with him _ they abode ΞΔ
ἐκεί ὥρα ἰδὲ! ἦν ὡς δεκάτη. 41 “Hy™ ᾿Ανδρέας
‘that. (?The]*hour‘now was about (the] tenth. ™Was 1 Andrew

ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων
the “brother *of*®Simon ‘Peter one of the two who heard

παρὰ "Ἰωάννου," καὶ ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. 42 εὑρίσκει
him.

[this] from John, and followed *Finds
οὗτος “πρῶτος" τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν. ἴδιον Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει
the *first ®prother *his °own Simon, and says

αὐτῷ, Ἑὑρήκαμεν τὸν μεσσίαν, 6 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον

tohim, We have found the aenias, which is being interpreted
Po! χριστός. 48 “καὶ! ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
the Christ. And he led him to Jesus.

ἐμβλέψας. "δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Σὺ εἶ Σίμων ὁ υἱὸς
And looking at him Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son

Ἰωνᾶ" ob κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέτρος.
of Jonas; thou shalt be called Cephas, which isinterpreted Stone.
44 Ty ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ‘do Ἰησοῦς" ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν
Onthe morrow 7desired + Jesus to go forth into

Γαλιλαίαν" καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ", ᾿Ακολούθει
Galilee, and he finds Philip and says to him, Follow

po. 45 “Hy.dé ὁ Φίλιτπος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως
me. Now *was *Philip from Bethsaida, of the city

᾿Ανδρέου καὶ Πέτρου. 46 Εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ

of Andrew and Peter. ?Finds *Philip Nathanael

\ Ne > ~ WM ll
καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὃν ἔγραψεν wong! ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ
and says ἴο him, So whom *wrote*of ‘Moses in the law and

ol προφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν, Ιησοῦν "τὸν" υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν

the prophets, wehavefound, Jesus the son of Joseph who
ἀπὸ ΥΝαζαρέτ." 47 τΚαὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, Ἔκ
(is) from Nazareth. : And ?said *to*him *Nathanael, Out of
YNalapér' δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ ὃ Φίλιππος,
Nazareth can anygoodthing be? ?Says “to *him ee
Ἔρχου καὶ ide. 48 Eldey od! Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ ἐρχόμενον
Come and see. 7Saw + Jesus Nathanael coming
πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ, “Ide ἀληθῶς “"ἸἼσραηλ-
to him, and says COnBEERINS him, Behold truly an Israel-

ίτης," ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ.ἔστιν. 49 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ,
ite, in whom guile is not. "Says *to*him ‘Nathanael,

Πόθεν pe γινώσκεις; ᾿Απεκρίθη 26! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
Whence me knowest thou? 7Answered *Jesus and said tohim,

242

sus. 38 Then Jesus
turned, and saw them
following, and saith
unto them, What seek
ye? They said unto
him, Rabbi, (which is
to say, being inter-
preted, Master.) where
dwellest thou? 39 He
saith unto them, Come
and see. They came
and saw where he
dwelt, and abode with
him that day: for it
was about the tenth
hour. 40 One of the
two which heard John
speak, and foilowed
him, was Andrew, Si-
mon Peter’s brother.
41 He first findeth his
own brother Simon,
and saith unto him,
We have found the
Messias, which is, be-
ing interpreted, the
Christ. 42 And he
brought him to Jesus,
And when Jesus be-
held him, hesaid, Thou
art Simon the son of
Jona: thou shalt be
called Cephas, which
is by interpretation, A
stone.

43 The day following
Jesus would go forth
into Galilee, and find-
eth Philip, and saith
unto him, Follow me.
44 Now Philip was of
Bethsaida, the city of
Andrew and Peter.
45 Philip findeth Na-
thanael, and _ saith
unto him, We have
found him, of whom
Moses in the law, and
the prophets, did write,
Jesus of Nazareth, the
son of Joseph. 46 And
Nathanael said unte
him, Can there any
good thing come out
of Nazareth? Philip
saith unto him, Come
and see. 47 Jesus saw
Nathanael coming to
him, and saith of him,
Behold an Israelite in-
deed, in whom is no
guile! 48 Nathanael
saith unto him, Whence
knowest thou me? Je-
sus answered and said
unto him, Before that

ς -- δὲ τ. ἃ εἶπαν LTTrA. e Ῥαββεί Ts _ beBepuenvevopevor | LTrA.
shall see TTra. h ἦλθαν TTrA. 1 + οὖν therefore [u]rtra.
GLTTraw. m+ [δὲ] and L. 2 *Iwavov Tr. ° πρῶτον LTra.

4 — καὶ [L]TTrA. — δὲ and G@Ttraw. 5. Ἰωάνον of John itr ;

Κ εἶδαν LTTrA.

*Iwavvov TA.

8 OWeabe ye

1— δὲ
P—o6 SE
—o

᾿Ιησοῦς (read he desired) GLTTraw. Y+o ees Jesus (finds) LITraW. Ww Moots
LTTraWw. x —— yoy LT[Tr]. Y Ναξζαρέθ EGw. — καὶ τ. a+ 6 LTrA. b—o6
LITraW. ca Ισραηλείτης ττι. da — ὃ GLTTrAW.

244

Philip called thee,
when thou wast under
the fig tree, [saw thee.
49 Nathanael answered
and saith unto him,
Rabbi, thou art the
Son of God; thou art
the King of Israel.
50 Jesus answered and
said unto him, Because
I said unto thee, I saw
thee under the fig tree,
believest thou? thou
shalt see greater things
than these. 51 And he
saith unto him, Verily,
verily, Isay unto you,
Hereafter ye shall see
heaven open, and the
angels of God ascend-
ing and _ descending
upon the:'Son of man.

11. And the third day
there was a marriage
in Cana of Galilee;
and the mother of Je-
sus was there: 2 and
both Jesus was called,
and his disciples, to
the marriage. 3 And
when they wanted
wine, the mother of
Jesus saith unto him,
They have no wine.
4 Jesus saith unto her,
Woman, what have I
to do with thee? mine
hour is not yet come.
5 His mother saith un-
to the servants, What-
soever he saith unto
you, doit. 6 And there
were set there six
waterpots of stone,
after the manner of
the purifying of the
Jews, containing two
or three firkins apiece.
7 Jesus saith unto

them, Fill the water- Ὁ

pots with water. And
they filled them up to
the brim. 8 And he
saith unto them, Draw
out now, and bear unto
the governor of the
feast. And they bare
it. 9 When the ruler
of the feast had tasted
the water that was
made wine, and knew
not whence it was:
(but the servants
which drew the water
kmew ;) the governor
of the feast called the
pridegroom, 10 and
saith unto him, Every
man at the beginning
doth set forth good

IQANNHS. I, II.
Πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν,
Before that *thee ‘Philip 2called, [thou] being under the fig-tree,
εἶδόν σε. 50 ᾿Απεκρίθη" Ναθαναὴλ ‘rai λέγει" ἑξαὐτῷ," “PaBBi."
Isaw thee. 7Answered ‘Nathanael and says to him, Rabbi,
σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, σὺ ‘el ὁ βασιλεὺς"! τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ.
thou art the Son of God, thou art the King of Israel.
51 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Εῖδόν

2Answered ‘Jesus and said tohim, Because I said tothee, Isaw

σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις; μείζω τούτων
thee under the fig-tree, believest thou? Greater things than these
Oe." δῷ Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
thou shalt see. And hesays tohim, Verily verily MIsay toyou,

ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι' ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, Kai τοὺς ay-
Henceforth yeshallsee the heaven opened, and the an-
γέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν

gels of God ascending and descending on the

υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

Son of man.

2 Kai "ry ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ" γάμος ἐγένετο ἐν οΚανᾷ!

And onthe “day ‘third amarriage took place in Cana

τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἦν ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ. 2 ἐκλήθη.δὲ
of Galilee, and*was'the “mother 308 *Jesus there. And*was‘*invited

καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ ot μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον. 8 Kai

2also 1Jesus and his disciples to the marriage. And

Ρὑστερήσαντος οἴνου" λέγει ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ιησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν,
being deficient of wine “says ‘the *mother %of*Jesus to him,
IWivoy οὐκ.ἔχουσιν." 4 τΛέγει adr” ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ
Wine they have not. 7Says “to *her *Jesus, What tome and
σοί, γύναι; οὔπω ἥκει ἡ. ὥρα.μου. 5 Λέγει ἡ. μήτηρ. αὐτοῦ

to thee, woman? ποῦ γϑί iscome mine hour, 3Says his mother
~ , σ΄ n , € ~ 7, FF
τοῖς διακόνοις, “O.re ἂν λέγῃ Upiv, ποιήσατε. 6 “Hoay
tothe servants, Whatever he may say to you, do. ?'There *were
δὲ ἐκεῖ "ὑδρίαι λίθιναι"! ἕξ ἱκείμεναι' κατὰ τὸν καθα-
land there *water-vessels of “stone ‘six standing according to the puri-
ισμὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων", χωροῦσαι ava μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς.
fication of the Jews, “holding ‘each metrets twoor three.
λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Γεμίσατε τὰς ὑδρίας ὕδατος.
7Says “to *them 1 Jesus, Fill the water-vessels with water.
Kai ἐγέμισαν αὐτὰς ἕως ἄνω. ὃ Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αν-
And they filled them vunto(the] brim. And hesays tothem, Draw
τλήσατε νῦν καὶ φέρετε τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ. ‘Kai! ἤνεγκαν.
out now and carry tothe master of the feast. And _ they carried [it].
9 we.dé ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος τὸ ὕδωρ olvoy γεγενη-
But when Shad 7tasted 'the “master °of *the "feast the water ‘wine ‘that *had
, ‘ ’ ’ , A ᾽ὔ ” «
μένον, καὶ οὐκιΐδει πόθεν ἐστίν" οἱ. δὲ διάκονοι ἔδεισαν οἱ
“become, and knewnot whence itis, (but the servants knew who
ἠντληκότες TO ὕδωρ" φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος
haddrawn the water,) ‘calls ‘the *bridegroom ‘the *master “of *the *feast
‘ , 2 ~ ~ » ~ 4 4
10 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πρῶτον τὸν καλὸν οἶνον

wine ; and when men and says tohim, Every man first the good wine
e + αὐτῷ *him [L]rtra. f — καὶ λέγει [L]tTra. 8 — αὐτῷ LTTrA. h ‘PaBBei T.

1 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶ τ,; βασιλεὺς εἶ TTrA.
" τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ TrA.

ἄρτι LTTrA.

k + ὅτι that LTTra. lOym GLTTrAW. = =™ — ἀπ
° Kava ELTTr. P οἶνον οὐκ εἶχον, ὅτι συνετελέσθη

ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου. εἶτα wine they had not, for the wine of the marriage feast was finished.

Then tT.
ὑδρίαι LTTrA.

4 οἶνος οὐκ ἔστιν Wine there is not τ.
τ κείμεναι placed after ᾿Ιουδαίων TTrA.

r+ καὶ and (Jesus) [L]TrA. 5 λίθιναι
Vv οἱ δὲ and they (carried) Tira.

JOHN.

τίθησιν, και ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν χγότε! τὸν ἐλάσσω"
sets on, and when they may have drunk freely then the inferior;
σὺ τετήρηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 11 Ταύτην ἐποίησεν
thou hastkept the good wine until now. This Sdid
Irn ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν *Kavg' τῆς Γαλιλαίας,
‘beginning “οὗ *the ‘signs Jesus in Cana of Galilee,

11.

καὶ ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν
and manifested his glory ; and “believed fon “him
οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.

*his *disciples.

12 Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς "Καπερναούμ," αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ

After this he went down to he and

μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ Kai οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" Kai οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai

his mother and brethren this and his disciples, and
ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν ov πολλὰς ἡμέρας. 18 Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα
there they abode not many days. And near was the passover

~ > ΄ ‘ > , > c , Cas: ~ ‘
τῶν “lovdaiwy, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα ὁ Inoovc. 14 καὶ
of the Jews, and *went *up *to ‘Jerusalem 1 Jesus. And
εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας Boac Kai πρόβατα καὶ
he found in the temple those who sold oxen and sheep and
περιστεράς, Kai τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους" 15 καὶ ποιή-

Capernaum,

doves, and the money-changers sitting ; and having

, ? / ’ ᾽ , : ~

σας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ TOU
made a scourge of cords *all the *drove *out from the

ἱεροῦ, τά.τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας. Kai TOY κολλυβιστῶν
temple, both the sheep and the oxen; and ofthe money-changers

ἐξέχεεν “τὸ κέρμα" καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ

he poured out the coin and the tables overthrew. And
τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν, Ἄρατε ταῦτα
to those who #the “doves sold he said, Take these things
ἐντεῦθεν. “μὴ.ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός. μου οἶκον ἐμ-
hence ; make not the house of my father a house of mer-
iov. 17 ᾿Εμνήσθησαν “δὲ! οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ % :
πορίου. μνησθησαν. οὐἱιμαθηται αὐτοῦ OTL YE
chandise, And “remembered ‘his 7disciples that writ-

frarépayéy' με.

ἕνον ἐστίν, ‘O ζῆλος τοῦ.οἴκου.σου
’ ς
ten has eaten 7up ‘me,

itis, The zeal of thine house
18 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ Seizov' αὐτῷ, Ti

*Answered “therefore'the 7Jews and said tohim, What
σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; 19 ᾿Απεκρίθ
ι ¢ Ὸῃ C3 ρίθη
sign shewest thou tous that these things thou doest? ? Answered

46" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν. τοῦτον, καὶ ἱὲν"

Jesus and said tothem, Destroy this temple, and in
τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ avrov.208Elroyv' οὖν οἱ Iovdain,
three days Iwillraiseup it. “Said “*therefore’the 7Jews,

ΚΤεσσαράκοντα! καὶ ἕξ ἔτεσιν ἰῳκοδομήθη" ὁ.ναὸς οὗτος, Kai
Forty and six years was building ΄ this temple, and
A ? ‘ « , ? ~ > , ᾽ ~ A ww
σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; 21 Exsivoc.dé ἔλεγεν
thou in three days wiltraiseup it? But he spoke
περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦκ.σὠματος.αὐτοῦ. 22 bre οὖν ἠγέρ-
concerning the temple of his body. When therefore he was
θη ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ὅτι
raised up from among [the] dead Sremembered this “disciples that

: Kava ELTTr,

χ — τότε [L]1[Tra]. Υ — τὴν LTTrA. : a
+ [καὶ] and L,

b— αὐτοῦ (Jrr[a]. ὁ τὰ κέρματα the coins Tra.
f καταφάγεταί will eat up GLTTraw. 8 εἶπαν LITrA.
k Τεσσεράκοντα Tira. ! οἰκοδομήθη τ.

h — ὃ LTTrAW.

245

have well drunk, then
that which is worse:
but thou hast kept the
good wine until now.
11 This beginning of
miracles did Jesus in
Cana of Galilee, and
manifested forth his
glory ; and his disci-
ples believed on him.

12 After this he went
down to Capernaum,
he, and his mother,
and his brethren, and
his disciples: and they
continued there not
many days. 13 And the
Jews’ passover was at
hand, and Jesus went
upto Jerusalem, l4and
found in the temple
those that sold oxen
and sheep and doves,
and the changers of
money sitting: 15 and
when he had made a
scourge of small cords,
he drove them all out
of the temple, and the
sheep, and the oxen;
and poured out the
changers’ money, and
overthrew the tables;
16 and said unto them
that sold doves, Take
these things hence;
make not my Father’s
house an house of mer-
chandise. 17 And his
disciples remembered
that it was written,
The zeal of thine house
hath eaten me up,
18 Then answered the
Jews and said unto
him, What sign shew-
est thou unto us, see-
ing that thou doest
these things? 19 Jesus
answered and said un-
to them, Destroy this
temple, and in three
days I will raise it up.
20 Then said the Jews,
Forty and six years
was this temple in
building, and wiltthou
rear it up in three
days? 21 But hespake
of the temple of hia
body. 22 When there-
fore he wasrisen from
the dead, his disciples
remembered that he

5 Καφαρναούμ, LITrAW.

e -- δὲ and [L]TTra.
i [ἐν] τς

246

had said this unto
them; and they be-
lieved the scripture,
and the word which
Jesus had said.

23 Now when he was
in Jerusalem at the
assover, in the feast
y, many believed in
his name, when they
saw the miracles which
he did. 24 But Jesus
did not commit him-
self unto them, be-
cause he knew all men,
25 and needed not that
any should testify of
man: for he knew
what was in man.

III. There was a
man of the Pharisees,
named Nicodemus, a
ruler of the Jews:
2 the same came to
Jesus by night, and
said unto him, Rabbi,
we know that thou art
a teacher come from
God: for no man can
do these miracles that
thou doest, except God
be with him. 3 Jesus
answered and said un-
to him, Verily, verily,
I say unto thee, Except
aman be born again,
he cannot see the king-
dom of God. 4 Nico-
demus saith unto him,
How can a man be
born when he is old?
can he enterthe second
time into his mother’s
womb, and be born?
5 Jesus answered, Ve-
rily, verily, I say unto
thee, Except a man
be born of water and
of the Spirit, he cannot
enter into the kingdom
of God. 6 That which
is born of the flesh is
flesh ; and that which
is born of the Spirit is
spirit. 7 Marvel not
that I said unto thee,
Ye must be born again,
8 The wind bloweth
where it listeth, and
thou hearest the sound
thereof, but canst not
tell whence it cometh,
and whither it goeth:
ΒΟ is every one that is
born of the Spirit.
9 Nicodemus answered

DP QUAN ΝΗ Σ. Ik; 1g.
τοῦτο ἔλεγεν “avroic,' καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ Kai τῷ
this he had said ἴο them, and believed the scripture and the
λόγῳ Yw' εἶπεν 0 'Inoodc.
word which *had*spoken ‘Jesus.
23 Ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν ° Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα, Péy" τῇ
But when he was in Jerusalem at the passover, at the
ἑορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ. ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ
feast, many believed on his name, beholding his
4 ~ et 2 ΄, > A A 42} ? ~ ? ΠῚ ΄,
τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. 24 αὐτὸς.δὲ 40" ᾿Τησοῦς οὐκ. ἐπίστευεν
signs which he was doing. But *himself 1 Jesus did not trust
τἑαυτὸν" αὐτοῖς, διὰ T0.avToyv-ywwoKey πάντας, 25 Kai
himself ἕο ὕβϑιω, because of his knowing all [men], and
Ore ov χρείαν εἶχεν ἵνα Tic μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ "τοῦ! dvOpw-
that *no “need the *had that any should testify concerning man,
που" αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.
for he knew what was in man.
3 Ἦν.δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα
But therewas aman of the Pharisees, Nicodemus 7name
αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ιουδαίων" 2 οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς ἱτὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν"
this, aruler ofthe Jews; he came to Jesus
νυκτός, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿ῬῬαββί." οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλή-

by night, and said ἴο him, Rabbi, we know that from God thou
λυθας διδάσκαλος" οὐδεὶς γὰρ “ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα δύναται!"
hast come ἃ teacher, for no one these signs is able

ποιεῖν ἃ ov ποιεῖς ἐὰν.μὴ ἢ ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 3’ Απεκρίθη
todo which thou doest unless *be 1God with him. * Answered
x6" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή
Δ 685 and said tohim, Verily verily 158. tothee, Unless
τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, ob dvvara ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
anyone be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom
θεοῦ. 4 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν Yo" Νικόδημος, Πῶς δύναται ἄν-

of God. "Says “to *him 1Nicodemus, How can a
θρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν
man be born 3old ‘being? σᾶ ΒΘ into the womb

τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν Kai γεννηθῆναι; 5 ᾿Απε-

of his mother asecondtime enter and be born? 7An-
κρίθη τὸ" Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή τις γεννηθῇ
swered 1Jesus, Verily verily Isay tothee, Unless anyone be born
ἐξ ὕδατος Kai πνεύματος οὐ-δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY βασιλείαν

of water διὰ οὔ Spirit he cannot enter intothe kingdom
“rod θεοῦ." 6 τὸ ὕγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς caps ἐστιν"
of God. That which hasbeenborn of the fiesh flesh is;

καὶ τὸ γεγεννημένον" ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν.
and that which has been born of the Spirit spirit is.
, ~ « ~ ~
7 μὴ.θαυμάσῳς ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι
Do not wonder that 1 5αϊᾶ to thee, It is needful for you to be born
ἄνωθεν. 8 τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν.φωνὴν αὐτοῦ
anew. The wind “where *it*wills *blows, and its sound
ἀκούεις, ©adX’" οὐκ.οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται “καὶ! ποῦ ὑπάγει"
thou hearest, but knowest not whence itcomes and where it goes:
~ c ~ ,
οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος. 9᾽᾿Απε-
thus is everyonethat has beenborn of the Spirit. 7An-

™— αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW.
§— Tou L.
x — ὃ LTTraW.

Ὁ γεγενημένον E.

τ αὐτὸν LTTrA.
7a σημεια ὩΤΤΤΑ.
the heavens. T.

ᾳ — ὃ LTTra,

Ww δύναται ταῦτα
ὐμβς ει ἃς

5 τῶν οὐρανῶν of

2 ὃν LTTrA. ο - τοῖς αὐτὰ. Ρ [ev] Ltr.
t αὐτὸν him GLTTraw. v Ῥαββεί 1.

Υ -- ὃ τι. — ὃ GLT[Tra]W.

© ἀλλὰ Tr. ἃ ἢ or τ᾿.

JOHN.

Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ide δύναται ταῦτα γενέ-
‘Nicodemus and said tohim, How can thesethings be?
10 ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ
Answered Jesus and said tohim, Thou art the
διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ταῦτα ov-ywwoKec; 11 ἀμὴν
teacher of Israel, andthese things knowest not? Verily
> A Ld ev a m” ~ A a ε id
ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, OTL ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν, καὶ ὃ ἑωρά-
verily Isay to thee, That which we know wespeak, and that which we
καμὲεν μαρτυροῦμεν᾽ καὶ τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. ἡμῶν οὐ-.λαμβάνετε.
have seen we bear witness of ; and our witness ye receive not.
12 εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ-πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω
If earthly things Isaid toyou, and yebelievenot, how if Isay
ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε; 18 Kai οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν
to you heavenly things will ye believe? And noone has gone up
εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰμὴ ὁ ἐκ TOV οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς
into the heaven excepthewhooutof the heaven camedown, the Son
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ ὧν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" 14 καὶ καθὼς ἱΜωσῆς"
ofman whois in the _ heaven. And even as Moses
iyarey τὸν ὕφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ
iftedup the serpent in the wilderness, thus tobelifted up it behoves
ὁ πιστεύων Sic αὐτὸν"
on him

Ti

κρίθη
swered
σθαι;

τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 1ὅ ἵνα πᾶς
the Son of man, that everyone that believes
bh a5 , ? II » \ 27 er ‘
μὴ.ἀπόληται, add ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 16 οὕτως. γὰρ
may not perish, but may have life eternal. For *so
ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ὥστε τὸν υἱὸν ἰαὐτοῦ" τὸν μονο-
3Ἰουϑᾶ 1God the σοῦ that his Son the only be-
γενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπόληται,
gotten hegave, thateveryone who believes on him may not perish,
Kan! ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 οὐ.γὰρ. ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν
but may have life eternal, For “sent “ποῦ *God

υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸν͵ κόσμον ἵνα Koi τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽
his Son into the world thathemightjudge the world, but
wa σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ. 18 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς

that *might *be °saved πο “world through him. He that believes
αὐτὸν ov-xpivera® ὁ “δὲ μὴ. πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται,
him is not judged; but he that believes ποῦ already has been judged,

OTL μὴ.πεπίστευκεν εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ
because he has not believed on the name ofthe only begotten Son

θεοῦ. 19 αὕτη.δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, Ort τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς
of God. And this is the judgment, that the light hascome into

τὸν κόσμον, καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος
the world, and “loved 1men Srather *the *darkness
ἢ TO φῶς" ἦν.γὰρ "πονηρὰ αὐτῶν" τὰ ἔργα. 20 7ac-yap
than the light; for were evil their works. For everyone
ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων μισεῖ TO φῶς, καὶ οὐκιἔρχεται πρὸς TO

on

that evil does hates the light, and comes not to the
~ ev R699: ~ \ > ~ Φ « ~ A

φῶς, ἵνα μὴ-ἔλεγχθῇ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτοῦ: 21 ὁ δὲ ποιῶν τὴν

light, that may not be exposed his works ; but he that practises the

ἀλήθειαν ἔρχεται πρὸς TO φῶς, ἵνα φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ
truth comes to the light, that may be manifested his

ἔργα ὅτι ἐν θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα.
works that in God they have been wrought.

917

mot ὁ

and said unto him,
How can these things
be? 10 Jesus answered
and said unto him, Art
thou a master of Is-
rael, and knowest not
these things? 11 Veri-
ly, verily, I say unto
thee, We speak that we
do know, and testify
that we have seen;
and ye receive not
our witness. 12 If 1
have told you earthly
things, and ye believe
not, how shall ye be-
lieve, if I tell you
of heavenly things?
13 And no man hath
ascended up to heaven,
but he that came down
from heaven, even the
Son of man which is
in heaven, 14 And as
Moses lifted up the
serpent in the wilder-
ness, even so must the
Son of man be lifted
up: 15 that whoso-
ever believeth in him
should ποὺ perish,
but have eternal life.
16 For God so loved
the world, that he gave
his only begotten Son,
that whosoever believ-
eth in him should not
perish, but have ever-
lasting life. 17 For God
sent not his Son into
the world to condemn
the world; but that
the world through him
might be saved. 18 He
that believeth on him
is not condemned: but
he that believeth not
is condemned already,
because he hath not
believed in the name
of the only begotten
Son of God. 19 And
this is the condemna-
tion, that light iscome
into the world, and
men loved darkness
rather than light, be-
cause their deeds were
evil. 20 For every one
that doeth evil hateth
the light, neither com-
eth to the light, lest
his deeds should be
reproved. 21 But he
that doeth truth com-
eth to the light, that
his deeds may be
made manifest, that
they are wrought in
God.

22 After these things

22 Mera ταῦτα ἦλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ οἱ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ εἰς came Jesus and his

After these things came Jesus and his disciples into

disciples into the land

®—oG.iitraw. ‘ Mwioys Lrtraw.
améAnras ἀλλ᾽ [L}ttra. i — αὐτοῦ (read the Son) T. k ἀλλὰ Tr.
Son) T[1ra]. m — δὰ but [1|]Τ{ττ]ὰ. 2 αὐτῶν πονηρὰ LTTrA.

Sen αὐτὸν L; ev αὐτῷ in him τττὰ.

ΣᾺ}. ae
1 — αὐτοῦ (read the

248

of Juda; and there
he tarried with them,
and baptized. 23 And
John also was bap-
tizing in Anon near
to Salim, because there
was much water there:
and they came, and
were baptized. 24 For
John was not yet cast
into prison. 25 Then
there arose a question
between some of John’s
disciples and _ the
Jews about purifying.
26 And they came un-
to John, andsaid unto
him, Rabbi, he that
was with thee beyond
Jordan, to whom thou
barest witness, behold,
the same _ baptizeth,
and all men come to
him. 27 Johnanswered
and said, A man can
receive nothing, except
it be given him from
heaven. 28 Ye your-
selves bear me witness,
that I said, I am not
the Christ, but that I
am sent before him.
29 He that hath the
bride is the _ bride-
groom : but the friend
of the bridegroom,
which standeth and
heareth him, rejoiceth
greatly because of the
bridegroom’s voice:
this my joy therefore
is fulfilled. 30 He
must increase, but I
must decrease. 31 He
that cometh from a-
pbove is above all: he
that is of the earth is
earthly, and speaketh
of the earth: he that
cometh from heaven is
above all. 32 And
what he hath seen
and heard, that he tes-
tifieth; and no man
receiveth his testi-
mony. 33 He that hath
received his testimony
hath set to his seal
that God is true.
34 For he whom God
hath sent speaketh the
words of God: for God
giveth not the Spirit
by measure unto him.
35 The Father loveth
the Son, and hath giv-
en all things into his
hand, 36 He that be-
lieveth on the Son
hath everlasting life:
and he that believeth
not the Son shall not

IQANN HES. III.

τὴν Τουδαίαν.γῆν. καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν per αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβάπ-
the land of Judea; and there hestayed with them and was bap-
τιζεν. 23 ἦν.δὲ καὶ ο᾿Ιωάννης" βαπτίζων ἐν Aivwy ἐγγὺς
tizing. And ‘was ?also 1John baptizing in non, near
τοῦ Σαλείμ, ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ᾽ Kai παρεγίνοντο καὶ
Salim, because *waters ‘many were there; and they were coming and
ἐβαπτίζοντο. 24 οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν
being baptized. For not yet was 2cast 3into *the ‘prison
Po!’ lwavyyc.|i25’Eyévero οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
+ John. Arose thenaquestion[onthepartjof the disciples
φΙωάννου" μετὰ τ᾿ Τουδαίων! περὶ καθαρισμοῦ" 26 καὶ "ἦλθον"
of John with [some] Jews about purification, And they came
πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην" καὶ “εἶπον" αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί,! ὃς ἦν pera
to John and said tohim, Rabbi, hewhowas with
σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ide οὗτος
thee beyond the Jordan, to whom thou hast borne witness, behold he
βαπτίζει, καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν. 27 ᾿Απεκρίθη
baptizes, and all come to him. ? Answered

οΤωάννης" καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν
‘John and said, 315 015. ‘a “man toreceive nothing

ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 28 αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς
unless it be given to him from the heaven, Ye yourselves
~ er 5 x ? 2 Se? ‘il « , 2 .». Ὁ}
μοι μαρτυρεῖτε ὅτι εἶπον, “Οὐκ.εἰμιὶ ἐγώ" 0 χριστός, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι
tome bear witness that I said, *Am*not ‘I the Christ, but that
ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου. 29 ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμ-
Ξβϑῃῦ I*am _— before him. Hethat has the bride
ony, νυμφίος ἐστίν: ὁ.δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ
%pridegroom ‘is; but {86 friend of the bridegroom,who stands and
ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου"
hears him, withjoy rejoices because of the voice of the bridegroom,
αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται. 80 ἐκεῖνον δεῖ
this then *joy my is fulfilled. *Him ‘+it *behoves
᾽ , 3 4 Δί .2 ~ c » ᾽ , ? ,
αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ.δὲ ἐχαττοῦσθαι. 310 ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω
toincrease, but me _ to decrease. Hewho fromabove comes, above
πάντων ἐστίν. ὁ ὧν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, Kai
all is. He whois from the earth from the earth is, and
ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος “ἐπάνω
from the earth speaks. Hewhofrom the heaven comes above
πάντων éoriv,' 382 “Kai! ὃ ἑώρακεν Kai ἤκουσεν "τοῦτο!
all is, and what he has seen and heard this
ws ‘ A , > ~ ᾽ s 4 ε
μαρτυρεῖ" καὶ τὴν. μαρτυρίαν.αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει. 88 ὁ
he testifies; and his testimony noone receives. He that
λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής
has received his testimony hasset tohissealthat God true
ἐστιν. 84 ὃν.γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ
lis; for he whom 2sent 1God the words of God
λαλεῖ’ οὐ.γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν 6 θεὸς" τὸ πνεῦμα. 35 ὁ
speaks; fornot by measure gives ‘God the _ Spirit. The
πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ GD

Father loves the Son, and all things has given into band.
τοῦ. 36 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον: ὁ.“δὲ"
Hethat believes on the Son has life eternal; and he that
° Ιωάνης Tr. P — ὃ T[TrA]. 4 ᾿Ιωάνου tr. τ Ἰουδιιίου a Jew GLITrAW. 8 ἦλθαν

Tra.
πάντων ἐστίν T.
5 — δὲ and 1.

τ Ἰωάνην Tr.

w Ῥαββεί τ.

8 -- τοῦτο Τ.

x Byo οὐκ εἰμὶ L. J — ἐπάνω
b — ὃ θεὸς (read he gives) [L]t[Tr]a.

ν εἶπαν Tra.
— καὶ [π]τττὰ.

Tit, Iv. JOHN.
ἀπειθῶν τῷ υἱῷ οὐκιὄψεται ζωήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ
is not subject tothe Son shall notsee life, but the wrath of God
μένει ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
abides on him.
t rT a” « d , ll ev » « ~
4 Ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ 4xdproc! ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι,
When therefore*knew 'the *Lord that “heard (‘the Pharisees,
dre ᾿Ιησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ “Ἰωάν-
that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than John
ell , ? ~ ? 4 ? ? / ? ᾽ ε
νης 2 καίτοιγε ᾿Ιησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ.ἐβάπτιζεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ
(although indeed Jesus himself was not baptizing but
" > ~ ? ~ A ? , ‘ ? ~ ΄
μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ" 8 ἀφῆκεν τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν

his disciples), he left Judea, and went away again
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 4 ἔδει. δὲ αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς
into Galilee. Anditwas necessary for him topass through

Parnagsias) ὅ ἔρχεται οὖν εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας" λεγο-

maria. He comes therefore to acity of Samaria call-

μένην ὄξυχάρ," πλησίον τοῦ χωρίον ὃ! ἔδωκεν Ἰακὼβ
ed Sychar, near the land which ‘gave 1Jacob
2 A ~ τω > [ων Ηρ ‘ > ~ A ~ ? ,
Iwonp τῷουϊῷφι.αὐτοῦ. 6 ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ πηγὴ Tov ᾿Ιακώβ.
to Joseph his son. Now 3was ‘there *fountain ‘Jacob's ;

ὁ.οὖν. Ἰησοῦς κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως
Jesus therefore, being wearied from the journey, sat thus
ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ. ὥρα. ἦν ἰὼὡσε ἕκτη. 7 Ἔρχεται γυνὴ
at the fountain, [16] ΒΟῸΣ was about [the] sixth. Comes a woman
ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ. λέγει αὐτῇ 6’Iynoove,
out of Samaria to draw water. Says “to *her Jesus,
Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν"" 8 οἱ. γὰρ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν εἰς
Give me to drink; for his disciples had gone away into
a , wv cy > 4 , ] ll > ~
THY πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγοράσωσιν. 9 Λέγει ἰοὖν" αὐτῷ
the city, that provisions they might buy. 5Says “therefore *to “him
c ‘ « m ~ ll ~ 4 ? ~ a ? ? ~
ἡ γυνὴ ἡ “Σαμαρεῖτις, Πῶς σὺ ‘lovdaiog ὧν παρ ἐμοῦ
‘the -woman 7Samaritan, How ?thou ‘a*Jew “being *from ?°me
Ἀπιεῖν" αἰτεῖς, “οὔσης γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος" ; Ῥοὐ.γὰρ
το “drink “dost “ask, being a*woman 1Samaritan? For *no
~ ? ~ , " ;} , ? ~
συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις." 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς
“have “intercourse 1Jews with Samaritans, 2Answered ‘Jesus
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Et ἤδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τίς
and said toher, If thouhadst known the gift of God, and who
ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι, Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν." σὺ ἂν. ὕτησας
itis that says tothee, Give me todrink, thou wouldest have asked
αὐτόν, καὶ ἔδωκενιἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν. 11 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ἡ
him, and he would have given ἴο thee *water ‘living. Says *to*him?the

vyn,' Κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλ ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶν
γυνή, OLE, Mpa, EXEC, φρέαρ
*woman, Sir, A

nothing to draw with thou hast, and the well is
βαθύ: πόθεν lodv' ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν ; 12 μὴ σὺ.μείζων εἴ
deep; whence then hastthou the “water living? Art thou greater
τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Ιακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, Kai αὐτὸς
than our father Jacob, who gave us the well, and himself
ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ.θρἐμματα.αὐτοῦ ;
of it drank, and his sons and his cattle?
13 ᾿Απεκρίθη τὸ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Πᾶς ὁ πίνων ἐκ
*Answered Jesus and said toher, Everyone that drinks of

249

see life; but the wrath
of God abideth on him,

IV. When therefore
the Lord knew how the
Pharisees had heard
that Jesus made and
baptized more disciples
than John, 2 (though
Jesus himself baptized
not, but his disciples,)
3he left Judea, and
departed again into
Galilee. 4 And hemust
needs go through Sa-
maria. 5 Then com-
eth he to a city of
Samaria, which is call-
ed Sychar, near to the
parcel of ground that
Jacob gave to _ his
son Joseph. 6 Now
Jacob’s well was there.
Jesus therefore, being
wearied with his jour-
ney, sat thus on the
well: and it was about
the sixth hour. 7 There
cometh a woman of
Samaria to draw wa-
ter: Jesus saith unto
her, Give me to drink.
8 (For his disciples
were gone away unto
the city to buy meat.)
9 Then saith the wo-
man of Samaria unto
him, How is it that
thou, being a Jew,
askest drink of me,
which am a woman of
Samaria? for the Jews
have no dealings with
the Samaritans, 10 Je-
sus answered and said
unto her, If thou knew-
est the gift of God, and
who it is that saith to
thee, Give me to drink;
thou wouldest have
asked of him, and he
would have given thee
living water. 11 The
woman saith unto
him, Sir, thou hast no-
thing to draw with,
and the well is deep:
from whence then
hast thou that liy-
ing water? 12 Art
thou greater than our
father Jacob, which
gave us the well, and
drank thereof himself,
and his children, and
his cattle? 13 Jesus
answered and _ said
unto her, Whosoever
drinketh of this water

4 Ἰησοῦς Jesus T. εΙωάνης Tr.
LTTraw. K πεῖν TTrA. 1 — οὖν 1.
Σαμαρείτιδος (ξΣαμαρίτιδος T) οὔσης LTTrA,.
4 [ἡ γυνή] a. τ--- ὃ GLTTraW.

᾿ Σαμαρίας τ. δ Σιχάρε.

m Ξαμαρῖτις Τ.

π πῖν L3 πεῖν ΤΎΓΑ.
P — ov γὰρ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Ξαμαρείταις T.

i.
ws
° γυναικὸς

h οὗ GL.

250
shall thirst again:
14 but whosoever
drinketh of the water
that I shall give him
shall never thirst; but
the water that I shall
give him shall be in
him a well of water
springing up intoever-
lasting life. 15 The
woman saith unto him,
Sir, give me this water,
that I thirst not, nei-
ther come hither to
draw. 16 Jesus saith
unto her, Go, call thy
husband, and come
hither. 17 The woman
answered and said, I
have no husband. Je-
sus said unto her, Thou
hast well said, I have
no husband: 18 for
thou hast had five hus-
bands; and he whom
thou now hast is not
thy husband: in that
saidst thou truly.
19 The woman saith
unto him, Sir, I per-
ceive that thou art a
prophet. 20 Our fa-
thers worshipped in
this mountain; and ye
say, that in Jerusalem
is the place where men
ought to worship.
21 Jesus saith unto her,
Woman, believe me,
the hour cometh, when
yeshall neither in this
mountain, nor yet at
Jerusalem,worship the
Father. 22 Ye worship
ye know not what: we
know what we wor-
ship: for salvation is
of the Jews. 23 But
the hour cometh, and
now is, when the true
worshippers shall wor-
ship the Father in
epirit and in truth: for
t Father seeketh
such to worship him.
24 God ts a Spirit: and
they that worship him
must worship kim in
spirit and in truth.
25 The woman saith
unto him, I know that
Messias cometh, which
is called Christ: when
he is come, he will tell
usallthings. 26 Jesus
saith unto her, I that
k unto thee am he.
And upon this came

τ [ov μὴ διψήσει ..
διέρχωμαι ΤΑ.

LTTraw.

7 — ὃ LT[Tr]A.
e 4 αὐτῷ ἴο him [1]Δ.

& προσκυνεῖν δεῖ LITraW.
k — αὐτὸν τ.

IQANNH®.

~ ef , ΄ , τι aK , ? ~
Tov.Udatog.rouTouv διψήσει πάλιν" 14 ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν mig ἐκ τοῦ
this water will thirst again; but whoever my, drinkof the

ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ Yod.un “διΨψήσῳῃ! εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα"
water which [ willgive him inno wise shall thirst for ever,

ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ 0* δώσω αὐτῷ" γενήσεται iv αὐτῷ πη
but the water whichI will give tohim shall become in him a fountain

ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 15 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν
of water ἘΡΣΙΑΒΊΠΕΙ up into life eternal eae *to Shim

ἡ γυνή, Κύριε, δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, iva μὴ.διψῶ
1the ?woman, Sir, give me thts water, that I may not thirst

μηδὲ γἔρχωμαι" ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. 16 Λέγει αὐτῇ τὸ" "Ἰησοῦς,"
nor come here to draw. ah he Sto *her Jesus,

Ὕπαγε, φώνησον ὕτὸν ἄνδρα.σοῦ" καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. 17 ᾿Απε-
6ο, call thy husband and come here. 2An-

κρίθη ἡ γυνὴ Kai εἶπεν", “Οὐκιἔχω ἄνδρα." Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ
swered ‘the?woman and said, Ihave not ahusband. *Says *to *her

Ἰησοῦς, Καλῶς “εἶπας,, “Ore ἄνδρα οὐκ.ἔχω: 18 πέντε
ene, Well didst thou say, A husband I have not; five
yap ἄνδρας ἔσχες, Kai νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ.ιἔστιν σου
‘for husbands thou hast had, and now hewhom thouhast is not ay

ἀνήρ᾽ τοῦτο ἀληθὲξ᾿ εἴρηκας. 19 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή,
husband: this ny thou hast spoken. Says *to Shim ‘the 7woman,

Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὕτι προφήτης εἶ σύ. 20 οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν
air; I perceive that Sarcphet 2art ‘thou. Our fathers in

τούτῳ τῷ ὄρει! προσεκύνησαν᾽ και ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἔν Ἵε-
this mountain ἢ ΟΣΕΒΙΡΡΘα; and ye say that in Je

ροσολύμοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὅπον = 8dei_ προσκυνεῖν." 21 Λέγει
Tusalem is the place whereitis necessary to worship. Ee

αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Miva, πίστευσόν μοι," ὅτι ἔ ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε
3to *her 1 Jesus, Woman, believe me, that is coming an hour when

οὔτε ἐν τῷ. ὄρει.τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε
neither in this mountain nor in Jerusalem shall ye worship

τῷ πατρί. 22 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ. οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσ-
the Father, pore what he know not: we wor-

κυνοῦμεν ὃ otBapier” ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐστίν.
ship what we mow for salvation of the Jews is.

23 ἰἸάλλ᾽" ἔρχεται ὥρα Kai νῦν ἐστιν, ὕτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσ-
But iscoming an hour and now is, when the true wor-

κυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ"
shippers will worship the Father in spirit and = truth;

καὶ. γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν.
for also the Father 7such Xseeks who worship him.

24 Πνεῦμα ὁ θεός' καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἑαὐτὸν" ἐν
A spirit God [is], and they that worship bis in

πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἰδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 25 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ
wa and truth must Tee 3Says “to ®him ‘the

γυνή, Οἶδα ore μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος ΧΡΙ ΤΟΣ, orav
2woman, Iknowthat Messias is coming, who is called Christ ; when

ἔλθῃ ἐ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν πάντα." 26 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰη-

IV.

f

7comes ‘he he willtell us all things. "Says “to*her ‘Je-
σοῦς, aya εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν σοι. 27 Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ
sus, am [786], ;who 7am “speaking “to ‘thee. And upon this

W διψήσει LITrA. * + ἐγὼ 1 τ.

a— Ἰησοῦς (read he > Says) (wje[trja. b σου τὸν ἄνδρα A.

a ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1. 8 εἶπες τ. ἴ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ GLTTrAW.
h Τύναι, πίστευέ μοι L; Πίστενυέ μοι, γύναι ΤΎΤΑ. 1 ἀλλὰ
1 προσκυνεῖν δεῖ T. ἢ ἅπαντα TTrA.

. ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ] L. yé χομαι Tr 5

IV. JOHN.

27 AGov' οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Oavpacar' ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς
came his disciples, and wondered that with awoman

Ἴ , /,
ἐλάλει οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, Τί ζητεῖς; ἢ Τί λα-
he was speaking; noone however said, What seekest thou? or Why speakest
λεῖς μετ᾽ αὐτῆς ;
thou with her?

28 ᾿Αφῆκεν οὖν τὴν. ὑδρίαν.αὐτῆς ἡ γυνὴ Kai ἀπῆλθεν εἰς

*Left “then Sher “waterpot ‘the 7woman and went away into
τὴν πόλιν, Kai λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, 29 Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρω-
the city, and says tothe men, oe see aman

mov ὃς εἶπέν μοι πάντα Ῥόσα" ἐποίησα᾽ μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν
who told me allthingswhatsoever I did: *perchance ?this lis

ὁ χριστός; 30 «Τξῆλθον "οὖν" ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ
the Christ! Ehey: went forth therefore outofthe city, and

χοντο πρὸς αὐτόν.
unto him.

31 Ἔν. "δὲ" τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν ot μαθηταί, λέ-
Butin the meantime *were‘asking “him ‘the “disciples, say-
YOVTEC, pEaEBS " φάγε. 32 Ὃ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Eye ey

ing, Rabbi, eat. Buthe said tothem, meat

ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε. 88 Ἔλεγον "οὖν μαθη-
have Pe eat which ye know not. *Said “therefore ἘΠ eae

Tai πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ αγεῖν ;
ples to one pugles, 7Anyone ‘did bring him (anything to eat?

34 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Incovc, Ἑμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα “ποιῶ τὸ
7Says *to ‘them 1Jesus, meat is that I should do the

θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, Kai τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον.
μ PY
4 of him who sent me, and should finish his work.

35 οὐχ ὑμεῖς ) λέγετε, ¢ Ore ἔτι Υτετράμηνόν᾽" ἐστιν Kai ὁ θερισμὸς
*Not e say, shat yet four months itis andthe harvest

ἔρχεται; ἰδού, λέγω ὑμῖν, Exdpare τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. ὑμῶν καὶ
comes? Behold, Isay to you, Lift up your eyes and

θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν *70n.'
868 the fields, for white they are to harvest already.

36 δκαὶ! ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει, Kai συνάγει καρπὸν
And hethat reaps a reward receives, and gathers fruit
εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον" ἵνα kai! ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ
unto life eternal, that both hethat sows peomerhes 5may rejoice
καὶ ὁ θερίξῶν. 97 ἐν.γὰρ τούτῳ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν “ὁ" ἀλη-
land *he *that “reaps Forin this’ the saying is true,

θινός, ὅτι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, Kai ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων.
τὰ Fone lit 7is who sows, and another who reaps.

38 é ἐγώ ἀἀπέστειλα' ὑμᾶς θερίζειν ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε᾽"
sent you toreap onwhich*not ‘ye “have laboured ;

ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν, καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν.κόπον. αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύ-

ἤρ-

came

"

others havelaboured, and ye _ into their labour have en-
θατε.
tered.
89 ᾿Ἐκ.δὲ τῆς.πόλεως.ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν
But out of that city many believed on him
τῶν “Σαμαρειτῶν," διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς μαρ-
of the Samaritans, because of the word of the woman tes-
n7AGav TIr. ° ἐθαύμαζον were wondering GLITrAW. ? ἃ whichT.
® — ogy GLTTrAW. s — δὲ but [L]tTra. t ‘Papper T. ’ — οὖν W.

Υ τετράμηνός GLTTrAW. τ ἤδη (read already he that reaps) T.
>’ καὶ Tr[a]. ς — ὃ Trr[a]. 4 ἀπέσταλκα have sent T.

251

his disciples, and mar-
velled that he talked
with the woman: yet
no man said, What
seekest thou ? or, Why
talkest thou with her?

28 The woman then
left her waterpot, and
went her way into the
city, and saith to the
men, 29 Come, see a
man, which told me all
things that ever I did:
is not this the Christ?
30 Then they went out
of the city, and came
unto him.

31 In the mean while
his disciples prayed
him, saying, aster,
eat. 32 But he said
unto them, [ have meat
to eat that ye know
not of. 33 Therefore
said the disciples one
to another, Hath any
man brought him ought
to eat? 34 Jesus saith
unto them, My meat is
to do the will of him
that sent me, and to
finish his work. 35Say
not ye, There are yet
four months, and then
cometh harvest ἢ be-
hold, I say unto you,
Lift up your eyes, and
look on the fields ; for
they are white already
to harvest. 36 And he
that reapeth receiveth
wages, and gathereth
fruit unto life eternal:
that both he that sow-
eth and he that reap-
eth may rejoice to-
gether. 37 And herein
is that saying true, One
soweth, and another
reapeth. 381 sent you
to reap that whereon
ye bestowed no labour:
other men laboured,
and ye are entered into
their labours.

39 And many of the
Samaritans of that
city believed on him
for the saying of the
woman, which testi-

4 + [καὶ] and 1,.
α ποιήσω LTrA.
5. — καὶ G[L]TTra.

© Σαμαριτῶν 1.

2052

fied, He told me all
that ever I did. 40 So
when the Samaritans
were come unto him,
they besought him
that he would tarry
with them: and he
abode there two days.
41 And many more be-
lieved because of his
own word ; 42 and said
unto the woman, Now
we believe, not be-
cause of thy saying:

for we have heard him
ourselves, and know
that this is indeed the
Christ, the Saviour of
the world.

43 Now after two
days he departed
thence, and went into
Galilee. 44 For Jesus
himself testified, that
a prophet hath no
honour in his own
country. 45 Then when
he was come into Ga-
lilee, the Galilzans
received him, having
seen all the things that
he did at Jerusalem at
the feast: for they
also went unto the
teast.

46 So Jesus came
again into Cana of
Galilee, where he made
the water wine. And
there was a certain no-
bleman, whose son was
sick at Capernaum.
47 When he heard that
Jesus was come out of
Judza into Galilee, he
went unto him, and
besought him that he
would come down,
and heal his son: for
he was at the point of
death. 48 Then said
Jesus unto him, Ex-
cept ye see signs and
wonders, ye will not
believe. 49 The no-
bleman saith untohim,
Sir, come down ere my
child die. 50 Jesus
saith unto him, Go
thy way ; thy son liv-
eth. And the man be-
lieved the word that
Jesus had spoken unto
him, and he went his
way. 51 And as he was
now going down, his
servants met him, and

fa@ which TTra.
[L]TTra.
came GLTTrAW.
5 — αὐτὸν [L]TTrA.

1_ ὃ era

LV.
ἐποίησα. 40 ‘Qc
I did. When

οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν ot SZapapeirat," ἠρώτων αὐτὸν
therefore cams to him the Sn they asked him

μεῖναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς Kai ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας. 41 Kai
to abide with them, and heabode there two days. And

πολλῷ. πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν.λύγον.αὐτοῦ" 42 τῇ.τε

ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ.

Ὅτι εἶπέν μοι πάντα ὅσα"
Hetold me all Boece whatsoever

τυρούσης,
tifying,

many more believed because of his word ; and to the
γυναικὶ ἔλεγον, h’Qru' οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν πισ-
woman they said, No longer because of Bou. saying we

αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν
for ourselves have heard, and we a that this is

ἀληθῶς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, i6 χριστός."
truly the Saviour of the world, the Christ.

43 Mera.dé τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, *eai ἀπὴλ-

τεύομεν᾽"
believe,

But after the two days hewenttforth thence, and went
θεν! εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 44 αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἰὸ! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐμαρτύρη-
away into Galilee ; for himself ‘Jesus testifise,
σεν, OTL προφήτης ἐν ΤῊΣ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ. ἔχει.

that a prophet in his own country honour has not.
45 ™ Ore! οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν

When therefore he came into Galilee sreceived *him
ot Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες "ἃ! ἐποίησεν ἐν ‘Ie-
‘the ?Galileans, all things having seen which he did in Je-
ροσολύμοις ἔν τῇ ἑορτῇ καὶ αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν
rusalem during the feast, for they also went to the
ἑορτήν.
feast.

40 Ἦλθεν οὖν “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν Ῥ εἰς τὴν Kava τῆς

*Came “therefore 1 Jesus again to Cana

Γαλιλαίας, ὅπου ἐποίησεν τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον. «καὶ ἦν!" τις
of Galilee, where hemade the water wine. And there was acertain
βασιλικός, οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν Καπερναούμ." 47 οὗτος
courtier, whose son wassick in Capernaum, He
ἀκούσας ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἥκει ἐκ τῆς lovdaiac εἰς τὴν Γαλι-
having heard that Jesus Πϑᾶ come out of Judza into Gali-

Aaiay, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἠρώτα "αὐτὸν" ἵνα κατα-
166, went to him, and _ asked him that he would

By καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν" ἤμελλεν. γὰρ ἀποθνήσκειν.
comedown and heal his son; forhe was about to die.

48 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ σημεῖα καὶ
Ξ341α *therefore 1Jesus to him, Unless signs and

τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσητε. 49 Λέγει πρὸς ore ὁ
wonders yesee in no wise will ye believe. 3Says to the

βασιλικός, Κύριε, κατάβηθι πρὶν ἀποθανεῖν πὸ τῆν Τὰ ου.
“courtier, Sir, come down before *dies imy “little *child,

50 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Mie pete d.vidc.cov fy. ‘Kat
*Says “to *him Jesus, thy son πῶς And

ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ ΜῊΝ τῷ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ © ᾿ΙἸησοῦς,
“believed ‘the man the word which said *to *him Jesus,

kai ἐπορεύετο. 51 ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ.καταβαίνοντος οἱ.δοῦλοι."αὐ-
and went away. But already as he was going down his bondmen
Σαμαρῖται τ. [ore] 1. 1 — ὁ χριστός LTTrA. k — καὶ ἀπῆλθεν

m ὡς Τὶ. 2 σα Whatsoever LTrA. ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he
P + ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus w. 4 Hy δέ 7. r ‘Kapageaite LTTraW.
t — καὶ [L}T[Tr]A. Y ὃν LTTrA. w + ὁ LTTrAW. x — αὐτοῦ

(read the bondmen) T.

τευ. JOHN.
τοῦ! Υἀπήντησαν" αὐτῷ, *kai ἀπήγγειλαν" "λέγοντες," Ὅτι
met him, and reported, saying,
ὁ.παῖς σου" ζῇ. 52’ErvOero οὖν “παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν"
Thy child lives. He inquired therefore from them the hour

ἐν ἣ κομψότερον ἔσχεν. kai εἷπον' αὐτῷ, Ὅτι “χθὲς!
in which Sbetter the *got. And they said to him, Yesterday

“ < , ? ~ > A « , a
ὥραν ἑβδόμην ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός. 53 Eyvw
{at the] 7hour 1seventh left him the _ fever. sKnew
οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὅτι ἐν" ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐν εἶπεν
“therefore'the *father that [it was] at that hour in which ?said
αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς, "Ore! ὁ.υἱός.σου ζῇ. Kai ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς

*to *him Jesus, Thy son lives. And he “believed *himself
‘ « DAY, ᾽ ~ ee ~ h , 2 ~
καὶ ἡ.οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη. 54 τοῦτο ἢ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον

and his*house ‘whole. This again a second sign

? δ, tc? ~ ? ‘ ? ~ ? , ᾽ A

ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς lovdaiac εἰς τὴν Γα-
did Jesus, having come out of Judza into Ga-

λιλαίαν.

lilee.

5 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη *o!
After these things was afeast of the Jews, and *went *up
Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 2 ἔστιν.δὲ ἐν τοῖς ‘Tepocoddporc
* Jesus to Jerusalem. And thereis in Jerusalem
ἐπὶ τῇ προβατικῇ κολυμβήθρα, ἰὴ ἐπιλεγομένη" “EBpaiori
at the sheepgate a pool, which [18] called in Hebrew

ὩΒηθεσδά,! πέ ic ἔ ἐν ταύ ἐ
? .

ηθεσδὰ,} πέντε στοὰς ἔχουσα. 3 ἐν ταύταις κατέκειτο

Bethesda, five porches having. In these were lying

πλῆθος "πολὺ τῶν ἀσθενούντων, τυφλῶν, χωλῶν,
a *multitude ‘great of those who were sick, blind, lame,
ξηρῶν, °ékdeyopévwy τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν. 4 ἄγγελος
withered, awaiting the *of *the ‘*water moving. 7An *angel
yap? κατὰ.καιρὸν κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ, Kai ἐτά-
for ἔτοτια {ΐτηθ ἴο ὀΐω descended in the pool, and agi-
ρασσεν τὸ ὕδωο᾽ ὁ οὖν πρῶτος ἐμβὰς μετὰ THY ταραχὴν
tated the water. He who therefore first entered after the agitation
τοῦ ὕδατος; ὑγιὴς ἐγίνετο, W-dnToTe' κατείχετο νοσήματι."
ofthe water, well ‘became, whatever *he*was‘*held*by ‘disease.
ὃ Ἦν.δε τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ ττριακονταοκτὼ" ἔτη ἔχων ἐν

But‘*was'a?certain “man there *thirty *eight ‘years ‘being in
τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ". 6 τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς κατακείμενον. Kai

infirmity. *Him “seeing 1 Jesus lying, and
γνοὺς ὅτι πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἔχει, λέγει αὐτῷ, θέλεις

knowing that along ?already ‘time
ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι; 7 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ἀσθενῶν,

he has been, says to him, Desirest thou
Κύριε, av-

well to become? “Answered ‘him ‘the “infirm [*man], Sir, a
θρωπον οὐκἔχω, ἵνα ὅταν ταραχθῇὴ τὸ ὕδωρ ‘Barry!

man I have not, that when *has*been°agitated ‘the *water he may put

pe εἰς THY κολυμβήθραν: ἐν.ᾧ.δὲ ἔρχομαι ἐγὼ ἄλλος πρὸ
me into the pool ; but while 2am “coming *I another before
ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Eyepa,' ἢ ἄρον
me descends, *Says *to *him 1 Jesus, Arise, take up

253

told him, saying, Thy
son liveth. 52 Then in-
quired he of them the
hour when he began
to amend. And they
said unto him, Yester-
day at the seventh
hour the fever left
him. 53 So the father
knew that it was at
the same hour, in the
which Jesus said unto
him, Thy son liveth:
and himself believed,
and his whole house.
54 This zis again the
second miracle that
Jesus did, when he
was come out of Ju-
dza into Galilee.

V. After this there
was a feast of the
Jews; and Jesus went
upto Jerusalem. 2Now
there is at Jerusalem
by the sheep market a
pool, which is called in
the Hebrew tongue
Bethesda, haying five
porches. 3 In these lay
8 great multitude of
impotent folk,of blind,
halt, withered, wait-
ing for the moving of
the water. 4 For an
angel went down at
a@ certain season into
the pool, and troubled
the water: whosoever
then first after the
troubling of the
water stepped in
was made whole of
whatsoever disease he
had. 5 And a cer-
tain man was there,
which had an infirmity
thirty and eight years.
6 When Jesus saw him
lie, and knew that he
had been now a long
time in that case, he
saith unto him, Wilt
thou be made whole?
7 The impotent man
answered him, Sir, I
have noman, when the
water is troubled, to
put me into the pool:
but while I am com-
ing, another steppeth
down before me. 8 Je-
sus saith unto him,
Rise, take up thy bed,

Υ ὑπήντησαν LITrA. 2 καὶ ἤγγειλαν T; [καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν] Tra.
Ὁ αὐτοῦ (read that his child eeaiyeria® Ing iA J
fore they said TTra. ¢& ἐχθὲς LTTrAW.
Tr[a]. i + ἡ the (feast) τ.
gatha τ. 5 -- πολὺ [L]TTrA.
of [the] Lord L. 4 οἱῳδηποτοῦν L.
τοῦ bis (infirmity) [L]rtra. t βάλῃ GLTTrAW.

Ε --Οτι LTTrA.
170 λεγόμενον T.

f — ἐν Τ{ττ].
k — 9 LTTrAW.

τ Ἔγειρε LTTrAW.

ς τὴν ὥραν Tap αὐτῶν LTTrA.

ο --- ἐκδεχομένων to end of verse 4 [G]TTra.
τ τριάκοντα Kat (— καὶ [L]Tr) ὀκτὼ GLTTrAW.

ἃ — λέγοντες τ.
4 εἶπον οὖν there-
h + δὲ now (this)
τὰ Βηθζα θά Beth-
Ρ + [κυρίου]
5. + av-
¥ -+ [καὶ] and L,

254

and walk. 9 And im-
mediately the man
was made whole, and
took up his bed, and
walked: and on the
same day was the sab-
bath. 10 The Jews
therefore said unto
him that was cured,
It is the sabbath day:
it is not lawful for
thee to carry thy bed.
11 He answered them,
He that made me
whole, the same said
unto me, Take up thy
bed, and walk. 12 Then
asked they him, What
man is that which said
unto thee, Take up
thy bed, and walk?
13 And he that was
healed wist not who
it was: for Jesus had
conveyed himself a-
way, a multitude be-
ing in that place.
14 Afterward Jesus
findeth him in the
temple, and said unto
him, Behold, thou art
made whole: sin no
more, lest a worse
thing come unto thee.
15 The man depurted,
and told the Jews that
it was Jesus, which
had made him whole.
16 And therefore did
the Jews persecute Je-
sus, and sought to
slay him, because he
had done these things
on the sabbath day.
17 But Jesus answer-
ed them, My Father
worketh hitherto, and
I work. 18 Therefore
the Jews sought the
more to kill him, be-
cause he not only had
broken the sabbath,
put said also that God
was his Father, mak-
ing himself equal with
God. 19 Then answer-
ed Jesus and said unto
them, Verily, verily, I
say unto you, The Son
can do nothing of him-
self, but what heseeth
the Father do: for
what things soever he
doeth, these also do-
eth the Son likewise.
20 For the Father
loveth the Son, and

ITIQANN HE &.

τὸν Σκράββατόν" σου, Kai

Vv.
περιπάτει. 9 Kai YevOéiwe" ἐγένετο

δον bed, and walk. And immediately *became

ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἦρεν τὸν. Ζκράβ βατον" αὐτοῦ, καὶ

*well ‘the en, and took uP his bed, and

περιεπάτει: ἦν. δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκεί) ἢ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 10 Ἔλεγον
walked; anditwas sabbath on 3514

οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ ee ᾿Σάββατόν! ἐστιν"
*therefore'the 7Jews tohimwho had been healed, Sabbath it is,

Ζορὺὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι apa τὸν τεραβίβατον, ᾿ς. 11 ᾽Απεκρίθη
it is not lawful for thee to take up. the He answered

αὐτοῖς, Ὃ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἾΑρον τὸν
them, Hewho made me well, he tome said, — up

χκμράββατόν!" σου καὶ περιπάτει. 12 ᾿Ηρώτησαν Coby" αὐτόν,
thy bed and walk. They aan ?therefore *him,

Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εἰπών σοι, ΓΑρον “τὸν ipa Banca
Who is’ the man who said to thee, Take up

σου καὶ περιπάτει; 13 Ὁ δὲ fiabeic' od«.gde τίς ἐστιν"
ERY; and walk? But he who had been healed knew not who it is,

ὁ. γὰρ. Ἰησοῦς ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. 14 Μετὰ
for Jesus had moved 3.767; 8 crowd being in the place, After

ταῦτα εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
these things “finds *him 1Jesus said

in the temple, oud to him,
"Ide ὑγιὴς γέγονας" μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν
Behold, well thou hast become: 320 *more isin, that “ποῦ *worse

Sri σοι! γένηται. 15 ᾿᾿Απῆλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἰἀνήγ-
1something °to *thee *happens. Went away the man and told

γειλεν" τοῖς Ιουδαίοις Ott ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν 6 ποιήσας αὐτὸν
the Jews that Jesus itis who made him

ὑγιῆ. 16 Kai διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίωκον "τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι,"
well. And because of this “persecuted “Jesus ‘the 2Jews,

ἱκαὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι. ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν caB-
and sought him to kill, because these things he did on asab-

βάτῳ. 17 ὁ. δὲ. "Ἰησοῦς" ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς, Ὃ.πατήρ.μου
bath. But Jesus answered them, My Father
ἕως.ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. 18 Διὰ τοῦτο "οὖν"
until now works, ΑΙ work. Because of this therefore

μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ov μόνον
themore sought ‘him ‘the 7Jews Sto *kill, because not only

ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ Kai πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν
did he break the _— sabbath, but also *°Father “his town ‘called

θεόν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ. 19 ἀπεκρίνατο οὖν ὃ
2God, equal himself smaking to God. *Answered “therefore

᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ °elrev'! αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ δύναται
1Jesus and said tothem, Verily verily Isay toyou, 315 able

ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ap ἑαυτοῦ οὐδέν, Ῥέὰν" μή τι βλέπῃ
1the 7Son todo from himself nothing, unless anything he may see

τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα ἃ. γὰρ. ἂν" ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ
the Father doing : for whatever he does, these ehinga also
ὁ υἱὸς τὁμοίως ποιεῖ." 20 ὁ. γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ
the Son inlike manner does. For the Father loves the Son, and

χ κράβαττον LITraWw.

bed) L.
gov T[Tr]A.
h + [καὶ] and L.
ἀποκτεῖναι G[L

P ἄν τ. i

b + ὃς δὲ who however LTr.
e κράβαττόν L[Tr]w.

γα.
ἄν] Tr.

Υ — εὐθέως T. z eh καὶ and [w]T[Tr]A.

— οὖν [L]1{Tr]Ja.
fee was impotent T.
i εἶπεν π᾿ Κ οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ΟΥ̓ΤΕΑ τ
— Ἰησοῦς (read he answered) tT.

ae ΄
τ ποίει ὁμοίως T.

5. σον (read thy

“τ τὸν κράββατόν

& σοί τι GLITraW.

1 — καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν
— οὖν T. 9 ἔλεγεν Ὑ,

Vv. JOHN.

πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ἃ αὐτὸς ot’ Kai μείζονα τοὐ-
all things shews to him which 7himself *he does; and greater than

των δείξει αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς "θαυμάζητε." 21 ὥσπερ
3these *he *will*shew “him ‘works, that ye may wonder. ?Even 345

γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ
for the Father raisesup the dead and getekens; thus also the

υἱὸς οὺς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ. 22 οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα,
Son whom he will EO Sai for the Father judas no one,

ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ, 23 ἵνα πάντες
but peers 1411 has given tothe Son, that all

τιμῶσιν τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσιν τὸν πατέρα. ὃ μὴ.τιμῶν
may honour the Son even 88 ey honour the Father. He that honours not

τὸν υἱὸν οὐ.τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 24 ᾿Αμὴν
the Son ries not the Father who sent him, πεῖν

ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ τὸν. λόγον. μου ἀκούων, καὶ πιστεύων
perily: I say to you, that hethat my word hears, and _ believes

τῷ πέμψαντί με, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ
him who sent me, has life eternal, and into judgment “ποῦ

ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν.
comes, but has peseed out of death into life.

25 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα Kai νῦν ἐστιν,
τινι verily Isay toyou, that is coming; an) hour and now is,

ὅτε οἱ νεκροὶ ᾿ἀκούσονται" τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai
whenthe dead shall hear the voice ofthe Son of God, and

οἱ ἀκούσαντες “ζήσονται. 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει
those pages) heard shall live. For even as τ Father has

ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως “ἔδωκεν καὶ τῷ υἱῷ" ζωὴν ἔχειν
life in himself, 80 he gave also tothe Son life to have

ἐν ἑαυτῷ. 27 καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ “καὶ! κρίσιν
in himself, and authority gave to him also judgment

ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν. 28 μὴ.θαυμάζετε τοῦτο"
to execute, because Son of man he is. Wonder not at this,

Ore ἔρχεται ὥρα ἐν ἢ πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις taxov-
for ee τ an*hour in which 41] those in the tombs shall

σονται τῆς.φωνῆς.αὐτοῦ, 29 καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται, οἱ τὰ
hear his voice, and shall come forth, those that

ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ 7δὲ") τὰ φαῦλα
good piace to aresurrection of life, and those that evil

πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 80 οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν
did to a resurrection of coe 2Amable “I todo

am’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν᾽ καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, Kai ἡ κρίσις ἡ

from myself nothing ; evenas [66 Ijudge, and 2judgment
ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν: ὅτι οὐ.ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ
‘my ‘just 515, because I seek not my, but the

θέλ τοῦ πέμψαντός με ᾿πατρός. 31 ἘΠ: ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ
sve of the Suva Jags Father. ¥ eagle

περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ-μαρτυρία.μου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής. 92 ἄλλος
conomaning myself, my witness is not true. Another
ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ, καὶ *olda' ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν

and I know that
ἐμοῦ. 33 Ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλ-

true

τὸ is who bears witness concerning me, is

ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ

the witness which he witnesses SemeceLTEne, me. have
κατε πρὸς Ῥ Ἰωάννην" καὶ μεμαρτύρηκεν τῇ ἀλ θείᾳ: 34 ἐ ἐγὼ
sent unto John and hehas borne witness tothe truth. 1

255

sheweth him all things
that himself doeth;
and he will shew him
greater works than
these, that ye may
marvel. 21 For as the
Father raiseth up the
dead, and quickeneth
them; even so the Son
quickeneth whom he
will. 22 For the Fa-
ther judgeth no man,
but hath committed
all judgment unto the
Son: 23 that all men
should honour the Son,
even as they honour
the Father. He that
honoureth not the Son
honoureth not the Fa-
ther which hath sent
him. 24 Verily, verily,
I say unto you, He
that heareth my word,
and believeth on him
that sent me, hath
everlasting life, and
shall not come into
condemnation ; but is

passed from death un-
to life. 25 Verily, ve-
rily, I say unto you,
The hour is coming,
and now is, when the
dead shall hear the
voice of the Son of
God: and they that
hear shall live. 26 For
as the Father hath life
in himself; so hath he
given to the Son to
have life in himself ;
27 and hath given him
authority to execute
judgment also, be-
cause he is the Son of
man. 28 Marvel not
at this: for the hour
is coming, in the which
all that are in the
graves shall hear his
voice, 29 and shall
come forth; they that
have done good, unto

the resurrection of
life; and they that
have done evil, unto

the resurrection of
damnation. 30 I can
of mine own self do
nothing: as I hear, I
judge : and my judg-
ment is just; because
I seek not mine own
will, but the will of
the Father which hath
sent me. 31 If I bear
witness of myself, my
witness is not true
32 There is another
that beareth witness
of me; and I know
that the witness which
he witnesseth of me is
true. 33 Ye sent unto
John, and he bare wit-
ness unto the truth.

5 θαυμάζετε wonder τ. t ἀκούσουσιν TTr.
TTrA. X — καὶ LTTrA. y — δὲ and (u}r[tr]a.
GLTTraw. 5 οἴδατε ye know T. Ὁ Ιωάνην Tr.

ἡ φήσουσιν LTTra.

¥ καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν

t — πατρός (read of him who sent me)

256

34 But I receive not
testimony from man:
but these things I say,
that ye might be saved.
35 He was a burning
and a shining light:
and ye were willing
for a season to rejoice
‘in his light. 36 But I
have eater witness
than that of John: for
the works which the
Father hath given me
to finish, the same
works that I do, bear
witness of me, that
the Father hath sent
me. 37 And the Father
himself, which hath
sent me, hath borne
witness of me. Ye
have neither heard his
voice at any time, nor
seen his shape. 38 And
ye have not his word
abiding in you: for
whom he hath sent,
him ye believe not.
39 Search the scrip-
tures; for in them ye
think ye have eternal
life: and they are they
which testify of me.
40 And ye will not
come to me, that ye
might have life. 411
receive not honour
from men. 42 But I
know you, that ye have
not the love of God in
you. 431am come in
my Father’s name, and
ye receive me not: if
another shall come in
his own name, him ye
will receive. 44 How
can ye believe, which
receive honour one of
another, and seek not

the honour that com- .

eth from God only?
45 Do not think that
I will accuse you to
the Father: there is
one that accuseth you,
even Moses, in whom
‘ye trust. 46 For had
ye believed Moses, ye
would have believed
me: for he wrote of
me. 47 But if ye be-
lieve not his writings,
how shall ye believe
my words?

© ἀγαλλιαθῆναι GLTTrAW.
& — ἐγὼ (read ποιῶ I do) Lrtra.

ὑμῖν μένοντα TTrA.
θεοῦ 1.
LITrA ; Μωῦσῃ Ww.

ο λήμψεσθε LTTrA.

ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ. ἯΙ
δὲ οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω, ἀλλὰ ταῦ-
‘but “ποὺ *from 7™man 5witness sreceive, but these

, a « » ~ ? ~ 5 ε ΄ «
τα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 385 ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ
things Isay that ye may be saved. He was the ‘lamp
καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων, ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἠθελήσατε “ἀγαλλιασθῆναι!

‘burning 7and “shining, andye were willing to rejoice
πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ. αὐτοῦ. 36 ἐγὼὠ.δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν
for an hour in his light. ButI have the witness
ἀμείζω" τοῦ “Iwavvou'' τὰ.γὰρ ἔργα ἃ fédwxév' po ὁ
greater than John’s ; forthe works which “gave “me ‘the
πατὴρ iva τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ.τὰ. ἔργα ἃ Biyw"
2Father that Ishould complete them, the works themselves which I

ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ OTe ὁ πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν.
do, bear witness concerning me thatthe Father me has sent.
37 καὶ ὁ πέμψας pe πατήρ, "αὐτὸς! μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ
And the *who “sent *me *Father, himself has borne witness concerning
ἐμοῦ. οὔτε φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ ἱἀκηκόατε πώποτε," οὔτε εἶδος
me. Neither his voice have ye heard at any time, nor “*form
αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. 38 καὶ τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ oiK.éxere Ἐμένοντα
*his have ye seen. And his word yehavenot abiding
ἐν ὑμῖν." ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ-πιστεύετε.
in you, for whom ?sent The, him ye believe not.
Vv ~ I 4 4 er « - - ? > ~ A
39 "Ἐρευνᾶτε" rac γραφάς, ore ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν

Ye search the scriptures, for ye think in them life
αἰώνιον ἔχειν, Kai ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν at μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ
eternal ἴο have, and they are they which bearwitness concerning

? L. 3 ‘ ? , ? ~ , e \ »
ἐμοῦ: 40 καὶ οὐ.θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχητε.
me; and yeareunwilling tocome ἴο me, that life yemay have.
41 Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων οὐ-.λαμβάνω" 42 πιἀλλ᾽᾽ ἔγνωκα
Glory from men I receive not ; but I have known
ὑμᾶς Ore "τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ.ἔχετε! ἔν ἑαυτοῖς. 43 ἐγὼ
you that the love of God ye have ποῦ in yourselves. af
? {Z ? Coe J , ~ l4 ᾿ ? ’ ,
ἐλήλυθα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ.πατρός.μου, Kai ob-AapBaveETE με"
havecome in the name of my Father, and yereceivenot me;
ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, ἐκεῖνον Anpeobe.!!
if anothershould come in *name ‘*his *7own, him ye will receive.
44 πῶς δύνασθειὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν Ῥπαρὰ ἀλλήλων

How are ye able to believe, 3glory *from one “another
λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴ παρὰ τοῦ μόνου “θεοῦ"
lwho “receive, and the glory which[is] from the only God

οὐ.ζητεῖτε ; 45 μὴ. δοκεῖτε ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς TOY
ye seek not? Think not that I will accuse you to the
πατέρα ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν, "Μωσῆς," εἰς ὃν
Father: there is [one] who accuses you, Moses, in whom
ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε. 46 εἰ. γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε"Μωσῇ," ἐπιστεύετε.ἂν

ye have hoped. Forif yebelieved Moses, yewould have believed
ἐμοί: περὶ. γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν. 47 εἰ.δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου
me, forconcerning me he wrote. But if his
γράμμασιν ov.miorEevEeTe, πῶς τοῖς.ἐμοῖς. ῥήμασιν πιστεύ-
writings ye believe not, how my words shall ye
OETE ;
believe ?

ἃ μείζων LTrA. ε Ἰωάνου Tr. f δέδωκέν has given TTra.
h ἐκεῖνος TTrA. i πώποτε ἀκηκόατε LITrAW. k ἐν
m ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ὁ οὐκ ἔχετε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ

1 ἐραυνᾶτε TTrA. 1 οὖ, TOU
4 [θεοῦ] L. τ Μωῦὐσῆς LITrAW. " Mwioes

P παρ᾽ A,

Vill JOHN.

6 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης
After these things *went “away 1Jesus over the sea
τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος" 2 ‘kai ἠκολούθει! αὐτῷ ὄχλος
of Galilee (of Tiberias), and ‘followed Shim 'a *crowd
πολύς, ὅτι “ἑώρων, αὐτοῦ" τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ
Ζρτοαῦ, because they saw ofhim the signs which he wrought upon
τῶν ἀσθενούντων. 3 ἀνῆλθεν.δὲ εἰς TO ὄρος "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς,
those who _— were sick. And *went *up *into *the ‘mountain 1Jesus,
kai ἐκεῖ γἐκάθητο! pera τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ. 4 ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς
and there sat with his disciples ; and *was ‘near
TO πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν lovdaiwy. 5 ἐπάρας οὖν Τὸ Ii-
*the *passover, the feast of the Jews. =Having ‘lifted °up then ‘Je-

~ ‘ ? i { . , a ‘4 »
σοῦς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, καὶ θεασάμενος O71 πολὺς ὄχλος
5058 [his] eyes, and havingseen that agreat crowd

ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει πρὸς *rov' Φίλιππον, Πόθεν
is coming to him, he says to Philip, Whence
νἀγοράσομεν" ἄρτους ἵνα φάγωσιν οὗτοι; 6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν

shall we buy loaves that “may eat ‘these? But this hesaid
πειράζων adrov’ abroc-yap Oe τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν. 7 “ἀπε-

trying him, for he knew what he was about to do, An-
κρίθη" αὐτῷ “ Φίλιππος, δΔιακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι οὐκ
swered him Philip, For *two *hundred ‘denarii ‘loaves "not

λάβῃ.

ἀρκοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἕκαστος “αὐτῶν βραχύ.ἱτι"
some little may receive,

*are sufficient forthem that each of them
ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ εἷς ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς
Says tohim one of his disciples, Andrew the brother
Σίμωνος Πέτρου, 9 Ἔστιν παιδάριον &év' ὧδε, 6! ἔχει πέντε
of Simon _ Peter, 115 little*boy δ here, who has five
ἄρτους κριθίνους καὶ δύο ὀψάρια: ἀλλὰ ταῦτα Ti ἐστιν εἰς
“loaves ‘barley and two small fishes; but “these ‘what “are for
τοσούτους; 10 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους

sO Many? And “said 1Jesus, Make the men
ἀναπεσεῖν. ἦν.δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ev τῷ τόπῳ. *avérecor'

torecline. Now *was “grass tmuch in the place: reclined

οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες τὸν ἀριθμὸν !woei πεντακισχίλιοι. 11 ἔλαβεν
therefore the men, the number about five thousand. >Took

τι δὲν ‘ » ©? ~ Yn? ΄ . oS 2S ll o pe
τοὺς ἄρτους ο Ἰησοῦς, καὶ "εὐχαριστήσας διέδωκεν “τοῖς

k

tand *the ‘loaves 2Jesus, and having giventhanks distributed tothe
μαθηταῖς, ode μαθηταὶ" τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις᾽ ὁμοίως καὶ
disciples, and the disciples to those reclining ; and in like manner

γ ~ ᾽ , er »Ἤ e 4 ᾽ ,
ἐκ τῶν OWapiwy ὕσον ἤθελον. 12 we.dé ἐνεπλήσθησαν
of the small fishes as much as they wished. And when they were filled

λέγει τοὶς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Συναγάγετε τὰ περισσεύσαντα
he says to his disciples, Gather together the 7over7%and “above

κλάσματα, ἵνα μή.τι ἀπόληται. 18 Συνήγαγον οὖν
‘fragments, that nothing may be lost. They gathered together therefore

καὶ ἐγέμισαν δώδεκα κοφίνους κλασμάτων ἐκ τῶν πέντε

and filled twelve hand-baskets offragments from the five
ἄρτων τῶν κριθύνων ἃ Perepicoevcer' τοῖς βεβρω-
“loaves ‘barley which were over and above to those who had

τ ἠκολούθει δὲ LTTrA. VY ἐθεώρουν LTrA.
¥ ἐκαθέζετο τ. 2 τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW.

should we buy LTTraw. © ἀποκρίνεται ANSWers T. ἀ τ ὁ 1.
f — τι (read a little) [L]rr[a]. 8 — ἕν (read παιδ. a little boy) (L}rtz[a].
i— δὲ and [L]rTra. k ἀνέπεσαν LTTra. 1 ὡς TTrA.

ἃ εὐχαρίστησεν καὶ ἔδωκεν gave thanks and distributed τ.
ταὶ LTTrA. P ἐπερίσσευσαν LTTrA.

¥ — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW.
& — τὸν LTTYrA.

257
VI. After these
things Jesus went

over the sea of Gali-
lee, which is the sea of
Tiberias. 2 And a
great multitude fol-
lowed him, because
they saw his miracles
which he did on them
that were diseased.
3 And Jesus went up
into a mountain, and
there he sat with his
disciples. 4 And the
passover, a feast of
the Jews, was nigh.
5 When Jesus then
lifted up his eyes, and
Baw 8 great company
come unto him, he
saith unto Philip,
Whence shail we buy
bread, that these may
eat? 6 And this he
said to prove him: for
he himself knew what
he would do. 7 Philip
answered him, Two
hundred pennyworth
of bread is not suffici-
ent for them, that
every one of them may
take a little. 8 One of
his disciples, Andrew,
Simon Peter’s brother,
saith unto him, 9 There
is a lad here, which
hath five barley loaves,
and two small fishes:
but what are they a-
mong somany? 10 And
Jesus said, Make the
mon sit down. Now
there was much grass
in the place. So the
men sat down, in num-
ber about five thou-
sand. 11 And Jesus
took the loaves; and
when he had given
thanks, he distributed
to the disciples, and
the disciples to them
that were set down;
and likewise of the
fishes as much as they
would. 12 When they
were filled, he said
unto his disciples, Ga-
ther up the fragments
that remain, that no-
thing belost. 13 There-
fore they gathered
them together, and fill-
ed twelve baskets with
the fragments of the
five barley loaves,
which remained over
and above unto them
that had eaten. 14 Then

xX — 6 LTTrA.

Ὁ ἀγοράσωμεν

© — αὐτῶν LITrA.
Β ὃς LTTTAW

™ οὖν therefore (took) LTTra.
° — τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ot δὲ μαθη-

5

258

those men, when they
had seen the miracle
that Jesus did, said,
This is of a truth that
prophet that should
come into the world.
15 When Jesus there-
fore perceived that
they would come and
take him by force, to
make him a king, he
departed again into a
mountain himself a-
lone.

16 And when even
was now come, his dis-
ciples went down unto
thesea, 17 and entered
into a ship, and went
over the sea toward
Capernaum. And it
was now dark, and Je-
sus was not come to
them. 18 And the sea
arose by reason of a
great wind that blew.
19 So when they had
rowed about five and
twenty or thirty fur-
longs, they see Jesus
walking on the sea,
and drawing nigh unto
the ship: and they were
afraid, 20 But he saith
unto them, It is I; be
not afraid. 21 Then
they willingly received
him into the ship: and
immediately the ship
was at the land whi-
ther they went.

22 The day following,
when the people which
stood on the other side
of the sea saw that
there was none other
boat there, save that
one whereinto his dis-
ciples were entered,and
that Jesus went not
with his disciples into
the boat, but that his
disciples were gone a-
way alone; 23 (howbeit
there came other boats
from Tiberias nigh un-
to the place where they
did eat bread, after
that the Lord had
given thanks:) 24 when
the people therefore
saw that Jesus was
not there, neither his
disciples,they also took
shipping, and came to
Capernaum, seeking

4 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he had done) rrra.
᾿ φεύγει escapes T.
κ᾿ κατέλαβεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ἡ σκοτια and darkness overtook them T.
: Ἰησοῦς πρὺς αὐτούς T.

© ἐγένετο τὸ πλοῖον LTTrA.
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrA.

0 — καὶ GLTTrAW.

[him ]) Lrrra.

ships L.

IQANNHS. Wi:

κόσιν. 14 οἱ. οὖν. ἄνθρωποι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον
eaten. The men therefore having seen what “had *done sign
96 Ἰησοῦς," ἔλεγον, “Ore οὗτός é ἰληθῶς ὁ ὗ
: γον, Οτι οὗτος ἔστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης ὁ

*Jesus, said, This is truly the prophet who

μέλ-

τέἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον." 15 Ἰησοῦς οὖν γνοὺς Oru -
they

iscoming into the’ world. Jesus therefore knowing that
λουσι» ἔρχεσθαι Kai ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν "αὐτὸν"
areabout tocome and _ seize him, that they may make him
βασιλέα, ‘avexwonoer' πάλιν εἰς τὸ ὄρος αὐτὸς μόνος.
i withdrew again to the mountain himself alone.

ὀψία ἐγένετο κατέβησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ
this “disciples to
ἤρχοντο

16 Ὧς δὲ

And when evening it became *went *down
τὴν θάλασσαν, 17 Kai ἐμβάντες εἰς "τὸ" πλοῖον

the sea, and having entered into the ship they were going

πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς “Kazeovaotvp.' “καὶ ia 10
0 μ.᾿ *Kal OKOTLA 0H

over the 5ea to Capernaum. And dark already

ἐγεγόνει," καὶ Yovn' ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς," 18 ἥ.τε
it had become, and ὁποὺ *had*come ‘to them 1 Jesus, and the
θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος *Oinyeipero." 19 ἐληλα-
sea by a“*wind ‘strong blowing was agitated. Having
κότες οὖν we “σταδίους" δεἰκοσιπέντε' ἢ τριάκοντα θεωροῦσιν
rowed then about ‘furlongs ‘twenty-five “’or “thirty they see
τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, Kai ἐγγὺς τοῦ
Jesus walking on the sea, and near the
πλοίου γινόμενον" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 20 ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς,
ship coming, and they were frightened. Buthe says tothem,
"Ey εἰμι’ μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. 21 “HOedov οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν
I

am [he]; fear not. They were willing then toreceive him
εἰς TO πλοῖον, Kai εὐθέως “τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο" ἐπὶ ἱτῆς γῆς"

into the ship, and immediately the ship was at the land
εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον.
to which they were going.

22 Ty ἐπαύριον ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ἑστηκὼς πέραν τῆς θα-

the crowd which stood _ the other side of the
ὅτι πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ εἰ μὴ ἕν

On the morrow
λάσσης. Sidwr'

sea, having seen that “small‘ship “other ‘no was there except one
héceivo εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai ὅτι οὐ
that into which entered his disciples, and that “not

συνεισῆλθεν τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἰς τὸ Ἰπλοιάριον,"
?went *with “his disciples 1Jesus into the small ship,
ἀλλὰ μόνοι οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον, 23 ἄλλα."δὲ" ἰἦλθεν"
but alone his disciples went away, (but other came
m Xr , Il ? /, ? 4 ~ , « » A
πλοιάρια" ἐκ Τιβεριάδος ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὕπου ἔφαγον τὸν
1small *ships from Tiberias near the place where theyate the
ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ κυρίου" 24 ore οὖν εἶδεν ὁ
bread, “having “given *thanks ‘the 7Lord;) when therefore*saw ‘the
ὄχλος OTe ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ οὐδὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐνέ-
crowd that Jesus “not is there nor his disciples, they
Bnoav "καὶ" αὐτοὶ εἰς τὰ °mdota' Kai ἦλθον εἰς ῬΚαπερ-
“entered ‘also ?themselves into, the ships and came to Caper-

¥ εἰς TOV κόσμον ἐρχόμενος T. 5 — αὐτὸν (read

~ Kadapvaovp LTTrAW.

Υ οὔπω not yet LITra.

Ὁ ὡσεὶ L. ςστάδιατ. Δ εἴκοσι πέντε LTTr.

Ε εἶδον Saw LTTraA. 8 -- ἐκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν ot

k — δὲ but rrr[A]. ἰ ἦλθον τ ™ πλοῖα
P Kadapvaovm LTTrAW.

v¥ — τὸ (read a ship) rrra.

4 διεγείρετο Tra.
ἔτὴν γῆν Ὑ.
i πλοῖον Ship GLYTTra. ;
° πλοιάρια Small ships LTTrA.

VE JOHN.
vaovp,' ζητοῦντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 25 καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν
baum, seeking Jesus. And having found him
πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἶπον αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί," πότε ὧδε
the other side of the sea, they said to him, Rabbi, when here
γέγονας; 26᾽᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν
hast thou come? 7Answered *them Jesus and said, Verily
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτε με, οὐχ OTe εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ᾽
verily Isay toyou, Yeseek me, not because ye saw signs, but

ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ THY ἄρτων Kai ἐχορτάσθητε. 27 ἐργάξεσθε
because yeate of the loaves and _ were satisfied. ork

4 ‘ ~ Α > / > ‘ A ~
μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἀπολλυμένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν βρῶσιν
ποῦ {for] the food which perishes, but [for] the food
THY μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου

which abides unto life eternal, whichthe Son of man
τὑμῖν δώσει" τοῦτον.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ θεός.
to you will give; for him the Father sealed, {even] God.

28 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ti "ποιοῦμεν," ἵνα ἐργαζώμεθα
They said therefore to him, What do we, that we may work
s » ~ ae ? iO tt? ~ ‘ 7 ? ~
Ta ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ; 29 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
the works of God? 7Answered Jesus and said to them,
Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα “πιστεύσητε; sic ὃν
This is the work of God, that ye should believe on him whom
ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος. 30 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ποιεῖς
2sent The. They said therefore to him, What ?then “doest
σὺ σημεῖον, iva ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμέν σοι; τί ἐργάζῃ;
‘thou ‘sign, that wemayseeand may ὈΘ]Ιθγα thee? whatdost thou work?
31 οἱ.πατέρες. ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν TY ἐρήμῳ, καθώς
Our fathers the manna ate in the wilderness, as
ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, “Aprov ἐκ Tov οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς
it is written, Bread outof the heayen he gave them
φαγεῖν. 82 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς 0 Inoovc, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω
to eat. 7Said “therefore *to them 1Jesus, Verily verily Isay
A ~ > τ ~ ll χδεδ HT « ~ A » > ~ >
vpiv, Ov “Μωσῆς εδωκεν᾽ ὑμῖν TOY ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρα-
to you, Νοῦ ‘Moses has ‘given you the _ bread out of the hea-
νοῦ" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ-πατήριμου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ov-

ven; but my Father gives you the “bread Sout “οἵ Sthe *hea-
~~ ‘ > , « A » ~ ~ ? c

pavov τὸν ἀληθινόν. 33 ὁ.γὰρ ἄρτος Υ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ

ven true. For the bread of God is he who

καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ.
comes down outof the heaven, and life gives tothe world.

34 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Κύριε, πάντοτε δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν
They said therefore to him, ord, always give tous

ἄρτον.τοῦτον. 30 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ
this bread. 3Said ‘and “ἴο *them 7Jesus, Ι am the

ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός “ye! od-pn ὑπεινάσῃ""
bread of life: hethat comes to me inno wise may hunger,
καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ-μὴ SOupnoy' πώποτε. 86 ἀλλ᾽

and hethat believes But

εἶπον ὑμῖν ὅτι καὶ ἑωράκατέ Spe" καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε. 37 πᾶν
Isaid toyou that also yehaveseen me and believe not. All

on me inno wise maythirst at any time.

259
for Jesus. 25 And when
they had found him
on the other side of
the sea, they said unto
him, Rabbi, when cam-
est thou hither? 26 Je-
sus answered themand
said, Verily, verily, I
Say unto you, Ye seek
mne, not because ye saw
the miracles, but be-
cause ye did eat of the
loaves, and were filled.
27 Labour not for the
meat which perisheth,
but for that meat
which endureth unto
everlasting life, which
the Son of man shall
give unto you: for him
hath God the Father
sealed. 28 Then said
they unto him, What
shall we do, that we
might work the works
of God? 29 Jesus an-
swered and said unto
them, This is the work
of God, that ye believe
on him whom he hath
sent. 30 They said
therefore unto him,
What sign shewest
thou then, that we
may see, and believe
thee ? what dost thou
work? 31 Our fathers
did eat manna in the
desert; as it is written,
He gave them bread
from heaven to eat,
32 Then Jesus said un-
to them, Verily, verily,
I say unto you, Moses
gave you not that
bread from heaven;
but my Father giveth
you the true bread
from heaven. 33 For
the bread of God is he
which cometh down
from heaven, and giv-
eth life unto the world.
34 Then said they unto
him, Lord, evermore
give us this bread.
35 And Jesus said unto
them, I am the bread
of life: he that com-
eth to me shall never
hunger ; and he that
believeth on me shall
never thirst. 36 But I
said unto you, That ye
also have seen me, and
believe not. 37 All
that the Father giveth
me shall come to me;
and him that cometh

ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει Kai τὸν ἐρχό-
that “gives *me ‘the*Father to me shall come, and him that comes
ᾳ Ῥαββεί τ. τ δίδωσιν ὑμῖν gives to you T. 5 ποιῶμεν Should we do EGLTTraw.
ὃ -- ὃ 1. Υ πιστεύητε ΤΊτΑ. © Μωῦσῆς Lrtraw. χα ἔδωκεν gave LTrA, Υ - ὃτ.
= οὖν therefore T; --- δὰ [Π|ττὰ. 5 ἐμὲ TTrA. Ὁ πεινάσει Shall hunger L. © διψήσει

shall thirst urtra. a4 — we [L]T.

260
to me I will in no wise
cast out. 38 For I

came down from hea-
ven, not to do mine
own will, but the will
of him that sent me.
39 And this is the Fa-
ther’s will which hath
sent me, that of all
which he hath given
me I should lose no-
thing, but should raise
it up again at the last
day. 40 And this is
the will of him that
sent me, that every
one which seeth the
Son, and believeth on
him, may have ever-
lasting life: and
will raise him up at
the last day. 41 The
Jews then murmured
at him, because he
said, I am the bread
which came down from
heaven. 42 And they
said, Is not this Jesus,
the son of Joseph,
whose father and mo-
ther we know ? how is
it then that he saith,
I came down from
heaven? 43 Jesus there-
fore answered and said
unto them, Murmur
not among yourselves,
44 No man can come
to me, except the Fa-
ther which hath sent
me draw him: and I
will raise him up at
the last day. 45 It is
written in the pro-
ae And they shall
eall taught of God.
Every man therefore
that hath heard, and
hath learned of the
Father, cometh unto
me, 46 Not that any
man hath seen the Fa-
ther, save he which is
of God, he hath seen
the Father. 47 Verily,
verily, I say unto you,
He that believeth on
me hath everlasting
life. 48 I am that
bread of life. 49 Your
Fathers did eat manna
in the wilderness, and
are dead. 50 This is
the bread which com-
eth down from hea-
ven, that a man may

IQANNH®
μενον πρός fue οὐ-μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω: 88 ὅτι

me ποῦ αὖ 811 willI cast out.
f}

ek τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ iva ἐποιῶ" τὸ θέλημα TO ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ
outof the heaven, not that I should do 2will my, but

τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός pe. 39 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐστιν τὸ
the will of him who sent me, And this is the
θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με "πατρός, ἵνα πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν
will ofthe *who*sent ‘me ‘Father, that([of] all that he has given
μοι, μὴ-ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ ἱὲν"
me, I should not lose [any] of it, but shouldraiseup it in
τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 40 rovro*dé! ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
the last day. And this is the wilt of him who
πέμψαντός με," ἵνα πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν Kai πιστεύων
sent me, that everyone who sees the Son and believes
εἰς αὐτόν, ἔ ζωὴ» αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν yw!
ΟἹ him, should have life eternal; and ?will*raise*up *him 1T
om ἐσχάτῳ ἡμέρᾳ. 41 ᾿Εγόγγυζον οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι περὶ
at t day Were pt therefore the Jews about

ore dicen ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ
because he said, 1 am the bread which came down outof the

vi
καταβέβηκα

For I have come down

αὐτοῦ.
him,
οὐρανοῦ. 42 καὶ ἔλεγον, οΟὐχ'᾽ οὗτός. ἐστιν ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς
heaven. And were saying, Is not this Jesus the Son
Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα Kai τὴν μητέρα:
of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the mother?
~ Ρ | λέ 4 τ {I a ? ~ ~ , se Ὁ
πῶς Ῥοῦν" λέγει δοῦτος," Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα;,
how therefore says he, Outofthe heaven I have come down?
43 ᾿Απεκρίθη ody" "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, M7j-yoyyvZere
%Answered *therefore 1Jesus and said tothem, Murmur not
‘uer' ἀλλήλων. 44 οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός “pe! ἐὰν. μὴ
with one another. No one isable tocome to me unless

ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν, “καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω
the fase who — sent me draw him, and 1 willraise up

αὐτὸν * τῆ cory ieee: 45 & ἘΠ γεγράμμενον!ε ἐν τοῖς προ-
att

him written in the pro-
φήταις, Kai ἔσονται πάντες οὐλτδιρτοὶ τοῦ" θεοῦ. Πᾶς
phets, And they shall be

all taught of Goc. Everyone
“oby|

ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς Kai μαθών, ἔρχεται
therefore that has heard from the ae. and has learnt, comes

πρός "ys"! 46 οὐχ ὕτι τὸν πατέρα ric ἑώρακεν," εἰμὴ ὁ

ἴο me: not that *the ®°Father rons 7has “seen, lg who
ὧν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν “πατέρα." 47 ἀμὴν
is from God, he has seen the Father. Verily
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων “εἰς ἐμὲ" ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
ΤΌΣΗΣ _ to you, He that believes on me_ has _siife eternal,

48 ἐγ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. 49 οἱ-πατέρες.ὑμῶν ΠΡ
am the bread as life. Your Fathers

τὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ," Kai ἀπέθανον" 50 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
the manna in the desert, and died. This is the
ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ
bread which outof the heaven comes down, that anyone of it

ε ἐμὲ τ.
GLTTrAW.
my father LTTrA.

f ἀπὸ from LTTrA.
— ἐν (read at the) Tra.

g ποιήσω ἕν h — πατρός (read of him who sent)
* yap for (this) GLTTraw. ! τοῦ πατρός μου Of

m [ἐγὼ] L. o 4 ἐν in (the) aye ο Οὐχὶ Tr. P νῦν DOW TTrA.

4— οὗτος (read λέγει says ae} [πττὰ. — οὗν G[L]TTraw. 8 — ὃ Tr. t μετὰ Tr.
"ἐμὲ Tra. = κἀγὼ LITrA. x + ev in (the) GLTTraW. Υ — τοῦ @LTTraW. 2 — οὖν
GLTTrA. a ἐμέ Tirw. Ὁ ἑώρακέν τις LTTrAW. © θεόν God τ. d — εἰς ἐμέ T[Tra].

® ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα LTTrA.

JOHN.

dl Sie εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, ὁ
am the “bread ‘living, which
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ suai ἐάν τις φά fix τούτου
outof the heaven camedown: if anyone shall have eaten of this
τοῦ ἄρτου ζήσεται" εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. Kai ὁ ἄρτος δὲ ὃν ἐγὼ
bread he shall live for ever; andthe bread also which I
δώσω, Ξὴ .σάρξιμου ἐστίν, hy ἐγὼ δώσω ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ
will give, my flesh is, which 1 will give for the 7of *the
κόσμου ζωῆς." δ2 ᾿Ἐμάχοντο οὖν ἱπρὺς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰου-
‘world ‘life. Were contending therefore with one another the Jews
λέγοντες, Πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν" δοῦναι τὴν
saying, How is able *he Sus Sto *give
σάρκα" φαγεῖν; 53 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν
7flesh ([*his] to eat? 3Said *therefore *to Sthem ‘Jesus, Verily
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν.μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ υἱοῦ
verily Isay toyou, Unless yeshallhayeeaten the flesh of the Son
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ.ἔχετε ζωὴν
of man and shall have drunk his blood, ye have not life
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 54 ὁ τρώγων pov τὴν σάρκα, Kai πίνων μου 5
in yourselves. He that eats my flesh, and drinks my
τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν " τῇ
blood, has life eternal, and I willraiseup him _ in the
ἐσχάτῳ ἡμέρᾳ" 55 ἡ. γα: σάρξ.μου ἀληθῶς" ἐστιν βρῶσις, καὶ
last day ; for my flesh truly is food, and

τὸ αἵμά.μου ἀληθῶς" ἐστιν πόσις. 56 ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν
any blood truly is drink. He that eats my

σάρκα καὶ πίνων pov τὸ αἷμα, ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ.
flesh and drinks my blood, in me abides, andI in him.
57 καθὼς ἀπέστειλέν pe ὁ ζῶν πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ
As “sent *me 'the “living *Father, andI live because of
TOY πατέρα᾽ καὶ ὁ τρώγων με, κἀκεῖνος Ῥζήσεται Ou
the Father, also he that eats me, he also shall live because of
ἐμέ. 58 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ “ἐκ τοῦ" οὐρανοῦ καταβάς"
me. This is the bread which out of the heaven came down.
οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες τὑμῶν" "τὸ μάννα," καὶ ἀπέθα-
Not as Sate ‘the eather Sof*you the manna, and died:
vov' ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον ‘{noETat' εἰς. τὸν.αἰῶνα.
he that eats this bread shall live for ever.

59 Ταῦτα simev ἐν συναγωγῇ διδάσκων ἐν Καπερναούμ."
These things he said in [the] synagogue teaching in Capernaum,

60 Πολλοὲ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ εἶπον,
Many therefore *having μοασὰ ‘of is ‘disciples said,

Σκληρός ἐστιν “οὗτος ὁ λόγος" τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν;
Hard is this word ; who ἰ5 able it to hear?

61 Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ Ort 2G Geli περὶ

eS *but 2Jesus in himself that *concerning

τούτου οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδα-
5.815 ‘his palaceples said tothem, This *you ‘does *of-

λίζει; 62 ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ava-
fend? If then yeshouldsee the Son of man ascend-

βαίνοντα ὕπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον ; 68 τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ
ing up where he was before? The Spirit itis which

WE.
payy Kai μὴ a ag

mayeat and not

δαῖοι."

261

eat thereof, and not
die. 51 I am the liy-
ing bread which came
down from heaven:
if any man eat of
this bread, he shall
live for ever: and the
bread that I will give
is my flesh, which I
will give for the life
of the world. 52 The
Jews therefore strove
among themselves,
saying, How can this
man give us his flesh
to eat? 53 Then Jesus
said unto them, Verily,
verily, 1 say unto you,
Except ye eat the flesh
of the Son of man,
and drink his blood,
ye have no life in you.
54 Whoso eateth my
flesh, and drinketh my
blood, hath eternal
life ; and I will raise
him’ up at the last day.

5 For my flesh is meat
iidked) and my blood
is drink indeed. 56 He
that eateth my flesh,
and drinketh myblood,
dwelleth in me, and I
in him. 57 As the liy-
ing Father hath sent
me, and I live by the
Father: so he that eat-
eth me, even he shall
live by me. 58 This
is that bread which
came down from hea-
ven: not as your fa-
thers did eat manna,
and are dead: he that
eateth of this bread
shall live for ever.
59 These things said
he in the synagogue,
as he taught in Caper-
naum. 60 Many there-
fore of his disciples,
when they had heard
this, said, This is an
hard saying; who can
hear it ? 61 When Jesus
knew in himself that
his disciples murmur-
ed at it, he said unta
them, Doth this offend
you? 62 What and if
ye shall see the Son
of man ascend up
where he was before ?
63 It is the spirit that

f ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσει | of my bread, he shall live Ὁ.
σάρξ μου ἐστίν τ. bh — ἣν ἐγὼ δώσω LTTra.
οὗτος T. |! + αὐτοῦ his ".. m κἀγὼ LYTrA.
P ζήσει LTTrA. a ἐξ out of LTTrA.
TTrA. τ Καφαρναούμ. LTTraAW.

n + [ev] τι.
-- ὑμῶν LTTrA.
Wo hehe οὗτος LTTra.

1 οἱ "Iovdator πρὸς ἀλλήλους ΤΩ
ο ἀληθής ΠΝ true LTTra.

5 — τὸ μάννα GITrA

g ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμον ζωῆς, ἢ n

* ἡμῖν

τ ζήσει

262

quickeneth ; the flesh
profiteth nothing: the
words that I speak
unto you, they are
spirit,and they are life.
64 But there are some
of you that believe
not. For Jesus knew
from the beginning
who they were that
believed not, and who
should betray him.
65 And he said, There-
fore said I unto yon,
that no man can come
unto me, except it were
given unto him of my
Father. 66 From that
time many of his dis-
ciples went back, and
walked no more with
him. 67 Then said Je-
sus unto the twelve,
Will ye also go away ?
68 Then Simon Peter
answered him, Lord,
to whom shall we go?
thou hast the words of
eternal life. 69 And
we believeand are sure
that thou art that
Christ, the Son of the
living God. 70 Jesus
answered them, Have
not I chosen you
twelve, and one of you
is a devil? 71 He
spake of Judas Isca-
riot the son of Simon:
for he it was that
should betray him,
being one of thetwelve.

VII. After these
things Jesus walked in
Galilee: for he would
not walk in Jewry,
because the Jews
sought to kill him.
2 Now the Jews’ feast
of tabernacles was at
hand. 3 His brethren
therefore said unto
him, Depart hence,
and go into Judea,
that thy disciples also
may see the works
that thou doest. 4 For
there is no man that
doeth any thing in se-
cret, and he himself
seeketh to be known

IQANNHS&. VI, Vil
ζωοποιοῦν, ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεὶ οὐδέν᾽ Ta ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ
quickens, the flesh profits nothing; the words which y
χλαλῶ" ὑμῖν. πνεῦμά ἐστιν Kai ζωή ἐστιν. 64 YAN’! εἰσὶν
speak toyou, spirit are and life arc; but there are
ἐξ ὑμῶν τινες ot οὐ.πιστεύουσιν. ἠδει.γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς
of you some who believe not. For *knew *from [*the] ®beginning
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ.πιστεύοντες, Kai Tic ἐστιν ὁ
1Jesus who they are who believe not, and who 5 he who

παραδώσων αὐτόν. 65 καὶ ἔλεγεν, Atd.rovro εἴρηκα ὑμῖν,
shall deliverup him. And hesaid, Therefore have I said to you,

Ore οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός “ye ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ δεδομένον

that noone is able to come to me unless it be given
αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ.πατρός μου." 66 Ἔκ τούτου ἢ πολλοὶ ©
to him from my Father. From __ that (time) many

ἀπῆλθον τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς.τὰ. ὀπίσω, Kai οὐκέτι μετ᾽

*went Saway tof “his *disciples back, and nomore with
αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν. 67 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοῖς δώδεκα,
him walked. 7Said *therefore Jesus tothe twelve,

Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν : G8 ᾿Απεκρίθη “οὖν" αὐτῷ

SAlso “ye ‘are *wishing to go away? *Answered “therefore *him
Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα ; ῥήματα ζωῆς
1Simon 7Peter, Lord, to whom _ shall we go? words of life
αἰωνίου ἔχεις: 69 Kai ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαμεν Kai ἐγνώκαμεν
eternal thou hast; and we have believed and have known
ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ vidc' τοῦ θεοῦ 5τοῦ ζῶντος." 70’ Απε-
that thou art the Christ the Son of *God ‘the “living. An-

, ᾽ ~ ©? ~ ? 4. Ler tow, ‘ , Ϊ ,

κρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς. Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην,
swered them Jesus, *Not “I ‘you ‘the ‘twelve ‘did *choose,

καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἴς διάβολός ἐστιν; 71 “Edeyev.cé τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν

and of you’ one a devil is? But he spoke of Judas
>i hy Ζ ΕΞ 10 ἱἤζμελλεν!" Καὐτὸ

{μωνος σκαριωτήν ovuToc.yap 1) HE εν *“aAUTOYV παρα-

Simon’s [son], Iscariote, for he was about him to de-

διδόναι," εἷς Ἰῶν" ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα.
liver up, 7one *being of the twelve.
7 ™Kai' περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς μετὰ ταῦτα! ἐν τῇ Γαλι-
And was *walking 1 Jesus after these things in Gali-
aig’ οὐ ya ἤθελεν ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ περιπατεῖν, Ort
166, *not ‘for *he *did desire in Judea to walk, because
γΦ ? 4 δὰ Ὁ ~ ? ~ 7 \ ? 4 -
ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι. ἃ Ἣν.δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ
were *seeking τ ‘the “Jews to kill. Now was near the
ἑορτὴ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία. ϑεῖπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν
feast of the Jews, the tabernacles. 3Said *therefore °to ‘Shim
οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν 'lov-
this *brethren, Remove hence, and go _ into Ju-
daiay, iva καὶ οἱ. μαθηταί.σου ὁθεωρήσωσιν" Ῥτὰ.ἔργα.σου" ἃ

dra, that also thy disciples may see thy works which
ποιεῖς 4 ovdsic.yap “ἐν κρυπτῷ τι ποιεῖ, Kai ζητεῖ
thou doest ; for no one in secret anything does, and _ seeks

4 Η / > ~ =~ ,
ταὐτὸς" ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ εἶναι. εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, φανέρωσον

openly. If thou do : E
these things, shewthy- himself in “public ‘to 7be. If these things thou doest, manifest
= λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw. Σ ἀλλὰ TrW. :ἐμὲτ. 53.--- μου (read the Father)

LTTrA.
€ — oy GLTTrA.

καριώτου (read son of Simon Iscariote) LTTra.
1 — ὧν LTrA.
© θεωρήσουσιν shall see TTrA.

LTrA.

b + οὖν therefore τ.

4 τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον LTTrA.
! 6 ἅγιος the holy [one] ΟἸΤΎΤΑ. Β — τοῦ ζῶντος GLTTrA. Β Ἶσ-
1 ἔμελλεν LTTrA. k παραδιδόναι αὐτόν
2 μετὰ ταῦτα περιεπάτει ὁ ([ὃ] Tr) ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW.
4“ τι ἐν κρυπτῷ LTTrA. τ αὐτὸ it L.

ς + ἐκ [L]Tr[A].

τὰ --καὶ T.
P σου τὰ ἔργα 1..

WEE. JOHN.

σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ. ὅ Οὐδὲ. γὰρ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον
pede tothe world. For neither “his *brethren ‘believed

εἰς αὐτόν. Ὁ Λέγει "οὖν"

on him. 3Says ?therefore *to5them 1 ὅστε 7Time ®my
οὔπω πάρεστιν" ὁ.δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος.
not yet igs come, but ?time tyour always is Teaey

ἐμὲ. δὲ μισεῖ, ὅτι ἐγὼ

7 οὐ-δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς"
but me it hates, because I

3Is*unable ‘the “world tohate you,

μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι Ta ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν.
bear witness concerning it, that the works ofit evil are,
ὃ ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε εἰς τὴν.-ἑορτὴν. "ταύτην" ἐγὼ Yoorw' ava-
μεις 7) ς ΤῊ ] v4
Ye, goyeup to this feast. I not yet am

Baivw εἰς τὴν-ἑορτὴν.ταύτην, ὅτι ὁ “καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς" οὕπω
goingup to this feast, for “time my not yet
πεπλήρωται. 9 Ταῦτα." δὲ εἰπὼν Yadroic' ἔμεινεν ev τῷ
has been fulfilled. Απᾶ these things havingsaid tothem he abode in

Γαλιλαίᾳ. 10 Ὡς. δὲ ἀνέβησαν οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ τότε Kai

Galilee. But when were Cae up his brethren then also
αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, οὐ φανερῶς, "ἀλλ᾽" Pwo! ἐν
he wentup to the feast, not openly, but as in
κρυπτῷ. 11 Ot οὖν ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ,
secret. The *therefore ‘Jews wereseeking him at the feast,
kai ἔλεγον, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ; 12 Kai γογγυσμὸς “πολὺς
and said, Where [15 he? And *murmuring *much
περὶ αὐτοῦ ἦν!" ἐν “τοῖς ὄχλοις. οἱιμὲν ἔλεγον,
ee him there was among the crowds. Some said,
"Ort ἀγαθύς ἐστιν ἄλλοι. δὲ" ἔλεγον, Ob" ἀλλὰ πλανᾷ τὸν

Θοοῦ ‘he “15; but others said, No; but he deceives the
ὄχλον. 13 Οὐδεὶς μέντοι παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ,
crowd. No one owever publicly spoke concerning him,

διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων.
because of the fear of the Jews.
14 Ηδη.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης ἀνέβη '0' ᾿Ιησοῦς

But now *of*the ‘feast [10] “being “the *middle went up Jesus

> 5 et , ΕῚ 2 , g ‘ > , Π ee ~
εἰς TO ἱερόν, Kai ἐδίδασκεν. 15 ἑκαὶ ἐθαύμαζον" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι
into the temple, and was teaching: and *were*w SEE θὲς 2Jews

λέγοντες, Πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς;

saying, How ‘“7this *one *letters ‘knows, not having learned?

16 ᾿Απεκρίθη" αὐτοῖς 16" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Ἢ ἐμὴ.διδαχὴ οὐκ
?Answered “*them Jesus and _= said, My teaching ποῦ

ἔστιν ἐμή, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός pe 17 ἐάν τις θέλῳ τὸ
is mine, but his who sent me. If anyone desire

θέλημα.αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, γνώσεται περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς πότερον

his will to pesctiee; he shall know concerning the teaching whether

ἐκ ἔτοῦ" θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ am ἐμαυτοῦ λαλῶ. 18 ὁ ag’
from God itis, or I from myself epee He that from
ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν, τὴν. δόξαν.τὴν. ἰδίαν ζητεῖ ὁ.δὲ ζητῶν τὴν

himself speaks, his own glory seeks; but hethat seeks the
δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ

glory of him that sent him, he true is, and

ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκιἔστιν. 19 οὐ 'Μωσῆς ™dédwxev'
nnrighteousness in him is not. =Not 3Moses *has given
5 — οὖν τ. * — ταύτην (read the feast) LTTraw. " οὐκ not GTTra.

LTTrA. x — δὲ and Grrr. y αὐτὸς he (abode) τ.

ἀνέβη LITrA. 8. ἀλλὰ LTrA. b — ὡς T.
πολὺς T. «τῷ ὄχλῳ the crowd T. e—ééandarw. {f— ours.

were wondering therefore LTTraW. 4 + οὖν therefore LTTraw.
Mwivo7s LTTrAW. m ἔδωκεν gave LTrA.

αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς him.

i — ὁ ΤΊτ.

268

self to the world
5 For neither did his
brethren believe in
6 Then Jesus
said unto them, My
time is not yet come:
but your time is alway
ready. 7 The world
cannot hate you; but
me it hateth, because
I testify of it, that the
works thereof are evil.
8Go ye up unto this
feast: I go not up yet
unto this feast; for my
time is not yet full
come. 9 When he had
said these words unto
them he abode still in
Galilee. 10 But when
his brethren were gone
up, then went he also
up unto the feast, not
openly, but as it were
in secret. 11 Then the
Jews sought him at
the feast, and said,
Where ishe? 12 And
there was much mur-
muring among the
people concerning him:
for some said, He is a
good man : others said,
Nay; but he deceiveth
the people. 18 How-
beit no man spake

nly of him for fear
of the Jews.

14 Now about the
midst of the feast Je-
sus went up into the
temple, and taught.
15 And the Jews mar-
velled, saying, How
knoweth this man iet-
ters, having never
learned? 16 Jesus an-
swered them, and said,
My doctrine is not
mine, but his that sent
me. 17 If any man
will do his will, he
shall know of the doc-
trine, whether it be of
God, or whether [speak
of myself. 18 He that
speaketh of himself
seeketh his own glory:
but he that seeketh
his glory that sent
him, the same is true,
and no unrighteous-
ness isinhim. 19 Did
not Moses give you the

ἡ ἐμὸς καιρὸς

2 εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, τότε καὶ αὐτὸς
c περὶ αὐτοῦ ἦν πολὺς LTrA ; ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ

& ἐθαύμαζον οὖν
k — τοῦ τ.

264

law, and yet none of
you keepeth the law?
Why go ye about to
kill me? 20 The peo-
ple answered and said,
Thou hast a devil:
who goeth about to kill
thee? 21 Jesus an-
swered and said unto
them, I have done one
work, and ye all mar-
vel. 22 Moses there-
fore gave unto you
circumcision; (not be-
cause it is of Moses,
but of the fathers ;)
and ye on the sabbath
day circumcise a man.
23 If a man on the
sabbath day receive
circumcision, that the
law of Moses should
not be broken; are ye
angry at me, because 1
have made aman every
whit whole on the
sabbath day ? 24 Judge
not according to the
appearance, but judge
righteous judgment.
25 Then said some of
them of Jerusalem, Is
not this he, whom they
seek to kill? 26 But,
lo, he speaketh boldly,
and they say nothing
unto him. Do the
rulers know indeed
that this is the very
Christ? 27 Howbeit
we know this man
whence heis: but when
Christ cometh, no man
knoweth whence he is.
28 Then cried J+-us in
the temple as he
taught, saying, Ye
both know me, and ye
know whence I am:
and I am not come of
myself, but he that
sent me is true, whom
ye know not. 29 But
I know him: for I am
from him, and he hath
sent me, 30 Then they
sought to take him:
but no man iaid hands
on him, because his
hour was not yet come.
31 And many of the
people believed on him,
ané said, When Christ
cometh, will he do
more miracles than
these which this man

2 — καὶ εἶπεν LITrA.
διὰ τοῦτο, + OT.
Υ κρίνετε LTrA.
1 ---Οὶ δὲ but GLTTraw.
πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν LIrA ; πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1.
ε — τούτων (read ὧν than [these] which) tttraw.

GLTrW 3
t+or.
he comes E.

LTTrA.

TQANNH &. Vick.
ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον ; Ti
you the law, and noone of you practises the law? Why
pe ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ὄχλος "καὶ εἶπεν,"
me do ye seek to kill? Answered 'the*crowd and said,
Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι; 21 ᾿Απεκρίθη

Ademon thou hast; whe thee seeks to kill? “Answered
οὐ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ev ἔργον ἐποίησα, καὶ πάντες
1Jesus and said tothem, One work I did, and “all!
Ρθαυμάζετε. 22 διὰ τοῦτο «Μωσῆς" δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν περι-
tye wonder. Therefore Moses has given you circum-
τομήν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων"
but of the

cision, not that of Moses it is, fathers,
καὶ Stv' σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον. 23 εἰ περιτομὴν
and on sabbath ye circumcise a man. If ‘circumcision
λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ-.λυθῇ ὁ νόμος"
“receives 1a*man on sabbath, that may not be broken the law
τη ὡσέως," got χολᾶτε ὅτι ὕλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα
of Moses, withme areyeangry because entirely ’a*man ‘sound I made

ἐν σαββάτῳ; 24 μὴ.κρίνετε κατ᾿ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν
on sabbath? Judge not according to sight, but righteous
κρίσιν κρίνατε." 25 "ἔλεγον οὖν τινες ἐκ τῶν “Lepoco-
judgment judge. 7Said "therefore 'some “of *those ‘of °Jeru-
λυμιτῶν," Οὐχ.οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι; 26 καὶ
salem, Is not thishe whom they seek to kill? and
ide, παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. μήποτε

lo, publicly he speaks, and nothing to him they say.

ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, OTe οὗτός ἐστιν
5Truly ‘have recognized *those γῆ. ‘rule, that _ this is

χἀληθῶς" ὁ χριστός; 27 ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν"
truly the Christ? But thisone weknow whence heis.

ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὕταν Yépynrat,' οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν.

But the Christ, whenever he may come, noone knows whence _heis.

οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς Kai λέγων,

28 “Exoagev
Jesus and saying,

“Cried *therefore*in “the °temple ‘teaching
Kapé οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί; καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ

Both me ye know, and ye ΚΟΥ͂ whence δ; and of myself “not
ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ἀληθινὸξ ὁ πέμψας ps ὃν ὑμεῖς
Ἐ *have come, but 5is ®true ‘he who sent me, whom ye

Bm rr > OO; ga), ΖΔ id ae .“ ᾽ ᾽ ~ ?
ovk.oldare 29 éyw.20é' oida αὐτόν, ὅτι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰμι,
know ποῦ. But [ know’ him, because from him Iam,
κἀκεῖνός με "ἀπέστειλεν." 30 ᾿Εζήτουν οὖν αὐτὸν πιά-
and he me sent. They were seeking therefore him to
‘ ‘ ᾽ ᾽ " ~
oa καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, OTL οὔπω

take, but no one Jaid upon him [818] hand, because not yet
ἐληλύθει ἡ-ὥρα. αὐτοῦ. 31 ὑΠολλοὶ.δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευ-
had come his hour. But many of the crowd believed
σαν" εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, “Ὅτι! ὁ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ
on him, and said, The Christ, when he comes,
dunre’ πλείονα σημεῖα “τούτων" ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος
*more *signs ‘*than 7these ‘will 7he #do which this [man]

°—oTTrA. Ρ θαυμάζετε διὰ τοῦτο. (read ye wonder therefore.)

4 Μωῦσῆς LYTrAW. τ Mwiioéws LTTrAW. 5 [év] L.
w ᾿ἹΙεροσολυμειτῶν T. X — ἀληθῶς GLITraw. Υ ἔρχεται
® ἀπέσταλκεν has sent τ. b’Ek τοῦ ὄχλου δὲ

© — "Ore LTTrA. qd μὴ

VII. ΕΠ:

ἱἐποίησεν" ; 52 Ἢ κυυσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ ὄχλου γογγύζοντος
did? ®Heard ‘the *Pharisees ofthe crowd murmuring

περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπέστειλαν foi Φαρισαῖοι Kai
Scoucerning *him _ these “things, and 7sent ‘the Pharisees “and

οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ὑπηρέτας, ἵνα πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 33 εἶπεν
*the Schief ‘priests officers. that they might take him. 3Said

οὖν Yabroic' ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Erte ἱ'μικρὸν χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν
*therefore *to *them Jesus, Yet alittle time with you
εἰμι, καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με. 34 ζητήσετέ με καὶ
Iam, and L go to him who sent me, Ye will seek me and

οὐχ-εὑρήσετεξ" καὶ ὕπου εἰμὶ πο aes ov.dbvacbe ἐλθεῖν.
shall not find [me], and where *am areunable to come.

35 Εἶπον οὖν Ιουδαῖοι ith ἑαυτούς, Ποῦ ἰοὗῦτος
*Said “*therefore ‘the 2Jews among themselves, Where “he

μέλλει" πορεύεσθαι ὅτι "ἡ μεῖς" οὐχ.εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν ; μὴ εἰς

is about to go that we shall not find him? to
τὴν διασπορὼν τῶν ‘EXAnvwy μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, Kai
the dispersion among the Greeks is he about to go, and
διδάσκειν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας; 86 τίς ἐστιν "οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὃν
teach the Greeks ? What [18 this word which
εἶπεν, Znrnoeré με, kai οὐχ.εὑρήσετεξ' καὶ Ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ
hesaid, Yewillseek me, and 5841] ποὺ find [me]; and Where 7am Ὁ
ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ;
ye are unable to come?
37 ᾿ν.δὲ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ μεγάλῳ THE ἑορτῆς εἱστήκει
Andin the last “day ‘the great ofthe feast stood

ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ “ἔκραξεν" λέγων, Ἐάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω
Jesus, and cried, saying, If anyone thirst, let him come

Ῥπρός pe καὶ πινέτω" 88 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς εἶπεν
to me and drink. He that believes on ne, as said

ὴ γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς. κοιλίας. αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος

the scripture, rivers out of his belly shall flow of *water
ζῶντος. 39 'Ῥοῦτο. δὲ εἶπεν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ “ἔμελ-
‘living. But this hesaid concerning the pee which °were
Nov" λαμβάνειν οἱ ᾿πιστεύοντες" εἰς αὐτόν" οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν
"about ΕΝ “receive ‘those ἐρᾷ Zon *him; for not yet was
Lt, ὅ 6" ?-L ΡΟΝ δὲ | ἐδοξάσθ

πνεῦμα "ἅ Lov TL Inoovc “ουδεπω" εδοξάσθη.
(the) “βρίσιῦ oly, ‘ae Jesus not yet was glorified.
4. “πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου" ἀκούσαντες Yrov λόγον"

Many therefore out of the crowd having heard the word

ἔλεγον, * Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης. 41 ΄Αλλοι" ἔλεγον,
said, This is truly the prophet. Others said,

Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. Ῥ"Αλλοι" “δὲ" ἔλεγον, Μὴ γὰρ ἐκ

This is the Christ. 7O0thers ‘and said, *Then °out Sof

τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ χριστὸς ἔρχεται; 42 οὐχὶ ἡ γραφὴ εἶπεν,
‘Galilee “the “Christ comes ? °Not ‘°the ''scripture *said,

ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος *AaBid,' καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Kw ug
that out of the seed of David, and from Bethlehem the villa

ὅπου ἢν “Δαβίδ," 6 χριστὸς Epxerar;' 48 Σχίσμα οὖν gy
where “was ‘David, the Christ comes ? A division therefore in

f ποιεῖ does 0.

265

hath done? 32 The
Pharisees heard that
the people murmured
such things concer-
ing him; and the Pha-
risees and the chief
priests sent officers to
take him. 33 Then
said Jesus unto them,
Yet a little while am I
with you, and then I
go unto him that sent
me. 34 Ye shall seek
me, and shail not find
me: and where 1
am, thither ye cannot
come. 35 Then said
the Jews among them-
selves, Whither will
he go, that we shall
not find him? will he
go unto the dispersed
among the Gentiles,
and teach the Gen-
tiles? 36 What man-
ner of saying is this
that he said, Ye shall
seek me, and shall not
find me: and where I
am, thither ye cannot
come ?

37 In the last day,
that great day of the
feast, Jesus stood and
cried, saying, If any
man thirst, let him
come unto me, and
drink. 38 He that be-
lieveth on me, as the
scripture hath said,out
of his belly shall flow
rivers of living water.
39 (But this spake he
of the Spirit, which
they that believe on
him should receive:
for the Holy Ghost
was not yet given; be-
cause that Jesus was
not yet glorified.)
40 Many of the people
therefore, when they
heard this saying, said,
Of a truth this is the
prophet. 41 Others
said, This is the Christ.
But some said, Shall
Christ come out of
Galilee? 42 Hath not
the scripture said,
That Christ cometh of
the seed of David, and
out of the town of
Bethlehem, where Da-
vid was? 43 So there
was a division among

Zou ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι v ὑπηρέτας LTrAwW ; ὑπηρέτας οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ

οἱ Φαρισαῖοι Ὡς — αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. ἰ χρόνον μικρὸν LTTrA, Κ Ἔμετηθιλ. μέλλει
οὗτος 1. — ἡμεῖς (read εὑρή. we shall find) T. "0 Adyos οὗτος LTTrA. ὁ ἔκραζεν T.

P — πρός me T. 4 ἥμελλον T, τ Ὑπεστ εὐ σαντες having believed ttra. 5 — ἅγιον
LT[TrA]. t + δεδομένον given L. — ὃ LTTrAW. Ὑ ovmw LTrA. x ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου οὖν

[some] out of the crowd therefore Lrtra.
τῶν W)LTTraW. * + [ore] a. 5. +4 [δὲ] andy. ὃ οἱ they ira.
> Aavié Gw; Aaveid titra. ἄρχεται ὃ χριστός LTrA.

7 τῶν λόγων τούτων these words (— t0v-
ς--- δὲ ΤΩΣ
88 ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ LTTYA.

4 οὐχ LITA.

266

the people because of
him. 44 And some of
them would have ta-
ken him; but no man
laid hands on him,
45 Then came the offi-
cers to the chief priests
and Pharisees; and
they seid unto them,
Why have ye not
brought him? 46 The
officers answered, Ne-
ver man spake likethis
man. 47 Then answer-
ed them the Pharisees,
Are ye also deceived ?
48 Have any of the
rulers or of the Pha-
risees believed on him?
49 But this people who
knoweth not the law
are cursed, 50 Nicode-
mus saith unto them,
(he that came to Jesus
by night, being one of
them,) 51 Doth our law
judge any man, before
it hear him, and know
what he doeth? 52 They
answered and _ said
unto him, Art thou
also of Galilee? Search,
and look: for out of
Galilee ariseth no pro-
phet. 53 And every
man went unto his
own house.

VIII. Jesus went
unto the mount of
Olives. 2 And early
in the morning he
came again into the
temple, and all the
people came unto him;
and he sat down, and
taught them. 3 And
the scribes and Phari-
sees brought unto him
a woman taken in a-
dultery ; and when
they had set her in the
midst, 4 they say unto
him, Master, this wo-
man was taken in a-
duliery, in the very
act. 5 Now Moses in
the law commanded
us, that such should
be stoned: but what
sayest thou? 6 This
they said, tcmpting
him, that they might
have to accuse hin.

ΓῺ A ΝΙΝ Εἰ Σ᾿ Vii, ΙΝ
τῷ ὄχλῳ ἐγένετο δι αὐτόν. 44 τινὲς δὲ ἤθελον ἐξ αὐτῶν
the crowd occurred because of him. But some “desired ‘of *them

, 7 ΄ ᾽ ? ? ‘ h2 Ud 2 ? 7 \ A ~
πιάσαι αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς δέπέβαλεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖραο.
to take him, but noone laid 2on “him ‘hands.
45 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ ὑπηρέται πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Papt-

Came thereforethe officers to the chief priests and Phari-
σαίους" Kai εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι, ‘Acari οὐκ.ἠγάγετε αὐτόν;
sees, and “said *to*them ‘they, Why didyenotbring him?
46 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ὑπηρέται, Οὐδέποτε οὕτως ἐλάλησεν"

“Answered ‘the officers, Never thus spoke

ἄνθρωπος we οὗτος ™ ὁ ἄνθρωπος." 47 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν "ody!

man 8ἃ85 this man, *Answered “therefore
οαὐτοῖς" οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε; 48 μή

5Sthem ‘the *Pharisees, Salso. ‘ye Shave been deceived ?

τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτόν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν
2Any Sone tof *the ®rulers ‘has believed on him, or of the
Φαρισαίων; 49 Padd’' 0.0xAoc.0bTOG ὁ μὴ.γινώσκων τὸν
Pharisees? But this crowd, which knows not the
, q2 , All ? , , 4 ? -
νόμον “ἐπικατάρατοί" εἰσιν. 80 Λέγει Νικόδημος πρὸς αὐτούς;
law, accursed are. Says ‘Nicodemus to them,
τὸ ἐλθὼν "νυκτὸς, πρὸς αὐτόν," εἷς ὧν ἐξ αὐτῶν, 51 Μὴ

(he who came to
ὁ νόμος-ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν. μὴ ἀκούσῃ ‘rap’
“Our *law *does judge the man, unless it have heard from
αὐτοῦ modrepor’,' καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ; 52 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ
himself first, and known what he does ? They answered and
Welzrov' αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ od ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἴ ; “ἐρεύνησον"
said to him, °Also *thou *of *Galilee tart? Search

καὶ ἴδε, ὅτι προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας" Τοὐκ.ἐγήγερται."

by night hin, “one ‘being of themselves, )

and look, that a prophet out of Galilee has not arisen.
53 "Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν. οἴκον.αὐτοῦ.
And 2went teach to his house.

? ~ ‘ ? , 2 4 » ~ ? ~ » 4
8 ᾿Ιησοῦς.δὲ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν" 2 ὄρθρου. δὲ
But Jesus went to the mount of Olives. And at dawn

πάλιν παρεγένετο εἰς TO ἱερόν, Kai πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἤρχετο πρὸς

again he came into the temple, and all the people came to
αὐτόν: καὶ καθίσας ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 3 ἄγουσιν δὲ οἱ
him; and having sat down he was teaching them. 7Bring ‘and the

γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν γυναῖκα ἐν μοιχείᾳ
“scribes *and *the ®Pharisees to him a woman in adultery
κατειλημμένην, καὶ στήσαντες αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ, 4 λέγουσιν
having been taken, and having set her in [the] midst, they say
αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, αὕτη ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφθη ϑέπαυτοφώρῳ"

to him, Teacher, this woman was taken in the very act
“ 6 ? δὲ ~ , cM eit € ~ ? ir
μοιχευομενήῆ- EV.0F TH νόμῳ WOonc μιν EVETELAATO
committing adultery. Nowin the law Moses us commanded
τὰς τοιαύτας “λιθοβολεῖσθαι" σὺ οὖν τί λέγεις;
such to be stoned : thou therefore what sayest thou?
6 Tovro.d? ἔλεγον πειράζοντες αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατη-
But this they said tempting him that they might have to ac-

π ἔβαλεν LITrA.
πος L[TrA].
4 ἐπάρατοί LTTrA.
formerly LTra.

Υ ἐκ THs Γαλιλαίας προφήτης Ltr.
ρεύθη .... ἁμάρτανε (vili. 11) [@]urrra.
4. + περὶ αὐτῆς concerning her w.

atone w.

m + λαλεῖ speaks T.

i Διὰ τι LTrAW. 1 — ὡς οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρω.
ἀλλὰ ᾿

Ραλλα LTTraw.

t + πρότερον

X ἐραύνησον TTra.

2 — καὶ ἐπο-

ἃ λιθάζειν to

Κ ἐλάλησεν οὕτως LTTrA.

π — οὖν ΤΑ. ο αὐτοῖς] Tr.

τ.--- 6 ἐλθὼν νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτόν T. 8 — νυκτὸς ΙΠτᾺ.

Y πρῶτον Tap αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ~ εἶπαν LTTrA.

2 οὐκ ἐγείρεται does not arise LTTrA.
Ὁ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ W. © Μωῦσὴς Ww.

JOHN.

ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς κάτω.κύψας, τῷ Γακτύλῳ
But Jesus having stooped down, with [his} finger
ἔγραφεν εἰς THY γῆν. 7 ὡς.δὲ ἐπέμενον ἐρωτῶντες αὐτόν,
wrote on the ground. But as they continued asking him,
ἀνακύψας εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ ἀναμάρτητος v-
having lifted up himself hesaid to them, The sinless one among
μῶν πρῶτος TOY λίθον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. 8 καὶ πάλιν
you first *the “stone “at ‘Sher ‘let *him “cast. And again
κάτω.κύψας ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 9 o1.0& ἀκούσαντες,
eee svogped down hewrote on the ground, But they having heard,
καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι, ἐξήρχοντο εἷς Kad εἴς,
and by the conscience being convicted, wentout one by one,
ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἕως THY ἐσχάτων" καὶ
beginning from the elder ones until the last ; and
κατελείφθη μόνος ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐν μέσῳ 'ἑστῶσα."
was left alone Seeiss and the ences midst standing.

10 ἀνακύψας δὲ ἡ Τησοῦς, καὶ μηδένα θεασάμενος
And “having “lifted *up shinagale | ‘Jesus, and 7no “one +seeing
πλὴν τῆς γυναικός, εἶπεν αὐτῇ, ¥H γυνή." ποῦ εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι
but the woman, said to her, Woman, where are those

ETT.

= ake
γορειν αὑτοῦυ.
cuse him.

Ol.KaTHyopol.cov, οὐδείς σε κατέκρινεν; 11 Ἡ.δὲ εἶπεν,
thine goauseess =no *one *thee ὡς *condemn ? And she said, °
Οὐδείς, κύριε. Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ σε κατα-
No one, Sir. And *said “to ‘her ‘Jesus, Neither “I ‘thee *do
κρίνω πορεύου καὶ μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε.
“condemn : go, “and no more sin.
12 Πάλιν οὖν δὸ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν," λέγων, ᾿Εγώ
Again therefore Jesus to them spoke, saying, I
εἰμι TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἱἐμοὶ οὐ.μὴ
am the light ofthe world; 89 {πὰῦ follows me in no wise

ἔπεριπατήσει" ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς.

shall walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of the life.
13 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ
“Said “therefore *to®him'’the “Pharisees, Thou concerning thyself

μαρτυρεῖς" ἡ-μαρτυρία. σου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθῆς. 14 ᾿Απεκρίθη

bearest witness ; ΓᾺΡ witness is not true. 2 Answered

Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ,
‘Jesus and said tothem, Evenif [ bear witness concerning myself,

ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία.μου, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ
true is my witness, because 1 know whence Icame and

ποῦ ὑπάγω" ὑμεῖς. δὲ" οὐκιοἴδατε πόθεν ἔρχομαι Kai" ποῦ

whither Igo: but ye know not whence I come and whither
ὑπάγω. 15 ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε" ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω
I go. Ye seca to the flesh judge, Ι judge
οὐδένα. 16 καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ye, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ πἀληθής"
no one. And if sues “also use mnert “my true
éoTiv* ὅτι μόνος οὐκ.εἰμί, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ Kai ὁ πέμψας με ὅπα-

is, because alone [181 πού, but I andthe *who“sent *me ‘'Fa-

τήρ." 17 καὶ Ey TP νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ γέγραπται," ore
ther. And 4law also woes it has been eee that
δύο ἀνθρώπων. ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθῆς ἐστιν. 18 ἐγώ εἰμι

of two men the witness true is. I

ὁ
am [one] who

267

But Jesus stooped
down, and with his
finger wrote on the
| pb shes as though he

them not. 7 So
when they continued
asking him, he lifted
up himself, and said
unto them, He that is
without sin among
you, let him first cast
a stone ather. 8 And
again he stooped down,
and wrote on the
ground. 9 And they
which heard it, being
convicted by their own
conscience, went out
one by one, beginning
at the eldest, even unto
the last: and Jesus
was left alone, and the
woman standing inthe
midst. 10 When Jesus
had lifted up himself,
and saw none but the
woman, he said unto
her, Woman, where are
those thine accusers?
hath no man condemn-
ed thee? 11 She said,
No man, Lord. And
Jesus said unto her,
Neither do I condemn
thee: go, and sin no
more.

12 Then spake Jesus
again unto them, say-
ing, Iam the light of
the world: he that fol-
loweth me shall not
walk in darkness, but
shall have the light of
life. 13 The Pharisees
therefore said unto
him, Thou bearest re-
cord of thyself; thy
record is not true.
14 Jesus answered and
said unto them
Though I bear record
of myself, yet my re-
cord is true: for I
know whence I came,
and whither I go; but
ye cannot tell whence
I come, and whither I
go. 15 Ye judge after
the flesh ; I judge no
man. 16 And yet if I
judge, my judgment
is true: for I am not
alone, but I and the
Father that sent me,
17 It is also written in
your law, that the
testimony of two men
is true. 181 am one
that bear witnesg of

Γοῦσα being w. §—‘H γυνή w.
‘you LTr, k ἐρίου τη: should walk LrTraw.
" ἀληθινή LTTrA.
written τ.

— δὲ but 1.
— πατήρ (read he who sent ΠΡΟ) τ.

h αὑτοῖς ἐλάλησεν ὃ ([0} Tr) Ἰησοῦς LTTrA,.

ἴῃ ἢ or GTTrAW.

P γεγραμμένον ἐστὶν it is

268

myself, and the Father
that sent me beareth
witness of me. 19 Then
said they unto him,
Where is thy Father?
Jesus answered, Ye
neither know me, nor
my Father: if ye had
known me, ye should
have known my Fa-
ther also. 20 These
words spake Jesus in
the treasury, as he
taught in the temple:
andno man laid hands
on him; for his hour
was not yet come,

21 Then said Jesus
again unto them, I go
my way, and ye shall
seek me, and shall die

in your sins: whither .

I go, ye cannot come,
22 Then said the Jews,
Will he kill himself?
because he saith, Whi-
ther I go, ye cannot
come. 23 And he said
untothem, Ye are from
beneath ; I am from
above: ye are of this
world; 1 am not of this
world. 24 1 said there-
fore unto you, that ye
shall die in your sins:
for if ye believe not
that I am he, ye shall
die in your sins.
25 Then said they unto
him, Who art thou?
And Jesus saith unto
them, Even the same
that I said unto you
from the beginning.
26 Ihave many things
to say and to judge of
you: but he that sent
me istrue; and I speak
to the world those
things which I have
heard of him, 27 They
understood not that he
spake to them of the
Father. 28 Then said
Jesus unto them, When
ye have lifted up the
Son of man, then shall
ye know that Iam he,
and that I do nothing
of myself; but as m
Father hath taught
me, I speak these
things. 29 And he that
sent me is with me:
the Father hath not
left me alone; for I do

4 — ὃ GLTTrAW.

— ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he said) urtraw.

— καὶ LTTrAW.
Father) LITrA.

Y and from

ILQANNH &.
μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ
bears witness concen ats myself, and *bears 7witness *concerning *me ‘the

aay «
πέμψας με πατήρ. 19 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ
“who *sent °me *Father. They said therefore tohim, Where is

πατήρ.σου ; ᾿Απεκρίθη 4ὁ' Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν
thy Father ? * Answered 1Jesus, Neither me ye know nor

πατέρα.μου᾽ εἰ ἐμὲ ἤδειτε, καὶ τὸν. πατέραιμου τῴδειτε. ἄν."

VIIL

my Father. If me yehad known, also my Father yewouldhaveknown.
20 Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ,
These words spoke Jesus in the treasury,

διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Kai οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὔπω

teaching in the temple; and noone took him, for not yet
? , € ov ? Ld
ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα. αὐτοῦ.
had come his hour.
21 Εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς." ae ὑπάγω,
2Said “therefore tagain ‘to *them 1 Jesus, go NEY,
καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ.ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν Πα τδν τς ὕπου
and ye will seek me, and in your sin ye will die; where
ve ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 22 !Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ

go ye areunable to come. *Said τ το τοζοις the

Ἐς Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι λέγει, Ὅπου ἐ ἐγὼ ὑπάγω

2Jews, Willhe kill himself, that hesays, Where 80
ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ; 23 Kai Velev" αὐτοῖς, «Ὑμεῖς ἐκ
ye areunable to come? And hesaid to them, Ye from
TOV.KATW ἐστέ, ἐγὼ ἐκ THY.dvw εἰμί: ὑμεῖς ἐκ Yrov κόσμου
beneath are, I from above am ; Ye οἵ world
τούτου! ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου. 24 εἶπον
‘this are, I amnot οἵ this world. I said

~

οὖν ὑμῖν Ort ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς. ἁμαρτίαις. ὑμῶν" ἐὰν.γὰρ

therefore toyor that 78 will die in your ins) for if
μὴ.- πιστεύσητε OTL ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις
ye believe not that LI am Che], ye will die in ?3ins
ὑμῶν. 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Σὺ τίς εἶ; *Kai! εἶπεν
‘your. They le therefore to him, “Thou 'who tart? And said
αὐτοῖς YO" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Tiv.apyiy ὕ.τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν.
“to *them 1 Jesus, Altogether that which also JIsay toyou.
26 πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν Kai κρίνειν" ἀλλ᾿ ὁ

Many things I have concerning yon to aay and to judge 5 ; but he who

πέμψας pe ἀληθῆς ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα
sent me _ true is, and I what [heard from him, these things

éyw' εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 27 Οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῖς
Isay to the world. They knew not that the Father tothem
ἔλεγεν. 28 Εἶπεν οὖν "αὐτοῖς" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅταν ὑψώ-
he spoke of. 3Said “therefore *to *them ‘Jesus, When ye shall have

σητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε Ort ἐγώ εἰμι’
lifted mp phe Son of man, then yeshall know that I am Che},

καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὃ
myself Ido nothing, but as 3taught *me

ταῦτα λαλῶ. 29 καὶ ὁ πέμψας με, per’
these things I par And he who sent me, with
με μόνον “ὁ πατήρ," : ;

Ore ἐγὼ τὰ
*me ὅδίοπθ ‘the *Father, because I the things

πατήρ."μου,"
Tay) “Father,

ἐμοῦ ἐστιν᾽ οὐκ. ἀφῆκέν
me is ; 3left “ποῦ

* — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he spoke) GLTTraw.
v ἔλεγεν LTTrA. ¥ τούτου TOU κόσμου LTrA.
ind [Ὁ] tr. “ λαλῶ LITrA. 8 - αὐτοῖς LTTrA. b — μον (read the
— ὃ πατήρ (read he left not) LtTra.

τ ἂν ἤδειτε LTTrA.

σΠΘΊΉΉΝΕ

30 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος
*These *things las 7he *spoke

Vill.

ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ πάντοτε.
pleasing tohim do always.
πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν.

many believed on = him.

” > ©? ~ ‘ \ , > ~

91 Ἔλεγεν οὖν ὁ lnoovc πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ
"Said ἐὑμουθῆοσθ ‘Jesus to the *who *had ‘believed *on*him

? , ? A « ~ , >? ~ , ~? ~ > ~
Ιουδαίους, “Eay ὑμεῖς μείνητε ἐν τῷ ΣΟΥ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς
Jews, If ye abide in wor lmy, truly

4 ? , ‘ , A > , ‘ «
μαθηταί μου ἐστε" 92 καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ
?disciples “my ye are. And yeshall know the truth, and the

ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει. ὑμᾶς. 88 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν tadr@,' Σπέρμα
truth shall set free you. They answered him, 7Seed
᾿Αβραάμ ἐσμεν, καὶ obdevi δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε᾽ πῶς
*Abraham’s weare, and to anyone have been under bondage never; how
(lit. to no one)

σὺ λέγεις, Ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε; 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς
*thou ‘sayest, Free ye shall become ? 2Answered *them
ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὑ ποιῶν
Jesus, Verily verily Isay toyou, that everyone that practises
THY ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 35 0.6 δοῦλος
sin a bondman is of sin. Now the bondman
ov-péver ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα" ὁ υἱὸς μένει εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα.

abides ποῦ in the house for ever ; the Son abides for ever.
36 ἐὰν οὖν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσ-
If therefore the Son “you ‘shall *set.free, really free ye

εσθε. 37 olda ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ tore’ ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτε pe
shall be. Iknow that “seed tAbraham’s yeare; but yeseek me
ἀποκτεῖναι, Or: ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ-χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 88 feyw

to kill, because word "my hasnoentrance in you. I

0 ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ. πατρί.Ξμου" λαλῶ" Kai ὑμεῖς οὖν 6
what Ihave seen with my Father speak; and ye _ therefore what
ἑωράκατε! παρὰ ἱτῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν" ποιεῖτε. 39 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν
yehavyeseen with your father do. They answered
καὶ ξεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Ο.πατὴρ.ἡ μῶν ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστιν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς
and said tohim, *Our*Father ‘Abraham = 7215. ®Says “to *them
ἰδ" Ἰησοῦς, Ei τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ "ἦτε." τὰ ἔργα Tov ABpaap
‘Jesus, If children of Abraham ye were, the works of Abraham
érrouetre."ay'" 40 νῦν.δὲ ζητεῖτέ pe ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς
ye would do; but now yeseek me to Kill, ὃν man who
τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ"
the truth toyou hasspoken, which I heard from God:
τοῦτο ᾿Αβραὰμ οὐκ.ἐποίησεν. 41 ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ
this Abraham did not. Ye do the works
᾿ « » ony Ι p x i ᾽ ~ ε ~ ᾽ , 4 >
πατρὺςυμῶν. EKizoy' Poty" αὐτῷ, Ἡμεῖς ex πορνείας 3οὺ
of your father. They said therefore to him, We of fornication *not
ΓΑ θ oe , » Ψ θ , 42 ἘΠ r ὖ iT}
9) EY | so a éva πατερα EXOMEV, TOY VEOY. πεν οὔῦν
have been born; one Father we have, God. Said *therefore
αὐτοῖς "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ei ὁ θεὺς ' πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε.ἂν
“to*them 1Jesus, If God Father of you were, ye would have loved
tee 2 ‘ BY ? “ 5 ) “Ὁ \ fd = > A ies)
ἐμέ: ἐγὼ.γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον Kai ἥκω οὐδὲ.γὰρ ἀπ
me, forI from God came forth andamcome; for neither of
ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός pe ἀπέστειλεν. 43 διατί" τὴν
myself havelIcome, but he me sent. Why

269

always those things
that please him. 30 As
he spake these words,
many believed on him.

31 Then said Jesus
to those Jews which
believed on him, If ye
continue in my word,
then are ye my disci-
ples indecd; 32 and ye
shall know the truth,
and the truth shall
make you free. 33 They
answered him, We be
Abraham’s seed, and
were never in bondage
to any man: how say-
est thou, Ye shall be
made free? 34 Jesus
answered them, Verily,
verily, I say unto you,
Whosoever commit-
teth sin is the servant
of sin. 35 And the
servant abideth not in
the house for ever: but
the Son abideth ever.
36 If the Son therefore
shall make you free,
ye shall be free indeed.
37 I know that ye are
Abraham’s seed; but
ye seek to kill me, be-
cause my word hath
no placein you. 38 I
speak that which I
have seen with my Fa-
ther: and ye do that
which ye have seen
with your father.
39 They answered and
said unto him, Abra-
ham is our father.
Jesus saith unto them,
If ye were Abraham’s
children, ye would do
the works of Abraham,
40 But now ye seek to
kill me, a man that
hath told you the
truth, which I have
heard of God: this did
not Abraham. 41 Ye
do the deeds of your
father. Then saidthey
to him, We be not born
of fornication; we
have one Father, even
God. 42 Jesus said
unto them, If God
were your Father, ye
would love me: for I
proceeded forth and
came from God; nei-
ther came I of myself,
but he sent me. 43 Why

4 πρὸς αὐτόν to him LTtTra. e — ὃ {{τ|]. [ἃ ἐγὼ
the Father) trtra. ἃ & ἠκούσατε what ye have heard LTTra.
LTTra. Καεῖπαν LtTtra. [ὃ] Tr. ™ ἐστε ye are GLTTrA.
P — οὖν LTTrA. 4 οὐκ ἐγεννήθημαν Were not born LTra.
t+ 4 othet. ¥ διὰ τί LTrA.

LTTr; ἐγὼ aa

ae Sie Ξ

i τοῦ πατρὸς the father

m — ἄν GTTrA.
' — οὖν GLTTrA.

8. — pou (read

© εἷπαν τ.

5 — ὃ L[{Tr].

270

do ye not understand
my speech? even be-
cause ye cannot hear
my word. 44 Ye are of
your father the devil,
and the lusts of your
father ye willdo. He
was a murderer from
the beginning, and a-
bode not in the truth,
because there is no
truth in him. When
he speaketh a lie, he
speaketh of his own:
for heis a liar, and the
father of it. 45 And
because I tell you the
truth, ye believe me
not. 46 Which of you
convinceth me of sin?
And if I say the truth,
why do ye not believe
me? 47 He that is of
God heareth God’s
words: ye therefore
hear them not, because
ye are not of God.
48 Then answered the
Jews, and said unto
him, Say we not well
that thou art a Sama-
ritan, and hast a devil?
49 Jesus answered, I
have not a devil; but
I honour my Father,
and ye do dishonour
me. 50 And I seek not
mine own glory: there
is one that seeketh and
judgeth. 51 Verily,
verily, 1 say unto you,
If a man keep my say-
ing, he shall never see
death. 52 Then said
the Jews unto him,
Now we know that
thou hast a devil. A-
braham is dead, and
the prophets; and thou
sayest, If a man keep
my saying, he shall
never taste of death.
53 Art thou greater
than our father Abra-
ham, which is dead?
and the prophets are
dead: whom makest
thou thyself? 54 Jesus
answered, If I honour
myself, my honour is
nothing: it is my Fa-
ther that honoureth
me; of whom ye say,
that he is your God:
55 yet ye have not
known him; but I
know him: and if I

IQANNH®. VITk

λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ.γινώσκετε; ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν
“speech my doyenotknow? Because yeareunable to hear

λόγον τὸν ἐμόν. 44 ὑμεῖς ἐκ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ,
word my. Ye of [the] father the devil are,

kai τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ.πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ἐκεῖνος
and the lusts of your father yedesire to do. He
ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ “οὐχ

ἃ murderer was from [the] beginning, and in the truth 2not
e é e ? ” ? , ? ᾽ ~ « ~
ἕστηκεν Ore οὐκιἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. OSrav Nady
"has stood, because there is not truth in him. Whenever he may speak

A we , ~ 7a ~ ε΄ UJ ? 4 ‘ c
τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ THv.idiwy λαλεῖ: bre ψεύστης ἐστὶν Kai ὁ

falsehood, from hisown hespeaks; for a liar heis andthe
πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. 45 ἐγὼ δὲ ore τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγων, οὐ
father of it. I ‘and *because the truth speak, “not
πιστεύετέ μοι. 46 ric ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει μὲ περὶ ἁμαρτίας;
tye “do believe me. Whichof you convinces me concerning sin?
εἰ “δὲ ἀλήθειαν λέγω, “dart! ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεύετέ μοι; 47 ὁ
But if truth I speak, why “ye ‘donot believe me? He that
ὧν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει" dud-rovUTO ὑμεῖς
is of God the words of God hears: therefore ye

? ) U {2 2 ~ ~ > ᾽ , ? ΄
οὐκιἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκιἐστέ. 48 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν

hear not, because of God ye are not. Answered
boty" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ °elzrov' αὐτῷ, Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς
therefore the Jews and said tohim, *Not well ‘say “we
ὅτι Σαμαρείτης" εἶ σύ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ; 49 ᾿Απεκρίθη
that aSamaritan “art ‘thou, and a demon hast? ? Answered
Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ.ιἔχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν.πατέρα.μου,

‘Jesus, 11 ademon havenot; but I honour my Father,

4 « ~ ? , , ? Ἢ A > ~ A a7 la
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με. 5O ἐγὠ.δὲ οὐ.ζητῶ τὴν.δόξαν.μου
and ye dishonour me. But I seek not my glory:
ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν Kai κρίνων. 51 a ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐάν
thereishewho seeks and judges. erily verily Isay toyou, Τῇ

τις τὸν “λόγον τὸν paca τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ-μὴ θεωρήσῃ
anyone Sword y ‘keep, death inno wise shall he see
εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα. 52 fElroy' βοῦν" αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, Νῦν

for ever. *Said “therefore *to Shim ‘the Jews, Now
ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ
we know that ademon thouhast. Abraham died and the
προφῆται, καὶ od λέγεις, “Edy τις τὸν.λόγον.μου Toney,
prophets, and thou sayest, If anyone “my “word keep,
οὐ-μὴ yeboera' θανάτου εἰς. τὸν.αἰῶνα. 53 μὴ od μείζων
in no wise shallhe taste of death for ever. “Thou *greater
εἶ τοῦ.-πατρὸς.-ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὕστις ἀπέθανεν; Kai οἱ προ-
‘art than our father Abraham, who died? and the pro-
φῆται ἀπέθανον᾽ τίνα σεαυτὸν ‘od! ποιεῖς ; 54 ᾿Απεκρίθη
phets died ! whom “thyself *thou *makest? 5’ Answered
᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν ἐγὼ ἔδοξάζω" ἐμαυτόν, ἡ.δόξα.μου οὐδέν torn”

¥ + τοῦ the GLTTrA.
b — οὖν GLTTrA.
& — ovy LTTrA.
ποιεῖς Makest thou) GLTTrA.

® διὰ τί LTrA.
f eizrap T.

*Jesus, If I glorify myself, my glory nothing ἰδ;
ἔστιν O.maTnp-wov ὁ δοξάζων με, Ov ὑμεῖς λέγετε, Ore
it is my Father who glorifies me, [of] whom ye say, that
θεὸς ‘pay ἐστιν, 55 καὶ οὐκ. ἐγνώκατε αὐτόν, ἐγὼ δὲ οἶδα
"God ‘your 8865. And ye have not known him, utI know
χ ovK T. Υ + [ὑμῖν] to thee x. z — δὲ but @urtra.

¢ εἶπαν LTTrA. © Σαμαρίτης T. © ἐμὸν λόγον LTTra.
h γεύσηται should he taste GLTTrAW. i — σὺ (read
k δοξάσω shall glorify LTTra. | ἡμῶν Our TTrAW.

DLL, ΙΧ. JOHN.

αὐτόν: "καὶ ἐὰν" εἴπω ὅτι ovK.olda αὐτόν, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος

him ; and if Isay that Iknownot him, I shall be like
πὑμῶν," ψεύστης" “ἀλλ᾽" olda αὐτόν, Kai τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ
you, a liar. But Iknow him, and his word
τηρῶ. 56’ Αβραὰμ ὑ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάσατο wa ἴδῃ"
I as Abraham your Father exulted in that he should see

τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν" καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη. δ7 ἹΕἴπον" οὖν

Said therefore

2day ‘my, and hesaw and rejoiced.
ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, Πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις,
the Jews to him, Fifty years [old] not yet art thou,

καὶ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἑώρακας; 58 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς τὸ" Inoovc, ᾿Αμὴν
and nice hast thou seen ? ?Said *to *them ‘Jesus, Verily

ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν ᾿Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐ ἐγώ εἰμι. 59 Ἦραν

verily Isay to you, Before Abraham was am. They took up

οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" ie ἐκρύβη:
therefore stones thatthey mightcast at him; but Jesus hid himself,
καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, "διλθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν᾽
and went forth outof the temple, going through the midst of them,
καὶ παρῆγεν οὕτως."
and *passed*on ‘thus.

9 Kai παράγων εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον ee ἐκ γενετῆς. 2 καὶ
And passing on he saw a man ἃ from birth. And

ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, © Ραββί," τίς

“asked *him this *disciples saying, Rabbi, who
ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ ;

sinned, this [man] or his parents, that blind heshould be born?

ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς

9᾽᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Οὔτε οὗτος
nor , “Tenants

7 Answered ‘Jesus, Neither this (man] sinned

wa φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ.
that should be manifested the works of God in him.

ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ Eoya τοῦ πέμψαντός ne
to work the works of him who sent

ἔρχεται νύξ, Ore οὐδεὶς δύναται ΈΧ ΤΣ
2comes ‘night, whennoone is able. to work.

φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου. 6 Tav-

αὐτοῦ: ἀλλ᾽
this; but
4 ἐμὲ!) δεῖ
Ξ3Μ6 ‘it *behoves
ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν"
while day. it is ;

5 bray ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὦ,

While in the world I may ἮΙ {the} Bel Tam ofthe world. These
Ta εἰπών, ἔπτυσεν χαμαί, καὶ ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ
things OES said, he ae on (the] ground, and made clay of

τοῦ πτύσματος, καὶ ἐπέχρισεν * τὸν πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
the spittle, and aPP ied the clay to the eyes

Yrov τυφλοῦ" 7 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε, "νίψαι! εἰς τὴν
of the blind [man]. And hesaid ἴο him, Go, wash in the

roku SnGpay τοῦ Σιλωάμ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος.
pool of Siloam, which is interpreted, Sent.

ἀπῆλθεν οὖν καὶ ἐνίψατο, καὶ ἦλθεν βλέπων. ὃ ΟἹ οὖν
He went therefore and washed, and came sostne The *therefore

γείτονες καὶ οἱ θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν τὸ πρότερον Ort "τυφλὸς"

‘neighbours and those who saw him before that blind
ἦν. ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος Kai προσαιτῶν;

he was, βαϊᾷ, 7Not >this lis hewho wassitting and begging?

9 ἼΑλλοι ἔλεγον, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν᾽ ἄλλοι."δέ," “Ὅτι! 6 ὅμοιος
Some said, He it 7is; but others, Like

271

should ie I know
him not, I shall be a
liar like unto you: but
I know him, and keep
his saying. 56 Your
father Abraham re-
joiced to see my day:
and he saw it, and was
glad. 57 Then said the
Jews unto him, Thou
art not yet fifty years
6ld, and hast thou seen
Abraham ? 58 Jesus
said unto them, Verily,
verily, 1 say unto you,
Before Abraham was,
I am. 59 Then took
they up stones to cast
at him: but Jesus hid
himself, and went out
of the temple, going
through the midst of
them, and so passed

by.

IX. And as Jesus
passed by, he saw a
man which was blind
from his birth. 2 And
his disciples asked
him, saying, Master,
who did sin, this man,
or his parents, that he
was born blind? 3 Je-
sus answered, Neither
hath this man sinned,
nor his parents: but
that the works of God
should be made mani-
fest in him. 4 I must
work the works of
him that sent me,
while it is day: the
night cometh, when no
man can work. 5 As
long as I am in the
world, I am the light
of the world. 6 When
he had thus spoken, he
spat on the ground,
and made clay of the
spittle, and he anoint-
ed the eyes of the blind
man with the clay,
Zand said unto him,
Go, wash in the pool
of Siloam, (which is by
interpretation, Sent.)
He went his way there-
fore, and washed, and
came seeing. 8 The
neighbours therefore,
and they which before
had seen him that he
was blind, said, Is not
this he that sat and
begged? 9 Some said,
This is he: others said.
He is like him: but he

------------α---.»--.- - ο-ὔ3---- --

Ὁ ὑμῖν LTr. ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ρ εἴδῃ τ. 4 Εἶπαν τ.
+++. οὕτως GLTTYA. t Ῥαββεί τ. u — ὃ GLTTrAW.
τ + αὐτοῦ on an LTTrA. Υ — τοῦ τυφλοῦ [{Ἰτττὰ.

GLTTraWw. — δέ but [L]rtra.

ἔλεγον [Οὐχί, ann ]L.

πὶ Kav LTTr.

2 [νίψαι] L.

τ-- ὁ TTr.
¥ ἡμᾶς US TTr.

® προσαίτης a beggar
ς eXeyov, Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽ (ἀλλὰ T) said, No, but TTra ;

s — διελθὼν
Ὁ ἡμᾶς Us T.

272

said, Lam he. 10 There-
fore said they unto
him, How were thine
eyes opened? 11 He
answered and said, A
man that is called Je-
sus made clay, and an-
ointed mine eyes, and
said unto me, Go to
the pool of Siloam,
and wash: and I went
and washed, and I re-
ceived sight. 12 Then
said they unto him,
Where is he? He said,
I know not.

13 They brought to
the Pharisees him that
aforetime was blind.
14 And it was the
sabbath day when
Jesus made the clay,
and opened his eyes,
15 Then again the Pha-
risees also asked him
how he had received
his sight. He said un-
to them, He put clay
upon mine eyes, and 1
washed, and do see.
16 Therefore said some
of the Pharisees, This
man is not of God, be-
cause he keepeth not
the sabbath day.
Others said, How can
a man that is a sinner
do such miracles? And
there was a division
among them. 17 They
say unto the blind man
again, What sayest
thou of him, that he
hath opened _ thine
eyes? He said, He is
a prophet. 18 But the
Jews did not believe
concerning him, that
he had been blind, and
received his sight, un-
til they called the pa-
rents of him that had

received his sight.
19 And they asked
them, saying, Is this

your son, who ye say
was born blind? how
then doth he now see?
30 His parents answer-
ed them and said, We
know that this is our
son, and that he was
born blind: 21 but by
what means he now

a + δὲ however L.
i + ὁ (read the man that is called) Trr[a].
τὰ οὖν therefore LTTrA.

[u]TTra.
loam) GLTTrA.

4 ἐν ἡ ἡμέρᾳ in which day LrTra.
παρὰ θεοῦ ὃ ἄνθρωπος LTTrA.

χα ἣν τυφλὸς ΤΊΤΑ.
> εἶπαν ΤΊτΑ.

ΙΧ,

10 Ἔλεγον
They said

T QO2A0NSNGH >.
αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ᾿Εκεῖνος ἔλεγεν, εἰμι.
*him ‘he 7is. He said, am [86].
οὖν αὐτῷ, Πῶς" [ἀνεῴχθησάν! ἔσου" οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; 11 ᾿Απ-
therefore tohim, How were opened thine eyes? 7An-
exon ἐκεῖνος "καὶ εἶπεν," ᾿Ανθρωπος ἷ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς
swered The and said, Aman called Jesus
A ΄ὔ Ad , , ‘ ? Ul ‘ La
πηλὸν ἐποίησεν Kai ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, Kai εἶπέν
clay made and appliedto mine eyes, and said
μοι," Ὕπαγε εἰς ἱτὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ" Σιλωὰμ καὶ νίψαι.
to me, Go to the pool of Siloam and wash:
ἀπελθὼν ™0é καὶ νιψάμενος ἀνέβλεψα. 12°Eizoy' Ῥοῦν᾽
"having “gone ‘and and washed I received sight. They said therefore
αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ; Λέγει, Ovx-oida.
tohim, Where is he? He says, I know not.
13 “Ayovow αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε
They bring *him to *the *Pharisees, who once [was_

Ὅτι ἐγώ
I

τυφλόν. 14 ἦν.δὲ σάββατον «ὅτε" τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ
blind, Now it was sabbath when “the “clay 2made

? ~ ἘΞ > Ἂ
Ιησοῦς καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 15 πάλιν οὖν
Jesus and ογροπρᾶ his eyes. Again therefore
ἠρώτων αὐτὸν Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πῶς ἀνέβλεψεν. 6.62 εἶπεν

asked him alsothe Pharisees how he received sight. Andhe said

? ~ ‘A > , T2 7 4 ? , ll ‘ ?
αὐτοῖς, Πηλὸν ἐπέθηκεν τέἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. μου," καὶ ἐνι-
to them, Clay he put on mine eyes, and I
ψάμην, καὶ βλέπω. 16°ENeyoy οὖν ke τῶν Φαρισαίων τινές,
washed, and 14.860, Said therefore “οὐ “the *Pharisees ‘some,
3 τ c » ᾽ » ᾿ ~ θ “ἢ x ,

Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ.ἔστιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ," ὅτι τὸ σάββατον
This man is not from God, forthe sabbath
ov-rnpet. Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς

he doesnot keep. Others said, How can aman a sinner
τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν; Kai σχίσμα ἣν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 17 Λέ-
such signs do ἢ» And adivision was among them. They
γουσιν τῷ τυφλῷ πάλιν, “Σὺ i λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ,
say tothe blind [man] again, “Thou ‘what *sayest concerning him,
Ore ἤνοιξεν" σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; Ὃ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὅτι προ-
for heopened thine eyes? Andhe said, A pro-
, 3 th ? > Ω « ? ~ ν᾿
φήτης ἐστίν. 18 Οὐκ. ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ
phet he is. *Did "ποὺ “believe *therefore ‘the 7Jews concerning
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι “τυφλὸς ἦν" καὶ ἀνέβλεψεν, ἕως ὅτου ἐφώνησαν
him, that *blind ‘he *wasand received sight, until they called

τοὺς γονεῖς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναβλέψαντος. 19 Kai ἠρώτησαν

the parents of him who had received sight. And they asked
αὐτοὺς λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱὸς ὑμῶν ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε
them saying, *This lis your son, of whom ye say

Ort τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη ; πῶς οὖν Τἄρτι βλέπει" ; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη-
that blind hewasborn? how then now does he see? 7Answered
σαν *avroic' οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ ϑεῖπον," Οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός
*them his *parents and said, We know that this
᾽ « es « ~ ‘ eo ν > Ul ~ 4 “ὦ
ἐστιν ὁ.υἱὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ ὅτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη" 21 πῶς.δὲ νῦν
is our son, and that blind he was born; but how now

ἔ σοι Ἑ. 4 -- καὶ εἶπεν
! τὸν (read Go to Si-
P — οὗν LTTrA.

Γἠνεῴχθησάν LITrA.

k 4 ὅτι TTr.
n+ [kat] and tr. ° εἶπαν LTTrA.
τ μου ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς GLTTrAW. “ Οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος
νυ Τί σὺ TrA. ν ἤνέωξέν Tra.
ἃ — αὐτοῖς [{ΠΤΊΤΑ.

8. + οὖν then [L]z[a].

t + οὖν therefore LTTraw.

Y βλέπει ἄρτι LITrA. z + οὖν therefore Lr.

ΙΧ. JOHN.

λέπει οὐκ οἴδαμεν. ἢ τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
᾽ Cee δ ς

he sees we know not, or who opened his eyes
ἡμεῖς ovK.oldapev’ “αὐτὸς ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε."
we know not; he is of age, 7him task,
αὐτὸς περὶ “αὑτοῦ λαλήσει. 22 Ταῦτα εἶπον οἱ γονεῖς
he concerning himself shall speak. These things said “parents
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους: ἤδη.γὰρ συνε-

this, because they feared the Jews; for already had agreed

τέθειντο οἱ Ιουδαῖοι. iva ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ
together the Jews, that if anyone him _ should confess [to be the]
χριστόν, ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται. 23 διὰ τοῦτο οἱ γονεῖς
Christ, put out of the synagogue he should be. Because of this *parents
αὐτοῦ ‘etzrov,! "Ore ἡλικίαν ἔχει. αὐτὸν δἐρωτήσατε"" 24 ᾽᾿Εφώ-
‘his said, He is of age, *him lask. They
νησαν οὖν ix δευτέρου τὸν ἄνθρωπον! ὃς ἦν τυφλός, Kat
ealled therefore asecondtime the man who was blind, and
[εἶ Π ? ~ AG 06k D0 ως « ~ 10 e is » θ =
εἶπον" αὐτῷ, Δὸς dogav τῷ θεῳ᾽ ἡμεῖς OLOapEY OTL 'O ἄνθρω

said tohim, Give glory toGod; we know _— that “man
x Ι t λό Ἴ τς ΟΣ Way - > ~

πος οὗτος" ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος
this a sinner is. *Answered *therefore ‘he

keai εἶπεν," El ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν οὐκ.οἶδα᾽ ἕν οἶδα. Ore

and said, If asinner heis I know not. One (thing} I know, that

τυφλὸς ὧν ἄρτι βλέπω. 26 Πῖπον δὲ" αὐτῷ "πάλιν, Τί
“blind ‘being ΠΟ 1566, And they said to him again, What
> ͵ , 2 ~ ” , . ᾽ Σ ᾽
ἐποίησέν σοι; πῶς ἤνοιξεν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; 27 ᾿Απε-
ἅϊά πὸ tothee? how opened he thine eyes ἢ He an-
, > ~ εὖ ὦ » ‘ ? ᾽ , , ,
κρίθη αὐτοῖς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν ἤδη, καὶ οὐκ.ἠκούσατε' τί πάλιν
swered them, I told you already,and yedidnothear: why again
θέλετε ἀκούειν; μὴ Kai ὑμεῖς.θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι;
do ye wish to hear? Zalso ‘do *ye wish his disciples to become?
28" ’EXowWdpnoay “οὖν" αὐτόν, καὶ Ῥεῖπον," Σὺ “εἰ μαθητὴς"
They “railed #at*therefore him, and _ said, Thou art “disciple
> Ἐν, Φ « ~ A ~ r / I ? 4 / « ~ »
ἐκείνου" ἡμεῖς.δὲ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. 29 ἡμεῖς οἴδα-
‘his, but we of Moses are disciples. We know
εν OTe "Μωσῇ" λελάληκεν ὁ θεός᾽ τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ.οἴδαμεν
λελά ς μ
that to Moses “has “spoken 1God ; but this [man] we know not
πύθεν ἐστίν. 80 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Rv
whence he is. %Answered ‘the *man and said tothem, 7In
‘yap τούτῳ “θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε πόθεν
‘indeed this a wonderful thing is, that ye know not whence
ἐστίν, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν" μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 31 οἴδαμεν .“δὲ" Ort
heis, and heopened mine eyes. But we know that
γἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ θεὸς" οὐκ. ἀκούει: ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις θεοσεβὴς ἢ),
sinners God doesnothear; but if anyone God-fearing be,
καὶ TO θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῷ, τούτου ἀκούει. 32 ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος
and the will of him do, him he hears. “Ever
ovKnKOvUGONn, OTL τῆνοιξεν᾽ τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ
‘it “was “not heard that “opened ‘anyone [the] eyes of fone] *blind
yeyevynpevov. 33 εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ οὐκ ἡ-
‘having “becn *born. Tf ποῦ *were ‘this (*man] from God he
δύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Kai *sirov' αὐτῷ, Ἔν
could do nothing. They answered and said tohim, In

273

seeth, we know not;
or who hath opened
his eyes, we know not:
he is of age; ask him:
he shall speak for him-
self. 22 These words
spake his parents, be-
cause they feared the
Jews: for the Jews had
agreed already, that if
any man did confess
that he was Christ, he
should be put out
of the synagogue.
23 Therefore said his
parents, He is of age;
ask him. 24 Then a-
gain called they the
man that was blind,
and said unto him,
Give God the praise:
we know that this
man isasinner. 25 He
answered and said,
Whether he be a sin-
ner or no, I know not:
one thing I know,
that, whereas I was
blind, now 1 see.
26 Then said they to
him again, What did
he to thee ? how open-
ed he thine eyes? 27 He
answered them, I have
told you already, and
ye did not hear: where-
fore would ye hear it
again ? will ye also be
his disciples? 28 Then
they reviled him, and
said, Thou art his dis-
ciple; but we are
Moses’ disciples. 29 We
know that God spake
unto Moses: as for this

fellow, we know not

from whence he is.
30 The man answered
and said unto them,
Why herein is a mar-
vellous thing, that ye
know not from whence
he is, and yet he hath
opened mine eyes.
31 Now we know that
God heareth not sin-
ners: but if any man
be a worshipper of
God, and doeth his
will, him he heareth.
32 Since the world be-
gan was it not heard
that any man opened
the eyes of one that
was born blind. 33 If
this man were not of
God, he could do no-
thing. 34 They an-
swered and said unto
him, Thou wast alto-

4 αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε, αὐτὸς (— αὐτὸς TTrA) ἡλικίαν ἔχει LTTrA.
ξ ἐπερωτήσατε T. ὃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ δευτέρου LTTrA.
LiTrAW. ἰ οὖν therefore (they said) στιὰ. πὶ --- πάλιν LTTrAa.
railed) τ. 0 — ody GLTTraw. P εἷπαν τ. 4 μαθητὴς εἶ LTTrA.
3 Μωῦσεϊ LITra; Μῴυσῃ W. τ τούτῳ γὰρ TTrA.
ἡ ἡνοιξέν LTTr. * — δὲ but LTTra. Y ὁ θεὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν LTrA.

ε ἑαυτοῦ TTr.
+ c
‘ οὗτος ὃ ἄνθρωπος L.

Γ εἶπαν LTTrA.
k — καὶ εἶπεν

n+ οἱ δὲ (read But they

τ Mwicéws LITrAW.

¥ + τὸ the (wonderful thing) rrr.
τ ἤνεωξἕξέν Tr.

8 εἶπαν LTTrA.

r

274

gether born in sins,
and dost thou teach
us? And they cast him
out. 35 Jesus heard
that they had cast him
out; and when he had
found him, he said un-
to him, Dost thou be-
lieve on the Son of
God? 36 He answered
and said, Who is he,
Lord, that I might be-
lieve on him? 37 And
Jesus said unto him,
Thou hast both seen
him, and it is he that
talketh with thee,
38 And he said, Lord,
I believe. And he wor-
shipped him. 39 And
Jesus said, For judg-
ment I am come into
this world, that they
which see not might
see; and that they
which see might be
made blind. 40 And
some of the Pharisees
which were with him
heard these words, and
said unto him, Are we
blind also? 41 Jesus
aid unto them, If ye
were blind, ye should
have no sin: but now
ye say, We see; there-
tore your sin remain-
eth.

X. Verily, verily, I
say unto you, He that
entereth not by the
door into the sheep-
fold, but climbeth up
some other way, the
same is a thief and a
robber. 2 But he that
entereth in by the door
is the shepherd of the

sheep. ὃ. To him the
porter openeth ; and
the sheep hear his
yoice : and he calleth
his own sheep by
name, and _ leadeth

themout. 4 And when
he putteth forth his
own sheep, he goeth
before them, and the
sheep follow him: for
they know his voice.
5 And a stranger will
they not follow, but
will flee from him: for
they know not the
voice of strangers.
6 This parable spake
Jesus unto them: but
they understood not
what things they were
which he spake unto
them.

IQANNHE S. TX) 2m.

ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὕλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς; Καὶ
sins thou wast born wholly, and *thou ‘'teachest us? And

ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω. 35 "Ἤκουσεν 6" ᾿Ιησοῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλον
they cast him out. *Heard ‘Jesus that they cast

αὐτὸν ἔξω: καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὸν εἶπεν “αὐτῷ," Σὺ πιστεύεις
him out, and having found him said tohim, 7Thou ‘*believest

εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ “θεοῦ ;" 86 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖνος “καὶ εἶπεν," *Tic
on the Son of God? 7Answered "he and said, Who
? ’ τ , 2 > , He \ ? ~
ἐστιν, κύριε, ἵνα πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν; 37 Εἶπεν δδὲ᾽ αὐτῷ

is he, Lord, that I may believe on him? And?said “to *him
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Καὶ ἑώρακας αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ
seus; 7TBoth Sthou “hast seen him, and he who speaks with thee

ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. 38 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Πιστεύω, κύριε" καὶ προσεκύνη-
“he lis. And he said, 1 believe, Lord: and he wie ot

σεν αὐτῷ: 99 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Eic κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν
And Ζ2βαϊᾶ ‘Jesus, For judgment I into

κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον. ἵνα οἱ μὴ -BAETTOVTEC βλέπωσιν, καὶ
this world came, that they that see not might see, and

ot βλέποντες mae Nol γένωνται. 40 Καὶ" ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν
they that see blind might become. And heard “of *the
Φαρισαίων ἱταῦτα" οἱ ὄντες per αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰεῖ-
*Pharisees ‘°these *'things ‘those*who ‘were ‘with ‘*him, and they
πον αὐτῷ, Μὴ Kai ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμὲν ; 41 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ
said ἔο Βἴτη, Also “we *blind ‘are? Said tothem
> ~ ? ‘ Ἵ. ? n ” € , ~ 4 ,
Inoovc, Et τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν" νῦν.δὲ λέ-

Jesus, If blind ye were. ye would not have sin ; but now ye
γετε, Ὅτι βλέπομεν" ἡ "ποὖν" ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει.
say We see, the ?therefore ‘sin of you remains.
10 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ μὴ.εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς
Verily verily Isay ἴο you, He that enters not in by the
θύρας εἰς THY αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλ-
door ἴο the fold of the sheep, but mountsup__ else-
λαχόθεν, ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶν Kai λῃστής" 2 0.0& εἰσερ-
where, he a thief is and arobber; but he that en-

χόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας πο μὴν ἐστιν τῶν προβάτων. 3 τούτῳ
ters in by the door shepherd is _ of the sheep. To him

ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει, καὶ τὰ πρόβατα τῆς. φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει,
the door-keeper opens, and the pneee his voice hear,

καὶ τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα "καλεῖ" Kar’ ὄνομα, Kai ἐξάγει αὐτά.
and his own sheep he calls by name, and leads *out *them.
4 οκαὶ! ὅταν τὰ ἴδια PrpdBara' ἐκβάλῃ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν

And when hisown sheep he puts forth before them

πορεύεται" Kai Ta πρόβατα αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ, ὅτι οἴδασιν
he goes ; and the sheep him follow, because they know

τὴν.φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ. 5 ἀλλοτρίῳ.δὲ οὐ.μὴ “ἀκολουθήσωσιν,."
his voice. But astranger in no wise they should follow,
ἀλλὰ

φεύξονται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ: Ort οὐκ. οἴδασιν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων
but will flee from him, because they know not of strangers

τὴν φωνήν. 6 Ταύτην τὴν π᾿ ig par ane: εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,
the voice. This 2 sae! “spoke “to *them Jesus.

ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τίνα τῇν"
but they knew not what

ἃ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς.
it was which he spoke to them.

Ὁ- ὃ 1}:

f + καὶ θὰ GrTraW.

αὐτοῦ ὄντες LTTrA.
ΤΊταΑ.
it might be tr.

P πάντα all (his own) LTTra.

© — αὐτῷ 1[TrA }.

4 ἀνθρώπου of man 1. ε --- καὶ εἶπεν L[A].

8 --- - δὲ aud. LTTrA. h — καὶ TTrA. i— ταῦτα 7. k μετ᾽
1 εἶπαν τ. — οὖν [ατττὰ. Ὁ φωνεῖ he calls Lrtra. °— Kat
4 ἀκολουθήσουσιν Will they follow Lrtraw. τή

DS JOHN.
7 Εἶπεν οὖν "πάλιν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν NEyw
?Said “therefore *again ‘to *them + Jesus, Verily verily Isay
ὑμῖν, ‘ore! δου εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων. ὃ πάντες ὕσοι
to you, that am the door of the sheep. All whoever
‘xpd ἐμοῦ ἦλθον" κλέπται εἰσὶν Kai λῃσταί: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.-ἤκουσαν

before me came thieves are and robbers; but “did “ποῦ °hear
αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα. 9 ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα᾽ Ov ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις
*them ‘the “sheep. I am the door: by me if anyone
εἰσέλθῃ σωθήσεται, Kai εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ

enter in he shall be saved, and and shall go out, aud

νομὴν εὑρήσει. 10 ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ.ἔρχεται εἰμὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ
pasture shall find. The thief comes not except that he may steal
καὶ θύσῃ Kai ἀπολέσῃ" ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν,
and may kill and τηδὺ destroy: I came that life they might have,
καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. 11 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" ὁ
and abundantly might have [it]. I am the “shepherd tgood. The
ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβά-
*shepherd 1go0d his life lays down’ for the sheep:
των. 12 ὁ. μισθωτὸς. δέ," Kai οὐκ. ὧν ποιμήν. οὗ οὐκ
but the hired servant, and whe .s not [the] shepherd, whose *not
χεἰσὶν᾽ τὰ πρόβατα ἴδια, θεωρεῖ τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον, Kai

shall go in

*are the “sheep ‘own, 8668 the wolf coming, and
ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα καὶ φεύγει: Kai ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ

eaves the sheep, and flees ; andthe wolf seizes them
καὶ σκορπίζει Yra πρόβατα. 18 ὁ. δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει ὕτι
and scatters the sheep. Now the hired servant flees because

μισθωτός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ-μέλει. αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων.

a hired servant heis, and is not himself concerned about the sheep.

14 oie εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ KadCC’ καὶ γινώσκω τὰ ἐμά,
am the *shepherd ‘good; and Iknow those that (are) mine,

καὶ γινώσκομαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν. 15 καθὼς γινώσκει

of as *knows
με ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν πατέρα" Kai τὴν. Ψυχήν.μου
*me *the *Father, and I know the Father; and my life

τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 16 Kai ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω,

and am known those that [are] mine,

Ilay down for the sheep. And other sheep I have,
ἃ ovKéorw ἐκ τῆς. αὐλῆς.ταύτης᾽ κἀκεῖνά "pe δεῖ"

which 816 ποῦ of this fold ; those also “me *+it *behoves

? ~ . ~ ~ , , ~ .‘ b ΄ | ,
ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τῆς.φωνήῆς. μου ακούσουσιν" Kat γενήσεται" μία

to bring, and my voice they willhear; and thereshallbe one
ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν. 17 διὰ τοῦτο “ὁ πατήρ pe! ἀγαπᾷ,
flock, one shepherd. On this account the Father me loves,

Ore ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν.-Ψυχήν.μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν.

because I lay down my life, that again I may take it.
18 οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν am ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν an’
Noone takes it from me, but I laydown it of
ἐμαυτοῦ. ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω
myself. Authority Ihave tolay down it, and authority Ihave
πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν᾽ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ
again to take it. This commandment I received from

τοῦ πατρός.μου. 19 Σχίσμα toby" πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς
my Father. A division therefore again there was among the

» αὐτοῖς πάλιν L} — πάλιν αὐτοῖς T; — αὐτοῖς a.
ἐμοῦ GLTrA ; — πρὸ ἐμοῦ τ. w — δὲ but τί ττ].
([τὰ πρόβατα] A) ὃ δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει [L]TTra.
mine know me LTtTra. ® δεῖ we LTTrA.
«- οὖν LUTra.

x ἔστιν LTTrA.

Ὁ γενήσονται TrA.

τ--- ὅτι [{]ττ[Α].

275

7 Then said Jesus
unto them again, Ve-
rily, verily, I say unto
you, I am the door of
the sheep. 8 All that
ever came before me
are thieves and rob-
bers: but the sheep
did not hear them.
9 I am the door: by
me if any man enter
in, he shall be saved,
and shall go in and
out, and find pasture.
10 The thief cometh
not,but for tosteal,and
to kill, and to destroy:
I am come that they
might have life, and
that they might have
tt more abundantly.
11 I am the good shep-
herd: the good shep-
herd giveth his life for
the sheep. 12 But he
that is an hireling,
and not the shepherd,
whose own the sheep
are not, seeth the wolf
coming, and leayeth
the sheep, and fleeth:
and the wolf catcheth
them, and scattereth
thesheep. 13 Thehire-
ling fleeth, because he
is an hireling, and car-
eth not for the sheep.
14 I am the good shep-
herd, and know my
sheep, and am known
of mine. 15 As the
Father knoweth me,
even so know I the Fa-
ther: and I lay down
my life for the sheep.
16 And other sheep I
have, which are not of
this fold: them also I
must bring, and they
shall hear my voice;
and there shall be one
fold, and one shep-
herd. 17 Therefore
doth my Father love
me, because! lay down
my, life, that 1 might
take it again. 18 No
man taketh it from
me, but I lay it down
of myself. I have
power to lay it down,
and I have power to
take it again. This
commandment have I
received of my Father.
19 There was a division
therefore again among
the Jews for these

τ ἦλθον πρὸ
7 — τὰ πρόβατα.

: γινώσκουσίν με τὰ ἐμά those that [are]

με ὃ πατὴρ LTTrA.

270

sayings. 20 And many
of them said, He hath
a devil, and is mad;
why hear ye him?
21 Others said, These
are not the words of
him that hath a devil.
Can a devil open the
eyes of the blind?

22 And it was at
Jerusalem the feast of
the dedication, and it
was winter. 23 And
Jesus walked in the
temple in Solomon’s
porch, 24 Then came
the Jews round about
him, and said unto
him, How long dost
thou make us to
doubt ? If thou be the
Christ, tell us plain-
ly. 25 Jesus answered
them, 1 told you, and
ye believed not: the
works that I do in my
Father’s name, they
bear witness of me.
25 But ye believe not,
because ye are not of
my sheep, as I said
unto you. 27 My sheep
hear my voice, and 1
know them, and they
follow me: 28 and [
give unto them eter-
nal life; and they
shall never perish, nei-
ther shall any man
pluck them out of my
hand, 29 My Father,
which gaye them me,
is greater than all;
and no man is able to
pick them out of my

ather’s hand. 301
and mz Father are one.
31 Then the Jews took
up stones again to
stone him, 32 Jesus
answered them, Many
good works have [
shewed you from my
Father ; for which of
those works do ye
stoneme? 33The Jews
answered him, saying,

IQANNHS.
διὰ

on account of

pA
20 ἔλεγον “δὲ!

said "but

4 ? ? ~ , » ‘ , ΄ ᾽ -
πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει καὶ μαίνεται τί αὐτοῦ
many of them, A demon he has and ismad; why him

ἀκούετε; 21 [ΓΑλλοι ἔλεγον, Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν
do ye hear ἢ Others said, These sayings are not [those]

δαιμονιζομένου" μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν

᾿ΙΤουδαίοις

τοὺς.λόγους τούτους.
Jews

these words ;

of one possessed by a demon. 7A “demon ‘is able of [the] blind [the]
ὀφθαλμοὺς ἱἀνοίγειν";

eyes to open ?

22 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ τὰ δἐγκαίνια' ἐν roic! Ἱεροσολύμοις,

And took place the feast of dedication at Jerusalem,

Ἰκαὶ χειμὼν iy 23 καὶ περιεπάτει ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ
and winter it was. And ?was *walking ‘Jesus in the temple
? ~ ἘΞ ~ l ~ λ ~ Ι ? , x ἦ ? a

ἐν τῇ στοᾷ ‘TOV Σολομῶντος." 24 ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν

in the porch of Solomon. *Encircled *therefore *him
ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ, “Ewe πότε τὴγ.Ψυχὴν μῶν
88 2Jews, and = said tohim, Until when our soul
αἴρεις ; εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός, "εἰπὲ" ἡμῖν παῤ-
holdest thou in suspense? If thou art the Christ, tell us a
ῥησίᾳ. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη παὐτοῖς" *6' ᾿Ιησοῦς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ
Ye 2 Answered them Jesus, I told you, and

οὐ. πιστεύετε. τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός

ye believe not. ΤΠ ΟΥΚ5 which I do in the name of ?Father
μου, ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ: 26 οἀλλ᾽" ὑμεῖς οὐ
ἴχῃν, these bear witness concerning me: but ye “not

πιστεύετε. Ῥοὺ γάρ" ἐστε ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, “καθὼς
"believe, foryearenot of 4sheep my, as

εἶπον ὑμῖν." 27 ra πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς.φωνῆς. μου τἀκούει,"
Isaid ἕο γοπ. "Sheep my my voice hear,
κἀγὼ γινώσκω αὐτά: Kai ἀκολουθοῦσίν po, 28 κἀγὼ "ζωὴν
and I know them, and _ they follow me ; andI _silife
-Ovioy δίδωμι αὐτοῖς" καὶ ody ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν
eternal give them ; and inno wise shall they perish for
αἰῶνα, καὶ οὐχιἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς.χειρός.μου. 29 ὁ

eyer, and *shall ‘not ‘seize “anyone them out of my hand.
yn t I v8 all 6&0 , Wryel , 12 Dg ᾿
πατΉΡ. μου ος EOWKEV μοι μείζων παντων ἐστιν και
My Father who has given([them]tome greater than all is, and

οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ-πατρός ὅμου."
no one is able toseize outof the hand of my Father.
30 ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν. 31 ’EBdoracay γοῦν" πάλιν
I andthe Father one are. ®*Took*up “therefore *again
λίθους οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν. 82 ἀπεκρίθη
7stones ‘the *Jews that they might stone him. 2Answered
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πολλὰ τκαλὰ ἔργα" ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ

3them 1 Jesus, Many good works I shewed you from
TAT , a oll ὃ AJ ~ > ~ » Ὀχιθάξ ’ lie
ρος. μου ta TOLOV αὐτῶν ἐργον ἰισαςξτε με 7
my Father ; because of which *of*them ‘work do ye stone me?

33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι “λέγοντες,." Περὶ καλοῦ

For a good work we 7Answered *him ‘the * Jews, saying, For a good

e οὖν then 1. f ἀνοῖξαι to have opened TTrA. 8 ἐνκαίνια 1. h — χρῖς τ. i— καὶ
TTrA. k [0] Tr. 1 Σολομῶνος GLTAW ; τοῦ Σολομῶνος Tr. ™ εἰπὸν T. 2 — αὐ-
τοῖς T. ° ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. POTLOUKTTr. 4 —- καθὼς εἶπον ὑμῖν [L]TTr[A]. τ ἀκούουσιν

[are] hearing ΤΎΓΑ.

Yo what (he has given) TTrA.
2 ἔργα καλὰ LT.
© — λέγοντες LITTAW

Υ — οὖν 3[Tr].
TTrA,

5 δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον TTrA. t — μου (read The Father) τ.
W πάντων μεῖζόν TTrA. * — μου (read the Father) 1[tTrJa,
a — μον (read the Father) [L]z[TrJa. ὃ ἐμὲ λιθάζετε

ΧΈΧΙ JOHN.
ἔργου οὐλιθάζομέν σε. ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας. Kai ὅτι

work wedonotstone thee, but for blasphemy, and because
ov eyepermns ὧν ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς

thou ‘being makest apes God. ?Answered *them
ἀδ᾽' Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ.ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, “ aie
1 Jesus, Is it not written in your law,

ἐεῖπα," θεοί tore; 35 Ei ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεούς, πρὸς ovc F
said, *gods ‘ye 7are? If them hecalled gods, to whom the

λόγος Srov θεοῦ ἐγένετο," Kai οὐ.δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ γραφή"
word of God pate) (and #cannot *be broken ‘the qeaniatrare,)

36 ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασεν Kai ἀπέστειλεν εἰς TOY κόσμον,

{of him] whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world,
ὑμεῖς. λέγετε, Ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Yidc "τοῦ" θεοῦ
do ye say, Thou blasphemest, because Isaid, Son of God
εἰμι; 87 εἰ οὐ-ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ.πατρός. μου, μὴ.πιστεύετέ
Iam? If Idonot the works of my Father, believe not
por’ 38 εἰιδὲ ποιῶ, κἂν ἐμοὶ μὴ ἱπιστεύητε," τοῖς ἔργοις
me; butif Ido, evenif me ye believe not, the works
krisrevoare," iva γνῶτε καὶ ἱπιστεύσητε" Ore ἐν ἐμοὶ
beliexe, that oe may perceive and may believe that in me [is]
ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν παὐτῷ." 39 ᾿Εζήτουν "οὖν" οπάλιν"
the Father, andI in him. They sought therefore again
αὐτὸν midoa Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς.χειρὸς.αὐτῶν. 40 Kai
him to take, and he went forth out of their hand; and

δάνου, εἰς τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἦν
ordan, to the place where was

καὶ ἔμεινεν" ἐκεῖ. 41 καὶ

? ~ ’ , ~
ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν πέραν τοῦ ‘lo
departed again beyond the

ΡΤωάννης" τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων"

John first baptizing ; and heabode there. And
πολλοὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἔλεγον, Ὅτι PIwavyne' piv
many came to him, and said, John indeed
σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν᾽ πάντα.δὲὲ ὕσα εἶπεν ῬἸἸωάννης"
Ssign ‘did =no; but all whatsoever “said 1 John

περὶ τούτου, ἀληθῆ ἦν. 42 Καὶ τἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ
goncerning this [man], true were. And “believed ‘many
ἐκεῖ εἰς αὐτόν."
there on him.

11 Ἤν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας,

Now there was acertain[{man] sick, Lazarus of Bethany,

ἐκ τῆς κώμης " Μαρίας Kai Μάρθας τῆς.ἀδελφῆς. αὐτῆς. 2 ἦν

of the village οἵ Mary and Martha her sister. 7It *was
δὲ "Μαρία" ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν κύριον μύρῳ καὶ ἐκμάξασα
‘and = Mary who anointed the Lord withointment and wiped

Tovc.760ac.adTov ταῖς.θριξὶν.αὐτῆς, ἧς ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος

his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus
ἠσθένει. 8 ἀπέστειλαν οὖν at ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγου-
was sick. *Sent ‘therefore'the sisters to him, say-

σαι, Κύριε, ide ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ. 4 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς

277

stone thee not; but for
blasphemy ; and be-
cause that thou, being
a man, makest thyself
God. 34 Jesus answer-
ed them, Is it not
written in your law, I
said, Yeare gods? 35 tf
he called them gods,
tuto whom the word
of God came, and the
scripture cannot be
broken; 36 say ye of
him, whom the Father
hath sanctified, and
sent into the world,
Thou blasphemest; be-
cause I said, I am the
Son of God? 37 If I
do not the works of
my Father, believe me
not. 38 But if I do,
though ye believe not
me, believe the works:
that yemay know, and

. believe, that the Fa-

ther 7s in me, andI in
him. 39 Therefore

they sought again te
take him: but he es-
caped out of their
hand, 40 and went
away again beyond
Jordan into the place
where John at first

baptized; and there he
abode. 41 And many
resorted unto him, and
said, John did no mi-
racle: but all things
that John spake of this
man were true. 42 And
many believed on him
there.

ΧΙ, Now ao certain
man was sick, named
Lazarus, of Bethany,
the town of Mary and
her sister Martha. 2 (It
was that Mary which
anointed the Lord with
ointment, and wiped
his feet with her hair,
whose brother Lazarus
was sick.) 3 Therefore
his sisters sent unto
him, saying, Lord, be-
hold, he whom thou

ing, Lord, 1o, he whom thou lovest is sick. But7having*heard ‘Jesus lovest is sick. 4 When
Jesus heard that, he

εἶπεν, Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκιἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ said, This sickness ix
said, This sickness is not unto death, but for not unto death, but
a , = ἘΠ τε ‘ εν 30 ov for the glory of God,
τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, wa δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Ov that the Son of God
the glory of God, that may be glorified the Son of God by might be glorified
4 [ὃ] tr. © + ὅτι that LrTra. f εἶπον L. 8 ἐγένετο τοῦ θεοῦ 1. h — τοῦ τ.

1 πιστεύετε T. Κ πιστεύετε LTTr. 1 γινώσκητε may know LITra. m τῷ πατρί the
Father Lrtra. 0 [οὖν] Tra. ο — πάλιν 1. ΡἸωάνης Tr. 4 ἔμενεν 1.. τ πολλοὶ

ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ LITA, 5. τῆς τ Μαριὰμ Tr.

278

thereby. 5 Now Jesus
loved Martha, and her
sister, and Lazarus,
6 When he had heard
therefore that he was
sick, he abode two days
still in the same place
where he was. 7 Then
after that saith he to
his disciples, Let us go
into Judwa again.
8 His disciples say un-
to him, Master, the
Jews of late sought
to stone thee; and go-
est thou thither again ?
9 Jesus answered, Are
there not twelve hours
in the day? If any
man walk in the day,
he stumbleth not, be-
cause he seeth the light
of this world. 10 But
if a man walk in the
night, he stumbleth,
because there is no
light in him. 11 These
things said he: and
after that he saith
unto them, Our friend
Lazarus sleepeth ; but
I go, that I may a-
wake him out of sleep.
12 Then said his disci-
ples, Lord, if he sleep,
he shall do well.
13 Howbeit Jesus spake
of his death: but they
thought that he had
spoken of taking of
rest insleep. 14 Then
said Jesus unto them
plainly, Lazarus is
dead. 15 And I am
glad for your sakes
that I was not there,
to the intent ye may
believe ; nevertheless
let us go unto him.
16 Then said Thomas,
which is called Didy-
mus, unto his fellow-
disciples, Let us also
go, that we may die
with him

17 Then when Jesus
came, he found that
he had lain in the
grave four days al-
ready. 18 Now Beth-
any was nigh unto
Jerusalem, about fif-
teen furlongs off:
19 and many of the
Jews came to Martha
and Mary, to comfort
them concerning their

IQANN H Σ.
τυ τους ὃ Ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ
=p ρ

ved ‘now 3Jesus Martha and

αὐτῆς Kai τὸν Λάζαρον. 6 we οὖν ἤκουσεν ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ,
ther and Lazarus. When therefore heheard that he is sick,

τότε μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐν ἣν τόπῳ δύο ἡ ἡμέρας. 7 Ἔπειτα
then indeed heremained in which *he*was ‘place two days. Then
μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Αγωμεν εἰς τὴν Lovdatay
after this hesays to the ESE Lee Let us go into Judza

πάλιν. ὃ Aéyovow αὐτῷ ot μαθηταί, *PaZBi," viv ἐζή-
again. *Say “to *him “the disciples, ey gue now *were

τουν σε λιθάσαι ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, Kai πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ;
‘seeking 7thee *to%stone ‘the 2Jews, and again goest thou thither?
9 ᾿Απεκρίθη Yo" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐχὶ δώδεκά eloww ὧραι! τῆς
2Answered 1Jesus, 5Not ®Stwelve “are *there hours in the
saan ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ-προσκόπτει,
ἜΣ If anyone walk in the day, he stumbles not,
a , 7A ,
ὅτ ὥς τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου βλέπει: 10 ἐὰν.δέὲ τις
hin ite ight of this world he sees ; but if anyone
περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, OTL TO φῶς οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν
walk in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in

XI.
τὴν ἀ ἐδελφὴν

*sister

αὐτῷ. 11 Ταῦτα εἶπεν. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λά-
him. These things he said; and after this hesays tothem, La-
Zapoc ὁ.φίχλος.ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξ-
zarus our friend has fallen asleep; but I go that I may
υπνίσω αὐτόν. 12 Εἶπον οὖν" οὶ. μαθηταὶ" “αὐτοῦ, Κύριε,
awake him. *Said ‘therefore his disciples, Lord,
? / , sd \ <5 2. ~ 4
εἰ κεκοίμηται σωθήσεται. 13 Ἑἰρήκει.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς περὶ
if he has fallen asleep he will get well. But *had *spoken 1 Jesus of

τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ"

ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ ἔδοξαν ὅτι περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως
his death,

but they thought that of the rest

τοῦ ὕπνου λέγει. 14 τότε “ody' εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
of sleep he speaks. Then therefore *said *to *them 1Jesus

παῤῥησίᾳ, Λάζαρος ἀπέθανεν. 15 καὶ χαίρω δι’ ὑμᾶς,

plainly, Lazarus died, And I rejoice on your account,
ἵνα πιστεύσητε, OTL οὐκ-ἤμην ἐκεῖ: “ἀλλ᾽ ἄγωμεν πρὸς

in order that ye may believe, that 1 νγαὰβ ποῦ there. But letus go to
αὐτόν. 16 Εἶπεν οὖν Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, τοῖς

him. *Said ‘therefore Thomas, Didymus, to the
‘cuppabnraig,' “Aywper καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἵνα ἀποθάνωμεν μετ᾽
fellow-disciples, Let *go “also us, that we may die with
αὐτοῦ.
him.

17 8 Ἐλθὼν!" οὖν ὁ Inoovc™ εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας

*Having ‘come “therefore 1 Jesus found him four

ἰἡμέρας On ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ. 18 ἦν.δὲ *7! Βηθανία
days already having been in the tomb. Now *was *Bethany

ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε: 19 ἱκαὶ
near to Jerusalem, about “off *furlongs fifteen, oe

modo! ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐληλύθεισαν πρὸς “τὰς περὶ"

many of the Jews had come unto those around
Μάρθαν καὶ "Μαρίαν," ἵνα παραμυθήσωνται αὐτὰς περὶ
Martha and Mary, that they might console them concerning

* + [αὐτοῦ] (read his disciples) L.
a+ αὐτῷ to him ur.

LUTrAW.
αὐτῷ to him Tra.
4 + καὶ and L.

(7 cad had come to Mar tha) LTra.

x “PaBBei T.

¥Y — ὃ GLTTraw. 2 ὧραί εἰσιν
> [οἱ μαθηταὶ) a.

ς — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) LT;

4 [οὖν] x. © ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Γσυνμαθηταῖς T. &*HAGev came L.
i ἤδη ἡμέρας TrA ; — ἤδη T. k— 77. 1 πολλοὶ δὲ LTTrA. ™ τὴν
Ὁ Μαριάμ. LTTrA.

ΧΙ. JOHN.

Tov.adedgpov.-adrav.' 20 ἡ οὖν. Μάρθα we ἤκουσεν ὅτι PO"
their brother. Martha therefore when she heard that
Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται, ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ: Mapia.cé ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἐκα-
Jesus is coming, met him ; but Mary in the house was
θέζετο. 21 εἶπεν. οὖν «ἡ Μάρθα πρὸς ror! ᾿Ιησοῦν, Κύριε, εἰ
sitting. Then said Martha to Jesus, Lord, if

ἧς ὧδε, "ὁ.ἀδελφός. μου οὐκ.ἂν ἐτεθνήκει." 22 tadrAa"
thou hadst been here, my brother had not died ; but
καὶ νῦν olda ὅτι boa ἂν.αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεόν, δώσει
even now Iknow that whatsoever thou mayest ask of God, *will *give
σοι ὁ θεός. 23 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός
“thee ‘God. Says toher Jesus, *Will +rise Sagain 2brother
σου. 24 Λέγει αὐτῷ Μάρθα, Οἶδα ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐν τῇ
‘thy. Says to him Martha, I know that he willrise again in the
ἀναστάσει ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 25 Εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
resurrection in the last day. "Said “to *her 1 Jesus,
"Ey εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ Jon. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ,
I am the resurrection and the life: hethat believes on me,
κἂν ἀποθάνῃ ζήσεται: 20 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν Kai πιστεύων
though hedie he shall live; and everyone who lives and _ believes
εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ-μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. πιστεύεις τοῦτο:
on me, innowise_ shall die for ever. Believest thou this?
27 Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, Kip’ ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ
Shesays tohim, Yea, Lord; 1 have believed that thou art the
χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος.
Christ, the Son of God, who into’ the world comes,
28 Kai “ταῦτα! εἰποῦσα ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν *Mapiar'

And these things having said she went away, and called Mary
τὴν ἀδελφὴν.αὐτῆς YAabpa," *eizrovea,' Ὁ διδάσκαλος πάρ-
her sister secretly, saying, The teacher is

\ ~ ς ᾽ , a ,° δὼ b2 , ll A
ἐστιν καὶ φωνεῖ σε. 29 Exeivn* ὡς ἤκουσεν "ἐγείρεται" ταχὺ
come and 068115 thee. She when she heard risesup quickly
καὶ “ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν. 30 οὔπω. δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς
and comes to him. Now not yet had *come + Jesus
εἰς THY κώμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἢν “ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὕπου ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ
into the village, but was in the place where *met shim
ἡ Μάρθα. 31 οἱ. οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ὄντες μετ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ

?Martha. The Jews therefore who were with her in the house
καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν, ἰδόντες τὴν ee OTL ταχέως
and consoling her, having seen ary that quickiy

, ᾿ ~ ? , ~ , i
ἀνέστη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῇ, ‘eyorTec,' “Ore

sheroseup and went out, followed her, saying,
ὑπάγει εἰς TO μνημεῖον ἵνα κλαύσῃ ἐκεῖ. 82 Ἢ οὖν Μαρία"
Sheisgoing to the tomb that she may weep there. Mary therefore

ὡς ἦλθεν ὕπου ἦν "δ' ᾿Ιησοῦς, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἔπεσεν ieic
when she came where *was 1 Jesus, seeing him, fell at
τοὺς. πόδας.αὐτοῦ," λέγουσα αὐτῷ, Κύριε, «i ἧς ὧδε
his feet, saying tohim, Lerd, if thou hadst been here
ovK.avaréOaviv μου" ὁ ἀδελφός. 88 Ἰησοῦς οὖν ὡς εἶδεν
Ξηᾷ “ποῦ died my “brother. Jesus therefore when hesaw

279

brother. 20 Then Mar-
tha, as soon as she
heard that Jesus was
coming, went and met
him: but Mary sat
still in the house.
21 Then said Martha
unto Jesus, Lord, if
thou hadst been here,
my brother had not
died. 22 But I know,
that even now, what-
soever thou wilt ask
of God, God will give
ἐξ thee. 23 Jesus saith
unto her, Thy bro-
ther shall rise again.
24 Martha saith unto
him, I know that he
shall rise again in the
resurrection at the
last day. 25 Jesus
said unto her, I am
the resurrection, and
the life: he that be-
lieveth in me, though
he were dead, yet shall
he live: 26 and whoso-
ever liveth and believ-
eth in me shall never
die. Believest thou
this? 27 She saith un-
to him, Yea, Lord: I
believe that thou art
the Christ, the Son of
God, which should
come into the world.
28 And when she had
so said, she went her
way, and called Mary
her sister secretly, say-
ing, The Master is
come, and calleth for
thee. 29 As soon as
she heard that, she
arose quickly, and
came unto him. 30 Now
Jesus was not yet
come into the town,
but was in that place
where Martha met
him. 31 The Jews
then which were with
her in the house, and
comforted her, when
they saw Mary, that
she rose up hastily and
went out, followed her,
saying, She goeth un-
to the grave to weep
there. 32 Then when
Mary was come where
Jesus was, and saw
him, she fell down at
his feet, saying unto
him, Lord, if thou
hadst been here, my
brother had not died.
33 When Jesus there-
fore saw her weeping,

ο — αὐτῶν (read [their] brother) Trra. P — ὃ GLTTrAW.
5 οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν (ἐτεθνήκει A) ὃ ἀδελφός μου LTTTA.
* τοῦτο this ΤΊτα. * Μαριὰμ LTTrA. Y λάθρᾳ L.
Ὁ ηγέρθη rose up LTrA. © ἤρχετο CaMe Tra.

f δόξαντες thinking TTrA. 8 Μαριὰμ TTrA.

τοὺς πόδας GTTrAW. k μον ἀπέθανεν TTrA.

2 εἴπασα Tr.
4 + ἔτι yet LT[a].
h — 9 LTTrA.

4ᾳ --- ἡ GL.
t ἀλλὰ [L]TTrA.
a + δὲ and (she) τι[Α].

¥ — τὸν T[Tr].
¥ + ἡ LTTrA.

© Μαριᾶμ, LTTrA.

ι αὐτοῦ εἰς (πρὸς TTrA)

280

and the Jews also
weeping which came
with her, he groaned
in the spirit, and was
troubled, 34 and said,
Where have ye laid
him? They said unto
him, Lerd, come and
see. 35 Jesus wept.
36 Then said the Jews,
Behold how he loved
him! 37 And some of
them said, Could not
this man, which open-
ed the eyes of the
blind, have caused
that even this man
should not have died ?
38 Jesus therefore a-
gain groaning in him-
self cometh to the
grave. It was a cave,
and a stone lay upon
it. 39 Jesus said, Take
ye away the stone.
Martha, the sister of
him that was dead,
saith unto him, Lord,
by this time he stink-
eth: for he hath been
dead four days. 40 Je-
sus saith unto her, Said
I not unto thee, that,
if thou wouldest be-
lieve, thou shouldest
see the glory of God?
41 Then they took a-
way the stone from the
place where the dead
was laid. And Jesus
lifted up his eyes, and
said, Father, Γ thank
thee that thou hast
heard me. 42 And I
knew that thou hear-
est me always: but be-
cause of the people
which stand by I said
it, that they may be-
lieve that thou hast
sentme. 43 And when
he thus had spoken,
he cried with a loud
voice, Lazarus, come
forth. 44 And he that
was dead came forth,
bound hand and foot
with graveclothes: and
his face was bound
about with a napkin.
Jesus saith unto them,
Loose him, and let
him go.

45 Then many of the
Jews which came to
Mary, and had seen
the things which Jesus
did, believed on him.
46 But some of them
wert their ways to the
Pharisees, and told

IQANNH®.

αὐτὴν κλαίουσαν, καὶ rove συνελθόντας αὐτῇ Ιουδαίους
her weeping, and the *who%came*with ‘*her 1Jews

κλαίοντας, ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι, Kai ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν,
weeping, he groaned rae and troubled himself
34 καὶ εἶπεν, Tov τεθείκατε αὐτόν ; Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κύριε,

ΧΙ.

and said, Where haveyelaid him; They say tohim, Lord,
ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 85 ᾿Εδάκρυσεν ὁ "Inooiie. 36 ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ
come and see. 2Wept 1 Jesus. lke *therefore ‘the
Ἰουδαῖοι, “Ide πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν. 87 Twic.di ἐξ αὐτῶν

2Jews, Behold how heloved him! But some of them
εἶπον, Οὐκ. ἠδύνατο" οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
said, Was not “able this [? uate) who opened the eyes

TOU eee ποιῆσαι ἵνα Kai οὗτος μὴ. ἀποθάνῃ;
of the blind [man], to have caused that also this one should not have died ?
38 Ἰησοῦς οὖν πάλιν πὲἐμβριμώμενος" ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔρχεται

Jesus. therefore again groaning in himself comes
εἰς TO μνημεῖον. ἦν.δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ᾽
to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and astone waslying upon
ED. 39 λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Apare τὸν λίθον. Λέγει αὐτῷ

ΞΞ8Υ5 1Jesus, Take away the stone. “*Says ‘to *him

ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τεθνηκότος" Μάρθα, Κύριε, ἤδη ὄζει"
5the sister 7of EEE δ has ‘died, *Martha, Lord, already hestinks,
τεταρταῖος γάρ 0 ἐστιν. 40 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ. εἶπόν
*four ‘days LOL! ΠΡ ἼΞῚ Says “to *her 1 Jesus, Said I not

. ? UL p? ll \ , ~ ~
σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψει. τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ :
to thee, that if thou shouldest believe, thou shalt see the glory of ΡΩΝ

41 Ἦραν οὖν τὸν λίθον 400 ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς SENS
They took away therefore the stone where*was'the dead laid.

Ὁ «δὲ ᾿[ησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, καὶ εἶπεν, 1ά-
And Jesus lifted [his] eyes upwards, and _ said, Fa-
τερ. εὐχαριστῶ σοι OTL ἤκουσάς pov. 42 ἐγὼ.δὲ ἤδειν ὅτι
ther, I thank thee that thou heardest me; and I knew that
πάντοτε μου ἀκούεις ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περι-
always me thouhearest; but onaccountof the crowd who stand
ἑστῶτα εἶπον ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας.
around 1 said [it], that they might believe that thou me didst send.
43 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν, Aa-
And these things having said, with a?voice “loud he cried, La-

Cape, δεῦρο ἔξω. 44 Καὶ" ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκώς, δεδεμένος

zarus, come forth. And came forth he who had been dead, bound
τοὺς πόδας Kai τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ.ὄψις αὐτοῦ
feet and hands with grave clothes, and his face
σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Avoare
with a handkerchief bound about. Says *to *them ‘Jesus, Loose
αὐτὸν Kai ἄφετε ὑὕὑπαάγειν.
him and let fhim) go.

45 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν

Many ὑμουθῆοσο αὐ the Jews who came to
"Μαρίαν" καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ" ἐποίησεν “ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς," ἐπίστευσαν
Mary and saw what *did 1 Jesus, believed

εἰς αὐτόν. 46 rivic.dé ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρι-
on him ; but some of them went to the Phari-

1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA.

P ὄψῃ thou shouldest see LrTraw.
5. + αὐτὸν him T[tTrJa.

GTTrA.

ἃ ἐμβριμούμενος τ. n — 6 1{1τ]. © τετελευτηκότος LTTYAW.
4 — οὗ ἦν ὃ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος GLTTYA. τ- καὶ
t Μαριὰμ. LITrA. YO TrA. ν — ὃ Ἰησοῦς

(read he did) eLrrraw.

ΧΡ JOHN:
σαίους Kai *eizroy' αὐτοῖς Ya! ἐποίησεν Τὸ" Inootc. 47 συνήγα-
sees and told them what 2did i Jesus, Gathered

γον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, Kai ἔλεγον,

therefore the chief priests andthe Pharisees acouncil, and said,
Τί ποιοῦμεν ; ὅτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ “σημεῖα ποιεῖ."
What do we? for this man many signs does.

48 ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως, πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν"
If weletalone him thus, all will believe on him,
καὶ ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ρωμαῖοι καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον
and willcome the Romans and willtakeawayfromus both the place
A 4 ” cd ’ ? ? ~ 7 ? \
καὶ τὸ ἔθνος. 49 Eic.déric ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς
and the nation. But acertain one of them, Caiaphas, high priest
ὧν Tov.éviauzov.éKeivov, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε
being of that year, said to them, Ye know
οὐδέν, 50 οὐδὲ “SraroyiZecbe' ὅτι συμφέρει “ἡμῖν iva εἴς

nothing, nor consider that itis profitable forus that one
ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, Kai μὴ ὅλον TO ἔθνος
man should die for the people, and not *whole ‘the nation

ἀπόληται. 51 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ.εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ apy-
should perish, But this from himself he said not, but high

‘ n ~ ~ ? f d , Ι e ez I
ιερεὺς ὧν τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ. ἐκείνου, προεφήτευσεν" OTL “ἔμελλεν

priest being of that year, prophesied that *was *about
ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, 52 καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ
1 Jesus to die for the nation; and ποῦ for

τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορ-

the nation only, but that also the children of God who have been
πισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. 88 am ἐκείνης οὖν
scattered abroad he might gather together into one. From that therefore

THC ἡμέρας βσυνεβουλεύσαντο᾽
day they took counsel together that
54 ’Incovce οὖν" ἰοὺκ ἔτι!
Jesus therefore no longer
᾿Ιουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν
Jews, but wentaway thence
ΓΆΡ > ? » ,
ἐρήμου, εἰς ᾿Εφραϊμ λεγομένην
desert, to *Ephraim Scalled
μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ."
with his disciples.
δῦ "Hy.dé ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβησαν
Now ὅνγαβ ’near ‘the *passover “of *the 5 Jews, and wentup
πολλοὶ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα
Many to Jerusalem outof the country before the passover, that
ayviswow ἑαυτούς. 56 ἐζήτουν οὖν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ
they might purify themselves. They were seeking therefore Jesus, and
meheyov! μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες, Τί δοκεῖ
were saying among one another in the temple standing, What doesitseem
ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐμὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς THY ἑορτήν ; 57 Δεδώκεισαν. δὲ
to you, that inno wise hewillcometo the _ feast? Now had given
Meai' οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι “ἐντολήν, ἵνα ἐάν τις

ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν.

they might kill him.
παῤῥησίᾳ. περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς
publicly walked among the
εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς
into the country near the
πόλιν, κἀκεῖ "διέτριβεν"
1a *city, and there he stayed

both the chief priests and the Pharisees acommand, that if anyone
νῷ ποῦ ἐστιν μηνύσῃ; ὕπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν.
should know where heis heshouldshew[it], that they mighttake him.

τ εἶπαν τ. δ δι τς 2 -- OLTTrA. 8 ποιεῖ σημεῖα LTTrAW.
© ὑμῖν for you ΤΎΓΑ. 4 ἐπροφήτευσεν LITrAW.
& ἐβουλεύσαντο they took counsel LTTr. h ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς Tra.
k ἔμεινεν TrA. | — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. ™ ἔλεγαν T.
Ὁ ἐντολὰς commands TTra.

© ἤμελλεν LITrAW.

281

them what things Je<
sus had done, 47 Then
gathered the _ chief
priests and the Phari-
sees ἃ council, and said,
What do we? for this
man doeth many mi-
racles. 48 If we let
him thus alone, all men
will believe on him:
and the Romans shall
come and take away
both our place and na-
tion. 49 And one of
them, named Caiaphas,
being the high priest
that same year, said
unto them, Ye know
nothing at all, 50 nor
consider that it is ex-
pedient for us, that one
man should die for the
people, and that the
whole nation perish
not. 51 And thisspake
he not of himself: but
being high priest that
year,he prophesied that
Jesus should die for
thatnation; 52and not
for that nation only,
but that also he should
gather together in one
the children of God
that were scattered a-
broad. 53 Then from
that day forth they
took counsel together
for to put him to death,
54. Jesus therefore
walked no more openly
among the Jews; but
went thence unto a
country near to the
wilderness, into a city
called Ephraim, and
there continued with
his disciples.

55 And the Jews’
passover was nigh at
hand: and many went
out of the country up
to Jerusalem before
the passover, to purify
themselves. 56 Then
sought they for Jesus,

and spake among
themselves, as they
stood in the temple,

What think ye, that he
will not come to the
feast? 57 Now both
the chief priests and
the Pharisees had
given a command-
ment, that, if any man
knew where he were,
he should shew τέ, that
they might take him.

5 λογίζεσθε LTTrAW.
f_— 6 GLTTrAW.

1 οὐκέτι GLYTr.

0 — καὶ LTTrAW.

282

XII. Then Jesus six
days before the pass-
over came to Bethany,
where Lazarus was
which had been dead,
whom he raised from
thedead. 2'There they
made him a supper ;
and Martha served:
but Lazarus was one
of them that sat atthe
table with him, 3 Then
took Mary a pound of
ointment of spike-
nard, very costly, and
anointed the feet of Je-
sus, and wiped his feet
with her hair : and the
house was filled with
the odour of the oint-
ment, 4 Thensaith one
of his disciples, Judas
Iscariot, Simon’s son,
which should betray
him, 5 Why was not
this ointment sold for
three hundred pence,
and given to the poor ?
6 This he said, not that
he cared for the poor ;
but because he was a
thief, and had the bag,
and bare what was put
therein. 7 Then said
Jesus, Let her alone:
against the day of my
burying hath she kept
this. 8 For the poor
always ye have with
you; but me ye have
not always.

9 Much people of the
Jews therefore knew
that he was there: and
they came not for Je-
sus’ sake only, but that
they might see Lazarus
also, whom he had
raised from the dead.
10 But the chief priests
consulted that they
might put Lazarus also
to death; 11 because
that by reason of him
Many of the Jews
went away, and be-
lieved on Jesus.

12 On the next day
much people that were
come to the feast, when
they heard that Jesus
was coming to Jerusa-
lem, 13 took branches
of palm trees, and went
forth to meet him, and

IQANNH2®. XII.

τὰ « x ? ~ A nN € ~ ~ ΄ - >

12 Ὃ.οὖν. Ἰησοῦς πρὸ ἕξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα ἦλθεν εἰς
Jesus therefore “before ‘six *days the passover came _ . to
Βηθανίαν, ὕπου ἦν Λάζαρος Po τεθνηκώς, ὃν ἤγειρεν
Bethany, where was Lazarus who haddied, whom heraised
ἐκ vexpwvt, 2 ἐποίησαν οὖν αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ,
from among [the] dead. They made therefore him a supper there,
καὶ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει: ὁ.δὲ. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν τ τῶν "συνανα-
and Martha served, but Lazarus one was of those re-
κειμένων" αὐτῷ. 8 Ἣ.οὖν. "Μαρία! λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου
clining with him. Mary therefore having taken a pound of ointment
νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου, ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας “τοῦ Inoov,
of *nard *pure of great price, anointed the feet of Jesus,
καὶ ἐξέμαξεν ταῖς.θριξὶν. αὐτῆς τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ: ἡ δὲ οἰκία
and wiped with her hair his feet ; and the house
ἐπληρώθη 2 ΕΣ ΟΣ Te rey 4. λέ ποῦν. Xeieng
ET. now ἢ ἐκ τῆς οσμῆης του μῦυρου. EVEL ουν ELC ἐκ
was filled with the odour of the ointment. Says therefore one of
τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ιούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης, ὁ
his disciples, Judas, Simon’s (son) Iscariote, who
ἕλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι, 5 ΥΔιατί" τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ
was δροὰαῦ him to deliver up, Why “this ‘ointment *not
ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς ; 6 Εἶπεν
twas sold for three hundred denarii, and given to(the] poor? “he *said
δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ OTL περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν Ἐπ τ προ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι
*but this, not that for the poor ewascaring, but because
κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ TO γλωσσόκομον *elyEv, Kai τὰ βαλλόμενα
athief he was, and the bag had, and what was put into
ἐβάσταζεν. 7 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, “Agec αὐτήν᾽ ὃ εἰς
{it] carried. “Said “therefore 1Jesus, Let“alone ‘her: for

τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ.ἐνταφιασμοῦ.μου ὕτετήρηκεν" αὐτό. ὃ τοὺς

the day of my burial has she kept it: *the

πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε
Spoor for always yehave with you, but me not always

ἔχετε.

ye have.

9 Ἔγνω οὖν © ὄχλος πολὺς ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Oru ἐκεῖ

7Knew “therefore 'a “crowd great “οὐ *the &Jews that there
ἐστιν, καὶ ἦλθον, οὐ διὰ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα
heis; and they came, not because of Jesus only, but that
καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἴδωσιν ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν.

also Lazarus they might see whom he raised from among [the] dead.
10 ἐβουλεύσαντο.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἵνα Kai τὸν Λάζαρον ἀπο-
But *took Scounsel ‘the ?chiet*priests that also Lazarus they
κτείνωσιν, 11 ὅτι πολλοὶ Ov avrov ὑπῆγον
might kill, because many “by ‘reason Sof “him *were °going "away
τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν.
lof?the Jews and were believing on Jesus.
12 Τῇ. ἐπαύριον ὄχλος πολὺς ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς THY ἑορτήν,
ΟἹ the morrow a*crowd ‘great who came to the feast,
ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἔρχεται “δ᾽ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 18 ἔλα-
having heard that “15 *coming 1Jesus into erusalem, took
Boy ra Baia τῶν φοινίκων καὶ ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν "αὐτῷ,"
branches of the palms and wentout to meet him,

P — ὃ τεθνηκὼς [L]T[TrA].
5 ἀνακειμένων σὺν QLTTrAW.
χ Ἰούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης εἷς ἐκ (— - ἐκ Tr) τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ TTrA.

a + ἵνα that LETrAW.
4 — ὃ GLTTraWw.

(those) Ta.

having TTrA.
(crowd) 1.

4 + 6 (— ὁ τ) Ἰησοῦς Jesus (raised) LTTraw. r+ ἐκ of
τ Μαριὰμ Tr. ν [τοῦ] tr. τ δὲ but (says) τ΄.
Υ Διὰ τέ LTrA. : ἔχων
ο΄ τηρήσῃ she may keep LrTraw. ¢ + ὁ the
ε αὐτῶν them w.

XII. JOHN.

καὶ féxoaZoy," § ὥσαννά, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν

and were crying, ne blessed f[is]he who comes in [the]
ὀνόματι κυρίου, ὃ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ: 14 Ἑὑρὼν δὲ
name of (the] Lord, the king ael, pHaving, *found ‘and

6 Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό, καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμ-
7Jesus a young ass sat upon it, as iti writ-

μένον, 15 Μὴ.φοβοῦ, ἰθύγατερ' Σιών" ἰδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς. σου
ten, Fear not, daughter of Sion: behold, thy king

ἔρχεται, καθήμενος ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου. 16 ταῦτα δὲ" οὐκ
comes, sitting on acolt of anass. 2These sehings Inow 7not

ἔγνωσαν ἰοὶ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ" τὸ πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη
Sknew 415 ®disciples at the first, but when was glorified

mo Ἰησοῦς τότε ἐμνήσθησαν ὅτι ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
Jesus then they remembered that these things were of him

γεγραμμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐμαρτύρει οὖν
written, and these Ehings they did to him. Bore witness therefore

ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὧν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, "ὅτε" τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ
the crowd that was with him, when Lazarus he called out of

TOU μνημείου, καὶ ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 18 διὰ
the tomb, and _ raised him from among [the] dead. Onaccount of

~ o | os , > Ms: 1k » λ Ἦ ev py, 1] ~
τοῦτο ὅκαι' ὑπήντησεν αὑτῷ ὁ ὄχλος, OTL Ῥῆκουσεν" τοῦτο

this also met him the crowds because it heard 5this
αὐτὸν. πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον. 19 οἱ οὖν Φαρισαῖοι εἶπον"
of *his PhayAng *done sign. The “therefore ‘Pharisees said

πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν; ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος
among themselves, Doyesee that yegain nothing? lo, the world
ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν.
after him is gone,
20 Ἧσαν.δέ ‘rivec “EXAnvec'
And there were certain Greeks
*xpooKvynowow' ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ"
they might worship in the feast;

Φιλίππῳ, τῷ ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. καὶ ἠρώτων
to Philip, Ὑπὸ wasfrom Bethsaida of Galilee, and they asked

αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, θέλομεν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἰδεῖν. 22 “Eoye-
him saying, Sir, we desire 3Jesus ‘to “see. ®Comes
ται ἢ Φίλιππος Kai λέγει τῷ Ανδρέᾳ᾽ "καὶ πάλιν" ᾿Ανδρέας
*Philip and tells Andrew, and again Andrew
καὶ Φίλιππος % λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 2 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς
and EnIND tell Jesus. But Jesus

κρίνατο" αὐτοῖς λέγων, ᾿Ελήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ
swered them saying, *Has *come ‘the *hour that should be glorified

ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ae] TON 24 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ἐὰν. μὴ ὁ
the Son man Veuly, verily Isay toyou, Unless the

κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος
grain of wheat falling into the ground should die, it alone

μένει" ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. 25 ὁ φιλῶν

abides; butif itshoulddie, much fruit it bears. He that loves

τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει. αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ μισῶν τὴν
his life shall lose it, and hethat hates

ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ.κόσμῳ.τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει
"life this in this world to life eternal 8881] keep

ἐκ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων ἵνα

among those coming up that

21 οὗτοι οὖν προσῆλθον
these therefore came

χάπε-
an-

éxpavyacov LTTrA.
« — δὲ [{τττὰ.

8. Ὁ [λέγοντες] saying L. Β + καὶ Δ Πα TTra.
! αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1.
ο — καὶ Tr. P ἤκουσαν they heard GLTTraw. 4 εἶπαν TTr.
* προσκυνήσουσιν they shall worship Ltra. ¢ + ὃ Tra.

" + καὶ and LTTra. X ἀποκρίνεται ANSWeYS TTr.

283
cried, Hosanna: Bless-
ed zs the King of Israel
that cometh in the
name of the Lord,
14 And Jesus, when he
had found a young
ass, sat thereon; as it
is written, 15 Fear not,
daughter of Sion: be-
hold, thy King cometh,
sitting on anass’s colt,
16 These things under-
stood not his disciples
at the first: but when
Jesus was glorified,
then remembered they
that these things were
written of him, and
that they had done
these things unto him.
17 The people therefore
that was with him
when he called Laza-
rus out of his grave,
and raised him from
the dead, bare record.
18 For this cause the
people also met him,
for that they heard
that he had done this
miracle. 19 The Pha-
risees therefore said a-
mong themselves, Per-
ceive ye how ye pre-
vail nothing? behold,
the world is gone after
him.

20 And there were
certain Greeks among
them that came up to
worship at the feast:
21 the same came
therefore to Philip,
which was of Bethsaida
of Galilee, and desired
him, saying, Sir, we
would see Jesus.
22 Philip cometh and
telleth Andrew: and a-
gain Andrew and Phi-
lip tell Jesus. 23 And
Jesus answered them,
saying, The hour is
come, that the Son of
man should be glori-
fied. 24 Verily, verily,
I say unto you, Except
a corn of wheat fall in-
to the ground and die,
it abideth alone: but
if it die, it bringeth
forth much fruit. 25 He
that loveth his life
shall lose it; and he
that hateth his life in
this world shall keep it
unto life eternal. 26 If

m — ὁ TTrAW. n
τ Ἑλληνές τινες LTTrA.
Υ ἔρχεται (Andrew) comes LTTrA.
Υ ἀπολλύει loses Trr.

i θυγάτηρ LTTrAW.
ὅτι because EGLTW,

284

any man serve me, let
him follow me; and
where I am, there shall
also my servant be: if
any man serve me, him
will my Father honour,

27 Now is my soul
troubled; and what
shall I say? Father,
save me from this
hour: but for this cause
came 1 unto this hour.
28 Father, glorify thy
name. Then came there
a voice from heaven,
saying, I have both
glorified it, and will
glorify itagain. 29 The
people therefore, that
stood by, and heard τέ,
said that it thundered:
others said, An angel
spake tohim. 30Jesus
answered and _ said,
This voice came not be-
cause of me, but for
your sakes. 31 Now is
the judgment of this
world: now shall the
prince of this world be
eastout. 32 And1I,if I
be lifted up from the
earth, will draw all
men unto me. 33 This
he said, signifying
what death he should
die. 34 The people an-
swered him, We have
heard out of the law
that Christ abideth for
ever: and how sayest
thou, The Son of man
must be lifted up? who
is this Son of man?
35 Then Jesus said un-
to them, Yet a little
while is the light with
you. Walk while ye
have the light, lest
darkness come upon
you: for he that walk-
eth in darkness know-
eth not whither he go-
eth. 36 While ye have
light, believe in the
light, that ye may be
the children of light.
These things spake. Je-
sus, and departed, and
did hide himself from
them. 37 But though
he had done so many
miracles before them,
yet they believed not
on him: 38 that the
saying of Esaias the
prophet might be ful-

LOAN NHS: ΧΙ].

Ζ It ‘

αὐτήν. 26 ἐὰν ἐμοὶ διακονῇ τις, ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω" καὶ

it. If “me “serve sayens, me let him follow; : and

ὅπου εἰμὶ ee ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ tee ἔσται. δκαὶ" ἐάν

where aah there also *servant shallbe. And if
τις ἐμοὶ διακονῇ, τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ.
anyone 86 serve, “will °honour *him “the *Father.

27 Νῦν ἡ-Ψυχή.μου τετάρακται, καὶ τί εἴπω; Πάτερ,

Now my soul has been troubled, and what shall I aye Father,

σῶσόν μὲ ἐκ THe.Wpac.ravrnc.» ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον

save me from this hour. But on account of this I came
εἰς τὴν.ὥραν. ταύτην. 28 Πάτερ, δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα.
to this hour. Father; glorify thy name.

Ἤλθεν.οὖν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐδόξασα καὶ πάλιν
Therefore came a voice out of heaven, Both ‘I glorified and again

δοξάσω. 29 Ὁ.“οὖν" ὄχλος ὁ δὲέστὼς" ἐκαὶ! ἀκούσας
will glorify [it]. Therefore the crowd which stood [there] and heard

ἔλεγεν βροντὴν.γεγονέναι. ἄλλοι ἔλεγον, ΓΑγγελος αὐτῷ

said, ‘Thunder there has been: others said, An angel to him
λελάληκεν. 80 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, OW δι ἐμὲ
has Bee 2 Answered ‘Jesus and said, Not because of me
ξαὕτη ἡ φωνὴ" γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ δι ὑμᾶς. 31 νῦν κρίσις
this voice has coms; but because of you. Now judgment

νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου
is of this world ; now the _ prince of this world

ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω: 92 κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάν-
shall be cast out: andI if Ibe lifted up fromthe earth, Fall

Tac ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 33 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων
twill “draw to myself. But this he said, πους

ἐστὶν τοῦ. κόσμου. τούτου"

ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 84 ἀπεκρίθη * αὐτῷ
by what death he was about to die. 2 Answered *him
ὁ ὄχλος, τ ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου OTL ὁ χριστὸς
1the Ζοσονγᾶ, heard out of the law that the Christ

μένει Ἦν κάθα. ον καὶ πῶς job λέγεις," “Ore δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι
abides for ever, aud how “thou 'sayest, that must be lifted up

TOV υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;
the Son of man? Who is this Son of man?

35 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ
*Said *therefore *to °them 1Jesus, Yet alittle while the

~ a " x ~ » ev
φῶς Κμεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἐστιν. περιπατειτε ewe! TO φως ἔχετε. LV

light with yon is. Walk while the light ye Daye: that
μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν TY
not ‘darkness ‘Syou “may *overtake. And he who walks in the
σκοτίςι ovK.oldey ποῦ ὑπάγει. 86 Ewe! τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πισ-
darkness knows not where he goes. While the light ye have, be-
revere εἰς TO φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε. Ταῦτα
lieve in the light, that sons of light yemay become. These things
ἐλάλησεν "ὁ" Ιησοῦς, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν.
spoke Jesus, and goingaway washid from them.

37 Τοσαῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ σημεῖα πεποιηκότος ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν
But [though]so many “*he ‘signs had done before them

> ? ΄, ᾽ ᾽ ΄ [7 « , « «- -
οὐκ. ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν, 38 ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προ-
they believed ποῦ on him, that the word of Esaias the pro-

ἅτις διακονῇ LTTrAW.

— καὶ GLTTrA. > ταύτης ; (continue the question to the word

hour) Gutr. ς [οὖν] LTr. 4 ἑστηκὼς L. ε — καὶ τ. [.-- ὃ Τττὰ. & ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη
ὨΡΤΓΑΥ,. ω oF οὖν therefore Ta. 1 λέγεις σύ TTrA. k ἐν ὑμῖν among you GLTTra.
1 ὡς τττὰ. — OLTTrA.

ΧΙ ΧΤΠ. JOHN.
φήτου πληρωθῇ, ὃν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ
phet might be fulfilled, which hesaid, Lord, who believed

κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη;
of [the] Lord to whom was it revealed ?

e , ~
OTe πάλιν εἶπεν
because again said

ἀκοῃ. ἡμῶν; Kat ὁ βραχίων
our report ? and the arm

39 Aid.rovro οὐκ.ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν,
On this account they could not believe, ©

Ἡσαΐας, 40 Τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς Kai "πε-
Esaias, He has blinded their eyes and has
πώρωκεν" αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν. ἵνα pij-idwoww τοῖς ὀφ-
hardened their heart, that they should not see with the
θαλμοῖς καὶ vonowow τῇ καρδίᾳ Kai “ἐπιστραφῶσιν," Kai
eyes and understand with the heart and be converted, and
Ρἰάσωμαι" αὐτούς. 41 Ταῦτα εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας, Are" εἶδεν
I should heal them. These things said Esaias, when he saw
‘ , > ~ , 2 ΄ \ > ~ eo q:
THY.CoEay.avTov, καὶ ἐχάλησεν περὶ αὐτοῦ. 42 ὅμως μέντοι
his glory, and spoke concerning him. Although indeed
καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν"
even from among the rulers many believed on him,
ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς Φαρισαίους οὐχιὡμολόγουν, ἵνα μὴ
but onaccountof the Pharisees they confessed not, that not
ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται. 43 ἠγάπησαν.γὰρ τὴν δόξαν
put out of the synagogue they might be; for they loved the glory
~ 2. | ΄ ~ » ‘ , ~ ~ 21 -
τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 44 ᾿Τησοῦς
of men more than the _ glory of God. 3Jesus
δὲ ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν, ‘O πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ-πιστεύει εἰς
*but cried and said, Hethat believes on me, believes not on
? , r ING Ι > ΕῚ , , ο Ν « Q ~ ? ,
ἐμὲ, τἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά pe 45 καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμξ,
Ine, but on him who sent me ; and hethat beholds mie,
θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά pe. 46 he τὸν κόσμον
beholds him who sent me. the world
? U eo ~ « Ue ? ? , ? ~ ΄ \
ἐλήλυθα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ
have come, that everyone that believes on me in the darkness “not
μείνῃ. 47 καὶ ἐάν τις pov ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων Kai μὴ
*may abide. And if anyone*of*me ‘hear the Swords and “ποῦ
"πιστεύσῃ, ἐγὼ ov-Kpivw avToy’ οὐ.γὰρ. ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνω
believe, I donotjudge him, for [came not that I might judge
τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σώσω ἀθετῶν

φῶς εἰς
alight into

τὸν κόσμον. 48 ὁ

the world, but that I might save the world. Hethat rejects
ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ.λαμβάνων Taphnyarapov, ἔχει τὸν κρίνοντα
me δ): ἃ does not receive my words, has him who judges

αὐτόν: ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν TY
him: the word which Ispoke, that shall judge him in the

ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 49 ore ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ.-ἐλάλησα᾽ ἀλλ
ΐ

ast day ; for I from myself spoke not, but
ὁ πέμψας μὲ πατήρ, αὐτός μοι ἐντολὴν ᾿ἔδωκεν" τί
the *who*%sent *me ‘Father, himself τηθ commandment ' gave what

μὴ ᾿ , u ‘ - .“ ἄς 3 x ᾽ ~~

εἴπω καὶ τί λαλήσω 50 καὶ οἶδα Ori ἡ. ἐντολὴ-αὐτοῦ

I should say and what I should speak ; and I know that his commandment

ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν ἃ οὖν "λαλῶ ἐγώ," καθὼς εἴρηκεν μοι

life eternal is. Whattherefore *speak ‘I, as has said tome
ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως λαλῶ.
the Father, so Ispeak.

‘ A ~ ~ ~ > 4» ~ /
13 Πρὸ δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ πάσχα, εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ort
Now before the feast ofthe passover, *knowing *Jesus that

2 ἐπώρωσεν hardened TTra. ° στραφῶσιν LTTrA.
4 ὅτι because GLTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ LYTrA.

given LiTraw. ἡ ἐγὼ λαλῶ LYTra.

5 φυλάξῃ keep [them] trtraw.

285

filled, which he spake,
Lord, who hath be-
lieved our report? and
to whom hath the arm
of the Lord been re-
vealed? 39 Therefore
they could uot believe,
because that Esaias
said again, 40 He hath
blinded their eyes, and
hardened their heart;
that they should not
see with their eyes, nor
understand with their
heart, and be convert-
ed, and I should heal
them. 41 These things
said Esaias, when he
saw his glory, and
spake of him, 42 Never-
theless among the chief
rulers also many be-
lieved on him; but be-
cause of the Pharisees
they did not confess
him, lest they should
be put out of the syna-
gogue: 43 for they
loved the praise of men
more than the praise of
God. 44 Jesus cried and
said, He that believeth
on me, believeth not on
me, but on him that
sent me. 45 And hethat
seeth me seeth him
that sent me. 461 am
come a light into the
world, that whosoever
believeth on me should
not abide in darkness,
47 And if any man
hear my words, and be-
lieve not, I judge him
not: for I came not to
judge the world, but to
save theworld. 48 He
that rejecteth me, and
receiveth not my
words, hath one that
judgeth him: the word
that I havespoken, ihe
same shall judge him
in the last day. 49 For
I have not spoken of
myself ; butthe Father
which sent me, he gave
me a commandment,
what Ishouldsay, and
what I should speak.
50 And I know that
his commandment is
life everlasting: what-
soever I speak there-
fore, even asthe Father
said unto we, so I
speak,

XIII. Now before the
feast of the passover,
when Jesus knew that

P ἰάσομαι I shall heal urtra,

τ δέδωκεν bus

280

his hour was come that
he should depart ont
of ‘this world unto the
Father, having loved
his own which were in
the world, he loved
them unto the end.
2 And supper being
ended, the devilhaving
now put into the heart
of Judas Iscariot, Si-
mon’s son, to betray
him; 3 Jesus knowing
that the Father had
given all things into
his hands, and that he
was come from God,
and went to God; 4 he
riseth from supper, and
laid aside his gar-
ments; and took a
towel, and girded him-
self. 5 After that he
poureth water into a
bason, and began to
wash the disciples’ feet,
and to wipe them with
the towel wherewith
he was girded. 6 Then
cometh he to Simon
Peter: and Peter saith
unto him, Lord, dost
thou wash my feet?
7 Jesus answered and
said unto him, What I
do thou knowest not
now; but thou shalt
know hereafter. 8 Pe-
ter saith unto him,
Thou shalt never wash
my feet. Jesus answer-
ed him, If I wash thee
not, thou hast no part
with me. 9 Simon Peter
saith unto him, Lord,
not my feet only, but
also my hands and my
head. 10 Jesus saith to
him, He that is washed
needeth not save to
wash his feet, but is
clean every whit: and
ye are clean, but not
all. 11 For be knew
who should betray
him; therefore said he,
Ye are not all clean.
12 So after he had
washed their feet, and
had taken his gar-
ments, and was set
down again, he said
unto them, Know ye
what I have done to
you? 13 Ye call me

w ἦλθεν was come LTTrA.
καριώτης TTrA; ᾿Ιούδα Sip. Ἴσκ. ἵνα mapadot αὐτόν L.

2 ἔδωκεν gave TTr.
τοὺς πόδας LTTrA.

"εἰ μὴ except LTra ; — ἢ τ.

™ 4+ καὶ LTTrA

XIII.

ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τού-

ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ.
πἐλήλυθεν" αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἵνα μεταβῇ
has come his hour that he should depart out of this world

TOU πρὸς TOY πατέρα, ἀγαπήσας Tovg.idiove τοὺς ἐν τῷ
to the Father, having loved his own which [were]in the

κόσμῳ εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς. 2 καὶ δείπνου *yevo-

world to [the] end he loved them. And supper taking
μένου." τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν
place, the devil already having put into the heart
YIovda Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου, iva αὐτὸν παραδῷ,"
of Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, that him he should deliver up,

3 εἰδὼς τὸ Ἰησοῦς" ὅτι πάντα "δέδωκεν" αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ
2knowing 1 Jesus 3that 5411 °things Shas given “him ‘the 5Father
εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, Kai Ore ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν
into [his] hands, and that from God hecame out and to
θεὸν ὑπάγει, 4 ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου Kai τίθησιν
God goes, herises from the supper and lays aside [his]
ἱμάτια, Kai λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν 5 εἶτα βάλ-
garments and having taken atowel hegirded himself: afterwards he

\
Ta

λει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, Kai ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας
pours water into the washing-basin, and began towash _ the feet
τῶν μαθητῶν, Kai ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳῴῳ ᾧ ἦν
ofthe disciples, and towipe [them] withthe towel with which he was
διεζωσμένος. 6 ENE TG οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον" καὶ"
girded, ecomes therefore to Simon Peter, and
λέγει αὐτῷ “ἐκεῖνος, Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας ;

"says *to *him the, Lord, *thou “of *me 'dost wash the feet ?
7 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ
2 Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, What I do thou not

oldac ἄρτι, γνώσῃ. δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ Πέ-

1knowest now, but thou shalt know hereafter. *Says “to*him ‘*Pe-
τρος, Οὐ-μὴ νίψῃς “τοὺς.πόδας. μου" εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα.
ter, In no wise mayest thou wash my feet for ever.

᾿Απεκρίθη “αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ vibw σε, οὐκ ἔχεις
7Answered Shim 1 Jesus, Unless I wash thee, thou hast not

, rey ~ , ? ~ , , , ᾿
μέρος per ἐμοῦ. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ Σίμων Πετρος, Κύριε, μὴ
part with me. 3Says *to*®him ‘Simon *Peter, Lord, not
τοὺς. πόδας. μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ Kai τὰς χεῖρας Kai THY κεφαλήν.

my feet only, but also the hands and _ the head.
10 Λέγει αὐτῷ [ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὃ λελουμένος Sov χρείαν
ays “to *him ‘Jesus, He that hasbeenlaved not “need

ἔχει" ht! izove πόδας" νίψασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν καθαρὸς
thas [other] than the feet to wash, but is clean
e KS ~ eS. ? ᾽ ? ‘ , ” ‘
ὕλος᾽ Kai ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, ANN οὐχὶ πάντες. 11 ydEL-yap

wholly; and ye clean are, but ποῦ all. For he knew
τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν' διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, " Οὐχὶ πάν-
him who was delivering up him: onaccountof this hesaid, “Not “all

, oY a > ” Ἢ , 7 wn
τες καθαροί ἐστε. 12 Ore οὖν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας.αὐτῶν,
®clean ‘ye 7are. When therefore he had washed their feet,
leai! ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, ™ "ἀναπεσὼν πάλιν, εἶπεν

= = ’ ;
and taken his garments, having reclined again, he said
αὐτοῖς, Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν; 18 ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ μὲ
to them, Do ye know what I have done to you? Ye call me
Υ ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν ᾿Ιούδας Σίμωνος ’Io-
τ --- 6 Ἰησοῦς (read [Jesus] [L]TTra.
© — ἐκεῖνος (read λέγει he says) LI[Tr]A. d μον
f — ὃ 1(Tr]. & οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν LTTrAWw.
Κ 4 ὅτι LTTrA. ι--- καὶ L.

x γινομένου TTre

b — καὶ TTrA.
© Ἰησοῦς αὐτῷ LTTrA.
i — τοὺς πόδας T.
ἀνέπεσεν reclined TTra.

SEITE JOHN.

ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος, Kai καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ γάρ.
the Teacher and the Lord, and well yesay, 7I *am [*so] ‘for.
14 εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ κύριος Kai ὁ
If therefore I washed your feet, the Lord «πᾶ the
διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας.
Teacher, also ye ought of one another to wash the feet ;
15 ὑπόδειγμα.γὰρ °édwKa' ὑμῖν, wa καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
for an example I gave you, that as I did to you,
καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε. 16 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκιἔστιν δοῦλος
also γ86 should do. Verily verily Isay toyou, “Is*not ‘a *bondman
μείζων τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ.πέμψαν-

greater than his lord, nor amessenger greater than he whosent
τος αὐτόν. 17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε
hin. If these things ye know, blessed areye if yedo
αὐτά. 18 οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω ἐγὼρΡ οἶδα «οὑς"
them, Not of “all tyou Ispeak. I know whom
Ὁ ¢ , le ? a> « A od « ’
ἐξελεξάμην" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, Ο τρώγων
I chose, but that the scripture might be fulfilled, Hethat eats

Tuer ἐμοῦ! τὸν ἄρτον "ἐπῆρεν᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν.πτέρναν. αὐτοῦ.
Ξε ἢ “me Ἰθγϑδᾶ lifted up against me his heel,
19 taz’_dpre! λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ.γενέσθαι, ἵνα ὅταν yévn-
From this time 1 0611 you, before it comes ἴο Ρᾷ88, that when itcome
ται, πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμ. 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
to pass, yemay believe that [ am [he]. Verily verily Isay toyou,
Ὁ λαμβάνων “ἐάν τινα πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει: ὁ δὲ
He that receives whomsoever I shallsend, me receives; and he that
ἐμὲ λαμβάνων, λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά με. 21 Ταῦτα
me receives, receives him who sent me. These things
εἰπὼν τὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι, Kai ἐμαρτύρησεν
saying Jesus was troubled in spirit, and testified
καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει
and said, Verily verily Isay toyou, that one of you willdeliver up
με. 22 Ἔβλεπον Yoby' εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀπορού-
me, *Looked “therefore ‘upon Sone ’another ‘the *disciples, doubt-
μενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει. 23 ἦν. “δὲ ἀνακείμενος εἷς * τῶν
ing of whom he speaks. But there was ___ reclining one
μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς"
of his disciples in the bosom of Jesus, whom “loved 1 Jesus.
24 vever οὖν τούτῳ Σίμων Πέτρος "πυθέσθαι τίς
*Makes 7a ®sign *therefore *to*°him “Simon *Peter to ask who
ἂν.εἴη! περὶ οὗ λέγει. 2 Sémimecwr" “δὲ! ἐκεῖνος" ἐπὶ τὸ
it might be of whom he speaks. *Having ‘leaned ‘and 7he on the
στῆθος τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν; 26 ᾿Απο-
breast of Jesus, says tohim, Lord, who isit? 2An-
, f «; ᾽ ~ ? ~ , ? τ᾿ ? ‘ h , τ \
κρίνεταιΐ 80" Ἰησοῦς, “Exéivoc ἐστιν ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψας τὸ
ayers 1 Jesus, He itis towhom I, having dipped the
ψωμίον ἐπιδώσω." "Καὶ ἐμβάψας" τὸ ψωμίον | δίδωσιν
morsel, shall give [it], And having dipped the morsel he gives [it]
lovdg@ Σίμωνος “Ioxapwry.' 27 καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον,
to Judas, Simon’s [50}} Iscariote. And after the morsel,
ὁ δέδωκα I have given T. P + [γὰρ] for (I) 1.
8 ἐπῆρκεν has lifted up T. t ἀπάρτι τ.
Way Τττὰ. *—OTTrA. ¥ — οὖν T[Tr]A. z— δὲ but rtra
Ὁ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν and says to him, Say who it is urtra.
leaned back LTra. 4 δὲ Tra; οὖν therefore T.
therefore [L]a. 8 [Ὁ] Tr. h ἐμβάψας L; Baw shall dip TTrra.
shall give to him TTra.
καὶ he takes and TTra.

4 τίνας TTrA.
¥ πιστεύσητε (πιστεύητε Tr) ὅταν γένηται TTrA,
a+ ἐκ of (his) GLTTrAWw.

€ + οὕτως thus T[Tr]aw.

287
Master and Lord: and
ye say well; for so 1
am. 14 If I then, your
Lord and Master, have
washed your feet; ye
also ought to wash one
another’s feet. 15 For
I have given you an
example,that yeshoulé
do as I have done to
you. 16 Verily, verily,
I say unto you, The
servant is not greater
than his lord; neither
he that is sent greater
than he that sent him.
17 If ye know these
things, happy are ye if
yedothem, 18 I speak
not of you all: I know
whom I have chosen :
but that the scripture
may be fulfilled, He
that eateth bread with
me hath lifted up his
heel against me,
19 Now I tell you be-
fore it come, that,
when it is come to pass,
ye may believe that I
am he. 20 Verily, veri-
ly, Isay unto you, He
that receiveth whom-
soever I send receiveth
me; and hethat receiv-
eth me receiveth him
that sent me. 21 When
Jesus had thus said, he
was troubled in spirit,
and testified, and said,
Verily, verily, I say
unto you, that one of
you shall betray me.
22 Then the disciples
looked one on another,
doubting of whom he
spake. 23 Now there
was leaning oun Jesus’
bosom one of his disci-
ples, whom Jesus loy-
ed. 24 Simon Peter
therefore beckoned to
him, that he should ask
who it should be of
whom he spake. 25 He
then lying on Jesus’
breast saith unto him,
Lord, who is it? 26 Je-
sus answered, He it is,
to whom I shall givea
sop, when I have dip-
ped it, And when he
had dipped the sop, he
gave tt to Judas Is-
cariot,the son of Simon.
27 And after the sop

Tr μου My Tra,

ς ἀναπεσὼν having
f + οὖν

! ixal δώσω αὐτῷ and
k βάψας οὖν having dipped therefore Trra.
Ὁ ᾿σκαριώτον (read son of Simon Iscariote.) τινα.

14+ λαμβάνει

2383
Satan entered into
him. Then said Jesus

unto him, That thou
doest, do quickly.
28 Now no man at the
table knew for what
intent he spake this
unto him. 29 For some
of them thought, be-
cause Judas had the
bag, that Jesus had
said unto him, Buy
those things that we
have need of against
the feast; or, that he
should give something
tothe poor. 30 He then
naving received the sop
went immediately out:
and it was night.

31 Therefore, when
he was gone out, Jesus
said, Now is the Son of
man glorified, and God
is. glorified in him.
32, 1f God be glorified
in him, God shall also
glorify himnin himself,
and shall straightway
giorify him. 33 Little
children, yet a little
while I am with you.
Ye shall seekme: and
as I said unto the Jews,
Whither I go, ye can-
not come; so now Isay
to you. 34 A new com-
mandment I give unto
you, That ye love one

another; as I have
loved you, that ye
also love one an-

other. 35 By this shall
ali men know that
ye are my disciples, if
ye have loveone to an-
other. 36 Simon Peter
said unto him, Lord,
whither goest thou?
Jesus answered him,
Whither I go, thou
canst not follow me
now; but thou shalt
follow me afterwards.
37 Peter said unto him,
Lord, why cannot I
follow thee now? I
will lay down my life
for thy sake. 38 Jesus
answered him, Wilt
thou lay down thy life
for my sake? Verily,
verily, I say unto thee,
The cock shall not
orow, till thou hast de-
nied me thrice.

[QANNH 2.

τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ σατανᾶς. λέγει

XIII.

οὖν αὐτῷ πὸ

then entered into him Satan. 3Says *therefore *to Shim

? ~ a τ-- , ΄ - ‘ > Η͂
Ιησοῦς, Ὁ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον. 28 Τοῦτο.δὲ οὐδεὶς
?Jesus, What thou doest, do quickly. But this noone

ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς. τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ. 29 τινὲς. γὰρ
knew of those reclining wherefore he spoke to him; for some
ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ TO γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν “ὁ" ᾿Ιούδας, ὅτι λέγει
thought, since *the *bag *had ‘Judas, that *is*saying
αὐτῷ 0" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Αγόρασν ὧν χρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς
*to *him Jesus, Buy what things need [of] wehave for
τὴν ἑορτήν" ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ. 90 λα-
the feast ; or to the poor that something he should give. Having
βὼν οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος “εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν" ἢἦν.δὲ
received therefore the morsel he immediately went out; and it was
νύξ.
night.
31 Ὅτε, ἐξῆλθεν λέγει "ὁ Inoovc, Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη
When he was gone out *says + Jesus, Now has been glorified
“; cA ~ ? , ‘4 « A ’ ’ > ? ~ » t ,’
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, Kai ὁ θεὺς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ. 32 tEt
the Son of man, and God has been glorified in him, If
ὁ θεὺς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ," καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν
God has been glorified ἢ him, also God shall glorify him in
νἑαυτῷ,, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν. 33 Τεκνία, ἔτι
himself, and immediately shall glorify him. Little children, yet
μικρὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι. ζητήσετέ με, καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς
alittle while with you Iam. Ye willseek me; and, as Isaid tothe
? , ov er w, , > ’ Il « ~ ? 7 ? ~
Iovdaiowc, “Ore ὅπου “ὑπάγω ἐγώ," ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν,
Jews, That where *g0 1 ye are notable to come,
4 £ ~ , » ? A A ΄ ε - er
καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι. 84 ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, wa
also toyou Isay now. A*commandment ‘new Igive toyou, that
> ~ > ’ ‘ 4 « ~ ul « ~
ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους: καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα Kai ὑμεῖς
ye should love one another; δοοούαϊπρ ἃ5 [loved you, thatalso ‘tye
ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 85 ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες OTL ἐμοὶ

should love one another. By this shall *know lall that to me
μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. 36 Λέγει
disciples yeare, if love ye have among one another. 3Says

αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, ποῦ ὑπάγεις ; ἀπεκρίθη Σαὐτῷ
*to*him ‘Simon “Peter, Lord, where goestthou? “Answered shim
ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅπου ὑπάγω obdvvacai μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι"
‘Jesus, Where Igo thouartnotable me now to follow,
τὕστερον.δὲ ἀκολουθήσεις μοι." 37 Λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ! Πέτρος,
but afterwards thou shalt follow me. Says *to *him Peter,
Κύριε, dari! ob.dbvapat σοι “ἀκολουθῆσαι" ἄρτι; τὴν ψυχήν
Lord, why Β8111 ποῦ 8019 thee to follow now ? "life
« " ~ ΄ ac , ~ ? ~
μου ὑπὲρ σοῦ θήσω. 38 ΦΑπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς,
my for thee I will lay down. 2Answered *him 1Jesus,
\ ΄ « \ ~ \ ,
Tyvbuxnv.cov ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις ; ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω
Thy life for me thou wilt lay down! Verily verily Isay
σοι, οὐ-.μὴ

ἀλέκτωρ “φωνήσει ἕως. οὗ farapyycy' με
to thee, in no wise [the] cock will crow until thouwiltdeny me
τρίς.

thrice.

0 — ὃ TTrA.
ELTTrA.
ὑπάγω GLTTrAW.
® — ὃ GLTTrAW.
© φωνήσῃ LITrA.

° — 9 LTTrA,
8 — ὃ TTrA.
x — αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA.

P — oT[Tr]A. 4 ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς LTTrA.
t [εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ] LTrA.
¥ + ἐγὼ i (go) 1.

© ἀκολουθεῖν Tr.

τ + οὖν therefore
Υ αὐτῷ TTr. ν ἐγὼ
z ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον LTTrA.
b διὰ τί LTrA. 4 ἀποκρίνεται aUSWers LTTraW.

f ἀρνή σῃ LTTrA.

XIV. JO HAN.
14 Μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν θεόν,
Let not be troubled your heart ; ye believe on God,
καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε. 2 Ey TH οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός.μου μοναὶ
also on me believe. In the house of my Father “abodes
πολλαί εἰσιν᾽ εἰ δὲμή, εἶπον.ἂν ὑμῖν" ἔ πορεύομαι ἕτοι-
‘many there are; otherwise I would have told you; I go to pre-
μάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ἐὰν πορευθῶ "καὶ" ἑτοιμάσω ‘piv
pare aplace for you; and if I go and prepare for you
τόπον," πάλιν ἔρχομαι καὶ Ἐπαραλήψομαι" ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυ-

a place, again Iam coming and will receive you to my-
, er ‘ , ‘ « ~ Fz ‘ ‘
Tov’ ἵνα ὕπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἦτε. 4 καὶ ὕπου ᾿ἐγὼ"
self, that where 7am ‘J 4also “ye may be. And where I

ὑπάγω οἴδατε ™kai' τὴν ὁδὸν "οἴδατε." 5 Λέγει αὐτῷ Θωμᾶς,

go yeknow and the way yeknow. *Says °to*him ‘Thomas,
Κύριε, οὐκιοἴδαμεν ποῦ ὑπάγεις, “καὶ! πῶς Ῥδυνάμεθα τὴν
Lord, we know not where thou goest, and how can we the
ὁδὸν eidévar;' 6 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ὁ! ᾿Τησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς
way know? Says “to *him 1Jesus, I am the way
καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή" οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς TOY πατέρα

and the truth and the life. Noone comes to the Father
εἰμὴ Ov ἐμοῦ. 7 εἰ τἐγνώκειτε με, καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.μου
but by . me. If ye had known me, also my Father

"ἐγνώκειτε. ἄν" ‘kai! Yar ἄρτι! γινώσκετε αὐτόν, Kai ἑωρά-

ye would have known; and henceforth ye know him, and have
κατε ταὐτόν." 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ Φίλιππος, Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν
seen him. 2Says “to *him Philip, Lord, shew us
τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,
the Father, and it suffices us, Says ‘to *him 1 Jesus,
*Tooovroy χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωκάς με,

So long atime with you amJ, and thou hast not known me,
Φίλιππε; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα᾽ YKai' πῶς
Philip? Hethat has seen me, hasseen the Father ; and how

σὺ λέγεις, Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα; 10 οὐ-πιστεύεις OTe
7thou ‘sayest, Shew us the Father? Believest thou not that

ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, Kai ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν ; τὰ ῥήματα
I [am]in the Father, andthe Father 7in “me is? The words
ἃ ἐγὼ "add" ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐνλαλῶ: ὁ. δὲ πατὴρ

which I speak but the Father
*6" ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων Ῥαὐτὸς ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα" “. 11 πιστεύετέ μοι
ὙΠΟ ἢ τ ΒΒ 1468 he does the works. Believe me
Ore ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί" εἰ δὲ μή,
that [am]in the Father, and the Father in me; but if not,
διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετέ “μοι." 12 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω
because of the works themselves believe me. Verily verily Isay
ὑμῖν. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος
to you, He that believes on me, the works which I do, also he
ποιήσει, Kai μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει, OTL ἐγὼ πρὸς τὸν

toyou, from myself I speak not;

shalldo, and greater than these heshalldo, because I to
πατέρα μου" πορεύομαι. 18 καὶ ὅτιᾶἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ
my Father go. And whatsoever yemayask in

289

XIV. Let not your
heart he troubled: ye
believe in God, believe
also in me, 2 In my
Father’s house are
many mansions: if ἐξ
were not so,1 would
have told you. I goto
prepare a place for you.
3 Andif I go and pre-
pare a place for you
I will come again, and
receive you unto my-
self ; that where I am,
there ye may be also,
4 And whither I go
ye know, and the way
ye know. 5 Thomas
saith unto him, Lord,
we know not whither
thou goest; and how
can we know the way ?
6 Jesus saith unto him,
I am the way, the
truth, and the life: no
man cometh unto the
Father, but by me. 7If
ye had known me, ye
should have known my
Father also: and from
henceforth ye know
him, and have seen
him. 8 Philip saith
unto him, Lord, shew
us the Father, and it
sufficeth us. 9 Jesu
saith unto him, Havel
been so long time with
you, and yet hast thou
not known me, Philip?
he that hath seen me
hath seen the Father ;
and how sayest thou
then, Shew us the Fa-
ther? 10 Believest thou
not that I am in the
Father, and the Father
in me? the words that
I speak unto you I
speak not of myself:
but the Father that
dwelleth in me, he do-
eth the works. 11 Be-
lieve me that I am in
the Father, and the Fa-
ther in me: or else be-
lieve me for the very
works’ sake. 12 Verily,
verily, I say unto you,
He that believeth on
me, the works that I
doshall he doalso; and
greater works than
these shall he do; be-
cause I go unto my
Father. 13 And what-
soever ye shall ask in

h — καὶ 1. i τόπον ὑμῖν TTrA.

5 + ὅτι for LTTrAW. 3
π — οἴδατε [L]TTrA. ο — καὶ LTr.

᾿ [ἐγὼ] L. m — καὶ [L]TTrA.
know we the way LTTrA. 4Y—OT. “ re k
Tra; γνώσεσθε ye will know T. t καὶ [L]Tra. Y ἀπάρτι T.
χα τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ LT. Υ — καὶ LI[Tr]. 1 λέγω τττα. 8 [0] LTrA.
αὐτοῦ does his works TTra. ς + [αὐτοῦ] (read his works) 1».

& — μοι T[Tr]. f — μου (read the father) LTTra.

τ ἐγνώκατε ἐμέ ye have known me T.

k παραλήμψομαι LTTrA.

Ρ οἴδαμεν τὴν ὁδόν
5 ἂν ἤἥδειτε
W [αὐτόν] LTrA.
Ὁ ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα
44 ἐστίν is E.

U

290

my name, that will I
do, that the Father
may be glorified in the
Son. 14 If ye shall
ask any thing in my
name, [ will do tt.
15 If ye love me, keep
Τη; commandments,
16 And I will pray the
Father, and he shall
give you another Com-
forter, that he may
abide with you for
ever; 17 even the Spirit
of truth; whom the
world cannot receive,
because it seeth him
not, neither knoweth
him: but ye know him;
for he dwelleth with
you, and shall be in
you. 18 I will not
leave you comfortless:
I will come to you.
19 Yet a little while,
and the world seeth
me no more; but ye see
me: because I live, ye
shall live also. 20 At
that day yeshall know
that I am in my Fa-
ther, and ye in me, and
I in you. 21 He that
hath my command-
ments, and keepeth
them, he it is that lov-
eth me: and he that
loveth me shall be loy-
ed of my Father, and I
will love him, and will
manifest myself to
him. 22 Judas saith
unto him, not Iscariot,
Lord, how is it that
thou wilt manifest
thyself unto us, and
not unto the world?
23 Jesus answered and
saidunto him, Ifaman
love me, he will keep
my words: and my Fa-
ther will love him, and
we will come unto
him, and make our a-
bode with him. 24 He
that loveth me not
keepeth not my say-
ings: and the word
which ye hear is not
mine, but the Fa-
ther’s which sent me.
25 These things have I
spoken unto you, being
yet present with you.
26 But the Comforter,
which is the Holy
Ghost, whom the Fa-
ther will send in m
name, he shall teac
bi all things, and
ring all things to

your remembrance,

IQANNH®. XIV.

ὀνόματί.μου, τοῦτο ποιήσω, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ
my name, this willIdo, that mney be ted the Father in the

. 14 ἐάν τι αἰτήσητεξ ἐν τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ae ποιήσω.

τι If anything ye ask in my name, will do [it].
15 ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτε pe, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς "τηρήσατε."
If ye love me, ?commandments imy keep.

16 ‘kai ἐγὼ" ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον παράκλητον
And I will ask the Father, and another Paraclete

δώσει ὑμῖν, ἵνα Ἐμένῃ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς.τὸν.αἰῶνα," 17 τὸ
he will give you, that he mayremain with you for ever, the
πνεῦμα THC ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ-δύναται λαβεῖν, OTL

Spiele of truth, whomthe world cannot receive, because

οὐ.θεωρεῖ αὐτό, οὐδὲ γινώσκει ἰαὐτό"" ὑμεῖς. δὲ! γινώσκετε
it does not see him, nor know him; but ye know

αὐτό, Ort παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένει, Kai ἐν ὑμῖν πἔσται." 18 οὐκ. ἀφήσω
him, for with yom he abides, and in you _ shall be. I will not leave

ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς" ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 19 ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ ὁ
zoe orphans, Iamcoming to you. Yet a little while and the
κόσμος με “οὐκ ἔτι! θεωρεῖ, ὑμεῖς.δὲ θεωρεῖτέ με’ ὅτι ἐγὼ
world me no _ longer sees, but ye gee me: because [

ζῶ, Ρζήσεσθε." 20 ἐν ἐκείνῃ Ty ἡμέρᾳ “γνώσεσθε
live, shall live. In that shall *know

ἐν τῷ πατρίου, Kai ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ
my Father, and ye in me, and I
ἔχων τὰς.ἐντολάς.μου Kai τηρῶν αὐτάς.
in you. He that has mycommandments and _ keeps them,
ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπῶν pe 0.0& ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσε-
he itis that loves me; buthethat loves me, _ shall be loved
ται ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.μου: ‘Kai ἐγὼ" ἀγαπήσω αὐτόν, Kai
by my Father ; and I will love him, and
ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ἰούδας, οὐχ
Ὑ711] manifest tohim myself, 7Says 7to ‘him ‘Judas, (not
ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης, Κύριε," τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις
the _Iscariote,) Lord, what has occurred that tous thou art about

ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτόν, καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ; 2 ᾿Απεκρίθη 'ὁ"
tomanifest thyself, and not tothe world? 2Answered

᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν.λόγον. μου
lJesus and said to anim; Tf angone love me, my word

τηρήσει, καὶ ὁ. πατήριμου ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν, Kai πρὸς αὐτὸν

καὶ yee
7also

ὑμεῖς" ὅτι eye
‘ye that Toten} in
ἐν ὑμῖν: 21 ὁ

he will keep, and my Father will love him, and _ to him
ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ "ποιήσομεν." 24 ὁ μὴ
we willcome, and an abode with him will make, He that *not

‘ ς , τι
καὶ ὁ λόγος ὃν

ἀγαπῶν με, τοὺς.λόγους.μου οὐ.-τηρεῖ"
and the word which

loves me, δι words does not keep ;

ἀκούετε OUK-EOTLY ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός HE πατρός.
ye hear is not mine, but of the 2who%sent ‘me ‘Father.

25 Tatra λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένων" 26 ὁ-.δὲ παρά-
These things Ihave said ἴο you, with you abiding; but the Para-

κλητος, TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ
clere, the Βρίσιν the oly, whom *will‘*send ‘the 7Father in

ὀνόματί. μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπο-
my name, he 3you ‘will *teach all things, and will bring to *re-

+ pe me [L]JT.

4 χηρήσετε ye will keep rrr. i κἀγὼ LITrA. K μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν

αἰῶνα ἢ be may be with you HES ever L; μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἢ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τ; Dee ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν

αἰῶνα Tra.
Ῥ ζήσετε TIrA.
then GT[a]w.

1 [αὐτό] L.
9 ὑμεῖς (ὑμεῖεῖ 1) γνώσεσθε Lira.
‘— ὃ ΘΥΤΤΓΑΥ.

© οὐκέτι GLT.

— δὲ but [1 ]τ{τυ]ὰ.
54 καὶ

Ξ ἐστίν 18 LTrA.
τ κἀγὼ LTTrAW.

ἡ ποιησόμεθα LTTrA,

JOHN.
εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27 εἰρήνην ἀφίημι

Peace I leave

ov καθὼς ὁ κόσμος
ποῦ as the world

ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ

ΧΕ EV

μνήσει σμᾶς πάντα ἃ
membrance oe all ἘΠΙΣΙΕῈ which Isaid to you.

ὑμῖν, νην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν"
with you ; ue ‘my Igive toyou;

δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑ ὑμῖν: μὴ.ταρασσέσθω
gives, 25 lgive to γοῦν Let ποὺ be troubled your heart, nor

δειλιάτω. 28 ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Ὑπάγω καὶ
let it fear. Yeheard that 1 said toyou, lam going away and

ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητειδὼν ὅτι
Iamcoming to you. If 79 loved me, ye would have rejoiced that

elroy," Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα" ὅτι ὁ-πατήρ.“μου"
I said, I am going to the Father, for my Father

εἰζων μου ἐστίν. 29 καὶ νῦν εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέ-
“greater *than *I 18. And now Ihayetold you before it comes ig

σθαι, iva ὅταν γένηται πιστεύσητε. 80 Your ἔτι"
pass, that when it shall have come to pass we may believe. No longer
πολλὰ λαλήσω μεθ᾽’ τὑμῶν"" ἔρχεται.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κύσμου
much ᾿ will speak with you, for comes the 7of *world
*rovrou' ἄρχων, Kai ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν᾽ 31 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα
Sthis ruler, and in me he has nothing; but that
vp 0 κόσμος ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, “Kai' καθὼς
Smay *know'the world that 1Τῖοσθ {πὲ Father, and as
“ἐγετείλατό᾽ μοι ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως ποιῶ" ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν
=commanded *me'the ?Father, thus I do. Rise up, let us go
ἐντεῦθεν.
hence.
15 ae εἰμι ἡ eles ἡ ἀληθινή, Kai ὁ πατήριμου ὁ
am the care and my Father the

γεωργός ἐστιν. 2 way κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπόν,
husbandman is. Every branch in me .not bearing fruit,

αἴρει αὐτό" καὶ πᾶν TO καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ
he takes away it; and ay that fruit Eee he cleanses it

b

ἵνα “πλείονα καρπὸν" φέρῃ. 8 dn ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε
that more fruit it may aM sp hh ye clean are
διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν. 4 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί,

Abide me,

κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. καθὼς τὸ κλῆμα οὐ.δύναται καρπὸν φέρειν ἀφ᾽
andI in you. As the branch is not able fruit to bear of

ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ “μείνῃ ev τῇ ἀμπέλῳ, οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑμεῖς
itself unless itabide in the ee so See {ean] ye

ἐὰν. μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ fusivnre." 5 τῷ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὑμεῖς τὰ

Loh MES of the thd which I have spoken to you. in

unless in me ae abide. am the vine, ἐν [816] the
κλήματα. ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος φέρει
branches. Hethat abides in me, andI in him, he bears
καρπὸν πολύν" OTL χωρὶς ἐμοῦ ov δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν.
*fruit tmuch ; for apartfrom me yeareable todo nothing.

6 ἐὰν.μή τις Speivy' ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα, Kai

Unless anyone abide in me, heiscast out as the branch, and
22 aul) : 5 ΒΡ ΔΕ i Ay ’
ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν βαὐτὰ" καὶ εἰς ! πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ

isdriedup, and they gather them and into a fire cast, and
καίεται. 7 ἐὰν μείνητε ἐν ἐμοί, Kai τὰ ῥήματά.μου ἔν ὑμῖν
it is burned. If yeabide in me, and my words in you

π — εἶπον GLTTrAW.
& — τούτου (read of the world) GLTTraw.
mandment trr. ἃ καρπὸν πλείονα LTTrA.
ἃ αὐτὸ it τ΄. i+ τὸ the (fire) Trraw.

x — pov (7ead the Father) [L]rtra.
Ὁ [kat] L.
© μένῃ T.

Υ οὐκέτι GLT.
ς ἐντολὴν ἔδωκέν gave (me) com-
μένητε LTTrA.

291

whatsoever I have said
unto you. 27 Peacel
leave with you, my
peace I give unto you:
not as the world giv-
eth, give I unto you.
Let not your heart be
troubled, neither let it
be afraid. 28 Ye have
heard how I said unto
you, I go away, and
come again unto you.
If ye loved me, ye
would rejoice, because
I said, I go unto the
Father: for my Father
is greater than I.
29 And now I have
told you before it come
to pass, that, when itis
come to pass, ye might
believe. 30 Hereafter I
will not talk much
with you: for the
prince of this world
cometh, and hath no-
thing in me. 31 But
that the world may
know that I love the
Father; and as the Fa-
ther gave me com-
mandment, even so I
do. Arise, let us go
hence.

XY. I am the true
vine, and my Father
is the husbandman.
2 Every branch in me
that beareth not fruit
he taketh away: and
every branch that
beareth fruit, he purg-
eth it, that’ it may
bring forth more fruit.
3 Now ye are clean
through the word
which I have spoken
unto you. 4 Abide in
me,andTin you. As
the branch cannot bear
fruit of itself, except it
abide in the vine; no
more can ye, except ye
abide in me. 5 1 am
the vine, ye are the
branches: he that a-
bideth in me, andT in
him, the same bringeth
forth much fruit: for
without me yecan do
nothing. 6 If a man
abide not in me, he is
cast forth as a branch,
and is withered ; and
men gather them, and
cast into the fire,
and they are burned.
7 If ye abide inme, and
my words abide in you,

τ ὑμῖν W.

ὃ μένῃ LTTrA.

292

ye shall ask what ye
will, and it shall be
done unto you. 8 Here-
in is my Father glori-
fied, that ye bear much
fruit; so shall ye be my
disciples. 9 As the Fa-
ther hath loved me, so
have I loved you: con-
tinue ye in my love.
10 If ye keep my com-
mandments, ye shall
abide in my love; even
as I have kept my Fa-
ther’s commandments,
and abide in his love.
11 These things haveI
spoken unto you, that
my joy might remain
in you, and that your
joy might be full.
12 This is my com-
mandment, That ye
love one another, as
I have loved you.
13 Greater love hath
no man than this, that
a man lay down his
life for his friends.
14 Ye are my friends,
if ye do whatsoever
I command you.
15 Henceforth I call
you not servants ; for
the servant knoweth
not what his lord do-
eth: but I have called
you friends; for all
things that I have
heard of my Father I
have made known unto
you. 16 Ye have not
chosen me, but I have
chosen you, and or-
dained you, that ye
should go and bring
forth fruit, and that
your fruit should re-
main: that whatsoever
ye shall ask of the Fa-
ther in my name, he
may give it you.
17 These things I com-
mand you, that ye love
one another. 18 If the
world hate you, ye
know that it hated me
before it hated you.
19 If ye were of the
world,the world would
love his own: but be-
cause ye are not of the
world, but I nave cho-
sen you out of the
world, therefore the
world hateth you.
20 Remember the word
that I said unto you,
The servant is not
greater than his lord.
If they have persecut-
ed me, they will also
persecute you; if they

IQANNH YS. XV.
μείνῃ, O¥édy' θέλητε ἰαἰτήσεσθε,) καὶ γενήσεται ὑμῖν.
abide, whatever yewill yeshall ask, and it shall come to pass to you.
8 ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ.πατήρ.μου, ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε,

In this isglorified myFather, that *fruit ‘much yeshouldbear,
καὶ γενήσεσθε! ἐμοὶ μαθηταί. 9 καθὼς ἠγάπησέν pe ὁ
and yeshall become 200 *me ‘disciples. As loved me the
πατήρ. κἀγὼ "ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς"
Father, TIalso loved you:
10 ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς. μου τηρήσητε,

If my commandments ye keep,

θὼς ya" Pra 2 λὰ Ὁ "αἱ q "ΕΣ: .
καῦσὼς Ain τας EVTOAAC TOV.TATPOC -μοῦυ TETNONKA, Και

as the commandments of my Father have kept, and

, > ~ ? ~ ?» 4 ~ Τὰ « - τ
μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 11 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα
abide *his lin love. These things I have spoken to you, that

ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ," Kai ἡ- χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ.

μείνατε tv τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ.
abide in 2love my.
μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ.ἀγάπῃ.μου"
ye shall abide in my love,

*joy Imy in you may abide, and your joy may be full.
12 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους,
This is 7commandment ‘my, that ye love one another,
καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. 18 μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς
as I loved you. Greater than this love no one
ΝΜ e 5 \ δ A ? Lad 07 « LI ~ vA
ἔχει, ἵνα ὅτις! ryvbvyny-abrov ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων
has, that one his life should lay down for “friends
? ~ «ε ~ / 2 A 2A ~ tv {| 2 ‘
αὐτοῦ. 14 ὑμεῖς φίλοι prov ἐστὲ ἐὰν ποιῆτε ooa' ἔγω
this. Ye friends ‘my are if yepractise whatsoever I

ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν. 15 οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω" δούλους, ὅτι ὁ δοῦ-
command you. No longer you Icall bondmen, for the bond-

λος οὐκιοῖδεν τί ποιεῖ αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος" ὑμᾶς.δὲ εἴρηκα

man knowsnot what %is‘*doing *his ?master. Butyou I have called
φίλους, ὅτι πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου ἐγνώ-

friends, for 41] things which I heard of I made
pica ὑμῖν. 16 οὐχ ὑμεῖς pe ἐξελέξασθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην
I

known to you. 3Not tye ΞΘ chose, but chose
ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν

my Father

φέ-

you, and appointed you that ye should go and fruit yeshould
ρῆτε, καὶ ὁ.καρπὸς.ὑμῶν μένῃ: ἵνα ὕ-τιιἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν
bear, and your fruit should abide ; that whatsoever ye may ask the
πατέρα ἐν τῷ. ὀνόματίμου δῷ ὑμῖν. 17 ταῦτα ἐντέλ-
Father in my name he may give you. These things I com-
λομαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 18 Εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς
mand you, that yelove one another. If the world you

μισεῖ, γινώσκετε OTL ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν" μεμίσηκεν. 19 εἰ ἐκ
hates, ye know that me _ before you it has hated. If of
TOU κόσμου ἦτε, ὁ κόσμος av.70.idtoyégirer ὅτι. δὲ ἐκ τοῦ
the world ye were, the world would love itsown; but because of the
΄ ᾽ ? , ? 3.51.3 As. ΄ ε ~ > ~ ,
κόσμου οὐκ.ἐστξ, ἀλλ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου,
world yearenot, but chose you outof the world,
διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 20 μνημονεύετε τοῦ
on account of this Shates ‘you ‘the world. Remember the
λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Οὐκιἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ
word which 1 said to you, Ξ15 “ποῦ ‘'a*bondman greater
κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. εἰ ἐμὲ ἐδίωξαν, Kai ὑμᾶς διώξουσιν: εἰ
than his master. If me they persecuted, also you they will persecute; if

Κἀν L.
ἠγάπησα LTrA.

(read the Father) tra.
Ww — ὑμῶν T.

ὑμᾶς LTTrA.

1 αἰτήσασθε ask ye LTTrAW. m γένησθε ye should become LTrA. 0 ὑμᾶς
7 > Ν ~~ Y 4 Ν > a "

© κἀγὼ I also τ. P τοῦ πατρὸς (+ μου 1) Tas ἐντολὰς TA. 4 — μον

τ 7 may be LTTrA. 5 — τις Τ᾿ τ ἃ what Lrtra. v λέγω

XV, XVI. JOHN.

x , δ.» ey BEN TNT ΄ ᾽ ᾿
τὸν. λόγον. μου ἐτήρησαν, καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τηρήσουσιν. 21 ἀλλὰ

my word they kept, also yours they will keep. But
ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν τὑμῖν' διὰ τὸ.ὄνομά.μου,
*these things ‘all they will do to you on account of my name,

ὅτι ovK.oidacw τὸν πέμψαντά pe. 22 εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ
because they know not him who sent me, If [had not come and

ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. εῖχον νῦν.δὲ πρόφασιν

spoken to them, sin they had not had; but now a pretext
οὐκ.ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς.ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 23 ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, Kai
they have not for their sin, He that *me ‘hates, “also

τον.πατέρα.μου μισεῖ. 24 εἰ Ta ἔργα μὴ-.ἐποίησα ἐν

ΒΥ ©Father *hates. If “the *works ‘I *had “ποὺ *done ‘among
αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος πεποίηκεν," ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ." εἶχον"
*them which no other one has done, sin they had not had;
νῦν.δὲ Kai ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν Kai ἐμὲ Kai TOY πατέρα
but now both they have seen and have hated both me and *Father
μου" 25 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑγεγραμμένος ἐν
my.

But that might be fulfilled the word that has been written in
~ ’ ’ ~ ll « hd ΄ ’ ὃ ΄ 26 oe ἐδ 4 il
τῳ.νομῳ.αὐτῶν," Ort ἐμίσησάν pe δωρεάν. Οταν.“ δὲ

their law, They hated me without cause. But when
ἔλθῃ ὁ παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός,
iscome the Paraclete, whom I willsend toyou from the Father,
TO πνεῦμα THC ἀληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται,
the Spirit of truth, who from the Father goes forth,
ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ: 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρ-

he will bear witness concerning me; 5also ye ‘and bear
τυρεῖτε, OTL ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς per’ ἐμοῦ ἐστε.
witness, because from [the] beginning with me _ ΥὙ 876,

16 Tatra λελάληκα ὑμῖν iva μὴ-σκανδαλισθῆτε. 2 ἀπο-
These things I have spoken toyou that ye may not be offended. Out of
συναγώγους ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα ἵνα πᾶς
the synagogues they willput you; but is coming an hour that everyone
ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ.
who kills you willthink service to render to God ;

8 καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν “ὑμῖν ore οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν τὸν πα-
and these things they will do toyou because they know not the Fa-
, γ 9A ? , > \ a“ , ad) uv .“
τέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ. 4 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ὕταν
ther nor me, But thesethings [havesaid toyou, that when
ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα" μνημονεύητε ἰαὐτῶν" Ore ἐγὼ εἶπον
may have come the hour yemayremember them that I said (them)
ὑμῖν ταῦτα.δξὲ ὑμῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐκ.εἶπον, ὅτι
to you. But these things to you from [the] beginning I did ποὺ say, because
μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἤμην. 5 νῦν.δὲ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά pe,
with you Iwas. But now Igo to him who sent me,
καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ pe, Τοῦ ὑπάγεις ; 6 ἀλλ᾽ ore

and none of you asks me, Where goest thou? But because
ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἡ λύπη TETANOWKEY ὑμῶν τὴν

these things [havesaid ἴο γοὰ grief has filled your

καρδίαν. 7 ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω ὑμῖν, συμφέρει

But I the
c ~ τ >? ‘ > , CO
ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω

for you that {i should goaway;

heart. truth say to you, It is profitable

ἐὰν.γὰρ ὅ μὴ.ἀπέλθω ὁ παράκλη-
for if I go not away the Paraclete
h ? ? ,, tl A « ~ r; SAY A ~ vi
τος "οὐκ. ἐλεύσεται; πρὸς ὑμᾶς: ἐὰν.δὲ πορευθῶ, πέμψω
will not come to you ; but if I go, I will send

α εἰς ὑμᾶς ἴο YOULTTrA. Y εἴχοσαν LTTrA. 2 ἐποίησεν did LTTrA.
τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος LTTrA. © --- δὲ Ὑ{Ὁ Γ᾿].
their hour) utra. ᾧςαὐτῶν] τ. 58 + ἐγὼ L[A]W.

8 εἴχοσαν LTTrA.
4 — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW.
4 ov μὴ ἔλθῃ in no wise should come Tr.

293

have kept my saying
they will keep Sours
also. 21 But all these
things will they do un-
to you for my name’s
sake, because they
know not him that
sent me. 22 If I had
not come and spoken
unto them, they had
not had sin: but now
they have no cloke for
their sin. 23 He that
hateth me hateth my
Father also, 24 If [had
not done among them
the works which none
other man did, they
had not had sin: but
now have they both
seen and hated both
me and my Father.
25 But this cometh to
pass, that the word
might be fulfilled that
is written in their law,
They hated me with-
out a cause. 26 But
when the Comforter is
come, whom I will
send unto you from the
Father, even the Spirit
of truth, which pro-
ceedeth from the Fa-
ther, he shall testify of
me: 27 and ye also
shall bear witness, be-
cause ye have been
with me from the be-
ginning. .

XV1. These things
have I spoken unto
you, that yeshould not
be offended. 2 They
shall put you out of
the synagogues: yea,
the time cometh, that
whosoever killeth you
will think that lte do-
eth God service. 3 And
these things will they
do unto you, because
they have not known
the Father, nor me,
4 But these things have
I told you, that when
the time shall come, ye
may remember that I
told youof them. And
these things I said not
unto you at the begin-
ning, because I was
with you. 5 ButnowI
go my way to him that
sent me; and none of
you asketh me, Whi-
ther goest thou? 6 But
because I have said
these things unto you,
sorrow hath filled your
heart. 7 Nevertheless
I tell you the truth;
It is expedient for you
that I go away: for
if I go not away, the
Comforter will not
come unto you; but if
I depart, I will send

Ὁ ἐν
e+ αὐτῶν (read

204

him unto you. 8 And
when he is come, he
will reprove the world
of sin, and of righte-
ousness, and of judg-
ment: 9 of sin, because
they believe not on me;
10 of righteousness, be-
cause I go to my Fa-
ther, and ye see me no
more; 11 of judgment,
because the prince of
this world is judged.
12 I have yet many
things to say unto you,
but ye cannot bear
them now. 13 Howbeit
when he, the Spirit of
truth, is come, he will
guide you into all
truth: for he shall not
speak of himself; but
whatsoever he_ shall
hear, that shall he
speak: and he willshew
you things to come.
14 He shall glorify me:
for he shall receive of
mine, and shall shew
tt unto you. 15 All
things that the Father
hath are mine: there-
fore said I, that he
shall take of mine, and
shall shew ἐξ unto you.
16 A little while, and
ye shall not see me:
and again, a little
while, and ye shall see
me, because I go to the
Father. 17 Then said
some of his disciples
among themselves,
What is this that he
saith unto us, A little
while, and ye shall not
see me: and again, a
little while, and ye
shall.see me: and, Be-
cause I go to the Fa-
ther? 18 They said
therefore, What is this
that he saith, A little
while? we cannot tell
what hesaith. 19 Now
Jesus knew that they
were desirous to ask
him, and said unto
them, Do ye inquire
among yourselves of
that I said, A little
while, and ye shall not
see me: and again, a
little while, and ye
shall see me? 20 Verily,
verily, I say unto you,
That ye shall weep and
lament, but the world
shall rejoice: and ye

TQANNHS. X VIE

᾽ 5 SY « ~ \ ? ‘ 2 ~ ᾽ i x ,
αὐτὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" ὃ καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον
him to you. And having come he _ willconvict the world

περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ περὶ κρίσεως.

concerning sin and concerning righteousness and concerning judgment.
9 περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, OTe οὐ-πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμέ" 10 περὶ

Concerning sin, because they believe not
δικαιοσύνης δέ. ὅτι πρὸς TOYv-maTépaipou" ὑπάγω, Kai
righteousness because to my Father I goaway, and
ἔτι" θεωρεῖτέ pe’ 11 περὶ. δὲ κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ
longer ye behold me; and concerning judgment, because the ruler
, ’ , » A ” 1 ,
κόσμου.τούτου κέκριτα. 12 Ἔτι πολλὰ ἔχω 'λέγειν
of this world has been judged. Yet many things I have tosay
ὑμῖν," ἀλλ᾽ ob δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι" 13 ὕταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ
to you, but yeare not able to bear them now. But when *may “have *come
ἐκεῖνος, TO πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ic πᾶσαν
"he, the Spirit of truth, hewill guide you into all
τὴν ἀλήθειαν." ob yap λαλήσει ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα." ἂν"
the truth ; *not ‘for 7he *will speak from himself, but whatsoever
ἀκούσῃ λαλήσει, καὶ τὰ
he may hear he will speak; and the things
14 ἐκεῖνος ἐμὲ δοξάσει, OTe ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ Ῥλήψεται," Kai avay-
He me will glorify, for of mine he will receive, and will an
γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 15 πάντα ὕσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν"
nounce toyou. All things whatsoever *has *the *Father ‘mine ‘are;
διὰ τοῦτο εἶπον, bru ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ “λήψεται," Kai avay-
because of this Isaid, that of mine he will receive, and will an-
γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 16 Μικρὸν καὶ τοὐ" θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ πάλιν
nounce to you. A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and again
uKpOV καὶ ὄψεσθέ με, “ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς TOY πα-
a little [while] and yeshallsee me, because I goaway to the Fa-
τέρα." 17 Eloy οὖν ἐκ τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ πρὸς

on me; concerning

Κοὺκ
no

ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν.
coming he will announce to you.

ther. Said therefore [some] of his disciples to
ἀλλήλους, Ti ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ λέγει ἡμῖν, Μικρὸν καὶ
one another, What is this which hesays tous, A little [while} and
οὐ.θεωρεῖτε με, καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με; καὶ
yedonot beholdme; and again alittle [while] ἃ πα yeshallsee me? and
er t2 ‘ ll c id \ " , Ρ » x
Ore ttyw! ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα; 18 ἔλεγον οὖν;
Because I go away to the Father ? They said therefore,

YTovro τί tori" ὃ λέγει, Yro' μικρόν; οὐκ. οἴδαμεν
3This γα 8 which hesays, the _ little [while]? We ἄο ποὺ know
τί λαλεῖ. 19 Ἔγνω τοὖν" Yo'’Inoove ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν

what he speaks. "Knew “therefore ‘Jesus that they desired *him
ἐρωτᾷν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ᾽
to?ask, and said to them, Concerning this do ye inquire among

? ΄, « A ‘ > ~_ ff ‘

ἀλλήλων, OTL εἶπον, Μικρὸν καὶ οὐ.θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ

one another, that I said, A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and
πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ pe; 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
again a little [while] and ye shall see me? Verily verily Isay to you,
ὅτι κλαύσετε Kai θρηνήσετε ὑμεῖς, ὁ. δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται"
that *will *weep “δα *will ®lament ye but the world will rejoice ;

i— pov (read the Father) rrr[a].
ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν LIrA ; ἐν TH ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ T.
hear trA ; ἀκούει he hears 1.
τ οὐκέτι NO longer (do ye behold) LYA ; οὐκ ἔτι Tr.
ΤΊΓΑ ; ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. G[L]W.
w — τὸ (read a little [while]) Tra.

ἐστιν τοῦτο LTr.

* οὐκέτι GLT. 1 ὑμῖν λέγειν TPA. ™ εἰς THY
2 — ἂν LTTrA. ο ἀκούσει he shall
P λήμψεται LTTrA. 9 λαμβάνει receives GLTTrAW.
5 — ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα
t — ἐγὼ (read ὑπάγω I goaway) LTTrAW. * Τί
x — ody GTTrAW. Υ — OTTrA.

XVI. JOHN.

ὑμεῖς. "δὲ" λυπηθήσεσθε, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ.λύπη.ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενή-
but ye will be sHeved; but your grief to joy shall be-

σεται. 21 ἡ γυνὴ ὕταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν

come, The woman when she gives birth, grief has, because iscome

ἡ-ὡρα.αὐτῆς: ὕταν.δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, Pode ἔτι"
her hopes but when she brings forth the child, no longer

μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως, διὰ τὴν χαρὰν Ore ἐγεννήθη
she remembers the ΣΊΡΕ ΘΟΙΟΣΣ on account of the joy that hasbeen born
ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 22 καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν “λύπην μὲν

a Man into the world. And ye therefore grief indeed

νῦν" “ἔχετε. " πάλιν.δὲ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς, Kai χαρήσεται ὑμῶν
now have ; but again Iwillsee you, and “shall *rejoice ‘your
ἡ καρδία, Kai τὴν.χαρὰν.ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς “αἴρει ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 23 καὶ

"heart, and your joy noone takes from you. And
ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἐρωτήσετε οὐδέν. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν
in that day of me ye shall ask nothing. Verily verily
λέγω ὑμῖν, fori’ Sdca.dv' αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα δὲν τῷ
Isay toyou, That whatsoever ye may) ask the Father in
dvoparipov δώσει ὑμῖν." 24 ἕως ἄρτι οὐκ ἠτήσατε οὐδὲν
my name he will give you. Hitherto yeasked nothing
ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί. OV" αἰτεῖτε, καὶ 'λήψεσθε," ἵνα ἡ-χαρὰ ὑμῶν
in my name: ask, and yeshall receive, that your joy

ῇ ee νη. 25 ταῦτα ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν"
may be full. These things in allegories I have spoken to you;

Κἀλλ᾽" ἔρχεται ὥρα Ore ἰοὺκ ἔτι" ἐν παροιμίαις λαλήσω
but is coming an hour when no longer in allegories I will speak

ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ 7 αὐῥησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς "ἀναγγελῶ" ὑμῖν.
to you, but any concerning the Father I will announce to you.

26 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾷ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί.μου αἰτήσεσθε' καὶ οὐ
In_ that in my: name yeshallask; and “not

λέγω ὑμῖν Ore ἐγὼ ᾿νε δῶ τὸν πατέρα περὶ ὑμῶν 27 αὐ-
"Thay te you that I willbeseech the Father for you, *him-

τὸς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, OTe ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε, καὶ
self ‘for “the*Father loves you, because ye me _ haveloved, and

πεπιστεύκατε OTL ἐγὼ παρὰ "τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐξῆλθον. 28 ἐξῆλθον
have believed that I from God came out. I came out

°rapa' τοῦ πατρὸς Kai ἐλήλυθα εἰς TOY κόσμον πάλιν ἀφίημι

from the Father and havecomeinto the world; again I leave
τὸν κύσμον καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 29 Λέγουσιν
the world and go the Father. Say

Ραὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, “186, νῦν Sees λαλεῖς, καὶ

“το "him *his “disciples, Lo, now ainly thou speakest, and

παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν λέγεις. 80 νῦν οἴδαμεν ὅτι οἶδας
aeons no epenkest Now weknow that thou knowest

πάντα, Kai ov χρείαν ἔχεις ἵνα τίς σε ἐ ὠτᾷ. ἐν τούτῳ

allthings, and ποῦ eed *hast that anyone thee shouldask. By this

΄ ou ? 4

πιστεύομεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθες. 31 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς

we believe that from God thou camest forth. 2Answered *them

τὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, “Apri πιστεύετε ;
Jesus, ®Now ‘do *ye 7helicve ?

ἐλήλυθεν, ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε
has come, that ye will be scattered

32 ἰδού, ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ "νῦν"
Lo, iscoming anhourand now

ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ‘kai ἐμὲ"
each to hisown, and me

295

shall be sorrowful, but
your sorrow shall be
turned intojoy. 21 ἃ
woman when she is in
travail hath sorrow,
because her hour is
come: but as soon as
she is delivered of the
child,she remembereth
no more the anguish,
for joy that a man is
born into the world.
22 And ye now there-
fore have sorrow: but
I will see you again,
and your heart shall
rejoice, and your joy
no man taketh from
you. 23 And in that
day ye shall ask me no-
thing. Verily, verily,
I say unto you, What-
soever ye shall ask the
Father in my name,
he will give it you.
24 Hitherto have ye
asked nothing in my
name: ask, and ye shall
receive, that your joy
may be full. 25 These
things have I spoken
unto you in proverbs:
but the time cometh,
when I shall no more
speak unto you in pro-
verbs, but I shall shew
you plainly of the Fa-
ther. 26 At that day ye
shall ask in my name:
and I say not unto
you, that I will pray
the Father for you:
27 for the Father him-
self loveth you, because
ye have loved me, and
have believed that I
came out from God.
28 I came forth from
the Father, and am
come into the world:
again, I leave the
world, and go to the
Father. 29 His disci-
ples said unto him, Lo,
now speakest thou
plainly, and speakest
no proverb. 30 Now
are we sure that thou
knowest all things,
and needest not that
any man should ask
thee: by this we be-
lieve that thou camest
forth from God. 31 Je-
sus answered them, Do

e now believe? 32 Be-

old, the hour cometh,
yea, is now come, that
ye shall be scattered,
every man to his own,
and shall leave me a-

=— δὲ but irra. δ ἀλλὰ ττὰ. ὃ οὐκέτι GLT.
have L. ¢aoec Shalltake τττὰ. ἔ -- ὅτι [L]rTra.
ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου TTrA. 1 λήμψεσθε LITra.
™ ἀπαγγελῶ LITrAW. = τοῦ L3 τοῦ mares the Father tra.
[L]TTra. 4 + ἐν LTTrA. = ὃ TTrA. — νῦν LTTra,

© νὺν μὲν λύπην LTTrA.
ὃ ἂν τι if anything Lrtra.
κ- ἀλλ G[L]TTraw.
9 ἐκ LTTrA.
τ κἀμὲ TTrA.

ἃ ἕξετε shall
ἃ δώσει ὑμῖν
! οὐκέτι GLT.

P — αὐτῷ

296

lone: and yet 1 am not
alone, because the Fa-
ther is with me.
33 These things I have
spoken unto you, that
in me ye might have
peace. In the world ye
shall have tribulation:
but be of good cheer;
I have overcome the
world.

XVII. These words
spake Jesus, and lifted
up his eyes to heaven,
and said, Father, the
hour is come; glorify
thy Son, that thy Son
also may glorify thee:
2as thou hast given
him power over all
flesh, that he should
give eternal life to as
many as thou hast
given him. 3 And this
is life eternal, that
they might know thee
the only true God, and
Jesus Christ, whom
thou hast sent. 4 [have
glorified thee on the
earth: I have finished
the work which thou
gavest meto do. 5 And
now, O Father, glorify
thou me with thine
own self with the glory
which I had with thee
before the world was,
6 I have manifested
thy name unto the
men which thou gavest
me out of the world:
thine they were, and
thou gavest them me;
and they have kept
thy word. 7 Now they
have known that all
things whatsoever
thou hast given me
are of thee. 8 For I
have given unto them
the words which thou
gavest me; and they
have received them,
and have known sure-
ly that I came out
from thee, and they
have believed that
thou didst send me.
9 L pray for them: I
pray not for the world,
but for them which
thou hast given me; for
they are thine. 10 And
all mine are thine, and
thine are mine; and
I am glorified in them,
11 And now I am no
more in the world, but
these are in the world,

ILQANNHS. XVI, XVII.
μόνον ἀφῆτε: Kai οὐκεεἰμὶ μόνος, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ μετ
alone ye will leave; and [γϑ] lamnot alone, for the Father with

7 ~ ? ~ , ε - ev ᾽ ? x > ΄
ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. 33 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην

me is. These things I have spoken toyou that in me peace
ἔχητε. ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλίψιν γἔχετε"!] ἀλλὰ θαρσεῖτε,

yemayhave. In the world tribulation ye have;
ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον.

but be of good courage,

I have overcome the world.

17 Ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν "ὁ" ᾽᾿Ιησοῦς. καὶ Ξἐπῆρεν" τοὺς ὀφθαλ-
These things spoke Jesus, and lifted up “eyes
μοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν Yeai' εἶπεν, Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ
‘his to the heaven and said, Father, “has *come 'the
ὥρα: δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα *xai! ὁ υἱός. σου" δοξάσῃ
“hour; glorify thy Son, that also thy Son may glorify

σε; ὦ καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός, ἵνα
thee ; as thou gavest him authority overall flesh, that [of]
πᾶν ὃ δέδωκας αὐτῷ, "δώσῃ" αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.

all which thou hast given him, heshould give tothem life eternal.

a , ? « »» ΄ “ c , | <P \
3 αὕτη.δε ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα “γινώσκωσίν" σε τὸν

And this is the eternal life, that they should know thee the
μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν.
only true God, and *whom ‘thou ‘didst °send *Jesus *Christ.

4 ἐγώ σε ἐδόξασα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς᾽ τὸ ἔργον “ἐτελείωσα" ὃ
I thee glorified on the earth; the work Icompleted which
δέδωκάς μοι iva ποιήσω" ὃ καὶ νῦν δόξασόν pe ob, πά-

thou hast given me that Ishoulddo; and now glorify me thou, Fa-

TEN, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ῃᾧ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον

ther, with thyself, withthe glory which 1 δᾶ before the world

τ ‘ ΄ ? ͵ ΄ 4, ἊΝ - ; ΄
εἶναι παρὰ σοί. 6 ᾿Εφανέρωσά που τὸ ὄνομα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις

was with thee. Imanifested thy name tothe men
ove “δέδωκάς" μοι ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου" σοὶ ἦσαν, ‘rai ἐμοὶ"

whom thou hast given me outof the world. Thine they were, and tome

αὐτοὺς “δέδωκας"" καὶ τὸν.λόγον.σου ἐτετηρήκασιν." 7 νῦν
ὕπο ὕμοι Παβὺ given, and thy word they have kept. Now

ἔγνωκαν oTt πάντα doa δέδωκάς" μοι, παρὰ σοῦ
they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me, of thee
iZ δ “ ν An ‘ koe 4 cll ἐ ΤῊ Δ
στιν" ὃ ὕτι τὰ ῥήματα ἃ δέδωκάς" μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς

are; for the words which thouhastgiven me Ihave given them,

‘ > ἢ » l Q ll ? ~ { A ~
καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλαβον. καὶ ἔγνωσαν" ἀληθῶς ori παρὰ σοῦ
and they received [them], and knew truly that from thee

? ~ AY 99 ΄ « Ψ ? , ? ‘ ‘
ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας. 9 ἐγὼ περὶ

Icameout, and they believed that thou me didst send. 1 concerning
αὐτῶν ἐρωτῶ οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλὰ
them makerequest; not concerning the world makel request, but
περὶ ὧν δέδωκάς μοι, ὕτι σοί εἰσιν. 10 καὶ τὰ
concerning whom thou hast given me, for thine they are: (and “things

ἐμὰ πάντα σά ἐστιν, Kai τὰ.σὰ ἐμά: καὶ δεδόξασμαι

“my tall thine *are, and thine [are] mine:) and I have been glorified
ἐν αὐτοῖς. 11 καὶ ode ἔτι" εἰμὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, Kai "οὕτοι" ἐν
in them. And no longer Iam in the world, and these in

v ἕξετε ye will have Et.

1 — καὶ LTTrAW.

gavest LTTr.
1 εἰσίν TTrA.
ἢ αὐτοὶ they T.

® — σου (read the Son) rrr[a].
σκουσιν they know rr.

€ κἀμοὶ Tr.
k ἔδωκάς thou gavest LTTra.

Ὑ--- ὃ τ. ἡ ἐπάρας having lifted up LTTrA. Κ᾽ — καὶ LTTrA.
υ δώσει he shall give a. © γινώ-
4 τελειώσας having completed LTTra. © ἔδωκάς thou

& τετήρηκαν LYTrA. h ἔδωκάς thou gavest 1.

Mikal ἔγνωσαν] L. πὶ οὐκέτι LTW.

XVII. JOHN.

τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν, “Kai ἔγω" πρός σε ἔρχομαι. πάτερ ἅγιε, τήρη-
the world are and 1 to thee come. “Father ‘Holy, eee

σον αὐτοὺς ἔν τῷ.ὀνοματίσου Ῥοὺς δέδωκάς μοι, ἵνα
them in ERY: name whom thou hast stven me, that

ὦσιν ἕν, καθὼς 4 ἡμεῖς. 12 ὅτε ἤμην μετ᾽ αὐτῶν τὲν τῷ
they may be one, as we. enIwas with them in the

κόσμῳ" ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί. σου δοὺς δέ-
world I waskeeping them in thy name: whom thou

€
δωκάς port ἐφύλαξα, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ

hast given me Iguarded, and noone of them perished, except the
υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ. 198 νῦν δὲ
ΒΟ of perdition, that the scripture might be fulfilled, And now

πρός σε ἔρχομαι, καὶ ταῦτα λαλῶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἵνα ἔχω-

to thee Icome; andthesethingsIspeak in the world that they ney)
ow τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ail πεπληρωμένην ἐν "αὐτοῖς." 14 ἐγὼ
have heey fulfilled in them. I

ὀέδωκα αὐτοῖς rbd OST καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς,
have given them thy word, and the world hated them,

ὅτι ovK.ticiv ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ
because they δ΄ ποὺ of the world, as I am not of the
κόσμου. 15 οὐκιἐρωτῶ ἵνα ἄρῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ
world. I do not make request that thou shouldest take them outof the
κόσμου, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ.
world, but that thoushouldest keep them outof the evil.

16 ἐκ TOU κόσμου οὐκ.εἰσίν, καθὼς ἐγὼ γὲκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ

Of the world ey are not, as I of ee world ?not
εἰμί." 17 ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.ἀληθείᾳ. σου" ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς
2am. Sanctify them by thy truth ; 2word thy

ἀλήθειά ἐστιν. 18 καθὼς ἐμὲ ἀπέστεϊχας εἰς τὸν κόσμον,

truth is. As me thou didst send into the world,
κἀγὼ ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον᾽ 19 Kai ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν
T also sent them into the’ world; and for them

χἐγὼ" ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν, ἵνα Yeai αὐτοὶ ὦσιν" ἡγιασμένοι ἐν

I sanctify myself, that also they maybe sanctified in
ἀληθείᾳ. 20 Οὐ περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ
truth, *Not *for “these ‘and ’make ®I Srequest °only, but
καὶ περὶ τῶν ἵπιστευσόντων διὰ τοῦ.λόγου.αὐτῶν εἰς
also for those who shall believe through their word on
éué 91 ἵνα πάντες ἕν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, "πάτερ," ἐν ἐμοί,
me ; that all one may be, as thou, Ἐθυπον; art] in me,

κἀγὼ ἐν ool, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν “ev' dow ἵνα ὁ κόσμος
804 1 in Hee that also they in us one maybe, thatthe world

«πιστεύσῃ, ὅτι σύ μὲ ἀπέστειλας. 22 “kai ἐγὼ! τὴν δόξαν
πα δ τ that thoume _ didst send. And I the glory

ἣν “δέδωκάς" μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς, wa ὦσιν ἕν, καθὼς
ὙΒΙΟΣ thow hast given me have piven them, that they Tey, be one, as

ἡμεῖς ἕν feoper’' 23 aft ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα

we one are: in them, and thou in me, that
ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν, Seal! ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος
they may be __ perfected into one, and that *may*know ‘the ?world

297

and I come to thee.
Holy Father, keep
through thine own
name those whom
thou hast given me,
that they may be
one, as we are,
12 While I was with
them in the world, I
kept them inthyname:

those that thou gavest
me I have kept, and
none of them is lost,
but the son of perdi-
tion ; that the scrip-
ture might be fulfilled,
13 And now come I to
thee ; and these things
i speak in the world,
that they might have
my joy fulfilled in
themselves. 14 Ihave
given them thy word ;

and the world hath
hated them, because
they are not of the
world, even as I am
not of the world. 151
pray not that thou
shouldest take them
out of the world, but
that thou shouldest
keep them from the
evil. 16 They are not
of the world, even as
1 am not of the world.
17 ‘Sanctify them
through thy truth:

thy word is truth.
18 As thou hast sent
me intothe world,even
so have I also sent
them into the world.
19 And for their sakes
I sanctify myself, that
they also might be
sanctified through the
truth. 20 Neither pray
i for these alone, but
for them also which
shall believe on me
through their word ;
21 that they all may be
one ; as thou, Father,
art in me, and I in
thee, that they also
may be onein us: that
the world may believe
that thou hast sent
me, 22 And the glory
which thou gavest me
I have given them;
that they may be one,
even 88 we are one:
23 Lin them, and thou
in me, that they may
be made perfect in one;
and that the world
may know that thou

© κἀγὼ τὰ. » wm Which @LTTraw. 4% + καὶ also Tr.
which rvra.
me, and i guarded [them]) [L]ttra.
* — σου (read the truth) LITra.

αὐτοὶ LITrAW.
© πιστεύῃ TTr.

% — καὶ LTTrA.

BE ἑαυτοῖς TTra,

z πιστευόντων Bolieve GLITrAW.

2 πατὴρ TTra.
4 κἀγὼ LTTrA.

6 ἔδωκας thou gavest L.

— ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ LTTYA.
‘4 καὶ and (read I was keeping them in sig hame which thou hast given

Y οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμον LTTrAaw.
— ἐγὼ (read ay. I sanctity) [1 jr.

-
ῳ

Σ ὦσιν καὶ
b -- éy[L]TTra.

f — ἐσμεν (read [are]) TTra,

298

hast sent me, and hast
loved them, as thou
hast loved me, 24Fa-
ther, I will that they
also, whom thou hast
given me, be with me
where I am; thatjthey
may behold my glory,
which thou hast given
me: for thou lovedst
me before the founda-
tion of the world.
24 O righteous Father,
the world hath not
known thee: but I have
jmown thee, and these
have known that thou
hast sent me, 26 And
I have declared unto
them thy name, and
will declare it: that
the love wherewith
thou hast loved me
may be in them, and I
in them,

XVIII. When Jesus
had spoken these
words, he went forth
with his disciples over
the brook Cedron,
where wasa garden, in-
to the which he enter-
ed, and his disciples.
2And Judasalso, which
betrayed him, knew
the place: for Jesus
ofttimes resorted thi-
ther with his disciples.
3 Judas then, having
received a band of men
and officers from the
chief priests and Pha-
risees, cometh thither
with lanterns and
torches and weapons,
4 Jesus therefore,
knowing all things
that should come upon
him, went forth, and
said unto them,Whom
seek ye? 5 They an-
swered him, Jesus of
Nazareth. Jesus saith
unto them, I am he.
And Judas also, which
betrayed him, stood
with them. 6 Assoon
then as he had said
unto them, I am he,
they went backward,
and fellto the ground.
7 Then asked he them
again, Whom seck ye?
And they said, Jesus
of Nazareth. 8 Jesus
answered, I have told
you that I am he; if
therefore ye seek me,
let these go their way:

IQANNHS. XVII, ΣΎΠΙΣ
ef , 2 , ‘ ? , ? 4 τ > 4 ? ,

OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας, καὶ ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς καθὼς ἐμὲ ἡγα-
that thou me didst send, and lovedst them as me thou
mnoac. 24 "Πάτερ," ἰοὺς" ᾿δέδωκάς" μοι θέλω ἵνα ὕπου εἰμὶ
lovedst. Father, whom thou hast given me I desire that where 7am
ἐγὼ κἀκεῖνοι ὦσιν per ἐμοῦ, ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν

ΠΣ they also may be with me, that they may behold 2elory
ἐμὴν ny ἔδωκάς" μοι, ore ἠγάπησάς pe πρὸ καταβολῆς

my which thou gayest me, for thou lovedst me before [the] foundation

κόσμου. 25 ἸΠάτερ' δίκαιε, καὶ ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ.ἔγνω,
of [the] world. ?Father ‘righteous, and the world thee knew not,
éyw.d& σε ἔγνων, Kai οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας"
butI thee knew, and_ these knew that thoume didst send.
26 καὶ ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς T0-6vopa.cov, Kai γνωρίσω"
And Imade known to them thy name, and will make [it] known;
iva ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς pe ἐν αὐτοῖς ἢ, κἀγὼ

that the love with which thoulovedst me in them maybe, andI
ἐν αὐτοῖς.
in them,

18 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν πιὸ! Ἰησοῦς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς

“These *things *having “said Jesus wentout with ?disciples
αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ χειμάῤῥου "τῶν Κέδρων," ὅπου ἦν κῆποε,
*his beyond the winter stream of Kedron, where was a garden,
> τ 2a. 3. τον \ « Η > ~ » Η
εἰς ὃν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. ῃδει.δὲ καὶ
into which entered The and his disciples. And ®*knew “also
᾿Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον' ὅτι πολλάκις
1Judas #who ‘was *delivering 7up ®him the place, because “often

συνήχθη “ὁ' ᾿Τησοῦς ἐκεῖ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ. 3 ὁ οὖν

ὥγγὰβ *gathered 1Jesus there with his disciples. “Therefore
Ιούδας λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai P
1Judas having received the band, and *from *the ‘chief *priests Sand

Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν Kai λαμπάδων

7Pharisees ‘officers, comes there with torches and lamps
καὶ ὅπλων. 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς Yotv' εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα
and weapons. Jesus therefore knowing all things that were coming
ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, τἐξελθὼν εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Τίνα ζητεῖτε; 5’ Ame-

upon him, having goneforth said to them, Whom seek ye? They
κρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Ἰησοῦν τὸν Nalwpaiov. Λέγει αὐτοῖς "ὁ
answered him, Jesus the Nazarean. Says “to *them

? ~ ll 2 ’ > Et Uy = δὲ ‘ “| Wh) c

Ιησοῦς," Eyw εἰμι. ὑϊστήκειοΣ καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ παρα-
1Jesus, 1 am [he]. And *was *standing ?also ‘Judas *who ‘was °de-
διδοὺς αὐτὸν per αὐτῶν. Θ Ὡς οὖν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ort'

livering ἃ» °him with them, When therefore he said to them,

ἐγώ εἰμι, YamHOov' εἰς.τὰ.ὀπίσω Kai “ἔπεσον! χαμαί.
I am {he}, they went backward and fell to([the] ground.

πάλιν οὖν “αὐτοὺς ἐπηρώτησεν," Tiva ζητεῖτε; Οἱ. δὲ
Again therefore “them *he 7questioned, Whom seekye? And they
εἶπον, Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον. 8 ᾿Απεκρίθη Yo! ᾿Τησοῦς, Εἶπον
said, Jesus the Nazargean. ? Answered 1Jesus, Itold
ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. εἰ οὖν ἐμὲ ζητεῖτε, ἄφετε τούτους ὑπά-
you that I am [he]. If thereforeme yeseek, suffer these to go

4 πατήρ LUTrA.
given LTTrAWw.
ο — ὃ TTrA.

LTTr.
τησεν W.

P + τῶν LTr[A]; + ἐκ τῶν from the T.
καὶ λέγει went forth and says LTTrA.
v ἀπῆλθαν LITA.

Υ — ὃ GLTTrAW.

k δέδωκάς thou hast
π τοῦ Κεδρών GL; τοῦ κέδρου T.
4 δὲ δηαὰ (Jesus) τ. * ἐξῆλθεν
5.-- ὃτ; -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) Tra. *— ὅτι
W ἔπεσαν LTTrA. τ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς LTrA ; αὐτὸς ἐπηρώ-

16 what TTra.
1 πατὴρ LTTrA.

i ἔδωκάς thou gavest L.
m— ὃ TTrA.

JOHN.

9 va πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν. Ὅτι οὺς δέ-
that might be fulfilled the word which he said, Whom thou
αὐτῶν οὐδένα. 10 Σίμων οὖν

XVIII.

ye"
away ;

δωκάς μοι οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ

hast given me I lost of them ποῦ one. Simon *therefore
Πέτρος ἔχων μάχαιραν, εἵλκυσεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἔπαισεν τὸν
Peter having a sword, drew it, and smote the
τοῦ ἀρχιερέως δοῦλον, καὶ ἀπέκοψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ τὠτίον᾽ τὸ
7of *the *high priest ‘bondman, and cut off his "ear
δεξιόν. ἢν. δὲ ὄνομα τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος. 11 εἶπεν οὖν
lright. And*was *name ‘the“*bondman’s Malchus. 3Said *therefore

0 Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Bare ryv-uaxaparcov" εἰς τὴν θήκην.
1Jesus to Peter, Put thy sword into the sheath;
TO ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ οὐκ.μὴ.πίω αὐτό;
the cup which “has ‘given *me ‘the 7Father should I not drink it?
12 ἪἫ οὖν σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος Kai οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν
The *therefore ‘band andthe chief captain and the officers. of the
? , , 4 ? ~ ‘ » ᾽ ’ ‘4
Ιουδαίων συνέλαβον τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, kai ἔδησαν αὐτόν, 18 καὶ
Jews took hold of Jesus, and bound him ; and
ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν" πρὸς Ανναν πρῶτον" ἦν.γὰρ πενθερὸς
they led away him to Annas first; for he was father-in-law
τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ.ἐκείνου. 14 ἢν. δὲ
of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year. And it was
Καϊάφας ὁ συμβουλεύσας τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις, ὅτι συμφέρει
Caiaphas who gave counsel to the Jews, that it is profitable

ἕνα ἄνθρωπον “ἀπολέσθαι" ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ. 15 ᾿Ηκολούθει. δὲ
for one man to perish for the people. Now there followed

τῷ Ἰησοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ 46" ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς
Jesus Simon Peter and the other disciple. And disciple
ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, Kai συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ιησοῦ
‘that was known’ tothe high priest, and entered with Jesus
εἰς THY αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" 16 ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος εἱστήκει πρὸς

into the court ofthe high priest, but Peter stood at
τῇ θύρᾳ ἔξω. ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος “ὃς ἦν"
the door without. Went out therefore the “disciple tother who was

γνωστὸς frp ἀρχιερεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θυρωρῷ Kai εἰσήγα-

known tothe highpriest, and spoke tothe door-keeper and brought

4 , , « / « A ~

γεν τὸν Πέτρον. 17 λέγει οὖν 8) παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωρὸς τῷ
in Peter. *Says *therefore'the *maid “the *door-keeper

Πέτρῳ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν el τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
to Peter, "not ‘also *thou ‘Sof ‘the ‘disciples ‘art of man

τούτου; Λέγει ἐκεῖνος, Οὐκ.εἰμί. 18 Εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ ot δοῦλοι
1this ? 4Says she, I am not. But ‘were ‘standing 'the?bondmen

κ᾿ « « , ? ‘ , wa , ΄
καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι Ψψύχος ἦν,

and *the officers, a fire of coals baying made, for cold it was,
καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο" ἦν. δὲ “wer αὐτῶν ὁ Πέτρος" ἑστὼς
and were warming themselves; and *was *with ‘them *Peter standing

καὶ θερμαινόμενος. 19 ‘O.oby.apyiepede ἠρώτησεν τὸν Ἰη-
and warming himself. The high priest therefore questioned Je-

σοῦν περὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς
5115 concerning his disciples, and concerning "teaching
> ~ > , i ? ~|I ks Ι 7 - 2 ‘ γε ,
αὐτοῦ. 20 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ" *o' Ιησοῦς, ᾿Εγὼ παρρησις
this, *Answered *him 1 Jesus, it openly

299

9that the saying might
be fulfilled, which he
spake, Of them which
thou gavest me have ἢ
lost none. 10 Then
Simon Peter having a
sword drew it, and
smote the high priesi’s
servant, and cut off
his right ear. The
servant’s name was
Malchus. 11 Then said
Jesus unto Peter, Put
up thy sword into the
sheath : the cup which
my Father hath given
me, shall I not drink
it?

12 Then the bandand
the captain and offi-
cers of the Jews took
Jesus, and bound him,
13 and led him away
to Annas first ; for he
was father in law to
Caiaphas, which was
the high priest that
same year. 14 Now
Caiaphas was he, which
gave counsel to the
Jews, that it was ex-
pedient that one man
should die for the peo-
ple. 15 And Simon
Peter followed Jesus,
and so did another dis-
ciple: that disciple was
known unto the high
priest, and went in
with Jesus into the pa-
lace of the high priest.
16 But Peter stood at
the door without.
Then went out that
other disciple, which
was known unto the
high priest, and spake
unto her that kept the
door, and brought in
Peter. 17 Then saith
the damsel that kept
the door unto Peter,
Art not thou also one
of this man’s dGisci-
ples? Hesaith, I am
not. 18 And the ser-
vants and officers stood
there, who had made
a fire of coals; for it
was cold: and they
warmed themselves:
and Peter stood with
them, and warmed
himself. 19 The high
priest then asked Je-
sus of his disciples, and
of his doctrine. 20 Je-
sus answered him, I
spake openly to the

- ὠτάριον ΤΊτΑ. 5 — gov (read thesword) GLitraw.
L; ἤγαγον Tir; [ἀπ]ήγαγον αὑτὸν A. © ἀποθανεῖν to die LTtra.
Lt[tra ]. eo Tira. f τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Of the high priest Tira.

ἢ θυρωρός LTTrA, 5 και (also) ὁ Πέτρος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν LTTrA.

4

Ὁ ἤγαγον [αὐτὸν] they led him

4d — 6 (read another)
: 8 τῷ Πέτρῳ ἡ παιδίσκη
i [αὐτῷ [1

k—o qr,

900

world; I ever taught l

in the synagogue, and
in the temple, whither
the Jews always re-
sort; and in secret
have I said nothing.
21 Why askest thou
me? ask them which
heard me, what I have
said unto them: be-
hold, they know what
I said. 22 And when
be had thus spoken,
one of the officers
which stood by struck
Jesus with the palm of
his hand, saying, An-
swerest thou the high
priest so? 23 Jesusan-
swered him, If 1 have
spoken evil, bear wit-
ness of the evil: butif
well, why smitest thou
me? 24 Now as
had sent him bound
unto Caiaphas the high
priest.

25 And Simon Peter
stood and warmed
himself. They said
therefore unto him,
Art not thou also one
of his disciples? He
denied it, and said,
I am not. 26 One
of the servants of the
high priest, being his
kinsman whose ear
Peter cut off, saith,
Did not I see thee in
the garden with him ?
27 Peter then denied
again: and immedi-
ately the cock crew.

28 Then led they Je-
sus from Caiaphas unto
the hall of judgment :
and it was early ; and
they themselves went
not into the judgment
hall, lest they should
be defiled: but that
they might eat the
passover. 29 Pilate
then went out unto
them, and said, What
accusation bring ye
against this man?
30 They answered and
said unto him, If he
were nota malefactor,
we would not have de-
livered him up unto
thee. 31 Then said
Pilate unto them, Take
ye him, and judge him
according to your law.
The Jews therefore
said unto him, It isnot

I QD AGNEN) HES: XVIII.
ἐλάλησα' τῷ κόσμῳ᾽ ἐγὼ πάντοτε ἐδίδαξα ἐν “τῇ συνα-
spoke to the world; I always taught in the syna-
γωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὕπου "πάντοτε" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέρχον-
gogue and in the temple, where always the Jews come to-
ται, καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἐλάλησα οὐδέν. 21 τί pe “ἐπερωτᾷς ;
gether, and in secret Ispoke nothing. Why me dost thou question?
ἐπερώτησον᾽ τοὺς ἀκηκοότας τί ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς" ἴδε οὗτοι
question those who hayeheard what Ispoke tothem; lo, they
οἴδασιν ἃ εἶπον ἐγώ. 22 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ.εἰπόντος εἷς τῶν

know what “said (I. But *these*things ‘on *his*saying one of the
ὑπηρετῶν παρεστηκὼς" ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ

officers standing by gave a blow with the palm of the hand
᾿Ιησοῦ, εἰπών, Οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ; 23 ᾿Απεκρίθη
toJesus, saying, Thus answerest thou the high priest? “Answered
αὐτῷ 46" Incovc, Ei κακῶς ἐλάλησα, μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ
shim 1 Jesus, If evil I spoke, bear witness concerning the
ae ? ν᾿ ~ , wa κ ? ΄ r > 4
κακοῦ" €.0& καλῶς, TL pe OEgpeic; 24 ᾿Απέστειλεν ᾿ αὐτὸν
evil; butif well, why me strikest thou? *Sent Shim
oe , ‘ os SY ? “2
ὁ Avvac δεδεμένον πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα.
Annas bound to Caiaphas the high priest.
25 Ἢν. δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος"
Now *was ‘Simon ?Peter standing and warming himself,
εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ
They said therefore tohim, *Not ‘also *thou *of Shis “disciples
el; ἬἩρνήσατο.ἐκεῖνος, καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ εἰμί. 26 Λέγει εἷς
tart? He denied, and said, 1 am not. Says one

ἐκ τῶν δούλων τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, συγγενὴς ὧν οὗ

of the bondmen ofthe high priest, kinsman being [of him] of whom
ἀπέκοψεν Ilétpocg τὸ ὠτίον, Οὐκ.ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ
Ζραῦ 5015 Peter the ear, 7IT%not ‘thee ‘saw in the garden

per αὐτοῦ; 27 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο "δ' Πέτρος, καὶ εὐθέως

with him? Again therefore *denied ‘Peter, andimmediately
ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν.
a cock crew.

τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ
Jesus from Caiaphas into the
= atv t a. 41} 4 ᾽ 8 ? > HAO > A
TV -0€ TP Wa και QUTOL OUK.ELONAUVOY ELC TO
preetorium, andit was. early. And they entered not into the
πραιτώριον, iva μὴ-μιανθῶσιν, "ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα' φάγωσιν τὸ
pretorium, that they might ποῦ be defiled, but that they might eat the
πάσχα. 29 ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ *Taroc'* πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ
passover. sWent *forth “therefore *Pilate to them, and
Yeizev," Τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ" τοῦ.ἀνθρώὠπου.τούτου;
said, What accusation bring ye against this man?
30 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ *elzrov' αὐτῷ, Ei μὴ. ἦν οὗτος
They answered and said tohim, If *were*not ‘he
ποιός," οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν. 81 Εἶπεν
doer, *not *to thee ‘we 2would have delivered up him, *Said
copy! αὐτοῖς 46" υΠιλάτος,. Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, και
*therefore *to *them Pilate, Take him ye, and
κατὰ τὸν-νόμον.ὑμῶν κρίνατε “αὐτόν." Εἶπον
according to your law judge him. “Said

28 “Ayovow οὖν
They lead therefore

πραιτώριον"

ὑκακο-

an evil

fopy!!

*therefore

1 λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw.
ο ἐρωτᾷς ; ἐρώτησον (ἑπερ. W) LTTrAW.

r + οὖν therefore ELT[trJa.
x + ἔξω out LTTrA.

all GLTTraAW.
9 — ὃ LTTrA.
© Πειλᾶτος Ὑ.

h

) κακὸν ποιῶν TTrA.

m — τῇ (read a) GLTTrAW. π πάντοθεν E ; πάντες
P παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν LITrA.
τ πρωΐ GLITrAW. Y ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

:..-- κατὰ T. ἃ εἶπαν LTTrA.
f — οὗν LTra.

8 — 6 LTTrAW.
Υ φησίν says ΤΊΤΑ.

ς [οὖν] L. 4 — ὃ Tra. ε-- αὐτόν 1.

ΧΜΗΙΪ, XIX.

> ~ «>? ~ « ~ >
αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, Ἡμῖν οὐκ
5ῖο δμῃῖτα 86 Jews, To us

JOHN.

ἔξεστι,» ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα"
it is permitted to put “to *death ‘noone ;
32 iva ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ ὃν εἶπεν σημαίνων

that the word of Jesus might be fulfilled which hespoke signifying
ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 33 Εἰσῆλθεν οὖν

by what death he was about to die. Entered “therefore
δεὶς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν" ὁ ἘΠιλάτος," καὶ ἐφώνησεν τὸν
*into *the retorium 7again pe Hates and called
᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων ;
Jesus, and said tohim,*Thou ‘art the king of the Jews?
34 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἰαὐτῷ ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Ad ἑαυτοῦ" σὺ τοῦτο
2 Answered Shim Jesus, From thyself *thou 3.815
λέγεις, ἢ ἄλλοι ἴσοι εἶπον" περὶ ἐμοῦ ; 35 ᾿Απεκρίθη
tsayest, tor Sothers 7to *thee °did say [it] conceening: me? 2 Answered
ὁ *TIiaroc," Myre ἐχὼ ἸΙουδαῖός εἰμι; τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν καὶ
Pilate, 5a SJew Sam ? SNation "thy and

οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ones σε ἐμοί: τί ἐποίησας : 36 ᾿Απεκρίθη
μεν ones priests delivered up thee tome: what didst thou? ? Answered

"Ἰησοῦς, Ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ. κόσμου.τούτου"
1Jesus,

Pngdam omy, is not of this world ;
εἰ EK τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται "ay
if of this world were kingdom lmy, “attendants

tae ‘ > / Π “
οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο" ἵνα

μὴ-παραδοθῶ τοῖς ᾿Τουδαίοις"
ay would fight

that I might not be delivered up to the Jews ;
νῦν. δὲ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ obK-éorw ἐντεῦθεν. 37 Εἶπεν οὖν

butnow ?kingdom lmy is not from hence. 3Said *therefore
αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ!
*to *him 1Pilate, Then amis art rs 7Answered
? ~ ‘ λέ x ΡΖ ll 42 ι iH ? ~
Ιησοῦς, Σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι ἐγώ: ἐγὼ" εἰς τοῦτο
‘Jesus, Thou pve’ [it], for a king 2am I for this
yeyévynpar, Kai εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα
have been born, and for this Ihave come into the world, that
μαρτυρήσω ἀληθείᾳ. πᾶς b.ov ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας
Ἰξπισαν bear witness to the truth. versione thatis of the truth

ἀκούει μου τῆς φωνῆς. 98 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Τί ἐστιν
hears my voice. oars 3to him 1Pilate, What is

ἀλήθεια; Kai τοῦτο εἰπών, πάλιν ἐξῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς
truth ? And this having said, again hewentout to the

᾽ ΄, \ , ᾽ ~ ? ‘ ᾽ , ) ee Cre, >?
Ιουδαίους, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγὼ οὐδεμίαν ‘airiay εὑρίσκω ἐν
Jews, and says tothem, I not any fault find in

αὐτῷ." 39 ἔστιν.δὲ συνήθεια ὑμῖν ἵνα ἕνα ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω"
him. Butitis acustom with youthat one to you Ishould release

ἐν τῷ πάσχα᾽ βούλεσθε οὖν ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" τὸν βασιλέα
at the passover ; willye therefore to youl should release the king

τῶν “lovdaiwy; 40 ᾿Εκραύγασαν οὖν πάλιν “rartec," λέ-
of the Jews? They “cried *out *therefore *again lall, say-
yovrec, Μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν: ἦν.δὲ ὁ Ba ee
ing, Not this one, but Barabbas. Now 7was arab-

Bac Anornc. 19 Τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ "Πιλάτος" τὸν Ἰησοῦν
bas a robber. Then therefore took 1Pilate Jesus

Kai ἐμαστίγωσεν. 2) καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται πλέξαντες στέφανον
and scourged [him]. And the soldiers having platted acrown

301

lawful for us to put
any man to death:
32 that the saying of
Jesus might ful-
filled, which he Spake!
signifying what death
he should die. 33 Then
Pilate entered into the
judgment hall again,
and called Jesus, and
said unto him, Art
thou the King of the
Jews? 34 Jesus an-
swered him, Sayest
thou this thing of thy-
self, or did others tell
it thee of me? 35 Pi-
late answered, Am I a
Jew? Thine own na-
tion and the chief
priests have delivered
thee unto me: what
hast thou done? 36 Je-
sus answered, My
kingdom is not of this
world: if my kingdom
were of this world,
then would my ser-
vants fight, that I
should notbe delivered
to the Jews: but now
is my kingdom not
from hence. 37 Pilate
therefore said unto
him, Art thou a king
then ? Jesus answered,
Thou sayest that Iam
a king. To this end
was I born, and for
this cause came I into
the world,that Ishould
bear witness unto the
truth. Every onethat
is of the truth heareth
my voice. 38 Pilate
saith unto him, What
is truth? And when
he had said this, he
went out again unto
the Jews, and saith
unto them, I find in
him no fault at ail.
39 But ye have a cus-
tom, that I should re-
lease unto you one at
the passover: will ye
therefore that I re-
lease unto you the
King of the Jews?
40 Then cried they all
again, saying, Not this
man, but Barabbas.
Now Barabbas was a
robber. XIX. Then
Pilate therefore took
Jesus, and scourged
him. 2 And the sol-
diers platted a crown

8 πάλιν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον LTrAW. h Πειλᾶτος T.
Κ ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ LTrA. | εἶπόν σοι Tra. - ὃ ese ΝΣ
° — 9 [a]w. Ρ — ἐγώ (read εἰμι 1 am) ττία. 4 [ἐγὼ 7 L.
LTTrA. 8 ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTr. t ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTrw.

i—_ αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA ; 5 αὐτῷ We
2 οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἂν Tr.
τ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν

π — πάντες 1.

-

902

of thorns, and put tt
on his head, and they
put on him a purple
robe, 3 and said, Hail,
King of the Jews ! and
they smote him with
their hands. 4 Pilate
therefore went forth
again, and saith unto
them, Behold, I bring
him forth to you, that
ye may know that I
find no fault in hin.
5 Then came Jesus
forth, wearing the
crown of thorns, and

the purple robe. And
Pilate saith unto
them, Behold the

man! 6 When the chief
priests therefore and
officers saw him, they
cried out, saying, Cru-
cify him, crucify him.
Pilate saith unto
them, Take ye him,
and crucify him. ΤΟΥῚ
find no fault in him.
7 The Jews answered
him, We have a law,
and -by our law he
ought to die, because
he made himself the
Son of God. 8 When
Pilate therefore heard
that saying, he was
the more afraid; 9and
went again into the
judgment hall, and
saith unto Jesus,
Whence artthou? But
Jesus gave him no an-
swer. 10 Then saith
Pilate unto him,
Speakest thou not un-
to me? knowest thou
not that I have power
to crucify thee, and
have power to release
thee? 11 Jesus an-
swered, Thou couldest
have no power at all
against me, except it
were given thee from
above: therefore he
that delivered me un-
to thee hath the great-
er sin. 12 And from
thenceforth Pilate
sought'to release him :
but the Jews cried out,
saying, If thou let
this man go, thou art

IQANNH®S. XIX.

ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, Kai ἱμάτιον πορ-
of thorns put [it] on his head, and a cloak 1pur-

φυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν, 3% Kai ἔλεγον, Χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς

ple cast around him, and said, Hail, king
τῶν “lovdaiwy’ Kai ἐδίδουν" αὐτῷ ῥαπίσματα.
of the Jews ! and they gave him blows with the palm of the hand.

4 χ᾽ Ἐξῆλθεν Yotv' πάλιν *eEw ὁ Πιλάτος," καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς;

*Went “therefore “again ‘out 1Pilate, and says to them,
Ἴδε, ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν ἔξω, ἵνα γνῶτε ore δὲν αὐτῷ
Behold, I bring *to*you “him out, that yemay knowthat in him

οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω." 5 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν 0' Ἰησοῦς ἔξω,
not any fault I find. Went therefore Jesus out,
φορῶν τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον Kai TO πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον.
wearing the thorny crown and the purple cloak ;
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς. “Ἴδε! ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 6 Ὅτε οὖν Δεῖδον!
and he eaye to them, Behold the man ! When therefore saw

αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ ὑπηρέται ἐκραύγασαν “λέγοντες, 2
him the chief priests and the officers they cried out saying,

Σταύρωσον, σταύρωσον. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ἐΠιλάτος.," Λάβετε
Says “to *them 'Pilate, Take

Θ του ἐν; crucify thinel
αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς καὶ σταυρώσατε" ἐγὼ. γὰρ οὐχ. εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ
for I find not in him

him ye and crucify [him],

αἰτίαν. 7 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Βαὐτῷ" οἱ ‘lovdaior, Ἣ μεῖς νόμον
a fault. SAnswered *him ‘the Jews, We a law
ἔχομεν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν.νόμον ἰἡμῶν" ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν,
have, and according to our law he ought to die,
ὅτι kéavrov υἱὸν θεοῦ" ἐποίησεν. ὃ Ὅτε οὖν ἤκουσεν
because himself Son of God he made. When therefore *heard
ὁ δπιλάτος" τοῦτον τὸν λόγον μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη, 9 Kat
‘Pilate this word [the] more he was afraid, and

εἰσῆλθεν εἰς TO πραιτώριον πάλιν, Kai λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Πόθεν
went into the przetorium again, and says to Jesus, Whence

el σύ; ὋὉ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀπόκρισιν οὐκιἔδωκεν αὐτῷ. 10 λέγει
art thou ? But Jesus an answer did not give him, 3Says
lody' αὐτῷ ὁ ΕΠιλάτος," ᾿Εμοὶ οὐ.λαλεῖς ; οὐκ.οἶδας
“therefore *to “him Pilate, To me pecan thou not ? Knowest not thou
ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω “oTavpWoai σε, Kai ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπο-
that authority Ihave to crucify thee, and authority Ihave tore-
λῦσαί σε"; 11 ᾿Απεκρίθη" οὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ Ρεΐχες" ἐξουσίαν
lease thee? = Answered 1Jesus, Thou hadst “authority
“ρὐδεμίαν κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ" εἰ μὴ.ἦν ἴσοι δεδομένον" ἄνωθεν"
Ἰηοῦ any against me _ if it were not to thee given from above.

διὰτοῦτο ὁ "παραδιδούς" μὲ σοι μείζονα ya,
On this account he who delivers up me tothee' greater

ἔχει. 12 “Ex τούτου ᾿ἐζήτει ὁ Πιλάτος" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν.
has. From this sought Pilate to release him ;

t oD ~ va” {i >
ot.dé ᾿Ιουδαῖοι “*éxpaZor, λέγοντες, Ἐὰν τοῦτον ἀπο-
but the Jews cried gut, saying, If this [man] thoure-

Υ - Kal ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν and came to him Lrtra.
Mi οὖν GLITra.
αὐτῷ LTr ; ᾿ αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίαν εὑρίσκω A; αἰτίαν οὐχ εὑρίσκω Ί.

and LTra.

Tora. ἃ ἴδον T.

i — ἡμῶν (read the law) LTTrA.

— οὖν TA].
[u}r[a}.

δομένον σοι LTTrAs

τὰ ἀπολῦσαί σεν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε LTTrA.
ο — ὃ GLTTrAW.

w ἐδίδοσαν LITrA. x + καὶ
ἃ οὐδεμιαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν

Ὁ [ὃ Tr. © Ἰδοὺ
f ates αὐτόν him GLw. g Πειλᾶτος τ. h — αὐτῷ τ.
Κ ἑαυτὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ E; υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν LTTrA.
» + αὐτῷ him
4 κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν LTTrAW. τ de-

τ ὃ Πιλάτος (Πειλᾶτος 1) ἐζήτει LYTrA-

1 ὃ Πειλᾶτος ἔξω 7.
ε — λέγοντες T.

ἔχεις thou hast 1.

s ΞΣΤΕΙΣ delivered up LT.

γᾷ éxpavyacov LT}; ἐκραύγασαν Tr,
pavy , ραν

~

EX JOHN.
λύσῃς οὐκιεῖ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος. πᾶς, ὁ βασιλέα
lease thou art not a friend of Ceesar. Everyone *the *king

ταὐτὸν" ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει τῷ Καίσαρι. 18 ‘O.obv*TAdroc'
*imself tmaking speaks against Ceesar. Pilate therefore

ἀκούσας τοῦτον τὸν λόγον," ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ

having heard this word, led out Jesus, and
ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ *rov" βήματος, εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθό-
Βαὺ down upon the judgment-seat, at ἃ place called Pave-
στρωτον, Ἑβραϊστὶ. δὲ Ταββαθᾶ᾽ 14 ive παρασκευὴ

Gabbatha : (and it was [the] preparation
8Gé ὡσεὶ" ἕκτη καὶ λέγει τοῖς ‘lov-
?and about the sixth;) and hesays tothe Jews,

ment, but in Hebrew

τοῦ πάσχα,. ὥρα
of the passover, [*the] *hour

δαίοις, Ἴδε ὁ. βασιλεὺς. ὑμῶν. 15 01-6: txpatyacay,'”Aooy

Behold your king ! But they cried out, Away,
ἄρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ “Πιλάτος," Τὸν
away, crucify him, 2Says ὅἴο *them Pilate,

βασιλέα.-ὑμῶν σταυρώσω; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ἀρχιερεῖς, Οὐκ
Your king shall I crucify ? *Answered ‘the ?chief *priests, 7Not

ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰμὴ Καίσαρα. 16 Τότε οὖν παρέδωκεν
Swe*have aking except Cesar. Then therefore he delivered up

> 4 > ~ e ~ ἐλ οδὲ" + ?
αὑτὸν αὑτοῖς wa σταυρωθῇ. Blah aBov “δὲ" τὸν ’In-

him tothem that he might becrucified. *They *took land Je-
σοῦν “καὶ ἀπήγαγον"" 17 καὶ βαστάζων “τὸν. σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ"
sus and led [him] away. And bearing his cross
2 ~ > 5 ON , , , fs ΠῚ λέ
ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον κρανίου τόπον, foc! λέγεται
he went out to the 2called Sof a ®skull ‘place, which is called
‘EBpaiori Γολγοθᾶ. 18 ὕπου αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν. καὶ μετ᾽

d

in Hebrew Golgotha: where him they crucified, and with
> “ » 4 ? ~ ‘ 3 ~ , ‘

αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο ἐντεῦθεν Kai ἐντεῦθεν, ἐσον.δὲ

him others ‘two onthisside and on that side [one], and in the middle

τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 19 "Εγραψεν.δὲ καὶ τίτλον ὁ “Πιλάτος! καὶ
Jesus. And *wrote Zalso *a ‘title Pilate and
ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἦὄν.δὲ γεγραμμένον, ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ
put on the cross. And it was written, Jesus the
Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. 20 Τοῦτον οὖν
Nazarzan, the king of the Jews. This *therefore
τὸν τίτλον πολλοὶ ἀνέγνωσαν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, Ort ἐγγὺς ἦν
‘title ‘*many "read of the Jews, for near “*was
Eric πόλεως ὁ τόπος," ὕπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Kai ἦν
‘the city the place, where was crucified Jesus ; and it was
γεγραμμένον Ἑ βραϊστί, "Ἑλληνιστί, Ρωμαϊστί." 21 ἔλεγον
written in Hebrew, in Greek, in Latin. 7Said
οὗ» τῷ Πιλάτῳ" ot ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, Μὴ.γράφε,
‘therefore °to}°Pilate ‘the 2chief*priests‘*of*the ‘Jews, Write not,
Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεύς

The king of the Jews, but that he said, King
Κείμι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων." 22 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ "Πιλάτος," “O ἐ-
Iam of the Jews. 2 Answered Pilate, What I have

23 Οἱ οὖν στρατιῶται, OTE ἐσταύρωσαν

The *therefore ‘soldiers, when they crucified

τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησαν ἱτέσσαρα'
Jesus took kis garments, and made four

yeapa γέγραφα.

written I have written.

303

not Cwesar’s friend :
whosoever maketk
himself a king speak-
eth against Czsar.
13 When Pilate there-
fore heard that saying,
he brought Jesus
forth, and sat down in
the judgment seat in
a place that is called
the Pavement, but in
the Hebrew, Gabbatha,
14 And it was the pre-
paration of the pass-
over, and about the
sixth hour: and he
saith unto the Jews,
Behold your King |
15 But they cried out,
Away with him, away
with him, crucify him.
Pilatesaithunto them,
Shall I crucify your
King? The chief
priests answered, We
have no king but (:-
sar. 16 Then delivered
he him therefore unto
them to be crucified.
And they took Jesus,
and led him away.
17 And he bearing his
cross went forth into
a place called the place
of a skull, which is
called in the Hebrew
Golgotha: 18 where
they crucified him,
and two other with
him,on either side one,
and Jesus in the midst.
19 And Pilate wrote a
title, and put 7ton the
cross. And the writing
was, JESUS OF NA-
ZARETH,THE KING
OF THE JEWS.
20 This title then read
many of the Jews: for
the place where Jesus
was crucified was nigh
to the city: and it was
written in Hebrew,
and Greek, and Latin.
21 Then said the chief
priests of the Jews to
Pilate, Write not, The
King of the Jews; but
that he said, I am
King of the Jews.
22 Pilate answered,
What I have written
LThave written. 23Then
the soldiers,when they
had crucified Jesus,
took his garments,
and made four parts, to

ν ἑαυτὸν GLTTrAW. * Πειλᾶτος T.
(read a judgment seat) LTTraw.
they therefore cried out TTra. © ody therefore LTTra.
LTTrA. © αὐτῷ (ἑαυτῷ T) τὸν σταυρὸν LTTYA. ὃ LTTrA.
ὃ Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί TTrA. 1 Πειλάτῳ Τ.

a ἣν ὡς Was about LTTrAW.

Υ τῶν λόγων τούτων these words LTTrAW.
Ὁ ἐκραύγασαν οὖν ἐκεῖνοι
d καὶ ἤγαγον α; — καὶ ἀπήγαγον
ξ 0 τόπος τῆς πόλεως GLTTrAW.
k ΄“ > ὃ ΄ ? ΄
τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων εἰμί Tra.

2 — τοῦ

! τέσσερα TTrA

904

every soldier a part;
and also his coat: now
the coat was without
seam, woven from
the top throughout.
24 They said therefore
among themselves, Let
us not rend it,but cast

lots for it, whose it
shali be: that the
scripture might be

fulfilled, which saith,
They parted my rai-
ment among them,and
for my vesture they
did cast lots. These
things therefore the
soldiers did.

25 Now there stood
by the cross of Jesus
his mother, and _ his
mother’s sister, Mary
the wife of Cleophas,
and Mary Magdalene,
26 When Jesus there-
fore saw his mother,
and the disciple stand-
ing by, whom he loy-
ed, he saith unto his
mother, Woman, be-
hold thy son ! 27 Then
saith heto the disciple,
Behold thy mother !
And from that hour
that disciple took her
unto his own :
28 After this, Jesus
knowing that all
things were now ac-
complished, that the
scripture might be ful-
filled, saith, I thirst.
29 Now there was set &
vessel full of vinegar :

and they filled a In

spunge with vinegar,
and put it upon hys-
sop, and put τέ to his
mouth. 30 When Je-
sus therefore had re-
ceived the vinegar, he
said, It is finished:and
he bowed his head, and
gave up the ghost.
31 The Jews therefore,
because it was the pre-
paration, that the bo-
dies should not remain
upon the cross on the
sabbath day, (for that
sabbath day was an
high day,) besought
Pilate that their legs
might be broken, and
that they might be ta-
ken away. 32 Then
came the soldiers, and
brake the legs of the
first, and of the other
which was crucified
with him. 33 But
when they came to Je-

™ ἄραφος TTrA.
[his]) [u)rrr[a].

¥ — οὖν LTTrAW.

therefore full of the vinegar, *hyssop LTTra.
σκευὴ ἦν placed after ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Tra.

IQANNHS. XIX.

μέρη. ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ μέρος, Kai τὸν χιτῶνα. ἦν. δὲ ὁ
parts, toeach soldier apart, and the tunic; but “was ‘the

χιτὼν “appagoc,' ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς δι ὅλου. 24 "εῖ-

*tunic seamless, from the top woven throughout, They
πον οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μὴ.σχίσωμεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ
said therefore to one another, Let us not rend it, but

λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ τίνος ἔσται. ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πλη-

let us cast lots for it whose it shall be; that the scripture might be
ρωθῇ σὴ λέγουσα," Διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά.μοι ἑαυτοῖς,
fulfilled which says, They divided my garments among them,
καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν.ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Οἱ μὲν οὖν
and for my vesture they cast a lot. The *therefore

στρατιῶται ταῦτα ἐποίησαν.
soldiers these things did,

25 Ἑἱστήκεισαν.δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡ.μητηρ.αὐ-
And stood by the cross of Jesus his mother,
TOU, Kai ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς.μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ, PMapia'! ἡ τοῦ
and the _ sister of his mother, Mary the [wife]
Κλωπᾶ, καὶ PMapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνή. 26 ᾿Ιησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν
of Clopas, and Mary the Magdalene. Jesus therefore seeing
THY μητέρα, Kai τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα ὃν ἠγάπα, λέγει
{his} mother, and the disciple standing by whom he loved, says
τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ," Tivat, "ἰδοὺ" ὁ.υἱός. σου. 27 Eira λέγει τῷ
to his mother, Woman, behold thy son. Then he says to the
μαθητῇ, *1d0d' ἡ-μήτηρισου. Kai am ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας

disciple, Behold thy mother, And from _ that our

ἔλαβεν "αὐτὴν ὁ μαθητὴς" εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 28 Μετὰ τοῦτο
3took *her ‘the disciple to his own [home]. After this,
ἰδ ‘ ©? ~ ¢ t ΄ no " ἐλ .“ Xr θ ~
ELOWC O Inoove OTL TAVTAYONHN TETEAEOTAL, LVA TEAELW Ώ

“knowing ‘Jesus that all things now have been finished, that might be fulfilled
ἡ γραφὴ λέγει, Διψῶ. 29 Σκεῦος οὖν" ἔκειτο ὄξους

the scripture he says, I thirst. A vessel therefore was set 7of *vinegar
coroy' “οἱ δὲ πλήσαντες σπόγγον ὄξους, Kai ὑσσώπῳ"

full, and they having filled asponge with vinegar, and Shyssop
περιθέντες προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ.στόματιι 80 ὅτε
‘having “put [510] οπ. they brought it to [his] mouth. When

οὖν ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" εἶπεν, Τετέλεσται: καὶ
therefore ?took “the *vinegar tJesus hesaid, It has been finished; and
κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα. 31 Οἱ
having bowed the head he yielded up [his] spirit. The
οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, Υ ἵνα = pypeivy ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ
“therefore 1 Jews, that might notremain on the cross the
σώματα ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, γἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν," ἦν.γὰ
bodies on the sabbath, because[the] preparation it was, (for *was
, « « , 22 ΄, i ~ 4 ? , ‘ a
μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα *eKELYOU TOU σαββάτου, ἠρώτησαν τὸν ὅΠι-
Sgreat Sday that ?sabbath,) requested Pi-

λάτον" ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, Kai ἀρθῶσιν.
late that *might *be *broken ‘their legs, and taken away.

32 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται, Kai τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν
Came therefore the soldiers, and ofthe first broke
τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ ὑσυσταυρωθέντος" αὐτῷ᾽ 33 ἐπὶ.δὲ
the legs and ofthe other who wascrucified with him; but to

4 εἶπαν T. ° — ἡ λέγουσα LT. Ρ Μαριὰμ τ. ᾳ -- αὐτοῦ (read
τ ἴδε GLTTrA. ® 6 μαθητὴς αὐτὴν GTrAW. τ ἤδη πάντα LTTrAW.
W σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ (--- τοῦ T) ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ (ὑσώπῳ 1) ἃ Sponge
χ [ὃ] tr; — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1. Υ ἐπεὶ παρα-

- ἐκείνη E. 5 Πειλᾶτον τ. » συνσταυρωθέντος LTTrA.

Wi, XX.

A ? ~ ? ,’ « 16 c > 4 nO {l θ ,
τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, we εἶδον “αὐτὸν ἤδη" τεθνηκότα,
Jesus haying come, when they saw he already was dead,
οὐκκατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη. 84 ἀλλ᾽ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν
they did not break his legs, but one of the soldiers
λόγχῃ αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ἔνυξεν, καὶ “εὐθὺς ἐξῆλθεν"
with a spear i side pierced, and immediately came out
αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ. 35 καὶ ὁ ἑωρακὼς μεμαρτύρηκεν, Kai
blood and _ water. And he who hasseen has borne witness, and
2 1 ? ~ ? « , ee ~ Ι id a aN θῇ
ἀληθινὴ αὐτου E0TLY 1) μαρτυρια, KAKELVOC OLOEY OTL αλῃθη
true *his 115 witness, and he knows that true
λέγει, ἵνα f ὑμεῖς πιστεύσητε." 86 ἐγένετο.γὰρ ταῦτα ἵνα
he says, that ye may believe. For *took *place these*things that
ἢ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, ᾿Οστοῦν.οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ.
the scripture might be fulfilled, Nota bone shall be broken of him.
37 καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγει, Ὄψονται εἰε ὃν
And again another scripture says, They shalllook on him whom
ἐξεκέντησαν.
they pierced.
38 Μετὰ. δὲ ταῦτα ἠρώτησεν τὸν "Πιλάτον" ὁ" ᾿Ιωσὴφ
And after these things asked Pilate Joseph
ΚΑΙ ) δῆ ΄ n 4 ~? ~ A , δὲ
ὁ" ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας. ὧν μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κεκρυμμέενος.ὃὲ
(from Arimathga, being a disciple of Jesus, but concealed
διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἵνα ἄρ τὸ σῶμα
through fear ofthe Jews,) that he might take away the body
τοῦ Ιησοῦ καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ 'TAdroe.' πιὖἦλθεν" οὖν καὶ
of Jesus: and ὅρατο “leave Pilate. He came therefore and
™hoev' οτὸ σῶμα" Prov Ἰησοῦ." 39 ἦλϑεν.δὲ καὶ Νικόδημος.
took away the body of Jesus. Andcame also Nicodemus,
ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς “τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν" νυκτὸς τὸ. πρῶτον. φέρων μίγμα
who came to Jesus by night at first, bearing a mixture
σμύρνης Kai ἀλόης ᾿ὡσεὶ" λίτρας ἑκατόν. 40 ἔλαβον οὖν
ofmyrrh and aloes about *pounds ‘a *hundred. They took therefore
TO σῶμα τοῦ 'Inoov, Kai ἔδησαν αὐτὸ " ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν
the body of Jesus, and bound it in linen cloths with the
ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν τοῖς ἐντα-
aromatics, as acustom is among the to prepare for
guage. 41 ἦν.δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος,
burial. Now there was in the place where he was crucified a garden.
καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἔν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἐτέθη.

JOHN.

Ἰουδαίοις
Jews

and in the garden a *tomb Inew, in which no one ever was laid.
42 ἐκεῖ οὖν διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὕτι
There therefore on account of the preparation of the Jews, because
ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν.
near was the tomb, they laid Jesus.
20 Τῇ δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων ‘Mapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ
But on the first [day] of the week Mary the Magdalene

ἔρχεται πρωϊ σκοτίας ETL οὔσης εἰς TO μνημεῖον, Kai βλέπει

comes early ‘dark ‘still 'it*being to the tomb, and sees
τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου. 2 τρέχει οὖν Kai
the stone taken away from the tomb. She runs therefore and

ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον μαθητὴν
comes to Simon Peter and to the other disciple

ς ἤδη αὐτὸν Tra. ἃ ἐξῆλθεν εὐθὺς TTA. © και ἐκεῖνος LTr.
ἔ πιστεύητε τ. i Πειλᾶτον T. i-— 6 LTTrAW.
m ἦλθον they came T. 0 ἦραντ. ° — τὸ σῶμα τ.

him 1. 4 αὐτὸν him btrtraw. τ ὡς GLTTrAW. 84 ἐν νυ.

305

sus, and saw that he
was dead already,they
brake not his legs:
34 but one of the soi-
diers with a s
pierced his side, and
forthwith came there
out blood and water.
35 And he that saw it
bare record, and his
record is true: and he
knoweth that he saith
true, that ye might be-
lieve. 36 For these
things were done, that
the scripture should be
fulfilled, A bone of him
shall not be broken.
37 And again another
scripture saith, They
shall look on him
whom they pierced.

38 And after this Jo-
seph of Arimathza, be-
ing a disciple of Jesus,
but secretly for fear of
the Jews, besought Pi-
late that hemight take
away the body of Je-
sus: and Pilate gave
him leave. He came
therefore, and took the
body of Jesus. 39 And
there came also Nico-
demus, which at the
first came to Jesus by
night, and brought a
mixture of myrrh and
aloes, about an hun-
dred pound weight.
40 Then took they the
body of Jesus, and
wound it in linen
clothes with the spices,
as the manner of the
Jewsis to bury. 41 Now
in the place where he
was crucified there
Was a garden; and in
the garden a new se-
pulchre, wherein was
never man yet laid.
42 There laid they Je-
sus therefore because
of the Jews’ prepara-
tion day; for the se-
pulchre was righ at
hand.

XX. The first day
of the week cometh
Mary Magdaleneearly,
when it was yet dark,
unto the sepulchre,and
seeth the stone taken
away from the sepul-
chre, 2Then sherun-
neth, and cometh te
Simon Peter, and te
the other disciple,

f + καὶ also GLTTrAW.
k— 6 LTrA.
Ρ αὐτοῦ οἵ him Lira ; αὐτόν
τ᾿ Μαριὰμ Τ.

1 Πειλᾶτος T.

x

306
whom Jesus loved, and
saith unto them, They

have taken away the
Lord out of the sepul-
chre, and we know not
where they have laid
him, 3 Peter there-
fore went forth, and
that other disciple,and
came to the sepulchre,
4 So they ran both to-
gether : and the other
disciple did outrun Pe-
ter, and came first to
the sepulchre. 5 And
he stooping down, and
looking in, saw the li-
nen clothes lying ; yet
went he notin. 6 Then
cometh Simon Peter
following him, and
went into the sepul-
chre, and seeth the li-
nen clothes lie, 7 and
the napkin, that was
about his head, not ly-
ing with the linen
clothes, but wrapped
together in a place by
itself. 8 Then went in
also that other disci-
ple, which came first to
the sepulchre, and he
saw, and _ believed.
9 For as yet they knew
not the scripture, that
he must rise again
from the dead. 10 Then
the disciples went a-
way again unto their
own home, 1] But
Mary stood without at
the sepulchre weeping:
and as she wept, she
stooped down, and
looked into the sepul-
chre, 12 and seeth two
angels in white sitting,
the one at the head,
and the other at the
feet, where the body
of Jesus had lain,
13 And they say unto
her, Woman, why
weepest thou? She
saith unto them, Be-
cause they have taken
away my Lord, and I
know not where they
have laid him. 14 And
when she had _ thus
said, she turned her-
self back, and saw Je-
sus standing,and knew
not that it was Jesus.
15 Jesus saith unto
her, Woman, why
weepest thou? whom
seekest thou? She,
supposing him to be
the gardener, saith un-
to him, Sir, if thou
have borne him hence,
tell me where thou
hast laid him, and I
will take him away.

IQANNH®. XX.

“ ᾽ A co ~ ‘ , > ~ - 4A ’

ὃ» ἐφίλει ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἫΗραν τὸν κύριον
whom “loved 1Jesus, and says tothem, They tookaway the Lord

ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκιοἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν.
out οὗ the tomb, and weknownot where they laid him,
9 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής, Kai ἤρχοντο
*Went “ΤΟΥ ἢ therefore *Peter and the other disciple, and came

? 4 - 4 » δὲ « δύ « as. v ‘ cil AN :
εις TO μνημειον.- ἐτρέχον. οι OVO ομου καὶ O' a4 ος
to the tomb. And?ran ‘the *two together, andthe other
μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, καὶ ἦλθεν πρῶτος
disciple ran forward faster than Peter, and came first

᾽ 4 ~ 5 4 U λέ w , " 50 , i]
εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 5 καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει “κείμενα τὰ dO6ma,
to the tomb, and stooping down he sees lying the linencloths;
? , a is » x , , >
οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. 6 ἔρχεται οὖν * Σίμων ἹΠέτρος ἀκολου-
*not “however *he *entered. Comes then Simon Peter follow-
θῶν αὐτῷ, Kai εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, Kai θεωρεῖ τὰ
ing him, and entered into the tomb, and sees the
? , , ‘ a , “ ? ‘ ~ ~
ὀθόνια κείμενα, 7 Kai τὸ covdapioy ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς
linencloths lying, and the handkerchief which was upon “head
αὐτοῦ, ob μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐν-
this, not with the linen cloths lying, but “by “itself

τετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον. 8 τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ
‘folded *up *inureca place, Then therefore entered also the

ἄλλος μαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν
other disciple who came first to the tomb, and saw
καὶ ἐπίστευσεν: 9 οὐδέπω. γὰρ ἤδεισαν τὴν γραφήν, Ort
and believed ; for not yet knew they the _ scripture, that

δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 10 ἀπῆλθον
it behoves him from Δ Πρ [{Π6] dead to rise. Went away

οὖν πάλιν πρὸς Yéeavrovc' οἱ μαθηταί. 11 *Mapia'6é

therefore again to their {home]the disciples. But Mary
εἱστήκει πρὸς “rd μνημεῖον" *Kdaiovoa ἔξω." we οὖν
stood at the tomb 2weeping ‘outside. As therefore

ἔκλαιεν, παρέκυψεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 12 καὶ θεωρεῖ δύο ay-
she wept, she stooped down into the tomb, and beholds two an-
γέλους ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους, Eva πρὸς TY κεφαλῇ Kai ἕνα
gels in white sitting, one at the head and one
πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὕπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 18 “καὶ!
αὖ the feet, where was laid the body of Jesus. And
λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι, Γύναι, τί κλαίεις; Λέγει αὐτοῖς,
“say °to*her ‘they, Woman, why weepest thou? Shesays to them,
“Ort ἦραν τὸν κύριόν.μου, Kai οὐκιοῖδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν
Because they took away my Lord, and I know not where they laid
αὐτόν. 14 “Καὶ! ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς.τὰ. ὀπίσω, Kai
him. And these things having said she turned backward, and
θεωρεῖ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα' καὶ odK-yder ὅτι “ὁ' ᾿Τησοῦς ἐστιν.
beholds Jesus standing, and knew not that Jesus it is.
15 λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Γύναι, ri κλαίεις; τίνα ζητεῖς ;
"Says “to *her 1Jesus, Woman, why weepest thou? Whom seekest thou?
’Exeivn δοκοῦσα bre ὁ κηπουρός ἐστιν, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εἰ
She thinking thatthe gardener it is, says to him, Sir, if
σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ [αὐτὸν ἔθηκας" κἀγὼ
thou didst carry off him, tell me where him _ thoudidst lay, andI

I6Jesussaith untoher, αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ ξὸ" Ἰησοῦς, "Μαρία." Στρα-
Mary. Sheturnedher- him will take away. *Says “to ‘her ‘Jesus, Mary. Turn-
W τὰ ὀθόνια κείμενα L. * καὶ also Tra. Υ αὐτοὺς TTr. * Μαριάμ τ.

vo δὲ 1,

27 μνημείῳ GLITYAW.
* — 6 LTTraw.

© — 9 GLTTrAW.

ς — καὶ τ. d --- καὶ GLTTrAW.
&§—OLTTrA. © Μαριάμ TTrA,

Ὁ ἔξω κλαίονσα ΤΊΤΑ ; — ἔξω L.
f ἔθηκας αὐτόν GLTTrAW.

JOHN.

φεῖσα ἐκείνη λέγει adTyp', ‘PaBBovri' ὃ. λέγεται, διδάσκαλε.

ing round she says to him, Rabboni, that is to say, Teacher.

17 λέγει αὐτῇ "ὸ' ᾿Ιησοῦς, Μή pov ἅπτου, οὔπω.γὰρ ἀναβέ-
*Says *to ther 1Jesus, 7Not “me ‘touch, for not yet have I

βηκα πρὸς rov.raréipa.wou'' πορεύου.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς

ascended tc my Father ; but go to *brethren

XX.

pou, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.μου Kai
my, and say tothem, I ascend to my Father and
πατέρα.ὑμῶν, καὶ τωρ: καὶ θεὸνὑμῶν. 18 Ἔρχεται
your Father, and my God and your God. *Comes

™Mapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ "ἀπαγγέλλουσα" τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὅτι
‘Mary *the *Magdalene bringing word tothe disciples
οἑώρακεν᾽ TOY κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ. 19 Οὔσης οὖν
she hasseen the Lord, and these thingshesaid toher. It being therefore
ὀψίας τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, τῇ pig τῶν" σαββάτων, Kai τῶν
evening on that day, the first (day) of the week, and the
θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὕπου ἦσαν ot μαθηταὶ συνηγμένοι," διὰ
doors having been shut where “were ‘the “disciples assembled, through
τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἦλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ

fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the
, ‘ Ul ? ~ Binal Rapes ‘ ~ > ‘
μέσον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 20 Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν
midst, and says tothem, Peace toyou. And this having said

ἔδειξεν ταὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας Kai THY πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ." ἐχάρη-
he shewed tothem the hands and the side of himself. “*Rejoiced
σαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον. 21 εἶπεν οὖν
*therefore ‘the “disciples having seen the Lord, 3Said *therefore
αὐτοῖς "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν: καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν
*to “them ‘Jesus again, Peace toyou: as Shas *sent °forth
ἐξ ὁ πατήρ, ἘΠ πέμπω ὑμᾶς. 22 Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν
6 ᾿ἴπ9 Εαύμου, I also send you. And this haying said
ἐνεφύσησεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον.
hebreathedinto(them],and says tothem, Receive [the] “Spirit 1Holy:

23 ‘ay! τινων ἀφῆτε τὰς ἁμαρτίας, "ἀφίενται" αὐτοῖς"
of whomsoever ye may remit the sins, they are remitted to them ;
ἰἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται. 24 Θωμᾶς δέ, εἷς ἐκ

of whomsoever ye may retain, they have been retained. But Thomas, one of

τῶν δώδεκα ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, οὐκιἣν per αὐτῶν ὕτε
the twelve called Didymus, wasnot with them when
ἦλθεν πὸ! ᾿Ιησοῦς. 25 ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ ot ἄλλοι μαθηταί,
7came ‘Jesus. 4Said *therefore *tohim'the “other “disciples,
t /, 4 ΄ t 4 ? ~ ᾽ A ‘ » ᾽

Ἑωράκαμεν τὸν κύριον. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ ἴδω ἐν
We have seen the Lord. But he said tothem, Unless [866 in
ταῖς. χερσὶν. αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον THY ἥλων, Kai βάλω "τὸν δάκτυ-

his hands the mark ofthe nails, and put “finger
λόν pou" εἰς τὸν YréTroy'! τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω *rijy.xEipa_pov'
my into the mark ofthe nails, and put my hand

εἰς τὴν.πλευρὰν.αὐτοῦ, οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσω. 26 Kai μεθ’ ἡμέρας
into his side, not at all will I believe. And after “*days

ὀκτὼ πάλιν ἦσαν tow οἱ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, Kai Θωμᾶς per’
‘eight again were *within this *disciples, and Thomas with
αὐτῶν. ἔρχεται ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, καὶ ἔστη
them. Comes Jesus, the doors having been shut, and stood

k — 6 LTTrA.

i + ‘Efpaioré in Hebrew [u]rtra.
° ἑώρακα I have seen TTra.

τὰ Μαριὰμ, TTrA. Ὁ ἀγγέλλουσα LTTrA.
4 — συνηγμένοι LTTrA,
Ἰησοῦς (read he said) τα Α].
ν — 6 LTTra. x μου Tov δάκτυλον T.

t »»"
εαν L,
Υ τόπον place LT.

τ καὶ (--- καὶ Τ) τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς LTTrA.

χείρας καὶ τὴ ρ Σ
Υ ἀφέωνται they have been remitted xrtr.
τ μον THY χεῖρα TTrA,

907

self, and saith unto
him, Rabboni ; which
is to say, Master. 17Je-
sus saith unto her,
Touch me not; for I am
not yet ascended to
my Father: but go to
my brethren, and say
unto them, [ ascend
unto my Father, and
your Father; and to
my God,and your God.
18 Mary Magdalene
came and told the
disciples that she had
seen the Lord, and
that he had spoken
these things unto her.
19 Then the same day
at evening, being the
first day of the week,
when the doors were
shut where the disci-
ples were assembled
for fear of the Jews
came Jesus and stood
in the midst, and saith
unto them, Peace be
unto you. 20 And
when he had sosaid, he
shewed unto them his
hands and his side,
Then were the disci-
ples glad, when they
saw the Lord. 21 Then
said Jesus to them a-
gain, Peace be unto

ou: as my Father

ath sentme, even so
send I you, 22 And
when he had said this,
he breathed on them,
and saith unto them,
Receive ye the Holy
Ghost: 23 whose soever
sins ye remit, they are
remitted unto them;
and whose soever 8ins
ye retain, they are re-
tained. 24But Thomas,
one of the twelve,call-
ed Didymus, was not
with them when Jesus
came. 25 The other
disciples therefore said
unto him, We have
seen the Lord. But he
said unto them, Except
I shall see in his hands
the print of the nails,
and put my finger into
the print of the nails,
and thrust my hand
into his side,I will not
believe. 26And after
eight days again his
disciples were within,
and Thomas with
them: then came Je-
sus, the doors being
shut, and stood in the

1 — μου (read the Father) [n]rtra.

P — τῶν LITrAW.
ε-- ὁ

908
midst, and snid, Peace
be unto you. 27 Then

saith he to Thomas,
Reach hither thy fin-
ger, and behold my
hands ; and reach hi-
ther thy hand, and
thrust it into my side:
and be not faithless
but believing. 28 And
Thomas answered and
said unto him, M
Lord and my God,
29 Jesus saith unto
him, Thomas, because
thou hast seen me,
thou hast believed :
blessed are thoy that
have not seen, and yet
have believed.

30 And many other
signs truly did Jesus
in the presence of his
disciples, which are
not written in this
book: %1 but these are
written, that yemight
believe that Jesus is
the Christ, the Son of
God ; and that believ-
ing ye might have life
through his name,

XXI. After these
things Jesus shewed
himself again to the
disciples at the sea of
Tiberias ; and on this
wise shewed he him-
self. 2 There were to-
gether Simon Peter,
and Thomas called Di-
dymus, and Nathanael
of Cana in Galilee, and
the sons of Zebedee,
and two other of his
disciples. 3 Simon
Peter saith unto them,
I go a fishing. ‘They
say unto him, We also
go with thee. They
went forth, and en-
tered into a ship im-
mediately; and that
night they caught no-
thing, 4 But when the
morning was now
come, Jesus stood on
the shore: but the dis-
ciples knew not that
it was Jesus. 5 Then
Jesus saith unto them,
Children, have ye any
meat ? ‘They answered
him, No, 6 And he
said unto them, Cast
the net on the right
side of the ship, and

TQANNH&. XX, XXI.
εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ εἶπεν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 27 Εἶτα λέγει τῷ Θωμᾷ,

in the midst and said, Peace to you. Then he says to Thomas,

Φέρε τὸν. δάκτυλόν.σου ὧδε, Kai ἴδε Tag-xeipacg.pou' Kai

Bring thy finger here, and = see my hands; and

φέρε τὴν.χεϊρά.σου, Kai βάλε εἰς τὴνιπλευράμιμον: καὶ

bring thy hand, and put Sit] into my side; and

μὴ.γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός. 28 "Καὶ! ἀπεκρίθη oll
be not unbelieving, but believing. And answered

Θωμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὁ.κύριός. μου καὶ ὁ.θεός. μου. 29 Λέγει
1Thomas and said ἴο him, My Lor and my God. *Says

αὐτῷ “ὁ" Τησοῦς, “Ore ἑώρακάς με, Ἰθωμᾶ," πεπίστευκας"

®to *him ‘Jesus, Because thou hast seen me, Thomas, thou hast believed :
μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες.
blessed they who have not seen and _ have believed.
30 Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἴη-
Many ‘therefore *also ‘other signs did Jo-
σοῦς ἐνώπιον τῶν. μαθητῶν. “αὐτοῦ, ἃ obx.orw yeypap-
sus in presence of his disciples, which are not written
/ ᾽ ~ ‘ , ~ “ “
μένα ἐν τῷ. βιβλίῳ. τούτῳ. 91 ταῦτα.δὲ γέγραπται ἵνα
in this book ; but these have been written that

f y Sep 86". ’Incove ὁ ‘ dc. ὁ vie ᾿
πιστεύσητε! ort 80" Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ

ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ the Son
θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα πιστεύοντες ζωὴν " ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι
of God, and that believing life ye may have in *name
αὐτοῦ.

‘his.

Q1 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν ἰὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς"

After these things “manifested *himself “again 1Jesus

τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος" ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ

tothe disciples αὖ the sen of Tiberias, And he manifested
u“ ᾿ ς ΐ΄ « ~ 7 A ‘ ~ «
οὕτως" ὦ ἦσαν ὁμοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ Θωμᾶς ὃ

{himself} thus: There were together Simon Peter, and ‘Thomas

λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, Kai Ναθαναὴλ ὁ ἀπὸ Κανᾶ τῆς Vare-

called Didymus, and Nathanael from Cana of Gali-
Aaiac, Kai οἱ τοῦ LeBedaiov, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
lee, and the (sons) of Zebedee, and “others *of *disciples
αὐτοῦ δύο. 8 λέγει αὐτοῖς Σίμων Πέτρος, Ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν.

*his 1thwo, "Says “to'’them “Simon ‘7Peter, I go to fish.
Aéyovow αὐτῷ, ᾿Ερχόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς σὺν σοί. k READY
They say to him, *Come “also ‘we with thee, They went forth

EE ll sf 4 Me} Mic, |! ae Leet Ὁ
καὶ Ἰἀνεέβησαν" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον "εὐθύς," καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ
and went up into the ship immediately, and during that

AT et / ἠδέ A δὲ » n la | ” Of ll
νυκτὶ ἐπίασαν οὐδὲν. 4 πρωΐας. δὲ ἤδη "γενομένης" ἔστη “ὁ
night they took nothing. And morning already being come “stood
, ~ p ΜΙ , pas ’ , ” « ν τ΄
Ιησοῦς Pete! τὸν αἰγιαλόν" οὐ μέντοι δεισαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ore

1 Jesus on the shore ; ‘not “however ‘knew ‘the “disciples that
Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. ὃ λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Tlasdia,
Jesus it is. “Says *therefore *to °them ‘Jesus, Little children,
μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Ov. 6 "Ὁ. δὲ

any food have ye? ‘They answered him, No. And he

εἴπεν" αὐτοῖς, Βάλετε εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη τοῦ πλοίου τὸ δίκτυον,
said tothem, Cast to the right side ofthe ship the net,

er ΄΄ῤῦὖῦὋΦΔᾧΦΨ'Ζίο͵᾿,υἝοἝ“5-΄-΄ΦὋΦἔὋορΎ:οάο““..... ΄-ἷἴἵἷ΄ἷς:.ς.

® — καὶ GLITrAW.

(read the disciples) irra.
' — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he manifested) a; — ὃ TTr.
το — εὐθύς αὐτιὰ.
᾿Ιησοῦς Tr ;

GLTTrAW.
4 [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς} 1; [ὁ]

b — 6 @LTLTrAW.
! πιστεύητε 1.

© [Ὁ] Tr. 4 — Θωμᾶ GLTTrAW. © — αὐτοῦ
αὶ --α ὃ ΘΙ γα, Β + [αἰώνιον] eternal L.

k + [καὶ] and L. 1 ἐνέβησαν entered
ἃ γινομένης breaking Trrw. ° — OLTTrA, P ἐπὶ La.

-- OTA. τ λέγει he says @.

XXI. JOHN.

καὶ εὑρήσετε. Ἔβαλον οὖν, καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι" αὐτὸ ἑλκῦσαι
and yeshall find. They cast therefore, and no longer it to draw
ἴσχυσαν! ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἰχθύων. 7 λέγει οὖν

were they able from the multitude ofthe fishes. Says therefore
ὁ. μαθητὴς. ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὋὉ κύριός
that disciple whom “loved ‘Jesus to Peter, The Lord
ἐστιν. Σίμων οὖν Tlétpoc, ἀκούσας Ori ὁ κύριός ἐστιν,
it is. Simon therefore ‘Peter, having heard that the Lord it is,
τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο: ἦν.γὰρ γυμνός: Kai ἔβαλεν
Chis) upper garment he girdedon, for he was naked, and cast
ἑαυτὸν sic τὴν θάλασσαν. ὃ οἱ. δὲ ἄλλοι μαθηταὶ τῷ
himself into the sea, Andthe other disciples in the
πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον" οὐ.γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, “ἀλλ᾽

small ship came, for not were they far from the land, but
ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων, σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον τῶν
somewhere about *cubits ‘two *hundred, dragging the net

? , « + ρων ? ι - ,
ἰχθύων. 9 ‘Qc οὖν ἀπέβησαν εἰς τὴν γῆν βλέπουσιν
of fishes. When therefore they wentup on the land they see
ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην καὶ ow ἐρίου ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον.
a fire of coals lying and fis’ lying on {it],and bread.
10 λέγει αὐτοῖς τὸ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Evéiyxare ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὧν

7Says *to *them 1Jesus, Bring of the fishes which
ἐπιάσατε νῦν. 11 ’AvéBn* Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ εἵλκυσεν τὸ
yetook just now. Went up Simon Peter, and drew the
δίκτυον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς," μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων" ἑκατὸν
net to the land, full of *fishes Marge a hundred [and]
"πεντηκοντατριῶν '' Kai τοσούτων ὄντων οὐκ.ἐσχίσθη TO
fifty three ; and(though] somany there were was notrent the
δίκτυον. 12 Λέγει αὐτοῖς 6 ᾿Ιησοῦς, Δεῦτε ἀριστήσατε.
net, 7Says *to *them 1Jesus, Come ye, dine.

οὐδεὶς “δὲ ἐτόλμα τῶν μαθητῶν ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς

But none ‘ventured ‘of*the “disciples to ask him, *Thou 'who
el; εἰδότες Ore ὁ κύριός tor’ 18 ἔρχεται δοὖν ὁ" Ἰησοῦς
?art? knowing that the Lord it is. “Comes “therefore 1Jesus

καὶ λαμβάνει τὸν ἄρτον καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ὀψάριον
and takes the bread and _ gives tothem, and the fish
ὁμοίως. 14 τοῦτο ἤδη τρίτον ἐφανερώθη “ὁ Ἰησοῦς
in like manner. This [is] now the third time *was *manifested 1Jesus
τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.ἰαὐτοῦ) ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν.
to his disciples having been raised from among [the] dead.
1ὅ Ὅτε οὖ» ἠρίστησαν, λέγει τῷ Σίμωνι Πέτρῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς,

When therefore they had dined, *says Sto *Simon ‘Peter Jesus,

Σίμων Ἰωνᾶ, ἀγαπᾷς με "πλεῖον" τούτων ; Λέγει αὐτῷ,
Simon [son] of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? Hesays to him,

" , ~ , ? ~
Nat, κύριε' σὺ οἶδας ὅτι AG σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ,

Lord; thou knowest that I have affection for thee. Hesays to him,
΄ ~ , , ,

Βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία.μου. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ πάλιν δεύτερον, Σίμων

Feed my lambs. Hesays tohim again asecondtime, Simon

Blwva," ἀγαπᾷς pe; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai κύριε σὺ οἶδας

{son} of Jonas, lovest thou me? Hesays tohim, Yea, Lord; thou knowest

Yea,

~ ~ , ,
ore φιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Ποίμαινε τὰ Ἰπρόβατά!
that I have affection for thee. Hesays tohim, Shepherd 4sheep

SouxéreGLTW. ¢ ioxvov LTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ τττα. * [Ὁ] Tr.

: μεγάλων ἰχθύων L.
4 ροὗνα; — οὖν ὃ LTTrA.
8. Ἰωάνου John itr; ᾿Ιωάννον TA.

Υ εἰς τὴν γῆν LTTrA.
¢ — δὲ but [TrJa.
disciples) Lrtraw.
little sheep T.

e€ — 6 LTTrA.

5 πεντήκοντα τριῶν LTTr.

h πλέον LTTrA.

309

ye shall find. They
cast therefore,and now
they were not able to
draw it for the multi-
tude of fishes. 7 There-
fore that disciple
whom Jesus loved
saith unto Peter, It is
the Lord. Now when
Simon Peter heard
that it was the Lord.
he girt his fisher’s
coat unto him, (for he
was naked,) and did
cast himself into the
sea. 8 And the other
disciples came in a lit~
tle ship; (for they
were not far from
land, but as it were
two hundred cubits.)
dragging the net with
fishes. -9 As soon then
as they were come to
land, they saw a fire
of coals there, and fish
laid thereon, and
bread. 10 Jesus saith
unto them, Bring of
the fish which ye have
now caught. 11 Simon
Peter went up, and
drew the net to land
full of great fishes, an
hundred and fifty and
three: and for all there
were so many, yet was
not the net broken.
12 Jesus saith unte
them, Come and dine.
And none of the disci-
ples durst ask him,
Who art thou? know-
ing that it was the

Lord. 13 Jesus then
cometh, and taketh
bread, and _ giveth

them, and fish like-
wise. 14 This is now
the third time that
Jesus shewed himself
to his disciples, after
that he was risen from
the dead. 15 So when
they had dined, Jesus
saith to Simon Peter,
Simon, son of Jonas,
lovest thou me more
thanthese? He saith
unto him, Yea, Lord ;
thou knowest that I
love thee. He saith
unto him, Feed my
lambs. 16 He saith to
him again the second
time, Simon, sen of
Jonas, lovest thou me?
He saith unto him, Yea,
Lord ; thou knowest
that I love thee. He
saith unto him, Feed
my sheep. 17 He saith

x + οὖν therefore Tra.

Ὁ [ὃ] tr.
f — αὐτοῦ (read the
i προβάτιά

910

unto him the third
time, Simon, son o
Jonas, lovest thoume?
Peter was grieved be-
cause he said unto him
the third time, Lovest
thou me? And hesaid
unto him, Lord, thou
knowest all things ;
thou knowest that 1
love thee. Jesussaith
unto him, Feed my
sheep. 18 Verily, ve-
rily, I say unto thee,
When thou wast
young, thou girdedst
thyself, and walkedst
whither thou would-
est: but when thou
shalt be old, thou
shalt stretch forth thy
hands, and another
shall gird thee, and
earry thee whither
thou wouldest not.
19 This spake he, sig-
ifying by what death
he should glorify God.
And when he had spo-
Ken this, he saith un-
to him, Follow me.
20 Then Peter, turning
about, seeth the disci-
ple whom Jesus loved
following ; which also
leaned on his breast at
supper, and said,Lord,
which is he that be-
trayeth thee? 21 Pe-
ter seeing him saith
to Jesus, Lord, and
what shall this man
do? 22 Jesus saith
unto him, If I will
that he tarry till I
come, what is that to
thee? follow thou me.
23 Then went this say-
ing abroad among the
brethren, that that
disciple should not
die: yet Jesus said not
unto him, He shall not
die ; but, If I will that
he tarry till I come,
what is that to thee?

24 This is the disci-
ple which testifieth
of these things, and
wrote these things:
and we know that his

testimony is true.
25 And there are also
many other things

which Jesus did, the
which, if they should
be written every one,
I suppose that even
the world itself could
not contain the books
that should be writ-
ten, Amen.

k Ἰωάνον John Ltr ; "Iwavvov TA.
LTTra ; — Ἰησοῦς (read he says) T[Tr].
s— δὲ but Lrtraw.

r + [σε] thee τ΄.

τ οὗτος ὃ λόγος LTTrA.
ἢ μαρτυρία ἐστίν ΤΊτΑ,

ξ- ᾿Αμήν GLTrA.

f pet

IQANNH®S. XXI

17 Λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, Σίμων "Ιωνᾶ." φι-
He says tohim the thirdtime, Simon [50Π} of Jonas, hast thou
λεῖς με; ἘἙλυπήθη ὁ Πέτρος ὅτι εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ
affection for me? ὌὙγ845 “grieved *Peter because hesaid tohim the
τρίτον, Φιλεῖς με; ἱκαὶ" τιεῖπεν" αὐτῷ, Κύριε, "od
third time, Hast thouaffection forme? and said tohim, Lord, thou
πάντα" oldacg’ σὺ γινώσκεις Ort Aw σε. Λέγει
all things knowest; thou knowest that I have affectionfor thee. “Says
αὐτῷ °0 Inoove,' Βόσκε rarpdBara'.pov. 18 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν
3to *him Jesus, Feed my sheep, Verily verily
λέγω ool, OTE To νεώτερος ἐζώννυες σεαυτόν, Kai
Isay tothee, When thou wast younger thou girdedst thyself, and
περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες ὕταν. δὲ γηράσῃς ἐκ-
walkedst where thou didst desire; but when thou shalt be old thou shalt
τενεῖς ταὰς.χεῖράς.σου, Kai ἄλλος σε ζώσει," Kai οἴσει *
stretch forth thy hands, and another thee shall gird, and bring [thee]

ὕπου οὐ. θέλεις. 19 Τοῦτο.δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ
where thou dost not desire. But this he said signifying by what
θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν λέγει αὐτῷ,
death heshould glorify God. And this having said he says to him,
᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 20 ᾿Επιστραφεὶς." δὲ! ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν
Follow me, But having turned Peter sees the
μαθητὴν ὃν ΠΣ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀκολουθοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν
disciple whom “loved 1 Jesus following, who also. reclined
ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ. στῆθος. αὐτοῦ Kai εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν
at the supper on his breast and said, Lord, who ἰδ

ὁ παραδιδούς σε; 21 Τοῦτον ' ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ 'In-

who is delivering up thee? *Him seeing Peter says to Je-
σοῦ, Κύριε, otroc.dé τί; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν
sus, Lord, but ofthis one what; Says “to *him iJesus, If
αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρός σε; σὺ
Shim I *desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee? Thou
γἀκολούθει μοι. 23 Ἔξῆλθεν οὖν τὸ. λόγος οὗτος" εἰς
‘follow me. Went out therefore this word among

τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ὅτι ὁ.μαθητὴς.ἐκεῖνος οὐκ-ἀποθνήσκει: “καὶ
the brethren, That that disciple does not die, However

οὐκ εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει: ἀλλ᾽, Ἐὰν

ϑηοῦ 7said ‘to *him 1Jesus, That he does notdie; but, If
αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, Fri πρός σε"
Shim ‘I 7desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee?

24 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων,

This the disciple who bears witness concerning these things,
Zz ,ὔ ~ 4 4 10 e ir 07 δ᾽ «
γράψας ταῦτα καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθής “ἐστιν ἡ
and[who] wrote these things: and weknow that true is
paprupia.airov.' 25 Yéorw.dé καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ “doa!
his witness. And there are also *other*things *many whatsoever
ἐποίησεν ὁ Inoove, ἅτινα ἐὰν ράφηται καθ᾽ ἕν, δΔοὐδὲ'
*did 1Jesus, which if theyshould be written oneby one, ὁποῦ *even
αὐτὸν olpat τὸν κόσμον “χωρῆσαι! τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία.

is

καὶ

Titself Ὁ ΞΌΡΡοβθ *the ‘world wouldcontain the “written *books.
ΕΑ μήν." li g
Amen.
[καὶ]. ™Aéyersay8T. πάντα oULTTrA. 9 --- ὃ

P προβάτιά little sheep TTra. 4 ζώσει σε Tra,
t + οὖν therefore LTTrA. ὑ μοι ἀκολούθει LTTrAW.
χ οὐκ εἶπεν δὲ Tr. Y—timposoeT. *%*+ Owhoura). * αὐτοῦ

5 — yerse25t. ¢awhichutra. ἃ οὐδ᾽ Ltra. & χωρήσειν Tr.
& + κατὰ ᾿Ιωάνην (Ἰωάννην A) according to John tra.

ΠΡΑΞΕῚΣ "TON ΑΓΊΩΝ! ‘ATMOSTOAQN,"

ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES,

TON μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ
The “indeed ‘first 7account I made concerning allthings, O

Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο δ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ποιεῖν.τε καὶ διδάσκειν,

Theophilus, which *began 1Jesus bothtodo and to teach,
2 ἄχρι ἧς-.ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ
until the day in which, having given command δύο *the ‘apostles 1by

πνεύματος ἁγίου ove ἐξελέξατο, *avehyngOn." 8. οἷς
(*the] “βρισιῦ ΞΉΟΙΥ whom he chose, he wastakenup: to whom
καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ.παθεῖν.αὐτόν, ἐν
also he presented himself living after he had suffered, with
πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι ἡμερῶν 'reccapdKoyvra' ὀπτανόμενος
many proofs, during 7days lforty being seen
αὐτοῖς, Kai λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ.
by them, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God:
4 καὶ συναλιζόμενος πιπαρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς" ἀπὸ ‘Iepo-
and being assembled with [him] he charged them from Jeru-
σολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν THY ἐπαγγελίαν
salem not to depart, but to await the promise
τοῦ πατρός, ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου" ὅ ὕτι "Ἰωάννης" μὲν
of the Father, which (said he] ye heard of me, For John indeed
ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς.δὲ “βαπτισθήσεσθε tv πνεύμα-
baptized with water, butye shall be baptized with[the] Spirit
τι" ἁγίῳ ov μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. Θ Οἱ μὲν οὖν
ἸΉΟΙΥ “ποὺ “after many days. They indeed therefore
συνελθόντες = Péernowrwy' αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, εἰ ἐν
having come together asked him, saying, Lord, Sat
τῷ-χρόνῳ.τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις THY βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ:

*this °time 1restorest *thou the kingdom to Israel ?
7 Εἶπεν. “δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς. Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους

And he said to them, SNot *yours 7it“is to know times
ἢ καιροὺς οὺς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῷ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. 8 ἀλλὰ
or seasons whichthe Father placed in hisown authority; but
yw θ i δύ 7 λθό ~ ε ΄ , ? ?

ἡψεσθεῖ δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ae) πνεύματος ἐφ
ye willreceive power, *having °come ‘the oly *Spirit upon

ὑμᾶς, Kai ἔσεσθε "por μάρτυρες ἔν τε ‘Iepovoadrp καὶ ‘ev!

you, and yeshallbe tome witnesses bothin Jerusalem and in
πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ “Σαμαρείᾳ! καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου
811 Judza and Samaria and to [the] uttermost part
τῆς γῆς. 9 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν
of the earth. And these things having said, “beholding [Shim] ‘they
? £: A , « , ᾽ A ? 4 ~ ? ~
ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν
he was taken up,and acloud withdrew him from 7eyes
αὐτῶν.
‘their.
10 Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πο ευομένου

And as *looking ‘intently ‘they*wereintothe heaven as 7was

going

Ὁ — ἁγίων G; — τῶν ἁγίων (read of [the]) LtTraw.
© ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. ! τεσσεράκοντα LTTra.
© ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε LTTrA,

Ρ ἠρώτων LTTrA.
LTTrA. Ss nov of me LTTraw.

t — ἐν L[tra]. Y— THA.

i — ἀποστόλων T.
™ αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν AW.
a — δὲ and rr.
τ Σαμαρίᾳ T.

THE former treatise
have I made, O Theoe
philus, of all that
Jesus began both to
do ard teach, 2 until
the day in which he
Was taken up, after
that he through the
Holy Ghost had given
commandments unto
the apostles whom he
had chosen: 3 to whom
also he shewed himseif
alive after his pas-
sion by many infalli-
ble proofs, being seen
of them forty days,
and speaking of the
things pertaining to
the kingdom of God:
4 and, being assem-
bled together with
them, commanded
them that they should
not depart from Jeru-
salem, but wait for
the promise of the Fa-
ther, which, saith he,
ye have heard of me.
5 For John truly bap-
tized with water ; but
ye shall be baptized
with the Holy Ghost
not many days hence,
6 When they therefore
were come together,
they asked of him,
saying, Lord, wilt
thou at this time re-
store again the king.
dom toIsrael? 7 And
he said unto them, It
is not for you to know
the times or the sea-
sons, which the Father
hath put in his own
power. 8 But yeshail
receive power, after
that the Holy Ghost is
come upon you: and
ye shall be witnesses
unto me both in Jeru-
salem, and in all Ju-
da, and in Samaria,
and unto the utter-
most part of the
earth. 9 And whenhe
had spoken these
things, while they be-
held, he was taken up;
and a cloud received
him out of their sight.

10 And while they
looked stedfastly to-
ward heaven as he

j — ὃ LTraw,
2 Ἰωάνης Tr.
τ λήμψεσθε

912

went up, behold, two
men stood by them in
white apparel; llwhich
also said, Ye men of
Galilee, why stand ye
gazing up into heaven?
this same Jesus,which
is taken up from you
into heaven, shall so
come in like manner
as ye have seen him go
into heaven. 12 Then
returned they unto Je-
rusalem from _ the
mount called Olivet,
which is from Jerusa-
jem a sabbath day’s
journey. 13 And when
they were come in,
they went up into an
upper room, where
abode both Peter, and
James, and John, and
Andrew, Philip, and
Thomas, Bartholo-
mew, and Matthew,
James the son of Al-
pheeus, and Simon Ze-
totes, and Judas the
brother of James.
14 These all continued
with one accord in
prayer and supplica-
tion, with the women,
and Mary the mother
of Jesus, and with his
brethren.

15 And in those days
Peter stood up in the
midst of the disciples,
and said, (the number
of names. together
were about an hun-
dred and _ twenty,)
16 Men and brethren,
this scripture must
needs have been ful-
filled, which the Holy
Ghost by the mouth
of David spake before
eoncerning Judas,
which was guide to
them that took Jesus,
17 For he wasnumber-
ed with us, and had
obtained part of this
ministry. 18 Now this
man purchased a field
with the reward of
iniquity ; and falling

TIPAZEIS. I.
> ~ ‘ ᾽ 4 ” , , > ~ > > ~
αὐτοῦ, Kai ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἔν “ἐσθῆτι

the, ‘also*behold 7men “two stood by them in “apparel
λευκῇ," 11 ot καὶ Yeizor,"”Avdpeg Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε τὲἐμ-
1white, who also said, Men Galileans, why doyestand look-
βλέποντες" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ; οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὁ "ἀναληφθεὶς"
i into the heaven? This Jesus who was taken up
εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν.τρόπον
into the heaven thus will come in the manner

> 3 ? A , 7 a ᾽ , ,
ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 12 Τότε
ye beheld him going into the heaven. Then

ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ‘lepovcadynp ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου
they returned to Jerusalem from [the] mount called
ἐλαιῶνος, 8 ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον
of Olives, which is near Jerusalem, 38. *sabbath’s ‘being *distant
ὁδόν. 18 Kai Ore εἰσῆλθον ϑάνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον,"
journey. And when they had entered they went up to the upper chamber,
οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες ὕ.τε.Πέτρος καὶ “Ι,άκωβος καὶ Ιωάν-

where were staying both Peter and James and John
νης" καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ
and Andrew, e Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and
ἀματθαῖος," ᾿Ιάκωβος ᾿Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτής,
Matthew, James fson]of Alpheus and Simon the Zealot,
καὶ ᾿Ιούδας ἸΙακώβου. 14 οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρ-
and Jude [brother] of James. These all were “steadfastly

τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ “καὶ TY δεήσει," σὺν
Scontinuing with one accord inprayer and_ supplication, with [the]
γυναιξὶν καὶ ‘Mapig' τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ ξσὺν" τοῖς

women and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with
ἀδελφοῖς. αὐτοῦ.
his brethren.
15 Kai ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις.ταύταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν
And in those days having ‘stood ‘*up ‘Peter in

μέσῳ τῶν "μαθητῶν" εἶπεν᾽ ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων
{the] midst of the disciples said, (‘was ‘and (*the]*number ‘of *names
ἐπὶ. τὸ. αὐτὸ Ἰὼς" ἑκατὸν ξεΐκοσιν"" 16"Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἔδει

Stogether about ἃ hundred and twenty,) - Men _sobrethren, it was neces-

πληρωθῆναι τὴν. γραφὴν ἰταύτην," ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ

sary “to *have *been °fulfilled this *scripture, which ‘spoke ®before *the

πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον διὰ στόματος ™AaBid' περὶ ᾿Ιούδα τοῦ

*Spirit “the “Holy by [the] mouth of David concerning Judas who
γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν "τὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν" 17 ore
became guide to those who took Jesus ; for

κατηριθμημένος ἦν “σὺν" ἡμῖν. καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς

numbered he was with us, and obtained a part
διακονίας.ταύτης. 18 Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον
in this service. This [man] indeed then got a field

ἐκ Prov! μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος

headlong, he burst a- outof the reward of unrighteousness, and *headlong ‘having fallen
sunder in the midst, >, 7 ͵ ὙΠ ἢ , , ‘ ΄ 2 αν
and all his μόνε ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ.σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ.
gushed out. 19 Andit burst in [the] midst, and ‘gushed out ‘all “his *bowels.

x ἐσθήσεσι(ν A) λευκαῖς LTTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. = βλέποντες ΤΊτ. ® ἀναλημφθεὶς

LTTrA.
ἃ Maé@atos LTTrA.

ἃ ἀδελφῶν brethren LTTraw.
scripture) Lttr[a]W. Y
P — τοῦ (read a reward) GLTTrAW

GLTTrAW.

> εἰς TO ὑπερῴον ἀνέβησαν LTTrA.

© Ἰωάννης (Ἰωάνης Tr) καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος LTTrAW.

Γ Μαριὰμ. TTr. & — σὺν LI[Tr]Aw.
k εἴκοσι LTA. 1 _ ταύτην (read the
2 — τὸν LTTrA. ο ἐν among

ε — καὶ τῇ δεήσει GLTTrAW.
VWTENT. “
m Aaveid LTTra; Δαυϊδ Gw.

Bilt. ACTS.

19 4 καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ,

And known [ἴΐ became toall those dwelling in Jerusalem,
ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ.χωρίον. ἐκεῖνο τῇ "ἰδίᾳ" διαλέκτῳ. αὐτῶν
sothat was called that field in their own language

᾿᾿Ακελδαμά," trovréori' χωρίον αἵματος. 20 yéypanraryap

Aceldama ; that is, field of blood. For it has been written
ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις.αὐτοῦ ἔρημος.
in [the] book of os Let *become "his 7homestead desolate,
καὶ μὴ.ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν
and let therenot be[one] dwelling in it; and, 5Overseership
αὐτοῦ λάβοι" ἕτερος. 21 Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων
*his ‘et take another. It behoves therefore of those *consorting
ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὸὴ χρόνῳ ev ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ
Swith*us ‘men aa all [the] time in which camein and

> ?
ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς, 22 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ
went out among 185 the Lord Jesus, beginning from the
βαπτίσματος *Iwavvov' Yéwc! τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήφθη"
aaa of John until the day inwhich he was taken up
ἀφ᾽ τον τῷ Μάρτιηνα τῆς.ἀναστάσεως. αὐτοῦ “γενέσθαι σὺν

from witness 10of 1*his }*resurrection *to *become *with

« ~ ‘ » , ᾽ 4 ‘ ,
ἡμῖν" ἕνα τούτων. 23 Kai ἔστησαν δύο, ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν καλού-
7us tone “of *these. And they set forth two, Joseph eall-

μενον "BapoaBay,' ὃς ἐπεκλήθη ἸΙοῦστος, καὶ “Ματθίαν."

ed Barsabas, who wassurnamed Justus, and Matthias.
24 καὶ προσευξάμενοι elroy," Σὺ κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα
And praying they said, Thou Lord, knower of the hearts

πάντων, ἀνάδειξον “ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο Eva ὃν ἐξελέξω"
of all, shew of these two *one 'which thou didst choose
25 λαβεῖν τὸν ἰκλῆρον" τῆς.διακονίας. ταύτης Kai ἀποστολῆς.

to receive the part of this service and apodtleniity,
8" ἧς παρέβη ‘lovdac, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον

from which ae 3661] ‘Judas, to go to his “place

τὸν ἴδιον. 26 Kai ἔδωκαν κλήρους Ῥαὐτῶν," καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ
Jown. And they gave 2lots ‘their, and 3661 ‘the

κλῆρος ἐπὶ “Ματθίαν," καὶ Ἰσυγκατεψηφίσθη" μετὰ τῶν’ ἕνδεκα
“lot on Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven

ἀποστόλων.
apostles.

2 Kai ἐν τῷ ἔσυμπληροῦσθαι" τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντη-

And during the accomplishing of the day of Pente-
κοστῆς ἦσαν ‘imavrec guobvpaddy' ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό. 2 καὶ
cost they were all with one accord in the same place. And
ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος τσ φ oni

came tsuddenly out of the heaven a sound shing
πνοῆς βιαίας, καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν ste οὗ ἦσαν

‘of 7a “breath “violent, and filled 2whole 'the house where they were

313

was known unto al
tae dwellers at Jeru-
salem; insomuch ag
that field is called in
their proper tongue,
Aceldama, that is to
say, The field of blood.
20 For it is written in
the book of Psalms.
Let his habitation be
desolate, and let ne
man dwell therein:
and his _bishoprick
let another take.
21 Wherefore of these
men which have com-
panied with us all the
time that the Lord Je-
sus went in and out
among us, 22 begin-
ning from the baptism
of John, unto that
same day that he was
taken up from us,
must one be ordained
to be a witness with
us of his resurrection.
23 And they appointed
two, Joseph called
Barsabas, who was
surnamed Justus, and
Matthias. 24 And they
prayed, andsaid, Thon,
Lord, which knowest
the hearts of all men,
shew whether of these
two thou hast chosen,
25 that he may take
part of this ministry
and apostleship, from
which Judas by trans-
gression fell, that he
might go to his own
place, 26 And they
gave forth their lots;
and the lot fell upon
Matthias ; and he was
numbered with the
eleyen apostles.

II. And when the
day of Pentecost was
fully come, they were
all with one accord in
one place. 2 And sud-
denly there came a
sound from heaven as
of a rushing mighty
wind, and it filled all
the house where they
were sitting. 3 And
there appeared unto
them cloven tongues
like as of fire, and it
sat upon each of them.
4 And they were all

αἰκαθήμενοι"" 8 καὶ ὥφθησαν αὐτοῖς πο ρολῃς γλῶσσαι
sitting. And there appeared to them divided tongues
ὡσεὶ πυρός, "ἐκάθισέν. τε ἐφ᾽ Eva ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 4 Kai
as of fire, and sat upon 7one Teach of them. And
a+ ὃ Τ. τ [ἰδίᾳ] Tra.

TTr. t τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GTTr. ἡ λαβέτω LTTrAW.
x ᾿Ιωάνον Tr. Υ axpeT. 2 ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA.
σαββᾶν LTTrA. © Μαθθίαν TTra 4 εἶπαν LTTrAW.

ἕνα GLTTrAW. { τόπον place LTTrA. 8 ἀφ᾽ LTTrAW.
ἱσυν- Τ. k συν- Ta. 1 πάντες ὁμοῦ all together LrTra.
ξκάθισεν LITr,

8 ᾿Ακελδαμάχ Aceldamach La 5 ᾿Αχελδαμάχ Acheldamach
* — ἐν (read ᾧ in which) LTTra.
8 σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι LITrAW.

b Bap-

ε ov εξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο
h αὐτοῖς on them LTTra.
τὰ καθεζόμενοι L.

n kat

914

filled with the Holy
Ghost, and began to
speak with other
tongues, as the Spirit
gave them utterance.
5 And there were
dwelling at Jerusalem
Jews, devout men, out
of every nation under
heaven, 6 Now when
this was noised abroad,
the multitude came
together, and were
confounded, because
that every man heard
them speak in his own
language. 7 And they
were all amazed and
marvelled, saying one
to another, Behold, are
not all these which
speak Galileans ?
8 And how hear we
every Man in our own
tongue, wherein we
were born? 9 Par-
thians, and Medes, and
Elamites, and _ the
dwellers in Mesopo-
tamia, and in Juda,
and Cappadocia, in
Pontus, and ia,
10 Phrygia, and Pam-
phylia, in Egypt,.and
in the parts of Libya
about Cyrene, and
strangers of Rome,
Jews and proselytes,
11 Cretes and Arabi-
als, we do hear them
speak in our tongues
the wonderful works
of God. 12 And they
were all amazed, and
were in doubt, saying
one to another, What
meaneth this? 13 O-
thers mocking said,
These men are full of
new wine. 14 But Pe-
ter, standing up with
the eleven, lifted up
his voice, and said
unto them, Ye men of
Judza, and all ye that
dwell at Jerusalem, be
this known unto you,
and hearken to my
words: 15 for these
arenot drunken, as ye
suppose, seeing it is
but the third hour of
the day. 16 But this
is that which was spo-
ken by the prophet
Joel; 17 And it shall
come to pass in the
last days, saith God, I

© πάντες LTTr.

were amazed) L[Tr]a.

vw ᾽᾿Ελαμεῖται τ.
3. Ὁ ὁ LTTrA.

be Tah ἃς

WPASZEIS. II.

ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες" πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν
they were “filled tall with({the]*Spirit ‘Holy, and began tospeak
ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου Ῥαὐτοῖς ἀποφθέγ-
with other tongues, as the Spirit gave to them to utter

γεσθαι." 5” Hoav.dé «ἐνὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι,
forth. Now ?were (tin 2Jerusalem dwelling Jews,

ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ TOY οὐρανόν.
"men pious from every nation of those under the heaven.
6 γενομένης.δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος
But having *arisen'the “rumour οὗ “185, °came }°together 7the "multitude
καὶ συνεχύθη᾽ ore ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ
and were confounded, because “heard *one ‘cach inhisown language
λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 7 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες! καὶ ἐθαύμαζον,
“speaking ‘them. And *were *amazed tall and wondered,
λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους," ᾿Οὐκ! ἰδοὺ πάντες" οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ
saying to one another, sNot ‘lo “all 5these “are who
λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; ὃ καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος
are speaking Galileans ? and how 2we ‘hear each
~ ar , « ~ ? ic > ,ὔ , ‘
τῇ. -ἰδίᾳ.διαλέκτῳ. ἡμῶν ἐν y ἐγεννήθημεν, 9 Πάρθοι καὶ
in our own language in which we were born, Parthians and

Μῆδοι καὶ τ᾿ EXapira," καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοπο-
Medes and Elamites, and those who inhabit Mesopo-

/ > a “ ‘ / , 4 ‘ ? /,
ταμίαν, lovdaiay.re καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν ᾿Ασίαν,
tamia, and Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia,

10 Φρυγίαν.τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς
both Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts
Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες
of Libya which [15] about Cyrene, and the sojourning (here)
Ῥωμαῖοι, Lovdaioi.re καὶ προσήλυτοι, 11 Κρῆτες καὶ “ApaBec,
Romans, both Jews and _proselytes, Cretans and Arabians,
ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖϊς.ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ
we hear *speaking +them in our own tongues the
μεγαλεῖα Tov θεοῦ ; 12 ᾿Εξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες καὶ “διηπόρουν,"

i

great things of God? And *were *amazed tall and were in perplexity,
ἄλλος.πρὸς. ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί Τἂν.θέλοι" τοῦτο εἶναι ;
one to another saying, What would this be?

13 “Ἕτεροι.δὲ ἐχλενάζοντες" ἔλεγον, Ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστω-
But others mocking said, Of new wine 3full
μένοι εἰσίν. 14 Σταθεὶς.δὲ * Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν
1they are. But *standing *up ‘Peter with the eleven liftedup
‘ \ ᾽ ~ ‘ ? , ? ~ a ? ~
τὴν.φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, “Avdpec ᾿Ιουδαῖοι;
his voice and spoke forth to them, Men Jews,
καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ‘Iepovoadyp “ἅπαντες, τοῦτο ὑμῖν
and*ye*who ‘inhabit 5Jerusalem tall, 7this 1°to **you

γνωστὸν ἔστω, Kai ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά.μου. 15 ov-yap we

*known “Ἰοὺ ®be, and give heed to my words: fornot as
ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν" ἔστιν. γὰ ὥρα

ye take it, “these ‘are drunken, foritis [the] “hour
τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας" 16 ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον

‘third of the but this that which has been spoken
διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ἢ ωήλ," 17 “Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις
by the prophet Joel, And itshallbe in the last

day ; is

P ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς LTTrAW. 4 εἰς T. τ — πάντες (read they
® — πρὸς ἀλλήλους LTTrA. * Ovx LT; Οὐχὶ Tra. Y ἅπαντες LTA.
x διηποροῦντο TTrA. Σ θέλει LT Tr. 1 διαχλευάζοντες GLTTrAW.
ς -- Kala.

Π. ACTS.
ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεύματός.μου ἐπι
days, Baye God, Iwill pour out of my Spirit wpon

πᾶσαν σάρκα, Kai προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν Kai ai θυγα-
811 flesh; and shall prophesy, ope sons and REE

τέρες ὑμῶν" καὶ οἱ-νεανίσκοι. ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ

ters tyour; and your young men visions shallsee, and
πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν “ἐνύπνια! tvuTmacOnoovra 18 feat γε"
your elders dreams shall dream ; and even

ἐπὶ τοὺς. δούλους. μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς.δούλας. μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις

upon my bondmen and upon mai bondwomen in *days
ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεὐματός. μου, καὶ προφητεύ-
‘those willl pourout of my Spirit, and they shall pro-

σουσιν. 19 καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω Kai σημεῖα

phesy j and I will give wonders in the heaven above and _ signs
ἐπὶ THC γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ. 20 ὁ
on the earth below, blood and fire and vapour of smoke. The

ἽΧΙΕ μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα,
shall be turned into darkness and the moon into blood,

πρὶν δὴ" ἐλθεῖν "τὴν" ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην ‘kai
before come day Sof (7the] *Lord ‘the 2oreat Sand
ἐπιφανῆ." 21 Kai ἔσται. πᾶς ὃς ἂν" ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ
*manifest. And it shall be, everyone whoever shalleallupon the

ὕνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. 22” Avdoec ᾿Ισραηλῖται," ἀκούσατε
name of [the] Lord shall be saved. Men Israelites, hear

τοὺς λόγους τούτους" ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα "ἀπὸ
these words : Jesus the Nazarean, ὃ. man by
τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένον" εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσιν καὶ τέρασιν
God set forth to you by works of power and wonders
καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν Ou αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν ee ὑμῶν,
and signs, which *wrought *by *him ‘God in *midst ‘your,
‘ \ \ ~ ~
καθὼς "καὶ αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, 23 τοῦτον TH ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ
as also yourselves know: him, “*by *the *determinate ®counsel

καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον σλαβόντες" διὰ Ῥχειρῶν"
‘and "foreknowledge ®%of °God ‘given *up, having taken by “hands

ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες “ἀνείλετε"" 24 ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν,
-lawless, having crucified ye put to death. Whom God raised up,

, ~ , x
λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκιἦν δυνατὸν
having loosedthe throes of death, inasmuch as it was not pogsible

κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 25 τΔαβὶδ'. γὰρ λέγει εἰς
jfor] to *be *held tThim by it ; for David says asto

αὐτόν, "Προωρώμην" τὸν κύριον ᾿ ἐνώπιόν μου “διὰςπαντός,"
him, I foresaw the Lord before me continually,

o ? ? / ev ‘4 ~ 4 ~
ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ.σαλευθῶ. 26 διὰ τοῦτο
because αὖ myrighthand heis, that I may not be shaken. Therefore

γεὐφράνθη" τὴ καρδία. μου" καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ.γλῶσσά. μου"

315

will pour out of my
Spirit upon all flesh:
and your sonsand your
daughters shall pro-
phesy, and your young
men shall see visions,
and your old men shall
dream dreams: 18and
on my servants and on
my handmaidens I
will pour out in those
days of my Spirit;
and they shall prophe-
sy: 19and I willshew
wonders in heaven
above, and signs in
the earth beneath;
blood, and fire, and va-
pour of smoke: 20the
sun shall be turned
into darkness, and the
moon into blood, be-
fore that great and
notable day of the
Lord come: 21 and it
shall come to pass,
that whosoever shall
call on the name of
the Lord shall be
saved, 22 Ye men of
Israel, hear these
words; Jesus of Na-
zareth, a man approv-
ed of God among you
by miracles and won-
ders and signs, which
God did by him in the
midst of you, as ye
yourselves also know:
23 him, being delivered
by the determinate
counsel and_ fore-
knowledge of God, ye
have taken, and by
wicked hands have
crucified and slain:
24 whom God hath
raised up, having
loosed the pains of
death: because it was
not possible that he
should be holden of it.
25 For David speak-
eth concerning him, I
foresaw the Lord al-
ways before my face,
for he is on my right
hand, that Ishould not
be moved: 26 therefore
did my heart rejoice,
and my tongue was
glad; moreover also
my flesh shall rest in
hope : 27 because thou
wilt not leave my soul
in hell, neither wilt

"rejoiced Amy *heart and Sexulted my *tongue ;
ἔτιιδὲ καὶ ἡ. σἀρξ μου κατασκηνώσει Yim’! ἐλπίδι. 27 ὅτι οὐκ
yeamore, also. my flesh shall rest in hope, for *not
Ξἐγκαταλείψεις" τὴν.Ψυχήν.μου εἰς "ἔδου," οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν
thou *wilt leave my soul in hades, nor wilt thou give
© ενυπνιοις With dreams GLTTraw. ‘ kavye GT. 8 — ἢ LTTr. h — rhy LITrA.

— καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1. Κ ἐὰν Tra. 1 Ἰσραηλεῖται Τ.
2 — καὶ LTTrA. — λαβόντες LTTraA.
[ones]) LTTra. 4 ce GLTTraw.

* + pov (read my Lord) 1.

Υ ἐφ᾽ LT. : ἐνκαταλείψεις τ.

τ Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ αν.
Υ διαπαντός ΟΤ. τ ηὐφράνθη LTTrAW.
a ἄδην LTTrAW.

τὰ ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ TTr.

P χειρὸς hand (read by [the] hand of lawless

5 Προορώμην LTTrA.
χ μου ἡ καρδία TTrA.

916

thou suffer thine Holy
One to see corruption.
28 Thou hast made
known to me the ways
of life; thou shalt
make me full of joy
with thy countenance,
29 Men and brethren,
let me freely speak
unto ace of the patri-
arch David, that he is
both dead and buried,
and his sepulchre is
with us unto this day.
30 Therefore being a
prophet, and knowing
that God had sworn
with an oath to him,
that of the fruit of his
loins, according to the
flesh, he would raise
up Christ to sit on his
throne: 31 he seeing
this before spake of
the resurrection of
Christ, that his soul
was not left in hell,
neither his flesh did
see corruption. 32 This
Jesus hath God raised
up, whereof we all are
witnesses. 33 There-
fore being by the right
hand of God exalted,
and having received
of the Father the pro-
mise of the Holy
Ghost, he hath shed
forth this, which ye
now see and hear.
84 For David is not
ascended into the hea-
vyens: but he saith him-
self, The LORD said
unto my Lord, Sit
thou on my right
hand, 35until I make
thy foes thy footstool.
36 Therefore let all the
house of Israel know
assuredly, that God
hath made that same
Jesus, whom ye have
crucified, both Lord
and Christ.

37 Now when they
heard this, they were
pricked in their heart,
and said unto Peter
and to the rest of the
apostles, Men and
brethren, what shall
we do? 38 Then Peter
said unto them, Re-
pent, and be baptized
every one of youin the
name of Jesus Christ

Ὁ Aavetd LYTrA; Δαυὶδ αν.
ε οὔτε LTTrAW.
h ἄδην 1.

θρόνον LITrA.

GLTTrA.

τὰ + καὶ also t[a],
ἱστὸν GLTTrAW.

O TTra. sway:

ΠΡΆΞΕΙΣ.

ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν
7holy one ‘thy to see

Ths

28 ἐγνώρισας μοι ὁδοὺς
Thou didst make known tome paths

διαφθοράν.

corruption.

ζωῆς: πληρώσεις pe εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ.προσώπου.σου.
of life, thou wilt fill me with joy with thy countenance,
29 ΓΑνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας

Men brethren,

πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ
to

it is permitted [me] to speak with freedom
τοῦ πατριάρχου ὑΔαβίδ," Ore καὶ ἐτελεύτη-
you concerning the patriarch David, that both he died
σεν καὶ ἐτάφη. Kai τὸ.μνῆμα. αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἔν ἡμῖν ἄχρι
and was buried, and his tomb is amongst us unto

τῆς.ἡμέρας. ταύτης. 80 προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς

this day. A prophet therefore being, and knowing
Ort ὅρκῳ ὥὦμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁθεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος
that withan oath “swore *to*him 1God, οἵ [086] fruit of “loins

αὐτοῦ “τὸ. κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν," καθίσαι ἐπὶ

this asconcerning flesh to raise up the Christ, tosit upon
ἀγοῦ. θρόνου" αὐτοῦ, 31 προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ava-
his throne, foreseeing he spoke concerning the resur-

στάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι “οὐ" farEreidOn' ξὴ. ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ!" εἰ
η" ξὴ ψυχὴ εἰς

rection ofthe Christ, that was not left his soul in
U Η 4 « : ~ ΄ ~ A
hadov," tobdé" ἡ. σὰρξ. αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 32 τοῦτον τὸν
hades, nor his flesh saw corruption. This
Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεὸς οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες.
Jesus “raised *up *God whereof all we are witnesses.
33 τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ. ὑψωθείς, τήν.τε ἐπαγ-
By the right hand therefore of God having been exalted, and the pro-
γελίαν τοῦ "ἁγίου πνεύματος[ λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός,

mise of the Holy Spirit having received from the Father,
It ~ τι ] ~ Ι « “1 , \ 2 , >
ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ |viv' ὑμεῖς Ὁ βλέπετε Kai ἀκούετε. 84 οὐ
he poured out this which now ye behold and hear. “Not
yap -AaBid! ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγει.δὲ αὐτός,
for 2David “ascended into’ the heavens, but he says himself,
Εἶπεν °6' κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου" 35 ἕως

Said the lord to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until
ἂν θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σονυ ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου. 36 ᾿Α-
Iplace thine enemies a footstool of thy feet. As-
σφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς 5 οἶκος ᾿Ισραήλ, ὅτι Prai!
suredly therefore let know all [the] house of Israel, that both
κύριον “καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν! τὸ θεὸς ἐποίησεν," τοῦτον τὸν
Lord and Christ him God made, this
Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε.
Jesus whom ye crucified.

37 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ κατενύγησαν *rp-Kapdig," εἴπόν.τε πρὸς
And having heard they were pricked in heart, and said to

τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Τί ἱποιήσομεν,"
Peter and the other apostles, What 5881] we do,

ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ; 88 Πέτρος. δὲ "ἔφη" πρὸς αὐτούς, Meravon-

men brethren ? And Peter said to them, Repent,

care’, καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν "ἐπὶ" τῷ ὀνόματι ᾿Τησοῦ

and be baptized each of you in the name of Jesus

d τὸν

© — τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν GLTTrA.
« “ -
8 -- ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ

f ἐγκατελείφθη LTrA; ἐνκ- T.

i οὔτε LTTrAW. Κ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου LTTrA. |! — νῦν GLTTrA.
n — ὃ (read [the]) TTra. ° + othen. P — καὶ E. 4 αὐτὸν καὶ
τ ἐποίησεν ὃ θεός T. 5 τὴν καρδίαν LTTrA. t ποιήσωμεν Should we
— ἔφη LTTrA. ~ + gyoly says T. x ἐν LTr.

Ti; IT. ACTS.

χριστοῦ, εἰς ἄφεσιν Yapuaprioy,' καὶ "λήψεσθε" τὴν δωρεὰν

Christ, for remission of eins, and Je will receive the gift
τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. 39 ὑμῖν.γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία και
of the Holy Spirit. For to you is the promise and
τοῖς.τέκνοις ὑμῶν, Kai πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, “ὕσους" ἂν

to your children, and toall those at adistamce, as many as

προσκαλέσηται κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν. 40 Ἑτέροις. τε λόγοις
®may ‘call [Ὁ86] *Lord Sour *God. And with “other *words

πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρετο" καὶ παρεκάλει “ λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ
Imany heearnestly testified and exhorted, saying, Be revs from

τῆς “γενεᾶς τῆς.σκολιᾶς.ταύτης. 41 Οἱιμὲν.οὖὗν δΔἀσμένως"
Ξρϑποσαΐίοπ 1this *crooked. Those therefore who _ gladly

ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν" Kai προσετέθη-

had welcomed his word were baptized ; and were added
σαν © τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. 42 Ἦσαν. δὲ
that day souls tabout *three “thousand. And they were

mpooxaprepovyTec! τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῷ κοινωνίᾳ
Bees Si continuing inthe teaching of the apostles and in fellowship,

βκαὶ" τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου Kai ταῖς προσευχαῖς. 43 "ἐγένετο"
and the breaking of bread and prayers. “There *came

δὲ πάσῳ ψυχῇ φόβος, wodAd.Jre! τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ

‘and uponevery soul fear, and ic oon é and signs through

τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο.) 44 * πάντες.δὲ οἱ ἱπιστεύοντες" ἦσαν
the apostles took place. Andall who believed were

ἐπὶ.τὸ. αὐτὸ Kai εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, 45 Kai τὰ κτήματα
together and had _ allthings common, and{their] possessions
καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, Kai διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν,

and goods they sold, and divided them toall,

καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. 46 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν.τε προσκαρ-
according as anyone “need ‘had. And every day steadfastly

τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντέες.τε κατ᾽ .οἶκον
continuing with one accord in the ee) and breaking “in [*their] *houses

ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι
bread, they panos of food with gladness and simplicity

καρδίας, 47 αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον

of heart, praising God, and having favour with “whole
τὸν λαόν. 0.6& κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σωζομένους
the ῬΕΌΡΙΘΙ; ; andthe Lord added “those “who *were *being °saved

καθ᾽ ἡμέραν Ὅτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ."

‘daily tothe assembly.
3 "᾿Επὶ τὸ. αὐτὸ! οδὲ Tlérpoc' καὶ ῬΊἸωάννης" ἀνέβαινον
ἐπ ine τ: land. *Peter “and *John went up
εἰς TO ἱερὸν ἐπὶ THY ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν «ἐγνάτην."
into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth ;

2 καί Tic ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων
and acertain man “lame “from womb *mother’s ‘his *being
ἐβαστάζετο᾽ ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ᾽ «ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ
was being carried, whom they placed daily at the door of the
ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην ‘Qoaiay, τοῦ αἰτεῖν nallebadalie παρὰ
temple called Beautiful, to ask from

Υ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν οἵ your sins τῦττ.
τύρατο LITraw. © + αὐτοὺς them LITraw. 4 — agneves LTTra.
{Γ- [ἐν] τῇ ξ καὶ LITrA. h ἐγίνετο LITra. 1 δὲ T.
ἦν μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας. in Jerusalem, and great fear was upon all. T.
all also) τ. 1 πιστεύσαντες T. mm τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTra.
chapter ii. LTTrA. © Πέτρος δὲ LTTra. Ρ Ιωάνης Tr.

* λήμψεσθε LTTrA.

8. ovs Whom L.

317

for the remission of
sins, and ye shall
receive the gift of the
Holy Ghost. 39 For
the promise is unto
you, and to your child-
ren and to all that are
afar off, even as many
as the Lord our God
shall call. 40 And with
many other words did
he testify and exhort,
saying,Save yourselves
from this untoward
generation. 4] Then
they that gladly re-
ceived his word were
baptized: and the
Same day there were
added unto them about
three thousand souls.
42 Andthey continued
stedfastly in the apos-
tles’ doctrine and fel-
lowship, and in break-
ing of bread, and in
prayers. 43 And fear
came upon eyery soul:
and many wonders
andsigns were done by
the apostles. 44 And
all that believed
were together, and
had all things com-
mon ; 45and sold their
possessions and goods,
and parted them to
all men, as every man
had need. 46 And
they, continuing daily
with one accord in the
temple, and breaking
bread from house to
house, did eat. their
meat with gladness
and singleness. of
heart, 47 praising God,
and having favour
with all the people.
And the Lord added
to the church daily
such as should be
saved.

11, Now Peter and
John went up together
into the temple at the
hour of prayer, being
the ninth hour. 2 And
8. certain man lame
from his mother’s
womb was carried,
whom they laid daily
at the gate of the tem-
ple which is calied
Beautiful, to ask alms
of them that entered

Ὁ διεμαρ-
e + ἐν in LTTr[A].

J+ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, φόβος τε

ΞΡ καὶ (read And

Ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό joined to
4 ἐνάτην LTTrAW.

318

into the temple : 3 who
seeing Peter and John
about to go into the
temple asked an alms.
4 And Peter, fastening
his eyes upon him
with John, said, Look
onus. 5 And he gave
heed unto them, ex-
pecting to receive
something of them.
6 Then Peter said, Sil-
ver and gold have I
none; but such as I
have give I thee: In
the name of Jesus
Christ of Nazareth
rise up and walk.
7 And he took him by
the right hand, and
lifted him up: and im-
mediately his feet and
ancle bones received
strength. 8 And he
leaping up stood, and
walked, and entered
with them into the
temple, walking, and
leaping, and praising
God. 9 And all the
people saw him walk-
ing and praising God :
10 and they knew that
it was he which sat
for alms at the Beau-
tiful gate of the tem-
ple: and they were
filled with wonder and
amazement at that
which had happened
unto him. 11 And as
the lame man which
was healed held Peter
and John, all the peo-
ple ran together unto
them in the porch that
is called Solomon’s,
greatly wondering.
12 And when Peter
saw it, he answered
unto the people, Ye
men of Israel, why
marvel ye at this? or
why look ye so earn-
estly on us, as though
by our own power or
holiness we had made
this man to walk?
13 The God of Abra-
ham, and of Isaac,
and of Jacob, the God
of our fathers, hath
glorified his Son Je-
sus; whom ye _ de-
livered up, and denied
him in the presence of
Pilate, when he was
determined to let him

W BAe BIS. ITl.
~ > t ? 4 (ἃ , a Int , ι
τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. 8 ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ
those who were going into the temple; who seeing Peter and
Plwarvyny' μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς TO ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύ-
John being about toenter intothe temple, asked %alms
νην λαβεῖν. 4 arevioag.dé Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ * lway-
1to ζγϑοθῖτο. And*looking*intently *Peter upon him with John
vy εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. 5 ‘Ode ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς, προσδοκῶν
said, Look on 1.85. And he gave heed to them, expecting
τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. 6 εἶπεν.δὲ Πέτρος, ᾿Αργύριον καὶ
something from them to receive. But said Peter, Silver and
χρυσίον οὐχιὑπάρχει por 6.02 ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι.
gold there isnot tome, but what Ihave, this tothee Igive:
ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Tov Ναζωραίου '᾿ἔγειραι καὶ"
In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarrean riseup and
περιπάτει. 7 Kai πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν"
walk, And having taken him by the right hand he raised up
παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν “αὐτοῦ at βάσεις" Kai τὰ
{(him], and immediately were strengthened his feet and
x Lar a|| yi ἊΣ , » \ ’ ΑἹ 27_w
σφυρά"" 8 καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη Kai περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλ-
ankle bones. And leaping up hestoodand walked, and entered
θεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς TO ἱερόν, περιπατῶν Kai ἁλλόμενος Yrat'
with them into the temple, walking and leaping and
αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. 9 Kai εἶδεν ταὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς" περιπα-
praising God. And ‘saw Shim tall the *people walk-
τοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν. 10 ἐπεγίνωσκόν ὅτε! αὐτὸν
ing and praising God. And they recognized him
ore Ῥοὗτος! ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ
that he itwaswho for alms sitting at
~ « / Γὰ ~ ε ae ‘ ? » ’ ‘
τῇ ‘Qoaig πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ" Kai ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ
the Beautiful gate ofthe temple, and they were filled with wonder and

ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. 11 Κρατοῦντος.δὲ

[was]

amazement at that which had happened to him. And as *held
ΞΡ ἰαθέ λοῦ" oy Ilé if ’' Twa ll

TOU LAVEVTOC χωλου τον ETOOV Kat WAaVVNY,

tthe who °had ®been “healed *lame [(*man) Peter and John,

συνέδραμεν ἱπρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ TH
ran together to them all the people in the porch
καλουμένῃ ΞΣολομῶντος," ἔκθαμβοι. 12 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὃ" Πέτρος
called Solomon’s, greatly amazed. And seeing [it] Peter
ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν, “Avdpec ᾿Ἰσραηλῖται," τί θαυ-
answered to the people, Men Israelites, why won-
’ ᾿] ‘ 7 a « ~ Lf > / ε >? , ,
μάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει
der ye at this? or onus why look intently as if by[our]own power
ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; 18 ὁ θεὸς
or piety [we] had made 2to “walk ‘him ? The God
᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ᾽Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν. πατέρων ἡμῶν,
of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers,
ἐδόξασεν τὸν. παϊδα. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ ὃν dpeic! παρεδώκατε,
glorified his servant Jesus, whom ye delivered up,
καὶ ἠρνήσασθε αὐτὸν" κατὰ. πρόσωπον "Πιλάτου," κρίναντος
and denied him in the presence of Pilate, having *adjudged

τ Ἰωάνην Tr.
him ΠΤΥΤΤΑ.
LTTrAW.
ε᾿Ιωάνην Tr.
1 Ἰσραηλεῖται T.
La[Tra ].

W ai βάσεις αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
= δὲ LTTrA.
f πᾶς ὃ λαὺς πρὸς αὐτοὺς LTTrA.
k + θεὸς God L; + ὁ θεὸς T.

» Πειλάτου T.

- Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ¥ + αὐτόν
2 πᾶς ὃ λαὸς αὐτὸν
d + yoy ΤΊτ.
bh + ὃ LITrA.

πὶ — αὐτὸν

t ἔγειρε καὶ L[Tr] ; — ἔγειραι και π[Α].

x σφυδρά 1. Υ [καὶ] L.

ὁ αὑτοῦ he (held) Girrraw.
8 Σολομῶνος GTrw.

1 + μὲν indeed GLTTraw.

b αὐτὸς LT.

ACTS.

ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. 14 ὑμεῖς.δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον
the to release [him]. But ye the holy and righteous one

ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ἠτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν,
denied, and requested aman amurderer to begranted to you,
15 τὸν.δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε' ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν
but 6 Author of life ye killed, whom God raised up

ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. 16 καὶ ἐπὶ
from among [the] dead, whereof we witnesses are; and by
TY πίστει τοῦ.ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ
faith in his name this [man] whom yebehold and
οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν TO.dvopa.avTov' Kai ἡ πίστις ἡ δι᾿
know Ἰηδᾶθ *strong this "name ; and the faith which [15] by

αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν.ὁλοκληρίαν.ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων
him gave tohim this complete soundness before all

« ~ " ~ ? , e ‘ » ? ,

ὑμῶν. 17 καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε,

of you. And now, brethren, Iknowthat in ignorance yeacted,

ὥσπερ Kai οἱ.ἄρχοντες. ὑμῶν" 18 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν

{π᾿

as also your rulers ; but God ‘what before announced
διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν.προφητῶν. αὐτοῦ" παθεῖν
by [the] mouth of all his prophets (that] *should ‘suffer

TOV χριστόνν, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. 19 μετανοήσατε οὖν καὶ
the Christ, he fulfilled thus, Repent therefore and
ἐπιστρέψατε, Yeic' τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὕπως
be converted, for the blotting out of your sins, so that
ἂν.ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου,
may come times of refreshing from([the] presence ofthe Lord,
20 καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν "προκεκηρυγμένον" ὑμῖν, "Ἰησοῦν
and [that] he may send him who was before proclaimed toyou, Jesus
χριστόν, 21 ὃν dei οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων

Christ, whom *must ‘heaven indeed receive till times
ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ
of restoration of all things, of which “spoke ‘God by [the]

στόματος ‘ravrwy' ἁγίων “αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος."
mouth of all *holy this prophets from of old.
22 ὑμωσῆς" μὲν *yap' ὑπρὸς τοὺς πατέρας" εἶπεν, Ὅτι
“Moses 3indeed ‘for to the fathers said,
προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν"
Α prophet toyou will raise *up ('the] *Lord
τῶν.ἀδελφῶν. ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα
your brethren, like me: him shallyehear in _ all things
doa.adv λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 23 ἔσται. δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ
whatsoever he maysay to you. Anditshall be[thatjevery soul
ἥτις δἂν" μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ.προφήτου. ἐκείνου Ῥἐξολοθρευθήσεται"
which may not hear that prophet shall be destroyed
ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. 24 Kai πάντες.δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ
from among the people. And indeed all the prophets from
Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὕσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ “προκατήγ-
Samuel and those subsequent, as many as spoke also before an-
yerar' τὰς ἡμέρας. ταύτας. 25 ὑμεῖς ἐστε υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν

ἐκ
*God *your from among

nounced these days. Ye are sons ofthe prophets
καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς “διέθετο ὁ θεὸς" πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας
and of the covenant which “appointed ‘God to *fathers

319

go. 14 But ye denied
the Holy One and the
Just, and desired a
murderer to be grant-
ed unto you; ldand
Killed the Prince of
life, whom God hath
raised from the dead ;
whereof we are wit-
nesses. 16 And his
name through faith in
his name hath made
this man strong,whom
ye see and know: yea,
the faith which is by
him hath given him
this perfect soundness
in the presence of
you all. 17 And now,
brethren, I wot that
through ignorance ye
did zt, as did also your
rulers, 18 But those
things, which God
before had shewed by
the mouth of all his
prophets, that Christ
should suffer, he hath
so fulfilled. 19 Repent
ye therefore, and be
converted, that your
sins may be blotted
out, when the times
of refreshing shall
come from the pre-
sence of the Lord;
20 and he shall send
Jesus Christ, which
before was preached
unto you: 21 whom
the heaven must re-
ceive until the times
of restitution of all
things, which God
hath spoken by the
mouth of all his holy
prophets since the
world began. 22 For
Moses truly said unto
the fathers, A prophet
shall the Lord your
God raise up unto you
of your brethren, like
unto me; him shall
ye hear in all things
whatsoever he shall
say unto you. 23 And
it shall come to pass,
that every soul, which
will not hear that pro-
phet, shall be de-
stroyed from among
the people. 24 Yea,
and all the prophets
from Samuel and
those that follow af-
ter, as many as have
spoken, have likewise
foretold of these days.
25 Ye are the children
of the prophets, and
of the covenant which
God made with our
fathers, saying unto

ο — αὐτοῦ (read the prophets) Lrtra.
τ προκεχειρισμένον was foreordained GLTTraw.
GLTTrAW. am αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν LTTraA. Mwioys GLTTraW.
Υ — πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας LTTrA. 2 ἡμῶν Our T. 8 ἐὰν TA.
© κατήγγειλαν announced GLTTraAw. ἃ + οἱ the GLTTraw.

P + αὐτοῦ (read his Christ) Lrrraw.
5 χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν LTTraA.

4 πρὸς Τ.
t τῶν (omit all)
xX — yap GLTTrAW.

Ὁ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται LITra.
© ὃ θεὸς διέθετο 1..

320

Abraham, And in thy
seed shall all the kin-
dreds of the earth be
blessed. 26 Unto you
first God, having
raised up his Son Je-
sus, sent him to bless
you, in turning away
every one of you from
his iniquities.

IV. And as they
spake unto the people,
the priests, and the
captain of the temple,
and the Sadducees,
came upon them,
2 being grieved that
they taught the peo-
ple, and preached
through Jesus the re-
surrection from the
dead. 3 And they laid
hands on them, and
put them in hold un-
to the next day : for
it was now eventide.
4 Howbeit many of
them which heard the
word believed; and
the number of the men
was about five thou-
sand,

5 And it came to
pass on the morrow,
that their rulers, and
elders, and _ scribes,
6 and Annas the high
priest, and Caiaphas,
and John, and Alex-
ander, andas many as
were of the kindred
of the high priest,
were gathered toge-
ther at Jerusalem.
7 And when they had
set them in the midst,
they asked, By what
power, or by what
name, have ye done
this? 8 Then Peter,
filled with the Holy
Ghost, said unto them,
Ye rulers of the peo-
ple, and elders of Is-
rael, 9 if we this day
be examined of the
good deed done to
the impotent man, by
what means he ig
made whole; 10 be it
known unto you all,
and to all the people
of Israel, that by the
name of Jesus Christ
of Nazareth, whom ye
crucified, whom God
raised from the dead,
even by him doth this

TIPAZEIS. Ill, IV.

᾿ἡμῶν," λέγων πρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, Καὶ Ε τῷ σπερματίίσου ἐνευλο-

our, saying to Abraham, in thy seed shall be
γηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. 26 ὑμῖν πρῶτον
blessed all the families of the earth. To you first
h6 θεὸς ἀναστήσας" τὸν. παῖδα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Τησοῦν," ἀπέστειλεν

God, having raised up his servant Jesus, sent
αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ
him, blessing you in turning each from
τῶν πονηριῶν Εὑμῶν."

*wickedness ‘your.

4 Λαλούντων.δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς

And as *were *speaking ‘they to the people, came upon them
οἱ ἱερεῖς Kai ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ Kai οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι,
the priests and captain ofthe temple and the Sadducees,

2 διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, Kai
being distressed because * teach 1they the people, and

καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ
announce in Jesus the resurrection which [is] from among
νεκρῶν᾽ 3 καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας Kai ἔθεντοὶ

[the] dead; and theylaid 7*on *them ‘hands and _ put
εἰς τήρησιν εἰς THY αὔριον. ἢν. γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη.
[them] in hold till the morrow; for it was evening already,

4 πολλοὶ δὲὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν.
But many of those who had heard the word believed,

We. nO mil ? θ 4 ~ ᾽ ὃ ~ n° XII rx 10 ,
Kat EVEV) Uf ee 8) aol μος TWV αν βων WOEL χι ιαὺξες πέεγντε.
and ®became ‘the *number “of*the ‘men about *thousand ‘five.

5 “Eyévero.dé ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν

And itcametopass on the morrow were gathered together their
τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ 5 πρεσβυτέρους καὶ γραμματεῖς Peic! ‘Te-
d

rulers an elders and scribes at Je-
ρουσαλήμ, 6 καὶ «Ανναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα καὶ Καϊάφαν καὶ
rusalem, and Annas the high priest and Caiaphas and
7 ΄ 4, , Π ‘ « ? ,
Ιωάννην καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον, καὶ door ἦσαν ἐκ γένους
John and Alexander, and as many as were of *family

ἀρχιερατικοῦ. 7 καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν ττῷ" μέσῳ ἐπυν-
thigh-priestly. And having placed them in the midst they
θάνοντο, Ἔν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι “ἐποιήσατε
inguired, In what power or in what name did
τοῦτο" ὑμεῖς; ὃ Tore Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου
*this tye? Then Peter, filled with [the] *Spirit ‘Holy,
εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, exaures τοῦ λαοῦ Kai πρεσβύτεροι
said to them, ulers of the people and elders
trov ᾿Ισραήλ," 9 εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ
of Israel, If we thisday areexamined asto a good work
ἀνθρώπου.ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος ᾿σέσωσται." 10 γνωστὸν
{to the] infirm man, by what he has been cured, *known
B “Ὁ ~ ‘ Αἵ ~ ~ > ΄ a ~
ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν Kai παντὶ τῷ aw ᾿Ισραήλ, ore ἐν τῷ
‘be 7it toall you and toall the people ofIsrael, that in the

, ~ ~ ~ ΄ὔ τι « ~ >
ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυ-

name of Jesus Christ the Nazarewan, whom ye cruci-

, Ν \ » “ ? ~ ? ,
ρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ
fied, whom God raised from among [the] dead, by him

[ὑμῶν your TrA.
< αὐτῶν their L.
© + τοὺς the LTTrA.
Ἀλέξανδρος LTTrA.
Υ σέσωται T.

h ἀναστήσας ὃ θεὸς ΤΑ. 1 — Ἰησοῦν GLTTrA.

m — δ᾽ LI[Tr]A. 0 [ὡς7 LfrA; — ὡσεὶ T.

9” Avvas ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Kat Καϊάφας καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης καὶ
5 τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε 1. t — τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ Lrtr[a].

& + ἐν GLTTrAW.

! + αὐτοὺς them w.
Ρ ἐν LTrAW.
τ --- τῷ @[A].

LW.

οὗτος

ACTS.

παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. 11 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
this [man] stands before you sound, This is the
λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδομούντων,"
stone which has been set at nought by you the builders,

ὁ γενόμενος sic κεφαλὴν γωνίας. 12 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν
which is become head of [the] corner. And there is
ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία" "οὔτε". γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον
in ζοῦμε ‘noone salvation, for neither *name ‘is?there another
ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ
under the heayen which has been given among men, by which
δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς.

Ξυηυβῦὺ *be *saved ‘we.

13 Θεωροῦντες.δὲ

But seeing

YIwav-
of John,

τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παῤῥησίαν καὶ
the ?0f *Peter ‘boldness and

‘4 , iA , » “2 7
νου," καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν
and having perceived that smen *unlettered ‘they “are

A 3 ~ ? , ? v7, , > 4 ev 4 cmd
καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἐθαύμαζον, ἐπεγίνωσκόν.τε αὐτοὺς Ori σὺν τῷ

and uninstructed, they wondered, and they recognized them that with
Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. 14 rov2dé' ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς
Jesus they were. But *the Sman Ybeholding ‘with “them

ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. 15 κελεύ-
‘standing who 84 Ὀ661 Πθα]ϊθᾶ, nothing they had to gainsay. *Having

σαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλον"
Scommanded*but them outside the sanhedrim to go they conferred
πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 16 λέγοντες, Ti ποιήσομεν" τοῖς ἀνθρώ-
with one another, saying, What shall we do to “men
ποις τούτοις ; OTLpév.yao γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν
these? for that indeed a known sign has come to pass
Ov αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ φανερόν,
through them, Sto*all *those ‘inhabiting Jerusalem (['is] *manifest,
καὶ οὐ-δυνάμεθα “ἀρνήσασθαι" 17 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ. πλεῖον
and we are unable to deny {it}. But that not further

διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, “ἀπειλῇ, ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς
it may spread among the people, withathreat let us threaten them
μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματιιτούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων.
no longer to speak in this name to any man.
4 (lit. to no)
\ , ‘ 7 ᾽ ~ | Aq ,
18 Kai καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν “αὐτοῖς 'ro' καθόλου
And having called them they charged them 7at Fall
\ , x a7 > hs ~ , ~ ~
μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
ποῦ to speak nor to teach in the name of Jesus.
« A , ‘ ΕΣ ’ "
19 ὁ. δὲ: Πέτρος καὶ ξ᾿Τωάννης" ἀποκριθέντες "πρὸς αὐτοὺς
But Peter and John apswering to them
εἶπον. Et δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκοΐειν

said, Whether right it is before God "to *you ‘to 7listen

μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίνατε. 20 οὐ-δυνάμεθα yao ἡμεῖς ἃ
rather than God, judge ye; Fcannot ‘for “we ‘what
7.7" \ ~ e A
Ἰεΐδομεν" καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ. λαλεῖν. 21 Οἱ. δὲ προσαπειλη-
™we*saw °and heard *but Sspeak. But they having further
, ld x , ~ ,
σάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸπῶς κολά-
threatened let 7g0 ‘them, nothing finding as to how they might
σωνται αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον
punish them onaccountof the people, because all were glorifying

τ οἰκοδόμων LITA. χα οὐδὲ LTTrW.
LITrA. > ποιήσωμεν Should we do Trra,
ε — οαὐτοῖς (read [them]) LTTrA. f— τὸ LT.
αὐτούς LTTrAW. i εἴδαμεν LTTrA.

¥ Ἰωάνου Tr.
© ἀρνεῖσθαι LTTrA.

& ’Iwavns Tr. h

321
man stand here before
you whole. 11 This is

the stone which was
set at nought of you
builders, which is be-
come the head of the
corner. 12 Neither is
there salvation in any
other: for there is none
other name under hea-
ven given among men,
whereby we must be
saved.

13 Now when they
saw the boldness of
Peter and John, and
perceived that they
were unlearned and
ignorant men, they
marvelled; and they
took knowledge of
them, that they had
been with Jesus, 14And
beholding the man
which was _ healed
standing with them,
they could say nothing
against it. 15 But
when they had com-
manded them to go a-
side out of the council,
they conferred among
themselves, 16 saying,
What shall we doto
these men? for that
indeed a notable mira-
cle hath been done by
them is manifest to
all them that dwell in
Jerusalem; and we
cannot deny it. 17 But
that it spread no fur-
ther among the peo-
ple, let us straitly
threaten them, that
they speak henceforth
to no man in this
name. 18And_ they
called them, and com-
manded them not to
speak at all nor teach
in the name of Jesus.
19 But Peter and John
answered andsaid un-
to them, Whether it be
right in the sight of
God to hearken unto
you more than unto
God, judge ye. 20 For
we cannot but speak
the things which we
have seen and heard.
21So when they had
further threatened
them, they let them
go, finding nothing
how they might punish
them, because of the

ople: for all men
glorified God for that

2 yeand LrTr ἃ." συνέβαλλον

d — ἀπειλῇ LIT:[Aj.
εἶπον (εἶπαν Tr) πρὸς

Y

322

which was done, 22 For
the man was above
forty years old, on
whom this miracle of
healing was shewed.

23 And being let go,
they went to their own
company, and reported
all that the chief
priests and elders had
said unto them. 24 And
when they heard that,
they lifted up their
voice to God with one
accord, and said, Lord,
thou art God, which
hast made heaven,
and earth, and the
sea, and all that in
them is: 25 who by the
mouth of thy servant
David hast said, Why
did the heathen rage,
and the people ima-
gine vain things?
26 The kings of the
earth stood up, and
the rulers were ga-
thered together a-
gainst the Lord, and
against his Christ.
27 For of a truth a-
gainst thy holy child
Jesus, whom thou hast
anointed, both Herod,
and Pontius Pilate,
with the Gentiles, and
the people of Israel,
were gathered toge-
ther, 28 for to do what-
soever thy hand and
thy counsel determin-
ed before to be done.
29 And now, Lord,
behold their threat-
enings: and grant
unto thy servants,
that with all boldness
they may speak thy
word, 30 by stretch-
ing forth thine hand
to heal; and that
signs and wonders
may be done by the
mame of thy holy
child Jesus. 31 And
when they had prayed,
the place was shaken
where they were as-
sembled together; and
they were all filled
with the Holy Ghost,
and they spake the
word of God with
boldness.

32 And the multi-
tude of them that be-
lieved were of one

TIPAS EIS.

τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι. 22 ἐτῶν.γὰρ ἦν
God for that which has taken place; for *years [7old] *was
πλειόνων *reccapacovra' ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ’ ὃν ἰἐγεγόνει"

*above forty ‘the ?man on whom had taken place
τὸ σημεῖον.τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως.
this sign of healing.

23 ᾿Απολυθέντες.δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους,

And having been let go they came _ to

ἀπήγγειλαν

reported

IV.

Kai
theirown [company], and

doa πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσ-
whatever to them the chief priests and the el-
βύτεροι ™eizroy.' 24 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν
ders said. And they having heard, with one accord lifted up
φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, kai ™elzrov," Δέσποτα, σὺ πὸ
{their] voice to God, and said, O master, thou [art] the
θεὸς" ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν Kai THY γῆν Kai THY θάλασσαν

God who made the heaven and the earth and the sea

Kai πάντα Ta ἐν αὐτοῖς, 25 °O διὰ στόματος" ῬΔαβὶδ'
and all that[areJin them, who by [the] mouth of David
ἡγοῦ" παιδός.σου εἰπών, “Ivari! ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ

thy servant didst say,

λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά;
2peoples ‘did meditate vain things?

Why _ did “rage *haughtily ‘nations, and
26 παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς

Stood up the kings ofthe
γῆς, Kat ot ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ.τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ
earth, and the rulers were gathered together against the
κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ«.χριστοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 27 Συνήχθησαν.γὰρ

Lord and against his Christ. For were gathered together
ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας" ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά cov ᾿Ιησοῦν, ὃν
of a truth against 7holy Sservant ‘thy Jesus, whom
ἔχρισας, Ἡρώδης.τε καὶ Πόντιος ᾿ἱΠιλάτος," σὺν ἔθνεσιν
thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with nations
καὶ λαοῖς ᾿Ισραήλ, 28 ποιῆσαι ὕσα ἡ.χείρισου Kai ἡ βουλή
and peoples. of Israel, todo whatever thyhand and counsel
“gouv" προώ ἐσθ 29 καὶ τὰ νῦ ΄ γἔπιδε"
ροώρισεν γενεσθαι. καὶ τὰ νῦν, κύριε, YETTLOE

‘thy predetermined to come to pass. And now, Lord, look

ἐπὶ τὰς. ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, Kai δὸς τοῖς. δούλοις.σου μετὰ παῤ-

upon their threatenings, and give to thy bondmen with *bold-

ῥησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν.λόγον.σου, 80 ἐν τῷ τὴν.χεῖρά.“σου"

ness tall to speak thy word, in that thy hand
ἐκτείνειν oe! εἰς ἴασιν, Kai σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι

?stretchest οαὺ *thou for healing, and signs and wonders take place

διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 31 Kai
through the name Sholy ‘servant ‘of *thy Jesus. And
δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ Hoar ovyny-
*having *prayed ‘they ‘was ’shaken ‘the ®place in which ΠΟΥ were assem-
μένοι, Kai ἐπλήσθησαν amavrec ἵπνεύματος ἁγίου," Kai
bled, and they were “filled 141] with [the] *Spirit *Holy, and
ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παῤῥησίας.
spoke the word of God with boldness.
32 Τοῦ.δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν "ἡ" καρδία
And of the multitude of those that believed were ‘the “heart

k τεσσεράκοντα TTrA.

LTTr[ A].

°"Iva τί LTrAW.
L[Tr].
LTTraw.

* + ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ in this city GLTTrawW.
Y ἔφιδε L.
2 —y7 LTTrA.

1 γεγόνει LTTrA. ™ εἶπαν LTTrA. ™%— ὃ θεὸς (ead he who)

© ὃ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου στόματος Who by [the] Holy Spirit
by [the] mouth of our father Lrtra.

P Δανεὶδ LITrA; Aavié Gw. 4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW.

t Πειλᾶτος 1. u— gov

Ἢ — σου (read [thy ]) Lr. Υ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος

Χ [σε] A.

ΤΥ. ACTS.
καὶ "ἡ ψυχὴ pia’ καὶ ϑοὐδὲ" εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρ-
and *the ‘soul one, and ποῦ one anything *of *that*which 7pos-
χόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν αὐτοῖς “ἅπαντα!
sessed She ‘said "his ’°own *was, ‘but ‘were ‘*to '*them ?7all !¥things
κοινά. 33 καὶ “μεγάλῃ δυνάμει" amedidovy τὸ μαρτύριον
common, And with great power “gave “testimony
οἱ ἀπόστολοι “τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ," χάρις.τε
‘the apostles of the resurrection ofthe Lord Jesus, and “grace
΄ ? ‘ i ? 4 > ‘ 4 ? ,
μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. 84 οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεῆς τις
great was upon all them. For neither in want “anyone
fumnoxev' ἐν avroic’ ὕσοι.γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν
lwas among them; forasmanyas owners’ of estates or houses
ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς TYUWAaG τῶν πιπρα-
were, selling [them] brought the values of those sold,
σκομένων, 35 καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀπο-
and laid [them] at the feet of the apos-

Sdredidoro' δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότιιἄν τις χρείαν
and distribution was made toeach accordingas anyone “need

στόλων"
{165 ;
εἶχεν.
*had.
36 ΒἸ ωσῆς" .δὲ ὁ
And Joses who was surnamed
στόλων, 0 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον. υἱὸς
tles (which is, being interpreted, Son
KAevirne,' Κύπριος τῷ.γένει, 87 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ,
a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, haying land,
πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα Kai ἔθηκεν ἱπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας
having sold [it] brought the money and laid [10] at the feet
τῶν ἀποστόλων. 5 ’Avyjo.dé τις ™“Avaviac ὀνόματι,"
of the apostles. But *man ‘a “certain, Ananias by name,
σὺν "Σαπφείρῃ" τῇ.γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, 2 Kai
with Sapphira his wife, sold ἢ. possession, and
ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς: °ovvEdviac' Kai τῆς γυναικὸς
kept back from the value, being aware of [it] also wife
Ραὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος-τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν
this, and having brought acertain part “at “the 5feet “of 7the
ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. 3 εἶπεν. δὲ 4 Πέτρος, ᾿Ανανία. "dart
“apostles Maid [21]. But said Peter, Ananias why
ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τὴν.καρδίαν. σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ
did “611 ‘Satan thy heart, “to ‘lie to [‘for] *thee the
πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Kai νοσφίσασθαι " ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ
Spirit the Holy, and to keep back from the value ofthe
xwpiov; 4 οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν; καὶ πραθὲν
estate? *Not ‘remaining *to*thee *did °it remain? and having been sold,
ἐν τῇ.σῃ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν ; τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ
in thine own authority wasit [not]? why didst thou purpose in
καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα.τοῦτο; οὐκ. ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ
thy heart this thing ? Thou didst not lie to men, but
τῴθεῷ. δ᾽ Ἀκούων δὲ Avaviac τοὺς. λόγους.τούτους, πεσὼν
toGod. And?hearing ‘Ananias these words, falling down

ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας Ἰὑπὸ! τῶν απο-
Barnabas by the apos-

παρακλήσεως,
of consolation),

8 — ἡ LTTrA. Ὁ οὐδ᾽ E. ς πάντα! L. 4 δυνάμει μεγάλῃ LITrA.

[χριστοῦ Christ] τῆς ἀναστασεως 1,; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου 1.

ῃ Ἰωσὴφ Joseph Lrtraw. i ἀπὸ LITrAW.
1 Sardetpa LTr.

τ διὰ ri LTrA.

& διεδίδετο LTTrA.
| πρὸς τ. τὰ ὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίας L.
(read [Ὠ15]} τττὰ. 4+ 0LTTrA.
τ + ὃ GLTTrAW.

© συνειδυίης LTTrA.
s + [ce] thoe (to keep back) a.

323

heart and of one soul:
neither said any of
them that ought of the
things which he pos-
sessed was his own;
but they had all things
common. 33 And with
great power gave the
apostles witness of the
resurrection of the
Lord Jesus: and great
grace was upon them
all. 34 Neither was
there any among them
that lacked: for as
Many as were possess-
ors of lands or houses
soldthem, and brought
the prices of the things
that were sold, 35 and
laid them down at the
apostles’ feet: and dis-
tribution was made
unto every man ac-

cording as he had
need.
36 And Joses, who

by the apostles was
surnumed Barnabas,
(which is, being in-
terpreted, The son of
consolation,) a Levite,
and of the country of
Cyprus, 37 having
land, sold it, and
brought the money,
and laid it at the
apostles’ feet. V. But
a certain man named
Ananias, with Sapphi-
ra his wife, sold a
possession, 2and kept
back part of the price,
his wife also being
privy toit,and brought
a certain part, and
laid it at the apostles’
feet. 3 But Petersaid,
Ananias, why hath Sa-
tan filled thine heart
to lie to the Holy
Ghost, and to keep
back part of the price
of the land? 4 Whiles
it remained, was it not
thine own? and after
it was sold, was it not
in thine own power ?
why hast thou con-
ceived this thing in
thine heart? thou
hast not lied unto
men, but unto God.
5 And Ananias hear-
ing these words fell
down, and gave up the

ε τοῦ κυρίου Incov
f Hy LITr.
k Λενεΐτης TA.

P — αὐτοῦ

924

ghost : and great fear
came on all them that
heard these things.
6 And the young men
arose, wound him up,
and carried him out,
and buried him. 7 And
it was about the space
of three hours after,
when his wife, not
knowing what was
done,came in. 8And
Peter answered unto
her, Tell me whether
ye sold the land for so
much? And she said,
Yea, for so much,
9 Then Peter said un-
to her, How is it that
ye have agreed toge-
ther to tempt the Spi-
rit of the Lord? be-
hold, the feet of them
which have buried thy
husband are at the
door, and shall carry
thee out. 10 Thenfell
she down straightway
at his feet, and yielded
up the ghost : and the
young men came in,
and found her dead,
and, carrying her
forth, buried her by
her husband. 11] And
great fear came upon
all the church, and
upon asmany as heard
these things. 12 And
by the hands of the
apostles were many
signs and wonders
wrought among the
people; (and _ they
were all with one ac-
cord in Solomon’s
porch. 13 And of the
est durst no man join
himself to them: but
the people magnified
snem. 14 And beliey-
ers were the more add-
ed to the Lord, mul-
titudes both of men
and women.) 15 In-
somuch that they
brought forth the sick
into the streets, and
laid them on beds and
couches, that at the
least the shadow of Pe-
ter passing by might
overshadow some of
them. 16 There came
also a multitude out
of the cities round
about unto Jerusalem,
bringing sick folks,
and them which were
vexed with unclean
spirits : and they were
healed every one,

ΠΡΑ ΕΣ. Vv.

siebvtev’ καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας rove
expired. And Scame 2fear lgreat upon all who
ἀκούοντας ταῦτα." 6 ἀναστάντες.δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέ-

heard these things. And having risen the younger [men] swathed

> 2 e's , ” ? , Η͂
στειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. 7 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ
him, and having carried οαὖὐ buried (him). And it came to pass

ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα Kai ἡ. γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ

about *hours ‘three afterwards also his wife, not knowing what
yeyovoc εἰσῆλθεν. 8 ἀπεκρίθη.δὲ “airy *o' Πέτρος,
had come to pass, came in. And answered her Peter,
Εἰπέ μοι εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἢ δὲ eizer,
Tell me if for 50 much the _ estate ye sold ἢ And she said,

Nai, τοσούτου. 9 Ὁ δὲ ἸΤέτρος Yelzrev' πρὸς αὐτήν. Ti

Yes, for so much. And Peter said to her, Why [is it]
ὅτι συνεφωνήθη. ὑμῖν πειράσαι TO πνεῦμα κυρίου; ἰδού, οἱ
that yeagreed together totempt the Spirit of [the] Lord? Lo, the

πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρασου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, Kai
feet of those who buried thy husband [416] at the door, and

ἐξοίσουσίν σε. 10 "Ἔπεσεν. δὲ παραχρῆμα παρὰ" rove
they shall carry out thee. And she fell down immediately at

πόδας. αὐτοῦ Kai ἐξεψυἕεν. εἰσελθόντες. δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι

his feet and expired. And having come in the young [men]
“ehpov' αὐτὴν νεκράν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς

found her dead ; and having carried out they buried [her] by

τὸν. ἀνδρα.αὐτῆς. 11 καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὕλην THY
her husband. And *came "fear ‘great upon *whole ‘the

ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. 12 Διὰ. δὲ
assembly, and upon all who heard these things. And by

τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων Yéyévero" σημεῖα Kai τέρατα

the hands of the apostles cametopass ‘signs “*and *wonders
Sy τῷ λαῷ πολλά" Kai ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν “ἅπαντες"

Samong “the ῬΘΟΡΙΒ ‘many; (and they were *with%one*accord ‘all

ἐν τῇ στοᾷ “Σολομῶντος " 13 τῶν.δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα
in the porch of Solomon, but of the rest noone durst

κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός" 14 μᾶλλον

join them, but “magnified ‘them ‘the *people; the *more

δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν.τε

Sand 7were ?°added ®believers tothe Lord, multitudes both of men

καὶ γυναικῶν: 15 ὥστε ‘kara τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς
and women ;) so as

in the streets tobringout the
ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ δκλινῶν" καὶ Ἐκραββάτων," ἵνα
sick, and put [them] on

beds and couches, that

᾽ , ΄ nn « : 12 ’ " ‘

ἐρχομένου Πετρου Kav 1) OKta ἐπισκια σῇ τινι
zooming Sof ©Peter ‘at “least *the *shadow might overshadow some one

αὐτῶν. 16 συνήρχετο.δὲ Kai τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ

of them. And came together also the multitude of the “round “about

πόλεων Keic' Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλου-

cities to Jerusalem, bringing sick ones and those
μένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο
beset by spirits unclean. who were “healed
ἅπαντες.

tall.

¥ — ταῦτα LYTrA.
fsaid] LTTra.
LTTraw.
VTTrA,

2 πρὸς LITrA.
ἃ πάντες LTY.
h κραβάτ' ὧν LTTrAW.

“ πρὸς αὐτὴν to her LYTra. X — 6 LITrA. Σ — εἶπεν (read
ἃ εὗραν Tr. Ὁ ἐγίνετο EGLTTrAW. © πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ
ε Σολομῶνος GTrAW. ἴ καὶ eis even into LrTr. 8 κλιναρίων
i ἐπισκιάσει Shall overshadow Tr. k — εἰς LITrA.

Vv. ACTS.
17 ᾿Αναστὰς.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Kai πάντες ot σὺν αὐτῷ,
And having risen up the high priest and all those with him,

οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου,
which is [the] sect ofthe ee were filled with anger,

18 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ‘ara ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ

and laid “hands their on the apostles and
ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν = THONoEL δημοσίᾳ. 19 ἄγγελος.δὲ κυρίου
put them in{[the] “hold 4public. But an angel of [the] Lord
διὰ πτῆς! νυκτὸς ™hvotev' τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς,
during the night opened the doors of the prison,
ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, 20 Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες
and having brought 70ut ‘them said, Go ye, and standing

~ 5 ~ « ~ ~ ~ vA A cv ~ ~

λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ TH λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς

speak in the temple tothe people all the words of “life
ταύτης. 21 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθοον εἰς τὸ

1this, And having heard they entered at the dawn into the
ἱερόν, Kai ἐδίδασκον. παραγενόμενος.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ
temple, and were teaching. But having come the high priest and those
σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον Kai πᾶσαν τὴν γερου-
with him, they called together the sanhedrim and all the elder-
σίαν τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, Kai ἀπέστειλαν εἰς TO δεσμωτήριον

hood ofthe sons ofIsrael, and sent to the prison
ἀχθῆναι.αὐτούς. 22 οἱ. δὲ οὑπηρέται παραγενόμενοι" οὐχ
to have them brought. But the officers having come 2not

εὗρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ" ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν,
*did find them in the prison; and having returned they reported,

23 λέγοντες, Ὅτι τὸ μὲν δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισ-
saying, The ?indeed prison we found shut

μένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας “ἔξω" ἑστῶτας
with all security, and the Keepers without standing

πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοίξαντες δέ. ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν.
before the doors ; but having opened, within no one we found.
24 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς. λόγους. τούτους ὅτε ἱερεὺς Kai
And when they heard these words both the priest and
0! στρατηγὸς TOU ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς διηπόρουν περὶ
the captain of the temple and the chief priests were perplexed concerning
αὐτῶν, τί ay-yévoiro τοῦτο. 25 παραγενόμενος.δέ τις

them, what *might *be pot But ae come a certain one

UTI VEX they Ὅτι id ὃ ἔθεσθ

ary yet εν αὐτοῖς ἐγων,ἢ Tee ov οἱ ἄν θρες οὺς ἐἑσεσῦσε
reported to them, saying, Lo, the men whom ye put

ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν
in the prison are in the eeuiple standing and ΠΕΒΘΒΊΒΕΙ the
λαόν. 26 Tore ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις
people. Then “having *gone ‘the “captain with the officers

γἤγαγεν" αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν,
bronght them, not with violence, for they feared the people,
τίνα! μὴ λιθασθῶσιν. 27 ἀγαγόντες. δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν
that they might not be stoned. And having brought them they set

ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ᾽ καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς,
{them]in the sanhedrim. And “asked ‘them ‘the “high “priest,

28 λέγων, “Οὐ! παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσ-
saying, *Not~- *by ‘a ®charge did *we charge you not toteach

1 — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ™ — τῆς LTTrA.
ὑπηρέται LTTrA. P — μὲν LITraw.
καὶ ὃ LTTTA. -- EGE GLTTraw.
stoned) foal

π ἀνοίξας having opened τ.
nS — ἔξω GLTTraAW.
ἣγεν di

© ἐπὶ LTTrA.
~ — ἵνα (read lest they ἔπει be
— Ov (read We did eee ge you by a charge, &.) LTTra.

325

17 Then the high
priest rose up, and all
they that were with
him, (which is the sect
of the Sadducees,) and
were filled with in-
dignation, 18 and laid
their hands on the
apostles, and put them
in the common prison.
19 But the angel of the
Lord by night opened
the prison doors, and
brought them forth,
and said, 20 Go, stand
and speak in the tem-
ple to the people all
the words of this life.
21 And when they
heard that, they en-
tered into the temple
early in the morning,
and taught. But the
high priest came, and
they that were with
him, and called the
councii together, and
all the senate of the
children of Israel, and
sent to the prison to
have them brought.
22 But when the offi-
cers caine, and found
them not in the prison,
they returned, and
told, 23 saying, The
prison truly found we
shut with all safety,
and the keepers stani-
ing without before
the doors: but when
we had opened, we
found no man with-
in. 24 Now when the
high priest and the
captain of the tempie
and the chief priests
heard these things,
they doubted of thein
whereunto this would
grow. 25 Then came
one and told them,
saying, Behold, the
men whom ye put
in prison are standing
in the temple, and
teaching the people.
26 Then went the cap-
tain with the officers,
and brought them
without violence: for
they feared the people,
Jest they should have
been stoned. 27 And
when they had brought
them, they set them
before the council: and
the high priest asked
them, 28saying, Did
not we straitly com-
mand you that ye
shouid not teach in

co ποβαγενόμεῦοι
- ἱερεὺς

920

this name? and, be-
hold, ye have filled
Jerusalem with your
doctrine, and intend to
bring this man’s blood
upon us. 29 Then Pe-
ter and the other apos-
tles answered and said,
We ought to obey
God rather than men,
30 The God of our fa-
thers raised up Jesus,
whom ye slew and
hanged on ἃ tree.
31 Him hath God
exalted with his right
hand to be a Prince
and a Saviour, for to
give repentance to Is-
rael, and forgiveness
ofsins. 32 And weare
his witnesses of these
things; and 80 18 also
the Holy Ghost, whom
God hath given to
them that obey him.
33 When they heard
that, they were cut to
the heart, and took
counsel to slay them.
34 Then stood there up
one in the council, a
Pharisee, named Ga-
maliel, adoctor of the
law, had in reputation
among all the people,
and commanded to put
the apostles forth a
little space; 35 and
said unto them, Ye
men of Israel, take
heed to yourselves
what ye intend to do
as touching these men.
36 For before’ these
days rose up Theudas,
boasting himself to be
somebody ; to whom a
number of men, about
four hundred, joined
themselves: who was
slain; and all, as many
as obeyed him, were
scattered, and brought
to nought. 37 After
this man rose up Ju-
das of Galilee in the
days of the taxing,
and drew away much
people after him: he
also perished ; and all,
even as many asobeyed
him, were dispersed.
38 And now I say unto
you, Refrain from
these men, and let
them alone: for if
this counsel or this

Il PA 2, EI &. Ve
KELY ETL τῷ.ὀνόματι. τούτῳ 53" καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε THY ‘le~
in this name? and lo, ye have filled Je

ρουσαλὴμ τῆς.διδαχῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ

rusalem with your teaching, and purpose to bring upon

ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου.τούτου. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ 76"
us the _ blood of this man, But *answering

Πέτρος καὶ ot ἀπόστολοι "εῖπον," ΠΕειθαρχεῖν δεῖ
Peter ’and *the ‘apostles said, *To ee tit iis = nee eeaey,

θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. 80 ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν
God rather than men. The God of our fathers

ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ
raised up Jesus, whom ye killed, having hanged on

ξύλου" 81 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν Kai σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ

a tree. Him God achief and Saviour exalted by ‘the
δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ. *dovvar μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ Kai ἄφεσιν
night hand of him, to give repentance toIsrael and _ remission

ἁμαρτιῶν. 32 τι ἡμεῖς Ῥέσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες" τῶν ῥημάτων

of sins. we are ofhim witnesses of *things
τούτων, Kai TO πνεῦμα “δὲ" TO ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς
these, and the “Bpint lalso the oly, which *gave 1God

τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. 33 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο,
to those that obey him. But they having heard were cut

καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο! ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. 34 ἀναστὰς
[to the heart], and tookcounsel toputtodeath them. ES ES Srisen 7up

δὲ τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Ta-
but 7a “certain [*man] in the sanhedrim a Pharisee, by name Ga-

μαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν

maliel, a teacher of the law, honoured byall the people, commanded
ἮΝ ᾿ 6 ii} ἢ A ᾽ aN {| ~ > ΄
ἔξω ββραχύ.-.ξτι τοὺς ἀποστόλους" ποιῆσαι, 88 εἴπεν.τε
Sout *for °a ®short 7while *the °apostles 1to *put, and said
πρὸς αὐτούς, "Ανδρες δ᾽ Ισραηλῖται," προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς
them, Men Israelites, take heed to yourselves
ἐπὶ τοῖς.ἀνθρώποις.τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. 36 πρὸ
as megands these men whatyeare about todo; *before

γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα

for these days roseup Theudas, affirming 7to*be ssomebody
ἑαυτόν, Ὀπροσεκολλήθη ἀριθμὸς ἀνδρῶν, ὡσεὶ! τετρα-
*himself, were joined anumber of men, about four
κοσίων᾽" καὶ πάντες Ooo. ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ
hundred ; all as many as were persuaded by him

διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. 37 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη
were dispersed and came to nothing. After thisone rose up

Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, Kai
Judas the. QGalilean in the days ofthe registration, and

ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱἱκανὸν" ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο,
drew away “people ‘much after him ; and he perished,

καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. 38 καὶ
and all as many as were persuaded by him were scattered abroad. And

Ta νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τούτων, καὶ
now Isay toyou, Withdraw from these τα ΟΣ; and

Kigqoare" αὐτούς" ὅτι ἐὰν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ
let ?alone 1them, for if ‘be "from ®men this 7counsel “or

©.

2

to whom
ὃς ἀνῃρέθη,
who was put to death, and

—;LTTra.
— αὐτου TTr.

i — ἱκανὸν LTTrA.

Υ — ὃ LTTrA.
ο — δὲ LTT:[A].
ἀνθρώπους the men LTTrA.

z εἶπαν LTTrA δ. τ τοῦτ. » ἐν αὐτῷ μάρτυρές ἐσμεν τι;
4 ἐβούλοντο resolved Ltr. © — τι LTTrAW. f τοὺς
Ε Ἰσραηλεῖται 1. h προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς LTTrAW

* ἄφετε LTTrA.

Vaal ACTS.

T0.éoyov.rovTo, καταλυθήσεται: 39 cide ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν,
“this °work, it will be overthrown ; but if from God it be,

Ἰοὐ- δύνασθε" καταλῦσαι ™avro,' μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι

ye are not able

εὑρεθῆτε.
ye be found.

to overthrow it, lest also fighters against God

40 ᾿Επείσθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ᾽ Kai προσκαλεσάμενοι
And they were persuaded by him; and having called to

τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν
{them] the apostles, having beaten they enjoined [them] not to speak

? \ ~ ? , “2 ~ \ > , n ᾽ , I 4] «
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν "αὐτούς. Οἱ
in the name of Jesus, and released them. They
μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ
therefore departed rejoicing from [the] presence of the
συνεδρίου ὅτι °UTED τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦῦιΣ κατηξιώθησαν"
sanhedrim that for the name of him they were accounted worthy
ἀτιμασθῆναι: 42 πᾶσάν.τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ᾽ οἶκον

to be dishonoured. And every day in the temple and in the houses
οὐκ.ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι P’ Inoovy
they ceased not teaching and announcing the gladtidings— Jesus
τὸν χριστόν."
the Christ.
> at ~ « , , , ~ ~
6 Ἔν δὲ ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν
But in those days Smultiplying ‘the “disciples

ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν ᾿Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς ‘EBpaiouc,
there arose 8. murmuring of the Hellenists against the Hebrews,
ort παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῷ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ
because were overlooked in the ?ministration daily
χῆραι.αὐτῶν. 2 προσκαλεσάμενοι. δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος
their widows. And *having “called to (*them] 'the *twelve the multitude
τῶν μαθητῶν, “εἶπον," Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαν-
of the disciples, said, Not seemly itis [for] us, leaving

Tac τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. 3 ἐπισκέψασθε

the word of God, to attend tables, Look out
τοὖν," "ἀδελφοί," ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους
therefore, brethren, 4men “from *among ‘yourselves, ®borne 7witness *to

ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ‘aylov' Kai σοφίας, οὺς ‘KaTa-
‘seven, full of [the] *Spirit *Holy and wisdom, whom we will

στήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆὴς.χρείας. ταύτης᾽ 4 ἡμεῖς. δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ

appoint over this business ; but we to prayer
καὶ TH διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν. ὃ Καὶ
and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue. And
ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους καὶ
*was *pleasing ‘the 7saying before all the multitude; and
ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα “πλήρη πίστεως καὶ πνεύ-
they chose Stephen, aman full of faith and([the) 7Spi-

ματος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, Kai Πρόχορον: καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ
rit Holy, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and

Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον ᾿Αντιοχέα,
Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch,

6 οὺς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων" Kai προσευξάμενοι

whom they set before the apostles ; and having prayed
ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. 7 καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ
they laid “on *them *hands. And the word of God

1 ov δυνήσεσθε ye will not be able trrr. τὰ αὐτούς them GLTTra.
[them]) rtra.
χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν LITrA.

4 εἶπαν τττὰ. τ δή indec
* — ἁγίου GLTTrA.

’ καταστήσωμεν We INAy appoint EW.

° — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW ; κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος LTTrA.
L; 6é but T.
w πλήρης L.

327
work beof men, it will
come to nought: 39 but
if it be of God, ye can-
not overthrow it; lest
haply ye be foundeven
to fight against God.
40 And to him they
agreed: and when they
had called the apostles,
and beaten ther, they
commanded that they
should not speak in
the uame of Jesus,
and let them go.
41 And they departed
from the presence of
the council, rejoicing
that they were count-
ed worthy to suffer
shame for his name.
42 And daily in the
temple, and in every
house, they ceased not

to teach and preach
Jesus Christ.
VI. And in those

days, when the num-
ber of the disciples
was iultiplied, there
arose a murmuring of
the Grecians against
the Hebrews, because
their widows were
neglected in the daily
ministration. 2 Then
the twelve called the
multitude of the dis-
ciples unto them, and
said, It is not reason
that we should leave
the word of God, and
serve tables. 3 Where-
fore, brethren, look ye
out among you seven
men of honest report,
full of the Holy Ghost
and wisdom, whom we
may appoint over this
business. 4 But we
will give ourselves
continually to prayer,
and to the ministry

of the word. 5 And
the saying pleased
the whole multi-

tude: and they chose
Stephen, a man full
of faith and of the
Holy Ghost, and Phi-
lip, and Prochorus,
and Nicanor, and Ti-
mon, and Parmenas,
and Nicolas a pros-
elyte of Antioch:
6 whom they set be-
fore the apostles: and
when they had prayed,
they laid thezr hands
on them. 7 And the
word of God increased;

n— αὐτούς (read
P τὸν
s — ἀδελφοί L.

328

and the number of the
disciples multiplied in
Jerusalem greatly;
and a great company
of the priests were
obedient to the faith,

8 And Stephen, full
of faith and power,
did great wonders and
miracles among the
people. 9 Then there
arose certain of the
synagogue, which is
called the synagogue
of the Libertines, and
Cyrenians, and Alex-
andrians, and of them
of Cilicia and of Asia,
disputing with Ste-
phen. 10 And they
were not able to resist
the wisdom and the
spirit by which he
spake. 11 Then they
suborned men, which
said, We have heard
him speak blasphe-
mous words aguinst
Moses, and. against
God. 12 And they
stirred up the people,
and the elders, and
the scribes, and came
upon him, and caught
him, and brought him
to the council, 13 and
set up false witnesses,
which said, This man
ceaseth not to speak
blasphemous words
against this holy
place, and the law:
i4 for we have heard
him say, that this Je-
sus of Nazareth shall
destroy thisplace, and
shall change the cus-
toms which Moses de-
livered us. 15 And all
that sat in the council,
looking stedfastly on
him, saw his face as
it had been the face of
an angel,

VII. Then said the
high priest, Are these
things so? 2 And he
said, Men, brethren,
and fathers, hearken ;
The God of glory ap-
peared untoour father
Abraham, when he
was in Mesopotamia,
before he dwelt in
Charran, 3and said
unto him, Get thee out
of thy country, and
from thy kindred, and

HM Pee Bie, VI, VIL.
ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν Ἵε-
increased, and °was 7multiplied *the *number “of *the “disciples in Je-

ρουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς.τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ὑπήκουον
rusalem exceedingly, and a great multitude of the priests were obedient
τῇ πίστει.
tothe faith.
8 Στέφανος. δὲ πλήρης "πίστεως" Kai δυνάμεως
And Stephen, full of faith and power,

ἐποίει
wrought

τέρατα Kai σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ aw. 9 aviornoay.oé
wonders and 2signs ‘great among the people. And arose
τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑτῆς λεγομένης" Λιβερτίνων,

certain of those of the synagogue called

A / ‘ ? , ‘ ~ > 4 /
kai Κυρηναίων, καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας
and of Cyrenians, and of Alexandrians, and of those from Cilicia
“kai ᾿Ασίας, *ovgnrov "rp Στεφάνῳ" 10 καὶ ὑκιὶ

C, “OUGHTOVYTEG’ τῳ Στεφανῳ και OUK.LOXUOV
and Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able
ἀντιστῆναι TY σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει. 11 τότε

to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke. Then ~
« a » , a ? ΄ ’ ~ ~
ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας, λέγοντας, Ore ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦν-
they suborned men, saying, We have heard him speaking
Toc ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς "Mwoiy' καὶ τὸν θεόν. 12 Συν-
2words ‘blasphemous against Moses and God, *T hey
εκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν Kai τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους Kai τοὺς
“stirred *up ‘and the people and_ the elders aud the
γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον

Libertines,

scribes, and coming upon they seized hin, and brought
εἰς TO συνέδριον, 13 ἔστησάν.τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς,
{him] to the sanhedrim, And they set *witnesses false,

λέγοντας, Ὁ-ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος οὐ.παύεται ῥήματα βλάσφημα
Υ ᾽ |
saying, This man does not cease Swords “blasphemous
λαλῶν" κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου “τούτου; Kai τοῦ νόμου.
1speaking against Splace *holy this and the law;
14 ἀκηκόαμεν.γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Nalw-
for we have heard him saying, That Jesus “the ‘*Naza-
ραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν.τόπον. τοῦτον, Kai ἀλλάξει τὰ

rean this will destroy this place, and willchange the
ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Mwiojc. 15 Kai ἀτενίσαντες εἰς

customs which 7delivered “to‘*us ‘Moses. And looking intently on

ΕΣ 4 6, I « (a) , ? ~ ὃ ΄ f, Τὸ II 4
QUTOV “UTAVTEG Ob κα εζόμενοι ἐν τῳ σῦυνξ βριῳ εἰοον TO
him all who Bat in the sanhedrim Baw
πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου.
his face as [the] face of an angel.
Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Ei Sapa! ταῦτα
And ‘said ‘the *high “priest, *Then 7these *things
2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, “Avdpec ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. ὁ θεὸς
And he said, Men brethren and fathers, hearken. The God
τῆς δόξης ὥφθη τῷ πατρὶ. ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσο-
of glory appeared to our father Abraham being in Meso-
ποταμίᾳ, πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Xappay, 3 καὶ εἶπεν
potamia, before dwelt ‘he in Charran, and said
πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς.γῆς.σου καὶ ‘x τῆς συγγενείας
to him, Goout from thy land and from “kindred

οὕτῳς

heyec'';
3580 5

‘are ?

x χάριτος of grace GLTTrAW.
> Mwionv GLITrAW.
(read the holy place) @urrraw.
h — ἔχει (read [are]) w.

LTTrA.

Υ τῶν λεγομένων T. t—- καὶ ᾿Ασίας 1,. 8 συνζητοῦντες
© — βλάσφημα GLITrAW ; λαλῶν ῥήματα. TTr. 4 — τρύτον
© πάντες LTTr. f εἶδαν Tr. 8 — dpa LTTr[A].

i — ἐκ [L]Tr[A].

VII. AC TS:

σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς" γῆν ἣν av σοι δείξω. 4 Τότε ἐξελθὼν
thy and come into land which totheeI willshew. Then going out
ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων, κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαῤῥάν, κἀκεῖθεν

from [the] land of Chaldeans, he dwelt in and thence

μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα.αὐτοῦ. μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς

Charran,

after %died ‘his 7father, he removed him into
τὴν.γῆν. ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε. 5 καὶ οὐκ
this land in which ye now dwell. And “not

οὐδὲ Pijpua-moddc’

ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ;
noteven a foot’s tread:

"he “did give tohim aninheritance in it,
καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο ἰαὐτῷ δοῦναι" εἰς κατάσχεσιν “airyy,' Kai
and promised tohim togive “for %a *possession it, and
TW.oTéppaTiavToU μετ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐκιῦὔντος αὐτῷ τέκνου.
to his seed after him, there not being to him a child,
6 ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα.αὐτοῦ
And *spoke sthus ‘God: That “shall *be this 7seed
πάροικον ἐν γ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ
asojourner in ἃ *land istrange, and they willenslave it and
κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια. 7 καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ "ἐὰν"
ill-treat [10] “years ‘four *hundred ; and the nation to which
ὁδουλεύσωσιν ." κρινῶ ἐγώ, ῬΡῬεῖπεν ὁ θεός" καὶ μετὰ
they may bein bondage will?judge ‘I, said God; and after
ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν TH τόπῳ
these things they shall come forth and serve me in place
τούτῳ. 8 Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς᾽ Kai οὕτως
this. And hegave tohim acovenant of circumcision; and thus
ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ισαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ TY
he begat Isaac, and _ circumcised him the “day
ὀγδόῃ: Kai 40" ᾿Ισαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ %6' ᾿Ιακὼβ τοὺς
teighth; and Isaac [begat] Jacob, and Jacob the
δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 9 Kai ot πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν
twelve patriarchs, d the patriarchs, envying
? , ? ’ » ” ‘ bt « ‘ ?
iwongd ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἰγυπτον᾽ καὶ ἣν 0 θεὸς per
Joseph, sold (him) into Egypt. And *was 1God with
αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ τἐξείλετο" αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν.θλίψεων αὐτοῦ,
him, and delivered him outof all his tribulations,
καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν δἐναντίον᾽ Φαραὼ βασι-
and gave him favour and wisdom before Pharaoh king
λέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπ-
of Egypt, and heappointed him ruler over Egypt
Tov Kai‘ ὅλον τὸν. οἷκον.αὐτοῦ. 11 ἦλθεν.δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην
and *whole 1815 house. But *came ‘a *famine upon *7whole
τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου" καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη καὶ
‘the land of Egypt and Canaan, and *tribulation ‘great, and
οὐχ."“εὕρισκον" χορτάσματα οἱ πατερες- ἡμῶν. 12 ἀκούσας. δὲ
Sdid “ποὺ *find “sustenance ‘our *fathers. But “having *heard
I ‘ » 5 ? 2 , I 2 , ‘ ,
ακὼβ ὄντα “σῖτα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ," ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας
1Jacob ὅνγαβ ‘corn in Egypt, sent forth *fathers
« ~ ~ Ἁ ~ , , A
ἡμῶν πρῶτον" 13 καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ γἀνεγνωρίσθη" ᾿Ιωσὴφ
our first ; and at the secondtime wasmade known Joseph
τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, Kai φανερὸν ἐγένετο TH Φαραὼ τὸ γένος
to his brethren, and *known ‘became to Pharaoh the family

k 4 σὴν the LITraw.
him w. ᾿ ἄν LTr.
LTTraW. ᾳ — ὃ LTTrA. τ᾿ ἐξείλατο GLTTrAW.

Y Αἴγυπτον (read over all Egypt) urrra. W ηὕρισκον TrA.
Υ ἐγνωρίσθη τι.

8 ἔναντι T.

' δοῦναι αὐτῷ LITra ; δοῦναι αὐτὴν to give it w.
ο δουλεύσουσιν they will be in bondage Trra.

329
come into the land
which I shall shew
thee. 4Then came he
out of the land of the
Chaldgwans, and dwelt
in Charran: and from
thence, when his father
was dead, he removed
him into this land,
wherein ye now dwell.
5 And he gaye him
none inheritance in
it, no, not so much as
to set his foot on: yet
he promised that he
would give it to him
for a possession, aud
to his seed after him,
when as yet he had no
child. 6 And Godspake
on this wise, That his
seed should sojourn in
a strange land; and
that they should bring
theminto bondage,and
entreat them evil four
hundred years. 7 And
the nation to whom
they shall be in bon-
dage will I judge, said
God: and after that
shall they come forth,’
and serve me in this
place. 8 And he gave
him the covenant of
circumcision: and 50
Abraham begat Isaac,
and circumcised him
the eighth day; and
Isaac begat Jacob ; and
Jacob begat the twelve
patriarchs. 9 And the
patriarchs,moved with
envy, sold Joseph into
Egypt: but God was
with him, 10 and de-
livered him out of all
his afflictions, and
gave him favour aud
wisdom in the sight
of Pharaoh king of
Egypt; and he made

him governor over
Egypt and all his
house. 11 Now there

came a dearth over all
the land of Egypt and
Chanaan, and great af-
fliction : and our fa-
thers found no suste-
nance. 12 But when
Jacob heard that there
was corn in Egypt, he
sent out our fathers
first. 13 And at the
second time Joseph
was made known to
his brethren; and Jo-
seph’s kindred was
made known unto Pha-

™ αὐτῷ to
P ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν
t + ἐφ᾽ over Τ,

x σιτία εἰς Αἴγνπτον LITrAW,

330

raoh. 14 Then sent Jo-
seph, and called his fa-
ther Jacob to him, and
all his kindred, three-
score and fifteen souls,
15 SoJacob went down
into Egypt, and died,
he, and our fathers,
16 and were carried
over into Sychem, and
laid in the sepulchre
that Abraham bought
for 2 sum of money of
the sons of Emmor the
father of Sychewe
17 But when the time
of the promise drew
nigh, which God had
sworn to Abraham, the
people grew and mul-
tipliedin Egypt, 18 till
another king arose,
which knew not Jo-
seph. 19 The same
dealt subtilly with
our kindred, and
evil entreated our
fathers, so that they
cast out their young
children, to the end
they might not live.
20 In which time Mo-
ses was born, and was
exceeding fair, and
nourished up in his
father’s house three
months: 21 and when
he was cast out, Pha-
raoh’s daughter took
him up, and nourished
him for her own son.
22 And Moses was
learned in all the wis-
dom of the Egyptians,
and was mighty in
words and in deeds.
23 And when he was
full forty years old, it
came into his heart to
visit his brethren the
children of Israel.
24 And seeing one af
them suffer wrong, he
defended him, and a-
yenged him that was
oppressed, and smote
the Egyptian: 25 for
he supposed his breth-
ren would have under-
stood how that God by
his hand would deliver
them : but they under-
stood not. 26 And the

2 — τοῦ LITrA.

© — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLTTra.

& — rov TTr. h

L + én’ Αἴγυπτον over Egypt Lrtr.

ο Mwions GLTTrAW.
τ ἀνείλατο GLTTrAW.
* + αὐτοῦ (read his deeds) GLTTraw.

ἔκθετα LTTrA.
αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

fhis]) Trr[a].

ΠΡ Ὰ ΣΕ Σ.

trop!" Iwong.' 14 ἀποστείλας.δὲ ᾿Ιωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο
of Joseph. And having sent Joseph he called for

πατέρα. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιακώβ," καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν.συγγένειαν.“αὐτοῦ," ἐν
his father Jacob, and all his kindred, in
ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. 15 “κατέβη. δὲ" ᾿Τακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπ-
Ssouls 1seventy ?five. And went down Jacob into gypt
τον, Kai ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς Kai ol.marépec-yuay? 16 Kai
and died, he and our fathers, and
μετετέθησαν sic Συχέμ, καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι “δ'
were carried over to Sychem, and were placed in the tomb which

ὠνήσατο ᾿Αβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν PEupop'

ΜΗ,

broy

2pought ‘Abraham fora sum ofmoney from the sons of Emmor
frou" * Συχέμ. 17 KaOwedé ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγ-
of Sychem. But as drew near the time of the pro-

Niacune to " ὁ θεὸ 2 ΑΙ 1 ἴ ἡ λαὸ ὶ
γελίας ἧς 'ώμοσεν" ὁ θεὸς τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ
mise which *swore God to Abraham, “increased ‘the *people and
ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 18 ἔἄχρις" οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς
multiplied in Egypt, until arose *king
érepoc,! ὃς οὐκύδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ. 19 οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος
‘another, who knew not Joseph. He having dealt subtilly with
τὸ.γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς. πατέρας. "ἡμῶν," τοῦ ποιεῖν
our race, ill-treated our fathers, making
πἔκθετα τὰ. βρέφη" αὐτῶν εἰς. τὸ μὴ.ζωογονεῖσθαι. 20 Ἔν ᾧ
Ξε χροβθᾶ their *babes that they might not live. In which
καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη °Mwoijc,' Kai ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ: ὃς ave-

time was born Moses, and was beautiful to God; who was
τράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ.πατρὸς.Ῥαὐτοῦ."
brought up “months ‘three in the house of his father.

21 αἐκτεθέντα.δὲ αὐτόν," 'aveidero' αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ,

And *being exposed ‘he, took up him the daughter of Pharaoh,
καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. 22 Kai ἐπαιδεύθη
and brought up him forherself for ason. And ?was “instructed
“Mwone' " πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων. ἦν.δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν

1Moses in all [the] wisdom of [the] Egyptians, and he was mighty in
λόγοις καὶ ‘év' ἔργοις". 23 ὭὩς.δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ Χτεσ-

words and in deeds. And when was fulfilled tohim Sof
σαρακονταετὴς᾽ χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ THY-Kapdiav.avToU ἐπι-
“forty ‘years la period, itcame into his heart to

σκέψασθαι τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς. αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραήλ. 24 Kai

look upon his brethren the sons of Israel; and
ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν.ἐκδίκησιν
seeing a certain one being wronged, he defended [him] and avenged

τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. 25 ἐνόμιζεν. δὲ
him being ΟΡῬσεββθᾶ, havingsmitten the Egyptian. For he thought

συνιέναι τοὺς.ἀδελφοὺς.Σαὐτοῦ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς

“would *understand ‘his *brethren that God by ‘hand
αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν Ταὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν" οἱ- δὲ οὐ-συνῆκαν.
this is giving them salvation. But they understood not

® αὐτοῦ (read his family) rT.
4 καὶ κατέβη LTTrAW.
- ἐν iN LTTr.

> Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ LTTrAW.
ε ᾧ ΟἸΤΥΓΑΜ. {᾿ Ἐμμὼρ LTTraw.
i ὡμολόγησεν promised LTTraw. k ἄχρι LTTrA.
m — ἡμῶν (read the fathers) LTTra. 1 τὰ βρέφη
Ρ — αὐτοῦ (read [Π]5]} GLTTraw. 4 ἐκτεθέντος δὲ
5 + ἐν in (read πάσῃ all) Trraw. t — ἐν LYTrA.
W τεσσερακονταετὴς TTrA. τ — αὐτοῦ (read

Y σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς LTTrAW.

VIE. AS CATS!

26 τῷ "τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρῳ ὦφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, Kai
And on the following day heappeared to those who were contending, and
"συνήλασεν" αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Avdpsc ἀδελφοί ἐστε
urged them to peace, saying, Men ‘brethren “are
ὑμεῖς" “ἱνατί" ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 27 Ὃ.δὲ ἀδικῶν
‘ye, why wrong ye one .nother? But he who was wronging (his)
τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Τίς σε κατέστησεν
neighbour thrust away him, saying, Who thee ‘appointed
ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ “ἡμᾶς"; 28 μὴ ἀνελεῖν pe
ruler and judge over us? To put to death me
σὺ θέλεις, ὃν. τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς" τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ;
*thou ‘wishest, in the way thou puttest to death yesterday the Egyptian?
29 "Εφυγεν. δὲ Μωσῆς" ἐν τῷ.λόγῳ.τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο
And “fled 1Moses at this saying, and became
πάροικος ἕν Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο.
asojourner in [the] land οὗ Madiam, where he begat *sons two.
30 Kai πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν ἐτεσσαράκοντα" ὥφθη αὐτῷ ἐν
And “being ‘fulfilled “years ‘forty appeared tohim in
τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος "κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ
the desert of the Mount Sina anangel of [the] Lord in a flame
πυρὸς βάτου. 81 ὁ.δὲ "Μωσῆς" ἰδὼν ἰξθαύμασεν" τὸ
of fire of a bush. And Moses seeing [10] wondered at the
ὅραμα" προσερχομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι. ἐγένετο φωνὴ

vision ; and *coming “near the toconsider [it], there was a voice
, k A ᾽ , ΙΙ ᾽ ‘ « A ~ ,
κυρίου "πρὸς αὐτόν," 82 Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.σου,
of [the] Lord to him, {am] the God of thy fathers,

ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 16 θεὸς" Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἰὸ θεὸς" ᾿Ιακώβ.
the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God _ of Jacob.
Ἔντρομος.δὲ γενόμενος ‘Mwonc' οὐκ.ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι.

And ‘trembling *having *become ‘Moses he durst not consider [10].
33 εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν

And *said “ἴο Shim ‘the *Lord, Loose the sandal of *feet
σου" ὁ.γὰρ τόπος Mv" ᾧ ἕστηκας, γῆ ayia ἐστίν. 34 ἰδὼν
lthy, forthe place on whichthoustandest,*ground*holy ‘is. Seeing,

εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦὔ.λαοῦ.μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ
Isaw the ill-treatment of my people in Egypt, and
στεναγμοῦ." αὐτῶν" ἤκουσα" καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς"
their groaning heard, and came down to take “out ‘them ;
‘ ~ 6 ~ re) ? λ ~ i > Al , 35 T ~ A
καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, “ἀποστελῶΐ σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 30 Τοῦτον τὸν
and now come, Iwillsend thee to Egypt. This
Mwicny ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Tic σε κατέστησεν ἄρ-
Moses, whom they refused, saying, Who “thee ‘appointed ru-
χοντα καὶ δικαστήν ; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς Ρ ἄρχοντα Kai λυτρωτὴν
ler and judge? him God [5325] “ruler ‘and “*deliverer
«ἀπέστειλεν ἐνὶ χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν TH
‘sent by [the] hand of[the] angel who appeared tohim in the
βάτῳ. 36 οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ
bush. This one led out them, having wrought wonders and
σημεῖα ἐν τῇ "Αἰγύπτου" καὶ ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ,
signs in [the] land of Egypt and in (the) Red Sea,

z δὲ EGW. 8 συνήλλασσεν LTT: W,
LTrA. ἃ ἡμῶν LITrW. © ἐχθὲς LTTrA.
h — κυρίου LTTrA. i ἐθαύμαζεν GTAW.
m ἐφ᾽ LITrA, Ὁ αὐτοῦ (read [their]) utr.
LT[Tr]A. 4 ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν has sent with LTTraw.
* Αἰγύπτῳ GLTTrA,

{Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw.
k — πρὸς αὐτόν LTTra.

Ὁ — ὑμεῖς (read ἐστε ye are) LTTr[A]W.
ὃ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA.

ο ἀποστείλω LTTrAW.
τ τῇ (read in Egypt) utr

331

next day he shewed
himself unto them as
they strove, and would
have set them at one
again, saying, Sirs, ye
are brethren ; why do
ye wrong one to an-
other? 27 But he that
did his neighbour
wrong thrust him a-
Way. saying, Who made
thee a ruler and a
judge overus? 28 Wilt
thou kill me, as thou
diddest the Egyptian
yesterday? 29 Then
fled Moses at this say-
ing, and was astranger
in the iand of Madian,
where he begat two
sons. 30 And when
forty years were ex-
pired, there appeared
to him in the wilder-
ness of mount Sina an
angel of the Lord ina
flame of fire in a bush.
31 When Moses saw it,
he wondered at the
sight : and as he drew
near to behold τέ, the
voice of the Lord came
unto him, 32 saying,
I am the God of thy
fathers, the God of
Abraham, and the God
of Isaac, and the God
of Jacob. Then Moses
trembled, and durst
not behold. 33 Then
said the Lord to him,
Put off thy shoes from
thy feet: for the place
where thou standest
is holy ground. 34 I
have seen, I have
seen the affliction of
my people which is in
Egypt, and I have
heard their groaning,
and am come down to
deliver them. And
now come, I will send
thee into Egypt.
35 This Moses whom
they refused, saying,
Who made thee aruler
anda judge? thesame
did God send to be a
ruler and a deliverer
by the hand of the
angel which appeared
to him in the bush.
36 He brought them
out, after that he had
shewed wonders and
signs in the land of
Egypt, and in the Red
sea, and in the wil-

ς ἵνα τί

1 — ὃ θεὸς LTTrA.
P + καὶ both

532

derness forty years.
37 This is that Moses,
which said unto the
children of Israei,
A prophet shali the
Lord your God raise
upunto you of your
brethren, likeunto me;
him shall ye hear.
38 This is he, that was
in the church in the
wilderness with the
angel which spake to
him in the mount
Sina, and wiih our fa-
thers: who received
the lively oracles to
give unto us: 39 to
whom our fathers
would not obey, but
thrust him from
them, and in their
hearts turned back
again into Egypt,
40 saying unto Aaron,
Make us gods to go
before us: for as for
this Moses, which
brought us out of the
land of Egypt, we wot
not what is become of
him, 41 And they made
a calf in those days,
and offered sacrifice
unto the idol, and re-
joiced in the works
of their own hands.
42 Then God turned,
and gave them up to
worship the host of
heaven ; as it jis writ-
ten in the book of the
prophets, O ye house
of israel, have ye of-
fered to meslain beasts
and sacrifices by the
space of forty years in
the wilderness? 43 Yea,
ye took up the ta-
bernacle of Moloch,
and the star of your
god Remphan, figures
which ye made to wor-
ship them: and I will
carry youaway beyond
Babylon. 44 Our fa-
thers had the taber-
nacle of witness in the
wilderness, as he had
appointed, speaking
unto Moses, that he
should make it accor-
ding to the fashion
that he had seen.
45 Which also our fa-
thers that came after
brought in with Jesus
into the possession of
the Gentiles, whom
God drave out before
the face of our fathers,

WPA EI. VIF.

καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα" 37 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ

and in the wilderness “years forty. This is the
Mwvonce ὁ δείπων᾽ τοῖς υἱοῖς “Iopand, Προφήτην ὑμῖν
Moses who said tothe sons of Israel, A prophet to you
? ΄ x ᾿ " ¢ θ A Ay rt ἢ ? ~ . ~
AVAOTNHOEL κυριος 0 Geog Τυμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν
5:1011] raise πρ ['the] *Lord *God “your from among *brethren
ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε." 38 Οὗτός torw ὁ γενό-
‘your like me, him γ6 shall hear. This is hewho was

μενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ
in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who
λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ Ope Σινᾶ, καὶ τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν.
spoke tohim in the mount Sina, and with our fathers ;
ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν: 39 w οὐκ-ἠθέλησαν
who received “oracles ‘living togive tous: to whom “would *not
ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽ ἀπώσαντο, καὶ
Ssubject ®be lour “fathers, but thrust {him] away, and
ἐστράφησαν ὃ ταῖς.καρδίαις.αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 40 εἰπόντες
turned back their hearts to Egypt, saying
τῷ Aaowy, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς ot προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν"
to Aaron, Make us gods~ who shall go before Us ;
ὁ yap “Μωσῆς" οὗτος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπ-
for Moses lthat who brought 7out ‘us from [the] land of Egypt,
του, οὐκιοἴδαμεν Ti ἀγέγονεν' αὐτῷ. 41 Kai ἐμοσχοποίησαν
weknow not what has happened to him. And they made a calf
ἐν ταὶς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ,
in those days, and offered sacrifice to the idol,
Kai εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν.χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 42° Εστρεψεν
and rejoiced in the works of their hands. °*Turned

δὲ ὁ θεὸς Kai παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ!

*but ?God and deliveredup them toserve the host of the
οὐρανοῦ" καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν BiBAW τῶν προφητῶν,
heaven ; as it has been written in [the] book of the prophets,

Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ or ἔτη ἵτεσσαρά-
*Slain °beasts °and ‘sacrifices ‘did ὅγε ΟΠ tome “years forty
κονταὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος ᾿Ισραήλ; 43 καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν
in the wilderness, O house of Israel ? And yetookup the
σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ:, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ὑμῶν" *Peugar,
tabernacle of Moloch, and the — star of your god Remphan,
Tove τύπους οὺἣς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς" καὶ μετοικιῶ
the models which ye made to worship them; and I will remove
ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. 44 Ἢ σκηνὴ rot) μαρτυρίου ἢ'
you beyond Babylon. The tabernacle of the testimony was
Siy' τοῖς.πατράσιν.ωὩμῶν iv τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο

among our fathers in the wilderness, as commanded
ὁ λαλῶν τῷ "Μωσῇ,! ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον
he who spoke to Moses, to make it accordingto the modei
ὃν ἑωράκει: 45 ἣν Kai εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι

which he had seen; which also “brought *in *having ‘received δΌΥ °succession

ol.rarépecnpoy pera ᾿Ιησοῦ ev τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν,
tour “fathers with Joshua _ in the taking possession of the nations,

ov ἰἔξωσεν" ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν.πατέρων. ἡμῶν.

whom Ζἄγονο *out 1God from [the] face of our fathers,

ἡ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA.
2— αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε LITrA.
4 ἐγένετο happened LTTra.
“Poud@av Romphan 1.

¥ — ὑμῶν GLTTrA.
© Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw.
£‘Peday Rephan Ltraw ;
1 ἐξέωσεν T.

ἢ εἴπας LTTrA. X — κύριος LTTrA.
ἃ ἀλλὰ LITrA. b 4+ ἐν LYTrA.
ς — ὑμῶν (read the God) Lrtra,

& — ἐν (ead to our) LYTrA. ἃ Μωῦσῇ GLTTrAw.

WIL AVOUT S:

ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαβίδ" 46 ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ
until the aye of David; who found favour before

θεοῦ, Kai ῃτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ "θεῷ" ᾿Ιακώβ.
God, and asked tofind a tabernacle for the God of Jacob ;

47 "Σολομῶν".δὲ ὁφκοδόμησεν" αὐτῷ οἶκον. 48 AN οὐχ ὁ
but Solomon built him ἃ house, But ‘not ‘the

ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις Pyaoic' κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προ-
2Most *High in hand-made temples dwells ; as the pro-
t ? , , t ‘ ~ ε
φήτης λέγει, 49 Ὁ οὐρανός μοι Opie 7-0€ γῆ ὑπο-
phet says, The heaven [is]}tomeathrone and the earth a foot-
πόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν.μου" ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει
stool of ae feet: what house willye build me? _ says
κύριος" ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς.καταπαύσεώς.μου ; ὅ0 οὐχὶ
{||6] Lord, or what [the] place of my rest? 2not
ἡ-χείριμου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; 51 σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ
βξτὴν *hand tmade ‘these things ‘all? O stiffnecked and
ἀπερίτμητοι “τῇ καρδίᾳ" καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι
uncircumcised inheart and ears, ye ease the Suet

τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε, two! οἱ. πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. 52 τίνα
the Holy resist ; as oe eevee also ye. Which

τῶν προφητῶν ovK-edlweay οἱ. “πατέρες. ὑμῶν; καὶ ἀπέ-
of the prophets did ποὺ *persecute tyour *fathers ? and they
κτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως TOU
killed those who before announced concerning the coming of the
δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς "γεγένησθε"

Just ae of whor: now ye betrayers and murderers have become!

53 οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, Kai
who received the law by [the] disposition oofangels, and
ovKk-epuraéare.
kept [it] not.
54 ᾿Ακούοντες.δὲ ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐτῶν,
And θα these aie they were cut to their hearts,

καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 55 Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης,

teeth at him. But being

πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ΣΝ
of [the] *Spirit *Holy, ao looked cere into heaven, he saw

δόξαν θεοῦ, Kai ᾿Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ,
{the] glory ofGod, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God,

56 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς tavepypévove,' Kai

and βαϊᾶ, Lo, Ibehold the heayens opened, and
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ.
the Son of man ?at the *right Shand ‘standing of God.

57 Κράξαντες.δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ. ὦτα.αὐτῶν
And crying out with a *voice ous they held their ears

καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 58 καὶ ἐκβαλόντες
and rushed with one accord upon him, and havingcast [him]

ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουν. καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο

and gnashed_ the

out of the city they stoned [him], And the witnesses laid aside
τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου
their garments at the feet of a young man called

Lavrov. ὅθ καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον
Saul. And they stoned Stephen, invoking

καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ. πνεῦμά.μου. 60 Oeic.oé
and = saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And having bowed

333
unto the days of Da
vid ; 46 who found fa:
vour before God, and
desired to find a taber-
nacle for the God oi
Jacob. 47 But Solo-
mon built him an
house. 48 Howbeit the
most High dwelleth
not in temples made
with hands; as saith
the prophet, 49 Heaven
is my throne, and earth
7s my footstool : what
house willye build me?
saith the Lord: or what
is the place of my rest?
50 Hath not my hand
made all these things ?
51 Yestiffmecked and
uncircumcised in heart
and ears, ye do always
resist the Holy Ghost :
as your fathers did, so
do ye. 52 Which of the
prophets have not your
fathers persecuted ?
and they have slain
them which shewed be-
fore of the coming of
the Just One; of whom
ye have been now the
betrayers and murder-
ers: 53 who have re-
ceived the law by the
disposition of angels,
and have not kept it.

54 When they heard
these things, they were
cut to the heart, and
they gnashed on him
with their teeth. 55 But
he, being full of the
Holy Ghost, looked up
stedfastly into heaven,
and saw the glory of
God, and Jesus stand-
ing on the right hand
of God, 56 and said,
Behold, I see the
heavens opened, and
the Son of man stand-
ing on the right hand
of God. 57 Then they
cried out witha loud
voice,and stopped their
ears, and ran upon
him with one accord,
58 and cast him out of
the city, and stoned
him: and the witnesses
laid down their clothes
at a young man’s feet
whose name was Saul.
59 And they stoned
Stepnen, caling upon
God, and saying, Lord
Jesus, receive my spi-
rit. 60 And he kneeled

1 Δαυείδ LITA ; Δαυΐδ Gw. ™ οἴκῳ house LT.
2.-- ναοῖς (read [places]) GLTTraw.
ἐγένεσθε became LTTraw.

n Σαλωμὼν πὶ

t διηνοιγμάνους LTTrAw.

4 καρδίαις hearts LTTr ; ταῖς καρδίαις Ww.

ο τ ΟΣ στῶ Tr,
τ καθὼς τι

994
down, and cried with

a loud voice, Lord, lay
not this sin to their

charge. And when he
had said this, he fell
asleep. VIII. And

Saul was consenting
unto his death.

And at that time
there was a great per-
secution against the
church which was at
Jerusalem; and they
were all scattered a-
broad throughout the
regions of Judwa and
Samaria, except the
apostles. 2 And devout
men carried Stephen to
his burial, and made
great lamentation over
him. 3 As for Saul, he
made havock of the
church, entering into
every house, and ha-
ling men and women
committed them to pri-
son.

4 Therefore they that
were scattered abroad
went every where
preaching the word.
ὃ Then Philip went
down to the city of
Samaria, and preached
Christ unto them.
6 And the people with
one accord gave heed
unto those things
which Philip spake,
hearing and seeing the
miracles which he did.
7 For unclean spirits,
crying with loud voice,
came out of many that
were possessed with
them: and many taken
with palsies, and that
were lame, were heal-
ed. 8 And there was
great joy in that city.

9 Put there was a
certain man, called
Simon, which before-
time in the same city
used sorcery, and be-
witched the people of
Samaria, giving out
that himself was some
great one: 10to whom
they all gave heed,
from the least to the
greatest, saying, This
man is the great power
of God. 11 And to him
they had regard, be-
cause that of long time
he had bewitched them
with sorceries. 12 But
when they believed
Philip preaching the
things concerning the

* ταύτην THY ἁμαρτίαν LTrAW.

z + τὴν the (city) Lr.
ἐξήρχοντο (ἐξήρχετο G) GLTTrAW.

{ + καλουμένη called GLTTraw.

LTTraw.

TPASEL*. VII, Vile
φωνῃ μεγάλῃ, Kupre, μὴ-στήσῳς αὐτοῖς
heeried witha*voice ‘loud, Lord, lay not to them
ὑτὴν.ἁμαρτίαν.ταύτην" Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη.

this sin. And this having said he fell asleep.
8 Σαῦλος.δὲ ἣν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ.

And Saul was consenting tothe killing of him.
᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν
And took place θὰ. that day a persecution ‘great against the

ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν ἱΙεροσολύμοις᾽ πάντες.ἥτε! διεσπάρησαν
assembly which[was] in Jerusalem, and all were scattered
κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς lovdaiac καὶ “Σαμαρείας" πλὴν τῶν
throughout the countries of Judwa and Samaria except the
ἀποστόλων. 2 συνεκόμισαν.δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς,

τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν
the knees

apostles. And *buried “Stephen 2men pious,
καὶ "ἐποιήσαντο κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. 3 Σαῦλος δὲ
and made lamentation ‘great over him. But Saul

ἐλυμαίνετο THY ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ.τοὺς. οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος,
was ravaging the assembly, house *by ‘house entering,
σύρων.τε ἄνδρας Kai γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν.
and dragging men and women delivered [them] up to prison.

4 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζό-

They who therefore had been scattered passed through, announcing the
μενοι τὸν λόγον. 5 Φίλιππος.δὲ κατελθὼν sic? πόλιν
glad tidings— the word. And Philip, going down’ to a city
τῆς “Σαμαρείας exnovacey αὐτοῖς τὸν χριστόν. 6 προσεῖχόν

of Samaria, proclaimed tothem the Christ; “gave *heed
"re! οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμο-
land “the *crowds tothethings spoken by Philip with

θυμαδόν, ἐν.τῷ.ἀκούειν.αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ

one accord, when they heard and saw the signs which
ἐποίει. 7 ὑπολλῶν" γὰῪρῤ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκά-
he did. For of many of those who had spirits un-
θαρτα, βοῶντα “μεγάλῃ φωνῇ ἐξήρχετο" πολλοὶ δὲ
clean, ‘crying ὅν ἢ ®a 7loud ®voice ‘they 7went Sout; and many

παραλελυμένοι Kai χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. 8 “kai ἐγένετο
having been paralysed and lame were healed. And Swas
χαρὰ μεγάλη" ἐν TH.70AELeKeivy.
ἼΟΥ ‘great in that city.
9 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.ιτις ὀνόματι Σίμων προὐπῆρχεν ἐν τῷ πόλει
But adertainman, by name Simon, wasformerly in the city
μαγεύων καὶ “ἐξιστῶν" τὸ ἔθνος τῆς "Σαμαρείας," λέγων
using magic arts and amazing the nation of Samaria, saying
εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν 10 ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες
2.0 *be ‘some ‘himself great one. To whom ?were *giving *heed tall
ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις
from small to great, saying, This one _ is the power
τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ | peyadn. 11 Προσεῖχον.δὲ airy, διὰ
of God which [is] great. And they were giving heed tohim, because

τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς Suayetac' ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς.
that foralong time with the magic arts [he] had amazed them.
12 “Ored& ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ

But when they believed Philip announcing the glad tidings—

Υ ἐποίησαν
,, ἢ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ
© ἐξιστάνων LITA.

w δὲ LTrA; — Te T. x Σαμαρίας τ.
a δὲ LTTrAW. Ὁ πολλοὶ LTTrA.
4 ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ LTTrA.

& μαγιαις T.

VIII. A€¢TS:
bra! περὶ τῆς βασιλεί ὕ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνό
ἧς ασιλειας TOU VEOU KAL τοῦ OVOLAaATOC
the things concerning the kingdom of God and_ the name
‘rov' ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες.τε Kai γυναῖκες.
of Jesus Christ, they were baptized bothmen and women.
13 ὁ.δὲ Σίμων Kai αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ βαπτισθες ἦν
Απᾶ Simon also himself believed, and having been baptized was

προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ᾽ θεωρῶν τε ἔσημεῖα καὶ δυνά-
steadfastly continuing with Philip; *beholding ‘and signs and *works “of

μεις μεγάλας γινομένας," ἐξίστατο. 14 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ οἱ

‘power ‘great being done, was amazed. And *having Sheard 'the
ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ ἱΣαμάρεια" τὸν
in *Jerusalem 7apostles that *had *received 1Samaria the

λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν!" Πέτρον καὶ
v7 ᾽

word of God, they sent to them Peter and
"Ἰωάννην" 15 οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηΐξαντο περὶ
John ; who having come down prayed for
αὐτῶν, ὅπως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 16 οὔπω". γὰρ
them, that they might receive(the] 7Spirit ‘Holy; for not yet
ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον.δὲ βεβαπ-
was he upon any of them fallen, but only *bap-
(it. no one)

TLOMEVOL ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 17 τότε

tized ΠΟΥ͂ “were to the name ofthe Lord Jesus. Then
Ρἐπετίθουν'" rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐκάμβανον πνεῦμα
they laid hands upon them, and they received [the] Spirit

ἅγιον. 18 “Θεασάμενος".δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως
"Holy. But *having *seen Simon that by the laying on
TOY χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον,"
ofthe hands of the apostles was given the Spirit the Holy,
προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, 19 λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν
he offered to them riches, saying, Give also to me
ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην, wa wSdy ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, Aap-
this authority, that on whomsoever I may lay hands, he may re-
βάν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 20 Πέτρος. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν,
ceive [the] 7Spirit ‘Holy. But Peter said to him,
Τὸ ἀργύριόν.σου σὺν σοὺ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν: ὅτι τὴν
Thy money with thee may it be to destruction, because the

δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. 21 οὐκ
gift of God thou didst think by Tiches _ to be obtained. sNot

ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν TPACyw.TovTw* ἡ.γὰρ

‘there 215 to thee part nor lot in this matter ; for the
καρδία σου οὐκ.ἔστιν εὐθεῖα "ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 μετανόη-

heart of thee is not right before God. Repent #
σον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας. σου ταὕτης, καὶ δεήθητι "row θεοῦ,"
therefore of 7thy“wickedness ‘this, and supplicate God,

εἰ dpa ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς.καρδίας.σου. 23 εἰς

if indeed may be forgiven to thee the thought of thy heart ; 7in
γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε
for agall of bitterness and a bond of unrighteousness Isee thee

ὄντα. 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, AenOnre ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ
to be. And “answering 1Simon said, Supplicate ye on behalf
? ~ ‘ A , . ‘ ? , ? > on
ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὕπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ὧν
of me to the Lord, sothat nothing maycome upon me of which

h — τὰ LTITrAW. 1— τοῦ GLTTrAW.
1 Σαμαρία T. τὰ — τὸν LTTrAW. 0 Ἰωάνην Tr.
LTTrA. ᾳ ἰδὼν GLTTraw. τ--- τὸ ἅγιον T[Tr]A.
Υ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord LTTraw.

5" ἐὰν EGLTTrAW.

990

kingdom of God, and
the name of Jesus
Christ, they were bap-
tized, both men and
women. 13 Then Si-
mon himself believed
also : and when he was
baptized, he continued
with Philip, and won-
dered, beholding the
Iniracles and _ signs
which were done.
14 Now when the apo-
stles which were at
Jerusalem heard that
Samaria had received
the word of God, they
sent unto them Peter
and John: 15 who,
when they were come
down, prayed for them,
that they might re-
ceive the Hcly Ghost :
16 (for as yet he was
fallen upon none of
them : only they were
baptized in the name
of the Lord Jesus.)
17 Then laid they their
hands on them, and
they received the Holy
Ghost. 18 And when Si-
mon saw that through
laying on of the apo-
stles’ hands the Holy
Ghost was given, he
offered them money,
19 saying, Give me al-
so this power, that on
whomsoever I lay
hands, he may re-
ceive the Holy Ghost.
20 But Petersaid unto
him, Thy money perish
with thee, because thou
hast thought that the
gift of God may be
purchased with money.
21 Thou hast neither
part nor lot in this
matter: for thy heart
is not right in the
sight of God. 22 Re-
pent therefore of this
thy wickedness, and
pray God, if perhaps
the thought of thine
heart may be forgiven
thee, 23 For 1 perceive
that thou art in the
all of bitterness, and
in the bond of iniquity.
24 Then answered Si-
mon, andsaid, Pray ye
to the Lord for me,
that none of these
things which ye have
spoken come upon me,

Κ δυνάμεις Kal σημεῖα μεγάλα γινόμενα GW.
© οὐδέπω LTTrAW. Ξ

Ρ ἐπετίθεσαν
τ ἔναντι GLTTrAW.

336

25 And they, when
they had testified and
preached the word of
the Lord, returned
to Jerusalem, and
preached the gospel
in many villages of the
Samaritans,

26 And the angel
of the Lord spake
unto Philip, saying,
Arise, and go toward
the south unto the
way that goeth down
from Jerusalem unto
Gaza, which is desert.
27 And he arose and
went: and, behold, a
man of Bthiopia, an
eunuch of great autho-
rity under Candace
queen of the Ethio-
pians, who had the
charge of all her trea-
sure, and had come to
Jerusalem for to wor-
ship, 28 was returning,
and sitting in his cha-
riot read Hsaias the
prophet. 29 Then the
Spirit said unto Philip,
Go near, and join thy-
self to this chariot.
30 And Philip ran
thither to him, and
heard him read the
prophet Esaias, and
said, Understandest
thou what thou read-
est? 31 And he said,
How can I, except
some man should guide
me? And he desired
Philip that he would
come up and sit with
him. 32 The place of
the scripture which he
read was this, He was
led as a sheep to the
slaughter ; and like a
lamb dumb before his
shearer, so opened he
not his mouth: 33 in his
humiliation his judg-
ment was taken away:
and who shall declare
his generation? for his
life is taken from the
earth. 34 And the eu-
nuch answered Philip,
and said, I pray thee,
of whom speaketh the
prophet this? of him-
self, or of some other
man? 35 ‘hen Philip
opened his mouth, and
began at the same

TIPASGEIS. VI.
elonkare. 25 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράμενοι Kai λαλή-
ye have spoken. They therefore having earnestly testified and having

σαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπέστρεψαν" εἰς “Ἰερουσαλήμ,"
spoken the word ofthe Lord, returned to Jerusalem,
πολλάς. τε κώμας τῶν ΥὑΣαμαρειτῶν" Τεὐηγγελίσαντο."
and [0] ΤΥ villages of the Samaritans announced the glad tidings,
26 “AyyéAoc.dé κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φίλιππον, λέγων,
But an angel οὗ [{Π6] Lord spoke to Philip, saying,
᾿Ανάστηθι Kai *7opsvov' κατὰ μεσημβρίαν, ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν
Rise up and go towards [the] south, on the way
THY καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσάληῃ εἰς Τάζαν: αὕτη
which goes down from erusalem to Gaza: the same
ἐστὴν ἔρημος. 27 Kai ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη" Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ
15 desert. And having risen up he went. And lo, aman
Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης Κανδάκης ὕτῆς" βασιλίσσης
an Ethiopian, aeunuch, one in power under Candace the queen
Αἰθιύπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς.γάζης. αὐτῆς, “ὃς"
of [the] Ethiopians,-who was over all her treasure, - who
? ΄, , ae ΄ 5 ε ΄
ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, 28 ἢἦν.τε ὑποστρέφων
#J

had come “to *worship to erusalem, and was returning
καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ Tov-doparoc.abrov, 4kai' ἀνεγίνωσκεν ©
and sitting in his chariot, and he was reading

\ ΄ ε a4 5 ‘ ny ~ ~ 7
τὸν προφήτην Ἡσαΐαν. 29 εἶπεν.δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ,
the prophet Esaias, Andsaid the Spirit to Philip,

Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ.ἅρματι.τούτῳ. 30 Προσδραμὼνγ. δὲ

Gonear and join thyself to this chariot. And running up
ὁ Φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος frov προφήτην
Philip heard him reading the prophet
Ἡσαΐαν," καὶ εἶπεν, Β΄Αρά.γε" γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις;
Esaias, and said, *Then*dost*thou know what thou readest?

τις βΒὸδη-

some one should

31 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς.γὰρ ἂνιδυναίμην ἐὰν. μή
But he said, [No,] forhow shouldI beable unless
ynoy' με; Παρεκάλεσέν.τε τὸν Φίλιππον ᾿ἀναβάντα καθίσαι
guide me? And he besought Philip having comeup to sit
σὺν αὐτῷ. 32 ἡ.δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν
with him. And the passage of the scripture which he was reading
ἦν αὕτη, Ὥς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, Kai we ἀμνὸς
was this, As a sheep to slaughter he wasled, and as alamb
ἐναντίον τοῦ ἱκείροντος" αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ.ἀνοίγει
before him who shears him [18] dumb, thus he opens not
τὸ στόμα.αὐτοῦ. 88 ἐν τῇ.ταπεινώσει. "αὐτοῦ" ἡ κρίσις. αὐτοῦ

his mouth, In his humiliation his judgment
ἤρθη, τὴν. ἰδὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; ort
wastaken να, andthe generation ofhim who _ shall declare? for

αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ-ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. 34’ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος
is taken from the earth his life. And answering the eunuch

τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης

7to*Philip ‘said, Ipray thee, concerning whom *the “prophet
λέγει τοῦτο: περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἐἑτέρου.τινός ;
says this? concerning himself, or concerning some other?

35 ᾿Ανοίξας.δὲ
And *having *opened

ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀρξάμενος
?Philip his mouth, and having begun

τ ὑπέστρεφον were returning LTTraw.
2 evnyyeAiGovro Were announcing the glad tidings LTTraw.
© — ὃς LT[Tr].
5 apaye @T.
(vead the humiliation) utr.

LTTraw.
LTTra.

x Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA. Y Σαμαριτῶν v.
ἃ πορεύθητι L. Ὁ — τῆς
Γ Ἡσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην

4 — καὶ LI[Tr]W. e+ τε, and x.
k — αὐτοῦ

h ὁδηγήσει shall guide rrr. 1 κείραντος TA.
1— δὲ and Lrtz[A].

VIII, IX.
ἀπὸ τῆς.γραφῆς.ταύτης,
from this scripture,

σοῦν. 36 we.dé ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν,
sus. And as they were going along’ the way,

ACTS.
εὐηγγελίσατο.αὐτῷ τὸν In-
announced to him the glad tidings— Je-

ἦλθον ἐπί
they came upon

τι Udwp’ Kai φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ᾿Ιδοὺ ὕδωρ' Ti κωλύει
acertain water, and “says ‘the eunuch, Behold water; what hinders

pe βαπτισθῆναι ; 37 "Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος, Εἰ πιστεύεις ἐξ
me _ to be baptized? And ?said Philip, If thou believest from

e ~ 7 Ν ? ‘ ,ὔ
ὕλης τῆς καρδίας, ἔξεστιν. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ εἶπεν, Πιστεύω
2whole ‘the heart, it is lawful. And answering he said, I believe
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν ’Inoovy χριστόν." 38 Kai ἐκέλευ -
®the *Son 7of ®God *to*be 1 Jesus *Christ. And hecom-
σεν στῆναι τὸ dopa’ καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμάόξεροι εἰς
manded *to ‘stand ‘still 'the *chariot. And they went down oth to
TO ὕδωρ, ὕ.τε. Φίλιππος Kai ὁ εὐνοῦχος" καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν.
the water, both Philip andthe eunuch, and he baptized him.
39 ὅτειδὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος πνεῦμα κυρίου
But when they came up out of the water [the] Spirit of [the] Lord

4 , ‘4 ‘ , «
ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον" καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ
caught away Philip, and saw *him ‘no ®longer 'the

εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο.γὰρ τὴν. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων. 40 Φίλιππος

eunuch, for he went his way rejoicing. ?Philip
« , 2 » ‘ , ᾽
δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς “ACwrov καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγ-
*but was found at Azotus, and passing through he announced the
γελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν. αὐτὸν εἰς
glad tidings [0] 6 cities all, till he came to
οΚαισάρειαν."
Ceresarea.
9 ὋὉ.δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι Ῥέμπνέων" ἀπειλῆς Kai φόνου εἰς
But Saul, still breathing out threatenings and slaughter towards

τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 2 ῃτήσατο

the disciples ofthe Lord, having come to the high priest asked
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς,
from him letters to Damascus, to the synagogues,
ὕπως Tay! τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας" ἄνδρας.τε Kai
so that if any hefound 7of*the *way ‘being both men and
γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους aya εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 8 ἐν.δὲ
women, having bound he might bring [them] to Jerusalem, But in

τῷ πορεύεσθαι
proceeding

EYEVETO

αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ, "καὶ
it came to pass

he drew near to Damascus, and
ἐξαίφνης" ἱπεριήστραψεν αὐτὸν" φῶς "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ"
suddenly shone round about him alight from the heaven,
4 καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ THY γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ,
and having fallen on the earth heheard a voice saying to him,
Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί pe διώκεις ; 5 Ἐπεν.δέ, Τίς εἶπ,
Saul, Saul, why me dost thou persecute? And he said, Who art thou,
΄ 5 « a. xf he 2 , ? ? ~ a ‘
κύριε; ὋὉ δὲ “κύριος εἶπεν, “Eyw εἰμι ᾿Ιησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ
Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou
διώκεις" σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν.
persecutest. [1 158] hard for thee against [the] goads to kick.
6 Τρέμων τε καὶ θαμβῶν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τί pe θέλεις

Andtrembling and astonished he said, Lord, What me desirest thou

337
scripture,and preached
unto him Jesus. 36 And
as they went on their
way, they came unto
a certain water: and
the eunuch said, See,
here is water; what
doth hinder me to be
baptized ? 37 And Phi-
lip said, Tf thou believ-
est with all thine heart,
thou mayest. And he
answered and said, 1
believe that Jesus
Christ is the Son of
God. 38 And he com-
manded the chariot to
stand still: and they
went down both into
the water, both Philip
and the eunuch; and he
baptized him. 39 And
when they were come
up out of the water,
the Spirit of the Lord
caught away Philip,
that the eunuch saw
him no more: and he
went on his way re-
joicing. 40 But Philip
was found at Azotus:
and passing through
he preached in all the
cities, till he came to
Ceesarea.

IX. And Saul, yet
breathing out threat-
enings and slaughter
against the disciples of
the Lord, went unto
the high priest, 2 and
desired of him letters
to Damascus to the
synagogues, that if he
found any of this way,
whether they were men
or women, he might
bring them bound un-
to Jerusalem. 3 And
as he journeyed, he
came near Damascus :
and suddenly there
shined round about
him a light from hea-
ven: 4 and he fell to
the earth, and heard a
voice saying unto him,
Saul, Saul, why perse-
cutest thou me? 5 And
he said, Who art thou,
Lord? And the Lord
said, lam Jesus whom
thou persecutest : it is
hard for thee to kick a-
gainst the pricks. 6And
he trembling and asto-
nished said, Lord,what
wilt thou haye me to

Ὁ — verse 37 GLTTrA.
5 ἐξαίφνης Te LTTrAW.
Υ ἐκ out οὔτι. w+ [σύ] Α.
Ναζωραῖος the Nazarene [L]w.

° Καισαρίαν 1. Ρ ἐνπνέων 1. 4 ἄν 1.

r " fol « -
ὄντας τῆς ὁδοῦ, τ.

* περιέστραψεν αὐτὸν B; αὐτὸν περιέ- LL; αὐτὸν περιή- TTrAW.
* — κύριος εἶπεν (read he [said]) trtraw.
2 — σκληρόν..... πρὸς αὐτόν (verse 6) GLTTraw.

eet

Z

998

do? And the Lord
said unto him, Arise,
and go into the city,
and it shall be told
thee what thou must
do. 7 And the men
which journeyed with
him stood speechless,
hearing a voice, but
seeing no man. 8 And
Saul arose from the
earth ; and when his
eyes were opened, he
saw noman: but they
led him by the hand,
and brought him into
Damascus. 9 And he
was three days with-
out sight, and neither
did eat nor drink.
10 And there was a
certain disciple at Da-
mascus, named Ana-
nias; and to him said
the Lord in a vision,
Ananias, And he said,
Behold, I am here,
Lord. 11 And _ the
Lord said unto him,
Arise, and go into the
street which is called
Straight, and inquire
in the house of Judas
for one called Saul, of
Tarsus: for, behold, he
prayeth, 12 and bath
seen in a vision a man
named Ananias com-
ing in, and putting
his hand on him, that
he might receive his
sight. 13 Then Ananias
answered, Lord, I have
heard by many of this
man, how mucheyvil he
hath done to thy saints
at Jerusalem: 14 and
here he hath authority
from the chief priests
to bind allthat callon
thy name. 15 But the
Lord said unto him,
@o thy way : for he is
a chosen vessel unto
me, to bear my name
before the Gentiles,
and kings, and the
children of Israel :
16 for Τ will shew him
how great things he
must suffer for my
name’s sake. 17 And
Ananias went his way,
and entered into the
house; and putting his
hands on him said,
Brother Saul,the Lord,

TPAG@EIS. ΙΧ.

ποιῆσαι; Καὶ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν," *’AvdornO καὶ

to do? And the Lord [5414] to him, Rise up and
εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, Kai λαληθήσεταί σοι ὕτί)! ce δεῖ

it shall be told thee what thee it behoves

ποιεῖν. 7 Οἱ-δὲ ἄνδρες ot συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν
to do. But the men who were travelling with him stood
σἐγγεοί." ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα.δὲ θεωροῦντες.
speechless, hearing indeed the voice but no one seeing.
8 ἠγέρθη.δὲ 40" Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς᾽ “ἀνεῳγμένων" .δὲ τῶν
And rose up Saul from the earth, and having been opened
? θ Xx ~ ? ~ f NOs ΠΩ ~ ’ "
ὀφθαλμῶν.αὐτοῦ foidéva' ἔβλεπεν. χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν
his eyes no one he saw. But leading “by *the*hand *him
εἰσήγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. 9 καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέ-
they brought [him]to Damascus. Andhe was “days ‘three ποὺ see-
} ᾽ » ᾽ δι τ , \
πων, καὶ οὐκιἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. 10 Ην.δὲ τις μαθητὴς
ing, and did not eat nor drink. And theré was acertain disciple
ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Avaviag’ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ϑὸ κύριος
in Damascus byname aAnanias. And “said ‘*to ‘him ‘the ?Lord
? « ’ Π ? / «ε 4 ᾽ 4 ᾽ ’ ,
ἔν ὁράματι," ᾿Ανανία. ‘Ode εἶπεν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, κύριε.
in ἃ vision, Ananias. Andhe = said, Behold [here am] I, Lord.
11 ‘0.62 κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, WAvaorac' πορεύθητι ἐπὶ
Andthe Lord to him [said], Having risen up go into
τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Ἐὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν

enter into the city, and

οἰκίᾳ

the street which is called Straight, and seek in [the] house
Ἰούδα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα. ἰδοὺ.γὰρ προσεὔχεται,
of Judas[one] Saul by name, of Tarsus: for lo he prays,

12 καὶ εἶδεν ἱὲν ὁράματι ἄνδρα" Ἑὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίαν" εἰσελθόντα

andhesaw in avision aman by name Ananias coming
καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ ‘ysipa," ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ. 13 ᾿Απε-
and putting onhim ahand, sothat he should receive sight. "An-

κρίθη δὲ ™o'’Avaviac, Κύριε, "ἀκήκοα! ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ
swered ‘and Ananias, Lord, I have heard from many concerning
Tov.avdpoc.rovTov, boa κακὰ “ἐποίησεν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. σου" ἐν
this man, how many evils he did to thy saints in
Ἱερουσαλήμ᾽ 14 καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων
Jerusalem ; and here he has authority from the chief priests
δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ. Ὀνομά.σου. 15 Εἶπεν δὲ

to bind all who call on thy name. And *said
πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς μοι
*to Shim ‘the *Lord, Go, for avessel of election to me
éoriv' οὗτος, τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ.ὄνομά.μου ἐνώπιον «ἐθνῶν "
is this [man], to bear my name before Gentiles
kai βασιλέων, υἱῶν.τε ᾿Ισραήλ. 16 ἐγὠ.γὰρ ὑποδείξω
and kings, and [the] sons of Israel : for I will shew
αὐτῷ doa δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ.ὀνόματός. μου παθεῖν.
to him how much it behoves him for my name to suffer.

17 ᾿Απῆλθεν.δὲ ᾿Ανανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς THY οἰκίαν, Kai
And ?went γα ‘Anmanias and entered into the house; and

? ‘ ? , ? A Ay ~ 4 ᾽ Ψ «-

ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ

having laid upon him [his] hands hesaid, Saul ‘brother, the

a + adda but GLTTrAW.
μένων LA; ἡνοιγμένων T.
Ἀ᾿Ανάστα Rise up L.
| τὰς (— τὰς TTr) χεῖρας the hands LTTr.

© τοῖς ἁγίοις σον ἐποίησεν LTTrA.

LTITra.
heard Lrtra.

Ὁ ὅ τι 1ττὰ. Ὁ ἐνεοί LTTrAW. 4—6OLTTrAW. © ἤνεῳγ-

f οὐδὲν nothing Lrtrw. & ἐν ὁράματι ὃ κύριος LTTrAW.

ι-- ἐν ὁράματε EVA; ἄνδρα [ἐν ὁράματι] Tr. k’Avaviav ὀνόματι
τὶ — 9 GLTTrAW. 2 ἤκουσα I

Ρ ἐστίν μοι LTTrAW. 4 + τῶν the L.

τ + re both (Gentiles) LTTraw.

IX. ASC AMS:
, > , , ? ~ c ? , > ~ caw
κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με, ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν Ty ὁδῷ
Lord has sent me, Jesus who appeared tothee in the way
ῃ ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς πνεύ-
in which thou camest, that thou mightestreceivesight and be filled with{the]
ματος ἁγίου. 18 Καὶ εὐθέως “ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν
Spirit ‘Holy. And immediately fell from “eyes
αὐτοῦ" ὡσεὶ" ἀνεβλεψέν.τε
*his as it were and he received sight
ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, 19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν"
having risen up was baptized ; and haying taken food he wasstrengthened.
᾿Εγένετο.δὲ “ὁ Σαῦλος" pera τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας
And *was 1Saul with the 7in *Damascus ‘disciples ‘days
τινάς" 20 καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν
“οαγύδίῃ. And immediately ἢ the synagogues he was proclaiming
TOV *ypLtoTOY,' ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 ἐξίσταντο. δὲ
Christ, that he is the Son of God. And *were *amazed
πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες, καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας
‘all who heard, and said, "Not “this tis hewho destroyed
Yev' Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ.Ὀνομα.τοῦτο, καὶ
in Jerusalem those who called on this name, and
ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγά
here for this hadcome__ that ‘bound *them ‘he ?7might “bring
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ; 32 Σαῦλος.δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, Kai
to the chief priests? But Saul more increasedin power, and
*ouvexuver "τοὺς" ᾿Ιουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ,

καὶ
and

ὑπαραχρῆμα.

instantly,

λεπίδες,

scales,

confounded the Jews who dwelt in Damascus,
συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. 23 ὡς. δὲ ἐπληροῦντο
proving that this is the Christ. Now when were fulfilled
ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐ-
days tmany, ‘consulted *together *the ‘Jews to put to death him,
τόν" 24 ἐγνώσθη.δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ.ἐπιβουλὴ.αὐτῶν. ὕπαρε-
But became known to Saul ~ their plot. They *were

τήρουν" ὅτε τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας.τε καὶ νυκτός, ὕπως αὐτὸν
“watching ‘and the gates both day and _ night, that him

ἀνέλωσιν" 25 λαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" νυκτὸς

they might put to death ; but taking him the disciples by night
εκαθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ reiyouc'!, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι.
letdown ?through*the ‘wall [him], lowering [him] ἴῃ a basket.

26 Παραγενόμενος. δὲ ἐὸ Σαῦλος" *eic' Ἱερουσαλήμ; Ἰξέπει-

And “having “arrived 1Saul at erusalem, he at-

paro' κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς" Kai πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο

tempted tojoin himself to the disciples, and all were afraid of

αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες Ort ἐστὶν μαθητής. 27 BapyaBac.dé

him, not believing that heis 8 disciple. But Barnabas
ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτόν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ
having taken him, brought [him] to the apostles, and

διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, Kai ὅτι
related tothem how in the way he saw the Lord, and that

ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο ἐν τῷ

333

even Jesus, that ap
peared unto thee in the
way as thou camest,
hath sent me, that thou
mightest receive thy
sight, and be filled
with the Holy Ghost.
18 And immediately
there fell from his
eyes as it had been
scales: and he re-
ceived sight forth-
with, and arose, and
was baptized. 19 And
when he had received
meat, he was strength-
ened. Then was Saul
certain days with the
disciples which were
nt Damascus. 20 And
straightway he preach-
ed Christ in the syna-
gogues, that he is the
Son of God. 21 Butall
that heard him were
amazed, and said; Is
not this he that de
stroyed them which
called on this name in
Jerusalem, and came
hither for that intent,
that he might bring
them bound unto the
chief priests? 22 But
Saulincreased the more
in strength, and con-
founded the Jews
which dwelt at Damas-
cus, proving that this
is very Christ. 23 And
after that many days
were fulfilled,the Jews
took counsel to Kil
him; 24 but their lay-
ing await was known
of Saul. And they
watched the gates day
and night to kill him.
25 Then the disciples
took him by night, and
let him down by the
wallin a basket.

26 And when Saul
was come to Jerusa-
lem, he assayed to join
himself to the disci-
ples: but they were all
afraid of him, and be-
lieved not that he was
a disciple. 27 But Bar-
nabas took him, and
brought him to the a-
postles, and declared
unto them how he had
seen the Lord in the
way, and that he had
spoken to him, and how
he had preached boldly

hespoke tohim, and how in Damascus he spoke boldly in the at Damascus in the
ew kei? ~ τῷ ἘΣ ᾽ ΣΕ ᾿ , name of Jesus, 28 And
ονόματι “τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ. 28 καὶ ἦν μετ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος he was with them com-
name of Jesus. And he was with them coming in ing in and going out
5 ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν LTTrA. t ὡς LTTr. ¥ — παραχρῆμα GLTTrA,

* — ὁ Σαῦλος (read he was) GLTTraW.
έχυννεν TA. * — τοὺς Τ. > παρετηροῦντο LTTrAW.
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ his disciples LTTra. ¢ διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν LTTra.
ξ — ὁ Σαῦλος GLTTrAW. Β ἐν in L. i ἐπείραζεν LTTr.

x Ἰησοῦν Jesus GLTTraw.

ς δὲ καὶ and also LTTrA.
£4 αὐτὸν him LTtra.
k — χοῦ LTTra.

= συν-
do

Υ εἰς at τ.

940

at Jerusalem. 29 And
he spake boldly in the
name of the Lord Je-
sus, and disputed a-
gainst the Grecians:
but they went about to
slay him. 30 Which
when the brethren
knew, they brought
him down to Cxsarea,
and sent him forth to
Tarsus. 31 Then had
the churches _ rest
throughout all Judea
and Galilee and Sama-
Fria, and were edified ;
and walking in the
fear of the Lord, and
in the comfort of the
Holy Ghost, were mul-
tiplied.

32 And it came to
pass, as Peter passed
throughout all quar-
ters, he came down
also to thesaints which
dwelt at Lydda. 33 And
there he found a cer-
tain man named Aine-
as, which had kept
his bed eight years,
and was sick of the
palsy. 34 And Peter
said unto him, neas,
Jesus Christ maketh
thee whole: arise, and
make thy bed. And
he arose immediately.
35 And all that dwelt
at Lydda and Saron
saw him, and turned
tothe Lord.

36 Now there was at
Joppa a certain disci-
pie named Tabitha,
which by interpreta-
tion is called Dorcas :
this woman was full
of good works and
almsdeeds which she
did. 37 And it came
to pass in those days,
that she was sick, and
died : whom when they
had washed, they laid
her in an upper cham-
ber. 38 And forasmuch
as Lydda was nigh to
Joppa, and the disci-

les had heard that

eter was there, they
sentuntohimtwomen,
desiring him that he

TPAGZEIS. IX.
καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος ἱέν᾽ ἱΙερουσαλήμ, ™Kai' παῤῥησιαζόμενος
and going out in Jerusalem, and speaking boldly

ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ™ Inaov'! 29 ἐλάλει.τε Kai συνεζήτει

in the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And he spoke and discussed
πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς" οἱ. δὲ ἐπεχείρουν “αὐτὸν ave-
with the Hellenists ; but they took in hand *him 1to #put to
λεῖν." 30 ἐπιγνόντες. δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς
death. But having known [it] the brethren broughtdown him ἴο
ΡΚαισάρειαν," καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν" εἰς 'αρσόν. 31 *At'
Cesarea, and sent away him to ‘Tarsus. The
μὲν οὖν "ἐκκλησίαι! καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλι-

?indeed *then and = = Gali-
λαίας καὶ ‘Zapapeiac' Yelyor' εἰρήνην, “οἰκοδομούμεναι καὶ
166 and Samaria ha peace, being built up and
πορευόμεναι" τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ

going on inthe fear ofthe Lord, and inthe comfort of the
ἁγίου πνεύματος "ἐπληθύνοντο."
Holy Spirit were increased.

32 ᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ Πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων,

Now it came to pass [that] Peter, passing through all
κατελθεῖν Kai πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας
{quarters], wentdown also to the saints that inhabited
γΛύδδαν." 33 εὗρεν. δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα *Alvéay ὀνόματι,"
Lydda, And he found there a certain man, 4ineas by name,
ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ Ἀκραββάτῳ," ὃς ἦν παρα-
for “years ‘eight lying on a couch, who was para-
λελυμένος. 34 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Aivéa, ἰᾶταί σε
lysed. And 7said “to *him Peter, ‘ineas, ‘heals *thee
Ἰησοῦς °6' yowrog? ἀνάστηθι Kai στρῶσον σεαυτῷ.
Jesus the “Christ; rise up, and spread ([acouch] for thyself.
Kai εὐθέως ἀνέστη 85 καὶ “εἶδον᾽ αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ
And immediately he rose up. And saw him all those
~ . YA ἡδὸ ll \ ᾿ dy ~ li -“ ? A

κατοικουντες VOOaVY και TOV ApWVAY,” OLTLVEC ETTEDTPE αν
inhabiting Lydda and the Saron, who turned

‘assemblies throughout ?whole 'the of Judxa

’ \

ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον.
to the Lord.
36 Ἔν. ἸΙύόππῃ.δε τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβιθά,
Andin Joppa “8 δοουίωϊῃ. 'σγαβ disciple, by name Tabitha,

ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Δορκάς" αὕτη ἦν πλήρης “ἀγαθῶν
which beinginterpreted iscalled Dorcas, She was full of good
ἔργων" Kai ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει" 37 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς

works and of alms which she did. And it came to pass in
ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν" λούσαν-
those days {that] having sickened she died ; “having
TEC δὲ Γαὐτὴν ἔθηκανα ἐν ἡ ὑπερῴῳ. 88 ἐγγὺς .δὲ
?washed ‘and her they put [her] in an upper room. And *near
οὔσης "Λύυδδης" τῇ Ἰόππῃ; οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες Ore ἸΤέτρος

2being ‘Lydda to Joppa, the disciples having heard that Peter
ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτόν. παρα-
is in it sent two men to him, beseech-

leis at LTTrAW.
P Καισαρίαν T.
τ Σαμαρίας T.

LITraw.
Γ ἔθηκαν αὐτὴν TTr.

Υ εἶχεν LTTrAW.
θύνετο was increased LTTraw.
b — ὃ LTTrw.

τὰ — καὶ LTTrA.
4ᾳ — αὐτὸν L.

n — Ἰησοῦ LYTraW. ο ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν LTTrAW.

τ Ἢ LTTraw. 5 ἐκκλησία assembly Lrtraw.
W οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη LTTrAW. χα ἐπλη-
Υ Αὐδδα LITrA. 7 ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν LTTrAW. κραβάττον
4 Σάρωνα EGLTTrAW. © ἔργων ἀγαθῶν LTrw.
bh Avddas Tra.

¢ εἶδαν LTTra.
Ε + τῷ the x.

axe ACTS.
καλοῦντες ἱμὴ ὀκνῆσαι! διελθεῖν Ewe Ξαὐτῶν." 39 ἀναστὰς
ing {him} not to delay tocome to them. 7Having “risen *up

δὲ Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον
land Peter went with them, whom, havingarrived they brought
εἰς TO ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι ai χῆραι
into the upperroom, and stood by him all the widows

κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας Kai ἱμάτια ὅσα
weeping and shewing tunics

?
é-
and garments which *was
ποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. 40 ἐκβαλὼν.δὲ ἔξω πάντας
*making ®with ‘them “Ῥεΐϊπρ' ‘Dorcas. But *having put Sout “all
ὁ ἹΠέτρος, 'O&ic τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο᾽ Kai ἐπιστρέψας
‘Peter, having bowed the knees he prayed. And haying turned
πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν, Ταβιθά, ἀνάστηθι. ᾿Ἡ.δὲ ἤνοιξεν
to the body hesaid, Tabitha, Arise. And ghe opened
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς Kai ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν.
her eyes, and seeing Peter she sat up.
41 δοὺς. δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν, φωνήσας. δὲ
And havinggiven her [his] hand heraisedup her, and having called
Tove ἁγίους Kai τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. 42 γνω-
the saints and the widows he presented her living. *Known
στὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ᾽ ὕλης πτῆς! Ἰόππης; καὶ "πολλοὶ
land 310 *became throughout *whole ‘the of Joppa, and many
ἐπίστευσαν" ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον: 43 éyéverocé οἡ μέρας
believed on the Lord. And it came to pass [that] ‘days
ἱκανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν" ἐν ᾿Ιόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ.
Smany abode the in Joppa with acertain Simon a tanner.
10 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.τις PAv' ἐν Wacapeia' ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος,

Butacertainman was in Cawsarea by name Cornelius,
ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Iraduxije, 2 εὐ-

a centurion of aband which is called Italic, pious
σεβὴς Kai φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ.οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ,

and fearing God with all his house,
ποιῶν."τε" ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῷ λαῷ, καὶ δεόμενος
both doing ‘alms ‘much tothe people, and supplicating
τοῦ θεοῦ "διαπαντός." 8. εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ "
God continually, Hesaw in avision plainly, about

ὥραν "ἐννάτην" τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα
shour 1the “ninth of the day, an angel of God coming
‘ > , ‘ ? , ? ~ / ε 4 ?
πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. 4 Ὁ δὲ ἀτε-
to him, and saying tohim, Cornelius. But he having looked
νίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστιν, κύριε:
intently onhim and ‘afraid ‘becoming said, What isit, Lord?
εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ προσευχαί.σου καὶ αἱ.ἐλεημοσύναι. σου
And he said tohim, Thy prayers and thine alms
ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον “ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 Kai νῦν
816 ΌΠΘ ΠΡ for a memorial before God. And now
πέμψον “εἰς ᾿Ιόππην ἄνδρας," καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα ὃς
send "to Joppa tmen, and send for Simon who
2 ~ f re ΄ , ,
ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος" 6 οὗτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι Σίμωνι
is surnamed Peter. He lodges with .acertain Simon
βυρσεῖ, ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν" Τοῦτος λαλήσει σοι
atanner, whose 5218 Mhouse by [the] sea; he shall tell thee

i μὴ ὀκνήσῃς delay not LTTraw. κΚ ἡμῶν us LTTrAW.
Ὁ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ LITrAW.
GLTTraw. 4 Καισαρίᾳ T.
¥ ἐνάτην LTTrAw.

(Simon) trtra.

το τε LTTrAW. 5 διὰ παντός LTrA.
’ ἔμπροσθεν LTTrA. 1 ἄνδρας εἰς ᾿Ιόππην LITrAW.
2 — οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν GLTTrAW.

1+ καὶ and LTTraw.
ο αὐτὸν ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι LTr 3; — αὐτὸν τ.

341

would not delay to
cometo them. 39 Then
Peter arose and went
with them. When he
was come,they brought
him into the upper
chamber: and all the
widows stood by him
weeping, and shewing
the coats and garments
which Dorcas made,
while she was with
them. 40 But Peter
put them all forth,
and kneeled down, and
| abe and turning

im to the body said,
Tabitha, arise. And
she opened her eyes:
and when she saw Pe-
ter, she sat up. 41 And
he gave her Ais hand,
and lifted her up, and
when he had called the
saints and widows,
presented her alive,
42 And it was known
throughout all Joppa;
and many believed in
the Lord. 43 And it
came to pass, that he
tarried many days in
Joppa with one Simon
a tanner.

X. There was acer-
tain man in Cesaresa
called Cornelius, acen-
turion of the band
called the Italian ba
2 a devout man, an
one that feared God
with all his house,
which gavemuch alms
to the people, and
prayed to God alway.
3 He saw in a vision
evidently about the
ninth hour of the day
an angel of God com-
ing in to him, andsay-
ing unto him, Corne-
lius. 4 And when he
looked on him, he was
afraid, and said, What
is it, Lord? And he
said unto him, Thy
prayers and thine alms
are come up for a
memorial before God.
5 And now send men
to Joppa, and call for
one Simon, whose sur-
name is Peter: 6 he
lodgethwithoneSimon
a tanner, whose house
is by the sea side: he
shall tell thee what

m [τῆς] Tr.
Ῥ-- ἦν

t + περὶ LITraw.
Υ + τινα a certain

942

thou oughtest to do.
7 And when the angel
which spake unto Cor-
nelius was departed, he
called two of his house-
hold servants, and a
devout soldier of them
that waited on him
continually; 8 and
when he had declared
all these things unto
them, he sent them to
Joppa. 9 On the mor-
row, #8 they went on
their journey, and
drew nigh unto the
city, Peter went up
upon the housetop to

ray about the sixth

our: 10 and he be-
came very hungry, and
would have eaten : but
whilethey madeready,
he fell into a trance,
11 and saw heaven
opened, and a certain
vessel descending unto
him, asit had been a
great sheet knit at the
four corners, and let
down to the earth:
12 wherein were all
manner of fourfooted
beasts of the earth,
and wild beasts, and
ereeping things, and
fowls of the air. 13 And
there came a voice to
him, Rise, Peter; kill,
andeat. 14 But Peter
said, Not so, Lord ; for
Ihave never eaten any
thing that is common
or unclean. 15 And the
voice spake unto him
again the second time,
What God hath cleans-
ed, that call not thou
common. 16 This was
done thrice : and the
vessel was received up
again into heaven.
17 Now while Peter
doubted in _ himself
what this vision which
he had seen should
mean, behold, the men
which were sent from
Cornelius had made
inquiry for Simon’s
house, and stood be-
fore the gate, 18 and
called, and asked
whether Simon, which
was surnamed Peter,
were lodged there.
19 While Peter thought
on the vision, the Spi-
tit said unto him, Be-

TIPAGEI®. p. ©
Tl σε δεῖ ποιεῖν." 7 Ὡς. δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ
what *thee ‘it 7behoves to do. And when “departed 'the “angel who
λαλῶν ὅτῷ Κορνηλίῳ," φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν "αὐτοῦ,"
spoke to Cornelius, having called two of his servants,
καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, 8 Kai

and a “soldier Ipious ofthose continually waiting on him, and
ἐξηγησάμενος “αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα' ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν
having related tothem all things he sent them to
᾽ , ~ ᾿ J UJ c , d " ΄ " ‘
Ιύόππην. 9 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων “ἐκείνων" καὶ
Joppa. Andonthe morrow, as 7?are *journeying these and

πόλει ἐγγιζόντων, ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσ-

ie

city drawing near, “went*up ‘Peter on the housetop to
εὐἕασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην. 10 éyéverodé πρόσπεινος;
pray, ‘about “hour ‘the sixth. And he became very hungry,

iS, λ ΄ θ - LA 5 e2 , I f2 ’
kai ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι: παρασκευαζόντων.δὲ “ἐκείνων" ἰἐπέ-
and wished to eat. But as *were “making ‘ready 1they 7fell
πεσεν" ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, 11 καὶ θεώμεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγ-
‘upon "him ‘a “trance, and he beholds the heaven opened,
μένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον 8x’ αὐτὸν" σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην
and descending upon him a ?vessel’certain, as a “sheet
μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς "δεδεμένον, καὶ" καθιέμενον ἐπὶ
great, by four corners bound, and let down upon
τῆς γῆς 12 ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα ἱτῆς γῆς
the earth ; in which were all the quadrupeds of the earth
kai τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ" xai*ra' πετεινὰ τοῦ ov-
and the wild beasts and the creepingthings and the birds ofthe hea-
pavov. 18 καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Αναστάς, Tlézpe,
ven. And came avoice to im, Havingrisen up, Peter,

θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 14 ‘O.dé-Ilérpog εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε" ὅτι

kill and eat. But Peter said, Innowise, Lord; for
οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἰἢ" ἀκάθαρτον. 15 Kai φωνὴ
never did I eat anything common or unclean. And a voice

πάλιν ἐκ.δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν, “A ὁ θεὸς ™ixabapioer,"
{came]again thesecondtime to him, What God cleansed,
σὺ μὴ Koivov. 16 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς" καὶ "πάλι ν"
thou ?not 'makecommon. And this took place thrice, and agai
οἀνελήφθη" τὸ σκεῦος εἰς TOY οὐρανόν. 17 Ὥς. δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ
wastakenup the vessel into the heaven. Andas ‘in ‘him<elf
διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί dy.cin τὸ ὕραμα ὃ εἶδεν, Pxai'
2was*perplexed ‘Peter what might be the vision which hesaw, ?also
ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες ot ἀπεσταλμένοι Ia7ro" τοῦ Κορνηλίου, ὃιε-
1behold, πὸ men who were sent from Cornelius, having
wrhnoaytec τὴν οἰκίαν ᾿ Σίμωνος, ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ TOY πυλῶνα"
inquired for the house of Simon, stood at the porch;

18 καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλού-
and having ο41164 out they asked if Simon who[is) surnamed

μενος Πέτρος ἐνθάδε ἕξενίζεται. 19 Τοῦ.δὲ. Πέτρου "ἐνθυμου-

Peter *here lodges. But as Peter was think-
μένου" περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος, εἶπεν ‘airy τὸ πνεῦμα," ᾿Ιδού,
ing over the vision, %said “*to*him ‘the “Spirit, Behold,

8 αὐτῷ to him GLTTrAw.

4 αὐτῶν they T.

h — δεδεμένον καὶ LTTr[A].
1 καὶ and LTTra.

LTTrA.
GLTTraw.
& — τὰ LTTTrA.

ο ἀνελήμφθη LTTra.

was pondering GLTTraw.

b — αὐτοῦ (read of the servants) Lrtraw. ς ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς
ε αὐτῶν LTTraw. ἴ ἐγένετο Came LTTrAw. & --- ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν
i καὶ τὰ (— τὰ LTTrA) ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς LTTrAW.

™ ἐκαθέρισεν Tr. 2 εὐθὺς immediately LTTraw.
ᾳ ὑπὸ τι ‘* τοῦ LTTrAW. 5 διενθυμουμένον

Ρ — καὶ LTTx[ ΑἹ.
t τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῷ LTTrA.

|

X. ΣΕ 5.

ἄνδρες τρεῖς" “ζητοῦσίν" σε’ 20 ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι,
7men 1three seek thee; but havingrisen go down,

Kai πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος" “διότι ἐγὼ

διὰ proceed with them, nothing doubting, because [
ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. 21 Καταβὰς. δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς
have sent them. And ears gone *down ‘Peter the
ἄνδρας rove ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν,"
men who were sent from Cornelius to him,
εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε᾽ τίς ἡ αἰτία δι ἣν

Behold, I

πάρεστε; 22 οἱ. δὲ *elrrov,' Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ
ye are come? And they said, Cornelius a centurion, a 7man

δίκαιος Kai φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν, μαρτυρούμενός.τε ὑπὸ ὅλου
‘righteous and fearing God, and borne witness to by *whole

τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν ‘lovdaiwy, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου
‘the nation ofthe Jews, was divinely instructed by ‘angel

ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι

said, am whom yeseek; what [15] the cause for which

*a *holy, to send for thee to his house, and ἴο hear
? 4 2 ,

ὁήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 23 Εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν.

words from thee. Having called ?in “therefore ‘them he lodged

Ty.dé ἐπαύριον "ὁ Πέτρος" ἐξῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς, καί
(them]. Andonthe morrow mae went forth with them, and

τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ ὕτῆς" ᾿Ιόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ.

certain ofthe brethren those from J SEPS went with him,
24 “kai ry! ἐπαύριον “εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν""
And onthe morrow they entered into Ceesarea.

ὁ.δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, ἰσυγκαλεσάμενος" τοὺς

And Cornelius was expecting them, having called together
ovyyéveic.avTov Kai τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. 25 Ὥς δὲ
his kinsmen and intimate friends. And as

ἐγένετο 8 εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον, συναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος,

as Foor ag ‘in Peter, Shaving 7met “him 5Cornelius,
πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας προσεκύνησεν. 26 ὁ δὲ. Πέτρος

haying fallen at ae feet did homage. But Peter

Βαὐτὸν ἤγειρεν," λέγων, ᾿Ανάστηθι' ἱκἀγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός
7him raised, saying, Rise up: Talso eee aman

εἰμι. 27 Kai συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνελη-
am. And talking with him hewentin, and finds gathered to-

λυθότας πολλούς. 28 ἔφη.τε πῤῥὸς αὐτούς, es ἐπίστασθε
gether many. Andhesaid to them, know

ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ᾿Ιουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρ-

how unlawful itis foraman a Jew to unite himself or come
χεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ: = Kai ἐμοὶ 10 θεὸς ἔδειξεν" μηδένα
near to one of another race. And tome God shewed sno

κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον" 29 διὸ καὶ ἀναν-
‘common “or 7unclean "to “call *man. Wherefore also without
τιῤῥήτως ἦλθον μεταπεμφθείς. πυνθάνομαι οὖν, τίνι

gainsaying Icame, having been sent for. T inquire therefore, for what

λόγῳ ByererréuPacbe' μὲ; 30 πῶς ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη, ᾿Απὸ
Teason did ye send for me? Cornelius said, (Ago

ἀπ τὰ ἡμέρας μέχρι Ταῦ ἘΝ rie poe ἤμην "νηστεύων, καὶ"

days until our Iwas fasting, and

343
hold, three men seek
thee. 20 Arise there-
fore, and get thee

down, and go with
them, doubting no-
thing : for I have sent
them. 21 Then Peter
went down to the men
which were sent unto
him from Cornelius ;
and said, Behold,I am
he whom ye seek: what
ts the cause wherefore
ye arecome? 22 And
they said, Cornelius
the centurion, a just
man,and one that fear-
eth God, and of good
report among all the
nation of the Jews,
was warned from God
by an holy angel to
send for thee into his
house, and to hear
words of thee, 23 Then
called he them in, and
lodged them. And on
the morrow Peter went
away with them, and
certain brethren from
Joppa accompanied
him, 24 And the mor-
row after they enter-
ed into Cwsarea. And
Cornelius waited for
them, and had called
together his kinsmen
and near _ friends,
25 And as Peter was
coming in, Cornelius
methim, and felldown
at his feet, and wor-
shipped him. 26 But
Peter took him up
saying, Stand up; 1
myself alsoam a man,
27 And as he talked
with him, he went in,
and found many that
were come together.
28 And he said unto
them, Ye know how
that it is an unlaw-
ful thing for a man
that is a Jew to keep
company, or come
unto one of another
nation ; but God hath
shewed me that I
should not call any
man common or un-
clean. 29 Therefore
came 1 unto you with-
out gainsaying, assoon
asl was sentfor: Lask
therefore for what in-
tent ye have sent for
me? 30 And Corneliua
said, Four days agol
was ‘fasting until this
hour ; and ‘at the ninth
hour I prayed in my

¥ — τρεῖς TA. W ζητοῦντές TA. x ὅτι GLTTrAW.
Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTrAW. 7 εἶπαν LYTrA.
GLTTraw. —mSGLITrAW. 9 τῇ δὲ LTTraAW.
ἐ Καισαρίαντ. fovv-T & + τοῦ GLTTrAW.

Κ κἀμοὶ LTTrA. 1 ἔδειξεν ὁ θεὸς τ. τὸ μεταπέμψασθέ A.
in

Υ — τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ
8 ἀναστὰς having arisen (he went forth)
qd εἰσῆλθεν he entered Ltr; εἰσηλθαν τς
hy ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν LTTrAW.
— νηστεύων καὶ LTTr[A].

i καὶ ἐγὼ TTrA,

344

house, and, behold, a
man stood before me
in bright clothing,
31 and said, Cornelius,
thy prayer is heard,
and thinealms are had
in remembrance in the
sight of God. 32 Send
therefore to Joppa, and
call hither Simon,
whose surname is Pe-
ter; he is lodged in the
house of one Simon a
tanner by the sea side:
who, when he cometh,
shall speak unto thee.
33 Immediately there-
fore I sent to thee;
and thou hast well
done that thou art
come. Now therefore
are we all here present
before God, to hear all
things that are com-
manded thee of God.
34 Then Peter opened
his mouth, and said,
Of a truth I perceive
that God is no respect-
er of persons: 35 but
in every nation he that
feareth him, and work-
eth righteousness, is
accepted with him.
36 The word which
God sent unto the

children of Israel,
reaching peace by
esus Christ: (he is

Lord of all:) 37 that
word, 7 say, ye know
which was published
throughout all Judea,
and began from Gali-
lee, after the baptism
which John preached ;
38 how God anointed
Jesus of Nazareth with
the Holy Ghost and
with power : who went
about doing good, and
healing all that were
oppressed of the devil;
for God was with him.
39 And we are wit-
nesses of all things
which he did both in
the land of the Jews,
and in Jerusalem;
whom they slew and
hanged on a tree:
40 him God raised up
the third day, and
shewed him openly;
41 not to all the peo-
ple, but unto witnesses

° ἐνάτην LTTrA.
ξ ἐξ αὐτῆς A.
¥ — ov {{11].

LTTra.

8 ἀπὸ from La.

x ἀρξάμενος TTrA.
Ὁ — ἐσμεν (read [are]) GLTTraw.
f+ ἐντ.

ILPAe EI &. x.
τὴν δἐννάτην" Ῥὥραν" προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ.οἴκῳ. μου" καὶ ἰδού,
the ninth hour praying in my house; and behold,
ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν μου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ. 31 Kai φησιν,
aman stood before me in apparel ‘bright, and said,
Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ. ἐλεημοσύναι.σου

Cornelius, 3wastheard ‘thy “prayer and thine alms
ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον Tov θεοῦ. 82 πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην,
were remembereda before God. Send therefore to Joppa,
Kai μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται ἹΤέτρος᾽ οὗτος Eevize-

and call for Simon who issurnamed Peter; he lodges
ται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν “ὃς
in [the] house of Simon a tanner by [the] sea ; who

παραγενόμενος λαλήσει σοι. 88 τ᾿ ξαυτῆς" οὖν ἔπεμψα
haying come will speak to thee. Atonce therefore I sent
πρός σε’ σύ.τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. νῦν οὖν
to thee: andthou *well ldidst having come. Now therefore
πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον TOU θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ
all we before God arepresent tohear allthings that
προστεταγμένα σοι δὑπὸ" 'τοῦ θεοῦ." 34 ᾿Ανοίξας.δὲ Πέτρος

have been ordered thee by God. And opening ‘Peter
τὸ στόμα εἶπεν, ᾿Επ΄ ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι Ore οὐκ
his] mouth said, Of a truth I perceive that “ποῦ

ἔστιν ᾿προσωπολήπτης" ὁ θεός, 85 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ
2is ‘a Srespecter Sof 7persons 1God, but in every nation he that

φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ
fears him and works righteousness, acceptable to him

ἐστιν. 86 τὸν λόγον Yov' ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς dopank
f

is. The word which he sent tothe sons of Israel,
εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν
announcing the glad tidings— peace by Jesus Christ, (he is
πάντων κύριος, 37 ὑμεῖς οἴδατε' τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα
3208 3411 1Lord), ye know; the “which *came ‘declaration

καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς lovdaiae, “ἀρξάμενον" Υ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας,

through *whole 'the of Judza, beginning from Galilee,
μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν *Iwavync'" 88 ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν
after the baptism which *proclaimed 1John : Jesus who
ἀπὸ "Ναζαρέτ," ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι
[was] from Nazareth, how *anointed *him +God with [the] *Spirit
ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν Kai ἰώμενος
‘Holy and with power, who went through, doing good and healing

πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, OTE
811 that were being oppressed by the deyil, because

ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 99 καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν" μάρτυρες πάντων
God was with him. And we are witnesses of all things
ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν. τε TH χώρᾳ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Kai “ἐν" ‘Te-

which he did both in the country of the Jews and in Je-
povoadnu ὃν “ayveidoy' κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου.
rusalem ; whom they put todeath having hanged (him) on a tree.

40 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἴ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν
This one God raisedup onthe third day, and gave him

ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, 41 οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς

*manifest ‘to *become, not toall the people, but to witnesses who

4 — ὃς παραγενόμενος λαλήσει σοι LTT: A |.
t τοῦ κυρίου the Lord ᾿ττύ. Y προσωπολήμπτης LITA.
¥ + [yap] 1. : Ἰωάνης Tr. § * Ναζαρέθ ELTTrA.

ς — éy[x]tr. d + «at also GLTTrAW. © ἀνεῖλαν

P — ὥραν LTTrA.

ΧΟ ΧΙ. ACTS
προκεχΞιροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν
had been chosen before by God, tous, who did eat with

Kai συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ TO.avacTHVaLavTOY ἐκ

and diddrink with him after he had risen from among [the]

νεκρῶν. 42 καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ aw, καὶ
dead. And he charged us toproclaim tothe people, and

διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι Sairéc! ἐστν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ
to testify fully that he itis who has been appointed by

θεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 43 τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται

God judge ofliving and dead. Tohim all the prophets
μαρτυροῦσιν; ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος
ear witness, [that]*remission “οὗ *°sins ‘receives **through 13name

αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν.

“This Jevery7one *that ‘believes ‘on ‘him.
44 Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα. ταῦτα, "ἐπέπεσεν"
*Yet ‘as *is “speaking ?Peter these words, ‘fell

TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον.
‘the Spirit “the *Holy upon all those hearing the word.

45 καὶ ἐξέστησαν ot ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ ‘cou ἔσυνῆλ-
And wereamazed the ?o0f*the ‘circumcision *believers as many as came

Gov' τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ort καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ ἰἁγίου

with Peter, that also upon the Gentiles the gift ofthe Holy
πνεύματος" ἐκκέχυται᾽ 46 ἤκουον. γὰρ αὐτῶν λαλούν-
Spirit had been poured out ; for they heard them speak-
των γλώσσαις Kai μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. τότε ἀπεκρίθη
ing with tongues and magnifying God. Then answered
m6" Tlérpoc, 47 Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ "κωλῦσαι δύναταί, τις
Peter, 5The water “forbid ‘can ?any “one

τοῦ μὴ.βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον
that should not be baptized these, who _ the Spirit the Holy
ἔλαβον °kabwe' καὶ ἡμεῖς ; 48 moocérakéyPre' «αὐτοὺς" "βαπ-
received as also we? And he ordered them to be
τισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου." τότε ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν
baptized in the name ofthe Lord. Then they begged him
ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς.
toremain ζΖδσβ ‘some.
11 Ἤκουσαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ot ὄντες κατὰ
And*heard ‘the apostles and the brethren who were in
A ? / er ‘ 4 ν ? Le ‘ , ~ ~
τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ.
Judea, that also the Gentiles received the word of God;
2 Skai ὅτε! ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς “Ιεροσόλυμα," διεκρίνοντο πρὸς
and when 7went*up ‘Peter ἴο Jerusalem, ‘contended ‘with
αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, 8 λέγοντες, Ὅτι πρὸς ἄνδρας
Thim 'those “οὗ [*the]*cireumcision, saying, To men
ἀκροβυστίαν. ἔχοντας “εἰσῆλθες,) Kai “ouvepayec' αὐτοῖς.
uncircumcised thou wentestin, and didst eat with them.
4 ᾿Αρξάμενος.δὲ "ὁ" Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέ-
But *having *begun Peter heset[it]forth tothem inorder say-
yor, 5’Eyw ἤμην ἐν πόλει ᾿Ιόππῃ προσευχόμενος, Kat
ing, I was in(the) city of Joppa praying, and
εἶδον ἐν ἐκστάσει ὕραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι we ὀθόνην
Isaw in atrance avision, ‘descending ‘a vessel 7certain like a *sheet

345

chosen before of God,
even to us, who did eat
and drink with him
after he rose from the
dead. 42 And he com-
manded us to preach
unto the people, and
to testify that it is he
which was ordained of
God to be the Judge of
quick and dead. 43 To
him give all the pro-
phets witness, that
through his name who-
soever believeth in
him shall receive re-
mission of sins.

44 While Peter yet
spake these words, the

oly Ghost fellon all
them which heard the
word. 45 And they
of the circumcision
which believed were
astonished, as many
as came with Peter,
because that on the
Gentiles also was
poured out the gift of
the Holy Ghost. 46 For
they heard them speak
with tongues, and
magnify God. Then
answered Peter, 47 Can
any man forbid water,
that these should not
be baptized, which
have received the Holy
Ghost as well as we?
48 And he commanded
them to be baptized in
the name of the Lord.
Then prayed they him
to tarry certain days.

XI. <And the apo-
stles and brethren that
were in Juda heard
that the Gentiles had
also received the word
of God. 2 And when
Peter was come up to
Jerusalem, they that
were of the circumci-
sion contended with
him, 3 saying, Thou
wentest in to men
uncircumcised, and
didst eat with them.
4 But Peter rehearsed
the matter from the
beginning, and ex-
pounded it by order
unto them, saying, 5 1
was in the city of Jop-
pa praying: and in a
trance I saw a vision,
A certain vessel de-
scend, as it had beena
great sheet, let down

h évece L.
m — ὃ LTTrA.

& οὗτός LTr.
ἁγίου L.
4 αὐτοῖς 1.
τοῦ κυρίου Bam. Α. “5 ὅτε δὲ ΤΎτΑ.
in Tr) placed before πρὸς LTTrAW.

iot who L. Κ συνῆλθαν Ττ.
π δύναται κωλῦσαί LTTrA.

τ Ἱερουσαλήμ LTTrA.
* συνέφαγεν did eat with tr.

° ὡς LTTrA.
τ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ (Jesus Christ) βαπτισθῆναι LITr; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι
Υ εἰσῆλθες (εἰσῆλθεν he went
x — ὃ LTTrAW.

| πνεύματος τοῦ
Ρ δὲ TTr.

946

from heaven by four
corners; and it came
even to me: 6 upon
the which when I had
fastened mine eyes, I
considered, and saw
fourfooted beasts of
the earth, and wild
beasts, and creeping
things, and fowls of
theair. 7 AndI heard
a Woice saying unto
me, Arise, Peter ; slay
andeat. 8 But I said,
Not so, Lord: for no-
thing common or un-
clean hath at any
time entered into my
mouth. 9 But the
voice answered me
again from heaven,
What God hath cleans-
ed, that call not thou
common. 10 And this
was done three times:
and all were drawnup
again into heaven.
11 And, behold, im-
mediately there were

three men_ already
come unto the house
where I was, sent

from Cesarea unto
me. 12 And the spi-
rit bade me go with
them, nothing doubt-
ing. Moreover these
six brethren accom-
panied me, and we
entered intothe man’s
house: 13 and he shew-
ed us how he had seen
an angel in his house,
which stood and said
unto him, Send men to
Joppa, and call for Si-
mon, whose surname
is Peter ; 14 who shall
tell thee words, where-
by thou and all thy
house shall be saved.
15 And as I began to
speak, the Holy Ghost
fell on them, as on
us at the beginning.
16 Then remembered
I the word of the Lord,
how that hesaid, John
indeed baptized with
water; but ye shall
be baptized with the
Holy Ghost. 17 For-
asmuch then as God
gave them the like
gift as he did unto
us, who believed on
the Lord Jesus Christ;
what was I, that I
could withstand God ?

TIPAZEI:. ΧΙ.

μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ

great, by four corners let down ooutofthe heaven, and
ἦλθεν ἄχρις" ἐμοῦ. 6 εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατεγόουν,
itcame as faras me:

on which having looked intently I considered,

καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶτὰ ép-
and saw the quadrupeds of the earth and the wild beasts and thecreeping

A ‘ A ‘4 bad ? ~ » A Z ~
πετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 7 ἤκουσα. δὲ φωνῆς λε-

things and the birds ofthe heaven. AndIheard avoice say-

72 >? ; , ~ 4 , ,
γούσης pot, ᾿Αναστάς, Ilérpe, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 8 εἶπον. δέ,
ing to me, Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat. But I said,

Μηδαμῶς, κύριε: Ore "πᾶν" κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε
In no wise, Lord, for anything common or unclean never

εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ. στόμα.μου. 9 ἀπεκρίθη.δέ ὕμοι! φωνὴ ἐκ. δευ-

entered into my mouth. But answered ‘me ‘a ?voice the second
τέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, “A ὁ θεὸς Séxabapiev," σὺ μὴ
time out of the heaven, What God cleansed, thou “ποὺ

κοίνουι 10 rovro.dé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς, καὶ “πάλιν ave-

1make common. and

And this took place thrice, again
σπάσθη! ἅ ic τὸν οὐρανόν. 11 καὶ ἰδού, “ἐξαυτῆς! τρεῖς

ἡ ἀπαντα εἰς ΤΟΊ ουρανον. και LOOU, ἐξαυτῆς TOELC
drawn up all into the heaven. And lo, at once three
ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ἡ Hunr,' ἀπεσταλμένοι
men steod at the house in which I was, sent

ἀπὸ ®&Kacapeiac' πρός pe. 12 εἴπεν.δὲ μοι τὸ πνεῦμα,"

was

from Cresarea to me, And ‘said *to®'me’the Spirit,
συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, ἱμηδὲν διακρινόμενον"" ἦλθον.δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ
to go with them, nothing doubting. And went with me

καὶ ot ἐξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ
also “six “brethren ‘these, and oweentered into the house of the
ἀνδρός, 18 amnyyenrév*re ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν τὸν ἄγγελον ἐν
man, and he related tous how hesaw_ the angel in
τῷ.οἴκῳ.αὐτοῦ σταθέντα Kai εἰπόντα ἰαὐτῷ,! ᾿Απόστειλον εἰς
his house standing and saying to him, Send *to
’ , m » I ‘ ’ , 4 ’ ,
Ιόππην “ἄνδρας, kai μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον
*Joppa men, and send for Simon who is surnamed
Πέτρον, 14 ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε ἐν.οἷς σωθήσῃ
Peter, who shall speak words to thee whereby shalt be saved
‘ ‘ ~ « , ’ ‘ ~ , ~
σὺ Kai πᾶς ὁ.οἴκός. σου. 15 év.dé τῷ. ἄρξασθαί.με λαλεῖν

thou and all thy house. And in my beginning to speak
ἐπέπεσεν TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ᾽
*fell the Spirit “the *Holy upon _ them, evenas also upon
ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀ 16 ἐμνήσθην.δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος " κυρίου,
us in [086] beginning. And I remembered the word of [the] Lord,
ὡς ἔλεγεν, °lwavync! μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς. δὲ
how he said, John indeed baptized with water, butye
βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 Et οὖν τὴν ἴσην
shall be baptized with(the) Spirit Holy. If then the like

δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς we Kai ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ

18 When they heard gift “gave “to*them ‘*God as το tous, having ee on
these things, they τὸν κύριον Ιησοῦν χριστόν, ἐγὼ. δὲ" τίς ἤ νατὸ
1 ; , ἐγὼ. ς ἤμην υνατὸς
held their peace, and 9 = Lord Jesus ὀ Christ, andI, who wasI,[tobe] able
κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν ; 18 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν,
to forbid God? And having heard these things they were silent,
Υ ἄχρι TTrA. + καὶ also LTTrA. ® — πᾶν GLTTrAW. b — wou LTTra. © ἐκαθέρι-
σεν Tr. ἃ ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν LTTrA. © ἐξ αὐτῆς A. [ἦμεν We were LTTr. & Kate
σαρίας 1. h τὸ πνεῦμά μοι LTTrA. i μηδὲν διακρίναντα LTTr ; --- μηδὲν διακρινόμενον A.
k δὲ LTTr. — αὐτῷ LTTr. m — ἄνδρας GLTTrAW. n + τοῦ of the GLTIN AW.

οἸωάνης Tr.

p — δὲ and urTr[a].

XI. ACTS.

καὶ “ἐδόξαζον" τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, τ΄Αραγεὶ Kai τοῖς ἔθνεσιν
and glorified God, saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles
ὁ θεὸς THY μετάνοιαν "ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν."
God 2repentance ‘gave unto life.
19 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς
They indeed therefore who were scattered by the tribulation that
γενομένης ἐπὶ "Στεφάνῳ," διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου
took place upon Stephen, passedthrough to Phceenicia and Cyprus
καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον
and Antioch, to no one speaking the word except “only
Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἦσαν.δὲ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ
‘to "Jews. But were certain *of “them ‘men Cypriots and
Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες "εἰσελθόντες" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν *

Cyrenians, who having come into Antioch, spoke
4 δ χ' Ἐλλ 4 tl , rn ζ , A ye 7
προς τους ἡνιστας EVaYYE t OMEVOL TOV Kt O0tor
to the Hellenists, announcing the glad tidings— the Lord

᾿Ιησοῦν. 21 καὶ ἦν εὶρ κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν" πολύς.τε
Jesus. And *was ['the] “hand of (*the]*Lord with them, and a great
> 4 , ? , τ " " [2 ᾽

ἀριθμὸς Υ πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 22 ᾿Ηκούσθη
number having believed turned to the Lord. *Was *heard
δὲ ὁ λόγος sic τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Ἴερο-
‘and *the*report in the ears ofthe assembly which [Ὑ788] in Jeru-
godtvpoc' περὶ αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν ὕδιελ-
salem concerning them; and _ they sent forth Barnabas to go

θεῖν! ἕως ᾿Αντιοχείας. 28 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν
through asfaras Antioch: who having come and haying seen
τὴν χάριν © τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, Kai παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ.προθέσει
the grace of God rejoiced, and exhorted all with purpose
τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ Kvpip’ 24 ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς

ofheart toabidewith the Lord; for he wasa*man_ ‘good
καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου Kai πίστεως. Kai προσετέθη

and full of [the] *Spirit ‘Holy and _ of faith. And was added
ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. 25 ᾿Εξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν “ὁ Βαρ-
a?crowd ‘large tothe Lord. And ?went*forth*to ®°Tarsus 1Bar-
vaBac' ἀναζητῆσαι Lavrov, 26 καὶ εὑρὼν eavrov" ἤγαγεν

nabas tose k Saul ; and having found him he brought

ἑαὐτὸν" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. ἐγένετοδεὲ ἰαὐτοὺς" ἐνιαυτὸν
him to Antioch. And it came to pass they a “year

ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, Kai διδάξαι ὄχλον

1whole were gathered togetherin the assembly, and taught a “crowd

ἱκανόν, χρηματίσαι.τε ϑπρῶτον" ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς
Marge: and “were ‘called “first 7in *Antioch 1the disciples
Χριστιανούς.
Christians,
27 Ἔν.ταύταις.δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων
And in these days came down from Jerusalem
~ 2 ᾽ , ? 3 Ἁ - ?
προφῆται sic ᾿Αντιόχειαν. 28 avacrac.dé εἷς ἐξ
prophets to Antioch ; and *having frisen 7up ‘one *from “among
αὐτῶν ὀνόματι “AyaBoc, ἐσήμανεν" διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος,
“them, by name Agabus, he signified by the Spirit,
Λιμὸν ipéyav' μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην THY οἰκουμένην"

947

glorified God, saying,

Then hath God alse

to the Gentiles grant-

od Tepentance unto
6.

19 Now they whick
were scattered abroad
upon the persecution
that arose about Ste-
phen travelled as far
as Phenice,and Cyprus,
and Antioch, preach-
ing the word to none
but unto the Jews
only. 20 And some of
them were men of Cy-
prus and Cyrene,
which, when they were
come to Antioch, spake
unto the Grecians,
preaching the Lord
Jesus. 21 And the
hand of the Lord was
with them: and a
great number believ-
ed, and turned unto
the Lord. 22 Then
tidings of these things
came unto the ears of
the church which was
in Jerusalem: and
they sent forth Barna-
bas, that he should go
as far as Antioch,
23 Who, when he came,
and had seen the graca
of God, was glad, and
exhorted them all,
that with purpose of
heart they would
cleave unto the Lord.
24 For he was a good
man, and full of the
Holy Ghost and of
faith : and much peo-
ple was added unto the
Lord. 25 Then depart-
ed Barnabas to Tar-
sus, for to seek Saul:
26and when he had
found him, he trought
him unto Antioch.
And it came to pass,
that a whole year they
assembled themselves
with the church, and
taught much people.
And the disciples were
called Christians first
in Antioch.

27 And in these days
came prophets from
Jerusalem unto Anti-
och. 28 And _ there
stood up one of them
named Agabus, and
signified by the spirit
that there should be
great dearth through-

A*famine ‘great is about tobe over ?whole ‘the habitable world; out all the world:

q ἐδόξασαν LTTr. r’Apa then Lrtr; "Apa [ye] A. 5 εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν LTTrAW. t Sre-
gavovL. Ὑ ἐλθόντες GLTTrAW. ἢ + xatalsoLTTra. χα Ἕλληνας Greeks GLTTra. ¥ +6
LTTrA. *%-+ οὔσης WaSTTr. δ᾽ Ἱερουσαλὴμ LITrAW. ὃ — διελθεῖν LTTr. © + τὴν which

was] LTTra. 4 — 6 Βαρνάβας (read he went forth) urtra.
αὐτοῖς καὶ to them even LTTrA. ὃ πρώτως ΤΊταΑ. ἢ ἐσήμαινεν L.

© — αὐτὸν (read [him]) αὐτττὰ.
i μεγάλην LTTraw.

348

which came to pass in
the days of Claudius
Cesar. 29 Then the
disciples, every man
according to his abili-
ty, determined to send
relief unto the breth-
ren which dwelt in
Judsa : 30 which also
they did, and sent it
to the elders by the
hands of Barnabas and
Saul.

XIT. Now about that
time Herod the king
stretched forth his
hands to vex certain
of the church. 2 And
he killed James the
brother of John with
thesword. 3And be-
cause he saw it pleased
the Jews, he proceeded
further to take Peter
also. (Then were the
days of unleavened
bread.) 4 And when
he had apprehended
him, he put him in

rison, and delivered
im to four quaterni-
ons of soldiers to keep
him ; intending after
Easter to bring him
forth to the people.
5 Peter therefore was
kept in prison: but
prayer was made with-
out ceasing of the
church unto God for
him. 6 And when
Herod would have
brought him forth,
the same night Peter
was sleeping between
two soldiers, bound
with two chains: and
the keepers before the
door kept the prison.
7 And, behold, the an-
gel of the Lord came
upon him, and a light
shined in the prison :
and he smote Peter on
the side, and raised
him up, saying, Arise
up quickly. And his
chains fell off from his
hands. 8 And the an-
gel said unto him,
Gird thyself, and bind
onthy sandals. And so
he did. And he saith
unto him, Cast thy
garment about thee,
and follow me. 9 And
he went out, and fol-
lowed him ; and wist
uot that it was true
which was done by the
augel; but thought
he saw a_ vision.

WPAZEIS. XL Sat.
Κόὅστις" kai! ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου "Καίσαρος." 29 τῶν δὲ
which also cametopass under Claudius Ceesar. And the
μαθητῶν καθὼς “nbzopeirol τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος av-
disciples according as “was *prospered*any “one, determined, each of

τῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ
them, for ministration tosend to the ?dwelling 3in *Judea

ἀδελφοῖς. 30 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς Tove
‘brethren ; which 4150 they did, sending [it] to the
ποεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου.

elders by [the] hand of Barnabas and _ Saul,

12 Kar ἐκεῖνον.δὲ τὸν. καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν “Ἡρώδης ὁ βασι-
And at that time *put *forth ‘Herod the “king
τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας.

{his} hands’ toill-treat some ofthose of the assembly;

2 ἀνεῖλεν. δὲ ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν ῬΤωάννου" «μαχαίρᾳ."
and he put todeath James the brother of John with a sword.
3*kai ἰδὼν" ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις προσέθετο

And having seenthat pleasing itis tothe Jews he added

συλλαβεῖν καὶ Tlérpov' ἦσαν δὲ " ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων"
to take also Peter: (and they were days of unleavened bread :)

4 ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρ-
whom also having seized heput in prison, having delivered to four

ow τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ
sets of four soldiers to guard him, purposing aiter
TO πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. ὅ O.pév.odby_Ilérpoc
the passover to bring out him ___ to the people. Peter therefore indeed
ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ προσευχὴ.δὲ ἦν "ἐκτενὴς" γινομένη
was kept in the prison; but prayer “was “fervent made
¢ x ~ ? ΄ nN " x vi Lil ? ~ .“ x
ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 6 Ore.dé
by the assembly to God concerning him. But when
WewedAey' ΞΣαὐτὸν t | 6 ‘Howéd 7] ὶ. ἐκεί ἢ
μ τὸν προάγειν' ὁ Ἡρώδης, τῷ.νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἣν
2was *about Shim ‘to *bring ’forth *Herod, in that night was
« , ’ 4 ΄ ~ , « ’
ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύ--
Peter sleeping between two soldiers, bound with
΄ 2 , ‘ ~ sf > [4 ᾿ Υ.
σεσιν δυσίν, φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν.

λεὺς"

“chains 'two, guards also before the door kept the prison.

» Aue νὰ , » , Ses \ ~ ?

7 καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, Kai φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν
And behold, anangel of [the] Lord stood by, and a light shone in

πατάξας.δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου ἤγειρεν

τῷ οἰκήματι.
side of Peter he roused up

the building. And having smitten the
? A , ? , ? ΄ ‘ ΥΣ , Il ? ~ «
αὐτὸν λέγων, ᾿Ανάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ γἐξέπεσον" αὐτοῦ αἱ

him, saying, Riseup in haste. And fell off of him the
ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν Meee: 8 εἶπέν. "τε ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς
chains from [his] ands. And %said ‘the angel to

> , a / {| ‘A € ἠδ 4A ὃ aN , ? ,
αὑτόν. Περίζωσαι, καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ-σανδαλιά.σου. Ἐποίη-
him, Gird thyself about, and bindon thy sandals. 7He “did
σεν δὲ οὕτως. Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν. σου,

τὰ 80. And he βῆγ8β ἴο πΐτη, Cast about [thee] thy garment,

καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. 9 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει bare" καὶ
and follow me. And going forth he followed him, and
? a a ? / LJ ‘ , 4 ~ ?
οὐκιῴδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ay-
did not know that real itis which is happening by means of the an-

k ἥτις LTTrAW.

ο 6 βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης τ.
t ἐκτενῶς fervently LTTra.

the GL[a]w.

αὐτὸν LTA ; προάγειν αὐτὸν Tr.
b — αὐτῷ ῦττὰ

LTTrA,.

m — Καίσαρος GLTTrAW. ἃ εὐπορεῖτό LTTrA.
4 μαχαίρῃ TTA. τ ἰδὼν δὲ LITrA. * + ai
YmrepuLTTr. τ ἤμελλεν TIrA. * προαγαγεῖν
Υ ἐξέπεσαν LTTrA. 2 δὲ Ltr. 2 Zaoa gird thyself

1— καὶ LTTr[A].
P "Iwavov Tr.

XII. ACTS.

γέλου, ἐδόκει.δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. 10 dtehOovreg.de πρώτην
gel, but thought a vision hesaw. And having passed through a first

φυλακὴν Kai δευτέραν, “ἦλθον᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην THY σιδηρᾶν

guard and second, they came to the “gate iron
τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη “ἠνοίχθη" αὐτοῖς"
that leads into the city, which of itself opened to them ;
καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως

and having gone out they went on through “street ‘one, and immediately
ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai ὁ ἹΠέτρος “γενόμενος
departed the angel from him. And Peter having come
ἐν ἑαυτῷ"! εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν

to himself said, Now I know of a truth that ssent ‘forth [᾿{Π6]
κύριος τὸν. ἀγγελον.αὐτοῦ, Kai fEeihero' pe ἐκ χειρὸς
?Lord his angel, and delivered me out of(the] hand
Ἡρώδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν ᾿Τουδαίων.
of Herod and all the expectation of the people of the Jews.
12 συνιδώντε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν 8 Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς

And considering [it] hecame to the house of Mary the mother
Ἰωάννου" τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ
of John who is surnamed Mark, where were

many
, . . ΄ , “ι i ~
συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. 13 Kpovoaytoc.cé 'τοῦ
gathered together and praying. And “having *knocked
Πέτρου" τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπα-
‘Peter [at] the door ofthe porch, %came 1a *damsel to
κοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη 14 καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ
listen, by name Rhoda; and having recognized the voice
Πέτρου, ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ.ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδρα-

of Peter, from joy she opened not the porch, “having

μοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ
run‘*in ‘but shereported 7to *be *standing 1Peter before the
πυλῶνος. 15 οἱ. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν *eiroy,' May. Ἡ δὲ

porch. But they to

διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν.
strongly affirmed thus it was.

her said, Thou art mad, But she
οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, ‘O ἄγγελος παὐ-
And they βϑϊᾶ, The angel of
τοῦ ἐστιν." 16 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν Kpovwy ἀνοίξαντες. δὲ
him itis. But Peter continued knocking: and having opened
"“idov' αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. 17 κατασείσας.δὃὲ αὐτοῖς
they saw him, and were amazed, And having made a sign to them
τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾷν διηγήσατο Pavroic’ πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν
with the hand to be silent he related tothem how the Lord him
ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. εἶπεν. Ῥδέ," ᾿Απαγγείλατε Ἰακώβῳ
brought outof the prison. And he said, Report to James
καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον
and tothe brethren these things. Andhavinggoneout he went to another
τόπον. 18 γενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρξας ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος
place. And “having *come ‘day there was*disturbance ‘no “small
ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Ti dpa ὁ ΤΈέτρος ἐγένετο. 19 Ἡρώδης
among the soldiers, what then of] *Peter *was*become. "Herod
δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς
Zand having sought after “him and ὁποὺ Shaving *found, having examined the
φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι; καὶ κατελθὼν
guards he commanded [them] to be led away [to death}. And having gone down

© ἦλθαν LITrA, 4 qvotyn LTTrA.
& + τῆς LTTrAW. h *Iwavov Tr.
εἶπαν L; δὲ ἔλεγον GTTrAW.
P τε LTTrA.

9 ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος LTTrAW.
i αὐτοῦ he GLTTraw.

τὸ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ LTTrA. Ὁ εἶδαν LTTrA.

849
10 When they were
past the first and the
second ward, they
came unto the iron
gate that leadeth unto
the city; which opened
to them of his own
accord: and they went
out, and passed on
through one street ;
and forthwith the an-
gel departed from him.
11 And when Peter
was come to himself,
he said, Now I know
of a surety, that the
Lord hath sent his an-
gel, and hath delivered
me out of the hand of
Herod, and from all
the expectation of the
people of the Jews.
12 And when he had
considered the thing,
he came to the house
of Mary the mother
of John, whose sur-
name was Mark;
where many were ga-
thered together pray-
ing. 13 And as Peter
knocked at the door of
the gate, a damsel
came to hearken,
named Rhoda. 14 And
when she knew Peter’s
voice, she opened not
the gate for gladness,
but ran in, and told
how Peter stood before
the gate. 15And they
said unto her, Thou
art mad. But she
constantly affirmed
that it was even so.
Then said they, It is
his angel. 16 But Pe-
ter continued knock-
ing: and when they
had opened the door,
and saw him, they
were astonished. 17But
he, beckoning unto
them with the hand to
hold their peace, de-
clared unto them how
the Lord had brought
him out of. the prison.
And he said, Go shew
these things unto
James, and to the
brethren. And he de-
parted, and went into
another place. 18 Now
as soon as it was day,
there was no small
stir among the sol-
diers, what was be-
come of Peter. 19 And
when Herod had
sought for him, and
found him not, he ex-
amined the keepers,
and commanded that
they should be put to

¥ εἶπαν LTTrA.

[ἐξείλατό GLTITAW.
1§&
ο --- αὐτοῖς T[Tr].

350

death, And he went
down from Juda to
Ceesarea, and there a-
bode. 20And Herod
was highly displeased
with them of Tyre and
Sidon : but they came
with one accord to
him, and, having made
Blastus the king’s
chamberlain their
friend, desired peace ;
because their coun-
try was nourished by
the king’s country.
21 And upon a set
day Herod, arrayed in
royal apparel, sat up-
on his throne, and
made an oration une
to them. 22 And
the people gave a
shout, saying, /t ts the
voice of a god, and not
ofaman, 23 Andim-
mediately the angel of
the Lord smote him,
because he gave not
God the glory: and he
was eaten of worms,
and gave upthe ghost.
24 But the word of God
grew and multiplied,
25 And Barnabas and
Saul returned from
Jerusalem, when they
had fulfilled their min-
istry, and took with
them John, whose sur-
name was Mark.

XIII, Now there
were in the church
that was at Antioch
certain prophets and
teachers; as Barna-
bas, and Simeon that
was called Niger, and
Lucius of Cyrene, and
Manaen, which had
been brought up with
Herod the _ tetrarch,
and Saul. 2 As they
ministered to the Lord,
and fasted, the Holy
Ghost said, Separate
me Barnabas and Saul
for the work where-
unto I have called
them. 3 And when
they had fasted and
prayed, and laid their
hands on them, they
sent them away. 4 80
they, being sent forth
by the Holy Ghost, de-
parted unto Seleucia ;
and from thence they
sailed to Cyprus. 5 And
when they were at Sa-
Jamis, they preached
the word of God in
the synagogues of the

9 — τὴν LTTraw.
(LJr[tr].
5 τετραάρχον T.
“ματος LTTrA.

¥ — τὴν GL.
b — re GLTTrAW.
f — τὴν LTTrA.

ΠΡΑΞ ΕΙΣ.

ἀπὸ τῆς lovdatac εἰς τὴν" τΚ αισάρειαν" διέτριβεν.
from Juda to Ceesarea he stayed [there]. *Was
δὲ "ὁ Ἡρώδης" θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις"
‘and "Herod ἰπ bitter hostility with([the] Tyrians and Sidonians;
ὁμοθυμαδὸν.δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον
but with one accord they came to him, and having gained Blastus
TOV ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ἠτοῦντο εἰρήνην,
who[{was]Jover the bedchamber of the king, sought peace,
διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς.
because wasnourished their country by the king’s.
21 Τακτῇ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν,
Andonaset day Herod having puton “apparel royal,
ἱκαὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐ-
and having sat on the tribunal, was making anoration to them.
’ « ~ ’ ’ ~ A ‘ ?
τούς. 22 ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, θεοῦ ωνὴ καὶ οὐκ
And the people were crying out, ΟΞ “4 god [‘the]*voice and not
ἀνθρώπου. 23 παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυ-
of a man! And immediately °smote 7him '‘an*angel “of (*the]
piov, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν" δόξαν τῷ θεῷ" Kai γενόμενος
Lord, because he gave ποῦ the glory to God, and having been
σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξἕεν. 24 ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν
eaten of worms he expired. But the word of God grew

καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. 25 Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν ἐξ
and multiplied. And Barnabas and Saul returned from

Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν, “συμπαραλαβόν-
Jerusalem, having fulfilled the ministration, aving taken with
τες" καὶ" ΥΙωάννην" τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον.
{them] also John who was surnamed Mark.

Ὁ ἕν ΠΕΣ: ΄ . \
13 Ἤσαν.δε *rivec' ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν
Now there were certain in Antioch in the *which *was [*there]

᾽ , - ᾿ ΄ « ΄ ᾿ ‘
ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, Ὁ.τε-Βαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν
tassembly prophets and teachers, both Barnabas and Simeon
ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Mavany.re
who was called Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, and Manaen,
Ἡρώδου τοῦ "τετράρχου" σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. 2 λειτουρ-
of Herod the tetrarch a foster-brother, and Saul. 7As*were °min-
γούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ Kai νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ
istering land “they tothe Lord and fasting, ‘said ‘the
~ Nees, ᾽ ΄ On , b Π ΄ ‘
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ᾿Αφορίσατε δὴ μοι TOv.’re'.BapvaBay καὶ
"Spirit “the *Holy, Separate indeed tome both Barnabas and

c A | ~ ᾽ Δ ΝΡ a , ? , ,
τὸν" Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 3 Τότε
Saul for the work towhich I have called them. Then
νηστεύσαντες Kai προσευξάμενοι, Kai ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας

XI, XI.
20° Hy

having fasted and prayed, and having laid hands
αὐτοῖς, ἀπέλυσαν. 4 Οὗτοι" piv οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες
on them, they let [them] go. They indeed therefore having been sent forth

ὑπὸ τοῦ “πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου," κατῆλθον εἰς fryv' &Dedev-

by the Spirit the Holy, went down to Seleu-

Ι ? “ΔΩ ᾽ , Ὰ é f \ Ι ΄ ‘ ,
κειαν," ἐκεῖθεν. τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ‘ryv' Κύπρον. 5 καὶ yevo-
cia, and thence sailed away to Cyprus. And having

μενοι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς
come into Salamis they announced the word of God in the

τ᾿ Καισαρίαν T.
¥ ouv- T.

* — ὁ Ἡρώδης (read he was) GLTTraW.
χ -- καὶ LTTr[A]. Y¥ Ιωάνην Tr.
©— τὸν LITrAW. ‘4 αὐτοὶ LTTrA.
& Σελευκίαν 1.

τ - καὶ
2. — τινες LTTra.
ΠΣ ,
© αγίου πνεύ

XIII. ACTS.
συναγωγαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων: εἶχον.δὲ καὶ "Ἰωάννην"
synagogues of the Jews. And they had also John [as]
ὑπηρέτην. 6 duehOovrecdé + τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου
an attendant. Αἀπᾶ having passed through the island as far as Paphos
etpov) τινα μάγον Ψευδοπροφήτην ᾿Ιουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα

they found a certain magician, a false prophet whose name

ΚΒαρϊησοῦς, 7 ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ,
Barjesus, who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus,
οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ
He heving; called to {him} Barnabas and

Lavrov ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" ὃ ἀνθίστατο. δὲ
Saul desired tohear the word of God. But there withstood

αὐτοῖς ᾿Ελύμας ὁ μάγος" ovrwc.yap μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα

a Jew,

({was]

ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ.
*man ‘an *intelligent.

them Elymas the magician, (for so is interpreted 7name
αὐτοῦ: ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως.
1815), seeking topervert » the proconsul from the faith.
9 Σαῦλος.δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου,
But Saul, who 4150 [158] Paul, being filled with nae 2Spirit *Holy,
ἱκαὶ! ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 10 εἶπεν, ὔ Ὡ πλήρης παν-
and having looked BIST upon him said, O of

τὸς δόλου Kai πάσης ῥ(ἐιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης

all guile and all craft son of [the] devil, enemy ofall

δικαιοσύνης, οὐ-παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου
Εἰ ΒΕ ΘΟΌΒΏΘΙΒ; wilt thou not cease perverting the 7ways “οὗ [*the] Lord

rac εὐθείας ; 11 Kai νῦν ἰδού, χεὶρ “τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ,
straight ? And now lo, [the] hand ofthe Lord [18] upon thee,

καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ.
and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for aseason.
Παραχρῆμα." δὲ" οἐπέπεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς Kai σκότος, Kai
And immediately fell upon him amist and darkness, and
περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. 12 τότε ἰδὼν

going about he sought some to lead [him] by the hand, Then *having ‘seen
ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, Ῥἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ

‘the *proconsul what had happened believed, being astonished at
Ty διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου.
the teaching ofthe Lord.

13 ᾿Αναχθέντες.δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν"

And having sailed from Paphos ([?with] *those *about (*him)
Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. τΙωάννης «δὲ
*Paul came to Perga of Pamphylia ; and John

? , > ? ? ~ « , 2 c , ᾽
ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα. 14 av-

having departed from them returned to Jerusalem, *They
τοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς ᾽Αν-
‘put, having passed through from Perga, came to An-

τιόχειαν “τῆς Πισιδίας," καὶ ᾿εἰσελθόντες" εἰς THY συναγωγὴν

tioch of Pisidia, and having gone into the pynsgogae
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. 15 Μετὰ. δὲ τὴν ἀνά-
on the tsabbath they sat down. Andaiter the read-

γνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνά-

ing ofthe law andofthe prophets ®sent ‘the rulers %0f
wyot πρὸς αὐτούς, AEYOVTEC, ” ᾿Ανῦρες ἀδελφοί, εἰ" ἔστιν
the *synagogue to them, saying, Men brethren, if there is

301

Jews: and they had
also John to their min-
ister, 6 And when they
had gone through the
isle umto Paphos, they
found a certain sor-
cerer, ἃ false prophet,
a Jew, whose name
was Bar-jesus:7 which
was with the deputy
of the country, Sergius
Paulus, a prudent man;
who called for Barna-
bas and Saul, and de-
sired to hear the word
of God. 8 But Elymas
the sorcerer (for so is
his name by inter-
pretation) withstood
them, seeking to turn
away the deputy from
the faith. 9 Then Sau
(who also ὦ ca
Paul,) filled with the
Holy Ghost, set his
eyes on him, 10 and
said, O full of all sub-
tilty and all mischief,
thou child of the de-
vil, thou enemy of
all righteousness, wilt
thou not cease to per-
vert the right ways of
the Lord? 11 And now,
behold, the hand of
the Lord is upon thee,
and thou shalt be
blind, not seeing the
sun for a season. And
immediately there fell
on him a mist anda
darkness ; and he went
about seeking some,to
lead him by the hand
12 Then the deputy,
when he saw what was
done, believed, being
astonished at the doc-
trine of the Lord,

13 Now when Paul
and his company loos-
ed from Paphos, they
came to Pergain Pam-
phylia: and John de-
parting from them re-
turned to Jerusalem.
14 But when they de-
parted from Perga,
they came to Antioch
in Pisidia, and went
into the synagogue on
the sabbath day, and
sat down. 15 And after
the reading of the law
and the prophets the
rulers of the syna-
gogue sent unto them
saying, Ye men a
brethren, if ye have

μἸωάνην Tr. 1 + ὅλην (the) whole GLTTraw.
wood τ. 1 — καὶ LTTrAW.
Ρ ἐκπληττόμενος Tr.
t ἐλθόντες TITr.

— τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTtraw.
4 — τὸν LTTrAW. τ Ἰωάνης Tr.
Υ + τις any (word) LTTraw

J+ ἄνδρα a man LTTrAW.
Terr.
5 τὴν Πισιδίαν LTTra.

k Bap-
ο ἔπεσεν LTTr.

302

any word of exhorta-
tion for the people,
sayon. 16 Then ΓΤ 88]
stood up, and beck-
oning with Ais hand
said, Men of Israel,
and ye that fear God,
give audience. 17 The
God of this people of
Israel chose our fa-
thers, and exalted the
people when they
dwelt as strangers in
the land of Egypt, and
with an high arm
brought he them out
of it. 18 And about
the time of forty years
suffered he their man-
ners in the wilderness.
19 And when he had
destroyed seven na-
tions in the land of
Chanaan, he divided
their land to them by
lot. 20 And after that
he gave unto them
judges about the space
of four hundred and
fifty years,until Samu-
el the prophet. 21 And
afterward they desired
2 king: and God gave
unto them Saul the
son of Cis, a man of
the tribe of Benjamin,
by the space of forty
years. 22 And when he
had removed him, he
raised up unto them
David to be their king;
to whom also he gave
testimony, and said,
I have found David
the son of Jesse,a man
after mine own heart,
which shall fulfil ali
my will. 23 Of this
man’s seed hath God
according to his pro-
mise raised unto Is-
rael a Saviour, Jesus:
24 when John had first
preached before his
coming the baptism
of repentance to all
the people of Israel.
25 And as John ful-
filled his course, he
said, Whom think ye
thatI am? I am not
he. But, behold, there
cometh one after me,
whose shoes of his feet
I am not worthy to
loose. 26 Men and
brethren, children of
the stock of Abraham,
and whosoever among
you feareth God, to

TIIPAS EIS. XIII.
λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν" παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε.
aword among you of exhortation to the people, speak,
16 ᾿Αναστὰς. δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν,
And *haying “risen Ρ ‘Paul, and making a sign with the hand, said,
” x’ ~ il ‘ « , A , 7 ,
Avdpec * Ισραηλῖται," καὶ ot φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε.
Men Israelites, and those fearing God, hearken.
17 ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.λαοῦ.τούτου ΥἹσραὴλ" ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας
The God of this people Israel chose *fathers
ἡμῶν: καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν 7
Your, and the *people ‘exalted in the sojourning in [the] land
ΞΑἰγύπτῳ," Kai μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ
of Egypt, and with Sarm 1a *high brought them out of
αὐτῆς 18 καὶ ὡς ἅτεσσαρακονταετῆ" χρόνον ϑέτροπο-
it, and about *forty *years (‘the] “time he bore
φόρησεν αὐτοὺς" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 19 καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ
“manners their in the desert. Agd having destroyed “nations 'seyen
ἐν 7 Χαναάν, “κατεκληροδότησεν" Δαὐτοϊς" τὴν.γῆν.αὐ-
in [the] land of Canaan, he gave by lot to them their land.
τῶν. 20 *kai μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ

And after thesethings about ‘years ‘four “hundred “and
πεντήκοντα! ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ frov' προφήτου"
*fitty he gave judges until Samuel the prophet.

21 κἀκεῖθεν ἠτήσαντο βασιλέα, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς
Andthen they askedfor aking, and “gave “*to *them God
τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν &Kic," ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς "Βενιαμίν," ἔτη
Saul son of Cis, aman _ of(the] tribe of Benjamin, “years
ἱτεσσαράκοντα." 22 καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν “adroic

forty. And having removed him he raised up to them
τὸν AaBid" εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας,
David for king, to whom also *he *said ‘having *borne *witness,

Evpoy 'AaBid" τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα
Ifound David the [son] of Jesse, aman according to

μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ.θελήματά.μου. 23 Τούτου

κατὰ τὴν καρδία»
*heart

tmy, who willdo all my will. *Of "this [*man,]

ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾿ ἐπαγγελίαν "ἤγειρεν" τῷ
7God ‘of 7the 3seed according to promise raised up

Ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα Ἰησοῦν, 24 προκηρύξαντος "Ἰωάννου"

ἕο Israel a Saviour Jesus, “having “before *proclaimed 1John

πρὸ προσώπου τῆς. .εἰσόδου.αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας
before [the] face of his entrance a baptism of repentance
παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ᾿Ισραήλ. 25 ὡς. δὲ ἐπλήρου “ὁ! ΡΙωάννης"!

to all Andas *was *fulfilling +John
τὸν δρόμον. ἔλεγεν, “Τίνα pe! ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; οὐκ εἰμὶ

the people of Israel,

{his} course, he said, Whom me doyesuppose tobe? “Not “am
ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδού, ἔρχεται μετ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπό-
1I [hej], but lo, hecomes after me, of whomIamnot worthy the san-

δημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. 26 ΄Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους

dal ofthe feet to loose. Men brethren, sons of [the] race
᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ ot ἔν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, τὑμῖν" ὁ
of Abraham, and those among you fearing God, toyou the

Ὑ ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος LETrW. λεῖτι -
> ἐτροφοφόρησεν αὐτοὺς he nourished them GLTaw.
4 — αὐτοῖς TTr[ A].

κονταέτη TTrA.
GLTITraw.

* Αἰγύπτου LIr. Teaoepa-
© κατεκληρονόμησεν
© ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (read

χ Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. Y -- Ἰσραὴλ α.

their land about four hundred and fifty years. And after these things he gave, &.)

LTTrw.

GLTTraw.

f — τοῦ TTr[A].
Κ τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς LTTraA; Aavid GW.
" ᾿Ιωάνου Tr.

8 Kets Keis LtTra. h Βενιαμείν LFTrA. 1 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA.
1 Δανεὶδ τττα ; AaviéGw. πὶ ἤγαγεν brought

°—oumtrra. Ρ Ἰωάνης τ. 4 Τί ἐμὲ LTTraA. τ ἡμῖν to us TA.

ΧΊΠ. ACTS:

λόγος τῆς.σωτηρίας.ταύτης "ἀπεστάλη" 27 ol-yao κατοικοῦν-
word of this salvation was sent : for those dwelling

τες ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ. ἄρχοντες. αὐτῶν. τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες
in Jerusalem and their rulers, him not having known

καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀνα-

and the voices ofthe prophets who on every sabbath are
γινωσκομένας. κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν" 28 καὶ μηδεμίαν
read, “having “judged [Shim] "they “fulfilled. And no one

αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ἠτήσαντο ᾿Πιλάτον᾽ ἀναιρεθῆναι
cause of death having found they begged Pilate to put “to *death
αὐτόν. 29 we.dé ἐτέλεσαν “ἅπαντα' τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γε-
*him. And when they finished allthings that concerning him had
γραμμένα. καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου. ἔθηκαν εἰς
been written, having taken fhim] down from the tree, they put {him} in
μνημεῖον. 30 ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν.
a tomb ; but God Taised him from among{[the}] dead.
31 ὃς ὦφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ
who appeared for days 1many tothose who came up with him
ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. οἵτινες δ εἰσιν μάρτυρες
from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are *witnesses
αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν. 82 καὶ ἡμεῖς 5“ ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα
1ῃ15 to the people. And we to you announce the glad tidings—
τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, OTL ταύτην
the *to *the ‘fathers +promise made, that this
ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν ἡμῖν." ἀναστήσας
God has fulfilled ‘children “their ‘tous, having raised up
᾿Ιησοῦν" 33 ὡς καὶ ἐν *r@ Ψψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται."
Jesus ; as also in the “*psaim 1second it has been written,
Υἱός pov εἶ σύ. ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. 34 Ὅτι. δὲ
*Son ‘my ‘thou ασί, I to-day have begotten thee. And that
ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑπο-
he raised him from among [the] dead, uomore tobe about to
στρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν. οὕτως εἴρηκεν. Ὅτι δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ
return to corruption, thus hespoke: I will give to you the
ὕσια “AaBid' τὰ πιστά. 85 did" καὶ ἔν ἑτέρῳ λέγει,
*mercies *of ‘David 1faithful. Wherefore also in another hesays,
Oh δώσεις τὸν ὕσιόνισου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 36 *AaBid'
Thou wilt not suffer thy Holy One tosee corruption. “David
piv yao ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Bovry
Sindeed ‘for to his own generation having ministered bythe of “God ‘counsel
ἐκοιμήθη, Kai προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, Kai εἶδεν

fell asleep, and was added to his fathers, and saw
διαφθοράν. 37 ὃν.δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν.
corruption. But he whom God raisedup didnotsee corruption.

38 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τού-

*Known “therefore *be*it toyou, men brethren, that through this
τρυ ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται: 39 “καὶ ἀπὸ
one toyou remission of sins is announced, and from
πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν “τῷ! νόμῳ “Μωσέως" δι-
all things from which ye could not in the law of Moses be

~ Π ΄ - « , ~ ͵

καιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς 6 πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. 40 βλέ-
justified, in him everyone that believes is justified. Take

5 ἐξαπεστάλη was sent forth LTTraw. t ἸΤειλᾶτον T.

now LTTraw. x + yoy NOW w.

Δαυὶδ Gw. Ὁ διότι LITrA. © — καὶ LT[TrA]. @ — τῷ LTTrAa.

ἡ πάντα GLTTrAWw.
Υ ἡμῶν to our LTTr; ἀυτῶν ἡμῶν W.-
(first) Ψαλμῷ γέγραπται GTTr; τῷ Ψαλμῷ yey. τῷ πρώτῳ (δευτέρῳ AW) LAW.

© Mwiicews GLTTrAW.

353

you is the word of this
salvation sent. 27 For
they that dwell at Je-
rusalem, and their rm-
lers, because they knew
him not. nor yet the
voices of the prophets
which are read every
sabbath day, they have
fulfilled them in con-
demning him. 28 And
though they found no
cause of death in him,
yet desired they Pilate
that he should be slain.
29 And when they had
fulfilled ali that was
written of him, they
took him down from
the tree, and laid him
in asepuichre. 20 But
God raised him from
the dead: 3land he
was seen many daysof
them which came up
with him from Galilee
to Jerusalem, who are
his witnesses unto the
people. 32 And we de-
clare unto you glad
tidings, how that the
promise which was
made unto the fathers,
33 God hath fulfilled
the same unto us their
children, in that he
hath raised up Jesus
again; as it is also
written in the second
psalm, Thou art my
Son, this day have I
begotten thee. 34 And
as concerning that he
raised him up from
the dead, now no more
to return to corrup-
tion, he said on this
wise, I will give you
the sure mercies of
David. 35 Wherefore
he saith also in an-
other psalm, Thou
shalt not suffer thine
Holy One to see cor-
ruption. 36 For David,
after he had served his
own generation by the
will of God, fell on
sleep, and was iaid un-
to his fathers. and saw
corruption : 37 but he,
whom God raised a-
gain, saw no corrup-
tion. 38 Be it known
unto you therefore,
men and _ brethren,
that through this mat
is preached unto you
the forgiveness of
sins: 39 and by him
all that believe are
justified from 81}
things, from which ye
could not be justified
by the law of Moses.

w+ νῦν
~ 2
7 τῷ πρώτῳ
a Δανεὶδ LTTrA ;

AA

984

40 Beware therefore,
lest that come upon
you, which is spoken of
in the prophets ; 41 Be-
hold, yedespisers, and
wonder, and perish:
for I work a work in
your days, a work
which ye shall in no
wise believe, though a
man declare it unto
you. 42 And when the
Jews were gone out of
the synagogue. the
Gentiles besought that
these words might be
preached to them the
next sabbath. 43 Now
when thecongregation
was broken up, many
of the Jews and reli-
gious proselytes fol-
lowed Paul and Bar-
nabas : who, speaking
to them, persuaded
them to continue in
the grace of God.

44 And the nextsab-
bath day came almost
the whole city toge-
ther to hear the word
of God. 45 But when
the Jews saw the mul-
titudes,they were filled
with envy, and spake
against those things
which were spoken
by Paul, contradict-
ing and blaspheming.
46 Then Paul and Bar-
nabas waxed bold, and
said, It was necessary
that the word of God
should first have been
spoken to you: but
seeing ye put it from
you, and judge your-
selves unworthy of
everlasting life,lo, we
turn to the Gentiles.
47 For sohath the Lord
commanded us, saying,
I have set thee to be a
light of the Gentiles,
that thou shouldest be
for salvation unto the
ends of the earth.
48 And when the Gen-
tiles heard this, they
were giad, and glori-
fied the word of the
Lord: and as many as
were ordained to eter-
nal life believed.
49 And the word of the
Lord was published
throughout all the re-
gion. 50Butthe Jews
stirred up the devout
and honourable wo-
men, and the chief

f — ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς LITr[A].

departed) GLTTraw.
m7e GA.
& λαλουμένοις LTTr.
v — δὲ but xrrr.

Ὁ ἐχομένῳ following GLAW.

Ww Kad’ 1.

IPA EI. XIII.
ETE οὖν pn ἐπέλθῃ [ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὸ εἰρημένον ἔν
heed therefore that it may ποῦ comeupon you that which has been said in
~ , a” ε ΄ ‘ ,
τοῖς προφήταις, 41 Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, Kai θαυμάσατε
the prophets, Behold, ye despisers, and wonder
καὶ ἀφανίσθητε: ὅτι ἔργον Siyw ἐργάζομαι" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις
and perish ; for a work I work in *days
ὑμῶν, ἔργον "ῴ' οὐ.μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται
your, a work which in no wise ye would believe if one should declare it
ὑμῖν. 42 ᾿Εξιόντων. δὲ ἱὲκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων,"
toyou. But *having*departed δἔγοτη δ 8 ‘synagogue ‘the *Jews,
παρεκάλουν *ra ἔθνη" εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι
1°hesought ®the °Gentiles on the next sabbath “to *be *spoken
αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα. 43 λυθείσης. δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς;
Sto “them 1these *words. And *having *broken up'the *synagogue,
ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ THY ᾿Ιουδαίων Kai τῶν σεβομένων
1©followed Smany ‘of *the ®Jews and of '*the ‘worshipping
προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ BapvaBg οἵτινες προσλα-
‘*proselytes Paul and Barnabas, who speak-
λοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς
ing to them persuaded them

θεοῦ.
of God.

44 Tp dé! υἐρχομένῳ" σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις
And on the coming sabbath almost all the city
συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον “τοῦ θεοῦ." 45 ἰδόντες. δὲ
was gathered together tohear the word of God. But *having*seep
ΤΩ a ~ 4 ” Ἴ ΄, , ἜΣ ,
οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, καὶ ἀντέλεγον

Ἰἐπιμένειν" τῇ χάριτι τοῦ
to continue inthe grace

‘the *Jews the crowds, were filled with envy, and contradicted
ie ὑπὸ Prov! Παύλ ga { Ι τάἀντιλέ pil
τοῖς ὑπὸ Prov αὐλου εγομένοις," Τἀντιλέγοντες Kat
the things *by Paul spoken, contradicting and

βλασφημοῦντες. 46 παῤῥησιασάμενοι." δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος καὶ 0 Βαρ-
blaspheming. But ‘speaking *boldly 1Paul 7and sBar-
γνάβας 'εἶπον,, Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν
nabas said, To you was necessary first to be spoken the
λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐπειδὴ." δὲ" ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους
word of God; butsince ye thrust away it, and not worthy
κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ
ye judge yourselves of eternal life, lo, we turn to the
» ids A ’ , € ~ « ’ , ’
ἔθνη" 47 οὕτως.γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε
Gentiles ; for thus hasenjoined ous the Lord, I have set thee
εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ .εἴναί.σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχά-
for a light of [the] Gentiles, ἐμαῦ ἕπου be for salvation to [the] uttermost
του τῆς γῆς. 48 ᾿Ακούοντα.δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον, καὶ ἐδόξα-
part of the earth. And hearing [it] the Gentiles rejoiced, and _ glori-
ζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, Kai ἐπίστευσαν ὕσοι ἦσαν
fied the word ofthe Lord, and believed as Many as were
τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 49 διεφέρετο.δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ
appointed to 1186 eternal. And was carried the word of the
κυρίου “du ὕλης τῆς χώρας. 50 01-6& ᾿Ιουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν
Lord through *whole ‘the country. But the Jews excited
τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας "καὶ" τὰς εὐσχήμονας Kai τοὺς προώ-
the worshipping *women tand *honourable and _ the principal

8 ἐργάζομαι ἔγὼ LTTrAW. OLTTrAW. ἱἰαὐτῶν they (having
k — τὰ ἔθνη (read they besought) GLTTraw. '! προσμένειν GLTTrAW.
ο τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord trtr, Ρ — τοῦ Lrtr[a].
¥ — ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ LTr[A]. S ve LTTrA. t εἶπαν LTTrA.

X — καὶ GLTTrAW.

MILE, XLV. A EDS:

τους THC πόλεως. καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον
men ofthe city, and stirred up a persecution against Paul
A y A i ’ ‘A > , > 4 > A ~ « , >
καὶ Yrov' Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐ-
and Barnabas, and _ cast out them from their borders.
τῶν. 51 ot.6& ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν. ποδῶν Ξαὐτῶν"
But they having shaken off the dust of their feet

ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, ἦλθον εἰς ᾿Ικόνιον. 52 οἱ “δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπλη-

against them, came to Iconium. Andthe disciples were
ροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου.
filled with joy and[the] Spirit lHoly.

14 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ κατὰ.τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς

Απᾶ 1ὖ came ἕο pass in Iconium 2together Sentered they
εἰς THY συναγωγὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, Kai λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε
into the synagogue of the Jews, and spoke so that

πιστεῦσαι Ἰουδαίων.τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. 2 οἱ δὲ
*believed ‘both οὗ “Jews *and 5Greeks ‘a 7great Snumber. But the

Ὀἀπειθοῦντες" ᾿Τουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς
disobeying Jews stirredup and made evil-affected the souls
τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 3 ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον
of the Gentiles against the brethren. A long *therefore ‘time
διέτριψαν παῤῥησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ, τῷ μαρτυ-
they stayed, speaking boldly, [confiding]in the Lord, who bore wit-
ροῦντι “ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς. χάριτος. αὐτοῦ, “kai! "διδόντι" σημεῖα Kai
mess tothe word of his grace, and giving signs and
τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 4 ἐσχίσθη.δὲ τὸ
wonders tobe done through their hands. And was divided the
πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως" Kai οἱ. μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις
multitude of the city, and some were with the Jews
οἱιδὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. 5 Ὥς. δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν
andsome with the apostles. And when there was a rush *of “the
ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ιουδαίων σὺν τοῖς. ἄρχουσιν. αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι
“Gentiles ‘both and Jews with their rulers, to insult

καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, 6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς
and to stone them, being aware they fled to the

πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, Avoroay, καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περί-
cities of Lycaonia, Lystra, and Derbe, and the country
χωρον, ἢ κἀκεῖ δῆσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι."
around, and there they were announcing the glad tidings.
8 Kai τις ἀνὴρ δὲν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος" τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκά-
And a certain man in Lystra, impotent inthe feet, sat,
Onto, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ Ἰὑπάρχων," ὃς
lame from [the] womb of his mother being, who
οὐδέποτε ἔἘπεριπεπατήκει." 9 οὗτος 'jKover' τοῦ Παύλου
never had walked. This [man] heard Paul
λαλοῦντος" ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ. καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι πίστιν
speaking, who, having looked intently on him, and seeing that faith
ἔχει" Tov σωθῆναι, 10 εἶπεν μεγάλῃ "τῇ" φωνῇ, “᾿Ανάστηθι

356

men of the city, and
Taised persecution a-
gainst Paul and Bar-
nabas, and expelled
them out of their
coasts. 51 But they
shook off the dust of
their feet against
them, and came unto
Iconium. 52 And the
disciples were filled
with joy, and with the
Holy Ghost.

XTY. And it came
to pass in Iconium,
that they went both
together into the syna-
gogue of the Jews,
and so spake, that a
great multitude both
of the Jews and also
of the Greeks believed.
2 But the unbelieving
Jews stirred up the
Gentiles, and made
their minds evil af-
fected against the
brethren. 3 Longtime
therefore abode they
speaking boldly in the
Lord, which gave tes-
timony unto the word
of his grace, and
granted signs and
wonders to be done by
their hands. 4 But
the multitude of the
city was divided: and
part held with the
Jews, and part with
the apostles. 5 And
when there was an as-
sault made both of the
Gentiles, and also of
the Jews with their
rulers, to use them de-
spitefully, and tostone
them, 6 they were
ware of it, and fled un-
to Lystra and Derbe,
cities of Lycaonia, and
unto the region that
lieth round about:
7 and there’ they
preached the gospel.

8 And there sat a
certain man at Lystra,
impotent in his feet,
being a cripple from
his mother’s womb,
who never had walked:
9the same heard Paul
speak: who stedfastly
beholding him, and
perceiving that he had
faith to be healed,
10said with a loud
voice, Stand upright
on thy feet. And he
leaped and walked.

he has to be healed, said with a loud voice, Stand up
᾽ ‘ 4 56 ? θ , ‘ pe ll ‘ ,
ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας. σου ὀρθός. Kat ΡῬἥλλετο καὶ περιεπάτει.
on thy feet upright. And he sprang up and walked.
Υ — τὸν LTTrA. 2 — αὐτῶν (read of the feet) Lrtra. 8. τε LTrA.

LTTrA. ς + ἐπὶ to (the) T. d — καὶ GLTTrAW.
& εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν LTTrA. h ἀδύνατος ἐν Λύστροις T.

Κ περιεπεπατήκει Ἑ ; περιεπάτησεν Walked LTTra. ἤκουσεν LITr.
2 — τη.

name of the Lord Jesus Christ τὰ. P ἥλατο GLTTraw.

© διδόντος T.
1 — ὑπάρχων GLITrAW.

m ἔχει πίστιν LTTrA.
© + Σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ To thee I say in the

Ὁ ἀπειθήσαντες
f4 εἰς tO L.

356
11 And when the peo-
ue saw what Panl had
one, they lifted up
their voices, saying in
the speech of Lycaonia,
The gods are come
down to us in the like-
ness of men. 12 And
they called Barnabas,
Jupiter; and Paul,
Mercurius, because he
was the chief speaker.
18 Then the priest of
Jupiter, which was be-
fore their city, brought
oxen and garlands
unto the gates, and
would have done sacri-
fice with the people.
14 Which when the
apostles, Barnabas and
Paul, heard ef, they
rent their clothes, and
ran in among the peo-
ple, crying ont, 15 and
saying, Sirs, why doye
these things? Wealso
are men of like pas-
Sions with you, es
preach unto you that
ye should turn from
these vanities unto
the living God, which
made heaven, and
earth, and the sea, and
all things that are
therein: 16 who in
times past suffered all
nations to walk in
their own ways. 17 Ne-
vertheless he left not
himself without wit-
mess, in that he did
good, and gaveusrain
from heaven, and
fruitful seasons, fill-
ing our hearts with
food and _ gladness.
18 And with these say-
ings scarce restrained
they the people, that
they had not done
sacrifice unto them.
19 Ard there came
thither certain Jews
from Antioch and Ico-
nium, who persuaded
the people, and, having
stoned Paul, drew Atm
out of the city, sup-
posing he had been
ead. 20 Howbeit, as
the disciples stood
round about him, hs
rose up, and came in-
to the city: and the
next day he departed
with Barnabas to Der-
be. 2] And when they
kad preached the gos-
peltothatcity, and had
taught many, they re-
turned again to Lys-

WPAS EIS. XIV.
11 Οἱ δὲν ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν “ὁ Παῦλος, ἐπῆραν
Απᾷ the crowds having seen what “did +Paul, lifted up

τὴν. φωνὴν. αὐτῶν Δυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Oi θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες
their voice in Lycsonian saying, The gods, having become like

ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς" 12 ἐκάλουν.τε τὸν ‘wer!
men, are come down Ὁ us. And they called
Βαρνάβαν Δία: τὸν. δὲ. Παῦλον Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ) αὐτὸς ἣν ὁ
Barnabas Zeus; and Paul Hermes, because he was the
ἡγούμενος TOV λόγου. 13 Yo.dé! ἱερεὺς τοῦ Awe τοῦ ὄντος
leader in speaking. And the priest of Zeus who was
πρὸ τῆς. πόλεως. αὐτῶν." ταύρους Kai στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς

before their city, oxen and garlands to the
πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας. σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. 14 ᾿Ακού-
gates having brought, with the crowds wished ἰὼ sacrifice. 7Having

σαντες δὲ ot ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παῦλος, διαῤῥήξαντες
Sheard ‘but *the ‘apostles *Barnabas ‘and ‘Paul, having rent
τὰ ἱματια αὐτῶν εἰσεπήδησαν" εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζοντες
their garments, rushed in to the crowd, erying
15 καὶ λέγοντες, “Avdoec, Ti ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Kai ἡμεῖς
and saying, Men, why these things do ye? also we
ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμὲν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι
Sof*like Yeelings ‘are ‘with τοὺ men, announcing the glad tidings to
ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καταίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεὸν
you ἔτου these vanities to turn to God
στὸν ζῶντα. ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν Kai THY
the living, who made the heaven and the earth and the
θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς" 16 ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρ-
sea and all the things in them; who in the
ῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταὶς
past generations suffered all the nations to go
ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν: 17 ἑκαί τοι. γε οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον ϑἑαυτὸν" ἀφῆ-
in their [own] ways, though indeed not without witness himself be
κεν ἀγαθοποιῶν, οὐρανόθεν “ἡμῖν" ὑετοὺς διδοὺς Kai καιροὺς
left, Going good, fromheaven tous 47rains ‘giving and “seasons
καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς Kai εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας

‘fruitful, filling with food and gladness the hearts
ἡμῶν. 18 Kai ταῦτα λέγοντες = κατέπαυσαν τοὺς
of us. And thesethings saying diy § they stopped the

ὄχλους τοῦ.μὴ.θύειν αὐτοῖς. 19 “EwHAGoy' δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Αντιοχείας
erowds from sacrificing to them. But thither came from Antioch
καὶ Ἰκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, Kai λιθά-
and Iconium Jews, and having persuaded the crowds, and having
σαντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, ἱνομίσαντες"
stoned Panl, drew [him] outside the city, supposing
αὐτὸν ἐτεθνάναι." 20 κυκλωσάντων.δὲ adroy τῶν μαθητῶν,"
him τὸ have died. But Shaving ‘surrounded ‘Shim ‘the “disciples,
ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν" Kai ἐπαύριον ἐξὴῆλ-
having risen up heentered into the city. And onthe morrow he went
θεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ sic Δέρβην. 21 ἰεὐαγγελισάμενοί" τε
away with Barnabas to Derbe. And having announced the glad tidingsto
τὴν. πόλιν. ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς
that city, and having discipled many they returned to

4 ' re LTA.
city) GLTTraw.

xacTorye GAW ; — ye LTTr.
4 ὑμῶν οὗ you GLTTra.
τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν LTTraA.

GLUT[Tr]A.
LTTra.

Ss — ὃ LTTYAW.
x ἀξεπήδησαν rushed out GLITraw.

τ 6 τε LTTrA. * — αὐτῶν (read the
Σ — τὸν LTTraW. 2 καίτοι LT;
5 αὐτὸν LTTr. Ὁ ἀγαθουργῶν LTTrAW. ς ὑμῖν to you
© ἐπῆλθαν LTTra. ἵἱ νομίζοντες τττὰ. ὃ τεθνηκέναι
1 εὐαγγελιζόμενοί announcing &c. LT,

t — μὲν LYTra.

XIV, XV. ACTS.

τὴν Λύστραν καὶ Ε᾿Ἶκόνιον καὶ "΄᾿ Ἀντιόχειαν" 22 ἐπιστηρίζοντες
Lystra and Iconium and Antioch, establishing

τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ

the souls ofthe disciples, exhorting (them] to continue in the
πίστει, Kai ὅτε διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς
faith, and that through many tribulations must we enter into
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 23 χειροτονήσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῖς ἵπρεσ-
the kingdom of God. And having chosen for them el-
βυτέρους κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν," προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν πα-
ders in every assembly, having prayed with fastings they
ρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. 24 Kai

committed them tothe Lord, on whom they had believed. And
διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς " ΤΙαμφυλίαν:" 25 καὶ
having passed through Pisidia they came to Pampbylia, and

λαλήσαντες "ἐν Πέργῃ᾽ τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν εἰς “᾿Αττάλειαν"
having spoken in Perga the word they came down to Attalia;

26 κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παρα-
and thence they sailed to Antioch, whence they had been

δεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν.
committed tothe grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.
27 παραγενόμενοι. δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν
And having arrived and having gathered together the assembly
Ράνήγγειλαν" ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς per αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν
they declared allthat “did ‘God with them, and that he opened

τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ΟΥΡ ΩΣ πίστεως. 28 διέτριβον.δὲ «ἐκεῖ χρόνον
to the nations a door of faith. And they stayed there *time

οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς.
‘not *a*little with the disciples.

15 Kai τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας ἐδίδασκον

And certain having come down from Judga were teaching
τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ eke eae τῷ ἔθει * Μωῦ-
the brethren, Unless ye be circumcised afterthe custom of Mo-
σέως ov.dtvacbe σωθῆναι. 2 Γενομένης οὖν" στάσεως

ses ye cannot be saved. Having taken place therefore a commotion

καὶ ᾿συζητήσεως" οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ Kai τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς
and discussion not alittle by Paul and Barnabas with
? ΄ » > ,ὔ ~ 4 / ,
αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καί
them, they appointed “ἴο °go “up *Paul 7and = =©6©* Barnabas and
τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ
certain others from amongst them to the apostles and
πρεσβυτέρους εἰς ἹἹερουσαλήμ, περὶ Tov-Cytnparoe.robrov.
elders to Jerusalem, about this question.

3 ot μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διήρ-
They indeed therefore having been sent forward by the assembly passed
xovro τὴν ἡ Φοινίκην καὶ *Zapapeay," ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν
through Phoenicia and Samaria, relating the
ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν" Kai ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν
conversion ofthe nations. Andthey caused “joy lgreat to all
τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 4 mapayevopevoroé εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ *aze-
the brethren. And having come to Jerusalem they were
δέχθησαν" “ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας Kai τῶν ἀποστόλων Kai τῶν

907

tra, and to Iconium,
and Antioch, 22 con-
firming the souls of
the disciples, and ex-
horting them to con-
tinue in the faith, and
that we must through
much tribulation en-
ter into the kingdom
of God. 22 And when
they had ordained
them elders in every
church, and had pray-
ed with fasting, they
commended them to
the Lord, on whom
they believed. 24 And
after they had passed
throughout Pisidia,
they came to Pam-
phylia. 25 And when
they had preached the
word in Perga, they
went down into Atta-
lia: 26and thence
sailed to Antioch,
from whence they had
been recommended to
the grace of God for
the work which they
fulfilled. 27And when
they were come, and
ha gathered the
church together, they
rehearsed all that God
had done with them,
and how he had opened
the door of faith uxte
the Gentiles. 28 And
there eed abode long
time with the disci-
ples.

XV. And certain
men which came down
from Judza taught
the brethren, andsaid,
Except ye be circum-
cised after the manner
of Moses, ye cannot be
saved. 2 en there-
fore Paul and Barna-
bas had no small dis-
sension and disputa-
tion with them, they
determined that Paui
and Barnabas, and
certain other of them,
should go up to Jeru-
salem unto the apo-
stles and elders abont
this question. 3 And
being brought on their
way by the church,
they passed through
Phenice and Samaria,
declaring the conver-
sion of the Gentiles:
and they caused great
joy unto aH the breth-
ren. 4 And when they
were come to Jerusa-
lem,they were received

welcomed by the assembly and the apostles and the of the church, and of
k + εἰς to LTTrA. ! κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους LITrAW. =| ™ + τὴν TTr. 5 εἰς
τὴν Πέργην Ἵ. ο᾽Ατταλίαν TA. Ρ ἀνήγγελλον LTTrA. 4 — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. τ περι-

τμηθῆτε ye have been circumcised ἹΤΊΤΑ. 8 + 7@ LTTra.
place) Trr. v ζητήσεως GLITrAW. Ww + τε both Lrtra.

σόλυμα Tr. 2 παρεδέχθησαν they were received LTTrAW 8 ἀπὸ Tr.

t δὲ but (having taken
x Σαμαρίαν 1.

¥ Ἵερο-

358

the apostles and elders,
and they declared all
things that God had
done with them. 5 But
there rose up certain
of the sect of the Pha-
risees which believed,
saying, That it was
needful to circumcise
them, and to command
them to keep the law
of Moses. 6 And the
apostles and_ elders
came together for to
consider of this matter.
7 And when there had
been much disputing,
Peter rose up, and
said unto them, Men
and brethren, ye know
how that a good while
ago God made choice
among us, that the
Gentiles by my mouth
should hear the word
of the gospel, and be-
lieve. 8 And God,
which knoweth the
hearts, bare them wit-
ness, giving them the
Holy Ghost, even as
he did unto us ; 9and
put no difference be-
tween us and them,
purifying their hearts
by faith. 10 Now
therefore why tempt
ye God, to put a yoke
upon the neck of the
disciples, which nei-
ther our fathers nor
we were able to bear?
11 But we believe that
through the grace of
the Lord Jesus Christ
we shall be saved, even
as they. 12 Then all
the multitude kept si-
lence, and gave audi-
ence to Barnabas and
Paul, declaring what
miracles and wonders
God had wrought a-
mong the Gentiles by
them. 13 And after
they had held their
peace, James answer-
ed, saying, Men and
brethren,hearken unto
me: 14 Simeon hath
declared how God at
the first did visit the
Gentiles, to take out
of them a people for
his name. 15 And to
this agree the words
of the prophets ; as it
is written, 16 After
this I will return, and
will build again the
tabernacle of David,
whichis fallen down ;
and I will build again
the ruins thereof, and

Ὁ re Tra.
LTTrAaw.

i— χριστοῦ GTTrAW.

LITrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw.

© συνζητήσεως LA; ζητήσεως TTr.
€ — αὐτοῖς TTrA.

WPA EI Σ XV.

πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν.τε doa ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν.
elders, and they declared allthat God did with them.

5 ἐξανέστησαν δὲ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων
And rose up certain of those of the sect ofthe Pharisees

, , a ~
πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες, Ὅτι δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτούς,
who believed, saying, It is necessary tocircumcise them,

παραγγέλλειν.τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωσέως. 6 Συνήχ-
and charge [them]to keep the law of Moses. *Were *gathered

θησαν δὲ! ot ἀπόστολοι Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ
*together tand the apostles and the elders tosee about
λόγου.τούτου. 7 πολλῆς.δὲ συζητήσεως" γενομένης, ἀνα-

this matter. And much discussion having taken place, “having
\ τι ἢ = ‘ 7 fy » > ᾽ , € ~
στὰς Iletpoc εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοῦς, Ανὸρες ἀδελφοί, υμεῖς
“risen *up *Peter said to them, Men brethren, ye
’ , ε 2 are: ~ ? / d « ‘ ? € ~ ? , iT]
ἐπίστασθε Ort ad ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων “ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο
know thatfrom “days ‘early God among us chose
διὰ τοῦ.στόματός. μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ
by my mouth [for] *to*hear ‘the “nations the word of the

εὐαγγελίου, καὶ πιστεῦσαι. 8 Kai ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρ-
glad tidings, πὰ to believe. Andthe heart-knowing God bore

~ > ~ ‘ ~ A - ‘ τ
τύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς “αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθὼς καὶ
witness tothem, giving tothem the Spirit the Holy, as also
ἡμῖν" 9 καὶ foddév' διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν &re' καὶ αὐτῶν,
to us, and put no difference between us ‘both and them,

Ty πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας. αὐτῶν. 10 νῦν οὖν τί
by the faith having purified their hearts. Now therefore why
πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν

tempt ye God to put ayoke upon the neck of the
μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ.πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν
disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able

βαστάσαι; 11 ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ"
to bear ? But by the grace of{[the] Lord Jesus Christ

πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι, καθ᾽ ὃν.τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. 12 ᾿Εσίγησεν
we believe tobe saved, in the same manner as they also. “Kept ‘silence

δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, Kai ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξη-
land all the multitude, and heard Barnabas and Paul re-

youpévwy ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς

lating what *did *God ‘signs “and *wonders among the
ἔθνεσιν Ov αὐτῶν. 13 Mera.cé τὸ.σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη
nations by them. And after were “silent ‘they Fanswered

᾿Ιάκωβος λέγων, “Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ pov. 14 Συμεὼν
*James, saying, Men brethren, hear me. Simeon

ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ
related how first God visited totake out of

ἐθνῶν λαὸν "ἐπὶ" τῷ.ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ τούτῳ συμφω-

nations apeople for his name, And with this agree
vovow οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, 16 Mera
the words of the prophets: as it has been written, After

ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν ‘AaBid'
Iwillreturn and will buildagain the tabernacle of David

ταῦτα
these things

τὴν πεπτωκυϊαν" καὶ τὰ ""κατεσκαμμένα" αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω,
which [15 fallen; and the ruins of it I will build again,

d ἐν ὑμῖν you (ἡμῖν W) ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεὸς
f οὐθὲν TTrA. 8. —Te W. b + τοῦ of the GLTTraw.

« — ἐπὶ (read τῷ ov. αὐτοῦ for his name) LTTraw. 1 Δανεὶδ
Ὁ κατεστραμμένα Ὑ ; κατεστρεμμένα Tr.

XV. ACTS.

καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, 17 ὅπως ἂν.ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι
and willsct up ἘΔ so that Smay “seek 7out ‘the ?residue
τῶν ἀνθρώπων TOY κύριον, Kai πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὺς ἐπι-
Sof *men the Lord, and all the nations upon whom has
κέκληται T0.0voua.pou ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" λέγει κύριος τὸ" ποιῶν

been called my name upon them, says [the] Lord who does
ταῦτα πάντα." 18 ῬΓνωστὰ" an’ αἰῶνός “ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ
*these “things 1411: known from eternity are to God
πάντα τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ." 19 διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν
all his works. Wherefore I judge not to trouble
~ ? ‘ ~ > ~ ? , “2a, ν oa 9 2 A
τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν" 20 ἀλλὰ

those who from the God; but
ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τἀπὸ" τῶν αλισγημάτων τῶν
to write to them to abstain from the pollutions of the
εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας Kai "τοῦ πνικτοῦ Kai τοῦ αἵματος.
idols and fornication and what is strangled and blood.
21 ‘Mwonje'-yap ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ.πόλιν τοὺς KN-
For Moses from generations of old inevery city those *pro-
ρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ.πᾶν σάββατον

nations turn to

claiming *him ‘has in the synagogues, every sabbath
ἀναγινωσκόμενος.
being read.
22 Tore ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Kai τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις

elders
? ? ~
ἐξ αὐτῶν
from among them

Then it seemed good tothe apostles and to the
‘ e ~~ 63 , 2 , »
σὺν ὕλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας
with *whole ?the assembly, chosen men

πέμψαι εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν σὺν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, ᾿Ιούδαν

tosend to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas, Judas
τὸν "ἐπικαλούμενον" “Βαρσαβᾶν, καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγου-
surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, 2men lead-

μένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 23 γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς. αὐτῶν

ing among the brethren, having written by their hand
*raoe, Οἱ ἀπόστολοι Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι YKai οἱ ἀδελφοί,
thus: The apostles and the elders and the brethren,

~ ay \ ᾽ , ‘ , ‘ r ,ὔ ? ~
τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Αντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς
tothose in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, brethren

~ ? ? ~ , ? ‘ > , ε
τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν. 24 ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ore
from among [the] nations, greeting. Inasmuch as we have heard that

τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις,
certain from amongst us having gone out troubled you by words,
ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς. ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι
upsetting your souls, saying [ye must] be circumcised
καὶ τηρεῖν TOY νόμον." οἷς οὐ.διεστειλάμεθα: 98 ἔδοξεν
and keep the law; to whom we gayeno[such] command; it seemed good

ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, “ἐκλεξαμένους᾽ ἄνδρας πέμψαι
tous hayingcome with one accord, chosen men to send
πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς. ἀγαπητοῖς. ἡμῶν Βαρνάβᾳ Kai Παύλῳ,
to you, with our beloved Barnabas and Paul,
26 ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς. ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ
men who have given up their lives for the
ὀνόματος τοῦ.-κυρίου. ἡμῶν Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 27 ἀπεστάλκαμεν
name of our Lord Jesus Christ. We have sent

909

I will set it up: 17 that
the residue of men
might seek after the
Lord, and all the Gen-
tiles, upon whom my
name is called, saith
the Lord, who do-
eth all these things.
18 Known unto God
are all his works from
the beginning of the
world. 19 Wherefore
my sentence is, that
we trouble not them,
which from among the
Gentiles are turned to
God: 20 but that we
write unto them, that
they abstain from pol-
lutions of idols, and
Jrom fornication, and
Jrom things strangled,
and from blood, 21 For
Moses of old time hath
in every city them that
preach him, being
read in the synagogues
every sabbath day.

22 Then pleased it
the apostles and elders,
with the whole church,
to send chosen men of
their own company to
Antioch with aul
and Barnabas;namely,
Judas surnamed Bar-
sabas, and Silas, chief
men among the breth-
ren: 23 and they wrote
letters by them after
this manner; The
apostles and elders
and brethren send
greeting unto the
brethren which are of
the Gentilesin Antioch
and Syria and Cilicia:
24 forasmuch as we
have heard, that cer-
tain which went out
from us have trou-
bled you with words,
subveLuing your souls,
saying, 6 must be
circumcised, and keep
the law: to whom we
gave no such com-
mandment: 25 it seem-
ed good unto us, being
assembled with one
accord, to send chosen
men unto you with
our beloved Barnabas
and Paul, 26men that
have hazarded their
lives for the name of
our Lord Jesus Christ.
27 We have sent there-

ο — πάντα GLTTrAW.

4 — oLTTr. P γνωστὸν LW.

4 τῷ κυρίῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ to the

Lord his work L; ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ W ; -- ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ GTTTA.

τ — ἀπὸ (read τῶν from the) LTTr[a]. 5 — τοῦ LTr.
called LTTrawW. τ BapoaBBay Litra. *— τάδε LITrA.
LTTrA. 2 — λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι Kal τηρεῖν TOV νόμον LTTTA.
chosen Ltrw.

τ Mwions GLTTrAw.
Y — καὶ oi (vead elder brethren)
Ὁ ἐκλεξαμένοις having

ν καλούμενον

360

fore Judas and Silas,
who shall also tell
you the same things
by mouth. 28 For it
seemed good to the
Holy Ghost, and to us,
to lay upon you no
greater burden than
these necessary things ;
29 that ye abstain
from meats offered to
idols, and from blood,
and from things stran-
gied, and from forni-

cation: from which
if ye keep your-
selves, ye shall do
well. Fare ye well.

30 So when they were
dismissed, they came
to Antioch: and when
they had gathered the
multitude together,
they delivered the
epistle: 31 which when
they had read, they
rejoiced for the conso-
lation, 32 And Judas
and Silas, being pro-
phets also themselves,
exhorted the brethren
with many words, and
confirmed them. 33And
after they had tarried
there a space,they were
let go in peace from
the brethren unto the
apostles. 34 Notwith-
standing it pleased
Silas to abide there
still. 35 Panl also and
Barnabas continued in
Antioch, teaching and
preaching the word of
the Lord, with many
others also,

36 And some days
after Paul said unto
Barnabas, Let us go
again and visit our
brethren in every city
where we have preach-
ed the word of the
Lord, and see how they
do. 37 And Barnabas
determined to take
with them John, whose
surname was Mark.
38 But Paul thought
not good to take him
with them, who de-
parted from them
from Pamphylia, and
went not with them to
the work. 39 And the
contention was 80
sharp between them,
that they departed
asunder one from the
other : and so Barna-
bas took Mark, and

WPA EI &. XV.

οὖν ᾿Ιούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγελ-

therefore Judas and _ Silas, “also 'themselves by word telling

λοντζας τὰ αὐτά. 28 ἔδοξεν.γὰρ ry ἁγίῳ πνεύματι"
[you] the same things. For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit

καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν “τῶν

and tous, no = further "to 5140 *upon *you ‘burden than

2 , ,ὔ Il ? , > ΄ .
ἐπάναγκες τούτων," 29 ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ
these necessary things : to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and
αἵματος καὶ ἃ πγνικτοῦ" καὶ πορνείας" ἐξ ὧν

from blood and from whateis strangled, and from fornication; from which

διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε: ἔῤῥωσθε. 80 Οἱ μὲν
keeping yourselves, well ye will do. They

Farewell.
οὖν ἀπολυθέντες “ἤλθον᾽ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν" Kai συναγαγόντες
therefore, being let go went to Antioch, and having gathered

TO πλῆθος ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 31 ἀναγνόντες.δὲ ἐχά-

the multitude delivered the epistle. And having read they
? ‘ ~ ’ ? ὃ ἔξ. ll δὴ in ‘ ?

pnoay ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. 32 Lovdac.'re" καὶ Σίλας, καὶ av-

rejoiced at the consolation. And Judas and Silas, also 'them-

τοὶ προφῆται ὄντες. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς
selves *prophets Sbeing, by “discourse tmuch exhorted the
ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. 33 Ποιήσαντες.δὲ χρόνον ἀπε-
brethren, and _ established [them]. Απᾶπμανίηνσ continued a time they
λύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ THY ἀδελφῶν πρὸς ἕτοὺς ἀποστό-
were let go in peace from the _ brethren to the apostles;
λους." 84 Βέἔδοξεν.δὲ τῷ Σίλᾳ ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ." 35 Παῦλος. δὲ
but it seemed good to Silas toremain there. And Paul
καὶ BapvaBac διέτριβον ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες Kai εὐσγ-
and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and 5an-

γελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ
nouncing “the glad ®tidings ‘with “150. ’others *many— the word ofthe
κυρίου.

Lord.

96 Meraoé

τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν,"
But after

certain days said Paul to Barnabas,
᾿Επιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. "ἡμῶν" κατὰ

Having turned back *indeed ‘let 7us look after our brethren in
ἱπᾶσαν πόλιν" ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου,

every city in which we have announced the word ofthe Lord,
πῶς ἔχουσιν. 37 Βαρνάβας.δὲ ™éBovdeicaro' "συμπαρα-
how they ure. And Barnabas purposed to take
λαβεῖν" © Prov' ΦἸωάννην" τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον" 38 Παῦ-
with {them] John called Mark; 2Paul
hoe δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ar αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ιαμ-
*but thought it well him who withdrew from them from Pam-
φυλίας, καὶ μὴ.συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον, μὴ Touprrapa-

phylia, and went not with them to the work, not to take
λαβεῖν" τοῦτον. 39 ἐγένετο "οὖν" παροξυσμός, ὥστε
“with (*them] "him. Arose therefore a sharp contention so that

ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ax’ ἀλλήλων, τόν.τε.-Βαρνάβαν παρα-
“departed 1they from one another, and Barnabas having

" τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ TIrw. © τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες LTTr; — τούτων A. 4 πνικτῶν
LTTrA. © κατῆλθον LYTrA. ἴ δὲ Ε. & τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς those who sent them
GLITrAW. ἢ — verse 34 LITrAW. ἱ πρὸς Βαρνάβαν ἸΠαῦλος Lira. k — ἡμῶν (read the

brethren) GLTTraW.
° + καὶ also GLTTrA.

LTTra.

πὶ ἐβούλετο LTTrAW. 2 συν- ΤΑ.
τ συμ-ίσυν- ΤαΑ)παραλαμβάνειν

1 πόλιν πᾶσαν LTTrA.
Ρ — τὸν GLA. 4 Τωάνην Tr.

5 δὲ and (arose) LTTra,

ΧΥΧΥΙ. ACTS.

λαβόντα τὸν ee ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον 40 Παῦλος. δὲ
taken Mark sailed to Cyprus; but Paul

ἐπιλεξάμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι

having chosen Silas went forth, having been committed tothe grace

*rov θεοῦ" ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 41 διήρχετο.δὲ τὴν Συρίαν
of God by the _ brethren. And he Le aie through Syria

καὶ ™ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. 16 Κατήντησεν δὲ"

and Cilicia, establishing the assemblies. And he arrived
sic Δέρβην καὶ ¥ Λύστραν᾽ Kai ἰδού, μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ,
at Derbe and Dystra: and behold, a pee ‘certain was there,

ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός ἡτινος" ᾿Ιουδαίας πιστῆς

by name ἘΤἰπιοΐμθτϑ, son of ἃ *woman ‘certain *Jewish *believing

πατρὸς. δὲ “EXAnvoc’ 26¢ ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύσ-
but rete father a Greek, who was borne witness to by the “in *Lys-
τροις καὶ ᾿Ικονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 3 τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ ἸΤαῦλος σὺν
tra ‘and *Iconium ‘brethren. Thisone *wished Paul with
αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς

on account of the
ἤδεισαν. γὰρ

him togoforth, and having taken hecircumcised him
Ιουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς.τόποις.ἐκείνοις"

Jews who were in those places, for they “knew
ἅπαντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτοῦ OTe “Ἕλλην! ὑπῆρχεν. 4 ὡς δὲ

1411 his father that a Greek he was. And as
διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις Prapedidovy' αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν
ἅ5.) passed ἀδιῦηθε the _ cities cs delivered to them to keep
τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ ἐχῶν'
the decrees decided on by the apostles and the
πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν “Ἱερουσαλήμ. 5 αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκ-

elders in Jerusalem. The “therefore ‘as-

κλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει; καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ
semblies were strengthened in the faith, and abounded in number
καθ᾽ ἡμέραν.

every day. 4

6 ἐΔιελθόντεε" δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ ἱτὴν" Γαλατικὴν

Having *passed “through ‘and Phrygia and the Galatian
χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι!
SOUNIEY, having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak

τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Aig, 7 ἐλθόντες ὃ κατὰ THY Μυσίαν ἐπείρα-

the word in ia, having come down to Mysia they at-
Zov cara izjy' Βιθυνίαν πορεύεσθαι" Kai οὐκ.εἴασεν
tempted to Bithynia to go; and #did “ποὺ *suffer
αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα. ὃ παρελθόντες.δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβη-
*them ‘the Spirit; and haying passed by Mysia they came
cay εἰς Τρωάδα. 9 καὶ ὕραμα διὰ ™rijc' νυκτὸς "ὠφθη
down to Troas. And avision during the night appeared
Παύλῳ ᾿Ανήρ ὅτις ἦν Μακεδὼν" ἑστώς, Ῥ παρακαλῶν
to Paul: A *man ‘certain Swas “οἵ *Macedonia standing, beseeching
αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων, δΔιαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν βοήθησον
him and saying, aay passed over into Macedonia help

1 10 Ὡς. δὲ τὸ ὕραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν

And when the vision he saw, immediately wesought ἴο 5ὉὋ forth

361

sailed unto Cyprus;

40 and Paul chose Si-
las, and departed, be-
ing recommended by
the brethren unto the
grace of God. 41 And
he went through Sy-
ria and Cilicia, con-
firming the churches.
XVI. Then came he
to Derbe and Lystra:
and, behold, a certain
disciple was there,
named Timotheus, the
son of a certain wo-
man, which was a
Jewess, and believed;
but his father was a
Greek: 2 which was
well reported of by the
brethren that were at
Lystra and Iconium.
3 Him would Panl
have to go forth with
him; and took and
circumcised him be-
cause of the Jews
which were in those
quarters: for they
knew all that his fa-
ther was a Greek.
4 And as they went
through the cities,
they delivered them
the decrees for to keep,
that were ordained of
the apostles and elders
which were at Jerusa-
lem. 5 Andso were the
churches’ established
in the faith, and in-

ereased in number
daily.
6 Now when they

had gone throughout
Phrygia and the re-
gion of Galatia, and
were forbidden of the
Holy Ghost to preach
the word in Asia, 7 af-
ter they were come to
Mysia, they assayed to
go into Bithynia: but
the Spirit sufiered
them not. 8 And they

_ passing by Mysia came

down to 'roas. 9 And
a vision appeared to
Paul in the night;
There stood a man of
Macedonia, and pray-
ed him, saying, Come
over into Alacedonia,
and help us. 10 And
after he had seen the
vision, immediately
we endeavoured to go

Y τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord LITrAW.
— τινος GLTTrAW.

"+ τὴ

LTTraw. ¢ — τῶν LTTrAW. 4 Ἱεροσολύμοις LTTrAW.
LTTraW. f — τὴν LTTrA. & + δὲ and (having come) LTTraw.
i — τὴν Ww. Κ πορευθῆναι LTTra. 1 + Ἰησοῦ of Jesus GLTTraw.

“to ΤΠ}αύλῳ ὥφθη TTrA. ο Μακεδών τις Hv (— ἣν A) LTTrAW.

* + καὶ also L[Tr}.
5 πάντες (ἅπαντες ἘΠ δ, ὅτι "Ἕλλην ὁ 0 πατὴρ αὐτοῦ LTr.
© διῆλθον they passed through

Σ + εἰς at LT Tr.
ὃ παρεδίδοσαν

Β εἰς GLTTrAW.
m --- τῆς LTTr[A]W.

P + καὶ and LTTr.

362

into Macedonia, as-
suredly gathering that
the Lord had called
us for to preach the
gospel unto them.
11 Therefore loosing
from Troas, we came
with a straight course
to Samothracia, and
the next day to Nea-
polis; 12 and from
thence to Philippi,
which is the chief city
of that part of Mace-
donia, and a colony:
and we were in that
city abiding certain
days. 13 And on the
sabbath we went out
of the city by a river
side, where prayer was
wont to be made; and
wesat down, andspake
unto the women which
resorted thither. 14 And
acertain woman nam-
ed Lydia, a seller of
purple, of the city of
Thyatira, which wor-
shipped God, heard us:
whose heart the Lord
opened, that she at-
tended unto the things
which were spoken of
Paul. 15 And when
she was baptized, and
her household, she be-
sought us, saying, If
ye have judged me to
be faithful to the Lord,
come into my house,
and abide there. And
she constrained us.
16 And it came to pass,
as we went to prayer,
a certain damsel pos-
sessed with a spirit of
divination met us,
which brought her
masters much gain by
soothsaying: 17 the
same followed Paul
and us, and cried, say-
ing, These men are the
servants of the most
high God, which shew
unto us the way of
salvation. 18 And this
did she many days.
But Paul, being griev-
ed, turned and said to
the spirit, 1 command
thee in the name of
Jesus Christ to come

out of her. And he
came out the same
hour. 19 And when

her masters saw that
she hope of their gains
was gone, they caught

9 — τὴν LTTr.
v δὲ LTTrA.

8 πύλης gate LTTrAW.
© + τὴν the [place for] LrTraw.
» κατακολουθοῦσα following TTr.

ἃ μένετε LTTrW.

w Νέαν πόλιν TTr.

ΠΟΡΟΑΣΞ ἜΤΟΣ. ΧΥΙ.

᾽ \ , ΄΄ εἰ « ~
εἰς τὴν" Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς
to us

Macedonia, concluding that “had ‘called

τὸ κύριος" εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. 11 ᾿Αναχθέντες
‘the *Lord ἴο announce the glad tidingsto them. Having sailed

βοῦν" ἀπὸ ἱτῆς" Τρωάδος εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμο-
therefore from Troas we came with a straight course to Samo-

ΓΔ ~ 1 , ? »Ἅ ᾽ ~

θρᾷκην, τῇ. τε ἐπιούσῃ εἰς “Μεάπολιν," 12 “ἐκεῖθέν. τεὶ
thracia, and onthe following day to Neapolis, and thence
εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος rnc"
to Philippi, which is [the] first “of (*that] ‘part

Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολώνια. μεν.δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει δια-

Sof °Macedonia ‘city, acolony. And wewere in this city stay-
τρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς, 18 τῇττε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων
ing *days ‘certain. Andonthe day of the sabbath

ἐξήλθομεν Ττἔξω" τῆς "πόλεως" παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο
we went forth outside the city by ariver, where wascustomary
προσευχὴ" εἶναι, Kai καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς ouved-
prayer tobe, and havingsatdown wespoke_ to the *who *came
θούσαις γυναιξίν. 14 Καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορ-
*together ‘women. Andacertain woman, by name Lydia, a seller
φυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβομένη τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν"
of purple of {the] city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, was hearing;
ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς
of whom the Lord opened the heart to attend to the things
λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ “τοῦ" Παύλου. 15 ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ
spoken by Paul. And when she was baptized and
ὁ οἶκος. αὐτῆς παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Et κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν
her house she besought saying, If ye have judged me faithful
τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν μου, ἁμείνατε""
tothe Lord tobe, having entered into my house, abide.
καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. 16 Ἐγένετο.δὲ πορευομένων. ἡμῶν
And she constrained us. And it came to pass as we were going
εἰς ® προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος"

to prayer, a*damsel ‘certain, having aspirit of Python,
δἀπαντῆσαι' ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς
met us, who “gain ‘much brought
κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη. 17 αὕτη "κατακολουθήσασα" τῷ
to her masters by divining. She having followed

Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι
Paul and us cried saying, These men bondmen

~ ~ ~ € , Chl? ev , i, ~ Π
τοῦ θεοῦ row ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ᾿ὴ) μῖν

of the *God ‘Most *High are, who announce tous [the]
€ a “ Ὕ “ὦ A ? / ? 4 \ « Γ

ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. 18 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας" δια-
way of salvation. Andthis shedid for many days. sBeing

5 θ ‘ δὲ κ cil vr ‘ ? , ~ ,
πονηθεὶς δὲ *6' Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν,
“distressed ‘but 2Paul, and having turned tothe spirit said,
Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν 'r@' ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν
I charge thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς. Kai ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ. τῷ ὥρᾳ. 19 ᾿Ιδόντες. δὲ οἱ κύριοι
from her. And it came out the same hour. And seeing ?masters
? ~ e 1) ~ « ? ‘ ~ ? , ᾽ ~ ? ,
αὐτῆς ore ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.ἑργασιας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι
‘her that was gone the hope of their gain, haying taken hold of

τ 6 θεὸς God LrTra. 5 δὲ and (having sailed) Ta. t — τῆς LTira,
X κἀκεῖθεν LITrAW. Υ — τῆς LTTr. zt — ἔξω Ww.
b ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν We Supposed prayer LTTr. © — τοῦ TTr.
fWV0wva LTTrA. & ὑπαντῆσαι TTA,

i ὑμῖν to you ETTr. k—6TTr. 1 -- τῷ LTTrA.

XVI. ACTS.

τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν" Σίλαν εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν

Paul and Silas they dragged [them]into the market
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 20 Kai προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς
before the magistrates ; and haying brought up them to the
στρατηγοῖς "εἶπον," Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν
captains said, These men Sexceedingly *trouble ~*our
THY πόλιν, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες" 21 Kai καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη

Scity, 2Jews ‘being, and announce customs
ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, Ῥωμαίοις

which it is not lawful for us to receive nor to do, “Romans

οὖσιν. 22 Kai συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, Kai οἱ στρα-
*being. And rose up together the crowd against them, andthe cap-
τηγοὶ “περιῤῥήξαντες" αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον papot-
tains having torn off of them the garments commanded to beat [them]
fey’ 28 πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγάς ἔβαλον

with rods. And *many ‘having laid °on *them ‘stripes they cast [them]
εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν
into. prison, charging the jailor safely to keep
αὐτούς" 34 ὺς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην Ῥεἰληφὼς ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς

them ; who ᾿ “a %charge ‘such having received thrust them
εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακήν, Kai τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτῶν ἠσφαλί-
into the inner prison, and their feet secured

σατο" εἰς TO ξύλον. 25 Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ
to the stocks. And towards midnight Paul and
Σίλας προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν Gedy" ἐπηκροῶντο
Silas praying were singing praises to God, “listened *to
δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι. 26 ἄφνω.δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας,
‘and ®*them “the “prisoners. And suddenly Searthquake ‘there *was “a *great,
ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου" τἀνεῴχθησάν᾽"
sothat wereshaken the foundations of the prison, “were “opened
Sve! παραχρῆμα at θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη.
ἴδῃ ἃ immediately *the*doors ‘all, and 9508 1] the *bonds were loosed.
27 ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγ-
And *awoke *out ®of 7516 60 “being ‘the *jailor, and seeing opened
μένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος μάχαιραν "ἔμελ-
the doors ofthe prison, having drawn a sword was
Aev' ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους.

about himself to put to death, supposing had escaped the prisoners.
28 ἐφώγησεν.δὲ “φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος" λέγων, Μηδὲν
But *called out *with°a‘voice loud 1Paul saying, 4No

πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν᾽ ἅπαντες. γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. 29 Ai-
do “to “thyself injury ; for ?all lwe “are here. *Having
τήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος. γενόμενος προσ-
Sasked *for ‘and lights herushedin, and trembling fell
ἔπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ "τῷ" Σίλᾳ᾽ 80 καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς
down before Paul and Silas. And having brought them
ἔξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με. δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ;
out he 5814, Sirs, what is necessary forme todo that I may be saved?
31 Οἱ. δὲ Yelror,' Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν *xpisror, |
And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ,
καὶ σωθήσῳ, σὺ καὶ ὁ.οἷκός. σου. 32 Καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ
and thou shalt Ὅ6 βαυϑᾶ, thou απἃ thy house. And they spoke to him

m — τὸν A.
αὐτῶν LTTrA.
Y ἤμελλεν LTTrA.
2 — χριστόν LTTrA.

Ὦ εἶπαν LYTrA. 9 περιρήξαντες LTTrA.
τ ἠνεῴχθησαν LTrA; ἠνοίχθησαν T. 5 δὲ LTTra.
Ὑ —o LITr; Παῦλος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ L-

Ρ λαβὼν LTTrAW.

363
Paul and Silas, and
drew them into the

marketplace unto the
rulers, 20and brought
them to the magis-
trates, saying, These
men, being Jews, do ex-
ceedingly trouble our
city, 21 and teach cus-
toms, which are not
lawful for us to re
ceive, neither to ob-
serve, being Romans.
22 And the multitude
rose up together a-
gainst them: and the
magistrates rent off
their clothes, and com-
manded to beat ther.
23 And when they had
laid many stripes up-
on them, they cast
them into prison,
charging the jailor to
keep them safely:
24 who, having receiv-
ed such a charge,thrust
them into the inner
prison, and made their
teet fast in the stocks.
25 And at midnight
Paul and Silas prayed,
and sang praises unto
God : andthe prisoners
heard them. 26 And
suddenly there was a
great earthquake, so
that the foundations
of the prison were
shaken: and imme-
diately all the doors
were opened, and every
one’s bands were loos-
ed. 27 And the keeper
of the prison awaking
out of his sleep, and
seeing the prison doors
open, he drew out his
sword, and would have
killed himself, suppos-
ing that the prisoners
had been fled. 28 But
Paul cried with a loud
voice, saying, Do thy-
self no harm: for we
are all here. 29 Then
he called for a light,
and sprang in, and
came trembling, and
fell down before
Paul and Silas, 30 and
brought them out, and
said, Sirs, what must
I do to be saved?
31 And they said, Be-
lieve on the Lord Jesus
Christ, and thou shalt
be saved, and thy
house. 32 And they
spake unto him the

4 ἠσφαλίσατο

t + τὴν the (sword) titra.
* — 7@ Lira.

Υ εἶπαν LTTrA.

364

word of the Lord, and
to all that were in
his house. 33 And
he took them the same
hour of the night,
and washed their
stripes ; and was bap-
tized, he and all his,
straightway. 34 And
when he had brought
them into his house,
he set meat before
them, and rejoiced, be-
lieving in God with all
his house. 35 And
when it was day, the
magistrates sent the
serjeants, saying, Let
those men go, 36 And
the keeper of the pri-
son told this saying to
Paul, The magistrates
have sent to let you
go: now therefore de-
part, and go in peace.
37 But Paul anid unto
them, They have beat-
en us openly uncon-
demned, being Ro-
mans, and have cast us
into prison; and now
do they thrust us out
privily? nay verily;
but let them come
themselves and fetch
us out. 38 And the
serjeants told these
words unto the magis-
trates: and they feared,
when they heard that
they were Romans.
39 And they came and
besought them, and
brought them out, and
desired them to depart
out of the city. 40 And
they went out of the
prison, and entered in-
to the house of Lydia :
and when they had
seen the brethren, they
comforted them, and
departed,

X VIL. Now when they
had passed through
Aimphipolis and Apol-
lonia, they came to
Thessalonica, where
was ἃ synagogue of
the Jews: 2 and Paul,
as his manner was,
wentin unto them, and
three sabbath days
reasoned with them
out of the scriptures,
3 opening and alleg-
ing, that Christ must
needs have suffered,

2 σὺν πᾶσιν With all @LTTrAW.
© πανοικεὶ TA.
i ἀπήγγειλαν LTTrAW.

d ἡγαλλιᾶτο A.
h ἔβαλαν LTA.

aro to depart from (the) Lira.
4 ἐξῆλθαν TTr.

ἀδελφούς LITA.
t διελέξατο LTTr.

TPAZETS. XVI, XVII.

τὸν λόγον Tov κυρίου, “καὶ πᾶσιν" τοῖς ἐν TH-oiKig.avTov.
the word ofthe Lord, and toall those in his house.

33 καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλου-

And having taken them in _ that hour of the night he wash-
σεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ
ed [them] from the stripes; and *was*baptized ‘he and *his
b

πάντες" παραχρῆμα. 34 avayaywr.re αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον

tall immediately. And having brought them into “house
“αὐτοῦ" παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο" ὅπαν-
this he Ἰαϊὰ atable [for them], and exulted with all

oui! πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. 35 Ἡμέρας.δὲ γενομένης ἀπέ-
[his] house, having believed in God. And day having come

στειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, ᾿Απόλυσον

ϑροηῦ ‘the *captains the serjeants, saying, Let *go
τοὺς. ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους. 36 ᾿Απήγγειλεν.δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ
‘those *men. And*reported ‘the *jailor

τοὺς.λόγους ἱτούτους" πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον, Ὅτι ξἀπεστάλκασιν"
these words to Paul, *Have *sent
€ Nes, ? ~ 5 w τ ? Ἂ ,
οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε' νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πο-
‘the “captains that ye may be let go. Now therefore haying gone out de-
ρεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. 37 Ὃ δὲ. Παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες
part in peace, But Paul said to them, Having beaten
ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχον-
us publicly uncondemned, men . Romans being,
rac, *’Bador' εἰς φυλακήν, καὶ νῦν λάθρα ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλου-
they cast [us]into prison, and now secretly us do they thrust
σιν; ov yap’ ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν.
out? no indeed, but having come themselves » us let them bring out,
.᾽ Pia ~ - εν ~ ε
88 ᾿Ανήγγειλα»ν" "δὲ" τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα
And “reported *to*the captains ‘the *serjeants Swords
ταῦτα ἱκαὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν.

ΤΠ 686, And they were afraid having heard that Romans they are.
39 καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες
And having come they besought them, and having brought out

ἠρώτων τ ἐξελθεῖν! τῆς πόλεως. 40 ἐξελθόντες.δὲ "ἐκ"
they asked [them] togoout of the city. And having gone forth out of
τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον °sic! τὴν Λυδίαν" καὶ ἰδόντες Prove
the prison they came to Lydia ; and having seen the
ἀδελφούς παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς," καὶ “ἐξῆλθον."
brethren they exhorted them, and went away.

17 Διοδεύσαντες. δὲ τὴν ᾿Αμφίπολιν καὶ" ᾿Απολλωνίαν

And having journeyed through Amphipolis and Apollonia
ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὕπου ἢν sy" συναγωγὴ τῶν ‘lov-
they came to Thessalonica, where was the synagogue ofthe Jews.
daiwy. 2 κατὰ.δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς,

And according to the custom with Paul he went in ἴο them,

καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέγετο" αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν,
and for “sabbaths ‘three reasoned with them from the scriptures,

3 διανοίγων Kai παρατιθέμενος OTe τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει πα-
opening and setting forth that “the *Christ ‘it *behoved to have

b ἅπαντες T. © — αὐτοῦ (read the house) τ τ]ὰ.
f — τούτους (read the words) utr. 8 ἀπέσταλκαν LTTrA.
k ve T. 1 ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ LITA. ™ ἀπελθεῖν
“and from τ. ὃ πρὺς GLTTraw. P παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς
r + τὴν LTTr. 8 ἡ (read a synagogue) Ltr].

XVII. ACTS.

θεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν
suffered and tohaverisen from among [86] dead, and that this is
w,!l SA xe ~ τὰ ΓΕ ΚΙ ͵ ois 1
ὁ' χριστὸς 5 Ιησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 4 Καί τινες
the Christ Jesus, whom 1 announce to you. And some
ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ

of them were obedient, and joined themselves to Paul and
τῷ Σίλᾳ, τῶν.τε σεβομένων Υ Ἕλληήνων *rodd πλῆθος."
to Silas, and of the worshipping Greeks a great multitude,

γυναικῶν.τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. 5 "ζηλώσαντες.δὲ

and of “women ‘the *chicf not afew. But *having °become “envious
οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ προσλαβόμενοι, τῶν

the disobeying *Jews, and having taken to [them] 7of *the
ἀγοραίων τινὰς ἄνδρας" πονηρούς. καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες

*market-loungers ‘certain “men Sevil,

ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν᾽ “ἐπιστάντες. τε᾽ τῇ οἰκίᾳ ᾿Ιάσονος
roused “1π *tumult ‘the city; and having assaulted the house of Jason
ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς tayayeiv' εἰς τὸν δῆμον" 6 μὴ εὑρόντες.δὲ
they sought *them 'to*~bring out to the people; but not having found
αὐτοὺς éavpoyv- “τὸν ᾿Ιάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς
them they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the
πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες, Ὅτι οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνα-
city magistrates, crying out, Those who ‘the *habitable 7world ‘have *set

»»ῃ τ ‘ ? 4 ΄ - ΓΙ « as
στατώσαντες οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, 7 ode ὑποδέδεκται

and having collected a crowd

3in *confusion these ‘also “here ‘are “come, whom “has *received
᾿Ιάσων" καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος
‘Jason; and these all contrary to the decrees of Cesar
ἱπράττουσιν,, βασιλέα ἔλέγοντες Erepov' εἶναι, ᾿Ιησοῦν.
᾽ ᾿
do, ®*king ‘saying another there is— Jesus.

8 Ἑτάραξαν.δὲ τὸν ὄχλον Kai τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας

And they troubled the crowd and the _ city magistrates hearing
ταῦτα. 9 καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Ιάσονος Kai
these things. And having taken security from Jason and

διὰ
But the brethren immediately by

τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. 10 Οἱ. δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως
the rest they let ὅσο ‘them.
krijc! νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν rov-reLlatAoy καὶ τὸν Σίλαν εἰς Βέ-
night sent away both Paul and Silas to Be-
oovay’ οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι, εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ‘THY Ἰου-
Tea ; who, being arrived, into the synagogue ofthe Jews
daiwy amyecay.' 11 οὗτοι.δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν
went. And these were more noble than those in
Θεσσαλονίκῳῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυ-
Thessalonica, who received the word with all readi-

μίας, "τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι
ness, daily examining the scriptures if were
~ “ \ \ x ᾽ »» Wao
ταῦτα οὕτως. 12 πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπί-
these things 50. Many indeed therefore from among them be-
στευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων Kai
lieved, and of the “Grecian *women ‘honourable and
ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. 13 ὡς.δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλο-
men not a few. But when “knew ‘the *from *Thessalo-

vikne ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὅτι Kai ἔν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ
nica *Jews that also in Berwa was announced by

2 πλῆθος πολύ LTTraw.
Ὁ ἄνδρας τινὰς LTrAW.
ἔ πράσσουσιν LTTrAW.
k — 70 LYTr.

* — ὃ LITr. X4o0A. Υ + καὶ L.
ot Ἰουδαῖοι G3; — ἀπειθοῦντες LTTrAW.

ἃ προᾶδγαγεῖν LTTrA. TTr{ A |.

© — τὸν L
h — τῆς LTTrA. ‘ ἀπήεσαν τῶν ᾿Ιονδαίων A.

365

and risen again from
the dead ; and that this
Jesus, whom 1 preach
unto you, is Christ,
4 And some of them
believed,and consorted
with Paul and Silas;
and of the devout
Greeks a great multi-
tude, and of the chief
women nota few. 5 But
the Jews which be-
lieved not, moved with
envy, took unto them
certain lewd fellows of
the baser sort, and ga-
thered a company, and
set all the city on an
uproar, and assaulted
the house of Jason, and
sought to bring them
out to the people,
6 And when they found
them not, they drew
Jason and certain bre-
erent unto the rulers
of the city, crying
These that have turned
the world upside down
are come hither also;
7 whom Jason hath re-
ceived: and these all
do contrary to the de-
crees of Cesar, saying
that there is another
king, one Jesus. 8 And
they troubled the peo-
ple and the rulers of
the city, when they
heard these things.
9 And when they had
taken security of Ja-
son, and of the other,
they let them go,
10 And the brethren
immediately sent a-
way Paul and Silas by
night unto Berea: who
coming thither went
into the synagogue of
the Jews. 1} These
were more noble than
those in Thessalonica,
in that they received
the word with all rea-

diness of mind, and
searched the _ scrip-
tures daily, whether

those things were so.
12 Therefore many of
them believed; also
of honourable women
which were Greeks,
and of men, not a few.
13 But when the Jews
of Thessalonica had
knowledge that the
word of God wae
reached of Paul at
erea, they came thi-

ἃ προσλαβόμενοι δὲ

Kat ἐπιστάντες LTTrA.
& ἕτερον λέγοντες LTTr.

366

ther also, and stirred
up the people. 14 And
then immediately the
brethren sent away
Paul to go as it were
to the sea: but Silas
and Timotheus abode
there still. 15 And they
that conducted Paul
brought him unto
Athens: and receiving
a commandment unto
Silas and Timotheus
for to come tohim with
all speed, they depart-
ed.

16 Now while Paul
waited for them at
Athens, his spirit was
stirred in him, when
he saw the city wholly
given to _ idolatry.
17 Therefore disputed
he in the synagogue
with the Jews, and
with the devout per-
sons, and in the mar-
ket daily with them
that met with him.
18 Then certain philo-
sophers of the Epicu-
reans, and of the Sto-
icks, encountered him.
And some said, What
will this babbler say ?
Other some, He seem-
eth tobea setter forth
of strange gods: be-
cause he preached un-
to them Jesus, andthe
resurrection. 19 And
they took him, and
brought him unto A-
reopagus, saying, May
we know what this new
doctrine. whereof thou
speakest, ts? 20 For
thou bringest certain
strange things to our
ears: we would know
therefore what these
things mean. 21 (For
allthe Athenians and
strangers which were
there spent their time
in nothing else, but
either to tell, or to
hear some new thing.)
22 Then Paul stood in
the midst of Mars’
hill, and said, Ye men
of Athens, I perceive
that in all things ye

IIPAZETIS.

Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον κἀκεῖ cadebovrec! τοὺς
Paul the word of God, they came also there stirring up the

ὄχλους.. 14 ehOéwe.dé τότε τὸν Παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ
crowds. And immediately then *Paul “sent *away ‘the
ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ""ὡς" ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν "ὑπέμενον. δὲ!
“brethren to go as to the sea ; but remained
ὅτε. Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. 15 Οἱ. δὲ οκαθιστῶντες" τὸν
both Silas and Timotheus there. But those conducting
Παῦλον ἤγαγον Pabriv' ἕως ᾿Αθηνῶν" καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν
Paul brought him unto Athens; andhavingreceived acommand
πρὸς τὸν Σίλαν καὶ 4 Τιμόθεον, Wa we τάχιστα ἔλθω-
to Silas and ‘Timotheus, that as quickly as possible they should
ow πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῴεσαν.
come to him, they departed.
(16 Ἐν.δὲ ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου
[5 ; ς ’
But in Athens "waiting *for *them *Paul,
παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῳ τθεωροῦντι" KaT-
"was ®painfully *excited Shis °spirit in him seeing *full
εἰδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. 17 διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ

XVII.

Sof Sidols Sbeing ‘the ~ city. He reasoned indeed therefore in the
συναγωγῇ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις, Kai ἐν τῇ
synagogue with the Jews and those who worshipped, and in the
ἀγορᾷ κατὰ.πᾶσαν.ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνον-
market-place every day with those who met with
tac. 18 τινὲς.δὲ 5" τῶν ᾿ Ἐπικουρείων" καὶ "roy"! ὙΣτωϊκῶν"
{him}. But some of the Epicureans and the Stoics,

φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῳ᾽ καί τινες ἔλεγον, Ti ἂν θέλοι
philosophers, encountered him, And some said, What may “desire
ὁ. σπερμολόγος. οὗτος λέγειν; Οἱ. δέ, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ

this *chatterer tosayf Andsome, Of foreign gods he seems
(lt. demons)

τὸν Ἰησοῦν Kai THY ἀνάστασιν
Jesus and the _ resurrection
19 ἐπιλαβόμενοί. "τε" αὐτοῦ,

And having taken hold of him,

e
OTL

καταγγελεὺς εἶναι"
because [of]

a proclaimer to be,
Xabroic εὐηγγελίζετο."
to them he announced the glad tidings.
? ‘ ‘ 2" I ΄ » λ , Δ / θ
ἐπ TOV Ἄρειον παγον yyayov EVOVTEC, UVa[LE a
to the Mars’ hill they brought [him], saying, Are we able
γνῶναι τίς ἡ-καινὴ.αὕτη "ἡ" ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή;
toknow what[is) this new *which *by *thee ‘is Sspoken teaching ?

20 EeviZovra.yap Twa εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς. ἀκοὰς.ἡμῶν. Bov-
We

For *strange *things ‘certain thou bringest to our ears.
Naor οὖν γνῶναι ri ἂν.θέλοι' ταῦτα εἶναι. 21 ᾿Αθη-
wis therefore to know what *may *mean ‘these *things. 7A the-

ναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ἕένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον
nians ΠΟ all and the sojourning strangers in nothing’ else
‘evkaipouy' ἢ λέγεν τι “καὶ ἀκούειν © καινότερον.
spent their leisure than ἴο 611 *something ‘and “to “hear newer,
22 Σταθεὶς. δὲ [1ὁ" Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ® Ἀρείου! πάγου
And “having “stood *Paul in [the] midst of Mars’ hill
ἔφη, "Avdpec ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα we δεισιδαιμονεστέρους

said, Men Athenians, in all things very religious
(lit. very reverent to demons)

1 + καὶ ταράσσοντες and troubling Lrtra.
° καθιστάνοντες LTTrA.

Τε LTTrA.

GewpovvTos LTTrAW. L als ΓΑ. KOU,
χ εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς ([αὐτοῖς] A) LA; — αὐτοῖς TTr.
Ὁ τίνα θέλει What Mean LTtr.

“ Srotk@v LTA,
vy) Bees

® τὶ something LI[Tr].

Ὁ ὑπέμεινέν (-vav TTr)

4 + τὸν TTr.
ν — τῶν LTTrA.
Υ δὲ τι. *”Apioy 1.
© ηὐκαίρουν LTTrA. ἃ ἢ or BITrA.
& ᾿Αρίου T.

™ ἕως as far as LTTr.
Ρ — αὐτὸν (read [him]) Lrtra.

5. + καὶ also LTTrAW. τ ᾿Επικουρίων T.

f— 9 LTTr.

XVII ACTS.

ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. 28 duepxopuevoc-yap Kai ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσ-
you I behold; for, passing through and beholding “objects Sof

para ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο,
*veneration ‘your, Ifound also 85 δ]δ8 5 on which had been inscribed,

᾿Αγνώστῳ θεῷ. Ῥὸν" οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, ἱτοῦτον"
To an unknown God. oe therefore not EES ye SE a him

ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 24 ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον Kai

if announce toyou. The God who made the world and
πάντα Ta ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ Kai γῆς Κκύριος
all things that [876] in it, he of heayen and earth Lord

ὑπάρχων," οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, 25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ
being, not in hand-made temples dwells, nor By,

χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων" θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς
hands of men is served as ne soy thing; himself

διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν πκατὰ- πάντα" 26 ἐποίησέν.τε
giving toall life and breath in every [respect]; and he made
ἐξ ἑνὸς "αἵματος" πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ σπᾶν
of one blood every nation of men, todwell upon all
TO πρόσωπον' τῆς γῆς: ὁρίσας προτεταγμένους" και-
the face of the earth, having determined fore-arranged times

ροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς.κατοικίας.αὐτῶν" 27 ζητεῖν “τὸν
ae the boundaries of their dwelling— toseek the

κύριον," εἰ ἄρα.γε Ψψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν ‘kai! εὕροιεν,
Lord ; if perbeys they aight feelafter him and τρια find him,

Skatrovye' οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα.

ἘΒΟΘΞΕ indeed “ποῦ 3far *from one Seach 7of δὰ ‘heing ;

28 ἐν. αὐτῷ.γὰρ ζῶμεν Kai κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν᾽ ὡς καί τινες
for in him we live and move and are; as also some

τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ.γὰρ καὶ γένος

of the "among *you 1poets have said, For of him “also ‘offspring
ἐσμέν. ῶ9 Γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ.ὀφείλομεν
we are. Offspring therefore being of God, we ought not

νομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ
tothink togold or tosilver or tostone, agrayventhing ofart and
ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. 30 Τοὺς
imagination of aa, that which [is] divine tobe like. The
μὲν οὖν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὡὁθεός, ‘ra
5ΞἸηᾶερα *therefore ‘times of ignorance *having see 1God,
νῦν" “παραγγέλλει! τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν" πανταχοῦ μετα-

now charges men all everywhere to re-
γνοεῖν᾽ 31 “διότι! ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν
pent, because 86 set aday in which heis about tojudge the

οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ
habitable world in righteousness,
παρασχὼν πᾶσιν
thaving “given

ᾧ ὥρισεν, πίστιν
by aman whom heappointed; *proof

ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν.
ἴο 811 [in] havingraised him fromamong([the] dead.
32 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον"

And having heard ἃ resurrection of [the] dead, some mocked,
οἱ.δὲ γεῖπον,, ᾿Ακουσόμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου."
Δα some said, We willhear’ thee again concerning this,

367

are too superstitious.
23 For as I passed by,
and beheid your devo-
tions, I found an altar
with this inscription

TO THE UNKNOWN
GOD. Whom therefore
ye ignorantly worship,
him declareI untoyou.
24 God that made the
world and all things
therein, seeing that he
is Lord of heaven and
earth, dwelleth not in
temples made with
hands; 25 neither is
worshipped with men’s
hands, as though he
needed any thing, see-
ing he giveth to all
life, and breath, and
all things; 26 and hath
made of one blood all
nations of men for to
dwell on all the face of
the earth, and hath
determined the times
before appointed, and
the bounds of their ha-
bitation ; 27 that they
should seek the Lord,
if haply they might
feel after him, and find
him, though he be not
far from every one of
us: 28 for in him we
live, and move, and
have our being; as
certain also of your
own poets have said,
For we are also his off-
spring. 29 Forasmuch
then as we are the
offspring of God, we
ought not to think
that the Godhead is
like unto gold, or sil-
ver, or stone, graven
by art and man’s de-
vice. 30 And the times
of this ignorance God
winked at; but now
commandeth all men
every where torepent :
31 because he hath ap-
pointed a day, in the
which he will judge
the world in right-
eousness by that man
whom he hath ordain-
ed; whereof ne hath
given assurance unto
all men, in that he
hath raised him from
the dead. 32 And when
they heard of the re-
surrection of the dead,
some mocked: and
others said, We will
hear thee again of this

bh ὃ what LTTraW. i τοῦτο this LTTraw.
(read human hands) LTTra.
(read made from one) LiTr[a].
GTTrAW ; πρὸς τεταγμένους L.
katye T. t τανῦν EGW.
x καθότι inasmuch as LTTraw.

° παντὸς προσώπου LTTra.

4 τὸν θεόν God GLTTrA.
v ἀπαγγέλλει sends word (to all) Ὁ.
Υ εἶπαν Tra.

k ὑπάρχων κύριος LTTrA.
τὰ καὶ τὰ πάντα and all things EGLTTraw.

| ἀνθρωπίνων
2 — αἵματος

Ρ Seta μένους, arranged
'7 Or L.

S καὶ ye LTrA ;
πάντας LTTrA.

2 περὶ τούτου καὶ (also) πάλιν LTTrA.

368

matier. 33 So Paul de-
parted from among
them. 34 Howbeit cer-
tain men clave unto
him, and believed: a-
mong the which was
Dionysius the Areopa-
gite, and a woman
named Damaris, and
others with them.

XVI. After these
things Paul departed
from Athens,and came
toCorinth; 2and found
a certain Jew named
Aquila, born in Pon-
tus, lately come from
Italy. with his wife
Priscilla; (because that
Claudius had com-
manded all Jews to
depart from Rome :)
and came unto them.
3 And because he was
of the same craft, he
abode with them, and
wrought : for by their
eccupation they were
tentmakers, 4 And he
reasoned in the syna-
gogue every sabbath,
and persuaded the
Jews and the Greeks.
5 And when Silas and
Timotheus were come
from Macedonia, Paul
was pressed in the spi-
rit and testified to the
Jews that Jesus was
Christ.6And when they
opposed themselves,
and blasphemed, he
shook his raiment, and
said unto them, Your
blood δὲ upon your
own heads; I am
clean: from henceforth
I will go unto the Gen-
tiles. 7 And he de-
parted thence, and en-
tered into a certain
man’s house, named
Justus, one that wor-
shipped God, whose
house joined hard to
the synagogue. 8 And
Crispus, the chief ru-
ler of the synagogue,
believed on the Lord
with all his house;
and many of the Co-
rinthians hearing be-
lieved, and were bap-
tized. 9 Then spake the
Lord to Paul in the
night by a vision, Be
not afraid, but speak,
anc hold not thy peace:
10 for I am with thee,

TIPAS EIS.
33 “Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν

XVII, ΧΥ͂ΠΙ.

ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν.

And thus Paul went out from [the] midst of them.
34 τινὲς.δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῷ ἐπίστευσαν ἐν οἷς

Butsome men joining themselvestohim believed;

καὶ διονύσιος °6' “᾿Αρεοπαγίτης," καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δά-
also[was] Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman by name Da-
μαρις, Kai ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς.
maris, and others with them.
18 Μετὰ δὲ" ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς
And after these things *having *departed
᾿Αθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον 2 καὶ εὑρών

among whom

ἐὸ Παῦλος" ἐκ τῶν
Paul from

τινα ᾿Ιουδαῖον

Athens, came _ to Corinth ; and having found acertain Jew

> ΄ ? , \ ~ , ’ γ ,
ὀνόματι ᾿Ακύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ; γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα
by name Aquila, of Pontus by race, lately come
ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, Kai Πρίσκιλλαν γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ
from Italy, and Priscilla his wife, because

ἐδ eva! Κλαύδ ίζεσθ i > rove lovdai
OLATETAXKED AL aidiuv χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους
"had “ordered *Claudius to depart all the Jews

> 1 ~ « ’ ~ ? ~ \ Q A ‘ « ,
Six’ τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" 8 καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμό-
out of Rome, he came to them, and because of πο *same
τεχνον εἶναι, ἔμενεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς Kai "εἰργάζετο" ἦσαν.γὰρ
*trade ‘being, heabode with them and worked ; for they were
σκηνοποιοὶ ἱτὴν. τέχνην." 4 διελέγετο.δὲ ἐν TH συναγωγῇ

tent makers by trade, And he reasoned in the synagogue
\ ~ , Ὁ » , ? Wes . oe
κατὰ. πᾶν. σάββατον, ἔπειθεν.τε ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ ᾿Ἑλληνας.
every sabbath, and persuaded Jews and Greeks.

5 Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὕ.τε.Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τι-
And when came down from Macedonia both Silas and Ti-

μόθεος ἔσυνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι' ὁ Παῦλος διαμαρτυρόμενος
motheus *was *pressed *in ®spirit *Paul earnestly testifying

τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ! τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. 6 ἀντιτασ-
tothe Jews [?to *be] *the Christ 1Jesus. 7As *set ‘°themselves '*in

͵ \ ? ~ ‘ ΄ ? ,
σομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος

*Zopposition “but “they «πᾷ were blaspheming, having shaken [his}
Ta ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, To.aipavpev ἐπὶ τὴν
garments, he said to them, Your blood [be] upon
κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν" καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη
your head : pure (*from‘*it] ‘I from henceforth to the nations
πορεύσομαι. 7 Kat μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν "ἦλθεν" gic οἰκίαν
will go. And having departed thence he came to [the] house
Twoe ὀνόματι" Ἰούστου, σεβομένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ
of acertain one by name Justus, who worshipped God, of whom

ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. ὃ Κρίσπος.δὲ ὁ
the house was adjoining the synagogue. But Crispus the
ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ.αὐ-
ruler of thesynagogue _— believed inthe Lord with *whole this house;
τοῦ" Kai πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ

and many ofthe Corinthians hearing believed and
ἐβαπτίζοντο. 9 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος Ot ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ"
were baptized. Andsaid the Lord by a vision in (the) night

τῷ Παύλῳ, Μὴ.φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ.σιωπήσῃς" 10 διότι

ἃ -- καὶ LITA,
LTTr[A].
from LITraw.
ξ συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ
@ εἰσῆλθεν LT.

“was “engrossed *with °the “word GLTTraw.
1 + Τιτίου Titius Τ[Ὑ:1.

to Paul, Fear not, but speak and be not silent; because
Ὁ — 6 [fr]. © ᾿Αρεοπαγείτης T; ᾿Αρειοπαγίτης W. 4 — δὲ and
€ — ὃ Παῦλος (read he having departed) Lrtra. f τεταχέναι τ. & ἀπὸ

h ἠργάζετο LTrA: ἠργάζοντο they worked T i τῇ τέχνῃ LYTrAW.
1 + εἶναι to bo xt.

° ἐν νυκτὶ δι’ ὁράματος LITrA.

XVIII. ACTS.

aye εἰμι μετὰ GOV, Kai οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε"
am with thee, and noone shallseton thee to ill-treat thee ;

διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ιταύτῃ. 11 ᾿Εκάθισέν
oecause people there isto τ much ia this chy ?He *remained

Pre! ἐνιαυτὸν aes Hades ἐξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον

‘and & year months ‘six, teaching among them the word
τοῦ θεοῦ.
of God.
12 Γαλλίωνος δὲ Ἰἀνθυπατεύοντος τῆς Ayaiac, κατεπ-
But Gallio being proconsul of Achaia, ®rose
éoTnoay ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ Παύλῳ, Kai ἤγαγον
‘against “with ont 5Saccord ‘the 7Jews Paul, and led
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ to βῆμα, 18 λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ τὸν νόμον
him to the judgment seat, saying, That contrary to the law
τοῦτος ἀναπείθει" τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν θεόν.
this [man] persuades men to worship God.
14 Μέλλοντος.δὲ τοῦ TlavAov ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ
But *being “about 1Paul to open [his] mouth, said
Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους, Ei μὲν "οὖν" ἦν ἀδί-

*Gallio the Tf indeed therefore it was *unrighteous-
en τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον

to Jews,

ness ‘some or onan palsy 1wicked, O Jews, according to reason
ἂν "ἠνεσχόμην" ὑμῶν, 15 εἰ. δὲ '"ζήτημά" ἐστιν περὶ
I should have borne with yon, but if aquestion itbe about

λόγου Kai ὀνομάτων Kai νόμου τοῦ
a@word and names and

καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε
alaw which[is] among yon, ye willsee
κριτὴς. “γὰρ! ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ.βούλομαι εἶναι.
for a judge of these things do not wish to be.
16 Kai ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος" 17 ἐπιλαβό-
And he drove them from the Judgment. seat. parang, “laid

νοι δὲ πάντες “οἱ EXAnvec! Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον
old®on'and 21 *the ‘Greeks Sosthenes the ruler of thesynagogue,

ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος" Kai οὐδὲν τού-
they beat {him) before the judgment seat. And *nothing °about 7these

τω» τῷ Γαλλίωνι ἔμελεν.
®things *to *Gallio ‘it mattered.

18 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελ-

αὐτοί:
to it] yourselves ;

But Paul yet havingremained 7days ‘many, ‘the “breth-
φοῖς ἀποταξάμενος. ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ
ren “having *taken *leave Sof sailed away to Syria, and with him

Πρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας, κειράμενος τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Key-

Priscilla and Aquila, having shorn [his] head in Cen-
χρεαῖς" εἶχεν. γὰρ εὐχήν. 19 Τκατήντησεν᾽" δὲ εἰς “Epeoor, κἀ-
chrea, for he had avow: and he came to Ephesus, and
κείνους κατέλιπεν δαὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς. δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν
*them τοῖν there. But he himself having entered into the

συναγωγὴν dtedéxOn! τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις. 20 ἐρωτώντων δὲ
ἘΣΠΒΕοεῦΘ reasoned with the Jews. And (asking [Phim]
αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι “παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς οὐκ. ἐπένευσεν"
‘they for ἃ longer time toremain with them he did not accede,
21 ἀλλ᾽ ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς," εἰπών, “Δεῖ pe πάντως τὴν
but tookleave of them, saying, It behoves me by all means the

Ρ δὲ LITra.
* ἀνεσχόμην LTTr.

4 ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος LTTrA. τ ἀναπείθει οὗτος Lrtraw.
* ζητήματά questions LITra.
LITraw. Σ ἐν Keyxpeats (Κενχρεαῖς T) τὴν κεφαλήν. LTTra.
LTTrA. a ἐκεῖ L. > διελέξατο aoe ¢ πῦρ αὐτοῖς LTTrA.
καὶ but taking leave and LTtra. — Aci we .... Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA.

369

and no man shall set
on thee to hurt thee :
for I have much peo-
ple in this city. 11 And
he continued there a
year and six months,
teaching the word of
God among them.

12 And when Gallio
was the deputy of A-
chaia, the Jews made
insurrection with one
aecord against Paul,
and brought him to
the judgment seat,
13 saying, This fellow
persuadeth men to
worship God contrary
to the law. 14 And
when Paul was now
about to open his
mouth, Gallio said un-
to the Jews, If it were
a matter of wrong or
wicked iewdness, O ye
Jews, reason would
that [should bear with
you: 15 but ifit bea
question of words and
names, and of your
law, look ye to it; for I
will be no judge οἵ
such matters. 16 And
he drave them from
the judgment seat,
17 Then all the Greeks
took Sosthenes, Ξξ
chief ruler of the s
agogue, and beat
before the Heer aby
seat. And Gallio cared
for none of those
things.

18 And Paul after
this tarricd there yet
a good while, and
then took his leave of
the brethren, andsail-
ed thence into Syria,
and with him Priscilla
and Aguila; having
shorn Ais head in Cen-
chrea: for he had a
vow. 19 And he came
to Ephesus, and left
them there: but he
himself entered into
the synagogue, and
reasoned with the
Jews. 20 When they
desired him to tarry
longer time with them,
he consented not;
21 but bade them fare-
well, saying, I must
by all means keep this

— yap LTTraw.

3 — οὖν LTTr[A]W.
x — ot Ἕλληνες

2 κατήντησαν they came
ἃ ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος

ΒΒ

970

feast that cometh in
Jerusalem : but I will
return again untoyou,
if God will. he
sailed from Ephesus.
22 And when he had
landed at Cxsarea, and
gone up, and saluted
the church, he went
down to Antioch.
23 And after he had
spent some time there,
he departed, and went
over all the country of
Galatia and Phrygia
in order, strengthen-
ing all the disciples.

24 And 4 certain
Jew named Apollos,
born at Alexandria,
an eloquent man,
and mighty in the
scriptures, came to
Ephesus. 25 This man
was instructed in the
way of the Lord; and
being fervent in the
spirit, he spake and
taught diligently the
things of the Lord,
knowing only the bap-
tism of John. 26 And
he began to speak
boldly in the syna-
gogue: whom when
Aquila and Priscilla
had heard, they took
him unto them, and
expounded unto him
the way of God more
perfectly. 27 And when
he was disposed to pass
into Achaia, the breth-
ren wrote, exhorting
the disciples to receive
him: who, when he
was come, helped them
much which had be-
lieved through grace:
28 forhe mightily con-
vinced the Jews, and
that publickly, shew-
ing by the scriptures
that Jesus was Christ.

XIX. Andit came to
pass, that, while A-

ollos was at Corinth,

aul having passed
through the upper
coasts came to Ephe-
sus : and finding cer-
tain disciples, 2he said
unto them, Have ye
received the Holy
Ghost since ye beliey-
ed? And they said un-
to him, We have not so
much as heard whe-
ther there be any Holy
Ghest. 3 And he said

NPAZETIS. XVIII, XIX.
ἑορτὴν THY ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα"" πάλιν ἰδὲ"
*feast lcoming tokeep ὖ erusalem, but again

ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. FKai' ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ
I will return to you, God __— willing. And he sailed from
τῆς Ἐφέσου" 22 καὶ κατελθὼν sic "Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς
Ephesus. And having landed at Ceesarea, having gone up
καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέβη εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν.
and having saluted the assembly he went down to Antioch.
23 καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξῆς

And having stayed *time ‘some he went forth, passing through °in 7order
τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, ᾿ἰἐπιστηρίζων᾽ πάντας

‘the 7?Galatian ®country %and ‘Phrygian, establishing all
τοὺς μαθητάς.
the disciples.

24 Ἰουδαῖος.δὲ τις ᾿Απολλὼς ὀνόματι, ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς τῷ

But 4 ον ‘certain, Apollos by name, an Alexandrian
γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς "Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὧν

by race, *man ‘an *eloquent, came to Ephesus, “mighty ‘being
ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. 25 οὗτος ἦν Karnynpévoc τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ
in the scriptures. He was _ instructed in the way of the
κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι, ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν
Lord, and being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught

ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ ἔτοῦ κυρίου." ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ
accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing only the

’ 1’ ΄ ell , ” »ε , ?
βάπτισμα Iwavvov'" 26 οὗτός τε ἤρξατο παῤῥησιάζεσθαι ἐν
baptism of John. And he began to speak boldly in
~ ~ ? , a > ~ τη , 4 , "
τῇ συναγωγῇ. ἀκούσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῦ ™ Ακύλας καὶ Πρίσκιλλα
the synagogue. ἀπᾶ “βαυΐηρ heard ®him Aquila ?and Priscilla
προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν
they took *to [*them] ‘him, and more accurately to him expounded the
"rov θεοῦ ὁδόν." 27 βουλομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν
?0f Ξ6οὔ ‘way. And *being *minded ‘he _ to pass through into
? + , Capes: mm ~ ~
᾿Αχαΐαν. προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς
Achaia, 7exhorting [*them]'the*brethren “wrote ‘to *the Sdisciples
? [2 >? , a , ων. 4 ~
ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν" ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς
to welcome him, who having arrived helped much those who
πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος" 28 εὐτόνως. γὰρ τοῖς “lov-
believed through grace. For powerfully the Jews
δαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν,
he confuted publicly, shewing by the _ scriptures
εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν.
2[ο 86 *the ‘Christ 17 6585.
19 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ᾿Απολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἸΠαῦ-
Andit came to pass, while Apollos was in Corinth, Paul,
λον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη, “ἐλθεῖν!" εἰς "Ἔφεσον"
having passed through the upper parts, came to Ephesus,
καὶ Ῥεὑρών" τινας μαθητὰς 2 εἶπεν ἃ πρὸς αὐτούς, Et
and having found certain disciples he said to them, [The]
~ idA ἐλ ld ᾿ ἁ [ δὲ Τ' Ϊ Π A
πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες ; Oi.dé τεῖπον" πρὸς
2Spirit ‘Holy did ye receive, having believed? Andthey said to
αὐτόν, ᾿Αλλ’ δοὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν.
him, Not even if (the) 7Spirit Holy is, did we hear.

f — δὲ but LTTrA.

Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTraw.
LITr ; — Tov θεοῦ A.
* — elroy (read [said]) LTTraw.

5 Καισαρίαν T. ἱ στηρίζων LYTrA. Κ τοῦ
ι "Iwavov Tr. m ἸΤρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας LTTrA. π ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ
ο κατελθεῖν T. Ρ εὑρεῖν found LTTrA. 4 -- τε and (he said) τττὰ.
5 οὐδ᾽ LTA.

Β — καὶ {1ττὰ.

XIX. ACTS.
3 ᾿Εἶπέν τε" πρὸς αὐτούς," Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Oi-dé
And he said to them, To what then were ye baptized? And they

πεῖπον, Εἰς τὸ *Iwavvov' βάπτισμα. 4 Ἐπεν.δὲ Παῦλος,
said, To the 308 SJohn *baptism. And *said *Paul,
Τ᾽ Ἰωάννης" tpéiv' ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ
John indeed baptized [with] abaptism of repentance, to the
λαῷ λέγων, εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν,
people saying, *7On “him ‘coming ‘after ‘Shim ‘that they should believe,
"τουτέστιν᾽ εἰς TOY ὑχριστὸν᾽ Ἰησοῦν. ὃ ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπ-
that is, on *the Christ Jesus, And having heard they
τίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 6 Kai ἐπιθέντος
were baptized to the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And “having *laid
αὐτοῖς Tov Παύλου ‘rac! χεῖρας ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον

Son *them Paul *hands came the Spirit the Holy
ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν.τε γλώσσαις καὶ “προεφήτευον."
upon them, and they were speaking with tongues and prophesying.

\ £ ΄ » e ‘ " ᾽ ‘ 5

7 ἦσαν.δὲ ot πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ “δεκαδύο. 8 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ
And‘*were*the ‘all Smen about twelve. And having entered
εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαῤῥησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγό-
into the synagogue he spoke boldly, for “months ‘three reason-
μενος καὶ πείθων τὰ! περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ.
ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.
9 Ὡς δὲ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο Kai ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν
But when some werehardened and disobeyed, speaking evil of the
ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν
way before the multitude, having departed from them he separated
τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράν-
the disciples, daily reasoning in the school of *Tyran-
vou §rivoc." 10 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας

nus 8 *certain. And this was for “years ‘two, so that all

τοὺς κατοικοῦντας THY ᾿Ασίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου

those who inhabited Asia heard the word ofthe Lord
©Tyoov," ᾿Ιουδαίους.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας" 11 Δυνάμεις. τε ov τὰς

Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And works of power not

, i2 , « ΡῈ} . - ~ Tl DN 12 ‘74 ‘
τυχουσας ἑποίξι O θεὸς διὰ των χειρων avAov, WOTE και

common ?wrought ‘God by the hands of Paul, so that even
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι! ἀπὸ τοῦὔ-χρωτὸς. αὐτοῦ
to those being sick were brought from his skin

σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, Kai ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὰς

handkerchiefs or aprons, and departed from them the
, ΄ ‘ ‘ > , ? ? ? ~

νόσους, τά.τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἰἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν."
diseases, and the “spirits ‘wicked wentout from _ them.
, ? x ~ 1 δὶ 2 . ,

13 ᾿Επεχείρησαν.δέ τινες ard τῶν" περιερχομένων ᾿Ιουδαίων
But ’took *in “hand ‘certain *from “the *wandering 5Jews,

ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας Ta πνεύματα τὰ

Sexorcists, to name over those who had the spirits
πονηρὰ TO ὄνομα Tov κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγοντες, “ OpKiZopev"

twicked the name ofthe Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure
~ x ~ a ε ~ 7 ,

ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν °6' Παῦλος κηρύσσει. 14 “Hoav.dé

you [by] Jesus, whom Paul proclaims. And there were

371
unto them, Unto what
then were ye baptiz-
ed? And they said,
Unto John’s baptism.
4 Thensaid Paul, John
verily baptized with
the baptism of repent-
ance, saying unto
the people, that they
should believe on him
which should come
after him, that is, on
Christ Jesus. 5 When
they heard this, they
were baptized in the
Mame of the Lord
Jesus. 6 And when
Paulhad laid his hands
upon them, the Holy
Ghost came on them;
and they spake with
tongues, and prophesi-
ed. 7 And all the men
were about twelve.
8 And he went into the
synagogue, and spake
boldly for the space of
three months, disput-
ing and persuading
the things concerning
the kingdom of God,
9 But when divers
were hardened, and be-
lieved not, but spake
evil of that way before
the multitude, he de-
parted from them, and
separated the disciples,
disputing daily in the
school of one Tyran-
nus. 10 And this con-
tinued by the space of
two years ; so that all
they which dwelt in
Asia heard the word
of the Lord Jesus,
both Jews and Greeks,
11 And God wrought
special miracles by the
hands ef Paul: 12 so
that from his body
were brought unto the
sick handkerchiefs or
aprons, and the dis-
eases departed from
them, and the evil spi-
Tits went out of them.
13 Then certain of
the vagabond Jews,
exorcists, took upon
them to call over
them which had evil
spirits the name of
the Lord Jesus, say-
ing, We adjure you
by Jesus whom Paul
preacheth. 14 And
there were seven sons

τ ὃ δὲ εἶπεν T. ¥ — πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrAW. ἡ εἶπαν LTTra.
Υ Ἰωάνης Tr. 7—yéyGLTTraA. 8 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT.
1{1ΊτΑ᾿. 4 ἐπροφήτευον LTTra. @ δώδεκα LTTraW.
4 — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. 1 ὁ θεὸς ἐποίει LTTrAW.
πορεύεσθαι (--- ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν) GLTTrAW. ™ καὶ τῶν also of the Lrtra.

GLTTrAW. ° — OLTTra.

f— τὰ Ltr.

> — χριστὸν GLTTrA.

Κ ἀποφέρεσθαι LTTrA.

x Ἰωάνου Tr.
©— τὰς
& — τινός LTTrA.
1 éx-
2 “Opxigw I adjure

972

of one Sceva, a Jew,
andchief of the priests,
which didso. 15 And
the evil spirit answer-
ed and said, Jesus I
know, and Paul I
know; but who are ye?
16 And the man in
whom the evil spirit
was leaped on them,
and overcame them,
and prevailed against
them, so that they fled
out of that house na-
ked and wounded.
17 And this was known
to all the Jews and
Greeks also dwelling
at Ephesus ; and fear
fell on them all,
and the name of the
Lord Jesus was magni-
fied. 18 And many that
believed came, and
confessed, and shewed
their deeds. 19 Many
of them also which
used curious. arts
brought their books
together, and burned
them before all men:
and they counted the
price of them, and
found tt fifty thousand
pieces of silver. 20 So
mightily grew the
word of God and pre-
vailed.

21 After these things
were ended, Paul pur-
posed in the spirit,
when he had passed
through Macedonia
and Achaia, to go to
Jerusalem, saying, Af-
ter I have been there,
1 must also see Rome.
22 So-he sent into Ma-
eedonia two of them
that ministered unto
him, Timotheus and
Erastus ; but he him-
self stayed in Asia for
a season. 23 And the
same time there arose
no small stir about
that way. 24 For a
certain man named
Demetrius, ἃ silver-
smith, which made sil-
ver shrines for Diana,

TIPAZEIS. XIX.

Prevec' υἱοὶ" Σκευᾶ ᾿Ιουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ 4 τοὶ" τοῦτο
certain [men] *sons *of *Sceva °a *Jew, 7a ®high *priest ‘seven who this

ποιοῦντες. 15 ἀποκριθὲν.δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἴπεν",

were doing. But answering the “spirit wicked said,
x ? ~ , ‘ ~ ΄ t ~

Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω. καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι" ὑμεῖς
Jesus Ikmow, and Paul Iam acquainted with; “ye

δὲ τίνες ἐστέ: 16 Kai ᾿ἐφαλλόμενος" "ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρω-
‘but, who are ye? And leaping on them the man
ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, “καὶ! κατακυριεύσας
in whom was the “spirit 1wicked, and having mastered
χαὐτῶν" ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισ-
them prevailed against them, sothat naked and wounded
μένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου.ἐκείνου. 17 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο
they escaped out of that house. Andthis became
γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Tovdaiorc.re καὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν
known to all both Jews and Greeks, those inhabiting
a” ‘ ? , Π , ? 4 , ? , CY be
Εφεσον. καὶ γἐπέπεσεν" φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, Kai ἐμεγα-
Ephesus, and 3611 ‘fear upon all ‘them, and was mag-
λύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 18 Πολλοίτε τῶν
nified the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And many of those who

πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι Kai ἀναγγέλλοντες
believed came confessing and declaring

3 , ᾽ ~ « aaa ~ Α »
τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν. 19 ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πρα-

their deeds. And many of those who the curious arts prac-
ἕάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον
tised having brought the books burnt [them] before

πάντων Kai συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, Kai εὗρον
all. And they reckonedup the prices ofthem, and found [it]

3 ΄ ’ , Ω er a ’ zs , ~
ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. 20 οὕτως κατὰ κράτος Τὸ λόγος τοῦ

3of *silver 2myriads "five. Thus with might the word of the
κυρίου" ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν.

Lord increased and prevailed.

21 Ὡς. δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύ-

_And when were fulfilled these things purposed Paul in the _ spirit,

ματι, διελθὼν" τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ὁ ᾿Αχαΐαν πορεύε--
having passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to

σθαι εἰς “lepovoadnp," εἰπών, Ὅτι pera τὸ γενέσθαι pe ἐκεῖ

go to Jerusalem, saying, After “having *been ‘my there
δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. 22 ᾿Αποστείλας.δὲ εἰς ὁτὴν!"

it behoves me also Rome to see. And haying sent into

Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον Kai

Macedonia two of those who ministered tohim, Timotheus and

» ᾽ A ᾽ , ’ > ‘ ᾽ , ? ,
Εραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ασίαν" 23. Ἐγένετο
rastus, he remained atime in Asia. 2Came *to *pass
δὲ κατὰ τὸν. καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς
‘and = at that time 3disturbance ‘no small about the
ὁδοῦ. 24 Δημήτριος.γάρ τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος,
way. For ‘Demetrius ‘a ?certain[*man] by name, a silversmith,
ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ᾿Αρτέμιδος. “παρείχετο" τοῖς τεχνίταις

brought ΠΟ small gain making ?temples _'silver of Artemis, brought tothe artificers
unto the craftsmen ; ¢) , Prey, sil 0 , ἢ ae
25 whom hecalled to- ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην" 25 οὺς συναθροίσας, Kai τοὺς
gether with the work- 3eain ™o little ; whom having brought together, and the
Ρ τινος (read seven sons of a certain one) LTr. 4 viol placed after ἑπτὰ LTTrA. τ -- οι

LTT:[A].

LTTrA. ν — Kat
λόγος LTTrA.
LETCAW.

5. + αὐτοῖς to them LTTrAw.

@ διελθεῖν to have passed through t.
qd — χὴν Τ.

v ε "΄ » > , ΄
ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς
Ἢ plate
* TOU κυρίου ὁ
ΕΣ la
“Ἱεροσόλυμα

ὃ ἐφαλόμενος LITA.
τ ἀμφοτέρων both LTtra. Υ ἔπεσεν Lr.
b+ τὴν 1,..

f οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν LTTrA.

LTTrAW.

δ᾽ παρεῖχε,

XIX. A€ ES.

περὶ τὰ.τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, “Avdpec, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι εκ
7in «©4such*things “workmen, he said, Men, yeknow that from
ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία Ξἡμῶν" ἐστιν᾽ 26 Kai θεωρεῖτε
this gain the wealth of us is ; and ye see
‘ > , ee ? , ? , ? ‘ h " ΄ ~

Kai ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον ᾿Εφέσου ἀλλὰ ὃ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς
and hear that not only of Ephesus but almost of all
᾿Ασίας ὁ-Παῦλος.οὗτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον,
Asia this Paul having persuaded turned away agreat multitude,
λέγων Ore οὐκ.εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. 27 ov
saying that they ars not gods which by hands are made, *Not
μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν

only ‘now “this Ὧ15 dangerous to us [lest] the business7into “disrepute
ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ Kai TO τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς * ρτέμιδος ἱερὸν᾽ εἰς
tcome, but alsothe *of*the *great ‘°goddess Artemis ‘temple for

Κοὐδὲν" ᾿Ἰλογισθῆναι, μέλλειν" "δὲ" καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι "τὴν μεγα-
nothing be reckoned, and be about also tobe destroyed the ma-
λειότητα" αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη %)'’Acia καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται.
jesty of her, whom all Asia and the habitable world worships.
28 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ, ἔκρα-

And having heard, and having become full of indignation, they cried
lov λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ “Aoremic Edsciwy. 29 Kai
out saying, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. And
? AY θ € aN POA ll q , - LA ΄ t θ ἂν
ἐπλησθὴ ἢ πόλις Ῥολη" 4 συγχύσεως" ὠὡρμήσαν.τε ομοθὺυ
“was °filled ‘the *city "whole with confusion, and they rushed with one
paddy εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες Γάϊον καὶ ᾿Αρί-
accord to the _ theatre, having seized with [them] Gaius and Ari-
orapxov Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους ττοῦ" Παύλου. 30'rov' "δὲ
starchus, Macedonians, fellcw-travellers of Paul, But

Παύλου" βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ.εἴων αὐτὸν

Paul intending togoin to the people, *did*not °suffer “him
ot μαθηταί. 31 τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν ᾿Ασιαρχῶν ὄντες αὐτῷ
“the *disciples, and some also of the chiefs of Asia being *to *him

φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν. παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν
friends, having sent to him, urged [him] not toventure himself
εἰς TO θέατρον. 32 addotpév.oty.adXo-71 ἔκραζον.

into the theatre. Some therefore one thing and some another were crying out ;
ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία 'ἱσυγκεχυμένη," καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ.ῴδεισαν
for *was ‘the *assembly contused, and the most did not know

τίνος Yévexey' συνεληλύθεισαν. 33 ἐκ.δὲ τοῦ
for what cause they had come together. But from among the

ὑπροεβίβασαν' ᾿Αλέξανδρον, *zpoBaddvrwy' αὐτὸν τῶν

ὄχλου

crowd

they put forward Alexander, “thrusting °*forward *him ithe
ἸἸουδαίων᾽ ὁ. δὲ ᾿Αλέξανδρος κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα,
Jews. And Alexander, having made a sign with the hand,

ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. 34 γἐπιγνόντων" δὲ ὅτι
wished to make a defence to the people. But having recognized that
ἸἸουδαῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων, ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας

a Jew heis, ‘cry ‘there*was *onefrom all, for about “hours
δύο ᾿κραζόντων," Μεγάλη ἡ ΓΑρτεμις ᾿Εφεσίων. 35 Kara-
‘two crying out, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. *Having

f A « ‘ 4 » 7 » ? iA

στείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν. Avdpec ᾿Εφέσιοι,
Scalmed ‘andthe “recorder the crowd says, Men Ephesians,

& ἡμῖν to us LITra. h καὶ also L.
1 λογισθήσεται (shall be counted), μέλλει L. τὰ τε EGLTTrA.
° [ἡ] Tr. P— ὅλη LTTrA. 4. - τῆς GTTrAW. τ — τοῦ GLTTrAW.
touv-T. "ἄνεκα LTTrA. * συνεβίβασαν they instructed Lrtr.
J ἐπιγνόντες GLTTrAW. 2 κράζοντες 1.

‘heard

1 ἱερὸν ᾿Αρτέμιδος TA.
π τῆς μεγαλειότητος LTTrA.
8 Παύλου δὲ LTTrAW.
X προβαλλόντων EGL,

373

men of like occupa-
tion, and said, Sirs, ye
know that by this craft
we have our wealth.
26 Moreover ye see and
hear, that not alone at
Ephesus, but almost
throughout all Asia,
this Paul hath per-
suaded and turned a-
way much people, say-
ing that they be no
gods, which are made
with hands : 27 so that
not only this our craft
is in danger to be set
at nought; but also
that the temple of the
great goddess Diana
should be despised,
and her magnificence
should be destroyed,
whom all Asia and
the world worshippeth.
28 And when they
these sayings,
theywere fullof wrath,
and cried out, saying,
Great is Diana of the
Ephesians. 29 And the
whole city was filled
with confusion: and
having caught Gaius
and Aristarchus, men
of Macedonia, Paul’s
companions in travel,
they rushed with one
accord into the thea-
tre, 30 And when Paul
would have entered in
unto the people, the
disciples suffered him
ποῦ, 31 And certain of
the chief of Asia, which
were his friends, sent
unto him, desiring him
that he would not ad-
venture himself into
the theatre. 32 Some
therefore cried one
thing, and some an-
other: for the as-
sembly was confused ;
and the more part
knew not wherefore
they were come to-
gether. 33 And they
drew Alexander out
of the multitude, the
Jews putting him for-
ward. And Alexander
beckoned with the
hand, and would have
made his defence unto
the people. 34 But
when they knew that
he was a Jew, all with
one voice about the
space of two hours
cried out, Great ὦ
Diana of the Ephe-
sians. 35 And when the
townclerk had oe
peased the people, he
said, Ye men of Ephe-

ΚΕ οὐθὲν LTTrA.

974

sus, what man is there
that knoweth not how
that the city of the
Ephesians is a wor-
Fe po of the great
goddess Diana, and of
the image which fell
down from Jupiter?
36 Seeing then that
these things cannot be
spoken against, ye
ought to be quiet, and
to do nothing rashly.
37 For ye have brought
hither these men,
which are neither rob-
bers of churches, nor
yetblasphemersof your
goddess. 38 Wherefore
if Demetrius, and the
craftsmen which are
with him, have a mat-
ter against any man,
the law is open, and
there are deputies: let
them implead one ano-
ther. 39 But if ye in-
quire any thing con-
cerning other matters,
it shall be determined
in a lawful assembly.
40 For we are in dan-
ger to be called in
question for this day’s
uproar, there being no
cause whereby we may
give an account of this
concourse, 41 And
when he had thus
een he dismissed
the assembly.

XX. And after the
uproar was ceased,
Paul called unto him
the disciples, and em-
braced them, and de-
parted for to go in-
to Macedonia, 2 And
when he had gone over
those parts, and had
given them much ex-
hortation, he came into
Greece. 3 And there
abode three months.
And when the Jews
laid wait for him, as
be was about to sail
into Syria, he purposed
to return through Ma-
cedonia, 4 And there
accompanied him into
Asia Sopater of Berea ;
and of the 'hessa-
lonians, Aristarchus
and Secundus; and
Gaius of Derbe, and
Timotheus; and of A-
sia, Tychicus and Tro-
himus. 5 These going
efore tarried for us at

2 ἀνθρώπων (read τις Who) of men LTTrA.

ἃ θεὸν GLTTrAW.

8 περαιτέρω further ΤῸ,
k μεταπεμψάμενος having sent for rrr.

* πορεύεσθαι LITr.

9 — ἄχρι τῆς ᾿Ασίας τ|τι].

πΡ ΑΞ ΕΙΣ. XL kee

τίς yao ἐστιν "ἄνθρωπος" ὃς οὐ.γινώσκει THY ᾿Εφεσίων
*what ‘for tis “there Sman who knowsnot the of (*the] *Ephesians
πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης "θεᾶς" ᾿Αρτέμιδος καὶ
‘city 7temple-keepers °as “being of the great goddess temis, and
τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; 36 ἀναντιῤῥήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων
of that fallen from Zeus? Undeniable therefore being these things
δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν, Kai μηδὲν προ-
necessary itis for you calm to be, and “nothing *head-
meric “πράττειν." 37 ἠγάγετε.γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους,
long to *do. For ye brought these men, [who are)
οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν θεὰν" ἐὑμῶν."
neither temple plunderers nor are defaming °goddess ‘your.
88 εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος Kai ot σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἵπρός
If indeed therefore Demetrius πὰ ὑπὸ *with “him ‘'artificers against
τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν," ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται, καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν"
anyone amatter have, courts are held, and proconsuls there are:
ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. 39 εἰδὲ Te S7Epi ἑτέρων"
let them accuse one another. But if anything concerning other matters
ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. 40 καὶ. γὰρ
yeinquire, in the lawful assembly it shall be solved. For also
κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς.σήμερον,
we are in danger ἴο beaccused of insurrection in regard to this day,
μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος περὶ οὗ © δυνησόμεθα ἀπο-
not one cause existing concerning which we shall be able to
δοῦναι λόγον ἱ τῆς. συστροφῆς.ταύτης. 41 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών,
give a reason for this concourse. And these things having said,
ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν.
he dismissed the assembly.

20 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, "προσκαλεσάμενος"

But after Sceased ‘the tumult, Shaving “called ‘to
ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ ἀσπασάμενος, ἐξῆλθεν
(®him] *Paul the disciples, and saluted (them), went away
πισγρρευθῆναι" εἰς "τὴν" Μακεδονίαν. 2 διελθὼν. δὲ τὰ

to go to Macedonia. And having passed through

͵ ’ ~ ‘ “ ᾽ 4 , ~ ἫΝ
μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ, ἦλ-
those parts, and havingexhorted them with *discourse ‘much, he

θεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα;

came to Greece.

μένης “αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς" ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων μέλλοντι

made against them a plot by the Jews being about

ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο Ργνγώμη" τοῦ ὑποστρέφει»
to sail into Syria, arose ‘a *purpose to return

διὰ Μακεδονίας. 4 συνείπετο.δὲ αὐτῷ “ἄχρι τῆς ᾿Ασίας"
through Macedonia. And accompanied him as far as Asia
Σώπατρος * Βεροιαῖος Θεσσαλονικέων.δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος Kai
Sopater a Berman, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and
Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος" ᾿Ασιανοὶ. δὲ
Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe and ‘Timotheus, and of Asia
Τυχικὸς καὶ Τροφιμοῦ. 5 οὗτοι" ἱπροελθόντες" ἔμενον» ἡμᾶς
Tychicus and Trophimus, These having gone before waited for us

γενο-

8 ποιήσας.τε μῆνας τρεῖς,
months ‘three, having been

And having continued

b — θεᾶς GLITrAW. © πράσσειν LTTrA,

f ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον GLTTrAW.

i + περὶ concerning (this concourse) Lrtr.

1 + παρακαλέσας having exhorted [and] Lrrra.
© ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ LTTr. P γνώμης TTrAs

s + δὲ and (these) nrrr[a].

© ἡμῶν OUT LTTrA.
h + ov TTr[A].

0 — τὴν LTTr[A].
r + Πύῤῥου of Py:rbhus Gurrraw.

ὃ πρησελθόντες having gone Tr.

XX

; ACTS.
ἐν 'τρωάδι" 6

ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν
‘OAS ; ut we sailed away after the days of the
᾽ , ᾽ 4 / ‘ » 4 ’ 4 ’
ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς
unleayened bread from Philippi, and came to them = at
τὴν “Τρωάδα, "ἄχρις" ἡμερῶν πέντε, γοῦ" διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας
Troas in *days ‘five, where we stayed *days
ἑπτά. 7 Ἔν.δὲ τῇ μιᾷ ῦ ββά é
° i Ώ μ ᾳ των σα ATWY, συνηγμενων
‘seven. And on the first (day] of the week, *having *been °assembled
"trav μαθητῶν τοῦ" κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ ἸΤαῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς,
‘the “disciples to break bread, Paul discoursed tothem,
μέλλων ἐξιέναι ry ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν.τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι
about todepart onthe morrow; and he continued the discourse til
μεσονυκτίου" ὃ ἦσαν.δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ
midnight. And *were lamps ‘many in the upper room where
"ἦσαν" συνηγμένοι. 9 "καθήμενος" δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι
they were assembled. And was sitting acertain youth, by name

Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, δια-

Eutychus, by the window, overpowered by “sleep ‘deep, as
λεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ. πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ
*discoursed -* Paul

for a longer time, having been overpowered by
τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, Kai
the sleep hefell *from “the ‘third “story ‘down,
νεκρός. 10 καταβὰς. δὲ ὁ ἸΤαῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ “συμ-
dead. But “having *descended *Paul fellupon him, and having
περιλαβὼν: εἶπεν, Μὴ.θορυβεῖσθε: ἡ. γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν
embraced {him} said, Donotmakeatumult, forthe life ofhim in
αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 11 ᾿Αναβὰς. δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἃ ἄρτον Kai yevoa-
him is, And having gone up and having broken bread and having
μενος, ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν.τε ὁμιλήσας “ἄχρις" αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλ-
eaten, and for long having conversed until day-break, 80 he de-
θεν. 12 ἤγαγον.δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ
parted. Andthey brought the boy alive, and werecomforted not
μετρίως. 13 Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες" ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν
a little, ut we having gone before to the ship sailed
Seic' τὴν Ασσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦ-
to Assos, *there being *about to take in Paul;
λον" οὕτως.γὰρ "ἢν.διατεταγμένος," μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν.
ΤΟΥ 80 he had appointed, *being “about ‘himself to goon foot.
14 ὡς.δὲ iovvéBarer' ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν
And when he met with us at Assos, having taken “ἢ *him
ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην 16 κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ
wecame to Mitylene ; and thence having sailed away, on the
κατηντήσαμεν "ἀντικρὺ" Χίου" τῇ.δὲ ἑτέρᾳ
arrived opposite Chios, andthe next (day)
παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον" ἱκαὶ μείναντες ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ," ry™
we arrive at Samos; andhavingremainedat ‘Trogyllium, the
ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. 16 πέἔκρινεν".γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος
(day] wecame to Miletus: for *had “decided *Paul
παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Epecoy, πως μὴ.γένηται αὐτῷ χρονο-
to sail by Ephesus, so that it might not happen to him to spend
τριβῆσαι tv τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ" ἔσπευδεν.γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν ny αὐτῷ
time in Asia; forhehastened if possible it was for him

ἤρθη

and was taken up

ἐπιούσῃ
following (day]

ἐχομένῃ
next

375

Troas. 6 And we sailed
away from Philippi
after the days of un-
leavened bread, and
came unto them to
Troas in five days;
where we abode seven
days. 7 And upon the
first day of the week,
when the disciples
came together to break
bread, Paul preached
unto them, ready to
depart on the morrow κα
and continued his
speech until midnight.
8 Andthere were many

lights in the upper
chamber, where they
were gathered to-

gether. 9 And there sat
in a window a certain

oung man named
ΠΣ ΘΕ ΤΩ, being fallen

into a deep sleep: and
as Paul was long
preaching, he sunk

down with sleep, and
fell down from the
third loft, and was
taken up dead. 10 And
Paul went down, and
fell on him, and em-

bracing him said,
Trouble not your-
selves; for his life is
in him. 11 When he

therefore was come up
again, and had broken
bread, and eaten, and
talked a long while,
even till break of day.
so he departed. 12 And
they brought the
young man alive, and
were not a little com-
forted. 13 And we went
before toship, and sail-
ed unto Assos, there
intending to take in
Paul: for so had he
appointed, minding
himself to go afoot,
14 And when he met
with us at Assos, we
took him in, and came
to Mitylene. 15 And
we sailed thence, and
came the next day over
against Chios ; and the
next day we arrived at
Samos, and tarried at
Trogyllium ; and the
next day we came to
Miletus. 16 For Paul
had determined to sail
by Ephesus, because he
would not spend the
time in Asia: for he
hasted, if it were pos-
sible for him, to be at

’ Τρῳάδι 1.1. * Τρῳάδα LT,
assembled) GLTTraw.
4 + roy the LTTraw. © ἄχρι TTrA.
Ὁ διατεταγμένος ἦν LITA. συνέβαλλεν LITrA.
μείναντες ἐν Τρω. LITr. ™ + δὲ and (the) τττι.

χα ἄχρι LTTrA. Υ ὅπου T.

& ἦμεν WE Were GLTTrAW.

k ἄντικρυς LTTrA.
" κεκρίκει GLTTrAW.

2 ἡμῶν we (having been
Ὁ καθεζόμενος LTTrAW.
ἔ προσελθόντες having gone Tr.

© gur- T.
& ἐπὶ LITA.

' Τρωγυλίῳ a; — καὶ
ο εἴη it might be LTTrA.

970

Jerusalem the day of
Pentecost. 174nd from
Miletus he sent to
Ephesus, and called the
elders of the church,
18 And when they were
come to him, he said
nnto them, Ye know,
from the first day that
I came into Asia, after
what manner I have
been with you at all
seasons, 19 serving the
Lord with all humi-
lity of mind,and with
many tears, and temp-
tations, which befell
me by the lying in wait
of the Jews: 20 and
how I kept back πος
thing that was profit-
able unto you, but have
shewed you, and have
taught you publickly,
and from house to
house, 21 testifying
both to the Jews, and
also to the Greeks,
repentance toward
God, and faith toward
our Lord Jesus Christ.
22 And now, behold,
I go bound in the spi-
rit unto Jerusalem,
not knowing thethings
that shall befall me
there: 29 save that
the Holy Ghost wit-
nesseth in every city,
saying that bonds and
afflictions abide me.
24 But none of these
things move me, nei-
ther count I my life
dear unto myself, so
that I might finish my
course with joy, and
the ministry, which 1
have received of the
Lord Jesus, to testify
the gospel of the grace
of God. 25 And now,
behold, I know that
ye all, among whom I
have gone preaching
the kingdom of God,
shall see my face no
more. 26 Wherefore I
take you to record
this day, that I am
pure from the blood of
all men. 27 For Lhave
not shunned to declare
unto you all the coun-

i PAS ET >. ee
τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς ῬἱἹεροσόλυμα."
the day of Pentecost to be in Jerusalem,

17 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς "Εφεσον perexadécaro
And from Miletus having sent to Ephesus he called for
τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 18 ὡς.δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς
the elders of the assembly. And when they werecome to
αὐτὸν 4 εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, μεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας
him he said to them, e know, from the first day
ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, πῶς μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν τὸν. πάντα

on which 1 ἀγστῖσοᾶ in Asia, how with you all the
χρόνον ἐγενόμην, 19 δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινο-
time I was, serving the Lord with all humi-

φροσύνης Kai πολλῶν" δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν, TOY συμ-

lity and many tears and temptations, which hap-
βάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων: 20 ὡς
pened to me through the piots of the Jews ; how

οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ.μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι
nothing [1 Κορὺ back οὗ what [15 profitable soasnot toannounce [10]

€ ~ ‘ Q7 «- ~ iy , Ν ? »
ὑμῖν, καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους, 21 διαμαρ-

ἕο you, and toteach you publicly and from house to house, earnestly

τυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς "τὸν!" θεὸν

testifying both toJews and Greeks “toward 3God

ἑτάνοιαν Kai πίστιν ‘ryyv' εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν
repentance and faith toward our Lord Jesus

*ypiorov.' 22 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ “ἐγὼ δεδεμένος" τῷ πνεύματι
Christ. And now, lo, 16 bound in the spirit,

πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά
go to Jerusalem, the things whichin it shall happen

χμοι μὴ εἰδώς, 23 πλὴν ὅτι TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον κατὰ.πόλιν
tome not knowing; except thatthe Spirit the Holy ἴῃ every city

διαμαρτύρεται) λέγον" ori δεσμά ὅμε καὶ θλίψεις" μένουσιν.

fully testifies, saying that bonds *me'and “tribulations “await.
24 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὸς Adyor' “ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω" τὴν ψυχήν
But “οὗ *nothing “account ὮΙ 2make, nor holdI life

ἁμου" τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, we τελειῶσαι τὸν.δρόμον.μου “μετὰ
‘my dear tomyself, so as to finish my course with
χαρᾶς," καὶ THY διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾽1η-
joy, and the ministry which Ireceived from the Lord Je-
σοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ.
sus, to testify fully the gladtidings ofthe grace of God,
25 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν.μου
And now, io, know that nomore *will*see ‘my “face
ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων THY βασιλείαν
*ye “all, among whom Ihave goneabout proclaiming the kingdom
‘rov θεοῦ." 26 8d10" μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ.σήμερον. ἡμέρᾳ,
of God. Wherefore I testify to you in this day
ὅτι καθαρὸς “éyw' ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος mayvTwy' 27 οὐ γὰρ
that pure I [am)from the blood of all, for “ποῦ
ὑπεστειλάμην TOU μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ‘vuiv' πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν
J *kept back from announcing to you all the counsel

» Ἱερουσαλήμ. T.
5 — Toy ΤΊΥΤΑ.

ἢ — τὴν LTTra.

4 + ὁμοῦ ὄντων αὐτῶν they being together L.
τ — χριστόν L[Tr]A.

τ — πολλῶν GLTTrAW.
» δεδεμένος ἐγὼ GLTTrAW.

* ἐμοὶ τ. Υ + μοι ἴο ME GLTTrAW. 7% λέγων A. 5 καὶ θλίψεις we LTTrA. Ὁ λόγον
TTrA. © ἔχω, οὐδὲ ποιοῦμαι L; — οὐδὲ ἔχω TTra. 4 — μον LTTrA. © — μετὰ χαρᾶς
LTTrA. f — τοῦ θεοῦ LTTrAW. & διότι TA. b εἰμι aM LTTrA. i — ὑμῖν

LTTrA.

XX, XXI. AS G20 SS’
τοῦ θεοῦ). 28 προσέχετε Koby ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ
of God. Take heed therefore to yourselves and ἴο 41 the

ποιμνίῳ, ἐνῷ ὑμᾶς TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους,
flock, wherein “you ‘the “Spirit “the *Holy ‘did ‘set overseers,
ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἱτοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ
toshepherd the assembly of God, which he purchased with
τοῦ “idiov αἵματος." 29 ἐγὼ." γὰρ᾽ οἶδα “τοῦτο, ort εἰσελεύ-
the *of*his‘own ‘blood. For I know this, that will
σονται μετὰ τὴν.ἄφιξίν.μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ

comein after my departure *wolves ‘grievous amongst you, ποῦ
φειδόμενοι Tov ποιμνίου" 30 καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν.αὐτῶν ἀνα-
sparing the flock ; and from amongst your own selves will

στήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾷν τοὺς

rise up men speaking perverted things, to draw away the
μαθητὰς ὀπίσω Ῥαὐτῶν. 31 διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες
disciples after themselves. Wherefore watch, remembering

ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα Kai ἡμέραν οὐκιἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων
that three years night and day I ceased not with tears

νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. 32 Kai “τανῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς.
admonishing “one .- ‘each. And now 1 commit you,
τἀδελφοί," τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος. αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυνα-
brethren, to God and to the word of his grace, which is
μένῳ "ἐποικοδομῆσαι" Kai δοῦναι ‘vpir’'* κληρονομίαν ἐν

abie to build up and to give you aninheritance among

τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. 33 ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ

“the “sanctified 1811. Silver or gold oor clothing

οὐδενὸς" ἐπεθύμησα: 34 αὐτοὶ “δὲ γινώσκετε OTe ταῖς
of no one I desired. But yourselves know that

οὖσιν per’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν at

χρείαις, μου καὶ τοῖς
were with me did “minister

tomy needs and to those who
χεῖρες.αὗται. 35 πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας
‘these “hands. All things Ishewed you that thus labouring
δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν.τε
i ᾽
it behoves [us] to aid those being weak, and to remember
τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν
the words ofthe Lord Jesus that himseif said, 7Blessed Sit *is
Υδιδόναι μᾶλλον" ἢ λαμβάνειν. 36 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών,

Sto °give lmore than _ to receive. And these things having said
θεὶς τὰ γόνατα.αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο.
having bowed his knees with all them he prayed.

37 ἹἹκανὸς. δὲ *eyévero κλαυθμὸς" πάντων᾽ Kai ἐπιπεσόντες
And *much ‘there “was weeping of all: and falling
ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλον κατεφίλουν αὐτόν" 38 ὀδυνώ-
upon the neck of Paul they ardently kissed him, dis-
μένοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ AO εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλ-
tressed most οὗ all for the word which he had said, that nomore they

λουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον.δὲ αὐτὸν
are about his face to see. And they accompanied him

εἰς τὸ πλοῖον.
to the ship.
« 4 > , ? ~ t ~ ? , > >
21 Ὡς. δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ
And when it was "sailed we, haying drawn away from

i + ὑμῖν to you LTTrA. k — οὖν [L]tTr.
τοῦ ἰδίου GLTTrAW. u — yap for LTTraw. Ὁ — τοῦτο LTTrAW.
voy LTTrA. τ — ἀδελφοί LTTrA. 5 οἰκοδομῆσαι to build Lttraw.
(read the inheritance) TTra. τ οὐθενὸς T. x — δὲ but GLTTraw.
GLTITraw. * κλαυθμὺς ἐγένετο LTTrAW.

1 τοῦ κυρίον of the Lord Gurr.
Ρ ἑαυτῶν TTrA.
¢ — ὑμῖν LTTra.

377
sel of God, 28 Take heed
therefore unto your-
selves, and to all the
flock, over the which
the Holy Ghost hath
made you overseers, te
feed the church of Ged,
which he hath pur-
chased with his own
blood. 29 For I know
this, that after my de-
parting shall grievous
wolves enter in among
you, not sparing the
flock. 30 Also of your
own selves shall men
arise, speaking per-
verse things, to draw
away disciples after
them. 31 Therefore
watch, and remember,
that by the space of
three years I ceased
not to warn every one
night and day with
tears. 32 And now,
brethren, I commend
you to God, and to the
word of his grace,
which is able to build
you up, and to give you
an inheritance among
all them which are
sanctified. 33 I have
coveted no man’s sil-
ver, or gold, or ap-
parel, 34 Yea, ye your-
selves know, that these
hands have ministered
unto my necessities,
and to them that were
with me. 35 I have
shewed you all things,
how that so labouring
ye ought to support
the weak, and to re-
member the words of
the Lord Jesus, how
he said, It is more
blessed to give than to
receive. 36 And when
he had thus spoken, he
kneeled down, and
prayed with them 81].
37 And they all wept
sore, and fell on Paul’s
neck, and kissed him,
38 sorrowing most of
all for the words which
he spake, that they
should see his face no
more. And they ac-
companied him unto
the ship.

XXI. And it came to
pass, that after we
were gotten from

τὰ αἵματος
4 τὰ
vo τὴν
Υ μᾶλλον διδόναι

378

them, and had launch-
ed, we came with a
straight course unto
Coos, and the day fol-
lowing unto Rhodes,
and from thence unto
Patara: 2 and find-
ing a ship sailing over
unto Phenicia, we
went aboard, and set
forth. 3 Now when we
had discovered Cyprus,
we left it on the left
hand, and sailed into
Syria, and landed at
Tyre: for there the
ship was to unlade
her burden. 4 And

finding disciples, we
tarried there seven
days: who said _ to

Paul through the Spi-
rit, that he should not
go up to Jerusalem.
5 And when we had
accomplished those
days, we departed and
went our way; and
they all brought us on
our way, with wives
and children, till we
we7e out of the city:
and we kneeled down
on the shore, and pray-
ed. 6 And when we
had taken our leave
one of another, we
took ship; and they
returned home again.
7 And when we had
finished our course
from Tyre, we came
to Ptolemais, and sa-
luted the brethren, and
abode with them one
day. 8 And the next
day we that were of
Paul’s company de-
parted, and came unto
Ceesarea: and we en-
tered into the house
of Philip the evangel-
ist, Which was one of
the seven; and abode
with him. 9 And the
same man had four
daughters, virgins,
which did prophesy.
10 And as we tarried
there many days, there
came down from Ju-
dza a certain pro-
phet, named Agabus,
11 And when he was
come unto us, he
took Paul’s_ girdle,
and bound his own
hands and feet, and
said, Thus saith the
Hoiy Ghost, So shall
the Jews at Jerusalem
bind the man that

2 Κῶ GLTTraWw.
πλοῖον ἣν LTTrAW.

5 Ἱεροσόλυμα GLTTrAW.
having prayed we took our leave

ἀνέβημεν ΤΑΥ͂.
Φάμεν Tr.
LITraw.

P Καισαρίαν T.
t τε and LTTrawW.

TIPAZEIS. XXI.
αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν "Κῶν," τῷ.δὲ ἑξῆς
them, having run direct wecame to Cos, andonthe next

᾽ A « , ? ~ ? , ν « ,
εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Ilarapa. 2 καὶ εὑρόντες
{day] to Rhodes, and thence to Patara, And having found
πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν.
a ship passing over into Pheenicia, having gone on board we sailed ;
3 *avagavarrec’ de τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν
and having sighted Cyprus, and having left it
εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, Kai “karHyOnpev' εἰς Τύρον"
onthe left wesailed to Syria, and brought to at Tyre,
éxeiae.yao “ἣν τὸ πλοῖον" ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον. 4 “καὶ
for there was the ship discharging the lading. And
ἀνευρόντες" τοὺς μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν ἰαὐτοῦ" ἡμέρας ἑπτά"
having found out the disciples, we remained there "days ‘seven;
uv ~ U ” A ~ [4 ‘ g ? , "
οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ FavaBaivey

who to Paul said by the Spirit, not to go up
εἰς "Ἱερουσαλήμ." 5 ὅτε.δὲ ἐγένετο Ἰἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι' τὰς ἡμέ-
to Jerusalem. But when it was we completed the days,
pac, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων
having set out we journeyed, accompanying Sus 1411
σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως" καὶ θέντες
with wives and children asfaras outside the city. And having bowed
τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν Ἐπροσηυξάμεθα. 6 καὶ ἀσπασά-
the knees on the shore we prayed. And having

μενοι" ἀλλήλους ᾿πὲἐπέβημεν" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ὑπέ-
saluted one another we wentup into πὸ ship, and they re-

? \ ἝΝ « - \ \ ~ Ul
στρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 7 Ἡμεῖς.δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες
turned to their own [homes]. Andwe, the voyage having completed

> A , , > a. ‘ ? 4
ἀπὸ Τύρου κατηντήσαμεν εἰς ἸΠτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι

from ‘Tyre, arrived at Ptolemais, and having saluted
τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. ὃ τῷ.δὲ
the brethren we abode *day Jone with them. And on the
ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες πρὶ. περὶ τὸν Παῦλον"! οἦλθον" εἰς
morrow ‘having “gone *forth *Paul ?and “*those*with Shim they came to

΄ ell ‘ ? , ? 5 5 , ~
ΡΚαισάρειαν"" καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ
Ceesarea ; and having entered into the house of Philip the

εὐαγγελιστοῦ, Irov' ὄντος EK τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν Tap αὐτῷ.
evangelist, being of the seven, weabode with him,
9 τούτῳ. δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες" προφη-
Now to this [man] there were *daughters Syirgins 1four who pro-
, A ~ , ,ὔ ~ ,
τεύουσαι. 10 ἐπιμενόντων.δὲ ἡμῶν" ἡμέρας πλείους κατῆλθεν
d

phesied. And ?remaining iwe ays Smany ®came *down

τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι “AyaBoc
58. Scertain 7one from Judza, a prophet, by name Agabus;
11 καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ

and having come _ to us, and having taken the girdle
Παύλου, dnoac‘re' ταὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας Kai τοὺς πόδας"
of Paul, andhaving bound of himself the hands δῃὰ the feet

’ a 4 ~ ‘ .“ x » ὃ x ,

εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν
said, Thus says the Spirit the Holy, The man of whom is

© κατήλθομεν landed LTtra. ἃ τὸ
© ἀνευρόντες δὲ LTTrAWw. Γ αὐτοῖς With them L. 8 ἐπιβαίνειν LTTrA.
\ ἐξαρτίσαι ἡμᾶς LTrAW. Κ προσευξάμενοι ἀπησπασάμεθα
LTTrAW. 14 καὶ and LITraw. τὰ ἐνέβημεν LTr ;
— οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον GLTTraw. ο ἤλθομεν We Came EGLTAW ; ἤλ-
4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. τ τέσσαρες παρθένοι LTTrA. 5 — ἡμῶν
ἡ ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας LTTrAW.

Ὁ ἀναφανέντες EGLTrAW.

ΧΧΙ. ACTS.

ἡ. ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ot ᾿Τουδαῖοι, καὶ
this girdle thus shall*bind ‘in ‘Jerusalem ‘the “Jews, and
παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 12 Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν
deliver up into [the] hands of [the] nations. And when we heard
ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς.τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ
these things, Sbesought ‘both “we %and ‘those *of (*the] “place
μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς ἱερουσαλήμ. 13 * ἀπεκρίθη." δὲ! ὁ
not 'to'*go'*up "him to Jerusalem, But 7answered
Παῦλος, Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν
'Paul, What doye weeping and breaking my
, ? " , ᾽ ΄ ~ > ‘ ‘ 2 ~ ?
καρδίαν ; tyw-yap οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ Kai ἀποθανεῖν εἰς
heart ? forI not only tobebound but also to die at
Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως.ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ.
Jerusalem am ready for the name of the Lord Jesus.
14 Μὴ.πειθομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, “Τὸ θέλημα
And *not *being persuaded ‘he weweresilent, saying, The will
τοῦ κυρίου γενέσθω."
of the Lord be done.
15 Μετὰ.δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας "ἀποσκευασάμενοι" ave-
And after these days, having packed the baggage we
βαίνομεν εἰς Tepovoadyp.' 16 συνῆλθον.δὲ καὶ τῶν
went up to Jerusalem. And went also [some] of the
μαθητῶν ἀπὸ “Καισαρείας" σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες παρ᾽
disciples from Cesarea with us, bringing [one] with whom
ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί.τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. 17 Tevo-
we might lodge, acertain Mnason, aCypriot, anold disciple. *Having
μένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως “ἐδέξαντο! ἡμᾶς ot
“arrived ‘and “we at Jerusalem 3gladly “received Sus ‘the
ἀδελφοί. 18 τῃῇ.“δὲ" ἐπιούσῃ eloyer ὁ Ταῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν
?brethren. And on the following [day]?went “πὶ 'Paul with us
πρὸς ᾿Ιάκωβον, πάντες. τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 19 Kai
to James, and all Sassembled ‘the 7elders. And
ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ᾽ ἐν. ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν
having saluted them herelated one by one what things ?wrought
« ‘ ᾽ ~ » ‘ ~ > / ? ~ « 4
ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς.διακονίας. αὐτοῦ. 20 οἱ.δὲ
1God among the nations by his ministry. And they
? , ? ty Γ 4 , 4 ξ t , I! ᾽ ~ ~
ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον frov κύριον εἰπὸν. τε αὑτῷ, Θεωρεῖς,
haying heard glorified the Lord. And they said tohim, Thou seest,
ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν "Tovdaiwy' τῶν πεπι-
brother, how many mpyriads_ there are of Jews who have be-

OTEVKOTWY, καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν.
lieved, and all zealous ones of the law are.

21 κατηχήθησαν.δὲ περὶ cov, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις

<

And they were informed concerning thee, that *%apostasy thou *teachest
ἀπὸ ἸΜωσέως" rove κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη ἔπάντας" ᾿᾽Ἰουδαίους,
*°from 1!Moses *the ‘among ‘the *nations 3411 5Jews,

λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν

telling “ποῦ *to*circumcise ‘them the children, nor inthe customs
περιπατεῖν. 22 τί οὖν ἐστιν; πάντως ‘dei πλῆθος
to walk. What then is it? certainly “must ‘a *multitude

379

owneth this girdle,
and shall deliver him
into the hands of the
Gentiles. 12 And when
we heard these things,
both we, and they of
that place, besought
him not to go up to
Jerusalem. 13 Then
Paul answered, What
mean ye to weep and
to break mine heart ?
for I am ready not to
be bound only, but al-
so to die at Jerusalem
for the name of the
Lord Jesus. 14 And
when he would not be
persuaded, we ceased,
saying, The will of the
Lord be done.

15 And after those
days we took up our
carriages, and went up
to Jerusalem, 16 There
went with us also
certain of the disci-
ples of Cesarea, and
brought with them
one Mnason of Cy-
prus, an old disciple,
with whom we should
lodge. 17 And when
Wwe were come to Je-
rusalem, the brethren
received us_ gladly.
18 And the day fol-
lowing Paul went in
with us unto James;
and all the elders were
present. 19 And when
he had saluted them,
he declared particu-
larly what things God
had wrought among
the Gentiles by his
ministry. 20 And when
they heard it, they
glorified the Lord, and
said unto him, Thou
seest, brother, how
many thousands of
Jews there are which
believe; and they are
all zealous of the law :
21 and they are in-
formed of thee, that
thou teachest all the
Jews which areamong
the Gentiles to for-
sake Moses, saying
that they ought not to
circumcise their chil-
dren, neither to walk
after the customs.
22 What 1510 therefore?
the multitude must

w+ τότε then LTTrAW. *— δὲ but LTTraw.
τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω LTTrAWw. 5 ἐπισκευασάμενοι LTTrAW.
© Καισαρίας T. ἃ ἀπεδέξαντο Welcomed LITraw. e ve T.
Ε εἰπόντες Saying 1, ; εἶπάν τε TTr.
δαίων T. 1 Μωύσέως GLTTrAW.

k — πάντας L[Tr].
πλῆθος συνελθεῖν Tr.

Υ + καὶ εἶπεν and said T.

2 Tov κυρίον

Ὁ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW.
f τὸν θεόν God GLTTraW.
h ἐν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαιοῖς among the Jews tTraw; — Ἰου-
1 δεῖ συνελθεῖν πλῆθος LTA ; — δεῖ

380

needs come together :
for they will hear that
thou art come. 23 Do
therefore this that we
say to thee: We have
four men which havea
yow onthem ; 24them
take, and purify thy-
self with them, and be
at charges with them,
that they may shave
their heads: and all
may know that those
things, whereof they
were informed con-
cerning thee, are no-
thing; but that thou
thyself also walkest
orderly, and keepest
thelaw. 25 As touch-
ing the Gentiles which
believe, we have writ-
ten andconcluded that
they observe no such
thing, save only that
they keep themselves
from things offered to
idols, and from blood,
and from strangled,
and from fornication.
26 Then Paul took the
men, and the next day
purifying himself with
them entered into the
temple, to signify the
accomplishment of the
days of purification,
until that an offering
should be offered for
every one of them.
27 And when theseven
days were almost end-
ed, the Jews which
were of Asia, when
they saw him in the
temple, stirred up all
the people, and laid
hands on him, 28 ery-
ing out, Men of Israel,
heip: This is the man,
that teacheth all men
every where against
the people, and the
law, and this place:
and further brought
Greeks also into the
temple, and hath pol-
luted this holy place.
29 (For they had seen
before with him in
the city Trophimus an
Ephesian, whom they
supposed that Paul
had brought into the
temple.) 30 And all
the city was moved,
and the people ran to-
gether : and they took
Paul, and drew him
out of the temple: and
forthwith the doors
were shut. 31 Andas
they went about to kill
him, tidings came un-

ΤΕ ΛΕ Ei.
συνελθεῖν"" ἀκούσονται. γὰρ" ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. ἡ
come together; for ΠΟΥ͂ willhear ὑδαῦ ὑοῦ hast come. This therefore

ποίησον 0 cot λέγομεν" εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν
do thou what*to*thee 'we*say: Therearewithus *men four a VOW

ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 24 τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν
having on themselves: eee hasing, taken be purified with

αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, iva "ξυρήσωνται! τὴν

ΧΧΙ,

93 τοῦτο οὖν

them, and beatexpense for them, that they may shave the
κεφαλήν, καὶ °yy@ow' πάντες Ort ὧν κατήχηνται
head ; and *may *know tall that of which they have been informed
περὶ σοῦ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς
about thee *nothing 118, but thou *walkest “orderly 7also ‘thyself
Prov νόμον φυλάσσων... 25 περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων
*the law Skeeping. But concerning those who have believed
ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς “ἐπεστείλαμεν," κρίναντες "μηδὲν. τοιοῦτον
of the nations we wrote, judging “no ®such *thing
τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ! φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλό--
2to7%observe ‘them, except to keep *from ‘themselves things offered
θυτον καὶ Sro' αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. 26 Tore

to idols, and blood, and what is ee and fornication. Then

ὁ Παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, 7 ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν

Paul having taken the men, onthe next day with
αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσήει εἰς TO ἱερόν, διαγγέλλων τὴν
them having been purified entered into the temple, declaring the

ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη
fulfilment ofthe days ofthe purification, until was offered

ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. 27 ὡς. δὲ ἔμελλον
for 20Π6 teach ofthem the offering. But when * a Sabout

αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ᾿Ιουδαῖοι
‘the “seven “days ἴο "6 σοιηρ!θίθα the *from 35 Asia ‘Jews

θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 'συνέχεον! πάντα τὸν ὄχλον,
having seen him in the ene stirred up all the crowd,

καὶ ᾿ἐπέβαλον᾽ “rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν," 28 κράζοντες, ᾿ΑΥνδρες

and laid hands pron him, crying,
χ᾿Γσραηλῖται." βοηθεῖτε. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ
Israelites, help! this is the man who against

τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ TOU νόμου καὶ τοῦ.τόπου.τούτου πάντας ὕπαν-
the people and the law and this place all every-

ταχοῦ" διδάσκων" ἔτι.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν,

where teaches, andfurtheralso Greeks he brought into the temple,
καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. 99 Hoay.yap.7p0-
and defiled "holy *place this. For they: had before

εωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν
seen ee the nee in the city with him, whom

ἐνόμιζον ore εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. 80 ἐκινήθη
they apposed that into the ETS “brought *Paul, *Was *moved

τε ἡ πόλις OAH, Kai ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ" Kai ἐπι-
5and *the *city “whole, and there was a concourse of the Beebe and having

λαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου, εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ" Kai

laid hold of Paul, shies drew him outside the temple, and
εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι. 31 ζητούντων.:δὲ! αὐτὸν
immediately were shut the doors. But as they were seeking him

m — yap for Tr.
GLTTrAW.

τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ LTTr.
αὑτὸν τὰς χεῖρας GLTITraw.

1: χε And LTTrA.

Ρ υλάσσων τὸν νόμον LTTrAW.

» ξυρήσονται they shall shave TTra. ο Dears oe ται will know
4 ἀπεστείλαμεν LTr. — μηδὲν τοιοῦτον

t συνέχεαν L. v ἐπέβαλαν TTr. Wer
Υ πανταχῇ LIr; πανταχῆ TAW,

8 — τὸ LTTr[A]w.
x Ἰσραηλεῖται T.

XXI, ΧΧΙ.

ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη
to kill

ὅτι ὕλη "συγκέχυται"

ACTS.
φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης,

there came a representation to the chief captain of the band,

Ἱερουσαλήμ. 82 ὃς ὑξξαυτῆς" “παρα-

that all *was*im‘a‘tumult ‘Jerusalem ; who at once having
λαβὼν! στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους" κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽
taken with [him] soldiers and centurions ran down upon

? ,
αὐτούς.

οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες “τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας
them,

And they having scen the chief captain and a soldiers

ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. 33 τότε ἐγγίσας
ceased beating Paul. Then *having °drawn “near

ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι
‘the *chief *captain laid hold ofhim, and commanded {him} to be bound

ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν᾽ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς ἰἂν" εἴη, καὶ τί

with “chains ‘two, inquired who he might be, and what

ἐστιν.πεποιηκώς. 84 ἄλλοι.δὲ. ἄλλο. τι βέβόων᾽"
he had been doing. But some *one *thing °*and “some another *were 7erying

ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ: "yr)-dvvapEvoc.dt' γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ

in the crowd. And not being able to know the certainty on account of

τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμ-

the tumult, he commanded *to*be*brought ‘him into the

βολήν. 35 brecé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς συνέβη

tress. But wih hecame on_ the stairs it happened

βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν
*was *borne the by the soldiers because of the violence

τοῦ ὄχλου. 86 ἠκολούθει.γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ ἱκράζον,"
of the crowd. For followed the multitude of the people, crying,

Aipe αὐτόν. 37 Μέλλων τε τ στα τ εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν
Away with him, But being about to be brought into the fortress

ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, Εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν

καὶ
and

TL

Paul says tothechiefcaptain, Is it permitted tome tosay Bonictng:
πρός σε; ὋὉ δὲ ἔφη, “EXAnuicti γινώσκεις; 38 οὐκ ἄρα
to thee? Andhe said, Greek dost thou know ? 5Not *then

σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων THY ἡμερῶν ἀναστα-
Ξἴποι ‘art the Egyptian whobefore these days caused a

Twoac Kai ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους
confusion and led out into the desert the four thousand

ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων ; 39 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, gi ἄνθρωπος
men ofthe assassins? But “said *Paul, aman

μέν eit Ἰουδαῖος Tapoedc, τῆς Κιλικίας οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως

indeed am a Jew of Tarsus, 7of *Cilicia *no%of *insignificant “city
πολίτης δέομαι δὲ cov, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν
44 *citizen, and 1 beseech thee, allow me tospeak to the

αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ
the, Paul standing on
χειρὶ τῷ Aa’ πολλῆς. δὲ
and great

λαόν. 40 ᾿Επιτρέψαντος. δὲ
people. And *having ®allowed [*him]
τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ
the stairs madeasign with the hand ΤῸΝ the people ;
σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν
silence having taken place he spoke to oe in ἃ δε Hebrew language
λέγων, 299. “Avdoec ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ pov τῆς

saying, Men, brethren and fathers, hear my
apien ὑμᾶς *viy' ἀπολογίας. Ὡ᾿ Ακούσαντες.δὲ ὅτι τῇ “EBpatdr
Ξξγ7γο.) “ΠΟΥ͂ defence, And having heard that nee Hebrew

ἢ Ἑ βραΐῖδι διαλέκτῳ ine

Δ]
to the chief captain of
the band, that all Je-
rusalem was in an up-
roar. 32 Who imme-
diately took soldiers
and centurions, and
ran down unto them:
and when they saw the
chief captain and the
soldiers, they left beat-
ing of Paul. 33 Then
the chief captain came
near, and took him,
and commanded him
to be bound with two
chains ; and demanded
who he was, and what
he had done. 34 And
some cried one thing,
some another, amoung
the multitude: and
when he could not
know the certainty for
the tumult, he com-
manded him to be
carried into the castle.
35 And when he came
upon the stairs, so it

- was, that he was borne

of the soldiers for the
violence of the people.
36 For the multitude
of the people followed
after, crying, Away
with him. 37 And as
Paul was to be led in-
to the castle, he said
unto the chief captain,
May I speak unto thee?
who said, Canst thou
speak Greek? 38 Art not
thou that Egyptian,
which before these
days madest an up
roar, and leddest out
into the wilderness
four thousand men
that were murderers?
39 But Paul said, lam
aman whichamaJew
of Tarsus, a city in
Cilicia, a citizen of no
mean city : und, I be-
seech thee, suffer me
to speak unto the peo-
ple. 40 And when he
had given him licence,
Paul stood on the
stairs, and beckoned
with the hand unto
the people. And when
there was made a great
silence, he spake un-
to them in the He-
brew tongue, saying,
XXII. Men, brethren,
and fathers, hear ye
my defence which I
now unto you,
2 (And when they
heard that he spake in
the Hebrew tongue to

Ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς A.

5 συγίσυν- Τ)χύννεται LTTrA ; : συγχύνεται Ww.
f — ay Lrtr[a]w.

ἃ ἑκατοντάρχας LTTrAW. — τὸν W.
Β μὴ δυναμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ he ‘abt being able Lttraw.
GLTTraw.

ς λαβὼν having taken L.
8 ἐπεφώνουν LTTrAW,
i κράζοντες LTTrAW.

Κγυνι

382

them, they kept the
more silence: and he

saith,) 3 I am verily a
man which ama Jew,
born in Tarsus, @ city
in Cilicia, yet brought
up in this city at the
feet of Gamaliel, and
taught according to
the perfect manner of
the law of the fathers,
and was zealous te-
ward God, as ye all
arethis day. 4 AndI
persecuted this way
unto the death, bind-
ingand delivering into
prisons both men and
women, 5 As also the
high priest doth bear
me witness, and all
the estate of the elders:
from whom also I re-
ceived letters unto the
brethren, and went to
Damascus, to bring
them which were there
bound unto Jerusalem,
for to be punished.
6 And it came to pass,
that, as I made my
journey, and wascome
nigh unto Damascus
about noon, suddenly
there shone from hea-
ven agreat lightround
about me. 7 And I
fell unto the ground,
and heard a voice say-
ing unto me, Saul,
Saul, why persecutest
thou me? 8 And Lan-
swered, Who art thou,
Lord? Andhe said un-
to me, I am Jesus of
Nazareth, whom thou
persecutest. 9 And they
that were with me saw
indeed the light, and
were afraid; but they
heard not the voice of
him that spake to me,
10 And I said, What
shall I do, Lord? And
the Lord said unto me,
Arise, and go into Da-
mascus; and there it
shall be told thee of
all things which are
appointed for thee to
do. 11 And when 1
could not see for the
glory of that light,
being led by the hand
of them that were
with me, 1 came into
Damascus. 12 And one
Ananias,a devout man
according to the law,
having a good report
of all the Jews which
dwelt there, 13 came
unto me, and stood,

and said unto me,
Brother Saul, receive
thy sight. And the

TH PAAC 2) ET Σ. XXII.

διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. καί
language he ΕΒ to them, “the *more ‘they *kept quiet; and

φησιν, 3 mye ἱμέν" εἰμι ἀνὴρ ‘lovdaioc, gedit ἐν

he says, indeed am aman a Jew,

Ταρσῷ τῆς ea ae: ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ. ΞΕ; εἴν
Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city

παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ
αὖ the feet of Gamaliel, having been instructed according to [the}

ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου, ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ,
i ee ofthe ancestral law, 7a *zealous “one "being for God,

καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον᾽ 4 ὃς ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν
even as all ye are this day ; who this way
ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς
persecuted unto death, binding and delivering up to prisons

ἄνδρας. τε kai γυναῖκας, 5 ὡς Kai ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι,
both men and women; as age the high priest bears witness to me,

καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον" παρ᾽ ὧν Kai ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος
and all the ee from whom also letters having received

πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων Kai τοὺς

to the brethren, to Damascus I went, to bring also those
ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ιἱεορουσαλήμ, ἵνα τιμωρη-
there who were, bound to Jerusalem, in order that they might
θῶσιν. 6 éyévero.d& μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ
be punished. And it came to pass to me journeying and drawing: near

Δαμασκῷ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περι-
to Damascus, about mid-day suddenly, outof the heaven

αστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ 7 πέἔπεσόν".τε εἰς TO ἔδαφος,

shone alight ‘great about di AndIfell to the ground,
καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώ-
and heard ἃ voice saying tome, Saul, Saul, why me perse
KELC 5 8 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Tic εἴ, κύριε; Ἐϊπέν τε
cutest thou? And I answered, Who artthou, Lord? And he said
πρός “pe, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις.

to me, I am Jesus the Nazarewan, whom thou persecutest,
9 Οἱδὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες TO μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, “καὶ ἔμ-

But those *with *me ‘being the *indeed ‘light beheld, and ae

φοβοι ἐγένοντο" τὴν. δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ. ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός

larmed were, but the voice didnot hear ofhim speaking
μοι. 10 εἶπον.δέ, Ti ποιήσω κύριε; ὋὉ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν
to me. AndI said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said
πρός με, ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λα-
to me, Having risen up go to Damascus, and there thee it
ληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι.

shallbe told concerning all things whichit has been appointed thee ἴο do.
11 Ὡς δὲ οὐκιἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ.φωτὸς ἐκείνου,
And as I did not see from the glory of that light,
χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ THY συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασ-
being led by thehand by those being ἢ me, Icame _ to Damas-
Kov. 12 ’Avaviac.oé-rtc, ἀνὴρ Ῥεὐσεβὴς" κατὰ τὸν νόμον,
cus. And acertain Ananias,a*man ‘pious according to the law,

μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων THY κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων,
borne witness to by all the dwelling ([Sthere] ‘Jews,

18 ἐλθὼν πρός “με Kai ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ,
coming to me and standing by said tome, *Saul ‘brother,

1— μέν LTTrAW.
P εὐλαβὴς LTTrA.

τὰ ἔπεσά LTTrA. π ἐμέ LTTr, ο — καὶ ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο LTTr[A].

ᾳ ἐμὲ LTTr.

XXII. & CrT.S:
ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ aitg-rp-wpg ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. 14 ὁ.δὲ
look up. AndI inthesamehour lookedup on him. And he

εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι

said, The God of our fathers appointed thee to know
τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον Kai ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν
his will, and tosee the Just One, and _ tohear & Voice

ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ: 15 Ore ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ
out of his mouth ; for thou shalt be a witness for him
πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. 16 καὶ
to all men of what thou hast seenand heard. And
νῦν τί μέλλεις; ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι Kai ἀπόλουσαι τὰς

now why delayest thou? Having arisen be baptized and wash away
͵΄ 4 ~ ΄ ?
ἁμαρτίας.σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος TO ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου." 17 E-
thy sins, calling on the name ofthe Lord. 7Tt *came

évero δὲ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ; Kai προσευ-
Ὁ *pass ‘andtome havingreturned to erusalem, and on“pray-
χομένου μου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι.με ἐν ἐκστάσει, 18 και "ἰδεῖν"
ing 1my in the temple, I became in a trance, and saw
4 ~ . e
αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἵε-
him saying tome, Makehaste and goaway with speed outof Je-
ρουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ-παραδέξονταί σοῦ 'τὴν" μαρτυρίαν
rusalem, because they will not receive thy testimony
περὶ ἐμοῦ. 19 Κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται,
concerning me, AndI said, Lord, themselves know
OTL ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ.τὰς.συναγωγὰς τοὺς
that I Was imprisoning and beating in every synagogue those
πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ 20 καὶ ὅτε "ἐξεχεῖτο" τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου
believing on thee; and when was poured out the blood of Stephen
τοῦ. μάρτυρός.σου, Kai αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς Kai συνευδοκῶν
thy witness, also myself owas standing by and consenting
ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ," καὶ φυλάσσων Ta ἱμάτια τῶν
to the putting ἴο death οἵ him, and keeping the garments of those who
ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. 21 Kai εἶπεν πρός pe, Πορεύου, ori ἐγὼ
illed him. And hesaid to me, Go, for I
sic ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. 232 Ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι
to nations afar off will send forth thee, And they heard him until
τούτου τοῦ λόγου, Kai ἐπῆραν τηνι-φωνὴν. αὐτῶν λέγοντες,
this word, and lifted up their voice, saying,
Aipe ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν.τοιοῦτον᾽ οὐ.γὰρ "καθῆκον" αὐτὸν
Away with “from *the *earth ‘such 28 Ξ016, for *not "it #is fit he
ζῷ . 23 Κραυγαζόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥιπτούντων
should live. And as *were *crying‘*out ‘they, and casting off (their)
τὰ ἱμάτια, Kai κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς TOY ἀέρα, 24 ἐκέλευσεν
garments, and 2dust throwing intothe air, “commanded
Ξαὐτὸν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι" εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, "εἰπὼν"
Shim ‘the ?chief*captain to be brought into the fortress, bidding
μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν
ΒῸΌΥ ®scourges *to*be*examined ‘him, that he might know for what cause
οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. 2 we.dé ὕπροέτεινεν' αὐτὸν
thus they cried out against him. But as he stretched forward him
τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον “ὁ
with the thongs 2814 to «=. “the ὅσο "stood *by Scenturion

Y¥rn

383

same hour I looked
up upon him, 14 And
he said, The God of our
fathers hath chosen
thee, that thou should-
est know his will,
and see that Just
One, and shouldest
hear the voice of
his mouth. 15 For
thou shalt be his wit-
ness unto all men of
what thou hast seen
and heard. 16 And
now why tarriest thou?
arise, and be baptized,
and wash away thy
sins, calling on the
mame of the Lord.
17 Andit came to pass,
that, when I was come
again to Jerusalem,
even while I prayed in
the temple, I was ina
trance; 18 and saw
him saying unto me,
Make haste, and get
thee quickly out of
Jerusalem : for they
will not receive thy
testimony concerning
me. 19 And I said,
Lord, they know that
Limprisoned and beat
in every synagogue
them that believed on
thee: 20 and when
the blood of thy mar-
tyr Stephen was shed,
I also was standing
by, and consenting
unto his death, and
kept the raiment of
them that slew him.
21 Andhe said unto me,
Depart: for I will send
thee far hence unto
the Gentiles. 22 And
they gave him audi-
ence unto this word,
and then lifted up
their voices, and said,
Away with such a
JSellow from the earth :
for it is not fit that he
should live. 23 And
as they cried out, and
cast off their clothes,
and threw dust into the
air, 24 the chief cap-
tain commanded him
to be brought into the
castle, and bade that
he should be examined
by scourging ; that he
might know wherefore
they cried so against
him. 25 And as the

bound him wit

thongs, Paul said un-
to the centurion that

τ αὐτοῦ (read his name) GLTTraw.
Ἢ — τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ GLTTraw.
εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν GLTTrAW.
GLITrAW. ς [ὁ Παῦλος] a.

5 ἴδον T. t τὴν ἱτττ[Α].
χα καθῆκεν GLTTrAW.
3 εἴπας LTTrAW.

¥ ve LTrAW.
Ὁ προέτειναν they stretched forward

τ ἐξεχύννετο LTTrA.
1 6 χιλίαρχος

984

stood by, Is it lawful
for you to scourge a
man that is a Roman,
and uncondemned?
26 When the centurion
heard that, he went
and told the chief cap-
tain, saying, Take
heed what thou doest:
for this man is a Ro-
man, 27 Then the chief
captain came, and said
unto him, Tell me, art
thou a Roman? He
said, Yea. 28 And the
chief captain answer-
ed, With a great sum
obtained 1 this free-
dom. And Paul said,
But I was free born.
29 Then straightway
they departed from
him which should
have examined him:
and the chief captain
also was afraid, after
he knew that he was
a Roman, and because
he had bound him.
30 On the morrow, be-
cause he would have
known the certainty
wherefore he was ac-
cused of the Jews, he
loosed him from his
bands, and command-
ed the chief priests
and all their council
to appear, and brought
Paul down, and set
him before them.

XXIII. And Paul,
earnestly beholding
the council, said, Men
and brethren, I have
lived in all good con-
science before God un-
til this day. 2 And the
high priest Ananias
commanded them that
stood by him to smite
him on the mouth.
3 Then said Paul unto
him, God shall smite
thee, thou whited wall:
for sittest thou to
judge me after the law,
and commandest me
tobe smitten contrary
to the law? 4 And

they that stood by
said, Revilest thou
God's high priest?

6 Then said Paul, I
wist not, brethren,that
he was the high priest:
for it is written, Thou
shalt not speak evil of
the ruler of thy peo-
ple. 6 But when Paul

perceived that the one β

part were Sadducees,

ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XX, KEE

Παῦλος," Ei ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν
‘Paul, A man a Roman and uncondemned is it lawful
ὑμῖν μαστίζειν ; 26 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος," προσ-
for you toscourge? And *having ‘heard [510] 'the “centurion, having
ελθὼν “ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ" λέγων, “Ὅρα! τί μέλ-
gone he reported [10] to the chief captain saying, See what art
λεις ποιεῖν; ὁ-.γὰρ. ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν.
thou about todo? For this man a Roman is.
27 Προσελθὼν.δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε μοι, Sei! σὺ
And having come up the chief captain said tohim, Tell me, “thou
Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; ὋὉ.δὲ ἔφη, Nat. 28 ᾿Απεκρίθη.Ἀτε! ὁ χιλίαρχος,
3a “Roman ‘art? And he said, Yes. And *answered ‘the *chief *captain
Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν. πολιτείαν.ταύτην ἐκτησάμην.
I with a great sum this citizenship bought.

Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ἔφη, ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι. 29 Εὐθέως οὖν

And Paul said, But 1 also was[free) born. Immediately therefore
ἀπέστησαν am αὐτοῦ ot μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν" και
departed from him those beingabout “him ‘to *examine, and

ὅτι Ρωμαῖός ἐστιν,
a Roman he is,

ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη. ἐπιγνοὺς
the chief captain also was afraid, having ascertained that
καὶ Ore ἰὴν.αὐτὸν" δεδεκώς. 30 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος
and because he had bound him. And onthe morrow, desiring
γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ.τί κατηγορεῖται "παρὰ" τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων,
to know the certainty wherefore he is accused by the Jews,
” Φ ἫΝ 1, ν ~ ὃ ~ ΠΩΣ ἐλ πιξλ θεῖ ll 4
ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν “απὸ των εσμων, KQt EKEAEVOEV “ελῦειν TOUC
he loosed him from the bonds, and commanded tocome the
ἀρχιερεῖς Kai "ὅλον" τὸ συνέδριον. abr ay"! καὶ καταγαγὼν
chief priests and "whole their sanhedrim, and having brought down
τὸν Παῦλον ἕστησεν εἰς αὐτούς.
Paul he set [him] among them,
93 ᾿Ατεγίσας. δὲ Ρὸ Παῦλος τῷ
And “having *looked ‘intently *Paul on the sanhedrim said,
“Avopsc ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι
Men brethren, I inall “conscience ‘good have conducted myself
~ ~ , ~ € , 7 « κ᾿ ᾽ ‘ >
τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταῦτης THC ἡμέρας. 2 Ὁ «δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς Ανα-
towards God unto this day. But the high priest Ana-
viac ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ TO στόμα
nias ordered those standing by him tosmite his mouth,

3 τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ

it

συνεδρίῳ! εἶπεν,

Then Paul to him said, “Το smite “thee *is *about
θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε' Kai σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων pe κατὰ
᾿ᾳοᾶ, “wall 7whited. And thou dost thou sit judging me according to

τὸν νόμον, Kai παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι; 4 Οἱ δὲ
the law, and contrary to law commandest me to be smitten? And those who
παρεστῶτες “εἶπον, Τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς ;
stood by said, *The ‘high ‘priest Tof *God 'railest *thou *at?
ὅ Ἔφη.τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκῴδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχ-
And ’said 1Paul, I was not conscious, brethren, that heis a high
ιερεύς' γέγραπται.γάρ, τἴΑρχοντα τοῦ.λαοῦ.σου οὐκ ἐ-
priest ; for it has been written, A ruler ofthy people “not 'thou *shalt
εἷς κακῶς. GBTvoic.dé ὁ Παῦλος bru τὸ ἕν μέρος ἐστὶν
speak 70f ‘evil But *having *known 1Paul thatthe one part consists

ἀ ἑκατοντάρχης Lr}
δὲ LTTr; — τε A.

GLITraw.
δεσμῶν GLTTrAW.

© — αὐτῶν (read the sanhedrim) @LTTraw.

T+ ὅτι TTrIAl.

f—°Opa GLTTrAW. 8 -- εἰ
k ὑπὸ LTTrAW. 1 — ἀπὸ τῶν
9 πᾶν all GLTTraw.
4 εἷπαν TTr.

© τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν GLTTrA.
1 αὐτὸν ἣν LTTrAW.

m συνελθεῖν to come together GLTTraw.
P τῷ συνεδρίῳ ὃ Παῦλος LTTr.

XXIII. A €.T.S:

Σαδδουκαίων τὸ.δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων "ἔκραξεν" ἐν τῷ συν-
of Sadducees andthe other of Pharisees” criedout im the sanhe-

εδρίῳ, Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι, υἱὸς ᾿Φαρισαίου""
drim, Men brethren, a Pharisee am, son ofa Pharisee:

περὶ ἐλπίδος Kai ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι.
concerning a hope and resurrection of[the]dead I am judged,

7 Τοῦτο.δὲ αὐτοῦ “λαλήσαντος" ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρι-

And this he having spoken there was adissension of the Phari-
σαίων καὶ τῶν" Σαδδουκαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη * τὸ πλῆθος"
Bees and the Sadducees, and wasdivided the multitude,

8 Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν" yap λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν ᾿μηδὲ"
*Sadducees indeed ‘for Bay there is no resurrection nor

ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα: Φαρισαῖοι.δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα.
angel nor spirit ; but Pharisees confess both.

9 éyévero.dé κραυγὴ μεγάλη" καὶ ἀναστάντες "οἱ" ὕγραμ-
And there was a’clamour ‘great, and havingrisenup the scribes

ματεῖς τοῦ μέρους" τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες,
ofthe part ofthe Pharisees they werecontending, saying,

Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ.τούτῳ᾽ εἰ. δὲ πνεῦμα
Nothing evil we fin in this man ; andif a spirit
ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος", μὴ.θεομαχῶμεν." 10 Πολλῆς .δὲ
spoke tohim or an angel, let us not fight against God. And a great
Iyevopéivne στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς" ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ δια-
7arising ‘dissension, ‘fearing *the ‘chief °captain lest “should “be
σπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα
“torn *in “pieces *Paul by them, commanded the troop
καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν.τε
having gone down to take by force him from *midst ‘their, and to bring

εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 11 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς
(himjinto the fortress, But the following night *standing *by

? ~ « , = , e ~ οἱ! e ‘A
αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει Παῦλε"" ὡς.γὰ διε-
Shim ‘the *Lord said, Be οἵ good courage, Paul; foras thou didst
ρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε. δεῖ

fully testify the things concerning me at erusalem, so thou must
καὶ εἰς Ρώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. 12 Γενομένης.δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιή-
also at Rome bear witness. And it being day, Shaving
σαντές τινες τῶν ‘lovdaiwy συστροφὴν ἀγεθεμάτισαν
®made ‘some “of *the *Jews a combination put *under *a *curse
ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως.οὗ ἀποκτεί-
‘themselves, declaring neither toeat ΠΟΙ todrink till they should

vwow τὸν Παῦλον᾽ 18 ἦσαν.δὲ πλείους τεσσαράκοντα" οἱ
kill Paul, And they were more than forty who

ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν "πεποιηκότες" 14 οἵτινες προσελ-

this conspiracy had made ; who having
θόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἰεῖπον," “Ava-
come tothe chief priests and the elders said, Witha

θέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, "μηδενὸς! γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ
curse we have cursed ourselves, nothing to taste until

ἀποκτείνωμεν TOY Παῦλον. 1ὅ νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε
we should kill Paul. Now therefore ye make arepresentation

385

and the other Phari-
sees, he cried out in
the council, Men and
brethren, I am a Pha-
risee, the son of a Pha-
risee: of the hopeand
resurrection of the
dead I am called in
question. 7 And when
he had so said, there
arose a dissension be-
tween the Pharisees
and the Sadducees :
and the multitude was
divided. 8 For the
Sadducees say that
there is no resurrec-
tion, neither angel,
nor spirit: but the
Pharisees confess both,
9 And there arose a
great cry: and the
scribes that were of
the Pharisees’ part a-
rose, and strove, say-
ing, We find no evil in
this man: but if a
spirit or an angelhath
spoken to him, let us
not fight against God.
10 And when there a-
rose a great dissen-
sion, the chief cap-
tain, fearing lest Paul
should have been pull-
ed in pieces of them,
commanded the sol-
diers to go down, and
to take him by force
from among them, and
to bring Azm into the
castle. 11 And the
night following the
Lord stood by him,
and said, Be of good
cheer, Paul: for as
thou hast testified of
me in Jerusalem, s0
must thou bear wit-
ness also at Rome,
12 And when it was
day, certain of the
Jews banded together,
and bound themselves
under a curse, saying
that they would nei-
ther eat nor drink till
they had killed Paul
13 And they were more
than forty which had
made this conspiracy.
14 And they came to
the chief priests and
elders, and said, We
have bound ourselves
under a great curse,
that we will eat no-
thing until we have
slain Paul. 15 Now
therefore ye with the

5 ἔκραζεν TTrA. t Φαρισαίων of Pharisees LTTraw.
LTTraw. x + μὲν indeed L. Υ — μὲν L[Tr]. 2 μήτε LITrAW.
Ὁ τῶν γραμματέων TOU μέρους ΤΊτΑ ; — γραμ. TOU μέρους L.
the sentence incomplete) GLITrAW.
στάσεως φοβηθεὶς TTrA. e — TlavAe GLTTrAw.

& τεσσεράκοντα TTrA- h ποιησάμενοι LTTrAW. i εἶπαν LTTrA.

Υ εἰπόντος LTrW.

ν»- τῶν
a τινὲς SOME LTTrA,

©; — μὴ θεομαχῶμεν (leaving
d στάσεως γινομένης φοβηθεὶς L; γενομένης (γιν- T)
f συστροφὴν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι GLITrAW.
k μηθενὸς A.

GG

386

council signify to the
chief captain that he
bring him down unto
you to morrow, as
though ye would in-
quire something more
perfectly concerning
him : and we, or ever
he come near, are ready
to kill him. 16 And
when Paul’s sister’s
son heard of their ly-
ing in wait, he went
and entered into the
eastle, and told Paul.
17 Then Paul called
one of the centurions
unto him, and said,
Bring this young man
unto the chief cap-
tain: for he hath a
certain thing to tell
him. 18 So he took
him, and brought him
to the chief captain,
and said, Paul the
prisoner called me un-
to him, and prayed me
to bring this young
man unto thee, who
hath something to say
unto thee. 19 Then
the chief captain took
him by the hand, and
went with him aside
rivately, and asked
im, What is that
thou hast to tell me?
20 And he said, The
Jews have agreed
to desire thee that
thou wouldest bring
down Paul to morrow
into the council, as
though they would
inquire somewhat of
him more perfectly.
21 But do not thou
yield unto them: for
there 116 in wait for
him of them more
than forty men, which
have bound themselves
with an oath, that
they will neither eat
nor drink till they
have killed him: and
now are they ready,
looking for a promise
from thee. 22 So the
chief captain then let
the young man _ de-
part, and charged him,
See thou tell ne man
that thou hast shewed
these things to me.
23 And he called unto
him two centurions,
saying, Make ready
two hundred soldiers
to go to Cesarea, and

TIPAZ EIS. XXIII.
~ oN , ‘ ~ ὃ , τ ] » " m ? 4
τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεόρίῳ, OTWC αὔριον “αὐτὸν
to the chief captain with the sanhedrim, sothat to-morrow him
καταγάγῃ πρὸς" ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκρι-
he may bring down’ to you, as_ being about to examine more
βέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ" ἡμεῖς.δέ, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι
accurately the things concerning him, and we, before 7drawing *near
αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. 16 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ
this 5ready *are to put to death him. But *having *heard *°of
ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου "τὸ ἔνεδρον," παραγενόμενος
‘the son “of “6 °sister Sof 7Paul the lying in wait, having come near
‘ > ‘ , A A ? ΄ ~ /
καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ.
and entered into the fortress he reported [10] to Paul.
17 προσκαλεσάμενος. δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων,
And *having 3called *to [Shim] Paul one of the centurions,
ἔφη, Τὸν.νεανίαν.τοῦτον “ἀπἀγαγε᾽ πρὸς TOY χιλίαρχον" ἔχει

said, ?This *young ‘man ‘take to the chief captain, *he *has
γάρ Pre ἀπαγγεῖλαι! αὐτῷ. 18 Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν
for something ἴο report to him, He indeed therefore having taken

αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, Kai φησιν, Ὃ δέσμιος
him brought (him) to the chief captain, and says, The prisoner
Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός μὲ ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν
Paul having called ?to [him] ‘me asked [me] this
«νεανίαν ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντάα τι λαλῆσαί σοι.
young man to lead to thee, having something tosay to thee.
19 ᾿Επιλαβόμενος.δὲ τῆς.χειρὸς.-αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ

And thaving *taken Shold 7of *his "παπᾶ 1the *chief “captain, and
ἀναχωρήσας Kar ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις
having withdrawn apart inquired, What isit which thou hast

ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι; 20 Ἐξϊπεν.δέ, Ὅτι ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέθεντο
to report to me? And he said, The Jews agreed

τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὕπως αὔριον Tic TO συνέδριον κατα-
ἴο request thee, that to-morrow into the sanhedrim thou mayest
yayye τὸν Παῦλον, ὡς péddovtéc' τι ἀκριβέστερον
bring down Paul, as being about *something *more *accurately
πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 2] σὺ οὖν μὴ.πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς"
1to*inquire concerning him. Thou therefore be not persuaded by them,
ἐνεδρεύουσιν.γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξιαὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους "τεσσαρά-
for lie in wait for him of them *men ‘more *than *forty
κοντα," οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν pare
who put *under °a “curse *themselves neither to eat nor
πιεῖν twe.od ἀνέλωσιν adrév καὶ νῦν 'ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν"
to drink till they puttodeath him; and now ready they are
προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. 22 Ὁ μὲν οὖν
waiting the ?from “thee ‘promise. The *therefore
χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν “νεανίαν," παραγγείλας μηδενὶ
lchief “captain dismissed the youngman, having charged [him] to no one
ἐκλαλῆσαι OTe ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός με." 28 Καὶ

to utter that these things thou didst represent to me. And
προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς" τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν,
having calledto [him] *two ‘certain of the centurions he said,
ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὕπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως
Prepare soldiers twohundred, that they maygo as far as

! — αὔριον GLTTrAW.
P ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι LTrAW.
εἰς TO συνέδριον ws μέλλων LTTrAW.

* twas δύο TTr.

ὁ ἅπαγε TTr.

Y ἐμέ TTr

2 σὴν ἐνέδραν EGLTTrA.
τ τὸν Παῦλον καταγάγῃς
τ εἰσὶν ἕτοιμος LTTYAW

ἃ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς LTTrAW.
4 νεανίσκον LTTrA.
5 τεσσεράκοντα ΤΊΤΑ.

XXIi1. ACTS.

x , Π} 3 ᾿ - ε , ‘ a , -
Καισαρείας," καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους δια-
Ceesarea, and horsemen seventy, and spearmen two

κοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός" 24 κτήνη.τε παραστῆ-

hundred, for thethird hour of the night. And ‘beasts ‘to *have *pro-
σαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν
vided, that having set on *Paul they may carry (him) safe through

πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα᾽ 2 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ὕπερι-
ities the governor, having written a letter hay-

ἐχουσαν" τὸν. τύπον.τοῦτον᾽ 26 Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ
ing this form : Claudius Lysias tothe mostexcellent

ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι χαίρειν. 27 Τὸν. ἄνδρα.τοῦτον *ovdAdngbevra'
governor, Felix, greeting. This man, having been seized
ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν,
by the Jews, and being about to be put todeath by them,
ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι δἐξειλόμην᾽ airov,! μαθὼν
having come up with the troop I rescued him, having learnt
ev «ε -’ ? , c a ~ ll A 2 /
ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. 28 βουλόμενος.“δὲ γνῶναι" τὴν αἰτίαν

that a Roman he is. And desiring toknow the charge
ov ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ κατήγαγον δΔαὐτὸν! εἰς τὸ

on account of which they accused him I brought down him to

συνέδριον. αὐτῶν 29 ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητη-

their sanhedrim : whom Ifound tobeaccused concer a ques-

μάτων τοῦ.-νόμου.αὐτῶν, μηδὲν. ὃ δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν
tions of their law, but*no ‘worthy ‘of death or "οὗ *bonds

εἔγκλημα ἔχοντα." 30 μηνυθείσης.δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς

Saccusation ‘having. Andit having beenintimatedtome ofaplot against
τὸν ἄνδρα ἱμέλλειν" ἔσεσθαι βὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων

the man about tobe (carried out) by the Jews
Βέξξαυτῆς" ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κα-
at once Isent {him) to thee, havingcharged also the ac-

k \ eee || ee ee ~ ΙἜ re ll
πρὸς αὑτόν" ETL σοῦ. ῤρωσο.
him before thee. Farewell.

τηγόροις λέγειν tra
cusers to ΕΝ the things against

STAG: ody στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον
The ἀξ esc paleeers, according to the orders given
αὐτοῖς: ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ τῆς" νυκτὸς
tothem, having taken Paul i brought (him) by night
εἰς τὴν ᾿Αντιπατρίδα. 32 τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς
to Antipatris, and on the morrow are left the
ἱππεῖς "πορεύεσθαι' σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμ-
horsemen to go with him, ey returned to the for-
βολήν᾽ 38 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν," καὶ
tress. Who having entered into Cresarea, and

ἀναδόντες THY ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν Kai τὸν

given up the letter to the governor, presented also
Παῦλον αὐτῷ. 34 avayvorveceé Po ἡγεμών," καὶ ἐπερω-

Paul to him, And *having tread [Sit] ‘the *governor, and having
τήσας ἐκ ποίας Yémapxiac' ἐστίν, Kai πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ
asked of what province heis, and eine learnt that from
Κιλικίας, 96 Διακούσομαί σου, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί
Cilicia {he is], I will *hear *fully thee, he said, when also ?accusers

387
horsemen threescore
and ten, and spearmen
two hundred, at the
third hour of the
night ; 24and provide
them beasts, that they
may set Paul on, and
bring him safe unto
Felix the governor.
25 And he wrote a let-
ter after this manner:
26 Claudius Lysias un-
to the most excellent
governor Felix send-
eth greeting. 27 This
man was taken of the
Jews, and should have
been killed of them:
then came I with an
army,andrescued him,
haying understood
that he was a Roman.
28 And when I would
have known the cause
wherefore they ac-
cused him, I brought
him forth into their
council: 29 whom I
perceived to be accused
of questions of their
law, but to have no-
thing laid to his charge
worthy of death or of
bonds. 30 And when
it was told me how
that the Jews laid
wait for the man, 1
sent straightway to

ll thee, and gave com-

mandment to his ac-
cusers also to say be-
fore thee what they
had against him.
Farewell. 31 Then the
soldiers, as it was com-
manded them, took
Paul, and brought
him by night to Anti-
patris. 32 On the mor-
row they left the
horsemen to go with
him, and returned to
the castle: 33 who,
when they came to
Cresarea, and delivered
the epistle to the go-
vernor, presented Paul
also before him, 34And
when the governor
had read the letter,he
asked of what pro-
vince he was. And
when he understood
that he was of Cilicia;
35 I will hear thee,
said he, when thine ac-

* Καισαρίας T.
® ἐξειλάμην LTTrAW.
τὸν (read [him]) T[Tr].
τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων LTTrA.
for them (to speak) LT,
away LTTra,

y ἔχουσαν τττ ; [περι]έχουσαν A.

b— αὐτόν LTtr[4]W.

Β ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα LITrAW.
ae αὐτῶν by them LrTr; ἐξ αὐτῆς A.

— Ἔῤῥωσο LTTra. τὰ — τῆς LTTrAW.

° Jpeg y P — ὁ ἡγεμών GLTTrAW

* συλλημφθέντα LTTra.
© τε (δὲ W) ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrAW.
f — μέλλειν LTTrA.

d — αὐ-
Β ---- ὑπὸ
i — τὰ {τττ. Κ αὐτοὺς

2 ἀπέρχεσθαι to go

4 ἐπαρχείας T.

388

cusers are also come.
And he commanded
him to be kept in He-
rod's judgment hall.

XXIV. And after
five days Ananias the
high priest descended
with the elders, and
with a certain orator
named Tertullus, who
informed the gover-
nor against Paul.
2 And when he was
called forth, Tertullus
began to accuse him,
saying, Seeing that by
thee we enjoy great
quietness, and that
very worthy deeds are
done unto this nation
by thy providence,
3 we accept tt always,
and in all places, most
noble Felix, with all
thankfulness. 4 Not-
withstanding, that I
be not further tedious
unto thee, I pray thee
that thou wouldest
hear us of thy cle-
mency a few words.
5 For we have found
this man a pestilent
fellow, and a mover of
sedition among all the
Jews throughout the
world, and a ring-
leader of the sect of
the Nazarenes : 6 who
also hath gone about
to profane the temple:
whom we took, and
would have judged
according to our law.
7 But the chief cap-
tain Lysias came upon
us, and with great vio-
lence took Aim away
out of our hands,
8 commanding his ac-
cusers to come unto
thee: by examining
of whom thyself may-
est take knowledge of
all these things, where-
of we accuse him.
9 And the Jews also
assented, saying that
these things were so.
10 Then Paul, after
that the governor had
beckoned unto him to
speak, answered, For-
asmuch as I know
that thou hast been
of many years a judge
unto this nation, I do
the more cheerfully
answer for myself:
11 because that thou
mayest understand,
that there are yet but
twelve days since I

IPAZEILS. XXIII, ΧΧΙΥ.

σου παραγένωνται". ᾿Ἐκέλευσέν. τε αὐτὸν" ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ

‘thine may have arrived. Απᾶ hecommanded him in the pratorium
ὕ Ἡρώδου φυλάσσεσθαι"

τοῦ Ἡρωδου φυλάσσεσθαι".

of Herod to be kept.
24 Mera.oé πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανανίας
And after five days came down the high priest Ananias

μετὰ ἱἹτῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός. οἵτινες
with the elders and anorator *Tertullus ‘a certain, who
ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. 2 κληθέν-
made arepresentation tothe governor against Paul. *Having ‘been
4 ᾽ - Hw - « , Ul
TOC δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Bea λέγων,
‘called ‘and he Tbegan ®to °accuse °Tertullus, saying,
3 Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ, Kai κατορθωμάτων"
?Great Speace obtaining through thee, and excellent measures
γινομένων τῷ.ἔθνειιττούτῳ διὰ τῆς.σῆς.προνοίας. πάντῃ.τε
being done for this nation through thy forethought, bothin every way
καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φῆλιξ, μετὰ πάσης
and everywhere we gladly accept [10], mostexcellent Felix, with all
εὐχαριστίας. 4 ἵνα.δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε πέἐγκόπτω"
thankfulness. But that ποὺ 7to *longer “thee ‘I *may *be °a *hindrance
παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως TH-op-eTELKELG. 5 εὑ-
I beseech 7to*hear ‘thee us briefly in thy clemency. *7Having
ρόντες γὰρ τὸν. ἄνδρα.τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα στάσιν"
found for this man apest, and moving insurrection
πᾶσιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην

amongall the Jews in the habitable world, *a leader
τε τῆς τῶν Nalwpaiwy αἱρέσεως" 6 ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν
‘and of the "of *the “Nazarzans sect ; who also the temple

ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι, ὃν Kai ἐκρατήσαμεν Yeai κατὰ

attempted to profane, whom also we seized, and according to
τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον ἠθελήσαμεν *kpivey.' 7 παρελθὼν. δὲ
our law wished to judge; but ®having °come 7up

Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος μετὰ πολλῆς βίας ἐκ τῶν.χειρῶν. ἡμῶν

1Lysias “the *chief‘captain with great force out of our hands

ἀπήγαγεν, 8 κελεύσας τοὺς.κατηγόρους.αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι

took away [him], having commanaed his accusers to come

ἐπὶ; σέ" παρ᾽ οὗ δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ
to thee, from whom thou wilt be able thyself, havingexamined concerning

πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν
411 these things ‘to "know ‘of?which *we “accuse

αὐτοῦ. 9 ὈΣυνέθεντο".δὲ καὶ ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα

Shim. And‘agreed also'the 7Jews, declaring these things
οὕτως ἔχειν. 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη.“ δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος. νεύσαντος
%thus ‘to 5306. But 7answered Paul, Shaving *made “a “sign

αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, "Ex πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε
ϑὲο him “the ‘governor tospeak, δΕῸΣ ‘many ‘years *as*being “thee

κριτὴν τῷ-ἔθνει. τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, *evOupdrEpor" τὰ

judge "ἴο this **nation ‘knowing, more cheerfully [as to] the things
περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπρλργοῦμαι; 11 δυναμένου σου “γνῶναι"
concerning myself 1 make defence. 2Being*able ‘thou to know
« ᾽ λ ΄, es, « , 0} 45) δύ i ? 3. ase
OTL OU TAELOUC ELOLY μοι Ἡμέραι 1) EKAOVO ag -7)C
Stwelve since

that “ποῦ ‘more than "there are *to°me "days

τ κελεύσας having commanded LTtTra.
certain elders LTTrA.
insurrections LTTrw.
Ὁ συνεπέθεντο joined in attack GLTTraW.

5 ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrA.

* + αὐτόν him LITra. τ πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν
¥ διορθωμάτων reforms LTTrA. ’ ἐνκόπτω T. χ στάσεις

Υ — καὶ κατὰ .. .. ἐπὶ σέ (verse 8) τ τί ΑἹ]. τ κρῖναι A. ὃ πρὸς A.

¢ τε and LTTrA. 4 εὐθύμως cheefully ΤΡΊΤΑ.

f— ἢ GLITrAW. & δώδεκα LITrA.

XXIV. ACTS.

ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων δὲν “Ἱερουσαλήμ᾽ 12 καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ
I went up to worship at Jerusalem, and neither in the
ἱε εὗρόν μεπρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ᾿ἐπισύστασιν᾽"
temple did they βπᾶ τὴθ with anyone reasoning, or a tumultuous gathering
ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ THY
making of acrowd neitherin the synagogues nor in the
πόλιν" 13 *obre' παραστῆσαί 'με δύνανται" περὶ
city ; neither ‘to *prove lare *they “able [the things] concerning
ὧν "νῦν! κατηγοροῦσίν pov. 14 ὁμολογῶ.δὲ τοῦτό σοι.
which now they accuse me. But I confess this to thee,
ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ

that in the way which they call sect, so I serve the
πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ “
ancestral God, believing all things which throughout the law and

τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων Ῥείς τὸν θεόν,
the prophets have been written, ahope having in God,
ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται. ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν
which also they themselves receive, {that] a resurrection is about
» 4 ~ u , ‘ > , ὃ 6 > — Us The!
ἔσεσθαι «νεκρῶν," δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. 16 ev.rovTwTdé
to be of (the) dead, both of just and of unjust. And in this
αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν
myself I exercise, Swithout ‘offence “a *conscience ‘to *have towards God
kai τοὺς ἀνθρώπους “διαπαντός." 17 Ov ἐτῶν. δὲ πλειόνων

and men continually. And after years ‘many
*zrapeyevounv' ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ.ἔθνος. μου * καὶ
arrived alms ‘pringing to my nation and

mooogopac’ 18 ἐν τοῖς" εἷρόν με ἡγγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ,
offerings. Amidst which they found me purified in the temple,
? ‘ » ᾽ κ ᾿ Γ Ud 4 WOE H ? ‘ ~
ov pera ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς “δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς
not with crowd πὺ with tumult. But [it was] certain *from
᾿Ασίας Ιουδαῖοι, 19 ode “δεῖ ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι Kai κατηγορεῖν
SAsia 1Jews, who ought before thee toappear and _ to accuse
ene 7 ἔχοιεν πρός Tye 20 ἢ αὐτοὶ. οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν,
if anything they may have against me; or these themselves let them say,

Ξε! τι etpov δὲν ἐμοὶ" ἀδίκημα, o7dyvToc.mov ἐπὶ τοῦ
if any “they *found “ἢ °me ‘unrighteousness, whenIstood before the
συνεδρίου, 2] ἢ περὶ μιᾶς.ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς éxpaka'

sanhedrim, [other] than concerning this one voice, which I cried out

“ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ
standing among them: Concerning a resurrection of [the] dead I
κρίνομαι σήμερον “ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 22 “Ακούσας. δὲ ταῦτα ὁ
am judged this day by you. And *having *heard *these things
Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς," ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ
Felix he put 70ff ‘them, more accurately knowing the things concerning
τῆς ὁδοῦ, feirwy,'"Oray Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῷ,

the way, saying, When Lysias the chief captain may have come down,
διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς" 23 διαταξάμενός Fre τῷ ἑκα-
I willexamine the things asto you; having ordered the

τοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι ᾿ξ τὸν Ταῦλον, ἔχειν.τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ

centurion to keep Paul, andto([lethim] have ease, and
h εἰς LTTrAW.

thee LTTraw.

4 — νεκρῶν LTTra.

LTTrA. Υ αἷς LTTrA.

τι What) GLTTraw.

4 ἐφ᾽ LITrAW.

LYTrAw.

® οὐδὲ LT.
ἐν in ELW; + τοῖς ἐν GTT:[A].
ε διὰ παντός LTrA.
« — δὲ but Ε. x ἔδει EGLITrAW.
a — ἐν ἐμοὶ LI[Tra]. > ἐκέκραξα TIA.
© "AveBareTo δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ Φῆλιξ GLTTIAW.
ha αὐτὸν him GLTTraw.

i ἐπίστασιν LITrA.
2 ψυνὶ LTTrA. o+
F καὶ LTTrAW.

389

went up to Jerusalem
forto worship. 12 And
they neither found me
in the temple disput-
ing with any mat,
neither raising up the
people. neither in the
synagogues, nor in the
city: 13 ncither can
they prove the things
whereof they now ac-
cuse me. 14 But this
I confess unto thee,
that after the way
which they call heresy,
so worship I the God
of my fathers, be-
lieving 211 things
which are written in
the law and in the
prophets : 15 and have
hope toward God,
which they themselves
also allow, that there
shall be a_resurrec-
tion of the dead, both
of the just and un-
just. 16 And herein
do I exercise myself,
to have always 4 con-
science void of offence
toward God, and to-
ward men. 17 Now
after many years I
came to bring alms to
my nation, and offer-
ings. 18 Whereupon
certain Jews from Asia
found me purified in

the temple, neither
with multitude, nor
with tumult. 19 Who

ought tohave been here
before thee, and ob-
ject, if they had ought
againstme, 20O0relse
let these same Here
say, if they have found
any evil doing in me,
while I stood before
the council, 21 except
it be for this one
voice, that I cried
standing among them,
Touching the resur-
rection of the dead I

am called in ques-
tion by you this
Gay. 22 And when

Felix heard these
things, having more
perfect knowledge of
that way, he deferred
them, and said, When
Lysias the chief cap-
tain shall come down,
I will know the utter-
most of your matter.
23 And hecommanded
a centurion to keep
Paul, and to let him
have liberty, and that

1— με EGLTTrAW.

m+ σοι to
P πρὸς towards T.

t παρεγενόμην placed aster μον
Y éué LTTra.

ς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστώς LTTrAW.
f εἴπας LTTrAW.

: — et (read

8 — τῷ

990

he should forbid none
of his acquaintance to
minister or come unto
him. 24 And after
sertain days, when Fe-
lix came with his wife
Drusilla, which was a
Jewess, he sent for
Paul, and heard him
concerning the faith
in Christ. 25 And as
he reasoned of right-
eousness, temperance,
and judgment to come,
Felix trembled, and
answered, Go thy way
for this time; when
I have a convenient
season, I will call for
thee. 26 He hoped also
that money should
have been given him
of Paul, that he might
loose him: wherefore
he sent for him the
oftener, and com-
muned with him.
27 But after two years
Porcius Festus came
into Felix’ room: and
Felix, willing to shew
the Jews a pleasure,
left Paul bound.

XXV. Now when
Festus was come into
the province, after
three days he ascended
from Cesarea to Jeru-
salem. 2 Then the
high priest and the
chief of the Jews in-

formed him against ’

Paul, and besought
him, 3 and desired fa-
vour against him, that
he would send for
him to Jerusalem,
* laying wait in the way
to kill him. 4 But
Festus answered, that
Paul should be kept
at Cesarea, and that
he himself would de-
part shortly thither.
+ Let them therefore,
said he, which among
you are able, go down
with me, and accuse
this man, if there be
apy wickedness in
him. 6 And when he
bad tarried among
them more than ten
days, he went down

| — ἢ προσέρχεσθαι LTTrAW.
" + Ἰησοῦν Jesus LT.
4 — ὅπως λύσῃ αὐτόν LTTrAW.

Md ot ἀρχιερεῖς t
Υ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ GLITraw.

Y te LITra.
σαρίαν T.

LTTra; — τούτῳ G.

TIPAGEIS. XXIV, XXV.

μηδένα κωλύειν THY.idiwy.avTov ὑπηρετεῖν ᾿ἣ προσέρχεσθαι
‘none ‘to “forbid of his own to minister or to come

αὐτῷ. 24 Μετὰ δὲ Κἡμέρας τινὰς" παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ

to him, And after *days 1eertain *having *arrived Felix
σὺν Δρουσίλλῃ τῇ! γυναικὶ "αὐτοῦ οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ, pere-
with Drusilla his wife, who was’ aJewess, he
πέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς
sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the “in
χριστὸν ἃ πίστεως. 25 διαλεγομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιο-
“Christ ‘faith. And as *reasoned the concerning =right-

σύνης Kal ἐγκρατείας Kai τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος “EcEGOaL,|
eousness and self-control and the judgment about to be,

ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ.νῦν. ἔχον πορεύου"

afraid becoming Felix answered, For the present go,
καιρὸν.δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε; 26 ἅμα Pde!
and an opportunity having found I will call for thee ; withal too

καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου,

also hoping that riches will be given him by Paul,
αὕπως λύσῃ αὐτόν" διὸ Kai πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μετα-
that he might loose him: wherefore also oftener him send-
πεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. 27 Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης
ing for he conversed with him. But two years being completed
ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Pyorov’ θέλων.τε
“received [Sas] *successor Felix Porcius Festus ; and wishing
τχάριτάς" καταθέσθαι roic ᾿Τουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν
favours toacquire for himself with the Jews Felix left
τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον.
Paul bound,
25 Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰὲξῤ TH "ἐπαρχίᾳ," μετὰ τρεῖς
Festus therefore being come into the province, after three
€ , ? , > « 5X ? A t “ li >
ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ 'Καισαρείας. 2 ἐγε--
days wentup to Jerusalem from Crasarea, ?Made *a *re-
φάνισαν δὲ! αὐτῷ “O ἀρχιερεὺς" καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν

presentation *before 'and him the highpriest and the chief ofthe
Ιουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, 3 airov-

Jews against Paul, and besought him, ask-
μενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ὕπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς
ing a favour against him, that he would send for him to

ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν

Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες
to put ἴο death him on the

J ernugalen, an ambush forming
ὁδόν. 4 ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον
way. Festus therefore answered, “should *be *kept 1Paul

*ty Καισαρείᾳ, éavrovdé μέλλειν ἐν.τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι.
at Crsarea, and himself was about’ shortly to set out.

5 Οἱ οὖν YOuvaroi ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν," ἐσυγκαταβάντες,"
Those therefore in power among you, says he, having gone down too,

εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ "τούτῳ," κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ.
if anything is in *man ‘this, let them peense him.

6 Διατρίψας. δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας Ὀπλείους ἢ" δέκα, κατα-
And having spent among them days lmore than “ten, having

k χινας ἡμέρας L. 1+ ἰδέᾳ Lrtr. τὰ -— αὐτοῦ GLTTrA.
° — ἔσεσθαι (read μέλλοντος coming) GLITraw. P — δὲ GLTTrAW.

piraa favour LTTrAW. 5 ἐπαρχείῳ τ. * Katoapias T.
he ΩΣ priests LTTrA. * eis Καισάρειαν LTrAW; εἰς Και-
2 guv- τ. 4 ἄτοπον amiss (in the man)

Ὁ ov πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ ποῦ More than eight or GLTTraW.

XV. ACTS.

‘ > c , I! ~ 2 , ᾽ x ~
Bac εἰς “Καισάρειαν," try emavp.ov καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ
gone down to Ceesarea, on the morrow having sat on the

βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι. 7 παραγενομένου

judgment seat he commanded Paul to be brought. Being *come
δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν ἃ οἱ ἀπὸ ἱΙεροσολύμων καταβε-
‘and he, stood round the *from SJerusalem “*who *had *come

βηκότες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα “αἰτιάματα' ἰφέροντες
7down

1Jews, many and weighty charges bringing
κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου ἃ ovK.iaxvoy ἀποδεῖξαι, 8 βἀπο-
against Paul, which they were not able to prove: ?said *in

εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Tovdaiwy
Neither against the law οἵ the Jews
οὔτε εἰς TO ἱερὸν οὔτε τι ἥμαρτον.
nor against the temple nor against [1π} anything sinned 1.
9 Ὁ-«Φῆστος.δὲ "τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις θέλων" χάριν
But Festus, 7with *the ®Jews 1wishing
θέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν,
®himself answering Paul said, Art thou willing to Jerusalem
ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων ἱκρίνεσθαι ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ;
having gone up there concerning these things to be judged before me?
10 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, * Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος "ἕ-
But “said Paul, Before the judgment seat of Cesar stand-
στώς" εἰμι, οὗ με.-δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. ᾿Ιουδαίους οὐδὲν ἰήδί-
ing I am, where it behoves me to be judged. ToJews “nothing 11 “did
Kyoa,' wo Kai ov κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις᾽ 11 εἰ μὲν yap’
wrong, as also thou very well knowest. 2321} “indeed ‘for
ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ-παραιτοῦμαι
I do wrong and worthy of death have done anything, I do not deprecate
TO ἀποθανεῖν: εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν
to die ; but if nothing there is of which they accuse
μου, οὐδείς pe δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἐπι-

, ? ~ ye ”
λογουμένου αὐτοῦ," Ὅτι οὔτε
᾽
*defence the,
εἰς Καίσαρά
Cesar
KaTa-
°favour “to *acquire *for

Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα

me, noone me can to them give up. To Czxsar LTap-
καλοῦμαι. 12 Tore ὁ Φῆστος "συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμ-
peal. Then Festus, having conferred with the coun-
βουλίου, ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι, ἐπὶ Καίσαρα
cil, answered, To Cesar thou hast appealed, to Cesar
πορεύσῃ."

thou shalt go.
13 Ἡμερῶν.δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, Aypimmag ὁ βασιλεὺς
And ?days Shaving “passed ‘certain, Agrippa the king
καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς “Καισάρειαν," Ῥάσπασόμενοι τὸν
and Bernice came down to Cesarea, saluting

Φῆστον. 14 ὡς. δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ ὁ Φῆστος

Festus. And when many days they stayed there Festus
τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον λέγων,
*the *king 1Jaid *before the things relating to Paul, saying,
3 ΄ ? . , ε ᾿ ’ Ul
Avnp τις ἐστὶν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος.
A *man ‘certain there is left by Felix & prisoner,
15 περὶ οὗ, γενομένου pov εἰς ‘lepoovAvpa, ἐνε-
concerning whom, “being ton *my in Jerusalem, ‘made °a Sre-
φάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων,

presentation ‘the “chief “priests and the eiders of the Jews,

© Καισαρίαν 1. 4 αὐτὸν him LITraw.
(— κατὰ tov Παύλου) LTTra.

2 θέλων τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις LTTrAW.

1 ηδίκηκα I have done wrong ΤΊτ.
" Καισαρίαν τ. Ρ ἀσπασάμενοι ΤΊτΑ.

i κριθῆναι LITrAW.
τὸ οὖν therefore LTTrAW.

© αἰτιώματα GLITrAW.
& τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου Paul said in defence LTTra.
E ἑστὼς placed before Enc.

991

unto Crsarea; and
the next day sitting
on the judgment scat
commanded Paui to
be brought. 7 And
when he was come,
the Jews which came
down from Jerusalem
stood round about, and
laid many and griev-
ous complaintsagainst
Paul, whichthey could
not prove. § Whilehe
answered for himself,
Neither against the
law of the Jews, nei-
ther against the tem-
ple, nor yet against
Cesar, have I offend-
ed any thing at all,
9 But Festus, willing
to do the Jews a plea-
sure, answered Paul,
and said, Wilt thou
go up to Jerusalem,
and there be judg-
ed of these things
before me? 10 Then
said Paul, I stand
at Cesar’s judgment
seat, where I ought to
be judged: to the
Jews have I done no
wrong, as thou ver

well knowest. 11 For
if I be an offender, or
have committed any
thing worthy of death,
I refuse not to die:
but if there be none
of these things where-
of these accuse me, no
man may deliver me
unto them. I appeal
unto Cesar. 12 When
Festus, when he had
eonferred with the
council, answered,
Hast thou appealed
unto Cwsar? unto
Cesar shalt thou go.

13 And after certain
days king Agrippa and
Bernice came unto
Cxwsarea to salute Fes-
tus. 14 And when
they had been there
many days, Festus de-
elared Paul’s cause
unto the king, saying,
There is acertain man
left in bond~ by Felix:
15 about whom, when
I was at Jerusalem, the
chief priests and the
elders of the Jews in-
+tormed me, desiring to

: καταφέροντες

2 συνλαλήσας T.

993

havejudgment against
him. 16 To whom I
answered, It is not
the manner of the Ro-
mans to deliver any
man to die, before
that he which is 46-
cused have the ac-
cusers face to face, and
have licence to an-
swer for himself con-
cerning the crime laid
against him. 17 There-
fore, when they were
come hither, without
any delay on the mor-
row i sat on the judg-
ment seat, and com-
manded the man to be
brought forth. i8 A-
gainst whom when the
accusers stood up,
they brought none
accusation of such
things as I supposed :
19 but had certain
questions against him
of their own supersti-
tion, and of one Jesus,
which was dead, whom
Paul affirmed to be
alive. 20And because
I doubted of such man-
ner of questions, 1
asked him whether he
would go to Jerusa-
lem, and there be
judged of these mat-
ters. 21 But when Paul
had appealed to be
reserved unto the
hearing of Augustus,
I commanded him to
be kept till I might
send him to Cesar.
22 Then Agrippa said
unto Festus, 1 would
also hear the man my-
self. To morrow, said
he, thou shalt hear
him,

23 And on the mor-
row, when Agrippa
was come, and Ber-
nice, with great pomp,
and was entered into
the place of hearing,
with the chicf cap-
tains. and principal
men of the city, at
Festus’ commandment
Paul was _ brought
forth, 2#And Festus
said, King Agrippa,
and all men which
are here present with
us, ye see this man,
about whom all the
multitude of the
Jews have dealt with
me, both at Jerusa-
lem, and also here,
crying that he ought

IPA EI.

αἰτούμενοι Kar αὐτοῦ “δίκην

ΧΧΥ.

“10 πρὸς οὃς ἀπεκρίθην,

asking 7against him ‘judgment: to whom I answered,
ὅτι οὐκ-ἔστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον
Itisnot 2custom with Romans’ togiveup any man

"sig ἀπώλειαν, πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον
to destruction, before he being accused face to face
ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον.τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι
may haye the accusers, and opportunity of defence he may get
περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. 17 συνελθόντων οὖν "αὐτῶν!"
concerning the aceusation. ?Having *come *together *therefore ‘they
ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, TH ἑξῆς καθίσας
here, delay none having made, the next [day] having sat
ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα" 18 περὶ
on the judgment seat [commanded tobebrought the man; concerning
οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν “ἐπέφερον. ὧν
whom standing up the accusers “no Scharge ‘brought of which
vt , ᾽ All τ. ΄ , ᾿ ~ 2
ὑπενόουν ἐγώ 19 {nrnpara.cdé τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας
“supposed 1B but “questions ‘certain concerning their own
δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος ᾿Ιησοῦ
system of religion they had against him, andconcerningacertain Jesus
(it. demon-worship)

τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ ἸΤαῦλος
whoisdead, whom 7affirmed 1Paul
ἐγὼ τεἰς" τὴν περὶ τούτου!" ζήτησιν ἔλεγον, εἰ. βούλοιτο
1T asto the*concerning “this ‘inquiry said, Wouldhe be willing
πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovoadnyp,' κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ
to go to Jerusalem, and there to be judged concerning
U oT ~ Α yy ? , - ᾽
τούτων. 21 τοῦ δὲ Ταύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐ-
these things. But Paul having appealed for *to*be*kept *him-
τὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι
self for the “of “Augustus ‘cognizance, I commanded *to *be*kept
αὐτὸν ἕως οὗ "πέμψω" αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. 22 ᾿Αγρίππας
thim till I might send him to Ceesar. Agrippa
δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον Egy," Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ
‘and to Festus said, I was desiring also myself the
> ΄ ᾽ - εἰ “Δ. ” , ? , ᾽ ~
ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. © O08," Αὔριον, φησίν, ακουσῃ αὑτοῦ.
man to hear. And he ?To-morrow ‘says, thou shalt hear him,
23 Ty οὖν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ ᾿Αγρίππα Kai τῆς
On the “therefore ‘morrow ‘having *come Agrippa and
᾽ ‘ ~ ͵΄ ‘ ᾽ , > 4
Βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας, Kat εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ
Bernice, with great pomp, and havingentered into the
ἀκροατήριον, σύν τε 4roic! χιλιάρχοις Kai ἀνδράσιν τοῖς
hall of audience, with both the chief captains and men
car ἐξοχὴν οὖσιν" τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου
of eminence being ofthe city, and “having *commanded Festus

ἤχθη 6 Παῦλος. 24 Kai φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, ᾿Αγρίππα βασι-

20 ἀπορούμενος. δὲ

ζῇν.
And *being “perplexed

to be alive.

°was *brought “Paul. And says Festus, “Agrippa sking
hed, καὶ πάντες οἱ 'συμπαρόντες" ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦ-

δ ἃ all the “being *present*with °us ‘men, ye see this
τον περὶ οὗ &rav' τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν

Jews pleaded

‘

one concerning whom all the multitude of the

μοι ἔν τε ἹἱἹεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, “értBowyrec'
_with me in both Jerusalem and here, crying out [that]

4 καταδίκην LITrAW.
Υ ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν LTTrAW.

© — eis TTr[A]. y

I might send up Lrtraw.
d — τρῖς LTTrA.

he) LTTra.

τ — εἰς ἀπώλειαν GLTTrAW. 5 [αὐτῶν] Α. τ ἔφερον LTTraw.
τ + πονηράν (read evil charge) LT[A]w ; πονηρῶν of evils Tr.
«Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrTAW. * ἀναπέμψω
ce —‘O δέ (read φησίν says
£ oup- Ὁ. & ἅπαν LTTrAW

τούτων these things LTTraw.
b — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTrA.
© — οὗσιν LTTrAW.

ἃ βοῶντες crying LITr ; [ἐπι]βοῶντες A.

RXVEX XVI ACTS

δεῖν gv αὐτὸν" μηκέτι. 25 ἐγὼ.δὲ *karaXaBopevoc' μηδὲν
“ought °to*live ‘*he no longer. But I having perceived nothing
ἄξιον θανάτου αὐτὸν" πεπραχέναι, ™kai' αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου
worthy of death he had done, Falso *himself’and *this *one
ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν. ἔκρινα πέμπειν "αὐτόν""
having appealed to Augustus, Idetermined tosend him,
26 περὶ οὗ aogadic τι γράψαι τῷ-κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἔχω"
concerning whom “certain ‘anything towrite to [my] lord I have not.
66 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν, Kai μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ,
Wherefore I brought “forth "him before you, and specially before thee,
βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, Owe τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης
ing Agrippa, so that the examination having taken place
σχῶ τι γράψαι." 27 ἄλογον.γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμ-
I may have something to write ; for irrational tome it seems _ send-
ποντα δέσμιον, μὴ Kai τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι.
ing a prisoner, not also the 7against “him ‘charges to signify.
2 , A A A ~ ») ? , ,
26 ᾿Αγρίππας.δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, ἘΕπιτρέπεταί σοι
And Agrippa to Paul said, It is allowed thee
Ρὑπὲρ' σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Τότε ὁ Παῦλος "ἀπελογεῖτο," ἐκτείνας
for thyself tospeak. Then Paul made a defence, stretching out
τὴν χεῖρα,4 2 ἸΠερὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ ‘Lov-
the hand: Concerning all of which Iam accused by Jews,
daiwy, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον "μέλλων
king Agrippa, Lesteem myself happy being about
ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ onuepov'' 3 μάλιστα γνώστην “ὄντα
to make defence before thee to-day, especially “acquainted “being
σεὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐθῶν τε Kai ζητημάτων.
πο of all the °among Jews ‘customs 7and “also *questions ;
διὸ δέομαί 'σου" μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου. 4 τὴν μὲν οὖν
wherefore I beseech thee patiently tohear me. The ‘then
βίωσίν Eo στὴν" ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς
4manner “οὗ “116 “my from youth, which from [15] commencement
γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἔθνει. μου év™ ἹΙεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες
was among mynation in Jerusalem, know all
χροὶ" ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, 5 προγινώσκοντες μὲ ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν
the Jews, who before knew me fromthe first, if they would
μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς
bear witness, that according to the strictest sect
ἡμετέρας ὑθρησκείας" ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος" 6 καὶ νῦν ἐπ᾽
of our religion I lived a Pharisee. And now for [the]
ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας " ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ
hope ofthe “to “the ‘fathers ‘promise ?made by
τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος, 7 εἰς ἣν To.dwdeKapvdroy.ypor
God, Istand being judged, to which our twelve tribes
évixreveia νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι"
intently night and day serving hope to arrive ;
ν᾿ τ ? sd ? ~ b 2 ~ 2? , tf ‘
περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα,, ὑπὸ
concerning which hope I am accused, O king Agrippa, by
«τῶν" "Iovdaiwy’. 8 τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ θεὸς

the Jews. Why incredible is it judged by you if God
νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; 9 ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς
(the) dead raises ? 1 indeed therefore thought inmyself “το

398

not to live any longer.
25 But when I found
that he had committed
nothing worthy of
death, and that he
himself hath appealed
to Augustus, I have
determined to send
him. 260 whom i
have no certain thing
to write unto my lord.
Wherefore I have
brought him forth be-
fore you, and specially
before thee, O king
Agrippa, that, aiter
examination had, 1
might have somewhat
to write. 27 For it
seemeth to me unrea-
sonable to send a pri-
soner, and not withal
to signify the crimes
laid against him,
XXVI. Then Agrip-
pa said unto Paul,
Thou art permitted to
speak for thyself. Ther
Paul stretched forth
the hand, and an-
swered for himself:
21 think myself happy,
king Agrippa, because
I shall answer for my-
self this day before
thee touching ali the
things whereof I am
accused of the Jews:
3 especially because ἢ
know thee to be expert
in ali customs and
questions which sre
among the Jews:
wherefore I beseecn
thee to hear me pa-
tiently. 4 My manner
of life from my youth,
which was atthe first
among mine own na-
tion at Jerusalem,
know all the Jews;
5 which knew me from
the beginning, if they
would testify, that
after the most strait-
est sect of our religion
I lived a _ Pharisee.
6 And now I standand
am judged for the
hope of the promise
made of God unto
our fathers: 7 unto
which promise onr
twelve tribes, instani-
ly serving God day
and night, hope to
come. For which
hope’s sake, king A-
grippa, I am accused
of the Jews. & Why
should it be thought a
thing incredible with
you, that Ged should
raise the dead? 91
verily thought wits

k κατελαβόμην LTTraAW. ! αὐτὸν θανάτου LTTraw.

1 αὐτὸν ζῇν LITrAW.
ο γράψω I shall write LrTraw.

2 — αὐτὸν (read [him])-LTTra.
λογεῖτο placed after χεῖρα LTTrAW.
ὄντα T. t — gov LTTrA. νυ — τὴν Tr[A].
Σ θρησκίας τ. τ εἰς LTTraAW.
᾿Αγρίππα LITrA; — ᾿Αγρίππα Ww.

ς — τῶν GLTTrAW. d+ βασιλεῦ

P περὶ LTTrA.

τ ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων σήμερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι GLTTTA.
τ + σε and (in) LTTraw.
a+ ἡμῶν (read our fathers) LTTraw.

m — καὶ LTTrAwW.
ᾳ ἀπε-

5σε
X - ol LTrA.
Ὁ — βασιλεῦ
O king {ῖττὰ.

994
myself, that I ought
to do many things

contrary to the name
of Jesus of Nazareth.
19Which thing I also
did in Jerusalem: and
many of the saints did
1 shut up in prison,
having received au-
thority from the chief
priests; and when
they were put to death,
I gave my voice a-
gainst them. 11 And
I punished them oft
in every synagogue,
and compelled them
to blaspheme; and
being exceedingly mad
against them, I per-
secuted them even
unto strange cities.
12 Whereupon as I
went to Damascus
with authority and
commission from the
chief priests, 13 at
midday, O king, I saw
in the way a light
from heaven, above
the brightness of the
sun, shining round
about me and them
which journeyed with
me. 14 And when we
were all fallen to the
earth, I heard a voice
speaking unto me,
and saying in the He-
brew tongue, Saul,
Saul, why persecutest
thou me? Jt is hard
for thee to kick a-
gainst the pricks.
15 And I said, Who
art thou, Lord? And
he said, I am Jesus
whom thou persecut-
est. 16 But rise, and
stand upon thy feet:
for I have appeared
unto thee for this pur-
pose, to make thee a
minister and a wit-
ness both of these
things which thou
hast seen, and of those
things in the which I
will appear unto thee;
17 delivering thee from
the people, and from
the Gentiles, unto
whom now I send
thee, 18to open their
eyes, and to turn
them from darkness
to light, and from the
ῬΟΝΟΣ of Satan unto

od, that they may
receive forgiveness of
sing, and inheritance
among them which
are sanctified by faith
thatisin me. 19Where-
upon, O king Agrippa,

TITPASETIS. xXVI.
τὸ ὄνομα ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Nalwpaiov δεν πολλὰ ἐναντία
7the *name ὅοὗ ᾿σοβας ἴπ6 ‘*Nazarwan ‘I ought *many *things *contrary

πο A . a ‘ 2 ΄ 2 e , ‘ Ay e
πρᾶξαι: 10 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν ἹἹεροσολύμοις, Kai πολλοὺς
to do. Which also I did in Jerusalem, and many
τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ' φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, THY παρὰ τῶν ἀρχ-

of the saints I in prisons shut up, the “from “the ‘chief
ιερέων ἐξουσίαν aBwr' ἀναιρουμένων.τε αὐτῶν
Spriests ‘authority having received; and "being *put *to *death ‘they

κατήνεγκα.ψῆφον. 11 καὶ κατὰ πάφας τὰς συναγωγὰς
I gave [my] vote against [them]. And in all the synagogues
πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν" περισ-
often punishing them, I compelled [them] to blaspheme. *Exceed-
σῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως. καὶ εἰς
ingly ‘and “being ?furious against them I persecuted [them] even as far as to
rac ἔξω πόλεις. 12 ἐν οἷς Skai' πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Aa-
foreign cities. During which also journeying to Da-
μασκὸν per ἐξουσίας Kai ἐπιτροπῆς Ἀτῇς παρὰ! τῶν ἀρχ-

mascus, with authority and a commission from the chief
pew, 13 ἡμέρας.μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον. βασιλεῦ,
priests, at mid-day in the way I saw, O king,
οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ THY λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου περιλάμψαν

from heaven above the ofthe sun “shining *round °about

μὲ φῶς Kai τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. 14 πάντων δὲ"
®me ‘a 7light and those with me journeying. And all
καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐλαλοῦσαν"
*haying *fallen down of ?us to the ground Iheard a voice speaking
πρός με kai λέγουσαν" τῇ ‘EBpatdr διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ,
to me and saying inthe Hebrew language, Saul, Saul,
Ti μὲ διώκεις; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν.
why me persecutest thou? [itis] hard for thee against goads to kick.
15 ᾿Εγὼ. δὲ ™elrov,' Τίς εἶ κύριε: Ὁ δὲ" εἶπεν. ᾿Εγώ εἰμι
And I said, Who art thon, Lord? Andhe said, I am
Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 16 ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, Kai στῆθι ἐπὶ
Jesus whom thou persecutest: but rise up, and stand on
τοὺς πόδας.σου: εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ ὥφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί
thy feet ; for, for this purpose I appeared to thee, to appoint
σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα = wy.Te εἶδες OV.TE
thee anattendant and awitness both of what thou didst see and in what
ὀφθήσομαί σοι, 17 ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Kai?
I shall appear to thee, taking out thee from among the people and
τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς ove Ῥνῦν σε ἀποστέλλω," 18 ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς
the nations, to whom now thee I send, to open 7eyes
αὐτῶν, τοῦ.ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας
ltheir, that [they] may turn from darkness to light and the authority
τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ.λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν apap-
of Satan to God, that *may ‘receive ‘they remission ofsins
τιῶν Kai κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει TY
and inheritance among those that have been sanctified by faith that [is]
εἰς ἐμέ. 19 Ὅθεν, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, οὐκ.ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς
in me. Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient
τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, 20 ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον 4
to the heavenly vision ; but to those in Damascus first

brightness

ες + τε also LTTrA.
(read τῶν from the) L; — τῆς (Tr]W; — παρὰ TTr.
!— καὶ λέγουσαν LITra.
ὃ. + ἐκ from among LTTrA.

5 - καὶ LTTrA. h — τῆς παρὰ
ite LITrAW. k λέγουσαν LTTrA.
™ εἶπα LTTrA. 2 + κύριος (read the Lord said) LrTraw.

P ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε (omit LOW) LTTrA ; ἐγὼ σε ἀποστ. GW.

f + ἐν in (prisons) GLTTrAW.

4+ te (read and also) Lrtra.

XXVI. ACTS.

‘ τ « , 5 2 ῃ ~ , \ , ~ > ,
καὶ ᾿ἱεροσολύμοις, "εἰς πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς lovdaiac
and Jerusalem, 2to 3411 land the region of Judza
καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ἱἀπαγγέλλων" μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν
and tothe nations, declaring [tothem] torepent and to turn
ἐπὶ Tov θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. 21 ἕνεκα
to God, *worthy ‘of 5repentance works 1doing. On account of

τούτων με ‘ot! ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι ev τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐπει-
these things me the Jews having seized in the temple, at-
ρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 22 ἐπικηηρ τα οὖν τυχὼν τῆς
tempted to kill. Ai therefore having obtained
χπαρὰ" τοῦ θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς. ἡμέρας. ταύτης ἕστηκα. ἵὑμαρτυρού-

from God unto this day Ihave stood, bearing wit-
μενος" μικρῷ.τε Kai μεγάλῳ. οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν TE
ness both to small and togreat, nothing else saying than what both
οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι Kai *Mwoijc,'

the prophets said *was®about ‘to 7happen ‘and ?Moses,
23 εἰ παθητὸς ὑ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστά-
whether ?shonld *suffer ‘Christ ; whether [he] first through resurrec-

σεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ " λαῷ Kai τοῖς
tion of([the] dead *light 115 Ἄθου 7to*announce tothe people and to the

ἔθνεσιν. 24 Tavra.di αὐτοῦ. ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος με-

nations, And #these *things ‘uttering in his defence, Festus with
γάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Edn," Maivy Taide τὰ πολλά σε γράμ-
loud voice said, Thouartmad, Paul; much “thee ‘learn-

para εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. 25 Ὁ δὲς, Οὐ.μαίνομαι, φησίν,
ing *to madness “turns. Buthe, “I am ‘not *mad, ‘says,

΄ - d2 1) Xr θ , ‘ ΄ er
κράτιστε Φῆστε. “ἀλλ᾽ ἀληθείας Kai σωφροσύνης ῥήματα
most noble Festus, but of truth and discreetness words

Coes lane: 26 ἐπίσταταιγὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασι-
utter ; for *is “informed *concerning ‘these things ‘the king

λεύς, πρὸς ὃν Kai παῤῥησιαζόμενος λαλῶ: λανθάνειν. γὰρ

to whom also using boldness I speak. For hidden from
αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐδέν" οὐ γάρ
him _any of these things [are] not I am persuaded ; *not ‘for

πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. 27 πιστεύεις βασιλεῦ
*this, Believest thou, king
olda ὅτι πιστεύεις. 28 Ὁ δὲ
Agrippa, the prophets ? I know that thou believest. And
᾿Αγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον fon," Ἔν ὀλίγῳ pe ξπείθεις
Agrippa to Paul said, In alittle “me ‘thou *persuadest
χριστιανὸν "γενέσθαι." 29 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ἰεῖπεν," ἘΕὐξαίμην" ἂν
a Christian to become. And Paul said, I would wish
~ ~ . ’ DAL ‘ 9 1 - AX “Ὁ}ψ!} > , τλλ A - ‘
τῷ θεῷ, Kai ἐν ὀλίγῳ Kai ἐν ᾿πολλῴ" οὐ μόνον σε ἀλλὰ καὶ
to God, both in alittle and in much ποῦ only thou but also
πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους
811 those hearing me _ thisday should become such
ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν.δεσμῶν.τούτων. 30 ™Kai
a8 Ialso am, except these bonds, And
ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ," ἀνέστη " ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν
these things “having °said ‘*he, Srose “up *the ‘*king and the governor
ἥ τε Βερνίκη καὶ οἱ Ὁσυγκαθήμενοι" αὐτοῖς" 31 Kai ava-
also Bernice and those who sat with them, and having
T+évinn. 5 -- εἰς LTT:{A].
* + ὄντα being T. *amwoOLTTrAW. Y μαρτυρόμενος LTTrAW.

ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ
7in ®a°corner “has *been “done

᾿Αγρίππα τοῖς προφήταις;

τ ἀπήγγελλον I was declaring EGLTT:aw.
: Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW.

396

I was not disobedient
unto the heavenly vi-
sion: 20 but shewed
first unto them of Da-
masceus, and at Jeru-
salem, and throughout
all the coasts of Jn-
dzea, and then to the
Gentiles, that they
should repent and
turn to God, and do
works meet for re-
pentance. 21 For these
causes the Jews caught
me in the temple, and
went about to kill me.
22 Having therefore
obtained help of Ged,
I continue unto this
day, witnessing both
to small and great,
saying mone other
things than those
which the prophets
and Moses did say
should come: 23 that
Christ should suffer,
and that he should be
the first that should
rise from the dead,
and should shew light
unto the people, and
to the Gentiles. 24And
as he thus spake for
himself, Festus said
with a loud voice,
Paul, thou art beside
thyself ; much learn-
ing doth make thee
mad. 25 But he said,
I am not mad, most
noble Festus; but
speak forth the words
of truth and sober-
ness, 26 For the king
knoweth of these
things, before whom
also I speak freely:
for I am _ persuaded
that none of these
things are hidden
from him; for this
thing was not done in
a corner. 27 King A-
grippa, believest thou
the prophets? I know
that thou believest.
28 Then Agrippa said
unto Paul, Almost
thou persuadest me
to be a Christian.
29And Paul said. 1
would to God, that
not only thon. but
also all that hear me
this day, were both
almost, and altogether
such as I am, except
these bonds, 30And
when he had thus spo-
ken, the king rose up,
and the governor, and
Bernice, and they that
sat with them : 3] and
when they were gone

¥ — ot Tir.
a + te (read

both to the) LTTra. > φησίν says LTTrA. ¢ + Παῦλος (read Paulsays) Lrtrw. ἃ ἀλλὰ LITrA.

© — ovdév L; οὐθέν T[Tr]a. f — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTraw.
Β ποιῆσαι to make (mea Christian) yrtra.
γάλῳ LITrA. πὶ — καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW.

& πείθῃ thou persuadest thyself a.
i— εἶπεν (read [said]) tTTra.
Ὁ + ze both GLTTraw.

*evéaunvT. | pe-

° oup- T.

996

aside, they talked be-
tween themselves, say-
ing, This man doeth
nothing worthy of
death or of bonds.
32 Then said Agrippa
unto Festus, This man
might have been set
at liberty, if he had
not appealed unto Ce-
sar.

XXVIII. And when
it was determined that
we should sail into
Italy, they delivered
Paul and certain other
prisoners unto one
named Julius, a cen-
turion of Augustus’
band. 2 And entering
into a ship of Adra-
myttium, we launched,
meaning 'to sail by the
coasts of Asia; one
Aristarchus, a Mace-
donian of Thessalo-
nica, being with us.
3 And the next day we
tonched at Sidon. And
Julius courteously en-
treated Paul, andgave
him liberty to go unto
his friends to refresh
himself. 4 And when
we had launched from

thence, we sailed un-
der Cyprus, because
the winds were con-

trary. 5 And when
we had sailed over the
sea of Cilicia and
Pamphylia, we came
to Myra, a city of Ly-
cia. 6 And there the
centurion found aship
of Alexandria sailing
into Italy; and he put
us therein. 7 And
when we had sailed
slowly many days, and
scarce were come over
against Cnidus, the
wind not suffering us,
we sailed under Crete,
over against Salmone;
8 and, hardly passing
it, came unto a place
which is called The
fair havens; nigh
whereunto was the
city of Lasea. 9 Now
when much time was
spent, and when sail-
ing was now danger-
ous, because the fast
was now already past,
Paul admonished them,
19 and said unto them,

TIPAZEI *. XXVI, XXVIT.

χωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες, ᾿Ἡ Ὅτι οὐδὲν
withdrawn they spoke to one another saying, Nothing
θανάτου Ῥἄάξιον ἢ δεσμῶν" 4 πράσσει ὁ.ἄνθρωπος οὗτος.
70f *death ‘worthy or of bonds does this man,
32 ᾿Αγρίππας.δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, ᾿Απολελύσθαι τἐδύνατο" ὃ
And Agrippa to Festus seid, *Have *been let ἴσο “might
ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος εἰ μὴ "ἐπεκέκλητο" Καίσαρα.
this 7man if he had not appealed to Czsar.
QF Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ.ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ιταλίαν
But when it was decided that *should *sail ‘we to Italy
παρεδίδουν τόν.τε.- Παῦλον Kai τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκα-
they delivered up both Paul and certain other prisoners toa
TovTaoxy, ὀνόματι ᾿Τουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. 2 ἐπιβάν-
centurion, by name Julius, of the band of Augustus. *Having “gone*on
τες δὲ πλοίῳ ᾿Αδραμυττηνῷ 'μέλλοντες" πλεῖν ἃ τοὺς κατὰ
Spoard‘and aship of Adramyttinm about to navigate the uae
τὴν ᾿Ασίαν τόπους ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν ’Aot ιστάρχου
ΞΑβία ‘places we set sail, being with us istarchus

Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλογικέως. 3 τῇ-.τειἑτερᾳῳ κατήχθημεν εἰς
a Macedonian of Thessalonica. And the next [day] we landed at

Σιδῶνα: φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ ᾿Ιούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος
Sidon. And ®kindly 1Julius Panl “having “treated
ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς ίλους “πορευθέντα" ἐπιμελείας
allowed [him] “to [his] *friends leoing (’their] Scare
τυχεῖν. 4 κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον
5to ®receive. And ἔβότιοθ setting sail we sailed under Cyprus
διὰ τὸ rove ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. 5 τό.τε πέλαγος τὸ
because the winds were contrary. And the sea

κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες *kaTnMopev"
eiong Cilicia and Pamphylia BOBBED sailed over we came

εἰς ΥΜύρα! τῆς Λυκίας. 6 Κἀκεῖί͵ εὑρὼν ὁ *éxarévraoxoc"
to Myra of Lycia. And there *having *found "the “centurion

πλοῖον ᾿Αλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Iraiay ἐνεβίβασεν
a ship of Alexandria sailing to Italy he caused 7to “enter

ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. 7 ἐν ἱκαναῖς.δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες Kai
μας εἰς ς
Jus into) it, And for ees days sailing slowly and

μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς

hardly LENE come over against Cnidus, *not “suffering
τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην'
'the ?wind, we sailed under Crete over seatuat Salmone ;

8 μόλις. τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ
and hardly coasting along τ wecame to a “place ‘certain

καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ. ἐγγὺς "ἦν πόλις" ὑΛασαία."

called Fair avens, near which was acity of Lasea.
9 Ἱκανοῦ. δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς

And much time having Ῥβευθᾶ and being already dangerous
τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ Kai THY νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι,
the voyage, because also the fast already had pest,

Trapyver ὁ Παῦλος 10 λέγων αὐτοῖς, Avdpec, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ
Men,

Sirs, I Bencelvies that “exhorted Paul ‘saying “*them, I perceive that ‘with

this voyage will be

with hurt and much ὕβρεως Kai πολλῆς ζημίας ob μόνον τοῦ “φόρτου! Kai τοῦ

damage, not only of disaster and much loss not only ofthe cargo and of the
4 δεσμῶν ἄξιον LTTr. 4 - WT. τ ἠδύνατο LW. 5 ἐπικέκλητο L. t μέλλοντι

ine A Ww. ἿΣ

E κατήλθαμεν TTr.

’”’AX\aocoa Alassat; Δασέα Lasea Tra.

W πορευθέντι LTTrA.
8 πόλις ἦν τ.

Υ + τοὺς the GLITrAW.
: ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA.
ς φορτίου GLTTrAW.

εἰς in LTTr[a].
Υ Μύῤῥα LTTrA.

XXVII. ACTS.
πλοίου ἀλλὰ Kai τῶν.-ψυχῶν.ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τον πλοῦν.
ship but also of our lives is about tobe the voyage.

11 ‘0.6 Δἑκατόνταρχος" τῷ κυβερνήτῃ Kai τῷ ναυκλήρῳ

But the centurion by the steersman and the ship-owner
ἐἐπείθετο μᾶλλον" ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ frov' Παύλου λεγο-
was persuaded rather than by thethings *by 3Paul Ispoken.

μένοις. 12 ἀνευθέτου.δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παρα-
And ill-adapted the ροτὺ being to winter

χειμασίαν, οἱ Srdsiove' ἔθεντο.βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι Ῥκἀκεῖθεν,"

in, the most counselled to set sail thence also,
Ἰείπως" δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παρα-
if by any meansthey might beable havingarrived at Phonice to

χειμάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα
winter {there}, a port of Crete looking towards south-west
καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. 18 ὑποπνεύσαντος.-δδ νότου, δόξαν-
and towards north-west. And *blowing *gently ‘a*south*wind, think-
TEC THC προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ἄραντες ἄσσον
ing the purpose to have gained, having weighed [anchor] “close *by
παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. 14 per’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν

*they “coasted “δ]οῃρ᾽ Crete. *After *not
kar αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος Ἐεὐροκλύδων."
down it a7wind ‘tempestuous, called uroclydon.
15 συναρπασθέντος.δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, Kai μὴ δυναμένου ἀντ-
And ὅμαυίπρ “been caught ‘the “ship, and not able to bring
οφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα. 16 νησίον
(her]head tothe wind, giving [her] up we were driven along. °Small7island
δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον ᾿Κλαύδην "᾿μόλις
*but “4 ‘certain ὙΠ Πρ “under called Clauda *hardly
ἰσχύσαμεν" περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης" 17 ἣν ἄραν-
twe were able masters to become of the boat; which haying taken
τες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες TO πλοῖον" φοβούμενοί
up helps they used, undergirding the ship; “fearing
TE μὴ εἰς τὴν σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες TO σκεῦος
Ἰᾳπα lest into the quicksand they should fall, having lowered the gear
.“ ? , ~ 4 , € ~
οὕτως ἐφέροντο. 18 Σφοδρῶς.δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν
80 they were driven. But *violently *being *tempest-tossed we
τῇ ἕξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο᾽ 19 καὶ τῇ
on the next (day] °a *casting Sout [Sof 7cargo] ‘they “made, and on the
τρί αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου πἐῤῥίψαμεν""
third [day] with [our] own hands the equipment ofthe ship we cast away.
20 μήτε.δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας
And neither sun nor stars appearing for many
ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός. τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν περιῳ-
ays, and*tempest ‘no *small lying on [us], henceforth was taken
petro πᾶσα ἐλπὶς" τοῦ.σώζεσθαι.ἡμᾶς. 21 πολλῆς.Ῥδὲ" ἀσιτίας
away all hope of our being saved. And *a *long ‘abstinence
ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἔν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν εἶπεν,
1there *being, then “standing *up ?Paul in their midst said,
Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνά-
It behoved [you] indeed, O men, haying been obedient tome not to have
γεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κερδῆσαί.τε τὴν. ὕβριν.ταύτην καὶ
set sail from Crete and to have gained this disaster and

Slong ‘but there came

ἃ ἑκατοντάρχης GLTTrA. © μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο LTTrA.

LTTra. ἃ ἀκεῖθεν thence LTTrA. i εἴ πῶς LTrA.
κλύδων Euryclydona@. ! Καῦδα Cauda τι; Κλαῦδα τ; Κ[λ]αῦδα a
LTTraw. 5 ἔῤῥιψαν they cast away GLTrAW ; ἔριψαν τ. ο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα LTTrA.

{-- τοῦ τατι[α]νν.

997

the lading and ship.
but also of our lives,
11 Nevertheless the
centurion believed the
master and the owner
of the ship, more than
those things whieh
were spoken by Paul.
12 And because the ha-
ven was not commo-
dious to winter in, the
more part advised to
depart thence also, if
by any means they
might attain to Phe-
nice, and there to win-
ter ; which is anhaven
of Crete, and lieth to-
ward the south west
and north west. 13 And
when the south wind
blew softly, supposing
that they had obtained
thei purpose, loosing
thence, they sailed
close by Crete. 14 But
not long after there
arose against it a
tempestuous wind,
called Euroclydon.
15 And when the
ship was caught, and
could not bear up into
the wind, we let her
drive. 16 And run-
ning under a certain
island which is called
Clauda, we had much
work to come by the
boat: 17 which when
they had taken up,
they used helps, un-
dergirding the ship;
and, fearing lest they
should fall into the
quicksands,strake sail,
and so were driven.
18 And we being ex-
ceedingly tossed with
a tempest, the next
day they lightened the
ship; 19 and the third
day we cast out with
our own hands the
tackling of the ship.
20 And when neither
sun nor stars in many
days appeared, and no
small tempest lay on
us, all hope that we
should be saved was
then taken away.
21 But after long ab-
stinence Paul stood
forth in the midst of
them, and said, Sirs,
ye should have heark-
ened unto me, and not
have loosed from Crete,
and to have gained
this harm and loss.

ὃ πλείονες

Κ εὐρακύλων Euracylon ΤΤΎΥΤΑῪ ; εὐρυ-

™ ἰσχύσαμεν μόλις
Ρ τε LTTraW.

398

22 And now I exhort
you to be of good
cheer : for there shall
be no loss of any man’s
life among you, but of
the ship. 23 Forthere
stood by me this night
the angel of God,
whosel am, and whom
I serve, 24 saying, Fear
not, Paul ; thou must
be brought before Ce-
sar: and, lo, God hath
given thee all them
that sail with thee.
25 Wherefore, sirs, be
of good cheer: for I
believe God, that it
shall be even as it was
told me. 26 Howbeit
we must be cast upon
acertain island, 27But
when the fourteenth
night was come, as we
were driven up and
down in Adria, about
midnight the shipmen
deemed that they drew
near to some country ;
28 and sounded, and
found it twenty fa-
thoms : and when they
had gone a little fur-
ther, they sounded
again, and found 7t fif-
teen fathoms. 29 Then
fearing lest we should
have fallen upon rocks,
they cast feur anchors
out of the stern, and
wished for the day.
30 And as the shipmen
were about to flee out
of the ship, when they
had let down the boat
into the sea, under
colour as though they
would have cast an-
chors out of the fore-
ship, 31 Paul said to
the centurion and to
the soldiers, Except
these abide in the ship,
ye cannot be saved.
32 Then the soldiers
cut off the ropes of
the boat, and let her
fall off. 33And while
the day was coming
on, Paul besought
them all to take meat,
saying, This day is the
fourteenth day that ye
have tarried and con-
tinued fasting, hav-
ing taken nothing.
34 Wherefore I pray
you to take some meat:
for this is for your

TIPAMZEILS.
τὴν ζημίαν. 22 καὶ “τανῦν! παραινῶ ὑμᾶς
loss: and now I exhort you

ἀποβολὴ.γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ
Ὁ

for “loss f life ‘not?any shall befrom among you,

XXVII.

εὐθυμεῖν"
to be of good cheer,
ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ
only of the
πλοίου. 23 παρέστη.γάρ μοι ττῇ.νυκτὶ ταύτῃ" "ἄγγελος! τοῦ
ship. For stood by me this night an angel
θεοῦ, οὗ etm! ᾧ.καὶ λατρεύω," 24 λέγων, Μὴ-.φοβοῦ Παῦλε,
of God, whose Iam and whom I serve, saying, Fear not, Paul ;
Kaicapi σε δεῖ παραστῆναι" καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς
Cesar thou must stand before; and lo “has “granted *to*thee ‘God
πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. 25 Awd εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες"
811 those sailing with thee. Wherefore be of good cheer, men,
πιστεύω.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ OTL οὕτως ἔσται καθ᾿ ὃν.τρόπον
for I believe God that thus itshallbe according to the way
λελάληταί μοι. 26 εἰς.νῆσον.δέ τινα €i-pac ἐκπεσεῖν.
it has been said to me. But on “island ‘a certain we must fall.
27 Ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων
And when the fourteenth night was come “being *driven *about
ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ‘Adpia, κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν
lwe in the Adriatic, towards [the] middle ofthe night supposed
οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν" 28 καὶ βολίσαντες
1the ?sailors ®neared *some ‘7them country, and having sounded
εὗρον ΠΡΎΜΟ εἴκοσι: βραχὺ.δὲ διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν
they found *fathoms ‘twenty, and “a *little ‘having *gone farther and again
βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς dexarévre’ 29 φοβούμενοί.τε
having sounded they found *fathoms ‘fifteen ; ~ and fearing
Yunmwe' “εἰς! τραχεῖς τόπους “ἐκπέσωσιν," ἐκ πρύμνης
lest on rocky places they should fall, outof [the] stern
ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας Τηὔχοντο" ἡμέραν γενέσθαι.
having cast anchors four they wished day to come,
80 τῶν.δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, Kal
But the sailors seeking to flee out of the ship, and
χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς THY θάλασσαν, προφάσει WE ἐκ
having let down the boat into the sea, with pretext as from
πρώρας" "μελλόντων ἀγκύρας" ἐκτείνειν, 31 εἶπεν ὁ Ilav-
[086] prow being about ‘anchors ‘to *cast “out, ®said ®Paul
hoc τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῳ Kai τοῖς στρατιώταις, ᾿Εὰν-μὴ οὗτοι
to the centurion and tothe soldiers, nless these
μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ.δύνασθε. 32 Tére Poi
abide in the ship ye *be “saved 1cannot. Then the
στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν" τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν
soldiers cut away the ropes ofthe boat and let
αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. 83 ἄχρι.δὲ οὗ “ἔμελλεν ἡμέρα" γίνεσθαι,
her fall. And until ?was‘about ‘day *to come,
παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων,
7exhorted ®Paul all to partake of food, saying,
Ἱεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσι-
*The °fourteenth ‘to-*day [tis] day watching without
τοι διατελεῖτε, μηδὲν" “προσλαβόμενοι." 84 διὸ παρα-
taking food yecontinue, nothing having taken. Wherefore I ex-
καλῶ ὑμᾶς ἱπροσλαβεῖν" τροφῆς" τοῦτο.γὰρ πρὸς τῆς
hort you to take food, for this for

ᾳ τὰ νῦν LITrA.
t + ἐγώ τ1[4].

πέσωμεν we should fall GLrTraw.
Ὁ ἀπέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται LTTrA.

© προσλαμβανόμενοι taking L.

LTTrA.
LITTra,

8 ἄγγελος placed after λατρεύω LTTrAW.
Y μήπω L; μήπου TTr; μή ποὺ A. Ἢ κατὰ against LTTraw. χα ἐκ-
Υ εὔχοντο TTrA. πρῴρης 11. 5 ἀγκύρας μελλόντων

© ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν (ἔμελλεν T) LTTrA. 4 μηθὲν
f μεταλαβεῖν to partake of GLITraAW.

τ ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ GLTTrAW.

SEV XX VII.
ὑμετέρας. σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει: Ξοὐδενὸς" γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ "ἐκ"
your safety inls for of no one of you ahair of

τῆς κεφαλῆς πεσεῖται." 35 ἘΕἰπὼν" . δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν
the head shall fall, And ES said these things and having taken

ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ κλάσας

ACTS.

a loaf he gave thanks toGod before all, and having broken (it)
ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. 36 εὔθυμοι. δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐ-
began to eat, And ‘of good ®cheer having *become ‘all also them-

τοὶ προσελάβοντο Teoptic’ 37 ‘her δὲ πὲν τῷ πλοίῳ at

selves took And wewere in the ship ?the

πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ" τ ρτὰ πέὲβδομηκονταέξ." 88 κορεσθέντες δὲ
1411 souls twohundred{and] seventy six. And being satisfied

τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον TO πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν
ae food they lightened the _ ship, casting out the wheat into the

θάλασσαν. 89"Ore.d2 ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τὴν γῆν οὐκ.ἐπεγίνωσκον᾽"
sea, And when hee: 4it*was the land they did not recognize;

κόλπον.δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν %Bov-
buta*bay ‘certain they perceived having a shore, on which they

λεύσαντο! εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 40 Kai rac
je if they should be able to drive the ship ; and ‘the

ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἅμα
‘anchors ‘having 7cut “away they left in the sea, at the same time

ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων" καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν
having loosened the bands of the seen and having hoisted the

Ῥάἀρτέμονα! τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 41 περι-
foresail tothe wind they made for the shore. *Having

πεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον “ἐπώκειλαν" τὴν ναῦν᾽
“fallen ‘and into a place where two seas met they ran aground the vessel;
καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, ἡ.δὲ
and the prow having stuck fast remained immovable, but the
πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας ττῶν κυμάτων." 42 τῶν.δὲ
stern was broken by the violence of the waves. And of the
στρατιωτῶν Bovdr ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν,
soldiers (the] counsel was that the prisoners’ they should/kill,
μήτις ἐκκολυμβήσας "διαφύγοι"" 48 0.08 ‘éxarévrapxoc!
lest anyone havingswum out should escape. But the centurion
βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν ἸΤαῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ
desiring to save Paul hindered them of [their]

βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν.τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾷν, Yamrop-
purpose, and commanded those being able to swim, Beis

ῥίψαντας" πρώτους, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι, 44 καὶ τοὺς
cast [themselves] off first, on the nd to go out; and the

λοιπούς, ove μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὺς.δὲ ἐπί τινων.τῶν ἀπὸ TOU
rest, some indeed on boards andothers on somethings from the
πλοίου: καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν.
ship; and thus itcametopass all were broughtsafely to the land.
28 Kai διασωθέντες τότε “ἐπέγνωσαν" ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ
And having been saved then they knew that Melita the
νῆσος καλεῖται. 2 Οἱ. “δὲ! βάρβαροι Yrapsixoy' ob τὴν
island is called. And the barbarians shewed no

τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν" ἀνάψαντες". γὰρ πυράν προσ-
common philanthropy to us; for having kindled a fire they

399

health : for there shail
not an hair fall from
the head of any of yo:
35 And when he had
thus spoken, he tcok
bread, and gave thanks
to God in presence cf
them all: and when
he had broken 7, he he-
gan to eat. 36 Then
were they all of good
cheer, and they also
took some meat. 37And
we were in all in
the ship two hundred
threescore and sixteen
souls, 38 And when
they had eaten enough,
they lightened the
ship, and cast out the
wheat into the sea.
39 And when it was
day, they knew not
the land: but they
discovered a certain
ereek with a shore,
into the which they
were minded, ifit were
possible, to thrust in
the ship. 40 And when
they had taken up the
anchors, they commit-
ted themselves unto
the sea, and loosed the
rudder bands, and
hoised up the mainsail
to the wind, and made
toward shore, 41 And
falling into a place
where two seas met,
they ran the ship a-
ground ; and the fore-
part stuck fast, and
remained unmoveable,
but the hinder part
was broken with the
violence of the waves.
42And the soldiers’
counsel was to kill
the prisoners, lest any
of them should swim
out, and escape, 43 But
the centurion, willing
to save Paul, kept
them from their pur-
pose ; and command-
ed that they which
could swim should
cast themselves first
into the sea, and get
to land: 44and the
rest, some on boards,
and some on

pieces ofthe ship. And
so it came to pass,
that they escaped all
safe to land.

XXVIII. And when
they were escaped,then
they knew that the
island was called Me-
lita. 2 And the barbar-
ous people shewed us
no little kindness : for
they kindled a fire,

Ε οὐθενὺς L.

c hand LTTra, 1 ἀπολεῖται Shall perish GLTTraw.
ἥμεθα LTTrAW.

τὰ ai πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ LTTrAW.
© ἐβουλεύοντο LTTrAW. Ρ ἀρτέμωνα LTTrAW.
L1( Tra]. 5 διαφύγῃ GLTTraw.

we knew LrTtraw. X re LTTrAW.

4 ἐπέκειλαν LTTrA.
t ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA.
¥ wapecxyav LTTra.

Y ἀπορίψαντας T.
: ἅψαντες LTTrAW.

k εἴπας LTTrA.

π ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ GLTTrW.

τ- τῶν κυμάτων
W ἐπέγνωμεν

400

and received us every
one, because of the pre-
sent rain, and because
of the cold. 3 And
when Paul had ga-
thered a bundle of
sticks, and laid them
on the fire, there
came a viper out of
the heat, and fastened
on his hand. 4 And
when the barbarians
saw the venomous
beast hang on his
hand, they said among
themselves, No doubt
this man is a mur-
derer, whom, though
he hath escaped the
sea, yet vengeance
suffereth not to live.
5 And he shook off the
beast into the fire, and
felt noharm. 6 How-
beit they looked when
he should have swol-
len, or fallen down
dead suddenly: but
after they had looked
a great while, and saw
no harm come to him,
they changed their
minds, and said that
he was a god. 7 In the
same quarters were
possessions of the chief
man of the island,
whose name was Pub-
lius ; who received us,
and lodged us three
days courteously.
8 And it came to pass,
that the father of Pub-
lius lay sick of a fever
and of a bloody flux: to
whom Paulentered in,
and prayed, and laid
his hands on him, and
healed him. 9 So
when this was done,
others also, which had
diseases in the island,
came, and were healed:
10 who also honoured
us with many hon-
ours; and when we
departed, they laded
us with such things as
were necessary.

11 And after three
months we departedin
a ship of Alexandria,
which had wintered in
the isle, whose sign
was Castor and Pol-
lux. 12 And landing
at Syracuse, we tar-
ried there three days.
13 And from thence we
fetched a compass,and
came to Rhegium: and

ΠΡΆΞΕΙΣ.

ehaBovro πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ
received all ofus, becauseof the rain that was present and

διὰ τὸ ψύχος. 3 Συστρέψαντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων "
because ofthe cold. And “having *gathered 1Paul Sof ‘sticks
πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυρὰν ἔχιδνα Ῥέκ' τῆς
“a®quantity,and having laid[{them] on the fire a viper out of the
θέρμης “ἐξελθοῦσα" καθῆψεν τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτοῦ. 4 ὡς δὲ Δεἴδον"

heat having come wound about his hand. And when “saw

ot βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ
1the *barbarians Shanging “the ‘beast from his hand

*tXeyov πρὸς ἀλλήλους," Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος
they said to oneanother, Byallmeansa murderer is 2man

- a r ? ~ ΄ ε , ας 5
οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ δίκη ζῇν οὐκ
‘this, whom having been saved from the sea justice *to *live *not
εἴασεν. ὅ Ὃ μὲν οὖν farorwatac' τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ
‘permitted. He indeed then having shaken off the beast into the fire
ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. 6 οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν
suffered no injury. But they were expecting him _ tobe about
δπίμπρασθαι" ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν. ἐπὶ. πολὺ. δὲ
to become inflamed or tofalldown suddenly dead. But for a long time
αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων Kai θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν
they expecting and seeing nothing amiss to him
γινόμενον, μεταβαλλόμενοι" ἔλεγον ἰθεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι."

XXVIII.

happening, changing their opinion said a god he was.
7 ᾿Ἐν.δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν. τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία
Nowin the [parts] about that place were lands
τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀνα-
belonging tothe chief of the island, by name Publius, who having
δεξάμενος ἡμᾶς "τρεῖς ἡμέρας" φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν.
received us three days in a friendly way

lodged [us].

8 ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ ἰδυσεν-
And it happened the father of Publius “fevers ‘and “dysen-

repia' συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι: πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελ-
tery ?oppressed *with ‘ay, to whom Paul having en-
θὼν Kai προσευξάμενος, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἰάσατο
tered and having prayed, having laid on [*his] Shands *him cured
αὐτόν. 9 τούτου ποὖν γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ "ἔχον-
him. This therefore having taken place alsothe rest who had
τες aobEveiag ἐν τῇ νήσῳ' προσήρχοντο Kai ἐθεραπεύοντο"
infirmities in the island came and were healed :
10 ot καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἀναγομένοις

who also withmany honours honoured us, and on setting sail
ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς “τὴν χρείαν."
they laid on {us}the things for [our] need.
11 Μετὰ.δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχει--
Andafter three months we sailed in aship which had
μακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, ᾿Αλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις"
wintered in the island, an Alexandrian, withanensign(the] Dioscuri.

12 καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν Ῥὴἡμέρας
And having been brought to at yracuse we remained *days

τρεῖς" 13 ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, Kai

‘three. Whence having gone round we arrived at Rhegium; and

8 + τι (read a certain quantity) LTTraw.
© πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον LTTrA.

5 μεταβαλόμενοι Tra. i }
πὶ δὲ and (this) LTTra.
χρείας Needs LTTrAW.

4 εἶδαν τι.

LTTrAw.

b ἀπὸ from LTTrAW. ὁ διεξελθοῦσα AW.
' ἀποτιναἑξάμενος W. 8 ἐμπιπρᾶσθαι T.
i αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν LTTrAW. k ἡμέρας τρεῖς A. | δυσεντερίῳ

π ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας LTTTA. ο τὰς
P ἡμέραις τρισίν L.

XXVIII.

pera play ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου
after one day,

ACTS.

νότου ζευτεραῖοι
*having ®come Son ‘a *south *wind, on the second day

ἤλθομεν εἰς Ποτιόλους᾽ 14 οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρε-
wecame to Puteoli ; where having found brethren we were
κλήθημεν “ἐπ᾽" αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ οὕτως "εἰς
entreated “with ‘them ‘to*remain ‘days ὅβευθῃ. And thus to
τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν." 15 κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες

Rome we came. Andthence the brethren ae hear 5
Ta περὶ ἡμῶν "ἐξῆλθον" εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν 'ἄχρις"
the things concerning us came out to meet us as far as

᾿Αππίου-.Φόρου καὶ Τριῶν 'Γαβερνῶν: odc ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦ-
(the] market-place of Appius and Three Taverns ; whom ? seeing *Paui,

λος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ ἔλαβεν θάρσος.
Bere given thanks to God he took ΘΟΣΓΒΡΈΣ
16 Ὅτε.δὲ τἤλθομεν᾽ εἰς ¥ Ρώμην *0 ἑκατόνταρχος Eee
And when we came to Rome _ the comers

δωκεν τοὺς δεσμίους τῷ στρατοπεδάρχῃ"" vrij δὲ Παύλῳ

livered the pribcners to the commander of the camp, but Paul

ἐπετράπη" μένειν καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, σὺν τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν
was allowed to remain by himself, with the *who *kept *him

στρατιώτῳ. 17 ‘Eyévero.dé μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς Τσυγκαλέσασ-
*soldier. Anditcametopass after “7days ‘three *called *to-
θαι" *roy TlavAov' τοὺς ὄντας τῶν ‘lovdaiwy πρώτους᾽
gether >Paui those who were “of *the ®Jews ‘chief “ones.
συνελθόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, > Avdpec
And “having *come*together ‘they he said to them, Men
ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ" οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς
brethren, I pnothing ‘against ‘having 7done the people or the

ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ “Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην
7customs tancestral a prisoner from Jerusalem was delivered

εἰς τὰς χεῖρας THY Ῥωμαίων᾽ 18 οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντες με
into the hands ofthe Romans, who having examined me

ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου
wished to let [me] go, because not one cause of death

ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. 19 ἀντιλεγόντων. δὲ τῶν ‘lovdaiwy
was there in me. But *speaking *against (it) the *Jews

ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ.ἔθνους.μου

I was compelled to appeal to Ceesar, not as ἼΩΥ “nation
ἔχων τι “κατηγορῆσαι." 20 διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν
‘having *anything *to ay coats For this “therefore * cause
παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν Kai προσλαλῆσαι" depecey'.

I called for you tosee and tospeakto [you]; for on account of

τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ ᾿Ισραὴλ τὴν.ἅλυσιν.ταύτην περίκειμαι.

the hope of Israel this chain T have is [me].
21 Οἱ. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν “εἶπον, Ἣ μεῖς οὔτε γράμματα frepi
Andthey to him said, We neither letters concerning
σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα" ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις
thee received from Judza, nor having arrived any one
τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ
ofthe brethren reported or said anything “concerning *thee
πονηρόν. 22 ἀξιοῦμεν.δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς"

1671], But we think well from

ἃ παρ᾽ LITrA.

thee to hear what thou thinkest,

τ ἤλθαμεν εἰς Ρώμην 1,; εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν ΤΎΤΑ,

ἦλθον τι. t ἄχρι TTrA. * εἰσήλθομεν We Came in LTA; εἰσήλθαμεν ‘ir.
* — ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος . - στρατοπεδάρχῃ, LTTra.
ἐσυν- τ. 5 αὐτὸν he GUETrAW.. "᾿Εγώ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, LTTrA.

4 εἵνεκεν T. © εἶπαν LITrA. [ἐδεξάμεθα περὶ σοῦ L.

401

after one Gay the
south wind biew,
and we came the
next day to Pnteoli:
14 where we found
brethren, and were de-
sired to tarry with
them seven days: and
so we went toward
Rome. 15 And from
thence, when the bre-
thren heard of us, they
came to meet us as far
as Appii forum, and
The three taverns:
whom when Paul saw,
he thanked God, and
took courage.

16 And when we
came to Rome, the
centurion delivered
the prisoners to the
captain of the guard :
but Paul was suffered
to dwell by himself
with a soldier that
kept him, 17 And it
came to pass, that after
three days Paul called
the chief of the Jews
together: and when
they were come toge-
ther,hesaid unto them,
Men and brethren,
though I have com-
mitted nothing against
the people, or customs
of our fathers, yet
was I delivered pri-
soner from Jerusalem
into the hands of the
Romans, 18 Who, when
they had examined me,
would have let me go,
because there was no
cause of death in me,
19 But when the Jews
spake against it, I was
constrained to appeal
unto Cesar; not that
I had ought to accuse
my nation of. 20 For
this cause therefore
have 1 called for you,
to sce you, and to
speak with you: be-
cause that for the hope
ef Israei I am bound
with this chain. 21 And
they said unto him,
We neither received
letters out of Judzwa
concerning thee, nei-
ther any of the bre-
thren that came shew-
ed or spake any harm
of thee. 22 But we
desire to hear of thee
what thou thinkest:

ε ἦλθαν came ΤΊΤΑ ;
~ + σὴν Τὶ

» ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ (omit but) ττττα.

- κατηγορεῖν LTTra.

DD

402

for as concerning this
sect, we know that
every where it is spo-
ken against. 23 And
when they had ap-
pointed him a day,
there came many to
kim into his lodging ;
to whom he expounded
and testified the king-
dom of God, persuad-
ing them concerning
Jesus, both out of the
law of Moses, and out
of the prophets, from
morning tili evening.
24 And some believed
the things which were
spoken, and some be-
lieved not. 25 And
when they agreed not
among themselves,
they departed, after
that Paul had spoken
one word, Well spake
the Holy Ghost by
Esaias the prophet un-
to our fathers, 26 say-
ing, Go unto this peo-
ple, and say, Hearing
ye shall hear, andshall
not understand; and
seeing ye shall see, and
not perceive: 27 for
the heart of this pco-
ple is waxed gross,
and their ears are
dull of hearing, and
their eyes have they
closed; lest they should
see with their eyes,
and hear with their
ears, and understand
with their heart, and
should be converted,
and 1 should heal
them. 28 Be it known
therefore unto you,
that the salvation of
God is sent unto the
Geutiles, and fhat they
will hear it. 29 And
when he had said
these words, the Jews
departed, and had
great reasoning among
themselves.

30 And Paul dwelt
two whole years in his
own hired house, and
Teceived all that came
in unto him, 31 preach-
ing the kingdom of
God,and teaching those
things which concern

the Lord Jesus Christ,
with all confidence,
no man _ forbidding
hin.

Tl RAZ EI &. XXVIII.

TEpi-viv.yap τῆς αἱρέσεως.ταύτης γνωστόν Siorw ἡμῖν"
for indeed as concerning this sect known it is to us

ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. 23 Ταξάμενοι.δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν

that everywhere it is spoken against. Andhaving appointed him ἃ day
ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες: οἷς ἐξετίθετο

came to him to the lodging to whom he expounded,

διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων.τε αὐτοὺς

many,

fully testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them
irq περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπό.τε τοῦ νόμου ἘΜωσέως"
the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses

‘ me ~ ? " 3. .“ ς Ud ‘ c
Kai τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ πρωϊ EWC ἑἕσπερας. 24 Kai οἱ

and the prophets, from morning to evening. And some
μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς “λεγομένοις, οἱ. δὲ ἠπίστουν.
indeed were persuaded of the things spoken, but some disbelieved.

"» 7 ; Ιδὲ ie. ‘ AX ΄ λ ᾽ Ν ΄ > ,
25 ἀσύμφωνοι." δε ὄντες moog ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπὸν-
And disagreeing with one another they departed; *having

~ ΄ tw ΄ ~ A ~ A
roc τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, Ὅτι καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον

%spoken δὰ] Sword ‘one, Well the Spirit the Holy
ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας
spoke by Esaias the prophet to ?fathers
"LGV," 26 "λέγον," Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν.λαὸν. τοῦτον Kai
our, saying, Go to this people, and

simé,' ᾿Ακοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ-.μὴ συνῆτε" Kai βλέποντες
say, In hearing ye shall hear, and in no wise understand, and seeing
βλέψετε, καὶ ov.pap ἴδητε. 27 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία
ye shall sec, and in no wise perceive. For has grown fat the heart
Tov_Aaov.ToUTOU, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ
of this people, and with the ears heavily they have heard, and
τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς
their eyes they have closed, lest theyshouldsee with the
ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, Kai τῇ καρδίᾳ
eyes, and with the ears they should hear, and with the heart
συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ Ῥίάσωμαι" αὐτούς.
they should understand, and should be converted, and Ishouldheal them.
28 Γνωστὸν οὖν “ἔστω ὑμῖν," Ore τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τ
Known therefore beit toyou, that tothe nations is sent
τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. ῶ9 "Καὶ ταῦτα
the salvation of God; and they will hear. And these things
αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἀπῆλθον ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν
he having said #went‘*away 'the Jews, ®much Shaving "among
ἑαυτοὶς συζήτησιν."
*themselyes “discussion.
30 “Epevey’ δὲ %0 Παῦλος" διετίαν ὕλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισ-
And “abode *Paul two “years ‘whole in his own hired
θώματι, Kai ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς
house, and welcomed all who came in to

αὐτόν, 81 κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai διδάσκων
him, proclaiming the kingdom of God, and teaching
τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ “χριστοῦ, μετὰ πάσης

the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all

παῤῥησίας ἀκωλύτως. *
freedom unhinderedly.

& ἡμῖν ἐστιν LTTrA.

πὶ ὑμῶν your LTTrA.
a ὑμῖν ἔστω A.
εἰ νέμεινεν TTrA.

k Μωῦσέως GLTTrAW. l ren,
P ἰάσομαι I shall heal rrra.
# — verse 29 LTTrA.

¥ — χριστοῦ T.

h ἦλθον LTTrA. {— τὰ LTTrA.
ἃ λέγων TTrA. 5 εἰπόν GLITrAW.
τ + τοῦτο (read this salvation) LTTrA.
τ — 6 IlavAos (read he abode) GLTTraw.

* + Πράξεις ᾿Αποστόλων Tra.

‘HAYAOY TOY AIIOSTOAOY H ΠΡῸΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ
70F *PAUL ΤῊ *APOSTLE ‘THE "TO [(*THE}] *ROMANS
EMMSTOAH.'
7EPISTLE.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ δοῦλος ἢ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ," κλητὸς ἀπόστολος; ἀφω-
Paul, bondman ofJesus Christ, a called apostle, sepa-

plopévoc εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, 2 0 προεπηγγείλατο διὰ
rated to gladtidings ofGod, which he before promised through

τῶν. προφητῶν.αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 3 περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ

his prophets in ?writings ‘holy, concerning 7Son
αὐτοῦ, Tov γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος “Δαβὶδ κατὰ
this, who came of [the] seed of David according to

σάρκα, 4 τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει. κατὰ
flesh, who was marked out Son of God in power, according to [the]
πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ
Spirit of holiness, by resurrection of{the] dead— Jesus Christ
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, 5 dv οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν Kai ἀποστολὴν
our Lord; by whom wereceived grace and _ apostleship
εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ
unto obedience offaith among all the nations, in behalf of
ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ, 6 ἐν οἷς ἐστε Kai ὑμεῖς, κλητοὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ
his name, among whom are also ye, called of Jesus
χριστοῦ" 7 πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς θεοῦ,
Christ: toall thosewho are in Rome beloved of God,
κλητοῖς ἁγίοις" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν
called saints: grace toyou and peace from God our Father
καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ.
and Lord Jesus Christ.
~ x > ~ - - ws > ~ ~
ὃ Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ.θεῴῷ.μου διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ

First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ
“ὑπὲρ' πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ-.πίστις. ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν
for 7all you, that your faith is announced in

ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ" 9 μάρτυς. γάρ μου ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω
2whole‘the world; for*witness *my 7is 1God, whom I serve
ἐν τῷ.πνεὐύματίμου ἐν TH εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ, ὡς
in my spirit in the glad tidings of his Son, how
ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι, 10 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν
unceasingly mention of you I make, always at
προσευχῶν. μου δεόμενος, “εἴπως᾽ ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι
my prayers beseeching, if by any means now at lengthI shall be prospered
ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 11 ἐπιποθῶ.γὰρ
by the will of God tocome_ to you, For I long
ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, wa τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικόν,
tosee you, that βοῖὴθ ἹἿ ἼἸΩΔΥ ‘impart gift Sto 7you spiritual,
εἰς TO στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς, 192 τοῦτο.δέι ἐστιν, 'συμπαρα-
to the([end]*be*established ‘ye, that is, to be comforted

PAUL, a servant of
Jesus Christ, called to
be an apostle, separat-
ed unto the gospel of
God, 2 (which he had
promised afore by his
prophets in the holy
seriptures,) 3 concern-
ing his Son Jesus
Christ our Lord, whick
was made of the seed
of David according to
the flesh; 4 and de-
clared to be the Son of
God with power, ac-
cording to the spirit of
holiness, by the resur-
rection from the dead :
5 by whom we have
received grace and
apostleship, for obedi-
ence to the faith
mong all nations, for
his name: 6 among
whom are ye also the
called of Jesus Christ:
7 to all that be in
Rome, beloved of God,
called to be saints:
Grace to vou and peace
from God our Father,
and the Lord Jesus
Christ.

a-

8 First, I thank my
God through Jesus
Christ for you all, that
your faith is spoken of
throughout the whole
world. 9 For God is
my witness, whom I
serve with my spirit
in the gospel of his,
Son, that without
ceasing I make men-
tion of you always in
my prayers; 10 mak-
ing request, if by any
means now at length
I might have a pros-
perous journey by the
will of God to come
unto you. 11 For J
long to see you, that I
may impart unto you
some spiritual gift, to
the end ye may be e€s-
tablished ; 12 that is,
that I may be com-
forted together witk

@ TlavAov ᾿Επιστολὴ πρὸς Ῥωμαιους α; Πρὸς Ῥω. TAW ; ᾿Επιστολαὶ Παύλου.

ἱστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τττ.
συν- TA.

Epistles of Paul. To [the] Romans rr. b

david aw. a περὶ LITraW. ε εἴ πως LTrA.

Πρὸς “Pa.
© Δανεὶδ LYTra 5

404

you by the mutual
faith both of you and
me. 13 Now [I would
not have you ignorant,
brethren, that often-
times I purposed to
come unto you, (but
was let hitherto,) that
I might have some
fruitamong you also,
even as among other
Gentiles. 14 1 am
debtor both to the
Greeks, and to the
Barbarians ; both to
the wise, and to the
unwise. 15 So, as much
as in me is, lam ready
to preach the gospel to
you that are at Rome
also. 16 For I am not

ashamed of the gospel Y

of Christ : for it is the
power of God unto
salvation to every one
that believeth ; to the
Jew first, and aiso to
the Greek. 17 For
therein is the right-
eousness of God re-
yealed from faith to
faith : asit is written,
The just shall live by
faith.

13 For the wrath of
God is revealed from
heaven against all
ungodliness and un-
righteousness of men,
who hold the truth
in unrighteousness ;
19 because that which
may be known of God
is manifest in them;
for God hath shewed
τὲ unto them. 20 For
the invisible things of
him from the creation
of the worldare clearly
seen, being understood
by the things that are
made, even his eternal
power and Godhead ;
so that they are with-
ont excuse : 21 because
that, when they knew
God, they glorified
him not as God, nei-
ther were thankful;
but became vain in
their imaginations,
and their foolish heart
was darkened. 22 Pro-
fessing themselves to
be wise, they became
fools, 23 and changed
the glory of the un-
corruptible God into
an image made like to
corruptible man, and
to birds, and fourfoot-
ed beasts, and creep-
ing things. 24 Where-
fore God also gave
them up to unclean-
ness through the lusts
of their own hearts, to

ΠΡΟΣ VEO ALTO Yes: 1
κληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν.τε
together among you, through the 7in “one *another ‘faith, both yours
καὶ ἐμοῦ" 13 οὐ.θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὕτι πολ-
and mine. But Ido not wish you tobeignorant, brethren, that many
λάκις προεθέμην ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ

times Iproposed tocome to you, and was hindered until the
δεῦρο, iva ἐκαρπόν τινα σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς
present, that “fruit ‘some I might have also among you, according as

καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν. 14 “Ἑλλησίν.τε καὶ βαρβάροις,
also among the other nations. Both to Greeks and _ barbarians,

~ ι ᾽ 4 ? μ DLs. er x ΔΑ x
σοφοῖς.τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις, ὀφειλέτης εἰμί: 15 οὕτως τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμὲ

bothtowise and unintelligent, adebtor Iam: so asto me
πρόθυμον καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ εὐαγ-

(there is] readiness 4180 ‘*to*you ‘who [7810] 'π *Rome ‘to ?announce
ελίσασθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ.ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον rod
the glad tidings. For I am not ashamed of the gladtidings of the
χριστοῦ" δύναμις.γὰρ θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ
Christ: for power of God itis unto saivation to every one that

πιστεύοντι, ᾿Ιουδαίῳ.τε ἱπρῶτον" καὶ Ἕλληνι. 17 δικαιοσύνη
believes, both to Jew first and to Greek: *righteousness

yap θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν,

*for of God in it is revealed by faith to faith;
καθὼς γέγραπται, ὋὉ.δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται.
according as it has been written, Βαὺ the just by faith shall live.

ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν
from heaven upon all
~ A ? 7 ?
τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν

18 ᾿Αποκαλύπτεται. γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ
For there is revealed wrath of God
ἀνθρώπων

ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν

ungodliness andunrighteousness of men who the truth in
ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων. 19 διότι τὸ.γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ
unrighteousness hold. Because that which is known of God

φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ. ξγὰρ.θεὸς" αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν"
“manifest ‘is among them, for God tothem manifested [it];
20 τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς
forthe inyisiblethings ofhim from creation of{the] world by the
ποιήμασιν voovpeva καθορᾶται, ἥ.τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύνα-
things made being understood are perceived, both eternal ‘his power
pug Kai θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους. 21 διότι
and divinity; for 7to *be ‘them without excuse. Because
γνόντες τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ 'εὐχαρίο-
having known God, not as God they glorified [him] or were thank-
τησαν," ἀλλ᾽ ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς. αὐτῶν, Kai
ful; but became vain in their reasonings, and
ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία" 22 φάσκοντες
was darkened the *without °understanding *of*them *heart: professing
εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, 23 καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ
tobe wise they became fools, and changed the glory of the
ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου
incorruptible God into alikeness of an image of corruptible man
καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 24 διὸ "καὶ"
and of birds and quadrupeds and creeping things. Wherefore also
παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν.καρδιῶν.αὐ-
3gave *up *them 'God in the desires of their hearts
τῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν, τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τα.σὠματα.αὐτῶν ἐν
το uncleanness, 30 *be *dishonoured ‘their *bodies between

τινὰ καρπὸν GLTTrAW.
nv χαοιστησαν QLTTra-

h — τοῦ χριστοῦ GLITrAW. ‘[mpwrov] L. * θεὸς yap GLTTrAW

πὶ ἀλλὰ Tr. 2 — καὶ LTTr{A].

1 ArT. ROMANS.
οἑαυτοῖς"" 25 οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν
themselves: who changed the truth of God into

τῷ Wedd, Kai ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει
falsehood, and reverenced and served the created thing

παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὃς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.
beyond him who created [it], who is blessed to the ages.
2 4 4 ~ ͵ ? 4 c 4 > /
ἀμήν. 26 διὰ τοῦτο παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς πάθη
Amen. For this reason gave *up them 1God to passions

ἀτιμίας" αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν
ofdishonour, “both ‘for *females “their changed the natural
χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν" 27 dpoiwePre! Kai οἱ Iappevec'
use into that contrary to nature; andinlikemanneralsothe males
ἀφέντες THY φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ
having Ἰοὺ the natural use ofthe female, wereinflamed in

ὀ ἐξε > ~ ? ἀλλήλ ΤΣ Ι >? 327 ll a
ρεξειιαὐτῶν εἰς ἥλους, τἄρσενες᾽ ἐν “ἄρσεσιν" τὴν
their lust towards one another, males with males
ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι, καὶ THY ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει
shame 1working “out, and the recompense which was fit
ae, » > ἂν ? ε - > , ‘
τῆς.πλάνης. αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες. 28 καὶ
of their error in themselves receiving. And
καθὼς οὐκ.ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει,

according as they did not approve *God ‘to *have in [their] knowledge,
παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ

?gave ‘up Sthem 1God to anunapproving mind, todo things not
καθήκοντα, 29 πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πορνείᾳ,"

fitting ; being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication,
ὑπονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ" μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος,
wickedness, covetousness, malice; fu ofenvy, murder, strife,

δόλου, κακοηθείας" Ψψιθυριστάς, 30 καταλάλους, θεοστυγεῖς,
3 guile, evil dispositions ; whisperers, slanderers, hateful to God,

ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας, ἐφευρετὰῈς κακῶν.
insolent, proud, vyaunting, inventors of evil things
γονεῦσιν ἀπειθεῖς, 31 ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀ-
to parents disobedient, without understanding, perfidious, without
, , 2 , , "
στόργους, πἀσπόνδους,) ἀνελεήμονας: 82 οἵτινες τὸ
natural affection, implacable, unmerciful ; who the
δικαίωμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες, ὅτι οἱ τὰ.τοιαῦτα
righteous judgment of God having known, that those’ such things
πράσσοντες ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν, οὐ μόνον αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν,
doing worthy of death are, not only 7them ‘practise,

ἀλλὰ Kai συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν.
but also 46 consenting to those that do [them].
Q Διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων"
Wherefore imexcusable thouart,O man, every one who judgest,
ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις"
for in that in which thou judgest the other, thyself thou condemnest :

Ta.yap αὐτὰ πράσσεις ὁ κρίνων. 2 οἴδαμεν *Oé' OTL τὸ
forthe same things thou doest who judgest. *We *know ‘but that the

κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα
accordingto truth uponthosethat such things
τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων
this, 10) man, who judgest

κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν
judgment of God is
πράσσοντας. 3 λογίζῃ.δὲ
do. And reckonest thou

τοὺς ταιτοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι
those that such things do, and practisest them [thyself], that
© αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ρ δὲ x. 4 ἄρσενες ELTrAW. τ ἄῤῥενες T.

τ-- πορνείᾳ GLTTrAW.

σπόνδους LITrAW. x yap for τ.

’ κακίᾳ πονηρίᾳ πλεονεξίᾳ, L; πονηρίᾳ κακίᾳ πλε. T.

405

dishonour their own
bodies between theme
selves: 25 whochanged
the truth of God into a
lie, and worshipped
and served the crea-
ture more than the
Creator, who is blessed
for ever. Amen. 26 For
this cause God gave
them up unto vile af-
fections: for even their
women did changethe
natural use into that
which is against na-
ture: 27 and likewise
also the men, leaving
the natural use of the
woman, burned in
their lust one toward
another; men with
men working’ that
which isunseemly, and
receiving in them-
selves that recompence
of their error which
was meet. 28 Andeven
as they did not like to
retain God in their
knowledge, God gave
them over to a repro-
bate mind, to dothose
things which are not
convenient; 29 being
filled with all unright-
eousness, fornication,
wickedness, covetous-
ness, maliciousness ;
full of envy, murder,
debate, deceit, ma-
lignity ; whisperers,
30 backbiters, haters
of God, despiteful,
proud, boasters, in-
yentors of evil things,
disobedient to parents,
31 without under-
standing, covenant-
breakers, without na-
tural affection, im-
placable, unmerciful :
32 who knowing the
judgment of God, that
they which commit
such things are worthy
of death, not only do
the same, but have
pleasure in them that
do them.

11. Therefore thou
art inexcusable, O
man, whosoever thou
art that judgest: for
wherein thou judgest
another, thou con-
demnest thyself; for
thou that judgest doest
the same things. 2 But
we are sure that the
judgment of God is ac-
cording to truth a-
gainst them which
commit such things,
3 And thinkest thou
this, O man, that
judgest them which do
such things, and doest
the same, that thou

5 dppeow T.
ee

406

shalt escape the judg-
ment of God? 4 or
despisest thou the
riches of his good-
ness and forbearance
and longsuffering ; not
knowing that the
goodness of God lead-
eth thee to repentance?
5 But after thy hard-
ness and impenitent
heart treasurest up un-
to thyself wrath a-
gainmst the day of
wrath and revelation
of the righteous judg-
ment of God; 6 who
will render to every
man according to his
deeds : 7 to them who
by patient continu-
ance in well doing
seek for glory and
honour and immortal-
ity, eternal life: 8 but
unto them that are
contentious, and do
not obey the truth, but
obey unrighteousness,
indignation andwrath,
9 tribulation and an-
guish, upon every soul
of man that doeth evil,
of the Jew first, and
also of the Gentile;
10 but glory, honour,
and peace, to every
man that worketh
good, to the Jew first,
and also to the Gen-
tile: 11 for there is no
respect of persons with
God, 12 For as many
as have sinned with-
out law shall also
perish without law:
and as many as have
sinned in the law shall
be judged by the law;
13 (for not the hearers
of the law are just
before God, but the
doers of the law shall
be justified. 14 For
when the Gentiles,
which have not the
law. do by nature the
things contained in
the law, these, having
not the law, are a
law unto themselves :
15 which shew _ the
work of the law writ-
ten in their hearts,
their conscience also
bearing witness, and
their thoughts the
mean While accusing
or else excusing one
another ;) 16 in the
day when God shall
judge the secrets of
Inen by Jesus Christ
according to my gos-
pel.

17 Behold, thou art
called a Jew, and
restest in the law, and

Y — μὲν LT Tr.
LITrAW.
€ χοιστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ T.

2 ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός GLTTrAW.
¢ — τῷ [17]}Ὁτ-Ψ

ΠΡῸΣ YRA@apAd 0 Y =. II.
σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ; 4 ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρη-
thou shalt escape the judgment of God? or the riches of the kind-

στότητος αὐτοῦ Kai τῆς ἀνοχῆς Kai THC μακροθυμίας κατα-
mess of him and the forbearance and the long-suffering despisest

φρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν bre TO χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιάν σε

thou, not knowing that the kindness of God to repentance thee
ἄγει; 5 κατὰ. δὲ τὴν.σκληρότητά.σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον
leads? but according to thy hardness and impenitent

καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς Kai ἀπο-
heart treasurest up tothyself wrath in aday of wrath and re-
καλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ. 6 ὃς ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ
velation of righteous judgment of God, who willrender toeach
κατὰ τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ. 7 τοῖς μὲν καθ᾽ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου
according to his works : to those that with endurance in *work
ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν
good, glory and honour and incorruptibility are seeking— life

αἰώνιον. ὃ τοῖς. δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας, καὶ ἀπειθοῦσιν μὲν" τῇ
eternal, But to those of contention, and who disobey the
ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις. δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, Ζθυμὸς καὶ ὀργή,"

truth, unrighteousness— indignation and wrath,
9 θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ

but obey

tribulation and strait, on every soul of man that

κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν, ᾿Ιουδαίου.τε πρῶτον καὶ “Ἑλληνος"

works out evil, both of Jew first and of Greek;

10 δόξα. δὲ καὶ τιμὴ Kai εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ
but glory and honour and _ peace to everyone that works

> , ? a , ~ ‘ or > , 9,
ἀγαθόν, ᾿ἸΙουδαίῳ. τε πρῶτον καὶ “Ἑλληνι' 11 ov_yap.éorw
good, both to Jew first, and to Greek: for there is not

: Apia’ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 booryap ἀνόμως ἥ
προσωποληψία᾽ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 Ὁσοι.γὰρ ἀνόμως ἡμαρτον,

respect of persons with God. For as many as without law sinned,
ἀνόμως Kai ἀπολοῦνται" καὶ ὕσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, da
withoutlaw also shall perish ; andasmany asin law sinned, by

νόμου κριθήσονται, 18 οὐ.γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ ὑτοῦ" νόμου δίκαιο
law 5881] be judged, (for not the hearers ofthe law [are] just
παρὰ “τῷ" θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ ποιηταὶ ὕτοῦ" νόμου δικαιωθήσονται.
with God, but the doers, ofthe law shall be justified.
14 “ταν.γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ
For when nations which “not “law 1have by nature the things
τοῦ νόμου Ἱποιῇ,, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν
of the law practise, these, law not having, tothemselves are
νόμος" 15 οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον TOU νόμου γραπτὸν
a law ; who shew the work ofthe law written
ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, ἐσυμμαρτυρούσης" αὐτῶν τῆς συνει-
in their hearts, Spearing *witness °with ‘their 2con-
δήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων
science, and between one another the reasonings accusing
ἢ Kai ἀπολογουμένων, 16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ fore κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς

or also defending ;) in aday when ’shall*judge ‘God
τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ. εὐαγγέλιόν. μου, διὰ
the secrets of men, according to my glad tidings, by
8’ Inoov χριστοῦ."
Jesus Christ.
17 "Ide! σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ, καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ 'τῷ"
Lo, thou a Jew art named, and restest in the

b — τοῦ the

2 προσωπολημψία LITrA.
f 7 in which wa.

4 ποιῶσιν LTTrA. © gup- 7.

a εἰ δὲ but if GLrTraw. i — τῷ the LTTraw.

PEATE ROMANS.

νόμῳ, Kai καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ, 18 Kai γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, Kai

law, and boastest in God, and knowest the will, and
δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ
approvest the things that are moreexcellent, being instructed out of the

νόμου" 19 πέποιθάς.τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν,
law; and art persuaded [that] thyself aguide art of [the] blind,
φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει, 20 παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον
a light of those in darkness, an instructor of [the] foolish, a teacher
νηπίων, ἔχοντα THY μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως Kai τῆς ἀληθείας
of infants, having the form of knowledge and ofthe truth

ἐν τῷ voup: 21 d.oty διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ δι-
in the law: thou then that teachest another, thyself ποῦ ‘dost
δάσκειο: ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις; 22 ὁ

?thou teach? ἐμοῦ that proclaimest not tosteal, dost thousteal? thou that
λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις; ὁ

sayest not to commit adultery, dost thou commit adultery? thon that
βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς ; 95 ὃς ey

abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? thou who in

νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι; διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν θεὸν
law boastest, throughthe transgression ofthe law God

ἀτιμάζεις; 24 Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ dv ὑμᾶς βλασ-
‘dishonourest *thou? For the name of God through you is blas-

φημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται. 26 Περι-
phemed among the nations, according as it has been written. 7Circum-
τομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς" ἐὰν δὲ
cision ‘indeed ‘for profits if [the] law thou doest; but if

παραβάτης νόμου ἧς, ἡ-περιτομή.σου ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν.

atransgressor of law thouart, thy circumcision uncircumcision has become.

26 ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ἀκροβυστία τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσ-

If therefore the uncircumcision the requirements ofthe law keep,

oy, "οὐχὶ" ἡ ἀκροβυστία.αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται:

οὗ Shis*uncircumcision ‘for ‘circumcision ‘shall be reckoned?

27 καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, TOY νόμον τελοῦσα,

and ®shall*judge ‘the *by *nature “uncircumcision, *the “law ‘fulfilling,

σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος Kai περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου;
thee who with letter and circumcision [art] atransgressor of law?
28 οὐ.γὰρ ὁ ἐν. τῷ. φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ

For ποῦ he that [158 9056] outwardly 24 ον lis, neither
ε 3 ~ ~ > ‘ , ie ] > >I «
ἡ ἐν τῷ. φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή᾽ 29 ᾿ἀλλ᾽ ὁ
that outwardly in flesh [is] circumcision ; but he that [is]
ἐν.τῷ.κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας ἐν πνεύ-
hiddenly a Jew [is one]; and circumcision [is] of heart, in spi-
ματι, οὐ γράμματι οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,
rit, not inletter; of whom the praise [is] not of men,
τ ἀλλ᾿" ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ.
but οἵ God.
3 Ti οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ Tic ἡ ὠφέλεια
What then [is] the superiority of the Jew? or whatthe profit

τῆς περιτομῆς; 2 πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον. πρῶτον μὲν

of the circumcision ? Much in every way: z
"yap! ὅτι ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 τί.γάρ, εἰ
for that they were entrusted with the oracles of God. For what, if

ἠπίστησάν τινες; μὴ ἡ.ἀπιστία. αὐτῶν THY πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ
"not *believed ‘some? 5their unbelief MNthe ‘faith of *God

407

makest thy boast of
God, 18 and knowest
his will, and approv-
est the things that are
more excellent, being
instructed out of the
law ; 19 and art con-
fident that thou thy-
self art a guide of the
blind, a light of them
which are in darkness,
20 an instructor of the
foolish, a teacher of
babes, which hast the
form of knowledge
and of the truth in the
law. 21 Thou there-
fore which teachest
another, teachest thou
not thyself ? thou that
preachest a man should
not steal, dost thou
steal? 22 thon that
sayest a man should
not commit adultery,
dost thou commit a-
dultery? thou that
abhorrest idols, dost
thou commit sacrilege?
23 thou that makest
thy boast of the law,
through breaking the
law dishonourest thou
God ? 24 For the name
of God is blasphemed
among the Gentiles
through you, as it is
written. 25 For circum-
cision verily profiteth,
if thou keep the law:
but if thou be a break-
er of the law, thy cir-
cumcision is madeun-
circumcision. 26 There-
fore if the uncireum-
cision keep the right-
eousness of the law,
shall not his uncir-
cumcision be count-
ed for circumcision ?
27 And shall not un-
circumcision which is
by nature, if it fulfil
the law, judge thee,
who by the letter
and circumcision dost
transgress the law?
28 For he isnot aJew,
which is one outward-
ly; neither is that
circumcision, which is
outward in the flesh :
29 but he is a Jew,
which is one inward-
ly ; and circumcision
is that of the heart, in
the spirit, and not in
the letter; whose
praise 7s not of men,
but of God.

Ill. What advan-
tage then hath the
Jew? or what profit
is there of circumci-
sion? 2 Much every
way : chiefly, because
that unto them were
committed the oracles

EERE

k ovy LTTr. ι ἀλλὰ LTr. πὶ ἀλλὰ Tr.

2 --- γὰρ τιτι[Α].

408

of God. 3 For whatif
some did not believe ?
shall their unbelief
make the faith of God
without effect? 4 God
forbid: yea, let God be
true, but every mana
liar ; as it is written,
That thou mightest be
justified in thy say-
ings, and mightest
overcome when thou
art judged. 5 Butif our
unrighteousness com-
mend the righteous-
ness of God, what shall
we say? Js God un-
righteous who taketh
vengeance? (I speak
as a man) 6 God for-
bid: for then how
shall God judge the
world? 7 For if the
truth of God hath more
abounded through my
lie unto his glory;
why yet am I also
judged as a sinner?
8 And not rather, (as
we be slanderously re-
ported, and as some af-
firm that we say,) Let
us do evil, that good
may come? whose
damnation is just.

9 What then? are
we better than they?
No, in no wise: for
we have before proved
both Jews and Gen-
tiles, that they are all
under sin; 10 as it is
written, There is none
righteous, no, notone:
11 there is none that
understandeth, there
is none that seeketh
after God. 12 They are
all gone out of the
way, they are together
become unprofitable;
there is none that do-
eth good, no, not one.
13 Their throat i an
open sepulchre ; with
their tongues they
have used deceit ; the
poison of asps ts under
their lips: 14 whose
mouth zs full of curs-
ing and _ bitterness:
15 their feet are swift
to shed blood: 16 de-
struction and misery
are in their ways:
17 and the way of
peace have they not
known: 18 there is no
fear of God before
their eyes. 19 Now we
know that what things
soever the law saith,
it saith to them who
are under thelaw: that
every mouth may be
stopped, and all the
world may become
guilty before God.

ΠΡΟΣ: PQOMATIOYsS.

καταργήσει; 4 μὴ-.γένοιτο" γινέσθω δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής,
“shall ™make ®of ὅπο '°effect? τηδῦ itnot be! but let “be "God true,

πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης, °Kabwe' γέγραπται, Ὅπως

τπ|

and every man false, according as it has been written, That
av.ducaw0yc ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις.σου, Kai Ῥνικήσῃς" ἐν τῷ
thou shouldest be justified in thy words, and overcome in

κρίνεσθαί.σε. 5 Ἐῤδὲ ἡ -ἀδικία-ἡμῶν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνί-
thy being judged. Butif our unrighteousness 7God’s “righteousness ‘com-

στησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν
mend, what shallwesay? ([is]?unrighteous ‘*God who inflicts
dpynv; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω. 6 μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ ἐπεὶ πῶς
wrath? According to man I speak, Mayit not be! since how
κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ; 7 εἰ Iydp' ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ

shall*judge ‘God the world? *7If ‘for the truth of God
ἐν rp iup-pevopare ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι
in my lie abounded to his glory, why yet

καθὼς Bdac-

and not, accordingas we are
καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, Ὅτι
injuriously charged and according as “affirm ‘some([that] we say,
ποιήσωμεν τὰ.κακὰ ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ. ἀγαθά; ὧν τὸ κρῖμα
Let us practise evil things that *may *come ‘good “things? whose judgment
EVOLKOV ἐστιν.

2just tis.

9 Ti οὖν; προεχόμεθα ; οὐ-πάντως" προῃτιασάμεθα.γὰρ

κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; ὃ καὶ μὴ
Salso7I ‘as 5a Ssinner lam judged?

φημούμεθα,

What then? are we better? not at all: for we before charged
? , , 0 ’ ε > e ,
Iovdaiove.re kai Ἕλληνας πάντας ὑφ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι,
both Jews and Greeks all Sunder ‘sin ('with] “being:
10 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ.ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ

according as it has been written, There is not a righteous one, not even
sic’ 11 οὐκ.ἔστιν τὸ" συνιῶν, οὐκ.ἔστιν 20" ἐκζητῶν
one: there is not [one] that understands, there is not [one] that seeks after

4 , , 7 , ida t > , θ
τὸν θεόν. 12 πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, apa ἠχρειωθη-
God. All did go out of the way, together they became unprofit-

cav'" οὐκιἔστιν * ποιῶν χρηστότητα, ovK-éoTLY ἕως
able; there is not [one] practising kindness, there is not so much as
ἑνός. 18 τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ-.λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, ταῖς γλώσσαις
one; ’sepulchre ‘an “opened [is] their throat, with *tongues
αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν᾽ ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ.χείλη.αὐτῶν"
‘their they used deceit: poison ofasps [is] under their lips:

14 ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς Kai πικρίας γέμει" 15 ὀξεῖς οἱ

of whom the mouth swift
4 ? ~ ? , - , ν ,

πόδες.αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα: 16 σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία
their feet toshed blood; ruin and misery

ἐν ταῖς.ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν: 17 Kai ὁδὸν εἰρήνης

in their ways ; and a way

of cursing and of bitterness is full;

[816]

οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν.
of peace they did not know:

18 οὐκἔστιν φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν.

there is no fear of God before their eyes.
19 Oidapev.dé ὅτι ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ
Now we know that whatsoever the law says, tothose in the law
λαλεῖ: ἵνα πᾶν orépa gpayy, Kai ὑπόδικος γένηται

it speaks, that every mouth may be stopped, and under judgment be

ο καθάπερ TTr.
* ηχρεώθησαν ΤΊτ.

ᾳ δὲ but τι τ-- 6 L[Tr]. 5 [ὁ] 1
w + [αὐτῶν] (read their mouth) tL.

P νικήσεις Shalt overcome T,
¥ + ὃ (read that practises) T.

Ing IV. ROMANS.

θήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" διὰ.γὰρ νόμου ἐπί-

justified phe ‘ flesh before him; forthrough law [is] know-
it.

γνωσις ἁμαρτίας.

ledge of sin.

21 Νυνὶ. δὲ χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται.
But now apartfrom law righteousness of God has been manifested,
μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου Kai τῶν προφητῶν" 92 ὃδι-
being bornewitness to by the law and the prophets : ?right-
καιοσύνη δὲ θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας
eousness ἰδύβῃ οἵ σοῦ through faith ofJesus Christ, towards all

*kai ἐπὶ πάντας! τοὺς πιστεύοντας" οὐ-.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολή"
and upon all those that believe : forthereisno difference:
23 πάντες. γὰρ ἥμαρτον Kai ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ,
for all sinned and come short ofthe glory of God ;

24 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ. αὐτοῦ.χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυ-
being justified gratuitously by his grace, through the re-
τρώσεως THC ἐν χριστῷ ‘Inoov, 25 ὃν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς
demption which [15] 'π Christ Jesus ; whom ?set *forth *God
ἱλαστήριον διὰ. Υὑτῆς" πίστεως ἐν τῷ. αὐτοῦ. αἵματι, εἰς ἔν-
ἃ mercy seat through faith in his blood, for a shew-

δειξιν τῆς.δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν
ing forth of his righteousness, in respect of the passing by the
προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 2306 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ

*that *had *before *taken *place
θεοῦ, mpdc* ἔνδειξιν τῆς.δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν
of God; for [the] shewing forth of his righteousness in the present
καιρῷ; εἰς τὸ εἶναι.αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ

‘sins in the forbearance

time, for his being just and justifying him that [is] of [the]
πίστεως Ἰησοῦ. 27 Ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις; ἐξεκλείσθη.
faith of Jesus, Where then{[is]the boasting? It was excluded.

διὰ ποίου vopov; τῶν ἔργων; οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου
Through what law ? of works? No, but through a law
πίστεως. 98 λογιζόμεθα “οὖν ὕπίστει δικαιοῦσθαι" ἄνθρω-
of faith. ?We*reckon ‘therefore *by'°faith “ἴο "be "justified *a°man
πον, χωρὶς ἔργων νόμον. 29 ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ θεὸς μόνον;
apart from works of law. Of Jews [ishe]the God only?
οὐχὶ. “δὲ! καὶ ἐθνῶν; vai καὶ ἐθνῶν: 30 “ἐπείπερ' εἷς
and not also of Gentiles? Yea, also of Gentiles: since indeed one
ὁ θεὸς ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ
God [itis] who will justify [the] circumcision by faith, and
ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. 31 νόμον οὖν καταργοῦ-
uncircumcision through faith. SLaw *then ‘do*we*make of no
μὲν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ; μὴ-γένοιτο᾽ ἀλλὰ νόμον “ἱστῶμεν."
effect through faith ? May it not be! but ‘law ‘we 7establish.
4 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν ᾿ῬΑβραὰμ τὸν. πατέρα.ἡμῶν εὑρηκέναι"
What then 5181] wesay Abraham our father has found
κατὰ σάρκα; 2&i.yap ABpadp ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει
according to flesh? Forif Abraham by works was justified, he has
καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς &rov' θεόν. 3 τί.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ
ground of boasting, but not towards God. For what *the “scripture
λέγει ; ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ
*says? And believed ‘Abraham God, and it was reckoned to him

409

20 Thersfore by the
deeds of the law shere
shall no flesh be justi-
fied in his sight: for
by the law is the know-
ledge of sin.

21 But now the right-
eousness of God with-
out the law is mani-
fested, being witness-
ed by the law and the
prophets ; 22 even the
righteousness of God
which is by faith of
Jesus Christ unto all
and upon all them that
believe: for there is
no difference: 23 for
all have sinned, and
come short of the glory
of God ; 24 being justi-
fied freely by his grace
through the redemp-
tionthatisin Christ Je-
sus: 25 whom God hath
set forth to be a pro-
pitiation through faith
in his blood, to declare
his righteousness for
the remission of sins
that are past, through
the forbearance of
God; 26 to declare, 7
say, at this time his
righteousness : {Ἐπὶ he
might be just, and the
justifier of him which
believeth in Jesus.
27 Where is boasting
then? It is excluded.
By what law? of
works? Nay: but by
the law of faith.
28 Therefore we con-
clude that a man is
justified by faith with-
out the deeds of the
law. 29 Is he the God
of the Jews only? is
he not also of the
Gentiles ? Yes, of the
Gentiles also: 30 see-
ing itzs one God, which
shall justify the cir-
cumcision by faith,
and wuncircumcision
through faith. 31 Do
we then make void
the law through faith?
God forbid: yea, we
establish the law.

IV. What shall we
say then that Abraham
our father, as pertain-
ing to the flesh, hath
found ? 2 For if Abra-
ham were justified by
works, he hath whereof
to glory; but not be-
fore God. 3 For what
saith thescripture? A-
braham believed God,
and it was counted
unto him for right-
eousness. 4 Now to him
that worketh is the

Υ -α τῆς τττὰ. 7% + τὴν the LITra.
ς — δὲ and GLTTra.

X — καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας LTTr[A].
Ὁ δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει GLTTTA.
LTTra.
& — τὸν LTTrAW.

ἃ εἴ wep LTTrA.
ἔ εὑρηκέναι ([εὑρηκέναι) A) ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα (forefather) ἡμῶν LTTrA

2 γὰρ ‘for GLTTrAW.
© ἱστάνομεν

410

reward not reckoned
of grace, but of debt.
5 But to him that
worketh not, but be-
lieveth on him that
justifieth the ungodly,
his faith is counted for
righteousness. 6 Even
as David also de-
seribeth the blessed-
ness of the man, unto
whom God imputeth
righteousness without
works, 7 saying, Bless-
ed are they whose in-
iquities are forgiven,
and whose sins are
covered. 8 Blessed zs
the man to whom the
Lord will not impute

sin.

9 Cometh this bless-
edness then upon the
circumcision only, or
upon the uncireumci-
sion also? for we say
that faith was reckon-
ed to Abraham for
righteousness. 10 How
was it then reckoned ?
when he was in cir-
cumcision, or in un-
circumcision? Not in
circumcision, but in
unci cision. 1lAnd
he received the sign of
circumcision, a seal of
the righteousness of
the faith which he had
yet being uncircumcis-
ed: that he might be the
father of allthem that
believe, though they
be not circumcised ;
that righteousness
‘might be imputed unto
them also: 12 and the
father of circumcision
to them who are not
of the circumcision
only, but who also
walk in the steps of
that faith of our fa-
ther Abraham, which
he had being yet uncir-
cumcised.

13 For the promise,
that he should be the
heir of the world, was
notto Abraham, or to
his seed, through the
law, but through the
righteousness of faith.
14 For if they which
are of the law be heirs,
faithis made void, and
the promise made of
none effect: 15 be-
cause the law worketh
wrath: for where no
law is, thereis no trans-
gression. 16 Therefore
it is of faith, that it
might be by grace ; to
the end the promise
might be sure to all
the seed ; not to that
only which is of the

ΠΡΟ ΣΕ OMA oO YX =: IV.
ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὸς οὐ-λογίζεται
works the reward is not reckoned

iro" ὀφείλημα: 5 τῷ.δὲ
debt : but to him that

εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 4 Τῷ.δὲ

for righteousness. Now to him that
κατὰ χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ
according to grace, but according to
μὴ.ἐργαζομένῳ, πιστεύοντι.δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα τὸν *a-
does not work, but believes on himthat justifies the un-

~ I λ , « / > ~ ΕΣ ὃ ’ (2) ,
σεβῆ," λογίζεται ἡ.πίστις. αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 6 καθάπερ

godly, ‘is *reckoned this *faith for righteousness. Even as
Ral | \ 94) , cy ξ ~ » ΄ τ « "
καὶ ἸΔαβὶδ' λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ θεὸς
also David declares the blessedness of the man towhom God
λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων, 7 Μακάριοι ὧν

righteousness apart from works: Blessed [they] of whom
ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.

reckons
ἀφέθησαν at ἀνομίαι, καὶ

are forgiven thelawlessnesses, and of whom are covered the sins:
8 μακάριος ἀνὴρ ™p! οὐ-μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν.
blessed [{the]man to whom inno wise *will *reckon [086] *Lord sin.

9 .μακαρισμὸς.οὖν.οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομήν, ἢ Kai ἐπὶ
[15] this blessedness then on the circumcision, or also on
‘ ᾽ , , 4 nv I ? , ~? ‘
τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν ; λέγομεν.γὰρ "ὅτι! ἐλογίσθη τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ
the uncircumcision ? For we say that was reckoned to Abraham
ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 10 πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη; ἐν περι-
faith -for righteousness. How then was it reckoned? “1π *cireum-
τομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ ; οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ: ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀκρο-
cision ‘being, or in uncircumcision? Not incircumcision, but in uncir-
Bvoria’ 11 καὶ σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς, σφραγῖδα
cumcision. And [the] sign he received of circumcision, [as] seal
τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ,
of the righteousness ofthe faith which[hehad]in the uncircumcision,
εἰς τὸ εἴναιιαὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων OU"!
for him to be father of all those that believe in
ἀκροβυστίας. εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι Ῥκαὶ αὐτοῖς I7nv' δικαιο-
uncireumeision, for *to Sbe freckoned 7also ‘to *them ‘the “righteous-
σύνην᾽ 12 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς

NESS ; and father of circumcision tothose not of circumcision
μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν
only, but also to those that walk inthe steps ofthe *during

τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ.
Suncircumcision ‘faith of our father Abraham.
13 Ov-ydp διὰ νόμου ἡ ἐπαγγελία
Fornot by law the promise
σπέρματι.αὐτοῦ, TO κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι "τοῦ"
to his seed, that heir he should be of the
ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως. 14 εἰ.γὰρ οἱ ἐκ νόμου
but by righteousness of faith. For if those of law ([be]
κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις, καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐ-
heirs, “has®been‘*made*void ‘faith, and *made*of πο “effect ‘the *pro-
mayyédia’ 15 ὁ-γὰρ.νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται. οὗ ‘yao! οὐκ
mise. Forthelaw wrath ‘works7out; ‘where *for “not
ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδε παράβασις. 16 διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως,
7is Slaw, neither [is] transgression. Wherefore of faith
wa κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν τὴν
{it is], that according to grace [it might be], for 310 “be ‘sure 1the
ἐπαγγελίαν παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι, οὐ τῷ ἐκ TOU νόμου μόνον,
2promise toall the seed, not tothat of the law only,

τῷ ΑΞραὰμ ἢ τῷ
[was] to Abraham or
κόσμου,
world,

i —_ τὸ GLTTraw.
® — ore [L]TTr.

* — τοῦ (vead (the]) GLTTraw.

m οὗ whose (sin) TTr.
τ-- τῇ GLTTrAW

1 Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw.
P — καὶ TTr[A]. 4 — τὴν T.
τ δὲ but LTTraw.

k ἀσεβήν T.
ο διὰ L.

ROMANS.
πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ,
but also to that of [the] faith of Abraham,

πάντων.ἡμῶν, 17 καθὺς γέγραπται. Ὅτι πατέρα πολ-
of us all, (according as it has been written, A father of

λῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε, κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ,
Many nations Ihave made thee,) _ before ?whom “he*believed ‘*God,

τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκρούς, Kai καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ

IV, V.

? Η͂ ‘ ~ γ᾽ a ? \
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ ὃς ἐστιν πατὴρ

who is father

who quickens the dead, and calls the things not
ὄντα we ὄντα. 18 Ὃς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα "ἐπ᾽" ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν,
being as. being; who against hope in hope believed,
εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὸ

for ‘him father

εἰρημένον, Οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα.σου" 19 Kai μὴ ἀσθενήσας
had been said, So shall be thy seed : and ποῦ being weak

πίστει, You! κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα τἤδη" νενεκρω-

7to *become of many nations, according to that which

inthe faith, 3not "he considered his own body already become
μένον, ἑκατονταίτης Tov ὑπάρχων, Kai τὴν νέκρωσιν
dead, 38. *hundred *years old *about ‘being, and the deadening

τῆς μήτρας Σάῤῥας:" 20 εἰς. δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ
of the σοι} of Sarah, andat the promise of God *not
διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, arr ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει,
'doubted through unbelief; but was strengthened in faith,

δοὺς δόξαν τῷ θεῷ, 21 Kai πληροφορηθεὶς OTL ὃ ἐπήγ-
᾿ 5 ] Y
giving glory to God, and being fully assured that what he has
γελται, δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι. 22 διὸ *xai' ἐλογίσθη
promised, able heis also to do; wherefore also it was reckoned
αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 23 Οὐκ. ἐγράφη δὲ ou αὐτὸν
tohim for righteousness. 7It νγαβ “ποὺ °written ‘but on account of him
, ev ? / > ~ ’ A ‘ ? « ~
μόνον, OTe ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 24 ἀλλὰ καὶ δι ἡμᾶς,
only, that it was reckoned to him, but also on account of us,
οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν
to whom itis about to be reckoned, to those that believe on him who
ἐγείραντα Inoovy τὸν.κύριον. ἡ μῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 25 ὃς
raised Jesus our Lord from among [the] dead, who
παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτὠματα.ἡμῶν, Kai ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν
was delivered for our offences, and was raised for
δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν.
our justification.
5 Δικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην "ἔχομεν
Having been justified therefore by faith, peace we have
πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 2 dv

toward God through our Lord Jesus Christ, through
οὗ Kai τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ὕτῇ πίστει" εἰς THY χάριν
whom also access we have by faith into *grace
, ? e B ‘ , ? bate} ΄, ~ ,
ταύτην ἐν ἑστήκαμεν" καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης
‘this in which westand, and we boast in hope of the glory
τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 οὐκμόνον. δέ, ἀλλὰ Kai Skavywpeba' ἐν ταῖς
of God, And not only [so], but also we boast in
θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες Ore ἡ θλίψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται,
tribulations, knowing that the tribulation “endurance ‘works ?out ;

4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ.δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, ὃ ἡ.δὲ ἐλπὶς
and the endurance proof; andthe proof hope ; and the hope
οὐ.καταισχύνε: ὕτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν

does not make ashamed, because the love of God has been poured out in

w — ov (read εἰς δὲ, verse 20, but at) LTTr[a].

Υ ἐφ᾽ τι.
5 ἔχωμεν We Should have Trra.

* [καὶ] “Tra.
boasting Tra.

_ 2 ἤδη (oh)
Ὁ — τῇ πίστει [LTr]JA.

41}

law, but ἰὸ that
also which is of ths
faith of Abraham;
who is the father of us
all, 17 (as it is writ-
ten, Ihave made thee
afather of many na-
tions,) before him
whom he belicved, even
God, who quickeneth
thedead, and calleth
those things which be
not as though they
were. 18 Who against
hope believed in hope,
that he might become
the father of many
nations, according to
that which was spoken,
So shall thy seed be.
19 And being not weak
in faith, he considered
not hisown body now
dead, when he was
about an hundred
years old, neither yet
the deadness of Sarah’s
womb: 20 he stag-
gered not at the pro-
mise of God through
unbelief; but was
strong in faith, giving
glory to God; 21 and
being fully persuaded
that, what he had pro-
mised, he was able al-
soto perform. 22 And
therefore it was im-
puted to him forright-
eousness. 23 Now it
was not written for
his sake alone, that it
was imputed to him ;
24 but for us also, to
whom it shall be im-
puted, if we believe
on him that raised up
Jesus our Lord from
the dead ; 25 who was
delivered for our of-
fences, and was raised
again for our justifi-
cation,

V. Therefore being
justified by faith, we
have peace with God
through our Lord Je-
sus Christ: 2 by whom
also we have access
by faith into this
grace wherein we
stand, and rejoice in
hope of the glory of
God. % And not only
80, but we glory
in tribulations also:
knowing that tribula-
tion worketh patience;
4 and patience, ex-
perience ; and experi-
ence, hope : 5 and hope
maketh not ashamed ;
because the love of
God is shed abroad in

Υ ἀλλὰ Tr.

© καυχώμενοι

412

our hearts by the Holy
Ghost which is given
anto us. 6 For when
we were yet without
strength, in due time
Christ died for the un-
godly. 7 For scarcely
for a righteous man
will one die : yet per-
adventure for a good
man some would even
dare to die, 8But God
commendeth his love
toward us, in that,
while we were yet sin-
ners, Christ died for
us. 9 Much more then,
being now justified by
his blood, we shall
be saved from wrath
through him. 10 For
if, when we were en-
emies, we were recon-
ciled to God by the
death of his Son, much
more, being reconciled,
we shall be saved by
his life. 11 And not
only so, but we also
joy in God through
our Lord Jesus Christ,
by whom wehave now
received the atone-
ment.

12 Wherefore, as by
one man sin entered
into the world, and
death by sin; and so
death passed upon all
men, for that all have
sinned: 13 (for until
the law sin was in the
world: but sin is not
imputed when _ there
is no law. 14 Never-
theless death reigned
from Adam to Moses,
even over them that
had not sinned af-
ter the similitude of
Adam’s transgression,
who is the figure of
him that was to come.
15 But not as the of-
fence, so also ts the
free gift. For if
through the offence of
one many be dead,
much more the grace
of God, and the gift
by grace, which ts by
one man, Jesus Christ,
hath abounded unto
many. 16 And not as
τέ was by one that
sinned, so is the gift :
for the judgment was

ΠΡΟΣ PQMAIOYS. Wi.

ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν.
our hearts by the *Spirit *Holy which was given tous:
6 “Ἔτι.γὰρ! χριστὸς ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν ὁ Kard.Kaipoy
for 3still é6Christ 7being we ‘twithoutSstrength in due time
« ’ ~ ? , , 5) « \ ,
ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν. 7 μόλις. γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου
for [the] ungodly died. For hardly for ajust [man]
τις ἀποθανεῖται ὑπὲρ.γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τάχα τις
2any%one ‘will die; for on behalf of the good [man] perhaps some one
καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν. 8 συνίστησιν.δὲ τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην
even might dare to die; . but 7commends %his town love
εἰς ἡμᾶς {6 θεός," ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν χριστὸς
Sto ζᾳ.8 1God, that ?still “sinners 3being ‘we Christ
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν. 9 πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθέντες
2for us died. Much therefore more, having been justified
νῦν ἐν τῷ.αἵματι.αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς
ΠΟΥ͂ by his blood, we shall be saved by him from
ὀργῆς. 10 εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν τῷ θεῷ διὰ
wrath. For if, enemies *being we were reconciled to God through

τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες
the death of his Son, much more, having been reconciled

σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ. αὐτοῦ" 11 ov.povor.dé, ἀλλὰ καὶ
we shall be saved by his life. And not only [so}, but also
καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ,
boasting in God through our Lord Jesus Christ,
δι οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν.
through whom now the reconciliation we received.
12 Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ dv ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν
On this account, as by one man sin into the
, 7 ~ ‘ ‘ ~ € , « ’ ‘ e
κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, Kai διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος, Kai οὕτως
world entered, and by sin death, and thus
; , ? (4) , εἰ θά sll ὃ ΛΘ 9. ΡΣ, ,
εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 80 θανατος" ὀιῆλθεν, εὐ -p πᾶντες
to all men death passed, for that all
ἥμαρτον. 18 ἄχρι.γὰρ νόμου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ"
sinned : (for until law sin was in [the] world;
ἁμαρτία.δὲ οὐκ. ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ.ὄντος νόμου: 14 arn’!
but sin is not put to account, there not being law ; but
’ , € , ? a ? . , i , Π ΡΠ s
ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ μέχρι Μωσέως" καὶ ἐπὶ
?reigned ‘death from Adam until Moses even upon
τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως
those who had not sinned in the likeness ofthe transgression

"Adam, ὕς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος. 15 ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ

of Adam, who is a figure of the coming [one]. But [shall] not
ὡς TO παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα." εἰ,γὰρ τῷ
as the offence, so also [be]the free gift? Forif by the

~ « 4a 2 « ‘ > , ~ ~
Tov ἑνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον
2of *the *one ‘offence tue many died, much more

« , ~ ~ A gat 4 ᾽ , ~ wl eek
ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ Kai ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι TF τοῦ ενὸς

the grace of God, andthe gift in grace, which [18] of the one

ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν.
man Jesus Christ, to the “ many did abound,

16 καὶ οὐχ ὡς Ot ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος τὸ δώρημα"

And [shall] ποῦ as by one having sinned [be] the gift ?

4d εἴ ye if indeed a.

mends) a.

& [ὃ θάνατος] A.

e + ἔτι still GLTTraW.

f — ὃ θεός (read συνίστησιν he com-
Β ἀλλὰ TTraAw.

i Μωύσέως GLTTrAW. k The

various Editors do not mark this as a question : to read tt as pointed in the Greek omit [shall]
and substitute [is] for [be].

V, VI. ROMANS.

τὸ. μὲν γὰρ κρῖμα ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα
For the *indeed ‘judgment[was) of one to condemnation, but the free gift

ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων εἰς δικαίωμα. 17 εἰ. γὰρ τῷ
[is] of many offences to justification. For if by the

TOU ἑνὸς παραπτώματι: “άνατος ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός,
30 =the *one offence death reigned by the one,

πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ THY περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος Kai "τῆς
much more those the abundance of grace, and ofthe

δωρεᾶς" τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν
gift of righteousness receiving, in life shall reign

διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 18”Apa οὖν we δι᾿ ἑνὸς παρα-
by the one Jesus’ Christ:) so then as by one of-

πτώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα,
fence (it aes towards all men to condemnation,

οὕτως καὶ Ov ἑνὸς δικαιώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώ-
s0 also by one accomplished Se towards all men

πους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς. 19 ὥσπερ.γὰρ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς
to justification of life. For as by the disobedience

τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί,
of the one man ‘sinners *were ‘constituted *the many,

οὕτως καὶ διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται
50 also by the obedience of the one ‘righteous *shall ‘be Sconstituted

οἱ πολλοί. 20 Νόμος.δὲ παρεισῆλθεν, ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ

"the ng Butlaw came in By the bye, that might abound the
παράπτωμα. οὗ-.δὲ ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν
offence ; but where abounded - sin, overabounded

ἡ χάρις" 21 ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν 3} ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ,
hat

grace, t as 7reigned *sin in death,
οὕτως Kai ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν
sO also grace might reign through righteousness to life
αἰώνιον, διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν.
eternal, through Jesus Christ our Lord.

6 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν ; "ἐπιμενοῦμεν" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἵνα ἡ χάρις
What then shall we sn: Shall we continue insin that oe

πλεονάσῃ; 2 μὴ.γένοιτο. οἵτινες. ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ,
may abound ? May it not ke! We who died to sin,

πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ; 3 7 ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι ὕσοι
how still shallwelivein it? Or are ye ignorant that *as “many ‘as

ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, εἰς τὸν. θάνατον αὐτοῦ
lwe were baptized unto Christ Jesus, unto his death

ἐβαπτίσθημεν ; 4 συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπ-
we were baptized? We were a therefore with him by bap-
τίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον᾽ ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη χριστὸς
tism unto The death, that as 2was “raised * oy *Christ
ἐκ γεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ πατρός, οὕτως καὶ

from wii [the] dead by the glory of the Father, 50 also
ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν. 5 Ei -γὰρ σύμφυτοι
we in newness of life should walk. Forif conjoined
γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ
᾽ have become in the likeness of his death, ΕΟ also

τῆς.ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα" 6 τοῦτο γινώσκοντες, OTL ὁ παλαιὸς

of (his) resurrection we ΠΣ be; this knowing, ἀπο: Ξο1ἃ
ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη. ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα
‘our man was crucified with [him], that might be annulled the Ἔδην

τ [τῆς δωρεᾶς] L.

418

by one to condemna-

tion, but the free gift

is of Many offences
unto justification.
17 For if by one man’s
offence death reigned
by one; much more
they which receive a-
bundance of grace and
of the gift of right-
eousness shall reign in
life by one, Jesus
Christ.) 18 Therefore
as by the offence of
onejudgment came up-
onall men to con-
demnation; even so
by the righteous sess
of one the free gift
came upon all meu un-
to justification of life,
19 For as by one man’s
disobedience many
were made sinners, so
by the obedience of one
shall many be made
righteous. 20 More-
over the law entered,
that the offence might
abound. But where sin
abounded, grace did
much more abound:
21 that as sin hath
reigned unto death,
even so might grace
reign through right-
eousness unto eternal
life by Jesus Christ
our Lord.

Vi. What shall we
say then? Shall we
continue in sin, that
grace may abound?
2 God forbid. How
shall we, that are dead
to sin, live any longer
therein? 3 Know ye
not, that so many of
us as were baptized
into Jesus Christ were
baptized into his
death ἢ 4 Therefore we
are buried with him
by baptism into death:
that like as Christ was
raised up from the
dead by the glory of
the Father, even «0
we also should walk
in newness of life.
5 For if we have been
planted together in
the likeness of his
death, we shall be also
in the likeness of his
resurrection : 6 know-
ing this, that our old
man is crucified with
him, that the body of
sin might be destroyed,

0 ἐπιμένωμεν Should we continue GLTTrAW.

414

that henceforth we
should not serve sin,
7 For he that is dead
is freed from sin.
3 Now if we be dead
with Christ, we believe
that we shall also live
with him: 9 knowing
thatChrist being raised
from the dead dieth no
more; death hath no
more dominion over
him. 10 For in that
he died, he died unto
sin once: but in that
he liveth, he liveth
unto God. 11 Like-
wise reckon ye also
yourselves to be
dead indeed unto sin,
but alive unto God
through Jesus Christ
our Lord. 12 Let not
sin therefore reign in
your mortal body,that
ye should obey it in
the lusts thereof.
13 Neither yield ye
your members as in-
strumenis of unright-
eousness unto sin: but
yield yourselves unto
God, as those that are
alive from the dead,
and your members as
instruments of right-
cousness unto God.
14 For sin shall not
have dominion over
you: for ye are not
under the law, but un-
der grace.

15 What then? shali
we sin, because we are
not under the law, but
under grace? God
forbid. 16 Know ye
not, that to whom ye
yield yourselves ser-
vants to obey, his ser-
yvants ye are to whom
ye obey ; whether of
sin unto death, or of
obedience unto right-
eousness? 17 But God
be thanked, that ye
were the servants of
sin, but ye have o-
beyed from the heart
that form of doctrine
which was delivered
you. 18 Being then
made free from sin,
ye became the ser-
vants of righteous-
ness. 19 I speak after
the manner of men
because of the infirmi-
ty of your flesh: for
as ye have yielded
your members ser-
vants to uncleanness
and to iniquity unto
inianisy, ; even so now
yield your members
servants to righteous-
ness unto holiness,

20 For when ye were

° συνζ- LTTrA,

κυρίῳ ἡμῶν GLTTrAW.
κα ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.

LTTrA,

Vi.
ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ.

‘we to sin.

iM POLS ΒΟΣΥΜ ΟΣ ΥΕΣ.
τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν
of sin, that *no “longer “06 Ssubservient
7 ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. & Ei.dé
For ha that died has been justified from sin. Now if
ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν χριστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι Kai “συζήσομεν"
we died with Christ, we believe that also we shall live with
αὐτῷ, 9 εἰδότες OTL χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ
him, knowing that Christ having been raised up from among [the]
νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει" θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει.
dead, no more dies : death him ‘no 7more 2rules *over.
10 Ρὸ" γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ. Ῥὸ" δὲ

For ἴῃ that δ died, to sin he died once for all; but inthat
ζῇ, Sy τῷ θεῷ. 11 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 4
he lives, he lives to God. So also ye reckon yourselves

γεκροὺς μὲν τεῖναι" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἐν χριστῷ
δᾷραά ‘indeed 'to *be to sin, but alive to God, in Christ

? ~s ~ , G ~ Π \ > , ει ὃς ΄
Τησοῦ "τῷ.κυρίῳ.ημῶν." 12 Μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία
Jesus our Lord. “Not *therefore ‘let reign $sin

ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ᾿αὐτῇ év' "ταῖς

in your mortal body, for to obey it in

? θ ΄ ᾽ rll 4 ’ 4 f « ~ er

ἐπιθυμίαις.αὐτοῦ"" 13 μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ. μέλη.ὑμῶν ὅπλα

its desires. Neither be yielding your members instruments

᾿ς ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ: ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ
of unrighteousness to sin, but yield yourselves
θεῷ τὼς" ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ.μέλη.ὑμῶν
toGod as from “among [*the] °dead ‘alive, and your members
ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ θεῷ. 14 ἁμαρτία.γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ
instruments of righteousness to God. For sin you “ποῦ
κυριεύσει’ οὐγάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, *adX’! ὑπὸ χάριν.

‘shall *rule tover, for *not *are*ye under but under grace.

οὐκιἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον,

law,
15 Τί οὖν ; γἁμαρτήσομεν" ὅτι

What then ? shall we sin because wearenot under law
xZ "} ς 4 , \ , > ” er
ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ χάριν; μὴ-γένοιτο. 16 οὐκ.οἴδατε Ort
but under grace? May it not be! Know ye not that to whom

παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἔστε
ye yield yourselves bondmen for obedience, bondmen ye are
ᾧ ὑπακούετε, ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς
to him whom ye obey, whether ΟΥ̓ βίῃ to death, or of obedience
? A , ~ ~ « = ~ ~
εἰς δικαιοσύνην ; 17 χάρις.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς
to righteousness ὃ But thanks [be] to God, that ye were bondmen
ἁμαρτίας, ὑπηκούσατε.δὲ ἐκ καρδίας εἰο ὃν παρεδόθητε
of sin, but ye obeyed from [the] heart ‘to*which ye *were °delivered
, Ὁ ? , LY 2 A ~ « ΄
τύπον διδαχῆς. 18 ἐλευθερωθέντες. δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας,
la *form “of *teaching. And having been set free fgom sin,
ἐδουλώθητε TH δικαιοσύνῃ. 19 ᾿Ανθρώπινον λέγω διὰ

ye became bondmen to righteousness. Humanly I speakon account of
τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς.σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. ὥσπερ.γὰρ παρεστήσατε
the weakness of your flesh. For as ye yielded

τὰ μέλη.ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ Kai τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν
your members in bondage to uncleanness and _ to Jawlessness unto
ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ.-μέλη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα TY

lawlessness, so now yield your members in bondage
’ ᾽ ς , ee 4 ~ F ~
δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν. 20 ὕτε.γὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς
to righteousness unto sanctification. For when bondmen ye were
POE. 4 + εἶναι to be Ἱ{τι]. ¥ — εἶναι GLTTrAW. 5— τῷ
t — αὐτῇ ἐν GLTTrAW. ¥ — ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ α. τ ὡσεὶ

Y ἁμαρτήσωμεν should we sin LtTraw.

MEVVIL ROMANS.

ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. 21 τίνα οὖν
of sin, free ye were as to righteousness. What *therefore

καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε," ἐφ᾽ οἷς viv ἐπαισχύνεσθε:
fruit had ye then, inthe([things)of which now ye are ashamed?

τὸ" γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. 22 νυνὶ. δὲ ἐλευθερω-
for the end οὗ those things [is] death. But now having been

θέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας,
set free from sin,

δουλωθέντες.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε
and having become bondmen ἰο God, ye have
τὸν καρπὸν. ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ.δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
your fruit unto sanctification, andthe end life eternal.
23 τὰ.γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα
For the wages of sin |is) death; but the free gift
τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν.
of God life eternal in Christ Jesus our Lord.
an > ~ ? , , 4 , ~ o
7 Ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί, γινώσκουσιν.γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ, ore
Are yeignorant, brethren, for to those knowing law Ispeak, that
ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον Cy ;

the law rules over the man for aslong “as ‘time -he may live?
2 ἡ-γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ"
For the married- woman tothe living husband is bound by law;
ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ κατήργηται ἀπὸ *rov νόμου τοῦ
butif should die the husband, sheiscleared from the law _ of the
ἀνδρός. 3 ἄρα. οὖν ζῶντος Tov ἀνδρὸς μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει,

husband : sothen, “living ‘the husband, anadulteress she shall be called,
ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ' ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, ἐλευθέρα
if shebe to?man'another; butif should die the husband, free
ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, τοῦ.μὴ.εἶναι.αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα, γενο-
sheis from the law, soasforhernottobe an adulteress, having
pest ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ. 4 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου, Kai ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώ-
come ἴο “ἤδη ‘another. Sothat, πὰ brethren, also ye were made
Onre τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς TO γενέσθαι
dead tothe law by the body of the Christ, for 7to *be
ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι, ἵνα καρπο-
1you toanother, who from among [6] dead was raised, that weshould

φορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ. 5 breyap ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, τὰ παθή-

bring forth fruit το God. For when we were in the flesh, the pas-
ματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν
sions of sins, which[were]through the law, wrought in

τοὶς.μέλεσιν.ἡμῶν εἰς TO καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ" 6 νυνὶ. δὲ
our members to the bringing forth fruit to death ; but now
κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, “ἀποθανόντες ἐν κατει-
we werecleared from the law, having died [in that)in which we were
χόμεθα, ὥστε δουλεύειν "ἡμᾶς" ἐν καινότητι πνεύματος, καὶ

held, so that *should “serve ‘we in newness of spirit, and
οὐ παλαιότητι γράμματος.
not in oldness of letter.

7 Tic οὖν ἐροῦμεν: ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία; μὴ. γένοιτο"

What then shall wesay? [Is]the law sin ? May it not be!
ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. ἔγνων εἰ.μὴ διὰ νόμου" THY.Te-yap
But sin lknew not nunless by law: for also
ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκδειν εἰμὴ ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν, Οὐκ
lust I had not been conscious of unless the law said, 3Not
ἐπιθυμήσεις" ὃ ἀφορμὴν.δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς

‘thou *shalt lust ; but “an *occasion *having *taken sin by the

415

the servants of sin, ye
were free from right-
eousness. 21 What
fruit had ye then in
those things whereof
ye are now ashamed P
for the end of thocve
things ὦ death. 22 But
now being made free
trom sin, and become
servants to God, ye
have your fruit unto
holiness, and the end
everlasting life. 23 For
the wages of sin é
death ; but the gift of
God «# eternal life
through Jesus Christ
our Lord.

VII. Know ye not,
brethren, (for 1 speak
to them that know
the law,) how that
the law hath domi-
nion over a Man as
long as he liveth?
2 For the woman
which hath an hus-
band is bound by the
law to her husbané so
long as heliveth; but
if the husband be
dead, she is loosed
from the law of her
husband. 3So then
if, while her husband
liveth, she be married
to another man, she
shall be called an a-
dulteress: but if her
husband be dead, she
is free from that law;
so that she is no adul-
teress, though she be
married to another
man. 4 Wherefore, my
brethren, ye also are
become dead to the
law by the body cf
Christ; that yeshould
be married to another,
even to him who is
raised from the dead,
that we should bring
forth fruit unto God.
5 For when we were in
the flesh, the motions
of sins, which were by
the law, did work in
our members to bring
forth fruit unto death.
6 But now we are de-
livered from the law,
that being dead where-
in we were held; that
we should serve in
newness of spirit, and
not im the oldness of
the letter.

7 What shall we say
then? 118 thelaw sin?
God forbid. Nay, I
had not known sin,
but by the law: for i
had not known lust,
except the law had
said, Thou shalt not
covet. & But sin,

2; the question ends at then LTa.

5. + μὲν indeed La.

© ἀποθανόντος (read as A.V.) Ε. 4 [ἡμᾶς} LTr.

Ὁ — τοῦ νόμου FE.

4185
taking occasion by
the commandment,

wrought in me all
manner of concupis-
cence. For without
the law sin was dead.
9 For I was alive
without the law once:
but when the com-
mandment came, sin
revived, and I died.
19 And the command-
ment, which was or-
dained to life, I found
to be unto death.
11 For sin, taking oc-
casion by the com-
mandment, deceived
me, and by itslew me.
12 Wherefore the law
is holy, and the com-
mandment holy, and
just, andgood. 13 Was
then that which is
good made death unto
me? God forbid. But
sin, that it might
appear sin, working
death in me by that
which is good; that
sin by the com-
mandment might be-
come exceeding sinful.
14 For we know that
the law is spiritual:
but I am carnal, sold
under sin. 15 For that
which I do I allow
not: for what I would,
that do 1 not; but
what I hate, that do
I. 16 If then I do
that which I would
not, I consent unto
the law that ἐξ ws
good. 17 Now then it
is no more 1 that do
it, but sin that dwell-
eth in me.18For I know
that in me (that is, in
my flesh,) dwelleth no
good thing: for to will
is present with me; but
how to perform that
which is good 1 find
not. 19 For the good
that I would I do not:
but the evil which 1
would not, that I do.
20 Now if I do that
I would not, it is
no more [I that do
it, but sin that dwell-
eth in me. 211 find
then a law, that,when
I would do good, evil
is present with me,
22 For I delight in the
law of God after the
inward man: 23 but I
gee another law in my

i POS VEGA OY Σ. ὙΠ
ἐντολῆς "κατειργάσατο" ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν. χωρὶς.γὰρ
commandment worked out in me_ every lust ; for apart from
νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά" 9 ἐγὠ.δὲ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου
law sin (was) dead. ButI wasalive apartfrom law
, ᾽ ~ ~ ,
ποτέ ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν, ἐγὼ.δὲ
once; but having come the commandment, sin revived, but I
᾽ , 5 ‘ « a c ᾽ Α ε
ἀπέθανον" 10 καὶ εὑρέθη μοι ἢ ἐντολὴ ἡ
died. And was found to me [that] the commandment which [was]
εἰς ζωήν, ἰαὕτη!" εἰς θάνατον. 11 ἡ.γὰρ.ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν
to life, this [tobe] to death : for sin ΞΔ ἢ “occasion
λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐξηπάτησέν με, καὶ Ov αὐτῆς

‘having "taken by thecommandment, deceived me, and by it
ἀπέκτεινεν. 12 ὥστε ὑ-μὲν.νόμος ἅγιος, Kai ἡ ἐντολὴ
slew {me}. Sothat the lawindeed [is] holy, and thecommandment

ayia καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. 18 Τὸ οὖν ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ

holy and just and good. That which then [is] good, to me
g la Π θά 3 4 es e Βάλλὰ! - « ΄ ev
yéyover' θάνατος ; μῆ-γξγοιτο ἄλλα ἢ apapria, iva

has it become death ? May it not be! But sin, that
φανῇ ἁμαρτία, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαξομενῆ
it might appear sin, by that which{is] good tome working out

θάνατον,ἵνα γένηται καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία
death ; that might *become *excessively *sinful sin

διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς. 14 Οἴδαμεν.γὰρ Ore ὁ νόμος πνευματικός
by the commandment. For weknow thatthe law spiritual

ἐστιν" ἐγὼ.δὲ ἱσαρκικός" εἶμι, πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.
is ; but I 2fleshly ‘am, having been sold under sin,

15 ὃ.γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ-.γινώσκω" ob.yap ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο

For what I work out, Ido not own: for not what Iwill, this
΄ e ? ? a » ~ ~ a n > ,
πράσσω" ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 16.08 ὃ οὐ.θέλω,
Ido; but what [hate, this I practise. But if what I do not will,

τοῦτο ποιῶ, Ἐσύμφημι" τῷ νόμῳ Ore καλός. 17 νυνὶ δὲ
this ΙΤρτγαοίίβθ, Ieconsent tothe law that [1ὖ 18] right. Now then
οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, ‘add’! ἡ ποἰκοῦσα" ἐν ἐμοὶ
nolonger “I ‘am working “out ‘it; but the dwelling “in ‘me
ες Ἷ 18 ΟἹ ᾿ e ᾽ ᾽ ~ 3 ᾽ 7 in , Π ?
αἀμαρτια. a.yap OTt OUVK.OLKEL ἐν épol, TOUTEOTLY ἐν
tsin For I know that theredwells notin me, that is in
τῇ-.σαρκί.μου, ἀγαθόν: τὸ. γὰρ.θέλειν παράκειταί μοι, τὸ δὲ
my flesh, good: for to will is present with me, but
κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν “οὐχ.εὑρίσκω." 19 οὐ.γὰρ ὃ θέλω
to work out the right I find not, For not what 71 *will
~ ᾽ , σ᾿ Ρ ? ij τ᾿ ᾽ . ’ ~ ’
ποιῶ ἀγαθόν" Padd’' ὃ οὐ-.θέλω κακόν, τοῦτο πράὰσ-
‘do 5I practise ‘good; but what 7I *do “πού *will ‘evil, this I do.
ow. 20 εἰἰδὲ ὃ οὐ-.θέλω “ἐγώ," τοῦτο ποιῶ, οὐκέτι
But if what *do*not*will ‘TI, this I practise, [it is] no longer
ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία.
I [who] work 7out lit, but the *dwelling *in *me *sin.
21 Εὑρίσκω dpa τὸν νόμον τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλόν,
Ifind then the law “who ‘will ‘tome topractisethe right,
ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται. 22 συνήδομαι.γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ
that me evil is present with. For I delight inthe law

τοῦ θεῦῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον: 28 βλέπω.δὲ ἕτερον
of God according to the inward man: but Isee another

a ee SS Ee --ς--.-.-.-.-ς-ς-:--ε---ς---.--------ο-ς-

_ © κατηργάσατο TTrA.
i σάρκινός fleshy GLITraW.
ο οὔ [is] not Lrtra.

ἔστιν GT.
Ltr[A]w.

& ἐγένετο did it become LTTraw. ἃ ἀλλ᾽ La.
Ι ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 0 ἐνοικοῦσα T. 0 τοῦτ᾽
ᾳ -- ἐγώ (read ov θέλω I do not will)

f αὐτὴ GW.
k σύν- T.
Ρ ἀλλὰ TTrA.

Vi VIIT. ROMANS.

νόμον ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσίν.μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ TOU
law in my members warring against the law

νοός μου, Kai αἰχμαλωτίζοντά pet τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας

of my mind, and leading ?captive me tothe law of sin

we ? ~ , ΄ὔ ΄ὔ ? ‘ » Ἢ
τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσίν. μου. 24 ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος

which is in my members. O wretched zl tman !
τίς μὲ ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ.θανάτου.τούτου;
who *me 'shall “θ᾽ σοῦ out of the body of this death ?

25 "εὐχαριστῶ" τῷ θεῷ διὰ ᾿Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν᾽

I thank God through Jesus’ Christ our Lord.
ἄρα.οὖὗν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ ‘pév' vot δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ"
Sothen *myself I withthe ?indeed ‘mind serve 7law ‘God’s;

TH-0& σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας.

but with the flesh
8 Ovdéiv.dpa.viy κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ ‘In οὔ, "μὴ
(There is] then now no condemnation tothose in Christ Jesus, “not
κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα." 2 ὁ.γὰ
“according Sto flesh twho ?walk, but according to Spirit. For the
νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἠλευθέρωσέν
law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus set *free
“pel ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας Kai τοῦ θανάτου. 3 TO γὰρ
me from the law of sin and of death. For
ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐνῷ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός,
*powerless [*being]'the 7law, inthat it was weak through the esh,
ὁ θεὸς τὸν. ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸν πέμψας ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας
God, *his*own 5Son "having sent, in likeness’ of flesh of sin,
Kai περὶ ἁμαρτίας κατέκρινεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, 4 ἵνα
and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that
TO δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμον πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ
the requirement ofthe law should be fulfilled in us, who notaccordingto
σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. 5 Οἱ γὰρ
flesh walk, but according to Spirit. For they that
κατὰ σάρκα ὄντες, τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν" οἱ.δὲ
according to flesh are, the thingsofthe flesh mind ; and they
κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ta τοῦ πνεύματος. 6 τὸ.γὰρ φρόνημα
according to Spirit, thethings ofthe Spirit. For the min
τῆς σαρκὸς θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ζωὴ
ofthe flesh [is] death; but the mind of the Spirit, life
καὶ εἰρήνη. 7 Διότι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς
and peace. Because the mind ofthe flesh [18] enmity towards
θεόν: τῷ.γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ.γὰρ δύνα-

“law 1sin’s.

God: fortothe law of God it is not subject ; for neither can
ται 8 οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ.δύνανται.
it [06]; andthey that *in “flesh tare, “God ‘please “cannot.

9 Ὑμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπερ
Βαῦγα not ‘are in flesh, but in Spirit, if indeed [the]
πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. e.d& τις πνεῦμα χριστοῦ
Spirit οὗ God dwells in you; butif anyone([the) Spirit of Christ
οὐκ ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ.ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. 10 εἰ.δὲ χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, τὸ
has not, he is not of him: butif Christ [be]in you, the
ἐν σῶμα νεκρὸν “δι! ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ
“indeed ‘body [is] dead on account of sin, but the Spirit life

διὰ δικαιοσύνην. 11 εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος
on account of righteousness, But if the Spirit of him who raised up

τ + ἐν in (the) Trr[a].
end of verse GLTTrAW.

® χάρις thanks (to God) Lrtra.

’ oe thee T. τ ἀλλὰ TTra. χα διὰ LTTra.

t — μὲν Τ.

417

members, warring a-
gainst the law of my
mind, and bringing
me into captivity to
the law of sin which
is in my members.
24 O wretched man
that I am! who shall
deliver me from the
body of this death?
25 I thank God
through Jesus Christ
our Lord. So then
with the mind I my-
self serve the law of
God; but with the
flesh the law of sin.
VIII. There is there-
fore now no condem-
nation to them which
are in Christ Jesus,
who walk not after
the flesh, but after the
Spirit. 2 For the law

P of the Spirit of life

in Christ Jesus hath
made me free from
the law of sin and
death. 3 For what the
law could not do,
in that it was weak
through the flesh, God
sending his own Son
in the likeness of sin-
ful flesh, and for sin,
condemned sin in the
flesh : 4 that the right-
eousness of the law
might be fulfilled in
us, who walk not after
the flesh, but after the
Spirit. 5 For they that
are after the flesh do
mind the things of
the flesh; but they
that are after the
Spirit the things of
the Spirit. 6For to be
carnally minded ὦ
death ; but to be spi-
ritually minded ὦ life
and peace. 7 Because
the carnal mind ws
enmity against God:
for it ignot subject to
the law of God, nei-
ther indeed can be.
8So then they that
are in the flesh can-
not please God. 9 But
ye are not in the flesh,
but in the Spirit, if so
be that the Spirit of
God dwell in you.
Now if any man have
not the Spirit of
Christ, he is none of
his. 10 And if Christ
be in you, the body ὦ
dead because of, sin ;
but the Spirit ὦ life
because of righteous-
ness. 11 But if the
Spirit of him that
raised up Jesus from
the dead dwell in
you, he that rais-
ed up Christ from

ἃ — μὴ κατὰ to
Υ + τὸν TTr[A].

EE

418

the dead shall also
quicken your mortal
bodies by his Spirit
that dwelleth in you.
12 Therefore, brethren,
we are debtors, not to
the fiesh, to live after
the flesh. 13For if ye
live after the flesh, ye
shall die: but if ye
through the Spirit do
mortify the deeds of
the body, ye shall
live. 14 For as many
as are led by the Spirit
of God, they are the
sons of God. 15 For
ye have not received
the spirit of bondage
again to fear; but ye
have received theSpirit
of adoption, whereby
we ery, Abba, Father.
16 The Spirit itself
beareth witness with
our spirit, that we are
the children of God:
17 And if children,
then heirs; heirs of
God, and joint-heirs
with Christ; if so be
that we suffer with
him, that we may be
also glorified together,

18 For I reckon that
the sufferings of this
present time are not
worthy to becompared
with the glory which
shill be revealed in
us. 19 Fortheearnest
expectation of the
creature waiteth for
the manifestation of
the sons of God.
20 For the creature
was made subject to
vanity, not willingly,
but by reason of him
who hath subjected
the same in hope,
41 because the crea-
ture itself also shall
be delivered from the
bondage of corruption
into the glorious li-
berty of the children
of God. 22¥For we
know that the whole
creation groaneth and
travaileth in pain to-
gether until now.
23 And not only they,
but ourselves also,
which have the first-
fruits of the Spirit,
even δ ourselves
groan within’ our-
selves, waiting for the
adoption, to wit, the

ΠΡῸΣ ΚΕ ΟΣΝ ΑΘΓ OY Ss.
) ~ ~ ῳ ἂν ε , τ
Ιησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν"
Jesus from among{[the] dead dwells in you, he who raisedup_ the
ἀχριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν" ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα
Christ from among [86] dead will quicken also 7mortal “bodies
ὑμῶν διὰ rd ἐνοικοῦν αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα" ἐν ὑμῖν. 12 Ἄρα
your on account ef *that ‘dwells this ?Spirit in you. So
a ? yet) ' ’ ‘ ᾽ ~ , ~ Η͂ ΄
οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν οὐ τῇ σαρκί, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα
then, brethren, debtors weare, nottothe flesh, 2according *to *flesh
ζῇν" 18 εἰγὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνήσκειν"
to “live; for if according to flesh ye live, ye are about to die;
el.0& πνεύματι Tac πράξεις TOY σώματος θανατοῦτε, ζήσεσθε.
butif by [the] Spirit the deeds ofthe body yeput to death, ye νν11] live:
-“ κω - ΄ὔ ᾽ εν Ζῳ, ~
14 Ὅσοι.γὰρ πνεύματι θεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί “εἰσιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ."
for as many as by [the] Spirit of God are led, these are sons of God.
15 οὐ.γὰρ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα Movreiac! πάλιν εἰς φόβον, arr’!
For *not γε *received aspirit of bondage again unto fear, but
ἐλ , ~ ε θ , ’ τ , ? ~ « ,
ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἐν.ᾧ κράζομεν, ᾿Αββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ.
ye received aSpirit of adoption, whereby wecry, bba, Father.
, 4 A ~ ~ ~ ~ «
10 Αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ἰσυμμαρτυρεῖ" τῷ.πνεύματι.ἡμῶν, Ore
ΞΤ(Β6 15 ‘the Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that
5] A , ~ ᾽ " Ul ‘ , ,
ἐσμὲν τέκνα θεοῦ. 17 εἰ δὲ τέκνα, Kai κληρονόμοι" κληρονόμοι
we are children of God. And if children, also heirs : heirs
μὲν θεοῦ, ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" δὲ χριστοῦ" εἴπερ ἐσυμπάσχομεν,"
indeed of God, and joint-heirs of Christ ; if indeed we suffer together,
ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν.
that also we may be glorified together.
18 Λογίζομαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῖν
For I reckon that not worthy [are)the sufferings of the present
~ ‘ A , , ? ~
καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι
time [to becompared] with the ?about lelory to be revealed
εἰς ἡμᾶς. 19 ‘H-ydp ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀποκά-
to us. For the earnest expectation of the creation 7the Sreve-
λυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ amexdéxyera. 20 TY-yap-paraornre
lation ‘of ‘the °sons ΤΟΣ °God ‘awaits; for to vanity
ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑπο-
the creation was subjected, not willingly, but by reasonof him who sub-

Vili

, zg ἢ Π 2»: ? (ὃ iv’ {I ‘ ? ‘ « ,ὔ ?
τάξαντα, én’! ἐλπίδι 21 ὅτι" καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερω-
jected [1], in hope that also “itself *the “creation shall be

θήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς iovdreiag' τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς THY ἐλευθερίαν
freed from the bondage of corruption into the freedom

τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ OTL πᾶσα ἡ
of the glory of the children of God. For we know that all the
κτίσις βσυστενάζει! καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι Tov voy’ 23 οὐ

creation groans together and travails together until now. *Not
όνον δέ, ἀλλὰ Kai αὐτοὶ THY ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος
Zonly ‘and([soj], but even ourselves the first-fruit of the Spirit

ἔχοντες, "καὶ ἡμεῖς" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν, υἱοθεσίαν
ving, also we ourselves *in “ourselves 1groan, ®adoption

ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ.σώὠώματος. ἡμῶν. 24 TY

redemption of our

body. 24For we are “awaiting— the redemption of our body.

saved by hope: but va ry er ἫΝ δ ἢ ἢ ͵ Phen ts ἢ δέος
hope that is seen is γὰρ. ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν: ἐλπὶς.δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐλπίς
not hope: for what a Forin hope we were saved; but hope seen is ποῦ hope ;

Se ee -------ςς----ς-ςς.--ς-ς- ἐήἧ

* — ov LTTrA.

Ὁ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος (read as A.V.) ET.
ε ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

λίας τ.

® χριστὸν [Ἰησοῦν] (Jesus) ἐκ νεκρῶν L; ἐκ νεκρῶν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν T.
© υἱοί εἰσιν θεοῦ LITrAW. 4 δου-
Β ἐφ᾽ τ. ἱ διότι τ. Jj δουλίας τ.

f our- Ὁ. & συν- TA.

k ἡμεῖς καὶ TA; [ἡμεῖς] καὶ LTr.

VIII. ROMANS.
ὃ. γὰρ βλέπει τις τί Meai' ἐλπίζει; 2 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ
for what sees ‘anyone why also does he hope for? But if what *not

βλέπομεν ἐλπίζομεν, Ov ὑπομονῆς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 2 Ὡσαύτως
we ?see we hopefor, in endurance we await. *In*like*manner
δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα συναντιλαμβάγνεται "ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις" ἡμῶν"
tand also the Spirit jointly helps our weaknesses ;
τὸ γὰρ τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν, "ἀλλ᾽"
for that which we should pray for according as it behoves, we know not, but
αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει Ῥὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" στεναγμοῖς
‘itself 'the Spirit makes intercession for us with groanings
ἀλαλήτοις" 27 ὁ. δὲ "ἐρευνῶν" τὰς καρδίας οἶδεν τί τὸ
inexpressible But he who searches the hearts knows what [is] the
φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅτι κατὰ θεὸν ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ
mind of the Spirit, because according to God heintercedes for
ἁγίων. 28 Oidapev.dé ὅτι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα
saints. But we know that to those who love God all things
τσυνεργεῖ" εἰς ἀγαθόν, τοῖς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοῖς
work together for good, tothose who according to purpose “called
οὖσιν. 29 ὅτι οὃἣς προέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συμμόρ-

tare, Because whom he foreknew, also he predestinated [to be] conformed
φους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ. υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ, εἰς TO εἶναι αὐτὸν πρω-
to the image of his Son, for 2to*be ‘him [the] first-
τότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 30 οὺς. δὲ προώρισεν, τούτους
born among many brethren. But whom he predestinated, these

Kai ἐκάλεσεν" Kai ode ἐκάλεσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδικαίωσεν: οὺς
also hecalled; and whom he called, these also hejustified; *whom

δὲ ἐδικαίωσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδόξασεν.
‘but he justified, these also he glorified.

31 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν,
What then shall wesay to these things? If God [be] for us,

τίς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν; 32 ὕς γε τοῦ ἰδίου.υἱοῦ οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, "ἀλλ᾽"
who against us? Who indeed his own Son spared not, but

ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ

for us all gave up him, how “not +also *with *him
τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; 33 τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ
Yall'°things 8 ‘will he grant? Who shall bring an accusation against
ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ ; θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 84 τίς ὁ κατα-
[the] elect of God ? [It is]God who justifies: who he that con-
κρίνων; χριστὸς ᾿ ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ᾿καὶ! ἐγερθείς,
demns? ([Itis) Christ who αἰϊοᾶ, butrather also is raised up;

ὃς καὶ" ἔστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ
who also is at[the’right hand of God; who also _intercedes for
ἡμῶν. 35 τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ χριστοῦ;
us: who 8 shallseparate from the love of Christ ?
θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμός, ἢ λιμός, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ
tribulation, or strait, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or
κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα; 36 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι ἕνεκά" σου
danger, or sword? According as it has been written, For thy sake
θανατούμεθα ὕλην THY ἡμέραν᾽ ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα
we are put to death *whole ‘the day ; we were reckoned as sheep
σφαγῆς. 37 AAN ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν διὰ
of slaughter. But in these *things ‘all we more than overcome through

πὶ — καὶ LTr[A]. 5 τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ (read our weakness) LTTrAW.
P — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. 4 ἐραυνῶν TTr.
5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. t + Ἰησοῦς Jesus [L]T.
GLTT+AW.

’ — καὶ LTTr[a].

419

man seeth, why doth
he yet hope for? 25 But
if we hope for that
we see not, then do we
with patience wait for
wt, 26 Likewise the
Spirit also helpeth our
infirmities: for we
know not what we
should pray for as we
ought: but the Spirit
itself maketh inter-
cession for us with
groanings which can-
not be uttered. 27 And
he that searcheth the
hearts knoweth what
ts the mind of the
Spirit, because he
maketh intercession
for the saints accord-
ing to the will of God.
28 And we know that
all things work toge-
ther for good to them

that love God, to
them who are the
called according to

his purpose. 29 For
whom he did foreknow,
he also did predesti-
nate to be conformed to
the image of his Son,
that he might be the
firstborn among many
brethren. 30 Moreover
whom he did predes-
tinate, them he also
called: and whom he
called, them he also
justified : and whom
he justified, them he
also glorified.

31 What shall
then say to these
things? If God be
for us, who can be
against us? 32 He
that spared not his
own Son, but deliver-
ed him up for us all,
how shall he not with
him also freely give us
all things? 33Whoshall
lay any thing to the
charge of God’s elect ?
[tis God that justifi-
eth. 34 Who zs hethat
condemneth? Jt is
Christ that died, yea
rather, that is risen
again, who is even at
the right hand of God,
who also maketh in-
tercession for us.
35 Who shall separate
us from the love of
Christ? shall tribula-
tion, or distress, or
persecution, or fam-
ine, or nakedness, or
peril, or sword ? 36 As
it is written, For th
sake we are killed a
the day long; we are

we

ο ἀλλὰ TTrw.

τ συνεργεῖ ὁ θεὸς God works together 1.
π -- καὶ [τ,|7]1.

= ἕνεκεν

420

accounted as sheep for
the slaughter. 37 Nay,
in all these things we
are more than con-
querors through him
that loved us. 38 For
I am persuaded, that
neither death, nor life,
nor angels, nor prin-
cipalities, nor powers,
nor things present,nor
things to come, 39 nor
height, nor depth, nor
any other creature,
shall be able to sepa-
rate us from the love
of God, which is in
Christ Jesus our Lord.

IX. I say the truth
in Christ, I lienot, my
conscience also bear-
ing me witness in the
Holy Ghost, 2 that I
have great heaviness
and continual sorrow
in my heart. 3 For I
could wish that my-
self were accursed
from Christ for my
brethren, my kinsmen
according to the flesh:
4 who are Israelites; to
whom pertaineth the
adoption, and the glo-
ry, and the covenants,
and the giving oz the
law, and the service
of God, and the pro-
mises; 5 whose are
the fathers, and of
whom as concerning
the flesh Christ came,
who is over all, God
blessed for ever. A-
men. 6 Not as though
the word of God hath
taken none effect. For
they are not all Israel,
which are of Israel:
7 Neither, because they
are the seed of Abra-
ham, are they all chil-
dren: but, In Isaac
shall thy seed be call-
ed. 8 That is, They
which are the chil-
dren of the flesh, these
are not the children of
God: but the children
of the promise are
counted for the seed.
9 For this is the word
of promise, At this
time will I come, and
Sarah shall have a
son. 10 And not only
this; but when Re-
becca also had con-
ceived by one, even by
our father Isaac ;
11 (for the children
being not yet born,
neither having done
any good or evil, that
the purpose of God
according to election
might stand, not of
works, but of him that

ΠΡῸΣ + PaM ATO Y=.

ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς.
loved us.

VITH Ae:
38 πέπεισμαι.γὰρ OTL οὔτε
For I am persuaded that neither
θάνατος, οὔτε ζωή, οὔτε ἄγγελοι, οὔτε ἀρχαί, Yovre du-
death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor
vapec," οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα, 39 οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε

τοῦ
him who

powers, nor things present, nor things to be, nor height, nor
βάθος, οὔτε Tic κτίσις ἑτέρα δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι
depth, nor any 7created*thing ‘other willbeable us _ to separate
ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ
from the love of God, which[is)in Christ Jesus Lord
ἡμῶν.

our.

9 ᾿Αλήθειαν λέγω ἐν χριστῷ, οὐ-.ψεύδομαι, ἐσυμμαρτυρούσης"

Truth Isay in Christ, I lie not, bearing witness with
μοι τῆς.συνειδησεώς.μου ἕν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, 2 Ore λύπη
me my conscience in {the} Spirit 1Holy, that *grief

μοι ἐστὶν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῷῇ-καρδίᾳ. μου"
3to*me ‘is 1oreat, and unceasing sorrow in my heart, -
3 ηὐχόμην.γὰρ "αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀνάθεμα elva' ἀπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ
ΤΟΥ | was wishing “myself ‘I & curse tobe from the Christ
ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἀδελφῶν.μου, τῶν.συγγενῶν.μου κατὰ σάρκα"
for my brethren, my kinsmen according to flesh;
4 olriwvic εἰσιν “TopanXirat," ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα,
who are Israelites, whose [is] the adoption and the glory,
‘ nee, ~ A ΄ ν ΄ὔ «
καὶ “αἱ διαθῆκαι! καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία, καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ
and the covenants and the lawgiving, and the service and the
ἐπαγγελίαι, 5 ὧν οἱ πατέρες, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ὁ χριστὸς τὸ
promises ; whose[are]the fathers; and of whom[is])the Christ
κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὧν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς
according to flesh, who is over all God blessed to the
αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. 6 Οὐχ οἵον.δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος TOU

ages. Amen. Not however that has failed the word
θεοῦ. οὐ.γὰρ πάντες ot ἐξ ᾿Ισραήλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραήλ᾽
of God; for not all ‘which (are)*of ‘Israel 1those [2816] *Israel:
7 οὐδ᾽ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα ABpadp, πάντες τέκνα, ἀλλ᾽

nor because they are of Abraham [are) all children: but,

ἐν ᾿Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα. 8 “Τουτέστιν, οὐ τὰ
In Isaac shall be called tothee a seed. That is, ®not ‘the

τέκνα τῆς σαρκός, ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ" ἀλλὰ τὰ τέκνα
“children %of *the *flesh Sthese [7416] children of God; but thechildren

τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα. 9 ἐπαγγελίας.γὰρ

566

of the promise are reckoned for seed. For of promise

ὁ λόγος.οὗτος, Κατὰ τὸν. καιρὸν. τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ
this word [15], According to this time Iwillcome, and
ἔσται τῇ Dappg υἱός. 10 Od.pdvor6e, ἀλλὰ καὶ ‘Pe-

there shall be to Sarah ason.
βέκκα ἐξ ἑνὸς κοίτην

And not only [that], but also Re-
ἔχουσα, ᾿Ισαὰκ τοῦ-.πατρὸς. ἡμῶν"
Ἢ

becca %by ‘one conception aving, Isaac our father,
11 ἐμήπω" γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων
“πού Syet [286 *children] “for being born, nor having done

> 4 a £ ’ iT] ev « > , ‘ ~ ~

ἀγαθὸν ἢ ἱκακόν," ἵνα ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν &rov θεοῦ

ΟΥ̓ evil, (that the *taccording δῦο Selection 305 “God
οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ Tov καλοῦντος,
of works, but of him who calls),

τι
anything good
πρόθεσις" μένῃ,

‘purpose might abide, not

Υ οὔτε δυνάμεις placed after μέλλοντα GLTTrAW.
Ὁ Ἰσραηλεῖται 1.
f φαῦλον LITA.

LTTrAw.
πὴὼ LTr.

8 ἀνάθεμα εἷναι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ

2 συνμ- T.
d your ἔστιν GTTrA. © μή

ὁ ἡ διαθήκη the covenant L.
& πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ GLTITAW.

ἘΣ: ROMANS.
12 Βέἐῤῥήθη" αὐτῇ, Ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι"

it was said to her, The greater shall serve the lesser :
18 καθὼς γέγραπται, Τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν.δὲ Ἡσαῦ
according as it has been written, Jacob I loved, and Esau
ἐμίσησα.
I hated.
14 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ;
What then shall we say? Unrighteousness with God [is there]?
\ , A 15 ~ i ‘ “Ἱ λέ "EX , τὰ n
μη-γενοιτο τῷ. γὰρ. Μωσῇ λέγει, eNow OV.av
May it not be! For to Moses he says, I will shew mercy to whomsoever
ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω.

I shew mercy, and I will feel compassion on whomsoever I feel compassion.
16”Apa οὖν οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος,
So then [itis] ποὺ of himthat wills, nor of him that runs,
ἀλλὰ τοῦ ξἐλεοῦντος" θεοῦ. 17 λέγει.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ Φαραώ,
but *who *shews ͵ΙΏΘΙΌΥ ‘of 7God, For says thescripture to Pharaoh,
Ὅτι sic αὐτὸ.τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὕπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ
For this same thing 1 raised out thee, so that I πε! ΡΝ shew in thee
τὴν. δύναμίν.μου, καὶ ὕπως διαγγελῇ τὸ. ὔνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ

my power, and so that should be declared my name in all
τῇ γῇ. 18 "Apa οὖν ὃν θέλει, ἐλεεῖ" ὃν. δὲ θέλει
the earth. So then to whom he will he shews mercy, and whom he will
σκληρύνει.
he hardens.
19 ’Epeic ody μοι,} Ti ἔτι μέμφεται : p' Bov-

Thow wilt Bay then tome, Why yet does he find fault ες ie 1 ®pur-

Anpare αὐτοῦ τίς ἀνθέστηκεν; 20 οΜενοῦνγε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε,"
pose Sof Thimtwho “has “resisted ἢ Yea,rather, O man,

σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ θείη μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ
*thou 'who ?art that answerest against Shall ‘say ‘the

πλάσμα τῷ πλάσαντι, Τί pe ἐποίησας οὕτως :
2thing "formed tohim who formed [it], Why me madest thou thus?

21 Ἢ οὐκιἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ
Or 88 not authority the potter overthe clay, out of the

αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃδιμὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, 6.02
same lump tomake one to ‘honour ‘vessel, and another

εἰς ἀτιμίαν; 22 εἰ.δὲ θέλων ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργήν;
to dishonour? And if *willing 1God to shew wrath,

καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ.δυνατὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακρο-

and to make known his power, bore in much Jong-
θυμίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτεσμερα εἰς ἀπώλειαν: 28 καὶ ἵνα
suffering vessels of wrath fitted for destruction ; and that

γνωρίσῃ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς.δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σκεύη
he might make known the riches of his glory upon vessels
ἐλέους. ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν; 24 οὺς Kai ἐκάλεσεν

of mercy, which he before prepared for
ἡμᾶς οὐ μόνον ἐξ Ιουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ.
lus ποῦ oa from parton, {the] Jews, but also from among [the]

ἐθνῶν: 25 ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει, Καλέσω τὸν οὐ
nations? As also in Hosea he says, I willcall that which [18] not

λαόν.μου. λαόν.μου᾽ Kai THY οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην.

my people, My People; and that not beloved, Beloved.

26 Kai ἔσται, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐῤῥήθη" Padroic," Οὐ λαός
And it shall be, in the place where it wassaid tothem, Not *people

glory, 2whom 7also *he ®called

421

ealleth ;) 12 it was
said unto her, The
elder shall serve the
younger. 13 As it is
written, Jacob have [
loved, but Esau have
I hated.

14 What shall we
say then? Js there
unrighteousness with
God’? God _ forbid.
15 For hesaith to Mo-
ses, I will have mercy
on whom I will have
mercy, and I will have
compassion on whom
I will have compas-
sion. 16 So then τέ is
not of him that will-
eth, nor of him that
runneth, but of God
that sheweth mercy.
17 For the scripture
saith unto Pharaoh,
Even for this same
purpose have I raised
thee up, that I might
shew my power in
thee, and that my
name might be de-
clared throughout all
the earth. 18 There-
fore hath he mercy on
whom he will have
mercy, and whom he
will he hardeneth.

19 Thou wilt say
then unto me, Why
doth he yet find fault?
For who hath resisted
his will? 20 Nay but,
Oman, who art thou
that repliest against
God? Shall the thing
formed say to him
that formed it, Why
hast thou made me
thus ? 21 Hath not the
potter power over the
clay, of the same
lump to make one
vessel unto honour,
and another unto dis-
honour? 22 What if
God, willing to shew
his wrath, and to make
his power known, en-
dured with much
longsuffering the ves-
sels of wrath fitted to
destruction: 23 and
that he might make
known the riches of
his glory on the ves-
sels of mercy, which
he had afore prepared
unto glory, 24 even
us, whom he hath
called, not of the Jews
only, ‘put also of the
Gentiles? 25 As he
saith also in Osee, I
will call them my
people, which were
not my epee ; and
her belove hich
was not "peloved.
26 And it shall come

h ἐῤῥέθη LTTrA.
k ἐλεῶντος LTTrA. 1 wou οὖν LTTrAW.

m+ οὖν ‘then L[A]w.
ο ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε (μενοῦν ye LTr) LTTrA.

Ρ — αὐτοῖς [L]tr.

i yap Μωῦσῇ G; Μωσῇ yap LA; Mwicet yap TTr ; OT γὰρ W. Ww.

— yap for Ε.

439

to pass. ‘Avt in the
place where it was said
unto them, Ye are not
my people ; there shall
they be called the
children of the living
God. 27 Esaias also ecri-
eth concerning Israel,
Though the number of
the children of Israel
be as the sand of the
sea, ἃ remnant shall
be saved: 28 for he will
finish the work, and
σα ἐξ short in right-
eousness: because a
short work will the
Lord make upon the
earth, 29 And as H-
saias said before, Ex-
cept the Lord οἵ Sa-
baoth had left us a
secd, we had been as

Sodoma. and _ been
made like unto Go-
morrha.

30 What shall we
say then ? That
the Gentiles, which
followed ποῦ after

rizhteousness, have
attained to righteons-
ness, even the right-
eousness which is of
faith, 31 But Israel,
which followed after
the law of righteous-
ness, hath not attain-
ed to the law of right-
eousness. 32 Where-
fore? Because they
sought it not by faith,
but as it were by the
works of the law. For
they stumbled at that
stumblingstone ; 33 as
it is written, Behold, I
iny in Sion a stum-
blingstone and rock
of offence: and who-
soever believeth on
him shall not be a-
shamed.

X. Brethren, my
heart’s desire and
prayer to God for
tsrael is, that they

might be saved. 2 For
Il bear them record
that they have azeal of
God, but not accord-
ing to knowledge.
3 For they being ig-
norant of God’s right-
eousness, and going
about to establish
their own righteous-
ness, have not sub-
mitted themselves un-
to the righteousness of
God. 4 For Christ is
the end of the law for
righteousness to every
one that believeth.

5 For Moses describ-

IPOs 424Eo@MArO Y &. IX ae
μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ ζῶντος. 27 Ἣ-
‘my [are] ye, there they shall be called sons of *God ['the] “living. 2h -
σαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, Ἐὰν ὁ ἀριθμὸς
saias ‘but cries concerning Israel, If *should be 'the 2nnmber
τῶν υἱῶν 'Ισραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ τκατάλειμ-
“of *the Ssons ®of 7Israel as the sand ofthe sea, the remnant
pa" σωθήσεται" 28 λόγον yao συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων
shall be saved: for [the] matter [he is] conelnding and cutting short
δὲν δικαιοσύνῃ ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον" ποιήσει
in righteousness: because a matter cut short will *do ['the]
΄ ᾿ ‘ ~ ~ A F ‘ , «- Hy,
κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 29 Kat καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἡσαΐας,
“Lord upon the earth. And according as_ said before Esaias,
Εἰμὴ κύριος Σαβαὼθ ᾿ἐγκατέλιπεν" ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα
Unless [{Π6] Lord οἵ Hosts had left us aseed, as Sodom
ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ we Τόμοῤῥα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν.
we should have become, and as Gomorrha we should have been made like,
30 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὅτι ἔθνη τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιο-
What then shall wesay? That Gentiles that follow not after right-
σύνην, κατέλαβεν δικαιοσύνην, δικαιοσύνην δὲ τὴν ἐκ πίστεως"
eousness, attained righteousness, but righteousness that[is]by faith.
51 ᾿Ισραὴλ.δὲ διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, εἰς νόμον Yé-
But Israel, following after alaw of righteousness, to a law of
U ΠΤ ? μὲ θ ΓΝ ΚᾺΔ] ε ? 3 “
καιοσύνης" οὐκιἔφθασεν. 32 ὕδιατί :" ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίσ-
righteousness did not attain. Why? Because [it was] not by faith,
τεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων *vdpov'' προσέκοψαν γὰρ" τῷ λίθῳ
but as by works of law. For they stumbled at the stone
τοῦ προσκόμματος, 33 καθὼς γέγραπται, ᾿ἸΙδοὺ τίθημι ἐν
of stumbling, according as it has been written, Behold I place in

Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος Kai πέτραν σκανδάλου" καὶ *7rac!
Sion ἃ stone of stumbling and rock of offence : and every one

ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται.
that believes on him shall not be ashamed,

10 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἡ
Brethren, the good pleasure of my own heart, and

δέησις “ἡ" πρὸς τὸν θὺν ὑπὲρ rov’Iopand ἐστιν" εἰς
supplication to God on behalf of Israel is for
σωτηρίαν. 2 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅτι ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔχουσιν,
salvation. For I bear witness tothem that zeal for God they have,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν. 3 ἀγνοοῦντες. γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ
but not according to knowledge. For being ignorant of the *of *God
δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν “δικαιοσύνην" ζητοῦντες στῆσαι,
‘righteousness, and _ their own righteousness seeking to establish,

TH δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑπετάγησαν. 4 τέλος. γὰρ

to the righteousness of God they submitted not. For [*the] *end
νόμου χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι.
Sof*law ‘Christ [215] for righteousness toevery one that believes.

5 Μωσῆς". γὰρ γράφει 5 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν éx frou!

For Moses writes [of] the righteousness which [is] of the
νόμου, β"Ὅτι"! ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται
law, That the *having *practised *those *things man shall live
ἐν ἰαὐτοῖς." 6 ‘H.dé ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει,
by them. But the ?of *faith ‘righteousness thus speaks:

τ ὑπόλειμμα LTTrA.
* — δικαιοσύνης (read to [that] law) trtraw.

¥ — yap for LTTrA.
fis] GLTTraw.
€ — rod Trra.

β —omnT,

8 — ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον LTTr[A]. t ἐν- T.
* διὰ Te LTrA. x — νόμου LTT: A ]W.

+ — πᾶς (read ὃ he that) LTtraw. ἃ — ἢ LTTrAW. Ὁ αὐτῶν them
- δικαιοσύνην GLTr[A]w. 4 Mwvons GLTTrAW. © + ὅτι that T.
h — αὐτὰ (LJ. i αὐτῇ it LTTrA.

ROMANS
Μὴ.εἴπῃς ἐν ‘ry «καρδίᾳ σου, Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν
Thou mayest not say in thy heart, Who = shall ascend to the
οὐρανόν ; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν" 7 ἢ. Tie κατα-
heaven ? that is, Christ to bring down. Or, Who shall

βήσεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν ἐκ
descend into the abyss? that is, Christ from encug {the}

νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν. ὃ ἀλλὰ τί λέγει; ᾿Εγγύς cov τὸ ῥῆμά

X.

dead to bring up. But what says it? Near thee the word
ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ.στύματί.σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου. τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν τὸ
is, in thy mouth and in thy heart: that is the
ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως ὃ κηρύσσομεν 9 OTL ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς
word of faith which we proclaim, that if thou contess
ἐν Tw.oTOmati.cou κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai πιστεύσῳς ἐν TY
with thy mouth {the} Lord Jesus, and believe in
καρδίᾳισου ὅτι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν,
thy heart that God him raised from auieng {the} dead,
σωθήσῃ" 10 καρδίᾳ. γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην.
thou shalt be saved. For with {the} heart [15 belief to righteousness ;
στόματιιδὲλ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. 11 Λέγει.γὰρ ἡ
and with [the] mouth is confession to salvation. For says the

γραφή, Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται.
scripture, πλάτες that believes on him shall not be ashamed.

12 Οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολὴ ᾿Ιουδαίου τε καὶ “Ἑλληνος" ὁ.γὰρ
For there is ποῦ a difference of Jew and Greck ; for the

αὐτὸς κύριος πάντων πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλου-

same Lord ofall [is] rich toward ali that call

μένους αὐτόν. 18 Πᾶς. γὰρ ὃς.ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα

upon him. For everyone, whoever may call on the nDame
κυρίου, σωθήσεται. 14 Πῶς οὖν ἱἐπικαλέσονται εἰς

of [the] Lord, shall be saved. How then shall they call on [him}
ὃν οὐκ.-ἐπίστευσαν 3; πῶς.δὲ ππιστεύσουσιν οὗ

whom they believed not?

οὐκ.ἤκουσαν ; πῶς.δὲ "ἀκούσουσιν χωρὶς
they heard not? and how

15 πῶς δὲ οκηρύξουσιν,

and how shall they believe on (him) of whom
κηρύσσοντος ;
shall they hear apart from(one) preaching?
ἐὰν.μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν; καθὼς
and how shallthey preach, unless they be sent? according as
γέγραπται, ‘Qc ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν Ρεὐαγγελιζο-
it has been written, How beautiful the feet of those announcing the glad
μένων εἰρήνην, τῶν" εὐαγγελιζομένων “τὰ ἀγαθά.
tidings of Bence; of those CEG the glad tidings of good things !

16 ᾿Αλλ’ οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ: Ἡσαΐας. γὰρ
But not ali obeyed the glad tidings. For Esaias

λέγει, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν; 17° Ava ἡ πίστις
ΒΑΕ; Lord, who believed our report ? So faith [is}

ἐξ ἀκοῆς, ἡ-.δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος "θεοῦ. 18 ἀλλὰ λέγω,
by report, but the “aise by [the} word of God. But Isay,

Μὴ οὐκιἤκουσαν; "μενοῦνγε' εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν
Did they not hear? 55: aes Into all the earth went out

ὁ. φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα
their voice, and to the ends of the habitable world words

423

eth the righteousness
Which is ot the iaw,
That the man which
doecth those things
shali live by them.
6 But the righieous-
ness which is of faith
speaketh on this wise,
Say not in thine heart,
Who shall ascend into
heaven? (that is, to
bring Christ down
Srom above:) 7 or,
Who shall descend in-
to the deep? (thatis, to
bring up Christ again
from the dead.) 8 But
what saith it? The
word is nigh thee,
evenin thy mouth, and

in thy heart: that is,
the word of faith,
which we preach;

9 Thai if thou shalt
confess with thy
mouth the Lord Je-
sus, and shait believe
ii thine heart that
God hath raised him
from the dead, thou
shalt be saved. 10 For
With the heart man
believeth unto right-
eousness; and with
the mouth confession
is made unto salva-
tion. 11 For the scrip-
ture saith, Whosoever
believeth on him shail
not beashamed. 12 For
there is no difference
between the Jew and
the Greek: for the
same Lord over all is
rich unto all that
call upon him. 13 For
whosoever shail call
upon the name of the
Lord shall be saved.
14 How then shall
they call on him in
whom they have not
believed? and how
shall they believe in
him of whom they
have not heard? and
how shall they hear
without a preacher?
15 And how shalithey
preach, except they be
sent? as it is written,
How beautiful are
the feet of them that
preach the gospel of
peace, and bring glad
tidings of good things!
16 But they have not
all obeyed the gospel.
For Esaias_ saith,
Lord, who hath be-
lieved our report?
17 So then faith com-
eth by hearing, and

αὐτῶν. 19 ᾿Αλλὰ λέγω, Μὴ. οὐκ.ἔγνω ‘“Iopand"; πρῶτος be#ting by the word
- ; τος :

their. But I say, Did not *know τίνει ? irst, ἐπ ES PETS T

k— τῇ EK. ‘ ἐπικαλέσωνται sould they call Lrtraw. ™ πιστεύσωσιν Should they

believe LrTraw.
should they preach LTT:aw.

τ᾽ χριστοῦ of Christ Lrtra. ® μενοῦν ye LTrw.

2 ἀκούσονται T ; ἀκούσωσιν should they hear LiraWw.
Ρ-- εὐαγγελιζομένων εἰρήνην τῶν. LTTr[A].

° κηρύξωσιν
9 — τὰ LTraw.

τ: Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω GLTTrAW.

424

Have they not heard ?
Yes verily, their sound
went into all the
earth, and their words
unto the ends of the
world. 19 But I say,
Did not Israel know ?
First Moses saith, I
will provoke you to
jealousy by them that
are no people, and
by a foolish nation I
will anger you. 20 But
Esaias is very bold,
and saith, I was found
of them that sought
me not; I was made
manifest unto them
that asked not after
me, 21 But to Israel
he saith, All day iong
I have stretched forth
my hands unto a dis-
obedient and gainsay-
ing people.

XI. Isay then,Hath
God cast away his
people? God forbid.
For I also am an Is-
raelite. of the seed of
Abraham, of the tribe
of Benjamin. 2 God
hath not cast away
his people which he
foreknew. Wot ye
not what the scrip-
ture saith of Elias?
how he maketh in-
tercession to God a-
gainst Israel, saying,
% Lord, they have
killed thy prophets,
and digged down
thine altars; and I
am left alone, and
they seek my life.
4 But what saith the
answer of God unto
nim? I have reserved
to myself seven thou-
sand men, who have
not bowed the knee
to the image of Baai.
5 Even so then at this
present time _ also
there is a remnant
according to the elec-
tion of grace. 6 And
if by grace, then ts tt
mo more of works:
otherwise grace is no
more grace. But if tt
be of works, then is it
no more grace: other-
wise work is no more
work.

7 What then ? Israel
hath not obtained
that which he seeketh
for; but the election
hath obtained it, and
the rest were blinded
8 (according as it is

ΤΡ ΟΣ Pasa Mea OF eS.
"Μωσῆς" λέγει, ᾿Εγὼ

X, Xa.

παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς ἐπ’ οὐκ

Moses Says, I will ῬΠΟΣΟΚΟ to jealousy you ee ({those] not
ἔθνει, "ἐπὶ" ἔθγει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 20° 25
& pation! through a nation without understanding I will anger oon

oatac δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει, Ἑὑρέθην roic ἐμὲ

saias ‘but is Nery shold and says,

μὴ a

I was found by those *me ‘not ?seek-

τοῦσιν, ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην * τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ “ἐπερωτῶσιν. 21 πρὸς
ing ; manifested 1 became to those *me ‘not “enquiring “after. ®To

δὲ τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ λέγει, Ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεπέτασα τὰς
®but Israel hesays, *Whole ‘the day I stretched out

χεῖράς. μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα.
my hands to a people disobeying and contradicting.

11 Λέγω οὖν, Μὴ ἀπώσατο 6 θεὸς τὸν. λαὸν.αὐτοῦνγ ;
Isay then, Did *thrust “away ‘God his people ?
μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ καὶ. γὰρ ἐγὼ *IoopanXirnc' εἰμί, ἐκ σπέρματος
May it not be! For also if an Israelite am, of [the] seed
᾿Αβραάμ, φυλῆς *Bemapiv." 2 οὐκ.ιἀπώσατο ὁ θεὸς
of Abraham, of [the] tribe of Benjamin. “Did *not *thrust 5away 1God
τὸν.λαὸν. αὐτοῦ, ὃν προέγνω. ἢ οὐκ.οἴδατε ἐν
his people, whom he foreknew. Know ye not in {the history of]
“HXia' τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ θεῷ κατὰ
Elias what says the scripture? how he pleads with God against
τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, “λέγων," 8 Κύριε, τοὺς.προφήτας.σου ἀπέκτειναν,
Israel, saying, Lord, thy Brephete they killed,
καὶ" τὰ.θυσιαστήριά.σου κατέσκαψαν κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην a
and thine altars they dug down; andI was left

voc, καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν-Ψυχήν.μου. 4 ᾿Αλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὃ
lone, and they seek my life. But what says to him the

χρηματισμός ; Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας
divine answer ? I left to myself seven thousand men

οἵτινες οὐκιἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ. ὃ Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ
who bowed not a knee to Baal. Thus then also in the
νῦν καιρῷ λεῖμμα Kar ἐκλογὴν χάριτος γέγονεν.

d

present time a remnant according to election of grace there has been.
6 €i.0& χάριτι, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἔργων" ἐπεὶ ἡ χάρις οὐκέτι γίνεται
But if by grace, nolongerof works; else grace nolonger becomes
χάρις. “εἰ.δὲ ἐξ ἔργων, οὐκέτι fiariv' χάρις" ἐπεὶ τὸ ἔργον
grace * butif of works, no longer isit grace ; else work
οὐκέτι ἐστὶν ἔργον."
nolonger is work.
7 Ti οὖν ; ὃ ἐπιζητεῖ ᾿Ισραήλ, %rovrov' οὐκ.ἐπέτυχεν,
᾽ ’ ἕξ

What then? What “seeks Ὁ ‘Israel, this it did not obtain ;
1.08 ἐκλογὴ ἐπέτυχεν. οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπωρώθησαν. 8 "καθὼς"
but the election obtained [it], andthe rest were hardened, according as

γέγραπται, Ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως,
it has been written, “Gave “them ‘God «τ spirit of slumber,

ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ.μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ.μὴ ἀκούειν, Ewe

eyes 80 as not to see, and ears so as not to Bok unto
ΤΠ ΘΈΡΟΣ ἡμέρας. 9 καὶ ἸΔαβὶδ' λέγει, Benes ἡ τράπεζα
And David says, “table

αὐτῶν εἰς eres καὶ εἰς θήραν, Kai εἰς Prin καὶ εἰς

written, God hath
given them the spirit ‘their for asnare, and for atrap, and for cause of offence, and for
υ Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. Υ ἐπ᾿ Trr. + [ev] by (those) tra. x + [ev] by (those) utr.

r+, ¢ ov mpoéyvw] whom he foreknew L.
c— λέγων GLTTraw.
f— ἐστὶν A.

Ὁ“ Hela τ.
Gurtr[a].
{πττὰ ; Aavtd Gw.

τ Ἰσραηλείτης T. a Βενιαμείν LTTrA.
d — cai LTTrAW. e — εἰ δὲ ἐξ to end of verse

5 τοῦτο GLTTrAW. h καθάπερ even as TTr. i Aaveid

Xi.

ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς"
8. recompense to them:

ROMANS.

10 σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν
let be darkened their eyes

τοῦ.μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ τὸν.νῶτον.αὐτῶν διαπαντὸς ἰσύγ-
50 85 ποῦ to see, and their back continually bow thou
καμψον."
down.
11 Λέγω οὖν, μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν; μὴ-γένοιτο᾽
Isay then, Did they stumble that they might fall? May it not be!

ἀλλὰ τῷ. αὐτῶν παραπτώματι ἡ σωτηρία τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς

but by their offence salvation [is]tothe nations, for
TO παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς. 12 εἰ δὲ TO.7upaTTwpa.avTorY
to provoke to jealousy them. But if their offence [be the}
πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα.αὐτῶν πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν.

wealth οΥΓ[[Π6] world, and their default [the] wealth of[the] nations,

πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ-πλήρωμα αὐτῶν ; 13 Ὑμῖν ™yap λέγω
how much more their fulness? “To *you ‘for I speak,
τοῖς ἔθνεσιν᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μέν ™ εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος,
the nations, inasmuch as I “οἵ [Sthe] ‘nations Sapostle,
τὴν.διακονίαν.μου δοξάζω, 14 εἴ.πως παραζηλώσω

my service I glorify, if by any means I shall provoke to jealousy

μου τὴν σάρκα, Kai σώσω τινὰὲῤξῤ ἐξ αὐτῶν. 16 εἰ. γὰρ
my fiesh, and shall save some from ameng them, For if
7)-ATOBOAN-AabT OY καταλλαγὴ κύσμου, τίς ἡ “πρόσ-

their casting away [bethe] reconciliation of [the] world, what the recep-
ληψις,} εἰμὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν ;
tion, except life from ameng [the] dead?

16 εἰδὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ayia, Kai τὸ φύραμα: Kai εἰ ἡ ῥίζα
Now if the first-fruit [be] holy, alsothe lump; _ and if the root

ayia, καὶ ot κλάδοι. 17 εἰ.δὲ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθη-
{bejholy, also the branches. But if some ofthe branches were broken
σαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὧν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, Kai
out, and thou, a wild olive tree being, wast σγαῦίθα ἴπ amongst them, and
ἰΙσυγκοινωνὸς τῆς ῥίζης Ῥκαὶ τῆς πιότητος THE ἐλαίας
a fellow partaker of the root and of the fatness οἱ the olive tree
ἐγένου, 18 μὴ.κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων' εἰ δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι,
became, boast not against the branches; but if thou boastest against
οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, Yar’! ἡ ῥίζα σέ. 19 Ἔ-
[them], *not*thou*the *root *bearest, but the aa thee. Thou

peic οὖν, ᾿Εξεκλάσθησαν τοὶ" κλάδοι, iva ἐγὼ “ἐγκεντρισθῶ."
wilt say then, Werebrokenout the branches, that I might be grafted in.
20 Καλῶς" τῷ ἀπιστίᾳ ᾿ἐξεκλάσθησαν., σὺ.δὲ τῇ πίστει
Well: by unbelief they were broken out, and thou by faith
ἕστηκος. μὴ.“ὑψηλοφρόνει," ἀλλὰ φόβου. 21 εἰ-γὰρ ὁ θεὸς
standest. Be not high-minded, but for if God
τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ. ἐφείσατο. © μήπως" οὐδὲ σου
the Ξδοοογαϊηρ *to*nature *branches cranes not— lest neither thee
*peionrar.' 22 “Ide οὖν χρηστότητα Kai ἀποτομίαν θεοῦ"
he should spare. Behold then [the] kindness and severity of God:

ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, Τἀποτομίαν"" ἐπὶ. δὲ σε, ἐχρηστό-

upon those that feil, severity ; and Epon thee, kind-

τητα," ἐὰν 5ἐπιμείνῳς! τῇ χρηστότητι ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκ-

ness, if thou continue in [his] kindness, else also thou wilt
k διὰ παντὸς LTrA. 1 oyp- τ. m δὲ and LTtra.

© πρόσλημψις LTTrA. P — καὶ T[Tr]a. 4 ἀλλὰ TIrA.
t ἐκλάσθησαν broken off τττ. v ὑψηλὰ φρόνει TTr.

he will spare GLTTraw. Υ ἀποτομία LTTrA.
8 ἐπιμέντις ΤΈΓ.

425

of slumber, eyes thst
they should not sex,
and ears that they
should not hear;) unte
this day. 9 And David
saith, Let their table
be made a snare, anda
trap, and a stumbling-
biock, and a recom-
pence unto them:
10 let their eyes he
darkened, that they
inay not see, and bow
down their back ai-
way.

111 say then, Have
they stumbled that
they should fall?
God forbid: but ra-
ther through their fall
salvation ts come unto
the Gentiles, for to
provoke them to jea-
lousy. 12 Now if the
fall of them be the
riches of the world,
and the diminishing
of them the riches οἵ
the Gentiles; how
much more their ful-
ness? 13 For I speak
to you Gentiles, inas-
much as I am the a-
postle of the Gentiles,
i magnify mine office:
14 if by any means I
may pr ovoke to emu-
lation them which are
my tiesh, and might
save some of then,
15 For if the casting
away of them be the
reconciling of the
world, what shall the
receiving of them te,
but life from the dead?

16 For if the first-
fruit be holy, the
lump is also holy. aud
if the root be hoiy,
so are the branches.
17 And if some of the
branches be broken
off, and thou, being
a wild olive tree,
wert graffed in among
them, and with them
partakest of the root
and fatness of the
olive tree; 18 boast not
against the branches.
But if thou boast, thou
bearest not the root,
but the root thee.
19 Thou wilt say then,
The branches were
broken off, that 1
might be grafied in.
20 Well; because of
unbelief they were
broken off, and thou
standest by faith. Be
not highminded, but
fear: 21 for if God
goes not the natural

n+ οὖν then: ταὶ τε jaw.
τ--- οἱ GLTTrAW.

-- μήπως LTTr[A}.
2 χρηστότης θεοῦ kindness of God Lrrra.

53 ey-T.
χ φείσεται

420

branches, take heed
lest he also spare not
thee. 22 Behoid there-
fore the goodness and
severity of God: on
them which fell, seve-
rity ; but toward thee,
goodness, if thou con-
tinue in his goodness:
otherwise thou also
shalt be cut off. 23 And
they 150, if they a-
bide not still in un-
belief, shall be graffed
in: for God is abie to
graff them in again.
24 For if thou wert
cut out of the olive
tree which is wild by
nature, and wert graff-
ed contrary to nature
into a good olive tree:
how much more shall
these, which be the
natural branches, be
grafted into their own
olive tree? 25 For I
would not, brethren,
that ye should be ig-
norant of this mys-
tery, lest ye should be
wise in your own con-
ceits; that blindness
in part is happened to
Israel, until the ful-
ness of the Gentiles be
come in. 26 And soall
Israel shall be saved:
as it is written, There
shall come out of Sion
the Deliverer, and
shall turn away un-
godliness from Jacob:
27 for this # my
covenant unto them,
when [shall take away
their sins, 28 As con-
cerning the gospel,
they are enemies for
your sakes: but as
touching the election,
they are beloved for
the fathers’ sakes.
29 For the gifts and
calling of God are
without repentance,
30 For as ye in times
past have not believed
God, yet have now ob-
tained mercy through
their unbelief: 31 even
so have these also
now not believed, that
through your mercy
they also may obtain
mercy. 32 For God
hath coneluded them
all in unbelief, that he
might have mercy up-
on all. 33 Othe depth
of the riches both of
the wisdom and know-
ledge of God! how
unsearchable are his
judgments, and his
ways past finding out!
34 For who hath known
the mind of the Lord?

P03 POM A LOWS: ΧΙ,
κοπήσῃ. 23 cai ἐκεῖνοι" δέ, ἐὰν μὴ “ἐπιμείνωσιν" τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ,
be cut off. Also “they ‘and, if they continue not in unbelief,
ἀξγκεντρισθήσονται" duvaroc.yap ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς πάλιν “ἐγκεν-

shall be grafted in ; for able is God = again to graft
τρίσαι" αὐτούς. 24 εἰγὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξε-
in them. For if thou out of the *according °to *nature 7wast
κόπης ἀγριελαίου, Kai παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς
Scut off ‘wild “olive *tree, and, contrary to nature, wast grafted in to

καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι οἱ κατὰ φύσιν,
a good olive tree, how much more these who according to nature [are],

ἀἐγκεγτρισθήσονται" τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ; 25 Ob.yao θέλω ὑμᾶς
shall be graftedinto their own olive tree ? For “ποῦ *do ‘I wish you
ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἦτε “παρ᾽"
to be ignorant, brethren, of this mystery, that yemay not be in
ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι, OTL πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Topanr γέ-
yourselves wise, that hardness in part to Israel has
» A , ~ ? ~ ? , ‘
yovey, axpic.od TO πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ: 26 Kat

happened, until the fulness of the nations be come in; and
οὕτως πᾶς ᾿Ισραὴλ σωθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται,
sO all Israel shall be saved, according as it has been written,
Ls ᾽ ὃν ‘ « « , f sil ? , ? ΝΜ
Ηξἕει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, 'καὶ ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας

Shall come out of Sion the deliverer,
ἀπὸ ‘Taras: 27 καὶ αὕτη

and he shall turn away ungodliness
αὐτοῖς ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη,

from Jacob. And this [is] *to®them ‘the *from ‘*me covenant,
ὅταν ἀφέλωμαι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 28 Κατὰ μὲν
when I may have taken away their sins. As regards indecd
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἐχθροὶ δι ὑμᾶς" κατὰ.δὲ τὴν
the gladtidings, [they are] enemies on your account; but as regards the

ἐκλογήν, ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας. 29 ἀμεταμέλητα

election, beloved onaccountofthe fathers. Not *to *be repented Sof
4 A , ‘ « Va ~ ~ .“ A
ya τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ θεοῦ. 80 ὥσπερ. γὰρ
‘for [are] the gifts and the calling of God. For as
βκαὶ" ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε τῷ θεῷ, νῦν. δὲ ἠλεήθητε

also once were disobedient to God, but now have been shewn mercy

ye
~ , ᾽ ΕΣ Ὲ er x - ~ ? ,
τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ" 31 οὕτως Kai οὗτοι νῦν ἠπείθησαν
through their disobedience ; so also these now were disobedient
Tp "ὑμετέρῳ" ἐλέει, ἵνα Kai αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθῶσιν.
to your mercy, that also they may have mercy shewn [them].

32 συνέκλεισεν. γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν, iva τοὺς

For “shut *up *together ‘God all in disobedience, that
πάντας ἐλεήσῃ. 88 Ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας
all he might shew mercy to. O depth ofriches both of wisdom

we *aveéepevynra' τὰ κρίματα.αὐτοῦ, Kai
unsearchable his judgments, and
34 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν
For who did know [the] mind

35 ἢ Tic προέ--
Or who first

? ? re
ἐξ αὐτοῦ

καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ.
and knowledge of God! How
ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ.ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ.
untraceable his ways !
΄ , Ψ' ᾽ ~ ΞΘ,
κυρίου; ἢ τις σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ EYEVETO ;
of [the] Lord, or who his counsellor became ?
δωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ; 36 Ort
gave to him, and it shall be recompensed to him ? For of him
καὶ δι αὐτοῦ Kai εἰς αὐτὸν τὰςπάντα' air 4 δόξα
and through him and unto him (are) allthings: to him [be] the glory
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.
to the ages. Amen,

> κἀκεῖνοι GLTTrAW.
h ἡμετέρῳ (read to our mercy) E.

§— KaliGLTTraw.

f — καὶ LTTrAW.
k ἀνεξεραύνητα TTrAé.

dq ἐν- T. 6 ἐν Tra.
i+ pov πον [L]r.

© ἀπιμένωσιν TTr.

X11. ROMANS.

12 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ

ITexhort therefore you, pacthrens by the compassions
θεοῦ, παραστῆσαι τὰ.σώματα.ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν,
of God, to present your bodies a “sacrifice ‘living, holy,

ἰεὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ," τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 2 καὶ μὴ
well-pleasing to God, 2intelligent “service ‘your. And *not
Ὡσυσχηματίζεσθε" τῷ αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ ἡμεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ

fashion SOE IE to this age, but be transformed by the
εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τί

ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ.νοὸς οὑμῶν,"
for to prove by you what [is]

renewing of your mind,
τὸ θέλημα Tov θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν Kai εὐάρεστον Kai τέλειον.
Twill Sof *God'the “good and *well-pleasing °and ‘perfeci.
3 λέγω. γὰρ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι, παντὶ
ForIsay through the grace which isgiven tome, to everyone
Tp.ovT. ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ᾽ ὃ δεῖ
thatis among you, not to be high-minded above what it behoves [you]
φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν. ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ
tobe minded; but tobeminded soas to Ὀ6 Βουοι-τηϊπας ἃ toeach as
θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρο» πίστεως. 4 Καθάπερ.γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι

God divided a measure of faith. Forevenas in one _ body
Ρμέλη πολλὰ" ἔχομεν, Trade μέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν
?members ‘many wehave, butthe members all *not *the ‘same

ἔχιι πρᾶξιν: & οὕτως οἱ πολλοὶ ἕν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν χριστῷ,
Thave function ; thus *the *many ‘one “body ‘we‘tare in Christ,

«ὁ δὲ καθ᾽ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη. 6 ἔχοντες. δὲ χαρίσματα
and each one of *each “οὔμοι 'members. But having 2cifts
κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα. εἴτε
according *to *the ὅργαθοθ. 7which 515 °given ?°to **us ‘different, whether
προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως" 7 εἴτε δια-
Brophecy- according, to the proporiica of faith ; or ser-
κονίαν, ἐν TY διακονίᾳ" εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ"
vice— in service ; or hethat teaches— in teaching ;

8 εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει’ ὁ μεταδιδούς, ἐν
or that exhorts— in eehoreon, hethat imparis— in

e , ~ c
ἁπλότητι ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ ὁ ἐλεῶν,
aumplicity, hethat takes the lead— with diligence; he that shews mercy—

ἐν ἱλαρότητι. 9 ἪἫ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος᾽ ἀποστυγοῦντες TO
with cheerfulness. {Let} love [be] unfcigned ; abhorring
ἀλ-

πονηρόν; κολλώμεγνοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ" 10 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς

evil, cleaving to gocd ; in brotherly love towards onc

λήλους φιλόστοργοι: τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι"

another kindly affectioned ; in[giving]honour“one *another ‘going before ;

11 τῷ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί. τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, "τῷ Kaipy'
in diligence, not slothful; in spirit, fervent ; 7in Sseason

ξουλεύοντες" 12 ry ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, TY θλίψει ὑπομένον-
lserving. In hope, rejoicing ; in tribulation, endur-
TEC, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες᾽ 13 ταῖς χρείαις τῶν
ing: in prayer, stedfastly continuing ; tothe needs of the
ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, THY φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες" 14 εὐλογεῖτε
sainis communicating ; hospitality pursuing. Biess
τοὺς διώκοντας ὑμᾶς" εὐλογεῖτε, Kai μὴ.καταρᾶσθε. 15 χαί-

those that persecute you; bless, and curse not. Re-
ρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, "καὶ" κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων. 16 τὸ
jeice with rejoicing ones, and weep with weeping ones; the

427

or who hath been his
counseller ? 35 or who
hath first given to him,
aud it shall be recom-
pensed unto him again?
36 For of him, ané
through him, and to
him, are ail things : te

whom le giory for
ever. Amei}.
XII. I beseech you

therefore, brethren, by
the mercies of God,
that ye present your
bedies a living sacri-
fice, holy, acceptable
unto Goud, which is
your reasonable ser-
vice. 2 And be not
conformed to _ this
world: but be ye trans-
formed by the renew-
ing of your mind, that
ye may prove what ἐξ
that good, and accept-
able, and perfect, will

of God. 3 For 1 say,
through the grace
given unto me, to

every man that is a-
mong you, not tothink
of hiniself more highly
than he ought to think;
but to think sobe rly,
according as God hath
dealt to every man the
measure of faith. 4 For
as we have many nem-
bers in one body, and
all members have not
the same office: 5 so we,
being many, are one
bedy in Christ, and
every one members one
of another. 6 Having
then gifts differing ac-
cording to the grace
that is given to us,
whether prophecy, /et
us prophesy according
to the proportion οἵ
faith; 7 or ministry,

let ws wait on our
ministering: or he
that teacheth, on

teaching ; 8 or he that
exhorteth, on exhor-
tation : hethat giveth,
let him do it with sim-
plicity; he that ruleth,
with diligence; he that
sheweth merey, with
cheerfulness. 9 Let
love be without dissi-
mulation. Abhor that
whicit is evil; cleave
tothat which is good.
10 Be kindly affec-
tioned one to another
with brotherly love;
in honour preferring
one another; 11 not
slothful in business ;

fervent inspirit ; serv-
ing the Lord; 12 re-
joicing in hope; pa-

tient in tribulation ;
continuing instant in

Ἰ τῷ θεῷ εὐάρεστον T.
ματιΐζεσθετ. κα μεταμορφοῦσθαι to be transformed La.
P πολλὰ μέλη LTTrAW. GTOLTTrAW. τῷ κυρίῳ the Lord ELTIraw.

τι συίσυν- α)σχηματίζεσθαι to fashion yourselves) La ;
ο — ὑμῶν (read the mind) LTPraw.

συνσχη-

5 καὶ LTTTAW.

428

prayer; 15 distribut-
ing to the necessity of
saints ; given to hospi-
tality. 14 Bless them
which persecute you :
bless, and curse not.
15 Rejoice with them
that do rejoice, and
weep with them that
weep. 16 Be of the
same mind one toward
another. Mind not
high things, but con-
descend to men of low
estate. Be not wise in
your own conceits.
17 Recompense to no
man evil for evil. Pro-
vide things honest in
the sight of all men.
18 If it be possible, as
much as lieth in you,
live peaceably with all
men.19 Dearly beloved,
avenge not yourselves,
but rather give place
unto wrath: for it
is written, Vengeance
is mine; I will re-
pay, saith the Lord.
20 Therefore if thine
enemy hunger, feed
him ; if he thirst, give
him drink: for in so
doing thou shalt heap
coals of fire on his
head. 21 Be not over-
come of evil. but over-
come evil with good.

XIII. Let every soul
be subject unto the
higher powers. For
there is no power but
of God: the powers
that be are ordained
of God. 2 Whosoever
therefore resisteth the
power, resisteth the
ordinance of God: and
they that resist shall
receive to themselves
damnation. 3 For ru-
lers are not a terror to
good works, but to the
evil. Wilt thou then
not be afraid of the
power? do that which
is good, and thou shalt
have praise of the
same: 4 for he is the
minister of God to thee
for good. But if thou
do that which is evil,
be afraid ; for he bear-
eth not the sword in
vain: for he is the
minister of God, a
revenger to execute
wrath upon him that
doeth evil. 5 Where-
fore ye must needs be
subject, not only for
wrath. but also for
conscience sake. 6 For
for this cause pay ye
tribute also: for they
are God’s ministers,
attending continually

ΠΡῸΣ, PQMAIOYS. XII, XII1.
ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες" μὴ τὰ.ὑψηλὰ φρο-

minding, not highthings mind-

νοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι. μὴ.γίνεσθε
ing, but with the lowly going along: be not

ΠΡΟΣ ΙΟΕ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς. 17 μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδι-
wi in yourselves: tonoone evil for evil ren-

δόντες" προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων" ἀνθρώπων"

ΠΟΤΟΤΙΣΙΣ OGLE Behe (things] before all men:

18 εἰ δυνατόν, τὸ. ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρη-
if possible, 8800 ὙΟΌΣΕΘΙ ΜΒ; with all Inen being

νεύοντες. 19 μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε
at peace ; not Σουτεοινοι avenbing, beloved, ee give

τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ γέγραπται.γάρ, ᾿Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀντα-

αὐτὸ εἰς
same thing toward one another

place to wrath; for ithas been written, Tome vengeance! I will
ποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 20% Εὰν οὖν!" πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός
recompense, says ceed Lord. If therefore should hunger “*enemy
σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν" ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν" τοῦτο

‘thine, feed him ; if he should thirst, give *drink eee “this
ee ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν ee
doing, coals of fire thou wilt heap upon
αὐτοῦ.
this.
ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν.
3ροοᾶ evil.

13 Πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω.
ΞΕ ΤΟΥ “soul “to 7authorities ®above (him) *let *be ®subject.
ov-yap.iorw ἐξουσία εἰμὴ "ἀπὸ" θεοῦ" aide οὖσω
For there is no authority except from God; and those that are
γέἐξουσίαι" ὑπὸ τοῦ" θεοῦ τεταγμέναι.εἰσίν. 2 ὥστε ὁ
authorities, by God have been appointed. So that he that
ἀντιτασσόμενος τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διαταγῇ ἀνθέστηκεν
sets himself against τ authority, the 7of God ‘ordinance Tesists ;
οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρῖμα λήψονται." 8 οἱ
and they that resist, to themselves judgment shall receive. 2The
γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὐκ.εἰσὶν φόβος "rev ἀγαθῶν ἔργων," ἀλλὰ
‘for rulers are not a terror to good works, but
“τῶν κακῶν." θέλεις.δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ; τὸ
to evil [ones]. Dost thou desire not to be afraid of the authority?! ?the
ἀγαθὸν ποίει, καὶ ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς" 4 θεοῦ.γὰρ
good ‘practise, and thoushalt have praise from _ it; for of God
διάκονός ἐστίν σοι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῇς,
aservant itis to 866 for Bood: But if evil thou practisest,
φοβοῦ" ov.yap εἰκῆ THY μάχαιραν φορεῖ" θεοῦ.γὰ ey eS
fear ; for not in vain the sword it wears; forofGod a servant
ἐστιν, ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴνΘ τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι. 5 διὸ
itis, anavenger for wrath to him that evil does, Wherefore
ἀνάγκη ὑποτάσσεσθαι, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργήν,
necessary [itis] to be subject, not only on account of wrath.

ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. 6 διὰ τοῦτο. γὰρ καὶ
but also on account of conscience. For on this account also

φόρους τελεῖτε' etrovpyoi-yap θεοῦ εἰσιν, εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο
tribute pay ye; for ministers of God they are, on this same thing
προσκαρτεροῦντες. 7 ἀπόδοτε δοῦν! πᾶσιν τὰς ὑφειλάς"
attending continually. Benger therefore toall their dues:

ἀλλὰ νίκα
but

ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ,
evil,

21 μὴ.νικῶ

Be not overcome by

ἐν τῷ
overcome ?with

® ὑπὸ LTTr.

t + [ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ] before God and τ.
y — ἐξουσίαι GLTTrAW.
ἔργῳ to a good work LTTraw.

Υ τῶν L. Ww ἀλλὰ ἐὰν But if LTTrA.
_ *— TOUGLITrAW. 8 λήμψονται LTTra. Ὁ τῷ ἀγαθῷ
© τῷ kakw to an evil [one] LTTrAW 4d οὖν LTTrAW.

MAE, XLV. ROMANS.
τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν Popov τῷ τὸ τέλος, TO TE\OG TH
to whom tribute, tribute; towhom custom, custom ; to whom
τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον: τῷ τὴν τιμήν, THY τιμήν. ὃ Μηδενὶ
fear, fear; to whom honour, honour. To no one
μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰμὴ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν ἀλλήλους" ὑ.γὰρ
anything oweye, unless to love one another: for he that

(lit. nothing) τ =
? ~ ‘ er , , 4 ’
ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἕτερον, νόμον πεπλήρωκεν. 9 τὸ yap, Οὐ

loves the other, law has fulfilled. For, *Not

μοιχεύσεις, οὐ-φονεύσεις, οὐ.κλέψεις,

‘thou “shalt commit adultery, Thoushalt not commit murder, Thou shalt not steal,

fob. pevdopaorupnoese,' οὐκ.ἐπιθυμήσεις, Kai εἴ τις ἑτέρα
Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not lust; and if any other com-

, ~ s ~ ~y 2

ἐντολή, ἐν ἔτούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ! ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, "ἐν τῷ," “Aya-
mandment, in this word it is sammed up, in this, Thou
πήσεις τὸν πλησίον.σου we ἰἑξαυτόν." 10 Ἣ ἀγάπη τῷ πλη-
shaltlove thy neighbour 85 thyself. Love to the neigh-
σίον κακὸν ovK.ipyaZerau’ πλήρωμα οὖν νόμου ἡ ἀγάπη.
bour, evil does not work : 3fulness ‘therefore 5of([*the]7law ‘*love([7is].

11 Kai τοῦτο, εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἡμᾶς

Also this, knowing the time, that [the] hour *we [it 5215]

non ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι: viv-yap ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ
ΞΙΤΘΘΔΑΥ͂ out of sleep should be roused; for now nearer {is] of us the
σωτηρία, ἢ Ore ἐπιστεύσαμεν. 12 ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, 1.08
salvation, than when we believed. The night is advanced, and the

ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους,
day has drawn near; we should cast off therefore the works of darkness,
‘kai ἐνδυσώμεθα' τὰ ὕπλα τοῦ φωτός. 13 ὡς ἔν ἡμέρᾳ,

and should puton the armour of light. As in([the] day,

εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν, μὴ κώμοις Kai μέθαις, μὴ κοί-
becomingly weshould walk; ποῦ inrevels and drinking, not in cham-
ταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι Kai ζήλῳ' 14 ™adX’! ἐνδύσασθε
beringand wantonness, ποῦ instrife and emulation. But put on
τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, Kai τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ
the Lord Jesus Christ, and of *the *flesh ‘forethought “ποῦ
ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας.
ἴᾷο *take ‘for ‘desire.

14 Tov.di ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει προσλαμβάνεσθε, μὴ εἰς
But him being weak inthe faith receive not for

διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν. 2 Ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα,

decisions of reasonings, One believes teeat all things;

6.08 ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει. 8 ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ
another being weak “herbs eats. He that eats, ®him “that "ποῦ
ἐσθίοντα μὴ.ἐξουθενείτω: "καὶ ὁ" μὴ-.ἐσθίων, τὸν é-

7eats ‘let “him “not *despise; and hethat eats not, Shim “that
σθίοντα μὴ-κρινέτω. ὁ.θεὸς. γὰρ αὐτὸν προσελάβετο. 4 σὺ
Teats Net him ὁποὺ *judge: for God him received. *Thou

τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην ; τῷ.ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ -oTNKEL
who τὰ judging another’s servant? tohisown master he stands
ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται. δέ" οδυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς!"
or falls. And he shall be made to stand; for able is God
στῆσαι αὐτόν. ὅ Ὅς μὲν Ρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾽ ἡμέραν,

to make *stand *him. One judges aday [tobe)above aday;

ε ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν GLTTrAW. f — οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις GLTTrAw.

LTTraw. h [év τῷ] LTra. i σεαυτόν LTTrA.
you Ta. | ἐνδυσώμεθα δὲ LTTTAW. m ἀλλὰ TTrAW. = ὃ δὲ LTTrA.

κύριος for able is the Lord Lrtra ; évvaret yap ὁ θεὸς W.

429)

upon this very thing.
7 Render therefore to
all their dues : tribute
to whom tribute is
due ; custom to whom
custom ; fear to whom
fear ; honour to whom
honour. 8 Owe noman
any thing, but to love
one another: for he
that loveth another
hath fulfilled the law.
9 For this, Thou shalt
not commit adultery,
Thou shalt not kill,
Thou shalt not steal,
Thou shalt not bear
false witness, Thou
shalt not covet; and
if there be any other
commandment, it is
briefly comprehended
in this saying, namely,
Thou shalt love thy
neighbour as thyself.
10 Love worketh no
ill to his neighbour:
therefore love is the
fulfilling of the law.

11 And that, know-
ing the time, that now
it ws high time to a-
wake out of sleep: for
now 7s our salvation
nearer than when we
believed. 12 The night
is far spent, the day is
at hand: let us there-
fore cast off the works
of darkness, and let us
put on the armour of
light. 13 Let us walk
honestly, as in the day;
not in rioting and
drunkenness, not in
chambering and wan-
tonness, not in strife
and envying. 14 But
put ye onthe Lord Je-
sus Christ, and make
not provision for the
flesh, to fulfil the lusts
thereof.

XIV. Him that is
weak in the faith re-
ceive ye, but not to
doubtful disputations.
2 For one believeth
that he may eat all
things : another, who
is weak, eateth herbs.
3 Let not him that
eateth despise him
that eateth not; and
let not him which eat-
eth not judge him that
eateth : for God hath
received him. 4 Who
art thou that judgest
another man’s ser-
vant? to his own
master he standeth or
falleth. Yea, he shall
be holden up: for God
is able to make him
stand. 5 One man es-

Β τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ

Κ ἤδη ἡμᾶς LTrw ; ἤδη ὑμᾶς already

° δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ

P + yap for (one) [L]r.

490

teemeth one day above
another : anvther es-
teemeth every day a-
like. Let every man
be fully persuaded in
his own mind. 6 He
that regardeth the day,
regardeth it unto the
Lord ; and he that re-
gardeth not the day, to
the Lord he doth not
regard it. He that
eatcth, eateth to the
Lord, for he giveth
God thanks; and he
that eateth not, to
the Lord he eateth
not, and giveth God
thauks. 7 For none of
us liveth to himself,
and no man dieth to
himself, 8 For whether
we live, we live unto
the Lord ; and whether
we die, we die unto
the Lord : whether we
live therefore, or die,
we are the Lord’s,
9 For to this end
Christ both died, and
rose, and revived, that
he might be Lord both
of the dead and living.
10 But why dost thou
judge thy brother? or
why dost thou set at
nought thy brother?
for we shall all stand
before the judgment
seat of Christ. 11 For
it is written, As I live,
saith the Lord, every
knee shall bow to me
and every tongue shall
confess to God. 12 So
then every one of us
shall give account of
himself toGod. 13 Let
us not therefore judge
one another any more:
but judge this rather,
that no man put a
stumbling block or an
occision to fall in his
brother’s way. 14 I
know, and am _per-
suaded by the Lord
Jesus, that there ts no-
thing unclean of it-
self: but to him that
esteemeth any thing
to be unclean, to him
tt is unclean. 15 But
if thy brother be
grieved with thy meat,
now walkest thou not
charitably. | Destroy
not him with thy
meat, for whom Christ
died. 16 Let not then
your good be evil
spoken of: 17 for the
kingdom of God is
not meat and drink;
but sighteousness, and

4 - καὶ ὃ μὴ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ ov φρονεῖ LTTr[A].
die L. ὶ
x ἐξομολογήσεται πᾶσα γλῶσσα LTr.
. [τῷ deg] L.

ε ἀποθνήσκομεν We
of God Lrtraw.
[ἀ το]δώσει a.

IPO SL QMALOY S.
ὃς. δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ vot
another judges every day [tobealike], ?Each ‘in “his °own ‘mind

πληροφορείσθω. GO φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ φρονεῖ"
‘et be fully assured. ΠῸ that regards the day, to[the) Lord regards [it];
“καὶ ὁ μηὴς.φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ-φρονεῖ." τ ὁ
and he that regards ποῦ {π6 day, to[the] Lordregards [it] not. He that
ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ ἐσθίει, εὐχαριστεῖ.γὰρ τῷ Oem Kai ὁ μὴ
eats, ἕο [16] Lord eats, for he gives thanks to God ; and he that “not
ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἐσθίει, Kai εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ. 7 οὐδεὶς
teats, to[the] Lord heeatsnot, and gives thanks toGod. *No *one
γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ Cy, Kai οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνήσκει. ὃ ἐάν.τε

XIV.

for ofus tohimself lives, and noone to himself dies. 2Both “1
γὰρ ζῶμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ζῶμεν" ἐάν.τε δἀποθνήσκωμεν,"
for we should live, tothe Lord weshould live; and if we should die,

τῷ κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκομεν. tav.reoby ζῶμεν, tav.te δἀπο-
tothe Lord we die: both if then we should live, and if we should

θνήσκωμεν," τοῦ κυρίου ἐσμέν. 9 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ χριστὸς ἱκαὶ"

die, the Lord’s weare. For, for this Christ both
ἀπέθανεν καὶ Yavéiorn καὶ ἀνέζησεν," ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ

died and rose and livedagain, that both[the] dead and
ζώντων κυριεύσῃ. 10 Σὺ δὲ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν

living he might rule over. But thou why judgest thou *brother
σου; ἢ καὶ ob τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν. ἀδελφόν.σου; πάντες.γὰρ
‘thy? or also thou why dost thou despise thy brother ? For ?all
παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι “Tov χριστοῦ." 11 γέγραπται
lwe shall stand before the judgment seat of the Christ. 7It *has *been *written
γάρ, Le ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ,
for, “Live ‘I, says [the] Lord, that to me shall bow every kmee,
καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ θεῷ. 12”Apa Yodr'
and = every tongue shall confess to God. So then
ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον *Owoa' “τῷ θεῷ." 18 Μη-
each of us concerning himself account shall give to God, No
κέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κρίνωμεν: ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον,
longer therefore one another should we judge; but this judgeye rather,
τὸ μὴ.τιθέναι πρόσκομμα Tw ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον.
not to put an occasion of stumbling tothe brother or a cause of offence.
14 οἶδα Kai πέπεισμαι ἐν κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ, Ore οὐδὲν
Iknow and am persuaded in [the] Lord Jesus, that nothing [is]}
κοινὸν δι᾿ Yéaurov' εἰμὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν
unclean of itself : except to him who reckons anything unclean
εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν" 15 εἰ “δὲ! διὰ βρῶμα ὁ
tobe, to that one unclean [it is]. “If ‘but on account of meat
ἀδελφός. σου λυπεῖται, οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς.
thy brother is grieved, no longer according to love thou walkest.
μὴ τῷ βρώ ari.cou ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε ὑπὲρ οὗ χριστὸς ἀπέ-
“Not “with *thy *meat Shim 1destroy for whom Christ died.
θανεν. 16 Μὴ.βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν" 17 οὐ
Let ποὺ *be ὅ6Υ]} “spoken 7of ‘therefore your good ; μοῦ
΄ ᾽ c ‘ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ‘ > ‘4
yap ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ

“for is the kingdom of God eating and drinking; but
δικαιοσύνη Kai εἰρήνη Kai χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ᾽ 18 ὁ
righteousness and peace and joy ἱπ [86] 7Spirit Holy. *He *that

r+ καὶ and GLTTyAw.
ν ἔζησεν lived GLTTraW. “ τοῦ θεοῦ
Υ -- οὖν ττ[4]. 1 ἀποδώσει LT: }
© yap for LTTrAW.

τ- καὶ LTTrAW.

Ὁ αὐτοῦ GLTrw.

MEV, XV. ROMANS.

do ἐν 4rovrotc! δουλεύων “τῷ χριστῷ εὐάρεστος τῷ θεῷ,
or in these things serves the Christ [is] well-pleasing to God,
καὶ δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 19 ἄρα οὖν τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης
and approved by men, So then the things of peace
ἰδιώκωμεν,, Kai τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς.εἰς ἀλλήλους.
we should pursue, and the things for building up one another.
20 Μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ.
Not for the sake of meat destroy the work of God,
πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ

All things indeed [are] pure; but [itis] evil tothe man who

διὰ ποοσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι. 21 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα,
through ΄ stumbling eats. {It 15] right not toeat flesh,

~ ? τ Τ € ᾽ , , a
μηδὲ τιεῖν οἷνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ.ἀδελφός. σου προσκόπτει 8H
nor drink wine, nor in what thy brother stumbles, or

σκανδαλίζεται ἢ ἀσθενεῖ." 22 Σὺ πίστιν yee; Kara’ Ἰσαυτὸν"

is offended, or is weak, 2Thou “faith ‘hast? To thyself
ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" μακάριος ὁ μὴ-.κρίνων ἑαυτὸν
have [it] before God. Blessed [is] hethat judgesnot himself
ἐν δοκιμάζει. 28 ὁ. δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ. κατα-
in what he approves. But he that doubts, i he eat, has been
κέκριται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως: πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ

condemned, because [it is] not of and everything which [is] not of

πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν. *
faith, 2sin tig
15 ᾿Οφείλομεν.δὲ ἡμεῖς oi δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν
But we ought, we who(are]strong, the infirmities of the
ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκειν" 2 ἕκαστος 'γὰρ"
weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. For *each
ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς οἰκοδομήν.
50Υ τι *the 7neighbour ‘let ®please unto good or building up.
3 καὶ γὰρ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν, ἀλλά, καθὼς γέ-
For also the Christ not “himself ‘pleased; but, according as it has

faith ;

yoarrat, Οἱ dvediopoi τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε "ἐπέπεσον"
been written, The reproaches of those reproaching thee fell
ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. 4°Oca-yap προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν

on me. Foras many things as were written before for our

διδασκαλίαν "προεγράφη, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ THC

instruction were written before, that through endurance and
παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν. 5 0.08
encouragement of the scriptures hope we might have. Now the
> \
avuToO

θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς Kai τῆς παρακλήσεως δῴη ὑμῖν τὸ
God of endurance and encouragement give you *the*same*thing
~ ? > , 4 Pp Ἂ Η͂ > ~~ ll -
φρονεῖν ἔν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν" 6 ἵνα
to mind with one another according to Christ Jesus ; that
« A ? 25 iN , , ᾿Ὶ \ ,
ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι δοξάζητε τὴν θεὸν καὶ πατερα
with one accord with one mouth yemayglorify the God and Father
τοῦ κυρίουἡμῶν "Insov χριστοῦ. 7 Διὸ προσλαμβάνεσθε
of our Lord Jesus hrist. Wherefore receive ye
WAX DN ‘ ἀν ᾿ , αὐ sl gal || 2
ἀλλήλους, καθὼς Kai ὁ χριστὸς προσελάβετο ἡμᾶς" εἰς
one another, accordingas also the Christ received us to
δόξαν * θεοῦ.
{the} glory of God.

4 τούτῳ this GLTTrAW. f διώκομεν We pursue T.
ἀσθενεῖ 1.
GLTTraWw.
πέσαν LTTrA,

χριστόν Tr.

ε — τῷ L[Tr].

k Place here verses 25—27 of chapter xvi. G.
0 ἐγράφη were written LTTrAWw.
9 ὑμᾶς you GLTTraw. ¥ 4+ τοῦ LTTrA.

431

ep and joy in the
oly Ghost. 18 For he
that in these things
serveth Christ 7s ac-
ceptable to God. and
approved of men.
19 Let us_ therefore
follow after the things
which make for peace,
and things wherewith
one may edify another.
20 For meat destroy
not the work of God,
All things indeed are
pure; but ἐέ is evil for
that man who eateth
with offence. 21 /t is
good neither to eat
flesh, nor to drink
wine, nor any thing
whereby thy brother
stumbieth, or is of-
fended, or is made
wenk. 22 Hast thou
faith ? have it to thy-
self before God. Hap-
py is he that con-
demneth not himself
in that thing which he
alloweth. 23 And he
that doubteth is damn-
ed if he eat, because
he eateth not of faith:
for whatsoever 7s not
of faith is sin.

XV. We then that
are strong ought to
bear the infirmities
of the weak, and
not to please our-
selves. 2 Let every one
of us please his neigh-
bour for his good to
edification. 3 For even
Christ pleased not him-
self ; but, as it is writ-
ten, The reproaches of
them that reproached
thee fellon me. 4 For
whatsoever things
were written afore-
time were written for
our learning, that we
through patience and
comfort of the serip-
tures might have
hope. 5 Now the God
of patience and conso-
lation grant you to
be likeminded one to-
ward another acccrd-
ing to Christ Jesus:
6 that ye may with
one mind and one
mouth glorify God,
even the Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ.
7 Wherefore receive ye
one another, as Christ
also reccived us to the
glory of God.

i & — ἢ σκανδαλίζεται ἢ
h ἣν ([ἣν] A) ἔχεις κατὰ (read faith which thou hast, to &€.) ἱτττα.
yap for GLTTrAW.
° + διὰ through LTTraw.

i σεαυτὸν
> ,

™ €7T€-

P Ἰησοῦν

492

8 Now I say that
Jesus Christ was 8
minister of the cir-
cumcision forthetruth
of God, to confirm the
promises made unto
the fathers: 9 and
that the Gentiles
might glorify God for
his merey ; as it is
written, For this cause
I will confess to thee
among the Gentiles,
and sing unto thy
name. 10 And again
he saith, Rejoice, ye
Gentiles, with his peo-
ple. 11 And again,
Praise the Lord, all ye
Gentiles; and laud
him, all ye people.
12 And again, Hsaias
saith, There shall be a
root of Jesse, and he
that shall rise toreign
over the Gentiles ; in
him shall the Gentiles
trust. 13 Now the God
of hope fill you with
all joy and peace in
believing, that ye
may abound in hope,
through the power of
the Holy Ghost.

14 And I myself al-
so am persuaded of
you, my brethren, that
ye also are full of
goodness, filled with
all knowledge, able
also to admonish one
another. 15 Neverthe-
less, brethren, I have
written the more bold-
ly unto you in some
sort, as putting you
in mind, because of
the grace that is
given to me of God,
16 that I should be
the minister of Jesus
Christ to the Gentiles,
ministering the gospel
of God, that the offer-
ing up of the Gentiles
might be acceptable,
being sanctified by the
Holy Ghost. 17 I have
therefore whereof I
may glory through Je-
sus Christ in those
things which pertain
to God. 18 For I will
not dare to speak of
any of those things
which Christ hath not
wrought by me, to
make the Gentiles o-
bedient, by word and
deed, 19 through migh-
ty signs and wonders,
by the power of the
Spirit of God; so that

ΤΡ ΟΣ EQ AGE OY. XV.

ὃ Λέγω 868," "Inoovy" χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι" περι-

51 say ‘but, Jesus Christ a servant has become οἴ cir-
τομῆς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγ-
cumcision for [the] truth of God, for to confirm the pro-

γελίας τῶν πατέρων" 9 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν
mises of the fathers ; andthe nations for mercy toglorify
θεόν, καθὼς γέγραπται, Διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί

I will confess

ψαλῶ. 10 Kai
will I praise. And

πάλιν λέγει, Εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ.λαοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai
again it says, Rejoice ye, nations, with his people. And

wadw™, Αἰνεῖτε *rov κύριον πάντα τὰ ἔθνη," καὶ γἐπαινέσατε"

God; according as it has been written, Because of this

σοι ἐν ἔθνεσιν, καὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. σου
to thee among [the] nations, and thy name

again, Praise the Lord, all the nations, and praise
αὐτὸν πάντες ot λαοί. 12 Kai πάλιν, Ἡσαΐας λέγει, “E-
him, all the peoples. And again, Esaias says, There
ora ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν
shall be the root of Jesse, and he that arises to rule [the]
ἐθνῶν, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 18 Ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς
nations: in him [the] nations shall hope. Now ?the *God
ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς Kai εἰρήνης ἐν TH
*of Shope lmay fill you with ali joy and peace in
πιστεύειν, εἰς TO περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι, ἐν δυνάμει
believing, for 2to Sabound you in hope, in power
πνεύματος ἁγίου.
of [the] *Spirit *Holy.

14 Πέπεισμαι.δέ, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ

But +am *persuaded, ἼΩΥ brethren, “also “myself Γ᾽ concerning

ὑμῶν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ μεστοί tore ἀγαθωσύνης, πεπληρωμένοι
you, that also yourselves full are of goodness, being filled
πάσης * γνώσεως, δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν. 15 "τολ-

πὶ 811 knowledge, beingable also oneanother to admonish. ?More
μηρότερον" δὲ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Ῥάδελφοί,,) ἀπὸ μέρους, ὡς
boldly but I did write to you, brethren, in part, as

διὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι
because of the grace which was given to me

ε λειτουργὸν “Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ"
a minister of Jesus Christ

ἐπαναμιμνήσκων ὑμᾶς,
reminding you,
εὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 16 εἰς τὸ εἶναί
by God, for 2to *be ‘me
εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ,
to the nations, administering in sacred service the glad tidings of God,
iva γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἡγιασμένη

that might be the offering up of the nations acceptable, sanctified
ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 ἔχω οὖν “ καύχησιν ἐν χριστῷ
by (the] Spirit 1Holy. Ihave therefore boasting in Christ
Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρὸς θεόν" 18 οὐ.γὰρ τολμήσω ἔλα-
_ Jesus [as to] the things pertaining to God. For not will I dare te
λεῖν τιὶ ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο χριστὸς δι᾿ ἐμοῦ, εἰς
speak anything of what*not “worked *out Christ by me, for [the]
ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν, λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ, 19 ἐν δυνάμει on-
obedience of [the] nations, by word and work, in [the] power of

μείων καὶ τεράτων, ἔν υνάμει πνεύμα v'" ὥστε.
δυνάμει πνεύματος ᾿θεοῦ"" ὥστε.με

s yap for LrTrAW.
says L[A].
® τολμηροτερῶς Tr.
e+ τὴν LITraw
GLT:[A]W.

signs and wonders, in([the] power of(the] Spirit of God; so as for me
t — Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. ν γενέσθαι became LTr. w + λέγει it
χ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν κύριον LTTrA. Υ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν LTTrA. 2+ ryst[Al.

4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw.
h ἁγίου Holy (Spirit)

© ἀπὸ TTr.

b — ἀδελφοί LrTr[a |.
& τι λαλεῖν LTTrAW.

f 4+ τὸν QLTTrAW.

XV. ROMANS.

ἀπὸ ‘lepovoadip καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι TOU Ἰλλυρικοῦ πεπληρω-
from Jerusalem, and inacircuit unto Tilyricum, to have fully
κέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ χριστοῦ" 320 οὕτως. δὲ ᾿φιλοτιμού-
preached the gladtidings ofthe Christ; and so being am-
vov' εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὕπου ὠνομάσθη χριστός,
itious to announce the gladtidings, not where “was “πδιηθὰ ‘Christ,
ἵνα μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον oikodouw 21 ἀλλὰ καθὼς
that not upon another’s foundation I might build; but according as
γέγραπται, Οἷς οὐκιἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψον-
it has been written, To whom it was ποῦ announcedconcerning him, they shall
Tau’ καὶ οἱ οὐκ.ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν. 22 Διὸ Kai ἐνε-
see; and thosethat have ποὺ heard, shall understand. Wherefore also I was
κοπτόμην ἔτὰ.πολλὰ᾿ τοῦ.ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 28 vurvi-cé
hindered any times from coming to you. But now,
μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς. κλίμασιν. τούτοις, ἐπιποθίαν.ὃ δὲ
nolonger *place ‘having in these regions, and *a *longing
ἔχων τοῦ" ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν, 24 ὡς "ἐὰν"
Hee tocome to you for many Tents whenever

πορεύωμαι εἰς THY Σπανίαν, “ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς" ἐλπίζω
I oo go to Spain, I will come to you ; =I *hope

γὰρ διαπορευόμενος θεάσασθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ Pig"! ὑμῶν προπεμ-
‘for going through to see you, and by you to be set

φθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ.

forward thither, if of Jen first in part I should be filled.

25 Νυνὶ.δὲ πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις.
But now 1 go to Jerusalem, doing service tothe saints;

26 “εὐδόκησαν .γὰρ Μακεδονία καὶ ᾿Αχαΐα, κοινωνίαν τινὰ
for * eres ΙΕ ΒΩ *Macedonia “and *Achaia ©a *contribution 7certain

ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσα-
to make for the poor ofthe saints who Exe in Jerusa-

Anp 27 εὐδόκησαν" γὰρ Kai ὀφειλέται ταὐτῶν εἰσιν. εἰ γὰ
lem. For they were pleased and “debtors itheir they are; for if

τοὶς.πνευματικοῖς. αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν
in their spiritual things *participated ithe “nations, they ought

Kal ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς. 2B τοῦτο οὖν
also in the fieshly things to minister to them. This therefore
ἐπιτελέσας, καὶ σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν.καρπὸν.τοῦτον,
baying finished, and haying sealed to them this fruit,
ἀπελεύσομαι Ov ὑμῶν εἰς "τὴν" Σπανίαν. 29 oida.dé ὅτι
I will set off by oe into Spain. And I know that

ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἔν πληρώματι εὐλογίας ‘TOU εὐαγγελίου
coming to you, in fulness of blessing of the glad tidings

τοῦ" χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι. 30 Παρακαλῶ. δὲ ὑμᾶς, "ἀδελφοί," διὰ

οὗ Christ I shall come. But I exhort you, brethren, by
τοῦ.κυρίου- ἡμῶν Inco’ χριστοῦ, Kai διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ
our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the love of the

πνεύματος, συναγωνίσασθαί μοι ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς ὑπὲρ
Spirit, to strive together with me in prayers for

ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Gedy’ 31 ἵνα ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπει-
me to God, that I may be deliveredfirom those being
θούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, καὶ ἵνα ἡ "ζιακονία' μου ἡ

disobedient in Judea ; and that *service *my which [15]

1 φιλοτιμοῦμαι 1 am ambitious Ltr. Κ πολλάκις L.
" ἂν LTTrAW. ο-- ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς GLITraW.
τεἰσὶν αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ‘* — τὴν LITrA.
* — ἵνα LITrA. x 6wpodopia offering of gifts x.

Pad LA.

1 [τοῦ] 1.

t — τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ GLTTraW.

495

from Jerusalem, and
round about unio 1|-
lyricum, I have fully
preached the gospel of
Christ. 20 Yea, so have
I strived to preach
the gospel, not where
Christ was named, lest
I should build upon
another man’s founda-
tion: 21 but as it is
written, To whom he
was not spoken of, they
shall see: and they that
have not heard shall
understand. 22 For
which cause alsoI have
been much hindered
from coming to you.
23 But now haying no
more place in these
parts, and having a
great desire thesemany
years to come unto
you ; 24 whensoever I
take my journey into
Spain, I will come to
you : for I trust to see
you in my journey,
and to be brought on
my way thitherward
by you, if first I be
somewhat filled with
your company. 25 But
now I go unto Jerusa-
lem to minister unto
the saints. 26 For it
hath pleased them of
Macedoniaand Achaia
to make a certain con-
tribution for the poor
saints which are at
Jerusalem, 27 It hath
pleased them verily ;

0 and their debtors they

are. For if the Gen-
tiles have been made
partakers of their spi-
ritual things, their
duty is also to mini-
ster unto them in car-
nal things. 28 When
therefore I have per-
formed this, and have
sealed to them this
truit, I will come by
you into Spain. 29 Ang
I am sure that, when
I come unto you, 1
shall come in the ful-
ness of the blessing οὗ
the gospel of Christ.
30 Now I beseech you.
brethren, for the Lord
Jesus Christ’s sake,
and for the love of the
Spirit, that ye strive
together with me in
your prayers to God
for me; 31 that I may
be delivered from
them that do not be-
lieve in Jud#a; and
that my service which

τ ἱκανῶν TrA.
4 ηὐδόκησαν Tir.
¥ [ἀδελφοί a.

FF

434

I have for Jerusalem
may be accepted of
the saints; 32 that I
May come unto you
with joy by the will
of God, and may with
you be_ refreshed.
33 Now the God of
peace be with you ail.
Amen,

XVI. I commend
unto you Phebe our
sister, which is a ser-
vant of the church
which is at Cenchrea:
2that ye receive her
in the Lord, as be-
cometh saints, and
that ye assist her in
whatsoever business
she hath need of you:
for she hath been a
succourer of many,
and of myself also.
3 Greet Priscilla and
Aquila my helpers in
Christ Jesus: 4 who
have for my life laid
down their own necks:
unto whom not only I
give thanks, but also
all the churches of
the Gentiles. 5 Like-
wise greet the church
that is in their house.
Salute my wellbe-
loved Epzenetus, who
is the firstfruits of
Achaia unto Christ.
6 Greet Mary, who be-
stowed much labour
on us. 7 Salute An-
dronicus and Jnunia
my kinsmen, and my
fallowprisoners, who
are of note among the
apostles, who also
were in Christ before
me. 8 Greet Amplias
my beloved in the
Lord. 9 Salute Ur-
bane, our helper in
Christ, and Stachys
my beloved. 10Salute
Apelles approved in
Christ. salute them
which arg of Aris-
tobulus’ household.
li Salute MHerodion
my kinsman. Greet
them that be of the
household of Narcissus,
which arein the Lord.
12 Salute Tryphena
and Tryphosa, who
labour in the Lord.
Salute the beloved
Persis. which laboured

ΠΡῸΣ PQOMAIOYS. XV, XVE

Yeic' Ἱερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος "γένηται τοῖς aytowc’' 32 iva

for Jerusalem acceptable maybe tothe saints; that
δὲν χαρᾷ ἔλθω" πρὸς ὑμᾶς διὰ θελήματος "θεοῦ," “καὶ
in joy Imaycome to you by (the) will of God, and
συναναπαύσωμαι ὑμῖν." 33 0.6@ θεὸς τῆς εἰρηνης μετὰ
I may berefreshed with you. And the God of peace (be) with

πάντων ὑμῶν. ἁἀμήν."
34}} you. Amen.
16 Συνίστημι δὲ ἡμῖν Φοίβην τὴν ἀδελφὴν.ἡμῶν, οὖσαι
But lcommend toyou Phebe, our sister, being
διάκονον τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Κεγχοεαῖς " 2 ἵνα [αὐτὴν προσ-
servant ofthe assembly in Cenchrea ; that her ye may
dsEnoOe' ἐν κυρίῳ ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων, Kai παραστῆτε αὐτῇ

receive in [the] Lord worthily of saints, and yemayassist her
fos) € ~ , \ ‘
ἐν w.av ὑμῶν χρῴζῃ πράγματι" καὶ. γὰρ ξαὕτη" προ-
in whatever “of *you ‘she °may “need ‘matter ; for also she a 5τ6-
[4 λ ~ 7 , ‘ h > ~ ? ~ il > 4
στάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη, Kai αὐτοῦ ἐμοῦ." 3 Ασπάσασθε
courer of many has been, and “myself ‘of *me. Salute

ἸΠρίσκιλλαν" καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν τοὺς συνεργούς.μου ἐν χριστῷ In-
Priscilla and Aquila my fellow-workers in Christ Je-
4 οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς. μου τὸν. ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον
(who for my life their own neck
« , od ’ ? \ ΄ ? ~ ? \ ‘ ~ «
ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ
laid down: whom not “I ‘only thank, but also all the
ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν: 5 καὶ τὴν Kar’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν.
assemblies of the nations,) and the at ‘*house “their tassembly.
ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Επαίνετον τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου, ὅς ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ
Salute Epenetus my beloved, who is a first-fruit
τῆς * Ayatac' εἰς χριστόν. 6 ἀσπάσασθε 'Μαριάμ," ἥτις πολλὰ
of Achaia for Christ. Salute Mary, who ?much

ἐκοπίασεν εἰς ἡμᾶς." 7 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ανδρόνικον καὶ ᾿Ἰουνίαν
Naboured for us. Salute Andronicus and Junias

τοὺς. συγγενεῖς. μου Kai συναιχμαλώτους pov" οἵτινές εἰσιν
my kinsmen and 2fellow-prisoners my, who are

ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. οἱ Kai πρὸ ἐμοῦ πγεγόνασιν"

σοῦ"
sus,

of note among the apostles ; who also before me were
ἐν χριστῷ. ὃ ἀσπάσασθε ο“᾿Αμπλίαν" τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου ἐν
in Christ. Salute Amplias my beloved in (the]

κυρίῳ. 9 ἀσπάσασθε Οὐρβανὸν τὸν συνεργὸν. ἡμῶν ἐν Ῥχριστῷ,"
Lord. Salute Urbanus our fellow-worker in Christ,

καὶ Στάχυν τὸν ἀγαπητόν. μου. 10 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Απελλῆν τὸν

and Stachys my beloved, Salute Apelles the
δόκιμον ἔν χριστῷ. ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ᾽Αρι-
approved in Christ. Salute those of the (household) of Ari-
στοβούλου. 11 ἀσπάσασθε THpodiwva' τὸν. “συγγενῆ -μου.
stobulus. Salute Herodion my kinsman,
ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Ναρκίσσου. τοὺς ὄντας ἐν

Salute those of the [household] of Narcissus, who are in(the

κυρίῳ. 12 ἀσπάσασθε Τρύφαιναν kai Τρυφῶσαν τὰς κοπιώσας
Lord. Salute Tryphena and ‘Tryphosa, who labour

ἐν κυρίῳ. "ἀσπάσασθε Περσίδα τὴν ἀγαπητήν, ἥτις πολλὰ
in (the] Lord. Salute Persis the beloved, who much

Υ Ἐν att,

GLTTrAw.
LTTrA.
© συγγενὴν Tr.

2 τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται LYTrA.
of [the] Lord Jesus t.
i προσδέξησθε αὐτὴν LTrA.
k’Agias Asia GLTTrAW.
°’AurAtatrov Ampliatus TTrA.
5 [ἀσπάσασθε.....

a ἐλθὼν (having come) ἐν χαρᾷ τ. ὃ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ
© καὶτ; -- καὶ συναναπαύσωμαι ὑμῖν fa}, “ [ἀμήν7Ὑ τ. “ Kev-3
& αὐτὴ GLTAW. h ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 1 Πρίσκαν Prisca
! Μαρίαν LTra. ™ ὑμᾶς YOu LTTrA. π γέγοναν

P κυρίῳ [the] Lord in. «Ἡρωδίωνα GLITraw.
κυρίῳ) τι.

ROMANS.
ἐκοπίασεν ἐν κυρίῳ." 18 ἀσπάσασθε Ῥοῦφον τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν
laboured in([the} Lord. Salate Rufus the chosen
ἐν κυρίῳ, καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ Kai ἐμοῦ. 14 ἀσπάσασθε
in [the] Lord, and his mother and mine. Salute
V Actyxoroy,' Φλέγοντα, “Eouar,' Πατρόβωαν, * Eouny,'

? Y μ 3 δ μ
Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Hermes,
τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε Φιλόλογον

XVI.

καὶ
and
Kal

the ?with *them ‘brethren, Salute Philoiogus and
Ἰουλίαν, Νηρέα καὶ τὴν-ἀδελφὴν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ολυμπᾶν, Kai
Julias, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas, and

τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους. 16 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους

Ξῖ88. *with ‘them all *saints. Salute one another
ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι * Tov

with a kiss "holy. 7Salute ®you “the *assemblies
ριστοῦ.

Sof Christ.

17 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, σκοπεῖν τοὺς
But I exhort you, brethren, to consider those who
στασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα, παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς
sions and ‘causes οὗ Soffence 7contrary *to *the *°teaching **which ‘*ye
ἐμάθετε, ποιοῦντας" καὶ YéxkNivate ax αὐτῶν. 18 οἱ yap
3learnt, imake, and turnaway from them. For
τοιοῦτοι τῷ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν *Inood χριστῷ οὐ.δουλεύουσι"», ἀλλὰ
such Sour *Lord 5Jesus ®Christ serve “ποῖ, but
TH-EavT@Y κοιλίᾳ: Kai διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας
their own belly, and by kind speaking and praise
ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων. 19 ἡ.γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ

deceive the hearts ofthe innocent. For the “of “you ‘obedience
εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο" *yaipw οὖν τὸ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν. θέλω. δὲ
5to 5411 *rcached. I rejoice therefore concerning you; but I wish

εἰς TO ἀγαθόν. axepaiouc.6é εἰς TO

« ~ ‘ b 4. ἄπ “
υμας σοφοὺς “μέν. εἰναι
i good, and simple to

you wise to be [as] to
, « 4 ‘ ~ , , 4 ~ 4 ‘
κακόν. 20 6.6 θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει TOY σατανᾶν ὑπὸ

evil, But the God of peace will bruise Satan under
τοὺς πόδας. ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ
your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus
ἐχριστοῦ" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 4
Christ [be] with you.

12Salute 13you ‘Timotheus *my *fellow-worker‘and ‘*Lucius
καὶ ᾿Ιάσων καὶ Σωσίπατρος oicvyyeveic_uov. 22 ἀσπάζομαι

2] Φ᾿Ασπάζονται" ὑμᾶς Τιμόθεος ὁ-συνεργός.μου καὶ Λούκιος
μᾶς Tey γός, μ

Sand 7Jason ‘and ‘*Sosipater 2°my **kinsmen. 2°Salute
ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ Τέρτιος ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐν κυρίῳ.
**the

3you I 1Tertius ‘who '*wrote ?°epistle in (the) Lord.

23 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Γάϊος ὁ ξένος pov καὶ frie ἐκκλησίας

?Salutes Syou ‘Gaius, the host ofme and ofthe “assembly
er Π 7 ’ J ~ » « ’ , ~ ,
ὅλης." ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς “Epacroc ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πόλεως,
ἐγ 016. 13Salutes 44you “Erastus *the ‘steward ‘oi‘the ‘city,

ν᾿ , « >a , ot , ~ ΄ ' md
καὶ Kovaproc ὁ adedgoc. 24 ©H χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου-ημῶν
®and ?°Quartus ‘the ‘*brother. The grace of our Lord
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. apy.

Jesus Christ [be] with 3411 you. Amen.

435

much in the Lord.
13 Salute Rufus chosen
in the Lord, and his
mother and mine.
14 Salute Asynecritus,
Phiegon, Hermas, Pa-
trobas, Hermes, and
the brethren which are
with them. 15 Salute
Philologus, and Julia,
Nereus, and his sister,
and Olympas, and ail
the saints which are
with them. 16 Salute
one another with an
holy kiss. The churches
of Christ salute you.

17 Now I beseech
you, brethren, mark
them which cause di-
visigns and offences
contrary to the doc-
trine which ye have
learned; and avoid
them. 18 Forthey that
are such serve not our
Lord Jesus Christ, but
their own belly; and
by good words and
fair speeches deceive
the hearts of the sim-
ple. 19 For your obe-
dience is come zbroad
unto all men. I am
glad therefore on your
behalf: but yet I would
have you wise unto
that which is good,
and simple concerning
evil. 20 And the God
of peace shall bruise
Satan under your feet
shortly. The grace of
our Lord Jesus Christ
be with you, Amen.

21 Timotheus my
workfellow, and Lu-
cius, and Jason, and
Sosipater, my kins-
men, salute you. 221
Tertius, who wrote
this epistie, salute you
in the Lord. 23 Gaius
mine host, and of the
whole church, saluteth
you. Erastus the
chamberiain of the
city saluteth you, aud
Quartus a_ brother.
24 The grace of our
Lord Jesus Christ be
with you 411. Amen.

νυ Ἑρμῆν LTTraWw.
GLTTraWw, Υ éxxAcvere TTr.

Ὁ — μὲν LTTra. ς — χριστοῦ T[Tra}.
LTTraw. f OAns τῆς ἐκκλησίας LTTrA.

w Ἕρμαν LTTrAW.
z — Ἰησοῦ GLITraw.
¢ + ἀμήν Amen E.

& — verse 24 LTTrx[a].

t ’Agup- T.

τ + πᾶσαι all (the assemblies)
5. ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν οὖν χαίρω LTTrAW.
ε᾽Ασπάζεται Salutes

490

25 Now to him that
is of power to stablish
you according to my
gospel, and the preach-
ing of Jesus Christ,
according to the reve-
lation of the mystery,
which was kept secret
since the world began,
26 but now is made
manifest, and by the
scriptures of the pro-
phets, according tothe
commandment of the
everlasting God, made
known to all nations
for the obedience of
faith : 27 to God only
wise, be glory through
Jesus Christ for ever.
Amen.

ΠΡΟΣ SK O BP ENVOsr Os A. I,
2 "Τῷ. δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι κατὰ τὸ εὐαγ-
Now to him who is able you to establish according to Iglad
gus? ov Kai τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, κατὰ ἀπο-
idings ‘my and theproclamation of Jesus Christ, according to a reve-
κάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου,
lation of [the] mystery intimes of the ages having been kept secret,

26 φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν, διά.τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ᾽
but made manifest now, and by “scriptures prophetic, according to
ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου θεοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς πάντα

commandment of the eternal God, for obedience offaith to all
τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος. 27 μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ, διὰ “In-

the nations having been made known— [the] only wise God through Je-

σοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν
sus Christ, to whom[be]the glory to the ages. Amen.
Κπρὸὲ ‘Pwpatove ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Κορίνθου, διὰ Φοίβης τῆς

To [the] Romans written from Corinth.

διακόνου τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς ἐκκλησίας."

servant ofthe7in “*Cenchrea ‘assembly.

by Phosbe

Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TOYS KOPINOIOYS EMIZTOAH IIPOTH.'

‘THE ‘*TO

PAUL, called to be an
apostle of Jesus Christ
through the will of
God, and Sosthenes
our brother, 2 unto the
church of God which
is at Corinth, to them
that are sanctified in
Christ Jesus, called to
be saints, with all that
in every place call up-
on the name of Je-
sus Christ our Lord,
both theirs and ours:
3 Grace be unto you,
and peace, from God
our Father, and from
the Lord Jesus Christ.

4 I thank my God
always on your behalf,
for the grace of God
whichis given you by
Jesus Christ; 5 that
in every thing ye are
enriched by him, in
all utterance, and in
all knowledge; 6 even
as the testimony of
Christ was confirmed
in you: 7so that ye
come behind in no
gift ; waiting for the
coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ: & who

STHE SCORINTHIANS 3EPISTLE ?FIRST.
ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ὕκλητὸς" ἀπόστολος “Inoot χριστοῦ," διὰ θελή-
Paul a called apostle of Jesus’ Christ, by [the] will

ματος θεοῦ, καὶ Σωσθένης ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 ry ἐκκλησίᾳ Tot
of God, and ϑοβύμοπθοβὝυ:Ὺ: the brother, to the assembly
θεοῦ ὁτῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἡγιασμένοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη-
of God which is in Corinth, having been sanctified in Christ de-
σοῦ.“ κλητοῖς ἁγίοις, σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις TO ὄνομα
sus, cajlled saints, with ll those *calling °on *the ’name

τοῦ. κυρίου- ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, αὐτῶν re!
®of our ‘°Lord "Jesus Christ ‘in every “place, both theirs
καὶ ἡμῶν" 3 χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν

and ours: grace toyou and peace from God our Father
καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ.
and [the] Lord Jesus Christ.

4 Ἑὐῤχαριστῶ τῷ«.θεῷ.μου πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ τῇ

I thank my God always concerning you, for the

χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, 5 ὅτι ἐν
grace of God that was given toyou in Christ Jesus, that in
παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ Kai πάσῃ
everything ye wereenriched in him, in all discourse and all
γνώσει, 6 καθὼς τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν
knowledge, accordingasthe testimony ofthe Christ was confirmed in
ὑμῖν" 7 ὥστε ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι, aTrEK-
you, sothat ye are behind in not one gift,
δεχομένους τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ"
awaiting the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ ;

h Verses 25—27 placed at end of chapter xiv. a.

subscription GLTW ;

i+ τῶν αἰώνων of ages LT. k — the

Πρὸς Ῥωμαίους Tra.

4 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + IavAovG; -- τοὺς EG; Πρὸς

Κορινθίους a LTTrAW.
Κορίνθῳ placed after Incov LTra.

Ὁ [κλητὺς LA. © χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTraW.

4 τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν
e — τε both tral. ioe

i. Ie CORA N TRA ANS:

ὃ ὃς καὶ βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς ἕως
who also willconfirm you to [the]
ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 9 πιστὸς ὁ θεύς, Ov
day of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful [is] God, by
ov ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ
whom ye were called into fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν.
our Lord.

10 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ
Now I exhort you, brethren, by the name
κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες,
of our Lord Jesus Christ, that *the °same “thing ‘ye “say all,

ἐν ὑμῖν σχίσματα, ἤἦτε.δὲ κατηρτισμένοι
3500 ‘there *be among ‘you ‘divisions; but ye be knit together
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοὶ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. 11 ἐδηλώθη.γάρ
in the same mind and in the same judgment. For it was shewn
μοι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί μου, ὑπὸ τῶν Χλόης,
to me concerning you, my brethren, by those of [the house of] Chloe,
Ore ἔριδες ἔν ὑμῖν εἰσιν 12 λέγω.δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἕκαστος
that strifes among you there are. But I say this, that each
ὑμῶν λέγει, Ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ.δὲ ᾿Απολλώ, ἐγω. δὲ
of you says, I am of Paul, andI of Apollos, andI
Κηφᾶ, ἐγὼ.δὲ χριστοῦ. 13 Μεμέρισται ὁ χριστός ; μὴ Llav~
of Cephas, andI_ of Christ. Has *been*divided ‘the “Christ? 5Paul
Log ἐσταυρώθη fizrip' ὑμῶν; ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπ-
“was crucified for you? or to the name of Paul wereye
τίσθητε; 14 εὐχαριστῶ Srp Yew ὅτι οὐδένα ὑμῶν ἐβάπτισα,
baptized ? I thank God that noone ofyou _ I baptized,
εἰμὴ Κρίσπον καὶ Λάϊον 1ὅ ἵνα ph τις εἴπῃ Ore εἰς TO
except Crispus and Gaius, that not anyone shouldsay that unto
ἐμὸν ὄνομα δέβάπτισα." 16 ἐβάπτισα.δὲ καὶ τὸν Στεφανᾶ
my name I baptized. AndI baptized also the *of *Stephanas
oikov’ λοιπὸν ovx.olda εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα. 17 Οὐ.γὰρ
thouse ; astotherest Iknownot if any other I baptized. For *not
ἀπέστειλέν we! χριστὸς βαπτίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐαγγελίζεσθαι"
7sent 3me 4Christ to baptize, but to announce the glad tidings ;
οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ λόγου, iva μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς TOU χριστοῦ.
not in wisdom of word, that not *bemadevoidthe cross ofthe Christ.
18 ὁ.λόγος.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία
Forthe word ofthe cross to those perishing 2foolishness
ἐστίν, τοῖς. δὲ σωζομένοις ἡμῖν δύναμις θεοῦ ἐστιν. 19 ys-
lis, but *who ‘are *being “saved ᾿ΐο 18 *power ‘°of **God “it "15. **It**has
γραπται γάρ, ᾿Απολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν
1Sheen ‘written ‘*for, I willdestroy the wisdom ofthe wise, amd the
σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. 20 Ποῦ σοφὸς;
understanding of the understanding ones I will set aside. Where [is the] wise?
ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ = !ovEnrnrijc| τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου;
where [the] scribe? where [the] disputer of this age?
> ὧς 9: , ε sy \ ΄ὔ ~ , ,ὔ =
οὐχὶ. ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς THY σοφίαν Tov.Kdopov."TOUTOU' ;
did not *make “foolish ‘God the wisdom of this world ?
21 ᾿Επειδὴ.γὰρ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ
For since, in the wisdom of God, *knew “ποῦ ‘the *world *by
τῆς σοφίας τὸν θεόν, εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ

τέλους, ἀνεγκλήτους ἔν τῇ
end, unimpeachable in the

Kat
and

*wisdom God, 2was*pleased* ‘God by the foolishness of the
f περὶ L. & — τῷ θεῷ (read εὐχαριστῶ I give thanks) r.

baptized LrTraw. k αλλὰ TTrA. | συνζητητὴς LTTrA.

the world) LTTraw.

i+ [ὃ] L.

437

shall also confirm you
unto the end, that ye
may be blameless in
the day of our Lord
Jesus Christ. 9 God
is faithful, by whom
ye were called unto
the fellowship of his
Son Jesus Christ our
Lord.

10 Now I beseech
you, brethren, by the
name of our Lord Je-
sus Christ, that ye all
speak the same thing,
and that there be no
divisions among you;
but that ve be per-
fectly joined together
in the same mind and
in the same judgment.
11 For it hath been
declared unto me of
you, my brethren, by
them which are of the
house of Chloe, that
there are contentions
among you. 12 Now
this I say, that every
one of you saith, I am
of Paul; and I of
Apollos ; and I of Ce-
phas ; and 1 of Christ.
13 Is Christ divided?
was Paul crucified for
you? or were ye bap-
tized in the name of
Paul? 141 thank God
that I baptized none
of you, but Crispus
and Gains; 15 lest any
should say that I had
baptized in mine own
name, 16 And I bap-
tized also the house-
hold of Stephanas ;
besides, I know not
whether I baptized any
other. 17 For Christ
sent me not to bap-
tize, but to preach the
gospel: not with wis-
dom of words, lest the
cross of Christ should
be made of none effect.
18 For the preaching
of the cross isto them
that perish foolish-
ness; but unto us
which are saved it is
the power of God.
19 For it is written, I
will destroy the wis-
dom of the wise, and
will bring to nothing
the understanding of
the prudent. 20 Where
is the wise? where 1s
the scribe? where ts
the disputer of this
world? hath not God
made foolish the wis-
dom of this world?
21 For after that in
the wisdom of God
the world by wisdom
knew not God, it
pleased God by the

h ἐβαπτίσθητε ye were

m — τούτου (read

438

foolishness of preach-
ing to save them
that believe. 22 For
the Jews require a
sign, and the Greeks
seek after wisdom:
23 but we preach
Christ crucified, unto
the Jews a stumbling-
block, and unto the
Greeks foolishness ;
24 but unto them
which are called, both
Jews and Grecks,
Christ the power of
God, and the wisdom
of God. 25 Because
the foolishness of God
is wiser than men; and
the weakness of God
is stronger than men.
26 For ye see your
calling, brethren, how
that not many wise
men after the flesh,
not many mighty, not
many noble, are call-
ed: 27 but God hath
chosen the foolish
things of the world
to confound the wise ;
and God hath chosen
the weak things of
the world to confound
the things which are
mighty; 28 and base
things of the world,
and things which are
despised, hath God
chosen, yeda,and things
which are not, to
bring to nought things
that are: 29 that no
flesh should glory in
his presence, 30 But
of him are ye in
Christ Jesus, who of
God is made unto us
wisdom, and right-
eousness, and sanctifi-
cation, and redemp-
tion : 31 that, accord-
ing as it is written,
He that glorieth, let
him glory in. the
Lord.

Il. And I, brethren,
when I came to you,
came not with excel-
lency of speech or of
wisdom, declaring un-
to you the testimony
of God, 2 For I de-
termined not to know
any thing amongyou,
save Jesus Christ, and
him crucified. 3 And
1 was with you in
weakness, and in fear,
aud in much trem-
bling. 4 And my speech
and my preaching was
not with enticing ἡ
words of man’s wis-
dom, but in demon-

Il PO LIAO TNODOYS . A. ik
κηρύγματος σῶσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας 22 ἐπειδὴ Kai ‘lov
proclamation tosave those that believe. Since both Jews
δαῖοι "σημεῖον" αἰτοῦσιν, καὶ “Ἕλληνες σοφίαν ζητοῦσιν.

38 *sign task *for, and Greeks 2wisdom seek ;
23 rpueic.d& κηρύσσομεν χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ᾿Ιουδαίοις
but we proclaim Christ crucified, to Jews

μὲν σκάνδαλον, “Ἕλλησιν" δὲ μωρίαν"

24 αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς
indeed a cause of eience, *to “Greeks ‘and foolishness ;

but to those the
κλητοῖς, ᾿Ιουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν, χριστὸν θεοῦ δύναμιν Kai

called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ God's power and
θεοῦ σοφίαν. 25 Ort τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφώτερον τῶν
God’s wisdom. Because the foolishness of God wiser

ἀνθρώπων toriv’ Kai τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν
than men is, and the weakness of God stronger

ἀνθρώπων Ῥέστίν." 26 Βλέπετε.γὰρ τὴν.κλῆσιν. ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί,
than men is. For ye see your calling, brethren,

ὅτι οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνα-
thatnot many wise according to flesh [there are],not many power-

Tol, οὐ πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς" 27 ἀλλὰ τὰ wod τοῦ κόσμου
ful, not many high-born. But the foolish things ἐπ the world

ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, «ἵνα τοὺς σοφοὺς καταισχύνῃ" " "Kai Ta
*chose 1God, that the wise he might puttoshame; and the

ἀσθενὴ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός," ἵνα καταισχύνῃ
weak things of the world 2chose *God, that he might put to shame
τὰ ἰσχυρά: 28 Kai τὰ ἀγενῆ τοῦ κόσμου Kai τὰ ἐξουθενη-
BBs strong things ; and the low-born of the world, and the de-
μένα ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός. "κα τὰ μὴ.ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ
spised “chose 1God, and the bninge that arenot, that the things that
ὄντα καταργήσῃ' 29 ὕπως μὴ ἱκαυχήσηται πᾶσα σὰρξ

are he may annul; sothat ποῦ *might °boast tall “flesh
ἐνώπιον ᾿αὐτοῦ." 80 &&.avrov.oé ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ,

before him. But of him ye are in Christ Jesus,

ὃς ἐγενήθη “piv copia" azo θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη.τε Kai ἁγιασ-
who was made tous wisdom from God and righleoust and saucti-

μὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις: 31 ἵνα, καθὼς γέγραπται.
fication and redemption ; that, according as it has been written,

Ὃ καυχώμενος, ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω.
He that boasts, in wae Lord let him boast.
Q Κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ἦλθον οὐ Kab!
AndI having σοθ to you, brethren, came not ee to
ὑπεροχὴν λόγου ἢ σοφίας καταγγέλλων ὑμῖν τὸ μαρτύριον

excellency of word or wisdom, announcing to you ον ἀραΣ θοΥ
τοῦ θεοῦ. 2 οὐ.γὰρ ἔκρινα “τοῦ γείδεναι τι ἐν ὑμῖν,
of God. For “not 'I *decided to know poe among you,

εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. 3 *Kai ἐγὼ"
except Jesus Christ, and him crucified. And 1

ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ Kai ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενόμην πρὸς

in weakness and in fear and in pense 1much was with

ὑμᾶς" 4 καὶ ὁ-λόγος.μου καὶ τὸ.κἠρυγμά.μου οὐκ ἐν πειθοὶς
you; and my word and a pr eachiny {was} not in uate

“avOowzivng' σοφίας λόγοις, θάλλ᾽" ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος
Shuman 2of *wisdom words, but in demonstration of (the) Spirit

n σημεῖα signs GLITraW.
καταισχύνῃ TOUS σοφούς [L]1Tra.

σεται Ἑ.
εἰδέναι GLTrAW.

: κἀγὼ LTTrA

© ἔθνεσιν to Nations GLTTrAW. Ρ — ἐστίν TTr. 4 ἵνα
τ [καὶ τὰ ....0 θεός] L. ® — καὶ LTTrA, * καυχή-
v τοῦ θεοῦ God GLTTraw. w Ἔχε ἡμῖν LVTrA, X — rou GLTTrAW. Υ τι

a — ᾿ἀνθρωπίνης GLITrAW. Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr.

ΤΠ t ¢OR FN ΈΓΡΑ Ν 5:

" ’ uv « , ε ~ Vy 4, ? , ? ,
Kal δυνάμεως" ὃ ἵνα ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ.) ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθοώ-
and of power; that your faith might not be in wisdom of men,

πων, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ.
but in power of God.

6 Σοφίαν. δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις᾽ σοφίαν.δὲ ov τοῦ
But wisdom wespeak among the perfect; but wisdom, not
αἰῶνος.τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, τῶν

of this age, ΠΟΙ͂ of the rulers of this age, who
καταργουμένων᾽" 7 ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν “σοφίαν θεοῦ" ἐν μυστηρίῳ,
are coming to nought, But we speak wisdom of God in ἃ mystery,
THY ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν
the hidden ({wisdom] which predetermined ‘God before the
αἰώνων sic δόξαν ἡμῶν, ὃ ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ
ages for our glory, which noone of the rulers
αἰῶνος.τούτου ἔγνωκεν" εἰ γὰρ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον
of this age has known, (for if they had known, "ποῦ ‘the Lord
~ ΄ 2 , ? δ \ ,
τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν" 9 ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγρατ-
50 Ὲ *the ®glory *they 7would have crucified,) but according as it has been
a“ ? ‘ > τ ‘ μα ? » \
Tal, A ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ.εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ. ἤκουσεν, καὶ
written, Things which ’ eye saw not, and ear heard not, and
ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ovK.avéBn, “ἃ" ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς
into heart of man came not, which prepared *God
τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν airov’ 10 ἡμῖν. δὲ “ὁ θεὸς ἀπεκάλυψεν!"
forthose that love him, but to us God revealed [them]
διὰ rov.rvedparoc-favrov'' ro-yao πνεῦμα πάντα ἐρευνᾷ,"
by his Spirit ; for the Spirit allthings searches,
καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. 11 τίς.γὰρ οἷδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ
even the depths of God. For who “knows ‘of?men the things
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰμὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν
of man, except the spirit of man which [151 in
> ~ oe \ ‘ ~ 0. “ ἠδ ‘ h δ HH] 2 ‘ ‘
AUTH, οὕτως και τα του DEOV OVOELG “OLOEV, ει. ΜΉ TO
him? so also the things of God noone knows, except the
πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλά-
Spirit of God. But we not the spirit of the world re-
βομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν
ceived, but the Spirit which [is} from God, that we might know
τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν. 13 “A Kai λαλοῦμεν,
the things by God granted tous: which also we speak,

οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δι-
not in taught %of*human ‘wisdom ‘words, but in [those]
δακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου," πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ

tanght of {the] *Spirit ‘Holy, *by ’spiritual [*means] ‘spiritual *things
Ἐσυγκρίνοντες." 14 ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ob.déyerar τὰ
scommunicating. But [the] natural man receives not the things
τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ" Boy αὐτῷ ἐστιν, Kai
of the Spirit of God, for foolishness to him they are; and

ov.divarar γνῶναι, OTL πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται.
he cannot know [them], because spiritually they are discerned ;
15 ὁ. δὲ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει ‘piv' πάντα, αὐτὸς. δὲ ὑπ᾽
but the spiritual discerns all things, but he by
οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται. 16 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου,
no one is discerned. For who did know [the] mind of [the] Lord?
᾿ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; ἡμεῖς. δὲ νοῦν ™ypiorov' ἔχομεν.
vho shall instruct him? But we [the] mind of Christ have,

420

stration of the Spirit
and of power: ὃ that
your faith should not
stand in the wisdom
of men, but
power of God.

in the

6 Howbeit we speak
wisdom among them
that are perfect: yet
not the wisdom of this
world, nor of the
princes of this world,
that come to nought:
7 but we speak the
wisdom of God ina
mystery, even the hid-
den wisdom, which
God ordained before
the world unto our
glory: 8 which none
of the princes of this
world xnew: for had
they known it, they
would not have cruci-
fied the Lord of glory.
9 But as it is written,
Eye hath not seen,
nor ear heard, neither
have entered into the
heart of man, the
things which God hath
prepared for them that
lovehim. 10 But God
hath revealed them
unto us by his Spirit :
for the Spirit search-
eth all things, yea, the
deep things of God.
11 For what man know-
eth the things of a
man, save the spirit of
man which is in him ?
even so the things of
God knoweth no man,
but the Spirit of God.
12 Now we have re-
ceived, not the spirit
of the world, but the
spirit which is of God;
that we might know
the things that are
freely given to us of
God. 13 Which things
also we speak, not in
the words which man’s
wisdom teacheth, but
which the Holy Ghost
teacheth ; comparing
spiritual things with
spiritual, 14 But the
natural man receiveth
not the things of the
Spirit of God: for
they are foolishness
unto him: neither can
he know them, because
they are spiritually
discerned. 15 But he
that is spiritual judg-
eth all things, yet he
himself is judged of
no man. 16 For who
hath known the mind
of the Lord, that he
may instruct him?
But we have the mind
of Christ.

Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr. © θεοῦ σοφίαν GLTTrAW. 4 ὅσα whatsoever LTrA.
“rtraw. ἴ-- αὐτοῦ (read the Spirit) trrr[a].
i — ᾿Αγίον GLTTraw. k oup- T. 1 [τὰ] τι; — μὲν T[Tra].

© ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς

Sépavvg TTrA. ἢ ἔγνωκεν has known’ ΤΊΤΑ
™ κυρίου of [the) urd τι.

440

III, AndI, brethren,
could not speak unto
you as unto spiritual,
but as unto carnal,
even as unto babes in

Christ. 2 I have fed
you with milk, and
not with meat: for

hitherto ye were not
able to bear it, neither
yet now are ye able.
3 For ye are yet carnal:
for whereas there is
among you enyying,
and strife, and divi-
sions, are ye not car-
nal, and walk asmen ?
4 For while one saith,
Iam of Paul; andan-
other, Lam of Apollos;
are ye not carnal?
5 Who then is Paul,
and who is Apollos,
but ministers by whom
ye believed, even as
the Lord gave toevery
man ? 61 have planted,
Apollos watered ; but
God gave the increase.
7 So then neither is
he that planteth any-
thing, neither he that
watereth; but God
that giveth the in-
crease. 8 Now hethat
planteth and he that
watereth are one: and
every man shall re-
ceive his own reward
according to his own
labour. 9 For we are
labourers together
with God: ye are God’s
husbandry, ye are
God’s building. 10 Ac-
cording tothe grace of
God which is given
unto me, as a wise
masterbuilder, I have
laid the foundation,
and another buildeth
thereon. But letevery
man take heed how
he buildeth thereupon.
11 For other foun-
dation can no man
lay than that is
laid, which is Jesus
Christ. 12 Now if any
man build upon this
foundation gold, sil-
ver, precious stones,
wood, hay, stubble,
13 every man’s work
shall be made mani-
fest : for the day shall
declare it, because it
shall be revealed by
fire; and the fire
shall try every man’s
work of what sort it
is. 14 If any man’s

" κἀγώ GLTTrAW.
GLITrA.

transposed LTTrAW.
> λήμψεται LTTrA.

(read the foundation) Lrtr[a].
4 μενεῖ Shall abide GLTAW.

τ οὐδὲ GLTTrAW.
ἄνθρωποί not Men LTTrAw.

WTP Os AF OQPEPNGrOY > A. ΠῚ.

3 πΚαὶ ἐγώ; " ἀδελφοί, οὐκ.ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς
And I, brethren, was not able to speak, toyou as

πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ we “σαρκικοῖς," we νηπίοις ἔν χριστῷ.
to apie; but as to Hoey 85 tobabes in hrist.

2 γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, Ῥκαὶ" οὐ βρῶμα: οὔπω.γὰρ «ἠδύνασθε,"
Milk ise ‘I?gaveto drink; and not meat, for not yet were ye able,

ἀλλ᾽ Tobre' "ἔτι! νῦν dvvacOe 3 ἔτι-γὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε.
but neither yet now are ye able; for yet fleshly ye are.
ὕπου.γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος Kai ἔρις ‘kai διχοστασίαι.,"

For where among you emulation and strife and divisions [there are],

ἐστε, καὶ κατὰ

tare *ye, and pacconding, Sto twalk?

4 ὅταν.γὰρ λέγῃ τις. ΠΕ γὼ μέν εἰμι ἸΤαύλου, ἕτερος. δέ, Ἔχω
For when *may “say ‘one, am of Paul, and another,

᾿Απολλώ, “οὐχὶ σαρκικοί! ἐστε; 5 Τίς" οὖν ἐστιν «Παῦλος,

οὐχὶ σαρκικοί

Snot *fleshly ‘man

of Apollos, Snot *fleshly ‘are ye? Who then is Paul,
Wric' δὲ Υ Σ᾿Απολλώς," *aXX’ ἢ" διάκονοι Ov ὧν ἐπιστεύ-
3who ‘and Apolles? but servants thronsk mon ye be-
σατε, καὶ ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ κύριος ἔδωκεν; 6 ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα,
lieved, and toeach as the Lord gave? planted,
᾿Απολλὼς ἐπότισεν, "ἀλλ᾽ ὁ θεὸς ηὔξανεν" 7 ὥστε οὔτε
Apollos watered ; but God gave growth. So that neither
c , > , » « / > ? « > ,
ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν TL, οὔτε ὁ ποτίζων, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ avéa-
he that plants is anything, nor hethat waters; but *who “gives

νων θεός. ὃ 0.puTedwv.dé Kai ὁ ποτίζων ἕν iow" ἕκαστος
*srowth ‘God. But Β6 that plantsand hethat waters one ‘are; ‘each

δὲ τὸν. ἴδιον μισθὸν Anpera' κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον κόπον.
Sbut hisown reward shall receive ΒΟΘΌΣΟΙΠΡΙ to hisown labour.

9 θεοῦ.γάρ ἐσμὲν συνεργοί; θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή
For God’s *we ὅδυθ ‘fellow-workers ;God’s husbandry, God’s building

ἐστε. 10 Κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι, we
ye are. According to the grace of God which was given tome, as

4 > , c , I» ἄν 2? ὃ τὰ
σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων θεμέλιον “τέθεικα," ἄλλος.δὲ ἐποικοδομεῖ
a wise architect [the] foundation I have laid, and another builds up.

ἕκαστος. δὲ βλεπέτω πῶς ἐποικοδομεῖ' 11 θεμέλιον. γὰρ ἄλλον
But 7each ‘let take heed how he builds up. For *foundation ‘other

οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, bc ἐστιν VIn-

noone is able tolay besides that which islaid, which is Je-
σοῦς ὁ χριστός." 12 εἰδὲ τις ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον
sus the cae Now if anyone build οἷν on *foundation
ἐτοῦτον ἰχρυσόν, ἄργυρον," λίθους τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον,
this gold, othyet stones ‘precious, wood, grass,
καλάμην, 13 ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενήσεται' ἡ.γὰρ
BEEAN ofeach the work manifest willbecome; for the

ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται: καὶ ἑκάστου
it is revealed ; and of each

ἡμέρα δηλώσει"

ey will declare Cit), because in fire
TO ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, TO πῦρξ δοκιμάσει. 14 εἴ τινος τὸ
the work whatsort itis, the fire will prove. If of anyone the
ἔργον "μένει! ὃ ἱἐπῳκοδόμησεν," μισθὸν ἔλήψεται"" 15 εἴ

work abides which he built up, a reward he shall receive. If

ο σαρκίνοις to fleshy GLTTrAW. Ρ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 4 ἐδύνασθε
5 [ere] L. — kat διχοστασίαι LTTrA. ¥ οὐκ (οὐχὶ W)
Ww τί ett a LITr ; ; τίς] A. x ᾿Απολλώς Und ἸΤαῦλος
— ἀλλ᾽ ἢ GLITrAW. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrA.
¢ ἔθηκα Llaid τῦττα. 4 χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς L; —OGTIrAW. ὁ — τοῦτον
ἔ χρυσίον, ἀργύριον TTr. & + αὐτὸ itself LrTraw.

i ἐποικοδόμησεν TTrA. K λήμψεται LTTrA.

¥ + ἐστιν is LITrA.

ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε 5

FM TV. FACORINTHIA NS.

τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται: adroc.dé
work shall be consumed, he shall suffer loss, but himself

τινος
of anyone the

σωθήσεται, οὕτως δὲ ὡς διὰ πυρός. 16 Οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς
shall be saved, Ὀαῦ 50 as through fire. Know ye not that *temple
θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ; 17 εἴ τις
1God’s yeare, and the Spirit of God dwells in you? If anyone
τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ ἰτοῦτον" ὁ
the temple of God corrupt, 7shall*bring ®to Scorruption ‘*him
θεός" ὁ. γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς.
Ξᾳοᾶ; forthe temple of God “holy lis, which are γα.
18 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατάτω' εἴ τις δοκεῖ σοφὸς
Noone “himself let *deceive: if anyone “thinks [*himself] 7wise
εἶναι ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνιντούτῳ, μωρὸς γενέσθω, ἵνα
5to She ‘among you’ in this age, foolish let him become, that
γένηται σοφός. 19 ἡ-.γὰρ σοφία τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου μωρία
he may 6 wise. For the wisdom of this world foolishness
παρὰ τῷ" θεῷ ἐστιν᾽ γέγραπται.γάρ. Ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς
God i

with is; for it has been written, He takes the
σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ-πανουργίᾳ. αὐτῶν. 20 καὶ πάλιν, Κύριος
wise in their craftiness. And again, [The] Lord

γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, OTL εἰσὶν μάταιοι.
knows the reasonings ofthe wise, that they are vain.
21 “Ὥστε μηδεὶς καυχάσθω ἐν ἀνθρώποις" πάντα.γὰρ ὑμῶν
50 ὑμαῦ *no%ene ‘let boast in men ; for allthings *yours
ἐστιν, 22 εἴτε ἸΤαῦλος, εἴτε ᾿Απολλώς, εἴτε Κηφᾶς, εἴτε
lare, Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas,_ or (the)
κόσμος, εἴτε ζωή, εἴτε θάνατος, εἴτε ἐνεστῶτα, εἴτε μέλλοντα"
world, or life, or death, or present things, or coming things,
πάντα ὑμῶν "ἐστιν᾽" 23 ὑμεῖς.δὲ χριστοῦ" χριστὸς. δὲ θεοῦ.

811 yours ‘are; andye Christ’s, and Christ God’s.
4 Οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας χριστοῦ
So ‘of®us ‘let *reckon 7a *man as attendants οἵ Christ
καὶ οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων θεοῦ. Ὡ οὃ δὲ" λοιπόν, ζητεῖται
and stewards 3mysteries ‘of 7God’s. But as to the rest, it is required
ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα πιστός Tic εὑρεθῇ. 8 ἐμοὶ. δὲ εἰς ἐλά-
in stewards that faithful one be found, But tome thesmall-

χιστόν ἐστιν iva ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀνακριθῶ, ἢ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνης
est matter itis that by you JIbeexamined, or by man’s
ἡμέρας" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν avaxpivw. 4 οὐδὲν. γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ
day. But neither myself dolIexamine. Forof nothing in myself
, ? ? ? ? , , c \ ?
σύνοιδα' ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ OediKaiwpat ὁ. δὲ ἀνα-
Iamconscious; but not by this havelI beenjustified: but Βα who ex-
κρίνων με κύριός ἐστιν. ὅ ὥστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι
amines τὴθ [086] Lord is. So that not before [the] time anything
κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος, ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ

judge, until may have come the Lord, who both will bring to light the
κρυπτὰ TOU σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν
hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels

καρδιῶν" Kai τότε ὁ ἔπαινος γενήσεται ἑκάστῳ ἀπὸ TOU θεοῦ.
of hearts; and then praise shall be toeach from God.
6 Ταῦτα.δέ, ἀδελφοί, μετεσχημάτισα εἰς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ P’A-
Now these things, brethren, I transferred to myself and A-
AX ‘ I δ ? « ~ ε > t ~ 10 A 1 e a
πολλω t ὑμᾶς, wa ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε τὸ μὴ ὑπὲρ
pollos on account of you, that in us yemay learn not *above

44]

work abide which he
hath built thereupon,
he shall receive a re-
ward. 15 ΤῈ anyman’s
work shall be burned,
he shall suffer loss:
but he himself shall
be saved ; yet so as by
fire. 16 Know ye not
that ye are the temple
of God, and that the
Spirit of God dwelleth
in’ “you? | 17 Ef ‘any
man defile the temple
of God, him shall God
destroy ; for the tem-
ple of God is holy,
which temple ye are.
18 Let no man deceive
himself. If any man
among you seemeth to
be wise in this world,
let him become a fool,
that he may be wise.
19 For the wisdom of
this world is foolish-
ness with God. For
itis written, He taketh
the wise in their own
eraftiness. 20 And
again, The Lord know-
eth the thoughts of the
wise, that they are
vain. 21 Therefore let
no man glory in men.
For all things are
yours; 22 whether
Paul, or Apollos, or
Cephas, or the world,
or life, or death, or
things present, or
things to come; all
are yours ; 23 and ye
are Christ’s; and
Christ is God’s.

IV. Let a man so
account of us, as of
the ministers of Christ,
and stewards of the
mysteries of God.
2 Moreover it is re-
quired in stewards,
that a man be found
faithful. 3 But with
me it is a very small
thing that I should be
judged of you, or of
man’s judgment: yea,
1 judge not mine own
self. 4 For I know
nothing by myself;
yet am I not hereby
justified: but he that
judgeth me is the
Lord. 5 Therefore
judge nothing before
the time, until the
Lord come, who both
will bring to light the
hidden things of dark-
ness, and will make
manifest the counsels
of the hearts: and
then shall every man
have praise of God.

6 And these things,
brethren, I have in a
figure transferred to
myself and to Apollos
for your sakes; that

Ἰ αὐτὸν L.

ν : m— τῷ L[A].
P ᾿Απολλὼν TTr.

2 — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTTra.

© ὧδε here LTTr/.

442

ye might learn in us
not to think of men
above that which is
written, that no one
of you be puffed up
for one against an-
other. 7 For who
maketh thee to differ
from another? and
what hast thou that
thou didst not receive?
now if thou didst re-
ceive tt, why dost thou
glory, as if thou hadst
not received it ? 8 Now
ye are full, now ye
are rich, ye have
reigned as kings with-
out us: and 1 would
to God ye did reign,
that we also might
reign with you. 9 For
I think that God hath
set forth us the apos-
tles last, as it were
appointed to death:
for we are made a
spectacle unto the
world, and to angels,
and to men. 10 We
are fools for Christ’s
sake, but ye are wise
in Christ; we are
weak, but ye are
strong; ye are ho-
nourable, but we are
despised. 11 Even un-
to this present hour
we both hunger, and
thirst, and are naked,
and are buffeted, and
have no certain dwell-
ingplace ; 12 and la-
pour, working with
our own hands : being
reviled, we bless; being
persecuted, we suffer
10:19 being defamed,we
intreat: we are made
as the filth of the
world, and are the off-
scouring of all things
unto this day. 14 I
write not these things
to shame you, but as
my beloved sons I
warn you. 15 For
though ye have ten
thousand instructors
in Christ, yet have ye
not many fathers; for
in Christ Jesus I have
begotten you through
the eeenete 16 Where-
fore I beseech you,
be ye followers of me.

17 For this cause
have I sent unto you
Timotheus, who is my
beloved gon, and faith-
ful in the Lord, who
shall bring you into
remembrance of my
ways which be in
Christ, as I teach
every where in every
church, 18 Now some
are puffed up, as

9 @ LTTrAW.

adimonishing T.

* — φρονεῖν (read μὴ nothing) LTTraW.
Υ γυμνιτεύομεν LTITIAW.
24 αὐτὸ very [thing] 1.

ΠΡΟΣ wk OPIN GHOYS +A.
4} τφὠρονεῖν." ἵνα
“what το *think,
φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου.
ye be puffed up against the other. For who thee makes to differ?
ri.dé ἔχεις ὃ οὐκιἔλαβες; εἰδὲ καὶ ἔλαβες,
and what hast thou which thou didst not receive? but if also thou didst receive,
τί καυχᾶσαι we μὴ λαβών; 8 ἤδη κεκορεσμένοι ἐστέ,
why boastest thou as ποὺ having received? Already satiated ye are;
» γ ΄ 4s « ~ > , - AY ἊΨ ,
ἤδη ἐπλουτήσατε, χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε" Kai ὀφελόν
already ye were enriched; apart from us ye reigned ; and 1 would
ye ἐβασιλεύσατε, iva Kai ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν "συμβασιλεύσωμεν "
surely ye did reign, that also we *you lmight “reign *with.
9 δοκῶ.γὰρ ‘bre! ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπέ-
For I think that God us the apostles last set
δειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους᾽ ὅτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ,
forth as appointed todeath. For aspectacle webecame tothe world,
καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. 10 ἡμεῖς μωροὶ διὰ
both toangels and to men. We [are] fools on account of
χριστόν, ὑμεῖς. δὲ φρόνιμοι ἔν χριστῷ ἡμεῖς ἀσθενεῖς, ὑμεῖς. δὲ
Christ, but ye prudent in Christ; we weak, but ye
ἰσχυροί᾽ ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι, ἡμεῖς. δὲ ἄτιμοι. 11 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι
strong; ye glorious, but we without honour. To the present
ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν, καὶ ᾿γυμνητεύομεν," Kai
hour both wehunger and thirst, and are naked, and
κολαφιζόμεθα, καὶ ἀστατοῦμεν, 12 καὶ κοπιῶμεν, ἐργα-
are buffeted, and wander without a home, and labour, work-
ζόμενοι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν᾽ λοιδορούμενοι, εὐλογοῦμεν᾽" διω-
ing with our own hands. Railed at, we bless ; per-
κόμενοι, ἀνεχόμεθα: 13 “᾿βλασφημούμενοι,) παρακαλοῦμεν"
secuted, we bear ; evilly spoken to, we beseech :
ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων
as [the] refuse ofthe world we are become, ofall [the]
περίψημα ἕως ἄρτι. 14 Οὐκ ἐντρέπων ὑμᾶς γράφω ταῦτα,
off-scouring until now. Not shaming you dol write these things,
χάἀλλ᾽" ὡς τέκνα μου ἀγαπητὰ ὑνουθετῶ." 15 ἐὰν.γὰρ

inv.

μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς
that not οὔθ for one
7 Tic-yap σε διακρίνει ;

γέγραπται
Shas ®been ?written

but as “children ‘my “beloved T admonish [you]. For if
μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν χριστῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πολ-

ten thousand tutors ye should have in Christ, yet not many

ove warépac’ ἐν.γὰρ χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου

fathers ; for in hrist Jesus through the glad tidings
ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. 16 παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς. μιμηταί μου
1

you did beget. I exhort therefore you, imitators %of *me
γίνεσθε. ἶ
become.
17 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔπεμψα ὑμῖν Τιμόθεον, ὕς ἐστιν "τέκνον

On account of this I sent who is Schild

μου" ἀγαπητὸν καὶ πιστὸν ἐν κυρίῳ, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει
my beloved and faithful in{[the] Lord, who “you ‘will*remind of
τὰς ὁδούς μου rac ἐν χριστῷ," καθὼς πανταχοῦ ἐν πάσῃ
my ways that [are]in Christ, according as everywhere in every
ἐκκλησίᾳ διδάσκω. 18 ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου δέ μου πρὸς ὑμᾶς
assembly I teach. 2As%to ‘not ®coming ΠΟ *my to you
> , , ol ( ’ , ‘ , ‘ « - 98
ἐφυσιώθησάν τινες" 19 ἐλεύσομαι.δὲ ταχέως πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν
“were *puffed *up ‘some; but I shall come shortly to you, if

to you Timotheus,

8 gup- T. t ὅτι LTTraAW.
x ἀλλὰ Tr. Υ νουθετῶν
b + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LT.

w δυσφημούμενοι defamed Ta.
® wou τέκνον LTTrA.

Vi Vv: Ero RENT HEA NS)

ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ, Kai γνώσομαι, ob τὸν λόγον τῶν
the Lord will, and I will know, ποῦ the word of those who

πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν. 20 οὐ.γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ

are puffed up, but the power. For not in word the
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δυνάμει. 21 τί θέλετε : ἐν
kingdom of God [is], but in power. What willye? with
ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί. τε “πρᾳό-
arod Ishouldcome_ to you, or in love andaspirit of meek-
τητος":
ness ?

5 Ὅλως ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία

Commonly ?is reported *among *you ‘fornication, and such fornication

¢ ~ ’

ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν Δὀνομάζεται,; ὥστε γυναῖκά
which noteven among the nations is named, so as Swife

τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν. 2 Kai ὑμεῖς περ υσι οι δὲ ἐστέ:
‘one Bis} Sfather’s 210 “have. And ye uffed “up lare,

, ~
καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, iva “ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μέσου. ὑμῶν
and not rather did ages that might te taken out of oan midst

« ene

0 τὸ ἔργον. τοῦτο 'ποιήσας ; ΠΙΓΟῚ: i μὲν yao ξὼς" ἀπὼν τῷ
he who this deed did! ‘for as beingabsent

σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι, ἤδη κέκρικα ὡς παρών,
in body, but being present in spirit, already have judged as being present,

TOV οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον, 4 ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ
him who 50 sthis ‘worked “out, in the name

~ ἢ - ~ ε ~ \

κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" "Incod ἱχριστοῦ,, συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ
of our Lord Jesus Christ, being gathered together ye and

~ ? ~ ᾿ ~ , ~ , - ~ ? ~
τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος, σὺν TY δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου. ἡ μῶν" ᾿Τησοῦ
my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus
Ἰχριστοῦ," ὃ παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον

Christ— to deliver such a one toSatan for destruction
τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου
of the flesh, that the spirit may besavedin the day ofthe Lord

vp τὸ il ἣν ? A 4 10 ev A
Ιησοῦ." 6 Οὐ καλὸν τὸ.καὐύχημα.ὑμῶν᾽ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ
Jesus, Not good [is] your boasting. Know ye not that a little

ζύμη ὕλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ; 7 ἐκκαθάρατε “ody! τὴν πα-
leaven *whole *the Ἅππεν ‘leavens ? Purge out therefore the

aay ζύμην. ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα, καθώς ἐστε ἄξζυμοι'
ola Jeaven, that ye ΠΕ beanew lump, according as yeare unleavened,

καὶ. γὰρ τὸ. ᾿“πάσχα. ἡμῶν "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν! οἐτύθη) χριστός.
For also 2our *passover *for ™s “was Ἐπ ταδὶ Christ.

8 wore ἑορτάζωμεν, μὴ ἔν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν

So that we should celebrate the feast, not with “leaven ‘old, nor with

ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀζύμοις Ρείλι-
leaven Of malice and wickedness, but with sia ΙΕ ἢ (bread) of

κρινείας" Kai ἀληθείας.
sincerity and. of truth.
9 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι
Iwrote toyou in the epistle, not to associate with

mopvow’ 10 “καὶ οὐ πάντως τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ.κόσμου τού-
fornicators ; and not altogether with the fornicators of this world,

~ ’ Ξ ᾽
του, ἢ τοῖς πλεονέκταις, τὴ" ἅρπαξιν, ἢ εἰδωλολάτραις" ἐπεὶ
or withthe covetous, or rapacious, or idolaters, since

443

thongh I would not
come to you. 19 But
I will come to you
shortly, if the Lord
will, and will know
not the speech of them
which are puffed up,
but the power. 20 For
the kingdom of God
is not in word, but in
power. 21 What will
ye? shall I come unto
you with a rod, or in
love, and in the spirit
of meekness ?

Vv. It is reported
commonly that there
is fornication among
you, and such fornica-
tion as is not so much
as named among the
Gentiles, that one
should have his fa-
ther’s wife. 2And ye
are puffed up,and have
not rather mourned,
that he that hath done
this deed might be
taken away from a-
mong you. 3 For I
verily, as absent in
body, but present in
spirit, have judged al-
ready, as though I
were present, concern-
ing him that hath so
done this deed, 4 in
the name of our Lord
Jesus Christ, when ye
are gathered toge-
ther, and my spirit,
with the power of our
Lord Jesus Christ, 5 to
deliver such an one
unto Satan for the de-
struction of the flesh,
that the spirit may
be saved in the day
of the Lord Jesus.
6 Your glorying is
not good. Know ye
not that a little lea-
ven leaveneth the
whole lump? 7 Purge
out therefore the eld
leaven, that ye may
be a new lump, as ye
are unleayened. For
even Christ our pass-
over is sacrificed for
us: 8therefore Ict us
keep the feast, not
with old leaven, nei-
ther with the leaven
of malice and wicked-
ness; but with the un-
leavened bread of sin-
cerity and truth.

9 I wrote unto you
in an epistle not to
company with forni-
cators: 10 yet not al-
together with the for-
nicators of this world,
or with the covetous,

or extortioners, or

ς πραὕὔτητος ue 4 — ὀνομάζεται (read [is]) GuTTr AW. ἀρθῇ GuTtraw. f πράξας: τ.

8 --- ὡς LTTrAW. — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) {1|]1. -- χριστοῦ LTTra. k tf ae Es
1 [ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ] (read our Lord Jesus Christ) HY Ἰησοῦ A; ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ w.
- οὖν GLTTraW. — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. - 268 E. Ρ εἰλικρινίας τ q— καὶ

LTTraw. Γ καὶ and LTTraw.

144

with idolaters; for
then must ye needs
go out of the world.
11 But now I have
written unto you not
to keep company, if
any man that is called
a brother be a forni-
eator, or covetous, or
an idolater, or a rail-
er, or a d, or
an extortioner; with
such an one no not to
eat. 12 For what have
I to do to judge them
also that are without?
donot ye judge them
that are within? 13 But
them that are without
God judgeth. There-
fore put away from
among yourselves that
wicked person.

V1. Dare any of you,
having a matter a-
gainst another, go to
law before the un-
just, and not before
the saints? 2Do ye
not know that the
faints shall judge the
world? and if the
world shall be judg-
ed by you, are ye
unworthy to judge
the smallest matters?
3 Know ye not that
we shall judge an-
gels? how much more
things that pertain
to this life? 4If then
ye have judgments
of things pertaining
to this life, set them
to judge who are
least esteemed in the
church. 5 I speak to
your shame. Is itso,
that there is not a
wise man among you?
no, not one that shall
be able to judge be-
tween his brethren?
6 But brother goeth
to law with brother,
and that before the
unbelievers. 7 Now
therefore there is ut-
terly a fault among

ou, because ye go to

w one with another.
Why do ye not rather
take wrong? why do
ye not rather suffer
yourselves to be de-
frauded? 8 Nay, ye
do wrong, and de-
fraud, and that your
brethren. 9 Know ye
not that the unright-
eous shall not inherit
the kingdom of God ?

POs ALKOP UNG DOYS A. Vi VI-

> , | ” > ~ , ~ . oo”
ἐὀφείλετε᾽ ἄρα ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελθεῖν. 11 ἵ'νυνὶ" δὲ ἔγραψα

γ8 ought then outof the world to go. But now, I wrote
ὑμῖν μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος
to you not to associate with [him],if anyone *brother designated

ἢ" πόρνος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, ἢ λοίδορος,

[be] either a fornicator, or covetous, or idolater, or railer,

na la na iid ~ ΄
ἢ μέθυσος, ἢ ἅἵἅρπαξ᾽ τῷ.τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν. 12 τί
or ἃ ἀπ ΠΑΙ͂, or rapacious; withsucha one noteven ἴο Θϑῦ. 2What

γάρ οι “καὶ τοὺς ἔξω κρίνειν ; οὐχὶ τοὺς ἔσω ὑμεῖς
for [isit]tome also those outside tojudge, “ποὺ “those within ‘ye

κρίνετε; 18 τοὺς. δὲ ἔξω ὁ θεὸς *xpiver." Yai
340 “ye judge? But those outside God judges.
τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν. αὐτῶν.
the wicked person from among yourselves.

6 Τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον,

Dare anyone ofyou, amatter having against the other,

κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, Kai οὐχὶ ἐπὶ TOY ἁγίων ; 27 οὐκ
gotolaw before the unrighteous, and not before the saints? sNot
οἴδατε OTe οἱ ἅγιοι TOY κόσμον κρινοῦσιν; Kai εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν
‘know γούμαῦ the saints “the ‘world ‘will*judge? and if by you
κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων ; 3 οὐκ
is judged the world, “unworthy ‘are *ye of judgments the smallest? SNot
οἴδατε Ort ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν: "μήτι .γεὶ βιωτικά;
ΚΟΥ *yethat angels we shall judge? much more then things of this life ?

4 Bwrika ἐν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς
®Things *of !°this '*life *then *judgment [3848 700] ‘if *ye “have, who
ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους "Kabigere.' 5 πρὸς

ἐξαρεῖτε"
And ye shall put out

areleastesteemed in the assembly, *those 1set #ye Sup. For
ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν “λέγω." οὕτως οὐκ. “ἔστιν ἐν ὑμῖν “σοφὸς
shame toyou Ispeak. Thus istherenot among you a wise[man]

> δὲ a " « ὃ “ ὃ - ) . , ον ~
οὐδὲ εἷς," ὃς OUYNHOETAL OlakpLYaL ἄναᾶ.μεσον TOV ἀδελφοῦ
not even one, who shall be able to decide between “brother

αὐτοῦ; 6 ἀλλὰ ἀδελφὸς μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ κρίνεται, καὶ
‘his [and brother]? But brother with brother goestolaw, and
τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἀπίστων; 7 ἤδη μὲν fobv" ὅλως ἥττημα

this before unbelievers ! Already indeed therefore altogether a default
Sty! ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ὅτι κρίματα ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. *Orari' οὐχὶ
among you is, that law-suits ye have among yourselves. Why not
μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε ; "dari οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε ; 8 ἀλλὰ
rather suffer wrong? why not rather be defrauded ? But
ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε, καὶ ταῦτα" ἀδελφούς.

ye do wrong and defraud, and these things [to your] brethren.

9 ἢ ovK-oldare ὅτι ἄδικοι κβασιλείαν θεοῦ" οὐ κληρονο-
Or know ye ποὺ that unjust ones[the]) kingdom ofGod*not 5 in-

’ A ~ » ΄ » ᾽ ᾽’
(ERIE ; Μὴ-.πλανᾶσθε: οὔτε πόρνοι, οὔτε εἰδωλολάτραι,
erit ? Be not misled ; neither fornicators, nor idolaters,
οὔτε μοιχοί, οὔτε μαλακοί, οὔτε ἀρσενο--
nor adulterers, ΠΟΙ͂ abusers of themselves as women, nor abusers of them-
~ » , » , l » Π ,
KOUTat, 10 οὔτε κλέπται, οὔτε πλεονέκται, "οὔτε" μέθυσοι,

Be not decsived: nei- 8elves with men, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards,
ther fornicators, nor οὐ Χρίδοροι, οὐχ ἅρπαγες, ββασιλείαν θεοῦ ™ov' KAnpovo-
terers, Or effemin- Dor railers, nor rapacious, [086] kingdom of God shall

® ὠφείλετε LTTrA. ‘voy Lira. ‘qj be EGLTTrAW. “— καὶ LTTrA. * κρινεῖ (; LTr) will

judge Gur.

(read do ye set up those, &c.) GTw.
& — ἐν (read ὑμῖν with you) GLTTraw.

{- οὖν T[ tr].

K θεοῦ βασιλείαν GLTTrAW.

y ἐξάρατε put ye out GLTTrAW.

2 + ἢ Or GLITraAW.

& μήτιγε GT.
© λαλῶ L.

4 ἔνι GLTTrAW.
h διὰ ri LTrA.

Ὁ καθίζετε;
© οὐδεὶς σοφός LTTrA.
i τοῦτο this LTTraw.

lov TA. m — ov LITrA.

VI, VI. Ι

μήσουσιν. 11 καὶ ταῦτά τινες. ἦτε;

inherit. And these things some of you were ;
2 A ε ’

σασθε, ἀλλὰ ἡγιάσθητε,

washed, but ye were sanctified,

CORINTHIANS.

"ἀλλὰ" ἀπελού-
but ye were
οἀλλ᾽" ἐδικαιώθητε. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι
but γ8 were justified, in the name
τοῦ κυρίου P Inoov,4 καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν.
of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God.
12 Ilavra μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει: πάντα
All things to me are lawful, but ποῦ allthings doprofit; all things
μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὕὑπό τινος.
tomearelawful, but “not ‘I 7willbebrought underthe power of any.
13 Ta βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, Kai ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν"
Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats ;
0.02.080¢ καὶ ταύτην Kai ταῦτα καταργήσει. τὸ.δὲ σῶμα
but God both this and these will bring to nought: but the body [is]
οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ, Kai ὁ κύριος τῷ σώματι"
not for fornication, but for the Lord, andthe Lord forthe body.
14 ὁ δὲ θεὸς καὶ τὸν κύριον ἤγειρεν, Kai τἡμᾶς᾽ "ἐξεγερεῖ" διὰ
AndGod both the Lord γχϑῖβθα ὉΡ, and us will raise out by

τῆς.δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ. 18 οὐκ. οἴδατε ὅτι τὰ.σώματα. ὑμῶν μέλη

his power, Know ye not that your bodies members
χριστοῦ ἐστιν; ἄρας οὖν Ta μέλη τοῦ χριστοῦ, ποιήσω
of Christ are? Having taken then the members of the Christ, shall I make

πόρνης μέλη; pny-yévorro. 16 ἣ οὐκιοἴδατε ὅτι ὁ
(them] 5οΥ 38. *harlot ‘members? May it not be! Or know ye not that he that
κολλώμενος TY πόρνῃ, ἕν σῶμά ἐστιν; Γἔσονται.γάρ, ἱφησίν,"
isjoined tothe harlot, *one *body lis? For shall be, he says,
οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα piay’ 17 ὁ. δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, ἕν

the two for “flesh one. But he that is joined tothe Lord, 7one
πνεῦμά ἐστιν. 18 Φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ
sspirit 718, Flee fornication. Every sin which
ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν' ὁ.δὲ

3.8 ‘practise +a “man, without the body is, but he that

πορνεύων, εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει. 19 ἢ οὐκ
commits fornication, against his own body sins, Or *not
οἴδατε OTL τὸσῶμα.ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἀγίου πνεύματός
Κη ον ζγ8 μαῦ your body atemple of the “ἴθ *you ‘Holy 2Spirit

ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ θεοῦ, Kai οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν;

20 ἠγορά-

is, which ye have from God; and “not ?are ‘ye your own? 2ye *were
σθητε γὰρ τιμῆς" δοξάσατε δὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι
“bought ‘for withaprice; glorify indeed God in “body

ὑμῶν, "καὶ ἐν τῷ.πνεύματι. ὑμῶν, ἅτινά ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ."

your, and in your spirit, which are God’s.
7 Ἱερὶ.δὲ ὧν ἐγράψατε * por," καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ
But concerning whatthings yewrote tome: [Itis] good for a man

γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 2 διὰ.δὲ τὰς πορνείας ἕκαστος
*a5woman ‘not 7to*touch; but on account of fornication 7each

τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ. γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, Kai ἑκάστη τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα ἐχέτω.

*his °own ‘wife llet*have,and *each “ΠΟΥ own Shusband ‘let “have.
3 γυναικὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν *dderouéyny εὔνοιαν ἀπο-
To the wife “the *husband 5due ®benevolence et

διδότω" dpoiwe%dé' καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί. 4 ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἰδίου
‘render, and likewise 8150 the wife tothe husband. The wife ΠΟΥ οὔτι
σώματος οὐκ.ἐξουσιάζει, τάἀλλ᾽" ὁ ἀνήρ' ὁμοίως.δὲ Kai ὁ

446

ate, nor abusers of
themselves with man-
kind, 10 nor thieves,
nor covetous, nor
drunkards, nor. re-
vilers, nor extortion-
ers, shall inherit the
kingdom of God.
11 And such were
some of you: but ye
are washed, but ye are
sanctified, but ye are
justified in the name
of the Lord Jesus,
and by the Spirit of
our God.

12 All things are
lawful unto me, but
all things are not ex-
pedient: all things
are lawful for me,
but I will not be
brought under the
power of any. 13 Meats
for the belly, and the
belly for meats: but
God shall_ destroy
both it and them.
Now the body 8 not
for fornication, but
for the Lord; and
the Lord for the body.
14 And God hath both
raised up. the Lord,
and will also raise up
us by his own power.
15 Know ye not that
your bodies are the
members of Christ?
shall I then take the
members of Christ,
and make them the
members of an har-
lot? God __ forbid.
16 What? know ye
not that he which is
joined to an harlot is
one body? for two,
saith he, shall be one
flesh. 17 But he that
is joined unto the
Lord is one spirit.
18 Flee fornication.
Every sin that a man
doeth is without the
body; but he that
committeth fornica-
tion sinneth against
his own body. 19 What!
know ye not that your
body is the temple of
the Holy Ghost which
is in you, which ye
have of God, and ye
are not your own?
20 For ye are bought
with a price: there-
fore glorify God in
your body, and in your
spirit, which are God’s.

VII. Now concern-
ing the things where-
of ye wrote unto me:
It ws good for a man
not to touch a wo-
man, 2 Nevertheless,
to avoid fornication,

body has not authority over, .but the husband; and likewise also the let every man have

2 ἀλλ᾽ L. ο ἀλλὰ TTrA. P + [ἡμῶν] (read our Lord) L. 4 + χριστοῦ Christ Lrtr.
τ ὑμᾶς you E. 5 ἐξεγείρει raises out L. t [φησιν] L. νυ — καὶ ev to end of verse
QLTTraW. ν — μοι T[Tr]A. x ὀφειλὴν [her] due Gittraw. Υ [δὲ] L. 2 ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

446

his own wife, and let
every woman have her
own husband. 3 Let
the husband render
unto the wife due be-
nevolence: and like-
wise also the wife un-
to the husband, 4 The
wife hath not power
of her own body, but
the husband: and like-
wise also the husband
hath not power of his
own body,but the wife.
8 Defraud ye not one
the other, except τῇ
de with consent for a
time, that ye may give
yourselves to fasting
and prayer; and come
together again, that
Satan tempt you not
for your incontinency.
6 But I speak this by
permission, and not of
commandment. 7 For
I would that all men
were even as I myself.
But every man hath
his proper gift of God,
one after this manner,
and another after that.
@1 say therefore to
the unmarried and
widows, It is good for
them if they abide
even as I. 9 But if
they cannot contain,
let them marry: for
it is better to marry
than to burn, 10 And
unto the married 1
command, yet not I,
but the Lord, Let not
the wife depart from
her husband: 11 but
and if she depart, let
her remain unmar-
ried, or be reconciled
to her husband: and
let not the husband
put away Ais wife.
12 But to the rest speak
I, not the Lord: If
any brother hath a
wife that believeth
not, and she be pleased
to dwell with him, let
him not put her away.
13 And the woman
which hath an hus-
band that believeth
not, and if he be
pleased to dwell with
ner, let her not leave
him. I+ For the un-
believing husband is
sanctificd by the wife,
and the unbelieving
wife is sanctified by
the husband: else
were your children
unclean ; but now are
they holy. 15 But if
the unbelieving de-

τ ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

Κ κρεῖττον LTTr.
? αὕτη LTAW.

ἃ σχολάσητε GLTTrAW.
συνέρχεσθε E; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἦτε together may be GLTTraw.
[ὄχει χάρισμα GLTTrAW.
t 1— ἐστιν W.

4 εἴ τις if any T.
* ἀδελφῷ brother LTTraw.

ΠΡΟΣ Α KIO PLNOTOY > A. MIF.
᾽ ι ~ As , , > , ᾿
ἀνὴρ τοῦ ἰδίον σώματος οὐκ. ἐξουσιάζει, τἀλλ᾽" ἡ γυνή. 5 μὴ
husband his own body has not authority over, but the wife. “Not
> ~ > , ᾽ , n ’ A ,
ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους, εἰ.μή TL ἂν EK συμφώνου πρὸς καιρὸν,
‘defraud one another, unless by consent for a season,
“ , ~ , \ ~ ~ N ΄
ἵνα "σχολάζητε' ry νηστείᾳ καὶ" τῇ προσευχῇ, καὶ πάλιν
that ye may be at leisure for fasting and for prayer, and again
“ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συνέρχησθε," iva μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς
into one place come together, that *not ?may *tempt ὅγοι ‘Satan
διὰ τὴν.ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν. 6 τοῦτο δὲ λέγω κατὰ “ovy-
because of your incontinence. But this Isay by way of per-
γνώμην," οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγήν. 7 θέλω “γὰρ! πάντας ἀνθρώ-
mission, not by wayof command. “I wish ‘but all men
πους εἶναι ὡς καὶ guavtov’ *adX" ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἰχάρισμα
tobe evenas myself: but each his own gift
Eyer! ἐκ θεοῦ, δὸς" μὲν οὕτως, Sdc'_dé οὕτως. 8 Λέγω.δὲ
has from God; one so, and another so. But I say
τοῖς ἀγάμοις καὶ ταῖς χήραις, καλὸν αὐτοῖς Βέστιν! ἐὰν ἷ
tothe unmarried and tothe widows, good for them it is if
μείνωσιν ὡς κἀγώ. 9 εἰ.δὲ οὐκ. ἐγκρατεύονται, γαμησά-
they should remainas even I. But if they have not self-control, let them
rwoav' κρεῖσσον". γάρ ἱἐστιν! ™yapnoa' ἢ πυροῦσθαι.
marry ; for better it is tomarry than to burn.
10 Τοῖς. δὲ γεγαμηκόσιν παραγγέλλω, οὐκ ἐγώ, *adX'! ὁ
But to the married I charge, not 1 but the
κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ "χωρισθῆναι" 11 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ
Lord, wife fron: husband not _ to be separated; (butif also
χωρισθῇ, μενέτω ἄγαμος, ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω"
she be separated, let her remain unmarried, or to the husband be reconciled ;)
καὶ ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι. 12 Toic.d& λοιποῖς yw λέγω,"

h

and husband ‘wife ‘not “to “leave. But tothe rest I say,
οὐχ ὁ κύριος, εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς γυναῖκα ἔχει ἄπιστον, καὶ
not the Lord, If any _ brother ‘wife ‘has an “unbelieving, and

\ - 2. ὦ ᾽ τ ᾽
Ραὐτὴ! συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, μὴ-ἀφιέτω αὐτήν"

she consents to dwell with him, let him not leave her.
13 καὶ γυνὴ “ἥτις" ἔχει ἄνδδα ἄπιστον, καὶ ‘avroc!

And has “husband ‘an “unbelieving, and he

συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖ» μετ᾽ αὐτῆς, μὴ. ἀφιέτω "αὐτόν." 14 ἡγίασται
consents todwell with her, let hernot leave him. ΞῚ5 “sanctified
ap ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν TH γυναικί, καὶ ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ
for the "husband ‘unbelieving in the wife, and is sanctified the *wife
ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ 'ἀνδρί"" ἐπεὶ ἄρα τὰ.τέκνα ὑμῶν ἀκάθαρτά

‘unbelieving in the husband; else then yourchildren unclean

ἐστιν, νῦν. δὲ ἅγιά ἐστιν. 1ὅ εἰ δὲ ὁ ἄπιστος χωρίζεται,
are, but now holy ‘are. But if the unbeliever separates himself,
χωριζέσθω. ov. dedovAwra ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν
let him separate himself; isnot under bondage the brother orthe_ sister in
~ , 5 ? δὲ te , κὶ v,5 SII « , ,
τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐν. δὲ εἰρήνῃ κέκληκεν ἡμᾶς" ὁ θεός. 16 τί
such [cases], butin peace “has “called ‘us 'God. ‘What

do οἶδας, γύναι. εἰτὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις; ἢ τί οἶδας.
for knowest thou, Owife, if the husband thou shalt save ? or what knowest thou,

awoman who

ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτο
4 guy- T. e δὲ but LTTraw.
4 — ἐστιν (read [it is]) GLTTrAW. 1 + [οὕτως] L.
π χωρίζεσθαι L. © λέγω ἐγώ LTTrAW.
3 τὸν ἄνδρα the husband Lrtraw.

Ὁ — τῇ νηστείᾳ καὶ GLITrAW.

8 δ LTTrAW.
ἃ γαμεῖν T.

τ ρὗτος LT'TrAW.
ἡ ὑμᾶς You T.

VIE FF ΞΘ BRINTHLANS
ἄνερ, εἰ THY γυναῖκα σώσεις: 17 εἰμὴ ἑκάστῳ we
Ὁ husband, if the wife thou shalt save? Only to each as
πἐμέρισεν᾽ χὸ θεός," ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν τὸ κύριος," οὕτως
‘divided God, each as “has*called 'the 7Lord, 50

περιπατείτω᾽ καὶ οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσ-
let him walk ; and thus in *the “assemblies Yall I order.
copa. 18 Περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη ; μ᾽.-ἐπι-

Having been circumcised 7any *one ‘wascalled? let him not be
ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ Yric ἐκλήθη :" μὴ.περι-
in uncircumcision ?any “one ‘was called? let him not be

τεμνέσθω. 19 ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, Kai ἡ ἀκροβυστία οὐδὲν
circumcised, Circumcision “nothing ‘is, and uncircumcision 7nothing

ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τήρησις ἐντολῶν θεοῦ. 20 ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει

σπάσθω.
uncircumcised :

Fis: but keeping 7commandments 'God’s. Each in the calling

ῃ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω. 21 δοῦλος ἐκλή-

in which he was called, in this let him abide. Bondman [being] wast

θης; py σοι μελέτω ἀλλ᾽ εἰκαὶ δύνασαι ἐλεύθερος
thou called, not to thee let it beacare; but andif thou art able Sfree
ene μᾶλλον χρῆσαι. 22 ὁ. γὰρ ἐν κυρίῳ κληθεὶς

o*become, ‘rather *use [51]. For he #in (*the} "Lord ‘being ?called

δοῦλος, ἀπελεύθερος κυρίου ἐστίν᾽ ὁμοίως *kat' ὁ

[being] ἃ bondman, afreedman of{[thejLord is; likewise also he

ἐλεύθερος κληθείς. δοῦλός ἐστιν χριστοῦ. 23 τιμῆς ἠγορά-
free being called, abondman is_ of Christ, Witha price ye were

aOnre* μὴ. γίνεσθε δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων. 24 ἕκαστος év.p ἐκλή-
bought; become not bondmen of men, Each wherein he was

θη, ἀδελφοί, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ ὅτῷ DEW.

called, brethren, in that lethimabide with God.
25 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν παρθένων ἐπιταγὴν κυρίου οὐκιἔχω"
But concerning virgins, commandment of [the] Lord I have not;
γνώμην.δὲ δίδωμι, ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ κυρίου πιστὸς

but judgment igive, as having received maerey from [86] Lord “faithful
εἶναι. 26 νομίζω οὖν τοῦτο καλὸν ὑπάρχειν διὰ τὴν ἐν-
ἦτο *be. Ithink then this *good lis because of the pre-
ἑστῶσαν ἀνάγκην, ὅτι καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ οὕτως εἶναι.
Beni necessity, that Cit 15] good for a man so to be.

27 δέδεσαι γυναικί ; μὴ.ζήτει λύσιν. λέλυσαι ἀπὸ

Hast thou been bound to a wife? seek not to beloosed. Hast thou been loosed from
γυναικός; μὴ.ζήτει γυναῖκα. 28 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ὑγήμῳῃς,

a wife? seek not 8. Wite. But if also thou mayest have married,

οὐχιἥμαρτες" καὶ ἐὰν yey “ἡ παρθένος, οὐχ
thou didst ποὺ sin; and if ‘may *have °*married ‘the 2virgin, ®not

ἥμαρτεν: θλίψιν.δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι" ἐγὼ. δὲ
*she 7did sin: but tribulation in the flesh “shall have such ; but I

ὑμῶν φείδομαι. 29 Τοῦτο.δε φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὁ καιρὸς συν-

spare, Butthis I say, brethren, the season strait-

ἐσταλμένος" “τὺ. λοιπόν ἐστιν," iva καὶ fot' ἔχοντες γυναῖκας,
sued [15]. For the rest is, that even those having wives,

ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν" 90 καὶ οἱ κλαίοντες. ὡς μὴ κλαίοντες" καὶ

365 “not *having ‘be; and those weeping, as not weeping; and
οἱ χαίροντες, ὡς μὴ χαίροντες" Kai οἱ ἀγοράζοντες, ὡς μὴ
those rejoicing, as not rejoicing; and those buying, us not

447
part. let him depart.
A brother or a sister
is not under bondage
in such cases: but
God hath called us to
peace. 16 For what
Knowest thou, O wite,
whether thon shalt
save thy husband ? or
how knowest thon, O
man, whether thou
shalt save thy wife?
17 But as God hath
distributed to every
man, as the Lord hath
called every one, 50
let bim walk. And
sc ordain I in all
churches. 18 Is any
man called being cir-
cuimcised? let him
not become uucircum-
cised. Is any called
in uncireumcision ?
let him not be cir-
cumcised. 19 Circum-
cision is nothing, and
uncireumeision is no-
thing, but the keep-
ing of the commana-
ments of God. 20 Let
every man abide in
the same calling
wherein he was called.
21 Art thou called be-
img a servant? care
not for it: but if theu
mayest be made free,
use tt rather. 22 For
he that is called in whe
Lord, being a servant,
is the Lord’s freeman:
likewise also he that is
called, being free, is
Christ’s servant. 23Ye
are bought with 8
price ; be not ye the
servants of men,
24 Brethren, let every
man, wherein he is
called, therein abide
with God.

25 Now concerning
virgins I have no
commandment of the
Lord: yet I give my
judgment, as one that
hath obtained mercy
of the Lord to be
faithful. 261 suppose
therefore that this is
good for the present
distress, J suy, that
tt ts good fora man
s0to be. 27 Art thou
bound unto ἃ wife?
seek not to be loosed.
Art thou loosed from
a wife? seek not &
wife. 28 But and if
thou marry, thou hasi
not sinned; and ifs
virgin marry, she
hath not sinned. Ne-
vertheless such shali
have trouble in the
flesh: but I spare you.
29 But this I savy,

* μεμέρικεν has divided rrr.
τις has any one been called irt:aw.
LTTra. ¢ [ἡ] LTra. 4+ ὅτι Ε.
the rest joined to straitened) ETrAW ; ἐστίν᾽ τὸ λοιπὸν LT.

-- καὶ LTTraw.

{- oR,

6 θεός and ὃ κύριος transposed GLTTraW.
2— τῷ GLTTrAW.
© ἐστὶν τὸ λοιπόν, (τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν᾽ Ε) (read is for

Σ κέκληται

> γαμήσῃς

448°

brethren, the time 15
short: it remaineth,
that both they that
have wives be as
though they had none;
30 and they that weep,
as though they wept
not; and they that re-
joice, as though they
rejoiced not ; andthey
that buy, as though
they possessed not;
31 and they that use
this world, as not a-
busing it: for the
fashion of this world
passeth away. 32 But
I would have you
without carefulness.
He that is unmarried
eareth for the things
that belong to the
Lord, how he may
please the Lord: 33 but
he that is married
careth for the things
that are of the world,
how he may please his
wife. 34 There is dif-
ference also between a
wife and a virgin. The
unmarried woman car-
eth for the things of
the Lord, that shemay
be holy both in body
and in spirit: but she
that is married careth
for the things of the
world, how she may
please her husband.
35 And this I speak
for your own profit ;
not that I may cast
a 3nare upon you, but
for that which is
comely, and that ye
may attend upon the
Lord without distrac-
tion. 36 But if any
man think that he
hehaveth himself un-
comely toward his vir-
fin, if she pass the
flower of her age, and
need so require, let
him do what he will,
he sinneth not: let
them marry. 37 Ne-
vertheless he that
standeth stedfast in
his heart, having no
necessity, but hath
power over his own
will, and hath so de-
creed in his heart that
he will keep his virgin,
doeth well. 38 Sothen
he that giveth her in
marriage doeth well ;
but he that giveth her

Ε τὸν κόσμον the world LYTrA.
καὶ and has become divided.
divided are also Taw.
(vead the virgin cares for) Tr.

ρισται.

please LTTrA.
" — τοῦ LTTrA.

GLTTraAw.
LTTrA.

Ρ σύμφορον LITrA.
(in his heart) ἑδραῖος LTTra.

¥ ποιήσει he shall do Lrtra.
παρθένον T) marries his own virginity LITr ; [ἐκ]γαμίζων [τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον A.
* γαμίζων marries GLTTr ; [ἐκ]γαμίζων a.

ΤΡ Oz. AK /OcPIN-GayOs¥S, AA. ὙΠ.

κατέχοντες" 81 καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι ϑὁτῷ.κόσμῳ τούτῳ," ὡς μὴ
possessing ; and those using this world, 85 not
καταχρώμενοι. παράγει.γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου.

using [it] as their own; for passes away the fashion of this world.

32 θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. ὁ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ

ButI wish you withoutcare tobe, The unmarried cares for the things

τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς "ἀρέσει' τῷ κυρίῳ 33 ὁ δὲ γαμήσας
ofthe Lord, how heshall please the Lord; but he that is married
μερμμνᾷᾳἄ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πῶς ὃ ἀρέσει" γυναικί.

eares for the things of the world, how he shall please the wife,
34 ἱμεμέρισται" ἡ ἔγυνὴ" καὶ ἡ παρθένος. ἰὴ ἄγαμος" μεριμνᾷ
Divided are the wife andthe virgin. The unmarried cares for
τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, iva ἁγία πικαὶ! α σώματι καὶ "
the things of the Lord, that she may be hoiy both in body and
πνεύματι .0& γαμήσασα μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου,
spirit ; but she that’ is married cares for the things of the world,
πῶς Capéice' τῷ ἀνδρί. 35 τοῦτο.δὲ πρὸς το.ὑμῶν.αὐτῶν
how she shall please the husband. But this for your own
Ρσυμφέρον" λέγω" οὐχ iva βρόχον ὑμῖν ἐπιβάλω, ἀλλὰ
profit Isay; , not that anoose *you ‘I *may “cast *before, but
πρὸς TO εὔσχημον καὶ Tehrrpdcedpov' τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερι--
for what[is] seemly, and waiting on the Lord without
σπάστως. 36 εἰ.δὲ τις ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παρθένον
distraction. But if anyone (7he] *behaves *unseemly *to 7yvirginity
αὐτοῦ νομίζει, ἐὰν ὑπέρακμος, καὶ οὕτως ὀφείλει γίνε-
Shis ‘thinks, if he be beyond [his]prime, and 50 it ought to
σθαι, ὃ θέλει ποιείτω, ObX.adpapTavE’ γαμείτωσαν. 37 ὃς δὲ
be, what ΒΘ wills let him do, - he does not sin: let them maryy. But he who
ἕστηκεν τἑδραῖος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ," μὴ ἔχων ἀνάγκην, ἐξουσίαν. δὲ
stands firm in heart, not having necessity, but authority

ἔχει περὶ Tov.idiov θελήματος, καὶ τοῦτο κέκρικεν ἐν 72°

has over hisown will, and this has judged in

καρδίᾳ. "αὐτοῦ! τοῦ" τηρεῖν rHv.éavrov παρθένον, καλῶς
his heart to keep his own virginity, well

“rot. 88 ὥστε καὶ ὁ τ"ἐκγαμίζων" καλῶς ποιεῖ; 0.08"

he does.
Wy 2) Ἴ i Ὄ w ii
μὴ ᾿ἐκγαμίζων" κρεῖσσον “ποιεῖ.
Ξηοῦ 'givesin marriage better ‘does.
ἐφ ὕσον χρόνον ζῇ
for aslong?as ‘time ‘may ‘live

So that also he that givesin marriage *well
|

‘does; and he that

39 Γυνὴ δέδεται "νόμῳ!"
Awife isbound by law
ὁ.ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ κοι-
Sher *husband ; but if may have fallen
wt fe 7 ‘ b Fre ! 7 θέ ? \ ,
μηθῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς," ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν θέλει γαμη-
asleep the husband of her, free she is to whom she wills _ to be
θῆναι, μόνον ἐν κυρίῳ. 40 μακαριωτέρα.δέ ἐστιν ἐὰν οὕτως
married, only in(the] Lard. But happier she is if so
μείνῃ, κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην. δοκῶ.δὲ κἀγὼ
she should remain, according to my judgment; and I think I also

πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἔχειν.
*Spirit *God’s *have.

" ἀρέσῃ he should please trtra. 1, Kal μεμέ-
Also LTr; καὶ (— καὶ Ww) μεμέρισται καὶ And

ΚΕ γυνὴ ἡ ἄγαμος UNMarried woman LTr. 1— ἡ ἄγαμος
m [καὶ] LTr. Ὁ τῷ the LTTraA. ° ἀρέσῃ she should

4 εὐπάρεδρον GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

3 + ἰδίᾳ (read his own) TTra. * αὐτοῦ LTTrA.
τ γαμίζων τὴν παρθένον ἑαντοῦ (ἑαυτοῦ
Υ καὶ ὃ

® — νόμῳ GLTTrAW. >’ — αὐτῆς

WT: rYGOREINTHIANS.
8 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν.εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν, ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν

But concerning things sacrificed toidols, weknow, (for 241 ‘knowledge
ἔχομεν. ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ. 2 εἰ.“δέ"
twe*have: knowledge puffs up, but love builds up. But if

ξ- ὃ - ἡ ids Π ς Os ἠδὲ μ᾿ Π

τις OKEt ELOEVAL Tl, OQUVOETTW_OUVOEV EYVWKEV
anyone thinks to have known anything, nothing yet he has known

καθὼς δε γνῶναι. 8 εἰδὲ τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν θεόν,
according as it is necessary to know. Butif anyone love
οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 4 περὶ τῆς βρώσεως οὖν τῶν
he isknown by him:) concerning the eating then

εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ,
of things sacrificed to idols, we know that nothing an idol [is] in [the] world,

καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς θεὸς ἕτερος" εἰ μὴ εἴς. 5 καὶ. γὰρ εἴπερ
and that {thereis] no Ὅρα other except one. For even if indeed
εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί, εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐπὶ ξτῆς!
there are [those] called gods, whether in heaven or on the
~ Ld ΝᾺ ‘4 ‘ ‘ ye ? >
γῆς" ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοὶ Kai κύριοι πολλοί᾽ 6 badd’!
earth, as thereare gods many and _ lords many, but
ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα. καὶ ἡμεῖς
to us [there is] one God the Father, of whom [are] allthings, and we
εἰς αὐτόν᾽ Kai εἷς κύριος ᾿Τησοῦς χριστός, du οὗ τὰ-πάντα,

for him; andone Lord Jesus Christ, by whom [are] all things,
Kai ἡμεῖς Ov αὐτοῦ. 7 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις" τινὲς
and we by _ him. But not in all [18] the knowledge: “some

δὲ τῇ Ἰσυνειδήσει" ἔτοῦ εἰδώλου Ewe ἄρτι" we εἰδωλό-
‘but withconscience ofthe idol, until now 7as “of *a*thing ®sacrificed
Burov ἐσθίουσιν, Kai ἡ -συνείδησις. αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα
7to ὅλῃ 5140] leat, and their conscience, 2weak ‘being,
μολύνεται. 8 βρῶμα δὲ ἡμᾶς ob-rapicrnow' τῷ θεῷ: οὔτε
is defiled. But meat us does not commend to God; *neither
™ydo' ἐὰν "φάγωμεν περισσεύομεν᾽' οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν
for if weeat have wean advantage; neither if we eat not

ὑστερούμεθα." 9. βλέπετε.δὲ μήπως ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη

do we come short. But take heed lest power 7your ‘this
πρόσκομμα γένηται “τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν." 10 ἐὰν.γάρ

an occasion of stumbling become tothose being weak, For if

τις ἴδῃ Pas," τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν IeidwAsip' κατακείμενον,
anyone see thee, who hast knowledge, in an idol-temple reclining

οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδο-

{at table], ποῦ *the “conscience ‘of “him Sweak "being twill be
, ‘ , / ?
μηθήσεται εἰς.τὸ τὰ. εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν ; 11 "kai ἀπο-
built up soas “things sacrificed ®to Sidols ‘to “eat? and will

~ ε ~ A ? ~ ~ , ? ‘
λεῖται" ὁ ἀσθενῶν "ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ. σῃ.γνώσει," dv ὃν χριστὸς
perish the weak brother on thy knowledge, forwhom Christ
’ ? ? ’
ἀπέθανεν. " 12 οὕτως.δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφούς,
died. Now thus sinning against the brethren,
καὶ τύπτοντες αὐτῶν THY συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς χριστὸν
and wounding their 7conscience iweak, against Christ
ἁμαρτάνετε. 13 "διόπερ! εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν
ye sin. Wherefore if meat cause *to *offend “brother
¢ — δὲ but urtraw. 4 ἐγνωκέναι LITrAW. ©
f — ἕτερος LTTrA. 8 — τῆς GLTITrAw. h [ἀλλ᾽ L.
respect to the idol) urtr. Κ ws ἄρτι τοῦ εἰδώλου LTTrAW.
commend Ἱτττὰ. m— γὰρ for LTTra, “
οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν περισσεύομεν (ὑστερούμεθα 1, περισσευόμεθα Tr) LTrA.
to the weak LTTrAW. Ρ [σὲ] L. 4 εἰδωλίῳ 1.
ἀπόλλυται AW. 5 ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὃ ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW.
ἡ διό περ Tr.

449
not in marriage doeth
better. 39 The wife

is bound by the law
as long as her hus-
band liveth; but if
her husband be dead,
she is at liberty to be
married to whom she
will; onl in the
Lord. 40 But she is
happier if she so abide,
after my judgment:
and I think also that I
have the Spirit of God.

VIII. Now astoucn-
ing things offered un-
to idols, we know that
we all have know-
ledge. Knowledge
puffeth up, but cha-
rity edifieth. 2 And
if any man think that
he knoweth anything,
he knoweth nothing.
yet as he ought to

ow. 3 But if any
man love God, the
same is known of him.
4 Asconcerning there-
fore the eating of
those things that are
offered in sacrifice
unto idols, we know
that an idol ts nothing
in the world, and
that there is none other
God but one. 5 For
though there be that
are called gods, whe-
ther in heaven or in
earth, (as there be
gods many, and lords
many,) 6 but to us
there iz but one God,
the Father, of whom
are all things, and we
in him; and one Lord
Jesus Christ, by whom
are all things, and we
μὰ him. 7 Howbeit
there is not in every
man that knowledge :
for some with con-
science of the idol un-
to this hour eat τέ as
a thing offered unto
an idol ; and their con-
science being weak is
defiled. 8 But meat
commendeth us not to
God: for neither, if
we eat, are we the bet-
ter ; neither, if we eat
not, are we the worse.
9 But take heed lest
by any means this li-
berty of yours become
@ stumblingblock to
them that are weak.
10 For if any man see
thee which hast know-
ledge sit at meat in

© οὔπω ἔγνω not yet did he know Lrtra.
i συνηθείᾳ from custom (with
' παραστήσει shall not
Ὁ μὴ φάγωμεν ὑστερούμεθα (περισσεύομεν L)*

ο τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν

τ ἀπόλλυται γὰρ for perishes LTTr; καὶ
t 5 (read verse 11 as a question) a.

GG

450

the idol’s temple, shall
not the conscience of
him which is weak be
emboldened to _ eat
those things which
are offered to idols;
11 and through thy
knowledge shall the
weak brother perish,
for whom Christ died ?
12 But when ye sin
80 against the breth-
ren, and wound their
weak conscience, ye
sin against Christ.
13 Wherefore, if meat
make my brother to
offend, I will eat no
flesh while the world
standeth, lest I make
my brother to offend.
. Am I not an
apostle? am I not
free? haveI not seen
Jesus Christ our Lord?
are not ye my work in
the Lord? 2 If I be
not an apostle unto
others, yet doubtless I
am to you: for the
seal of mine apostle-
ship are ye in the Lord.
3 Mine answer to them
that do examine meis
this, 4 have we not
wer to eat and to
ink? 5 have we not
power to lead about a
sister, a wife, as well
as other apostles, and
as the brethren of the
Lord, and Cephas ?6 or
I only and Barnabas,
have not we power
to forbear working?
7 Who goeth a warfare
any time at his own
_ charges? whoplanteth
a vineyard, and eateth
not of the fruit there-
of? or who feedeth a
flock, and eateth not
of the milk of the
flock? 8 Say I these
things as a man? or
saith not the law the
same also? 9 for it is
written in the law of
Moses, Thou shalt not
muzzle the mouth of
the ox that treadeth
out the corn. Doth
God take care for
oxen? 10 or saith he
tt altogether for our
sakes? For our sakes,
no doubt, this is writ-
ten: that he that
ploweth should plow
in hope; and that he
that thresheth in hope
should be partaker of
his hope. 11 If we have
sown unto you spi-
ritual things, ts tt a
great thing if we

ΠΡῸΣ ARO PING POM. 7A: VIII, IX.

μου, οὐ.μ ἄγω κρέα εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν
my, not A a should I eat fiesh for ever, that *not “brother
μὸν σκανδαλίσω.

ἯΙ *may “cause to offend.

9 Οὐκ.εἰμὶ Ξἀπόστολος"; οὐκ εἰμὶ Oo 3 οὐχὶ ‘Inoovy
Am I not an spostlp ? am I not free ? Snot ‘Jesus

χριστὸν" τὸν. κύριον. ἡμῶν *éwpaka'; ov τὸ.ἔργον.μου ὑμεῖς
®Christ Tour *Lord thave 7I “seen ??°not my ‘Swork lye

ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ; 2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ.εἰμὲ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά

ῬᾺΓ6 in iene Lord? If toothers Iam not an apostle, yet

γε ὑὕμῖν sige’ ἡ.γὰρ oppayic™ τῆς. ἐμῆς. ἀποστολῆς" ὑμεῖς
at any rate to you Lam; for the seal of my apostleship ye

ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ. 8 ἡ-ἐμὴ.ἀπολογία τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀνακρίνουσιν
are in [the] Lord. el defence to those *me ‘who 7examine

barn ἐστίν," 4 Μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν" ;
Sthis ‘is: Have wenot authority toeat and to drink?

5 μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ
have wenot authority ἃ sister, a wife, to take about, as also

οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, Kai οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, Kai Κηφᾶς;
the other eS and the brethren ofthe Lord, and ec

67 μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρνάβας οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν “τοῦ" μὴ
ΟΥ only I and Barnabas have we ποῦ authority not

ἐργάζεσθαι; 7 Tic στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ;
to work ? Who serves as a soldier at hisown charges atany time?

Tic φυτεύει ἀμπελῶνα. Kai “ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ" αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἐσθίει ;
μετ pes Severe and of the fruit of it does not eat ὃ
τῇ" τίς ποιμαίνει τῷ νην, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ γάλακτος τῆς ποίμνης
or who shepherds ock, and of the milk of the flock

οὐκ.ἐσθίει;: 8 μὴ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ; ἢ F0vxXi
does not eat? according to aman these things do I speak, or *not
καὶ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα" λέγει; ; 9 ἐν.γὰρ τῷ "Μωσέως" νόμῳ
34,150 ‘the ‘Slaw ‘these 7things ‘says? Forin the of *Moses aw
γέγραπται, Οὐ-ἰφιμώσει! βοῦν ἀλοῶντα. μὴ τῶν
it has been written, Thou shalt not muzzle an ox treading out corn. ‘*For *the
μέλει rp ep; 10 ἢ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει ;
Soxen ‘is “there Ὅτ withGod? or becauseof us altogether eeys he Cit]?
Ou ἡμᾶς. γὰρ ἐγράφη, ὅτι ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι ὀφείλει: ὁ ἀροτριῶν
For because of us it was written, that in Cae ought he that ploueas

ἀροτριᾷν, καὶ ὁ ἀλοῶν τῆς ἐλπίδος. αὐτοῦ μετέχειν
to plough, and he that treads out corn, Sof Shis ἴΒΟΒΘ 310 *partake

ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι." 11 Εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐσπείραμεν,
tin hope. If we to you spiritual things did sow, [15 it]
μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ OE ἘθΙσΌΜΕΗῚ 3 12 εἰ ἄλλοι
a great thing if we ΤΟΝ RY things shall reap? If others
τῆς ἐξουσίας ὑμῶν" μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς;
308 the peushority, Sover *you ‘partake, shouts not rather we?
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.ἐχρησάμεθα rp.étovoig-rairy’ ἀλλὰ πάντα στέ-
But we did not use this authority ; but all things we
γομεν, ἵνα μὴ ᾿-ὲἐγκοπήν twa! δῶμεν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ
ar, that not “hindrance ‘any we sneha Eis to the αἰαὶ tidings of the

χριστοῦ. 13 οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, "
Christ. Know ye not that those [?at]*sacred “things ‘labouring, [the

βοῶν

x ἀπόστολος and ἐλεύθερος transposed GLTTraW.
* ou τῆς ἀποστολῆς LTTrA.
καρπὸν the fruit LTTraw.
i κημώσεις TTrA.
1 ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας GLTTrAW.

GLTTraw.

Υ — χριστὸν LTTrA. * e0paxa τ.

> ἐστιν αὕτη LITraA. ¢ πεῖν τὰ. d — τοῦ LTTr[A]. ε τὸν
— ἢ L[tr]aw. & καὶ ὃ νόμος ταῦτα οὐ LTTraW. h Μωῦσέως
F ὀφείλει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι LTTrA. ἃ én’ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν GLTTrAW.
™ tia ἐγκοπὴν (ἐκκ- ΤΊ LTTrAW. 5 + τὰ the things Tra].

ἘΣ. ΤΟ ΣΥΝ Hs A NS.

ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν᾽ οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ “προσεὃ-

things]of the temple eat ; those ?at *the ‘altar ‘attend-
εὐοντες,} τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συμμερίζονται; 14 οὕτως Kai ὁ
ϑϑᾳ with the altar partake ? So also the

κύριος διέταξεν τοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ
Lord didorder tothosethe glad tidings announcing, of the
εὐαγγελίου ζῇν. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ Poddevi ἐχρησάμην" τούτων"
glad tidings to live. But I 2none used of these things.
οὐκ ἔγραψα.δὲ ταῦτα ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί"
Now I did not write thesethings that thus itshonld be with me; ([*it *were]
καλὸν γάρ μοι μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸ. καὐχημά.μου «ἵνα
*good for for me rather to die, than ‘my *boasting ‘that
τις ‘Tkevwoy.' 16 ἐὰν.γὰρ εὐαγγελίζωμαι, οὐκ.ἔστιν
?anyone should make void. Forif Lannounce the glad tidings, there is not
μοι καύχημα' ἀνάγκη.γάρ μοι ἐπίκειται: ovaisdé' μοι
*to *me ‘boasting ; for necessity ‘me "18 7laid “upon; Swoe *but to me
ἐστὶν ἐὰν μὴ "εὐαγγελίζωμαι." 17 εἰ. γὰρ ἑκὼν τοῦτο
itis if Ishould not announce the glad tidings. For if willingly this
πράσσω, μισθὸν ἔχω" εἰδὲ ἄκων οἰκονομίαν πεπί-

I do, areward I have; but if unwillingly an administration Iam en-
στευμαι. 18 τίς οὖν reo ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός ; ἵνα εὐαγ-
trusted with. What then y tis reward? That in announcing
γελιζόμενος ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον “τοῦ

the glad tidings *without °expense *I 7should *make *the *°glad “tidings ‘of *the
χριστοῦ," εἰς τὸ μὴ καταχρήσασθαι ryétovcig.uov ἐν τῷ

3Christ, sO as not using as my own my authority in the
εὐαγγελίῳ. 19 ᾿Ελεύθερος.γὰρ ὧν ἐκ πάντων, πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν
glad tidings. For free being from all, to all myself

? 7 “ 4 ,ὔ ’ . Ans? ,
ἐδούλωσα, ἵνα τοὺς πλείονας KEpdnow 90 Kai ἐγενόμην
I became bondman, that the more I might gain. And I became
τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις we Ἰουδαῖος. ἵνα ᾿Ιουδαίους κερδήσω" τοῖς
to the Jews as a Jew, that Jews I might gain: to those
ὑπὸ νόμον ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον," ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κερδήσω"
under law as under law, that those under law I might gain:
21 τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, μὲ ὧν ἄνομος Yep,’ ἀλλ᾽
to those without law as without law, (not being without law toGod, but
ἔννομος χριστῷ," ἵνα “κερδῆησω ἀνόμους. 22 ἐγενόμην
within law toChrist,) that I might gain those without law. I became
τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν Ῥὼς" ἀσθενής, iva τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς κερδήσω.
to the weak as weak, that the weak I might gain.
τοῖς. πᾶσιν γέγονα “τὰ -πάντα, ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω.
To allthese Ihave become allthings, that by 31] means some I might save.
234rovro! δὲ πιῶ διὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἵνα ovyKowwroc"
?This ‘and Ido onaccountofthe gledtidings, that a fellow-partaker
αὐτοῦ γένωμαι.
with it {might be.
24 Οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι

οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες πάντες μὲν

Know ye not that those whoin arace-course ΤΙ all
τρέχουσιν, εἷς.δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον; οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵν,
PEX ἢ. 13:5} B ρ 3 OUTWC TPEXETE, Va
run, but one receives the prize? Thus run, that

καταλάβητε. 25 πᾶς δὲ

ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος, πάντα ἐγκρα-
ye may obtain.

But everyone that strives, in all things controls

451

shall reap your carnal
things? 12 If others
be partakers of this
power over you, are
not we rather? Never-
theless we have not
used this power; but
suffer all things, lest
we should hinder the
gospel of Christ. 13 Do
ye not know that they
which minister about
holy things live of the
things of the temple?
and they which wait
at the altar are par-
takers with the altar?
14 Even so hath the
Lord ordained that
they which preach the
gospel should live of
the gospel. 15 But I
have used none of these
things : neither have I
written these things,
that it should be so
done unto me: for it
were better for me to
die, than that any
man should make my
glorying void. 16 For
though I preach the
gospel, I have nothing
to glory of: for ne-
cessity is laid upon me;
yea, woe is unto me, if
I preach not the gos-
pel ! 17 For if I do this
thing willingly, I have
a reward: but if a-
gainst my will, a dis-
pensation of the gospel
is committed unto me.
18 What is my reward
then? Verily that,
when I preach the gos-
pel, I may make the
gospel of Christ with-
out charge, that I a-
buse not my power in
the gospel. 19 For
though I be free from
all men, yet have I
made myself servant
unto all, that I might
gain the more. 20 And
unto the Jews 1 be-
came as a Jew, that I
might gain the Jews;
to them that are under
the law, as under the
law, that I might gain
them that are under
the law; 21 to them
that are without law,
as without law, (being
not without law to
God, but under the
law to Christ,) that I
might gain them that
are without law, 22 To
the weak became I as
weak, that I might
gain the weak: I am
made all things to all
men, that I might by

° παρεδρεύοντες LTTrAW.
LTtr. τ κενώσει shall make vain uttra.
Y μον TIrA. τ — τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW.
under law GLTTrAw. Υ θεοῦ of God LTTraw.
τοὺς LTIrAW. Ὁ —@s([L]TTrAw.

3 γάρ for GLTTrAw.

© — τὰ LTTrAawW.

P ov κέχρημαι οὐδενὶ have not used any GLTTraw.

4 οὐδεὶς

τ εὐαγγελίσωμαι LTrAW.

X + μὴ ὧν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον ποὺ being myself
* χριστοῦ οὗ Christ Lrtraw.

4 πάντα all things LTTraw.

5. κερδάνω
© oup- T.

452

all means save some,
23 And this I do for
the gospel’s sake, that
I might be partaker
thereof with you.

24 Know ye not that
they which run in a
race run all, but one
receiveth the prize?
So run, that ye may
obtain. 25 And every
man that striveth for
the mastery is temper-
ate in allthings. Now
they do it to obtain
a corruptible crown ;
but we an incorrupti-
ble. 26 I therefore so
Tun, not as uncertain-
ly; so fight I, not as
one that beateth the
air: 27 but I keep
under my body, and
bring it into subjec-
tion : lest that by any
means, when I have
preached to others, I
myself should be a
castaway.

X. Moreover, breth-
ren, I would not that
ΜΞ should be ignorant,

ow that all our fa-
thers were under the
cloud, and all passed
through the sea; 2 and
were all baptized unto
Moses in the cloud and
in the sea; 3 and did
all eat the same spi-
ritual meat ; 4and did
all drink the same spi-
ritual drink : for they
drank of that spiritual
Rock that followed
them: and that Rock
was Christ. 5 But with
many of them God
was not well pleased :
for they were over-
thrown in the wilder-
ness. 6 Now these
things were our ex-
amples, to the intent
we should not lust
after evil things, as
they also lusted. 7 Nei-
ther be ye idolaters, as
were some of them;
as it is written, The
people sat down to eat
and drink, and rose up
to play. 8 Neither let
us commit fornication,
as some of them com-
mitted, and fell in one
day three and twenty
thousand. 9 Neither
let us tempt Christ, as
some of them also
tempted, and were de-
stroyed of serpents.
10 Neither murmur ye,
as some of them also
murmured, and were

ΠΡΟΣ AK OF EN 6 LOA Ss A:
τεύεται" ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν iva φθαρτὸν στέφανον
himself : they indeed then that acorruptible crown they may receive,
ἡμεῖς.δὲ ἄφθαρτον. 26 ἐγὼ τοίνυν οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ

but we an incorruptible. 1: therefore 80 run, as not
ἀδήλως" οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων" 27 BadX’!
uncertainly; 50 I combat, as not [the] air beating. But
ὑπωπιάζω μου τὸ σῶμα, καὶ δουλαγωγῶ, μήπως ἄλλοις

I buffet my body, and bring [it] into servitude, lest to others

κηρύξας αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι.
having preached *myself ‘rejected ‘I *might “be.

10 Οὐ-θέλω dé! ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, Ort οἱ πατέρες

31 ὅγῖβῃ *not ‘now you to ὈΘ ἱρτιοσαπύ, brethren, that *fathers
ἡμῶν πάντες ὑπὸ THY νεφέλην ἦσαν, Kai πάντες διὰ τῆς
tour all under the cloud were, and all through the
θαλάσσης διῆλθον, 2 καὶ πάντες εἰς τὸν ἱΜωσῆν" *tBarricavro'
sea passed, and all to Moses were baptized
ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ὃ καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ βρῶμα
in the cloud and in the 5ea, and all the same 7meat
πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον," 4 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ ππόμα πνευ-

‘spiritual ate, and all the same drink 1spi-
ματικὸν ἔπιον" ἔπινον. γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης
ritual drank ; for they drank of a spiritual 7following
πέτρας: ἡ-"δὲ πέτρα" ἦν ὁ χριστός. 5 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς
rock, and the rock was the Christ: yet not with the
πλείοσιν αὐτῶν “εὐδόκησεν! ὁ θεός" κατεστρώθησαν. γὰρ ἐν

IX, X.
λάβωσιν,

most of them was *well*pleased ‘God; for they were strewed in
τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 6 ταῦτα.δὲ τύποι ἡμῶν ἐγενήθησαν, εἰς τὸ μὴ
the desert. But these things types for us became, for *not

κακῶν, καθὼς κἀκεῖνοι ἐπεθύμη-
of evil things, according as they also desired,

εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐπιθυμητὰς
3to*be ‘us desirers
σαν. 7 μηδὲ εἰδωλολάτραι γίνεσθε, καθώς τινες αὐτῶν" Puc!
Neither idolaters be ye, according assome ofthem; as
γέγραπται, ᾿Ἑκάθισεν ὁ adc φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν," καὶ av-
it has been written, *Sat‘*down ὑπ *people toeat and todrink, and rose
éoryoay παίζειν. 8 μηδὲ πορνεύωμεν, καθώς τινες
up to play. Neither should we commit fornication, according as some
αὐτῶν ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ τἔπεσον" "ἐν" μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκοσιτρεῖς
of them committed fornication,and fell in one day twenty-three
χιλιάδες. 9 μηδὲ ἐκπειράζωμεν τὸν txproroy,' καθὼς ‘cai!
3 ᾿ c ‘Kat
thousand. Neither should wetempt the Christ, according as also
τινες αὐτῶν “ἐπείρασαν, Kai ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων “ἀπώλοντο."
some of them tempted, and by the serpents perished.
10 μηδὲ γογγύζετε, ἡκαθὼς" καί" τινες αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν,
Neither murmur ye, according as also some of them murmured,
i ἀπώλ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθ ὕ. 11 ταῦτα.δὲ ἐπάντα!
και ἀπώλοντο ὕπο TOV OAD βευτου. ταῦυτα. παντα
and __ perished by the destroyer. Now these things all [88]
ἀγύποι" YcuvéBarvor' ἐκείνοις ἐγράφη.δὲ πρὸς νουθεσίαν
types happened tothem, and were written for admonition
ἡμῶν εἰς οὺς τὰ τέλη THY αἰώνων “κατήντησεν." 12 ὥστε
Your on whom the ends ofthe ages are arrived. So that

Ε ἀλλὰ Tr.

Ὁ πέτρα δὲ LTTrA.
§ — ἐν LTTr[A].
λυντο TTr.

Ὁ συνέβαινεν TTr.

h yap for G@LTTrAW.
ματικὸν ἔφαγον βρῶμα (βρῶμα ἔφαγον Tir) LTTr.

ο ᾽ηὐδόκησεν LTrAW.
t κύριον Lord ΠΤΊΤΑ.
Σ καθάπερ TTr.

i Μωῦσῆν GLTTraw. k ἐβαπτίσθησαν LT. | πνευ-
τὰ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα LTTrAW.
P@omep LTTrA. 4 πεῖν TA. τ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW.
Υ — καὶ LTTrAW. Ww ἐξεπείρασαν T. x ἀπώλ-
2 — πάντα [u|TTr[A]. 8 τυπικῶς typically LTTraw.
© κατήντηκεν have come LTTraw.

X. rr (COR EN TH PLAINS.
βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ. 13 Πειρασμὸς
he that thinks tostand, let him take heed lest he fall. Temptation
ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰμὴ ἀνθρώπινος. πιστὸς. δὲ 6 θεός, ὃς
you has not taken except what belongs to man; and faithful [is] God, who
οὐκ.ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε, ἀλλὰ ποιήσει
will not suffer you to be tempted above what yeareable, but will make
σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν, τοῦ.δύνασθαι “ὑμᾶς"

ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναι,

with the temptation also the issue, for *to *be *able *you
ὑπενεγκεῖν. 14 Διόπερ, ἀγαπητοί.μου, φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς
to bear [1]. Wherefore, my beloved, flee from

εἰδωλολατρείας. 15 we φρονίμοις δλέγω᾽ κρίνατε ὑμεῖς 6

idolatry. As to intelligent ones Ispeak: judge ye what
φημι. 16 τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ
I say. The cup of blessing which we bless, Snot
κοινωνία ‘frov αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ tori; τὸν ἄρτον ὃν

“fellowship ‘of *the "blood ‘of *the °Christ lis 7it ?
κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν ;
webreak, ‘not “fellowship δοῦ ἴθ ‘body ‘of*the “Christ 181 3
17 ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἕν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν" οἱ yap πάντες
Because ὍΠπΠ6 ‘loaf, 7one “body ἴθ “many ‘we ‘are; for 3411

The bread which

ἐκ TOU ἑνὸς ἄρτου μετέχομεν. 18 βλέπετε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ
301 *the one ‘loaf ‘we partake. See Israel according to
σάρκα: 8ovyi! οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ
flesh : =not *those ‘eating ἴθ “sacrifices, 7fellow-partakers

Tov θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν; 19 τί οὖν φημι; OTe *eidwrov! τί

*with *the 1°altar tare? What then say I? that anidol anything
ἐστιν; ἢ OTe ΒβΒεϊίδωλόθυτον" τί ἐστιν; 20 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι

ig, or that what is sacrificed to an idol anything is? but that
ἃ ‘Ove ra ἔθνη," δαιμονίοις Ove," καὶ οὐ θεῷ" -
what “sacrifice ‘the *nations, todemons they sacrifice, and not to God.

οὐ.θέλω. δὲ ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι.
ButIdonot wish you fellow-partakers with demons to be.
21 οὐ. δύνασθε ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν, καὶ ποτήριον
Yecannot [the] cup of [the] Lord drink, and [the] cup

δαιμονίων᾽ ov.dvvacbe τραπέζης κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ
of demons : ye cannot of [the] table of [the] Lord partake and
τραπέζης δαιμονίων. 227) παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον ;
of{the]table of demons. Or, do we provoke to jealousy the Lord?
μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν;
stronger than he are we?
23 Πάντα "por! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα
All things for me are lawful, but ‘not ‘all *things
πάντα “po ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ov πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ.

συμφέρει"
3816 profitable ;

24 pats
‘No

allthings forme areiawful, but “not ‘all 380 build up. Sone
TO ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ TO τοῦ ἑτέρου “ἕκαστος."
‘that “οὗ “himself ‘let *seck, but “that ‘of the ‘other 4each Zone.

25 Πᾶν
Everything that in

TO ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἐσθίετε, μηδὲν ava-
a market is sold eat, nothing in-
κρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. 26 τοῦ.Ῥγὰρ κυρίου"

quiring on account of conscience, For *the SLord’s [15]
y γὴ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς. 27 ei.49dE τις καλεῖ ὑμᾶς
86 7earth and the fulness of it. Butif anyone “invite ou

ε — ὑμᾶς (read [you)) GLTTraw.
b εἴδωλον and εἰδωλόθυτον transposed LTTrAw.
ἔθνη LTA. 1 __ θύει LTTrA. m θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTra.
ο — ἕκαστος GLTTraWw. Ρ κυρίου yap LTTrAW. ᾳ — δὲ but Lrtraw.

f ἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ Tr.
1 θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTraw.

453
destroyed of the de-
stroyer. 11 Now all

these things happened
unto them for en-
samples: and they are
written for our ad-
monition, upon whom
the ends of the world
are come. 12 Where-
fore let him that think-
eth he standeth take
heed lest he fail.
13. There hath no
temptation taken you
but such as is com-
mon to man : but God
is faithful, who will
not suffer you to be
tempted above that ye
are able ; but will with
the temptation also
make a way to escape,
that ye may be able to
bear it. 14 Wherefore,
my dearly beloved, flee
from idolatry. 15 i
speak as to wise men ;
judge ye what I say. ͵
16 The cup of blessing
which we bless, isitnot
the communion of the
blood of Christ? The
bread which we break,
isitnot the communion
of the body of Christ ?
17 For we being many
are one bread, and one
body: for we are all
partakers of that one
bread, 18 Behold Israel
after the flesh: are
not they which eat of
the sacrifices parta-
kers of the altar?
19 What say I then?
that the idol is any
thing, or that whichis
offered in sacrifice to
idols is any thing?
20 But 7 say, that the
things which the Gen-
tiles sacrifice, they
sacrifice to devils, and
not to God: and I
would not that ye
should have fellow-
ship with devils. 21 Ye
cannot drink the cup
of the Lord, and the
cup of devils: ye can-
not be partakers of
the Lord’s table, and
of the table of devils.
22 Do we provoke the
Lord to jealousy? are
we stronger than he?
23 All things are
lawful for me, but all
things are not expe-
dient: all things are
lawful for me, but all
things edify not, 24 Let
no man seek his own,
but every man ano-
ther’s wealth, 25 What-
soever is sold in -the

&ovx LTAW.
Κ.-- τὰ
n— μοι GLTTrAW,

484

shambles, that eat,
asking no question
for conscience sake:
26 for the earth is the
Lord’s, and the ful-
ness thereof. 27 If any
of them that believe
not bid you toa feast,
and ye be disposed to
go; whatsoever is set
before you, eat, asking
no question for con-
science sake. 28 But
if any man say unto
you, This is offered in
sacrifice unto idols, eat
not for his sake that
shewed it, and for
conscience sake: for
the earthis the Lord’s,
andthe fulness there-
of: 29 conscience, I
say, not thine own, but
of the other: for why
is my liberty judged
of another man’s con-
science ? 30 For if I by
grace be a partaker,
why am I evil spoken
of for that for which
Igivethanks ?31 Whe-
ther therefore ye eat,
er drink, or whatso-
ever ye do, do all to
the glory of God.
82 Give none offence,
neither to the Jews,
nor to the Gentiles,
nor to the church of
God: 33 even as I
please all men in all
things, not seeking
mine own profit, but
the profit of many, that
they may be saved.
XI. Be ye followers
of me, even as I also
am of Christ.

2 Now I praise you,
brethren, that ye re-
member me in all
things, and keep the
ordinances, as | de-
livered them to you.
3 But I would have
you know, that the
head of every man is
Christ ; and the head
of the woman ὦ the
man ; and the head of
Christ ὦ God. 4 Every
man praying or pro-
phesying, having his
head covered, dis-
honoureth his head,
5 But every woman
that prayeth or pro-
phesieth with her head
uncovered dishonour-
eth her head : for that
is even all one as if
she were shaven. 6 For
if the woman be not
covered, let her also
be shorn: but if it be
a shame for a woman
to be shorn or shaven,

LLP OS KOsBANOAFOW Sie A; X; XE

TOY ἀπίστων, Kai θέλετε πορεύεσθαι, πᾶν TO παρατιθέμενον

of *the “unbelieving, and ye wish to go, all that is set before
ὑμῖν ἐσθίετε. μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν.
you eat, nothing inquiring on account of conscience.

28 ἐὰν.δὲ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, Τοῦτο τεἰδωλόθυτόν" éorw* μὴ
Butif anyone toyou say, This *offered *to *an ‘idol is, Tot
ἐσθίετε, δι ἐκεῖνον τὸν μηνύσαντα καὶ τὴν συνείδησιν"
Sdoeat, onaccourtof him that shewed [it],and the conscience;
Srov-yap κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ TO πλήρωμα αὐτῆς." 29 συνεί-
for *the ‘Lord’s [*is]'the *earthandthe fulness of it. 2Con-
Onow δὲ λέγω. οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ THY τοῦ ἑτέρου.
science ‘but, I say, ποῦ that of thyself, but that of the other;
ἵνα.τί-γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία.μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως ;

for why 2my *freedom *is judged by another’s conscience ?
30 εἰ 'δὲ᾽ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, Ti βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ
But if I withthanks partake, why amlevilspokenof for what

ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ; 31 Eire οὖν ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε
if give thanks ? Whether therefore ye eat, or ye drink, or

τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. 32 ἀπρόσκοποι
anything yedo, allthings to "glory ‘God’s_ do. Without offence

‘yiveote καὶ ᾿ΙΤουδαίοις" καὶ “Ἕλλησιν καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ
be ye both to Jews and Greeks and tothe assembly
θεοῦ: 88 καθὼς κἀγὼ πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω, μὴ ζητῶν
of God. According as I also all in all things please ; not seeking
κ ᾽ ~ ow , ᾽ 4 x ~ ~ a ~
TO ἐμαυτοῦ “συμφέρον,." ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἵνα σωθῶ-
the “οὗ *myself *profit, but that ofthe many, that they may
σιν. 11 μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε. καθὼς κἀγὼ χριστοῦ.
be saved. Imitators of me be, according as I also [am] of Christ.
2 ᾿Επαινῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, "ἀδελφοί," ὅτι πάντα μον μέ-
Now | praise you, brethren, that inallthings me ye have
μνησθε, καὶ καθὼς παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, τὰς TWapaddoac κατ-
remembered; and according as I delivered to you, the traditions ye
, 2 4 « ~ »ῷ ee 4A ᾽ A « ‘
ἔχετε. 3 θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι, OTL παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ
keep , But I wish you to know, that of every man ‘the ‘head
ὁ χριστός ἐστιν κεφαλὴ.δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ' κεφαλὴ. δὲ
‘the “Christ Sis, but head of [the] woman [is]the man, and head
χριστοῦ, ὁ θεός. 4 πᾶς ἀνὴρ προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων,
οἵ Christ, God. Every man praying or prophesying,
κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ.
{anything} on {his} head having, puts toshame his head.
5 πᾶσα.δὲ γυνὴ προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἀκατακαλύπτῳ
But every woman praying or prophesying “uncovered
τῇ κεφαλῇ, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν. ἑαυτῆς" ἕν.γάρ

i

lwith *the “head, puts to shame her head ; for one
ἐστιν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ. ἐξυρημένῃ. 6 εἰ.γὰρ οὐ.κατακαλύπ-
itis and the same with having been shaven. For if be not covered

εἰ. δὲ αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ τὸ

τεται yurn, καὶ κειράσθω"
But if [it be] shameful to a woman

a woman, also let her be shorn.

, nA - ~ , 2 \ 4 ‘ >
κείρασθαι ἢ ξυρᾶσθαι, κατακαλυπτέσθω. 7 ἀνὴρ.μὲν. γὰρ οὐκ
to beshorn or tobe shaven, let her be covered. For manindeed *not

ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν, εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα θεοῦ
tought to have “covered the *head, image and glory of God

ὑπάρχων" " γυνὴ.δὲ δόξα ἀνδρός ἐστιν᾽ ὃ οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ

let her be covered. being ; but woman glory ofman is. For not is man
τ ἱερόθυτόν Offered in sacrifice LTTra. Ss — τοῦ yap to end of verse QLTTrAW. t — δὲ

but GLTTraw.

ἡ καὶ Ἰουδαίοις γίνεσθε LITA.
Υ + τοῦ (raid οἵ the Christ) [L]ttra.

~ σύμφορον LTTrA, 5 — ἀδελφοί LTTrAW.

2 αὐτῆς LTTrA. a + ἡ the (woman) LTTraw.

XI. I ' CORINTHIANS:

ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός" 9 καὶ. γὰρ οὐκ ἐκτίσθη
of woman, but woman of man, For also not was created
ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα"
man onaccount of the woman, but woman on account of the man,
10 διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κε-
Because of this ought the woman authority tohave on the
φαλῆς, διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. 11 πλὴν οὔτε ὕάνὴρ
head, onaccount of the angels. However neither [15] man
χωρὶς γυναικός, οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ayvdpdc,! ἐν Kup’
apart from woman, nor woman apartfrom man, in {the] Lord.
12 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ

For as the woman of the man [is], so also the man
διὰ τῆς γυναικός, τὰ.δὲ. πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 ἐν ὑμῖν.αὐτοῖς
by the woman [is]; butallthings of God. In yourselves

κρίνατε' πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον τῷ θεῷ
judge: becoming isit for a woman uncovered to God

προσεύχεσθαι; 14 “ἢ οὐδὲ Δαὐτὴ ἡ φύσις" διδάσκει ὑμᾶς,

to pray? Or ?not even itself “nature ‘does teach you,

ὅτι ἀνὴρ μὲν tay’ κομᾷ, ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστιν" 15 γυνὴ
that 7a*man 4if have long hair a dishonour to him itis? 3A *woman
δὲ ἐὰν κομᾷ, δόξα αὐτῇ ἐστιν; ὅτι ἡ κόμη ἀντὶ

‘put 7if havelonghair, glory toher itis; for the long hair instead

περιβολαίου δέδοται “αὐτῇ"" 16 εἰδὲ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος
of a covering is given to her. But if anyone thinks “contentious

εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτη» συνήθειαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι

4to7be, we 3such *custom thave “not, nor the assemblies
τοῦ θεοῦ.

of God.

17 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἱπαραγγέλλων οὐκ.ἐπαινῶ," ὅτι οὐκ

But [368 *to] Sthis {?you] I do not praise [you], that not
? \ καὶ ~ ih ὑλλ᾽} ᾽ . ir It , θ 18 ~
ει TO KOELTTOY, a εις TO 1NTTOV’ συνερχέσσε. TTOWTOV
for the batter, but for the worse ye come together. First
μὲν γὰρ συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἔτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀκούω oxio-
5Ἰἰηᾶοοᾶ ‘for coming together ye in the assembly, I hear di-
para ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν, Kai μέρος. τι πιστεύω: 19 déi-yap
visions among you to be, and partly I believe [it]. For there must
καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι, tva! οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται
also sects among you be, that the approved manifest may become
ἐν ὑμῖν. 20 συνερχομένων
among you. Coming together therefore
ἔστιν κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν"
lit 318 [the] Lord’s supper to eat. For each one his own

δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἔν τῷ φαγεῖν, Kai O¢-pev πεινᾷ ὃς δὲ
i and ishungry and another

1charging

οὖν ὑμῶν ἐπὶ.τὸ. αὐτό, οὐκ
ye into one place, *not
21 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον

supper takes first in eating, one
μεθύει. 22 μὴ yap οἰκίας οὐκ. ἔχετε εἰς TO ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ;
is drunken. or houses have ye not for eating and drinking?

ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε, Kai καταισχύνετε ἢ

or the assembly of God do ye despise, and put to shame
Dee

Tove μὴ ἔχοντας ; τί ὑμῖν εἴπω"; "ἐπαινέσω" ὑμᾶς “ἐν
them that have not? What to you shouldI say? shall I praise you in
τούτῳ; ovK' ἐπαινῶ. 238 ᾿Εγὼ.γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου,

this? I do not praise. For I received from the rd

455
7 For a man indeed
ought not to cover his
head, forasmuch as
he is the image and
glory of God: but the
woman is the glory of
the man. 8 For the
man is not of the wo-
man ; but the woman
of the man. 9 Neither
was the man created
for the woman; but
the woman for the
man. 10 For this cause
ought the woman to
have power on her head
because of the angels.
1l Nevertheless nei-
ther is the man with-
out the woman, nei-
therthe woman with-
out the man, in the
Lord. 12 For as the
woman is of the man,
even so 7s the man al-
so by the woman; but
all things of God.
13 Judge in yourselves:
is it comely that a wo-
man pray unto God
uncovered? 14 Doth
not even nature itself
teach you, that, if a
man have long hair, it
is ashame unto him ?
15 But if a woman
have long hair, it is a
glory to her: for her
hair is given her fora
covering. 16 Butif any
man seem to be con-
tentious, we have no
such custom, neither
the churches of God.
17 Now in this that
I declare unto you I
praise you not, that ye
come together not for
the better, but for the
worse. 18 For first of
all, when ye come to-
gether in the church,
I hear that there be
divisions among you ;
and I partly believeit.
19 For there must be
also heresies among
you, that they which
are approved may be
made manifest among
you. 20 When ye come
together therefore in-
to one place, this is
not to eat the Lord’s
supper. 21 For in eat-
ing every one taketh
before other his own
supper: and one is
ungry, and another
is drunken. 22 What?
have ye not houses to
eat and to drink in?
or despise ye the church
of God, and shame
them that have not?
What shall I say to

b * τς > x ἌΡ. ᾿ “ “ ὃ GLTT AW.
γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς Τ

¢ -- LTTraW.

d ἡ φύσις

8 κρεισσον LTTrA,
” « ~

™ ELIT) υμιν

αὐτὴ LTTrAW. ε [αὐτῇ] A. f παραγγέλλω οὐκ ἐπαινῶν LTrAW.
4 ἀλλὰ TTrA. ifjcoov uTTra. * — τῇ GLTTrAW. 1+ xatalso[L]rrfa].
LTTraw. ἢ ἐπαινῶ praiselL. 5; ἐν τούτῳ οὐκ (read In this I do not praise) Er.

430

you ?shalil praise you
in this? I praise you
not. 23 ForI have re-
ceived of the Lord that
which also I delivered
anto you, That the
Lord Jesus the same
night in which he was
betrayed took bread :
24 and when he had
given thanks, he brake
tt, andsaid, Take, eat:
this is my body, which
is broken foryou : this
do {n remembrance of
me, 29 After the same
manner also fe took
the cup, when he had
supped, saying, This
cup is the new testa-
ment in my blood: this
do ye, as oft as ye drink
it, in remembrance of
me, 26 For as often as
ye eat this bread, and
drink this cup, ye do
shew the Lord’s death
tillhe come. 27 Where-
fore whosoever shall
eat this bread, and
drink this cup of the
Lord, unworthily,
shall be guilty of the
body and blood of the
Lord. 28 But let a man
examine himself, and
so let him est of that
bread, and drink of
that cup. 29 For he
that eateth and drink-
eth unworthily, eateth
and drinketh damna-
tion to himself, not
discerning the Lord’s
body. 30 For this cause
many are weak and
sickly among you, and
many sleep, 31 For if
we would judge our-
selves, we should not
be judged. 32 But when
we are judged, we are
chastened of the Lord,
that we should not be
condemned with the
world. 33 Wherefore,
my brethren, when ye
come together to eat,
tarry one for another.
34 And if any man
hunger, let him eat at
home ; that ye come
not together unto con-
demnation. And the
rest will I set in order
when I come.

XII. Now concern-
ing spiritual gifts,
bretiren, I would not
have you _ ignorant.
2 Ye know that ye
were Gentiles, carried
away unto these dumb
idols, even as ye were
led. 3 Wherefore I give
youtounderstand,that

P παρεδίδετο LTTrA. 4 -- Λάβετε, φάγετε GLTTrAW.
t — τοῦτο (vead the cup) LTTraw.
y + τοῦ of the @LTTraw.

bread) GLTTraw.

Ὁ — τοῦ κυρίου LTTrA.

“tet

da.

ΠΡΟΣ, KOOP TN @hOY S.A. Be
ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν TY νυκτὶ
that which also 1 delivered to you, thatthe Lord Jesus in the night

ἡ παρεδίδοτο," ἔλαβεν ἄρτον, 24 καὶ εὐχαριστήσας
in which he was delivered up took bread, and having given thanks

ἔκλασεν, καὶ εἶπεν, «λάβετε, φάγετε""" τοῦτό pou ἐστὶν τὸ
he broke [it], and said, Take, eat, this ofme is the
σῶμα TO ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τκλώμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν
body which for you [18] being broken: this do in
ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 25 Ὡσαύτως Kai τὸ ποτήριον, μετὰ τὸ
remembrance of me. ᾿ In like manner also the cup, after

δειπνῆσαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐστὶν

having supped, saying, This cup the new covenant is

ἐν τῷ-ἐμῷ.αἵματι: τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις "ἂν" πίνητε,

in my blood: this do, as often as ye may drink [it],
, A ? 1 > , t , ‘ 8} Hl ", θί x

εἰς τὴν. ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 26 Ὁσάκις. γὰρ "ἂν" ἐσθίητε τὸν
in remembrance of me. For as often as ye may eat

» ~ ἊΝ , ~ " , \ ,

ἄρτον.τοῦτον, Kai τὸ.ποτήριον ἱτοῦτο" πίνητε, τὸν θάνατον

this bread, and this cup may drink, the death
τοῦ κυρίου καταγγέλλετε, “ἄχρις! οὗ Wav" ἔλθῃ. 27 “Qore
of the Lord ye announce, until he may come, So that
ὃς.-ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν. ἄρτον “τοῦτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον
whosoever should eat this bread or should drink the cup

τοῦ κυρίου ἀναξίως, ἔνοχος ἔσται τοῦ σώματος Kal’ αἵματος
of the Lord unworthily, guilty shall be of the body and blood
τοῦ κυρίου. 28 δοκιμαζέτω. δὲ “ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν." καὶ οὕτως
of the Lord. But let *prove ‘a "man himself, and thus
ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω, Kai ἐκ TOU ποτηρίου πινέτω" 29 ὁ. γὰρ
of the bread let him eat, and of the cup let him drink, Forhe that
ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων "ἀναξίως." κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει,
eats and drinks unworthily, judgment tohimself eats and drinks,
μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα ὕτοῦ κυρίου." 30 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν
not discerning the body ofthe Lord. Because of this among you
πολλοὺ ἀσθενεῖς Kai ἄῤῥωστοι, καὶ κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί.
many [are] weak and infirm, and are fallen asleep many.
31 εἰ °ydo' ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ.ἂν.ἐκρινόμεθα: 32 κρινό-
ἽΣ ‘for ourselves wescrutinized, we should not be judged. Being
μενοι δέ, ὑπὸ Δὀ κυρίου παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ
“judged ‘but, by [the] Lord wearedisciplined, that not with the
κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. 9598 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου, συνερχόμενοι
world we should be condemned, So that, my brethren, coming together
εἰς TO φαγεῖν, ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε᾽' 84 εἰ “δὲ τις πεινᾷ,
for to eat, one another wait for. But if anyone be hungry,
ἐν.οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω: ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε. τὰ δὲ
athome lethimeat, that not for judgment ye may come together ; and the
λοιπά, ὠςἂν ἔλθω, δἮιατάξομαι.
other things whenever I may come, I will set in order.
12 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν πνευματικῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ.θέλω ὑμᾶς
But concerning spirituals, brethren, Idonot wish you
ἀγνοεῖν. οἴδατε Ori’ ἔθνη ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα
to be ignorant. Ye know that Gentiles ye were, *to Sidols “dumb
og ἂν.ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι" 3 διὸ γνωρίζω ὑμῖν, ore
Sas Tye "might *be led, ‘led *away. Therefore I give *to *know ‘you, that

T κλώμενον LTTrA. ὃ ἐὰν LTTrA.
x — τοῦτον (read the

a — ἀναξίως LTTrA.
e — δὲ but GLTTraW.

~ — ἂν GLTTrA.
* ἑαυτὸν ἄνθρωπος W.
4 + τοῦ the Trr[a]w.

Yaxpe Tt.

ς δὲ but LTTraw.

€ + ὅτε when (LJrtra.

XII. I

πνεύματι θεοῦ λαλῶν λέγει ἀνάθεμα

CORIEN T HTAIN:S:

οὐδεὶς ἐν ὩΤησοῦν""

noone in[{the] Spirit ofGodspeaking says accursed Gis) Jesus ;
καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν ἸΚύριον ᾿Τησοῦν," εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύ-
and noone can say Lord Jesus, Se in {the} “Spirit

ματι ἄγ; 4 διαιρέσεις.δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσίν, τὸ.δὲ αὐτὸ
Hol But diversities of ae there ate, but the same

πνεῦμα" 5 καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσίν, Kai ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος"

Spirit ; and diversities of services there are,andthe same Lord;
6 καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, τὸ δὲ! αὐτός aru’ θεός,
and diversities of operations thereare, but the same 2it%is 4G@od,

ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ-πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. 7 ἑκάστῳ.δὲ δίδοται ἡ φανέ-
who operates allthings in all, But toeach is given the mani-
pwoic τοῦ πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ὃ ᾧ.μὲν.γὰρ διὰ
festation of the Spirit or profit. For to one by
τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας. ἄλλῳ.δὲ λόγος
the Spirit isgiven aword of wisdom; and to another a word
γνώσεως, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα᾽ 9 ἑτέρῳ.""δὲ᾽ πίστις,
of knowledge, according tothe same _ Spirit; and toa different one faith,
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι ἄλλῳ.δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, ἐν τῷ
in the same Spirit ; and to another gifts of healing, in the
"αὐτῷ πνεύματι. 10 ἄλλῳ.δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων,

same Spirit ; and to another operations of works of power ;

ἄλλῳ. “δὲ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ.Ῥδὲ᾽ διακρίσεις" πνευμάτων,
and to another propheey; and to another’ discerning of spirits ;
c , τδὲ! , iN ~ IAX Qt st 7ὔ Il Xr =
ETEOW-"OE γενῆ γλωσσῶν, adAw.cé *éopnveta' yAwo
and to a different one kinds of tongues; and to another interpretation of
oy’ 11] πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἕν Kai τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦ-
tongues. But all these things “operates 'the one *and *the *same “Spirit,

a, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται. 12 Καθάπερ
pa, te
dividing separately toeach according as he wills. “Byen 388

γὰρ 0 τὸ σῶμα ἕν ἐστιν καὶ μέλη ἔχει πολλά," πάντα.δὲ τὰ
for the body one ‘is and “members *has “*many, but all the

ἔλη τοῦ σώματος Yrov ἑνός," πολλὰ ὄντα, ἕν ἐστιν copa’

membersofthe *body one, +many ἼΣΩΣ fone °are body:
οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστός. 18 καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι ἡμεῖς
80 also [15] the Christ. Foralso by one Spirit we

’ ᾽ a ~ 2 , ” ? ~ ” uv
πάντες εἰς ἕν σῶμα ἐβαπτίσθημεν, εἴτε ᾿Ιουδαῖοι εἴτε “Ἔλ-
all into one body were baptized, whether Jews or
Anvec, εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι" Kai πάντες “εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα
Greeks, whether bondmen or free, and 8] into one Spirit
᾽ , \ A 4 ~ > »” τι , ? A
ἐποτίσθημεν. 14 Καὶ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα οὐκ.-ἔστιν ἕν μέλος, ἀλλὰ
were made to drink. For also the body isnot one member, but
πολλά. 15 ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὁ πούς, Ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ χείρ, οὐκ.εἰμὶ
many. If should say the foot, Because Iamnot ahand, I am not
ἐκ τοῦ σώματος᾽ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος";
of the body: on account of this isitnot of the body ?
16 καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃ τὸ οὖς, Ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ
And if should say the ear, Because I am not an eye Iam not of
τοῦ σώματος" οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο ovK-éoTLY ἐκ τοῦ σώματος":
the body: on account of this igsitnot of the body ?
17 εἰ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμός, ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή; εἰ Odo”
If*whole*the body [were] aneye, where the hearing? if [the] whole

457

no man speaking by
tne Spirit of God call-
eth Jesus accursed :
and that no man can
say that Jesus is the
Lord, but by the Holy
Ghost. 4 Now there
are diversities of gifts,
but the snme Spirit.
5 And there are differ-
ences of administra-
tions, but the same
Lord. 6 And there are
diversities of opera-
tions, but it is the
same God which work-
eth all in all. 7 But the
manifestation of the
Spirit is given toevery
man to profit withal.
8 For to one is given
by the Spirit the word
of wisdom ; to another
the word of knowledge
by the same Spirit;
9 to another faith by
the same Spirit; to
another the gifts of
healing by the same
Spirit; 10 to another
the working of mira-
cies; to another pro-
phecy ; to another dis-
cerning of spirits ; to
another divers kinds
of tongues ; to another
the interpretation of
tongues: 11 but ali
these worketh that one
and the selfsame Spi-
rit, dividing to every
man severally as he
will. 12 For as the body
is one, and hath many
members, and all the
members of that one
body, being many, are
one body: so also ws
Christ. 13 For by one
Spirit are we all ba

tized into one body,
whether we be Jews or
Gentiles, whether we
be bond or free ; and
have been all made to
drink into one Spirit.
14 For the body is not
one member,but many.
15 If the foot shall
say, Because I am not
the hand, I am not of
the body; is it there-
fore not of the body?
16 And if the ear shali
say, Because I am not
the eye, I am not of
the body ; is it there-
fore not of the body?
17 If the whole body
were an eye, where
were the hearing? If
the whole were hear-

a "Ingovs LTIraw. i Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Lrtraw. K καὶ ὃ and the a,
m — δὲ and [L]rTz[a]. 0 ἑνὶ One LTTrA. ° — §€and Ltr.
κρισις T. r— δὲ and LiTr. 5 διερμηνεία L.
LTTrAW. -- εἰς ΤΤΤΑΥ͂. *%

Ρ — δὲ and Lrr.
nv t πολλὰ ἔχει LTTrA.
— ; (read it is not on account of this not of the body.) ur.

1 — ἐστιν GLTTrAW.
9 διά-
ν — τοῦ ἑνός

458

ing, where were the
smelling? 18 But now
hath God set the mem-
bers every one of them
in the body, as it hath
pleasedhim. 19 Andif
they were all one mem-
ber, where were the
body ? 20 But now are
they many members,
yet but one body.
21 And the eye can-
not say unto the
hand, I have no need
of thee: nor again
the head to the feet,
1 have no need of
you. 22 Nay, much
more those members
of the body, which
seem to be more feeble,
are necessary : 23 and
those members of the
body, which we think
to be less honourable,
upon these we bestow
more abundant hon-
our ; and our uncome-
ly parts have more
abundant comeliness.
24 For ourcomely parts
have noneed : but God
hath tempered the
body together, having
given more abundant
honour to that part
which lacked: 25 that
there should be no
schism in the body;
but that the members
should have the same
care one for another.
26 And whether one
member suffer, all the
members suffer with
it ; or one member be
honoured, all the mem-
bers rejoice with it.
27 Now yeare the body
of Christ, and mem-
bers in particular.
28 And God hath set
some in the church,
first apostles, second-
arily prophets, thirdly
teachers, after that
miracles, then gifts of
healings, helps, go-
vernments, diversities
of tongues, 29 Are all
vpostles ? are all pro-
phets ἢ are all teach-
ers? are all workers
of miracles? 30 have
all the gifts of heal-
ing? do all speak with
tongues ? do all inter-
pret? 31 But covet
earnestly the best
gifts: and yet shew I
unto you a more ex-
cellent way.

XIII. Though I speak
with the tongues of

i P:O;>) pK Ὁ BLN ΘΕ ΟΌΣ Σ ΑΔ. ΧΙ.
ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις ; 18 νυνὶ" δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη,
hearing, wherethe smelling? But now God set the members,

“a ee ? ~ ) » , ‘ ΕΣ A ᾽ ι
ἕν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν. 19 εἰ δὲ
Zone ‘each ofthem in the body, according as he would. But if

ἦν "τὰ! πάντα ἕν μέλος, ποῦ τὸ σῶμα; 20 νῦν.δὲ πολλὰ

were all one member, where the body ? But now many
μὲν" μέλη, ἕν.δὲ σῶμα. 21 οὐ.δύναται. "δὲ « ὀφ-
{are the] members, but one body. And is not able (the]

θαλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρί, Χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω" ἢ πάλιν ἡ
eye tosay tothe hand, Need of thee [have not; or again the
κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν, Χρείαν ὑμῶν ovK-Exw. 22 ἀλλὰ πολλῷ
head to the feet, Need of you I have not. But much
μᾶλλον τὰ δοκοῦντα μέλη τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενέστερα ὑπάρ-
rather the ®which*seem'members7of*the *body °weaker to
χειν, ἀναγκαῖά tor’ 38καὶ ἃ δοκοῦμεν “ἀτιμότερα"
She, necessary are; and those which we think more void of honour
εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, τούτοις τιμὴν περισσοτέραν περιτίθεμεν᾽"
to be of the body, *these “honour more fabundant ‘we “put about ;
καὶ τὰ ἀσχήμονα ἡμῶν εὐσχημοσύνην περισαρτεραν ἔχει"
and the uncomely [parts] of us comeliness More abundant have;
24 τὰ.δὲ εὐσχήμονα ἡμῶν οὐ χρείαν ἔχει. “ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς
butthe comely (parts]ofus πὸ meed ‘have. But God
συνεκέρασεν τὸ σῶμα, τῷ ‘voTEepovYTt' περισσοτέραν
tempered together the body, to that being deficient more abundant
dove τιμήν, 25 wa μὴ- ἐσχίσμα" ἐν τῷ
“having “given ‘honour, that there might not be division in the
’ ? 4 ‘ > A « A ᾽ fe ~ 4A
σώματι, ἀλλὰ TO αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσιν τὰ
body, but ‘the same “for °one ‘another *might *have 7concern ‘the
μέλη" 26 καὶ "sire" πάσχει ἕν μέλος, ἰσυμπάσχει! πάντα
2members, And if suffers one member, sufferswith [it] all
τὰ μέλη" etre δοξάζεται ἕν᾽ μέλος, ἰσυγχαίρει' πάντα τὰ
the members; if be glorified one member, rejoice with [10] all the
μέλη. 27 ὕμεις δὲ ἐστε σῶμα χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ
members. ow ye are [the] body otf Christ, and members in
μέρους. 28 Kai ove μὲν ἔθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶ-
particular. And ‘certain *did *set ‘God in the assembly: first,
τον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλδ ove,
apostles ; secondly, prophets ; thirdly, teachers ;
ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, “elra! χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, "ἀντιλήψεις,"
then worksof power; then gifts of healings ; helps ;
κυβερνήσεις, γένη γλωσσῶν. 29 μὴ πάντες ἀπόστολοι; μὴ
governments; kinds of tongues. [Are] all apostles ?
πάντες προφῆται; μὴ πάντες διδάσκαλοι; μὴ πάντες δυνά-
811 prophets ? all teachers? [have] all works of
pec; 80 μὴ πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων ; μὴ πάντες
power ? all gifts *have of healings? 3411
γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν ; μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν ; 81 Ζηλοῦτε
‘do speak with tongues? 3411 ‘do interpret ? 2Be *emulous *of
δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ °Kpeitrova’' Kai ἔτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν
‘hut the *cifts ‘better, and yet *more “surpassing
ὁδὸν ὑμῖν δείκνυμι.
'a‘*way toyou Ishew.

Υ νῦν LTrA.
ἃ ἀτιμώτερα Ἑ.

Ἀ εἴ τι 1Γ anything rr.

™ ἔπειτα, LTTrA.

τ: [τὰ] LTrA.

" ἀντιλήμψεις LTTrA.

¢ + 9 the GLTTraWw.
Ε σχίσματα divisions T.
1 συν- T.

@ [ev] LTr. 5 — δὲ and G[L].
Γὑστερουμένῳ LTTrA.
k — ἕν (read a member) TTr[A].
ο μείζονα greater LTTrA.

ε ἀλλὰ LTTra.
τι συν- TA.

ΠῚ χν- 12°C’ Oh NT ET ἈΞ ΝΟ: 459

IN = , ~ “Ὁ πεν 7 ἊΣ ᾿ “,, ΤΡ δᾶ ofangels, and
13 ᾿Εὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ee: λαλῶ Καὶ Τῶν Toe nobelimeiey, bam

If withthe tongues of men Ispeak an become as sounding
> , > , Η ὯΝ ἐὰν on eS 2. ney Η brass, or a tink ling
ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην δὲ [AB OS 9 5 MAS χαλκὸς Xu 1 cymbal. 2 And though

of angels, but love have not, gee become “*brass tsounding or Thave the gift of pra-

κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον. 2 Ῥκαὶ ἐὰν" ἔχω προφητείαν, καὶ εἰδῶ τε στ οιτει
a mys "» “5

a EES clanging: πε if nets Ν rae Be a os ἘΠῚ iengsledge agente

τὰ μυστήρια πάντα Kai πᾶσαν THY γνῶσιν, “καὶ édy' ἔχω though I have all

2mysteries 1.11 and all knowledge, and if I have faith, so that I could

rs R ; a Ξ ᾿ rigs a) WO , remove mountains,
πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν, ὥστε ὄρη eran ἀγάπην.δὲ and have not cha-

τ F 2 : ἐ butlove ΤΙΓΓΣ, I am nothing.

ali pee ΐ 80 85 πεν ὑχρτ o remove, aukndthoush, bbe.
gr -EXW, Ξούθεν ειμι. 3 ‘kai ear’ Yop ig πάντα τὰ stow all my goods to
venot, nothing Iam. And if Igive arog hes ΠΕΣ all feed the poor, and

= > , though I give my body

ὑπάρχοντά. μου, “Kai ἐὰν" σι γοῦν τὸ σῶμά. μου ἕνα *xav@n- to be burned, and have
“my coe and if I deliver up my body that Imay be notcharity, it profiteth

πὰ Lo» 1 2 ~ « nes me nothing. 4 Charity

σωμαι," ἀγάπην.δὲ μὴ-.ἔχω, γοὐδὲν" ὠφελοῦμαι. 4 Ἣ ἀγάπη suffereth long, and is

burned, but love have not, a I am profited. Love kind; charity envieth

« , not; charity vaunteth
μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται: ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ. ζηλοῖ: τὴ ἀγάπη" οὐ Τοῦ iuself de Rob Heir

has patience, is kind; love is not envious; love “not ed up, 5 doth not be-
h tself I
περπερεύεται, οὐ-φυσιοῦται, 5 οὐκ. ἀσχημονεῖ, O-CnTEL τὰ pene een με σαν’
lis yain-glorious, is not puffed up, acts not umseemly, seeks not the things js not easily provoked,
ἑαυτῆς, οὐ.παροξύνεται, ov.oyiZerar τὸ κακόν, 6 οὐ.χαίρει a
of its own, is not quickly provoked, reckons not evil, rejoices not }yyt rejoiceth in the
. ~ > , ΄ \ ΤΟΣ r ΄ , . 36
ἐπὶτῇ ἀδικίᾳ, Yovyxaipe'.dé τῇ ἀληθείςι, 7 πάντα στέγει, ay τς
at ag Ose but rejoices with the truth; all things carers, thing ao hopeth all

πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑπομένει. ὃ Ἢ ἀγάπη | things, endureth all

allthings believes, allthings hopes, allthings endures. Love | pee eee

οὐδέποτε “Zerinre.' εἴτε. “δὲ᾽ προφητεῖαι, καταργηθήσονται. ἘΞ 2, prophecios,
ils: a al »

never fails; . but whether Ξ prophecies, they shall be done away ; ther there be tongues,
ElTE γλῶσσαι, παυσονται ELITE γνωσις. καταργηθήσεται. they shall cease ; whe-

ms ther there be know-
whether tongues, they shallcease; whether knowledge it shall be done away. ledge, itahall wack

9 ἐκ. “μέρους. γὰρ γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν" away. 9 For we know

or in part we know, and in rt we prophesy ; in part, and we pro-

᾿ d 5 phesy in part. 10 But

10 ὅταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, “τότε' τὸ ἐκ μέρους κατ- when that which ir
but when may come that which is perfect, that in part shall be perfect is come, then

ε ει that which is in part

αργηθήσεται. 11 ὅτε ἤμην νήπιος, “ὡς νήπιος ἐλάλουν," fwe shali be done away.
done away. When Iwas aninfant, as an infant I spoke, as 11 When Iwas achild,
δε κδὲὶ ve I spake as a child, I

νήπιος ἐφρόνουν, we νήπιος ἐλογιζόμην"" ὕτε.β δὲ" γέγονα ynderstood as a child,
an infant I thought, as aninfant I reasoned; but when I became I thought asa child:
\ ~ , , 1 but when I became a

ἀνήρ, κατήργηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου: 12 βλεπῦμεν γὰρ jan I putaway child.
aman, I did anes with the ee ofthe infant. For we see ish things. 12 For now
» -»’ we see through a glass
αρτι οι ἐσόπτρου ἐν αὐ ῳθστο τότε. δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς darkly ; but then toes

now through aglass obscurel but then face to to face: now I know

πρόσωπον" ἄρτι γινώσκω EK ΠΡ ας τύτειδὲ ExtyvMoopar 4" Part; butthen shall
face ; now I know in part, butthen Ishallknow 4m known. 13 And
καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. 13 νυνὶ.δὲ μένει πίστις, ἐλπίς ἢ nw sbideth faith,
hope, charity, these

mere as also I have been known. And now abides faith, hope, ἘΣ τ τς πὶ ne pe

2 ΄ Ε ᾽ - pea

ἀγάπη, τὰ.τρία.ταῦτα᾽ς μείζων.δὲ τούτων ἡ ἀγάπη. est of these is charity.
love ; these three things; but the greater of these [is] love. XIV. Follow after

14 Διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην᾽ ζηλοῦτε.δὲ τὰ πνευματικά, ea ἘΣ
Pursue love, and be emulous of spirituals, rather that ye may
μᾶλλον. δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε. 2 ὁ-γὰρ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, οὐκ Prophesy. 2 For he that
but rather that ye may-prophesy. For he that speaks witha tongue, not Jpop tongue speak-

eth not unto men, but

P Kay LA. q κἂν TrA. τ μεθιστάναι LTTr. 5 οὐδέν EGW. ¢ κἂν LTrd. νυ Ψωμίζω E.
¥ κἂν LA. x καυθήσομαι 1 shall be burned T. Υ οὐθὲντ. +7 in ayamm])LTrA. 7 ovy-T,
Ὁ πίπτει LTTrA. c[ée] tr. 4 --α τότε LTTrAW. © ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος LTTrAW. ξ ἐφρόνουν

ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόμην ὡς νήπιος LTTrA. gs — δὲ but ᾿ττγὰ.

460

unto God : for noman
understandeth him;
howbeit in the spirit
he speaketh mysteries.
3 But he that pro-
phesieth speaketh un-
to men to edification,
and exhortation, and
comfort. 4 He that
speaketh in an wun-
known tongue edifieth
himself ; but he that
prophesieth edifieth
the church. 5 I would
that ye allspake with
tongues, but rather
that ye prophesied :
for greater is he that
prophesieth than he
that speaketh with
tongues, except he
interpret, that the
church may receive
edifying. 6 Now, bre-
thren, if I come unto
you speaking with
tongues, what shall I
profit you, except I
shall speak to you
either by revelation, or
by knowledge, or by
prophesying, or by
doctrine? 7 Andeven
things without life
giving sound, whether
pipe or harp, except
they give a distinctio.

in the sounds, ho

shallit be known what
is piped or harped?
8 For if the trumpet
give an _ uncertain
sound, who shall pre-
pare himself to the
battle ? 9 So likewise
ye, except ye utter by
the tongue words easy
to be understood, how
shall it be known what
is spoken? for ye shall
speak into the air.
10 There are, it may
be, so many kinds of
voices in the world,
and none of them is
without signification.
11 Therefore if IT know
not the meaning of the
voice, I shall be unto
him that speaketh a
barbarian, and he that

barbarian unto me.

Il POs) 1K OPIN OLOY = A; XIV.

ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ "rq! θεῷ" οὐδεὶς. γὰρ ἀκούει, πνεύματι
to men speaks, but toGod: fornoone hears; 7in spirit
δὲ λαλεῖ μυστήρια: 3 ὁ. δὲ προφητεύων, ἀνθρώποις λαλεὶ
‘but he speaks mysteries. But hethat prophesies, to men speaks
οἰκοδομὴν Kai παράκλησιν καὶ παραμυθίαν. 4 ὁ λαλῶν
{for] building up and encouragement and consolation. He that speaks
γλώσσῃ, ἑαυτὸν οἰκοδομεῖ" 0.0 προφητεύων, ἐκκλησίαν
witha ὕοπρτιθ, himself buildsup; buthethat prophesies, [the] assembly
οἰκοδομεῖ. 5 θέλω.δὲ πάντας ὑμᾶς λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, μᾶλλον
builds up. Now I desire all you tospeak withtongues, “rather
δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε᾽ μείζων ‘yao! ὁ προφητεύων ἢ
‘but that ye should prophesy: *greater ‘for [is] hethat prophesies than
ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσαις, ἐκτὸς εἰμὴ διερμηνεύῃ, ἵνα ἡ ἐκ-
he that speaks with tongues, unless he should interpret, that the» as-
κλησία οἰκοδομὴν λάβῃ. 6 Νυνὶ" δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἐὰν ἔλθω
sembly building up may receive. And now, brethren, if Icome
πρὸς ὑμᾶς γλώσσαις λαλῶν, τί ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω, ἐὰν.μὴ
to you withtongnes speaking, what you shalllI profit, unless
Cawsey , A > 2 ’ Ain? ΄ Au?
ὑμῖν λαλήσω ἢ ἐν ἀποκαλύψει, ἢ ἐν γνώσει, ἢ ἐν προ-
to you I shall speak either in revelation, or in knowledge, or in pro-
΄ n 12 I ~ o ‘ ” ‘ ,
φητείᾳ, ἢ ἱὲν' διδαχῇ; 1ὕμως ra ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα,
phecy, or in teaching? ven lifeless things a sound '-=_ giving,
” 7 bY ” ΄ 7A ὃ αὶ δ \ m ~ , “af
εἴτε αὐλὸς εἴτε κιθάρα, ἐὰν διαστολὴν "τοῖς φθόγγοις
whether pipe or harp, if distinction to the sounds
μὴ.δῷ, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαρι-
they give not, how shall be known that being piped or being

“ζΖόμενον ; 8 καὶ. γὰρ ἐὰν ἄδηλον "φωνὴν σάλπιγξ' δῷ, τίς

harped ἢ For also if anuncertain sound atrumpet give, who

παρασκευάσεται εἰς πόλεμον ; 9 οὕτως καὶ “ὑμεῖς διὰ Τῆς
shall prepare himself for war ? So also ye, by meansof the
γλώσσης ἐὰν.μὴ εὔσημον λόγον δῶτε, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ

tongue unless anintelligible speech ye give, how shall be known that
λαλούμενον ; ἔσεσθε.γὰρ εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες. 10 Τοσαῦτα,

being spoken? for ye will be7into[*the]*air ‘speaking. So many,

> ΄ ΄ wee 02 lee. , . ORs Dar,
εἰ τύχοι, γενῆ PwVYwWY CcoTLY EV κόσμῳ, και ἐν Pav-
it may be, kinds of sounds there are ἰπ [{Π6] world, and none of

11 ἐὰν οὖν μὴ εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν
Tf therefore I know not the power
THC φωνῆς, ἔσομαι τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβᾶδος" καὶ ὁ
of the sound, I shall be tohimthat speaks abarbarian; and he that
λαλῶν, ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος" 12 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἐπεὶ ζηλωταί
a

speaks, “for *me *barbarian. So also ye, since emulous

τῶν" ἄφωνον"
them without [distinct] sound.

for seek

speaketh shall be WROTE TVEU LAT WY, πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ζηῆδτεῖ

12 Even so ye, foras-

of spiritual gifts, see

that ye may excel t

the edifying of the
ehurch. 13 Wherefore
tet him that speaketh
in an unknown tongue
pray that he may in-
terpret. 14 For if I
pray in an wnknown
tongue, my spirit pray-
eth, but my _ under-
standing 15 unfruitful.

much as yeare ion

15 What isitthen? 1

yeare ΟΥ̓ spirits, the buildingup ofthe assembly

ἵνα περισσεύητε. 13 “Διόπερ' ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, προσευ-
that ye may abound. Wherefore he that speaks with a tongue, let him
χέσθω ἵνα διερμηνεύῃ. 14 ἐὰν "γὰρ' προσεύχωμαι γλώσσῃ.
pray that he may interpret. For if I pray with a tongue,
τὸ πνεύμά.μου προσεύχεται; ὁ δὲ νοὔῦς.μον ἄκαρπός ἐστιν.
my spirit prays, but my understanding unfruitful is.
15 τί οὖν torw; προσεύξομαι τῷ πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι
What then is it? Iwillpray withthe Spirit, J Swill *pray
δὲ καὶ τῷ vot" ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ
‘put also with the understanding. Iwill praise withthe Spirit, I *will *praise

bh — τῷ LTTr[A].
the sound tn.
* [γὰρ] Ltr.

ἃ σάλπιγξ φωνὴν T.

k νῦν LTTrAW.
° εἰσὶν LTTrAW.

1 — ἐν T[tTr]. ™ τοῦ φθόγγου of
P — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ἢ διὸ LITrA.

i δὰ and LTTrA.

SERV’. I

*0é' καὶ ‘rq! vol.
Ibut also with the understanding.

COBINTHIANS.
16 ἐπεὶ ἐὰν τεὐλογήσῃς" "rq!
Else if thou bless with the

πνεύματι, ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου πῶς
spirit, he that fills the place of the uninstructed how
ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀμὴν ἐπὶ τῇ.σῃ.εὐχαριστίᾳ, ἐπειδὴ τί λέγεις
shallhesay the Amen δὖ thy giving of thanks, since what thou sayest
οὐκιοῖδεν; 17 σὺ.μὲν.γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, "ἀλλ᾽" ὁ ἕτερος
he knows not ὃ For thou indeed well givest thanks, but the other

οὐκ.οἰκοδομεῖται. 18 εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ ὕμου, πάντων ὑμῶν
is not built up. 1 thank 7God ‘my, ‘than ®all °of }°you

μᾶλλον *yAwacaic λαλῶν"" 19 "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ θέλω πέντε

Smore ‘with *tongues *speaking ; but in([the] assembly Idesire five
λόγους "dia τοῦ vodc! ov λαλῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ ἄλλους
words with *understanding ‘my tospeak, that also others

κατηχήσω, ἢ μυρίος λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ. 20 ᾿Αδελφοί, μὴ
I may instruct, than ten thousand words in a tongue. Brethren, *not

παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς. φρεσίν: ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε,
3children 1be in [your] minds, but in malice _—be babes ;

ταῖς.δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε. 21 ἐν τῷ νόμῳ rhe eam
but in [your] minds ?full *grown be. In the law it has n
mrat, Ὅτι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις, καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν “ἑτέροις. λα-
written, By other tongues, and by lips other I will
λήσω τῷκ.λαῴφ. τούτῳ, Kai οὐδ᾽ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου,

speak to this people, and noteven thus will they hear me,

λέγει κύριος. 232 Ὥστε ai γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖόν εἰσιν, οὐ

saith [the] Lord. Sothat the tongues for a sign are, not
τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις ἡ.δὲ. προφητεία,

to those that believe, but to the unbelievers ; but prophecy,

> ~ ? , ? AJ ~ , 2A

οὐ τοῖς ἀπίστοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 23 ἐὰν οὖν

not tothe unbelievers, but to those that believe. If therefore

ἀσυνέλθῃ" ἡ ἐκκλησία ὕλη ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό, Kai πάντες “γλώσ-
*come *together 'the assembly *whole inone place, and all with

~ Il > , A 2 ~ n »
σαις λαλῶσιν," εἰσέλθωσιν. δὲ ἰδιῶται ἢ ἄπιστοι,
tongues should speak, and come in uninstructed ones or unbelievers,

ovK-épovow Ori μαίνεσθε; 24 ἐὰν. δὲ πάντες προφητεύωσιν,
will they not say that ye are mad? But if all prophesy,
εἰσέλθῃ.δὲέ τις ἄπιστος ἢ ἰδιώτης, ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάν-
and should come in some unbeliever or uninstructed, heis convicted by all,
των, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων, 25 ‘kai οὕτως" τὰ κρυπτὰ

he is examined by all; and thus the secrets
τῆς καρδίας. αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται: καὶ οὕτως πεσὼν ἐπὶ
of his heart manifest become; and thus, falling upon
πρόσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ θεῷ. ἀπαγγέλλων ὅτι 80 θεὸς
Chis) face, he will do homage to God, dec that God
ὄντως ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν.
indeed amongst you is.
26 Ti οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί; ὅταν συνέρχησθε, ἕκαστος

What then isit, brethren? when yemaycometogether, each

b ε ~ ἢ λ 5 » ὃ ὃ ‘ ” i λ ~ » ? 2.
ὑμῶν" ψαλμὸν ἔχει, διδαχὴν ἔχει, 'yAdooay ἔχει, ἀποκά
of you a psalm has, a teaching has, a tongue has, 8. reve-

λυψιν Exe," ἑρμηνείαν Exe’ πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν *ye-

461

will pray with the spi-
rit,and Iwill pray with
the understanding al-
so: I will sing with
the spirit, and I will
sing with the under-
standing also. 16 Else
when thou shalt bless
with the spirit, how
shall he that oceupieth
the room of the un-
learned say Amen at
thy giving of thanks,
seeing he understand-
eth not what thousay-
est ? 17 For thou verily
givest thanks well, but
the other is not edified.
18 Ithank my God, I
speak with tongues
more than ye all:
19 yet in the church I
had rather five
words with my under-
standing, that by my
voice I might teach
others also, than ten
thousand words in
an unknown tongue.
20 Brethren, be not
children in under-
standing : howbeit in
malice be ye children,
but in understanding
be men, 21 In the law
it is written, With
men of other tongues
and other lips will I
ak unto this peo-
ple; and yet for all
that will they not hear
me, saith the Lord.
22 Wherefore tongues
are for a sign, not to
them that believe, but
to them that believe
not : but prophesying
serveth not for them
that believe not, but
for them which be-
lieve. 23 If therefore
the whole church be
come together into one
place, and all speak
with tongues, and
there come in those
that are unlearned, or
unbelievers, will they
not say that ye are
mad? £4 But if all
prophesy, and there
come in one that be-
lieveth not, or one un-
learned, he is convine-
ed of all, he is judged
of all: 25 and thus
are the secrets of his
heart made manifest ;
and so falling down
on his face he will
worship God, and re-
port that Godisin you
of a truth,
26 How is it then,
brethren? when ye
come together, every

lation has, aninterpretation has. Allthings for buildingup let be
s— δὲ {{π. ‘t—zt@thex. ¥ εὐλογῇς LTTrA.
LTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ Tr. Υ — μον GLTTraw.

5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA.
γλώσσαις LTTrA.
LTTr[A].

Ὁ τῷ vot LITrAW. ὀἔ ἑτέρων ‘others’ LTTra.
f - καὶ οὕτως GLTTTAW.
1 ἀποκάλυψιν ἔχει, γλῶσσαν ἔχει LTTrAW.

ν — τῷ (read mvev. with [the] Spirit)
2 γλώσσῃ λαλῶ I speak with a tongue urtra.
4 ἔλθῃ come L.
8 ὄντως 6 (— ὁ T) θεὸς LTTrAW.
Χ γινέσθω GLTTrAW.

© λαλῶσιν
h — ὑμῶν

402

one of you hath a
psalm, hath a doctrine,
hath a tongue, hatha
revelation, hath an in-
terpretation. Let all
things be done unto
edifying. 27 If any
man speak in an un-
known tongue, let it be
by two, or at the most
by three, and that by
course; and let one
interpret. 28 But if
there beno interpreter,
let him keep silence in
the church; and let
him speak to himself,
and to God. 29 Let
the prophets speak two
or three, and let the
other judge. 30 If any
thing be revealed to
another that sitteth
by, let the first hold
his peace. 31 For ye
may all prophesy one
by one, that all may
learn, and all may be
comforted. 32 And the
spirits of the prophets
are subject to the pro-
phets. 33 For God is
not the author of con-
fusion, but of peace, as
in all churches of the
saints.

34 Let your women
keep silence in the
churches : for it is not
permitted unto them
to speak ; but they are
comman to be un-
der obedience, as also
saiththelaw. 35 And
if they will learm any
thing, let them ask
their husbands at
home :forit is ashame
for women to
in the church.

36 What? came the
word of God out from
you? or came it unto
you only? 37 If any
man think himself to
be a prophet, or spi-
ritual, let him ac-
knowledge that the
things that I write un-
to you are the com-
mandments of the
Lord. 38 But if any
man be ignorant, let

i be ignorant.
39 Wherefore, breth-
ren, covet to prophesy,
and forbid not to speak
with tongues. 40 Let
all things be done de-
cently and in order,

. Moreover, bre-
thren, I declare unto
outhe gospel which
preached unto you,

1 ἑρμηνευτής LTr.
© — vpwy LTTrA.

is LITrAW.

P ἐπιτρέπεται LTTrAW.

IPOs AK ORUNG ELOY Ss: A.

νέσθω." 27 εἴτε γλώσσῃ
done.

XIV; Re.

τις λαλεῖ, κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ
If withatongue anyone speak, [letitbe] by two or the
πλεῖστον τρεῖς, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος, Kai εἷς διεομηνευέτω. 28 eave
most three, and insuccession, and one ‘let interpret: and if
4 33, , ΄ , ~ ‘
pny 'διερμηνευτήῆς, σιγάτω ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ: ἑαυτῷ. δὲ
there be not aninterpreter, let him be silent in an assembly; and to himself
λαλείτω καὶ τῷ θεῷ. 2 προφῆται.δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλεί-
let him speak and to God. And prophets two or ‘three et
τωσαν, καὶ ot ἄλλοι dvakpwéeTwoayv' 30 ἐὰν. δὲ ἄλλῳ
speak, and *the ‘others Net discern. Butif to another
ἀποκαλυφθῇ καθημένῳ, ὁ πρῶτος σιγάτω. 581 δύ-
Sshould *be 54 revelation ‘sitting *by, *the first 7let be silent. 7Ye
γνασθε yap καθ᾽ ἕνα πάντες προφητεύειν. Wa πάντες μαν-

Ξ0Ά} 1for one by one all prophesy, that all may
θάνωσιν, Kai πάντες παρακαλῶνται: 32 καὶ πνεύματα
learn, and all may be exhorted. And spirits

προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται: 33 ov-yap ἐστιν ἀκατα-
of prophets to prophets are subject. For “ποὺ the7is ‘of 7dis-
στασίας ὁ θεός, τι ἀλλ᾽" εἰρήνης. we ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις
order *the *God, but of peace, as in all the assemblies

τῶν "ἁγίων.
ofthe saints.
34 Αἱ! γυναῖκες οὑμῶν᾽ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν"
2Women ‘your in _ the assemblies let them be silent,
ov-yap-Pémirérparrar’ αὐταῖς λαλεῖν, τ ἀλλ᾽ αὑποτάσσεσθαι."
for it is not allowed to them to speak; but to be in subjection,
καθὼς Kai ὁ νόμος λέγει. BS εἰδὲ τι μαθεῖν θέλουσιν,
according as alsothe law says. But if anything tolearn they wish,
ἐν.οἴκῳ τοὺς. ἰδίους ἄνδρας ἐπερωτάτωσαν᾽ αἰσχρὸν. γάρ ἰστιν
athome their own husbands let them ask; forashame itis
τγυναιξὶν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ λαλεῖν."
for women in assembly to speak.
80 Ἢ ἀφ᾽ aay ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν; ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς
Or *from “you ‘the ‘word 7of*®God ‘went 7out, or to you
μόνους κατήντησεν; 37 εἴ τις δοκεῖ προφήτης εἶναι ἢ

only did it arrive ? If anyone thinks a prophet tobe or
πνευματικός, ἐπιγινωσκτω ἃ γράφω ὑμῖν, ὅτι "τοῦ"
spiritual, let him recognize the things I write toyou, that of the
κυρίου "εἰσὶν" τἐντολαί"" 88 εἰδέ τις ἀγνοεῖ. ““ἀγνοείτω."
Lord they are commands. But if any be ignorant, let him beignorant.
39 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοίξ, ζηλοῦτε τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν
Ξο ἐμπαῦ, brethren, be emulous to prophesy, and to speak
γγλώσσαις μὴ.κωλύετε." 40 πάντα " εὐσχημόνως Kai κατὰ
with tongues do not forbid. All things becomingly and with
τάξιν γινέσθω.
order let be done.

15 Γνωρίζω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὃ εὐηγ-
But I make known toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which Ian-
γελισάμην ὑμῖν, ὃ Kai παρελάβετε, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἑστήκατε,
nounced to you, which also ye received, in which also yestand,

2 ἁγίων, αἱ (read verse 33 joined to verse 34) GLT.
4 ὑποτασσέσθωσαν let them be in subjection Ltr.

τὸ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.

τ γυναικὶ (a woman) λαλεῖν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTra. * -- τοῦ (read of (the]) GLTTraw. ὃ ἐστὶν it
τ ἐντολή δι command Ltr[A]w ; — ἐντολαί τ. _™ ἀγνοεῖται he is ignored LT.
Υ μὴ κωλύετε (+ ἐν [L]4) γλώσσαις LTTrA. z+ δὲ

x + μον my (brethren) [1]7ττ| ΑἹ.

But (all things) curtraw.

XV. EYGORINTHIANS:

26: οὗ καὶ σώζεσθε, τίνι λόγῳ “ed

γελισάμην" ὑμῖν
by which also ye are being saved, Swhat Sword

ΤΊ “announced *to *°you
> , 2 a ? 1 2) “σῷ 5 , , ‘
εἰ KQTEXETE, ἐκτὸς εἰ. μὴ εἰκῆ ἐπιστεύσατε. 3 ἸΠαρέδωκα.γὰρ
4if 7ye *hold “fast, unless invain ye believed. For I delivered
ὑμῖν ἔν πρώτοις, ὃ Kai παρέλαβον, ὅτι χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν

toyou in the first place, what also I received, that Christ died
ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, κατὰ τὰς γραφάς" 4 Kai ὅτι
for our sins, according to the scriptures ; and that
2 ’ WZ ? , ~ c , « , il ‘ A
éTagn, Kat OTt ἐγήγερται TY TOL ἡμέρᾳ, κατα τας
he was buried ; and that he was raised the ae day, according to the
γραφάς" ὃ καὶ ὅτι ὥφθη Κηφᾷ. “εἶτα! τοῖς δώδεκα. 6 ἔπειτα
seriptures; and that he appeared to Cephas, then tothe twelve. Then

3

ὥφθη ἐπάνω πεντακοσίοις ἀδελφοῖς ἐφάπαξ, ἐξ ὧν οἱ

he appeared toabove five hundred brethren at once, of whom the
ἐπλείους! μένουσιν ἕως ἄρτι, τινὲς.δὲ ‘rai ἐκοιμήθησαν.
greater part Temain until now, but some also _ are fallen asleep.

7 ἔπειτα ὥφθη Ἰακώβῳ, *elra" τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πᾶσιν.
Then he appeared to James; then to *the Sapostles tall;

8 ἔσχατον.δὲ πάντων, ὡσπερεὶ τῷ. ἐκτρώματι, ὠφθη κἀμοί.
and last of all, as to an abortion, he appeared also to me.

9 éyw.yap εἰμι ὁ ἐλάχιστος THY ἀποστόλων, ὃς οὐκ εἰμὶ

For I am the least of the apostles, who am not
ε 4 ~ ? , , ? , A ? ΄
ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος. διότι ἐδίωξα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν
δι to be called apostle, because I persecuted the assembly

τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 χάριτιιδὲ θεοῦ εἰμι 0 εἰμι, καὶ ἡ-χάρις. αὐτοῦ
of God. But by grace of God Iam what Iam, and his grace

ἢ) εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλὰ περισσότερον αὐ-

which [was]towards me not void hasbeen, but more abundantly than

τῶν πάντων ἐκοπίασα" οὐκ.ἐγὼ.δέ, FAX’ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ

them all I laboured, but not I, but the grace of God
δὴ" σὺν ἐμοί. 11 εἴτε οὖν ἐγὼ εἴτε ἐκεῖνοι, οὕτως κηρύσ-
with me, Whether therefore I or they, sO we

σομεν, Kai οὕτως ἐπιστεύσατε. 12 Ἐῤ δὲ χριστὸς κηρύσσεται,

preach, and so ye believed. Now if Christ is preached,
fore =k νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται, πῶς λέγουσίν *rivec
that from among [the] dead hehas beenraised, how say some

ἐν ὑμῖν" ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.ἔστιν; 18 εἰ δὲ ἀνά-
among you’ that ἃ τοβυστθούίζοη of [the] dead there is not? But if aresur-
στασις νεκρῶν οὐκιἔστιν, οὐδὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται" 14 εἰ δὲ
rection οὗ [{Π6] dead there 15 ποῦ, neither Christ has been raised: but if
χριστὸς οὐκ.ἐγήγερται, κενὸν ἄρα ' τὸ.κἠρυγμα.-ἡμῶν, κενὴ
Christ 885 ποῦ beenraised, thenvoid fis} our proclamation, 2void
mde! καὶ ἡ.πίστις. ὑμῶν. 15 εὑρισκόμεθα.δὲ καὶ Wevdoudorupec
Jand also your faith. And we arefound also false witnesses
τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἤγειρεν
of God; for we witnessed concerning God that he raised up
τὸν χριστόν, ὃν οὐκ.ἤγειρεν εἴπερ ἄρα νεκροὶ οὐκ
the Christ, whom he raised not if then [the] dead *not
ἐγείρονται: 16 εἰγὰρ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται, οὐδὲ χριστὸς
tare raised. For if [the] dead arenotraised, neither Christ
ἐγήγερται" 17 et.de χριστὸς οὐκ. ἐγήγερται, ματαία ἡ πίστις
ist i

has been raised : but if has not been raised, vain *faith

463

which also ye have re-
ceived, and wherein ye
stand ; 2 by which al-
so ye are saved, if ye
keep in memory what
I preached unto you,
unless ye have believed
in vain. 3 For I de-
livered unto you first
of all that which I
also received, how that
Christ died for our
sims according to the
scriptures ; 4 and that
he was buried, and
that he rose again the
third day according to
the scriptures : 5 and
that he was seen of
Cephas, then of the
twelve: 6 after that,
he was seen of above
five hundred brethren
at once; of whom
the greater part re-
main unto this pre-
sent, but some are
fallen asleep. 7 After
that, he was seen of
James ; then of all the
apostles. 8 And last of
all he was seen of me
also, as of one born
out of due time. 9 For
Iam the least of the
apostles, that am not
meet to be called an
apostle, because I per-
secuted the church of
God. 10 But by the
grace of God am
what I am: and his
grace which was be-
stowed upon me was
not in vain; but I
laboured more abun-
dantly than they all:
yet not I, but the grace
of God which was with
me. 11 Therefore whe-
ther it were I or they,
80 we preach, and so
ye believed. 12 Now if
Christ be preached that
he rose from the dead,
how say some among
you that there is no
resurrection of the
dead? 13 But if there
be no resurrection of
the dead, then is
Christ not risen:14 and
if Christ be not risen,
then is our preaching
vain, and your faith zs
also vain. 15 Yea, and
we are found false
witnesses of God; be-
cause we have testified
of God that he raised
up Christ: whom he
Taised not up, if so be
that the dead rise not.
16 For if the dead rise
not, then is not Christ
raised: 17 and if Christ

> εὐαγγελισάμην L.
LTTraw. {— καὶ LTTr[A].
νεκρῶν OTL A,

© ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ LTTrAW.
* ἔπειτα TA. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.
Kev ὑμῖν τινὲς LTTraw. | + καὶ also [L]raw.

4 ἔπειτα T.
bh — ἡ LTTrA.
m — δὲ LTTraw.

© πλείονες
i ἐκ

464

be not raised, your
faith is vain; ye are
yet in your sins.
18 Then they also
which are fallen asleep
in Christ are perished.
19 If in this life only
we have hope in Christ,
we are of all men most
miserable,

20 But now is Christ
risen from the dead,
and become the first-
fruits of them that
slept. 21 For since by
man came death, by
man came also the re-
surrection of the dead.
22 For asin Adam all
die, even so in Christ
shall all be made a-
live. 23 But every man
in his own order:
Christ the firstfruits ;
afterward they that
are Christ’s at his
coming. 24 Then com-
eth the end, when he
shall have delivered
up the kingdom to
God, even the Father ;
when he shall have put
down all rule and all
authority and power.
25 For he must reign,
till he hath put all
enemies under his feet.
26 The last enemy that
shall be destroyed is
death. 27 For he hath
put all things under

is feet. But when he
saith,all things are put
under him, it is mani-
fest that he is except-
ed, which did put all
things under him.
28 And when all things
shall be subdued unto
him, then shall the
Son also himself be
subject unto him that
ane all things under

that God may be
all in all.

29 Else what shall
they do which are
baptized for the dead,
if the dead rise not
at all? why are they
then baptized for the
dead? 30 and why
stand we in jeopardy
every hour? 31 I pro-
test by your rejoicing
which 1 have in Christ
Jesus our Lord, I die
daily. 32 If after the
manner of men 1 have

HPOSAKOPINGVOYS “A. XV.
ὑμῶνο" ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν Taic.apapriac.tpoy' 18 ἄρα.καὶ οἱ
your [is]; still ye are in your sins, And then those that

κοιμηθέντες ἔν χριστῷ ἀπώλοντο. 19 εἰ ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ. ταύτῃ
fell asleep in Christ Laban τος If in this life

Ρηλπικότες. ἐσμὲν ἐν orange μόνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀν-
2we *have ere Sin hrist ‘only, more miserable than all

θρώπων ἐσμέν.
men we are.

20 Νυνὶ.δὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ
Βαῦ πο Christ has been raised from among (the] dead, first-fruit

τῶν κεκοιμημένων “ἐγένετο. 21 ἐπειδὴ. γὰρ δι᾿ ἀνθρώπου
of those fallen asleep he became, For since by man [18]

r « " θ ᾽ὔ 4 ὃ 3Μ} 9 θ ’ ᾽ ΄ 99 iA
ὁ" θάνατος, καὶ dv ἀνθρώπου avacracicg νεκρῶν. MAS.
death, also by man resurrection of Kee dead,

yap iv τῷ Addp πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, οὕτως Kai ἐν τῷ
‘for in Adam all die, 80 also in the

χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται. 23 ἕκαστος.δὲ ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ
Christ all shall be made alive. But each in his own

τάγματι: ἀπαρχὴ χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ " χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ
rank: Ethel 3first-fruit ‘Christ, then those of a at

παρουσίᾳ. αὐτοῦ" 24 εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ἱ ὅταν ἱπαραδῷ" τὴν
his coming. Then the end, when he shall have given up the

βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, ὅταν καταργήσῃ
kingdom tohim ὙΠῸ [15] God and Father; when he shall have Snnubied

~ > \ ‘ ~ > , ‘4 ’ὔ
πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν καὶ δύναμιν: 25 δεῖ. γὰ

all rule and all authority and ed For it Ls
αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, "ἄχρις" οὗ “ἂν' πάντας τοὺς
him to zclen; until he 48 aveput 41

ἐχθροὺς * ὑπὸ τοὺς. πόδας αὐτοῦ. 26 ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς Karap-

enemies under his feet. {The} last enemy an-
~ « , e ‘ a
γεῖται ὁ θάνατος. 27 Πάντα.γὰ ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς
nulled [is] death. For all things he put in subjection under

πόδας.αὐτοῦ" ὅταν.δὲ εἴπῃ Yoru πάντα ὕὑποτέτακται,

his feet. But when it be said that all things have been put in subjection,
δῆλον Ort ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα"

[it is] manifest that [it is]except him who putin subjection to him 811 things.
28 ὕὅταν.δὲ ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, τότε
But when shall have been put in eo tohim 81] things, then

‘cai! αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὕὑποτάαξαντι
also “himself ‘the 7Son will be pat in oe to him who put in subjection

αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τὰ" πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν.
tohim all ee that 7may*be ‘God all in all

29 ᾿Επεὶ ri ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν

Since what shallthey do who are baptized for the dead
εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται; τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ
if “αὖ 5411 [Ὁ}6] 7dead “not are raised? why also are they peut for
ὑγῶν νεκρῶν" ; 30 τί καὶ ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν;

the dead ? Why also ‘arein danger every hour?
31 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω, Kl τὴν ἩΜΈΤΕΡΟΝ. καύχησιν, 4
Dally: I die, boasting,
82 εἰ κατὰ

ἣν ἔχω ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ. ΡΒ -ἡμῶν.
10)

which I have in’ Christ Jesus rd If according te

° + [ἐστίν] is L.
τας δ LTTr[A]Ww.
LTTrA.
*— καὶ [L]tr[a].

ἡ ἄχρι TA.
8 — 7a LTrA.

P ἐν χριστῷ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν LTTrAW. 4 — ἐγένετο GLTTraw.
* + τοῦ (read of the Christ) GLTTraw. t παραδιδοῖ he may give up
ν᾿ — av LTTrAW. x + [αὐτοῦ] his (enemies) L. Σ [Ore] L.

Ὁ αὐτῶν them GLTTraw. ς ὑμετέραν yOur EGLTTraw.

4 + ἀδελφοί brethren LTTra.

XV. fF ΟΝ ΉΤΑΝ Κ᾽:

ἄνθρωπον ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, τί μοι τὸ δὔφελος,
man I fought with beasts in Ephesus, what tome the profit,

εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται 3 φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν,

if [the] dead are not raised ? We may eat and we may drink;

αὔριον.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. 33 μὴ.πλανᾶσθε" φθείρουσιν ἤθη

for to-morrow we die Be not misled : “corrupt Smanners

fyvono@’! ὁμιλίαι κακαί. 84 ἐκνήψατε δικαίως, καὶ μὴ
*cood Seopa ome Jevil. Awakeup righteously, and “ποῦ

ἁμαρτάνετε: ἀγνωσίαν. γὰρ θεοῦ τινες ἔχουσιν" πρὸς ἐντροπὴν

1818; forignorance of αοᾶ some have: to *shame
ὑμῖν λέγω."
‘your 1ΒΡ68Κ,
35 AN’! ἐρεῖ τις, Πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί; ποίῳ
But willsay someone, ΗΟ areraised the dead? wii Swhat
δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται; 36 'άφρον,, σὺ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ
‘and body do they come? Fool; *thou *what sowest, ?not

ζωοποιεῖται ἐὰν. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" 37 καὶ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ TO σῶμα
‘is quickened unless it die. And what thou sowest, notthe body

τὸ γενησόμενον σπείρεις, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι,
that shall be thou sowest, but a bare grain, it may be
σίτου ἢ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν 38 ὁ.δὲ. θεὸς αὐτῷ δίδωσιν"

οὗ wheat or of some one ofthe γχοϑῦ ; and God to it gives

σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν, Kai ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων τὸ" ἴδιον
a body according as he willed, and toeach of the seeds its own

σῶμα. 89 ob πᾶσα σὰρξ ἡ αὐτὴ σάρξ: ἀλλὰ ἄλλη μὲν
body. Not every flesh [is}the same flesh, but one

ἰσὰρξ' ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλη.δὲ σὰρξ κτηνῶν, ἄλλη. δὲ τ πἰχθύων,

flesh of men, and another flesh of beasts, and another a fishes,
ἄλλη.δὲ πτηνῶν." 40 καὶ σώματα ἐπουράνια, καὶ
and another of birds. And bodies [there are} heavenly, and
σώματα ἐπίγεια' “ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων
bodies earthly: but = different [151 the *of the *heavenly
δόξα, ἑτέρα δ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων. 41 ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου,

*glory, and different that of the ear Ne glory of [the] sun,
καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, Kai ἄλλη δόξα. aoTipwy' ἀστὴρ

and another glory of[the} moon, and another glory of [the] stars; star
γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. 42 οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις
for “from ‘star ‘differs in glory. So 8180 [15] the resurrection

τῶν νεκρῶν. σπείρεται ἔν φθορᾷ, ἐγείρεται ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ"
ofthe dead. Itissown in ne Tae it is raised in inecrruptipllity.

43 σπείρεται ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ" σπείρεται ἐν ἀ-
Itissown in dishonour, itisraised in glory. Itissown in weak-

σθενείᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δυνάμει: 44 σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν,
uess, it israised in power. Itissown a*body ‘natural,

ἐγείρεται pele πνευματικόν. Piotr σῶμα ψυχικόν, “καὶ

one

465
fought with beasts at
Ephesus, what ad-

vantageth it me, if
the dead rise not? let
useatand drink ; for
to morrow we die.
33 Be not deceived :
evil communications
corrupt good manners.
34 Awake to righteous-
ness, and sin not ; for
some have not the
knowledge of God: I
speak this to your
shame.

35 But some maz
will say, How are the
dead raised up? and
with what body do
they come? 36 hou
fool, that which thou
sowest is not quicken-
ed, except it die: 37 and -
that which thou sow-
est, thou sowest not
that body that shall
be, but bare grain, it

may chance of wheat,
or of some other grain:
38 but God giveth it a
body as it hath pleas-
ed him, and’ to every
seed his own body.
39 All ἤθε ἐδ not the
same flesh: but ihere
ts one kind of fiesh
of men, another flesh
of beasts, another of
fishes, and another of
birds, 40 There are al-
so celestial bodics, and
bodies terrestrial: but
the glory of the celes-
tial 7 one, and the
glory of the terrestrial
ws another. 41 There
is oneglory of the sun,
and another glory of
the moon, and another
glory of the stars: for
one star differeth from
another star in glory.
42 So 8150 8 the resur-
rection of the dead. It
is sown in corruption ;
it is raised in incor-
ruption : 43 it is sown
in dishonour; it is
raised in glory: it is
sown in weakness ; it
is raised in power: 44 it
is sown a natural
body ; it is raised a
spiritual body. There

it is raised eonoay ‘spiritual : there is a*body ‘natural, and is a natural body, and
i Fy A there is a spiritual
ἔστιν! σῶμα" πνευματικόν. 45 οὕτως καὶ γέγραπται, body. 45 And so it is
there is a *body 1gpiritual, So also it has been written, written, The first man
A « Adam was made a liy-

Ἐγένετο ὁ πρῶτος BETES ee εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν" ὁ ing soul; 5 the last A-
‘Became ‘the first a*soul ‘living; the damwas made a quick
ening spirit. 46 How-

ἔσχατος Add εἰς πνεῦμα ΠΝ κοθν 46 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πρῶτον beit that was not first
last Adam a*spir® ‘quickening. But not first [was] which 185 spiritual,

© ὄφελος ; ᾿ς . ἐγείρονται, (end the question at profit)Girtra. χρηστὰ GTTraW. Ε λαλῶ
LTTrA. h ἀλλὰ TTr. i ἄφρων LTTrA. j δίδωσιν αὐτῷ LTTraw. k — τὸ LTTra.

1 — σὰρξ GLTT: Aw.
ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.
LTTraw.

m+ σὰρξ flesh [L}rTra.
P + et if Lrtraw.
5 [ἄνθρωπος] 1».

2 πτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ ἰχθύων LITrAW.
4 ἔστιν και there is also LTTraw.

— σῶμα

ἘΠῚ ἘΠ

406

but that which is na-
tural: and afterward
that which is spiritual.
47 The first man is of
the earth, earthy : the
second man ts the Lord
from heaven. 48 As i
the earthy, such are
they also that are
earthy : and as 7s the
heavenly, such are
they also that are
heavenly. 49 And as we
have borne the image
of the earthy, we shall
also bear the image of
the heavenly. 50 Now
this I say, brethren,
that flesh and blood
cannot inherit the
kingdom of God ; nei-
ther doth corruption
inherit incorruption.

51 Behold, I shew
you a mystery; We
shall not all sleep, but
we shall all be chang-
ed, 52 ina moment, in
the twinkling of an
eye, at the last trump:
for the trumpet shall
sound, and the dead
shall be raised incor-
ruptible, and we shall
be changed, 53 For this
eorruptible must put
on incorruption, and
this mortal must put
on immortality. 54 So
when this corruptible
shall have put on in-
eorruption, and this
mortal shall have put
en immortality, then
shall be brought to
pass the saying that
is written, Death is
swallowed up in vic-
tory. 55 O death, where
ws thy sting ? O grave,
where 18 thy victory ?
56 The sting of death
?gsin; and the strength
of sin wt the law.
57 But thanks be to
God, which giveth us
the victory through
our Lord Jesus Christ,
58 Therefore, my be-
loved brethren, be ye
stedfast, unmoveable,
always abounding in
the work of the Lord,
forasmuch as ye know
that your labour is
not in vain in the
Lord.

XVI. Now concern-
ing the collection for
the saints, as I have

ΤΡΌΘΕΣΣ ΣΚΕΟΣΕΝ ΘΟ ΤΣ A XV, ΧΥΙ

τὸ πνευματικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν.
the spiritual, but the natural, then the spiritual :

47 ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς, χοϊκός᾽ ὁ δεύτερος ἄν-
the first man out of earth, made of dust; the second
θρωπος, to κύριος" ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 48 οἷος ὁ χοϊκός, τοιοῦτοι
man, the Lord outof heaven. Such as he madeof dust, such
καὶ οἱ χοϊκοί' καὶ οἷος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ
also[are]those made of dust; and such asthe heavenly [one], such also the
ἐπουράνιοι: 49 καὶ καθὼς ἐφορέσαμεν THY εἰκόνα τοῦ
heavenly [ones]. Andaccording as we bore the image of the [one]
χοϊκοῦ, τφορέσομεν" καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου.
made of dust, weshallbear also the image οὗ Π6 [3956] ‘heavenly.
50 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αμα ββασιλείαν
Βαύ this LIsay, brethren, that flesh and blood[the} kingdom

θεοῦ κλη ἡηρονομῆσαι οὐ- δύνανται," οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀ-
of God inherit leannot, nor 2corruption *incor-

φθαρσίαν *c\npovopet."

ruptibility ‘does *inherit.
51 ᾿Ιδοὺ μυστήριον ὑμῖν λέγω" Πάντες μὲν" τοὺ κοιμηθη-
Lo amystery toyou I tell: All Snot ‘we *shall
σόμεθα΄ πάντες.δὲ ἀλλαγησόμεθα, 52 ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν
fall asleep, but all we shall be changed, in an instant, in [the]
ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι: σαλπίσει.γάρ,

twinkling of an eye, at the last for a trumpet shall sound,

καὶ ot νεκροὶ δἐγερθήσονται" ἄφθαρτοι, Kai ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησό-

trumpet ;

andthe dead Bball beraised incorruptible, and we shall be
‘ A ~ ? ’ ? ΄
μεθα. 53 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸ.φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν,
changed. For it Rees this corruption to put on incorruptibility,
καὶ τὸ.θνητὸν.τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν. 54 ὕταν.δὲ τὸ
and this mortal to put on immortality. But when
φθαρτὸν. τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν, Kai τὸ θνητὸν. τοῦτο
this jonah shall have put on incorruptibility, and this mortal

ἀθανασίαν, τότε γενήσεται ὁ λόγος ὁ γε-
immortality, then 5881] come to pass the word that has
γραμμένος, Κατεπόθη ὁθάνατος εἰς νῖκος. 55 ἸΠοῦ σου,
been written: *Was *swallowed *up ldeath in victory. Where of thee,
΄ \ ~ Yo ~ \
θάνατε. τὸ ὑκέντρον" ; ποῦ σου, “ἀδη," τὸ »vixoc'; 56 Τὸ δὲ
O death, the sting ? where of thee, O hades, the victory? Now the

κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία: ἡ.δὲ δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρ-
sting of death [is] sin, and the BOWED: of sin

riac ὁ νόμος" 57 τῷ.δὲ θεῷ χάρις τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν τὸ νῖκος

ἐνδύσηται
shall have put on

the law; but to God [be]thanks, who gives us the victory
διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου.-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 58 “Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου
by our Lord Jesus Christ. Sothat, my brethren

ἀγαπητοί, εὐραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι, περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ
beloved, 106, immovable, spor ae in the

ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου πάντοτε, εἰδότες ore ὁ. κόπος. ὑμῶν OUK.EOTLY

work ofthe Lord always, knowing that your toil is not
κενὸς ἐν κυρίῳ.
void in([the] Lord.

16 Περὶ. δὲ τῆς Aoyiac τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, ὥσπερ

Now concerning the collection which(is]for the saints, as

νομήσει Shall inherit L.
sleep, but not all &.) L.

¥ φορέσωμεν we should bear Lrtr. dvvarae TTr. χ «Anpo-
¥ — μὲν [L]T Tra. * κοιμηθησόμεθα, ov (read we shall all
4 ἀναστήσονται L. Ὁ νῖκος Und κέντρον transposed LTTr.

ς θάνατε O death Lttra.

XVI. 1 ΚΟΛΟΣΕΣΙΕΝ TET ACN SS?
διέταξα ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς
I directed the assemblies of Galatia, 80 also ye

΄ \ , ΄ ; oe « ~ ?
ποιήσατε. 2 κατὰ.μίαν σαββάτων. ἕκαστος ὑμῶν παρ

do. Every first [day] ofthe week “each Sof*you ‘by
« ~ , ͵ « e n Il ? ὃ ~ - ev A
ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω, θησαυρίζων ὕ.τι “ἂν εὐοδῶται ἵνα μὴ
Thim ‘let *put, treasuring up whatever he may be prospered in, that not
ὅταν ἔλθω τότε λογίαι γίνωνται. 3 ὕταν.δὲ παραγένω-

when I may come then collections there should be. And when I shall have

τ᾿ JAY , ~ ,ὔ [2
μαι, οὗς ἐὰν" δοκιμάσητε Ov ἐπιστολῶν τούτους πέμψω
arrived, whomsoever yemay approve by epistles these I will send

ἀπενεγκεῖν τὴν χάριν. ὑμῶν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ 4 ἐὰν. δὲ %y

to carry your bounty to Jerusalem : andif it be
SF; " ~ > Uy 4 > A , 5 “BN ,
ἄξιον" τοῦ κἀμὲ πορεύεσθαι, σὺν» ἐμοὶ πορεύσονται. εὑ-
suitable for me also to go, with me they shall go. 21 Swill
σομαι δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὅταν Μακεδονίαν διέλθω"
“come ‘but to you when Macedonia Ishall have gone through ;

Μακεδονίαν.γὰρ διέρχομαι. 6 πρὸς ὑμᾶς.δὲ τυχὸν παραμενῶ,
for Macedonia I do go through, And with you it may be I shall stay,
ἢ Kai παραχειμάσω, va ὑμεῖς pe προπέμψητε οὗ ἐὰν
or even I shall winter, that ye me maysetforward wheresoever
πορεύωμαι. 7 οὐ.θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἐν παρόδῳ ἰδεῖν" ἐλπίζω

Imay go. ForIwillnot *you ‘now ‘in “passing ‘to7see, %I *hope
bOé! χρόνον τινὰ ἐπιμεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος ᾿ἐπι-
τραῦ atime ‘certain to remain with you, if the Lord per-
τρέπῃ." ὃ ἐπιμενῶ.δξὲ᾿ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ ἕως τῆς πεντηκοστῆς"
mit. But I shall remain in Ephesus till Pentecost,

9 θύρα.γάρ por ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη Kai ἐνεργῆς; Kai ἀντι-

Fora ΟΟΥ tome has been opened great and efficient, and op-

πολλοί.

κείμενοι
(are) many.

posers
10 ’Edy.dé ἔλθῃ Τιμόθεος, βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται
Nowif come *Timotheus, see that without fear he may be
πρὸς ὑμᾶς" τὸ.γὰρ ἔργον κυρίου ἐργάζεται, ὡς *eai éyw.'
with you; forthe work of[the]) Lord heworks, as even 1.
11 μή τις οὖν αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ᾽ προπέμψατε.δὲ αὐτὸν
*Not “anyone ‘therefore him should despise ; but set forward him
ἐν εἰρήνῃ, wa ἔλθῃ πρός |e ἐκδέχομαι.γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ
in peace, that hemaycome to me ; for I await him with
τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 12 Περὶ. δὲ ᾿Απολλὼ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, πολλὰ
the brethren. Andconcerning Apollos the __ brother, much
παρεκάλεσα αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετὰ τῶν
I exhorted him that he should go to you with the
ἀδελφῶν" Kai πάντως οὐκ ἦν θέλημα ἵνα νῦν ἔλθῃ,
brethren; and not at all was [his] will that now he should come ;

ἐλεύσεται. δὲ bray εὐκαιρήσῃ. 18 ΓΤρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε

but he will come when he shall have opportunity. Watch γε; stand fast
ἐν πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, πὶ κραταιοῦσθε. 14 πάντα
in the faith, quit yourselves like men, be strong. 2411 “things

ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω.
our *in ‘love ‘let be done.
15 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί: οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ,
But I exhort you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stephanas,
ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Axatac, καὶ εἰς διακονίαν τοῖς ἁγίοις
that itis “first-fruit +Achaia’s, and "for ‘service ‘tothe ‘saints

467

given order to the
churches of Galatia,
even so do ye. 2 Upon
the first day of the
week let every one of
you lay by him in
store, as God hath
prospered him, that
there be no gather-
ings when I come.
3 And when I come,
Wwhomsoever ye shall
approve by your let-
ters, them will I send
to bring your liberal-
ity unto Jerusalem.
4 And if. it be meet
that I go also, they
shall go with me.
5 Now I will come un-
to you, when I shall
pass through Mace-
donia: for I do
pass through Mace-
donia. 6 And it may
be that I will abide,
yea, and winter with
you, that ye may bring
Ime On my journey
whithersoever I go.
7 For I will not tee
you now by the way ;
but I trust to tarry a
while with you, if the
Lord permit. 8 But I
will tarry at Ephesus
until Pentecost. 9 For
a great door and ef-
fectual is opened unto
me, and there are
many adversaries,

10 Now if Timo-
theus come, see that
he may be with you
without fear: for he
worketh the work of
the Lord, as I also do,
11 Let no man there-
fore despise him: but
conduct him forth in
peace, that he may
come unto me: for [
look for him with the
brethren. 12 As touch-
ing our brother Apol-
los, I greatly desired
him to come unto you
with the brethren: but
his will was not at all
to come at this time;
but he will come when
he shall have conveni-
ent time. 13 Watch
ye, stand fast in the
faith, quit you like
men, be strong. 14 Let
all your things be
done with charity.

15 I beseech you,
brethren, (ye know the
house of Stephanas,
that it is the first-
fruits of Achaia, and
that they have ad-
dicted themselves to
the ministry of the

[ἂν Ltr.
1 ἐμέ LTr.

© ἐὰν Tr.

4 σαββάτου LTTrAW. :
Κ κἀγώ LTTrA.

ἕξ ἄξιον ἢ LTA.
ἱ ἐπιτρέψῃ LTTraw.

h γὰρ for GLTTraw.

m+ [καὶ] and L.

468

saints,) 16that ye sub-
mit yourselves unto
such, and to every one
that helpeth with us,
and laboureth. 17 I
am glad of the coming
of Stephanas and For-
tunatus and Achai-
cus: for that which
was lacking on your
part they have sup-
lied. 18 For they

ve refreshed my
spirit and yours:
therefore acknowledge
ye them that are such,
19 The churches of
Asia salute you. A-
quila and Priscilla
salute you much in
the Lord, with the
church that is in their
house. 20 All the breth-
ren greet you. Greet
ye one another with
an holy kiss.

21 The salutation of
me Paul with mine
own hand. 22 If any
man love not the Lord
Jesus Christ, let him
be Anathema Maran-
atha. 23 The grace of
our Lord Jesus Christ
be with you. 24 My
love be with you all in
Christ Jesus. Amen.

I POs VRGOePAWNOWTO GS BR. ee
ἔταξαν ἑαυτούς" 16 ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ὑποτάσσησθε τοῖς
‘they ?appointed *themselves,) that also ye be subject

τοιούτοις, καὶ παντὶ τῷ συνεργοῦντι Kai κοπιῶντι. 17 Xaiow
tosuch, andtoeyeryone working with [us]and labouring. Ξ1 3rejoice

δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Στεφανᾶ καὶ "Φουρτουνάτου" καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ,
ταῦ αὖ the coming of Stephanas and ortunatus and Achaicus ;
ὅτι τὸ οὑμῶν" ὑστέρημα Pobrou' ἀνεπλήρωσαν᾽ 18 ἀνέπαυ-

because your deficiency these filled up. *They *re-
σαν γὰρ τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα καὶ TO ὑμῶν. ἐπιγινώσκετε οὖν
freshed ‘for my spirit and yours ; recognize therefore

τοὺς τοιούτους. 19 ᾿Ασπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῆς ᾿Ασίας"

such. 5Salute *you ‘the ?assemblies 305 *Asia.
ἀσπάζονται" ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ πολλὰ ᾿Ακύλας καὶ Πρίοσ-
10Salute σοῦ |3in (‘*the}'SLord ?**much 7Aquila "and Pris-

1! ‘ ~ ? > ~ ? Aen ? ,
κιλλα," σὺν τῇ Kar οἶκον. αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ: 20 ἀσπάζονται
cilla, with the 7in 3their *house ‘assembly. *Salute
ὑμᾶς ot ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι
Syou *the *brethren tall. Salute ye oneanother with a *kiss
ἁγίῳ.

"holy.
21 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῷ. ἐμῇ χειρὶ Παύλου" 22 εἴ τις οὐ.φιλεῖ

The salutation *by ‘my (Sown] *®hand ‘of ?Paul. If anyone love not
τὸν κύριον "Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, ἤτω ἀνάθεμα᾽ papay aba.
the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be accursed: Maran atha,

e ΄ - , ? fade “ῃἩ ᾽ ε ~ «
28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ped ὑμῶν. 24 ἡ
The grace ofthe Lord Jesus Christ [be] with you.
ἀγάπη.μου μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. ἀμήν."
My love [06] with Zall you in Christ Jesus. Amen.
algae Κορινθίους πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, διὰ
2To [516] *Corinthians first written from Philippi, by
Στεφανᾷ καὶ Povprovvarov καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου."
Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus and Timotheus,

Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TOYS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ ENIZSTOAH AEYTEPA.'

THE *TO

PAUL, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the
will of God, and Ti-
mothy our brother,
nnto the church of
God which is at Co-
rinth, with all the
saints which are in
all Achaia: 2 Grace be
to you and peace from
God our Father, and
from the Lord Jesus
Christ.

3 Blessed be God,
even the Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ, the

“THE 5CORINTHIANS ?EPISTLE ‘SECOND.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος ''Incov χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ,

Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God,
καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ TY οὔσῃ ἐν
and Timotheus the brother, tothe assembly of God which is in

Κορίνθῳ, σὺν τοῖς ἁγίοις πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Α-
Corinth, with *the *saints tall who are’ in *whole ‘the [of] A-
yaig’ 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ “θεοῦ" πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ
chaia, Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and
κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ.
(the] Lord Jesus :
9 Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ
Blessed [be] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus

2 Φορτουνάτου LTTrAW.
τ Πρίσκα Prisca TTr. [ ν =
~ — the subscription GLTTrW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους a A.

{{]|Τττί Α1.

@ 4+ Παύλον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλον of Paul the Apostle Ε;
Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ LTTrAW.

ᾳ ἀσπάζεται ΤΑ.

Ρ αὐτοὶ they LAW.
* — ἀμήν

ο ὑμέτερον LTTrAW.
τ--- χριστοῦ ΤΊΤΑ.

8 — Ἰησοῦν χριστόν LTTrA.

+ Παύλον of Paul G; — τοὺς EG;

Ὁ χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ TTra. ς — θεοῦ Ww.

Ir. Il CORINTHIANS.

χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ θεὸς πάσης παρακλή-
Christ, the Father of comtpassions, and God of all enqouraae.

σεως, 4 ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει. ἡμῶν, εἰς
ment; who encourages us in all our tribulation, for

τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἔν πάσῃ θλίψει, διὰ
2to “be table toencourage those in every tribulation, through

τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ
the encouragement with which weareencouraged ourselves by

θεοῦ" 5 ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ χριστοῦ
God. Because agcording as abound the aaa ofthe Christ

εἰς ἡμᾶς, οὕτως διὰ “ χριστοῦ περισσεύει καὶ ἡ “παράκλησις
togert us, 80 through Christ abounds also *encouragement

ἡμῶν. θ εἴτε.δὲ θλιβόμεθα, ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως
our. But whether we are ἜΡΘΗ (it is] for your encouragement

Kai σωτηρίας, *ric ἐνεργουμένης ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν

and salvation, os wrought in [the] endurance ofthe same

παθημάτων ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς πάσχομεν" feire παρακαλούμεθα,
eninge which 7also ‘we suffer, whether we are encouraged,

ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως" βκαὶ σωτηρίας" " καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς

{it is] for your encouragement and salvation; (and “hope
ἡμῶν. βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν" 7 εἰδότες ὅτι "ὥσπερ" κοινωνοί
our [15] sure for rH 3) knowing that as partucts

ἐστε TOY παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως. 8 Οὐ.γὰρ
ye are of the sutterine2, so also of the encouragement. For *not
θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἰὑπὲρ" τῆς.θλίψεως. ἡμῶν
340 we wish jou ἐς be ἸΕΕΟΚΒΒΙ, brethren, as to our tribulation
τῆς γενομένης ἡμῖν" ἐν τῇ Acia, ὅτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ᾿ἐβαρή-
which happened tous in Asia, that excesssxely we were
θημεν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν," ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι.ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ.ζῇν᾽"
burdened beyond Cour] Bere so as for us to despair even of living.
9 πάλλὰ" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχή-
But ourselves in ourselves the sentence of death we have
καμεν, ἵνα μὴ.πεποιθότες. ὦμεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ
had, that we should not have trust in ourselves, but in
θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 10 ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτου θανάτου
God γῆο raises the dead ; who from so great a death
πἐξῤῥύσατο" ἡμᾶς “καὶ ῥύεται." εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκαμεν Port καὶ
delivered us and does feliveny in whom we have Rope that also

ἔτι ῥύσεται, 11 συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν
still he will EGS labouring togenher 2also tye for us

τῇ δεήσει. ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων TO εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα
by supplication, that by many, persons the *towards *us Aeift

διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστηθῇ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 12 ‘H
*through pray, supe Το pankesizing for us.
yap καύχησις.ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως
Hos our boasting this is, the testimony of *conscience

ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁπλότητι! καὶ τεϊλικρινείᾳ" " θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ
tour, that in sunplicity and nincesity of God, (not in owinion

σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ, ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ,
1fleshly, but in grace of God,) we had per. conduct in the world,
περισσοτέρως. δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 13 od-yap ἄλλα γράφομεν

and more abundantly towards you. For not other things do we write

*might ὃ

d + τοῦ the GLTTraw. © τῆς ἐνεργουμένης.
f εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα .... σωτηρίας placed. after v ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν LTrAW.
b ὡς LTTrTAW. i περὶ LTTr. K — ἡμῖν LITrAW.
τὰ ἀλλ᾽ 1, 2 ἀρύσατο Tr.
9 ἁγιότητι holiness LTTra.

T εἰλικρινίᾳ τ. 8 + τοῦ LTTrAW.
βρινιᾳ

409

Father of mercies, and
the God of all com-
fort ; 4 who comfort-
eth us in all our tri-
bulation, that we may
be able to comfort
them which are in any
trouble, by the com-
fort wherewith we
ourselves are comfort-
edof God. 5 Foras the
sufferings of Christ
abound in us, so our
consolation also a
boundeth by Christ.
6 And whether we be
afflicted, it 7s for your
consolation and sal-
vation, which is ef-
fectual in the endur-
ing of the same suffer-
ings which we also
suffer : or whether we
be comforted, ἐξ zs for
your consolation and
salvation. 7 And our
hope of you 7 sted-
fast, knowing, that as
ye are partakers of
16. sufferings, 80
shall ye be also of the
consolation. 8 For we
would not, brethren,
have you ignorant of
our trouble which
came to us in Asia,
that we were pressed
out of measure, above
strength insomuch
that we despaired even
of life: 9 but we had
the sentence of death
in ourselves, that w3
should not trust in
ourselves, but in God
which raiseth the dead:
10 who delivered us
from so great a death,
and doth deliver: in
whom we trust that
he will yet deliver us ;
11 ye also helping to-
gether by prayer for
us, that for the gift
bestowed upon us by
the means of many
persons thanks may
be given by many on
our behalf, 12 For
our rejoicing is this,
the testimony of our
conscience, that in
simplicity and godly
sincerity, not with
fleshly wisdom, but by
the grace of God, we
have had our conver-
sation in the world,
and more abundantly
{9 you-ward. 13 For
we write none other
things unto you, than

- πάσχομεν placed ajter παρακλήσεως GT.
& — Kat gampias GT.
l ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν LTTrA.
ο καὶ ῥύσεται and will deliver [L]rtra.

P [ore] Ltr.

470

what ye read or ac-
knowledge; andI trust
ye shall acknowledge
even to the end; 14 as
also ye have acknow-
lJedged us in part, that
we are yourrejoicing,
even as ye also are
ours in the day of the
Lord Jesus. 15 And
in this confidence I
was minded to come
unto you before, that
ye might have a se-
cond benefit; 16 and
to pass by you into
Macedonia, and to
come again out of
Macedonia unto you,
and of you to be
brought on my way to-
ward Judwa. 17 When
I therefore was thus
minded, did J use
lightness ? or the
things that I purpose,
do I purpose accord-
ing to the flesh, that
with me there should
be yea yea, and nay
nay? 18 But as God
ts true, our word to-
ward you was not yea
and nay. 19 For the
Son of God, Jesus
Christ, who was
preached among you
by us, even by me and
Silvanus and Timo-
theus, was not yea
and nay, but in him
was yea. 20 For all the
promises of God in
him are yea, and in
him Amen, unto the
glory of God by us.
24 Now he which sta-
blisheth us with you
in Christ, and hath
anointed us, ws God;
22 who hath also seal-
ed us, and given the
earnest of the Spirit
in our hearts.

23 Moreover I call
God for a record upon
my soul, that to spare
you I came not as yet
unto Corinth. 24 Not
for that we have do-
minion over your
faith, but are helpers
of your joy: for by
faith ye stand. II. But
I determined this with
myself, that I would
not come again to you
in heaviness. 2 For if
I make you sorry,who
is hethenthat maketh
126 glad, but the same

ΠΡΟΣ KO PAE NO VOY > BB. ΤῊΝ.

« ~ t ἰλλ᾽ bal cay > , n ‘ , , 3 ,
ὑμῖν ta ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε, ἢ Kai ἐπιγινώσκετε, ἐλπίζω. δὲ
to you but what ye read, or even recognize ; and I hope
« Υ͂ sy EX ? , ‘ ‘ > ,
ὁτι καὶ" ἕως τέλους ἐπιγνώσεσθε, 14 καθὼς καὶ ἐπέ-
that even to [the] end ye will recognize, according as also ye did
γνωτε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ μέρους, br καύχημα ὑμῶν ἐσμεν, καθάπερ
recognize us in part, that *your*boasting ‘we7are, even as
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ. 15 Kai
also ye [are] ours in the day ofthe Lord Jesus. And
’ ~ θ , ? λ , Χχ 4 c ~ ? ~ , TT
ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει ἐβουλόμην “πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρότερον,
with this confidence I purposed 3.0 *you 'to?come previously,
ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν γἔχητε" 10 καὶ Ov ὑμῶν διελθεῖν"
that asecond favour ye might have ; and by you _ to pass through
᾽ , ‘4 ’ > A , ’ ~ A « ~
εἰς Μακεδονίαν, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς,
to Macedonia, and again from Macedonia tocome _ to you,
καὶ Up ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς THY Ἰουδαίαν. 17 τοῦτο.οὖν
and by you tobesetforward to Judea. This therefore

βουλευόμενος," μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην ; ἢ ἃ

purposing, Sindeed Slightness ‘did*I*use? or what
βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα παρ᾽
I purpose, according to flesh 401 purpose, that there should be with

? 3 A ‘ , 4 4 n » ΔῊ c , ev ες
ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ ναί, καὶ τὸ οὗ οὔ; 18 πιστὸς δὲ ὁ θεός, ὅτι ὁ
me yea yea, and nay nay ὃ Now faithful God [is], that
λόγος ἡμῶν ὁ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ Yéyévero" vai καὶ οὔ" 19 ὁ. “γὰρ
our word to you *not lwas yea and nay. For the
τοῦ θεοῦ" υἱὸς VInoove χριστὸς" ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν Ov ἡμῶν κη-
“of Ξ6 οὔ ‘Son, Jesus Christ, whoamongyou by us was
» 3... ~ A ~ " , ᾽ ? a ‘
ρυχθείς, δι’ ἐμοῦ Kai Σιλουανοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου, οὐκ. ἐγένετο vai
proclaimed, (by me and Silvanus and Timotheus,) was not yea
‘ » ᾽ A) ΤῊΣ ? ~ , Ὁ e ‘ 3 ,
καὶ οὔ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν" 20 ὕσαι. γὰρ ἐπαγγελίαι

and nay, but yea in him has been. For whatever proinises
θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί, kai ἐν αὐτῷ" τὸ ἀμήν,

of God [there are], in him [15] ὑῃ9 yea, and in

τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν dt ἡμῶν. 21 ὁ δὲ

him the en,
βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν

Sto*God ‘for “glory by us. Now he who confirms us with
ὑμῖν εἰς χριστόν, Kai χρίσας ἡμᾶς, θεός" 22 ὁ καὶ σῴφραγι-
you unto Christ, and anointed us, [is] God, who also sealed
σάμενος ἡμᾶς, καὶ δοὺς τὸν ἰἀῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν

us, and gave the earnest of the Spirit in
ταῖς.καρδίαις. ἡμῶν.
our hearts.

23 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν
ButI “as “witness *God 1641] upon my
ψυχήν, ore φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον"
soul, that sparing you notyet didIcome to Corinth.
24 οὐχ Ore κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν THC πίστεως, ἀλλὰ συνεργοί
Not that weruleover your faith, but fellow-workers
ἐσμεν τῆς.χαρᾶς.ὑμῶν, τῇ-.γὰρ.πίστει ἑστήκατε. Q Expwwa.dé
are of your joy: for by faith ye stand. But I judged
ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, TO μὴ πάλιν BEhOsiv ἐν λύπῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς."
with myself this, not again tocome in grief to you.
2 εἰ. γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς orw' ὁ εὐφραίνων pe, εἰ. μὴ

t [ἀλλ᾽ L; ἀλλὰ Μ΄.
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν LTTrA ; πρό. ἐλθ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς W.
8 βουλόμενος LTTrAW.
ε διὸ καὶ δι᾽’ αὐτοῦ wherefore also through him LTtTraw.
& ἐν λύπῃ πρὺς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν GLTTrAW.

᾿Ιησοῦς τ.

Forif I grieve you, 7also'who isit that gladdens me, except
ν — καὶ LTTrA. * + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) [L]TA. “5 πρότερον

Υ σχῆτε TTrA. 2 ἀπελθεῖν tO pass On L.

Ὁ ἔστιν iS LTTrAW. © τοῦ θεοῦ yap LTTrAW. 4 χριστὸς

f dpaBova LT.
h — ἐστιν LTTrAW.

ΤΙ. FilyG@ORENTHIANS.

« x , ? ? aa Sy Ἂν it «Ὁ ἢ ~ > ,
ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ; 8 καὶ ἔγραψα ἰὑμῖν" τοῦτο αὐτό,
hewho is grieved by me? And Iwrote toyou this same,
ἵνα.μὴ ἐλθὼν λύπην ἔχω" ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει με
lest havingcome grief ΤΙ might have from [those] of whom it behoves me
χαίρειν' πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ πάντας ὑμᾶς, Gre ἡ. ἐμὴ.χαρὰ
to rejoice ; trusting in 3411 ‘you, that my joy (that)
, « - ? > 4 ~ , \ ~
πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν. 4 ἐκ.γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως Kai συνοχῆς
308. 51 ‘you lis. Foroutof much tribulation and distress
καρδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων, οὐχ ἵνα λυπη-
ΟΥ̓ βρασὺ Iwrote toyou through many tears ; not that ye might
Ore, ἀλλὰ THY ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε ἣν ἔχω περισ-
be grieved, but “the love ‘that ye might know which I have more
, ? « ~ > , φ ? ? 4
σοτέρως εἰς ὑμᾶς. 5 Eide τις λελύπηκεν, οὐκ ἐμὲ
abundantly towards you. But if anyone has grieved, snot me
λελύπηκεν, ἀλλ᾽" ἀπὸ.μέρους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιβαρῶ, πάντας
‘he “has *grieved, but in part (that I may not overcharge) all
ὑμᾶς. Θ ἱκανὸν τῷ.τοιούτῳ ἡ. ἐπιτιμία.αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν
you. Sufficient tosuch a one [is] this rebuke which [is] by the
πλειόνων 7 ὥστε τοὐναντίον μᾶλλον" ὑμᾶς χαρίσασθαι

greater part ; so that on the contrary - rather ye should forgive
καὶ παρακαλέσαι, μήπως τῇ.περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ κατα-
and encourage, lest with more abundant grief should be swal-
ποθῇ o.rowvroc. ὃ διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς κυρῶσαι εἰς
lowed up such a one. Wherefore I exhort you toconfirm *towards
αὐτὸν ἀγάπην. 9 εἰς. τοῦτο. γὰρ καὶ ἔγραψα, ἵνα γνῶ
shim love. For, for this also did I write, that I might know
τὴν δοκιμὴν ὑμῶν, εἰ εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε. 10 ᾧ.δὲ
{86 proof of you, if to everything obedient ye are. But to whom
τι χαρίζεσθε, "καὶ ἐγώ"" καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ i τι κεχάρισ-
anything ye forgive, also I; for also I if anything I have for-
ΑΛ , ε ~ , ~
μαι, ᾧ κεχάρισμαι," δ ὑμᾶς,ἐν προσώπῳ χριστοῦ,

given, of whom I have forgiven, [15] forsakeof you, in{the] person of Christ ;
ll ἵνα μὴ-πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ" οὐ.γὰρ αὐτοῦ
that we should not be overreached by Satan, for not of his

Ta νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν.

thoughts are we ignorant.

12 ᾿Ελθὼν.δὲ εἰς τὴν PTowdda' εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ
ς 7 0 ς ey.

Now having come to Troas for the gladtidings of the
χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας por ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κυρίῳ, 18 οὐκ
Christ, also adoor tome having been opened in [the] Lord, =not
ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ-πνεύματί.μου τῷ. μὴ.εὑρεῖν.με Τίτον τὸν
ΣῊ d ease in wy spirit at my not finding Titus
ἀδελφόν. μου: ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐξῆλθον εἰς Μακε-

my brother ; but having taken leave of them, Iwentout to Mace-
doviay. 14 Τῷ. δε.θεῷ χάρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι
donia. But to God [be] thanks, who always leads in triumph
ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Kai THY ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ
us in the Christ, and the odour of the owledge of him
φανεροῦντι δι ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ. 15 ὅτι χριστοῦ
makes manifest through us in every place. For oft Christ

εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολ-

asweetperfume weare toGodin those being saved and in those perish-

λυμένοις" 16 οἷς.μέν, ὀσμὴ 4Oavarov εἰς θάνατον: οἷς.δέ,

471

which is made sorry
by me? 3 And I wrote
this same unto you
lest, when I came, I
should have sorrow
from them of whom I
ought to rejoice; hay-
ing confidence in you
all, that my joy is the
joy of you all. 4 For
out of much affliction
and anguish of heart
I wrote unto you with
many tears ; not that
ye should be grieved,
but that ye might
know the love which
[have more abundant-
ly unto you. 5 Butif
any have caused grief,
he hath not grieved
me, but in part: that
I may not overcharge
you all. 6 Sufficient to
such a man 185 this
punishment which
was inflicted of many.
7 So that contrariwise
ye ought rather to for-
give him, and comfort
him, lest perhapssucha
one should be swallow-
ed up with overmuch
sorrow. 8 Wherefore I
beseech you that ye
would confirm your
love toward him.
9 For to this end also
did I write, that I
might know the proof
of you, whether ye be
obedient in all things.
10 To whom ye forgive
any thing, I /forgive
also: for if I forgave
any thing, to whom I
forgave it, for your
sakes forgave I it in
the person of Christ ;
11 lest Satan should
get an advantage of
us: for we are not ig-
norant of his devices.

12 Furthermore,when
I came to Troas to
preach Christ’s gospel
and a door was opened
unto me of the Lord,
13 I had no rest inmy
spirit, because I found
not Titus my brother:
but taking my leave
of them, I went from
thence into Macedo-
nia. 14 Now thanks
be unto God, which
always causeth us to
triumph in Christ, and
maketh manifest the
savour of his know-
ledge by us in every
place. 15 For we are
unto God a sweet sa-
your of Christ, in
them that are saved,
and in them that pe-

ing; to the ones, anodour ofdeath to death, but tothe others, rish: 16 to the one we
i — ὑμῖν LTTrAW. k σχῶ ΤΊτΑ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. m [μᾶλλον] Tra. ἢ κἀγώ.
LTTraw. ο ὃ κεχάρισμαι, εἴ TL κεχάρισμαι GLTTrAW. P Τρῳάδα LT. q+ ἔκ (read

from death) LTTra.

472

are the savour of death
unto death; and to
the other the savour
of life unto life. And
who 8 sufficient for
these things ? 17 For
Wwe are not as many,
which corrupt the
word of God: but as
of sincerity, but as of
God, in the sight of
God speak we in
Christ.

Ill, Do we begin
again to commend
ourselves ? or necd we,
as some others, epis-
tles of commendation
to you, or letters of
commendation from
you? 2 Ye are our
epistle written in our
hearts, known and
read of all men: 3for-
asmuch as ye are man-
ifestly declared to be
the epistle of Christ
ministered by us,
written not with ink,
but with the Spirit of
the living God; not
in tables of stone, but
in fleshy tables of the
heart. 4 And such
trust have we through
Christ to God-ward :
5 not that we are
sufficient of our-
selves to think any
thing as of ourselves;
but our sufficiency 7s
of God; 6 who also
hath made us able
ministers of the new
testament ; not of the
letter, but of the spi-
rit: for the letter kill-
eth, but the spirit
giveth life. 7 But if
the ministration of
death, written and en-
graven in stones, was
glorious, so that the
children of Israel
could not stedfastly
behold the face of Mo-
sos for the glory of his
countenance ; which
glory was to be done
away: 8 how shall not
the ministration of
the spirit be rather
glorious? 9 For if
the ministration of
condemnation be glo-
ry, much more doth
the ministration of

ΠΡῸΣ KOPINOIOYS OB. II, III.
ὀσμὴ 4 ζωῆς εἰς ζωὴν. καὶ moog ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός:
an odour pes life to life ; and for these things who[is] poMiperelive

17 οὐ.γά ἐσμεν ὡς οἱ πολλοί, καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον
For “ποὺ ‘we ?are as the many, making gain by corrupting the word

τοῦ θεοῦ, "ἀλλ᾽! we ἐξ "εἰλικρινείας," ἀλλ᾽ we ἐκ θεοῦ, ἱκατ-

of God, but as οὗ sincerity, but as of God, be-
ἐνώπιον" ὑτοῦ" θεοῦ, ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν.
fore God, in Christ wespeak.

3 ᾿Αρχόμεθα awe ἑαυτοὺς Youvicraven"; δεῖ! μὴ χρύή-

Do we begin again ourselves to commend ? ess we
ζομεν, We* τινες, συστατικῶν" ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐξ
need, as some, i a aoalaee | ΒΡΊΞΟΙΕΣ to you, or *from

ὑμῶν συστατικῶν"; 2 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε, *tyyeypap-

you Pcearuar en (Fones]? Our epistle are, having been
μένη! ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις ἡμῶν, τίν εδ εν ἡ καὶ ἀναγινω-
inscribed in our hearts, being known and being
σκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων avOowrwy 3 φανερούμενοι ὅτι ἐστὲ
read by all men, being manifested that we are
ἐπιστολὴ χριστοῦ διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, "ἐγγεγραμμένη"

7epistle hrist’s, ministered by us ; avig been inscribed,
ov μέλανι, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν
ποὺ withink, but with(the] Spirit of "6 οὔ [86] “living; not on tablets

λιθίναις, adr’! ἐν πλαξὶν “καρδίας! σαρκίναις. 4 ἸΤεποί-
of stone, but on “tablets %of [*the]Sheart ‘fleshy. 7Confi-
Onow δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν"
dence Sand such have we ene the Christ towards God:

5 οὐχ Ore Tixavot ἐσμεν ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν λογίσασθαί τι! we ἐξ
not that Compe yee we are from ourselves toreckon anythingas of

οἑαυτῶν," ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἱκανότης.ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ; 6 ὃς καὶ
ourselves, but our competency [15] of God ; who also

(KAY WOEV ἡμᾶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμ-
made “competent ‘us [88] servants of anew covenant; not of let-
ματος, ἀλλὰ πνεύματος" τὸ.γὰρ γράμμα 'ἱἀποκτείνει," τὸ. δὲ
ter, but of Spirit ; for the letter kills, but the

πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ. 7 ἘΠ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου ἐν 8ypap-
Spirit qniskeng. Butif the service of death in let-

μασιν, ἐντετυπωμένη ev" λίθοις, ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε
ters, having been engraven in stones, was produced with glory, soas
μὴ. «δύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσω-
not “to 706 5816 *to '°look "intently ὕπο ?children %of *Israel into the face

πον ἹΜωσέως,, διὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ προσώπου.αὐτοῦ, τὴν

of Moses, on account of ὑπὸ glory of his face, which
καταργουμένην" ὃ πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύμα-
is being annulled ; how ποῦ rather the service ofthe Spirit

τος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ; 9 εἰ. γὰρ ξὴ διακονία! τῆς κατακρίσεως
shallbe in glory? Forif the _ service of condemnation [be]

δόξα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης

righteousness exceed glory, much rather abounds the _ service of righteousness

in glory. 10 Foreven 1» | 9, ἜΝ ΤῸΝ το ,

that which was made 'év' δόξῃ. 10 καὶ. γὰρ “ovdé δεδόξασται τὸ

glorious had no glory in glory. Foreven neither "has *been °made '°glorious *that which
4 + ἐκ (read from life) Lrrra. τ ἀλλὰ Tr. 5 εἰλικρινίας T. τ κατέναντι LTTrA.

ἃ τοῦ LIM[A]. “ συνιστᾶν Ltr. τ ἣ (read or need we) GLTTraA. ἃ - [πέρ] 1. Y συνσ- Tr.

2 συστατικῶν LITrAW. 5 ἐν- Τ᾿ b ἀλλὰ EGW. c κα δίαις hearts LITrA. 4 ixavot

ἐσμεν λογίζεσθαί (λογίσασθαί Aw) τι ag’ ἑαυτῶν LAW ;
© αὐτῶν them Ltr.
» — ἐν (read λίθοις On stones) LTTraAW.

τι TTr.

service LTTr.

1 — ἐν (read δόξῃ in glory) Lrtra.

ἀφ᾽ ἑαντῶν ἱκανοί ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί
f ἀποκταίνει τ,; ἀποκτάννει TTrA. 8 γράμματι writing Lira.

i Μωύσέως GLITrAW. τῇ διακονίᾳ with the
™ οὐ ποῦ GLTTrAW.

BES FV: Peleg. C0, LN) TjHel ACN)S.

δεδοξασμένον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει,
7has *been °made ®glorious in this

βαλλούσης δόξης. 11 εἰ. γὰρ
passing glory.

πέμεκεν" τῆς ὑπερ-
respect, on acogunt of the sur-

τὸ καταργούμενον διὰ
For if that which is being annulled [was] through

δόξης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ μένον ἐν δόξῃ. 12 Ἔχοντες
glory, much rather that which remains [15] in a Having
οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα, πολλῇ παῤ ῤῥῥησίᾳ χρώμεθα 18 καὶ
therefore such hope, much oldness we use: and
οὐ καθάπερ “Μωσῆς" ἐτίθει ἜΣ; πα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον Ῥέαυ-
not according as Moses put a veil on the face of him-
TOU," πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ τέλος
self, for Snot *to 7look *intently *the 7sons “of*Israel to the end
~ , A, q ? 1] ? , 4 ’ >? ~
τοῦ Karapyoupévov' 14 “ἀλλ᾽ ἐπωρώθη τὰ.νοἡματα.αὐτῶν.
of that bee annulled. But were hardened their thoughts,
ἄχρι. γὰρ τῆς σήμερον τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ Τῇ ἀναγνώσει
for unto the present the same veil αὖ the reading

τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει, μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, 86 τι"
of the old covenant remains, not unveiled, which

ἐν χριστῷ καταργεῖται: 15 ἀλλ᾽ ἕως σήμερον, ἡνίκα ‘ava-
in Christ is being annulled. But unto this ay, when is
γινώσκεται! οΜ ωσῆς," κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν. καρδίαν. αὐτῶν κεῖται"
read Moses, a vei upon their heart lies.
16 nvika’S dv" ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς κύριον, περιαιρεῖται τὸ
But when it shall have turned to {{86] Lord, is taken away the
κάλυμμα. 17 Ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ior’ οὗ. δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα
veil. Now the Lord the _ Spirit is; and where the Spirit
κυρίου, Wéxei'! ἐλευθερία. 18 ἡμεῖς.δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκα-
of [the] Lord [is], there [is] freedom. But we all with un-
λυημεμενιῳ αρυσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι,

186 glory of [the] Lord beholding as in a mirror, [10]
τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν,
the same image are being transformed from glory to glory,
καθάπερ ἀπὸ κυρίου πνεύματος.

evenas from([the) Lord ([the) Spirit.

4 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔχοντες τὴν.διακονίαν. ταύτην,
Therefore, having this service,

καθὼς ἡἠλεή-
according as we re-

ovK.*éxxaxouper’'! 2 Τἀλλ᾽" ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ
we faint not. But we renounced the hidden things

THC αἰσχύνης, μὴ περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ μηδὲ δολοῦν-

of shame, not walking in craftiness, nor falsify-

τες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας
ing the word of God, but by manifestation of the truth

Z6uVioT@YTEC! ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων
commending ourselves to every conscience of men

ἐνώπιον Tov θεοῦ. 8 EHi.dé καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγ-
before God. But if also is veiled poled

γέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον" 4 ἐν
idings ‘our, in those porehing it is veiled; in

οἷς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.αἰῶνος. τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν
whom the god of this age blinded the thoughts of the
ἀπίστων, εἰς.τὸ μὴ αὐγάσαι "αὐτοῖς" τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ
unbelieving, soas not tobeam Του ἴο them the radiancy of the

θημεν,

ceived mene:

473

in this respect, by rea-
son of the glory that
excelleth. 11 For if
that which is done a-
way was _ glorious,
much more that which
remaincth is glorious.
12 Seeing then that we
have such hope, we
use great plainness of
hae : 13and notas
oses, which puta vail
over his face, that
the children of Israel
could not stedfastly
look to the end of that
which is abolished :
14 but their minds
were blinded: for un-
tilthis day remaineth
the same vail untaken
away in the reading
of the old testament ;
which vail is done a-
way in Christ. 15 But
even unto this day,
when Moses is read,
the vail is upon their
heart, 16 Nevertheless
when it shall turn to
the Lord,the vail shall
be taken away. 17 Now
the Lord is that Spirit:
and where the Spirit of
the Lord is, there is
liberty. 18 But we all,
with open face behold-
ing as in a glass the
glory of the Lord, are
changed into the same
image from glory to
glory, even as by the
Spirit of the Lord.

IV. Therefore see-
ing we have this min-
istry, as we have re-
ceived mercy,we faint
not; 2 but have re-
nounced the hidden
things of dishonesty,
not walking in crafti-
ness, nor handling the
word of God deceit-
fully; but by mani-
festation of the truth
commending ourselves
to every man’s con-
science in the sight of
God. 3 But if our gos-
pel be hid, it is hid to
them that are lost: 4 in
whom the god of this
world hath blinded the
minds of them which
believe not, lest the
light of the glorious
gospel of C t, who
is the image of
God, should shine

° Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW.
t + ἡμέρας day LrTraw. * ὅτι that [it] GLrTraw.
v δὲ av Tr; δὲ ἐ ἐὰν τοῖν Siow ἐκεῖ LTTrAW.
LTTraw. — αὐτοῖς GLTTraw.

D εἵνεκεν LTTrA.

x eyx- LTTrAW.

Ρ αὐτοῦ (read his face) LTraw.

ᾳ ἀλλὰ Tr.

t ay ἀναγινώσκηται may be read LTTra.
Υ ἀλλὰ LITrA.

® συνιστάντες

474

unto them, 5 For
we preach not our-
selves, but Christ Je-
sus the Lord; and our-
selves your servants
for Jesus’ sake, 6 For
God, who commanded
the light to shine out
of darkness, hath
shined in our hearts,
to give the light of the
knowledge of theglory
of God in the face of
Jesus Christ. 7 But
we have this treasure
in earthen vessels,
that the excellency of
the power may be of
God, and not of us.
8 We are troubled on

every side, yet not dis- εἰ

tressed ; we are per-
plexed, but not in de-
spair; 9 persecuted,
but not forsaken; cast
down, but not de-
stroyed ; 10 always
= Ε about in ἴδ
ody the dying o
the Lord Jesus, that
the life also of Je-
sus might be made
manifest in our body.
11 For we which live
are alway delivered
unto death for Jesus’
sake, that the life also
of Jesus might be
made manifest in our
mortal flesh. 12 So
then death worketh in
us, but life in you.
13 We having thesame
spirit of faith, accord-
ing as it is written, I
believed, and there-
fore have I spoken; we
also believe, and there-
fore speak; 14 knowing
that he which raised
up the Lord Jesus
shall raise up us algo
by Jesus, and shall
present us with you.
15 For all things are
for your sakes, that
the abundant grace
might through the
iving of many
redound to She glory
of God.

16 For which cause
we faint not; but
though our outward

man perish, yet the
inward man is renew-

ed day by day. 17 For

ς τὸν the E.
his glory) L.

— μὲν GLTTrAW.
LTTraw.

4 Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν L.
& — Ἰησοῦ LiTra.

1 O24 KOPINGTOYsS 8. Ly.

εὐαγγελίου “τῆς" δόξης τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ
gladtidings of the glory of the Christ, who is bye image
θεοῦ. 5 οὐ.γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν, ἀλλὰ «χριστὸν “In-
of God. For not ourselves do we proclaim, but Christ Je
σοῦν" κύριον ἑαυτοὺς.δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦν.
sus Lord, and ourselves yourbondmen for the sake of Jesus.

6 ore ὁ θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς Aap Wa," ὃς

Because [itis] God who spoke outof darkness light toshine, who

ἔλαμψεν ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις. ἡμῶν, πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώ-
shone in our hearts, for ie radiancy of the know-

σεως τῆς δόξης * προσώπῳ & Incov' SS

τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐν
ledge ofthe glory of God in [the] face of Jesus

7 ἜἜχομεν.δὲ τὸν.θησαυρὸν.τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν,
But we have this treasure in earthen vessels,

ἵνα ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως yi τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai μὴ ἐξ
that the surpassingness of the power may be of God, and not from
ε aes ? ‘ , ? ? > , +
ἡμῶν" ὃ ev παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι
us: in every tway] oppressed, but not straitened ;
ἀπορούμενοι, ἄλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι" 9 διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ
perplexed, but not utterly ata loss; Pennie but not

ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι᾽ καταβαλλόμενοι, τ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι"
oes cast down, not eee

10 πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ ae Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι
sani the dying ofthe Lord Jesus in the —

περιφέροντες, ἵνα Kai ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν itp roe ἡμῶν
bearing about, that also the life of Jesus in 7body tour

φανερωθῇ. 11 ἀεὶ. γὰρ ἡμεῖς ot ζῶντες εἰς θάνατον παρα-
may be manifested ; for always we who live to death are de=-

διδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ φανε-
livered onaccountof Jesus, that also the life of Jesus may be

ρωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν. 12 ὍὭστε ὁ Ἐμὲν" θάνατος
manifested in 2mortal flesh es so that death

ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ.δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν᾽ 18 ἔχοντες.δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ
in us works, and life in you: And haying the same

πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ᾿Ἐπίστευσα,
spirit of faith, oe to what has been written, I believed,

διὸ ᾿ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ Kai λαλοῦμεν"
therefore Ispoke; 7also ‘we BERENS: therefore also wespeak;

14 εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν κύριον" ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai ἡμᾶς
knowing that he whoraisedup the ord Jesus, also. Us

Ὡδιὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ, Kai παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν. 15 τὰ
through Jesus willraise up, and will present with you.

yap πάντα ov ὑμᾶς, iva ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα
For 41] things [are] for the sake of you, that the grace, abounding

διὰ τῶν πλειόνων THY εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ εἰς THY

through the most, *thanksgiving *may *cause toexceed to the
δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
glory of God.
16 Διὸ οὐκ. ἐκκακοῦμεν"" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄν-
Wherefore we faint not; but if indeed outward
θρωπος διαφθείρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Ῥἔέσωθεν" ἀνακαινοῦται
man is being brought to decay, yet the inward is being renewed

© λάμψει shall shine Lrtra.
h — κυρίου GLTTraw.
τὸ [κύριον] TrA.

; {αὐτοῦ (read
i τοῖς σώμασιν bodies τ.

14 καὶ also 1. τ σὺν with LTTrAW. © ἐγκ-
ey

Ρ ἔσω ἡμῶν (read our inward [man]) LTTr ; ἔσω[θεν] ἡμῶν A.

ΤΥΎΞΥ- II CORINTHIANS.

ἡμέρᾳ.καὶ ἡμέρᾳ. 17 ro-yap παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως
day by day. Forthe momentary lightness of tribulation
ἡμῶν καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς. ὑπερβολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης

tour *excessively *surpassing San eternal weight of glory
κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν, 18 μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ ββλεπό-
works out for us ; “not considering we the things seen,
? ᾿ Sy ᾿ , - 5) 3 ,
μενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα: τὰ.γὰρ βλεπόμενα
but the things not seen ; for the things seen {are}
πρόσκαιρα. τὰ. δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια. § οἴδαμεν.γὰρ
temporary, but the things not seen eternal. For we know

ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ. οἰκο-
that if Zearthly our house of the tabernacle be destroyed, a bnild-
δομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον, αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς
ing from God wehave, ahouse not made with hands, eternal in the
οὐρανοῖς. 2 καὶ.γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν, τὸ. οἰκητήριον. ἡμῶν
heavens. For indeed in i we groan, our dwelling
TO ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες" 3 “εἴγε"
which [15] from heaven to *be *clothed *with longing ; if indeed
καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι, οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα. 4 Kai-yap οἱ
also beingclothed, - not naked we shall be found. For indeed *who
ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζομεν Baoobpevor τἐπειδὴ οὐ
Sare ‘in ‘the *tabernacle ‘we groan being burdened ; since “*not
θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐπενδύσασθαι, ἵνα καταποθῇ
twe7do wishtobeunclothed, but to be clothed upon, that may be swallowed up
τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς. 5 6.6& κατεργασάμενος ἡμᾶς εἰς
the mortal by life. | Now he who wrought out us for
αὐτὸ.τοῦτο θεός. ὁ ‘kai" δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ
this same thing [is] God, who also gave tous _ the earnest of the
πνεύματος. 6 θαῤῥοῦντες οὖν πάντοτε, καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι
Spirit. Being “confident *therefore ‘always, and knowing that
ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν TH σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου"
being αὖ home in the body wearefrom home awayfrom the Lord,
7 διὰ.πίστεως. γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, ov διὰ εἴδους" 8 θαῤῥοῦμεν δέ,
(for by faith we walk, not by sight;) weareconfident,
Kai εὐδοκοῦμεν μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος Kai
and are pleased rather to befrom home out of the body and
ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον. 9 Aw καὶ φιλοτιμούμεθα,
tobe athome with the Lord. Wherefore also we are ambitious,
εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες, εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι.
whether being αὖ ποθ ΟΥ̓ being from home, well-pleasing tohim to be.

10 rove-yap.ravrac ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ

For all ‘we ‘be manifested *must before the
βήματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ
judgment seat of the Christ, that *may ‘receive ‘each the things [done]

διὰ τοῦ σώματος, πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε
in the body, according to what he did, whether good or
ὑκακόν." 11 Εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου, ἀνθρώπους
evil. Knowing thereforethe terror ofthe Lord, smen
πείθομεν, θεῷ. δὲ πεφανερώμεθα: ἐλπίζω.δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς
‘we *persuade, but to God we have been manifested, andIhope also in
συνειδήσεσιν. ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι. 12 οὐ.“ γὰρ" πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς
your consciences to have been manifested. For not again ourselves
συνιστάνομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀφορμὴν διδόντες ὑμῖν καυχήματος
do wecommend toyou, but occasion aregiving toyou of boasting

478
our light affliction,
which is but for a
moment, worketh for
us a far more exceed-
ing and eternal weight
of glory; 18 while we
look not at the things
which are seen, but at
the things which are
not seen: for the things
which are seen are
temporal; but the
things which are not
seen are eternal.
V. For we know that
if our earthly house
of this tabernacle
were dissolved, we
have a building of
God, an house not
made with hands, e-
ternal in the heavens.
2 For in this we groan,
earnestly desiring to
be clothed upon with
our house which is
from heaven: 3 if so
be that being clothed
we shall not be found
naked. 4 For we that
are in this tabernacle
do groan, being bur-
dened : not for that we
would be unclothed,
but clothed upon, that
mortality might be
swallowed up of life.
5 Now he that hath
wrought us for the
selfsame thing «@#
God, who also hath
given unto us_ the
earnest of the Spirit.
6 Therefore we are al-
ways confident, know-
ing that, whilst we
are at home in the bo-
dy, we areabsentfrom
the Lord: 7 (for we
walk by faith, not by
sight :) 8 we are con-
fident, Jsay, and will-
ing rather to be absent
from the body, and to
be present with the
Lord. 9 Wherefore we
labour, that, whether
present or absent, we
may be accepted of
him. 10 For we must
all appear before the
judgment seat of
Christ; that every
one may receive the
things in his bo-
dy, according to that
he hath done, whether
itt be good or bad
11 Knowing therefore
the terror of the Lord,
we persuade men; but
we are made manifest
unto God ; and I trust
also are made mani-

fest im your con-
sciences. 12 For wa
commend not our-

selyes again unto you,

τ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ for that EGLITrAW. 5 ἀλλὰ Tr.

4 εἴ περ ται.
π φαῦλον Tir. x — yap for LTTraw.

’ ἀραβῶνα τ.

τ--- καὶ LTTrAW.

470

but give you occasion
to glory on our be-
half, that ye may have
somewhat to answer
them which glory in
appearance, and not in
heart. 13 For whe-
ther we be beside our-
selves, it 1s to God:
or whether we be so-
ber, tii wis for your
cause. 14 For the love
of Christ constraineth
us; because we thus
jud -, that if one died
for all, then were all
dead : 15 and that he
died for all, that they
which live should
not henceforth live
unto themselves, but
unto him which died
for them, and rose a-
gain. 16 Wherefore
henceforth know we
no man after the flesh:
798, though we have

own Christ after
the flesh, yet now
henceforth know we
him no more. 17 There-
fore if any man be in
Christ, hezs a new crea-
ture: old ἘΡΣΩΒΕ ope
passed away; behold,
all things are become
new. 18 Andallthings
are of God, who hath
reconciled us to him-
self by Jesus Christ,
and hath given to us
the ministry of recon-
ciliation; 19 to wit,
that God was in
Christ, reconciling the
world unto himself,
not imputing their
trespasses unto them ;
and hath committed
unto us the word of
reconciliation. 20 Now
then we are ambassa-
dors for Christ, as
though God did beseech
you by us: we pray you
in Christ’s stead, be
ye reconciled to God.
21 For he hath made
him to be sin for us,
who knew no sin; that
we might be made the
righteousness of God
in him,

VI. We then, as
workers together with
him, beseech you also
that ye receive not the
grace of God in vain.
2 (For he saith, I have
heard thee in a time
accepted, and in the
day of salvation have
I succoured thee: be-
hold, now δ the ac-
cepted time; behold,
now is the day of sal-
vation.) 3 Giving no
offence in anything,
that the ministry be

ΠΡΙΟΥΣ Se Ke OPP MSN Θ᾽ ΕΟ es eB.
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἔχητε πρὸς τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ
in behalf of us, that ye may have [such] towards those 7in appearance
καυχωμένους καὶ You' καρδίᾳ. 18 εἴτε.γὰρ ἐξέστημεν,
*boasting and not in heart. For whether we were beside ourselves,
Oem εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν, ὑμῖν. 14 ἡ.γὰρ ἀγάπη
{it was]}toGod; or are sober-minded [it is] for you. For the love
τοῦ χριστοῦ συνέχει ἡμᾶς, κρίναντας τοῦτο, ὅτι “el εἷς ὑπὲρ
of the Christ constrains us, havingjudged this, that if one *for
πάντων ἀπέθανεν, dpa ot πάντες ἀπέθανον' 15 Kai ὑπὲρ

Υ͂, VI.

3411 died, then all died ; and for
πάντων ἀπέθανεν, iva ot ζῶντες μηκέτι ἑαυτοῖς ζῶ-
all he died, that they who live no longer to themselves should

σιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὕὑὕὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι.
live, but ἴο Εΐτῃη who for them died and was raised again,
16 ὥστε ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα"

So that we from now noone know according to flesh;
εἰ "δὲ" καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν
butif even we have known according to flesh Christ, yet now
οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν. 17 ὥστε εἴ τις ἐν χριστῷ,

no longer we know, [him].

καινὴ κτίσις"
anew creation:

Sothat if anyone[be}in Christ [there is]
τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, ἰδοὺ γέγονεν καινὰ
the old things passed away; lo, havebecome new

bra.mayra." 18 τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ καταλλάξαν-

all things : and all things [are] of God, who reconciled
roc ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ διὰ “Ἰησοῦ! χριστοῦ, καὶ δόντος ἡμῖν τὴν
us tohimself by Jesus Christ, and gave tous the

διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς" 19 we ὅτι θεὸς ἦν ἐν χριστῷ

service of reconciliation : how that God was in Christ [the]
κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ
world reconciling to himself, not reckoning to them

παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ θέμενος ἔν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς
their offences, and having put in us the word
καταλλαγῆς. 20 ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν, we
of reconciliation. For Christ therefore we are ambassadors, as it were
τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος dt ἡμῶν" δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ,
God exhorting by us, we beseech for Christ,
καταλλάγητε τῷ θεῷ: 21 rov4yap' μὴ.γνόντα ἁμαοτίαν

Be reconciled to God. For him who knew not sin
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, ἵνα ἡμεῖς “γινώμεθα" δι-
*for 8 Sgin the 7made, that we might become right-

καιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ.
eousness of God in him.
6 ΤΉ Te ἀπ 0 καὶ

παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν
But working together 7also

we exhort “not *in ‘vain ‘the
χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς" 2 λέγει.γάρ, Καιρῷ δεκτῷ
®grace Tof "God ὅἴο ‘°receive ‘you: (for he says, Ina time accepted
ἐπήκουσά σου, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά cov ἰδοὺ νῦν
1 Ἰἰβδίεπδᾷ to thee, and in aday ofsalvation JIhelped thee: lo, now
καιρὸς εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἰδοὺ νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας" ὃ μηδεμίαν
{the]time well-accepted; behold, now [the]day of salvation :) not one
ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν, iva sar eg ἡ διακονία"
3in ‘anything “giving offence, that benot blamed the _ service;
(lit. nothing) j
‘ ~ La AJ c ~
4 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἱσυνιστῶντες" ἑαυτοὺς ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι,
but in everything commending ourselves as God’s servants,

Υ μὴ ἐν LITr.
LTTrAW.

* — εἰ LTTrAW.
4 — yap for LTTrAW.

irae δὲ but LrTra.
6 γενώμεθα LTTrAW.

b— τὰ πάντα ᾿τττλ. 5“ -- Ἰησοῦ
f συνιστάντες LTTrAW.

iver. PY * CO RAEN Τ ἘΠΕ ΑΝ:

ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῷ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἔν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενο-
in endurance ‘much, in ing er in necessities, in straits,

χωρίαις, 5 ἔν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν

in stripes, in fupeonwents, i in commotions, in
κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, 6 ἐν ἁγνότητι, ἐν γνώσει,
labours, in matchings; in fastings, in BEES pee ete,

ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ, ἐν χρηστότητι, ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ
Κιηᾶῃι

in iene aUeEINE, in 688, in [the] pues *Holy, in love
ἀνυποκρίτῳ, 7 ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ,
unfeigned, in [the] word of truth, in [the] power of God;

διὰ τῶν ὕπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν Kai ἀριστερῶν,
through the arms of righteousness on the right hand and left,
8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀτιμίας, διὰ δυσφημίας καὶ εὐφημίας" we
through glory and cishonoue, ἙΒΕΟΒΕῚΣ ot report and good report: as
πλάνοι, Kai ἀληθεῖς" 9 ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι, καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι"

as and true; as being own, and well-known ;
ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν we παιδευόμενοι, καὶ
as dying, and lo welive; as Gs and
μὴ θανατούμενοι: 10 ὡς λυπούμενοι, ἀεὶ. δὲ χαίροντες" we
not putto death; as sorrowful, butalways rejoicing; as
πτωχοί, πολλοὺς.δὲ πλουτίζοντες ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες, Kai
ῬΟΟΥ͂, but many enriching ; as nothing having, and
πάντα κατέχοντες.
allthings possessing.

11 Τὸ. στόμα.-ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Κορίνθιοι, ἡ

Our mouth to

καρδία.ἡμῶν memdarvyrac’
our heart has been expanded.

στενοχωρεῖσθε.δὲ ἐν τοῖς. σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν. 18 τὴν.δὲ αὐτὴν
but ye 819 βίταϊϊΐθῃϑθᾶ in your bowels ; but the same

ἀντιμισθίαν. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω, πλατύνθητε Kai ὑμεῖς.
[as] recompense, (as tochildren Ispeak,) beexpanded also ye.

14 Μὴ. ee ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις τίς. γὰρ με-
diversely yored with unbelievers; for what par-

TOX?) ἀδρζω ξύνν καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; ὃτίς.δὲ" κοινωνία φωτὶ
ei Bo righteousness and lawlessness? and what eolomane ight

πρὸς σκότος; 165 τίς. δὲ συμφώνησις ᾿χριστῷ! ™poc kBeXiao';
Christ Beliar,

has been opened you, Corinthians,

12 ov.crevoxwpsicbe ἐν ἡμῖν,
Ye are not straitened in us,

with darkness ἢ and what concord

ἢ τίς pepi¢ πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; 16 τίς δὲ lovykara-
or what part toabeliever with an unbeliever? and what agree-
θεσις) ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων ; ™opeic' γὰρ ναὸς θεοῦ
ment atemple οὗ God with idols? Oe for atemple of *God
πξστεὶ ζῶντος, καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἐνοικήσω
‘are [the] “living, according as “said 1God,
αὐτοῖς, καὶ σἐμπεριπατήσω"" καὶ ἔσο τ: αὐτῶν θεός, καὶ
them, and walk among [them]; and Iw their God, and
αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί Ῥμοι λαός. 17 διὸ WEEAOETE" ἐκ μέσου
ney shallbe tome apeople. Wherefore comeout from the midst

ἐν
I will dwell among

αὐτῶν καὶ ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, Kai ἀκαθάρτου
efthem and _ beseparated, says [the] Lord, and [the] unclean
μὴ. ἅπτεσθε. κἀγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, 18 καὶ ἔ gone ὑμῖν εἰς
touch not, andI_ will receive you; and I willbe toyou for
πατέρα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθέ por εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει
afather, and ye shallbe tome for sons and daughters, says

h ἢ τίς or What Se

"ἢ 7 χριστοῦ of Curist LTTrA.
τ ἡμεῖς We LTTr.

2 ἐσμὲν LTTr, ° ἐν- τὶ, P pov of me LTTr.

« BeAcaA Belial Ex.
9 ἐξέλθατε LITrA.

477

not blamed: 4 but in
all things approving
ourselves as the minis-
ters of God, in much
patience, in afflictions,
in necessities, in dis-
tresses, 5 in stripes, in
imprisonments, in iu-
mults, in labours, in
watchings, in fast-
ings; 6 by pureness,
by knowledge, by long-
suffering, by kindness,
by the Holy Ghost, by
love unfeigned, 7 by
the word of truth, by
the power of God, by
the armour of right-
eousness on the right
hand and on the left,
8 by honour and dis-
honour, by evil report
and good report: as
deceivers, and yet
true; 9 as unknown,
and yet well known;
as dying, and, behold,
we live; as chastened,
and not killed; 10as
sorrowful, yet alway
rejoicing ; as poor, yet
making many rich ; as
having nothing, and
yet possessing all
things.

11 O ye Corinthians,
our mouth is open unto
ἦρι our heart is en-

arged. 12 Ye are not

straitened in us, but
ye are straitened in
your own bowels.
13 Now for a recom-
pence in the same, (1
speak as unto my chil-
dren,) be ye also en-
larged.

14 Be ye not un-
equally yoked toge-
ther with unbelievers :
for what fellowship
hath righteousness
with unrighteousness 7
and what communion
hath light with dark-
ness? 15 and what
concord hath Christ
with Belial? or what

art hath he that be-
ieveth with an infi-
del? 16 and what a-
greement hath the
temple of God with
idols? for ye are the
temple of the living
God; as God hath
said, I will dwell in
them, and walk in
them; and I will be
their God, and they
shall be my people.
17 Wherefore come out
from among them, and
be ye separate, saith
the Lord, and touch
not the unclean thing ;
and I will receive
you, 18 and willbe a

! συν- Τὶ,

478

Father unto you, and
ye shall be my sons
and daughters, saith
the Lord Almighty.
ὙΠ. Having therefore
these promises, dearly
beloved, let us cleanse
ourselves from all fil-
thiness of the flesh
and spirit, perfecting
holiness in the fear of
God.

2 Receive us; we
have wronged noman,
we have corrupted no
man, we have defraud-
ednoman. 3Ispeaknot
this to condemn you:
for I have said before,
that ye are in our
hearts to die and live
with you, 4 Great is
my boldness of speech
toward you, great 7s
my glorying of you: I
am filled with com-
fort, I am exceeding
joyful in all our tri-
bulation. 5For, when
we were come into Mas
cedonia, our flesh had
no rest, but we were
troubled on _ every
side; without were
fightings, within were
fears. 6 Nevertheless
God, that comforteth
those that are cast
down, comforted us
by the coming of Ti-
tus ; 7 and not by his
coming only, but by
the consolation where-
with he was comfort-
ed in you, when he
told us your earnest
desire, your mourn-
ing, yourfervent mind
toward me; so that I
rejoiced the more.
8 For though I made
you sorry with a let-
ter, I do not repent,
though I did repent:
for I perceive that the
same epistle hath made
you sorry, though it
were but for a season,
9 Now I rejoice, not
that ye were made
sorry, but that ye sor-
Towed to repentance:
for ye were made sor-
ry after a godly man-
ner, that ye might re-
ceive damage by us in
nothing. 10 For godly
sorrow worketh re-
pentance to salvation
not to be repented of :
but the sorrow of the
world worketh death.
11 For behold this
selfsame thing, that
ye-sorrowed after a
godly sort, what care-
fulness it wrought in
you, yea, what clear-

ΠΡΟΣ KORE LN ΘΙ ΘΙ Ss ἢ; Vit:
κύριος παντοκράτωρ. ἢ Ταύτας οὖν ἔχοντες τὰς

[086] Lord Almighty. °These “therefore ‘having
ἐπαγγελίας, ἀγαπητοί, καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς
promises, beloved, we shouldcleanse ourselves from every
μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς Kai πνεύματος, ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν
defilement offlesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in

φόβῳ θεοῦ.

fear of God.
2 Χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς" οὐδένα ἠδικήσαμεν, οὐδένα ἐφθείραμεν,

Receive us: no one did we wrong, noone. did we corrupt,
οὐδένα ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν. 3 τοὺ πρὸς κατάκρισιν" λέγω"
no one did we overreach. Not for condemnation I speak,

προείρηκα.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε εἰς TO συν-

for I have before said that in our hearts ye are, for to die
αποθανεῖν καὶ “συζῇν." 4 πολλή μοι παῤῥησία πρὸς
together and to live together. Great [15] tome boldness towards
ὑμᾶς, πολλή μοι καύχησις ὑπὲῤ ὑμῶν. πεπλήρωμαι

great tome boasting I have been filled

ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ ἐπὶ πάσῃ TY

you, in respect of you;

τῇ παρακλήσει.

with encouragement ; I overabound with joy at all
θλίψει ἡμῶν. 5 Καὶ. γὰρ ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν,
our tribulation. For indeed, *having “come ‘we into Macedonia,

ἠδ , t” ΤΠ] » ς \ ¢ € ~ iD’ ? ‘
ου ἐεμιᾶν ἐἑσχῆκεν AVEOLY ἡ-σαρξ-ημων,. a ἐν TWAVTL

*not any Shad Sease ‘our *flesh, but ἱπ every [way]
θλιβόμενοι: ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι. 6 ἀλλ’ ὁ
being oppressed ; without contentions, within fears. But he who

παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινοὺς παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐν TH
encourages those brought low encouraged us— God— by the

παρουσίᾳ Tirov' ἢ οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐν τῇ. παρουσίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ
0 0 «μόνον. τῇ παρουσίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, a

coming of Titus ; andnotonly by his coming, but
καὶ ἔν τῇ παρακλήσει παρεκλήθη ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν,
also by the encouragement with which he wasencouraged asto you;

ἀναγγέλλων ἡμῖν τὴν ὑμῶν.ἐπιπόθησιν, τὸν. ὑμῶν.ὀδυρμόν,
relating to us your longing, your mourning,
\ € ~ ~ « . ? ~ 74 ~ ~ τ
τὸν. ὑμῶν. ζῆλον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ὥστε.με μᾶλλον» χαρῆναι. δϑ' τι

your zeal for me; soas for me the more to be rejoiced. For
εἰ καὶ ἐλύπησα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, οὐ.μεταμέλομαι, εἰ καὶ
if also I grieved you in 6 epistle, Idonotregret [it], if even

μετεμελόμην᾽ βλέπω. γὰρ" ὅτι ἡ.ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη εἰ καὶ πρὸς
I did regret ; for I see that that epistle, if even for
“ bl , € ~ ~ / ᾽ « ? ΄ ? ?
ὥραν ἐλύπησεν ὑμᾶς. 9 νῦν χαίρω, οὐχ Ore ἐλυπήθητε, ἀλλ
anhour, grieved you. Now Irejoice, not that ye were grieved, but
ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε εἰς μετάνοιαν" ἐλυπήθητε.γὰρ κατὰ θεόν,
that ye were grieved to repentance; for ye were grieved δοσογαϊηρ ο God,
ἵνα ἐν μηδενὴ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν. 10 ἡ-.γὰρ Kara
that in nothing ye might suffer loss by us, For the “according “to
θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἵκατερ-

*God ‘grief repentance to salvation not to be regretted works

yalerau'' 9.08 τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θάνατον κατεργάζεται.

out ; but the *of*the ‘world ‘grief death works out.

11 ἰδοὺ. γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι "ὑμᾶς,
ἰδοὺ.γὰρ QUTO.TOUTO τὸ κατα θεὸν ὑπηθῆναι ἕυμας,

For lo, this same thing, according to God 7to *have*been ®grieved *you,

πόσην κατειργάσατο" " ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν,
how much 7it *worked ‘out "ἴῃ ὅγοι ‘diligence, but [what] defence,

τ πρὸς κατάκρισιν OV LTTrA.
* ἐργάζεται WOrKS LTTraW.

5 συνζὴν LTTrA.
τ — ὑμᾶς LTTr[A].

Υ-- yap for (L]tr.

t ἔσχεν Lir.
z + [ἐν] L.

Y κατηργάσατο T.

Wily VET. If -CORANT HI ANS:

ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ
but indignation, but fear, but longing, but
ζῆλον, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐκδίκησιν ; ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς
zeal, but vengeance! in every [way] ye proved yourselves
ἁγνοὺς εἶναι Yév" τῷ πράγματι. 12 ἄρα εἰ καὶ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν,
Spure 4to7be in the matter. Then if also Iwrote to you,
οὐχ ‘eivexev' τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος. οὐδὲ “εἵνεκεν᾽ τοῦ
not forthesakeof him who did wrong, nor for the sake of him who
ἀδικηθέντος" ἀλλ᾽") “εἵνεκεν! τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν
suffered wrong, but for the sake of *being "manifested “diligence
“ὑμῶν! τὴν ὑπὲρ ἰἡμῶν' πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ.

tyour “which [415] *for *us to you before God.
13 Ata τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα ἐπὶ 8 τῇ παρακλήσει
On account of this we have been encouraged in encouragement

ὑμῶν" περισσοτέρως. δὲ μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν ἐπὶ τῇ χαρᾷ
1your, and the more abundantly rather we rejoiced at the joy
Τίτου, Ort ἀναπέπαυται τὸ.πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων
of Titus, because has been refreshed his spirit by all
ὑμῶν: 14 Bre εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι, οὐ
of you. Because if anything to him about you I have boasted, *not
’ὔ > ? e ’ ᾽ > , ᾿
KkaryoxuvOnyv' ἀλλ᾽ ὡς πάντα ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλαλήσαμεν
ἯΙ 2was put toshame; but 85 all things in truth we spoke
ὑμῖν, οὕτως Kai ἡ καύχησις "yay! ἰὴ! ἐπὶ Τίτου
to you, so also the boasting of us which [was] to Titus
ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη" 15 καὶ τὰ. σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ περισσοτέρως
truth became ; and his bowels more abundantly
εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐστιν, ἀναμιμνησκομένου τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν
towards you are, remembering the 7ofSall ‘of Syou

ὑπακοήν, ὡς μετὰ φόβου Kai τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν.
tobedience, how with fear and trembling ye received him.
16 yaiow™ Ore ἐν παντὶ θαῤῥῶ ἐν ὑμῖν.
Irejoice that in everything Iamconfident in you.
8 Γνωρίζομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν
But we make known ἴο you, brethren, the grace of God which
δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας" 2 ὅτι ἐν πολλῇ
has been given in the assemblies of Macedonia ; thatin much
δοκιμῇ θλίψεως ἡ περισσεία τῆς.χαρᾶς. αὐτῶν Kai ἡ κατὰ
proof οἵ tribulation the abundance of their joy and
βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς "τὸν πλοῦτον! τῆς
3deep Spoverty their abounded to the riches
ἁπλότητος. αὐτῶν. 3 ὅτι κατὰ δύναμιν, μαρτυρῶ,
of their liberality. For according to [their] power, I bear witness,
καὶ οὑπὲρ" δύναμιν αὐθαίρετοι, 4 μετὰ πολ-
and beyond [their] power [they were] willing of themselves, with much
Ane παρακλήσεως δεόμενοι ἡμῶν THY χάριν καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν
entreaty beseeching ofus, *the ®grace 7and *the °fellowship
τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους Ῥδέξασθαι. ἡμᾶς""
of the ᾿ζξογζυϊοθ ‘*which ['*was] ‘*for ‘*the saints ‘for 7us 3to *receive.
5 καὶ ov καθὼς ἠλπίσαμεν, 1arNr’'! ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶ-
And not [only] according as we hoped, but themselves they gave first
τον τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ᾽ 6 εἰς.τὸ παρα-
tothe Lord, and tous by [the] will of God. So that 7ex-

479

ing of yourselves, yea,
what indignation, yea,
what fear, yea, whut
vehement desire, yea,
what zeal, yea, what
revenge! Inall things
yehave approved your-
selves to be clear in
this matter. 12 Where-
fore, though I wrote
unto you,/ did it not
for his cause that had
done the wrong, nor
for his cause that suf-
fered wrong, but that
our care for you in the
sight of God might
appear unto you.
13 Therefore we were
comforted in your
comfort : yea, and ex-
ceedingly the more
joyed we for the joy of
Titus, because his spi-
rit was refreshed by

ou all. 14 Forif I

ave boasted anything
to him of you, I am
not ashamed; but as
we spake all things to
you in truth, even so
our boasting, which ἢ
made before Titus, is
found a truth, 15 And
his inward affection is
more abundant toward
you, whilst he remem-
bereth the obedience
of you all, how with
fear and trembling ye
received him. 161 re-
joice therefore that I
have confidence in you
in all things.

VEL Moreover,
brethren, we do you to
wit of the grace of
God bestowed on the
churches of Macedo-
nia; 2 how that ina
great trial of affliction
the abundance of their
joy and their deep po-
verty abounded unto
the riches of their li-
berality. 3 For to
their power, I bear re-
cord, yea, and beyond
their power they were
willing of themselves;
4 praying us with much
intreaty that we would
receive the gift, and
take upon us the fel-
lowship of the minis-
tering to the saints.
5 And this they did,
not as we hoped, but
first gave their own
selves to the Lord, and
unto us by the will of
God. 6 Insomuch that
we desired Titus, that

8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.
ες ἡμῶν Our EG.
h μῶν our LTTrAW.
τὰ + οὖν therefore E.
GLTTraw. ᾳ ἀλλὰ TTr.

b — ἐν (read τῷ in the) [L]TTraw.
[ὑμῶν you EG.
i — δὲ and Lrtraw.

0 τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrA. ° παρὰ LTTrAW.

3 © ἕνεκεν LTTrA.
ἕ - δὲ and (in) commencing a sentence at ἐπὶ LTTrAW.
K ὑμῶν of you La.

4 ἀλλὰ Tr.

!— ἡ τ{τιτ].
Ρ — δέξασθαι ἡμᾶς

4380

as he had begun, so he
would also finish in
you the same grace
also. 7 Therefore, as
ve abound in every
thing, in faith, and ut-
terance, and know-
ledge, and in all dili-
gence, and in your love
to us, see that ye a-
bound in this grace
also. 8 Lspeak not by
commandment, but by
oceasion of the for-
wardness of others,
and to prove the sin-
cerity of your love.
9 For ye know the
grace of our Lord Je-
sus Christ,that,though
he was rich, yet for
your sakes he became
poor, that ye through
his poverty might be
rich. 10 And hereinI
give my advice: for
this is expedient for
you, who have begun
before, not only to do.
but also to be forward
a year ago. 11 Now
therefore perform the
doing of it; that as
there was a readiness
to will, so there may
be a, performance also
out of that which ye
have. 12 Forif there
be first a_ willing
mind, it is accepted ac-
cording to that a man
hath, and not accord-
ing to that he hath
not. 13 For 7 mean
not that other men be
eased, and ye be bur-
dened: 14 but by an
equality, that now at
this time your abun-
dance may bea supply
for their want, that
their abundance also
may be a supply for
your want: that there
may be equality : 15 as
it is written, He that
had gathered much
had nothing over ; and
he that had gathered
little had no lack.

16 But thanks δὲ to
God, which put the
game earnest care into
the heart of Titus for

ou. 17 For indeed

e accepted the exhor-
tation; but being
more forward, of his
own accord he went
unto you. 18 And we
havesent with him the
brother, whose praise
ig in the — gospel
throughout 8211 the
churches; 19 and not
that only, but who
was alsochosen of the

τ ἡμετέρας Of Our EL
~ δόντι gave w.

but Lrir[a].

WIPOEAKOPEN 8 DOYS! -B.
καλέσαι ἡμᾶς Τίτον, wa καθὼς προενήρξατο, οὕτως καὶ
horted ‘we Titus, that according as he before began, sO also

ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν. χάριν.ταύτην. 7 ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ
he might complete with you also this grace. But even as

ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε, πίστει, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ γνώσει, καὶ
in every [way} ye abound, in faith, and word, and knowledge, and

, Ei i Aas i Ξ :
πάσῃ σπουδῇ, καὶ τῇ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν me ἀγάπῃ, ἵνα Kai ἐν
5
?

ὙΠ

all diligence, andinthe*from *you ‘to ‘love, that also in
ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε' Bod Kar ἐπιταγὴν λέγω,
this grace yeshould abound. Not according to acommand do I speak,
ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς Kai τὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας" ἀγάπης
but through the 7o0f*others ‘diligence and the 4of “your *love
γνήσιον δοκιμάζων 9 ywwoKere-yao τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου
‘genuineness proving. For ye know the grace of *Lord
ἡμῶν “Inoov χριστοῦ, ὅτι ov ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν
‘our Jesus Christ, that *for ‘the °sake*of 7you *he *became !°poor
πλούσιος ὦν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου.πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε.
?rich ‘being, that ye by his poverty might be enriched.
10 καὶ γνώμην ἐν τούτῳ δίδωμι; τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν συμφέρει,
And ἃ judgment in this I give, for this for you is profitable,
οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὸ ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ Kai τὸ θέλειν προενήρ-

who not only the doing, but also the being willing began
ξἕασθε ἀπὸ.πέρυσι: 11 νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι ἐπιτελέσατε,
before a year ago, But now also*the doing ‘complete;

ὅπως καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν, οὕτως καὶ
sothat evenas {there was]the readiness ofthe being willing, so also

ἔχειν. 12 Et-yap ἡ προθυμία πρό-
the completing out of that [ye] have. Forif the readiness is pre-
κειται, καθὸ "ἐὰν ἔχῃ ‘rec εὐπρόσδεκτος, οὐ καθὸ
sent, according as *may *have ‘anyone [he is] accepted, not according as
> » 1 ᾽ \ ἄλλ a” ε - Υ Sil
οὐκ ἔχει. 13 οὐ.γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν." δὲ
he has not. For (it is] not that to others[there may be] ease, but for you
θλίψις" ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἰσότητος, ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ τὸ ὑμῶν TeEpic-
pressure, but of equality, in the present time your abun-
σευμα εἰς τὸ ἐκείνων ὑστέρημα, 14 ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίοσ-
dance for their deficiency, that also their abun-
σευμα “γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα: ὅπως γένηται
dance may be for your deficiency, so that there should be
ἰσότης 15 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὁ τὸ πολὺ οὐκ
equality. According as it has been written, He that [gathered] much “ποῦ
ἐπλεόνασεν᾽ καὶ ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον οὐκ.ἠλαττόνησεν.
had over, and he that [gathered] little did not lack.
16 Χάρις. δὲ τῷ θεῷ, τῷ "διδόντι" τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ
But thanks to God, who gives the same diligence for
ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου: 17 ore τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐ-
you in the heart οἵ Titus. For the ?indeed ‘exhortation he
δέξατο, σπουδαιότερος.δὲ ὑπάρχων, αὐθαίρετος ἐξῆλθεν
received, but more diligent being, of his own accord he went out
πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 18 συνεπέμψαμεν.δὲ “μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφόν"
to you. But we sent with him the brother
οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκ-
of ποτ the praise fis]in the gladtidings through all 19 as-
KAnowwy 19 οὐ povoy.dé, ἀλλὰ Kai χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν
semblies ; and not only [so], but also having beenchosen by the

TO ἐπιτελέσαι ἐκ τοῦ

t — τις (read ἔχῃ he may have) LTTraw. y — ée

x τὸν ὀδελφὴν μετ΄ αὐτοῦ T.

8 ay T.

VALE TX. If *OORFNTHEANS.
ἐκκλησιῶν συνέκδημος ἡμῶν Yobv" τῇ.χάριτιιταύτῃ τῇ
assemblies [is] our fellow-traveller with this grace, which [is]
διακονουμένῃ Up ἡμῶν πρὸς THY ZadTOU' Tov κυρίου δόξαν
served by us to the himself 7of*the *Lord ‘glory
προθυμίαν δὑμῶν"!ΒἘ 20 στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή
eadiness tyour; avoiding this, lest
τις ἡμᾶς μωμήσηται ἐν τῇ. ἁδρότητιιτταύτῃ τῇ διακονου-
anyone us_ shouldblame in this abundance which [15] served
μένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν" 21 Ῥπρονοούμενοι' καλὰ οὐ μόνον ἐνώπιον
by us; providing things right not only before
κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων. 22 Συνεπέμψαμεν. δὲ
(the} Lord, but also before men. And we sent with
> ~ x ? A « - τι > , ? Ὁ
αὐτοῖς τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. ἡμῶν ὃν ἐδοκιμάσαμεν ἐν πολλοῖς πολ-
them our brother whom _— we proved in many things often
λάκις σπουδαῖον ὄντα, vuvi.dé πολὺ σπουδαιότερον πεποι-

καὶ
and [a witness of]

diligent tobe, andnow much more diligent by the ?con-
θήσει πολλῷ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 925 εἴτε ὑπὲρ Τίτου,
fidence ‘great which[is] towards you. Whether asregards Titus,

4 2 A ‘ > € ~ , ” ? ‘
κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός" εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ

{he is] *partner

my and for you afellow-worker; or “brethren
ἡμῶν, ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν, δόξα χριστοῦ. 24 Τὴν
Your, [they are] messengers of assemblies, 7glory ‘Christ’s. The

οὖν

ἔνδειξιν τῆς. ἀγάπης.ὑμῶν, καὶ ἡμῶν καυχήσεως ὑπὲρ
*therefore

1proof of your love, and of our boasting about
« - > > * .c2 , HT] d ΜΠ ,7 , ~ 2 ~
ὑμῶν, εἰς αὐτοὺς “ἐνδείξασθε" καὶ" εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν.
you, *to *them Ishew 7ye and in face of the assemblies.
9 Περὶ μὲν. γὰρ τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους
For concerning the service which [is] for the saints
περισσόν μοι ἐστὶν TO γράφειν ὑμῖν. 2 οἷδα.γὰρ τὴν προθυ-

superfluous forme itis writing toyou. For I know *readi-
μίαν ὑμῶν ἣν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καυχῶμαι Μακεδόσιν, ὅτι
ness tyour which concerning you I boast of to Macedonians ; that
? eo 7 ? x , A . eft £2 ll « - aN

Αχαΐα παρεσκεύασται ἀπὸ.πέρυσι" Kai ©o! [ἐξ ὑπο ζῆλος
Achaia has been prepared ayearago, and the 7of τ zeal

ἠρέθισεν τοὺς πλείονας. 3 ἔπεμψα.δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἵνα.μὴ
provoke the greater number, But I sent the brethren, lest
τὸ καὐχημα.ἡμῶν τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κενωθῇ ἐν τῷ
our boasting which [is] about you should be made void in
μέρειιτούτῳ ἵνα καθὼς ἔλεγον, παρεσκευασμένοι ἦτε,
this respect, that according as I said, prepared ye may be;
4 μήπως ἐὰν ἔλθωσιν σὺν ἐμοὶ Μακεδόνες, καὶ εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς
lest perhaps if should come with me Macedonians, and find you
ἀπαρασκευάστους, καταισχυνθῶμεν ἡμεῖς, ἵνα μὴ.λέγωμεν
unprepared, 7should *be *put ®to*shame ‘we, (that we may notsay
ὑμεῖς, ἐν τῇ. ὑποστάσει. ταύτῃ Srij¢ καυχήσεως." 5 ἀναγκαῖον

γ9) in this confidence of boasting. Necessary
,
οὖν ἡγησάμην παρακαλέσαι τοὺς ἀδελφούς ἵνα προΐλ-
therefore Lesteemed [it] to exhort the brethren that they should

θωσιν sic! ὑμᾶς, καὶ προκαταρτίσωσιν τὴν 'προκατηγ-
5ο Ὀθέοσ to you, and should complete beforehand 3foree
, ΄ ~ μὰ «
γελμένην" εὐλογίαν ὑμῶν ταύτην ἑτοίμην εἶναι οὕτως ὡς
announced ‘blessing your this Tready ®to*be thus as

481
churches to _ travel
with us with this

grace, which is ad-
ministered by us to
the glory of the same
Lord, and declaration
of your ready mind:
20 avoiding this, that
no man should blame
us in this abundance
which is administered
by us: 21 providing
for honest things, not
only in the sight of
the Lord, but also in
the sight of men.
22 And we have sent
with them our bro-
ther, whom we have
oftentimes proved di-
ligent in many things,
but now much more di-
ligent, upon the great
confidence which J
have inyou. 23 Whe-
ther any do inquire of
Titus, he is my part-
ner and fellowhelper
concerning you: or
our brethren be in-
quired of, they are the
messengers of the
churches, and the glo-
ry of Christ. 24 Where-
fore shew ye to them,
and before the church-
es, the proof of your
love, and of our boast-
ing on your behalf.

IX. For as touching
the ministering to the
saints, it is superfluous
for me to write to
you: 2 for I know the
forwardness of your
mind, for which I
boast of you to them
of Macedonia, that
Achaia was ready a
year ago; and your
zeal hath provoked
very many. 3 Yet
have I sent the breth-
ren, lest our boasting
of you should be in
yain in this behalf;
that, as I said, ye
may be ready: 4 lest
haply if they of Ma-
cedonia come with
me, and find you un-
prepared, we (that we
say not, ye) should be
ashamed in this same
confident boasting.
5 Therefore I thought
it necessary to exhort
the brethren, that
they would go before
unto you, and make
up beforehand your
bounty, whereof ye
had notice before,that
the same might be
ready, as a matter of

Υ ἐν in LTraw. ® — αὐτοῦ LTrAW.
we provide LTTrA ; mpovoovpevor yap G.
GLTTrAW. « τὸ Τττ. f — ἐξ (read ὑμῶν of you) τττ[Α].
& πρὸς LTrW. i προεπηγγελμένην before promised LTTraw

8 ἡμῶν ΟἿΓ GLTTrAW.

Ὁ προνοοῦμεν yap for
ς ἐνδεικνύμενοι SheWwiNg LTTrA.
8 — τῆς καυχήσεως GLITrAW.

— και

1k

482

bounty, and not as of
covetousness. 6 But
this 7 say, He which
soweth sparingly shall
reap also sparingly;
and he which soweth
bountifully shall reap
also bountifully. 7 E-
very Man according as
he purposeth in his
heart, so let him give ;
not grudgingly, or of
necessity: for God
loveth a _ cheerful
iver. 8 And God its
able to make‘all grace
abound toward you;
that ye, always having
all sufficiency in all
things, may abound to
every good work: 9 (as
it is written, He hath
dispersed abroad ; he
hath given to the poor:
his righteousness re-
maineth for ever.
10 Now he that mi-
nistereth seed to the
sower both minister
bread for your food,
and multiply your
seed sown, and in-
crease the fruits of
your righteousness ;)
11 being enriched in
every thing to all
bountifulness, which
causeth through us
thanksgiving to God.
12 For the administra-
tion of this service not
only supplieth the
want of the saints, but
is abundant also by
many thanksgivings
unto God; 13 whiles by
the experiment of this
ministration they glo-
rify God for your pro-
fessed subjection unto
the gospel of Christ,
and for your libe-
ral distribution unto
them, and unto all
men ; 14 and by their
prayer for you, which
jong after you for the
exceeding grace of
God in you. 15 Thanks
be unto God for his
unspeakable gift.

X. Now I Paul
myself beseech you
by the meekness and
gentleness of Christ,
who in presence am
base among you, but
being absent am bol
toward you: 2 but I
beseech you, that I
may not be bold when
I am present with that
confidence, wherewith
I think to be bold,a-
gainst some, which

ΠΡῸΣ AK @P UNG LOY ST B: IX, X.
εὐλογίαν, "καὶ" μὴ oreo! πλεονεξίαν. 6 Τοῦτο. δέ, ὁ

ablessing, and ποῦ as [8] covetousness. But this [1 say], he that

σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως Kai θερίσει: Kai ὁ σπείρων
SOWS sparingly, sparingly also shallreap; and hethat sows
ϑι 3 ᾽ , eh) ᾽ ΄, 8 , «“ ᾿
ἐπ᾿ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει. 7 ἕκαστος καθὼς
on blessings, on blessings also shall reap: each according as
m ~ ΤΙ ~ δί A Yas | λύ nan ὦ ? , τ « A
προαιρεῖται" τῇ καρδίᾳ" μὴ ExAdTNC ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης" ἱλαρὸν
epurposes inthe heart; ποῦ grievingly, or of necessity ; 7a *cheerful
‘ 60 > ~ 4 θ , Ἐ ὃ a δὲ! « 6 a ~ ,
γὰρ ὀότην ἀγαπᾷ o Veo. 8 "δυνατὸς. 0 θεὸς πᾶσαν χάριν
for giver “loves 1God. For able [is} God every’ grace
περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς. ἵνα ἐν παντὶ πάντοτε πᾶσαν
to make abound towards you, that in every (way) always all
αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες, περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν Ἔργον ἀγαθόν"
sufficiency having, ye may abound to every ork good:
9 καθὼς ἔγραπται, ᾿Ἑσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν"
according as it has been written, He scattered abroad, he gave tothe ῬΟΟΣ,
ἡ-δεκαιοσύνη.αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. 10 Ὁ. δὲ ἐπιχορηγῶν
his righteousness abides for ever. Now he that supplies
ὁσπέρμα' τῷ σπείροντι καὶ ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν Ῥχορηγήσαι"
seed tohim that sows and bread for eating may he supply
καὶ IdnOdva' τὸν. σπόρον ὑμῶν, καὶ ταὐξήσαι" τὰ "γεννή-
and may he multiply your sowing, and may heincrease the fruits

para" τῆς. δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν. 11 ἐν παντὶ πλουτιζόμενοι
of your righteousness : in every [way] being enriched
εἰς πᾶσαν ἁπλότητα, ἥτις κατεργάζεται Oe ἡμῶν εὐχαρισ-
ἴο all liberality, which works out through us thanks-
τίαν ‘rq θεῷ: 12 ὅτι ἡ διακονία ric-dEroupyiac-ravTne
giving to God. Because the service of this ministration
οὐ μόνον ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ἁγίων,
not only is completely filling up the deficiencies ofthe saints,
ἀλλὰ Kai περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ θεῷ"
but also abounding through many thanksgivings to God ;
13 διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς.διακονίας.ταύτης δοξάζοντες τὸν
through the proof of this service [they] glorifying
θεὸν ἐπὶ TH ὑποταγῇ τῆς. ὁμολογίας. ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον
God at the subjection, by your confession, to the glad tidings
τοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai ἁπλότητι THC κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ
of the Christ, and liberality ofthecommunication towards them and
εἰς πάντας, 14 καὶ αὐτῶν.δεήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἐπιποθούν-
towards all; and in theirsupplication for you, a longing
των ὑμᾶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφ᾽
for you, on account of the surpassing grace of God upon
« -. 15 ’ νυ δὲ! ~ (4) ~ > 7 ~ Ὁ ὃ Ul > ~ ~
υμιν. χαρις. € τῳ VEG ἔπι TY AVEK (NnYNT@ αὐτου δωρε ὃ
you. Now thanks [be] toGod for “indescribable this free ie
10 Avroc.dé ἐγὼ Παῦλος παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς “πρᾳό-
Now *myself *I Paul exhort you by the meek-

ἃ τητος" καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς κατὰ πρόσωπον μὲν

ness who as to

ταπεινὸς
mean

TO μὴ

that i,

and gentleness ofthe Christ, appearance {am]
? « - 7 ‘ 4 )ὲ»"ν > « ~ ’
ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀπὼν.δὲ θαῤῥῷ εἰς ὑμᾶς" 2 δέομαι.δὲ
among you, butabsent ambold towards you; but I beseech
παρὼν θαῤῥῆσαι τῇ πεποιθήσει

‘being *present Ἵ ‘should be bold with the confidence with which

k— aT.
For is able Urtra.

will multiply @Lraw ; πληθύνει multipiies Tr.
τ [τῷ] L.

ματα QLTTrAW.

1 ὡς GLITrAW.

™ προήρηται he has purposed LTtraw. Ὁ duvaret δὲ

P χορηγήσει will supply GLrTraw. 4 πληθυνεξ

τ αὐξήσει Wiil increase GLTTrAW. 5 γενή-
W πραὕὔτητος LTTrAW.

© σπόρον LTr.

vy — δὲ now LTTrA.

xX. EET ‘COV NITE ANOS:

λογίζομαι τολμῆσαι ἐπί τινας τοὺς λογιζομένους medic we
I reckon to be daring towards some who reckon of as
κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας. 8 ἐν. σαρκὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦντες,

7according *to *flesh 1walking. For in flesh walking,

οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα" 4 τὰ.γὰρ ὕπλα τῆς *oTpa-

not according to flesh do we war. Forthe arms of *war-

τείας! ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς

fare ‘our [are] not fieshly, but powerful through God to [the]

Kadai ee ὀχυρωμάτων" 5 λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν
overt of ΒΙΣΟΤΒΊ ΠΟΙΌΝ: ?reasonings toverthrowing and every

iieruns ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αἰχμα-
high thing lifting itself ἘῈΡ ἘΡΕΙ͂Ν the ene of God, and leading

λωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ, 6 Kai
captive WEES thought into the obedience ofthe Christ; and

ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοῆν, ὅταν πλη-
3in Ξγραᾶϊηθεβ ‘having ἴο avenge all disobedience, when may have
ρωθῇ ὑμῶν ἡ ὑπακοή. 7 Τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον
een fulfilled your obedience, The things according to appearance
βλέπετε; εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ χριστοῦ εἶναι, τοῦτο
do ye look at? If anyone is persuaded in himself οὗ Christ to be, this

λογιζέσθω πάλιν Τἀφ᾽". ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι καθὼς αὐτὸς χριστοῦ,
let him reckon again of himself, that according as he [is] of Christ,

οὕτως καὶ = peic χριστοῦ." ὃ ἐάν. "τε" γὰρ cai! περισ-
80 also [are] we of Christ. For and if even more a-
σότερόν τι “καυχήσωμαι' περὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἡμῶν, ἧς

which

ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος ἡμῖν" εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν
ϑξθαυθ ‘the *Lord tous for buildingup and not for overthrowing

ὑμῶν, ovK.aioxvyOnoopa 9 ἵνα μὴ.δόξω we ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν
you, Ishallnot ὈΘ puttoshame; that _Imaynotseem asif frightening
ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν. 10 bre αἱ “μὲν ἐπιστολαί,
you by means of epistles : because the epistles,
φησίν, ββαρεῖαι καὶ ἰσχυραί ἡ.δὲ παρουσία τοῦ σώματος
says he, [are] Eten and strong, butthe presence ofthe body

ἀσθενής, Kai ὁ λόγος ᾿[ἐξουθενημένος." 11 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω
weak, and the be naught. This let *reckon

ὁ τοιοῦτος, OTL οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ Ov ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες,
‘such 7a ὯΠ6, that such as we are in word by epistles being absent,

TOLOUTOL καὶ παρόντες τῷ eye 12 Οὐ.γὰρ τολμῶμεν
such ([weare] also being Ma in deed. For ποῦ dare ‘we

βἐγκρῖναι"! ἢ Ἐσυγκρῖναι! ἑαυτούς τισιν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συν-
rank among or conan 2with ‘ourselves some who themselves com-

ιστανόντων, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες, Kai

bundantly somewhat ἐς art boast concerning our suthoxity,

mend ; but these by themselves themselves measuring, and
ὑσυγκρίνοντες" ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς, οὐ-ἷ'συνιοῦσιν." 18 ἡμεῖς
comparing themselves with themselves, do not understand. *We
δὲ Kobyi" ες τὰ ἄμετρα καυχησόμεθα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ

‘now ποῦ to the things beyond measure will boast, but according, to

TO μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου
the measure of the rule which °divided *to7us ‘the 7God *of *measure

ἐφικέσθαι ἄχρι καὶ ὑμῶν. 14 Ἰοὺ γὰρ ρ ὡς! μὴ ἐφικνούμενοι εἰς
toreach 7to ‘also you. νοῦ ‘for as eu, reaching to
x στρατιᾶς T. Υ ἐφ᾽ TTr. — χριστοῦ GLTTraW.

LTTra. © καυχήσομαι I eee oat T. da — ἡμῖν LTTrA.
(φασιν say they τι} LTtr. f ἐξονδενημένος L. 8 ἐν- τ΄ h oup- Τ.
© οὐκ LTTrAW. las yap (reading the sentence as a question) L.

— τε and [u]tr[4].

483

think of us as if we
walked according to
the flesk. 3 For though
we walk in the flesh,
we do not war after
the flesh: 4 (for the
weapons of our war-
fare are not carnal,
but mighty through
God to the pulling
down of strong holds;)
5 casting down i imagi-
nations, and every
high thing that exalt-
eth itself against the
knowledgeof God, and
bringing into captivi-
ty every thought tothe
obedience of Christ ;
6 and having in a
readiness to revenge
all disobedience, when
your obedience is ful-
filled. 7 Do ye look
on things after the
outward appearance ?
If any man trust to
himself that he is
Christ’s, let him of
himself think this a-
gain, that, as he ὦ
Christ’s, even so are
we Christ’s. 8 For
though I should boast
somewhat more of our
authority, which the
Lord hath given us for
edification, and not for
your destruction, 1
should not be asham-
ed: 9 that I may not
seem as if I would
terrify pie by letters.
10 For letters, say
they, are weighty and
powerful ; but Ais bo-
dily presence is weak,
and his speech con-
temptible. 11 Let such
an one think this, that,
such as we are in word
by letters when we are
absent, such will we
be also in deed when
we are present. 12 For
we dare not make our-
selves of the number,
or compare ourselves
with some that com-
mend themselves: but
they measuring them-
selves by themselves,
and comparing them-
selves among them-
selves, are not wise.
13 But we will not
boast of things with-
out our measure, but
according to the mea-
sure of the rule which
God hath distributed
to us, ἃ measure to
reach even unto you.
14 For we stretch not
ourselves beyond our
measure, as though we

> — και

e ἐπιστολαὶ μέν φησιν

i συνιᾶσιν LTTrA.

484

reached not unto you:
for we are come as
far as to you also
in preaching the gos-
pel of Christ: 15 not
boasting of things
without our measure,
that is, of other men’s
labours; but having
hope, when your faith
is increased, that we
shall be enlarged by
you according to our
rule abundantly, 16 to
preach the gospel in
the regions beyond

‘ou, and not to boast
in another man’s line
of things made ready
to our hand, 17 But
he that glorieth, let
him glory in the
Lerd. 18 For not he
that commendeth him-
self is approved, but
whom the Lord com-
mendeth.

XI, Would to God
ye could bear with me
a little in my folly:
and indeed bear with
me. 2 For I am jea-
lous over you with
godly jealousy: for I
have espoused you to
one husband, that I
may present you as
a chaste virgin to
Christ. 3 But I fear,
lest by any Means, as
the serpent beguiled
Eve through his sub-
tilty, so your minds
should be corrupted
from the simplicity
that is in Christ. 4 For
if he that cometh
preacheth another Je-
sus, whom we have
not preached, or Uf ye
receive another spirit,
which ye have not re-
ceived, or another gos-
pel, which ye have
not accepted, ye
might well bear with
him. 5 For I suppose
I was not a whit be-
hind the very chiefest
apostles. 6 But though
Z be rude in speech,
yet not in knowledge ;
but we have been
throughly made mani-
fest among you in all
things. 7 HaveI com-
mitted an offence in
abasing myself that

e might be exalted,

ecause 1 have preach-
ed to you the gospel of
God freely ? 8 Lrobbed
other churches, taking
wages of them, to do
you service 9 And

" συνιστάνων LTTrAW.
τ τῆς E3 ἀφροσύνης ELTTrAW.
τῆς ἁγνότητος and the purity LTraw.
y δὲ but x.

bear with La.
manifest LITra.

IL PO). KEOJPA NiO ΤΟΎΣ .8. Xe, ΧΙ

ὑμᾶς ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς" ἄχρι.γὰρ Kai ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν
you do we overstretch ourselves, (forto also ‘you we came
ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" 1ὅ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα
in the glad tidings of the Christ ;) not *to *the *things *beyond ‘measure
καυχώμενοι ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις κόποις, ἐλπίδα.δὲ ἔχοντες, avEavo-
‘boasting in others’ labours, but hope having, 3increas-
μένης τῆς.πίστεως. ὑμῶν, ἐν ὑμῖν μεγαλυνθῆναι κατὰ
ing 1your 7faith, among you to beenlarged according to
τὸν. κανόνα ἡμῶν εἰς περισσείαν, 16 εἰς τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν
our rule to abundance, to that beyond you
᾽ , > 2 ? , , > ‘
εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐκ ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι εἰς τὰ
to announce the glad tidings, not ἢ ‘another’s Srule ‘as 7to *things

ἕτοιμα καυχήσασθαι. 17 Ὁ δὲ καυχώμενος, ἔν κυρίῳ
®ready 1to *boast. But he that boasts, in (the] Lord

καυχάσθω" 18 od-yap ὁ ἑαυτὸν "συνιστῶν," ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν
let him boast, For not he that himself commends, this [one] is
δόκιμος, “ἀλλ᾽! ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν.
approved, but whom the Lord commends.
11 “Ogedov PaveiyecOé' μου μικρὸν 4 "τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ
Iwould ye were bearing with me a little in folly ;
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνέχεσθέ μου. 2 ζηλῶ.γὰρ ὑμᾶς θεοῦ ζή-
but indeed bear with me. ForIam jealous 848 to you “οὔ *God'with [*the)
A" ἡρμοσάμην.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν
sjealousy, for I have espoused you towne man *a ‘virgin ‘chaste
παραστῆσαι τῷ χριστῷ" 8 φοβυῦμαιιδξλξτ᾽͵ἄέ μήπως ὡς ὁ
4to7present [Syou] tothe (Christ. But I fear lest byany means as the
ὄφις "Εὔαν ἐξηπατησεν" ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ᾿οὕτως"
Ἧ

ell

serpent 7Eve 1deceived his craftiness, 80
φθαρῇ τὰ υρο μετ aie) ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος" τῆς
should ὍΘ corrupted your thoughts from simplicity which [is]

εἰς “rov" χριστόν. 4 εἰμὲν. γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἄλλον ‘Inoovy
asto the Christ. For if indeed he that comes another Jesus
κηρύσσει ὃν οὐκιἐκηρύξαμεν, ἢ πνεῦμα ἕτερον λαμβάνετε
proclaims whom we αἸᾶ ποῦ proclaim, or a*spirit ‘different ye receive
τι ? 5] , n ? , oe a ᾽ or
ὃ οὐκιἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ.ἐδέξασθε,
which ye did not receive, or “glad *tidings ‘different which ye did not accept,
καλῶς τηνείχεσθε." 5 Λογίζομαι Yyaoll μηδὲν ὕὑστερη-
well were ye bearing with [it]. ΞῚ reckon for in nothing to have been
κέναι τῶν τὑπὲρ.λίαν! ἀποστόλων. 6 εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιώτης
behind those in a surpassing degree apostles. But if even unpolished
~ ΄ ᾽ ? ᾽ “ ΄ 4 > 2 9 \ a
τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ TY γνώσει: ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ φανε-
in speech ΓΙ am], yet ποῦ in knowledge; but in every [way] made
ρωθέντες" ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς. 7 ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα, ἐμαυτὸν

manifest in allthings to you. Or did I commit sin, myself
ταπεινῶν iva ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὕτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ
thumbling that ye might be exalted, because gratuitously the Sof *God

εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν ; 8 ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα,
1elad “tidings I announced to you? Other assemblies I despoiled,
λαβὼν ὀψώνιον πρὸς TRY ὑμῶν διακονίαν" 9 Kai
having received wages for towards *you ‘service. And
παρὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑστερηθείς,ρ οὐ κατενάρκησα
being present with you and having been deficient, I did lazily burden

4 + τι some (little) ELTTraw.
t— οὕτως LTTrA. Y + καὶ

x ἀνείχεσθε GTIrW ; ἀνέχεσθε ye
a φανερώσαντες having made [it]

ο ἀλλὰ LTr. P ἠνείχεσθέ E.
5 ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν LITraw.
w — τὸν T.
2 ὑπερλίαν GLTAW.

ΧΙ. II CORINTHIANS.

b ἠδ , “}} ‘ \ « , , Ni « ἐδ NE
οὐδενὸς" TO-yap ὑστερημὰ μου προσανεπλήρωσαν OL AOE
no one, (forthe deficiency of me “completely *filled *up ‘the *breth-

goi ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας" καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ

ren whocame from Macedonia,) and in everything not burdensome
οὑμῖν ἐμαυτὸν" ἐτήρησα Kai τηρήσω. 10 ἔστιν ἀλήθεια
toyou myself I kept and will keep. ‘Is [the] *truth
χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ ὅτι ἡ καύχησις. αὕτη 4ob.cppayicerat εἰς ἐμὲ

Sof*Christ in me that this boasting shall not be sealed up as to me

ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν τῆς Axatac. 11 ἐδιατί"; ὅτι odK.ayar@

in the regions of Achaia, Why? because I do not love
ὑμᾶς; ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν. 12 6.68 ποιῶ, Kai ποιήσω, ἵνα ἐκ-
you? God knows. But what Ido, also Iwilldo, that I may

κόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα tv. Kav-

cutoff the occasion of those wishing an occasion, that wherein they
χῶνται εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς Kai ἡμεῖς. 18 οἱ. γὰρ.τοιοῦτοι
boast they may befound accordingasalso we. ‘orsuch [are]

ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐργάται δόλιοι, μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀπο-
false apostles, workers ‘deceitful, transforming themselves into apo-
στόλους χριστοῦ 14 Kai fou θαυμαστόν" abroc-yap ὁ
stles of Christ. And not wonderful [5 10], for "himself
σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός" 15 οὐ
1Satan transforms himself into an angel of light. [It is} not
éya οὖν εἰ Kai οἱ.διάκονοι.αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζον -
a great thing therefore if also his servants transform themselves
ται we διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται κατὰ
as servants of righteousness; of whom the end shall be according to
τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν.
their works.
16 Πάλιν λέγω, μή Tic pe δόξ ἄφρονα εἶναι" εἰ δὲ
Again [1858., Not anyone*me ᾿βῃοια *think afool tobe; butif
μήγε, κἂν we ἄφρονα δέξασθέ pe, ἵνα ἐμικρόν τι κἀγὼ"
otherwise, even as a fool receive me, that “little ‘some Ialso
καυχήσωμαι. 17 ὃ λαλῶ, οὐ λαλῶ κατὰ κύριον,"
may boast. What I speak, *not “do I speak according to [the] Lord,
ἀλλ᾽ we ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ, ἐν ταύτῃ TY ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως.
but as in folly, in this confidence of boasting.

18 ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ καυχῶνται

κατὰ ἱτὴν! σάρκα, κἀγὼ Kav-
Since many boast

according to flesh, T also will
χήσομαι. 19 ἡδέως. γὰρ ἀνέχεσθε THY ἀφρόνων, φρόνιμοι
boast. For ‘gladly ‘ye *bear *with "fools “intelligent
ὄντες" 230 ἀνέχεσθε.γὰρ εἴ τις ὑμᾶς καταδουλοῖ, εἴ TIC
*being. For ye bear [it] if anyone “you ‘bring into bondage, if anyone
κατεσθίει, εἴ τις λαμβάνει, εἴ τις ἐπαίρεται,
devour (you), if anyone take {from you], if anyone exalt himself,
εἴ τις "ὑμᾶς εἰς πρόσωπον" δέρει. 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω,
if anyone “you “on “the *face beat. Asto dishonour I speak,
we Ore ἡμεῖς ᾿ἠσθενήσαμεν"" ἐν. ᾧ.δ᾽ ἄν τις τολμᾷ, ἐν
as that we were weak ; but wherein anyone may be daring, (in
ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω, τολμῶ κἀγώ. 322 Ἑ βραϊῖοί εἰσιν; κἀγώ"
olly I speak,) 7am 3daring ‘I also. Hebrews are they? I also.
ὩΙσραηλῖταί! εἰσιν; κἀγώ" σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ slow; κἀγώ"
Israelites are they ? 1 also. Seed of Abraham are they? I also.

Ὁ οὐθενός LTTrA. © ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν LTTrA.
EGLTTrAW. © διὰ τί LTrA.
Ὁ κατὰ κύριον λαλῶ LITrAW.
καμεν have been weak Ltr.

f ov θαῦμα NO Wonder LTTraWw.
i χὴν TTr.
™ *TopanAeitat T.

485

when I was present
with you, and wanted,
I was chargeable to no
man: for that which
was lacking tome the
brethren which came
from Macedonia sup-
plied: and in all things
I have kept myself
from being burden-
some unto you, and so

ill I keep myself.
10 As the truth of
Christ is in me, no
man shall stop me of
this boasting in the
regions of Achaia.
11 Wherefore ? because
I love you not? God
knoweth, 12 But what
I do, that I will do,
that I may cut off occa-
sion from them which
desire occasion; that
wherein they glory,
they may be found
even as we. 13 For
such are false apos-
tles, deceitful workers,
transforming them-
selves into the apostles
of Christ. 14 And no
marvel; for Satan him-
self is transformed
into an angel of light.
15 Therefore it i no
great thing if his min-
isters also be trans-
formed as the minis-
ters of righteousness ;
whose end shall be ac-
cording totheir works.

161 say again, Let
no man think mea
fool; if otherwise, yet
as a fool receive me,
that I may boast my-

self a little. 17 That
which I speak, I speak
it not after the Lord,

but as it were foolish-
ly, in this confidence of
boasting. 18 Seeing
that many glory after
the flesh, I will glory
also. 19 For ye suffer
fools gladly, seeing ye
yourselves are wise.
20 For ye suffer, if a
man bring you into
bondage, if a man de-
vour you, if a man
takeof you, if a man
exalt himself, if aman
smite you on the face.
21 I speak as concern-
ing reproach,as though
we had been weak.
Howbeit whereinso-
ever any is bold, (1
speak foolishly,) I am
boldalso, 22 Are they
Hebrews?soamlI. Are
they Ievaelites ? so am
1. Are they the seed of

4 ov φραγήσεται shall not be stopped
: ὃ κἀγὼ μικρόν τι GLTTrAaw.
Κ εἰς πρόσωπον ὑμᾶς LTTrAW.

' ἠσθενή-

480

Abraham? so am I.
23 Are they ministers
of Christ? (I speak as
a fool) I am more;
in labours more abun-
dant, in stripes above
measure, in prisons
more frequent, in
deaths oft. 24 Of the
Jews five times re-
ceived I forty stripes
save one. 25 Thrice
was 1 beaten with
rods,once was I stoned,
thrice I suffered ship-
wreck, a night and
a day I have been
in the deep; 26 in
journeyings often, in
perils of waters, in
perils of robbers, in
perils by mine own
countrymen, im perils
by the heathen, zm pe-
rils in the city, τη pe-
rils in the wilderness,
mm perils in the sea, in
perils among false
brethren ; 27 in weari-
ness and painfulness,
in watchings often, in
hunger and thirst, in
fastings often, in cold
and nakedness, 28 Be-
sidethose things that

are without, that
which cometh upon
me daily, the care

of all the churches.
29 Who is weak, and I
am not weak? who is
offended, and I burn
not? 30 If I must
needs glory, I will
glory of the things
which concern mine
infirmities, 31 The God
and Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ,
which is blessed for
evermore, knoweth
that I lie not. 32In
Damascus the govern-
or under Aretas the
king kept the city of
the Damascenes with
a garrison, desirous to
apprehend me: 33 and
through a windowina
basket was I let down
by the wall, and escap-
ed his hands,

XII. It is not expe-
pedient for me doubt-
less to glory. I will
come to visions and
revelations of the
Lord. 21 knew aman
in Christ above four-
teen years ago, (whe-
ther in the body, I can-
not tell; or whether
out of the body, I can-
not tell: God know-
eth;) such an one

Tl BeOxSs TKSOPPATINIONICO YisS: OB:

23 διάκονοι χριστοῦ εἰσιν;
Servants

XTX
παραφρονῶν λαλῶ, "ὑπὲρ
of Christ are they? (as being beside myself Ispeak,) above

ἐγώ"" ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως, “ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερ-
[measure] I [000]; in labours moreabundantly, in _ stripes above
βαλλόντως, ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως," tv θανάτοις ToA-

measure, in imprisonments more abundantly, in deaths often,
λάκις. 24 ὑπὸ ᾿Ιουδαίων πεντάκις Ῥτεσσαράκοντα!
From Jews five times forty (stripes |

παρὰ μίαν ἔλαβον. 25 τρὶς “ἐῤῥαβδίσθην." ἅπαξ ἐλιθάσθην,

except one I received. Thrice I was beaten with rods, once _ I was stoned,
τρὶς ἐναυάγησα, νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα"
three times I was shipwrecked, a night anda dayin the deep I have passed:
26 ὁδοιπορίαις πολλάκις: κινδύνοις ποταμῶν, κινδύνοις
in journeyings often, in perils of rivers, in perils
λῃστῶν, κινδύνοις ἐκ γένους, κινδύνοις ἐξ ἐθνῶν,

in perils from {my own) race, in perils from [the] nations,
κινδύνοις ἐν͵ πόλει, κινδύνοις ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, κινδύνοις ἐν
in perils in {the} city, in perils in [the] desert, in perils on
θαλάσσῃ, κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις" 27 Tév" κόπῳ Kai
sea, in perils among false brethren ; in labour and

of robbers,

[the]
μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις πολλάκις, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει, ἐν νη-
oil, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fast-

στείαις πολλάκις, ἐν ψύχει Kai γυμνότητι. 2 χωρὶς τῶν
ings often, in cold and nakedness. Besides the things

, ?
παρεκτός, "ἡ ἐπισύστασίς μου! ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα
without, the crowding on me daily, the care
πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. 29 τίς ἀσθενεῖ, Kai οὐκ. ἀσθενῶ ; τίς

Who is weak, and Iam ποῦ weak? who
πυροῦμαι; 80 εἰ καυχᾶσθαι

concerning allthe assemblies.

σκανδαλίζεται, Kai οὐκ ἐγὼ
Ι

is offended, and “not 340 burn? If ἴο *boast
δεῖ, τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας.μου καυχήσομαι. 81 Ὁ
it *behoves, {in] the things concerning my infirmity I will boast. The

θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου."ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" οἶδεν, ὁ

God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ knows, he who
ὧν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὅτι οὐ-.ψεύδομαι. 32 ἐν Aa-
is blessed to the ages, that Ido not lie. In Da-
pack ὁ ἐθνάρχης ᾿Αρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν
mascus the ethnarch of Aretas the king was guarding the

τλαμασκηνῶν πόλιν," πιάσαι pe θέλων" 33 Kai διὰ
70f *the *Damascenes__ ‘city, Sto "take ®"me wishing. And through
θυρίδος ἐν σαργάνῃ ἐχαλάσθην διὰ τοῦ τείχους, Kai
a window in a basket I was let down through the wall, and
ἐξέφυγον τὰς. χεῖρας. αὐτοῦ.

escaped his hands.

12 Καυχᾶσθαι δὴ οὐ-συμφέρει po ἐλεύσομαι.γὰρ" " εἰς
Τὸ boast indeed is not profitable tome; for I will come to
ὀπτασίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεις κυρίου 2 olda ἄνθρωπον ἐν
visions and revelations of [the] Lord. I know aman in
χριστῷ πρὸ. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, εἴτε ἐν σώματι ovK.olda,
Christ “years “ago ‘fourteen, (whether in {the} body I know not,
εἴτε ἐκτὸς "τοῦ! σώματος ovK.olda’ ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν ἁρπαγέντα
or outof the body I know not, God knows,) ‘caught ‘away

1 ὑπερεγώ L.
ev φυλ. ὑπερβ. 1.

στασίς μοι my anxiety LITraw.
πόλιν Δαμασκηνῶν LTTrA. [
it behoves [me], not profitable [is it], but I will come rrr.

ο ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως LTrA ; ἐν πλη. περισ.
Ρ τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA.

4 ἐραβδίσθην LTTrA. τ -- ἐν LTTrAW. 5 ἡ ἐπί-
t — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) Lttraw. ° — χριστοῦ LTTrA.

x — θέλων LTTr[A]W. Υ δεῖ, ov συμφέρον μέν, ἐλεύσομαι δὲ

7+ xatalsoL. ® — τοῦ L.

XII. Flt CO GREEN THI ANS.

τὸν τοιοῦτον ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ. 8 Kai οἶδα τὸν τοιοῦτον
‘such 7a %one to [the] third heaven. Ané I know snch

ἄνθρωπον, εἴτε ty σώματι εἴτε “txroc' τοῦ σώματος “οὐκ

aman, (whether in [the] body or outof the body Snot
16 Ξ 1 ε θ ᾿Ὶ 16 +4 4 ou c , = ᾽ 4 , ὃ
oloa O σεος OLOEYV OTL nOTa γῆ εις TOV παραύεισον,
‘I Ἔπονγ, God knows:) that he was caught away to Paradise,
καὶ ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ

and heard unutterable sayings, which itis not permitted to man

λαλῆσαι. 5 ὑπὲρ τοῦ.τοιούτου καυχήσομαι: ὑπὲρ.δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ
tospeak. Concerning sucha one I will boast, butconcerning myself
οὐ.καυχήσομαι, εἰμὴ ἐν ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις ἅμου" 6 ἐὰν.γὰρ
I will not boast, unless in my weaknesses. For if
, , ? » » 2 , ‘
θελήσω καυχήσασθαι, οὐκιἔσομαι ἄφρων ἀλήθειαν.γὰρ
I should desire to boast, Ishall not be a fool; for truth
ἐρῶ: φείδομαι.δέ, μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ
Iwillsay; butIforbear, lest anyone asto me should reckon above what
βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει “τι' ἐξ ἐμοῦ. 7 Kai τῇ ὑπερβολῇ
hesees me, or hears anything of me. And by the surpassingness
~ ? 7 ευ ate , ? ’ ’ὔ
τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων iva μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι, ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ,
ofthe revelations that I might not be exalted, was given to me a thorn
τῇ σαρκί, ἄγγελος Scaray' ἵνα pe κολαφίζῃ, iva μὴ
for the flesh, amessenger ofSatan, that me he might buffet, that *not
ὑπεραίρωμαι." 8.1 ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα,
11 7might be exalted. For this thrice the Lord I besought
u > ~ ~ ‘ » ~ «
ἵνα ἀποστῇ ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ 9 καὶ εἴρηκέν μοι, ᾿Αρκεῖ σοι ἡ
that it might depart from me, And hesaid tome, Suffices thee
, , = > ΄ Lad
χάρις.μου: ἡ.γὰρ δύναμίς ἔμου" ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ ἱτελειοῦται."

my grace ; for the power of me in weakness is perfected.
ἥδιστα οὖν μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι ἐν ταῖς ἀσθενείαις μου"

Most gladly therefore rather in

ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ

will [ boast my weaknesses
> ? ? A « , ~ ~ A
ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ χριστοῦ. 10 διὸ
that may dwell upon me the power of the Christ. Wherefore
εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγ-
I take pleasure in weaknesses, in insults, in necessities, in perse-
μοῖς, "ἐν" στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ" ὅταν. γὰρ ἀσθενῶ,
cutions, in straits, for Christ : for when I may be weak,

τότε δυνατός εἰμι.
then powerful Iam.

11 Γέγονα ἄφρων °Kavxywpevoc’' ὑμεῖς μὲ ἠναγκάσατε.

I have become a fool boasting ; ye me compelled :

? ‘ , » bens ~ ΄ ? 4 ‘
éyw.yao woerov ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι" οὐδὲν. γὰρ
forl ought by you tohave beencommended; for nothing
ὑστέρησα τῶν ΡῬὺὑπὲρ.λίαν' ἀποστόλων, εἰ Kai οὐδέν εἰμι.
I was behind those ἴῃ asurpassing degree apostles, if also nothing I am.
12 Τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου “κατειργάσθη" ἐν ὑμῖν
ΤῊΘ “indeed ‘signs of the apostle were workedout among you
ἐν πάσῃ ὑπομονῇ; τέν᾽ σημείοις "καὶ" τέρασιν καὶ δυνάμεσιν.

in all er “‘urance, in signs and wonders and works of power.
18 riyap ἐστιν ὃ ἡττήθητε! ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκ-
Forin what isit that ye ὙΧ61Θ inferior beyond the rest [of the) as-

οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν ; χαρί-
did not lazily burden you? For-

κλησίας, εἰμὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς

ἐγὼ
semblies, unless that “myself ‘I

© — οὐκ οἶδα L.

b xpi: apart from LTTra.
ἐπε

d— μον my ᾿ττ[Α].

487
caught up to the third
heaven. 3 And I knew

such a man, (whether

im the body, or out of
the body, I cannot tel1-

God knoweth;) 4 how
thathe was caught up
into paradise, and
heard unspeakable
words, which it is not
lawful for a man to
utter. 5 Of such an
one will I glory: yet
of myself I will not
glory, but in mine in-
firmities. 6 For thougk
I would desire to glo-
ry, I shall not bea
fool ; forI willsay the
truth: but now I for-
bear, lest any man
should think of me
above that which he
seeth me to be, or that
he heareth of me.
7 And lest I should be
exalted above mea-
stre through the a-
bundance of the re-
velations, there was
given to mea thornin
the flesh, the messen-
ger of Satan to buffet
me, lest I should be
exalted above mea-~
sure. 8 For this thing
I besought the Lord
thrice, that it might
depart from me.
9 And he said unto me,
My grace is sufficient
for thee: for my
strength is made per-
fect in weakness.
Most gladly therefore
willI rather glory in
my infirmities, that
the power of Christ
may rest upon me,
10 Therefore I take
pleasure in infirmities,
in reproaches, in ne-
cessities, in persecu-
tions, in distresses for
Christ’s sake: for when
I am weak, then am I
strong.

111 am become a
fool in glorying 5 ye
have compelled me:
for I ought to have
been commended of
you: for in nothing
am I behind the
very chiefest apostles,
though I be nothing.
12 Truly the signs
of an apostle were
wrought among you
in all patience, in
signs, and wonders,
and mighty deeds.
13 Fox what is it
wherein ye were infe-
rior to other churches,

€ — ru LTTr[A].

vo therefore LTr{[a]. 2 σατανᾶ LTTra. Ὁ — ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι [114]. + + [καὶ]
and L. k — μον LITra. 1 τελεῖται LTIrA. τὸ μου} Tr. "xatandT. ° — καυχώ-
μενος GLTTrAW. P ὑπερλίαν GLTAW. 4 κατηργάσθη T. τ--- ἐν LTTrAW. * τε καὶ
and also Ta. τ ἠσσώθητε LITA.

488

except tt be that I
myself was not bur-
densome to you? for-
give me this wrong.
14 Behold, the third
time I am ready to
come to you; and I
will not be burden-
some to you: for I
seek not yours, but
you: for the children
ought not to lay up
for the parents, but
the parents for the
children. 15 And Iwill,
very gladly spend and
be spent for you;
though the moreabun-
dantly I love you, the
less Ibe loved. 16 But
be it so, I did not bur-
den you: neverthe-
less, being crafty, I
caught you with guile.
17 DidI make a gain
of you by any of them
whom I sent unto you?
18 I desired Titus, and
with him I sent a
brother. Did Titus
makea gain of you?
walked we not in the
same spirit? walked
we not in the same
steps ?

19 Again, think ye
that we excuse our-
selves unto you? we
speak before God in
Christ : but we do all
things, dearly beloved,
for your edifying.
20 For I fear, lest, when
1 come,I shall not find
you such as I would,
and that I shall be
found unto you such
as ye would not: lest
there be debates, en-
vyings, wraths, strifes,
backbitings, whisper-
ings, swellings, tu-
mults : 21 and lest,
when I come again,
my God will humble
me among you, and
that I ‘shall bewail
many which have sin-
ned already, and have
not repented of the
uncleanness and for-
nication and lascivi-
ousness which they
have committed.

XII. This ts the
third time I am com-
ing to you. In the
mouth of twoor three
witnesses shall every
word be established.
2 I told you before,
and foretell you, as if
I were present, the se-
cond time; and being
absent now I write

ἃ - τοῦτο this (third time) GLTT:[A]w.

Υ — καὶ LTTrA.

and —; (read Long ago ye are thinking, &c.) LrTra.
f ἔρις strife LT.
i ταπεινώσει Shall humble trtra.

LTTraw.
LTTraw.

TBGOyIKGQPUN@IoOYs 8Β. XII, XE.

σασθὲέ μοι τὴν. ἀδικίαν.ταύτην. 14 ἰδοὺ τρίτον ἃ ἑτοίμως ἔχω
give this injustice. Lo, athirdtime ready Iam
? ~ κ᾿ δἰ ι ΄ ~ ~
ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai οὐ. καταναρκήσω Viper" οὐ.γὰρ.ζητῶ
tocome to you, andIwillnotlazily burden you; for I do not seek
4 € ~ 71} € ~ , ᾿ -
τὰ ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ὑμᾶς. οὐ.γὰρ ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς
the things of you, but you; for*not “ought ‘the ?children for the
γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν, “ἀλλ᾽ οἱ γονεῖς τοῖς τέκνοις. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ
parents to treasure up, but the parents for the children. Now I
ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν
most gladly will ΒΡ πα and _ will be utterly spent for ?souls
ὑμῶν" εἰ Teai' περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς *ayary," "ἧττον" Ῥἀγαπῶ-
tyour, if even moreabundantly *you loving, less I am loved.
μαι." 16 "Eorw.6é, ἐγὼ οὐ.κατεβάρησα ὑμᾶς" "ἀλλ᾽" ὑπάρχων
But be itso, IL did not burden you; but being

me

πανοῦργος δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον. 17 μήτινα ὧν ἀπέσταλκα

οὐ with guile you I took. Any of whom I have sent

πρὸς ὑμᾶς, dv αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς ; 18 παρεκάλεσα

to you, by him did I overreach you? I besought
Τίτον; καὶ συναπέστειλα τὸν ἀδελφόν" ph τι ἐπλεονέκτησεν
Titus, and sent with fhim}the brother: Did ?overreach

ὑμᾶς Τίτος; οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν ; οὐ

*you ‘Titus? Not by the same spirit walked we? Not
τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν ;
inthe same steps?
19 “Πάλιν" δοκεῖτε Ore ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα ;° “karevo-
Again do ye think that to you we are making a defence? be-

πιον" “τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν" τὰ δὲ πάντα, ἀγαπητοί,
fore God in Christ wespeak; and all things, beloved,

« ν᾿ ~ J ~ > ~ ne , 7 > .
ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν.οἰκοδομῆς. 30 φοβοῦμαι.γάρ, μηπως ἐλθὼν
for your building up. ForI fear, lest perhaps having come
οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς, κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον
not such as 1 wish I should find you, andI be found by you such as
ov.OéreTEe” μήπως fEoec,' SZHAow,' θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι,
ye do not wish: lest perhaps [there be]strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions,
καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι" 21 μὴ

evil speakings, whisperings, puffings up, commotions ; lest
s h EXO , Π i , " κ « θ0 , Y « -
πάλιν EATOVTa με TATELVWOY O GEOC μου προς veac,
again having come °*me “should *humble 7G@od ‘my asto you,
καὶ πενρθήηήσω πολλοὺῤξ τῶν προημαρτηκότων, καὶ

and 1 5Βουϊᾶ mournover many _ of those who and

pp-meravonoayvrwy ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ Kai πορνείᾳ Kai ἀσελ-
have not repented upon the uncleanness and fornication and _ licen-

γείᾳ ἔπραξαν.

tiousness which they practised.

have before sinned,

13 Τρίτον.τοῦτο ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐπὶ στόματος
This third time I am coming’ to you. In [the] mouth

δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. 2 προεί-

oftwo witnesses ΟΥ̓ of three shall be established every matter. I have be-

onka καὶ προλέγω, we παρὼν τὸ δεύτερον, Kai

fore declared and Isay beforehand, as being present the second time, and
ἀπὼν νῦν 'ypapw' τοῖς προημαρτηκύσιν, καὶ τοῖς

being absent now Iwrite tothose who have before sinned, and to *the
¥—Uue@v LTTTA. WaAAGLTTrAW. * ἀλλὰ Tr.

: ἀγαπῶ LlovetT. ὃ. ἧσσον LTTraA. ὃ ἀγαπῶμαι; aml loved? τ. ¢ Πάλαι
ἃ κατέναντι LTTrAW. ε-- τοῦ

8 ζῆλος jealousy LTTraW. h ἐλθόντος μου I having come
k + we °*me LTTrAW. !— γράφω GLTTraw.

ΧΠΙ. Il CORINTHIANS.

λοιποῖς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ἐὰν ἔλθω εἰς TO πάλιν οὐ.φείσομαι. 3 ἐπεὶ
Srest 141, that if Icome again I will not spare. Since
δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε Tov ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ, ὃς εἰς

a proof ye seek ‘in me “speaking 1of 2Christ, (who towards
ὑμᾶς οὐκ.ἀσθενεῖ, ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 4 καὶ. γὰρ ™ei'

you is not weak, but is powerful in you, for indeed if
ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ"
he was crucified in weakness, yet he lives by 2power *God’s ;

καὶ. γὰρ" ἡμεῖς ἀσθενοῦμεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ “ζησόμεθα" σὺν

for indeed we are weak in him, but we shalllive with
αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ Pete spac’ 5 ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε
him by 2power ?God’s towards you,) yourselves try ye

εἰ ἐστὲ ἐν TH πίστει, ἑαυτοὺς δοκιμάζετε. ἢ OVK.ETLYLYWOKETE
if yeare in the faith; yourselves prove: or do ye not recognize
ἑαυτούς, ὅτι «Ἰησοῦς χριστὸς" ἐν ὑμῖν τέστιν! : εἰ μή τι ἀδό-
yourselves, that Jesus Christ in you i unless re-
, ? > , 4 .“ ’ e c ~ > ? A
κιμοί tore. 6 ἐλπίζω.δὲ ὅτι γνώσεσθε Ori ἡμεῖς οὐκ.ἐσμὲν

is,

jected ye are? Nowlhope that yewillknow that we are not
ἀδόκιμοι. 7 "εὔχομαι" δὲ πρὸς τὸν θθὺν μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς
rejected. But I pray to God [that] 2may *do ye

x , > ev « - , ~ > γ ὦ J ~
κακὸν μηδέν, οὐχ ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ὑμεῖς

Sevil ‘nothing; not that we approved mayappear, but that ye
TO καλὸν ποιῆτε, ἡμεῖς.δὲ ὡς ἀδόκιμοι ὦμεν. ὃ οὐ.γὰρ
what [is] right may do, and we as_ rejected be. For not

δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ᾿ἀλλ᾽" ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας.
have we “power ‘any against the truth, but for the truth,
9 χαίρομεν. γὰρ bray ἡμεῖς ἀσθενῶμεν, ὑμεῖς.δὲ δυνατοὶ rE
For we rejoice when we may be weak, andye powerful may be.
τοῦτο. δὲ" καὶ εὐχόμεθα, τὴν. ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν. 10 διὰ τοῦτο

But this also we pray for, your perfecting. On this account
ταῦτα ἀπὼν γράφω, iva παρὼν μὴ ἀποτόμως χρή-
these things being absent I write, that being present not with severity I may
σωμαι, κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἣν “ἔδωκέν μοι ὁ κύριος" εἰς

treat [you], according tothe authority which

οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν.
building up and not for overthrowing.
11 Λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, χαίρετε, καταρτίζεσθε, παρακαλεῖσθε,
For the rest, brethren, rejoice; be perfected ; be encouraged ;
τὸ. αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε, ElpnvEvETE’ Kai ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ
*the ὅβδιὴθ *thing ‘mind; be at peace; and the God of love and
> , » ᾽ « ~ ᾽ / > , ᾽ c /
εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 12 ᾿Ασπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν ἁγίῳ
peace shall be with you. Salute one another with a holy
φιλήματι. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς ot ἅγιοι πάντες. 18 Ἧ χάρις
kiss, “Salute ‘you *the *saints 1411, The grace
τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai ἡ
of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the
κοινωνία TOU ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν."
fellowship of the Holy Spirit [be] with 3411 you. Amen,
YIIpoc Κορινθίους δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων τῆς
“To [3586] *Corinthians ‘second written from Philippi

Μακεδονίας, διὰ Τίτου καὶ Λουκᾶ."
of Macedonia, by ‘Titus and Lucas.

Sgave ‘*me 'the *Lord for

τῷ — ες [LJTTrA. n+ καὶ also E. © ζήσομεν LTTrAW.
᾿Ιησοῦς Tir. τ — ἐστιν (read [is]) [L]rtr[a].
v¥ — δὲ but LiTraw. Ἢ ὃ κύριος ἔδωκέν μοι LTTrA.
subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ Tra.

i P [εἰς ὑμᾶς] A.
5 εὐχόμεθα We pray LTTrAW.
χα — ἀμήν GLTTrAW.

489

to them which hereto-
fore have sinned, and
to all other, that, if I
come again, I will not
spare: 3 since ye seek
a@ proof of Christ
speaking in me, whick
to you-ward is not
weak, but is mighty
in you. 4 For though he
was crucified through
weakness, yet he liveth
by the power of God.
For we also are weak
in him, but we shall
live with him by the
power of God toward
you. 5 Examine your-
selves, whether ye be
in the faith; prove
your own selves. Know
ye not your own selves,
how that Jesus Christ
is in you, except ye be
reprobates? 6 But I
trust that ye shall
know that we re not
reprobates. 7 Now I
pray to God that ye do
no evil; not that we
should appear approv-
ed, but that ye should
do that which is ho-
nest, though we be as
reprobates. 8 For we
can do nothing against
the truth, but for the
truth. 9 For we are
glad, when we are
weak, and e are
strong: and t also
we wish, even your
perfection. 10 There-
fore I write these
things being absent,
lest being present I
should use sharpness,
according to the power
which the Lord hath
given me to edifica-
tion, and not to de-
struction.

11 Finally, brethren,
farewell. Be perfect,
be of good comfort,
be of one mind, live
in peace ; and the God
of love and peace shall
be with you. 12 Greet
one another with an
holy kiss. 13 All the
saints salute you.
14 The grace of the
Lord Jesus Christ, and
the love of God, and
the communion of the
Holy Ghost, be with
you all, Amen.

4 χριστὺς
t ἀλλὰ TTra.
y — the

Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ

THE *TO

PAUL, an _ apostle,
(mot of men, neither
by man, but by Jesus
Christ, and God the
Father, who raised
him from the dead ;)
2 and all the brethren
which are with me,
unto the churches of
Galatia: 3 Grace be to
you and peace from
God the Father, and
from our Lord Jesus
Christ, 4 who gave
himself for our sins,
that he might deliver
us from this present
evil world, according
to the will of God and
our Father: 5to whom
be glory for ever and
ever. Amen.

6 I marvel that ye
are so soon removed
from him that called
you inte the grace of
Christ unto another
gospel: 7 which is not
another ; but there be
some that trouble you,
and would pervert the
gospelof Christ. 8 But
though we, or an angel
from heaven, preach
any other gospel unto
you than that which
we have preached unto
you, let him be ac-
cursed. 9 As we said
hefore, so say I now
again, If any man
preach any other gos-
vel unto you than
that ye have received,
‘et him be accursed.
[0 For do I now per-
suade men, or God? or
do 1 seek to please
men? for if I yet
pleased men, I should
not be the servant of
Christ.

11 But I certify you,
brethren, that the gos-
pel which was preach-

ed of me is not after Y

man, 12 For I nei-

TAAATA>

°GALATIANS

ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ͂ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ."

THR) ‘EPISTLE 70F *PAUL.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος, οὐκ az’ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ

Paul apostle, not from men nor
θρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ θεοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ
man, but through Jesus Christ, and God [the] Father, who
’ , 4 ~ c 4 S
ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ

raised him from among([the] dead, and *the *with e
πάντες ἀδελφοί, ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας" ἃ χάρις ὑμῖν

tall ’prethren, tothe assemblies of Galatia. Grace to you
καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Kai κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χρισ-

ou

through

?
αν-

and peace from God [the] Father and 7Lord ‘our Jesus Christ,
τοῦ, 4 τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν drip" τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, ὅπως
who gave himself _ for our sins, so that
yt € ~ ~ ~ ~ ἢ ~
ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ “ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος" πονηροῦ,
he might deliver us out Οὗ the present 7age evil,
κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ Kai πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅ ᾧ
aecording to the will of οὔ *and *Father our; to whom [be

4 , ? A) I~ ~ ᾽ν», ᾽ ’,
ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.

the glory to the ages ofthe ages, Amen.
6 Θαυμάζω ort οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ
Iwonder that thus quickly ye are being changed from him who
καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς ἐν χάριτι χριστοῦ, εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγ-
called you in “grace *Christ’s, to a different glad
γέλιον: 7 ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο, εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσ-
tidings, which is not another; but “some ‘there 7are who trou-

σοντες ὑμᾶς, Kai θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ
ble you, and desire to pervert the glad tidings of the
~ 8 ἀλλ 4 Che a | « ~ n » ? > ~ d ?
χριστοῦ. ὃ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ “evay-
Christ : but even if we or anangel outof heaven should an-
, «ε ~ ᾽ τι ΄ J ~ ,
γελίζηται! viv’ map ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα
nounce glad tidings to youcontrarytowhat weannounced toyou, accursed
ἔστω. 9 ὡς προειρήκαμεν, Kai ἄρτι πάλιν λέγω, εἴ τις
let him be, As we have said before, “also *now again Isay, If anyone

ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται map ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα
[to] you announces glad tidings contrary to what ye received, accursed

ἔστω. 10 ἄρτι.γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν θεόν; ἢ
let him be. For now men do I persuade or God? or

ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν ; εἰ γὰρ" ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον,

do I seek men toplease? Forif yet men I were pleasing,

χριστοῦ δοῦλος ovK.ay.nuny.

Christ’s bondman I should not be.

11 Γνωρίζω dé" ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τὸ εὐαγ-
21 make ‘known ‘but toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which was

ελισθὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐκιἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον" 12 οὐδὲ

announced by me, that itisnot according to man. ?Neither

a4 τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle Ε; Πρὸς Τ'αλάτας LTTraw.
τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος LTTrA.

E γὰρ for ΤτΑ.

Ὁ περὶ GLTTrAW. © αἰῶνος

4 εὐαγγελίσηται T. © -- ὑμῖν τ. f — yap for LTTrAW.

GALATIANS.

? ‘ 9. , , ? , b » Ι 2 ,
ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε" ἐδιδάχθην,
for I from man received it, nor was I taught [it],
2 AY a? , ? ~ ~ ? , ‘ ‘
ἀλλὰ bv ἀποκαλύψεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 13 Ἤκούσατε.γὰρ τὴν
but by 8. revelation of Jesus Christ. For ye heard of
? A ? 4, > ~? oe ~ a ἈΠ 6 ‘
éunv.avacroogny ποτε ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ, ὅτι Kal’ ὑπερβολὴν
my conduct once in Judaism, that excessively
ἐδίωκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ Kai ἐπόρθουν αὐτήν"
I was persecuting the assembly of God and was ravaging it;
14 καὶ προέκοπτον ἐν τῷ lovdaiopyp ὑπὲρ πολλοὺς συνηλικιώτας
and was advancing in Judaism beyond many contemporaries
ἐν τῷ. γένει.μου, περισσοτέρως ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τῶν πατρι-

ΤΥ i

‘

in my{own]race, moreabundantly zealous being *of *fathers
κῶν μου παραδόσεων. 15 bredé εὐδόκησεν ‘0 θεὸς" ὁ

“my ‘for (?the] ‘traditions. But when ?was “pleased 1God, who
ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός.μου, Kai καλέσας διὰ τῆς

selected mine from *womb and called [me] by

χἀριτος.αὐτοῦ, 16 ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν.υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα

*my *mother’s,

his grace, to reveal his Son in me, that
εὐαγγελίζωμαι. αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν; εὐθέως
I should announce him as the gladtidings among the nations, immediately

ul

οὐ. προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ Kai πππητο 17 οὐδὲ Ἑἀνῆλθον" εἰς

I conferred not with flesh and blood, nor wentIup to
Ἱεροσόλυμα πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἀποστόλους, ἰἀλλ᾽"
Jerusalem to those [who were] 7before *me apostles, but

> ~ 2 ’ , \ , t , ? ,
ἀπῆλθον εἰς ᾿Αραβίαν, kai πάλιν ὑπέστρεψα εἰς Δαμασκόν.
I went away into Arabia, and again returned to Damascus,

18 Ἔπειτα μετὰ ™érn τρία" ἀνῆλθον εἰς ‘lepocdAvpa ἱσ-
Then after 7years ‘three Iwentup to Jerusalem to make
τορῆσαι πέτρον," καὶ ἐπέμεινα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας
acquaintance with Peter, and Iremained with him days
δεκαπέντε: 19 ἕτερον.δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ.εἶδον, εἰ. μὴ
‘fifteen ; but other of the apostles Isaw not, except

᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου. 20 ἃ δὲ ράφω ὑμῖν,
James the brother ofthe Lord. Now what[things] I write to you,
ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, Ori οὐ-ψεύδομαι. 21 Ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς
lo, before God, I lie not. Then I came into
τὰ κλίματα τῆς Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας" 22 ἤμην.δὲ a-
the regions of Syria and Cilicia ; butI was un-
yvoobpevoc τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας ταῖς
known by face tothe assemblies of Judea which
Ἵ ~ , \ ? , «“ c
ἐν χριστῷ: 23 μόνον.δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν, Ὅτι ὁ
fare] in Christ, only Shearing ‘they *were, That he who
διώων ἡμᾶς ποτε, νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν
*perseeuted s once, now announces the gladtidings— the faith,
ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει. 24 καὶ ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν.
which once he ravaged: and they were glorifying 7in “me *God.
a \ , 7 ~ , J , 2 «
Ω "Ἔπειτα διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν πάλιν ἀνέβην εἰς “1ε-
Then after fourteen years again Iwentup to Je-
ροσόλυμα pera BapyaBa, οσυμπαραλαβὼν" καὶ Τίτον"
rusalem wit Barnabas, taking with [116] αἰδὸ Titus;
2 ἀνέβην.δδλ᾿ κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν, καὶ ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς τὸ
but 1 went up according to revelation, and laid before them the
εὐαγγέλιον ὃ κηρύσσω ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. δὲ τοῖς
glad tidings τ ἢ 1 proclaim among the nations, but privately to those

491
ther received it of
man, neither was I
taught it, but by the
revelation of Jesus
Christ. 13 For ye have
heard of my conver-
sation in time past in
the Jews’ religion, how
that beyond measure
I persecuted the church
of God, and wasted it:
14 and profited in the
Jews’ religion above
Many my equals in
mine own nation, be-
ing more exceedingly
zealous of the tradi-
tions of my fathers.
15 But when it pleased
God, who separated
me from my mother’s
womb, and called me
by his grace, 16to re-
veal his Son in me,
that I might preach
him among the hea-
then; immediately 1
conferred not with
flesh and blood: 17 nei-
ther went I up to Je-
rusalem tothem which
were apostles before
me; but I went into
Arabia, and returned
again unto Damascus,
18 Then after three
years I went up to Je-
rusalem to see Peter,
and abode with him
fifteen days. 19 But
other of the apostles
saw Inone, save James
the Lord’s brother.
20 Now the things
which I write unto
you, behold, before
God, Llie not. 21 Af-
terwards I came into
the regions of Syria
and Cilicia; 22 and
was unknown by face
unto the churches of
Juda which were in
Christ: 23 but they
had heard only, That
he which persecuted
us in times past now
preacheth the faith
which once he de-
stroyed, 24 And they
glorified God in me.

Il. Then fourteen
years after I went up
again to Jerusalem
with Barnabas, and
took Titus with me
also. 2 And I went
up by revelation, and
communicated unto
them that gospel
which | preachamong
the Gentiles, but pri-
vately so them which
were of reputation,
lest by any meaus 1
should run, or had
run, in vain. 3 But
neither Titus, who

b οὐδὲ LTr.
ἀλλὰ LTTrA.

i— ὃ θεὸς (read he was pleased) [L]Ta.
τὰ τρία ἔτη 1. Ὁ Kndav Cephas LrTraw.

Κ ἀπῆλθον went I away La.
° auv- TA.

492

was with me, being a
Greek, was compelled
to be circumcised :
4 and that because of
false brethren una-
wares brought in,
who came in privily to
spy out our liberty
which we have in
Christ Jesus, that they
might bring us into
bondage: 5 to whom
we gave place by sub-
jection, no, not for an
hour; that the truth
of the gospel might
continue with you.
6 But of these who
seemed to be some-
what, (whatsoever
they were, it maketh
no matter to me: God
accepteth no man’s
person :) for they who
seemed to be somewhat
in conference added
nothing to me: 7 but
contrariwise, | when
they saw that the gos-
pel of the uncireumci-
sion was committed
unto me, as the gospel
of the circumcision
was unto Peter ; 8 (for
he that wrought ef-
fectually in Peter to
the apostleship of the
circumcision, the same
was mighty in me to-
ward the Gentiles :)
9 and when James,
Cephas, and John,who
seemed to be pillars,
perceived the grace
that was given unto
me, they gave to me
and Barnabas _ the
right hands of fellow-
ship; that we should
go unto the heathen
and they unto the cir-
eumcision. 10 Only
they would that we
should remember the
poor ; the same which I
also was forward to do.

11 But when Peter
was come to Antioch,
I withstood him to
the face, because he
was to be blamed.
12 For before that cer-
tain came from James,
he did eat with the
Gentiles: but when
they were come, he
withdrew and _ sepa-
rated himself, fear-
ing them which were
of the circumcision.
13 And the other Jews
dissembled likewise
with him; insomuch
that Barnabas also
was carried away
with their dissimula-
tion. 14 But when I
saw that they walked

Tl POS. (PAAATA Σ. ΤΙ

δοκουσιν, μήπως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον" 3 ἀλλ’
of repute, lest somehow in vain 1 should berunningor hadrun; (but

7 Nh ’ ς ΄ ᾽ ΄
οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὦν, ἠναγκάσθη περι-

noteven Titus who[was]with me, 24 ΟἼΘΟΙΚ *being, was compelled tobe
τμηθῆναι. 4 διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρεισάκτους wWevd-
circumcised ;) and [this] on account of the *brought ‘in *stealthily ‘false

“ ev ~ ~ ‘
αδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν
?prethren, who came in by stealth to spy out *freedom

€ ~ τι » ? ~ ? ~ tt t ~ ΄
ἡμῶν ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, wa ἡμᾶς Ῥκαταδουλώ-

Your which wehave in Christ Jesus, that 8 they might bring
cwvra' ὅ οἷς οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ,
into bondage; to whom noteven for 81 hour did we yield in subjection,

ἵνα ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διαμείνῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 6 ᾿Απὸ

thatthe truth ofthe gladtidings might continue with you. *From
δὲ τῶν δοκούντων elyai τι, ὁποῖοί. ποτε ἦσαν οὐδέν
*but those reputed tobe something, whatsoever they were 7no

μοι διαφέρει" πρόσωπον “θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμ-

“to ὅ“Π16 makes "difference: [the] person >God of?man ‘not ‘does

, a > 4 A « ~ Dr , ? x
βάνει: ἐμοὶ.γὰρ ot δοκοῦντες οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο, 7 ἀλλὰ
accept ; fortome those ofrepute nothing conferred ; but

τοὐναντίον, ἰδόντες Ort πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον

on the contrary, having seen that I have been entrusted with the glad tidings
~ > / ~ ~

τῆς ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς 8 ὁ

of the uncireumcision, according as Peter [that] of the circumcision, (*he *who

γὰρ évepynoac Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργη-

‘for wrought in Peter for apostleship of the circumcision, wrought
σεν “kai ἐμοὶ! εἰς τὰ ἔθνη" 9 καὶ γνόντες τὴν χάριν THY

also in me towards the nations,) and having known the’ grace which

δοθεῖσάν μοι, ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ Κηφᾶς καὶ "ἸΙωάννης," ot do-
was given to me, James and Cephas and John, those re-
κοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι, δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ
puted 3pillars 'to *be,(the] right hands “they *gave Sto *me 7and *Barnabas
κοινωνίας, ἵνα ἡμεῖς ἢ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν
lof *fellowship, that we {should go] to the nations, andthey to the
περιτομήν᾽ 10 μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν iva μνημονεύωμεν, ὃ

circumcision : only the poor that we should remember, which
καὶ ἐσπούδασα αὐτὸ.τοῦτο ποιῆσαι.
2also *I "was ‘diligent *very “thing to do,

11 Ὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν Πέτρος" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, κατὰ-πρόσωπον

But when *came 1Peter to Antioch, to [the] face
αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, OTL κατεγνωσμένος ἦν. 12 πρὸ.τοῦ.γὰρ
him I withstood, because to becondemned he was: for before that

ING) ~ ? ee ’ 4 ~ > ~ , e A
ἐλθεῖν τινας ἀπὸ Τακώβου, pera τῶν ἐθνῶν συνήσθιεν" ὅτε. δὲ
2came ‘some from «81η65, with the nations he waseating; but when
σῆλθον ὑπέστελλεν καὶ ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν, φοβούμενος
they came, he was drawing back and wasseparating himself, being afraid of
Tove ἐκ περιτομῆς" 13 καὶ συνυπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ot
those of [the] circumcision ; and conjointly dissembled with him also the
λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, ὥστε καὶ BapyaBac συναπήχθη αὐτῶν
rest of {the] Jews, sothat even Barnabas’ wascarriedaway “their
TH ὑποκρίσει. 14 ᾿Αλλ᾽ Ore εἶδον Ore οὐκ. ὀρθοποδοῦσιν
‘by dissimulation. But when I saw that they walk not uprightly
πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, εἶπον τῷ "Πέτρῳ'

according to the truth of the glad tidings, 1 said to Peter

καταδουλώσουσιν they shall bring into bondage Lrtraw.
t+ μὲν O[L].

® [warns Tr.

4 ὃτ. τ κἀμοὶ LTrW.

ν Κηφᾶς Cephas LTTraw. w ἦλθεν he came LTr.

ν᾿ Κηφᾷ Cephas LTTraw.

Tay ti. GALATIANS.

ἔμπροσθεν πάντων, Ei σύ, ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὑπάρχων, ἐθνικῶς
before all, If thou, 7a *Jew ‘being, nation-like
γζῇς καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς," *ri' τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις “Lov-
livest and ποῦ Jewishly, why the nations dost thou compel to ju-
δαίζειν; 15 Ἡμεῖς φύσει ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν
daize ἢ We, *by*nature ‘Jews, and not of (the) *nations
e , > , at > “Ὅ » ? »
ἁμαρτωλοί, 16 εἰδότες ἃ Ort οὐ.δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἔργων
‘sinners, knowing that “15 “ποὺ ‘justified %'a?man by works
νόμου, éav.pn διὰ πίστεως ῬΙησοῦ χριστοῦ," καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς
of law, but through faith of Jesus Christ, also we on

χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν, iva δικαιωθῶμεν ἐκ πίστεως
Christ Jesus believed, that we might be justified by faith

χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου" “διότι! “οὐ.δικαιωθήσεται
of Christ, and not by works of law; because _ 5881] not be justified
’ » , Π] ~ ’ 17 ἰ δὲ ~ ὃ θῇ

ἐξ ἔργων νόμου! πᾶσα σάρξ. εἰ. δὲ ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι

by works of law any flesh. Now if seeking to be justified
(lit. all)

ἐν χριστῷ εὑρεθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί, “ἄρα! χριστὸς
in Christ we*were *found 7also ‘ourselves sinners, {is) then Christ
ἁμαρτίας διάκονος ;f μὴ.γένοιτο. 18 éi-yap ἃ κατέλυσα
208 581π ?minister ? May it not be! For if what I threw down
ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν Ξσυνίστημι."
these things again I build, a transgressor myself I constitute.
19 ’Eyw.ydp διὰ νόμου νόμῳ ἀπέθανον, ἵνα θεῷ ζήσω.
ForI through law to law died, that to God I may live.
20 χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι:" ζῶ.δέ, οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῃ.δὲ
°Christ ‘I *have *been *crucified *with, yet 1 live, nolonger I, but lives
ἐν ἐμοὶ χριστός" 6.6 viv ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πίστει
3in *me Christ; but that which now I live in flesh, in faith
ζῶ τῇ "τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με καὶ παρα-
I live, that of the Son of God, who loved me and gave
δόντος ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. 21 οὐκ. ἀθετῶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ"

up himself for me. I do not set aside the grace of God ;
εἰγὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα χριστὸς δωρεὰν
for if through law righteousness [is], then Christ *for *nought
ἀπέθανεν.

‘died. ‘

3°Q ἀνόητοι Γαλάται, τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν ity ἀληθείᾳ

O senseless Galatians, who you bewitched, ‘the ‘truth

μὴ πείθεσθαι ;"} οἷς κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸξὰᾷ προε-

not *to*obey? 7whose °before Jesus Christ was openly

γράφη ᾿ὲν ὑμῖν" ἐσταυρωμένος: 2 τοῦτο μόνον θέλω μαθεῖν
set forth among you— crucified ? This only Iwish to learn
ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς
from you, by works oflaw the Spirit received ye, or by report
πίστεως ; 8 οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε; ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι, νῦν
of faith ? So senseless are ye? Having begun inSpirit, now
σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε; A τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; εἴγε

in flesh are ye being perfected? So many things did ye suffer in vain? if indeed
καὶ εἰκῆ. ὃ ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν «τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ
also invain. He who therefore supplies to you the Spirit, and
ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς
works works Οὗ power among you, [isit]by works oflaw or by report

eyes

493

not uprightly accord-
ing to the truth of the
gospel, I said unto Pe-
ter before them all, If
thou, being a Jew,
livest after the man-
ner of Gentiles, and
not as do the Jews,
why compellest thou
the Gentiles to live as
do the Jews? 15 We
who are Jews by na-
ture, and not sinners
of the Gentiles,
16 knowing that a
man is not justified;by
the works of the law,
but by the faith of
Jesus Christ, even we
have believed in Jesus
Christ, that we might
be justified by the
faith of Christ, and
not by the works of
the law: for by the
works of the law shall
no flesh be justified.
17 But if, while we
seek to be justified by
Christ, we ourselves
also are found sinners,
7s therefore Christ the
minister of sin? God
forbid, 18 For if I
build again the things
which I destroyed, I
make myself a trans-
gressor. 19 For I
through the law am
dead to the law, that
I might live unto God.
201 am crucified with
Christ : nevertheless I
live; yet not I, but
Christ liveth in me:
and the life which I
now live in the flesh I
live by the faith of
the Son of God, who
loved me, and gave
himself for me. 211
do not frustrate the
grace of God: for if
righteousness come by
the law, then Christ is
dead in vain.

III. O foolish Gala-
tians, who hath be-
witched you, that ye
should not obey the
truth, before whose
eyes Jesus Christ hath
been evidently set
forth, crucified among
you? 2 This only
would I learn of you,
Received ye the Spirit
by the works of the
law, or by the hearing
of faith? 3 Are yeso
foolish ? having be-
gun in the Spirit, are
ye now made perfect
by the flesh, 4 Have
ye suffered so many
things in vain? if 1

Υ καὶ οὐχ (οὐκ TrA) Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς LTTrA. * πῶς how GLTTraw.

a + δὲ but (knowing)

GLTTrAWw. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ Trr. ς ὅτι LTTrA. ἃ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου οὐ δικαιωθήσεται
ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ, 5 ἄρατ.,. f—; (read Christ [is] then &.)L. Ε συνιστάνω GuTTrAW. © τοῦ
θεοῦ καὶ χριστοῦ of God and Christ utr. ' — τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι GLTTrAW. — ἐν

ὑμῖν LYTrA.

494

be yet in vain. 5 He
therefore that minis-
tereth to you the Spi-
rit, and worketh mira-
cles among you, doeth
he it by the works of
the law, or by the
hearing of faith?
6 Even as Abraham
believed God, and it
was accounted to
him for righteousness,
7 Know ye therefore
that they which are
of faith, the same are
the children of Abra-
bam. 8 And the scrip-
ture, foreseeing that
God would justify the
heathen through faith,
preached before the
gospel unto Abraham,
saying, In thee shall
all nations be blessed.
9 So then they which
be of faith are blessed
with faithful Abra-
ham. 10 For as many
as are of the works of
the law are under the
curse: for it is writ-
ten, Cursed is every
one that continueth
not in all things which
are written in the book
of the law to do them.
11 But that no man is
justified by the law
in the sight of God, ἐξ
is evident: for, The
just shall live by faith,
12 And the law is not
of faith: but, The man
that doeth them shall
live in them. 13 Christ
hath redeemed us from
the curse of the law,
being made acurse for
us: for it is written,
Cursed is every one
that hangeth on a
tree: 14 that the
blessing of Abraham
might come on the
Gentiles through Je-
sus Christ; that we
might receive the pro-
mise of the Spirit
through faith.

15 Brethren, I speak
after the manner of
men; Though it be
but a man’s covenant,
yet if it be confirmed,
no man disannulleth,
or addeth thereto.
16 Now to Abraham
and his seed were the
promises made. He
saith not, And to seeds,
as of many; but as
of one, And to thy
seed, which is Christ.
17 And thisI say, that
the covenant, that was
confirmed before of
God in Christ, the law,
which was four hun-

k υἱοί εἰσιν LTTr.

πᾶσιν in all things) Trr.
4 ὅτι γέγραπται LTTrAW.
¥ — εἰς χριστὸν LITrA.

GLTTraw.
t ἀλλὰ Tr.

ΠΈΡΧΟΣΣΝ PIVALAPACTIVA SS. Ill

πίστεως ; 6 καθὼς ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπίστευσεν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη
of faith? Evenas Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned

> ~ 2 , , » € ,
αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 7 γινώσκετε ἄρα ὅτι οἱ ἐκ πίστεως,

ἴο Ηΐτη for righteousness. Know then that they that of faith
- tok? eye sit Ὁ , os ~ \ € \
οὗτοί "εἰσιν υἱοὶ ᾿Αβραάμ. 8 προϊδοῦσα.δὲ ἡ γραφὴ
[41.868], these are sons of Abraham; and *foreseeing ‘the “scripture
ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ θεός, προευηγγελί--
that by faith *justifies *the ‘nations *God, before announced glad

σατο τῷ ABoaap, Ὅτι Ἰἐνευλογηθήσονται" ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ
tidings to Abraham : Shall be blessed in thee all the

ἔθνη. 9 ὥστε οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ
nations. So that those of faith are being blessed with the believing
᾿Αβραάμ. 10 ὕσοι.γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσίν, ᾿ὑπὸ κατάραν
Abraham. Forasmanyas of works oflaw are, under acurse
εἰσίν γέγραπται.γάρ, ™ ᾿Επικατάρατος πᾶς ὃς οὐκ ἐμ-
are. For it has beea written, Cursed [15] everyone who not ‘does
μένει "ἐν" πᾶσιν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου,
continue in all things which have been written in the book ofthe Ww

~ ~ > Ld « A ? , > ‘ ~
τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά. 11 “Ὅτι δὲ ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται
todo them. But thatin virtueof law no one is being justified

παρὰ τῷ θεῷ δῆλον: Ore ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται"
with God [is] manifest ; because the just by faith shall live ;
12 0.6& νόμος οὐκιἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως, “ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιήσας
but the law is not of faith ; but, the ?who ‘did
αὐτὰ Ῥάνθρωπος" ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. 18 χριστὸς ἡμᾶς
“these "things Iman shall live in virtue of them. Christ us
ἐξηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν

ransomed from the curse ofthe law, having become for us
κατάρα' yéyoanrat.yap,' ᾿Επικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κρεμά-
acurse, (for it has been written, Cursed [15] everyone who hangs

μενος ἐπὶ ξύλου" 14 ἵνα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ
on ἃ tree,) that to the nations the blessing of Abraham
γένηται ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ," ἵνα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύμα-

might come in Christ Jesus, that the promise of the Spirit
τος λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως.
we might receive through faith.
1ὅ ᾿Αδελφοί, κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω, ὕμως ἀνθρώπου
Brethren, (according to man Iamspeaking,) even of man
κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην oddsic ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται.
a confirmed covenant no one sets aside, or adds thereto.

16 τῷ.δὲ᾿Αβραὰμ "ἐῤῥήθησαν" ai ἐπαγγελίαι, Kai τῷ σπέρματι
But to Abraham owerespoken the promises, an to *seed
? ~ ‘ ~ ? 4 ~ ?
αὐτοῦ" οὐ.λέγει, Kai τοῖς σπέρμασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, "ἀλλ᾽"
his: [6 does ποῦ 58., And to seeds, as of many; but
we ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, Kai τῷ.σπέρματί.σου, ὅς ἐστιν χριστός. 17 τοῦτο
as of one, And to thy seed ; which is Christ. *This
δὲ λέγω, διαθήκην προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ “Eig χρισ-
‘now I say, [the] covenant confirmed beforehand by God to Christ,
τὸν" ὁ μετὰ “ἔτη τετρακόσια καὶ tTpidkovra' γεγονὼς
the ‘after ‘*years “four 7hundred *and *thirty “which *took “place
νόμος οὐκ.ἀκυροῖ, eic.7O καταργῆσαι τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. 18

>
ει
1]ῶν doesnotannul 8088 to make of no effect the promise. if

m + ὅτι that GLTTrAW. π -- ev (read

Ρ — ἄνθρωπος (read ὃ ποιήσας he who did)

τ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ Tr. 5 ἐῤῥέθησαν LITrA.
W τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη GLTTrAW.

| εὐλογηθήσονται BE.
© ἀλλὰ TTr.

ΠΙ, IV. GALATI ANS!

γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας"
for by law ([be)the inheritance, [it is] no longer by promise ;
τῷ.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ δι’ ἐπαγγελίας κεχάρισται ὁ θεός. 19 Τί
but ἴο Abraham through promise 7granted [Sit] ‘God. Why
οὖν ὁ νόμος; τῶν παραβάσεων άριν Σπροσετέθη."
then the law? Stransgressions ‘for “the *sake*of it was added,
ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται,
until should have come the seed to whom promise has been made,
διαταγεὶς δι ἀγγέλων ἔν χειρὶ μεσίτου. 20 ὁ. δὲ

having been ordained through angels Shand 'a?mediator’s. But the

μεσίτης ἑνὸς ovK-EoTIV, ὑ-δὲ. θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν.

in

Mediator *of*one ‘is “not, butGod 7one is.
21 ὋὉ- οὖν. νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν Yrov θεοῦ";
The lawthen [5 10] against the promises of God?

μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ εἰ γὰρ ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζωοποιῆσαι,
Mayitnotbe! Forif wasgiven alaw which was 8016 to quicken,
” zn 2 , an | t ΄ ΣΝ 7 ‘ ,
ὄντως *ay ἐκ νόμου ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη" 22 ἀλλὰ συνέ-
indeed by law wouldhavebeen righteousness ; but sshut
κλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ.πάντα “ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα 1 ἐπαγγελία

+

up ‘the 7scripture allthings under sin, that the promise
ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν.
by faith of Jesus Christ might be given tothose that believe.

23 Πρὸ τοῦ.δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν, ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα,
But before 7came lfaith, under law we were guarded,

Ὀσυγκεκλεισμένοι" εἰς THY μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι"
having been shutup to the being “about ‘faith to be revealed.

24 ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν εἰς χριστόν, ἵνα
"to

Sothat the law tor lour hasbeen{up}to Christ, that
ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν: 25 ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς πίστεως,
by faith we might be justified. But “having *come ‘faith,

οὐκέτι ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν ἐσμεν. 26 πάντες. γὰρ υἱοὶ θεοῦ
no longer under a tutor we are; for all sons of God
ἐστε διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 27 ὕσοι.γὰρ εἰς
ye are through faith in Christ Jesus. For as many as to
χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. Ἰου-

Christ were baptized, Christ "ye did *put on. Jew
δαῖος οὐδὲ “Ἕλλην ovK-Evt δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος"

nor Greek; thereis ποῦ bondman nor free ;

ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ “πάντες".γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἔν χριστῷ Τησοῦ"

28 οὐκ.ἔνι
There is not

OUK.EVL
there is not

male and female; for all ye one are in Christ Jesus:
29 cid ὑμες χριστοῦ, ἄρα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ σπέρμα ἐστέ,
butif ye 816] Christ’s, then Abraham's seed ye are,
«καὶ ear’ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι.
and according to promise heirs.
4 Λέγω.δέ, ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος νήπιός ἐστιν,
ΝΟΥ Isay, for aslong?as ‘time the heir aninfant is,

? \ , , ᾽ὔ , a 9 ἰλλὰ
οὐδὲν διαφέρει δούλου, κύριος πάντων wy’ Ὁ ἀλλὰ
nothing μο differs from abondman, [though] “lord of “811 *being; but
ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους ἐστὶν Kai οἰκονόμους ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας
under guardians heis and stewards until the time before appointed

~ e ᾿ ~ ev = ΄ ε Ν ᾿
τοῦ πατρός. 8 οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς, OTE ἦμεν νήπιοι, ὑπὸ τὰ
of the father. So also we, when wewere infants, under the
στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ‘perv’ δεδουλωμένοι" 4 ὕὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ
elements ofthe world were held in bondage ; but when came the

χα ἐτέθη it was appointed @. ¥ [τοῦ θεοῦ! L.
Ὁ συγίσυν- τ)κλειόμενοι being shut up LTTra.
© κατὰ T. ἥμεθα τ.

© ἅπαντες TTrA,

2 ἐκ νόμου ἂν ἣν (ἣν ἂν T) LTTrA.

495

dred and thirty years
after,cannot disannul!,
that it should make
the promise of none
effect. 18 For if the
inheritance be of the
law, it 7s no more of
promise: but God
gaveit to Abraham by
promise. 19 Wherefore
then serveth the law?
It was added because
of transgressions, till
the seed should come
to whom the promise
Was made; and it was
ordained by angels in
the hand of a media-
tor. 20 Nowa media-
tor is not a mediator
of one, but God is one.

21 75 the law then
against the promises
of God? God forbid:
for if there had been
a law given which
could have given life,
verily righteousness
should have been by
the law. 22 But the
scripture hath con-
cluded all under sin,
that the promise by
faith of Jesus Christ
might be given to
them that believe.
23 But before faith
came, we were kept
under the law, shut
up unto the faith
which should after-
wards be revealed.
24 Wherefore the law
Was our schoolmaster
to Ἴ us unto
Christ, that we might
be justified by faith.
25 But after that faith
is come, we are no
longer under a school-
master. 26 For ye are
all the children of God
by faith in Christ Je-
sus. 27 For as many
of you as have been
baptized into Christ
have put on Christ.
28 There is neither
Jew nor Greek, there
is neither bond nor
free, there is neither
male nor female: for
ye are sll one in Christ
Jesus. 29 And if ye
be Christ’s, then are
ye Abraham’s seed,
and heirs according to
the promise.

IV. NowI say, That
the heir, as long as he
is a child, differeth no-
thing from a servant,
though he be lord of
all; 2 but is under
tutors and governors
until the time appoint-
ed of the father.
3 Even so we, when

8 ὑφ᾽ L.
d — καὶ LTTrA.

496

we were children,
were in bondage under
the elements of the
world: 4 but when the
fulness of the time
was come, God sent
forth his Son, made of
a woman, made under
the law, 5 to redeem
them that were under
the law, that we might
receive the adoption
of sons. 6 And because
yeare sons, God hath
sent forth the Spirit
of his Son into your
hearts, crying, Abba,
Father. 7 Wherefore
thou art no more a
servant, but a son;
andif a son, then an
heir of God through
Christ. 8 Howbeit
then, when ye knew
not God, ye did ser-
vice unto them which
by nature are no
gods. 9 But now, after
that ye have known
God, or rather are
known of God, how
turn ye again to the
weak and beggarly
elements, whereunto
ye desire again to be
in bondage? 10 Ye
observe days, and
months, and times, and
years. 11 1am afraid
of you, lest I have be-
stowed upon you la-
bour in vain.

12 Brethren, 1 be-
seech you, be 851 am;
for Lam as ye are:
ye have not injured
me δὖ 811, 13 Ye know
how through infirmity
of the fleshI preached
the gospel unto you
at the first. 14 And my
temptation which was
in my flesh ye despised
not, nor rejected ; but
received me as anan-
gel of God, even as
Christ Jesus. 15 Where
is then the blessed-
ness ye spake of? for
I bear you record,
that, if τὸ had been
possible, ye would
have plucked out your
own eyes, and have
given them to me.
16 Am I therefore be-
come your enemy, be-
eause I tell you the
truth? 17 They zeal-
ously affect you, but
not well; yea, they
would exclude you,
that ye might affect
them. 18 But tt ts
good to be zealously
affected always in a
good thing, and not
only when I am pre-

Il PiOcS. ἘΠ᾿ ALALAVE A-S. IV.
πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν.υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ,
fulness of the time, ?sent *forth 1God his Son,
, , , e + ΄ 3
γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικὸς, γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον, 5 ἵνα τοὺς
come of woman, come under law, that those

ε Ν , Ἵ , , ,ὔ > ,
ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ, ἵνα τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν.
under law hemight ransom, that adoption we might receive.

, t ΄ ε ‘ ~ ~
6 ὅτιδέ ἐστε υἱοί, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ
But because yeare sons, “sent *forth ‘God the Spirit

viov.abrov εἰς τὰς καρδίας δὑμῶν," κράζον, ABBa ὁ πατήρ.

of hisSon into *hearts tyour, crying, Abba, Father.
7 wore οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, Ῥάλλ᾽" vide’ εἰ δὲ υἱός, Kai

and if also
8 ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ

So no longer thouart bondman, but
κληρονόμος ἰθεοῦ διὰ χριστοῦ."

SOD ; son,

heir of God through Christ. But then indeed not
εἰδότες θεόν, ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς "μὴ φύσει" οὖσιν
knowing God, ye were in bondage to those who not by nature = are
θεοῖς: 9 viv.d&, γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον.δὲ γνωσθέντες

gods ; but now, having known God, but rather having been known
€ A ~ ~ , ‘ A ~ ‘ ᾿
ὑπὸ θεοῦ, πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ
by God, how do ye turn again to the weak and beggarly
στοιχεῖα οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν ‘Sovdedery' θέλετε; 10 ἡμέρας
elements to which again anew to bein bondage ye desire? Days
παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, Kai καιρούς, Kai ἐνιαυτούς." 11 φο-
ye observe, and mouths, and _ times, and years. am
βοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως εἰκῆ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς.
afraid of you, lest somehow in vain I have laboured asto you.
12 Γίνεσθε we ἐγώ, ὕτικἀγὼ we ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί, δέο-
Be as I jam}, forI also [am] as ye, brethren, Ibe-
μαι ὑμῶν: οὐδέν pe ἠδικήσατε. 18 οἴδατε.δὲ Ore dv
seech you: ἰπ πούμὶπρ me ye wronged. But ye know that in
ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς εὐηγγελισθάμην ὕὑμῖν τὸ.-πρότερον,
weakness ofthe flesh I announced the glad tidings to you at the first ;
14 καὶ τὸν πειρασμόν ἅμου τὸν" ἐν τῇ-.σαρκί.μου οὐκ ἐξου-

and 2temptation ‘my in my flesh Snot "ye *de-
θενήσατε οὐδὲ ἐξεπτύσατε, add’! ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐ-
spised nor rejected with contempt ; but as anangel of God ye

δέξασθέ με, ὡς χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 15 ric’ οὖν Ῥῆἦν" ὁ μακαρισμὸς
received me, 8ἃΞ Christ Jesus. What then was *blessedness
ὑμῶν ; μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ ὑμῖν Ore, εἰ δυνατόν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
tyour? forl bear “witness *you that, if possible, 7eyes
« ~ > , q n ll ἐδ »9 , a ? 4
ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες Iav' ἐδώκατε μοι. 16 ὥστε ἐχθρὸς
‘your having plucked out yewould have given [them] to me. So “enemy
ὑμῶν γέγονα ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν; 17 Ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς
‘your havel become speaking truth toyou? ‘They are zealousafter you
? ~ 2 A b ~ r « ~ ΤΠ , ou ᾽ A
ov καλῶς, ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι τὑμᾶς θέλουσιν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς
not rightly, but toexclude you [from us] they desire, that them
ζηλοῦτε. 18 καλὸν. δὲ "τὸ" ζηλοῦσθαι ἐν καλῷ
ye may be zealous after. But right [it is] to be zealous in aright [thing]
πάντοτε, Kai μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ.παρεϊναί.με πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 19 ἵτεκ-
atalltimes, andnot only in mybeingpresent with you— “little
via’ μου, οὺἣς πάλιν ὠδίνω "ἄχρις" 0b μορφωθῇ
3children ‘my, of whom again I travail until shall have been formed

& ἡμῶν our GLTTrAW.
μὴ (vead are not &.) GLTTraw.
2 ὑμῶν YOUr LTTrA ; ὑμῶν τὸν W.

had given) LTTraW.

h ἀλλὰ LTTrA. i διὰ θεοῦ through God LTTra. k φύσει
-- &
1 δουλεῦσαι TTr. m ; (read Do ye observe &c.) GLT.
ξ ᾽ δ :
° ποῦ Where LTTrAW. Ρ — ἦν LTTrAW. 4 — ἂν (read ye

TyuasusE. “ - τὸ τὰ. ὃ τέκνα children Lrtr. ¥ μέχρις TTr.

LV; AV; GALATIANS.
χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν" 20 ἤθελον.δὲ παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, Kai
Christ in you: andIwas wishing tobe present with you now, and

ἀλλάξαι τὴν.φωνήν-μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν.
to change my voice, for Iam perplexed asto you.
21 Aéyeré μοι, οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον θέλοντες εἶναι, τὸν νόμον

Tell me, Υ6 ΠΟ under law wish tobe, the law
> ? [4 , , ev ? f ‘ 7 « ‘
οὐκ. ἀκούετε: 22 γέγραπται.γάρ, ὕτι ᾿Αβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς
do ye ποῦ hear? For it has been written, that Abraham two sons

ἔσχεν" Eva ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, Kai ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας"

had ; one of the maid-servant, and one of the free (woman).

23 ¥arr" ὁ *pév' ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, κατὰ σάρκα ὕγε-
But he of the maid-servant, accordingto flesh has

yévynra'! ὁ.δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας, διὰ τῆς" ἐπαγγελίας.
been born, δδηᾶ heof the free [woman], through the promise.

24 dria ἐστιν addAnyopovpeva’ αὗται.γάρ εἰσιν “ai! δύο
Which things are allegorized ; for these are the two
διαθῆκαι: μία μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ, εἰς δουλείαν" γεννῶσα,
covenants; one from mount Sina, to bondage bringing forth,

ou 2 ’ » 5) s Cc” ll ~ ” ? \ ? ~
ἥτις ἐστὶν Ayap. 25 τὸ yao © Ayap" Σινᾶ. ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ
which is Agar. For Agar *Sina “mount 115 in
᾿Αραβίᾳ, ‘ove τ δὲ τῇ νῦν ‘Teouvaady δουλεύ
ραβιᾳ, τοιχεῖ".- TY oveaadrnp, OVAEVEL

Arabia, and corresponds tothe now ?she *is *in *bondage
“δὲ! μετὰ τῶν.τέκνων αὐτῆς. 26 ἡ.δὲ ἄνω ‘Teoovcadhp, ἐλευ-
Jand with her children ; but the above ‘Jerusalem, “free
θέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ πάντων" ἡμῶν" 27 γέγραπται
315, which is mother of all of us. 7It *has *been written
γάρ, Ἑὐφράνθητι στεῖρα ἡ ov.Tikrovoa’ ῥῆξον Kai βόησον
*for, Rejoice, Obarren that bearest not; break forth and cry,
ἡ οὐκ. ὠδίνουσα" ὅτι πολλα τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ
that travailest not; because many the children of the desolate more than

τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. 28% Hyeic'.oé, ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαάκ,

Jerusalem,

ofherthat has the husband. But we, brethren, like Isaac,
ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα iopév’' 29 ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τότε ὁ κατὰ

But then he who according to

σάρκα γεννηθεὶς ἐδίωκεν τὸν κατὰ πνεῦμα, οὕτως καὶ
flesh was born persecuted him [born] accordingto Spirit, so also
νῦν. 80 ἀλλὰ Ti λέγει ἡ γραφή; “ExBare τὴν παιδίσκην
now. But what says the scripture? Castout the maid-seryant
Kai τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς, οὐ.γὰρ.μὴ ἰἱκληρονομήσῃ' ὁ υἱὸς τῆς
and her son, for in no wise may “inherit 1the *son %of “the
παιδίσκης μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 91 Κ[Αρα,"! ἀδελ-
Smaid-servant with the son ofthe free (woman). So then, breth-
Pol, οὐκιἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας.
ren, weare not “of *a *maid-servant *children, but of the free [woman].
5 Tp ἐλευθερίᾳ Ἰοῦν πὴ! πχριστὸς ἡμᾶς" ἠλευθέρω-
Inthe freedom therefore wherewith Christ us made free,
σεν, CoTiKere," P kai μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ "δουλείας" ἐνέχεσθε. 2 ἴδε
stand fast, and not again ἴῃ ἃ γόοκ of bondage ὍΘ held. Lo,
ἐγὼ Παῦλος λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε, χριστὸς ὑμᾶς
I Paul say toyou,that if yebecircumcised, Christ ou
οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει: 3 μαρτύρομαι.δὲ πάλιν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ
“nothing ‘shall “profit. And I testify again to every man

W ἀλλὰ Tr. 7 [μὲν] L. ¥ γεγένηται Ww. z δι tr.
¢—"Ayap LI[Tr]. 4 συνσ- 7. © yap for GLITraw.
Β ἐστέ LYTrA. i κληρονομήσει Shall inherit Lrtr.
GLITraw. =— ἡ (read With freedom το.) Lrtra.
(commencing a sextence αὐ Stand fast) trtra.

%of *promise *children ‘are. as

4 — ai GLTTraw.
f — πάντων @[L]TTrA.
Κ διό wherefore trtra.

0 ἡμᾶς χριστὸς GLTT AW. 9.
P + οὖν therefore LTTraw.

497

sent with you. 19 My
little children, of
whom I travail in
birth again until
Christ be formed in
you, 20 I desire to be
present with you now,
and to change my
voice ; for I stand in
doubt of you.

21 Tell me, ye that
desire to be under the
law, do ye not hear
the law ? 22 For it is
written, that Abra-
ham had two sons, the
one by a bondmaid, the
other by 2 freewoman.
23 But he who was οἱ
the bondwoman was
born after the flesh ;
but he of the freewo-
man was by promise.
24 Which things are
an allegory : for these
are the two covenants;
the one from the mount
Sinai, which gender-
eth to bondage, which
is Agar. 25 For this
Agar is mount Sinai
in Arabia, and answer-
eth to Jerusalem which
now is, and is in bon-
dage with her child-
ren. 26 But Jerusalem
which is above is free,
which is the mother
of usall. 27 For it is
written, Rejoice, thou
barren that bearest
not; break forth and
ery, thou that travail-
est not: for the deso-
late hath many more
children than 5860
which hath an hus-
band. 28 Now we, bre-
thren, as Isaac was,
are the children of
promise. 29 But as
then he that was born
after the flesh perse-
cuted him that was
born after the Spirit,
even so tt 7 now.
30 Nevertheless what
saith the scripture?
Cast out the bond-
woman and her son:
for the son of the
bondwoman shall not
be heir with the son
of the freewoman,
31 So then, brethren,
we are not children of
the bondwoman, but
of the free,

V. Stand fast there-
fore in the liberty
wherewith Christ hath
made (us free, and be
not entangled again
with tie yoke of bon-
dage. 2 Behold, I Paul

Ὁ δουλίαν T.
5 ὑμεῖς YOU LTTrA.
Ι- οὖν
στήκετε
9 δουλίας τ.

ἘΠῚ:

498

say unto you, that if
e be circumcised,
Christ shall profit you
nothing. 3 For I tes-
tify again to every
man that is circum-
cised, that he is a
debtor to dothe whole
law. 4 Christ is be-
come of no effect un-
to you, whosoever of
you are justified by
the law ; ye are fallen
frem grace. 5 For we
through the Spirit
wait for the hope of
righteousness by taith.
6 For in Jesus Christ
neither circumcision
availeth any thing,
nor wuncireumcision ;
but faith which work-
ethby love. 7 Ye did
ron well; who did
hinder you that ye
should not obey the
truth? 8 This per-
suasion cometh not of
him that calleth you.
9 A little leaven
leayeneth the whole
lump. 10 I have con-
fidence in you through
the Lord, that ye will
be none otherwise
minded: but he that
troubleth you shall
bear his judgment,
whosoever he be.

1] And I, brethren,
if I yet preach cir-
cumeision, why do I
yet suffer persecution?
then is the offence of
the cross ceased. 12 I
would they were even
cut off which trouble
you. 13 For, brethren,
ye have been called
unto liberty ; only use
not liberty for an oc-
casion to the flesh, but
by love serve one an-
other. 14 For all the
law is fulfilled in one
word, even in this;
Thou shalt love thy
neighbour as thyself.
15 But if ye bite and
devour one another,
take heed that ye be
not consumed one of
another. 16 7'his I say
then, Walk in the Spi-
rit, and ye shall not
fulfil the lust of the
flesh. 17 For the flesh
lusteth against the
Spirit, and the Spirit
against the flesh : and
these are contrary the
one to the other: so
that ye cannot do the
things that ye would.
18 But if ye be led of
the Spirit, ye are not

ΠΡΟΣ ΓΑΟΛ AT ἈΠ Σ: We
περιτεμνομένῳ, OTL ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν OAOY TOY νόμον ποιῆσαι.
being circumcised, that a debtor heis *whole ‘the law to do.

4 κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ *rov" χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δι-
Ye are deprived of all effect from the Christ, whosoever in law are

καιοῦσθε, τῆς χάριτος tkertoare’ 5 ἡμεῖς. γὰρ πνεύματι

being justified ; grace ye fell from. For we, by [the] Spirit
ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 6 ἐν.γὰρ
by faith [the] hope of righteousness await. For in

χριστῷ “Inoov οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία,
Christ Jesus neither circumcision “any ‘is*of force, nor uncircumcision ;

ἀλλὰ πίστις Ov ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη. 7 ᾿Ετρέχετε καλῶς"

but faith *by 7love tworking. Ye were running well:

τίς Bete "ἀνέκοψεν" try" ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι; 8 ἡ πεισ-
who ou *hindered Sthe "truth ‘not ‘to Sobey ? The persua-
μονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς. 9 Μικρὰ ζύμη ὕλον
sion [is] not of him who calls you. A little leaven *whole

TO φύραμα ζυμοῖ. 10 ἐγὼ πέποιθα εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ,
*the “lump ‘leavens. I ampersuaded asto you in [the] Lord,
ὅτι ovdEY.dAXO.PpovHoETE, 0.0 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς βαστάσει TO
that ye will πᾶσα no other mind, andhe troubling you shall bear the
κρίμα, ὕστις Yay" gp.
judgment, whosoever he may be.
11 ᾿Εγὼ. δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώ-
But 1, brethren, if circumcision yet Iproclaim, why yet amI

κομαι; ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ.
persecuted? Then has been doneaway the offence of the cross.
12 ὄφελον Kai ἀποκόψονται οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες

I would “even ‘they *would cut themselves off who throw *into *confusion
ὑμᾶς. 18 Ὑμεῖς.γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε, ἀδελφοί: μόνον
you. For ye for freedom werecalled, brethren; only
μὴ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν εἰς ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς
[156] not the freedom for an occasion tothe flesh, but by
ἀγάπης δουλεύετε ἀλλήλοις. 14 ὁ.γὰρ.πᾶς νόμος ἐν Evi
love serve ye one another. For the whole law in one
λόγῳ “πληροῦται, ἐν τῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον.σου ὡς
word is fulfilled, in Thou shalt love thy neighbour as

Yéaurov.' 15 εἰ.δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε, βλέπετε
thyself ; but if oneanother yebite and devour, take heed

ἡ τὑπὸ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε.
οὐ by ‘one ἌΠΟΙΟΣ tye be *consumed.

16 Λέγω.δέ, Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς
ButIsay, ΒΥ [{16] ϑρίσιῦὺ walk γα, and ?desire *flesh’s
οὐνμὴ τελέσητε. 17 ἡ.γὰρ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύ-
in no wise should ye fulfil. Forthe flesh desires against the Spirit,
ματος, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός: ταῦτα "δὲ" ὑάντί-
andthe Spirit against the flesh; 7these*things ‘and are op-
? Uy li e A “acnr il , ~ ~

κειται ἀλλήλοις," ἵνα μὴ ἃ. “ἂν" θέλητε ταῦτα ποιῆτε.
posed to one another, that not whatsoever ye may wish those things yeshould do:
18 εἰ δὲ πνεύματι ἄγεσθε, οὐκιἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον. 19 φανερὰ
but if by [the] Spirit yeareled, yeare*no‘under law. Manifest
δὲ ἐστιν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ἅτινά ἐστιν ἁμοιχεία,, πορνεία,
1now are the works of the flesh, which 816 adultery, fornication,
ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, 20 εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι,

under thelaw. 19 ΝΟΥ͂ uncleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities,
t — τοῦ LTTr[A]. 5 ἐνέκοψεν GLITrAW. ‘*—77TIx[A]. Y + [δὲ] but x. Ἢ ἐὰν TTrA.
κ πεπλήρωται has been fulfilled nrtraw. Υ σεαυτόν GLTTrAW. τ ὑπ᾽ LTTr. 8 γὰρ fox

LTTraAw.

Ὁ ἀλλήλοις ἀντίκειται GLTTrAW.

¢ ἐὰν (L]rTra. d — μοιχεία GLTTrAW.

Ver VI.
ξέρεις, ζῆλοι," θυμοί,

GALATIANS,

ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις,
strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions, divisions, sects,
21 φθόνοι, fpdvo1," μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὕμοια τούτοις"
enyyings, murders, drunkennegses, revels, and things like these ;
a προλέγω ὑμῖν, καθὼς Skai' προεῖπον, ὅτι οἱ
as to which I tell *beforehand 'you, evenas also I said before, that they who

τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ-κληρονομήσουσιν.
such things do ?kingdom 'God’s shall not inherit.

22 6.0 καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη,
But the fruit οὗ the Spirit is love, joy, peace,
μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις, 23 "πρᾳότης,"
long-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, meekness,

ἐγκράτεια᾽ κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ. ἔστιν νόμος. 24 οἱ.δὲ
self-control: against such things thereisno law. But they that [are]

τοῦ χριστοῦ; τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ
of the Christ "the flesh crucified with the passions and

ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. 25 εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ
the desires. If welive by [the] Spirit, by [the] Spirit also

στοιχῶμεν. 26 μὴ.γινώεθα κενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκα-

we should walk. Weshouldnotbecome vain-glorious, one another provok-
λούμενοι, ξἀλλήλοις" φθονοῦντες.
ing, one another envying.
G ᾿Αδελφοί, ἐὰν καὶ 'zpodrndOy' ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παρα-
Brethren, if even be taken aman in some of-
πτώματι, ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ καταρτίζετε τὸν.τοιοῦτον ἐν
fence, ye, the spiritual [ones], restore such a one in

πνεύματι ππρᾳύτητος,, σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν μὴ καὶ σὺ πει-

a spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest also thou be
ρασθῇς. 2 ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε, καὶ οὕτως "ἀνα-
tempted. One another’s burdens bear ye, and thus ful-

πληρώσατε! τὸν νόμον τοῦ χριστοῦ. 8 εἰ γὰρ δοκεῖ τις
fil the law of the Christ. Forif thinks ‘anyone
, » οἵ ‘ ~ ll " ry »

εἶναι τι, μηδὲν ὦν, ἑαυτὸν φρεναπατᾷ᾽" 4 τὸ.δὲ ἔργον
to be something, "nothing ‘being, himself he deceives: but the work
ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος; Kai τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον TO
cf himself _let Ῥσουθ Teach, and then asto himself alone the
καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς rovtrepov’ 5 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ
boasting hewillhave, and not asto another, For each
ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει.
hisown load shall bear.

6 Κοινωνείτω.δὲ ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λύγον a

Let ‘share "him “being *taught*in *the ‘word with him that

κατηχοῦντι ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 7 μὴ-πλανᾶσθε, θεὸς ov puK-

teaches in all good things. Be not misled ; God ποῦ lis
τηρίζεται: 0.yapPéay' σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο Kai Oepi-
mocked ; for whatsoever *may *sow ‘a “man, that also he shall
ce’ ὃ ὅτι ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν.σάρκα. ἑαυτοῦ, EK τῆς σαρκὸς
reap. For he that sows to his own flesh, from the esh
θερίσει φθοράν 0.6 σπείρων εἰς TO πνεῦμα, ἐκ τοῦ
shallreap corruption; but hethat sows to the Spirit, from the

πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 9 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες
Spirit shall reap life eternal: but (in) well doing

499

the works of the fiesh
are manifest, which
are these; Adultery,
fornication, unclean-
ness, lasciviousness,
20 idolatry, witcheraft,
hatred, variance, emu-
lations, wrath, strife,
seditions, heresies,
21 envyings, murders,
drunkenness, revel-
lings, and such like:
of the which 1 tell
you before, as [ have
also told you in time
past, that they which
do such things shall
not inherit the king-
dom of God. 22 But
the fruit of the Spirit
ig love, joy, peace,
longsuffering, gentle-
ness, goodness, faith,
23 meekness, temper-
ance: against such
thereis no law. 24 And
they that are Christ’s
have crucified the flesh
with the affections and
lusts. 25 If we live in
the Spirit, let us also
walk in the Spirit.
26 Let us not be de-
sirous of vain glory,
provoking one another,
envying one another.

VI. Brethren, if a
man be overtaken ina
fault, ye which are
spiritual, restore such
an one in the spirit of
meekness ; considering
thyself, lest thou also
be tempted. 2 Bear ye
one another’s burdens,
and so fulfil the law of
Christ. 3 For if a man
think himself to be
something, when he is
nothing, he deceiveth
himself. 4 But let
every man prove his
own work, and then
shall he have rejoicing
in himself alone, and
not in another. 5 For
every man shall bear
his own burden.

6 Let him that is
taught in the word
communicate unto
him that teacheth in
all good things. 7 Be
not deceived; God is
not mocked: for what-
soever a man sowetk,
that shall he also reap.
8 For he that sowet
to his flesh shall of the
fiesh reap corruption ;
but he that soweth
tothe Spirit shall of the
Spirit reap life ever-
lasting. 9 And let us

8 ἔρις, ζῆλος strife, jealousy LTTraw.
LTTrAW. i + Ἰησοῦ Jesus [L]?Tra. Χ ἀλλήλους L.
™ πραὔτητος ΤΊΤΑΥ. π ἀναπληρώσετε ye Shall fulfil Lr.
LTTrA. P ἂν LTr.

f— φόνοι [L]t[TraA]. 8 — καὶ [ujrtr.

h πραὕτης
1 προλημφθῇ LTTra.
© φρεναπατᾷ ἑαντόν

600

not be weary in well
doing : for in due sea-
son we shall reap, if
we faint not. 10 As
we have therefore op-
portunity, let us do
good unto all men, es-
pecially unto them
who are of the house-
hold of faith.

11 Ye see how large
a letter I have written
unto you with mine
own hand. 12 As many
ag desire to make a fair
shew in the flesh, they
constrain you to he
circumcised ; only lest
they should suffer per-
secution for the cross
of Christ. 13 For nei-
ther they themselves
who are circumcised
keep the law; but de-
sire to have you cir-
cumcised, that they
may glory in your
flesh. 14 But God for-
bid that Ishould glory,
save in the cross of
our Lord Jesus Christ,
by whom the world is
crucified unto me, and
I unto the world.
15 For in Christ Jesus
neither circumcision
availeth any thing, nor
uncirecumcision, but a
new creature. 16 And
as many as walk ac-
cording to this rule,
peace be on them, and
merey, and upon the
Israel of God.

17 From henceforth
let no man trouble
me: for I bear in my
body the marks of the
Lord Jesus. 18 Bre-
thren, the grace of our
Lord Jesus Christ be
with your spirit. A-
men.

ΠΡῸΣ»
“TO

PAUL, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the
will of God, to the
saints which are at
Ephesus, and to the

(THE)

WeBPOs.’A PALATVA &. Vi,
py .Δἐκκακῶμεν"" καιρῷ. γὰρ ἰδίῳ θερίσομεν, pn ἐκλυόμενοι.
we should not lose heart; for in *time ‘due °we ὅ5841] ῶρ ‘not fainting.

10 ἄρα οὖν we καιρὸν ᾿ἔχομεν" ἐργαζώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς
So then as occasion wehaye τῦρ should work good towards
πάντας, μάλιστα.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως.
all, and specially towards those of the household of faith.
11 Ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα τῇ. ἐμῇ. χειρί.
See ἴῃ ΒΟΥ large*to*you ‘letters ?T*wrote with my [own] hand.
12 ὅσοι θέλουσιν εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί, οὗτοι
Asmanyas wish to have a fair appearance in [the] flesh, these
ἀναγκάζουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι, μόνον wa “μὴ τῷ
compel you to be circumcised, only that for the

not
σταυρῷ τοῦ χριστοῦ" "“Ὑδιώκωνται." 13 οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ
cross of the Christ they may be persecuted. For neither they who
ἀπεριτεμνόμενοι" αὐτοὶ νόμον φυλάσσουσιν ἀλλὰ θέ-
are being circumcised themselves [the] law keep ; but they
ovow ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι, ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ. σαρκὶ καυ-
wish you to be circumcised, that in your flesh they
χήσωνται. 14 ἐμοὶ. δὲ μὴ.γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰμὴ ἐν τῷ
might boast. But for me may it not be to boast except in the
σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ: δι od ἐμοὶ
cross of our Lord Jesus Christ; through whom to me [the]
κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ" κόσμῳ. 15 δὲν γὰρ χριστῷ
world has beencrucified, andI tothe world. 7In ‘for Christ
Ἰησοῦ ovre' περιτομή ὅτι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία,
Jesus neither circumcision “any ‘is *of force, nor uncircumcision ;

ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις. 16 καὶ ὕσοι τῷ. κανόνι τούτῳ στοι-
but anew creation. And as many as by this rule shall

χήσουσιν, εἰρηνη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς Kai ἔλεος, Kai ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ
walk, peace [be]upon them and mercy, and upon the Israel

τοῦ θεοῦ.
of God.

17 Tov.rorrov, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω" ἐγὼ.γὰρ τὰ
For the rest, ‘troubles δΐο τη πὸ Ὅη6 ‘let *give, forI the
στίγματα τοῦ Yeupiov' ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου βαστάζω.
brands of the Lord Jesus in my body bear.
18 Ἢ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύ-

The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with *spi-
ματος ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί. ἀμήν.
rit lyour, brethren. Amen.
pies Γαλάτας ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης."
o {the} Galatians written from Rome.

E®ESIOY= EMIZSTOAH ΠΑΥΛΟΥ.

*HPHESIANS ‘EPISTLE 2OF *PAUL,

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος 'Inoot χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ,

Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God,
τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν “ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ" καὶ πιστοῖς ἔν χριστῷ
tothe saints who are at Ephesus and faithful in Christ

4 éy- LTrAW ; ἐν- T.
* διώκονται are being persecuted τ
‘read to [the]) urtra.

¥ — κυρίου LTTrAw.

5. τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλουν of the Apostle E; Πρὸς ᾿Εφεσίους LTTraw.

5 [év ᾿Εφέσῳ] va.

τ ἔχωμεν We May have T. * μὴ placed after χριστοῦ LITra.

ἃ περιτετμημένοι have been circumcised L. * -- τῷ
ν οὔτε yap For neither TTra. x τι ἐστὶν is anything GLTTrAw.

z — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Γαλάτας Tra.

Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA.

1: EPHESIANS.

Ἰησοῦ 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Kai

Jesus, Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and
κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ.
{the] Lord Jesus Christ.
3 Εὐλογητὸξ ὁ θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ
Blessed {be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus

χριστοῦ, ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν
Christ, who blessed us with every “blessing spiritual in
τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἃ χριστῷ, 4 καθὼς ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ
the heavenlies with Christ; according as he chose us in him
πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, elvatnpac ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώ-
before [the] foundation of([the] world, for us to be holy and blame-
μους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ “ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ὃ mpoopicac ἡμᾶς εἰς
less before him in love; having predestinated us for
υἱοθεσίαν διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτόν, κατὰ τὴν εὐδο-
adoption through Jesus ist to himself, according to the good

κίαν τοῦ.θελήματος.αὐτοῦ, Θ εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης τῆς χάρι-

pleasure of his will, to[the] praise of[the}glory of “grace
τος αὐτοῦ, ἴὲν. ἡ" ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ"
this, wherein he made 7cbjects *of *grace ‘us in the Beloved :

> zt ” ι ΕΣ , " ~ er > ~
7 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν διὰ τοῦ αἱἵματος.αὐτοῦ,

in whom we have redemption through his blood,
THY ἄφεσιν τῶν παραπτωμάτων, κατὰ ἕτὸν πλοῦτον" τῆς
the remission of offences, according to the riches

χάριτος αὐτοῦ: 8 ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ
of his grace ; which he οφτιβοα to abound toward τ in all
σοφίᾳ Kai φρονήσει, 9 γνωρίσας ἡμῖν TO μυστήριον τοῦ
wisdom and intelligence, having made known tous the mystery
OeXnuaroc.avrov, κατὰ ὴν εὐδοκίαν.αὐτοῦ, ἣν προέθετο
np ς 2 ᾽ μ 5
of his will, according to his good pleasure, which he purposed
ἐν αὐτῷ 10 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν,
in himself for [the] administration of the fulness oz times ;
ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ-πάντα ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Ta Pre! ‘ey!
to head up allthings in the Christ, boththethings in
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς και τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 11 ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν ᾧ
the heavens and the things upon the earth; in hin, in whom
καὶ Βἐκληρώθημεν," προορισθέντες κατὰ πρό-
also we obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to [the] pur-
θεσιν τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐνεργοῦντος κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν
pose of him who all ‘things works according to the counsel
τοῦ.θελήματος αὐτοῦ, 12 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς εἰς ἔπαινον
of his will, for 2to*be ‘us to [the] praise
τῆς" δόξης. αὐτοῦ, τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ χριστῷ 18 ἐν
of his glory ; who have fore-trusted in the Christ: in
Kai ὑμεῖς, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, TO εὐαγ-
ye, having heard the word ofthe truth, the glad
γέλιον τῆς.σωτηρίας. ὑμῶν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πιστεύσαντες ἐσφρα-
tidings of your salyation— in whom also, having believed, ye were
γίσθητε τῷ πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ ἁγίῳ. 14 τς" ἐστιν
sealed with the Spirit of promise the Holy, who is
ἀῤῥαβὼν τῆς.κληρονομίας. ἡμῶν, cic ἀπολύτρωσιν τῆς
{the] earnest of our inheritance, to [the] redemption of the
περιποιήσεως, εἰς ἔπαινον τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ.
acquired possession, to praise of his glory.

ᾧ

whom also

501
faithful in Christ Je-
sus : 2 Grace be to you,
and peace, from God

our Father, and from
the Lord Jesus Christ.

3 Blessed be the God
and Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ, who
hath blessed us with
all spiritual blessings
in heavenly places in
Christ : 4according as
he hath chosen us in
him before the founda-
tion of the world, that
we should be holy and
without blame before
him in love : 5 having
predestinated us unto
the adoption of chil-
dren by Jesus Christ
to himself, according
to the good pleasure of
his will, 6 to the praise
of the glory of his
grace, wherein he hath
made us accepted in
the beloved. 7In whom
we have redemption
through his blood, the
forgiveness of sins, ac-
cording to the riches
of his grace; 8 where-
in he hath abounded
toward us in all wis-
dom and prudence;
9 having made known
unto us the mystery
of his will, according
to his good pleasure
which he hath purpos-
ed in himself: 10 that
in the dispensation of
the fulness of times
he might gather to-
gether in one all things
in Christ, both which
are in heaven, and
which are on earth;
even in him: 11 in
whom also we have
obtained an _ inherit-
ance, being predesti-
nated according to the
purpose of him who
worketh all things
after the counsel of
his own will: 12 that
we should be to the
praise of his glory, who
first trusted in Christ.
13 In whom ye also
trusted, after that ye
heard the word of
truth, the gospel of
your salvation: in
whom also after that
ve believed, ye were
sealed with that holy
Spirit of promise,
14 which is the earnest
of our inheritance un-
til the redemption of
the purchased posses-
sion, unto the praise
of his glory.

4d + ἐν in (Christ) EGLTTraw.
f Hs which (read éxa. he freely bestowed on) Lrtra.

©, ἐν ἀγάπῃ (read in love having predestinated us) GLT
& τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW.
GLTTrAW. lemtupon LTTra. © ἐκλήθημεν we were called τι. ἰ --- τῆς LITraw.

h — ze both
m9 which La.

502

15 Wherefore I also,
after I heard of your
faith in the Lord Je-
sus, and love unto all
the saints, 16 cease not
to give thanks for you,
making mention of
you in my prayers ;
17 that the God of our
Lord Jesus Christ, the
Father of glory, may
give unto you the spi-
rit of wisdom and re-
yelation in the know-
ledge of him: 18 the
eyes of your under-
standing being en-
lightened; that ye
may know what is the
hope of his calling,
and what the riches of
the glory of his in-
heritance in the saints,
19 and what ts the ex-
ceeding greatness of
his power to us-ward
who believe, accord-
ing to the working of
his mighty power,
20 which he wrought
in Christ, when he
raised him from the
dead, and set him at
his own right hand in
the heavenly places,
21 far above all princi-
pality, and power, and
might, and dominion,
and every name that
is named, not only in
this world, but also
in that which is to
come: 22 and hath
put all things under
his feet, andgave him
to be the head over all
things to the church,
23 which is his body,
the fulness of him that
fillethallin all. II. And
you hath he quicken-
ed, who were dead
in trespasses and sins;
2 wherein in time past
ye walked according
to the course of this
world, according to
the prince of the
power of the air, the
spirit that now work-
eth in the children of
disobedience : 3 among
whom also we all had
our conversation in
times past in the
lusts of our flesh, ful-
filling the desires of
the flesh and of the
mind; and were by
nature the children of

Ὁ — τὴν ἀγάπην 14].
κεν he has wrought ura.

S RUE ΞΕ
% + αὐτὸν him T.

Ti PROVES, EPs 1S. YS.

15 Διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ
Because of this

Iva
ἀκούσας τὴν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πίστιν ἐν
Ialso having heard of the 7among *you ‘faith in
τῷ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ "τὴν ἀγάπην" τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς
the Lord Jesus, and _ the love which [15] toward all the
ἁγίους, 16 οὐ-παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μνείαν οὑμῶν"
saints, donot cease giving thanks for you, mention of you
ποιούμενος ἐπὶ τῶν. προσευχῶν. μου" 17 ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τοῦ κυρίου

making in my prayers, that the God of *Lord
ἡμῶν ‘Inoov χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, δῴη ὑμῖν πνεῦμα
tour Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give to you[the] spirit

σοφίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν

ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ, 18 πεφω-
of wisdom and revelation

in [the] knowledge of him, ®being
, 4 ? 4 ~ PS s Π « ~ 2 4 ἰδὲ
τισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς Ῥδιανοίας" ὑμῶν, εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι
7enlightened ‘the 7eyes 5mind 3of*your, for to “know
ὑμᾶς τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.κλήσεως αὐτοῦ, Ixai' τίς ὁ πλοῦ-
tyou what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches
τος τῆς δόξης Tic-KAnoovopiac.abrov ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, 19 Kai
ofthe glory of his inheritance in the saints, and
Ti TO ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς

what the surpassing greatness of his power towards us
τοὺς πιστεύοντας κατὰ THY ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς
who believe according to the working ofthe might
ἰσχύος. αὐτοῦ, 20 ἣν τἐνήργησεν" ἐν τῷ χριστῷ ἐγείρας
of his strength, which he wrought in the Christ, having raised
αὐτὸν ἐκ 5 ψεκρῶν, καὶ ᾿ἐκάθισεν 5 ἐν δεξιᾷ

him fromamong([the] dead, and he set fhimjat right *hand

αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς “ἐπουρανίοις, 21 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς
this in the heavenlies, above every principality
καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ KUPLOTNTOC, καὶ παντὸς ὀνό-
and authority and power and lordship, and every name
ματος Crepes κοι οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ.αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ
named, not only in this age, but also

ς " Se 4 « , c A ‘4 ’

22 καὶ * πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας
and all things he put under *feet
αὐτοῦ" καὶ αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα ἐκ-
this, and “*him ‘gave [tobe] ~ head over all things to the as-

κλησίᾳ, 23 ἥτις ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα.αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ
sembly, which ig his body, the fulness of him who
Yravraiy πᾶσιν πληρουμένου: Q καὶ ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς
all things in all fills— and you being dead
τοῖς παραπτώμασιν Kai ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις, 2 ἐν αἷς ποτε
in offences and sins, in which once

περιεπατήσατε κατὰ TOY αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου, κατὰ
ye walked according to the age of this world, according to
τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν
the ruler ofthe authority ofthe air, the spirit that now
ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας" 3 ἐν οἷς Kai ἡμεῖς
works in the sons of disobedience: among whom also we
πάντες ἀνεστράφημέν ποτε ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς σαρκὸς
all had our conduct once in _ the desires of *flesh
ἡμῶν, ποιοῦντες τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς Kai τῶν διανοιῶν,
‘our, doing the things willed ofthe flesh and ofthe thoughts,

> ~ ,
ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι"
in the coming [one];

P καρδίας heart GLTtraW 4 — καὶ LTTrA.
' καθίσας having set LrTra.
Y + τὰ GLITrAW. z+ ὑμῶν

ο — ὑμῶν LITrA.
5. + τῶν the w.

* οὐρανοῖς heavens L. X+ τὰ W.

‘read your offences and sins) Lrtr[ 4].

EPHESIANS.
ὀργῆς, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποί" 4 ὁ.δὲ θεός,
ο

Il.

καὶ ἦμεν" ὑτέκνα φύσει"

and were children, ΒΥ nature, of wrath, as even the rest: but God,
, na > γἋ 7 Η͂ ᾿ Π ? , ? ~
πλούσιος ὧν ἐν ἐλέει, διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ

"rich ‘being in mercy, because of 2creat Slove this
ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, 5 Kai ὄντας ἡμᾶς νεκροὺς τοῖς

wherewith he loved us, Zalso *being lwe dead

παραπτώμασιν, συνεζωοποίησεν 5 τῷ χριστῷ YapITi ἐστε
in offences, quickened [us] with, the Christ, (by grace ye are
σεσωσμένοι᾽ 6 καὶ συνήγειρεν, καὶ συνεκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς
saved,) and raised [us] up together, and seated [us] together in the

ἐπουρανίοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ" 7 ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς
heavenlies in Christ Jesus, that he might shew in the
αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον᾽
ages that [are] coming the surpassing riches
τῆς.χάριτος. αὐτοῦ ἐν χρηστότητι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν χριστῷ Inco’
of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus.
8 τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσωσμένοι διὰ “τῆς πίστεως" Kai
For by grace ye are saved through faith ; and
τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ὑμῶν, θεοῦ τὸ δῶρον" 9 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα
this ποῦ of yourselves; [it is] God’s gift: not of works, that
μή τις καυχήσηται. 10 αὐτοῦ.γάρ ἐσμεν ποίημα, κτισθέν-
not anyone might boast. For his *we *are 'workmanship, created
τες ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, οἷς ποοητοίμασεν ὁ
in Christ Jesus for *works ‘good, which *before “prepared
θεὸς ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν.

Ἰᾷᾳᾷοᾶ that in them we should walk.
11 Διὸ μνημονεὔετε ὅτι [ὑμεῖς more τὰ ἔθνη ἐν
Wherefore remember that ye once the nations in [the]

σαρκί, ot λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης περιτο-
flesh, who arecalled uncircumcision by that called circum-
μῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου, 12 ὅτι ἦτε δέν" τῷ καιρῷ.ἐκείνῳ
cisionin [the] flesh made by hand— that ye were at that time
χωρὶς χριστοῦ, ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς πολιτείας τοῦ Ἰσραήλ,
apart from Christ, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel,
kai ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχον-
and strangers from the covenants of promise, hope not hay-
τες, καὶ ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ" 13 νυνὶ.δὲ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ,
ing, and without God in the world: but now in Christ Jesus,
ὑμεῖς οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν "ἐγγὺς ἐγενήθητε" ἐν τῷ αἵματι
ye who once were afar off near are become by the blood
τοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 αὐτὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ.εἰρήνη.ἡμῶν, ὁ ποιήσας
of the Christ. For he is our peace, who made
τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν, καὶ TO μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας"
both one, and the middlewall ofthe fence broke down,
15 τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν τῇ. σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ, τὸν νόμον TOY ἐντολῶν
Sthe ‘enmity *in *his *flesh, Sthe Ἴδαν 10of 1!¢ommandments
ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας" ἵνα τοὺς dbo κτίσῃ ἐν ἰέἑαυ-
*2in ‘Sdecrees ‘having “annulled, that the twohe mightcreatein him-
Tw εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ποιῶν εἰρήνην" 16 Kai ἀπο-
self into one new man, making peace; and might
καταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ
reconcile both in one body to God through the
σταυροῦ, ἀποκτείνας THY ἔχθραν ἐν αὐτῷ 17 καὶ ἐλθὼν
cross, having slain the enmity by it; and having come
> φύσει τέκνα L, e+ [ἐν] L.
f ποτὲ ὑμεῖς LITA.
i αὐτῷ LTTra.

5 ἤμεθα TTrA.
© — τῆς LTTr[A].
ἢ ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς LTTrA.

503

wrath. even as others,
4 But God, whois rich
in mercy, for his great
love wherewith he
loved us, 5 even when
we were dead in sins,
hath quickened us to-
gether with Christ, (by
grace ye are saved ;)
6 and hath raised us
up together, and made
us sit together in hea-
venly places in Christ
Jesus: 7 that in the
ages to come he might
shew the exceeding
riches of his grace in
his kindness toward
us through Christ Je-
sus. 8 For by grace
are ye saved through
faith; and that not
of yourselves : 7¢ is the
gift of God: 9 not of
works, lest any man
should boast. 10 For
we are his workman-
ship, created in Christ
Jesus unto good works,
which God hath be-
fore ordained that we
should walk in them,

1 Wherefore re-
member, that ye being
in time past Gentiles
in the flesh, who are
called Uncircumcision
by that whichis called
the Circumcision in
the flesh made by
hands ; 12 that at that
time ye were without
Christ, being aliens
from the common-
wealth of Israel, and
strangers from the co-
venants of promise,
having no hope, and
without God in the
world: 13 but nowin
Christ Jesus ye who
sometimes were far
off are made nigh by
the blood of Christ,
14 For he is our peace,
who hath made both
one, and hath broken
down the middle wali
of partition between
us ; 15 having abolish-
ed in his flesh the en-
mity, even the law of
commandments con-
tained in ordinances ;
for to make in himsel?
of twain onenew man,
somaking peace; l6and
that he might recon-
cile both unto God in
one body by the cross,

aving slain the en-
mity thereby: 17 and
came and preached

d τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος LTTrAW.
8 --- ἐν (read τῷ kx. ἐκ. at that time) LTTraw.

ὅθ4

peace to you which
were afar off, and to
them that were nigh.
i8 For through him
we both have access by
one Spirit unto the Fa-
ther. 19 Now there-
fore ye are no more
strangers and foreign-
ers, but fellowcitizens
with the saints, and
of the household of
God; 20 and are built
upon the foundation
of the apostles and
prophets, Jesus Christ
himself being the
chief corner stone;
21 in whom all the
building fitly framed
together groweth unto
an holy temple in the
Lord : 22 in whom ye
also are builded toge-
ther for an habitation
of God through the
Spirit.

III. For this cause
1 Paul, the prisoner
of Jesus Christ for you
Gentiles, 2 if ye have
heard of the dispensa-
tion of the grace of
God which is given me
to you-ward: 3 how
that by revelation he
made known unto me
the mystery; (as I
wrote afore in few
words, 4 whereby,
when ye read, ye may
understand my know-
ledge in the mystery
of Christ) 5 which in
other ages was not
made known unto the
sons of men, as it is
now revealed unto his
holy apostles and pro-
phets by the Spirit ;
6 that the Gentiles
should be fellowheirs,
and of the same body,
and partakers of his
promise in Christ by
the gospel : 7 whereof
I was made a minister,
according to the gift
of the grace of God
given unto me by the
effectual working of
his power. 8 Unto me,
who am less than the
least of all saints, is

WPOt EP@EZIOY SE.

εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τοῖς

It, ΠῚ:

εὐηγγελίσατο μακρὰν καὶ "

he announced the glad tidings— peace to you who [were] afarofé and
τοῖς ἐγγύς, 18 ὕτι.δι αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν οἱ

to those near. For through him we have
ἀμφότεροι ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 19 ἄρα οὖν
both by one Spirit to the Father. So then

> ͵ > ry , ‘ ΄ ] > ΝΠ 1 ἢ - il ~
οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἕένοι Kai πάρθικοι, ᾿ἀλλὰ" 'Ἃ συμπολῖται" τῶν
ΠΟ longer are ye strangers and sojourners, but fellow-citizens of the
ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ, 20 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ
saints and of the household of God, being built up on the
θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων Kai προφητῶν, ὄντος ἀκρο-
foundation of the apostles and prophets, *being [the] ®corner-
γωνιαίου αὐτοῦ °Inoov χριστοῦ," 21 ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα Ῥὴ" οἰκοδομὴ
stone Shimself ‘Jesus “Christ, in whom all _ the _ building
συναρμολογουμένη αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ἐν
fitted together increases to a*temple ‘holy in[the] Lord; in

καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ θεοῦ
whom also ye are being built together for a habitation of God

ἐν πνεύματι.
in [the] Spirit.
3 Totrov-yapw ἐγὼ Παῦλος ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ χριστοῦ 4 Iyn-
For this cause I Paul prisoner of the Christ Je-
σοῦ! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τῶν vay" 2 εἴγε ἠκούσατε τὴν οἰκονομίαν
sus for you nations, ifindeed ye heardof the administration
τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς, 8. Tort"

access

of the grace of God which was given to me towards you, that
κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ϑἐγνώρισέν! μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς
by revelation he made known to me the mystery, (according as

προέγραψα év.odiyw, 4 πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες

I wrote before briefly, by which ye are able, reading [it],
νοῆσαι τὴν. σύνεσίν.μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃ

to perceive my understanding in the mystery ofthe Christ,) which
τὲν" ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ.ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώ-
in other generations was not made known tothe sons of men,
πων, ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ

as now it was revealed to 7holy Sapostles this and
προφήταις ἐν πνεύματι" 6 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη ᾿συγκληρονόμα"
prophets ἰπ {the} Spirit, Sto “be ‘the *nations joint-heirs

καὶ “ovoowpa' καὶ ᾿συμμέτοχα" τῆς. ἐπαγγελίας. “αὐτοῦ! ἐν
and ajoint-body and joint-partakers of his promise in
γτῷ" χριστῷξ, διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 7 οὗ "ἐγενόμην" διάκονος
the Christ throughthe gladtidings; of which I became servant
κατὰ τὴν δωρεὰν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ ὕτὴν JobEicay'
according to the gift ofthe grace of God given
μοι κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ: ὃ ἐμοὶ
to me, according to the working of his power. To me,
τῷ ἐλαχιστοτέρῳ πάντων “τῶν" ἁγίων ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις. αὕτη,

this grace given, that the lessthan ὑμθ Ἰϑαδῦ of all the saints, was given this grace,

Ishould preachamong gq) 1} ~ ᾽ , Cae alle? 4

the Gentiles the un. “ἐν! τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὸν" ἀνεξιχνίαστον

searchable riches of among the nations to announce the glad tidings— the unsearchable
«+ εἰρήνην peace LTTrAw. ἰἀλλ᾽ τ. ™ - ἐστὲ ye are LTTrA. “ovv- TA. ° χριστοῦ

Ἰησοῦ τὰ. Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) Lrtraw. 4 --- Ἰησοῦ τ[4]. τ [ore] u. 5 ἐγνωρίσθη

was made known GLitraw. ὃ — ἐν (read ἑτέραις to other) GLITrAW. Youv-T. “ σύν-

LTTra,
ἃ φγενήθην LITTAW.
to the) Lrvra. Θ

x — αὐτοῦ (read of the promise) LITra.

z + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LITra.

Υ — τῷ LTTrA.
Ξ =
4 — ἐν (read τοῖς

© τῆς δοθείσης GLTTrA. ς — τῶν GLTTraW.

τὸ LTTrAW,.

ἘΠῚ ΤΥ. EPHESIANS.
fzovrov' τοῦ χριστοῦ, 9 καὶ φωτίσαι Srdvrac' τίς
riches of the Christ, and to enlighten all [885 to) what [is]

ἡ "κοινωνία! τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν
the fellowship ofthe mystery which has been hidden from the
αἰώνων ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τῷ τὰ-πάντα κτίσαντι Oia Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ,
i Jesus

ages in God, who all things created by Christ,
10 ἵνα γνωρισθῇ viv ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν

that might be known now tothe principalities and the authorities in

τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία
the heavenlies through the assembly the multifarious wisdom
τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν ἐποίησεν

of God, δοοογαϊηρ ἴο [{Π6] purpose ofthe ages, which he made
ἐν Ἐ χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν, 12 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν παῤ-
in Christ Jesus our Lord, in whom we have bold-
ῥησίαν καὶ ἱτὴν᾽ προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει διὰ τῆς πίστεως
ness and access in confidence by the faith
> ~ 4 > Load ‘ m2 ~ i] ? ~ , ,
αὐτοῦ. 13 διὸ αἰτοῦμαι μὴ "ἐκκακεῖν" ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσίν
of him, Wherefore I beseech [you] not to faint at “tribulations

pou ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν. 14 rovrov-xaow

my for you, which is your glory. For this cause

κάμπτω τὰ.γόνατά.μου πρὸς TOY πατέρα "τοῦ. κυρίου.ἡμῶν
I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord

? ~ ~ I ? - ~ ΖΕ. ? ~ "
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 15 ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ

Jesus Christ, of whom every family in [the] heavens and
? \ ~ ? , = - oO , Π tc w~ A Ρ Ν

ἐπι γῆς ὀνομάζεται, 10 ἵνα δῴη υμῖν κατα τὸν
on earth is named, that he may give you according to the

πλοῦτον" τῆς δόξης. αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ
riches of his glory, with power tobestrengthened by

πνεύματος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, 17 κατοικῆσαι τὸν
his Spirit in the inner man ; {for] *to*dwell ‘the

χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν" 18 ἐν ἀγάπῃ

“Christ, through faith, in your hearts, in love

9, 9. € , ‘ , ev ? ,

ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε κατα-
being rooted and founded, that ye may be fullyable to ap-

λαβέσθαι σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις τί τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος
prehend with all the saints what{[is] the breadth and length
καὶ «βάθος καὶ ὕψος, 19 γνῶναίτε τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν
and depth and height ; and to know the surpassing
τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν
knowledge love of the Christ; that ye may be filled unto all
τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 20 τῷ. δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα
the fulness of God. Butto him who [15 able above all things
ποιῆσαι τὑπὲρ.ἐκ περισσοῦ" ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν, κατὰ
to do exceedingly above what weask or think, according to
τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἡμῖν, Ql αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα
the power which works in us, tohim[bej_ glory
ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ " ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς TOU
in the assembly in Christ Jesus, to all the generations of the
αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 4 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ
age of the ages, Amen, Iexhort therefore you, I
ὁ δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως
the prisoner ἴῃ [the] Lord, “*worthily 1to 7walk of the calling

f πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 8 — πάντας [L]T.
i — διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTraW. k + τῷ LTTrA.
ἐν- T. 1 — τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW.
LTTraW. ᾳ ὕψος καὶ βάθος LTrA. τ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW.

δ08ὃ

Christ ; 9 and tomake
all men see what is
the fellowship of the
mystery, which from
the beginning of the
world hath been hid in
God, who created all
things by Jesus Christ:
10 to the intent that
now unto the princi-
palities and powers in
heavenly places might
be known by _ the
church the manifold
Wisdom of God, 11 ac-
cording to the eternal
purpose which he pur-
posed in Christ Je-
sus our Lord: 12 in
whom we have bold-
ness and access with
confidence by the faith
of him. 13 Wherefore
I desire that ye faint
not at my tribulations
for you, which is your
glory. 14 For this cause
I bow my knees unto
the Father of our Lord
Jesus Christ, 15 of
whom the whole fa-
mily in heaven and
earth is named, 16 that
he would grant you,
according to the riches
of his glory, to be
strengthened with
might by his Spirit in
the inner man ;17 that
Christ may dwell in
your hearts by faith-
that ye, being rooted
and grounded in love,
18 may be abletocom-
prehend withall saints
what is the breadth,
aud length, and depth,
and height; 19 and
to know the love of
Christ, which passeth
knowledge, that ye
might be filled with
all the fulness of God.
20 Now unto him that
is ableto do exceeding
abundantly above all
that we ask or think,
according to the power
that worketh in us,
21 unto him be glory
in the church by Christ
Jesus throughout all
ages, world without
end. Amen.

therefore, the prisoner
of the Lord, beseech
you that ye walk wor-
thy of the vocation
wherewith ye are call-

4 οἰκονομία administration GLITraw.
1 — τὴν LiTr[A].

° δῷ LTTra.
5. - καὶ and LTtr[a].

™ ἐγ- LTrAW ;
P τὸ πλοῦτος

506

ed, 2 with all lowli-
ness and meekness,
with longsuffering,
forbearing one an-
other in love; 3 en-
deavouring to keep
the unity of the Spirit
in the bond of peace,
4 There is one body,
and one Spirit, even as
ye are called in one
hope of your calling ;
5 one Lord, one faith,
one baptism, 6 one
God and Father of all,
who is above all, and
through all, and in you
all. 7 But unto every
one of us is given grace
according to the mea-
sure of the gift of
Christ. 8 Wherefore
he saith, When he as-
cended up on high, he
led captivity captive,
and gave gifts unto
men. 9 (Now that he
ascended, what is it
but that he also de-
scended first into the
lower parts of the
earth? 10 He that de-
scended is the same
also that ascended up
far above all heavens,
that he might fill all
things.) 11 And he
gave some, apostles ;
and some, prophets ;
and some, evangelists;
and some, pastors and
teachers; 12 for the per-
fecting of the saints,
for the work of the
ministry, for the edi-
fying of the body of
Christ: 13 till we all
come in the unity of
the faith, and of the
knowledge of the Son
of God, unto a perfect
man, unto the mea-
sure of the stature of
the fulness of Christ:
14 that we henceforth
be no more children,
tossed to and fro, and
carried about with
every wind of doctrine,
by the sleight of men,
and cunning crafti-
ness, whereby they lie
in wait to deceive;
15 but speaking the
truth in love, may
grow up into him in
all things, which is
the head, even Christ :
16 from whom _ the
whole body fitly join-
ed together and com-
pacted by that which
every joint supplieth,
according to the ef-
fectual working in the
measure of every part,

τ mpavrntos TTrA.

Υ — πρῶτον GLITrAW.
4 συν- T.

¢ — 9 LTTrAW.

i POs. PES ES Hows. LV.
’ ’ ‘4 , , ‘ δι
ἐκλήθητε, 2 μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ ἱπρᾳό-

with all humility and meek-

τητος," μετὰ μακροθυμίας, ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ,
ness, with longsuffering, bearing with one another in love;

3 σπουδάζοντες τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῷ

ἧς

wherewith ye were called,

being diligent to keep the unity of the Spirit in the
συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης. 4 Ἕν σῶμα καὶ ἕν πνεῦμα, καθὼς καὶ
bond of peace. One body and one Spirit, evenas also

ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς.κλήσεως ὑμῶν" 5 εἷς κύριος, pia

ye were called in one hope of your calling ; one Lord, one
πίστις, ἕν βάπτισμα" 6 εἷς θεὸς Kai πατὴρ πάντων, ὁ
faith, one baptism; one God and Father of all, who [is]
ἐπὶ πάντων, Kai διὰ πάντων, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τὑμῖν."
over all, and through all, and in 2all tyou.
« ‘ ΓΤ , « ~ ? ΄ «ει ’ ‘ ‘
7 ἑνὶ δὲ ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη δὴ" χάρις κατὰ τὸ μέτρον
But to each one ofus was given grace according to the measure
τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ χριστοῦ. ὃ διὸ λέγει, ‘AvaBac εἰς

of the gift of the Christ.
ὕψος ἠχμαλώτευσεν αἰχμαλωσίαν, “καὶ! ἔδωκεν δόματα τοῖς
high he led *captive captivity, and gave gifts
ἀνθρώποις. 9 T0.6& ἀνέβη, τί ἐστιν Ely) ὅτι καὶ κατέβη
to men, But that heascended, what isit but that also he descended
Υπρῶτον" εἰς τὰ κατώτερα ἡμέρη" τῆς γῆς; 10 ὁ καταβὰς
first into the lower parts of the earth? Hethat descended
αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν,
*the*same ‘is also who ascended above all the heavens,
ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ-πάντα. 11 Kai αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν τοὺς. μὲν ἀπο-
that he might fill all things; and he gave some apo-
στόλους, τοὺς.δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς.δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς .δὲ
stles, and some prophets, and some evangelists, and some
ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, 12 πρὸὲξ τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν
shepherds and teachers, with a view to the perfecting of the
ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος TOU
saints; for work of{the]service, for building up of the ody of the
χριστοῦ" 18 μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς THY ἑνότητα
Christ ; until we *may “arrive 1411 at the unity
τῆς πίστεως Kai τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα
of the faith and ofthe knowledge ofthe Son of God, at a *man
τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ
‘full-grown, at {the} measure of [{Π6] stature of the fulness of the

χριστοῦ 14 iva μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι, κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ
Christ ; that no longer we may be infants, being tossed and

περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ "κυβείᾳ"

Wherefore he says, Having ascended up on

carried about by every wind of the teaching in the sleight
τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν mavoupyi¢ πρὸς τὴν "ueodeiar' τῆς
of men, in craftiness withaview to the systematizing

πλάνης" 15 ἀληθεύοντες.δὲ ἐν dyanry αὐξήσωμεν εἰς αὐτὸν
of error ; but holding the truth in ove wemaygrowup into him

τὰ- πάντα, ὕς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή, °O' χριστός, 16 ἐξ οὗ πᾶν
in allthings, who ἴδ the head, the Christ: from whom all
τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογούμενον Kai ἡσυμβιβαζόμενον" διὰ πάσης

the body, tted together and compacted by every
ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ
joint of supply according to [the] working in [its] measure

x — καὶ LTW.

w — ἡ LTr[A].
Ὁ μεθοδίαν T.

ν — ὑμῖν LTTrA; ἡμῖν US GW.
8 κυβίᾳ T.

z — μέρη (read [parts]) w.

TY. EPHESIANS.

ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους, τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται
of each one part, the increase of the
οἰκοδομὴν ξἑαυτοῦ" ἐν ἀγάπῃ.
[the] buildingup ofitself in love.
17 Τοῦτο οὖν λέγω Kai μαρτύρομαι ἐν κυρίῳ. μηκέτι
This therefore Isay, and testify in [the] Lord, *no *longer
ὑμᾶς.περιπατεῖν καθὼς καὶ τὰ ‘Nord Ἐἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν
1that *ye walk evenas also the’ rest, [the] nations, are walking in
ματαιότητι τοῦ.νοὸς αὐτῶν, 18 δἐσκοτισμένοι! τῇ δια-
vanity of their mind, being darkened in the under-
ὄντες ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θεοῦ, διὰ
alienated from the life of God, on account of

εἰς
body makes for itself to

[the]

“δι
Vola,
standing, being

τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν
the ignorance which is in them, onaccountof the hardness
Tie-Kapdiac.avTay' 19 οἵτινες ἀπηλγηκότες ἑαυτοὺς

of their heart, who haying cast off allfeeling, themselves

παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀκαθαρσίας πάσης
gave up to licentiousness, for [the] working of *uncleanness tall
ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ" 20 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν γχριστόν,
with craving. Butye not *thus ‘learned the Christ,
21 εἴγε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς
ifindeed him yeheard and in him weretaught, according as
? I~ / ? ~? ~ ? , « ~ ‘
ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ" 92 ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ
is [the] truth in Jesus ; for you to have put off according to
THY προτέραν ἀναστροφήν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν
the former conduct the old man, which
φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης" 23 ava-
is corrupt according to the desires of deceit; to *be *re-
veovoda de! τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.νοὸς ὑμῶν" 24 Kai ἐνδύσασθαι

newed ?and inthe spirit of your mind; and to have put on
τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δι-
the new man, which according to God was created in right-

καιοσύνῃ Kai ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας. 25 Διὸ ἀποθέμενοι τὸ
eousness and holiness of truth. Wherefore having put off

“ ~ 2 7 ee 4 ~ ἐς > ~
ψεῦδος, λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ.πλησίον. αὐτοῦ"
falsehood, speak truth each with his neighbour,

ὅτι ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη. 26 ᾿Οργίζεσθε Kai μὴ apap-

because we are of one another members. Beangry, and *not tsin ;

ravere’ ὁ ἥλιος μὴ.ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ ἱτῷ". παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν,
5the ὅβπ 31οὐ *not set upon your provocation,

27 "μήτε"! δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. 28 ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι
neither give place tothe devil. He that steals *no °more

κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον. δὲ κοπιάτω, ἐργαζόμενος ἱτὸ

‘let *him *steal, but rather let him labour, working what [is]

ταῖς. χερσίν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι.

τ ἢ [his] Βα 5, ὑπαῦ he may have toimpart tohimthat “need thas,

29 πᾶς λόγος carpog ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος. ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκ-

"Any ‘word ‘corrupt ‘out !of 12yvour ‘mouth *not “let
(lit. every)

, θ m ? Ar’! nm” ? ‘ A > ‘ —, ,
πορευέσθω, ™a εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας,
®zo °forth, but if any good for building up in respectof need,

wa δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. 80 καὶ μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ
that it may give grace to them that hear. And grievenot the

~ \ .“ - - ? τ. 2 s 2 « ,
πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν

? ‘
ἀγαθὸν
good

507

maketh increase of the
body unto the edifying
of itself in love,

17 This I say there-
fore, and testify in the
Lord, that ye hences
forth walk not as other
Gentiles walk, in the
vanity of their mind,
18 having the under-
standing darkened,
being alienated from
the life of God through
the ignorance that is
in them, because of
the blindness of their
heart: 19 who being
past feeling have given
themselves over unto
lasciviousness,to work
all uncleanness with
greediness. 20 But ye
have not so learned
Christ; 21 if so be that
ye have heard him, and
have been taught by
him, as the truth is in
Jesus: 22 that ye put
off concerning the
former conversation
the old man, which is
corrupt according to
the deceitful lusts;
23 and be renewed in
the spirit of your
mind ; 24and that ye
put onthe new man,
which after God is
created in righteous-
ness and true holiness,
25 Wherefore putting
away lying, speak
every Man truth with
his neighbour : for we
are members one of
another. 26 Be ye an-
gry, and sin not: let
not the sun go down
upon your wrath:
27 neither give place
to the devil. 28 Let
him that stole steal no
more: but rather let
him labour, working
with Ais hands the
thing which is good,
that he may have to
give to him that need-
eth. 29 Let no corrupt
communication pro-
ceed out of your
mouth, but that which
is good to the use of
edifying, that it may
minister grace unto
the hearers. 30 And
grieve not the holy
Spirit of God, where-
by ye are sealed unto

Spirit the Holy of God, by which ye weresealed for([the] day the day of redemption,
δ αὐτοῦτ. £—AowmaLTTrA. 8 €oxotwmévorLTTrA. Β [δὲ] τ᾿. i—r@crtrf[a]. * μηδὲ
LTTrAW. ταῖς ἰδίαις with his own (— ἰδίαις A) χερσὶν τὸ ἀγαθόν LTTrAW. τὸ ἀλλὰ LTT.

508

31 Let all bitterness,
and wrath, and anger,
and clamour, and evil
speaking, be put away
from you, with all ma-
lice: 32 and beye kind
one to another, ten-
der-hearted, forgiving
one another, even as
God for Christ’s sake
hath forgiven you.
YV. Be ye therefore fol-
lowers of God, as dear
children ; 2 and walk
in love, as Christ also
hath loved us,and hath
given himself for us
an offering and a Sa-
erifice to God for a
eweetsmelling savour.

3 But fornication,
and all uncleanness,
or coyetousness, let it
not be once named a-
mong you, as becom-
eth saints; 4 neither
filthiness, nor foolish
talking, nor jesting,
which are not conve-
nient: but rather giv-
ing of thanks. 5 For
this ye know, that no
whoremonger, nor un-
clean person, nor cove-
tous man, who is an
idolater, hath any in-
heritance in the king-
dom of Christ and of
God. 6 Let no man
deceive you with vain
words: for because of

these things cometh.

the wrath of Godupon
the children of disobe-
dience. 7 Be not ye
therefore partakers
with them. 8 For ye
were sometimes dark-
ness, but now are ye
light in the Lord:
walk as children of
light: 9 (for the fruit
of the Spirit ὦ in all
goodness and right-
eousness and truth ;)
10 proving what is
acceptable unto the
Lord. 11 And have no
fellowship with the
unfruitful works of
darkness, but rather
reprove them. 12 For
it is a shame even to
speak of those things
which are done of
them in secret. 13 But
all things that are re-
proved are made mani-
fest by the light: for
whatsoever doth make
manifest 15 light.
14 Wherefore he saith,
Awake thou that sleep-
est, and arise from the
dead, and Christ shall

WPOSs HiG@ES1OY >.

ἀπολυτρώσεως. 31 πᾶσα πικρία καὶ
of redemption. All
κραυγὴ Kai βλασφημία

clamour, and _ evil speaking

IV, Va
θυμος Kai ὀργὴ καὶ
bitterness, and indignation, and wrath, and

ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, σὺν πάσῃ
let be removed from you, with all
κακίᾳ" 32 γίνεσθε."δὲ! εἰς ἀλλήλους χρηστοί, εὔσπλαγχνοι,

malice ; and be to one another kind, tender-hearted,
χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, καθὼς καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἔν χριστῷ ἐχαρί-
forgiving each other, according as also God in Christ for-
σατο “ὑμῖν. 5 Γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, we τέκνα
gave you. Beye therefore imitators of God, as children
ἀγαπητά" 2 καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς Kai ὁ χριστὸς
beloved, and walk in love, evenas also the Christ
ἠγάπησεν Pryde," καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ «“ἡμῶν" προσ-

loved us, and gave up himself for us, an of-
φορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας.

to God for an odour of a sweet smell.
3 Πορνεία.δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία" ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ
But fornication and all uncleanness or covetousness not even
ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις" 4 "καὶ! αἰσχρό-
let it be named among you, even 848 is becoming to saints ; and filthi-
5 ῖ Η]} λ ΄ n ? λί v ‘ ? > ip Il ? ‘
της ‘kai" μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, “τὰ οὐκιἀνήκοντα," ἀλλὰ
mess and foolish talking or jesting, which are not becoming; but
μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία. 5 τοῦτο.γάρ “ἐστε.γινώσκοντες" br. πᾶς
rather thanksgiving. For this ye know that any
- ἐξ Sips i 4 if : (lit. every)
πόρνος, ἢ ἀκάθαρτος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, "ὅς" ἐστιν εἰδωλολά-
fornicator, or unclean person, or covetous, who is an idoiater,
TPC, οὐκ.ἔχει κληρονομίαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ χριστοῦ Kai
has not inheritance in the kingdom ofthe Christ and
θεοῦ. 6 μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς ἀπατάτω κενοῖς λόγοις" διὰ
of God. “No*%one ‘you ‘'let*deceive withempty words; on Ξδοοοπηὺ *of
ταῦτα yap ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς
5Ξ[Πθ56 things *for comes the wrath of God upon the _ sons
ἀπειθείας. 7 μὴ οὖν γίνεσθε Youppéroxoc' αὐτῶν. 8 ἦτε
of disobedience. *Not “therefore ‘be joint-partakers with them; “ye “were

γάρ ποτε σκότος, νῦν.δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ᾽ ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς

fering and ἃ sacrifice

1for once darkness, butnow light in [the] Lord; as children of light
περιπατεῖτε: 9 ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος) ἐν πάσῃ
walk, (for the fruit of the Spirit [15] in. all

ἀγαθωσύνῃ Kai δικαιοσύνῃ Kai ἀληθείᾳ" 10 δοκιμάζοντες τί

goodness and righteousness and _ truth,) proving what
ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ. 11 Kai μὴ “συγκοινωνεῖτε" τοῖς
is well-pleasing to the Lord; and have no fellowship with the
ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις τοῦ σκότους, μᾶλλον.δὲ Kai ἐλέγχετε"

*works tunfruitful of darkness, butrather 4150 reprove;
12 τὰ γὰρ ὕκρυφῆ" γινόμενα ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ
for the things in secret being done by them shameful itis even

λέγειν. 13 τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦ-
to say. But all of them being reproved by the light are made mani-
ται πᾶν.γὰρ τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν" 14 διὸ

fest ; for *everything ‘that *which *makes *manifest “light “is. Wherefore
λέγει, “"Ἐγειραι" ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν
he says, Arouse, [thou] that sleepest, and riseup from among the

o — δὲ Δα Lb.

° ἡμῖν US L. P ὑμᾶς you TTrA. 4 ὑμῶν you A. τ ἀκαθαρσία

πᾶσα LTTrA. 8% Or L. ty or LT. νυ ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν LTTrA. W ἴστε γινώσκοντες
ye are aware of, knowing GLTTraw. x ὃ that LTTra. Y συν- TA. 1 φωτὸς light
GLTTraw. ἃ συν- T. Ὁ κρυφῇ 1.. “Ἔγειρε GLTTrAw.

Υ. EPHESIANS.
νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ χριστός. 15 Βλέπετε οὖν
dead, and shall shineupon thee the Christ. Take heed therefore

“nic ἀκριβῶς! περιπατεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἄλλ᾽ ὡς σοφοί,

how accurately ae walk, not as aang but as_ wise,

16 ἐξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρόν, Ore αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν.
ransoming the time, because the days evil lare.

17 διὰ.τοῦτο μὴ.γίνεσθε ἄφρονες, ἀλλὰ ἐσυνιέντες) τί τὸ

On this account be not
θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου.

foolish,
18 καὶ μὴ.μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ, ἐν

but aE nee what oe

will of the Lord [15]. And be not drunk with wine, in which
ἐστιν ἀσωτία: ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν πνεύματι, 19 λα-
15 dissoluteness; but be filled with [the] Spirit, speak-

λοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς f ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ὠδαῖς ἐπνευματι-
ing to each other inpsalms and hymns and nob ispiritual,

kaic,' ἄδοντες καὶ ψάλλοντες "έν" ἱτῇ καρδίᾳ! ὑ ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ,

singing and peeing with 7heart ‘your tothe Lord;
20 εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε ὑπὲρ πάντων iv ὀνόματι τοῦ
giving thanks atalltimes for allthings in [the] name
κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί" 21 ὑπο-
of our Lord Jesus Christ to him who [is] God and Father, submit-
τασσόμενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ *Oeod.'
ting yourselves to one another in [the] fear of God.

22 Αἱ γυναῖκες, τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ἱὑποτάσσεσθε," we τῷ
τες to Se own husbands submit yourselves, as to the

23 ὅτι ™o' ἀνήρ ἐστιν κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικός, we Kai
Lord, for the husband [15 head ofthe wife, 85. also

ὁ χριστὸς κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, "καὶ" αὐτός Por" σωτὴρ
the Christ [is] head ofthe assembly, and he is Saviour

Tov σώματος" 24 Parr’ «ὥσπερ' ἡ ἐκκλησία ὑποτάσσεται τῷ
of the body. But even as the assembly is subjected tothe

χριστῷ, οὕτως Kai αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς "ἰδίοις" ἀνδράσιν ἐν παντί.
Christ, 80 also wives totheirown husbands in everything.
25 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς. γυναϊκας."ἑαυτῶν," καθὼς Kai ὁ
Husbands, love your own ais even as also the

χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ
‘hrist loved the πεξειο σι and himself gave up for

αὐτῆς" 20 ἵνα αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ. καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ
it, that it he might SStChinys having cleansed [it] by the washing

τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι, 27 ἵνα παραστήσῃ 'αὐτὴν" ἑαυτῷ
of water by [the] word, that hemightpresent it to himself

ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν μὴ ἔχουσαν σπῖλον ἢ ῥυτίδα ἤ τι
*glorious ‘the SEE not es spot, or wrinkle, or any

τῶν. τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος. 38 οὕτως
of such things ; but that it might be holy and blameless. So

γὀφείλουσιν © ot ἄνδρες" ἀγαπᾷν τὰς ἑαυτῶν. γυναῖκας ὡς

κυρίῳ"

509

give thee light. 15 See
then that ye walk cir-
cumspectly, not as
fools, but as wise,
16 redeeming the
time, because the days
are evil. 17 Wherefore
be ye not unwise, but
understanding what
the will of the Lord
is, 18 And be not
drunk with wine,
wherein is excess; but
be filled with the Spi-
rit; 19 speaking to
yourselves in psalms
and hymns and spiri-
tual songs, singing and
making melody in
your heart to the ards
20 giving thanks al-
ways for all things
unto God and the Fa-
ther in the name of
our Lord Jesus Christ;
21 submitting your-
selyes one to another
in the fear of God.

22 Wives, submit
yourselves unto your
own husbands, as unto
the Lord, 23 For the
husband is the head
of the wife, even as
Christ is the head of
the church: and he is
the saviour of the bo-
dy. 24 Therefore as
the church is subject
unto Christ, so let the
wives be to their own
husbands in every
thing. 25 Husbands,
love your wives, even
as Christ also loved the
church, and gave him-
self for it; 26 that he
Might sanctify and
cleanse it with the
washing of water by
the word, 27 that he
might present it to
himself a _ glorious
church, not having
spot, or wrinkle, or
any such thing; but
that it should be holy
and without blemish.

ought husbands to love their own wives as 28 So ought men to

“ , « love their wives as
τὰ ἑαυτῶν σωματα᾿ ο ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἑαυτὸν their own bodies. He
their own bodies: hethat loves bis own wite “himself that loveth his wite
> Ξε > SAF , χει ~ ΄ ΠΣ ΕΟ loveth himself, 29 For
αγαπᾳ 9209 ου i¢-yap TTOTE THV-EAUTOU σαρκα ἐμισήσεν, no Man ever yet hated
loves. For noone at any time his own flesh hated, his own flesh; but
d ἀκ ριβῶς πῶς T. ε συνίετε understand LITrA. f+ [ἐν] ua. g [πνευματικαῖς] TAG

h — ἐν (read with your heart) Τ[ὙΓΑ].
GLTTraw.
submit themselves) τυ.
© — ἐστιν LITrAW.
LTTra.

QLTTrAW.

i ταῖς καρδίαις hearts L,

-- ὁ (read a husband) τερον
Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 4 ὡς aS LTTra.
* — ἑαυτῶν (read the Wives) LTTra.

Υ καὶ (also) οἱ ἄνδρες ὀφείλουσιν LW. Ἢ + καὶ also Tra.

Κ χριστοῦ of Christ

1 — jrotaccedbe ΤΑΙ; ὑποτασσέσθωσαν (vead to their own husbands let them

— καὶ GLTTrAW.

— ἰδίοις (read ἣν the husbands)
τ αὐτὸς ea he might himself present)

510

nourisheth and che-
risheth it, even as the
Lord the church: 30 for
we are members of
his body, of his flesh,
and of his bones.
31 For this cause shall
a man leave his father
and mother, and shall
be joined unto his
wife, and they two
shall be one flesh.
32 This is agreat mys-
tery : but I speak con-
cerning Christ and the
church, 33 Neverthe-
less let every one of
ou in particular so
ove his wife even as
himself ; and the wife
see that she reverence
her husband.

VI. Children, obey
your parents in the
Lord: for this is
right. 2 Honour thy
father and mother ;
which is the first
commandment with
promise; 3 that it
may be well with thee,
and thou mayest live
long on the earth.
4 And, ye fathers, pro-
voke not your chil-
dren to wrath: but
bring them up in the
nurture and admoni-
tion of the Lord.

5 Servants, be obedi-
ent to them that are
your masters accord-
ing to the flesh, with
fear and trembling,
in gingleness of your
heart, as unto Christ;
§ not with eyeservice,
as menpleasers; but
as the servants of
Christ, doing the will
of God from the
heart; 7 with good
will doing service, as
to the Lord, and not
to men: 8 knowing
that whatsoever good
thing any man doeth,
the same shall he re-
ceive of the Lord,whe-
ther he be bond or
free. 9 And, ye mas-
ters, do the same
things unto them, for-
bearing threatening:
knowing that your
Master also is in hea-
yen; neither is there
respect of persons with
him.

χ ἀλλὰ LITrAW.
LTrA.
f [ets] LA.
δουλίαν 1.

GLTTrAaw.

b — αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

1 τοῦ the LTTraw.
thing) TA) ἐάν (ἂν Tr) τι (—7TeLTr) LTTraW.
4 αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὃ οἵ them and of you the Lrrraw.

IPOs. AE® EZ HOW sS. ViVi

> 1) 9 , ‘ ΄ ΄ ‘ qk ,
*add'| ἐκτρέφει καὶ θάλπει αὐτήν, καθὼς Kai ὁ YRip.oc' τὴν

but nourishes and cherishes it, evenas also the Lord the
γ , er , ‘ ~
ἐκκλησίαν. 30 ὅτι μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, τὲκ τῆς
assembly : for members we are of his body, of ‘
σαρκὸς. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῶν. ὀστέων. αὐτοῦ." 31 ᾿Αντὶ τούτου
his flesh, and of his bones. Because of this

καταλείψει. ἄνθρωπος "τὸν" πατέρα ϑαὐτοῦ" καὶ °rijy' μητέρα
3shall leave ἴῃ “man *father Shis and sHOthene
καὶ προσκολληθήσεται ἁπρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα! "αὐτοῦ." καὶ ἔσον-
and shall be joined to *wife ‘his, and shall
ται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. 32 Τὸ. μυστήριον. τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν"
406. *the*two for flesh ‘one. This mystery 7ereat 118,
Ἵ ‘ 4 “ > A ᾽ A ,
ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω εἰς χριστὸν καὶ feic' τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 88 πλὴν
but I speak asto Christ and as to the assembly. However

ν « - e 3. (ἢ ee A ~ ~ ᾽
καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ᾽ ἕνα. ἕκαστος τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγα-
also ye everyone, 7each *his °own ®wife 780 Net

, e «ε , « Α ~ A »
πάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν: ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα.
love as himself; andthe wife that 5Π6 mayfear the husband.

4 , c 4 ~ ~ € ~ ΄
6 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς. γονεῦσιν. ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ"
Children, obey your parents in {the] Lord,

~ if ? / / 4
τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν δίκαιον. 2 Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα.σου Kai τὴν

for this is just. Honour thy father and

, - er ᾽ ‘ > ‘ ’ ? /
μητέρα ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐντολ) πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ diva
mother, which is *commandment ‘the first with a promise, that
, ‘ » fd s ~ ~
εὖ σοι γεγηται, Kai ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
well with thee it may be, and thou mayest be long-lived on the earth.
᾿ « , , ro,

4 Kai ot πατέρες, μὴ-παροργίζετε τὰ. τέκνα. ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐκ-

And fathers, do not provoke your children, but bring
, ͵ ‘ , ,ὔ

τρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ κυρίου.

up them in([the] discipline and admonition of [the] Lord.
5 Ot δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε τοῖς "κυρίοις κατὰ σάρκα"

Bondmen, obey [your] flesh
‘ , ‘ , © , + ~ ΄ ~ ε
μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου, ἐν ἁπλότητι ἱτῆς" καρδίας. ὑμῶν, ὡς
with fear and trembling, in simplicity of your heart, as
~ ΤΙ ‘ ? / e ,
τῷ χριστῷ" 6 μὴ κατ᾽ *opPadpodovdrtiay' ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι,
tothe Christ; not with eye-service as men-pleasers ;
? > € a ~ ~ ~ ~ " ~ ~
ἀλλ᾽ we δοῦλοι !rod' χριστοῦ, ποιοῦντες TO θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ

masters according to

but as bondmen ofthe Christ, doing the will of God
ἐκ ψυχῆς, 7 per εὐνοίας δουλεύοντες '' τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ
from [the] soul, with good will doing service tothe Lord and
οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" ὃ εἰδότες Ore "ὃ.ἐάν.τι ἕκαστος" ποιήσῃ
ποῦ to men ; knowing that whatsoever each *?may *have °done
ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο “κομιεῖται! παρὰ Prov' κυρίου, εἴτε δοῦλος
good, this he shall receive from the Lord, whether bondman
» ’ A e , 4 ᾽ ‘ ~ οὶ
εἴτε ἐλεύθερος. 9 Καὶ οἱ κύριοι, τὰ.αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς
or free, And masters, the same things do towards

͵ > , κ ΄ " ~ ~
αὐτούς, ἀνιέντες THY ἀπειλήν" εἰδότες OTL Kai «ὑμῶν. αὐτῶν

them, giving up threatening, knowing that also your own
« if , , ᾽ Ἵ ~ " ,
ὁ" κύριός ἐστιν EV οὐρανοῖς, καὶ ᾿προσωποληψίαϊ! οὐκ. ἔστιν
master is in [the] heavens, and respect of persons there is not
παρ᾽ αὐτῷ.
with him.
Υ χριστὸς Christ GLITrAw. ὁ — ἐκ τῆς to end of verse LTIr[A]. * — τὸν
i ; ¢— τὴν utra. ἃ τῇ γυναικὶ to the wife τσ. © — αὐτοῦ T.
Β — ἐν κυρίῳ L[TrA]. h κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις LT Tr. i—qst. * ὀφθαλμο-

m + ὡς aS GLITrAW. π ἕκαστος ὃ (— ὃ (read if any-
ο κομίσεται LITrA. Pp — τοῦ (γεαα [the])

τ προσωπολημψία LTTrA.

VI. EPHESIANS.

10 "Τὸ λοιπόν," "ἀδελφοί. μου," ἐνδυναμοῦσθε ἐν κυρίῳ,
For the rest, my brethren, be empowered in [the] Lord,

καὶ ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς.ἰσχύος. αὐτοῦ. 11 ἐνδύσασθε τὴν παν-
διὰ in the might of his strength. Put on the pan-
οπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς
oply of God, for “to *be *able oe tostand against the
μεθοδείας" τοῦ διαβόλου" 12 ὅτι οὐκι-ἔστιν *piv' ἡ πάλη
artifices ofthe deyil: because “is *not Sto®us 'the*wrestling
πρὸς αἷμα Kai σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς

against blood and flesh, but against principalities, against
ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους ὑτοῦ αἰῶνος"
authorities, against the world-rulers of the darkness of “age
*rovTou,' πρὸς Ta πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπου-
this, against the spiritual [powers] ofwickednessin the hea-
ρανίοις. 13 διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ.
venlies. Because of this take up the panoply of God,
ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πονηρᾷ, καὶ ἅπαντα
that ye may be able to withstand in the “day *evil, and all things
κατεργασάμενοι στῆναι. 14 στῆτε οὖν περιζωσάμενοι τὴν
having worked out ἴο stand. Stand therefore, having girt about

ὀσφὺν. ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς
your loins with truth, and having puton the breastplate

δικαιοσύνης, 15 καὶ ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοι-
of righteousness, and having shod the feet with [the] pre-

ασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς sionynce’ 16 *%éri' πᾶσιν avada-
paration of the glad tidings of peace: besides all having
βόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως, ἐν δυνήσεσθε πάντα

takenup the 58161α of faith, with which ye will be able all
τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ ra! πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι: 17 καὶ
the “darts Sof *the *wicked Sone *purning to φυσι Also

τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν
the helmet of salvation receive, and the sword

τοῦ πνεύματος, Ὁ ἐστιν ἡ ῥῆμα θεοῦ" 18 διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς
ofthe Spirit, which is word *God’s; by all prayer

Kai δεήσεως προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἕν πνεύματι,
and supplication ee in every season in [the] Sur

καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ. “τοῦτο" ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει
and unto this very thing watching with all Demeey sears

καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, 19 καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἵνα
and supplication for all saints ; and for me _ that

μοι “δοθείη) λόγος ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ. στόματός.μου ἐν
tome may be given utterance in aad opening of my mouth with

παῤῥησίᾳ, γνωρίσαι τὸ μυστήριον “τοῦ εὐαγγελίου," 20 ὑπὲρ

boldness to make known the ΤΟΥΒΊΘΕΥ of the glad eninge; for
οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παῤῥησιάσωμαι
eWEt Tain Aisa in achain, that in it I may be bold
ὡς δεῖ pe λαλῆσαι.
as it behoves τῶθΘ to speak.
21 “Iva.dé [εἰδῆτε καὶ ὑμεῖς" τὰ κατ᾽ ἐμέ, τί
But that *may *know “also tye thethings concerning me, what
πράσσω, πάντα Svpiy γνωρίσει: Τυχικὸς ὁ ἀγαπητὸς

Iam doing, all things toyou willmake known Tychicus the beloved

‘tov λοιποῦ LTTra. Y¥ — ἀδελφοί μον LTTrA.
ἡ — τοῦ αἰῶνος (read of this aes) GLTTraw.
in τιν. >— τὰ L[Tra].
γελίου] L.

w pebodias τ:

— τοῦτο very thing LITrA.
f καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰδῆτε LTTr. ὃ γνωρίσει ὑμῖν LTTr.

— τούτου (read of darkness) w.
4 δοθῇ GLTTraw.

oll

10 Finally, my bre-
thren, be strong in
the Lord, and in the
power of his might.
11 Put on the whole
armour of God, that
ye may be able to
stand against the
wiles of the devil.
12 For τὸ wrestie
not against flesh and
blood, but against
principalities, against
powers, against the
rulers of the dark-
ness of this world, a-
gainst spiritu: al wick-
edness in high places.
13 Wherefore take un-
to you the whole ar-
mour of God, that ye
may be able to with-
stand in the evil day,
and having done all,
to stand. 14 Stand
therefore, having your
loins girt about with
truth, and haying on
the breastplate of
righteousness ; 15 and
your feet shod with
the preparation of the
gospel of peace; 16 a-
bove all, taking the
shield of faith, where-
with ye shall be able
to quench all the fiery
darts of the wicked.
17 And take the helmet
of salvation, and the
sword of the Spirit,
which is the word of
God: 18 praying al-
ways with all prayer
and supplication in
the Spirit, and watch-
ing thereunto with
all perseverance and
supplication for all
saints ; 19 and for me,
that utterance may
be given unto me,
that I may open my
mouth boldly, tomake
known the mystery of
the gospel, 20 for
which I am an ambas-
sador in bonds: that
therein I may speak
boldly, as I ought to
speak.

21 But that ye also
may know my affairs,
and how I do, Tychi-
cus, a beloved brother

x ὑμῖν to you L.
a ἐν
© [τοῦ evay-

512

and faithful minister
in the Lord, shall make
known to you all
things: 22 whom I
have sent unto you
for the same purpose,
that ye might know
our affairs, and that
he might comfort
your hearts.

23 Peace be to the
brethren, and love
with faith, from God
the Father and the
Lord Jesus Christ.
24 Grace be with all
them that love our
Lord Jesus Christ in
sincerity. Amen.

π PO Se 4 ha TES I ΟὝΣ. Vy.
ἀδελφὸς Kai πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν
brother and faithful servant in [86] Lord; whom Isent
πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς avTo.TOUTO, ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ

to you for thisvery thing, that ye might know the things concerning
ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν.

us and he might encourage your hearts.

23 Eionyn τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς Kai ἀγάπη μετὰ πίστεως ἀπὸ

Peace tothe brethren, and love with faith from
θεοῦ πατρὸς Kai κυρίου Inoov χριστοῦ. 24 Ἢ χάρις pera
God [the] Father and _ Lord Jesus Christ. Grace with
πάντων τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν

κυρίῳ: 22 ὃν ἔπεμψα

all those that love our Lord Jesus Christ
ΕΝ. ΤΡ ΡΤ
ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ. "ἀμήν.
in incorruption. Amen,

‘TIpdc¢ Ἐφεσίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ."

To [the] Ephesians written from Rome, by ‘Tychicus.

KH ΠΡΟΣ TOYS OIAINMASIOYS EMMSTOAH.'

THE

PAULand Timotheus,
the servants of Jesus
Christ, to all the saints
in Christ Jesus which
are at Philippi, with
the bishops and dea-
cons: 2 Grace be unto
you, and peace, from
God our Father, and
from the Lord Jesus
Christ.

3 I thank my God
upon every remem-
brance of you, 4al-
ways in every prayer
of mine for you all
making request with
joy, 5 for your fellow-
ship in the gospel from
the first day until
now; 6 being confident
of this very thing,
that he which hath be-
gun a good work in
you will perform τέ
until the day of Jesus
Christ : 7 even as it is
meet for me to think
this of you all, be-
cause I have you in my
heart; inasmuch as
both in my bonds, and
in the defence and
confirmation of the
gospel, ye all are par-
takers of my grace.
8 For God is my re-

4X0)

*THE *PHILIPPIANS "EPISTLE.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Τιμόθεος δοῦλοι ᾿Πησοῦ χριστοῦ," πᾶσιν τοῖς

Paul and Timotheus, bondmen ofJesus Christ, toall the
ἁγίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Φιλίπποις, σὺν
saints in hrist Jesus who are in Philippi, with (thej

ἐπισκόποις Kai διακόνοις" 2 χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ
from God

overseers and those whoserve. Grace toyou and _ peace
πατρὸς.ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ."
our Father and [the] Lord Jesus Christ.
3 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ.μου ἐπὶ πάσῃτῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν,
I thank my God on the whole remembrance of you,
4 πάντοτε ἐν πάσῃ δεήσει pov ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν μετὰ
always in every “supplication ‘my for 3411 you with

~ 4 , U ? A ~ , « ~ >
χαρᾶς τὴν δέησιν ποιούμενος, ὃ ἐπὶ τῇ.-κοινωνίᾳ. ὑμῶν εἰς

joy 2supplication ‘making, for your fellowship in
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸ" πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν" 6 πε-
the gladtidings, from [the] first day until now; being
ποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, Ort ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον
persuaded of this very thing, that he who began in you ἃ *work
ἀγαθόν ἐπιτελέσει ἄχρις" ἡμέρας ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ""

‘good will complete [it] until [the] day of Jesus Christ :

7 καθώς ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν,

as itis righteous forme this tothink as to 2411 ‘you,
διὰ τὸ ἔχειν pe ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς, ἔν.τε τοῖς.δεσμοῖςι μου
because “have “me *in “ἴθ Sheart tye, both in my bonds

kai P τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, «“συγ-
and inthe defence and confirmation of the glad tidings, fellow-
κοινωνούς" μου.τῆς.χάριτος πάντας ὑμᾶς ὄντας. 8 μάρτυς.γάρ
partakers of my grace all ye are. For *witness

h — ἀμήν GLTTrA.

4 — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς ᾿Εφεσίους Tra.

k + Παύλον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + IlavAov α; -- τοὺς EG; Πρὸς

Φιλιππησίους LTTrAW.
ο ἄχρι LTA.

the LTTra.

1 χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ LTTrAW. ™ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ Ww. u + τῆς

Ρ + ἐν in (read τῇ the) [L]tTrAw,.— 1. ovr T.

Ι, ΡΗΠΕΙΣΓΕΡΕΒΊΤΓΑΕΝ S.
ov Téoriv' ὁ θεός, ὡς ἐπιποθῶ πάντας ὑμᾶς ἐν σπλάαγ-
ἐν 518 1God, how I long after 3411 ‘you in{[the] bowels
χνοις "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 9 καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη
of Jesus Christ. And this I pray, that love
ἔτι μᾶλλον Kai μᾶλλον 'περισσεύῃ" ἐν ἐπιγνώσει Kai
yet more and more may abound in knowledge and
αἰσθήσει, 10 εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ δια-
all intelligence, for 2to *approve you thethingsthat are
, x ~ ‘ , ?
φέροντα, iva ἦτε εἰλικρινεῖς Kai ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν
excellent, that ye may be pure and without offence for[the] day
χριστοῦ, 11 πεπληρωμένοι καρπῶν, δικαιοσύνης roy"
of Christ, being filled with fruits of righteousness which [are]
διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς δόξαν Kai ἔπαινον θεοῦ.
by Jesus Christ, to glory *and ‘praise ‘G@od’s.
12 Γινώσκειν.δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι τὰ κατ᾽
But *to *know ou ‘I ?wish, brethren, that the thingsconcerning
> 4 ~ ᾽ ᾿ ~ ᾽ , ? 4 .
ἐμὲ μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίον ἐλήλυθεν
me rather to [the] advancement of the gladtidings have turned ont,
13 ὥστε τοὺς.δεσμούς. μου φανεροὺς ἐν χριστῷ γενέσθαι
so as my bonds *manifest ‘in ‘Christ ‘to “have “become
ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ Kai τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν" 14 Kai τοὺς

« ~
ὑμῶν
up
your
πάσῃ

in *whole ‘the pretorium απᾶ ἴο 6 “rest 1411; and the
πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς
most of the brethren in (*the) *Lord trusting by *bonds

μου περισσοτέρως τολμᾷν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον ᾿ λαλεῖν. 15 Τινὲς

‘my *more*®abundantly “dare ‘fearlessly *the ®word ‘to 5Ρ68Κ. Some

μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν, τινὲς.δὲ καὶ δι᾿ εὐδοκίαν τὸν

indeed even from envy and strife, but some also from good-will the
A

χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν. 16 ot μὲν YE ἐριθείας *rdv' χριστὸν

Christ are proclaiming. Those indeed out of contention the Christ
’ ? « ~ >” ib a2 , Ι
καταγγέλλουσιν οὐχ ἁγνῶς, οἰόμενοι θλίψιν "ἐπιφέρειν
are announcing, not purely, supposing tribulation to add

τοῖς. δεσμοῖς. μου"" 17 οἱ. δὲ τἐξ ἀγάπης, εἰδότες ὅτι εἰς ἀπο-

to my bonds, but these out of love, knowing that for de-
λογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι." 18 τί,γάρ; πλὴν ὃ παντὶ
fence of the gladtidings I am set. What then? nevertheless in every
τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται"

way, whether ἴῃ ργθίοχὺ ΟΓΎ in truth, Christ is announced ;

καὶ ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω, ἀλλὰ Kai χαρήσομαι. 19 olda-yap ὅτι
and in this MIrejoice, yea, also I will rejoice: for I know that
τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως,

this for me shallturnout to salvation through your supplication,
καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας Tov πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 20 κατὰ
and (the! supply of the Spirit of Jesus’ Christ: according to

τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα pov, ὅτι ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθή--

“earnest “expectation *and ‘hope ‘my, that in nothing I shall be
σομαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πάσῃ παῤῥησίᾳ, ὡς πάντοτε, Kai νῦν μεγα-
ashamed, but in all boldness, as always, also now shall be
λυνθήσεται χριστὸς ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ

magnified Christ in my body whether by life or by
θανάτου. 21 ᾿Ἐμοὶ. γὰρ ro ζῶν χριστός, Kai τὸ ἀποθανεῖν
death. For to me to live [is] Christ, and to die

t — ἐστὶν (read [15]} [L]TTra. 5 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTrAW.
mov (with) fruit GLTTrAW. Υ τὸν (read which [is]) G[u]rTraw.
¥ verses 16 and 17 transposed, except οἱ μὲν and ot δὲ GLTTraw.
to arouse LTTrAW. Ὁ + ὅτι that (read πλὴν except) LTTrA.

* περισσεύσῃ L.
* + τοῦ θεου of God LTTra.
* [τὸν] τὰ.

513

cord, bow greatly I
long after you all in
the bowels of Jesus
Christ. 9 And this I
pray, that your love
may abound yet more
and more in know-
ledge and in all judg-
ment; 10 that ye may
approve things that
are excellent ; thatys
Imay be sincere and
without offence till
the day of Christ;
11 being filled with
the fruits of right-
eousness, which are by
Jesus Christ, unto the
glory and praise of
God.

12 But I would ye
should understand,
brethren, that the
things which happened
unto me have fallen
out rather unto the
furtherance of the gos-
pel; 13 so that my
bonds in Christ are
manifest in all the pa-
lace, and in all other
places; 14 and many
of the brethren in the
Lord, waxing confi-
dent by my bonds, are
much more bold to
speak the word without
fear. 15 Some indeed
preach Christ even of
envy and strife; and
some also of good will:
16 the one preach
Christ of contention,
not sincerely, suppos-
ing to add affliction to
wy bonds: 17 but the
other of love, knowing
that I am set for the
defence of the gospel.
18 What then? not-
withstanding, every
way, whether in pre-
tence, or in truth,
Christ is preached ;
and I therein do re-
joice, yea, and will re-
joice. 19 For I know
that this shall turn to
my salvation through
your prayer, and the
supply of the Spirit of
Jesus Christ, 20 ac-
cording to my earnest
expectation and my
hope, that in nothing
I shall be ashamed,
but that with all bold-
ness, as always, 80
now also Christ shall
be magnified in my
body, whether it be
by life, or by death.
21 For to me to live ἐδ
Christ, and to die is

¥ Kap-
ἃ eyerpery
LL

514

gain. 22 But if I live
in the flesh, this 7s the
fruit of my labour:

et what'l shall choose

wot not. 23 For Iam
in a strait betwixt
two, having a desire
to depart, and to be
with Christ ; which is
far better: 24 never-
theless to abide in the
flesh is more needful
for you, 25 And hay-
ing this confidence, I
know that I shall a-
bide and _ continue
with you all for your
furtherance and joy
of faith ; 26 that your
rejoicing may be more
abundant in Jesus
Christ for me by my
coming to you again,
27 Only let your con-
versation be as it be-
cometh the gospel of
Christ: that whether
I come and see you
or else be absent, 1
may hear of your af-
fairs, that ye stand
fast in one spirit,with
one mind striving to-
gether for the faith of
the gospel; 28 and
in nothing terrified
by your adversaries,
which is to them an
evident token of per-
dition, but to you of
salvation, and that
of God. 29 For unto
you itis given in the
behalf of Christ, not
only to believe on
him, but also to suffer
for his sake; 30 hav-
ing the same conflict
which ye saw in me,
and now hear to be in
me,

Il. If there be there-
fore any consolation
in Christ, if any com-
fort of love, if an
fellowship of the Spi-
rit, if any bowels and
mercies, 2 fulfil ye my
joy, that ye be like-
minded, having the
same love, being of one
accord, of one mind,
3 Let nothing be done
through strife or vain-
glory; but in low-
liness of mind let
each esteem other bet-
ter than themselves.
4 Look not every man
on hisown things, but

ο δὰ but GLTTraw.
μενῶ continue (read πᾶσιν with all) Lrtra.
i ὑμῶν (read but of your salvation) LTTrAw.
© μηδὲ κατὰ nor according to LITra.

Ὁ κατ᾽ TTrAW.

ΠΡΌΣ ΦΨΙΛΙΙΠΓΗ ΣΤΟΥΣ. I, Il.
κέρδος. 22 εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῇν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου"
gain ; but if tolive in flesh, this forme([is] fruit of labour:

καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ-γνωρίζω: 23 συνέχομαι “γὰρ' ἐκ τῶν
and what 1 5.411 choose I know not. 7I°am ‘pressed “for by the
δύο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι, Kai σὺν χριστῷ
two, the *desire "having for to depart, and with Christ
εἶναι, πολλῴἉ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον" 24 τὸ.δὲ ἐπιμένειν “ἐν!
to be, [for it is) very much better ; but to remain in
TH σαρκὴ ἀναγκαιότερον ou ὑμᾶς: 25 καὶ τοῦτο
the flesh [is] more necessary ΤῸ ὕΠ6 βακὸ οὔ you; and this
πεποιθὼς οἶδα drt μενῶ καὶ 'συμπαραμενῶ" πᾶσιν
being persuaded of, I know that I shall abide and continue with all
ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν. ὑμῶν. προκοπὴν Kai χαρὰν τῆς πίστεως, 26 ἵνα
'γοὰ ; for your advancement and joy of faith ; that
τὸ καύχημα.ὑμῶν περισσεύῃ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ διὰ
your boasting may abound in hrist Jesus in me through
τῆς.ἐμῆς.παρουσίας πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 27 Μόνον ἀξίως τοῦ
my presence again with you. Only worthily of the

εὐαγγελίου τοῦ χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε, ἵνα εἴτε ἐλθὼν καὶ
glad tidings ofthe Christ conduct yourselves, that whether having come and

ἰδὼν ὑμᾶς, εἴτε ἀπὼν ἀκούσω! τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν,
having seen you, or being absent I might hear the things concerning you,
Ore στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες
that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one soul striving together
τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 28 Kai μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μη-
withthe faith of the glad tidings ; and being frightenedin no-
devi ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων" ἥτις "αὐτοῖς μέν ἐστιν ἔν-
thing by those who oppose ; which tothem is ἃ demon-
δειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῖν! δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ θεοῦ"
stration of destruction, *to *you ‘but of salvation, and this from God;
29 ὅτι ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ, οὐ μόνον τὸ
because to you it was granted concerning Christ, ποῦ only
εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ Kai τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν"
Yon ‘him ‘to *believe, but also concerning him to suffer,
4 ? A ᾽ ~ » k” 2 / ‘ ~
30 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον "ἴδετε! ἐν ἐμοί, Kai νῦν

the same conflict having suchas yesaw in me, and now
ἀκούετε iv ἐμοί.
hearof in me,

” Ϊ , ’ ~ ”
2 Ei τις οὖν παράκλησις ἐν χριστῷ, EL τι παρα-

If ?any ‘then encouragement [there be) in hrist, if any conso-
pobeou ἀγάπης; εἴ τις κοινωνία πνεύματος, εἴ ‘twa! σπλάγ-
ation of love, if any fellowship of [the] Spirit, if an bowels

χνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί, 2 πληρώσατέ pov τὴν χαράν, ἵνα
fulfil my j

and compassions, joy, that
τὸ αὐτὸ. φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, “σύμψυχοι; "
ye may beof the same mind, the same love having, joined in soul,

τὸ ἕν

minding— nothing according to contention or vain-
/ J ‘ ~ [2 ᾽ , « , «
δοξίαν, ἀλλὰ Ty Ramsey of ρησυνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερ-
y

glory, but in hum one another esteeming a-
~ A ~ '
ἔχοντας ἑαυτῶν. 4 μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν Ῥξἕκαστος"
bove themselves, *not ‘the “things °of 7themselves Seach
4 + yap for EGLTTrAW. © — ἐν (read τῇ in the) T. f rapa-
& ἀκούω LITr. ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW.
k εἴδετε LTTrAW. 1 σις GLTTrA. ™ συν- T.

P ἕκαστοι LTTrA,

II.

ὩἩσκοπεῖτε, ἀλλὰ Kat

PHT LAPP 1 ANS.

Ta ἑτέρων ἕκαστος." ὃ Τοῦτο

1consider, but also “πὸ *things °of °others each, °This
"γὰρ ονείσθω" ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 6 ὃς
for ‘*letmindbe in you whichalso in Christ Jesus [was]; who,

ἐν
in [the] form

‘ica θεῷ,

μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι
of God subsisting, “ποῦ *rapine ‘esteemed 7it to be
7 "ἀλλ᾽" ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν, μορφὴν δούλου
equal with God ; but himself ‘emptied, "form , 5a Spondman’s
λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος" 8 Kai σχή-
Shaving *taken, in [the] likeness ofmen havingbecome; and in
ματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν, γενό-
figure having been found as @man, he humbled himself, having
μενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου.δὲ σταυροῦ. 9 διὸ
become obedient unto death, even death of [the] cross. Wherefore
καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν Kai ἐχαρίσατο aitw”™ ὄνομα
also God him highly exalted and granted tohim aname
τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα" 10 ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν
which [is] above every mame, that at the name of Jesus every
γόνυ Kappy ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων"
knee should bow of [Ὀ61Π65] ἴῃ heaven and onearth and under the earth,
11 καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα "“ἐξομολογήσηται! ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς

and every tongue should confess that [318] *Lord 1 Jesus
χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός.
Christ to [the] glory of αοῦ [{Π6] Father.

12 ὍὭστε, ἀγαπητοί.μου, καθὼς πάντοτε ὑπηκούσατε, μὴ
So that, my beloved, even as always ye obeyed, not

ὡς ἐν τῇ.παρουσίᾳ μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ νῦν πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν
as) π my presence only, but now much rather in
τῇ.ἀπουσίᾳ.μου, μετὰ φόβου Kai τρόμου τὴν.ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν
my absence, wit fear and trembling yourown salvation
κατεργάζεσθε: 13 Υὁ".θεὸς.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ τὸ

work out, for God itis who works in you both
θέλειν Kai τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας. 14 πάντα
to will and to work according to [his] good pleasure. 241] *things

ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν Kai διαλογισμῶν, 15 ἵνα *yévnobe'!
180 apart from murmurings and reasonings, that ye may be
ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι, τέκνα θεοῦ *apwpnra' δὲν ἐσῳ"
faultless and simple, children ofGod unblamable in [the] midst
γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης, ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς
of a generation crooked and perverted ; among whom ye appear as
φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ, 16 λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες, εἰς καύχημα
luminaries in [the] world, [the] word οἵ 116 holding forth, for a boast
ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς
tome in *day *Christ’s, that not in vain Iran nor in
a ? , 17 c ἀλλ᾽ > \ , ὃ ? ‘ ~ θ ΄ A
KEVOY ἑκοπιασα. a ξι Καὶ σπεν. ομαι ἕπι TZ VOLE και
vain laboured. But if alsolam poured outon the sacrifice and
λειτουργίᾳ τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω Kai “ovyxaipw' πᾶσιν
ministration of your faith, Irejoice, and rejoice with all
ὑμῖν" 18 τὸ. “δ᾽. αὐτὸ Kai ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ “ovyyxaiperé" por.
you. Andinthesame also “ye ‘rejoice and rejoice with me,
19 ᾿Ελπίζω.δὲ iv ἱκυρίῳ! ᾿Ιησοῦ Τιμόθεον ταχέως πέμψαι

ButIhope in(the) Lord Jesus *Timotheus ‘soon ‘to “send

515

every man also on the
things of others. 5 Let
this mind be in you,
which was also in
Christ Jesus: 6 who,
being in the form of
God, thought it not
robbery to be equal
with God: 7 but made
himself of no reputa-
tion, and took upon
him the form of a
servant, and wasmade
in the likeness of men:
8 and being found in
fashion as a man, he
humbled himself, and
became obedient unto
death, even the death
of the cross. 9 Where-
fore God also hath
highly exalted him,
and given him a name
which is above every
name: 10 that at the
name of Jesus every
knee should bow, of
things in heaven, and
things in earth, and
things under the earth;
11 and that every
tongue should confess
that Jesus Christ is
Lord, to the glory of
God the Father.

12 Wherefore, my
beloved, as ye have
always obeyed, not as
in my presence only,
but now much more in
my absence, work out
your own salvation
with fear and trem-
bling. 13 For it is God
which worketh in you
both to will and to do
of his good pleasure.
14 Do all things with-
out murmurings and
disputings: 15 that ye
may be blameless and
harmless, the sons of
God, without rebuke,
in the midst of a
crooked and perverse
nation, among whom
ye shine as lights in
the world ; 16 holding
forth the word of life ;
that I may rejoice in
the day of Christ, that
I havenot runin vain,
neither laboured in
vain. 17 Yea, and if I
be offered upon the
sacrifice and service of
your faith, I joy, and
rejoice with you all
18 For the same canse
also do ye joy,and re-
joice with me. 19 But
I trust in the Lord
Jesus to send Timo-
theus shortly unto

τ ἕκαστοι GLTTrAW.

πο + τὸ the (name) LTTr[A]w.
τ ἦτε L. 8 ἄμωμα LTTrA.
d συν- T. ε δὲ TTr.

"
4ᾳ σκοποῦντες Considering GLTTrAW.
tiga LTAW. ’ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.
shall confess Taw. Υ — ὃ LTTraw.
midst LTTraw. © ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.

5 φρονεῖτε (omit for) LTTra.

x ἐξομολογήσεται
> μέσον [in the]

χριστῷ Christ τ,.

516

you, that I also may
be ‘of good comfort,
when I know your
state. 20 For I have
no man _ likeminded,
who will naturally
eare for your state.
21 For all seek their
own, not the things
which are Jesus
Christ’s, 22 But ye
know the proof of him,
that, as a son with the
father, he hath served
with me in the gospel.
23 Him therefore I
hope to send presently,
so soon as 1 shall see
how it will go with
me, 24 But I trust in
the Lord that I also
myself shall come
shortly. 25 Yet I sup-
posed it necessary to
send to you Epaphro-
ditus, my brother, and
companion in labour,
and fellowsoldier, but
your messenger, and
he that ministered to
my wants. 26 For he
longed after you all,
and was full of heavi-
ness, because that ye
had heard that he had
been sick. 27 For in-
deed he was sick nigh
unto death: but God
had mercy on him ;
and not on him only,
but on me also, lest I
should have sorrow up-
on sorrow. 28 1 sent
him therefore the more
carefully, that, when
ye see him again, ye
may rejoice, and that I
may be the less sorrow-
ful. 29 Receive him
therefore in the Lord
with all gladness ; and
hold such in reputa-
tion : 30 because for
the work of Christ he
was nigh unto death,
not regarding his life,
to supply your lack of
service toward me.

Ill. Finally, my
brethren, rejoice in
the Lord. To write the
same things to you, to
me indeed is not griev-
ous, but for you tt
as safe. 2 Beware of
dogs, beware of evil
workers, beware of the
concision. 3 For weare
the circumcision, which
worship God in the
spirit, and rejoice in
Christ Jesus, and have
no confidence in the
flesh. 4 Though I might
also have confidence in

ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΊΙΟΥΣ. Il, TER

ὑμῖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ εὐψυχῶ, γνοὺς τὰ περὶ
to you, that I also may be of See courage, having known the pe concerning
ὑμῶν" 20 οὐδένα.γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον, ὕστις γνησίως

τὰ
you. Fornoone have I like-minded, who genuinely the things
περὶ ὑμῶν μεριμνήσει" 21 οἱ.πάντες. γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν

relative to you willcare for.
ζητοῦσιν, ov τὰ ἢ

For all the things of themselves

τοῦ" ἰχριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ"" 22 τὴν. δὲ δοκιμὴν
are seeking, not the thoes of Christ Jesus. But the proof

αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε, OTL ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν
ofhim yeknow, that, as *to *a ὅζαύμοσ ‘a child, with me he served

εἰς TO εὐαγγέλιον. 23 τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἐλπίζω πέμψαι ὡς
for the glad tidings. Him therefore I hope to send *when

ἂν = *aridw!! τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, ἐξαυτῆς. 34 πεέ-

41 5shall Shave 7seen *the *things ‘°concerning **me ‘at *once: Shee sam
ποιθα δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ὕτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι.
15persuaded **but in [{86] Lord that also *myself ‘soon 1 35}41] come:

25 ᾿Αναγκαῖον.δὲ ἡγησάμην ᾿Ἑπαφρόδιτον τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ
but meeoasary: I esteemed τὸ Haga) toa ge "brother and

συνεργὸν καὶ ᾿ἰσυστρατιώτην" μου, ὑμῶν.δὲ ἀπόστολον καὶ
®fellow-worker '°and *fellow-soldier ‘my, **but exons messenger ‘*and

λειτουργὸν τῆς. χρείας. μου, πέμψαι 7, πρὺς ὑμᾶς" 20 ἐπειδὴ

16minister ‘7of 1®my **need, to 7send “you, since

ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς", Kai ἀδημονῶν διότι
᾿Ἰομεῖπε “after the ὄνγδβ ®all Syou, and([was] deeply depressed because

ἠκούσατε Ore ἠσθένησεν" 27 καὶ. γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον
ye heard that he was sick; for indeed ἘΠ was sick like

θανάτῳ: "ἀλλ᾽"! ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἠλέησεν," οὐκ.αὐτὸν.δὲ μόνον
we Uy] Sh 3

]

to death, but God him hadmercyon, andnothim alone,
ἀλλὰ Kai ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ PUTTY" σχῶ. 28 σπου-
but also me, that not sorrow upon sorrow I might have. The more

οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτόν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν

diligently ΠΟΙ ΓΟ 1 sent him, that seeing him again
χαρῆτε, κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ. 29 προσδέχεσθε οὖν

ye might mej cioes and I the less sorrowful might be. Receive therefore

αὐτὸν ἐν κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους
him in [the] Lord with all joy, and such
διὰ

ἐντίμους ἔχετε" 80 ὅτι τὸ ἔργον “τοῦ" χριστοῦ"
inhonour hold; because for the sake of the work of the Christ

μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, “παραβουλευσάμενος" τῇ ψυχῇ,

unto death he went near, having disregarded life,

ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ. ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός με

that he might fill up your deficiency of the 7towards*me ‘ministration,
3 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί. μου, χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ τὰ αὐτὰ

For the rest, my brethren, meloite in 89] Lord: thesame things
γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν, ὑμῖν.δὲ ἀσφαλές.
ἴο write to you, to me {is] not irksome, and for you safe.

2 βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας, βλέπετε τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας, βλέπετε
See to SoBe; see to evil coe see to

δαιοτέρως

{his}
λειτουργίας.

τὴν κατατομήν" 3 mpeic. γάρ ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή, οἱ πνεύματι

the concision. For we are the GEE ay who “in one
‘ep! λατρεύοντες, Kai καυχώμενοι ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, Kai οὐκ
2God serve, and boast in Christ Jesus, and not

4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW.

m + [ἰδεῖν] to see L.

4 — τοῦ the LTTra.
* θεοῦ (read serve in

i Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTraW, ¥ apidw LITA. loyvo- LTTrA.

Ὁ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. ο ἠλέησεν αὐτόν LTTrAW. P λύπην GLTTrAW.

¥ — χριστοῦ A. 5 παραβολευσάμενος having hazarded Girtraw.
[the] Spirit of God) Lrrraw.

III. PEL re PEA NS:
> \ ΄ ἘΝ , ? Va) ow ἌΣ wus
ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες, 4 καίπερ ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν Kai ἐν
in flesh trust. Though I have trust even in
Lee Vv » ~ » , > , ? ‘ ~ e
σαρκί" ¥ ei τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον
flesh ; if any “thinks ‘other to trust in flesh, I rather :
5 ὑπεριτομὴ" ὀκταήμερος, ἐκ γένους Iopand, φυλῆς
[as to] circumcision, on [the] eighth day ; of [the] race οὗ Israel, of [the] tribe
*Beriapir," “EBpaioc ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος.
of Benjamin, Hebrew of Hebrews; accordingto[the]iaw a Pharisee;

6 κατὰ ζῆλον" διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύ-
according to zeal, persecuting the assembly; accordingto righteous-
νην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γεγόμενος ἄμεμπτος. 77a" ἅτινα

ness which [15] in[the]law, having become blameless; but what things
"iv μοι! κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν χριστὸν
were tome gain, these Ihave esteemed, on account of Christ,
ζημίαν. ὃ ἀλλὰ ὕμενοῦνγεϊ! καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν
1058. But yearather, also Lamesteeming all things loss
εἶναι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως “ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ
to be on account of the excellency of the knowledge ofChrist Jesus
τοῦ.κυρίου.μου, Ov ὃν Ta.mavra ἐζημιώθην, Kai ἡγοῦ-
my Lord, on account of whom all things I suffered loss of, and esteem
μαι σκύβαλα εἶναι," ἵνα χριστὸν κερδήσω, 9 καὶ εὑρεθῶ
{them] refuse tobe, that Christ I may gain; and be found
ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν.δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου, ἀλλὰ
in him, not having my righteousness which [isj of law, but
THY διὰ πίστεως χριστοῦ, THY ἐκ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ
that which by faith of Christ [is], the “of °~God ‘righteousness on
τῇ πίστει, 10 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν Kai τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ava-
faith, to know him and the power of *resur-
στάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν" κοινωνίαν ἱτῶν" παθημάτων. αὐτοῦ.
rection *his, and the tellowship of his sufferings,
Sovupoppovpevoc' τῷ-.θανάτῳ.αὐτοῦ, 11 εἴπως καταντήσω
being conformed to his death, if by any means I may arrive
εἰς THY ἐξανάστασιν "τῶν" νεκρῶν. 12 οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον,
at the resurrection of the dead. Not that “already ‘I received,
ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι" διώκω. δὲ εἰ ἱκαὶ" καταλάβω
or already ave been perfected; butIam pursuing, if also I may lay hold,
ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καὶ ‘kkarehngOny' ὑπὸ ἱτοῦ" χριστοῦ "Ἰησοῦ." 13 aded-
for that also I was laid hold οἵ by the Christ Jesus, Bre-
pot, ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν "οὐ" λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι: év.0&,
thren, 1 myself “not ‘doreckon to have laid hold; but one thing—
τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς. δὲ ἔμπροσθεν
the things behind forgetting, and to the things before
ἐπεκτεινόμενος, 14 κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω “ἐπὶ! τὸ βραβεῖον

stretching out, towards [the] goal 1 pursue for the prize
τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 15 Ὅσοι
of the “on *high . ‘calling of God in Christ Jesus, As many as

οὖν τέλειοι τοῦτο.φρονῶμεν᾽ καὶ εἴ τι ἑτέρως
therefore [are] perfect should be of this mind ; and if [inj anything differently
φρονεῖτε, Kai τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει. 16 πλὴν εἰς ὃ
ye are minded, “also ‘+this God toyou will reveal. But whereto

617
the flesh. If any other
man thinketh that he
hath whereof he might
trust in the flesh, 1
more: 5 circumcised
the eighth day, of the
stock of Israel, of the
tribe of Benjamin, an
Hebrew of the He-
brews; as touching
the law, a Pharisee ;
6 concerning zeal, per-
secuting the church ;
touching the right-
eousness which is in the
law, blameless. 7 But
what things were gain
to me, those I counted
loss for Christ. 8 Yea
doubtless, and I count
all things but loss for
the exceliency of the
knowledge of Christ
Jesus my Lord: ror
whom I have suffered
the loss of all things,
and do count them
but dung, that J muy
win Christ, 9 and be
found in him, not hay-
ing mine own right-
eousness, which is of
thelaw, but that which
is through the faith of
Christ, the righteous-
ness which is of God
by faith: 10 that I
may know him, and
the power of his resur-
rection, and the fel-
lowship of his sui-
ferings, being made
conformable unto his
death ; 11 if by any
means 1 might attain
unto the resurrection
of the dead. 12 Not
as though I had al-
ready attained, either
were already per-
fect: but I follow
after, if that I may
apprehend that for
which also I am ap-
prehended of Christ
Jesus, 13 Brethren, I
count not myself to
have apprehended: but
this one thing J do,
forgetting those things
which are behind, and
reaching forth unto
those things which are
before, 14 1 press to-
ward the mark for the
prize of the high call-
ing of God in Christ
Jesus. 15 Let us there-
fore, as many as be
perfect, be thus mind-
ed: and if in any
thing ye be otherwise

v To read as pointed in the Greek join though I have &c. to what precedes, commencing a

sentence at εἴ τις.

ἘΣ Ἢ περιτομῇ GLITrAW. δ Βενιαμείν τῦττ.
[Ljtr[A] ; — αλλ᾽ 1.

ὦ μοι ἣν 1. ὃ μὲν οὖν then indeed GLTraw.

Christ) L. 4 — εἶναι LTTr. © — τὴν LIT: [a]. f — τῶν TTr.
(συν- Τ) LTTrAW. h σὴν ἐκ from among [the] Lrtraw. i— καὶ 1.
LTTra. 1 — τοῦ GLTTraw. m — Ἰησοῦ GLIraw. ἢ οὔπω not yet 1.

Y ζῆλος LTTraW.
ὁ + Οτοῦ (vead of the

2 ἀλλὰ
& συμμορφιζόμενος

* κατελήμφθην
© εἰς LTTrA,

518

minded, God shall re-
veal even this unto
you. 16 Nevertheless,
whereto we have al-
ready attained, let us
walk by the samerule,
let us mind the same
thing. 17 Brethren, be
followers together of
me, and mark them
which walk so as ye
have us for an en-
sample. 18 (For many
walk, of whom I have
told you often, and
now tell you even
weeping, that they are
the enemies of the cross
of Christ: 19 whose end
ts destruction, whose
God is their belly, and
whose glory is in their
shame, who mind
earthly things.) 20 For
our conversation is in
heaven ; from whence
also we look for the
Saviour, the Lord Je-
sus Christ: 21 who
shall change our vile
body, that it may be
fashioned like unto his
glorious body, accord-
ing to the working
whereby heis ableeven
to subdue all things
unto himself.

IV. Therefore, my
brethren dearly be-
loved and longed for,
my joy and crown, so
stand fast in the Lord,
my dearly beloved. 21
beseech Euodias, and
beseech Syntyche, that
they be of the same
mind in the Lord,
3 And I entreat thee
also, true yokefellow,
help those women
which laboured with
me in the gospel, with
Clement also, and with
other my fellowla-
bourers, whose names
are in the book of life.

4 Rejoice in the Lord
alway: and again I
say, Rejoice. 5 Let
your moderation be
Known unto all men,
The Lord is at hand.
6 Be careful for no-
thing ; but in every
thing by prayer and

supplication with
thanksgiving let your
requests be made
known unto God.

IGP iOS), SL AAI Hes OY Ss: IIL, ΝΣ

ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν Ῥκανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν."
we attained, by the same 2to Swalk *rule, to be of the same mind.
17 Wovppuyrat' pov γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί, καὶ σκοπεῖτε τοὺς
2Tmitators “together tof °me ‘be, brethren, and consider those
οὕτως περιπατοῦντας καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς. 18 πολ-
thus walking as ye have [*for]*a‘*pattern ‘us; Smany
Aoi yap περιπατοῦσιν οὺὃς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν.δὲ
°for are walking [of] whom often I told you, and now
καὶ κλαίων λέγω, τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ
even weeping Itell [γοὰ, they 416] ‘the enemies ofthe cross
χριστοῦ" 19 ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια, ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἡ κοιλία,
of Christ: whose end [is] destruction, whose God [is] the belly,
‘ « ~ ~ ~
καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν THaloxbyvy.abToy, ot Td.éziyea φρονοῦντες.
and the glory in their shame, who earthly things mind :
€ ~ ‘ ~ c ΄
20 ἡμῶν.γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει, ἐξ οὗ
forofus the commonwealth in [the] heavens exists, from which
καὶ σωτῆρα ἀπεκδεχόμεθα κύριον ᾿Τησοῦν χριστόν, 21 ὃς
8150 [85] Saviour τῦϑ 8416 awaiting [the] Lord Jesus Christ, who
μετασχηματίσει TO σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν, TEC TO γε-
will transform *body 308 humiliation ‘our, for 2to
γέσθαι αὐτὸ" Iobppopgor' τῷ σώματι τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ, κατὰ
%become = 7it conformed to *body 301 *his*glory, according to
τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ.δύνασθαι. αὐτὸν Kai ὑποτάξαι "ἑαυτῷ"

the working of his power even to subdue _ to himself
τὰ-πάντα.
all things.
4 “Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μον ἀγαπητοὶ Kai ἐπιπόθητοι, χαρὰ καὶ
So that, my brethren beloved and longed for, "joy *and
στέφανός μου, οὕτως στήκετε ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί. 2 *Kiw-
*crown my, thus stand fast in [the] Lord, beloved. Euo-

δίαν" παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ, τὸ. αὐτὸ. φρονεῖν
dia I exhort, and Syntyche I exhort, to be of the same mind
ἐν κυρίῳ" 3 "καὶ! ἐρωτῶ Kai σε, Youluye γνήσιε," *ovd-
in (the) Lord. And 1851 also thee, *yoke-fellow ‘true, as-
λαμβάνου" αὐταῖς, αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν
sist these [women], who in the gladtidings strove together

οι, μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν συνεργῶν.μου,
with me; with also Clement, and the rest of my fellow-workers,

ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς.

whose names [8476] ἴῃ [the] book of life.
4 Χαίρετε iv κυρίῳ πάντοτε' πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε.
Rejoice in [the] Lord always: again I will say, rejoice.

5 τὸ.ἐπιεικὲς. ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις. ὁ κύριος
Your *gentleness ‘let be known toall men. The Lord [is]
ἐγγύς. 6 Μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ τῇ-προσευχῇ
near. Nothing becareful about, but in everything by prayer
καὶ τῇ.δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ. αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωρι-
and by supplication with thanksgiving ?your “requests ‘let be made
ζέσθω πρὸς τὸν θεόν" 7 Kai ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα

7 And the peace of known to God; and the peace of God which surpasses

God, which passeth all Ἢ Ξ , ‘ , tere ad 7

understanding, shall 7AVT@ γοῦν φρουρήσει τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα

keep your hearts and every understanding shall guard your hearts and “thoughts

minds through Christ « ὦ ~ ~ ἢ , , ἢ

Jesus 8Finally,breth. ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 8 Τὸ. λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, ὅσα

ren, whatsoeverthings ‘your in hrist Jesus. For the rest, brethren, whatsoever [things]
P — κανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν GLTTrA. 4 συν- T. τ — εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸ GLTTrAW.

5 αὐτῷ LTTrA.
% συν- TTrA.

t Ἑυοδίαν EGLTTrAW.

Y ναὶ yea GLTTrAW. ¥ γνήσιε σύνζυγε LTTrA.

ἘΝ. Pier? PP EA NS:

ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα
are true, whatsoever venerable, whatsoever just,
doa προσφιλῆ, doa εὔφημα, εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις
whatsoever lovely, whatsoever of good report; if any virtue and if any

” ~ / [3] ‘ ? / sy ,
ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε: 9 ἃ Kai ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε
praise, these things consider. What also ye learned and received
καὶ ἠκούσατε Kai εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί, ταῦτα πράσσετε" Kai ὁ θεὸς
and heard and saw in me, these things do; and the God
~ > , m” 2 c ~ 2 , x > Ζ
τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 10 ᾿Εχάρην.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ

of peace shall be with you, But I rejoiced in (the) Lord
μεγάλως, bre ἤδη.ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν"

δίκαια, boa ἁγνά,

whatsoever pure,

greatly, that now atlength yerevived [your] *of e ‘thinking ;

ἐφ᾽ ᾧ Kai ἐφρονεῖτε, ἠκαιρεῖσθε.δέ. 11 οὐχ Ort
although also ye were thinking, but ye were lacking opportunity. Not that
καθ᾽ ὑστέρησιν λέγω" ἐγὼ. γὰρ ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμι,
asto destitution I speak; for I learned in what [circumstances] I am,
αὐτάρκης εἶναι. 12 οἶδα.) δὲ" ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ

content to be. And I know [how] to be brought low, and I know [how]

περισσεύειν. ἐν παντὶ Kai ἐν πᾶσιν μεμύημαι Kai χορτά-
to abound, In everything and in all things I am initiated both to be
ζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾷν, Kai περισσεύειν Kai ὑστερεῖσθαι" 13 πάντα
full andtohunger, both toabound and tobedeficient. ‘All*things
ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί μὲ χριστῷ." 14 πλὴν
11 7am “strong ‘for in the *who*empowers ἢ ‘?Christ. But
AG ? 7 a , , ll ~ ΄ and »
καλῶς ἐποιήσατε, “συγκοινωνήσαντές" μου τῇ θλίψει. 15 οἴδατε
well ye did, haying fellowshipin my tribulation. 2Know
δὲ Kai ὑμεῖς, Φιλιππήσιοι, ὅτι ἐν ἀ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου,
‘and also ye, O Philippians, that in [the] beginning of the glad tidings,
eo ? ~ > ‘A , ᾽ ᾽’ > , >?
ὅτε ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας, οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοι-
when Icame out from Macedonia, notany *with*me ‘assembly 7288
νώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ AnWewe," εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς
3fellowship with regard to an account of giving and receiving, except ye
μόνοι" 16 ὅτι Kai ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς “εἰς! τὴν
alone ; because also in Thessalonica both once and twice for
χρείαν.μοι ἐπέμψατε. 17 οὐχ Ore ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα, “ἀλλ᾽"
my need ye sent. Not that I seek after gift, but
ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν"
I seek after fruit that abounds to your account.
18 ἀπέχω.δὲ πάντα καὶ περισσεύω" πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος
But I have all things and abound; I am full, haying received
mapa ‘Emagpodirov τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας,
from Epaphroditus thethings from you, anodour of asweet smeli,
θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. 19 ὁ δὲ θεός.μου πληρώσει
a sacrifice acceptable, well-pleasing to God. But myGod will fill up
πᾶσαν χρείαν. ὑμῶν κατὰ “τὸν. πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν

519
are true, whatsoever
things are _ honest,
whatsoever things

are just, whatsoever
things are pure, what-
soever things are
lovely, whatsoever
things are of good re-
port; if there be any
virtue, and if there be
any praise, think on
these things. 9 Those
things, which ye have
both learned, and re-
ceived, and heard, and
seen in me, do: and
the God of peace shall
be with you. 10 But
I rejoiced in the Lord
greatly, that now at
the last your care of
me hath flourished
again; wherein ye were
also careful, but ye
lacked opportunity.
11 Not that I speak in
respect of want: forl
have learned, in what-
soever state I am,
therewith to be con-
tent. 12 I know both
how to be abased, and
I know how to abound:
every where and in all
things I am instructed
both to be full and to
be hungry, both to
abound and to suffer
need. 13 I can do all
things through Christ
which strengthenetk
me. 14 Notwithstand-
ing ye have well done,
that ye did commu-
nicate with my aftlic-
tion. 15 Now ye Phil-
ippians know also, that
in the beginning of
the gospel, when I de-
parted from Mace-
donia, no church com-
municated with meas
concerning giving and
receiving, but ye only.
16 For even in Thes-
salonica ye sent once
and again unto my
necessity. 17 Not be-
cause I desire a gift:
but I desire fruit that
may abound to your
account. 18 But Ihave
all, and abound: Iam
full, having received
of Epaphroditus the
things which were sent

all , your eee according to his ne ae glory, = from you, an odour of ἃ
χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 20 τῷῴ.δὲ θεῷ Kai πατρὶ ἡμῶν ἡ δόξα εἰς τυ λυ ξεν τ noe
Chribe τ Jesus. 4 as to the ee and Father of us [be] glory to ing to G od. 19 But my
τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. God shall supply all
the ages ofthe ages. Amen. ne et poe’ to
Ἢ Ἢ riches in glory by
21 ᾿Ασπάσασθε πάντα ἅγιον ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. ἀσπάξον- Christ Jesus. 20 Now
Salute every saint in Christ Jesus. Sgg- unto God and our Fa-
Ἄν 5 x eae , 3 ; Lyles - ther be glory for ever

Tat ὑμᾶς οἱ σὺν Jie ἀδελφοί. 22 ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς πάν- πιὰ ever. Amen.
lute ‘you “the *with e *brethren. 10Salute ryou 7411 21 Salute every saint
Υ και GLTTrAW. : -- κριστῷ (read τῷ him) GLTTraw. 2 our- T. Ὁ λήμψεως LTTra.

© [eis] L. ἃ ἀλλὰ LTTrAw. ε τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW.

520

in Christ Jesus. The
brethren which are
with me greet you.
22 All the saints salute
you, chiefly they that
are of Ceesar’s house-
hold. 23 The grace of
our Lord Jesus Christ
be with you all. A-
men,

Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ

THE “TO

PAUL, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the
will of God, and Ti-
motheus our brother,
2 to the saints and
faithful brethren in
Christ which are at
Colosse: Gracs be un-
to you, and peace,
from God our Father
and the Lord Jesus
Christ.

3 We give thanks to
God and the Father of
our Lord Jesus Christ,
praying always for
you, 4 since we heard
of your faith in Christ
Jesus, an? of the love
which y* have to all
the saiuts, 5 for the
hope ~vhich is laid up
for you in heaven,
wheceof ye heard be-
fore in the word of
the truth of the gos-
pel; 6 which is come
unto you, aszt isin all
the world; and bring-
eth forth fruit, as ἐξ
doth also in you, since
the day ye heard ofit,
2nd knew the grace of
God in truth : 7 as ye
also learned of Epa-
phras our dear fellow-
servant, whois foryou
a faithful minister of
Christ ; 8 who also
declared unto us your
love in the Spirit.

ΠΡΌΣ (KONASSARTS.

TEC οἱ ἅγιοι,

5.ῃ6 ®saints, and especially those of the

χάρις τοῦ κυρίου "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ

2of Ξξββδαυ "household.

I.

μάλιστα.δὲ ot ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. 23 Ἢ

The

μετὰ βπάντων

grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with 3411
ὑμῶν." Βάμην."
*you. Amen.
ἹΠρὸς Φιλιππησίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, δ Ἔπα-
To [the] Philippians written from Rome, ' by Epa-
ροδίτου."
phroditus.
KOAASSAEI= ENLETOAH ITIAYAOY."
(OTHE) ®COLOSSIANS ‘EPISTLE 20F *PAUL.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, Kai

Paul

apostle

of Jesus

Christ

by 2will

1God’s, and

Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τοῖς ἐν ™KoXaooaic' ἁγίοις καὶ πισ-

Timothens the brother,

to the

Tin

®Colosse

‘saints *and *faitk-

τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν χριστῷ)" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ

ful *brethren *in
πατρὸς. ἡμῶν “Kai
our Father and

*Christ.

Grace

to you and

peace

κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστοῦ."

{the] Lord

Jesus

Christ.

from God

, ~ ~ ~ ‘II ‘ ~ , € ~ ?
3 Εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῴ Ῥκαὶ" πατρὶ τοῦ κυρίου.ἡμῶν ‘In-

We give thanks

to the God

and Father

of our Lord

Je-

σοῦ χριστοῦ, πάντοτε “περὶ" ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι: 4 ἀκού-

sus Christ,

continually *for

ou

‘praying,

having

σαντες τὴν. πίστιν. ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Kai THY ἀγάπην

heard
"ry"

which [ye have] towards

THY

which [15] laid up

of your faith

in
all

for you in

Christ

> U s € » A
εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 5 διὰ
saints,

the

the

Jesus, and _ the

on account of the

love

τὴν ἐλπίδα

hope

ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἣν προηκούσατε
heavens; which ye heard of before

ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 6 τοῦ παρόντος εἰς

in the word of the

truth

of the glad tidings,

which are come

to

ὑμᾶς, καθὼς καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ, "καὶ" ἔστιν καρποφορού-

you,

fruit, even as

even as also in

all

the
μενον", καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀφ᾽
also among you,

world,

and are

from the day in which ye heard

bringing forth
ἧς. ἡμέρας ἠκούσατε Kai

and

ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ: 7 καθὼς “Kai!

knew the

grace

of God in

? , ᾽ A ᾽ ~ ~ 7 τω
ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ ᾿Επαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ

ye learned from

ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ
*for

is “faithful

Epaphras

Υ͂ « ~ ΤΠ
Ων
you

beloved

truth :

even as

also

a , « ~ e
συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὃς

Sfellow-bondman

tour,

who

διάκονος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃ ὁ Kai

1% Ξβοσυδηῦ

δηλώσας ἡμῖν τὴν ὑμῶν. ἀγάπην ἐν
in {the] Spirit.

signified tous

your love

*of °Christ,
πνεύματι.

who also

{- ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) Lttraw.

© — ἀμήν [L]rtr[A].

EGTAW.

LTTrAW.
us LTraA,

n + Ἰησοῦ Jesus L.
to God [the] Father) La.

4 ὑπὲρ LTr.

& τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν your spirit LTTrAWw.
i — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλιππησίους Tra.

k 4 τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Ε; Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς ET; Παῦλον ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς
Κολοσσαεῖς α ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς LTrAW.

1 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LITrAW.

ο --- καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ G[L]TTraw.
τ ἣν ἔχετε Which ye have LT?traw.
t+ καὶ αὐξανόμενον and growing GLITraw.

u

3
— καὶ LTTraAWw.

v

πὶ Κολοσσαῖς
Ρ --- καὶ (read

— Kat
Rtas
ἡμῶν

1. COLOSSIANS.

9 Διὰ τοῦτο Kai ἡμεῖς ἀφ᾽

ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν,
On account of this also we

from the day in which we heard (of it],
οὐ παυόμεθα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι καὶ αἰτούμενοι ἵνα
do not cease "for syou ‘praying and asking that
πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ. θελήματος. αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ
ye may be filled with the knowledge of his will in all
σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 10 περιπατῆσαι ὑμᾶς"
wisdom and ?understanding ‘spiritual, Sto Swalk [Sfor] *you
ἀξίως τοῦ κυρίου εἰς πᾶσαν "ἀρέσκειαν" ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ
worthily ofthe Lord to all pleasing, in every *work ‘good
καρποφοροῦντες καὶ αὐξανόμενοι etc τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν" τοῦ
bringing forth fruit and growing into the knowledge
θεοῦ: 11] ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει δυναμούμενοι κατὰ τὸ κράτος
of God; with all power being strengthened according tothe might
τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν Kai μακροθυμίαν μετὰ
of his glory to all endurance and longsuffering with
χαρᾶς" 12 εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ πατρί, TY? ἱκανώσαντι δἡ μᾶς"
joy ; giving thanks tothe Father, who made*competent ‘us
εἰς THY μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί, 13 ὃς
for the share oftheinheritanceofthe saints in the light, who
bipptoaro' ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, Kai μετέστη-

delivered us irom the authority of darkness, and trans-
σεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς.ἀγάπης. αὐτοῦ, 14 ἐν
lated [usJinto the kingdom ofthe Son of his love: in

ca ” ‘ τὰ , ce ‘ ~ er ᾽ ~ II ‘
ᾧ ἔχομεν THY ἀπολύτρωσιν “διὰ τοῦ. αἵματος. αὐτοῦ," τὴν

whom we have redemption through his blood, the
ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν: 15 be ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ
remission of sins ; who is_ [the] image of God the
ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως" 16 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐ-

invisible, firstborn
κτίσθη τὰ πάντα, “ra ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοὶς Kai
created allthings, the thingsin the heavens and
γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ Kai Ta ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες
earth, the visible and the invisible, whether thrones, or lordships,
εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι: τὰ πάντα Ov αὐτοῦ Kai εἰς αὐτὸν
or principalities, or authorities: allthings by him andfor him
ἔκτισται: 17 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων, καὶ τὰ-πάντα
have been created. And he is before all, and all things
ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 18 Kai αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώμα-
in him subsist. And he is the head ofthe body,
τος τῆς ἐκκλησίας" Oc ἐστιν ἀρχή. πρωτότοκος ἐκ
the assembly; who 15 [{86] beginning, firstborn from among
τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸὸῤ πρωτεύων"
the dead, that “might *be*in*all*things ‘he holding the first place ;
19 bre ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι,
because in him ‘was Spleased ‘all *the “fulness to dwell,
20 καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀποκαταλλάξαι τὰ-πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, εἰρη-

of all creation ; because by him were
τὰ"! ἐπὶ τῆς
the things upon the

521
9 For this cause we
also, since the day we
heard it, do not cease
to pray for you, and
to desire that ye might
be filled with the
knowledge of his will
in all wisdom and
spiritual understand-
ing ; 10 that ye might
walk worthy of the
Lord unto all pleas-
ing, being fruitful in
every good work, and
increasing in the
knowledge of God;
11 strengthened with
all might, according
to his glorious power,
unto all patienceand
longsuffering with
joyfulness; 12 siving
thanks unto the Fa-
ther, which hath made
us meet to be _ par-
takers of the inherit-
ance of the saints in
light : 13 who hath de-
livered us from the
power of darkness,
and hath translated
us into the kingdom of
his dear Son: 14 in
whom we have re-
demption through his
blood, even the for-
giveness ofsins:15 who
is the image of the in-
visible God, the first-
born of every crea-
ture: 16 for by him
were all things cre-
ated, that are in hea-
ven, and that are
in earth, visible and
invisible, whether
they be thrones, or
dominions, or princi-
palities, or powers:
all things were cre-
ated by him, and for
him : 17 and he is be-
fore all things, and by
him all things con-
sist. 18 And he is
the head of the body,
the church: who is
the beginning, the
firstborn from _ the
dead; that in all things
he might have the pre-
eminence. 19 For it
pleased the Father
that in him should ali
fulness dwell; 20 and,
having made peace
through the blood of
his cross, by him to re-
concile all things unto

and by him τω reconcile allthings to Breet having himself; by him,
γνοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ.σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ, ‘dc αὐτοῦ, Sy ας ἢ iy ee
made peace by the blood of his cross, by him, things “in Renae
εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 καὶ 21 And you, that were
whether the things on the earth, or thethingsin the heavens. And Sometime alienated
eas » ᾽ ; ΩΣ τ i , and enemies in your
ὑμᾶς ποτε ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους Kai ἐχθροὺς τῇ διανοίᾳ mindby wicked works,

you once being alienated and enemies in mind

W — ὑμᾶς GLITrA. x ἀρεσκίαν T.
2+ καλέσαντι καὶ called and tL.

8 ὑμᾶς you T.
αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. d — τὰ LTTr.

ε — τὰ [L][Tr].

> ἐρύσατο TTr.

¥ τῇ ἐπιγνώσει by the knowledge currraw.

© — διὰ τοῦ αἵματος

- δι᾽ αὐτοῦ LTr.

022

yet now hath he re-
conciled 22 in the body
of his flesh through
death, to present you
holy and unblameable
and unreproveable in
his sight : 23 if ye con-
tinue in the faith
grounded and settled,
and be not moved a-
way from the hope of
the gospel, which ye
have heard, and which
was preached to every
creature which is un-
der heaven; whereof
I Paul am made a
minister ;

24 who now rejoice
in my sufferings for
you, and fill up that
which is behind of the
afflictions of Christ in
my flesh for his body’s
sake, which is the
ehurch : 25 whereof I
am made a minister,
according to the dis-
pensation of God
which is given to me
for you, to fulfil the
word of God; 26 even
the mystery which
hath been hid from
ages and from gene-
rations, but now is
taade manifest to his
saints: 27 to whom God
would make known
what is the riches of
the glory of this mys-
tery among the Gen-
tiles ; which is Christ
in you, the hope of
glory: 28 whom we
preach, warning every
man, and _ teaching
every man in all
wisdom; that we
may present every
man perfect in Christ
Jesus: 29 whereunto
I also labour, striv-
ing according to his
working, which work-
eth in me mightily.

Ii. For I would that
ye knew what great
conflict I havefor you,
and for them at Lao-
dicea, and for as many
as have not seen my
face in the flesh; 2 that
their hearts might be
comforted, being knit

& ἀποκατηλλάγητε were ye reconciled L.
k — μου (read the sufferings) GLTTraw,
° — Ἰησοῦ GLTTrAW

LTTrAaw.
π ὅ LTrA.
ἑόρακαν T.

ΤΡΌΣΣ KOAAZSSAEIS J, Ute

ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, γυνὶ δὲ Ξἀποκατηλλαξεν" 22 ἐν

by ?wor wicked, yet now he reconciled in
τῷ σώματι τῆς.σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ θανάτοῦ", παρα-
the body of his flesh through death, to’ pre-

στῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώ-

sent you holy and unblamable and unimpeachable before
mov αὐτοῦ" 23 εἴγε ἐπιμένετε τῇ πίστει τεθεμελιωμένοι
him, if indeed ye continue in the faith founded

Kai ἑδραῖοι, Kai μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ

and firm, and not being moved away from _ the hone a oa
evayyeriov οὗ ἠκούσατε, τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ }
glad ee which ye heard, which were proclaimed in all ae
κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος
creation which [is] under heaven, of which *became ἘΠ *Paul
διάκονος.

servant.

24 Νῦν χαίρω ἐν τοῖς παθήμασίν μου" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, Kai
Now, I am rejoicing in my sufferings for you, and

ἀνταναπληρῷ τὰ ὕᾧὕστερήματα τῶν ON ey TOU χριστοῦ
Iam fillingup thatwhich isbehind ofthetribulations ofthe Christ

ἐν TH-capKlov ὑπὲρ τοῦ σώματος. αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἡ ἐκ-
in my fiesh for his body, which is the .as-

κλησία' 25 ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος κατὰ τὴν οἰκονο-
sembly ; of which *became ἘΠ servant, cape AD the adminis-

μίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν por εἰς ὑμᾶς πληρῶσαι τὸν
tration of God which [15] given me towards you to SOE the

λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, 26 τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ
word of God, the mystery which has been hidden from

τῶν αἰώνων Kai ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν, 'vuvi'.dé ἐφανερώθη
ages and from generations, butnow was made manifest

τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ" 27 οἷς ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς γνωρίσαι “ric

to his saints ; to whom ?did *will 1God to make known what
0' πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ.μυστηρίου.τούτου ἐν τοῖς ἔ-
the riches ofthe glory of this mystery {are]among the na-
θγνεσιν, "ὥς" ἐστιν χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης" 28 ὃν
tions, which is Christ in you the Hope of glory: whom

ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν, νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον, καὶ
Ree aimonising every man, and

ae ee πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, iva παρα-
CEU RTS every man in) call wisdom, eens we may

στήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν corm "Ἰησοῦ."
μ

ἐστιν

present every man perfect in Christ Jesus.
29 εἰς ὃ Kai κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν
Whereunto also 1 labour, Been according to 2working

αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν δυνάμει.
*his which works in me in power
2 Θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω Ῥπερὶἱ" ὑμῶν
ForI wish you toknow howgreat conflict I have for Jou

καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ," Kai Boor οὐχ-"ἑωράκασιν" τὸ πρόσω-
and those in ERASED andasmanyas have not seen "face

πόν μου ἐν σαρκί, 2 iva παρακληθῶσιν αἱ.καρδίαι.αὐτῶν,
my in flesh; that may be encouraged their hearts,

h + [αὐτοῦ (read his death) L.
l νῦν LTTrA. τὰ τί τὸ LTTrAW.

P ὑπὲρ LTTrA. 9 Λαοδικίᾳ T. τ ἑώρακαν LTrAW κα

If. COLOSSIANS.

SoupBiBacbevTwr' ἐν ἀγάπῃ, Kai εἰς πάντα πλοῦτον" τῆς
being knit together in love, and to all riches of the
πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως, εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου
full assurance of understanding ; to [the] knowledge ofthe mystery
~ ~ \ ~ ~ It ς ?
Tov θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ" χριστοῦ," 3 ἐν εἰσιν
of God and of [the] Father and of the Christ ; in which are
πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας Kai "τῆς" γνώσεως ἀπόκρυ-
all the treasures of wisdom and of knowledge hid.
~ κ᾿ ~ , ?
gor. 4 τοῦτο." δὲ" λέγω, ἵνα “μὴ τις" ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν
Andthis Isay, that not anyone you may beguile by
πιθανολογίᾳ: 5 εἰ.γὰρ Kai TY σαρκὶ ἄπειμι, ἀλλὰ τῷ
persuasive speech. Forif indeed inthe flesh Iam absent, yet
πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμί, χαίρων Kai βλέπων ὑμῶν THY τάξιν,

in spirit with you Iam, rejoicing and _ seeing your order,
καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς χριστὸν πίστεως ὑμῶν. Ὁ ὡς οὖν
and the firmness * ‘4in ®Christ lof “your *faith. As therefore

παρελάβετε τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπα-
ye received the Christ, Jesus the Lord, in him walk,
τεῖτε, 7 ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ
having been rooted and being built up in him, = and
βεβαιούμενοι "ἐν" τῇ πίστει, καθὼς ἐδιδάχθητε, περισσεύοντες

being confirmed in the faith, evenas ye were taught, abounding
δὲν αὐτῇ ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ.
in it with thanksgiving.

8 Βλέπετε μή τις “ὑμᾶς ἔσται" ὁ συλαγωγῶν

Take heed lest *anyone ‘°you ‘there *shall *be who *makes 7a *prey ®%of
διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας Kai κενῆς ἀπάτης, κατὰ τὴν Tapa-

through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tra-
doow τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα TOU κόσμου, Kai
dition of men, according to the elements of the world, and
οὐ κατὰ χροιστόν᾽ 9 ort ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν TO πλήρωμα

Christ. For in him dwells all the fulness

τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς, 10 καί ἐστε ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι"
ofthe Godhead odily ; and ye are *in *him *complete,

oc! ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς Kai ἐξουσίας" 11 ἐν ᾧ

not according to

who is’ the head ofall principality and authority, in whom
καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ., ἐν TH ἀπ-
also ye were circumcised with circumcision not made by hand, in the put-

εκδύσει TOU σώματος “τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν" τῆς σαρκός, ἐν TH περι-
ting off ofthe body of the sins of the flesh, in the cirenm-

τομῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, 12 συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι"

cision of the Christ; having been buried with him in baptism,
ἐν καὶ συνηγέρθητε διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνερ-
in which also ye were raised with [him] through the faith of the work-

γείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸ ἐκ ray" νεκρῶν.
ing of God who raised him fromamong the - dead.
13 καὶ ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας "έν" τοῖς παραπτώμασιν Kai

And you, dead ‘being in offences and in the
ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς. σαρκὺς. ὑμῶν, 'Ἰσυνεζωποίησεν" * ody αὐτῷ,
uncircumcision of your flesh, he quickened together with him,

523

together in love, and
unto all riches of the
full assurance of un-
derstanding, to the
acknowledgement of
the mystery of God
and of the Father, an

of Christ ; 3 in whom
are hid all the trea-
sures of wisdom and
knowledge, 4 And this
I say, lest any man
should beguile you
with enticing words,
5 For though I be
absent in the flesh, yet
am I with you in the
spirit, joying and be-
holding your order,
and the stedfastness
of your faith in Christ.
6 As ye have there-
fore received Christ
Jesus the Lord, so walk
ye in him: 7 rooted
and built up in him,
and stablished in the
faith, as ye have been
taught, abounding
therein with thanks-
giving.

8 Beware lest any
man spoil you through
philosophy and vain
deceit, after the tra-
dition of men, af-
ter the rudiments of
the world, and not
after Christ. 9 For in
him dwelleth all the
fulness of the God-
head bodily. 10 And
ye are complete in
him, which is the head
of all principaiity and
power : 11 in whom al-
so ye are circumcised
with the circumcision
made without hands,
uputting off the body
of the sins of the flesh
by the circumcision of
Christ : 12 buried with
him in baptism, where-
in also ye are risen
with him through the
faith of the operation
of God, who hathrais-
ed him from the dead.
13 And you, being dead
in your sins and
the uncircumcision of
your flesh, hath he
quickened together
with him, having for-

8 συμβιβασθέντες GLTTrAW.
καὶ τοῦ (read [even] Christ) GLrtraw.
T[TrA]. z μηδεὶς LTTrAW. a — ἐν (read τῇ in the) urtr[a].
© ἔσται ὑμᾶς L. ἀ ὅδ τ,. ε — τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν GLTTrAW.
(read [the]) GT[A]w. h — ἔν (read παραπ. in offences) rr.
k + duas you LTTrAW.

¥ — χριστοῦ GA.

t πᾶν (+ τὸ the L[Tr|w) πλοῦτος LTTrAW.
x — τῆς LTTrA.

βαπτισμῷ TrA.
1 συνεζωοποίησεν GLTTrAW.

ν — καὶ πατρὸς

Υ — δὲ and
Ὁ — ἐν αὐτῇ ὙΤΙ[ΑΊ.
& - τῶν

9234
given you all tres-
passes; 14 blotting

out the handwriting
of ordinances that was
against us, which was
contrary to us, and
took it out of the way,
nailing it to his cross;
15 and having spoil-
ed principalities and
powers, he made a
shew of them openly,
triumphing over them
in it.

16 Let no man there-
fore judge you in
meat, or in drink, or
in respect of an holy-
day, or of the new
moon, or of the sab-
bath days: 17 which
area shadow of things
to come ; but the body
ts of Christ. 18 Let no
man beguile you of
your reward in a vo-
luntary humility and
worshipping of angels,
intruding into those
things which he hath
not seen, vainly puffed
up by his fleshiy mind,
19 and not holding the
Head, from which all
the body by joints and
bands haying nourish-
mert ministered, and
knit together, inereas-
eth with the increase
of God.

20 Wherefore if ye
be dead with Christ
from the rudiments of
the world, why, «as
though living in the
world, are ye subject to
ordinances, 21 (Touch
not ; taste not ; handle
not ; 22 which all are
to perish with the
using ;) after the com-
mandments and doc-
trines of men? 23 which
things have indeed a
shew of wisdom in
will worship, and hu-
mility, and neglecting
of the body; not in
any honour to the
satisfying of the flesh.

111. If ye then be
risen with Christ, seek
those things which are
above, where Christ
sitteth on the right
hand of God. 2 Set
your affection on
things above, not on
things on the earth.
3 For ye are dead, and

l ὑμῖν you B.

4 θρησκίᾳ T.
Υ-- ovv ΟἸΤΥΓΑΥ͂,.

of verse 22L7; to end of verse 23 A.

πὶ καὶ δα A.
τ-- μὴ (read ἐμβ. ‘standing “on) [L]tTra.

TPOsy KOWAS = AE ΤΣ. Π, ΠΙ.

χαρισάμενος Ἰἡμῖν" πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα" 14 ἐξαλείψας
having forgiven us all the offences ; having blotted out

x ? e ~ , ~ , ΝΥ x
TO Kal ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναν-

the °against ‘us *handwriting *in*the ‘decrees, which was adverse
΄ὔ δἰ τὼ - > ~ ΄
τίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας
tous, also it hehastaken out of the midst, having nailed
αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ, 15 ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς Kai τὰς
it tothe cross; having stripped the principalities and the
ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν.παῤῥησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας
authorities, he made a show fof them] publicly, leading in triumph
αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ.
them in it.
16 Μὴ οὖν τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν βρώσει "τὴ" ἐν πόσει,

?Not *therefore *anyone ὅγοὰ ‘let *judge in meat or in drink,
“ὖ ta , e ~ A n , Ι Δ ,᾿ μ ΟΠ 2
ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς ἢ "νουμηνίας" ἢ σαββάτων" 17 °c" ἐστιν
or in respect of feast, or new moon, or sabhaths, which are
σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ. δὲ σῶμα τοῦ" χριστοῦ. 18 μη-
a shadow of things tocome; but the body [is] ofthe Christ. No
δεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ
Sone *you "οὐ *defraud of the prize, doing [his] will in humility and
«θρησκείᾳ! τῶν ἀγγέλων. ἃ Tun ἑώρακεν"! ἐμβατεύων,
worship ofthe angels, *things*which 7not 586 °has *seen tintruding “into,
εἰκῆ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς. σαρκὸς. αὐτοῦ, 19 Kai οὐ
vainly puffed up by the mind of his flesh, and not
κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν. ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν
holding fast the head, from whom all the body, by the joints

‘ , > , 3 <t ΄ Π »
καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ ἱσυμβιβαζόμενον," αὔξει

and bands being supplied and knit together, increases
τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ θεοῦ.
{with] the increase of God.
20 Εἰ τοῦν" ἀπεθάνετε σὺν “ry χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων
If then ye died with the Christ from the’ elements
Tov κύσμον, TL we CovTecéiv κόσμῳ doypari-

of the world. why asif alive in {the} world do ye subject yourselves

ζεσθε: 5 21 Μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ. γεύσῃ, μηδὲ θίγῃς"

to decrees ? Thou mayest not handle, Thou mayest not taste, Thou mayest not touch,

‘ ~ 4 ‘
22 & ἐστιν πάντα εἰς φθορὰν τῇ amoxpnoe κατὰ
(which things are all unto corruption in the using,) according to

τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων" * 23 ἅτινά
the injunctions and teachings of men, which
2 ’ ‘ » , ? y20 λ θ ΄ Π
ἐστιν λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἕν γεθελοθρησκείᾳ
are ΖΔ ἌΡΡοδσδηοα ‘indeed “having of wisdom in voluntary worship
Kai ταπεινοφροσύνῃ “Kai! *agerdia' σώματος, οὐκ ἐν
and humility and unsparing treatment of[the] body, not in
τιμῇ τινι πρὸς πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός.“
“honour ‘a certain for satisfaction ofthe flesh.

3 Εἰ οὖν συνηγέρθητε τῷ χριστῷ, τὰ
If therefore ye were raised with Christ, *the*things above
ὁ χριστός ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ καθήμενος"
Christ is 2at (the) ‘right Shand ‘of 7God *sitting :
ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 3 ἀπεθάνετε
not the things on the earth; γα 3died

ἄνω ζητεῖτε,

‘seek,
οὗ

where the

2 τὰ
°the°things *tabove ®mind,

Ρ — τοῦ (read of Christ) ew.
5 ἑόρακεν TA. τ συν- TA.
x Continue question to end of verse 21 Gw ; to end

Υ ἐθελοθρησκίᾳ τ. z [καὶ] 1.. ἃ ἀφειδείᾳ τ,.

π νεομηνίας Lire ° OLA.

W — τῷ GLTTrAW.

1. COLOSSIANS.
γάρ, SE ἡ.ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ev τῷ Bets
for, your life has been hid with the Christ in
4 ὅταν ὁ χριστὸς φανερωθῇ ἡ-.ζωὴ. "ἡμῶν," τότε καὶ
When the Christ *may *be *manifested our “life, then also
ὑμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε ἐν δόξῃ.
ye with him = shall be manifested in glory.
5 Nexpwoare οὖν ra μέλη εὑμῶν" τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,

Put to death therefore *members tyour which [are] on

πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν,
fornication, uncleanness, passion, 2desire ‘evil, and
πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία, 6 dv ag!
covetousness, which is idolatry. On account of which things

ἔρχεται “ἡ" ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ [ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας"
comes the wrath

of God ἜΡΟΝ the sons of disobedience.
m 2
4 ev

οἷς Kai ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε OTE ἐζῆτε ἐν
Among whom also ye walked once when ye were asi in

Sabroic’' 8 νυνὶ. δὲ ἀπόθεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ- πάντα, ὀργήν,
these mee But now, put off also ye, all ee things, wrath,

θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόμα-
indignation, malice, piss phage: foul language out of 2mouth

TOC ὑμῶν. 9 Μὴ.ψεύδεσθε εἰς ἀλλήλους. ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν
your. Do not lie to one another, haying put off the

παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς. πράξεσιν. αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ ἐνδυσά-
old man with his deeds, and having

μένοι TOY νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατ᾽
puton the new that[is] being renewed into knowledge according to

εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν᾽ 11 ὕπου οὐκ ἔνι
{the] image of him who created him ; where there is not

Ἕλλην καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖος, περιτομὴ Kai ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος,

the earth,
καὶ τὴν

Greek and a circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian,
Σκύθης, δοῦλος, " ἐλεύθερος" ἀλλὰ τὰ" πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν
Seythian, bondman, 6; but Sall*things ‘and “in all

ριστός.
[3158] ‘Christ.
12 Ἐνδύσασθε οὖν, ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ *rov' θεοῦ, ἅγιοι καὶ
Put on therefore, as elect of God, holy and
ἠγαπημένοι. σπλάγχνα ἰοἰκτιρμῶν," χρηστότητα, ταπεινο-
beloved, bowels of compassions, kindness, humi-

φροσύνην, "πρᾳότητα," μακροθυμίαν"
lity, meekness, long-enftering 5

18 ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλ-
bearing with one
λήλων, kai χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τινα ἔχῳ
another, and forgiving each other, if any against any should have
μομφήν᾽ καθὼς καὶ ὁ "χριστὸς" ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως Kai
a complaint ;evenas alsothe Christ forgaye you, so also [do]
ὑμεῖς" 14 ἐπὶ πᾶσιν. δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἀγάπην, “ἥτις! ἐστὶν
ye. And to all these [add] love, which [15 [the]

σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος. 15 Kai ἡ εἰρήνη Prov θεοῦ" Boa-
bond of perfectness. And the peace of God let

βευέτω ἐν raic.capdiac0 ὑμῶν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν ἑνὶ σώ-
preside in your hearts, to which also ye were called in one

525

your life is hid with
Christ in God. 4 When
Christ, who is our
life, shall appear, then
shall ye also appear
with him in glory.

5 Mortify therefore
your members which
are upon the earth;
fornication, unclean-
ness, inordinate afiec-
tion, evil concupis-
cence, and covetous-
ness, which is idola-
try: 6 for which
things’ sake the wrath
of God cometh on the
children of disobedi-
ence: 7in the which
ye also walked some
time, when ye lived in
them. 8 But now ye
also put off all these ;
anger, wrath, malice,
blasphemy, filthy com-
munication out of
your mouth. 9 Lie not
one to another, seeing
that ye have put off
the old man with his
deeds; 10 and have
put on the new man,
which is renewed in
knowledge after the
image of him that
created him. 11 where
there is neither Greek
nor Jew, circumcision
nor uncircumcision,
Barbarian, Scythian,
bond nor free: but
Christ ὦ all, and in all.

12 Put on therefore,
as the elect of God,
holy and_ beloved,
bowels of mercies,
kindness, humbleness
of mind, meekness,
longsuffering ; 13 for-
bearing one another,
and forgiving one
another, if any man
have a quarrel against
any: even as Christ
forgave you, 50 also
do ye. 14 And above
all these things put on
charity, which is the

bond of | eeepc
15 And let the peace
of God rule in your
hearts, to the which
also ye are called in
one body; and be ye

ματι: καὶ εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε. 16 ὁ λόγος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω AKFal 16 Let ths
body, and thankful be. The word ofthe Christ let dwell in you ere in all

> ὑμῶν (read your life) TTr. — ὑμῶν (read the members) Trra. ὃ which a.
e [ἢ] x. £ — ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας (read ἐ ἐν οἷς In which things) De 8 τού-
τοις LTTrAW. Ὁ + καὶ and L. — τὰ τ. k — τοῦ L. 1 οἰκτιρμοῦ of compassion
GLTTrAW. τι πραὕτητα LTTrAW. Ὁ κύριος Lord Tra. © 6 LTTraw. P τοῦ χριστοῦ

of the Christ GLTTraw.

526

wisdom ; teaching and
admonishing one aD-
other in psalms and
hymns and _ spiritual
songs, singing with
grace in your hearts
to the Lord. 17 And
whatsoever ye do in
word or deed, doall in
the name of the Lord
Jesus, giving thanks
to God and the Father
by him,

18 Wives, submit
yourselves unto your
own husbands, as it is
fit in the Lord. 19 Hus-
bands, love your
wives, and be not
bitter against them.
20 Children, obey
your parents in all
things: for this is well
pleasing unto the Lord.
21 Fathers, provoke
not your children to
anger, lest they be
discouraged. 22 Ser-
vants, obey in all
things your masters
according to the flesh;
not with eyeservice,
as menpleasers; but
in singleness of heart,
fearing God: 23 and
whatsoever ye do, do
aw heartily, as to the
Lord, and not unto
men ; 24 knowing that
of the Lord ye shall
receive the reward of

theinheritance: forye ;

serve the Lord Christ.
25 But he that doeth
wrong shall receive
for the wrong which
he hath done: and
there is no respect of
persons. IY. Masters,
give unto your ser-
vants that which is
just and equal; know-
ing that ye also have
a Master in heaven.

2 Continue in prayer,
and watch in the same
with thanksgiving ;
3 withal praying also
for us, that God would
open unto us adoor of
utterance, to speak
the mystery of Christ,
for which I am also
in bonds: 4 that I
may make it manifest,

ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ͂Σ ILE; Vt

ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως, ἐν πάσῃ copia’ διδάσκοντες Kai νουθε-
in you richly, in all wisdom; teaching and admon-

τοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς “καὶ" ὕμνοις "kai" ᾧδαῖς πνευματι-

ishing each other inpsalms and hymns and “songs ‘spiritual
Kaic ἐν ὃ χάριτι ἄδοντες ἐν ‘rH καρδίᾳ!" ὑμῶν ‘rm κυρίῳ"
with grace singing in “heart sour to the Lord.
17 καὶ πᾶν ὕ.τι- "ἂν" ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα
And everything, whatsoever ye may do in word or in work, [do] all
, , ? ~ ~ ~ ~
ἐν ὀνόματι “κυρίου Ἰησοῦ," εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ Yai!
in{the] name οὔ [{Π6] Lord Jesus, giving thanks toGod and
πατρὶ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ.
{the] Father by him.

18 Αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε roicidiow' ἀνδράσιν, we

Wives, subject yourselves to JOR own husbands, as
ἀνῆκεν ἐν κυρίῳ. 19 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναϊκας"
is Reponuing in {the} Lord. Sar, love the wives,

‘
Kat

μὴ-πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. 20 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε
and

be not bitter eoaitist them. Children, aes

τοῖς γονεῦσιν κατὰ πάντα᾽ τοῦτο.γάρ ϑέστιν εὐάρεστον" “τῷ!
the parents in all things ; for this is Well-vleasie) to the

κυρίῳ. 21 Ot πατέρες, μὴ.“ἐρεθίζετε! τὰ. τέκνα. ὑμῶν, ἵνα μὴ
Lord. Fathers, do not provoke your children, that *not

ἀθυμῶσιν. 22 Οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε κατὰ.πάντα τοῖς
‘they *be disheartened. Bondmen, obey in all things the

κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις, μὴ ἐν “ὀφθαλμοδουλείαις" we av-
“according *to *flesh ‘masters, not with eye-services, as
θρωπάρεσκοι, ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας, φοβούμενοι Srov
men-pleasers, but in etaplelty: of heart, fearing

θεόν." 23 kai πᾶν.ὅ.τι! ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐκ.ψυχῆς ἐργάζεσθε, oe
God. And whatsoever ye may do, ee, twork,

τῷ κυρίῳ Kai οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 24 εἰδότες OTL ἀπὸ
tothe Lord and not to men ; knowing that from [the]
Ἰἀπολήψεσθεὶ τὴν pees Glee τῆς κληρονομίας"
ye shall receive the zecompense of the inheritance,

κυρίῳ χριστῷ δουλεύετε. 25 ὁ ἰδὲὶ ἀδικῶν ™kometrar'
Lord Christ ye serve. But he that does wrong shall receive [for]

ὃ ἠδίκησεν, Kai οὐκ.ἔστιν "προσωποληψία." 4 Οἱ κύριοι,
what he did wrong, and there is no respect of ee Masters,

TO δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις
that which [is] just and that which [is] equal to bondmen
παρέχεσθε, εἰδότες OTL καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε κύριον ἕν οὐρανοῖς."

give, knowing that also ye have a Master in [the] heavens.

2 Τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν
ΤΟΥ ΕΣΑΥΘΕ Ase aL continue, yea tt in it with

εὐχαριστίᾳ" 3 προσευχόμενοι ἅμα καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς
thanksgiving ; praying withal also for us, that God
ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ
may open tous adoor ofthe word tospeak the mystery of the
χριστοῦ, ov PO" καὶ δέδεμα, 4 ἵνα φανε-

Christ, _onaccountof which also I have nee .bound, that I may make

κυρίου
Lord

τῷ. "γὰρ!
for the

ᾳ — καὶ LITrAW.
GLTTrAW.
Y — καὶ LTTraAW.
Wives) L.

Lord GuTTraw.
LTTrAW.

ἡ τῷ θεῷ to God GLTTraw.

> εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν LTTrA.
© ὀφθαλμοδουλείᾳ eye- -service LW ; ὀφθαλμοδουλίαις 1.

1 γὰρ Goan for he that) yrtraw.
ο οὐρανῷ heaven LTTraAW.

* — καὶ LTTrAW. 8 + Τῇ LITrAW. τ rats καρδίαις hearts
ν ἐὰν LIr- ἃ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ of J esus Christ Lw.
z ἰδίοις (read to the husbands) GLTTrAw. a+ ὑμῶν (read your
¢ ἐν in [the] GLTTraw. 4 παροργίζετε L.

f ἀλλὰ Tr. & τὸν κύριον the
i ἀπολήμψεσθε LTTrA. k — yap for
™ κομίσεται L. 2 προσωπολημψία LTTrA.

ὃ (read whatever) LTTraw.

P ov Whom L,

HV; COLOSSIANS:

pwow αὐτὸ ὡς δεῖ με λαλῆσαι. 5 ᾽ν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε
manifest it as it behoves me_ to speak. In wisdom walk

πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι. 6 ὁ λόγος
towards those without, 6 “time 1ransoming. [160] ?word

ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, dare ἠρτυμένος, εἰδέναι πῶς
tyour [be] always with grace, 7with*salt ‘seasoned, to know how
δεῖ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι.
it behoves you Seach *one ‘to 7answer.
7 Ta kar ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς

2The 3.Πῖπρβ *concerning ἼΠ6 [811 7will πο *known '°to*you ®Tychicus

ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς Kai πιστὸς διάκονος Kai σύνδουλος

the beloved brother and faithful servant and fellow-bondman
ἐν κυρίῳ, 8 ὃν ἔπεμψα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ.τοῦτο, ἵνα
in (the) Lord; whom Isent to you for this very thing, that

aya Ὶ
γνῷ τὰ περὶ

τὑμῶν" καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς
he might know the things concerning

you, and might encourage
καρδίας. ὑμῶν, 9 σὺν ᾿Ονησίμῳ, τῷ πιστῷ Kai ἀγαπητῷ

your hearts; with Onesimus, the faithful and beloved
ἀδελφῷ, ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν: πάντα ὑμῖν ξγνωριοῦσιν"
brother, who is of you. ΑἹ] things 7to*you “ΠΟΥ *will τα κο 7known
Ta ὧδε.
there.
10 ᾿Ασπάζεται ὑμᾶς ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ-συναιχμάλωτός μου, Kai
*Salutes ou ‘Aristarchus 2my *fellow-prisoner, and

Μάρκος ὁ ἀνεψιὸς BapyaBa, περὶ οὗ ἐλάβετε ἐντολάς"
Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, concerning whom yereceivyed orders,

ἐὰν ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δέξασθε αὐτόν᾽ 11 Kai ᾿Τησοῦς ὁ λεγό-

(if hecome to you, receive him,) and Jesus called
μενος lovaroc, οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς" * οὗτοι όνοι
Justus, who 81.965 of [the] circumcision. These [are the] only

συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν

fellow-workers for the kingdom of God, who were
μοι παρηγορία. 12 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Exagodc ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν
to me ἃ consolation. 3Salutes ‘aye *Epaphras who [15] of you,

δοῦλος χριστοῦ", πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς

a bondman of Christ, always striving for you in
προσευχαῖς, ἵνα στῆτε' τέλειοι Kai “πεπληρωμένοι; ἐν
prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in

παντὶ θελήματι Tov θεοῦ. 13 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ὅτι ἔχει
every will of God. For I bear witness to him that he has
χζῆλον πολὺν" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν Kai τῶν ἐν ΥΛαοδικείᾳ! Kai τῶν
*zeal tmuch for you and them in Laodicea and them
3 « , > 4 c ~ ~ « > ‘ « >
ἐν Ἱεραπόλει. 14 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Λουκᾶς ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ aya-
in Hierapolis. *Salutes Syou 1Luke *the *physician Sbe-
πητός, Kai Anuac. 15 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ" aded-
loved, and Demas, Salute the in “*Laodicea 1preth-
, ‘ 1 = fh A ‘ ? a > ~ II > , -
φούς, καὶ Νυμφᾶν" καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον "αὐτοῦ" ἐκκλησίαν
ren, and Nymphas, and the ?in *his house lassembly.
16 καὶ ὅταν ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή, ποιήσατε

And when may beread among you the epistle, cause
ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῇ Λαοδικέων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ
that also in the 7of [*the] *Laodiceans ‘assembly it may be read, and

4 γνῶτε ye might know LTtr. τ ἡμῶν USLTTr. 5 γνωρίσουσιν L.
r These only who are of the circumcision [are the] &c. τὰ. ¥% +
Υ͂ σταθῆτε TTr. ¥ πεπληροφορημένοι fully assured LTTraw.
GLTTrA ; πόνον πολὺν W. Υ Λαοδικίᾳ 1.

: Νύμφαν Nympha t,
house) L; αὐτῶν (read their house) Trra.

527

as I ought to speak.
5 Walk in wisdom to-
ward them that are
without, redeeming
the time. 6 Let your
speech be alway with
grace, seasoned with
salt, that ye may know
how ye ought to an-
swer every man.

7 All my state shall
Tychicus declare unto
you, who is a beloved
brother, and a faith-
ful minister and fel-
lowservant in_ the
Lord : 8 whom I have
sent unto you for the
same purpose, that he
might know your es-
tate, and comfort
your hearts; 9 with
Onesimus, a faithful
and beloved brother,
who is one of you.
They shall make
known unto you all
things which are done
here,

10 Aristarchus my
fellowprisoner_ salut-
eth you, and Marcus,
sister’s son to Barna-
bas, (touching whom
ye received command-
ments: if he come un-
to you, receive him ;)
11 and Jesus, which is
called Justus, who are
of the circumcision.
These only are my
fellowworkers unto
the kingdom of God,
which have been a
comfort unto me, 12 E-
paphras, who is one
of you, a servant of
Christ, saluteth you,
always labouring fer-
vently for you in
prayers, that ye may
stand perfect andcom-
plete in all the will of
God. 13 For I bear
him record, that he
hath a great zeal for
you, and them that are
in Laodicea, and them
in Hierapolis. 14 Luke,
the beloved physician,
and Demas, greet you.
15 Salute the brethren
which are in Laodicea,
and Nymphas, and the
church which is in his
house. 16 And when
this epistle is read a-
mong you, cause that
it be read also in the
church of the Laodi-
ceans; and that ye

t Punctuate so as to
Ἰησοῦ Jesus LITra.

x πολὺν πόνον much labour

8. αὐτῆς (read her

528

likewise read the e-
pistle from Laodicea.
17 And say to Archip-
pus, Take heed to the
ministry which thou
hast received in the

ΠΡΟΣ

ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. I.

τὴν ἐκ ὕΛαοδικείας" ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς avayvere’ 17 Kai εἴπατε

that from Laodicea that also ye may read. And say

? , , 4 , τι (ἢ 5
Αρχίππῳ, Βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν

to Archippus, Take heed to the service which thou didst receive in [the}

Lord, that thou fulfil κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 18 Ὃ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ .ἐμῃ. χειρὶ
ie 1S They ee uiatiee Lord, that it thou fulfil. The salutation “by *my eae Shand
Paul. Remember my Παύλου. μνημονεύετε μου τῶν δεσμῶν. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽
bonds era be with τοῦ ΞΡ]. Remember my bonds. Grace [be] with
ὑμῶν. Sapny.'!
you. Amen.
πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ καὶ
To [the] Colossians written from Rome, by Tychicus and
‘Ovycipov.!'
Onesimus,
eH ΠΡΟΣ GESZAAONIKEIS EMISTOAH TAYAOY
THE ΤΟ [ἼΠΕ]Ὶ] 7THESSALONIANS 7EPISTLE 7OF *PAUL
TIPOTH:!
FIRST.

PAUL, and Silvanus,
and Timotheus, unto
the church of the
Thessalonians which is
in God the Father and
in the Lord Jesus
Christ: Grace be unto
you, and peace, from
God our Father, and
the Lord Jesus Christ.

2 We give thanks to
God aiways for you
all, making mention
of you in our prayers ;
3 remembering with-
out ceasing your work
of faith, and labour of
love, and patience of
hope in our Lord Je-
sus Christ, in the sight
of God and our Fa-
ther ; 4 knowing, bre-
thren beloved, your
election of God. 5 For
our gospel came not
unto you in word only,
but also in power, and
in the Holy Ghost, and
in much assurance ; as
ye know what manner
of Men we were a-
mong you for your
sake. 6 And ye be-
came followers of us,

Ὁ Λαοδικίας T.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλονανὸς καὶ

Paul and Silvanus and

Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ-
Timotheus, tothe assembly of Thes-
σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ"
salonians in God [the] Father and{[the] Lord Jesus Christ.
χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη fad θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν Kai κυρίου
Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and [the] Lord
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ."

Jesus Christ.
2 ἙΕὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν,
We give thanks toGod always concerning all you,

μνείαν ξὑμῶν" ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν.προσευχῶν. ἡμῶν, 8. ἀδια-
“mention *of *you making at our prayers, un-
λείπτως μνημονεύοντες ὑμῶν TOU ἔργου τῆς πίστεως καὶ TOU
ceasingly remembering your work of faith and
κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ THC ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ κυρίου
labour oflove and endurance of hope of “Lord
ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν"
tour Jesus Christ, before "God “and *Father our ;
4 εἰδότες, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ " θεοῦ, τὴν. ἐκλογὴν. ὑμῶν"
knowing, brethren beloved by God, your election.
5 Ore τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.ἡμῶν ovK.éyevnOn ‘eic' ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ

Because our glad tidings came not to you in word
μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει καὶ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Kai "ἐνὶ
only, but also in power and in([the] “7Spirit ‘Holy, and in

πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ, καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι ἐγενήθημεν él
“full assurance ‘much, even as ye know what we were among
ὑμῖν ov ὑμᾶς. Ὁ καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε
you for thesake of you: and ye imitators of us became

ὁ — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 4 TIpos Κολοσσαεῖς &c. E; — the subscription.

SLTw ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς Tra.

© + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle Ε ; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς a’ LTTrAW.

of verse [L]TTrA.
1 [ev] tr.

f ἀπὸ θεοῦ to end

Β — ὑμῶν LTTr[A]. h + τοῦ 1. impos L. Kk — ἐν {{ττ].

ΤΠ: I THESSALONIANS.
Kai τοῦ κυρίου, ὑεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ
and of the Lord, having aecupeed the word in *tribulation ‘much

μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, 7 ὥστε γενέσθαι ὑ ὑμᾶς πγύπους"
with joy of [the] Sate gy so that “became tye patterns

πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ kai” τῇ ᾿Αχαΐᾳ.
toall those believing in Macedonia and Achaia :

8 ad ὑμῶν.γὰρ ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου οὐ μόνον ἐν
forfrom you hassounded out the word of the Lord not only in
τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ cai’ Ayaig, Pada! “καὶ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἡ

Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place
πίστις.ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐξελήλυθεν, ὥστε μὴ
your faith which [is] towards God has gone abroad, 50 as
χρείαν τἡμᾶς ἔχειν! λαλεῖν Te 9 αὐτοὶ, γὰῤρ περὶ
"need ‘for “us *to *have tosay anything; for themselves concerning

ἡμῶν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν ὁποίαν εἴσοδον “ἔχομεν᾽ πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
us relate what entrancein we have to you,
καὶ πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δου-
and how ye turned to God from idols, to
λεύειν θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ, 10 Kai ἀναμένειν τὸν υἱὸν
serve a *God diving 2and = = true, and to await 7Son
αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ ‘ ψεκρῶν, In-
‘his from the heavens, whom he raised from among [the] dead— Je-
σοῦν τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης.
sus, who delivers us from the “wrath ‘coming.
2 Αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί, τὴν.εἴσοδον. ἡμῶν THY
For yourselves 'ye know, brethren, ourentrancein which{wehad)
πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν. 2 ἀλλὰ “κα προπαθόν-
to you, that not void it has been ; but also having before suf-
τες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις. ἐπαῤ-
fered and having been insulted,evenas yeknow, at Philippi,

ῥησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον
were bold in our God to speak to you the glad tidings

τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι. 8 Ἢ yap παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ

of Godin much _ conflict. For “exhortation ‘our [was] not
ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, *ov7e'! ἐν δόλῳ, 4 ἀλλὰ καθὼς
of error, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile; but evenas

δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον,
we have been approved by God to be entrusted with the glad tidings,

οὕτως λαλοῦμεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ rq
so we speak ; not as =men pleasing, but
θεῷ, τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας τὴ μῶν." ὃ Οὔτε.γάρ

we

ποτε

God, who proves the hearts of us. For neither at any time
ἐν λόγῳ "κολακείας" ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, οὔτε
with word of flattery were we {with you], evenas yeknow, nor

ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, θεὸς
with apretext of covetousness,

μάρτυς, 6 οὔτε ζητοῦντες
God [is] witness ; nor seeking

ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπ᾽ ἄλλων,

from men glory, neitherfrom you ΠΟΙ͂ from others, [though]
δυνάμενοι ἐν. βάρει εἶναι we χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι: 7 add’!
having power “burdensome ‘to*be 8Ξ Christ’s apostles ; but
ἐγενήθημεν “ἤπιοι" ἐν μέσῳ. ὑμῶν, we ἂν" rpopog θάλπῃ

we were gentle in yourmidst, as ἃ nurse would cherish

™ τύπον a pattern LTTraw. n+ ἐν ἸῺ LITraw.
4 — καὶ LTTrAW. τ ἔχειν ἡμᾶς LTTraw.
GLTTrA. “ἐκ out of TTr.

2 ὑμῶν of you w. 4 κολακίας T.

x οὐδὲ LTTrAW.
ς νήπιοι Simple L.

= καὶ GLTITraw.
> ἀλλὰ TTr.

© + ἐν (in) τῇ LT.
5 ἔσχομεν We had GLrtraw.

529

and of the Lord, hav-
ing received the werd
in much afiliction,
with joy of the Holy
Ghost: 7 s0 that ye
were ensamples to all
that believe in Mace-
donia and Achaia.
8 For from you sound-
ed out the word of the
Lord not only in Ma-
eedonia and Achaia,
but also in every place
your faith to God-
ward is spread abroad;
so that we need not
to speak any thing.
9 For they themselves
shew of us what man-
ner of entering in we
had unte you, and how
ye turned to God irom
idols to serve the liv-
ing and true God;
10 and to wait for
his Son from heaven,
whom he raised from
the dead, even Jesus.
which delivered us
from the wrath to
cone.

11, For yourselves,
brethren, know our
entrance in unto you,
that it was not in
vain: 2 but even after
that we had suffered
before, and were
shametully entreated,
as ye know, at Phi-
lippi, we were bold in
our God to speak unto
you the gospel of God
with much contention.
3 For our exhortation
was not of deceit, nor
of uncleanness, nor in
guile: 4 but as we
were allowed of God
to be put in trust with
the gospel, even so we
speak ; not as pleasing
men, but God, which
trieth our hearts. 5 For
neither at any time
used we flattering
words, as ye know,
nor a cloke of covet-
ousness; God is wit-
ness: 6 nor of men
sought we glory, uei-
ther of you, nor yet of
others, when we might
have peor burden-
some, as the apostles
of Christ. 7 But we
were gentle among
you, even as @ nurse
cherisheth her chil-

Ρ ἀλλ᾽ La.
* + τῶν the
Y — τῷ [L]rTra.

ἃ ἐὰν LTTra.
NUM

690

dren: 8 βὸ being af-
fectionately desirous
of you, we were will-
ing to have imparted
unto you, not the gos-
pel of God only, but
also our own souls,
because ye were dear
unto us. 9 For ye re-
member, brethren, our
labour and travail:
for labouring night
and day, because we
would not be charge-
able unto any of you,
we preached unto you
the gospel of God.
10 Ye are witnesses,
and God also, how
holily and justly and
unblameably' we be-
haved ourselves a-
mong you that be-
lieve: 11 as ye know
how we exhorted and
comforted and charged
every one of you, as a
father doth his chil-
dren, 12 that ye would
walk worthy of God,
who hath called you
unto his kingdom and
glory. 13 For this
cause also thank we
God without ceasing,
because, when ye re-
ceived the word of
God which ye heard
of us, ye received it
not as the word of
men, but as it is in
truth, the word of
God, which effectually
worketh also in you
that believe. 14 For
ye, brethren, became
followers’ of the
churches of God which
in Judza are in Christ
Jesus: for ye also
have suffered like
things of your own
countrymen, even as
they have of the Jews:
15 who both killed the
Lord Jesus, and their
own prophets, and
have persecuted us;
and they please not
God, and are con-
trary to all men:
16 forbidding us to
speak to the Gentiles
that they might be
saved, to fill up their
sins alway: for the
wrath is come upon
them to the utter-
most.

17 But we, brethren,
being taken from you
for a short time in

© ὁμειρόμενοι GLTTrAW.
h μαρτυρόμενοι TIrAW.

αὐτὰ GLTTrAW.
ο ξῴθακεν has come

iP Os £0 BSS ἌΡΑΤΟΝ ἘΚ ΤῈΣ 4-A; II.
τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα. 8 οὕτως “ἱμειρόμενοι! ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν

herown children. Thus yearning over you, we were pleased
μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ
to have imparted toyou not only the glad tidings of God, but
καὶ Tac ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς, διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν fyeyévnobs."
also our own lives, because _ beloved tous ye have become,
9 μνημονεύετε.γάρ, ἀδελφοί, τὸν.κόπον. ἡμῶν Kai τὸν μόχθον"

For ye remember, brethren, our labour and the toil,
νυκτὸς. δγὰρ' Kai ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί
for night and day working, for not to burden

τινα ὑμῶν, ἐκηρύξαμεν εἰς ὑμᾶς TO εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ.
anyone of you, we proclaimed to you’ the _ glad tidings of God.
10 ayer μάρτυρες Kai ὁ θεός, ὡς ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ
e fare] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and
ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν, 11 καθάπερ
blamelessly with you that believe we Were : even as
οἴδατε, ὡς EVA.EKAOTOY ὑμῶν, ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ, παρα-
ye know, ΠΟ each one of you, as a father *children *his *own, ex-
καλοῦντες ὑμᾶς Kai παραμυθούμενοι 12 Kai "μαρτυρούμενοι,"
horting you and consoling and testifying,
εἰς τὸ ἱπεριπατῆσαι" ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ καλοῦντος
for *to “have *walked ‘you worthily of God, who calls
ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν Kai δόξαν. 18* Ata τοῦτο
you to his own kingdom and_ glory. Because of this
καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως, ὅτι παραλα-
also. we give thanks toGod unceasingly, that, having re-
Bovrec λόγον ἀκοῆς Tap ἡμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐδέξασθε οὐ
ceived [the] word of [the] report *by *us tof *God, ye accepted not
λόγον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ καθώς ἐστιν ἀληθῶς, λόγον θεοῦ, ὃς
?word men’s, but evenas itis truly, 2word ‘'God’s, which
kai ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 14 ὑμεῖς.γὰρ μιμηταὶ
also works in you who believe. or ye imitators
ἐγενήθητε, ἀδελφοί, τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν οὐσῶν ἐν TY

became, brethren, of the assemblies of God which are in
᾿Ιουδαίᾳ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Ort ταὐτὰ; ἐπάθετε καὶ ὑμεῖς
Judza in Christ Jesus ; because the same things “suffered also “ye

ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν καθὼς Kai αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῶν “Iov-
from yourown countrymen as also they from the Jews,
δαίων, 15 τῶν Kai τὸν κύριον, ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν καὶ
who *both *the “Lord killed Jesus and
τοὺς. ἰδίους" προφήτας, Kai “vpac' ἐκδιωξάντων, Kai θεῷ
their own prophets, and *you drove out, and *God
μὴ.ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 16 κω-
180 “ποὺ “please, διὰ 4all 3to *men (‘are] ?contrary, for-
λυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι ἵνα σωθῶσιν, εἰς
bidding us tothe nations to speak that they may besaved, for
τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε" “ἔφθασεν" δὲ
to fill up their sins always : but is come
ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς.τέλος.
upon them _ the wrath to the uttermost.
~ / , ? J ~ a
17 Ἡμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸς

But we, brethren, having been bereaved of you for

8 — yap for GLTTraW.
k + καὶ and LITrA. lra
π ἡμᾶς US EGLTTrAW.

£ ἐγενήθητε ye became LTTraw.
i περιπατεῖν “to “walk LrTraw.
τὰ — ἰδίους (read the prophets) GLTTrAW
tp

TE ΠῚ. I' THESSALONIANS.

καιρὸν ὥρας προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ, περισσοτέρως ἐσπου-
time ofanhour in 2 not inheart, more abundantly were

δάσαμεν τὸ. πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ" 18 "διὸ"

diligent your face to see pas much desire ; wherefore
ἠθελήσαμεν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος καὶ ἅπαξ
we wished tocome to γοα, I indeed Paul, both once

καὶ dic, καὶ ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς. 19 Tic-yap ἡμῶν
and twice, and “hindered ee for what [is] our

ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως ; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς

hope or joy or crown of boasting? oorfare) not even ye
ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν τ. τχριστοῦ" ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ
before our Lord Jesus Christ at his
παρουσίᾳ; ; 30 ὑμεῖς.γάρ ἐστε ἡ. δόξα. ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ χαρά.
coming ? for ye are our glory and joy.
9. Διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, “εὐδοκήσαμεν" καταλειφθῆναι
Wherefore no ἸΟΣΞΕΣ, enduring, we thought good to be left
ἐν ᾿Αθήναις μόνοι, 2 καὶ ἐπέμψαμεν Τιμόθεον τὸν ἀδελφὸν
in Athens alone, and sent Timotheus ?prother

ἡμῶν καὶ 'διάκονον" τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ
Your and servant of God and 7fellow-worker ‘our in the
εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς Kai παρακαλέσαι
glad tidings ofthe Christ, for toestablish you and _ to encourage
υὑμᾶς" "περὶ" τῆς. πίστεως ὑμῶν 3 ὕτῷ" μηδένα σαίνεσθαι"
you concerning your faith that no one be moved
ἐν ταῖς.θλίψεσιν ταύταις. αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε OTL εἰς τοῦτο
by these tribulations. as yourselves know that for this
κείμεθα" 4 Kai-yap ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν
we are set ; foralso, when with you wewere, we told *beforehand you

Ore μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ ot-
we are about [0 suffer tribulation, evenas also itcametopass and ye

dare’ 5 διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ

know.) Because οὗ this Ι 4150 no longer enduring, sent for

γνῶναι τὴν. πίστιν ὑμῶν, μήπως ἐπείρασεν Vac ὁ

to know your faith, lest perhaps *did*tempt ‘you ‘he *who

πειράζων, καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁ.κόπος.-ἡμῶν. 6 ἄρτι δὲ
tempts, and void should become our labour. But now

ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐαγγελισα-

Ramdas’ Scome *Timotheus us from you; and ἜΡΥΙΠΕ, announced
μένου ἡμῖν τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν, καὶ ὅτι
glad tidings to us [of] “faith 7and 4love ‘your, and that
ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡ ας
ye have *remembrance ‘of Sus gcod lalways, longing

ἰδεῖν, καθάπερ Kai ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, 7 διὰ τοῦτο
1to*see, evenas also we yor: because of this
θημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἐπὶ com τῇ "θλίψει Kai ἀνάγκῃ"
ΤΒΈΘΙ: brethren, asto you, in *tribulation “and τας ιν
ἡμῶν, διὰ Tie. ὑμῶν.πίστεως" δ᾽ ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν ἐὰν ὑμεῖς
tour, through your faith, because now welive if ye
Ὀστήκητε' ἐν κυρίῳ. 9 riva-yap εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα
HELE stand fast in [the] Lord. For what thanksgiving are we able
ᾧ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ
ee *God *to 7render concerning you, for the joy

epee

we were encou-

591

presence, not in heart,
endeavoured the more
abundantly tosee your
face with great desire.
18 Wherefore we would
have come unto you,
even I Paul, once
and again ; but Satan
hindered us. 19 For
what is our hope, or
joy, or crown of re-
joicing ? Are noteven
ye in the presence of
our Lord Jesus Christ
at his coming? 20 for
ye are our glory and
joy.

II, Wherefore when
we could no longer
forbear, we thought
it good to be left at
Athens alone; 2 and
sent Timotheus, our
brother, and minister
of God, and our fellow-
labourer in the gospel
of Christ, to establish
you, and to comfort
you concerning your
faith: 3that no man
should be moved by
these afflictions: for
yourselves know that
we are appointed there-
unto. 4 For verily,
when we were with
you, we told you be-
fore that we should
suffer tribulation ;
even as it came to pass,
and ye know. 5 For
this cause, when 1
could no longer for-
bear, I sent to know
your faith, lest by
some means the temp-
ter have tempted you,
and our labour be in
vain, 6 But now when
Timotheus came from
you unto us, and
brought us good tid-
ings of your faith and
charity, and that ye
have good remem-
brance of us always,
desiring greatly to see
us, as we also to see
you: 7 therefore, bre-
thren, we were com-
forted over you in all
our affliction and dis-
tress by your faith:
8for now we live, if
ye stand fast in the
Lord. 9 For what
thanks can we render
to God again for you,
for all the joy where-

4 διότι because LTTraW. — χριστοῦ LITrA.
fellow-worker (read τοῦ θεοῦ τ God) GLaw.

— ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. χα ὑπὲρ GLTTrAW. Υ τὸ LTTrAW.
Gat ie 5 ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει LTTrAW. > στήκετε stand fast TTra.

5 ηὐδοκήσαμεν Tir:
— Kat συνεργὸν ἡμῶν GLTTraw.
z μηδὲν (nothing [ye]) ἀσαίνεσ-

: συνεργὸν

532

with we joy for your
sakes before our God;
10night and day pray-
ing exceedingly that
we might see your
face, and might per-
feet that which is
lacking in your faith?
1t Now God himself
and our Father, and
our Lord Jesus Christ,
direct our way unto
you. 12 And the Lord
make you to increase
and abound in ilove
one toward another,
and toward all men,
even as we do toward
you: 13 tothe end he
may stablish your
hearts unblameable in
holiness before God,
even our Father, at the
eoming of our Lord
Jesus Christ with all
his saints.

IV. Furthermore then
we beseech you, bre-
thren, and exhort you
by the Lord Jesus, that
as ye have received of
us how ye ought to
walk and to please
God, so ye would a-
bound more and more.
2 For ye know what
commandments _ we
gave you by the Lord
Jesus. 3 For this is
the will of God, even
your sanctification,
that ye should abstain
from fornication :
4 that every one of you
should know how to
possess his vessel in
sanctification and ho-
nour ; 5 not inthe lust
of concepiscence, even
as the Gentiles which
know not God : 6 that
no man go beyond and
defraud his brother in
any matter: because
that the Lord is the
avenger of all such, as
we also have fore-
warned you and testi-
fied. 7 For God hath
not called us unto un-
cleanness, but unto
holiness. 8 He there-
fore that despiseth, de-
spiseth not man, but
God, who hath also
given unto us his holy
Spirit.

© ; (ending the question at ἡμῶν) GA.
£ — χριστοῦ LTTrAw.
Kk 4+ καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε even as also ye are walking LTTraw.
m — 6 (read [the]) Lrtra.
4 διδόντα. gives LTTr. v

of God) L.

IPOS ,@ESSAALONTDTEKETS: “A. Il, IV.
) χαίρομεν δί ὑμᾶς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν,"
wherewith werejoice onaccountof you before our God,

10 νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας “ὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" δεόμενοι εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν
night and day exceedingly beseeching for to see
ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον, Kai καταρτίσαι TA.VOTEOnMATA τῆς πίστεως

your face, and toperfect the things lacking in *faith
ὑμῶν; 11 Adric.dé ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ.ἡμῶν Kai ὁ.κύὐριος.-ἡμῶν
1your ? But himself °God *and 7our’Father ‘and Sour *Lord
Ἰησοῦς "χριστὸς" κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
‘Jesus Christ may direct our way to you.
12 ὑμᾶς.δὲ ὁ κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ
But °you πο *Lord ‘may *make to exceed and to abound
ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ Kai ἡμεῖς
inlove toward one another and toward all, evenas also we

εἰς ὑμᾶς, 18 εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀμέμπτους

toward you, for toestablish your hearts blameless
ἐν aywotvy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ Kai πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ
in holiness before ?God “and *Father our, at the

παρουσίᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" μετὰ πάντων τῶν
coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all
ἁγίων. αὐτοῦ. 5
his saints.
4 *To"_doroy οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς Kai παρα-
Fortherest then, brethren, we beseech you and we
καλοῦμεν ἐν κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ,ἷ καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν
exhort in [the] Lord Jesus, evenas ye received from us
τὸπῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν Kai ἀρέσκειν θεῷ, " ἵνα περισ-
how it behoves you to waik and please God, that yeshould
σεύητε μᾶλλον. 2 οἴδατε.γὰο τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν
abound more. For yeknow what injunctions we gave
ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 3 τοῦτο.γάρ éoriy! θέλημα τοῦ
you through the Lord Jesus. For this is 2will
θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς. ὑμῶν. ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας.
6 οὔ᾽β, τοῦ sanctification, *to*abstain (’for]*you from fornication,
4 εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν
*to "know teach οὗ *you fhow] *his *own ‘vessel ‘to *possess in
ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 5 μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας καθάπερ καὶ

sanctification and honour, (not in passion of lust evenas 8150
τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν θεόν: 6 τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν Kai
the nations who know not God,) not to go beyond and
πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, διότι ἔκ-
to overreach in the matter his brother ; because [the] a-
δικος πὸ κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων, καθὼς καὶ

venger [15] the ord concerning all also
ππροείπαμεν, ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα.
wetold*before ‘you and fully testified.
ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, “ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἁγιασμῷ. 8 τοιγαροῦν
5118 7God to wuncleanness, but in sanctification. So then

ὁ ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεόν, τὸν

these things, even as
7 οὐ.γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν
For ἢοῦ “called

he that sets aside, *not 3man “sets aside, but God, who
Peat" «δόντα! "τὸ. πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ" τὸ ἅγιον εἰς "ἡμᾶς."
also gave his “Spirit ‘Holy to us.

© — χριστὸς LTTrA.

i+ ἵνα that Lrtra.
1 +4 [τὸ] (read the will
2 προείπομεν G. © ἀλλὰ TTr. Ρ — καὶ LTr[A].
5 ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrAW.

ἃ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW.

_& + ἀμήν Amen [π|]0.Ψ h — To @LTTrAW.

τ αὐτοῦ TO πνεῦμα L.

THESSALONIANS.
τῆς φιλαδελφίας οὐ χρείαν ᾿ἔχετε" γρά-
brotherly love *no ‘*need ‘ye *have {for me] to
φειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε εἰς TO ἀγαπᾷν
write toyou, for*yourselves ‘ye ‘taught °of °God “are for to love
ἀλλήλους" 10 καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελ-
one another. For also ye do this towards all the bre-
φοὺς "τοὺ" ἐν ὕλῃ.τῇ. Μακεδονίᾳ. παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς,
thren who [816] in the whole of Macedonia ; but we exhort you,
ἀδελφοί, περισσεύειν μᾶλλον, 11 Kai φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἡσυχάζειν

BV. Vv. I
9 Περὶ δὲ

Now concerning

brethren, to abound more, and endeavour earnestly to be quiet
καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, Kai ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς."ἰδίαις" χερσὶν
and to do your own things, and to work with 70wn *hands

ὑμῶν, καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν, 12 iva περιπατῆτε εὐ-
‘your, evenas on you we enjoined, that yemaywalk be-
σχημόνως πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, Kai μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε.
comingly towards those without, and ofnoone “need ‘may “have.
13 Οὐ *Oédw" δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, περὶ
‘Not *Isdo*°wish *but you ἴο be ignorant, brethren, concerning
τῶν ὑκεκοιμημένων," ἵνα μὴ.λυπῆσθε, καθὼς Kai οἱ λοιποὶ
those who have fallen asleep, that ye be not grieved, even 85 also the rest
ot μὴ.ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα. 14 εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν Ori Ἰησοῦς ἀπέ-
who have no hope. Forif webelieve that Jesus died
θανεν καὶ ἀνέστη, οὕτως Kai ὁ θεὸς τοῦς κοιμηθέντας
and rose again, so also God those who are fallen asleep
διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν λέ-

through Jesus willbring with him. For this to you we
γομεν ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περι-
say in [the] word of[the] Lord, that we the living who re-

λειπόμενοι εἰς THY παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ-μὴ φθάσωμεν
main to the coming ofthe Lord, inno wise may anticipate

τοὺς κοιμηθέντας" 16 ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐν κελεύσ-
those who are fallen asleep; because “himself *the *Lord with a shout of com-
ματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου Kai ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ κατα-
mand, with “voice ‘archangel’s and with trumpet οἵ God shall
βήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, Kai οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται

descend from heaven, and the dead in Christ shall rise
πρῶτον" 17 ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς ot ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι, ἅμα
first ; then we the living who remain, together
σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν
with them _ shall be caught away in[the] clouds for {the} meeting
τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, Kai οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν κυρίῳ ἐσό-
ofthe Lord ἴῃ [{Π6] air; and thus always with [the] Lord we shall

μεθα. 18 ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις.τούτοις.
be. So encourage one another with these words,
5 Mepidé τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ χρείαν
But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, “no ‘need
ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι. 2 αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε ὅτι
“ye *have for you to be written [to], for “yourselves *accurately 'ye*know that
2)' ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται"

the day of{(the] Lord as _ a thief by night so comes.
3 orav"yap' λέγωσιν, Ἑϊρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια, τότε αἰφνί-
For when they maysay, Peace and security, then sud-
διος αὐτοῖς δέφίσταται" ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ.ὠδ,ν τῇ
den “upon *them 7comes ‘destruction, as travail to her

533

9 But as touching
brotherly love ye need
not that I write unto
you: for ye yourselves
are taught of God
to love one another.
10 And indeed ye do
it toward all the bre-
thren which are in 411
Macedonia: but we
beseech you, brethren,
that ye increase more
and more; ll and that
yestudy to bequiet,and
to do your own busi-
ness, and to work with
your own hands, as
we commanded you;
12 that ye may walk
honestly toward them
that are without, and
that ye may have lack
of nothing.

13 But I would not
have you to be igno-
rant, brethren, con-
cerning them which
are asleep, that ye sor-
row not, even as others
which have no hope.
14 For if we believe
that Jesus died and
rose again, even so
them also which sleep
in Jesus will God bring
with him. 15 For this
we say unto you by
the word of the Lora,
that we which are a-
live and remain unto
the coming of the Lord
shall not prevent them
which are. asleep.
16 For the Lord him-
self shall descend from
heaven with a shout,
with the voice of the
archangel, and with
the trump of God:
and the dead in Christ
shall rise first : 17 then
we which are alive and
remain shall be caught
up together with them
in the clouds, to meet
the Lord in the air:
and so shall we ever
be with the Lord,
18 Wherefore comfort
one another with these
words.

VY. But of the times
and the seasons, bre-
thren, ye have no need
that Il write unto you.
2 For yourselves know
perfectly that the day
of the Lord so com-
eth as a thief in the
night. 3 For when
they shall say, Peace
and safety ; then sud-
den destruction com-
eth upon them, as
travail upon a woman

t ἔχομεν we have L. ¥ — χοὺς LT[Tr].
sdo “wish GLTTrAW. Y κοιμωμένων are falling asleep LTTra.
4 — γὰρ for ertra ; [δὲ] but L. Ὁ ἐπίσταται TTr.

ν --- ἰδίαις OWN LTTrAW.
3. --- 7 (read [the]) trts[a]w.

χα θέλομεν we

534 ΠΡΟΣ “Oth 2 Aen ONS Ke ES) Ar Ve

with child ; and they
shall not escape. 4 But
ye, brethren, are not
in darkness, that that
day should overtake
you as a thief. 5 Ye
are all the children of
light, and the child-
ren of the day: we are,
not of the night, nor of }
darkness. 6 Therefore ~
let us not sleep, as do
others; but let us
watch and be sober.
7 For they that sleep
sleep in the night;
and they that be
drunken are drunken
in the night. 8 But
let us, who are of the
day, be sober, putting
on the breastplate of
faith and love; and for
an helmet, the hope
of salvation. 9 For
God hath not appoint-
ed us to wrath, but to
obtain salvation by
our Lord Jesus Christ,
10 who died for us,
that, whether we wake
or sleep, we should live
together with him.
11 Wherefore comfort
yourselves together,
and edify one another,
even as also ye do.

12 And we beseech
you, brethren, to know
them which labour a-
mong you, and are over
you in the Lord, and
admonish you; 13 and
to esteem them very

their work’s. sake.
And be at _ peace

ἐν. γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ, Kai ov. ἐκφύγωσιν. 4 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελ-
that is with child ; and in no wise shall they escape. But ye, bre-
pol, οὐκ. ἐστὲ ἔν σκότει, ἵνα “ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς" ὡς ἀκλέπτης"!
thren, are not in darkness, that the day you as a thief
καταλάβῃ 5 πάντες " ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε Kai υἱοὶ ἡμέρας"
should overtake : all ye sons oflight are and sons. of day;
οὐκ. ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους. 6 ἄρα οὖν ju1j_KabEddwpeEY
wearenot ofnight nor of darkness. So _ then we should not sleep
we ἱκαὶ οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν.
as also the _ rest, but we should watch and we should be sober ;
7 οἱ, γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ μεθυ-
for they that sleep “by *night sleep, and they that are
σκόμενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν᾽ ὃ ἡμεῖς.δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφω-
drunken “*by *night ‘get *drunk; but we 7of*day ‘being should be
μεν, ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ
sober, having puton [the] breastplate offaith and love, and [as]
περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας" 9 Ott οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς
helmet “hope tsalvation’s ; because *not has “set
ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὀργήν, FadX’'! εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ
1God for wrath, but for obtaining salvation through
κυρίου.ἡ μῶν ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ, 10 τοῦ ἀποθανόντος "ὑπὲρ" ἡμῶν,
our Lord Jesus Christ, who died \ for us,
iva εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ
that whether we may watch or wemay sleep, together with him
ζήσωμεν. 11 διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, Kai οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς
we may live. Wherefore encourage one another, and build up one

τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε.
the other, evenas also ye are doing.

12 ᾿Ερωτῶμεν.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας
But we beseech you, brethren, to know thosewho labour

ἐν ὑμῖν, Kai προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ, Kai νουθε-

among you, and take the lead of you in[the] Lord, and admo-

τοῦντας ὑμᾶς, 18 Kai ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ἰὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" ἐν

highly in love for Dish you, and toesteem them exceedingly in
ἀγάπῃ διὰ τὸ.ἔργον.αὐτῶν. εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ‘éavroic."
love on account of their work. Be at peace among yourselves,

among yourselves.
14 Now we exhort you,
brethren, warn them
that are unruly, com-
fort the feebleminded,
support the weak, be
patient toward all men.

14 παρακαλοῦμεν.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους,
But we exhort you, brethren, admonish the disorderly,
παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε THY ἀσθενῶν, μα-
console the faint-hearted, sustain the weak, be

15 See that nonerender κροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας. 15 ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ

evil for evil unto any
man; but ever follow
that which is good,
both among your-
selves, and to all men,
16 Rejoice evermore.

patient towards all. See that not anyone 671] for evil
τινὶ Ἰάποδῷ"" ἀλλὰ πάντοτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν διώκετε πικαὶ" εἰς

to anyone render, but always the good pursue both towards

ἀλλήλους Kai εἰς πάντας. 16 πάντοτε χαίρετε. 17 ἀδια-

17 Pray without ceas- one another andtowards all; always rejoice ; unceas-

ing. 18 In every thing

give thanks: for this λείπτως προσεύχεσθε. 18 ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε' TOUTO-yap™
is the will of God ingly pray ; in everything give thanks, for this

in Christ Jesus con-
cerning you. 19 Quench
not the Spirit. 20 De-
spise not prophesy-
ings. 21 Prove all
things ; hold fast that

c ὑμᾶς ἡ ἡμέρα Lw.

θέλημα θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 19 τὸ πνεῦμα
{is the] will of God in Christ Jesus towards you; the Spirit

pn oBévvure.' 20 προφητείας μὴ. ἐξουθενεῖτε. 21 πάνταϑ
do not quench ; prophecies do not set at naught; all things

ἃ κλέπτας thieves L. e + yap for (all) GLrTraw. £— καὶ

LITr[A ]. & ἀλλὰ TTrA. h περὶ TTr. i ὑπερεκπερισσῶς LTTrA ; ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GW.
Κ αὐτοῖς (read with them) rrr. ! ἀποδοῖ 1. m — καὶ LTTr. n+éorwisSL. ° CBév-
VUTE 1. p + δὲ but (all things) exrrraw.

16

δοκιμάζετε" τὸ

II THESSALONIANS.

καλὸν κατέχετε. 22 ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονη-

prove, the right hold fast; from every, form of wicked-
pov ἀπέχεσθε. 23 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι
ness abstain. Now ‘himself *the *God *of *peace ΡΣ pence hs
ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς" Kai ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ
you wholly ; and 3entire "your ‘spirit ‘and ‘soul

Kai TO σῶμα ἀ EUTTWC ἐν Τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν

7and ®body **blameless }7at aos ae 1508 1Sour ae
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ Tp nOein. | y+ 24 πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς,
18Jesus ‘*Christ *may lle 10preserved.. ‘(He is] faithful who calls you,
a A 4,
ὃς Kai zoos. 25 ᾿Αδελφοί, προσεύχεσθε 4 περὶ ἡμῶν.
who also will perform Cit]. Brethren, Tray, for us.
26 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ.
Salute the *brethren tall with a kiss holy.
27 τὸὁρκίζω" ὑμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστο-
1 δα]ιτθ you [by] the Lord [that] be read the epistle

Any πᾶσιν τοῖς "ἁγίοις" ἀδελφοῖς. 28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν
toall the holy brethren, The grace of our Lord
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 'άμήν."

Jesus Christ [be] with you. Amen,
γ᾿ Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν."
?To ([*the] “Thessalonians first written from Athens.

“HY HPO

THE ΞΠΟῸ [(*THE) >THESSALONIANS ?EPISTLE

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ-

Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, to the assembly of Thes-

σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ"
salonians in God ?Father ‘our and eae Ie Christ.

2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Pyar" καὶ κυρίου
Grace toyou and peace from God 7?Father tour and Lord

Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ.

Jesus Christ.
3 Εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν,
310 *thank we sone God always concerning you,
ἀδελφοί, καθὼς ἀξιόν ἐστιν, Ore ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις
prem, even as meet itis, because increases ΒΧΟΒΕΠΙΠΕΊΝΙ 2faith

ὑμῶν, καὶ πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου πάντων ὑμῶν

pees and abounds the love of bi teach of 3211 you
εἰς ἀλλήλους 4 ὥστε “ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν ἃ καυχᾶσθαι" ἐν
to oneanother; soasfor us _ ourselves “1π prom *to “boast in

ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑπομονῆς. ὑμῶν καὶ πίστεως
the assemblies of God for your endurance and faith

ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς. διωγμοῖς. ὑμῶν Kai ταῖς θλίψεσιν αἷς ἀνέ-
in all your persecutions and the tribulations which ye are

χεσθε, 5 ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ
bearing; a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, for

4 + [καὶ] also 1. τ ἐνορκίζω LTTraw. 8 — ἁγίοις LTTrA.
— the subscription GLTW ; pos Θεσσαλονικεῖς a TrA.

535

which is good. 22 Ab-
stain from all appear-
ance of evil. 23 And the
very God of
sanctify you wholly;
and 7 pray God your
whole spirit and soul
and body be preserved
blameless unto the
coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ, 24 Faith-
fulis he that calleth
you, who also will de
τί. 25 Brethren, pray
for us. 26 Greet allthe
brethren with an holy
kiss. 27 I charge you
by the Lord that this
epistle be read unto 31]
the holy brethren.
28 The grace of our
Lord Jesus Christ be
with you. Amen.

OETTAAONIKEIS EMTSETOAH ΔΕΎΤΕΡΑ."

*SECOND.

PAUL, and Silvanus,
and Timotheus, unto
the church of the
Thessalonians in God
our Father and the
Lord Jesus Christ :
2 Grace unto you, and
peace, from God our
Father and the Lord
Jesus Christ.

3 We are bound to
thank God always for
you, brethren, as itis
meet, because that
your faith groweth
exceedingly, and the
charity of every one
of you all toward each
other aboundeth ; 4 so
that we ourselves glory
in you in the churches
of God for your pa-
tience and faith in all
your persecutions and
tribulations that ye
endure : 5 which is a
manifest token of the
righteous judgment of
God, that ye may be

t — ἀμήν GLITrAW.

a+ Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul £; ΓΕ Παύλου G; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς B

LTTraw.

Ὁ — ἡμῶν (read [the]) [LtrJa
(ἐν- T) Lira.

ς αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς TTrA.

ἃ ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι

536

counted worthy of the
kingdom of God, for
which ye also suffer :

6 seeing it 18 a right-
eous thing with God
to recompense tribu-
lation to them that
trouble you; 7 and
to you who are trou-
pled rest with us,
when the Lord Je-
sus shall be revealed
’ rom heaven with his
mighty angels, 8 in
flaming fire taking
vengeance on them
that know not God,
and that obey not the
gospelof our Lord Je-
sus Christ: 9 who shall
be punished with ever-
lasting destruction
from the presence of
the Lord, and from
the glory of his power;
10 when he shall come
to- be glorified in his
saints, and to be ad-
mired in all them that
believe (because our
testimony among you
was believed) in that
day. 11 Wherefore al-
so we pray always
for you, that our
God would count you
worthy of this calling,
and fulfil all the good
pleasure of his good-
ness, and the work of
faith with power :

{2 that the name of
cur Lord Jesus Christ
may be glorified in
you, and ye in him,
according to the grace
of our God and the
Lord Jesus Christ.

11. Now we beseech
you, brethren, by the
coming of ovr Lord
Jesus Christ, and by
our gathering together
unto him, 2 that ye be
not soon shaken in
mind, or be troubled,
neither by spirit, nor
by word, nor by letter
as from us, as that the
day of Christ is at
hand, 3 Let no man
deceive you by any
means: for that day
shall not come, except
there come a falling
away first, and that
man of sin be reveal-
ed, the son of perdi-
tion ; 4 who opposeth
and exalteth himself
above all that is called

© φλογὶ πυρὸς a flame of fire Lrrw.
h πιστεύσασιν believed GLTTraw.

eternal) 1.

ἱ κυρίου Lord GLTTraw.

TPO" OBS TAAONITKEDTS: bs.

I, τὲ
καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἧς
Ξῖο “be *accounted *worthy ‘you of the kingdom of God, for which

καὶ maoyere’ 6 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι
also ye suffer ; if at least righteous [itis] with God torecompense

τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλίψιν, 7 Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβο-

to those who oppress you tribulation, and to you that are op-
μένοις ἄνεσιν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει Tov κυρίου Ἰησοῦ
pressed repose with us, at the revelation ofthe Lord Jesus

am οὐρανοῦ per ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, 8 ἐν “πυρὶ φλογός,"
from heaven with[the]angels of his power, in afire of flame,
διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσιν θεόν, καὶ τοῖς μὴ
ayarding, vengeance on those that “not *know God, and those that *not

ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ ἰχριστοῦ""
ΤΟΡΘΥ͂ the glad ns of our Lord Jesus Christ,

9 οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν, δὔλεθρον! αἰώνιον, ἀπὸ
who [the] penalty shall suffer, “destruction ‘eternal, from [the]

προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, Kai ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τῆς.ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ,
presence ofthe Lord, and from the_ glory of his strength,

10 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ καὶ

when heshallhavecome tobeglorified in his saints and

θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς "πιστεύουσιν," Ore ἐπιστεύθη
to be wondered αὖ in all them that believe, (because °was ®believed

τὸ. μαρτύριον. ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ. 11 εἰς ὃ
tour *testimony Sto 6*you,) in eee dey For which

καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, iva ὑμᾶς ἀξιώσῃ
also we pray always for you, that *you *may ‘count °worthy

τῆς κλήσεως ὑ.θεὸς.-ἡμῶν, καὶ πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν
7of *the *calling Jour 7God, and may fulfil every good pleasure
ἀγαθωσύνης Kai ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει: 12 ὅπως ἐν-
of goodness and work offaith with power, so that may
δοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦ" ἐν ὑμῖν,

be glorified the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in you,

καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ THY χάριν τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν καὶ
and ye in him, according to the grace of our God and
κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ.

of [the] Lord Jesus Christ.

2. ᾿Ερωτῶμεν «δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ
Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming

κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Kai ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ᾽
of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering fas eae to

αὐτόν, 2 εἰς TO μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι υμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός,
him, for “not pay Sto *be shaken aon in mind,

Kunre’ θροεῖσθαι, μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε

ΤΟΙ to be troubled, neither by ΡΤ; nor by word, nor
δι ἐπιστολῆς ὡς Ov ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ
by _ epistle, as if by us, as that ispresent the day ofthe

ἰχριστοῦ." 3 Μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον"

Christ. Not anyone “you ‘should "deceive in any way,

' pes | A ε ? (lit. no)

ὕτι ἐὰν. μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡἣ ἀποστασία πρῶτον
because [it will not be] unless shall hace, come the apostasy first,
καὶ ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς "ἁμαρτίας," ὁ υἱὸς
and shall have been revealed the man of sin, the son

τῆς ἀπωλείας, 4 ὁ ἀντικείμενος Kai ὑπεραιρόμενος ἐπὶ πάντα
of perdition, he who opposes and exaltshimself above all

f — χριστοῦ {L]rTra. & ὀλέθριον, (read, fatal,

— χριστοῦ [L|TTraw. * μηδὲ LTTrAW.

™ ἀνομίας οἵ ἘΞ ϑέηθος TTr.

11: II THESSALONIANS.
λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα, ὥστε.αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ναὸν
called God or object of veneration: soasforhim in the temple
τοῦ θεοῦ "ὡς θεὸν" καθίσαι, ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν Ort ἐστὶν
οἵ God as God tositdown, setting forth himself that he is
θεός. 5 οὐ.μνημονεύετε OTe ἔτι WY πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα
God. Do ye not remember that, yet being with you, these things
ἔλεγον ὑμῖν: Θ καὶ voy τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε, εἰς τὸ ἀπο-
Isaid toyou? And now that which restrains ye know, for =to “be
καλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ" καιρῷ. 7 TO-yap μυστήριον
“revealed *him in his own time, For the mystery
ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας, μόνον ὁ κατέχων
?already “15 "working lof 7lawlessness; only [there is] he who restrains
ἄρτι ἕως ἐκ μέσου γένηται" ὃ καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυ-
at present until out of [the] midst he be [gone], and then will be re-
φθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος, ὃ ὁ κύριος “ἀναλώσει: τῷ
vealed the lawless [one], whom the Lord will consume with the
πνεύματι τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ, Kai καταργήσει TH ἐπιφανείᾳ
breath of his mouth, and annul by the appearing
τῆς.παρουσίας αὐτοῦ" 9 οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατ᾽
of his coming ; whose “is tecoming according to [the]
ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει Kai σημείοις Kai τέρασιν
working of Satan in every power and _$ signs and wonders
ψεύδους, 10 Kai ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ "τῆς" ἀδικίας %év' τοῖς
of falsehood, and in every deceit of unrighteousness in them that
? , ? » απ 1 ᾽ ΄ ~ > , > ale
ἀπολλυμένοις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ. ἐδέξαντο

perish, because the love ofthe truth they received not

? κι - > - e = 4 ὃ 4 ~ t , i
εἰς TO σωθῆναι αὐτούς᾽ 11 καὶ ιὰ τοῦτο ἵπέμψει

for 2to *be *saved ‘them, And on account of this ?will *send

αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς TO πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς
4to *them ‘God a working oferror, for *to “believe 1them
τῷ ψεύδει" 12 ἵνα κριθῶσιν πάντες" οἱ μὴ.πιστεύσαντες
what [15] false, that may be judged all who believed not
τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλ᾽" εὐδοκήσαντες "ἐν τῇ ἀδικίᾳ.
the truth, but delighted in unrighteousness,

13 Ἡμεῖς. δὲ ὀδείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ

But we ought to give thanks toGod always concerning
ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ ηγαπημένοι ὑπὸ κυρίου, Ore YéideTo' ὑμᾶς
you, brethren beloved by [the] Lord, that chose *you

ὁ θεὸς 7am ἀρχῆς" εἰς σωτηρίαν ἔν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος
*God ἔτγοχῃ [86] beginning to salvation in sanctification of [the] Spirit
καὶ πίστει ἀληθεί 14 εἰς. ὃ 5 ἐκάλ ὑμᾶς" διὰ v
Ἢ ηθείας, εἰς. ὃ * ἐκάλεσεν Yvpac' διὰ τοῦ

and belief of [the] truth;. whereto he called you by
εὐαγγελίου.ἡμῶν, εἰς Tepizoinow δόξης τοῦ κυρίου
our glad tidings, to [the] obtaining of {the} glory of “Lord

ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 15 dpa οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε, καὶ

‘our Jesus Christ. So then, brethren, stand firm, and
κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε, εἴτε διὰ λόγου
hold fast the traditions which ye were taught, whether by word
εἴτε Ou ἐπιστολῆς. ἡμῶν. 16 αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς
or by our epistle, But himself Lord ‘our *Jesus
© χριστός, Kai 40! θεὸς ἑκαὶ" πατὴρ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς
“Christ, and 7God *and *Father ‘our, who loved us,

537
God, or that is wor-
shipped; so that he
as God sitteth in the
temple of God, shew-
ing himself that he is
God. 5 Remember ye
not, that, when I was
yet with you, I told
you these things?
6 and now ye know
what withholdeth that
he might be revealed
in his time. 7 For ths
mystery of iniquity
doth aiready work:
only he who now let-
teth will let, until he
be taken out of the
way. 8 And then shall
that Wicked be reveal-
ed, whom the Lord
shall consume with
the spirit of his mouth,
and shall destroy with
the brightness of his
coming: 9 even him,
whose coming is after
the working of Satan
with all power and
signs and lying won-
ders, 10 and with ali
deceivableness of un-
righteousness in them
that perish; because
they received not the
love of the truth, that
they might be saved.
11 And for this cause
God shall send them
strong delusion, that
they should believea
lie : 12 that they all
might be damned who
believed not the truth,
but had pleasure in
unrighteousness.

13 But we are bound
to give thanks alway
to God for you, bre-
thren beloved of the
Lord, because God
hath from the begin-
ning chosen you to sal-
vation through sanc-
tification of the Spirit
and belief of the
truth: 14 whereunto
he called you by our
gospel, to the obtain-
ing of the glory of our
Lord Jesus Christ.
15 Therefore, brethren,
stand fast, and hold
the traditions which
ye have been taught,
whether by word, or
our epistle. 16 Now
our Lord Jesus Christ
himself, and God, even
our Father, which hath
leved us, and hath

2 — ὡς θεὸν GLTTrAW.
ἀνελεῖ will slay LTtra.
' πέμπει Sends LTTraw.
unrighteousness) (L]Ttr[a].
Ὁ ἡμᾶς 81. ς + ὃ 861.

9 αὐτοῦ (read his time) ΤΊΣ.
τ.-- τῆς LTTrAW.
ἡ ἅπαντες ΤΊτΑ.
Υ εἵλατο GLTTrAW.
4 — δ [L}tr. © ὃ LTTrA,

Ἢ ἀλλὰ TTr.
: ἀπαρχὴν L.

: P + Ἰησοῦς Jesus GLTTraw.
5. — ev (read τοῖς to them that) Lrtraw.
x — ἐν (read ἀδικίᾳ in

8 4+ καὶ also Τ᾿

538

given us everlasting
consolation and good
hope through grace,
17 comfort your hearts,
and stablish you in
every good word and
work,

Til. Finally, bre-
thren, pray for us, that
the word of the Lord
may have free course,
and ‘be glorified, even
as tt is with you :2and
that we may be de-
livered from unreason-
ableand wicked men:
for all men have not
faith. 3 But the Lord
is faithful, who shall
stablish you, and
keep you from evil.
4 And we have confi-
dence in the Lord
touching you, that ye
both do and will do
the ‘things which we
command you. 5 And
the Lord direct your
hearts into the love
of God, and into the
patient waiting for
Christ.

6 Now we command
you, brethren, in the
name of our Lord Je-
sus Christ, that ye
withdraw yourselves
from every brother
that walketh disorder-
ly, and not after the
tradition which he re-
ceived of us. 7 For
yourselves know how
ye ought to follow us:
for we behaved not
ourselves disorderly
among you; 8 neither
did we eat any man’s
bread for nought ; but
wrought with labour
and travail night and
day, that we might
net be chargeable to
any of you: 9 not
because we have not
power, but to make
ourselves an ensample
unto you to follow us,
10 For even when we
were with you, this
we commanded you,
that if any would
not work, neither
should he eat. 11 For
we hear that there
are some which walk
among you disorderly,
working not at all,
but are busybodies.
12 Now them that are
such we command and
exhort by our Lord Je-

ΠΡΟΣ. Θ ΕΣ DALONEK ETS 8.

Ti ΠῚ
καὶ δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν ἐν χάριτι,
and gave[us] encouragement ‘eternal and “hope good by grace,
17 παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι fipae'
may he encourage your hearts, and may heestablish you
ἐν παντὶ δλόγῳ Kai ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ.
in every *word *and *work ‘good.
3 Τὸλοιπόν, προσεύχεσθε, ἀδελφοί, περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ
For the rest, pray, brethren, for us, that the
λόγος τοῦ κυρίου τρέχῃ Kai δοξάζηται, καθὼς Kai πρὸς
word ofthe Lord may run and may beglorified, even as also with
ὑμᾶς, 2Kaiiva ῥυσθῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν
you; and that we may be delivered from perverse and wicked
ἀνθρώπων" ov.yap πάντων ἡ πίστις. 3 πιστὸς
men, for*not ‘of7all [218] lfaith ([*the Sportion]. °Faithful
δὲ ἐστιν "6 κύριος," ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς Kai φυλάξει
®but iis the Lord, who will establish you and _ will keep [you]
ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 4 πεποίθαμεν.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς,
from evil. But we trust in [the] Lord asto you,
ὅτι ἃ παραγγέλλομεν ἰὑμῖν," * ἰκαὶ! ποιεῖτε καὶ
that the things which we charge you, both ye are doing and
ποιήσετε. 5 0.0& κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς
will do. But 7the *Lord *may direct your hearts into
THY ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai εἰς ™ ὑπομονὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ.
the love of God,and into [the] endurance ofthe Christ.
6 Παραγγέλλομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ
in [the] name

Now we charge you, brethren,
κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παν-

of our Lord Jesus Christ, [that] *withdraw lye from every
TOC ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν
brother disorderly 1walking, and not according to the

παράδοσιν ἣν “παρέλαβεν" παρ᾽ ἡμῶν. 7 αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε
tradition which hereceived from _ us, For *yourselves +ye know
πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς: ὅτι οὐκ.ἠτακτήσαμεν
how it behoves [you] to imitate us, because we behaved not disorderly
? ey Bas ? δὲ ὃ BY » :] ’ ’ Ρ ? 3}
ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ οὐδὲ δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, Ῥάλλ
among you; nor fornought bread did weeat from anyone; but
ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, “νύκτα Kai ἡμέραν" ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς TO
in labour and _ toil, night and day working, for
μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα vey" 9 οὐχ Ort οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν,
not to be burdensome to anyone of you. Not that wehavenot authority,
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν εἰς TO μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς.
but that ourselves a pattern we might give to you for to imitate us.
10 καὶ. γὰρ Ore ἦμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦτο παρηγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν,
For also when we were with you this we charged you,
e ” > , ? ΄ A ? , ? Ud
Ore εἴ τις οὐ.θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω. 11 ἀκούομεν
that if anyone doesnot wish to work, neither let him eat. *We “hear
γάρ τινας περιπατοῦντας ἐν ὑμῖν ἀτάκτως, μηδὲν ἐργαζο-
‘for some are walking among you disorderly, not at all work-
μένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους. 12 τοῖς.δὲ. τοιούτοις παραγ-
ing, but being busy bodies. Now such we
γέλλομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν "did τοῦ.κυρίου.-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ
charge and exhort by our Lord Jesus

f — ὑμᾶς (read [you]) LrTTraw.

[L]tTra.

received Ltr.

k + [καὶ ἐποιήσατε! ye did x.
2 — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) [L]a.
P ἀλλὰ Tr.

Ε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ LTTrAW. 46 GedsGodL. i— ὑμῖν
1 — καὶ [1]1{{τ]. m + τὴν the GLTTraw.

° παρελάβοσαν they received GATW ; παρελάβετε ye
ᾳ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας LTTr. ‘* ev κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ in [the]

Lord Jesus Christ LTTra.

1. ΤΥ Tylpne.0, TE.

χριστοῦ," iva μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι, τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον
Christ, that with quietness working, their own bread
ἐσθίωσιν. 18 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, pn-Séxkaxnonre! καλοποιοῦν-
they may eat. But ye, brethren, donot lose heart [in] well-doing,
τες. 14 εἰδὲ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ. λόγῳ.ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς ἐπι-
But if anyone obey not our word by the epis-
στολῆς. τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε ἱκαὶ" Yun .συναναμίγνυσθε" αὐτῷ,
tle, *that (*man) ‘mark and associate net with him,
ἵνα ἐντραπῇῆ ὀ 18 καὶ μὴ we ἐχθρὸν ἡγεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ
that he may be ashamed ; and not as anenemy esteem [him], but
~ « , ~ > ,
νουθετεῖτε ὡς ἀδελφόν. 16 αὐτὸς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης
admonish [him]as a brother. But *himself the *Lord *of Speace

, ς « \ Siege: \ 5 ? \ ow , Ι «
δῴη ὑμῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ παντὸς ty παντὶ “τρόπῳ." ὁ

‘may give you peace continually in every way. The
κύριος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν.
Lord [be] with all you.

17 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ. ἐμῃῇ.χειρὶ Παύλου, 0 ἐστιν σημεῖον
The salutation *by*my([°own]*hand ‘of?Paul, which is [the] sign

1) l? ? ~ .“ ’ € ’ ~ / € ~
ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ" οὕτως γράφω. 18 1) χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν

in every epistle ; so I write. The grace of our Lord
᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν."
Jesus Christ [be] with all you, Amen,

YIIpoc Θεσσαλονικεῖς δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν."

?To [86] *Thessalonians ‘second written from Athens.

039

sus Christ, that with
quietness they work,
and eat their own
bread. 13 But ye, bre-
thren, be not weary in
well doing. 14 And if
any man obey not our
word by this epistle,
note that man, and
have no company with
him, that he may be
ashamed, 15 Yet count
him not as an enemy,
but admonishhim as a
brother. 16 Now the
Lord of peace himself
give you peace always
by all means. Θ
Lord be with you all.

17 The salutation of
Paul with mine own
hand, which is the to-
ken in every epistle:
so I write. 18 The
grace of our Lord Je-
sus Christ be with you
all. Amen.

Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TIMOOEON EIMSTOAH ΠΡΩΤΗ:"

THE STO *TIMOTHY 2EPISTLE
ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ὁ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν
Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ according to [the] command
θεοῦ σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν, καὶ “κυρίους “Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" τῆς

and of [the] Lord Jesus Christ

γνησίῳ τέκνῳ ἐν πίστει" χάρις,
in

of God our Saviour,

ἐλπίδος. ἡμῶν, Τιμοθέῳ

our hope, to Timotheus, [my] true child faith ; grace,
>’ ’, A ~ A c ~ ‘ ~ ? ~
ἔλεος, εἰρηνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. “ἡμῶν" Kai χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ
mercy, peace, from God our Father and Christ Jesus
τοῦ κυρίου.ἡ μῶν.
our Lord.

3 Καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε προσμεῖναι ἐν ᾿Ἔφέσῳ,

Even as I besought thee toremain in Ephesus, [when I was]
πορευόμενος εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἵνα παραγγείλῃς τισὶν μὴ
going to Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some not

ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν, 4 μηδὲ προσέχειν μύθοις Kai γενεαλογίαις
to teach other doctrines, nor togive heed to fables and ?cenealogies

? ΄ uv f , Π , αλλ A g ᾽ ὦ.
ἀπεράντοις, αἵτινες ἰζητήσεις" παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ ϑοίκονο

linterminable, which *questionings 1pring rather than ?adminis-
μίαν" θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει" 5 τὸ. δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας
tration 'God’s which [15] πὰ faith. But the end of the charge

‘FIRST.

PAUL, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the
commandment of God

our Saviour, and
Lord Jesus Christ,
which is our hope;

2 unto Timothy, my
own son in the faith:
Grace, mercy, and
peace, from God our
Father and Jesus
Christ our Lord.

3 AsI besought thee
to abide still at Ephe-
sus, when I went into
Macedonia, that thou
mightest charge some
that they teach no
other doctrine, 4 nei-
ther give heed to fables
and endless genealo-
gies, which minister
questions, rather than
godly edifying which
is in faith: so do.
5 Now the end of the
commandment is cha-

t καὶ LTTrA.

5 éy- LTTrAW. yy
x — αμὴν ΤΊτΑ.

with LTra. W τόπῳ place L.
σαλονικεῖς β΄ TrA.

ἡ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι not to associate yourselves
Υ — the subscription GLTw ; Πρὸς Θεσ-

5 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul Ε ; + Παύλου 6; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a’ LTTrAW.

ς — κυρίου GLTTrAW.

Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTrAW. ;
f ἐκζητήσεις TTr.

(read [the]) Lrtraw.

4 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTrAW.
8 οἰκοδομίαν building up Ε.

° — ἡμῶν

ὅ40

rity out of a pure
heart, and of a good
conscience, and of
faith unfeigned:6 from
which some having
swerved have turned
aside unto vain jang-
ling ; 7 desiring to be
teachers of the law;
understanding neither
what they say, nor
whereof they affirm.
8 But we know that
the law is good, if a
man use it lawfully;
9 knowing this, that
the law is not made
for a righteous man,
but for the lawless
and disobedient, for
the ungodly and for
sinners, for unholy
and profane, for mur-
derers of fathers and
murderers of mothers,
for manslayers, 10 for
whoremongers, for
them that defile them-
selves with mankind,
for menstealers, for
liars, for perjured
persons, and if there
be any other thing
that is contrary
to sound doctrine ;
11 according to the
glorious gospel of the
blessed God, which
was committed to m
trust. 12 And I thank
Christ Jesus our Lord,
who hath enabled me,
for that he counted
me faithful, putting
me into the ministry ;
13 who was before a
pblasphemer, and a per-
secutor, and injurious:
but I obtained mercy,
because I did ἐξ igno-
Trantly in unbelief.
14 And the grace of
our Lord was exceed-
ing abundant with
faith and love which
is in Christ Jesus,
15 This is a faithful
saying, and worthy of
all acceptation, that
Christ Jesus came into
the world to save sin-
ners; of whom I am
chief. 16 Howbeit for
this cause I obtained
mercy, thatin me first
Jesus Christ might
shew forth all long-
suffering, for a pat-
tern to them which
should hereafter be-
lieve on him to life

Υ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν, Ore πιστόν με ἡγήσατο, θέμενος

ΤΡ OS TIM OOCE ON, A. I.

ἐστὶν ἀγάπη ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς

is love outof “pure 2a heart and a “conscience good
καὶ πίστεως avuToKpirov' 6 ὧν τινες ἀστοχήσαντες,
and faith unfeigned ; from which some, having missed the mark,

ἐξετράπησαν εἰς ματαιολογίαν, 7 θέλοντες εἶναι νομοδιδάσ--
turned aside to vain talking, wishing tobe law-teachers,

καλοι, μὴ νοοῦντες μήτε ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων
understanding neither what they say, nor concerning what

διαβεβαιοῦνται. 8 οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις

they strongly affirm. Now we know that good [15] 8 law, if anyone
αὐτῷ νομίμως Ἐχρῆται," 9 εἰδὼς τοῦτο, ὅτι δικαί

it JJawfully use, knowing this, that for a righteous [one]
νόμος οὐ.κεῖται, ἀνόμοις.δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσιν

law is not enacted, but for lawless and insubordinate [ones], for [the] ungodly
καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις, ἱπατραλῴαις"
and sinful, for [the] unholy and profane, for smiters of fathers
καὶ ‘uynrpargac," ἀνδροφόνοις, 10 πόρνοις, ἀρσενο-
and smiters of mothers; forslayers of man, fornicators, abusers of them-
κοίταις, ἀνδραποδισταῖς, Ψψεύσταις, ἐπιόρκοις, καὶ εἴ
selves with men, men-stealers, liars, perjurers, and if
τι ἕτερον TH ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται, 11 κατὰ
any *thing ‘other to sound teaching is opposed, according to
TO εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου θεοῦ, ὃ ἐπιστεύ-
the gladtidings ofthe glory ofthe blessed God, which “was %entrusted
θην ἐγώ. 12 ἱκαὶ! χάριν ἔχω τῷ ἐνδυναμώσαντί με χριστῷ
‘with Ὁ. And I thank him who strengthened me, Christ
εἰς
Jesus our Lord, that faithful me he esteemed, appointing [me] to

διακονίαν. 18 ™rov' πρότερον ὄντα βλάσφημον καὶ διώκτην
3 ρ i} 7)

service, *previously *being ablasphemer and persecutor
‘ 4 7 O ΠῚ ? Ww’ ll ? λ ΄ Q oe ? ~ ? ΄
καὶ ὑβριστήν" °a ἠἡλεηθην, OTL ἀγνοῶν ἑἕποίησα
and insolent ; but lIwasshewn mercy, because being ignorant I did

ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ" 14 ὑπερεπλεόνασεν δὲ ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν

[10] in unbelief, But superabounded the grace of our Lord
μετὰ πίστεως Kai ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 15 πιστὸς
with faith and love which [is}in Christ Jesus, Faithful

ὁ λόγος Kai πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος, ὅτι χριστὸς ᾿Ιησοῦς

[15] the word, and ofall acceptation worthy, that Christ Jesus
ἦλθεν εἰς TOY κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι, ὧν πρῶτός
came into 6 world sinners to save, of whom [the] first
? ? ’ ? ‘ : “ ᾽ , a ? ? "
εἰμι ἐγώ. 16 ἀλλὰ διὰ. τοῦτο ἠλεήθην, ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ
“am 18 But for this reason I was shewn mercy, that in me, [the]
πρώτῳ ἐνδείξηται P Inoov¢ χριστὸς" τὴν πᾶσαν" μακρο-
first, ‘might *shew *forth 1Jesus “Christ the whole long-

θυμίαν, πρὸς ὑποτύπωσιν τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν ἐπ᾽

suffering, for adelineation of those being about to believe on
αὐτῷ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 τῷ.δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων,
him to life eternal. Nowtothe King of the ages, [the]

ἀφθάρτῳ, ἀοράτῳ, μόνῳ "σοφῷ" θεῷ, τιμὴ Kai δόξα εἰς τοὺς

oe eae! eae incorruptible, invisible, only wise God, honour and glory to the
. . ss I~ ~ x7 ? , ’ ‘ ,ὔ
immortal, invisible, αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 18 ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν
the only wise God, be ages ofthe ages Amen This charge
honour and glory for / 2 ᾿ ᾽ Ἶ ᾿ y . ἣ
ever andever. Amen. παρατίθεμαί σοι, τέκνον Τιμόθεε, κατὰ τὰς προ-
18 This charge I com- 1 commit to thee, [my] child Timotheus, according to the ‘going
h χρήσηται L. i πατρολῴαις LYTrA. K μητρολῴαις LTTrA. ἰ -- καὶ LTTrA. m 70
LTTrA. n + με me (being) 1,. ο ἀλλὰ LITrAW. Ρ χριστὸς ᾿Ιησοῦς Lira. 4 ἅπασαν

LTTrAW.

¥ — σοφῷ GLTTrAW.

I, Il. I TIMOTHY.

ayovoac ἐπί σε προφητείας, ἵνα “στρατεύῃ' ἐν αὐταῖς τὴν
“before 245 ἴο *thee “prophecies, that thoumightest warby them the
καλὴν στρατείαν, 19 ἔχων πίστιν καὶ ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν,
good warfare, holding faith and “good 1a conscience ;
i τινες ἀπωσάμενοι, περὶ THY πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν᾽

ἣν
which [conscience] some, having cast away, as to faith made shipwreck ;

20 ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, οὺς παρέδωκα τῷ
of whom are Hymenzus and Alexander, whom I delivered up

σατανᾷ, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν μὴ βλασφημεῖν.
to Satan, that they may be disciplined not to blaspheme.

2 Παρακαλῶ οὖν πρῶτον πάντων ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις,

I exhort therefore, first of all, to be made supplications,
προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας, ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀνθρώ-
prayers, intereessions, thanksgivings, for all men ;

πων, 2 ὑπὲρ βασιλέων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων;
for kings and all that in dignity are,
iva ἤρεμον Kai ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωμεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ
that atranquil and quiet life wemaylead in all piety and
σεμνότητι" 3 TovToyao' καλὸν Kai ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ
gravity ; for this [15] good and acceptable before
σωτῆρος. ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι
our Saviour God, who 231] Smen 4wishes to be saved
καὶ εἰς ἐκίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. ὃ εἷς. γὰρ θεός, εἷς.καὶ
and *to *knowlkedge ‘of [5086] 7truth 'to*come. For *one ‘God (*is], and one
μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος χριστὸς ᾿ἰη-
[the] mediater of God and men, {the} man Christ Je-
cove, 6 ὁ δοὺς ἑαυτὸν ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων. “τὸ pap-
ΒΒ, who gave himself a ransom for all, the tes-
τύριον᾽" καιροῖς ἰδίοις, 7 εἰς ὃ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ
timony [to be rendered] 1 *times ‘its *own, to which “was *appointed +I
κήρυξ Kai ἀπόστολος" ἀλήθειαν λέγω *év χριστῷ," οὐ
a herald and apostle, ({the} truth I speak in Christ, “not
, - , ? ~ > , " > ΄
ψεύδομαι. διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ.
ἢ 940 lie,) ateacher of[the]nations, in faith and truth.
8 Βούλομαι οὖν προσεὔχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἔν παντὶ τόπῳ,
Iwill therefore 3to “pray the 7men in every place,
ἐπαίροντας ὑσίους χεῖρας χωρὶς ὀργῆς Kai διαλογισμοῦ"

lifting up holy hands apart from wrath and reasoning.
9 ὡσαύτως “καὶ Yrac' γυναῖκας ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ μετὰ
In like manner also’ the women in *enise tseemly with

αἰδοῦς Kai σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς, μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν,
modesty and discreetness toadorn themselves, not with plaitings,
τῇ! χρυσῷ," ἢ μαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, 10 add’!
or gold, or pearls, or *clothing costly, but
«᾿ ͵ ‘ ? , , a?
ὃ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι
what is becoming to women professing (the) fear of God, by

ἔργων ἀγαθῶν. 11 Tum ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ μανθανέτω ἐν πάσῳ
“works “good, *A °woman 7in ‘quietness “let “learn in all
€ ae 9c ‘ δὲ ὃ Ν᾿,’ TT ? ? , ὑδὲ ᾽
ὑποταγῇ᾽ 12 “γυναικὶ.δὲ διδάσκειν" οὐκ. ἐπιτρέπω, οὐδὲ: αὐ-

but awoman ἴο teach I do not allow, nor to exercise

ἀνδρός, “ἀλλ᾽: εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ. 13 ᾿Αδὰμ.γὰρ
man, but tobe in quietness; for Adam
πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη, εἶτα Eva. 14 καὶ ᾿Αδὰμ οὐκ-ἠπατήθη" ἡ.δὲ

first was formed, then Eve: and Adam was not deceived ; but the

subjection ;

θεντεῖν
authority over

t — yap for LTTr. ν — τὸ μαρτύριον L.
Σ — τὰς LITrAW. 2 καὶ and LTTra.
ἃ ἀλλὰ Lrr.

5 στρατεύσῃ Tir.
* — καὶ LI[Tr].
© διδάσκειν δὲ γυναικὶ ΤΎΤΑ.

641
mit unto thee, son Ti-
mothy, xccording τὸ
the prophecies whics
went before on thee,
that thou by them
mightest war a good
warfare; 19 holding
faith, and a good con-
science; which some
having put away con-
cerning faith have
made shipwreck : 20 of
whom is Hymenzus
and Alexander ; whom
1 have delivered unto
Satan, that they may
learn not to blas-
pheme.

Il. I exhort there-
fore, that, first of al},
supplications, prayers,
intercessions, and giv-
ing of thanks, be made
for all men; 2 for
kings, and jor all that
are in authority ; that
we may lead a quiet
and peaceable life in
all godliness and ho-
nes 3 For this ts
good and acceptable in
the sight of God our
Saviour; 4 who will
have all men to be
saved, and to come
unto the knowledge
of the truth. 5 For
there is one God, and
one mediator between
God and men, the man
Christ Jesus; 6 whe
gave himself a ransom
for all, to be testified
in due time. 7 Where-
unto Il am ordained a
preacher, and an apo-
stle, (I speak the truth
in Christ, and lienot ;)
a teacher of the Gen-
tiles in faith and ve-
rity.

3 i will therefore
that men pray every
where, lifting up holy
hands, without wrath
and doubting. 9 In
like manner also, that
women adorn them-
selves in modest ap-
parel, with shamefac-
edness and sobriety ;
not with broided hair,
or gold, or pearls, or
costly array; 10 but
(which becometh wo-
men professing godli-
ness) with good works.
11 Let the woman
learn in silence with
all subjection. 12 But
I suffer not 3 Woman
to teach, nor to usurp
authority over ithe
man, but to be in si-
lence. 13 For Adam
was first formed, then
Eve. 14 And Adam

was not deceived, bnt

w — ἐν χριστῷ GLTTraw.
*® xpvotw L.

Ὁ ἀλλὰ Ww,

542

the woman being de-
ceived was in the
transgression, 15 Not-
withstanding she shall
be saved in childbear-
ing, if they continue
in faith and charity
and holiness with so-
briety.

Ill. This is a true
saying, If a man de-
sire the office of a
bishop, he desireth a
good work. 2 A bishop
then must be blame-
less, the husband of
one wife, vigilant, so-
ber, of good behaviour,
given to hospitality,
apt to teach; 3 not
given to wine, no
striker, not greedy of
filthy lucre; but pa-
tient, not a brawler,
not covetous; 4 one
that ruleth well his
own house, having
his children in sub-
jection with all gra-
vity; 5 (forif a man
know not how torule
his own house, how
shall he take care of
the church of God?)
6 not a novice, lest
being lifted up with
pride he fall into the
condemnation of the
devil. 7 Moreover he
must have a good re-
port of them which
are without; lest he
fall into reproach and
the snare of the devil.
8 Likewise must the
deacons be grave, not
doubletongued, not
given to much wine,
not greedy of filthy
lucre; 9 holding the
mystery of the faith
in a pure conscience,
10 And let these also
first be proved ; then
let them use the of-
fice of a deacon, be-
ing found blameless.
11 Even so must their
wives be grave, not
slanderers,sober,faith-
ful in all things. 12 Let
the deacons be the
husbands of one wife,
ruling their children
and their own houses
well. 13 For they that
have used the office of
a deacon well pur-
chase to themselves a
good degree, and great
boldness in the faith
which is in Christ Je-
sus.

14 These things write
I unto thee, hoping to
come unto thee short-
ly: 15 but if I tarry
long, that thou mayest

ΠΡΟΣ TIMOOEON 4A. IT, MT:

γυνὴ “ἀπατηθεῖσα' ἐν παραβάσει yeyovey’ 15 σωθήσεται. δὲ
woman, having been deceived, in transgression has become. But she shall be saved

διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ

through the childbearing, if theyabide in faith and love

καὶ ἁγιασμῷ μετὰ σωφροσύνης.

and sanctification with discreetness,

9 Πιστὸξ ὁ λόγος" εἴ τις ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρέγεται,

Faithful [is]the word: if any “overseership ‘stretches *forward *to

καλοῦ ἔργου ἐπιθυμεῖ. 2 δεῖ οὖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον favemi-

of 7good 4a work heis desirous. It behoves then the overseer irreproach-

ληπτον" εἶναι, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα, δνηφάλεον," σώφρονα,

able tobe, 70f “one *wife thusband, sober, discreet,

κόσμιον, φιλόξενον, διδακτικόν" 3 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην,
decorous, hospitable, apt to teach; not given to wine, not astriker,
h cy 2 on N i YAN’! 2 ~ » ? ir ΄ a
py aloxpoKepon, ‘a ἐπιεικῆ; ἄμαχον, ἀαφιλάργυρον
not greedy of base gain, but gentle, not contentious, not loving money;
4 τοῦ. ἰδίου.οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον, τέκνα ἔχοντα ἐν

his own house well ruling, {his] children having in
ὑποταγῇ μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος" 5 εἰ.δὲ τις τοῦ ἰδίου.οἴκου

subjection with all gravity ; (but if one his own house
προστῆναι οὐκ.οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται ;
{how] torule knows not, how ([thejassembly of God shall hetake care of ἢ)

6 μὴ νεόφυτον, van τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ

ποῦ a novice, lest being puffed up, into[the] crime *he °may ‘fall

τοῦ διαβόλου. 7 δεῖ.δὲ Καὐτὸν" καὶ μαρτυρίαν καλὴν
10Ὲ 386 devil. But it behoves him also a testimony ‘good
ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, ivan εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ Kai

to have from those without, lest into reproach he may fall and [the]

παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου. 8 Διακόνους ὡσαύτως σεμνούς, μὴ
snare ofthe devil Those who serve, inlike manner, grave, not
διλόγους, μὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ προσέχοντας, μὴ αἰσχροκερδεῖς,
double-tongued, not to*wine ‘much given, not greedy of base gain,
9 ἔχοντας TO μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει.
holding the mystery ofthe faith in “pure 1a conscience.

10 καὶ. οὗτοι.δὲ δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον, εἶτα διακονείτωσαν,
And these also let them be proved first, then let them serve,

ἀνέγκλητοι ὄντες. 11 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως σεμνάς, μὴ δια-

*animpeachable *being. Women inlike manner grave, not slan-
βόλους, ἱνηφαλέους," πιστὰς ἐν πᾶσιν. 12 διάκονοι ἔστω-
derers, sober, faithful in allthings. *Those *who “serve let

σαν μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες, τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι
5be 7of%one wife ‘husbands, [᾿ὑΠ 617] Schildren 7*well °rnling
καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων. 13 οἱ. γὰρ καλῶς διακονήσαντες, βαθμὸν
and theirown houses. For those well having served, a *degree
ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν περιποιοῦνται, Kai πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν ἐν
*for *themselves *good acquire, and much boldness in
πίστει TH ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.
faith which[is]in Christ Jesus.
14 Ταῦτά σοι γράφω, ἐλπίζων ἐλθεῖν πρός σε τάχιον"
These thingstotheeI write, hoping tocome to thee more quickly;
15 tav.dé Boadivw, ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἔν
but if I should delay, that thou mayest know how it behoves [one] in [the]
οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ
house of God to conduct oneself, which is [the] assembly of *God [86]

© ἐξαπατηθεῖσα LTTrAW.
αἰσχροκερδὴ GLTTrAW.
νηφαλίους EGLTTrAW.

ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. & νηφάλιον EGLTTrAW.
i ἀλλὰ LTTr. « — αὐτὸν (read δεῖ it is necessary) LTTrA.
τὰ ἐν τάχει quickly Ltr.

h— μὴ

ΤΠ. Po PPMwo TH ¥.

ζῶντος, στῦλος Kai ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας. 16 Kai ὁμολο-

ieee pee and base ofthe truth. And confes-
γουμένως μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον. "θεὸς"
sedly gecee is the 308 *piety eg ee God
ἐφανερώθη ἔν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι, WhOn ay-
was manifested in flesh, wasjustified in [the] Spirit, was seen by
γέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ,

angels, was proclaimed among [the] nations, was believed on in [the] world,
οἀνελήφθη" ἐν δόξῃ.
wasreceivedup in glory.

4 Τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει, OTe ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀπο-

Butthe Spirit expressly speaks, that in latter times shall

στήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασιν πλάνοις
*depart *from ‘some the faith, giving heed to’spirits ‘deceiving
καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων,
and teachings of demons in hypocrisy of speakers of lies,

ΡῬκεκαυτηριασμένων" τὴν. ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, 3 κωλυόντων
being cauterized [as to] their own conscience, forbidding

γᾶμ: μεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς

Ὁ marry, [bidding] to abstain from meats, which God _ created for

«μετάληψιν" μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς Kai ἐπεγνωκόσιν
reception with thanksgiving forthe faithful and who know

τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ καλόν, Kai οὐδὲν
the truth. Because every creature of God[is] good, and nothing
ἀπόβλητον, μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον" 5 ἁγιάζεται
to be rejected, with thanksgiving being received ; "it *is *sanctified
yap διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. 6 Ταῦτα ὑὕὑποτι-
‘for by ποτὰ ‘God’s and intercourse [with him]. These things laying
θέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς: καλὸς ἔσ διάκονος *Inoov
before the brethren, good *thou >wilt ®*be ‘a%servant of Jesus
χριστοῦ," ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς
ist, being nourished with the words ofthe faith, and of the
καλῆς διδασκαλίας ἢ παρηκολούθηκας. 7 Τοὺς. δὲ βεβήλους
good teaching which thou hast closely followed. Butthe profane
Kai γρὰώδεις μύθους παραιτοῦ" γύμναζε.δὲ σεαυτὸν πρὸς

and old wives’ fables refuse, but exercise thyself to
εὐσέβειαν 8 ἡ.γὰρ.σωματικὴ γυμνασία πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν
piety ; for bodily exercise for a little is

ὠφέλιμος" ἡ.δὲ. εὐσέβεια πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ἐπαγγε-
profitable, but piety for everything peers tis, pro-

λίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς τῆς νῦν καὶ ελλούσης.
mise having of life, of that which [is]now and of that Φ 5 ts) coming.

9 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος Kai πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος. 10 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ
Faithful [15]}}6 word and ofall ΒΟΟΟΡΊΒΌΟΝ worthy ; for, for this

‘kai κοπιῶμεν καὶ 'ὀνειδιζόμεθα,, ὅτι ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ θεῷ
both welabour 888. are ἘΘΒΕΘΒΌΠΘΙ, because we have hope in 8. 7?God

ζῶντι, ὅς ἐστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν.

‘living, who is Preserver ofall men, specially of believers.
11 Παράγγελλε ταῦτα καὶ δίδασκε. 12 J σου τῆς
Charge these things and __ teach. No *one *thy

νεότητος καταφρονείτω, ἀλλὰ τύπος γίνου THY πιστῶν ἐν

Syouth let *despise, but a Se be of the believers in
λόγῳ, ἐν ἀναστροφῇ; ἐν Ὁ ὍΛΩΝ ἐν πνεύματι," ἐν πίστει,
word, in conduct, in love, in{the) Spirit, in faith,

ο ἀνελήμφθη Bete ae
— καὶ LTTr[A

4s who GLTITraw.
LTTra. x : χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw.
ν - ἐν πνεύματι GLTTraw.

Ρ κεκαυστηριασμένων TTr.

543

know how thou ought-
est to behave thyself
in the house of God,
which is the church of
the living God, the
pillar and: ground of
the truth. 16 And with-
out controversy great
is the mystery of. god-
liness : God was Imani-
fest in the flesh, jus-
tified in the Spirit,
seen of angels, preach-
ed unto the Gentiles,
believed on in the
world, received up in-
to glory.

IV. Now the Spirit
speaketh _ expressly,
that in the latter times
some shall depart from
the faith, giving heed
to seducing spirits, and
doctrines of devils;
2 speaking lies in hy-
pocrisy ; haying their
conscience seared with
a hot iron; 3 for-
bidding to marry, and
commanding to abstain
from meats, which
God hath created to be
received with thanks-
giving of them which
believe and know the
truth. 4 For every
creatureof God is good,
and nothing to be re-
fused, if it be received
with thanksgiving :
5 for it is sanctified by
the word of God and
prayer. 6 If thou put
the brethren in re-
membrance of these
things, thou shalt bea
good minister of Jesus
Christ, nourished up
in the words of faith
and of good doctrine,
whereunto thou hast
attained. 7 But re-
fuse profane and old
wives’ fables, and ex-
ercise thyself rather
unto godliness. 8 For
bodily exercise profit-
eth little: but godliness
is profitable unto all
things, having promise
of the life that now
is, and of that which
is to come. 9 This is a
faithful saying and
worthy of all accepta-
tion. 10 For therefore
we both labour and
suffer reproach, be-
cause we trust in the
living God, who is the
Saviour of all men,
specially of those that
believe. 11 These things
cemmand and teach,
12 Let no man despise
thy youth; but be thou
an example of the be-
lievers, in word, in

4 μετάλημψιν

t ἀγωνιζόμεθα we combat Lrtr

544

conversation, in cna-
rity, in spirit, infaith,
in purity. 13 Till I
come, give attendance
to reading, to exhor-
tation, to doctrine.
14 Neglect not the gift
that is in thee, which
was given thee by pro-
phecy, with the laying
on of the hands of the
presbytery. 15 Medi-
tate upon these things;
give thyself wholly to
them ; that thy profit-
ing may appear to all.
16 Take heed unto
thyself, and unto the
doctrine; continue in
them: for in doing
this thou shalt both
save thyself,and them
that hear thee.

Vv. Rebuke not an
elder, but intreat him
as a father; and the
younger men as bre-
thren; 2 the elder
women as mothers;
the younger as Sis-
ters, with all purity.
3 Honour widows that
are widows indeed.
4 But if any widow
have children or ne-
phews, let them learn
first to shew piety at
home, and to requite
their parents : for that
is good and acceptable
before God. 5 Now
she that is a widow
indeed, and desolate,
trusteth in God, and
continueth in suppli-
cations and prayers
night and day. 6 But
she that liveth in
pleasure is dead while
she liveth. 7 And these
things give in charge,
that they may be
blameless. 8 But if
any provide not for
bis own, and specially
for those of his own
house, he hath denied
the faith, and is worse
than an infidel. 9 Let
uot a widow be taken
into the number under
threescore years old,
having been the wife
of one man, 10 well
reported of for good

works; if she have
brought up child-
ren, if she have

lodged strangers, if
she have washed the
saints’ feet, if she have
relieved the afflicted,
if she have diligently
followed every good
work. 11 But the
younger widows re-
fuse : for when they
have begun to wax

Me Oey ht LEMEORGFEVOIN: FA: HV VV.
ev ἁγνείᾳ. 13 ἕως ἔρχομαι. πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ Tapa-
in purity. Till lIcome, give heed to reading, to exhor-
κλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. 14 μὴ.ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος,
tation, to teaching. Be not negligent of the 7in *thee gift,

ὃ ἐδόθη σοι
which was given ἕο thee through prophecy
ρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου. 15 ταῦτα

of the elderhood. These things meditate on, in
ἵνα σου ἡ-προκοπὴ φανερὰ gy Vey" πᾶσιν.
that thy advancement manifest maybe among _ all.
σεαυτῷ Kai διδασκαλίᾳ: ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς τοῦτο. γὰρ
to thyself and tothe teaching; continue in them; for this

ποιῶν. καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου.
doing, both thyself thou Βῃδ] βᾶυθ and those that hear thee,

, ’ ΄ὔ΄ ΄
5 Πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ.ἐπιπλήξῃς, ἀλλὰ παρακάλει ὡς
An elder do not sharply rebuke, but exhort {him] as
πατέρα" νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς" 2 πρεσβυτέρας ὡς
a father ; younger [menjas_ brethren; elder (women) as
, , e , , , ,
μητέρας" νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφάς, ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνείᾳ. 3 χήρας
mothers; younger as sisters, with all purity. Widows
τίμα τὰς ὄντως χήρας. 4 εἰ.δέ τις χήρα τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα
*honour that [816] indeed ‘widows; Ὀπὺ 1 any widow “children *or*descendants
ἔχει, μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ
*have, let them learn first [asto] theirown house tobe pious, and
ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς.προγόνοις" τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν "καλὸν
Srecompense ᾽ΐο ὝΘΠαΘ ἴο [{Π6]}} parents ; for this is good
καὶ" ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 ἡ.δὲ ὄντως χήρα
and acceptable before God. Now she who [is] *indeed 1a *widow,
Kai μεμονωμένη ἤλπικεν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεόν, καὶ προσμένει ταῖς
and left alone, has [her] hope in God, and _ continues
δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς νυκτὸς Kai ἡμέρας" 6 ἡ.δὲ

διὰ προφητείας μετὰ ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χει-
with laying on of the hands
μελέτα, ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι"
them be,
16 ἔπεχε
Give heed

in supplications and prayers night and day. αὖ 586 that
σπαταλῶσα, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν. ἢ Kai ταῦτα παράγγελλε,
lives in self-gratification, living is dead. And these things charge,

8 εἰδὲ τις τῶν ἰδίων Kai μάλιστα

ἵκγα Σἀνεπίληπτοι' ὦσιν.
Butifanyone higown and specially

that irreproachable they may be.
δγῶν" οἰκίων οὐῬπρονοεῖ." τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται, Kat

{his] household does not provide for, the faith he has denied, and
ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων. 9 Χήρα καταλεγέσθω μὴ
is “than 7an *unbeliever *worse. ®A 7widow ‘let be put on the list *not
ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα, ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή, 10 ἐν
31655 *than *years Ssixty *being, ofone man wife, in

ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη! εἰ ἐτεκνοτρόφησεν, εἰ ἐξενο-
2works ‘good being borne witness to, if she brought up children, if she enter-
δόχησεν, εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν, εἰ θλιβομένοις ἐπήρ-
tained strangers, if saints’ feet she washed, if to the oppressed she impart-

κεσεν, εἰ παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν. 11 Newrépac.dé
edrelief, if every *work ‘good she followed after. But younger

χήρας παραιτοῦ" ὕταν.γὰρ ςκαταστρηνιάσωσιν" τοῦ
widows refuse ; for when they may have grown wanton against
χριστοῦ, γαμεῖν θέλουσιν, 12 ἔχουσαι κρίμα ὅτι τὴν
Christ, to marry they wish, having judgment because [their]
πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν. 13 ἅμα.δὲ καὶ ἀργαὶ μανθά-
first faith they cast off. And withal also [to be] idle they

~ — ἐν (read πᾶσιν to all) LTTraw.
: ἀνεπίλημπτοι LTTrA.

Υ — τὸν [L]t.
ς καταστρηνιάσουσιν

X — Ἦ καλὸν καὶ GLTTrAW,

& — τῶν LTTr[A]. Ὁ προνοεῖται TTr.

they shall grow wanton against A.

LE MO Tyo Y.

οὐ-.μόνον.δὲ apyai, ἀλλὰ

ΜΟΥ͂Ι. I

vouol, περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας"
learn, going aboutto the houses; and notonly idle, but
καὶ φλύαροι Kai περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι Ta μὴ.δέοντα. 14 βού-
also tattlers and Ee a speaking things [they] ought not. I
λομαι οὖν νεωτέρας γαμεῖν, TEKVOYOVELY, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν,
will therefore younger [ones] to TDs to bearchildren, to rule the house,
meee ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν.
Sno “occasion ‘to 7give tothe Ad TEFEONy 305 *reproach ‘on “account.
15 ἤδη.γάρ τινες ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ σατανᾶ. 16 Εἴ τις
For already some areturnedaside after Satan. If any
ἁ πιστὸς ἢ" πιστὴ ἔχει χήρας, “ἐπαρκείτω;) αὐ-
believing [man] or believing [woman] have midoWs, let him Depart relief to
ταῖς, Kai μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἵνα ταῖς ὄντως χήραις
them, and not let be burdened the assembly, that tothe 2indeed “widows
ἐπαρκέσῃ.
it may impart relief.
17 Οἱ καλῶς
The ‘well
ἀξιούσθωσαν.
let be counted worthy,
καλίᾳ. 18 λέγει.γὰρ ἡ

ing Ξ for says

προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι διπλῆς τιμῆς
2who *take “the ®lead lelders of double honour

μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ Kai διδασ-

specially, those labouring in word and _ teach-

γραφή. 'Boty ἀλοῶντα οὐ φι-

τω scripture, An ox treading out corn “ποὺ ‘thou

os” e ᾽ ’ὔ’ ~ ~ > ΄« x

μώσεις" καί, Αξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ.μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ. 19 Κατὰ

shalt muzzle, and, Worthy [is]the workman of his hire. Against
πρεσβυτέρου κατηγορίαν μὴ.παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ

an elder an mocesstce receive not, unless on Tne testi-

δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων. 20 Τοὺς 8 ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐνώπιον
pony, of] two or three witnesses. Those that sin "before

πάντων ἔλεγχε, ἵνα Kai ot λοιποὶ φόβον ἔ ἔχωσιν. 21 Διαμαρ-
Fall 1convict, that also the rest aig: ‘may “have. I Barra!

τύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai "κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" καὶ
testify before God and{the} Lord Jesus Christ and

τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ἵνα ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς
the elect angels, that these things thou shouldest keep, apart from

προκρίματος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ ἱπρόσκλισιν."
prejudice, eel doing by partiality.

22 Χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει, μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις
Hands quickly onnoone lay, nor share in sins

ἀλλοτρίαις. σεαυτὸν ἁγνὸν τήρει. 23 μηκέτι ὑδροπότει. *adX’!
of others. Thyself pure keep. No longer oa water, but
οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ διὰ τὸν. στόμαχόν.'σου" καὶ τὰς πυκνάς

ρω
es 7a little χρῶ on account of thy stomach and *frequent

σου ἀσθενείας. 24 Τινῶν ἀνθρώπων ai ἁμαρτίαι πρόδηλοί

Eby, infirmities. Of some men the sins manifest
εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν" τισὶν. δὲ Kai ἐπακολουθοῦσιν.
are, going before to judgment; andsome also they follow after.

25 woattwo™ καὶ τὰ "καλὰ ἔργα" πρόδηλά οἐστιν καὶ τὰ

In like manner also good works manifest are, and those that
ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ-Ῥδύναται."
otherwise are, *be *hid leannot.
6 Ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι, τοὺς. ἰδίους δεσπότας
As many 7as *are ‘under ‘yoke ‘bondmen, their own masters
4 .— πιστὸς ἢ (read ἐπαρ. let her impart relief) trtr[a].
φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα L. s+ δὲ but (those that) L[a]. n

k ἀλλὰ LITrA.

1 πρόσκλησιν advocacy L.
2 ἔργα Ta καλὰ LTTrAW.

but (in like manner) Lw.
P δύνανται LTTrAW.

© ἐπαρκείσθω LTTr.
χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LITraw.
1 — σοῦ (read [thy]) Lrtra.
ο — ἐστιν LTTrA ; εἰσιν W.

δ48
wanton against Christ,
they marry;

12 having damnation,
because they have east
off their first faith.
13 And withal they
learn to be idle, wan-
dering about from
house to house; and
not only idle, but
tattlers also and busy-
bodies,speaking things
which they ought not.
14 I will therefore
that the younger wo
men marry, bear chil-
dren, guide the house,
give none occasion to
the adversary to speak
reproachfully. 15 For
some are already turn-
ed aside after Satan.
16 If any man or wo-
man that believeth
have widows, let them
relieve them, and let
not the church be
charged; that it may
relieve them that are
widows indeed.

17 Let the elders
that rule well be
counted worthy of
double honour, espe-
cially they who labour
in the word and doc-
trine. 18 For the scrip-
ture saith, Thou shalt
not muzzle the ox that
treadeth out thecorn,
And, The labourer is
worthy of his reward.
19 Against an elder
receive not an accusa-
tion, but before two
or three witnesses,
20 Them that sin re-
buke before all, that
others also may fear.
211 eharge thee before
God, and the Lord Je-
sus Christ, and the
elect angels, that thou
observe these things
without preferring one
before another, doing
nothing by partiality.

22 Lay hands sud-
denly on no man, nei-
ther be partaker of
other men’s sins : keep
thyself pure. 23 Drink
no longer water, but
use a little wine for
thy stomach’s sake
and thine often infir-
Iities, 24 Some men’s
sing are open before-
hand, going before to
judgment ; and some
men they follow after.
25 Likewise also the
good works of some
are manifest before-

fov

m+ δὲ

NN

546

hand; and they that
are otherwise cannot
be hid.

VI. Let as many
servants as are under
the yoke count their
own masters worthy
of all honour, that the
name of God and his

doctrine be not blas- [4

phemed. 2°And they
that have believing
masters, let them not
despise them, because
they are brethren ; but
rather do them ser-
vice, because they are
faithful and beloved,
partakers of the bene-
fit. These things teach
and exhort. 3 If any
man teach otherwise,
and consent not to
wholesome words, even
the words of our Lord
Jesus Christ, and to
the doctrine which is
according to godliness;
4 he isproud, knowing
nothing, but doting
about questions and
strifes of words,
whereof cometh envy,
strife, railings, evil
surmisings, 5 perverse
disputings of men
of corrupt minds,
and destitute of the
truth, supposing that
gainis godliness: from
such withdraw thy-
self. 6 But godliness
with contentment is
great gain. 7 For we
brought nothing into
this world, and it is
certain we can carry
nothing out. 8 And
having food and rai-
ment let us be there-
with content. 9 But
they that will be rich
fall into temptation
and asnare, and into
many foolish and hurt-
ful lusts, which drown
men in destruction and
perdition. 10 For the
love of money is the
root of all evil: which
while some coveted
after, they have erred
from the faith, and
pierced themselves
through with many
sorrows. 11 But thou,
O man of God, flee
these things; and fol-
low after righteous-
ness, godliness, faith,
love, patience, meek-
ness. 12 Fight the good
fight of faith, lay hold
on eternal life, where-
unto thou art also call-
ed, and hast professed a
good profession before
many witnesses. 13 I

ΡΟΣ VIMO GFE OIN 4A. VI.
πάσης τιμῆς ἀξίους ἡγείσθωσαν. ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα Tov θεοῦ
ofall honour worthy let themesteem, that not the name of God

καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται. 2 οἱ. δὲ πιστοὺς ἔχοντες
and the teaching be blasphemed. And they that *believing ‘have

δεσπότας, μὴ.καταφρονείτωσαν, ὅτι ἀδελφοί εἰσιν ἀλλὰ
masters, let them not despise [them], because brethren they are; but

ἄλλον δουλευέτωσαν, OTL πιστοί εἰσιν καὶ ἀγα-
rather let them serve [them], because believing [ones] they are and be-

πητοὶ οἱ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι. ταῦτα δίδασκε
loved who ὅθ °good ‘service ‘are *being “helped *by. Thesethings teach
καὶ παρακάλει. 3 Et τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, καὶ 4u)-mpoctoyerat'
and exhort. If anyone teaches other doctrine,and draws not near
ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις τοῖς τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai

?sound 1to words, those of our Lord Jesus Christ, and
τῇ κατ᾿ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλίᾳ, 4 τετύφωται, μηδὲν
the according *to ‘piety 1teaching, he is puffed up, nothing

ἐπιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις Kai λογομαχίας,
knowing, but sick about questions and disputes of words,
? / , B / ,
ἐξ ὧν γίνεται φθόνος, ἔρις, βλασφημίαι, ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί,
out of which come envy, strife, evilspeakings, “suspicions ‘wicked,
5 ᾿παραδιατριβαὶ" διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ
vain argumentations Scorrupted of 7men in mind, and
ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας, νομιζόντων πορισμὸν εἶναι τὴν
destitute ofthe truth, holding “gain 2to *be
᾽ la aye ΄ ? cy ~ ΄ ll a \ cy
εὐσέβειαν" *apioraco ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων." 6 Ἔστιν δὲ πορισμὸς

piety ; withdraw from such. But ‘is Sgain
μέγας ἡ εὐσέβεια eee αὐταρκείας. 7 οὐδὲν. γὰρ εἰσηνέγκαμεν
great ‘piety “with contentment. For nothing we brought
εἰς TOY κόσμον, τδῆλον" Ore οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνά-
into the world, [itis] manifest that neither to carry out anything are we
μεθα’ 8 ἔχοντες.δὲ διατροφὰς Kai σκεπάσματα, τούτοις ἀρ-
able. But having sustenance and coverings, with these we shall

κεσθησόμεθα. 9 Oi.dé βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς
be satisfied. Butthose desiring to be rich, fall into

πειρασμὸν Kai παγίδα καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ
temptation and asnare and ‘desires 1many 7unwise “and
βλαβεράς, αἵτινες βυθίζουσιν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον

“hurtful, which sink men into destruction
καὶ ἀπώλειαν. 10 ῥίξα- γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλ-
and perdition. or a root of all evils is the love

apyupia’ fc τινες ὀρεγύμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς
of money; which some stretching after were seduced from the

πίστεως, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς. 11 Σὺ

faith, and themselves pierced with *sorrows ‘many. “Thou
δέ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε "τοῦ" θεοῦ, ταῦτα φεῦγε δίωκε.δὲ δικαιο-
Sbut, O man of God, these things flee, and pursue _—irright-

σύνην, εὐσέβειαν, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, ὑπομονήν, πρᾳότητα")
eousness, piety, faith, love, endurance, meekness,

12 ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως᾽ ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς

Combat the good combat of the faith. Lay hold
αἰωνίου ζωῆς, εἰς ἣν rai" ἐκλήθης, Kai ὡμολόγησας
of eternal life, to which also thou wastcalled, and _ didst confess

THY καλὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων. 13 Παραγ-
the good confession before many witnesses. I

4 μὴ προσέχεται cleaves not T.
5 --- ἀφίστασο απὸ τῶν τοιούτων LTTrAW.
τ πραὔπάθειαν meekness Of spirit Lrraw; πραὐπαθίαν T.

LTTr[ A].

τ διαπαρατριβαὶ constant quarrellings GLTTraw.
t — δῆλον (read ὅτι so that) LTTra. u— τοῦ
W — καὶ GLTTrAW.

VI. iy REMOUL HY.

γέλλω ζσοι" ἐνώπιον Yrov' θεοῦ τοῦ τζωοποιοῦντος" τὰ πάντα,

charge thee before God who quickens all things,
Kai χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου "Πι-
and Christ Jesus who witnessed before Pontius Pi-

Aarov' τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν, 14 τηρῆσαί.σε τὴν ἐντολὴν
late the good confession, that thou keep the commandment
ἄσπιλον, ᾿ἀνεπίληπτον,! μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου
spotless, irreproachable, until the appearing of 7Lord
e ~ ? ~ ~ cal ~ 3. , «
ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 15 ἣν καιροῖς. ἰδίοις δείξει ὁ
Jour Jesus Christ ; which initsowntimes shall 7shew ‘the
μακάριος και μόνος δυνάστης, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόν-
2blessed "and ‘only 5Ruler, the King of those being kings
των Kai κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων, 16 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθα-

and Lord of those being lords; who alone has im-
vaciay, ὥς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, ὃν εἶδεν οὐδεὶς
mortality, in ‘light ‘dwelling *unapproachable, whom ‘did ‘see *no 7one

ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν δύναται, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος

i

308 *men nor to see is able; to whom honour, and might
αἰώνιον. apny.
eternal. Amen.

~ , 3 ~ ~ I~ , A
17 Τοῖς πλουσίοις ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι παράγγελλε, μὴ
To the Tich in the present age charge, not
εὑψηλοφρονεῖν," μηδὲ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι,
to be high-minded, nor tohavehope in of *riches(['the) *uncertainty ;
ἀλλ᾽ vy" erp! θεῷ frp ζῶντι," τῷ παρέχοντι ἡμῖν 8 "πλου-
but in ®God ‘the “living, who gives us richly
σίως πάντα" sic amddavow 18 ἀγαθοεργεῖν, πλουτεῖν ἐν
all things for enjoyment ; to do good, toberich in
ἔργοις καλοῖς, εὐμεταδότους εἶναι, κοινωνικούς, 19 ἀπο-
2works ‘good, liberal in distributing to be, ready to communicate, trea-
, e ~ , 4 > A , .“
θησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον, ἵνα
suring up for themselves a foundation *good for the future, that
ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς aiwviov" ζωῆς.
they may lay hold of eternal life.
20 Ὦ Τιμόθεε, τὴν Ἐπαρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον,
O ‘Timotheus, the deposit committed [to thee] Keep,
ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας, Kai ἀντιθέσεις τῆς
avoiding profane empty babblings, and oppositions
ψευδωνύμου.γνώσεως" 21 ἥν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, περὶ
of falsely-named knowledge, which some professing, in reference to
τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. Ἣ χάρις ‘pera σοῦ." ™apny.'
the faith missed the mark, Grace [be] with thee, Amen,
"Πρὸς Τιμόθεον πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Λαοδικείας, ἥτις
310 *Timothy ‘first written from Laodicea, which
ἐστὶν μητρόπολις Φρυγίας τῆς Πακατιανῆς."

547

give thee charge in
the sight of God, who
quickeneth all ae
and before Christ Je-
sus, who before Pon-
tius Pilate witness-
ed a good confession:
14 that thou keep this
commandment with-
out spot, unrebuke-
able, until the appear-
ing of our Lord Jesus
Christ: 15 which in
his times he shall
shew, who is the bless-
ed and only Potentate
the King of kings, and
Lordof lords ; 16 who
only hath immortality,
dwelling in the light
which no man can ap-
proach unto; whom
no man hath seen, nor
can see: to whom be
honour and power
everlasting. Amen.

17 Charge them that
are rich in this world,
that they be not high-
minded, nor trust in
uncertain riches, but
in the living God, who
giveth us richly all
things to enjoy; 18 that
they do good, that
they be rich in good
works, ready to dis-
tribute, willing tocom-
municate; 19 laying up
in store for them-
selves a good founda-
tion against the time
tocome, that they may
lay hold on eternal
life.

20 O Timothy, keep
that which is com-
mitted to thy trust
avoiding profane and
vain babblings, and
oppositions of science
falsely so called:
21 which some profess-
ing have erred con-
cerning the _ faith.
Grace be with thee.
Amen,

is the chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana.

x — σοι (read [thee}) T. Υ — τοῦ T. 2 ζωογονοῦντος preserves alive LTTrA. a Πει-
AdrovT. ὃ ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. ς ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν to mind high things T. 4 ἐπὶ LTTr.
© — τῷ TTr. f τῷ ζῶντι LTTrA. 8 + τὰ 1. h πάντα πλουσίως GLTTrAW. 1 ὄντως

(read of that which [is] truly life) Gurtraw.

Κ παραθήκην GLTTrAW.
you LTTr. ™ — ἀμήν GLTTrAW.

1 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν with

n — the subscription GLTW3; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a’ Tra.

Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ ΤΙΜΌΘΕΟΝ EIMSTOAH AEYTEPA.!

THE ‘TO

PAUL, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the
will-of God, according
to the promise of life
which is in Christ Je-
sus, 2 to Timothy, my
dearly beloved son:
Grace, mercy, and
ace, from God the
father and Christ Je-
sus our Lord.
31 thank God, whom
I serve from my fore-
fathers with pure con-
science, that without
ceasing I have remem-
brance of thee in my
prayers night and day;
4 greatly desiring to
see thee, being mind-
ful of thy tears, that
I may be filled with
joy ; 5 when I call to
remembrance the un-
feigned faith that is
in thee, which dwelt
first in thy grandmo-
ther Lois, and thy mo-
ther Eunice; and I
am persuaded that in
thee also. 6 Where-
fore I put thee in re-
membrance that thou
stir up the gift of
dod, which is in thee
by theputting on of my
hands. 7 For God hath
not given us the spirit
of fear ; but of power,
and of love, and of a
sound mind. 8 Be not
thou therefore asham-
ed of the testimony of
our Lord, nor of me
his prisoner: but be
thou” partaker of the
afflictions of the gos-
pel according to the
power of God ; 9 who
ath saved us, and
called us with an holy
calling, not according
to our works, but ac-
cording to his own
purpose and grace,
which was given us in
Christ Jesus before the
world began, 10 but
is now made manifest
by the appearing of
our Saviour Jesus
Christ, who hath abo-
lished death, and hath
brought life and
immortality to light
through the gospel:
11 whereunto I am

*TIMOTHY 7EPISTLE *SECOND.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ

Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by [the] will of God

κατ ἐπαγγελίαν ζωῆς τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 2 Τι-
according to promise of life which [is]in Christ Jesus, to Ti-
μοθὲῳ ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ" χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ
motheus [my] beloved child : Grace, mercy, peace from God [the]
πατρὸς καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν.
Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.

8 Χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ, ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐν

I am thankful to@God, whom Iserve from[my] forefathers with

καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω THY περὶ σοῦ μνείαν
pure conscience, how unceasingly Ihave the 7of *thee ‘remembrance
ἐν ταῖς δεήσεσίν. μου “νυκτὸς Kai ἡμέρας, 4 ἐπιποθῶν σε
in my supplications night and day, longing 3thee
ἰδεῖν, μεμνημένος cov τῶν δακρύων, ἵνα χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ"
1to7see, remembering thy tears, that with joy I may be filled ;
5 ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνων!" τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως,
7remembrance ‘taking of the *in ‘thee ‘unfeigned faith,
ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ.μάμμῃς.σου Λωΐδι Kai τῇ μητρί
which dwelt first in thy grandmother Lois and in *mother
e ? ΄, tl [ 4 a SW 2 J ? τι Jal 4
σου “Εὐνεικῃ, πέπεισμαι. δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί. 6 Δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν
ΠΥ Eunice, and Iampersuaded that also in thee. For which cause
ἀναμιμνήσκω σε ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὕ ἐστιν
1 remind thee ἕο ΚίμᾶϊθαρΡ the gift of God which is
ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν.χειρῶν.μου" 7 οὐ.γὰρ ἔδωκεν
in thee by the laying ΟΝ of my hands. For*not gave
« ~ € 4 ~ la 2 ΑΣ , ‘ > ’
ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης
sus ‘God aspirit ofcowardice, but of power, and of love,
καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ. ὃ μὴ οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τὸ
and of wise discretion. *Not ‘therefore *thou *shouldest be ashamed of the
μαρτύριον τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, μηδὲ ἐμὲ τὸν. δέσμιον.αὐτοῦ" ἀλλὰ
testimony of our Lord, nor me his prisoner ; but
ἰσυγκακοπάθησον" τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν θεοῦ, 9 τοῦ
suffer evils along with the glad tidings according to *power ᾿Θοᾶβ; who
σώσαντος ἡμᾶς Kai καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ, οὐ κατὰ
saved us and called [us] with a *calling *holy, not according to
τὰ ἔργα.ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ Bear’! ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν τὴν
our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which
δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων,
[was] given us in Christ Jesus before the ages of time,
10 φανερωθεϊῖσαν.δὲ νῦν διὰ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ.σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν
but made manifest now by the appearing of our Saviour
»’Tnoou χριστοῦ," καταργήσαντος μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φωτίσαν-
Jesus hrist, who annulled death, rought *to
roc δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 11 εἰς ὃ
‘light ‘and life and incorruptibility by the glad tidings; to which

® + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλον of the Apostle Paul =; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β΄

LTTrAW.
&c.) Ltr.

LTTrA. h χριστοῦ

Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTraW.
4 λαβὼν having taken LTTra.

© , νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας (read night and day longing
© Εὐνίκῃ EGLTTrAWw. f ouv- T. & κατὰ
᾿ Ξ

Ιησοῦ LITr.

1s il: lid POM OT AY
ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος καὶ διδάσκαλος
2was “appointed I a herald and apostle and teacher
ἐθνῶν" 1260 ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ

of [the} nations. For which cause also these things Isuffer; but “ποὺ
ἐπαισχύνομαι, olda-yap ᾧ πεπίστευκα, Kai πέπεισμαι ὅτι
ἍΤ 2am ashamed; for I know whom Ihave believed, and am persuaded that
δυνατός ἐστιν THY παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι εἰς ἐκείνην

able heis the deposit committed [tohim]ofme tokeep for that
τὴν ἡμέραν. 18 ὑποτύπωσιν ἔχε ὑγιαινόντων λόγων, BY

day. 2A Sdelineation *have of sound words, which [words]

map ἐμοῦ ἤκουσας, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν χριστῷ
from me thoudidsthear, in faith and love which[arejin Christ
Ἰησοῦ. 14 τὴν καλὴν Ἰπαρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον διὰ
Jesus. The good deposit committed [to thee] keep by [the]
πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν. 15 Οἶδας τοῦτο,

Spirit 1Holy which dwells in us. Thou knowest this,
OTL ἀπεστράφησάν pe πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Acig, ὧν ἐστιν
that turned away from me all who [are] in Asia, of whom is

Κφύγελλος" καὶ “Eppoyévne.' 16 Δῴη ἔλεος ὁ κύριος τῷ
if ΡΜμΟΎ

Phygellus and Hermogenes. May “grant *mercy ‘the *Lord to the
᾿Ονησιφόρον οἴκῳ: Ore πολλάκις pe ἀνέψυξεν, καὶ τὴν
7of *Onesiphorus ‘house, because oft me herefreshed, and

ddvoiv._pov οὐκ. ἐπῃσχύνθη," 17 ἀλλὰ γενόμενος ἐν Ῥώμῃ,
my chain was not ashamed of ; but having been in Rome,
“gmrovdarepov' ἐζήτησέν με καὶ etpev’ 18 δῴη αὐτῷ
more diligently he sought out me and found{me]— may “grant *to*him
ὁ κύριος εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY ἡμέοᾳ᾽ Kai
‘the *Lord tofindmercy from (the) Lord ἴθ ὑμδῦ day— and
doa tiv Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις.
howmuchinEphesus heserved “better[(*than*I*need’say]'thou *knowest.
2 Σὺ οὖν, τέκνον.μου, ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι TH
Thou therefore, my child, be strong in the grace which [15]
ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ" 2 καὶ ἃ ἤκουσας παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ
in i Jesus. And the things which thou didst hear of me
διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις,
with many witnesses, these commit to faithful men,
οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. 3 οσὺ οὖν
such as competent shallbe also others to teach. Thou therefore
κακοπάθησον! we καλὸς στρατιώτης Ῥ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 4 οὐδεὶς
sufferhardship as good a soldier of Jesus Christ. No one
στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου Ἱπραγματείαις,"
serving as a soldier entangles himself with the 308 *life affairs,
ἵνα τῷ στρατολογήσαντι ἀρέσῃ. 5 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ἀθλῷ
that him who enrolled him as a soldier he may please. Andif also contend
TiC, οὐ-.στεφανοῦται iay.un νομίμως a-
(Sin *the °games] ‘anyone, he is not crowned unless lawfully he shall
θλήσῃ. 6 τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν
have contended. The ‘labour ‘husbandman *must before of the
καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν.
fruits partaking.
7 Νόει λέγω: *dyin' yap σοι ὁ κύριος σύνεσιν
Consider the things I say, *may ®give “for ‘thee *the*Lord understanding

τὰ

049

appointed a preacher,
and an apostle, and a
teacher of the Gen-
tiles. 12 For the which
cause I also suffer
these things: never-
theless I am not a-
shamed: for I know
whom 1 have believed,
and am persuaded that
he is able to keep that
which I have commit-
ted unto him against
that day. 13 Hold fast
the form of sound
words, which thou hast
heard of me, in faith
and love which is in
Christ Jesus. 14 That
good thing which was
committed unto thee
keep by the Holy
Ghost which dwelleth
in us. 15 This thon
knowest, that all they
which are in Asia be
turned away from me;
of whom are Phygel-
lus and MHermoge-
nes. 16 The Lord give
mercy unto the house
of Onesiphorus; for
he oft refreshed me,
and was not ashamed
of my chain: 17 but,
when he was in Rome,
he sought me out very
diligently, and found
me. 18 The Lord graprt
unto him that he may
find mercy of the Lord
in that day: and in
how many things he
ministered unto me
at Ephesus,thou know-
est very well.

11. Thou therefore,
my son, be strong in
the grace that is in
Christ Jesus. 2 And
the things that thou
hast heard of me a-
mong mary witnesses,
the same commit thou
to faithful men, who
shall be able to teach
others also. 3 Thou
thereforeendure hard-
ness, as a good soldier
of Jesus Christ. 4 No
man that warreth en-
tangleth nimself with
the affairs of this life ;
that he may please him
who hath chosen hin:
to be a soldier. 5 And
if a man also strive
for masteries, yet is
he not crowned, ex-
cept he strive lawfully.
6 The husbandman
that laboureth must
be first partaker of the
fruits.

7 Consider what I

i— ἐθνῶν τ. 3 παραθήκην GLITrAW.
Ermogenes τ. ™ ἐπαισχύνθη LITrA. ἃ σπουδαίως diligently Lrtr,
(συνκ- T) suffer hardship with [me] trtraw.

τ ὃ what Lrrraw. 5 δώσει will give LTTraw.

duyedos Phygelus tttraw.

P χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraW.

1 Ἑρμογένης
© συγκακοπάθησον
4 πραγματίαις T.

5900

say; and the Lord give
thee understanding in
all things. 8 Remem-
ber that Jesus Christ
of the seed of David
was raised from the
dead according to my
gospel; 9 wherein I
suffer trouble, as an
evildoer, even unto
bonds ; but the word
of God is not bound,
10 Therefore I endure
all things for the
elect’s sakes, that they
may also obtain the
salvation which is in
Christ Jesus with eter-
nalglory. 11 Jt isa
faithful saying: For
if we be dead with
him, we shall also live
with him: 12 if we
suffer, we shall also
reign with him: if we
deny him, he also will
deny us: 13 if we
believe not, yet he a-
bideth faithful: he
cannot deny himself.
14 Of these things put
them in remembrance,
eharging them before
the Lord that they
strive not about words
to no profit, but to
the subverting of the
hearers. 15 Study to
shew thyself approved
unto God, a workman
that needeth not to be
ashamed, rightly di-
viding the word of
truth. 16 But shun pro-
fane and vain bab-
blings ; for they will
increase unto more uD-
godliness. 17 And their
word will eat as doth
a canker : of whom is
Hymenzus and Phile-
tus; 18 who concern-
ing the truth have
erred, saying that the
resurrection is past al-
ready ; and overthrow
the faith of some.
19 Nevertheless the
foundation of God
standeth sure, having
this seal, The Lord
knoweth them that are
his. And, Let every
one that nameth the
name of Christ depart
from iniquity. 20 But
in a great house there
are not only vessels of
gold and of silver, but
also of wood and of
earth; and some to
honour, and some to
dishonour, 21 If a man
therefore purge him-
self from these, he

ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ. B!

ἐν πᾶσιν. 8 Μνημόνευε ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν ἐγηγερμένον
in all things. Remember Jesus Christ raised
~ ? Ud t (ὃ ll 4 4 > (2 ’
νεκρῶν, ἐς σπέρματος 'Δαβίδ, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν
[the] dead, of [the] seed of David, according to ?elad “tidings
μου" 9 ἐν ᾧ κακοπαθῶ μέχρι δεσμῶν ὡς κακοῦργος" Yann"!
my, in which { suffer hardship unto bonds as anevildoer: but
ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ.δέδεται. 10 διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ὑπο-
the word of God is not bound, Because of this allthings Ien-
évw διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύ-
dure forsakeof the elect, that also they [the] salvation may
χωσιν τῆς ἐν χριστῷ' Inoov μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου. 11 πιστὸς
obtain which [is] in Christ Jesus with °glory ‘eternal. Faithful
ὁ λόγος᾽ él-yap συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ ᾿συζήσομεν""
[15] the word; for if we died together with [him], also we shall live together;
12 εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ “συμβασιλεύσομεν"" εἰ Yaovovpeba,'
if we endure, also weshallreign together; if we deny
κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς" 13 εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν, ἐκεῖνος
[him], he also will deny us ; if we are unfaithful, he
πιστὸς péver’ ἀρνήσασθαι " ἑαυτὸν ob.dvvarat.
faithful abides ; to deny himself he is not able.
14 Ταῦτα ὑπομίμνησκε, διαμαρτυρόμενος ἐνώπιον
These *things *put °in remembrance ‘of, testifying earnestly before

II.

ἐκ
from among

“cov κυρίου μὴ δλογομαχεῖν' “εἰς! οὐδὲν χρήσιμον, ἐπὶ
the Lord not to dispute about words for ‘nothing ‘profitable, to
καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων. 15 σπούδασον σεαυτὸν
subversion of those who hear. Be diligent sthyself

δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον, ὀρθο-
*approved ‘to 7present to God, a workman not ashamed, _ straight-
τομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας" 16 τὰς. δὲ. βεβήλους κενο-
ly cutting the word of truth ; but profane empty
φωνίας περιΐστασο᾽ ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας,

babblings stand aloof from, ἴο *more ‘for they will advance of ungodliness,

17 καὶ ὁ.λόγος.αὐτῶν ὡς yayypawa νομὴν eae ὧν ἐστιν
and their word as a@gangrene pasture will have;of whom is
Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φιλητός, 18 οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν
Hymeneus and Philetus; who concerning the truth

ἠστόχησαν, λέγοντες τὴν" ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι,
missed the mark, asserting the resurrection already to have taken place ;

καὶ ἀνατρέπουσιν τῆν τινων πίστιν. 19 ὁ “μέντοι' στερεὸς
and areoverthrowing the *of%some ‘faith. Nevertheless firm

θεμέλιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκεν, ἔχων τὴν.σφραγϊδα.ταύτην, Eyyw

foundation 1God’s stands, having this seal, *Knows
κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ, Kai ᾿Αποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδι-
[89] *Lord those ὑμαῦ are his, and Let depart from unright-

κίας πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα fypiorov." 20 ἐν μεγάλῃ
eousness everyone who names the name __ of Christ. In “great
δὲ οἰκίᾳ οὐκιἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ Kai ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ

Xput 2a house there δἃῖθ ποῦ only vessels golden and silver, but

καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ἀστράκινα, καὶ ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμήν, ἃ.δὲ εἰς
also wooden and earthen, and some to honour, others to
ἀτιμίαν. 21 ἐὰν οὖν τις ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων,
dishonour, If therefore one shall have purged himself from these,

τ Δαυείδ yrtra; Δαυΐδ aw.
we shall deny Lrtra.
λογομάχει Dispute thou not about words L.

f κυρίου of [the] Lord GLtTtraw.

© μέν τοι Tr.

Υ ἀλλὰ LTTrTAW. WY συν- LITrA.
* + yap for (to deny) LTTraw.
© em LTTrA.

Xouv- τ. Y ἀρνησόμεθα
® τοῦ θεοῦ God rrr, δ΄ μὴ
4 — τὴν (read [the]) rrm{[a].

ἘΠ SEE. BIS CHEMO Τ' Hx

ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμὴν, ἡγιασμένον,
he shall be 8. γχϑβξβθὶ to honour, having been sanctified,

τῷ δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον.
to the master, for every work 1g00d having been prepared.
22 τὰς δὲ.νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιοσύνην,
But youthful lusts flee, and pursue righteousness,
πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην μετὰ ἢ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν
faith, love, peace with those that call on the
κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας. 23 τὰς.δὲ μωρὰς Kai ἀπαι-
Lord outof “pure 1a heart. But foolish and undis-
δεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ, εἰδὼς OT. γεννῶσιν μάχας"
ciplined questionings refuse, knowing that they beget contentions.
24 δοῦλον δὲ κυρίου οὐ.δεῖ μάχεσθαι, ἰάλλ᾽" ἤπιον
And *a *bondman ®of [“0}6] 7Lord ‘it *behoves ποῦ tocontend, but gentle
εἶναι πρὸς πάντας, διδακτικόν, ἀνεξίκακον, 25 ἐν Ἐπρᾳότητι"

to be towards all; apt toteach; forbearing; in meekness

παιδεύοντα τοὺς ἀγντιδιατιθεμένους, μήποτε ‘dp αὐτοῖς
disciplining those that oppose, if perhaps *may “give *them

βκαὶ! εὔχρηστον
and serviceable

ὁ θεὸς μετάνοιαν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας, 26 καὶ ava-
*God repentance to acknowledgment of [the] truth, and they may
γήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς Tov διαβόλου παγίδος, ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ᾽
awakeup outof the “of*the ‘devil 1snare, having been taken by
αὐτοῦ εἰς TO ἐκείνου θέλημα. Ἶ

him for his will,

3 Τοῦτο.δὲ γίνωσκε," ὅτι ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐνστή-
But this know thou, that in [the] last days Swill *be
σονται καιροὶ χαλεποί. 2 ἔσονται.γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι φίλαυτοι,
Spresent *times difficult ; for *will “be 1men lovers of self,
΄ > , « , ΄ -
φιλάργυροι, ἀλαζόνες, ὑπερήφανοι, βλάσφημοι, γονεῦσιν
lovers of money, vaunting, proud, evil speakers, to parents
ἀπειθεῖς, ἀχάριστοι, ἀνόσιοι, 3 ἄστοργοι, ἄσπονδοι,
disobedient, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, implacable,
διάβολοι, ἀκρατεῖς, ἀνήμεροι, ἀφιλάγαθοι, 4 προδόται,
slanderers, incontinent, savage, not lovers of good, betrayers,
προπετεῖς, τετυφωμένοι, φιλήδονοι μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεοι,
headlong, puffed up, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God ;
5 ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας, Tv. δύναμιν αὐτῆς ἠρνη-
having a form of piety, but the power of it deny-
EVOL. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου. BEK.TOUTWY.yap εἰσιν οἱ
ing: and these turn away from. For of these are those who
ἐνδύνοντες εἰς τὰς οἰκίας Kai "αἰχμαλωτεύοντες τὰ" γυναικάρια
[are] entering into houses and leading captive silly women
σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις, ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις, 7 πάν-

laden with sins, led away by ?lusts various, al-
Tore μανθάνοντα Kat μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας
ways learning and never to [the] knowledge of [the] truth

> ~ ΄ rt ΄ τι} ~ vp ~ > ,
ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα. 8 ὃν.τρόπον.δὲ Ιαννῆς καὶ ᾿Ιαμβρῆς ἀντέ-
2to%come ‘able. Now intheway Jannes and Jambres with-
στησαν Μωῦσεῖ, οὕτως καὶ οὗτοι ἀνθίστανται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ,
stood Moses, thus also these withstand the _ truth,
ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν, ἀδόκιμοι περὶ
men utterly corrupted inmind, found worthless as regards
τὴν πίστιν. 9 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ-προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ. πλεῖον᾽ ἡ γὰρ ἄνοια
the faith. But they shall not advance farther, for *folly

i ἀλλὰ LTTra,
0 αἰχμαλωτίζοντες GLTTrAW.

&—katLtTtra. © + πάντων all L.
™ γινώσκετε know ye L.

Κ πραύτητι LTTraw.

ool
Shall be a vessel untc
honour, sanctified, and
meet for the master’s
use, and prepared un-
to every good work.
22 Flee also youth-
ful lusts: but follow
righteousness, faith,
charity, peace, with
them that call on the
Lord out of a pure
heart. 23 But foolish
and unlearned ques-
tions avoid, knowing
that they do gender
strifes. 24 And the
servant of the Lord
must not strive; but
be gentle unto all men,
apt to teach, patient,
25 in meekness in-
structing those that
oppose themselves ; if
God peradventure will
give them repentance
to the acknowledging
of the truth; 26 and
that they may recover
themselves out of the
snare of the devil, who
are taken captive by
him at his will.

Ill. This know al-
so, that in the last
days perilous times
shall come. 2 For
men shall be lovers
of their own selves,
covetous, boasters,
proud, blasphemers,
disobedient to parents,
unthankful, unholy,
3 without natural af
fection, trucebreakers,
false accusers, incen-
tinent, fierce, despisers
of those that are good,
4 traitors, heady, high-
minded, lovers of plea-
sures more than lovers
of God; 5 having a
form of godliness, but
denying the power
thereof: from such
turn away. 6 For of
this sort are they
which creep into
houses, and lead cap-
tivesilly women laden
with sins, led away
with divers lusts,7 ever
learning, and never
able to come to the
knowledge of the
truth. 8 Now as Jan-
nes and Jambres with-
stood Moses, so do
these also resist the
truth : men of corrupt
minds, reprobate con-
cerning the faith, 9But
they shall proceed no
further: for their folly

1 δῴη LTTraw.

552 TPOLaATOIMOGEON Β. III, lV.

shall be manifest unto ,7),-,~ Af εἴτ δι δ γ»
all men, as theirs also CUT ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν, ὡς καὶ EKELYWY ξγεέεγψετο.

was. 10 Butthouhast ‘their fully manifest shall be toall, as also that of those became,
fully Known my doc- 10 σὺ δὲ ὁπαρηκολούθηκάς" μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, τῇ ἀγωγῇ,

trine, manner of life,

purpose, faith, long- But thou hast closely followed my teaching, conduct,
eee Ge τῇ προθέσει, τῇ πίστει, τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, τῷ ἀγάπῃ; τῇ ὑπομονῇ,
afflictions, which came DEEDOBEs faith, patience, Mth Bee,

untomeat Antioch, at 1] τοῖς διωγμοῖς, τοῖς παθήμασιν, οἷά μοι ἐγένετο ἐν ᾽᾿Αν-

Ie , eb Τὶ

sian ἘΣ stra fen ee such as to me oneal in An-

endured: but out of τιοχείᾳ, ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ, ἐν υστροις" οἵους ιωγμοὺς ὑπ-
2 ς π

them all the Lord de- tigch’ in Iconium, in Lystra; what manner of persecutions I en-

livered me. 12 Yea, Poe 4 Ά Ρ
and all that will live ἤνεγκα, καὶ ἐκ πάντων pe Ῥέῤῥύσατο! ὁ κύριος. 12 καὶ
godly in Christ Jesus qured; απᾶ out of all ‘me delivered ‘the *Lord. And
shall suffer persecu- A J ἢ

tion, 18 Butevilmen πάντες δὲ οἱ θέλοντες “εὐσεβῶς ζῇν" ἐν ΧΡΙΣΤΩ͂Ι Ἰησοῖ
and seducers shall wax all indeed who wish piously tolive in hrist Jesus
worse and worse, de-

ceiving, and being de- OlwyOnoovra’ 13 πονηροὶ. δὲ ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες προ-
ceived. 14 But con- will be persecuted. But wicked men and impostors shall
tinue thou in the

things whichthouhast κόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον, πλανῶντες Kai πλανώμενοι. 14 σὺ δὲ

learned and hast been advance to worse, misleading and _ being misled. But thou
assured of, knowing of τ » +2 , γπν ν᾿
whom thou hast learn- HEvE év oc ἔμαθες καὶ ἐπιστώθης, εἰδὼς παρὰ

ed them; 15 and that abide in the things thou didst learn, and wast assured of, having known from

hil d 7 » ‘ A 4
poe the help acting Trivoc' ἔμαθες, 15 καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ βρέφους "τὰ! ἱερὰ
tures, which are able whom thou didst learn [them] ; and that from ἃ babe the sacred

i - ΄ ‘ ΄ ΄ ΄ >
po ΤΟΒΕΘ ΤΩΡ ‘through γράμματα oldas, , τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι εἰς

faith whichis in Christ letters thou hast known, which {are} able Sthee ‘to *make wise to

Jesus. 16 All scrip- , \ , 2 ~ ’ oon ed ~ 3
ture is given by inspi- “Ὁ Τηριᾶν, διὰ πιστεὼς THC εν χριστῷ Inoov. 16 πᾶσα
ration of God, and is salvation, through faith which [is]in Christ Jesus. Every

profitable for doctrine, yoagn θεόπνευστος καὶ ὠφέλιμος πρὸς διδασκαλίαν, πρὸς
dontior instructionin scripture [is] God-inspired and prottepie! for ae ΘῈ
righteousness: 17 that τ Il je ἐ 5 ὃς ὑπαιδείαν! τὴν Ev
the man of God may ἔλεγχον, τρῶς ἐπανόρθωσιν, me aie ae eens:
be perfect, throughly C2Viction, for correction, for discipline which [is] in
Ἢ of , »

ἘΠ πα ΒΚΤ unto all δικαιοσύνῃ 17 ἵνα ἄρτιος ἢ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, πρὸς
good works. righteousness ; that complete may be the ?of 3God 1man,

πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐξηρτισμένος.
every “work ‘good fully fitted.

4 Atapapripopa “οὖν eye) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai “τοῦ
Basnently “testify *therefore before God and the

IV. I charge thee κυρίου" Y Inaov χριστοῦ," τοῦ μέλλοντος κρίνειν ζῶντας καὶ
therefore before God, τ γᾷ Jesus Christ, who is about to judge living and
and the Lord Jesus ; :
Christ, whoshalljudge γεκροὺς κατὰ" τὴν. ἐπιφάνειαν.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν
the quick andthedead = gend according to his appearing and *kingdom
at his appearing and θ
his kingdom; 2 preach αὐτοῦ, 2 κήρυξον τὸν λόγον, ἐπίστηθι εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως,
the word; be instant this, proclaim the word; beurgent in season, out of season,

in season, out of iI
season; reprove, τὸς ἔλεγξον, “ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον," ἐν macy μακροθυμίᾳ

buke, exhort with all convict, rebuke, ‘encourage, with all patience
longsuffering and doc- ἢ “

trine, 8 Forthe time καὶ διδαχῇ. 8. ἔσται.γὰρ καιρὸς OTE τῆς ὑγιαινούσης δι-
will come when they and teaching. For there will be atime when sound teach-
will not endure sound ν ) b

ΠΌΣΙΣ μόν put after δασκαλίας οὐκιἀνέξονται. ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας

their own lusts shall ing they will not bear ; but according to 3desires

wey eo” τὶς ἰδίας" ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους, κνηθό-

itching ears; 4 and "their?0wn to themselves * will] heap up resol

Chey, melee ΑΥ̓ΤΟΥ͂ μένοι. τὴν. ἀκοήν" 4 καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπο-
truth, and shall be having an itching ear; and from the truth the ear they will

.ςιι ͵͵΄΄΄΄΄΄ἷ“΄---..-.-.---------

TTrA. P ἐρύσατο LTTr. 9 ζῇν εὐσεβῶς TTr.

° παρηκολούθησάς didst closely follow L1

τ ᾿ revo what [persons] LTTrA. 5. — τὰ (L}t[TrA]. ᾿ ἐλεγμόν LTTrA. uv παιδίαν τ.
- οὖν ἐγὼ GLTTrAW. xX — τοῦ κυρίου GLTTraW. J χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. - καὶ

ἘΠῚ [by] Gurtraw. 8 παρακάλεσον, ἐπιτίμησον τ. ὃ ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας GLTTrAW.

FV: LE DE eM ΘΙ HY.
στρέψουσιν, imide τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται. 5 σὺ. δὲ
turn away, and to fables will be turned aside. But thou,
νῆφε ἐν πᾶσιν, κακοπάθησον, ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγ-
be sober in allthings, suffer hardships, [the] work do of an
γελιστοῦ, τὴν.διακονίαν.σου πληροφόρησον. 6 [Bee yap ἤδη
evangelist, thy service ae carry out. ForI already
σπένδομαι, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς. "“ἐμῆς-.ἀναλύσεως" ἐφ-
am being poured out, and the time of my release is
ἔστηκεν. 7 τὸν 4ay@va τὸν καλὸν" ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν δρόμον
come. The combat 1g00d #Ihavecombated, the course
τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα᾽ ὃ λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι
Ihave finished, the faith I have Eee Hencetorth islaidup for me

ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος, ὃν ἀποδώσει

μοι ὁ κύριος
the 2of See ἘΠΕ

which *will 7render *to *me ‘the 7Lord

ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ, δίκαιος κριτής" οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐμοί,
Pin Uthat day a ‘righteous “judge; and not only to me,

ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσιν THY. ἐπιφάνειαν. αὐτοῦ.

but also toall .who have loved his appearing.
9 Σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν πρός pe ταχέως. 10 Δημᾶς.γάρ με
Bediligent tocome to me ΤΟΣ 5 for Demas 7*me

ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀγαπήσας τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα, Kai ἐπορεύθη εἰς
1forsook, having loved the present age, and [8 gone to

Θεσσαλονίκην" Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν," Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν"

Thessalonica ; Creseens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia.

11 Λουκᾶς ἐστιν μόνος per ἐμοῦ. Μάρκον ἀναλαβὼν ἄγε
Luke 3is talone with me. Mark having taken bring

μετὰ σεαυτοῦ" ἔστιν.γάρ μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν. 12 Τυ-
with thyself, forheis *to*me ‘useful for service. *Ty-

χικὸν δὲ ἀπέστειλα εἰς “Edecov. 13 ieee an
chicus ‘but Isent to Ephesus. cloak which

ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρωάδι! παρὰ πάρηφΣ τ ἐρχόμενος φέρε, καὶ τὰ
I left in Troas with Carpus, [when] comirg bring, and the

βιβλία, μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας. 14 ᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς
books, especially the parchments, Alexander the ae

πολλά μοι κακὰ évedeigato’ ἰἀποδῴη" αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἐπ ον Sagainst °*me “evil “things did. May “render ‘to Shim ‘the

κύριος κατὰ τὰ:ἔργα.αὐτοῦ: 15 ὃν καὶ od φυλάσσου,
2Lord according to his works, Whom also thou be ware of,

λίαν.γὰρ "ἀνθέστηκεν" τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις. 16 dt TY
for exceedingly he has withstood ur words,

TOWTY-MOV ἀπολογίᾳ οὐδείς μοι Ἰσυμπάρε γένετο," ἀλλὰ πάντες
my first defence no one “me stood *with, but all

pe ἐγκατέλιπον: μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 17 06 κύριός
me forsook. Not tothem may 186 reckorted: Butthe Lord

μοι παρέστη, καὶ ἐνεδυνάμωσέν με, ἵνα δι ἐμοῦ τὸ κή-
me ‘stood*by, and eee me, that through me _ the pro-

ovypa πληροφορηθῇ, καὶ ™axotoy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ
elamation might be fully ae and ‘should *hear ‘all the *nations; and

RippucOny' ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. 18 °kai' ῥύσεταί με

I was delivered out of [the] “mouth 1lion’s. And *will *deliver *me
ὁ κύριος ἀπὸ παντὸς ~ ἔργου πονηροῦ, καὶ σώσει εἰς τὴν
‘the “Lord from every work ‘wicked, and will preserve[me] for

——

© ἀναλύσεώς μου LITr.
& φελόνην EGLTTrAW.
he withstood hrtraw.
5 ἐρύσθην LTTrA.

d καλὸν ἀγῶνα LTTr.
Ὁ Τρῳάδι LT.

ἱσυν- A; παρεγένετο stood by LrTr.
° — καὶ LTTrA.

e Ταλλίαν Gallia τ.
i ἀποδώσει Shall render LITraw.

doe
turned unto fables,
5 But watch thou in
all things, endure af-
flictions, do the work
of an evangelist, make
full proof of thy mi-
nistry. 6 For am
now ready to be of-
fered, and the time of
my departure is at
hand. 7 I have fought
a good fight, I have
finished my course, I
have kept the faith :
8 henceforth there is
laid up for me a crown
of righteousness, which
the Lord, the righteous
judge, shall give me
at that day: and not
to me only, but unto
all them also that love
his appearing.

9 Do thy diligence
to come shortly unto
me : 10 for Demas hath
forsaken me, having
loved this present
world, and is depart-
ed unto Thessalonica ;
Crescens to Galatia,
Titus unto Dalmatia.
11 Only Luke is with
me. ‘l'ake Mark, and
bring him with thee:
for he is profitable to
me for the ministry.
12 And Tychicus have
I sent to Ephesus.
13 The cloke that I left
at Troas with Carpus,
when thou comest,
bring with thee, and
the books, but especi-
ally the parchments.
14 Alexander the cop-
persmith did me much
evil: the Lord reward
him according to his
works: 15 of whom be
thou ware also; for
he hath greatly with-
stood our words. 16 At
my firsu answer noman
stood with me, but all
men forsook me: /
pray God that it may
not be laid to their
charge. 17 Notwith-
standing the Lord
stood with me, and
strengthened me; thot
by me the preaching
might be fully known,
and that all the Gen-
tiles might hear : and
I was delivered out of
the mouth of the lion.
18 And the Lord shall
deliver me from eve
evil work, and wi
preserve me unto his

f Δελματίαν L.
Κ ἀντέστη

™ ἀκούσωσιν LTTrAW.

554

heavenly kingdom:
to whom be glory for
ever and ever. Amen,

19 Salute Prisca and
Aquila, and the house-
hold of Onesiphorus.
20 Erastus abode at
Corinth: but Trophi-
mus have I left at Mi-
letum sick. 21 Do thy
diligence to come be-
fore winter. Eubulus
greeteth thee, and Pu-
dens, and Linus, and
Claudia, and all the
brethren. 22 The Lord
Jesus Christ be with
thy spirit. Grace be
with you. Amen.

TEP ONS) YT Τ ΟἿΝ- I.

βασιλείαν.αὐτοῦ τὴν éemoupaviov'
his kingdom the heavenly ;

I~ ~
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.

ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς
to whom [be] glory unto the

ages of the ages. Amen,
a” / . κ᾿ Sy ᾽ ΄
19 Ασπασαι Πρίσκαν καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ονησιφόρου
Salute risca and Aquila, and the 7of *Onesiphorus

οἶκον. 20”Epaoroc ἔμεινεν ἐν Κορίνθῳ Τρόφιμον.δὲ ἀπέλιπον
Thouse. Erastus remained in Corinth, but Trophimus 1 left
’ , ? “ , 4 ~ 2 ~
ἐν Μιλήτῳ ἀσθενοῦντα. 21 Σπούδασον πρὸ χειμῶνος ἐλθεῖν.

in Miletus sick. Be diligent before winter to come.
? / “ ~ .
Ασπάζεταί σε Ἐὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Aivoc," καὶ

?Salutes thee +Eubulus, and Pudens, and Linus, and

Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. 22 ‘O κύριος τ᾽ Ἰησοῦς"

Claudia, and *the *brethren 141], The Lord Jesus
χριστὸς) μετὰ τοῦ.πνεὐματός.σου. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν.
Christ [be] with thy spirit. Grace [be] with you.

ιἀμήν."
Amen. : ;
Πρὸς Τιμόθεον δευτέρα, τῆς ᾿Εφεσίων ἐκκλη-
Ξ3 09. $$ *Timotheus’ ‘second, “of *the ''of[??the] ‘*Ephesians *°assem-
σίας πρῶτον ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ
bly [516] “first 7overseer “chosen, written from
‘Pw OTE ἐκ.δευτέρου παρέστ Παῦλο " Καίσα
μης, - ρ peoTn Cae pt

Rome, when asecond time ?was*placed*before ‘Paul Ceesar

Νέρωνι."
ero.

Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TITON EMISTOAH TAYAOY.'

THE

PAUL, a servant of
God, and an apostle of
Jesus Christ, accord-
ing to the faith of
God’s elect, and the
acknowledging of the
truth which is after
godliness; 2 in hope
of eternal life, which
God, that cannot lie,
promised before the
world began; 3 but
hath in due times
manifested his word
through preaching,
which is committed
unto me according to
the commandment of
God our Saviour ; 4 to
Titus, mine own son
after the common
faith : Grace, mercy,
and peace, from God
the Father and the
Lord Jesus Christ our
Saviour.

5 For this cause left
I thee in Crete, that

“πὸ STITUS ‘EPISTLE 7OF *PAUL.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ δοῦλος θεοῦ, ἀπόστολος.δὲ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατὰ
Paul bondman of God, and apostle of Jesus Christ according to

πίστιν ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ Kai ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας τῆς

{the] faith Select ‘of?God’sand knowledge of [the] truth which [is]

Kar εὐσέβειαν, ἃ ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου, ἣν ἐπηγ-
according to piety; ἐπ [86] hope oflife eternal, which ‘pro-
γείλατο ὁ ἀψευδὴς θεὸς πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, 3 é-
mised 1the who *cannot 5116 God before the ages of time,

φανέρωσεν.δὲ καιροῖς.ἰδίοις τὸν λόγον.αὐτοῦ, ἐν κηρύγματι
but manifested in its own seasons his word in [the] proclamation
ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος
which *was “entrusted *with *I according to [the] commandment of 7Saviour
ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 Τίτῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ κατὰ κοινὴν
tour God; to Titus [my] true child according to [our] common
πίστιν, χάρις, "ἔλεος," εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρός, καὶ
faith : Grace, mercy, peace from God [the] Father, and [the}
κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" τοῦ.σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν.
Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour.
= , , d , , iT] ? , τ Ν ,
5 Τούτου.χάριν κατέλιπόν" σε ἐν Κρήτῃ, wa τὰ.λείποντα
For this cause I left thee in Crete, that the things lacking

9 Aivos LTW.

τ — Ἰησοῦς TTr[A]. ® — χριστὸς LTT:[A]. t — ἀμήν GLTTraw.

v — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β΄ (— β΄ A) Tra.

8. + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle E; Πρὸς Τίτον LTTraw.
4 ἀπέλιπόν LTTrAW.

Ἰησοῦ LTTra.

> καὶ and TTraWw. © χριστοῦ

εἶπ. TET 8.

ἐεἐπιδιορθώσῃ," καὶ καταστήσῃς κατὰ.πόλιν πρεσ-
thou mightest go on to set right, and mightest appoint ἴπ every city
βυτέρους, we ἐγώ σοι dueratauny’ 6 εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἀνέγ-
elders, as I *thee *ordered : if anyone is unim-
κλητος, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ: τέκνα ἔχων πιστά, μὴ ἐν
peachable, *of%one ‘wife ‘husband, "children Shaving ®believing, not under
κατηγορίᾳ ἀσωτίας ἢ ἀνυπότακτα. 7 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸν ἐπί-
accusation of dissoluteness or insubordinate, For it behoves the over-
σκοπὸν ἀνέγκλητον εἶναι, ὡς θεοῦ οἰκονόμον: μὴ αὐθάδη,
seer unimpeachable tobe, as God’s steward ; not selfwilled,
μὴ ὀργίλον, μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, μὴ αἰσχροκερδῆ,

not passionate, not giventowine, ποῦ astriker, not greedy of base gain,

8 ἀλλὰ φιλόξενον, φιλάγαθον, σώφρονα, δίκαιον, ὕσιον, éy-
but hospitable, a lover of good, discreet, just, holy, tem-
κρατῆ, 9 ἀντεχόμενον τοῦ κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν πιστοῦ
perate, holding to the %according *to *the “teaching ‘faithful
λόγου, ἵνα δυνατὸς καὶ παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ
2word, that able he may be both toencourage with teaching

τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐλέγχειν. 10 εἰσὶν. γὰρ
tsound, and those who gainsay to convict. For there are

πολλοὶ ‘kai! ἀνυπότακτοι ματαιολόγοι Kai φρεναπάται, pa-
many and insubordinate vain talkers and mind-deceivers, espe-

λιστα ot ἐκ © περιτομῆς, 11 ovdc δεῖ ἐπιστο-
cially those of [the] circumcision, whom itis necessary to stop the
pier? οἵτινες ὕλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν, διδάσκοντες
mouths of, who whole houses overthrow, teaching
ἃ μὴ.δεῖ, αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν: 12 εἶπεν
things which [they] ought not, “base °gain for “sake of. 14Said
τις ἐξ αὐτῶν idwe.airmy προφήτης, Κρῆτες ἀεὶ
Sone “of "themselves ‘of }*their ‘*own °%a *°prophet, Cretans always [are]
ψεῦσται, κακὰ θηρία, γαστέρες apyat. 18 ἡ.μαρτυρία.αὕτη
liars, evil wild beasts, *gluttons Mazy. This testimony
ἐστὶν ἀληθής" Ov ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως, ἵνα
15 true ; for which cause convict them with severity, that
ὑγιαίνωσιν ἔν τῇ πίστει, 14 μὴ προσέχοντες ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῖς
they may besound in the faith, not giving heed to Jewish
μύθοις καὶ ἐντολαῖς ἀνθρώπων ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλή-
fables andcommandments of men, turning away from the _ truth,
θειαν. 15 πάντα ἱμὲν" καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς’ τοῖς δὲ
All things [are] pure tothe pure; but to those who
Κμεμιασμένοις" καὶ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μεμίαν-
are defiled and unbelieving nothing [is] pure; but are de-
ται αὐτῶν Kai ὁ νοῦς Kai ἡ-.-συνείδησις. 16 θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν
filed *their *both mind and [their] conscience. God they profess

IZ ~ 1 7 2 ~ ‘ ” ‘
εἰδέναι, τοῖς.δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται, βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες καὶ

to know, but in works deny {him], “abominable ‘being and
ἀπειθεῖς, Kai πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἀδόκιμοι.
disobedient, and as to every ork *zood found worthless.
Q Σὺ δὲ λάλει ἃ πρέπει τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασ-
But *thou ‘speak the things that become sound teach-
καλίᾳ᾽ 2 πρεσβύτας νηφαλίους εἶναι, σεμνούς, σώ-
ing: [the] aged (men) ‘sober 1to *be, grave, dis-

poovac, ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ"
creet, sound in faith, in love, in endurance ;

f — καὶ LTT:[a]. g + [δὲ] but (especially) L.

9 ἐπιδιορθώσης L.
Κ μεμιαμμένοις LTTr; μεμιαμένοις A.

i— μὲν ΤΎΤΑΥ͂,.

555

thou shouldest set in
order the things that
are wanting, and or-
dain elders in every
city, as [had appointed
thee: 6 if any be
blameless,the husband
of one wife, having
faithful children not
accused of riot or up-
ruly. 7 For a bishop
must be blameless, as
the steward of God;
not selfwilled, not
soon angry, not given
to wine, no striker,
not given to filthy
lucre ; 8 but a lover
of hospitality, a lover
of good men, sober,
just, holy, temperate ;
9 holding fast the
faithful word as he
hath been taught, that
he may be able by
sound doctrine both to
exhort and to con-
vince the gainsayers.
10 For there are
many unruly and vain
talkers and deceivers,
specially they of the
circumcision : 11 whose
mouths must be stop-
ped,who subvert whole
houses,teaching things
which they ought not,
for filthy lucre’s sake.
12 One of themselves,
even a prophet of their
own, said, The Cre-
tians are alway liars,
evil beasts, slow bel-
lies. 13 This witness is
true. Wherefore re-
buke them sharply,
that they may besound
in the faith; 14 not
giving heed to Jewish
fables, and command-
ments of men, that
turn from the truth.
15 Unto the pure all
things are pure: but
unto them that are de-
filed and unbelieving
is nothing pure; but
even their mind and
conscience is defiled.
16 They profess that
they know God; but
in works they deny
him,being abominable,
and disobedient, and
unto every good work
reprobate. Il. But
speak thou the things
which become sound
doctrine: 2 that the
aged men be so-
ber, grave, temperate,
sound in faith, in cha-
rity, in patience. 3The

h + τῆς the TTr

556

aged women likewise,
that they be in be-
haviour as becometh
holiness, not false ac-
cusers, not given to
much wine, teachers
of good things ; 4 that
they may teach the
young women to he
sober, to love their
husbands, to love their
children, 5 to be dis-
ereet, chaste, keepers
at home, good, obe-
dient to their own hus-
bands, that the word
of God be not blas-
phemed. 6 Young men
likewise exhort to be
sober minded. 7 Inall
things shewing thy-
self a pattern of good
works: in doctrine
shewing uncorrupt-
ness, gravity, since-
rity, 8 sound speech,
that cannot be con-
demned ; that he that
is of thecontrary part
may be ashamed, hay-
ing no evil thing to
say of you. 9 Hxhort
servants to be obe-
dient unto their own
masters, and to please
them wellin all things;
not answering again ;
10 not purloining, but
shewing all good fide-
lity ; that they may
adorn the doctrine of

God our Saviour in
all things. 11 For
the grace of God

that bringeth salva-
tion hath appeared to
all men, 12 teaching
us that, denying un-
godliness and worldly
lusts, we should live
soberly, righteously,
and godly, in this pre-
sent world ; 13 looking
for that blessed hope,
and the glorious ap-
pearing of the great
God and our Saviour
Jesus Christ; 14 who
gave himself for us,
that he might redeem
us from all iniquity,
and purify unto him-
self a peculiar people,
zealous of good works,
15 These things speak,
and exhort, and re-
buke with all autho-
rity. Let no man de-
spise thee.

11, Put them in
mind to be subject
to principalities and

i P Orsi TT ON. 1 1
3 πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι ἱερο-
[the] aged (women) in like manner in deportment as becomes

~ 4 , ] Stl ” ~ Ν “
πρεπεῖς. μὴ διαβόλους, Ἱμὴ" οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας,
sacred ones, ποῦ slanderers, not ?to *wine *much enslaved,
καλοδιδασκάλους, 4 ἵνα τ'σωφρονίζωσιν" τὰς νέας
teachers of what is right ; that they may school the young [women]

φιλάνδρους εἶναι, φιλοτέκνους, 5 σώφρονας,
lovers of [their] husbands to be, lovers of [their] children, discreet,

ἁγνάς, “oikoupovc,' ἀγαθάς, ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν-
chaste, keepersat home, good, subject to theirown hus-

δράσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται. 6 Τοὺς

bands, that not the word of God may be evil spoken of. The
νεωτέρους ὡσαύτως παρακάλει σωφρονεῖν, 5 7 περὶ
younger [men] ἴῃ 11ὸ manner’ exhort to be discreet αὶ in

πάντα σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον καλῶν ἔργων, ἐν τῇ
all things thyself holding forth a pattern of good works; in
διδασκαλίᾳ Ῥἀδιαφθορίαν," σεμνότητα, ἀφθαρσίαν," 8 λόγον
teaching uncorruptness, gravity, incorruption, 2speech
ὑγιῆ, ἀκατάγνωστον, ἵνα ὁ. ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ. μηδὲν
1sound, not to be condemned : that he who is opposed may be ashamed, *nothing
ἔχων περὶ ὑμῶν eye φαῦλον. 9 Δούλους "ἰδίοις
thaving °concerning 7you “to *say evil. Bondmen to their own
δεσπόταις" ὑποτάσσεσθαι, ἐν πᾶσιν εὐαρέστους εἶναι, μὴ
masters to be subject, in everything well-pleasing to be, not
? a A , ? A) t ΄ ~ tl
ἀντιλέγοντας, 10 μὴ νοσφιζομένους, ἀλλὰ 'πίστιν πᾶσαν
contradicting ; bot purloining, but *fidelity 3411]
ἐνδεικνυμένους ayadny’ ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος
1shewing 5good, that the teaching Saviour
wt ~ ll θ ~ ~ ’ ~ ? , 4 ε
ὑμῶν" θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν. 1] Ἐπεφάνη.γὰρ a]
lof 2your God they may adorn in all things. For **appeared ‘the
χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ χὴ σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις,
grace 308 *God ‘which ‘brings ‘salvation "for 3411 °men,
12 παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι THY ἀσέβειαν Kai τὰς
instructing us that, having denied ungodliness and
κοσμικὰς. ἐπιθυμίας, σωφρόνως Kai δικαίως Kai εὐσεβῶς ζή-
worldly desires, discreetly and righteously and piously we
σωμεν ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, 13 προσδεχόμενοι τὴν paKapiar’
should live in the present age, awaiting the blessed
ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ Kai σωτῆ-
hope and appearing of the glory Srreat *God °and ®Sa-
ρος ἡμῶν Τ᾽ ησοῦ χριστοῦ," 14 ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν:
viour*of%our Jesus Christ ; who gave himself for us,
iva λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας, Kai καθαρίσῃ
that he might redeem us from all lawlessness, and might purify
ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων. 15 Ταῦτα
to himself a people peculiar, zealous ofgood works. These things
λάλει, καὶ παρακάλει, Kai ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς.
speak, and exhort, and oonvict with all command.
μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω.
ΖΝο ὅθπο *thee ‘let ‘despise.
3 Ὑπομίμνησκε αὐτοὺς ἀρχαῖς *kai' ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσ-
Put *in *remembrance 'them torulers and to authorities to be

μηδὲ Dor TTrA.
home LTTrA.

ταις ἰδίοις L.

ο Read to be discreet in all things, T.
9.--Ο ἀφθαρσίαν EGLTTrAW.
τ πᾶσαν πίστιν ΤΊΤΑ.
᾿ς ἡ (vead σωτή. bringing salvation) LTTra.

τὰ σωφρονίζουσιν they school Trra. π οἰκουργούς workers at
P ἀφθορίαν incorruption LTTraw.
τ λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν (US) LITrA ; περὶ ἡμῶν λέγειν GW. 5 δεσπό:
v + χὴν which [is] Lrtraw. τ ἡμῶν of our EGLTTrAW

Υ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTr. - - καὶ LTTrA,

ΠΤ TU;8.

πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι,
Severy 7work ®good ?ready ‘to 096,
2 μηδένα βλασφημεῖν, ἀμάχους εἶναι, ἐπιεικεῖς,
noone ἴο speak evil of, ποὺ *contentious ‘to *be, [tobe] gentle,
πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνυμένους "πρᾳότητα" πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους.
3411 tshewing meekness towards all men,
3 ἦμεν.γάρ ποτε Kai ἡμεῖς ἀνόητοι, ἀπειθεῖς, πλανώ-
For were “once ‘also ‘we without intelligence, disobedient, led
μένοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις Kai ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις, ἐν κακίᾳ
astray, serving ?lusts Sand *pleasures ‘various, in malice
\ , , , ~ > U - ev \
καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες, στυγητοί, μισοῦντες ἀλλήλους" 4 ὕτε. δὲ

Ill.

σεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν, πρὸς
subject, tobeobedient, ‘to

and envy living, hateful, hating one another. But when
ἡ χρηστότης Kai ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ. σωτῆρος ἡμῶν
the kindness andthe lovetoman Sappeared tof “our “Saviour

θεοῦ, 5 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ oy ἐποιήσαμεν

*God, not by works which[were]in righteousness which “practised
ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ “τὸν αὐτοῦ.ἔλεον" ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς. διὰ
we, but according to his mercy he saved us, through [the]

λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας" καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου,
washing of regeneration and renewing of [the] 7Spirit *Holy,
6 οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ
which he poured out on {8 richly through Jesus Christ
σωτῆρος. ἡμῶν" 7 ἵνα δικαιωθέντες τῃ. ἐκείνου. χάριτι, κληρο-
our Saviour ; that having been justified by his grace, eirs
νόμοι “γενώμεθα! κατ᾽ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου.
we should become according to [the] hope of life eternal.
8 Πιστὸὲὸ ὁ λόγος, καὶ περὶ τούτων βούλομαί σε δια-
Faithful [is] the word, and concerning thesethings Idesire thee ἴο
βεβαιοῦσθαι, iva φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι
affirm strongly, that ‘may 7take®care ‘°good ‘works *to }°be **forward ‘in
οἱ πεπιστευκότες ἰτῷ" θεῷ. ταῦτά ἐστιν Sra" καλὰ καὶ
‘they *who “have “believed 5God. These things are good and
ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις: 9 μωρὰς.δὲ ζητήσεις Kai γενεαλο-
profitable to men ; but foolish questions and genealo-
yiac καὶ *épec' καὶ μάχας νομικὰς περιΐστασο᾽ εἰσὶν
and strifes and contentions about [the] law stand aloof from; ΠΟΥ “are

gies

yap ἀνωφελεῖς καὶ μάταιοι. 10 Αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ

‘for unprofitable εὐ vain. A sectarian man after

μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ, 11 εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐξέ-
one and 8 second admonition reject, knowing that is

στραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, Kai ἁμαρτάνει. ὧν αὐτοκατάκριτος.
perverted suchaone, and sins, being self-condemned.
12 Ὅταν πέμψω ᾿Αρτεμᾶν πρός σε ἢ Τυχικόν, σπούδα-
When Ishallsend Artemas to thee, or Tychicus, be dili-
cov ἐλθεῖν πρός pe εἰς Νικόπολιν: ἐκεῖ.γὰρ κέκρικα
gent to come to me to Nicopolis ; for there I have decided
παραχειμάσαι. 13 Ζηνᾶν τὸν νομικὸν καὶ ᾿Απολλὼ" σπου-

to winter. Zenas the lawyer and Apollos dili-
daiwe πρόπεμψον, ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ἔλείπῃ." 14 μαν-
gently set forward, that nothing tothem may be lacking; “let

θανέτωσαν δὲ Kai οἱ ἡμέτεροι καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι

Slearn Jand ‘also Sours “°¢o0d «}4+works *to “be ®forward *in
εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ.ὦσιν ἄκαρποι. 15 ᾿Ασ-
for necessary wants, that they may not be unfruitful. 5Sa-

557
powers, to obey magis-
trates, to be ready to
every good work, 2 to
speak evil of no man,
to be no brawlers, but
gentle, shewing all
meekness unto all men.
3 For we ourselves al-
80 were sometimes
foolish, disobedient,
deceived, serving di-
vers lusts and plea-
sures, living in malice
and envy, hateful, and
hating one another.
4 But after that the
kindness and love of
God our Saviour to-
ward man appeared
5 not by works of
righteousness which
we have done, but ac-
cording to his mercy
he saved us, by the
washing of regenera-
tion, and renewing
of the Holy Ghost;
6 which he shed on us
abundantly through
Jesus Christ our Sa-
viour; 7 that being
justified by his grace,
we should be made
heirs according to the
a of eternal life,
8 This is a faithful say-
ing, and these things
I will that thou affirm
constantly, that they
which have believed
in God might be care-
fal to maintain good
works. These things
are good and profitable
unto men. 9 But a-
void foolish questions,
and genealogies, and
contentions, and striv-

ings about the law;
for they are un-
profitable and vain.

10 A man that is an
heretick after the first
and second admonition
reject; 11 knowing
that he that is such is
subverted, and sin-
neth, being condemned
of himself.

12 When Ishalisend
Artemas unto thee, or
Tychicus, be diligent
to come unto me to
Nicopolis: for I have
determined there to
winter. 13 Bring Ze-
nas the lawyer and
Apollos on their jour-
ney diligently, that
nothing be wanting
unto them. 14 And
let ours also learn to
maintain good works
for necessary uses,that
they be not unfruitful,
15 All that are with

© τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος LTTrAW.
ἕ --- τὰ LTTrAWw.

Ὁ δ ττττα.

5 πραὔτητα LTTrA.
f —7@ LTTrAW.

© γενηθῶμεν LTTrAW.
λὼν τ΄ Κ λίπῃ τ.

h ἔριν strife T.

4 παλινγενεσίας T.
i’ A7roA-

558

me salute thee. Greet
them that love us in
the faith. Grace be
with youall, Amen.

ΠΡΟΣ @®@IAHMONA.

πάζονταί σε οἱ per ἐμοῦ πάντες. ἄσπασαι τοὺς φι-
lute Sthee *those *with *me tall, Salute those who
λοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει. ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν.
love us in (the) faith, Grace [be] with 3411 you.
ἀμήν."

Amen.

πρὸς Τίτον, τῆς Κρητῶν ἐκκλησίας πρῶτον ἐπί-

To Titus ‘of *the 70 [*the] ®Cretans Sassembly *first Sover-
σκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Νικοπόλεως τῆς Make-
seer ?chosen, written from Nicopolis of Mace-
δονίας."
donia.

Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ ®IAHMONA EDIZSTOAH I[MAYAOY.'

THE

PAUL, a prisoner of
Jesus Christ, and Ti-
mothy our brother,
unto Philemon our
dearly beloved, and
fellowlabourer, 2 and
to our beloved Apphia,
and <Archippus our
fellowsoldier, and to
the church in thy
house: 3 Grace to you,
and peace, from God
our Father and the
Lord Jesus Christ.

41 thank my God,
making mention of
thee always in my
prayers, 5 hearing of
thy love and faith,
which thou hast to-
ward the Lord Je-
sus, and toward all
saints; 6 that the
communication of thy
faith may become ef-
fectual by the ac-
knowledging of every
good thing which is in
you in Christ Jesus,
7 For we have great
joy and consolation in
thy love, because the
bowels of the saints
are refreshed by thee,
brother.

8 Wherefore, though
I might be much
bold in Christ to en-
join thee that which
ig convenient, 9 yet
for love’s sakeI rather
beseech thee,being such
an one as Paul the
aged, and now also
&@ prisoner of Jesus
Christ. 10 I beseech
thee for my son One-

“TO

5PHILEMON EPISTLE OF *PAUL.

ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ δέσμιος χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός,
Paul, prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timotheus the brother,
Φιλήμονι τῷ ἀγαπητῷ καὶ συνεργῷ.ἡμῶν, 2 καὶ ᾿Απφίᾳ τῇ
to Philemon the beloved and our fellow-worker, and to Apphia the
νἀγαπητῇ," καὶ ᾿Αρχίππῳ τῷ. “συστρατιώτῃ" ἡμῶν, καὶ τῇ
beloved, and to Archippus our fellow-soldier, and to the
kar’ oikév.cov ἐκκλησίᾳ 3 χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ
2in “thy *house ‘assembly: Grace to you and peace from God
πατρὸς.-ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ.
our Father and [the] Lord Jesus Christ.
4 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ.θεῷ.μου, πάντοτε μνείαν cov ποιούμενος
1 thank my God, always mention of thee making
ἐπὶ τῶν.προσευχῶν.μου, 5 ἀκούων σου THY ἀγάπην Kai THY
at my prayers, hearing of thy love and
πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις “πρὸς! τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ εἰς πάν-
faith which thou hast towards the Lord Jesus, andtowards all
τας Tove ἁγίους, 6 ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς.πίστεώς.σου ἐνεργὴς
the saints, so that the fellowship of thy faith efficient
γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἐτοῦ" ἐν
may become in [the] acknowledgment of every good (thing) which [is] in
ὑμῖν! εἰς χριστὸν θ᾿ Inoovy." 7 Ῥχάριν" γὰρ Ἰέχομεν πολλὴν"
you towards Christ Jesus, ®Thankfulness *for 7we*have ‘great
καὶ παράκλησιν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῳισου, ὅτι τὰ σπλάγχνα
and encouragement by occasion of thy love, because the bowels
τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ, ἀδελφέ.
ofthe saints have beenrefreshed by thee, brother.
8 Διὸ πολλὴν ἐν χριστῷ παῤῥησίαν ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι
Wherefore much 21 “Christ *boldness having toorder’ thee
τὸ ἀνῆκον, 9 διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην μᾶλλον παρακαλῶ"
what [is] becoming, for the sake of love rather I exhort,
~ A € ~ , ‘ ‘ ,
τοιοῦτος ὧν ὡς Παῦλος πρεσβύτης, νυνὶ.δὲ καὶ δέσμιος
such aone being as Paul [the] aged, and now also prisoner
”Tnood χριστοῦ"" 10 παρακαλῶ σε περὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου, ὃν
of Jesus Christ, Iexhort thee for my child, whom

᾿ς ἀμήν G[L]TTraw. Σ᾿ n
8 + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the Apostle E; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα LTTraw.
d εἰς LTra.

© guvo- LTTrA.

h χαρὰν joy EGLTTrAW.

m — the subscription GLTw ; Πρὸς Τίτον Tra.
Ὁ ἀδελφῇ sister LTTra.
& — ‘Inoovr LTTr[A].

€ — τοῦ Ltr. {ἡμῖν US GLTrAW.
Κ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA.

1 πολλὴν ἔσχον I had great LTTraw.

PHILEMON.

ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 'μου," ᾿Ονήσιμον, 11 τόν ποτέ σοι
Ibegot in 2bonds ‘my, Spesimus, once to thee

ἄχρηστον. νυνὶ.δὲ ™ σοι καὶ ἐμοὶ εὔχρηστον, ὃν ἀνέπεμ-
unserviceable, butnow tothee and tome serviceable: whom I sent

par 12 ὁσὺ δὲ! αὐτόν, Ῥτουτέστιν᾽ τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα,
back [to thee]: but thou him, (that is, my oS)

IrpookaBov'' 13 ὃν ἐγὼ ἐβουλόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κατέχειν,
receive : whom [ was desiring with myself to keep,

ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ τδιακονῇ μοι! ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου"
that for thee hemightserve me in the bonds of the glad ndings;

14 χωρὶς. δὲ τῆς.σῆς. γνώμης οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ

but apart from thy mind nothing I wished to do, that not
ὡς κατὰ.ἀνάγκην τὸ. ἀγαθόν.σου ῇ: ἀλλὰ κατὰ. ἑκούσιον.
as of necessity thy good might be, but of willingness:
15 raxa-yao διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν,

for perhaps because of this
ἵνα αἰώνιον αὐτὸν
that eternally him
SGN"! ὑπὲρ
but above
, A
πόσῳ. δὲ

he was separated [from thee] for
ἀπέχῃς" 16 οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον,
thou mightest Done F no longer as a bondman,

δοῦλον, ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν, μάλιστα ἐμοί,
a bondman, a brother beloved, specially to me,

μᾶλλόν σοι καὶ ἔν σαρκὶ Kai ἐν κυρίῳ;
and how much rather to thee both in [the] flesh and in([the) Lord?
17 εἰ οὖν ᾿ἐμὲὶ ἔχεις κοινωνόν, προσλαβοῦ αὐτὸν we
If therefore me thou holdest a yrees receive him as

ἐ v
ἐμέ" 18 εἰδὲ τι ἠδίκησέν σε ἢ ὀφείλει, τοῦτο ἐμοὶ. "ἐλλόγει."
me; but if anything he wronged eo or owes, this puttomy Sneak

’ > ’ la

19: ἐγὼ Τιαρλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί, ἐγὼ ἀποτίσω" ἵνα
wrote [it] withmy[{own]hand; I willrepay; that
pay). Ny ω σοι OTL Kai σεαυτόν μοι πε τος εἰ ει 20 Ναί,
I may Hee ney to theethat even thyself to me thou owest also. Yea,
ἀδελφέ, ἐγώ σον ὀναίμην ἐν Kupiw ἀνάπαυσόν μου
brother, 305 *thee ‘may have profit in [the] Lord: refresh my

a time,

Ta σπλάγχνα ἐν = *upiy.' 21 πεποιθὼς τῷ. ὑπακοῇ.σου
bowels in [the] Lord. Being persuaded of thy obedience
ἔγραψά σοι, εἰδὼς ὅτι Kai ὑπὲρ ὃ) λέγω ποιήσεις.

Iwrote to thee, knowing that even above what I may say thou wilt do.

22 “Αμα.δὲ καὶ ἑτοίμαζε μοι ξενίαν: ἐλπίζω.γὰρ ὅτι διὰ
But withal also prepare me Ode; forI hope that through

τῶν.προσευχῶν.ὑμῶν χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν. 23 Τ᾿ Ασπάζονταί"
your prayers I shall be granted to δος, 13Salute

559

simus, whom I have
begotten i in my bonds:
11 which in time past
was to thee unprofit-
able, but now profit-
able to thee and to me:
12 whom I have sent
again: thou therefore
receive him, that is,
mine own bowels:
13 whom I would have
retained with me,
that in thy stead he
might have ministered
unto me in the bonds
of the gospel: 14 but
without thy mind
would I do nothing;
that thy benefit should
not be as it were of
necessity, but willing-
ly. 15 For perhaps he
therefore departed for
@ season, that thou
shouldest receive him
for ever; 16 not now
as a servant, but a-
bove a servant, a bro-
ther beloved, specially
to me, but how much
more unto thee, both
in the flesh, andin the
Lord? 17 If thou count
me thereforea partner,
receive him as myself.
18 If he hath wronged
thee, or oweth thee
ought, put that on
mine account; 19 I
Paul have written it
with mine own hand,
I will repay tt: albeit
I do not say to thee
how thou owest unto
me even thine own
self besides. 20 Yea,
brother, let me have
joy of thee in the
Lord: refresh my bow-
elsin the Lord. 21 Hay-
ing confidence in thy
obedience I wrote un-
to thee, knowing that
thou wilt also do more
than I say. 22 But
withal prepare me al-
so a lodging: for I
trust that through
your prayers I shall

σε ᾿Ἑπαφρᾶς ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν χριστῷ: Ἰησοῦ, de given unto you.
*thee ‘Epaphras *fellow-prisoner 2my “ἢ Christ ®Jesus; 23 There salute thee
2 Epaphras, my fellow-
4 Μάρκος, ᾿Αρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ. συνξεργ οί.μου. prisoner in Christ Je-
™ark, ®Aristarchus, ®Demas, 2°Tuke, ay fellow walkers sus iat areus, Ais
25 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ aes Gad paren
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be) with 25 The grace of our
πνεύματος ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." ἘΞ τ τον
your spirit. Amen. men.
"Πρὺς Φιλήμονα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ ᾿Ονησίμου
Philemon written from Bome, by Onesimus
cae
a servant.
— μου LTTra. m+ καὶ also T. π + got to thee LITraw. — ov δὲ LTTra.
P τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 4 -- προσλαβοῦ LTTra. τ μοι διακονῇ GLITrAW. 5 ἀλλὰ TTr.

‘me GLITrAw. " ἐλλόγα LTTrA. χριστῷ Christ GLITraw.

of the Lord) τ. ® — ἀμήν GLTTrAW.

x ἃ the things which Lrtra,
¥ ἀσπάζεταί (read Epaphras my fellow-prisoner salutes thee) GLTTraw.

— ἡμῶν (read

b — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα Tra.

ἬΠΠΕΟΣ

THE +*TO

GOD, who at sundry
times and in divers
manners spake in time
past unto the fathers
by the prophets, 2 hath
in these last days
spoken unto us by his
Son, whom he hath
appointed heir of all
things, by whom also
he made the worlds ;
3 who being the bright-
ness of his glory, and
the express image of his
person, and upholding
all things by the word
of his power, when he
had by himself purged
our sins, sat down on
the right hand of
the Majesty on high ;
4 being madeso much
better than the angels,
as he hath by inherit-
ance obtained a more
excellent name than
they. 5 For unto which
of the angels said he
at any time, Thou art
my Son, this day have
I begotten thee? And
again, I will be to him
a Father, and he shall
be to me a Son? 6 And
again, when he bring-
eth in the firstbegotten
into the world, he
saith, And let all the
angels of God worship
him. 7 And of the
angels he saith, Who
maketh his angels spi-
rits, and his minis-
ters a flame of fire.
8 But unto the Son
he saith, Thy throne,
O God, is for ever and
ever: a sceptre of
righteousness 7 the
sceptre of thy king-
dom. 9 Thou hast loy-
ed righteousness, and
hated iniquity ; there-
fore God, even thy
God, hath anointed
thee with the oil of
gladness above thy
fellows. 10 And, Thou,
Lord, in the beginning
hast laid the founda-
tion of the earth; and
the heavens are the
works of thine hands:
11 they shall perish ;

* — Παύλου EG; Πρὸς “Ἑβραίους LTTrAW.
© ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας LTTrAW.

ΟΥΤΎΓΑΨ.
ποιησάμενος LTTrA.
Ὁ + THs LTTr.

i — ἡ (read [the]) urtr.

EBPAIOYS EUIZTOAH MAYAOY.1

(STHE] SHEBREWS EPISTLE Ξ30Ε *PAUL.

TIOAYMEPQ® καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι ὁ θεὸς λαλήσας

In many parts and inmany ways of old God having spoken
τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ἐπ᾽ Ῥἐσχάτων" τῶν ἡμερῶν

to the fathers in the prophets, in “last #days

, ? , c ~ > cw “a » ’΄
τούτων ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν éevvig, 2 ὃν ἔθηκεν κληρονό-
*these spoke tous in Son, whom he appointed heir

μον πάντων, dt οὗ καὶ “τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησεν," ὃ ὃς ὧν
of allthings, by whom also the worlds he made: who being
ἀπαύγασμα τῆς. δόξης Kai χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως

[{890] effulgence of [his] glory δηᾶ [the] exact expression of “substance

αὐτοῦ, φέρων. τε τὰ πάντα TP ῥήματι τῆς. δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ,

*his, and upholding allthings by the word of his power,
45,’ ἑαυτοῦ" καθαρισμὸν “ποιησάμενος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν"
by himself {the} purification having made of ?sins

τἡμῶν," ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης
tour, sat down on([the]right hand ofthe greatness
4 τοσούτῳ κρείττων γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων,

by so much better having begome than the angels,
διαφορώτερον παρ᾽ αὐτοὺς κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα. 5 Tint.yap
more “excellent "beyond *them 786 *has *inherited ‘a ?name, For to which
εἶπεν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον
*said "he Sever ‘of 7the angels, ®Son ‘my art thou: I to-day
γεγέννηκά σε; καὶ πάλιν, ᾿Εγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα,
have begotten thee? and again, I will be tohim for Father,
καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν; 6 ὕταν.δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ
and - he shall be tome for Son? and *when ‘again he brings in
τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς THY οἰκουμένην, λέγει, Kai προσκυνη-
the first-born into the habitable world, he says, And let wor-
σάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ. 7 Kai πρὸς μὲν
ship him all {the] angels of God. And asto

4 ? , , « ~ 4 2 uA ᾽ - ,
τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει, Ὃ ποιῶν τοὺς. ἀγγελους.αὐτοῦ πνεύ-
the angels he says, Who makes his angels spi-
ara, Kai τοὺς. λειτουργοὺς.αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα ὃ πρὸς .δὲ
μ ’ : ng ς Ὕ ρος

ἐν ὑψηλοῖς,
on high,

vow
as much as

rits, and his ministers Sof *fire ‘a *flame; but as to
τὸν υἱόν, ‘O.0pdvoc.cov, ὁ θεός, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος"
the Son, Thy throne, O God, [18] to the age ofthe age.
EpdBdoc® εὐθύτητος ἰὴ" ῥάβδος τῆς. βασιλείας. σου. 9 ἠγά-
asceptre of uprightness [15] the sceptre of thy kingdom. Thou
πησας δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἐμίσησας Ἑἀνομίαν. διὰ τοῦτο
didst love righteousness and didsthate lawlessness; because of this

ἔχρισεν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ.θεός.σου ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς
“anointed Sthee ἰθοὰ thy *God with[the]oil of exultation above

μετόχους.σου. 10 Kai, Σὺ κατ᾽ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθε-
thy companions, And, Thou in the beginning, Lord, the earth didst
μελίωσας, Kai ἔργα τῶν.χειρῶν.σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί" 11 αὐτοὶ
found, and works of thy hands are the heavens. They

Ὁ ἐσχάτου (read at the end of these days)

4 — δι᾽ ἑαντοῦ LITrA. © τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν

8 -- xai.and τ,; + καὶ ἡ and the (sceptre) TTra.
k ἀδικίαν unrighteousness T.

f — ἡμῶν LTTrAW.

PPT HEBREWS.

ἀπολοῦνται, σὺ.δὲ διαμένεις᾽ καὶ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιω-
shall perish, butthon continuest; and([they] all as a garment shall grow

θήσονται, 12 Kai ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἰἑλίξεις' αὐτοὺς, Kai
old, and as acovering thoushaltrollup them, and

ἀλλαγήσονται: σὺ.δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, Kai τὰ ἔτη.σου οὐκ ἐκλεί-
ise. shall be changed ; but thou the same art, and oy years *not ‘shall

vovow. 13 Πρὸς.τίνα.δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, Κάθου ἐκ

fail. But as to which of the angels said he ever, Sit at
δεξιῶν. μου, Ewe.dv.06 τοὺς. ἐχθρούς σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν
ΤΑΥ͂ Τρ πα ἃ wuntilI place thine enemies [485] a footstool for

ποδῶν σου; 14 οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς
*feet thy? ®Not 7all ‘are Sthey apace spirits, for

διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο-
to inherit

service being sent forth onaccount of those being about
μεῖν σωτηοίαν ;
salvation ?
2 Διὰ τοῦτο det περισσοτέρως "ἡμᾶς προσέχειν"
On account of this it behoves more abundantly us to give heed
τοῖς ἀκουσθεῖσιν, μήποτε “σπαραῤῥυῶμεν." 2 εἰ γὰρ
to the things heard, lest at any time we should slip away. For if

ὁ δι ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος, καὶ πᾶσα
the *by “angels *spoken lword was confirmed, and every

παράβασις Kai παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν, 3 πῶς
oe sae and disobedience received just recompense, how
ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας ; ἥτις
2we *shall escape 530 °great (‘if we! Shave ‘neglected a salvation ? which
ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα λαλεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπὸ
34 “commencement areas “received tobe spoken [of] by the Lord, Sby

τῶν ἀκουσάντων εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐβεβαιώθη, 4 συνεπιμαρτυ-
*those "that *heard 33:0 5 ss ‘was *confirmed; bearing ++ witness

οοὔντος τοῦ θεοῦ σημείοις τε καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ ποικίλαις
12 with (‘*them] °God ‘Sby ‘*sigus ‘*both and wonders, and various
δυνάμεσιν, καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου μερισμοῖς, κατὰ τὴν
acts of power, and 7of [*the]*Spirit *Holy ‘distributions, according to
αὐτοῦ θέλησιν.

his will.

5 Ov.yao ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλ-

Fornot toangels didhesubject the habitable world which isto

λουσαν, περὶ ἧς λαλοῦμεν" 6 διεμαρτύρατο.δε που τὶς
come, of which we speak; but fully *testified ‘somewhere ‘one

, ΄ > » oe ’ ᾽ ~ n εν
λέγων, Τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνησκῃ αὑτοῦ" ἢ υἱὸς

saying, What is psn, that thou art mindful of him, or son
ἀνθρώπου, ore ἐπισκέπτῃ Ῥαὐτόν:! 7 ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν
of ane, that thou visitest him? Thou didst make“*lower ‘*thim

δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας

βοαχύ τι παρ᾽ ἀγγέλους
with glory and honour thou didst crown

Aes some than {the] angels;
(or for a little)

αὐτόν. “καὶ κατέστησας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν. σου"

him, and didst set him over the works of thy hands ;
8 πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. eevee
all things thou didst subject under his feet. For in

τῷ" ὑποτάξαι "αὐτῷ" τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακ-
subjecting tohim allthings, nothing heleft to him unsubject.
νῦν.δὲ οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα"
But now notyet dowesee tohim all ἘΕΠΡῈ subjected ;
1 ἀλλάξεις thou shalt change rT.
ἡμᾶς LITrAW. 9 παραρνυῶμεν LTTYA.
Q[L]t[tr]a. τ τῷ yap LTTraAW.

τον"

Ρ αὐτοῦ W.
5 [αὐτῷ] L.

oe ὡς ἱμάτιον as a garment Ltr].
4 — καὶ κατέστησας to end of verse

561

but thou remainest ;

and they all shall wax
old as doth a garment;

12 and as a vesture
shalt thou fold them
up, and they shall be
changed: but thou art
the same, and thy years
shall not fail. 13 But
to which of the angels
said he at any time,
Sit on my right hand,
until I make thine
enemies thy footstool?
14 Are they not all
ministering spirits,
sent forth to minister
for them who shall be
heirs of salvation ?

Il. Therefore we
ought to givethe more
earnest heed to the
things which we have
heard, lest at any time
we should let them
slip. 2 For if the word
spoken by angels was
stedfast, and every
transgression and dis-
obedience received a
just recompence of re-
ward; 3 howshall we
escape, if we neglect
sO great salvation ;
which at the first be-
gan to be spoken by
the Lord, and wascon-
firmed unto us by
them that heard him;
4 God also bearing
them witness, both
with signs and won-
ders, and with divers
miracles, and gifts of
the Holy Ghost, ac-
cording to his own
will?

5 For unto the angels
hath he not put in
subjection the world
to come, whereof we
speak. 6 But one ina
certain place testified,
saying, What is man,
that thou art mindful
of him ? or the son of
man, that thou visit-
est him? 7 Thou mad-
est him a little lower
than the angels ; thou
crownedst him with
, glory and honour, and
didst set him over the .
works of thy hands:
8 thou hast put all
things in subjection
under his feet. For in
that he put all in sub-
jection under him, he
left nothing that w
not put under him.
But now we see not
yet all things put un-

0 προσέχειν

00

562

der him. 9 But we see
Jesus, who was made
a little lower than the
angels for thesuffering
of death, crowned with
glory and honour;
that he by the grace
of God should taste
death for every man.
10 For it became him,
for whom are all
things, and by whom
are all things, in
bringing Many sons
unto glory, to make
the captain of their sal-
vation perfect through
sufferings. 11 For both
he that sanctifieth and
they who are saneti-
fied are all of one: for
which cause he is not
ashamed to call them
brethren, 12 saying, I
will declare thy name
unto my brethren, in
the midst of the church
will I sing praise unto
thee. 13 And again, I
will put my trust in
him, And again, Be-
hold I and the chil-
dren which God hath
given me. 14 Foras-
much then as the
children are partakers
of flesh and blood, he
also himself likewise
took part of the same;
that through death
he might destroy him
that had the power of
death, that is, the
devil; 15 and deliver
them who through
fear of death were all
their lifetime subject
to bondage. 16 For
verily he took not on
him the nature of an-
gels; but he took on
him the seed of Abra-
ham. 17 Wherefore in
all things it behoved
him to be made like
unto Ais brethren, that
he might be a merci-
ful and faithful hign
priest in things per-
taining to God, to
make reconciliation
for the sins of the peo-
ple. 18 For in that he
himself hath suffered
being tempted, he is
able to succour them
that are tempted.

TII. Wherefore, holy
brethren, partakers of
the heavenly calling,
consider the Apostle
and High Priest of our
profession, Christ Je-
sus; 2 who was faith-
ful to him that ap-
pointed him, as also
Moses was faithful in
all his house. 3 For

τ αἵματος Kal σαρκός LTTrAW.

: Mwvo7s GLTTrAW.

ΠΡΟΣ EE PAO Y=.

9 τὸν. δὲ

II, III.

βραχύ τι map’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν

but ‘who ‘little 7s0ome?°than["'the] ‘?angels [*was]*made ον ‘we 2560
(or for a little)
> ~ 4 4 ᾽’ ~ , , 4 ~
Ιησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ

sJesus onaccountof the suffering of death with glory and with honour
ἐστεφανωμένον, ὅπως χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γεύσηται
crowned ; so that by [the] grace of God for everyone he might taste
ἢ Ἵ (or every thing) :
» 4 > ~ a , ‘
θανάτου. 10 Ἔπρεπεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, δι ὃν τὰ.-πάντα Kai δι
death. For it was becoming tohim, for whom [are] allthings and by
οὗ τὰ. πάντα, πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸν
whom [are] all things, many sons to glory bringing, the
ἀρχηγὸν τῆς.σωτηρίας.αὐτῶν διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι.
leader of their salvation through sufferings to make perfect.
11 ὕ.τεγὰρ ἁγιάζων καὶ οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι, ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντες"
For both he who sanctifies and those sanctified of one [are] all;
δι ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ.ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν, 12 λέ-
for which cause _heis not ashamed “brethren “them ‘to ?call, say-
yor, ᾿Απαγγελῶ τὸ.ὄνομά.σου τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς. μου, ἐν μέσῳ
ing, I will declare thy name to my brethren ; in [the] midst
᾽ ΄ « ΄ ‘ , ? ‘ wn”
ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω.σε. 13 Καὶ πάλιν, ᾿Εγω ἔσομαι
of[{the]assembly Iwillsing praise to thee. And again, I will be

πεποιθὼς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. Kai πάλιν, ᾿Ιδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία &

trusting in him. And again, Behold I and the children which
» « ’ ? ‘ 4 , ,
μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός. 14 Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν
3me *cave 1God. Since therefore the children have partaken

ὑσαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος, καὶ αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν
of flesh and blood, also he inlike manner took part in
τῶν.αὐτῶν, va διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Karapynoy τὸν τὸ κράτος
the same, that through death he might annul himwho *the *might
ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου, τουτέστιν" τὸν διάβολον, 15 καὶ ἀπαλ-

‘has of death, that is, the devil; and might set
λάξῃ τούτους ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου διὰ παντὸς τοῦ.ζῇν
free those whosoever by fear ofdeath throvzh all _ their lifetime

ἔνοχοι ἦσαν “δουλείας." 16 οὐ.γὰρ δήπου ἀγγέλων ἐπιλαμ-
Ξραᾳ Ὀ]6 οὐ ‘were to bondage. For ποῦ indeed of angels takes he

βάνεται, ἀλλὰ σπέρματος ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπιλαμβάνεται. 17 ὅθεν

hold, but of {the} seed of Abraham he takes hold. Wherefore
ὥφειλεν κατὰ πάντα τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι, ἵνα ἐλεή-

it behoved [him] in all things to [815] brethren to be made like, that a merci-
μων γένηται καὶ πιστὸς ἀρχιερεὺς τὰ πρὸς τὸνθεόν,
ful "he *might 706 ‘and *faithful *high “priest [in] things relating to God,
εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας Tov λαοῦ. 18 ἐν.ᾧ.γὰρ
for ὕο make propitiation for the sins of the people; for in that
πέπονθεν αὐτὸς πειρασθείς, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις
he “has %suffered "himself having been tempted,heisable those being tempted
βοηθῆσαι.
to help.
a 7S ‘ oe , ? , ,
3 Ὅθεν, ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι, κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι,
Wherefore, brethren ‘holy, οἵ [{Π6] calling ‘heavenly partakers,
κατανοήσατε TOY ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς. ὁμολογίας. ἡμῶν

consider the apostle and high priest of our confession,
χριστὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ 2 πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν, ὡς
Christ Jesus, ?faithful being tohim who appointed him, as

καὶ Μωσῆς" ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ. οἴκῳ.αὐτοῦ. 3 πλείονος.γὰρ "δόξης
also Moses in all his house. For 70f *more “glory

ν τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. Υ — χριστὸν GLTTrAW.

8 οὗτος δόξης GLTTrAW.

x δουλίας T.

Τ.
οὗτος" παρὰ "Muon! ἠξίωται,
*he than Moses hasbeencountedworthy,byhowmuch more

ἔχει τοῦ οἴκου ὁ κατασκευάσας αὐτόν" 4 πᾶς γὰρ οἶκος
has *than *the 7house he who sbuilt *it. For every house

κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος ὁ.δὲ “τὰ! πάντα κατασκευάσας
is built by someone; buthewho all things built [18]

θεός. 5 καὶ Μωσῆς" μὲν πιστὸς ἔν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ. αὐτοῦ ὡς
God. And Moses indeed[was]faithful in all his house as
θεράπων, εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν δλαληθησομένων᾽
aministering servant, for atestimony οἷ thethings going to be spoken;
6 χριστὸς.δὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν.οἷκον.αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν
but Christ as Son over his house, whose house are
ἡμεῖς, ξἐάνπερ' τὴν παῤῥησίαν Kai τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος

HEBREWS.

καθ᾽ ὅσον πλείονα τιμὴν
honour

we, ifindeed the boldness and the boasting ofthe hope
fuéypt τέλους βεβαίαν" κατάσχωμεν.
unto [the] end firm we should hold.

7 Διό, καθὼς λέγει TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς
Wherefore,evenas says the Spirit the Holy, To-day if

φωνῆς.αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, 8 μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας. ὑμῶν,

his voice ye willhear, harden not your hearts,
ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ THY ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν
as in the provocation, in the day of temptation, in

τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 9 οὗ ἐπείρασάν Spe" οἱ. πατέρες. ὑμῶν, *idoKxipacay
the wilderness, where “tempted ‘me your “fathers, proved
με." καὶ εἶδον τὰ-ἔργα.μου ἱτεσσαράκοντα' ἔτη: 10 διὸ προσ-

me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore I was
ώχθισα TH γενεᾷ "ἐκείνῃ," καὶ *elroy," ᾿Αεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ
indignant with generation ‘that, and said, Always they err

καρδίᾳ" αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς. μου" 11 we wpooa ἐν
inheart; andthey did not know my ways ; so Iswore in

τῇ-ὀργῇ- μου, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσίν. μου. 12 Βλέ-
my wrath, If theyshallenter into my rest. Take

πετε, ἀδελφοί, μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ
heed, brethren, lest perhaps shall be in anyone of you a“heart ‘wicked

ἀπιστίας ty τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ζῶντος" 18 ἀλλὰ
of unbelief in departing from *God['the] “living. But
παρακαλεῖτε ἑαυτοὺς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, ἄχρις.οὗ TO σήμερον
encourage yourselves every day as long as “to-day
~ “ A ~ ] 3 « ~ Π ? , ~
καλεῖται, iva μὴ σκληρυνθῇ ric ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς
it 7is called, that ποῦ may be hardened any of you by([the] deceitfulness
ἁμαρτίας" 14 μέτοχοι.γὰρ γεγόναμεν Tov χριστοῦ," "ἐάνπερ"

of sin. For companions we have become of the Christ, if indeed
THY ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν κατά-
the beginning of the assurance unto [the] end firm we

oxwpuev' 15 ἐν rpdeyecOar, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς.φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ
should hold ; in its being said, To-day if his voice
ἀκούσητε, μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας. ὑμῶν, we ἐν τῷ παραπι-
ye willhear, harden not your hearts, as in the provoca-
κρασμῷ. 16 “τινὲς. γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν," ἀλλ᾽ οὐ
tion. For some having heard provoked, but not
πάντες ot ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ PMwoéwe."4 17 τίσιν δὲς
411 who cameout from gypt by Moses. And with whom
Ὁ MwionvGLTTrAW. ©—taLTTrAw. 4 Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW.
f— μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν A. & — με LTTraw.
LTTraw. i τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. J ταύτῃ this LrtTraw.
GLaw. ™ Tov χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν GLTTrAW. Ὁ ἐάν περ LTr.
κραναν ; For who, having heard, provoked? GLTTraw.
as @ question but [was it] not all, &. ?) GLrtraw.

563

this man was counted
worthy of more glory
than Moses, inasmuch
as he who hath build-
ed the house hath more
honour than the house.
4 For every honse is
builded by some man;
but he that built all
things 1s God. 5 And
Moses verily was faith-
ful in all his house, as
aservant, for a testi-
mony of those things
which were to be
spoken after; 6 but
Christ as a son over
his own house ; whose
house are we, if we
hold fast the confi-
dence and the rejoic-
ing of the hope firm
unto the end.

7 Wherefore (as the
Holy Ghost saith, To
day if ye will hear his”
voice, 8 harden not
your hearts, as in the
provocation, in the
day of temptation in
the wilderness: 9 when
your fathers tempted
me, proved me, and
saw my works forty
years. 10 Wherefore I
Was grieved with that
generation, and said,
They do alway err in
their heart ; and they
have not known my
ways. 11 So Iswarein
my wrath, They shall
not enter into my rest.)
12 Take heed, brethren,
lest there be in any of
you an evil heart of
unbelief, in departing
from the living God.
13 But exhort one an-
other daily, while itis
called To day ; lestany
of you be hardened
through the deceitful-
ness of sin. 14 For we
are made partakers of
Christ, if we hold the
beginning of our con-
fidence stedfast unto
the end ; 15 whileit is
said, To day if ye will
hear his voice, harden
not your hearts, as in
the provocation. 16 For
some, when they had
heard, did provoke:
howbeit not all that
came out of Egypt by
Moses. 17 But with

© ἐάν[περ] L; ἐὰν if TTrra.
hey δοκιμασίᾳ by proving [me ]
Κ εἶπα L. ῶ
° τίνες γὰρ ἀκού. παρεπί-
Ρ Mwiicéws GLTTrAW.
τ + [καὶ] also 1,.

1 ἐξ ὑμῶν τις

9; (read

564

whom was he grieved
forty years? was it not
with them that had
sinned, whose carcases
fell in the wilderness?
18 And to whom sware
he that they should
not enter into his rest,
but to them that be-
lieved not? 19 So we
see that they could not
enter in because of
unbelief. IV. Let us
therefore fear, lest, a
promise being left us
of entering into his
rest, any of you should
seem to come short of
it. 2 For unto us was
the gospel preached, as
well as unto them: but
the word preached did
not profit them, not
being mixed with faith
in them that heard it.
3 For we which have
believed do enter into
rest, 88 he said, As I
have sworn in my
wrath, if they shall
enter into my rest:
althougn the works
were finished from
tae foundation of the
world. 4 For he spake
in a certain place of
theseventh day on this
wise, And God did rest
the seventh day from
all his works. 5 And
in this place again, If
they shall enter into
my rest. 6 Seeing
therefore it remaineth
that some must enter
therein, and they to
whom it was first
preached entered not
in because of unbe-
lief: 7 again, he li-
raiteth a certain day,
saying in David, To
cay, after so long a
time; as itis said, To
day if ye will hear his
voice, harden not your
hearts. 8 For if Jesus
had given them rest,
then would he not
afterward have spok-
en of another day.
9 There remaineth
therefore a rest to the
people of God. 10 For
ne that is entered inte
his rest, he also hath
ceased from his own
works, as God did
from his. 11 Let us
labour therefore to en-
ter into that rest, lest
any man fall after the
same example of un-

ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOTS.

προσώχθισεν “τεσσαράκοντα! ἔτη ;
was he indignant forty

τήσασιν,

ΠῚ, IV.

οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρ-
years? [Was it] not with those who

ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ; 18 τίσιν.δὲ
sinned, of whom the carcases fell in the wilderness? And to whom

ὦμοσεν μὴ.εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ
swore he (that they]shallnotenter into his rest, except

~ ? ΄ ‘ , e 7 ᾽ ΄
τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν ; 19 καὶ βλέπομεν ὅτι οὐκ.ἠδυνήθησαν
tothose who disobeyed ? And wesee that they were not able

> ~ 42} > / ~ ’
εἰσελθεῖν δι ἀπιστίαν. 4 Φοβηθῶμεν οὖν μήποτε
to enter in on account of unbelief. We should fear therefore lest perhaps

καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὖ-
*being “left ‘a *promise to enter into his rest,
τοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι. 2 καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν. εὐηγ-
*might ®seem 'any ὍΣ “you to come short. For indeed we have had
, 4 J ~ e ? > ? Ε) , ε
γελισμένοι, καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ
glad tidings announced (to us]evenas alsothey; but not didprofit *the
λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ 'συγκεκραμένος" τῇ πίστει
3word ‘ofthe “report ‘them, not having been mixed with faith
τοῖς ἀκούσασιν. 3 εἰσερχόμεθα. γὰρ εἰς "τὴν" κατάπαυσιν
in those who heard. For we enter into the rest,
οἱ πιστεύσαντες. καθὼς εἴρηκεν, Ὥς ὦμοσα ἐν τῇ.ὀργᾷῇ.μου,
who believed ; as hehassaid, So Iswore in my wrath,

Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσίν. μου: καίτοι τῶν ἔργων
If they shall enter into my rest ; though verily the works

ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου γενηθέντων. 4 Εἴρηκεν.γάρ ov
from [the] foundation of [the] world were done. For he has said somewhere
περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως, Kai κατέπαυσεν ὁ θεὸς ἔν Tz
concerning the seventh ({day] thus, And “rested 1God onthe
ἡμέρᾳ TH ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ" 5 Kai ἐν τού-
"day tseventh from all his works : and in this
/ 2 > 7 > A id , ? \
τῳ πάλιν, Ei εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.μου. 6 ᾿Επεὶ

[place] again, If they shall enter into my rest. Since
οὖν ἀπολείπεταί τινας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ οἱ πρό-
therefore it remains [for] some toenter into it, and those who

τερον εὐαγγελισθέντες οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον YOu" ἀπείθειαν. πά-
NY. ς

formerly heard glad tidings did not enter in onaccountof disobedience, again
Aw τινὰ ὁρίζει ἡμέραν, Σήμερον, ἐν ΣΔαβὶδ' λέγων, μετὰ
8 certain 7he’determines ‘day, To-day, in MDavid saying, after

τοσοῦτον χρόνον, καθὼς Yeipnrat,' Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς
solong atime, (according as ithas beensaid,) To-day, if 2voice

αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας. ὑμῶν. 8 Εἰ. γὰρ

‘this ye will hear, harden not your hearts. For if
αὐτοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς κατέπαυσεν, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἄλλης ἐλά-

them 1 Jesus 2gave*rest, not concerning another *would “he ‘have
(z.e. Joshua)
~ « , »ἭἬἬ > / A ~
λει μετὰ. ταῦτα ἡμέρας" 9 aoe ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ

day. en remains asabbatism to the

λαῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ. 10 ὁ.γὰρ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσιν. αὐτοῦ,

people of God. For hethat entered into his rest,

καὶ αὐτὸς κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ τῶν.ἔργων.αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ

also he rested from his works, as 3from

τῶν.ἰδίων ὁ θεός. 11 Σπουδάσωμεν οὖν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς
*his δόντα 1God did]. | Weshould be diligent therefore toenter into

ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν, ἵνα.μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγ-
that rest, lest ‘*after δύῃ “same ‘anyone ‘example

Sspoken “afterwards

5 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA.
united in faith with those, &c.); συνκεκερασμένος T.

LTTra ; Δαυὶδ aw.

t συγκεκερασμένους LTrA, κεκραμένους W, (read them not
Υ [τὴν] Tr. w διὰ A. x Aaveté
Υ προείρηται it has been said before Lrtraw.

ΤΥ: HEBREWS.
ματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας. 12 ζῶν. γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ
?may “fall of disobedience. For living [is] the word of God and

ἐνεργής, καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον, καὶ
efficient, and sharper than every 7sword 1two-edged, even
διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς ὅτε" καὶ πνεύματος, ao-
penetrating to [the} division bothofsoul and spirit, "of
Gy τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν
Coie both and marrows, and([is] a discerner of [the] thoughts and intents
καρδίας 13 καὶ οὐκιἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ"
of [the] heart. And there is not acreatedthing unapparent before him;
mavra.dé γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ,

but all things [are] naked and laid bare to the eyes of him,
πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁλόγος.
with whom [is]our account.
14 “Eyorrec.oty ἀρχιερέα μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς
Having therefore a*high*priest ‘great [who] has passed through the
οὐρανούς, ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμο-

heavens, Jesus the Son of God, weshould hold fast the con-

λογίας. 15 οὐ-.γὰρ ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον ὅσυμπα-
fession. For not have we a high priest not able to sym-
θῆσαι" ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις.ἡμῶν, ὑπεπειραμένον᾽ .δὲ κατὰ πάντα
pathise with our infirmities, but [who] has been tempted in all things
καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. 16 προσερχώμεθα οὖν
according to(our] likeness, apartfrom sin. We should come therefore
μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος, ἵνα λάβωμεν “ἔλεον,"
with boldness tothe throne of grace, that wemayreceive mercy,
καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν.

and *grace ‘may “find for opportune help.
5 Πᾶς.γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος, ὑπὲρ
For every high priest from among men being taken for

πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἵνα προσφέρῃ
God, that he may offer

2 μετριοπαθεῖν δυνά-
30 *exercise "forbearance ‘being

ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται τὰ
men is constituted in things relating to

a~_2 ‘ , q ~
δῶρά ὅτε! καὶ θυσίας ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν,
both gifts, δηᾶ βδουϊῆἔσθβ for sins ;
μενος τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν καὶ πλανωμένοις, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς
able withthose being ignorant and erring, since also himself
΄ὔ 3. θέ Ξ ‘ εὃδ 4 , Π] ? ir
περίκειται ἀσθενειαν" 3 Kai ia ταύτην ὀφείλει,
is encompassed with infirmity ; and on account of . this [infirmity] he ought,
~ ~ . ‘ « ~ ,
καθὼς περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, οὕτως Kai περὶ ‘éavTOU' προσφέρειν
evenas for the people, so also for himself to offer
« " ~ ‘ ~ , ‘ ΄
βεὑπὲρ! ἁμαρτιῶν. 4 Καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν,
for sins. And not tohimself anyone takes the honour,
’ € ‘ ~ ~ Ι ‘ « ᾽ ,
ἀλλὰ Βὸ" καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἱκαθάπερ' καὶ "δ" ᾿Ααρών.
but he being called by God, even as also Aaron,
5 οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι apy-
Thus alsothe Christ ποὺ himself didglorify tobecome 8 ΒΙρἪ
7 , ACs LZ ‘ 4
septa, ἀλλ’ ὁ NaANoac πρὸς αὐτόν, Υἱός μου εἶ ov, ἐγὼ on-
priest ; but he who said to him, Son ‘my artthou, I_ to-
, ‘ ‘ ,
μερον γεγέννηκά σε. Θ καθὼς καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Σὺ

day have begotten thee. Even as also in another [place] he says, Thou [art]
~ 4 y2 A>)

ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸναἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 7 Ὃς ἐν

8. priest forever accordingtothe order of Melchisedec. Who in

565

belief. 12 For the word
of God is quick, and
powerful, and sharper
than any twoedged
sword, piercing even te
the dividing asunder
of soul and spirit, and
of the joints and mar-
row, and 7s a discerner
of the thoughts and
intents of the heart,
13 Neither is there any
creature that is not
manifest in his sight:
but all things are na-
ked and opened unto
the eyes of him with
whom we have to do.

14 Seeing then that
we have a great high
priest, that is passed
into the heavens, Je-
sus the Son of God, let
us hold fast our pro-
fession. 15 For we
have not an high
priest which cannot
be touched with the
feeling of our infirm-
ities ; but was in all
points tempted "like
as we are, yet without
sin. 16 Let us there-
fore come boldly unto
the throne of grace,
that we may obtain
mercy, and find grace
to help in time of need.

Vv. For every high
priest taken from a-
mong men is ordained
for menin things per-
taining to God, that
he may offer both gifta
and sacrifices for sins :
2 who can have com-
passion on the igno-
rant, and on them that
are out of the way;
for that he himself al-
ΒΟ is compassed with
infirmity. 3 And by
reason hereof he ought,
as for the people, so
also for himself, to of-
fer for sins, 4 And no
man taketh this ho-
nour untohimself, but
he that is called of
God, as was Aaron.
5 So also Christ glori-
fied not himself to be
made an high priest ;
but he that said unto
him, Thou art my Son,
to day havel begotten
thee. 6 As he saith al-
so in another place,
Thou art a priest for
ever after the order of
Melchisedec. 7 Who in

8 συν- TA. Ὁ πεπειρασμένον EGLTTrAW.
ε δι’ αὐτὴν on account of it LTTraw.
1 καθὼς L; καθώσπερ TA; καθώς περ Tr.

— χε both LTTraw.
d — τε both [tr].
bh — ὃ GLTTrAW.

f aurov L.

ς ἔλεος LTTrAW.
ΒΕ περὶ LTTrAW.

606

the days of his flesh,
when he had offered up
prayers and supplica-
tions with strong cry-
ing and tears unto him
that was able to save
him from death, and
was heard in that he
feared ; 8 though he
were a Son, yet learn-
ed he obedience by the
things which he suf-
fered; 9 and being
made perfect, he be-
came the author of
eternal salvation unto
all them that obey
him ; 10 called of God
an high priest after
the order of Melchise-
dec. 11 Of whom we
have many things to
say, and hard to be
uttered, seeing ye are
dull of hearing. 12 For
when for the time ye
ought to be teachers,
ye have need that one
teach you again which
be the first principles
of the oracles of God;
and are become such
as have need of milk,
and not of strong meat.
13 For every one that
useth milk zs unskil-
ful in the word of
righteousness: for he
is a babe. 14 But strong
meat belongeth tothem
that are of full age,
even those who by rea-
son of use have their
senses exercised to dis-
cern both good and
evil,

VI. Therefore leay-
ing the principles of
the doctrine of Christ,
let us go on unto per-
fection ; not laying a-
gain the foundation
of repentance from
dead works, and of
faith toward God, 2 of
the doctrine of bap-
tisms, and of laying on
of hands, and of resur-
rection of the dead,
and of eternal judg-
ment. 3 And this will
we do, if God permit.
4 For it ts impossible
tor those who were
once enlightened, and
have tasted of the hea-
venly gift, and were
made partakers of the
Holy Ghost, 5and have
tasted the good word
of God, and the powers
of the world to come,
6 if they shall fall a-
way, to renew them
again untorepentance;

ΠΡΌΣ, HBP ALLOYNS. ViVi
ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ δεήσεις.τε καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρὸς
the days of his flesh both supplications and entreaties 30

τὸν δυνάμενον σώζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου, μετὰ κραυ-
“him *who [‘was] ‘able ‘to*save ‘him ‘from death, ‘with ‘Sery-
γῆς ἰσχυρᾶς καὶ δακρύων προσενέγκας, καὶ εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀπὸ
ing ‘*strong ‘*and ?’tears ‘having “offered, and having been heard in
τῆς.εὐλαβείας, 8 καίπερ ὧν υἱός, ἔμαθεν ad’ ὧν
that [he] feared ; though being ason, he learned, from the things which
ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν, θ9 καὶ τελειωθεὶξὶ ἐγένετο "τοῖς
he suffered, obedience ; and having been perfected became to *those *that
ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ πᾶσιν" αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου" 10 προσ-

*obey Shim lall, author of *salvation ‘eternal ; having

αγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρχιερεὺς κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ-
been saluted by God [as] high priest according to the order of Mel-
xeoedéx. 11 Περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν.ὁ.λόγος καὶ δυσερμή-
chisedec, Concerning whom [*is]*much ‘our *discourse and difficult ἴῃ inter-
veuTocg λέγειν, ἐπεὶ νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς.ἀκοαῖς. 12 καὶ. γὰρ

pretation to speak, since sluggish yehavebecome in hearing. For truly
/ sg ’ A A , 4
ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον, πάλιν
(when ye} ought to be teachers becauseof the time, again

χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ.διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς
need yehave of [one] to teach you what [are]the elements of the

ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ" Kai γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες
beginning of the oracles of God, and havebecome 7need ‘t+having
΄ ‘ ~ ~ ~ «ς ,ὔ
γάλακτος, ἱκαὶ" οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς. 18 πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ μετέχων
of milk, and not of solid food ; for everyone that partakes
γάλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης" νήπιος.γάρ ἐστιν"
of milk [is] unskilled in [{Π6] word of righteousness, for an infant he is;
14 τελείων dé ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν
but *for [86] Sfully 7"grown “15 *solid *food, who on account of
ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν

habit ?the *senses exercised *have for distinguishing
~ ν᾿ ~ Φ
καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ.
Ξρβοοᾶ ‘bothand evil.
‘ ? , a ~ ? ~ ~ ~ ΄ > ‘A
6 Διὸ ἄφεντες TOY THC ἀρχῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ

Wherefore, having left the *of *the ‘beginning Sof ἴθ “Christ ‘discourse, to

τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα' μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι
the full growth we should goon; ποῦ again a foundation laying
μετανοίας ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, Kai πίστεως ἐπὶ θεόν, 2 βατ-
of repentance from dead works, and faith in God, *of®wash-
τισμῶν ™dWayic,' ἐπιθέσεώς.τε χειρῶν, ἀναστάσεώς. "τε! vE-
ings ‘of(*the]*doctrine, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of [the]
‘ ΄, > 7ὔ \ ~ ΄ 72
κρῶν, καὶ κρίματος αἰωνίου. 3 καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσομεν, σἐάνπερ"
dead, and of*judgment ‘eternal; and this will we do, if indeed
‘ ,
ἐπιτρέπῃ ὁθεός. 4 ἀδύνατον.γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας,
permit 1God. For [it is] impossible, those once enlightened,
γευσαμένους.τε τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου, καὶ μετόχους
and [who] tasted of the 2eift *heavenly, and partakers
γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου, ὃ καὶ καλὸν γευσαμένους

became of [086] *Spirit *Holy, and [*the] *good 1tasted
θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις.τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, 6 καὶ
Sof δᾳοἅ “word and [the] works of power of [the] *to “come lage, and

3 / 2 , ?
παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν, ἀνασταὺυ-
{who] fell away, again to renew to repentance, crucify-

Ξ- A ᾿ ἜΣ
x πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ ΙΎΤΑ.
ο ἐάν περ LTrw.

Ὁ fre} Tr.

1 — καὶ T[Tr]. m διδαχήν [the] doctrine L.

HEBREWS.

ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγ-
ing for themeelves [as they do] the Son of God, and exposing
ατίζοντας. 7 γῆ.γὰρ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς Ῥπολλάκις
de publicly. For ground which drank the ‘upon ‘it %often
ἐρχόμενον" ὑετόν, Kai τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον ἐκείνοις
7coming train, and produces “herbage 180 for those
δι ove καὶ γεωργεῖται, μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ
for sake of whom also it is tilled, partakes of blessing from
θεοῦ: 8 ἐκφέρουσα.δὲ ἀκάνθας Kai τριβόλους, ἀδόκιμος καὶ
God; but [that]bringing forth thorns and thistles [is]rejected and
κατάρας ἐγγύς, ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν. 9 Πεπείσμεθα. δὲ
38. “curse ‘near “ἴο, of which the end[is]for burning. Butweare persuaded
περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀγαπητοί, τὰ “κρείττονα" καὶ ἐχόμενα
concerning you, beloved, better things, and([things] connected with
σωτηρίας. εἰ καὶ οὕτως λαλοῦμεν. 10 οὐ.γὰρ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς
salvation, *if*even thus we speak. For not unrighteous [is] God
ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ.ἔργου.ὑμῶν Kai ᾿τοῦ κόπου" τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς
to forget your work and the labour of love which
ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ. ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ, διακονήσαντες τοῖς ἁγίοις Kai
yedidshew to his name, having served tothe saints and
διακονοῦντες. 11 ἐπιθυμοῦμεν.δὲ ἕκαστον ὑμῶν THY αὐτὴν
(still] serving. But we desire each of you the same
ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρὸς THY πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἄχρι
Ξἴο 5 ‘diligence to the fullassurance ofthe hope unto
τέλους" 12 aye: μὴ νωθροὶ γένησθε, μιμηταὶ δὲ τῶν διὰ
(the) end; that“not*sluggish ‘ye *be,. but imitators of those who through
πίστεως καὶ μακροθυμίας κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας.
faith and long patience inherit the promises.
13 Τῷ.γὰρ. Αβραὰμ ἐπαγγειλάμενος ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ κατ᾽ οὐδενὸς
For *to >Abraham “having *promised God, since by no one
= , ? , »Ἤ Le ~ , a? T ‘
εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι, ὥμοσεν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, 14 λέγων, "Ἢ ".μὴν
he had greater toswear, swore by himself, saying, Surely
εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω σε, Kai πληθύνων πληθυνῶ cE 15 Kai
blessing Iwill bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee; and
οὕτως μακροθυμήσας ἐπέτυχεν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. 16 ἄνθρω-
thus having had long patience he obtained the promise. *Men
ποι ἱμὲν" γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ μείζονος ὀμνύουσιν, Kai πάσης αὐτοῖς
Sindeed ‘for ‘by ‘the “greater “swear, and ofall *to *them
ἀντιλογίας πέρας εἰς βεβαίωσιν ὁ ὅρκος" 17 ἐν.ᾧ περισσό-
‘gainsaying anend for confirmation [is] the oath. Wherein *more *a-
τερον βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγ-
bundantly 7desiring God toshew tothe heirs of pro-
γελίας τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς. βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, ἐμεσίτευσεν ὅρκῳ,
mise the unchangeableness of his counsel, interposed byanoath,
18 ἵνα διὰ δύο πραγμάτων ἀμεταθέτων, ἐν οἷς ἀδύνατον
that by two *things tunchangeable, in which [it was] impossible
ψεύσασθαι “θεόν, ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν οἱ κατα-
3ἴο 116 ([‘for] *God, strong encouragement we might have who fled
φυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος" 19 ἣν we
forrefuge tolay holdon the 7set “before [*us] *hope, which as
ἄγκυραν ἔχομεν τῆς ψυχῆς “ ἀσφαλῆ" τε καὶ βεβαίαν, καὶ εἰσ-
ananchor wehave ofthe soul both certain and firm, and en-
ἐρχομένην etc τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος, 20 ὕπου
tering into that within the veil ; where

Viz

pouvrac

4 κρείσσονα LTTraw.

Ῥ ἐρχόμενον πολλάκις LITrAW.
* — μὲν ἱτττ[Α].

the love) Girtraw. s Et LTTra. v + Tov T.

567
seeing they crucify to
themselves the Son of
God afresh, and put
him to an open shame.
7 For the earth which
drinketh in the rain
that cometh oft upon
it, and bringeth forth
herbs meet for them by
whom it is dressed, re-
ceiveth blessing from
God: 8 but that which
beareth thorns and
briers is rejected, and
ts nigh unto cursing;
whose end is. to be
burned. 9 But, belov-
ed, we are persuaded
better things of you,
and things that ac-
company _ salvation,
though we thus speak.
10 For God is not un-
righteous to forget
your work and labour
of love, which ye have
shewed toward his
name, in that ye have
ministered to the
saints, and do mini-
ster. 11 And we desire
that every one of you
do shew the same dili-
gence to the full as-
surance of hope unto
the end: 12 that ye be
not slothful. but fol-
lowers of them who
through faith and’ pa-
tience inherit the pro-
mises. 13 For when
God made promise to
Abraham, because he
could sware by no
greater, he sware by
himself, 14 saying,
Surely blessing I will
bless thee, and multi-
plying I will multiply
thee. 15 And so, after
he had patiently en-
dured, he obtained the
promise. 16 For men
verily swear by the
greater: and an oath
for confirmation ts to
them an end of all
strife. 17 Wherein God,
willing more abun-
dantly to shew unto
the heirs of promise
the immutability of
his counsel, confirmed
it by an oath : 18 that
by two immutable
things, in which ἐξ
was impossible for God
to lie, we might have
a strong consolation,
who have fled for re-
fuge to lay hold upon
the hope set before us:
19 which hope we have
as an anchor of the
soul, both sure and
stedfast,and which en-
tereth into that with-
in the veil; 20 whi-

τ — τοῦ κόπου (read τῆς ay.

π ἀσφαλήν LI.

568

ther the forerunner is
for us entered, even
Jesus, made an high
priest for ever after
the order of Melchise-
dec.

VII. For this Mel-
chisedec, king of Sa-
lem, priest of the most
high God, who met
Abraham __ returning
from the slaughter of
the kings, and blessed
him ; 2 to whom also
Abraham gave a tenth
part of all; first being
by interpretation King
of righteousness, and
after that also King
of Salem, which is,
King of peace ;3 with-
out father, without
mother, without de-
scent, having neither
beginning of days, nor
end of life; but made
like unto the Son of
God ; abideth a priest
continually. 4 Now
consider how great
this man was, unto
whom even the patri-
arch Abraham gave
the tenth of the spoils.
5 And verily they that
are of the sons of Levi,
who receive the office
of the priesthood, have
a commandment to
take tithes of the peo-

le according to the
aw, that is, of their
brethren, though they
come out of the loins
of Abraham: 6 but
he whose descent is
not counted from them
received tithes of A-
pbraham, and blessed
him that had the pro-
mises. 7 And without
all contradiction the
less is blessed of the
better. 8 And here men
that die receive tithes;
put there he receiveth
them, of whom it is
witnessed that he liv-
eth. 9 And as I may
so say, Levi also, who
receiveth tithes, payed
tithes in Abraham.
10 For he was yet in
the loins of his father,
when Melchisedec met
him. 11 If therefore
erfection were by the
evitical priesthood,
ufor under it the peo-
ple received the law,)
what further need was
there that another
priest should rise after
the order of Melchise-
dec, and not be called

* — - τοῦ E.
[sons']) 106
f ηὐλόγηκεν L.

Υ ὃς (read who, having met) LTra.
Ὁ Aevet TTrA.

8 δι Lrtra.
‘ αὐτῆς (read on the ground of it) τι AW.

ΠΡῸΣ ΒΡ Ory =. .
πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς,

[25] forerunner for us 7entered 1 Jesus,
Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
of Melchisedec a high priest having become for ever.
7 Οὗτος.γὰρ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ, βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ἱερεὺς Tov θεοῦ
For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of God
rou! ὑψίστου, YO" συναντήσας ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑ : ἱπὸ TH
ὁ σας ρααμ ὑποστρέφοντι ATO TNC
the most high, who met Abraham returning from the
κοπῆς THY βασιλέων, καὶ εὐλογήσας αὐτόν" 2 ᾧ Kai δεκάτην
en of the Kings, and having blessed him; to whom also “a *tenth

ἀπὸ πάντων ἐμέρισεν ᾿Αβραάμ᾽ πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος
Fof Sall *divided Abraham ; st being inienpried

βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης, ἔπειτα.δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς Σαλῆμ, ὕ ἐστιν
king of righteousness, andthen also king of Salem, which is

βασιλεὺς εἰρήνη. 3 ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος"
king of ences ; without father, without mother, without genealogy ;

μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων" ἀφωμοιωμένος δὲ

neither beginning of days nor “of *life tend ΠΆΙΣ but assimilated

τῷ vip τοῦ θεοῦ, μένει ἱερεὺς εἰς.τὸ.διηνεκές. 4 Θεωρεῖτε. δὲ
to the Son of God, abides _a priest in perpetuity. Now consider

πηλίκος οὗτος, καὶ" δεκάτην ᾿Αβραὰμ ἔδωκεν ἐκ
how great this [one was], to whom Seven “a 7tenth ‘Abraham “gave “out %of

τῶν ἀκροθινίων ὁ πατριάρχης. 5 Kai οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν
1.0} Mspoils “the patriarch. And they indeed from anions the
*yi@y' -Aevi' τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες, ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν

VI, VIL.

κατὰ τὴν τάξιν
according to the order

sons of Levi, *the “priesthood ('who] seein commandment have
οἀποδεκατοῦν" τὸν Nady κατὰ τὸν νόμον, “τουτέστιν, "
to take tithes from the people Secon tothe law, thatis [from]

τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. αὐτῶν, καίπερ ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος
their brethren though having come out of the loins

>? ’ « A > ~ ’
Αβραάμ' 6 ὁ- δὲ μηὴ.γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν δεδεκάτω-
of Abraham ; but he[who} reckons no genealogy, from them has tithed
κεν °rov' ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἰεὐλό-
Abraham, and “him*who *had ®the 7promises, thas

κεν" 7 χωρὶς.δὲ πάσης ἀντιλογίας τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ
“blessed. But apart from all gainsaying the inferior by the

κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται. ὃ καὶ ὧδε μὲν δεκάτας ἀποθνήσκοντες
superior is blessed. And here ‘tithes gene 3418
ζῇ.

ἄνθρωποι λαμβάνουσιν" ἐκεῖ. δέ, μαρτυρούμενος Ort
men “receive ; but there[one] witnessed of that he lives;

9 Kai, ἘΣ ἐδιὰ! ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ἈΛευϊ! ὁ δεκάτας
and, so to speak, through Abraham, also Levi, who “tithes
λαμβάνων dedecarwrav’ 10 ἔτι.γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ.πατρὸς
‘receives, has been tithed. For yet in the loins of {his} father
5 «- ΄ ? ~ iki oF ᾽ \ >
ἦν, OTE συνήντησεν αὐτῷ *o' Μελχισεδέκ. 11 Εἰ μὲν οὖν
he was when ?met shim *Melchisedec. Ifindeed then

τελείωσις διὰ τῆς ‘Asviricie! ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰρ

perfection by the Levitical priesthood were, for the people[*based]
ἐπ᾿ ἰαὐτῇ" Ὀνενομοθέτητο," τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ
Supon 7it ‘had “τθοθιγοϑᾶ [5086] slaw, what still need [was ἘΒΕΣΘῚ according to

τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ
the order of Melchisedee [for] another *to *arise ‘priest; and not

:--- καὶ LTr. 2 — υἱῶν (read
© ἀποδεκατοῖν TTrA. 4 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. € — τὸν LTTrA.
h Aevis L; Aevets TTrA. i—outtra, K Λενειτικῆς ΤΑ.

πὶ ψενομοθέτηται has received [the] law LrtTraw.

VII. HEBREWS.
κατὰ τὴν τάξιν ᾿Ααρὼν λέγεσθαι: 12 μετατιθεμένης. γὰρ
according to the order of Aaron to be named ? For *being ‘changed
τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης Kai νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται.
1the priesthood, from necessity also of law achange takes place.
13 ἐφ᾽ ὃν. γὰρ λέγεται ταῦτα, φυλῆς ἑτέρας μετέσχηκεν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς
For he of whom are said these things, a7tribe ‘different haspartin, of which
οὐδεὶς προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ: 14 πρόδηλον. γὰρ ὅτι
no one hasgiven attendance at the altar. For [it is] manifest that
ἐξ ᾿Τούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ.κύριος. ἡμῶν, εἰς ἣν φυλὴν "οὐδὲν
out of Juda has sprung our Lord, asto which tribe “nothing
περὶ ἱερωσύνης" “Μωσῆς! ἐλάλησεν. 15 Kai περισσότερον
*concerning *priesthood 1Moses "spoke. And more abundantly
ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν, εἰ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισεδὲκ
yet quite manifest itis, since according ἕο the similitude of Melchisedec
aviorarat ἱερεὺς ἕτερος, 16 ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντο-

arises a *priest ‘different, who not according to law of?command-
λῆς Poapxucijc! γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς
ment ‘fleshly has been constituted, but according to power of “life

? ,ὔ Ἁ 4 ~II , oe ‘ « 4 > 4
akatahvrou' 17 “μαρτυρεῖ".γάρ, Ore ov ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν
1indissoluble. For he testifies, Thou [art] apriest for
αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 18 ᾿Αθέτησις μὲν yao
ever according to the order of Melchisedec. 2A Sputting *away ‘for
γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς, διὰ τὸ. αὐτῆς. ἀσθενὲς
thereis of the going *before ‘commandment, because of its weakness
καὶ ἀνωφελές, 19 οὐδὲν.γὰρ ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος, ἐπεισ-
and unprofitableness, (for *nothing “perfected ‘the 7law,) (*the] 7intro-
aywyn δὲ κρείττονος ἐλπίδος, dv ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ θεῷ. 20 Kai
duction *and of a better hope by which we draw near to God. And
καθ᾽ ὕσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας: οἱ μὲν γάρ,
by how much [it was] not apart from [the] swearing of an oath, (*they for
χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες, 21 ὁ δέ,
without [the] swearingof anoath are “priests *become, but he
τμετὰ" ὁρκωμοσίας, διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν,
with [the] swearing οὗ anoath, by him who says, as to him,
"Quocey κύριος καὶ οὐ.μεταμεληθήσεται; Σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν
*swore ['the] Lord, and will not repent, Thou [art] a priest for
αἰῶνα ‘kata τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ" 22 κατὰ τοσοῦτον"
ever according to the order of Melchisedec,) by so much
κρείττονος διαθήκης γέγονεν ἔγγυος ᾿Ιησοῦς. 23 Kai ot
of a better covenant *has*become ‘surety Jesus. And they
μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν. “γεγονότες ἱερεῖς" διὰ τὸ θανάτῳ κω-
*many ‘are priests on account of by death being
λύεσθαι παραμένειν: 24 0.6&, διὰ τὸ μένειν. αὐτὸν εἰς
hindered from continuing; but he, because of his abiding for
τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην᾽ 25 ὅθεν Kai

ever, ‘intransmissible ‘thas *the riesthood,. Whence also
σώζειν εἰς.τὸ. παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσερχομένους Ou
to save completely heis able those who approach by

αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, πάντοτε ζῶν εἰς.τὸ. ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.

him toGod, always living to intercede for them.
26 τοιοῦτος.γὰρ apr τ ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεύς, ὕσιος, ἄκακος,
For such 53 *became ‘a“*high*priest, holy, harmless,

569
after the orderof Aar-
on? 12 For the priesi-
hood being changed,
there igs made of ne-
cessity a change also
of the law. 13 For
he of whom these
things are spoken per-
taineth to another
tribe, of which no maz
gave attendance at the
altar. 14 For tt ts evi-
dent that our Lord
sprang out of Juda;
of which tribe Moses
spake nothing con-
cerning priesthood.
15 And it is yet far
more evident : for that
aiter the similitude of
Melchisedec there a-
riseth another priest,
16 who is made, not
after thelaw of a car-
nal commandment,
but after the power of
an endless life. 17 For
he testifieth, Thou
art a priest for ever
after the order of
Melchisedec. 18 For
there is verily a dis-
annulling of the com-
mandment going be-
fore for the weakness
and unprofitableness
thereof. 19 For the law
made nothing perfect,
but the bringing in of
a better hope did; by
the which we draw
nigh unto God. 20 And
inasmuch as not with-
out an oath he was
made priest: 21 (for
those priests were
made without an oath;
but this with an oath
by him that said unto
him, The Lord sware
and will not repent,
Thou art a priest for
ever after the order
of Melchisedec :) 22 by
so much was {6503
made a surety ofa bet-
ter testament. 23 And
they truly were many
priests, because they
were not suffered to
continue by reason of
death: 24 but this
man, because he con-
tinueth ever, hath an
unchangeable priest-
hood. 25 Wherefore he
is able also to save
them to the uttermost
that come unto God
by him, seeing he ever
liveth to make in-
tercession for them.
26 For such an high
priest became us, w

ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW.

π περὶ ἱερέων (priests) οὐδὲν LTTrAW.
pe vep pa
μεθ᾽ Le

4 μαρτυρεῖται (read for he is testified of) Lrtraw.
χισεδέκ TIrA. ἵ TogovTOLTTrAW. ἃ + καὶ also Ta.
also [L]rTraw.

τ ἱερεῖς γεγονότες LAW.

P σαρκίνης fleshy LTTraw.
5. — κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ-

w+ καὶ

670

as holy, harmless, un-
defiled, separate from
sinners, and made
higher than the hea-
vens ; 27 who needeth
not daily, as those high
priests, to offer up sa-
crifice, first for hisown
sins, and then for the
people’s: for this he
did once, when he
offered up himself.
28 For the law maketh
men high priests which
have infirmity; but
the word of the oath,
which was since the
law, maketh the Son,
who is consecrated for
evermore.

VIII. Now of the
things which we have
spoken this ts the sum:
We have such an high
priest, who is set on
the right hand of the
throne of the Majesty
in the heavens; 2 4
minister of the sanctu-
ary, and of the true
tabernacle, which the
Lord pitched, and not
man.

3 For every high
priest is ordained to
offer gifts and sacri-
fices: wherefore tt is
of necessity that this
man have somewhat
also to offer. 4 For if
he were on earth, he
should not be a priest,
seeing that there are
priests that offer gifts
according to the law:
5 who serve unto the
example and shadow
of heavenly things,
as Moses was admo-
nished of God when
he was about to make
the tabernacle: for,
See, saith he, that
thou make all things
according to the pat-
tern shewed to thee in
the mount. 6 But now
hath he obtained a
more excellent mini-
stry, by how much al-
so he is the mediator
of a better covenant,
which was established
upon better promises.
7 For if that first co-
venant had been fault-
less, then should no
place have been sought
for the second. 8 For
finding fault with

ΠΡΟ YEEVEIP AAMT ΟΥΣ VII, Vill.
ἀμίαντος, κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν. ἁμαρτωλῶν, Kai ὑψηλότερος
undefiled, separated from sinners, and 7higher

τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος" 27 ὃς οὐκ. ἔχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνάγ-
3Ξύμδῃ *the ®heavens *become : who has not day by day neces-
κην, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν
sity, as the high priests, first for his own sins
θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, Exeira τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ" τοῦτο.γὰρ
“sacrifices ᾽ἴο *offer *up, then for those of the people; for this
ἐποίησεν Ξξἐφάπαξ," ἑαυτὸν γἀνενέγκας." 28 ὁ.νόμος. γὰρ av-

he did once for all, *himself 'having “offered “up. For the law
θρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν" ὁ.λόγος. δὲ
?men Xconstitutes high priests, [who] have infirmity; but the word
THC ὁρκωμοσίας τῆς ετὰ τὸν νόμον, υἱὸν εἰς τὸν
of the swearing of the oath, which [is] after the law, aSon for
αἰῶνα τετελειωμένον.

ever perfected,
8 Κεφάλαιον.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, τοιοῦτον
Now a summary of the things being spoken of [15], Ssuch

ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα, ὃς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς
‘we “have ἃ high priest, who sat down on([the]right hand of the throne of the
μεγαλωσύνης ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, 2 THY ἁγίων λειτουργός, Kai

greatness in the _ heavens; “of *the *holies 2minister, and
τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, *kai' οὐκ
of the *tabernacle 1true which “pitched 'the *Lord and not
ἄνθρωπος.

man,

3 Πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς TO προσφέρειν δῶρα.τε Kai θυσίας

Forevery high priest for to offer both gifts and sacrifices

καθίσταται" ὕθεν ἀναγκαῖον ἔχειν Te Καὶ τοῦ-
is constituted ; whence [it is] necessary “ἴο °have °something 7also [*for] this
Tov ὃ προσενέγκῃ. 4 εἰμὲν *yap' ἣν ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδ᾽

3016 which he may ofter. *If*indeed ‘for he were on earth, not even
ἂν.ἣν ἱερεύς, ὄντων ὕτῶν ἱερέων! τῶν προσφερόντων
would he be apriest, there being the priests who offer
κατὰ ‘rov' νόμον τὰ δῶρα, 5 οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι Kai
according to the law the gifts, who [the] representation and

σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων, καθῶς κεχρημάτισ-

shadow serve ofthe heavenlies, according as *was “divinely *in-
d ~ Il / ? ~ ‘ , «“ ΄

ται Μωσῆς" μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν, “Opa,-yap

structed *Moses being about toconstruct the tabernacle; for, see,

φησιν, ποιήσῃς" πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα
says he, thoumake all things according to the pattern which was shewn
σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει. 6 fyvvi'dé διαφορωτέρας τέτευχεν"
thee in the mountain, But now amoreexcellent “he *has ‘obtained
λειτουργίας, Oow καὶ κρείττονός ἐστιν διαθήκης μεσίτης;
lministry ὈΓΥ somuchasalso of abetter “he*is ‘covenant mediator,
ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται. 7 ἘΕἰ.γὰρ
which upon better promises has been established. For if
ἡ-πρώτη.ἐκείνη ἦν ἄμεμπτος, οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας ἐζητεῖτο
that first {one] were faultless, not for a second would *be “sought
8 μεμφόμενος.γὰρ "avroic' λέγει, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμέραι ἔρ-

For finding fault, “*to*them ‘he says, Lo, days are

τόπος.
place.

χ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ τι.

if then indeed) Lrtraw.

4 Mwions GLITrAW.

2 οὖν (read
© — τὸν LITrA.
ὃ τέτυχεν LTAW.

Υ προσενέγκας having offered τ. 2 — καὶ LTTrAW.
b — τῶν ἱερέων (read τῶν those who) LTTraw.
€ ποιήσεις thou shalt make Lrtraw. T νῦν L.

ἃ αὐτοὺς (read finding fault with them) rr.

VIII, IX. HEBREWS.

χονται, λέγει κύριος, Kai συντελξσω ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον
coming, saith [the] Lord, and I wiilratify as regards the house
Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον ᾿Ιούδα διαθήκην καινήν" 9 οὐ
of Israel and asregardsthe house ofJuda a*covenant ‘new; not
κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν ἐποίησα τοῖς.πατράσιν αὐτῶν,
according to the covenant which I made with their fathers,

ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου" τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν

in [the] day of my taking hold of their hand to lead

αὐτοὺς ἐκ ἧς Αἰγύπτου" ore αὐτοὶ οὐκ.ἐνέμειναν ἐν
them out of[the]land of Egypt; because they did not continue in

τῃῇ.διαθήκῃς. μου, κἀγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, λέγει κύριος. 10 ὅτι
my covenant, andI disregarded them, saith [the] Lord. Because
αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη" ἣν διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ ᾿Ισραὴλ pera
this [is] the covenant which I will covenant with the house of Israel after
Tac-npépac.éxeivac, λέγει κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. μου εἰς
those days, says [the] Lord, giving my laws into
τὴν. διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ ἱκαρδίας" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς"
their mind, alsoupon “hearts ‘their I willinscribe them;
καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς θεόν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν.
and Iwillbe tothem for God, and _ they shall be tome for people.
11 καὶ οὐ.μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν ™xAnoioyv' αὐτοῦ, καὶ
And ποῦ at 811] 5881] they teach each 2neighbour this, and
ἕκαστος τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Γνῶθι τὸν κύριον" Ore
each his brother, saying, Know the Lord; because
πάντες εἰδησουσίν με, ἀπὸ ικροῦ παὐτῶν" ἕως
all shall know me, from [the] little [one] of them to [the]
μεγάλου αὐτῶν" 12 ὅτι ἵλεως ἔσομαι ταῖς. ἀδικίαις.αὐτῶν,
great [one] of them. Because merciful I will be to their unrighteousnesses,

καὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν.αὐτῶν “καὶ τῶν.ἀνομιῶν. αὐτῶν! οὐ-μὴ
and their sins and their lawlessnesses in no wise
μνησθῶ ἔτι. 18 Ἔν τῷ λέγειν καινήν, πεπαλαίωκεν
willlremember more. In the saying New, he has made old
THY πρώτην᾽ τὸ.δὲ παλαιούμενον Kai γηράσκον ἐγγὺς
the first; but that which grows old and aged [15] near
ἀφανισμοῦ.
disappearing.

9 ΡΕΐχεν" piv οὖν “καὶ ἡ πρώτη σκηνὴ" δικαιώματα
*Had 7indeed Stherefore also tthe “first “tabernacle ordinances

λατρείας, τότε ἅγιον κοσμικόν. 2 σκηνὴ-.γὰρ κατε-
of service, and the sanctuary, a worldly [one]. For a tabernacle was

σκευάσθη ἡ πρώτη. ἐν ἥτε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τρά-
prepared, the first, in which [were] both the lampstand and the ta-
mela καὶ ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, ἥτις λέγεται "ἁγία." 3 μετὰ
ble and the presentation of the loaves, which iscalled holy; “after
δὲ τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα σκηνὴ ἡ λεγομένη 'ἅγια"
‘but the second veil a tabernacle which [is] called holy
ἁγίων, 4 χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα θυμιατήριον, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς
of holies, “a *golden ‘having censer, and the ark of the
διαθήκης περικεκαλυμμένην πάντοθεν χρυσίῳ, ἐν
covenant, haying been covered round “in *every *part ‘with *gold, in which
στάμνος χρυσῆ ἔχουσα τὸ μάννα, Kai ἡ ῥάβδος ᾿Ααρὼν
{was the] “pot ‘golden having the manna, and the rod of Aaron

1 — μου My E. k + [μου] (read my covenant) L.
(read his [fellow] citizen) GLrtraw. 2 — αὐτῶν LTTrA.
TTrA. P Etye T. 9 [καὶ] Tr. τ σκηνὴ GLTTrAW.
ἅγια ἁγίων holy of holies 1.

1 καρδίαν heart T.
° — Kal TOV ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν
5. ἅγια holy place EGTTrAW ;

τὰ ἅγια τῶν (read the holy of holies) tr.

071
them, he saith, Be-
hold, the days come,
saith the Lord, when I
will make a new cove-
nant with the house of
Israel and with the
house of Judah:9 not
according to the cove-
nant that I made with
their fathers in the
day when I took them
by the hand to lead
them out of the land of
Egypt; because they
continued not in my
covenant, and I re-
garded them not, saith
the Lord. 10 For this
as the covenant that I
will make with the
house of Israel after
those days, saith the
Lord; I will put my
laws into their mind,
and write them in
their hearts: and I
will be tothem a God,
and they shall be to me
a people: 11 and they
shall not teach every
man his neighbour,
and every man _ his
brother, saying, Know
the Lord :.for allshall
know me, from the
least to the greatest.
12 For I will be merci-
ful to their unright-
eousness, and their
sins and their iniqui-
ties will I remember
no more. 13 In that he
saith, A new covenant,
he hath made the first
old. Now that which
decayeth and waxeth
old is ready to vanish
away.

IX. Then verily the
first covenant had also
ordinances of divine
service, and a worldly
sanctuary. 2 For there
was a tabernacle made;
the first, wherein was
the candlestick, and
the table, and the
shewbread; which is
called the sanctuary.
3 And after the second
veil, the tabernacle
which is called the Ho-
liest of all; 4 which
had the golden censer,
and the ark of the cove-
nant overlaid round a-
bout with gold, where-
in was the golden pot
that had manna, and

™ πολίτην

572

Aaron’s rod that bud-
ded, and the tables of
the covenant; 5 and
over it the cherubims
of glory shadowing the
mereyseat ; of which
we cannot now speak
particularly.

6 Now when these
things were thus or-
jained, the priests
went always into the
first tabernacle, ac-
complishing the ser-
vice of God. 7 But
into the second went
the high priest alone
once every year, not
without blood, which
he offered for himself,
and for the errors of
the people: 8 the
Holy Ghost this signi-
fying, that the way in-
to the holiest of all
was not yet made
manifest, while as the
first tabernacle was
yet standing : 9 which
was a figure for the
time then present, in
which were offered
both gifts and sacri-
fices, that could not
make him that did the
service perfect, as per-
taining to the con-
science ; 10 which stood
only in meats and
drinks, and divers
washings, and carnal
ordinances, imposed on
them until the time of
reformation. 11 But
Christ being come an
high priest of good
things to come, by a
greater and more per-
fect tabernacle, not
made with hands, that
is to say, not of this
building ; 12 neither
by the blood of goats
and calves, but by his
own blood he entered
in once into the holy
place, having obtained
eternal redemption for
us. 13 For if the blood
of bulls and of goats,
and the ashes of
an heifer sprinkling
the unclean, sancti-
fieth to the purifying
of the flesh: 14 how
much more shall the
blood of Christ, who
through the eternal
Spirit offered himself
without spot to God,
purge your conscience
trom dead works to
serve the living God?
15 And for this cause
he is the mediator of

HPOsS ZBPATOY =. IX.

ἡ βλαστήσασα, καὶ αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης" 5 ὑπεράνω. δὲ
sprouted, and the tablets of the covenant; and above

ἱχερουβὶ" δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον"
it {the} cherubim of glory overshadowing the mercy seat ;

περὶ ὧν οὐκἔστιν νῦν λέγειν κατὰ. μέρος.
concerning which itisnot now([thetime] tospeak in detail.

6 Τούτων.δὲ οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων, εἰς μὲν THY πρώτην
Now these things thus having been prepared, into the first

σκηνὴν διαπαντὸς" εἰσίασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς τὰς λατρείας ἐπιτελοῦν-
tabernacle at all times enter the yricte, the _ services aecomplsh-

rec’ 7 εἰς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ἅπαξ τοῦ. ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνος ὁ ἀρχιε-
πε: A but into the second once in the year alone the high

ρεύς, οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος, ὃ προσφέρει ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ Kai
priest, not apart from blood, which he offers for himself and
τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων" 8 τοῦτο δηλοῦντος TOU πνεύ-
the “οὗ *the *people ‘sins *of “ignorance: this ‘signifying ‘the “Spirit
ματος τοῦ ἁγίου, μήπω πεφανερῶσθαι τὴν τῶν ἁγίων
°the ἬΟΙΥ, [that] not yet has been made manifest the 7of *the *holies
ὁδὸν ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν" 9 ἥτις
lway, *still *the ®first "tabernacle ἸΆΒΈΔΑΡ a standing which [15]

παραβολὴ εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα, καθ᾽ σὸν" δῶρά.τε
a simile for the “time present, in which both gifts

καὶ θυσίαι προσφέρονται, μὴ δυνάμεναι κατὰ συνείδησιν 71Ἐ--
and sacrifices are offered, not being able as to conscience to

λειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα, 10 μόνον ἐπὶ βρώμασιν καὶ
perfect him who serves, {consisting} only in meats and

πόμασιν Kai διαφόροις βαπτισμοῖς, *xai' ἡδικαιώμασιν" σαρκός,
drinks and divers washings, and ordinances of flesh,

[EXO καιροῦ διορθώσεως ἐπικείμενα. 11 Χριστὸς. δὲ
την [Sthe] “time ‘of ‘setting 7things fright ‘imposed. But Christ

παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεὺς THY ἐμελλόντων" ἀγαθῶν, διὰ τῆς
being come high priest of the coming soon things, by the

μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς; οὐ χειροποιήτου, τουτέστιν"
greater and moreperfect tabernacle, not made by hand, (that is,

οὐ ταύτης τῆς κτίσεως, 12 οὐδὲ δι αἵματος τράγων Kai
ποῦ of this creation,) nor by blood of goats and
διὰ.δὲ

μόσχων, τοῦ.ἰδίου. αἵματος εἰσῆλθεν ϑέφάπαξ' εἰς

calves, but by his own blood, entered once for all into
τὰ ἅγια, αἰωνίαν λύτρωσιν “εὑράμενος." 13 εἰ γὰρ τὸ αἷμα
the holies, eternal redemption having found. Forif the blood

ἀταύρων καὶ Tpadywr', καὶ σποδὸς δαμάλεως ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς
of bulls and of goats, and _ ashes of a heifer sprinkling the

κεκοινωμένους, ἁγιάζει πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα,

mee
αὐτῆς

defiled, sanctifies for the 7of*the ‘flesh Paras
14 πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ χριστοῦ, bc διὰ πνεύματος
how much rather the bloodofthe Christ who through[the] *Spirit

αἰωνίου ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ene nay τῷ θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν
eternal *himself %offered epotles to God, shall purify

συνείδησιν ὑμῶν" ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν θεῷ

7conscience tyour from dead works for toserve *God eee
ζῶντιῖ, 15 Kai διὰ. τοῦτο διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν,
2living ! And for this reason of a *covenant ‘new ediator “he ‘is,

* χερουβεὶν LTTr; χερουβὶν A.

(simile}) LTTrAW.
8 τοῦτ’ ἐστιν GT.
5. ἡμῶν our LAW.

v διὰ παντὸς LTrA. Ἢ ἣν (read according to which
x — καὶ GLT[Tr]aAW. Υ δικαιώματα LITrAW. z γενομένων L.
Ὁ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Ἧτο ς τὐβόμανος E. 4 τράγων καὶ ταύρων LTTrAW.

IX. HEBREWS.

ὕπως θανάτου γενομένου, εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τ
so that, death having taken place for redemption of the 7under *the
πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λάβωσιν
“first ‘covenant ‘transgressions, the promise °might 'receive
οἱ κεκλημένοι τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας. 16 ὕπου.γὰρ
Sthey “who “have *been *called 'of *the 36 6.81 4inheritance, (For where
διαθήκη, θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ
(there is] a testament, (*for *the] ®death [‘it 318] “necessary }°to+come?7in 7of *the
διαθεμένου" 17 διαθήκη.γὰρ ἐπὶ.νεκροῖς βεβαία, ἐπεὶ
*testator. For a testament in the case of [the] dead [is] affirmed, since
μήποτε ἰσχύει ὅτε ζῇ ὁ διαθέμενος.δ 18 ὅθεν *odd"!
in no way it is of force when “15 ‘living ‘the testator.) Whence neither
ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ᾿ἐγκεκαίνισται." 19 λαληθείσης
the first apartfrom blood has beeninaugurated. ‘Having ®been *spoken
yap πάσης ἐντολῆς κατὰ νόμον ὑπὸ Μωῦσέως παντὶ
for “every “commandment according to law by Moses to all
τῷ λαῷ, λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα τῶν μόσχων καὶ ᾿Ἰτράγων, μετὰ
the people, having taken the blood of calves and _ of goats, with
ὕδατος Kai ἐρίου κοκκίνου καὶ ὑσσώπου, αὐτό.τε τὸ βιβλίον
water and *wool ‘scarlet and hyssop, both *itself'the *book
καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν πέἐῤῥάντισεν,, 20 λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ
and all the people he sprinkled, saying, This [18] the
αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ θεός. 21 καὶ
blood of the covenant which “enjoined “to *you *God. And
τὴν σκηνὴν δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας τῷ
the tabernacle too and all the vessels of the ministration with
αἵματι ὁμοίως πἐῤῥάντισεν"" 22 καὶ σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι
blood inlike manner he sprinkled; and almost “with “*blood
πάντα καθαρίζεται κατὰ τὸν νόμον, Kai χωρὶς aipar-

‘all*things are purified according to the law, and apart from Ὀ]οοᾶ-
εκχυσίας οὐ.γίνεται ἄφεσις. 28 ᾿Ανάγκη οὖν τὰ μὲν
shedding there isno remission. {It was] necessary then [for] the

ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι,

representations of the thingsin the heavens withthese to be purified,
αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσιν θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας.

but *themselves ‘the “heavenlies with better sacrifices than these.
24 ov-yap εἰς χειροποίητα "ἅγια εἰσῆλθεν" “ὁ χριστός, ἀντί-
For not into *made*by *hands “holies entered the Christ, fi-
Tura τῶν ἀληθινῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οὐρανόν, νῦν ἐμφα-
gures of the true f[ones], but into “itself theaven, now to
νισθῆναι τῷ.προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν: 2 οὐδ᾽ ἵνα
appear before the face of God for us: nor that
πολλάκις προσφέρῃ ἑαυτόν, ὥσπερ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσέρχεται εἰς
often heshould offer himself, δυϑῃ 88 ῃ8 high priest enters into
Ta ἅγια κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐν αἵματι ἀλλοτρίῳ: 26 ἐπεὶ é-

the holies year by year with “blood ‘another’s; since it was neces-
dee αὐτὸν πολλάκις παθεῖν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου"

saryfor him often tohavesuffered from [the] foundation of[the] world.
ΡῬνῦν" δὲ ἅπαξ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, εἰς ἀθέτη-
Butnow once in [the]consummation ofthe ages, for [the] putting
σινᾷ ἁμαρτίας, διὰ τῆς.θυσίας. αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωται. 27 καὶ
away of sin by his sacrifice he has been manifested. And

καθ᾽ ὅσον ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν, pera
for as much as itis apportioned to men once to die, 7after

& Read the sentence as a question L.
1 + τῶν LTTrAW. τὰ ἐράντισεν LITrA.
P νυνὶ LTTra, 4 + τῆς LTTr.

h οὐδὲ LTrAW. i éy- τ΄
π εἰσῆλθεν ἅγια TTrA.

573

Ὦ the new testament,
that by means of death,

for the redemption of
the transgressions that
were under the first
testament, they which
are called might re-
ceive the promise of
eternal inheritance.
16 For where a testa-
ment is, there must al-
so of necessity be the
death of the testator.
17 For a testament is
of force after men are
dead: otherwise it is
of πὸ strength at
all while the testator
liveth. 18 Whereupon
neither the first testa-
ment was dedicated
without blood. 19 For
when Moses had spok-
en every precept to
all the people ac-
cording to the law,
he took the blood of
calves and of goats,
with water, and scar-
let wool, and hyssop,
and sprinkled both the
book, and all the peo-
ple, 20 saying, This is
the blood of the tes-
tament which God
hath enjoined unto
you. 21 Moreover he
sprinkled with blood
both the tabernacle,
and all the vessels of
the ministry. 22 And
almost all things are
by the law purged with
blood ; and without
shedding of blood isno
remission, 23 Jt was
therefore necessary
that the patterns of
things in the heavens
should be purified with
these; but the hea-
venly things them-
selves with better sac-
rifices than these,
24 For Christ is not
entered into the holy
places made with
hands, which are the
figures of the true;
but into heaven itself,
now to appear in the
presence of God for
us: 25 nor yet that he
should offer himsel?
often, as the high
priest entereth into
the holy place every
year with blood of
others; 26 for then
must he often have
suffered since the foun-
dation of the world:
but now once in the
end of the world hath
he appeared to put a-
way sin by the sacri-
fice of himself, 27 And
as it is appointed unto

k + soy the Ltraw.
° — 6 LTTrAW.

574

men once to die, but
aiter this the judg-
ment: 28 so Christ
was once offered to
bear the sins of many;
and unto them that
jJook for him shall he
appear the second time
without sin unto sal-
vation.

X. For the law hav-
ing a shadow of good
things to come, and
not the very image of
the things, can never
with those sacrifices
which they offered year
by year continually
make the comers there-
unto perfect. 2 For
then would they not
have ceased to be of-
fered? because that
the worshippers once
purged should have
had no moreconscience
of sins. 3 But in those
saerijices there is a
remembrance again
made of sins every
year. 4 For ἐξ t not
possible that the blood
of bulls and of goats
should take away sins.
5 Wherefore when he
cometh into the world,
he saith, Sacrifice and
offering thou wouldest
not, but a body hast
thou prepared me: 6 in
burnt offerings and
sacrifices for sin thou
hast had no pleasure.
7 Then said I, Lo, I
come (in the volume
of the book it is writ-
ten of me,) to do thy
will, O God. 8 Above
when he said, Sacrifice
and offering and burnt
offerings and offering
for sin thou wouldest
not, neither hadst plea-
sure therein; which
are offered by the law ;
9 then said he, Lo, I
eome to do thy will,
O God. He taketh a-
way the first, that he
may establish the se-
cond, 10 By the which
will we are sanctified
through the offering of
the body of Jesus
Christ once for all.
11 And every priest
standeth daily mini-
stering and offering
oftentimes the same
sacrifices, which can
never take away sins:

+ καὶ also GLTTrAW.
the sentence not as a question) E.
* προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν W.

" προσφορὰς Offerings LTTrAaw.
© — οἱ EGLTTrAW.

GLTTrAW.
high priest La.

WP Os) BEB PAEO YX &. IX, X.

δὲ τοῦτο κρίσις' 28 οὕτως " ὁ χριστὸς ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς
‘and this, judgment; thus the Christ, once having been offered

εἰς TO πολλῶν ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας, éx.devTépov χωρὶς

for ‘of *many '‘to7bear [the] ‘sins, a@second time ‘apart *from
ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεκδεχομένοις εἰς
resin *shall appear *to “those *that 7him °await for
σωτηρίαν.
salvation.

10 Σκιὰν.γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ
For *a ® shadow *having ‘the “law of the coming good things, not
αὐτὴν THY εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων, κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς. αὐταῖς
Sitself 9 image of the things, year by year with the same
θυσίαις "ἃς" προσφέρουσιν εἰς.τὸ.διηνεκὲς οὐδέποτε ἰδύναται"
sacrifices which they offer in perpetuity never is able

τοὺς προσερχομένους τελειῶσαι. 2 ἐπεὶ τοὐκ'. ἂν. ἐπαύσαντο
30Ποβθ *who Sapproach to *perfect. Since would they not have ceased
προσφερόμεναι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν

to be offered, on account of ™jo%any “having ®longer }°conscience

ἁμαρτιῶν τοὺς λατρεύοντας, ἅπαξ “κεκαθαρμένους!; 8 ἀλλ᾽
1

of ?*sins !those who Sserve *once Spurged ? But
ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν Kar ἐνιαυτόν. 4 ἀδύ-
in these aremembrance Οἵ sins year by year [thereis]. *Impos-

vaTov yap αἷμα ταύρων Kai τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρ-
sible [7it 3515] ‘for [for the] blood of bulls and of goats totakeaway sins,
riac. 5 Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον λέγει, “Θυσίαν Kai
Wherefore coming into the world hesays, Sacrifice and
προσφορὰν" οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, σῶμα.δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι" G6 ὁλο-
offering thou willedst not, but a body thou didst prepare me. Burnt
καυτώματα καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ. εὐδόκησας."
offerings and [sacrifices] for sin thou delightedst not in,
7 τότε εἶπον, Ἰδοὺ ἥκω, ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται
Then I said, Lo, Icome, (in{the} roll of [the] book it is written
περὶ ἐμοῦ, τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὁ θεός, τὸ.-θέλημά.σου. 8 ᾿Ανώτερον
of me,) to do, O God, thy will, Above
λέγων, Ὅτι *Ovciay' καὶ "προσφορὰν! καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα

saying, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings

\ ‘ « ΄ὔ ? > , ὑδὲ b > , ll
καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, οὐδὲ ϑεὐδόκησας,
and [sacrifices] for sin thou willedst not, nor delightedst in,
αἵτινες κατὰ ‘roy' νόμον προσφέρονται, 9 τότε εἴρηκεν,

are offered) ; then he said,

ἀναιρεῖ τὸ
He takes away the

(which according to the law
᾿Ιδοὺ ἥκω τοῦ ποιῆσαι, “ὁ θεός," ro.0éAnpa.cov.
Lo, Icome, to do, O God, thy -will.
~ 5 ΄ - ΄
πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ" 10 ἐν ᾧ θελήματι
first, that the second he may establish ; by which will
ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν “οἱ" διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος ἱτοῦϊ
Ssanctified ‘we ?are through the offering of the body
᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ξἐφάπαξ." 11 Kai πᾶς μὲν δἱερεὺς" ἕστηκεν
of Jesus’ Christ once for all. And every priest stands
καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λειτουργῶν, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πολλάκις προσφέρων
day by day ministering, and the same 7often Soffering
θυσίας, αἵτινες οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας"
‘sacrifices, which never areable to take away sins.
5 als TA. t δύνανται they are able urr. νυ — ovx« not (read
Ἢ κεκαθερισμένους L; κεκαθαρισμένους TIrAW.
Υ ηὐδόκησας LITrA. * θυσίας sacrifices LITraW.
b ηὐδόκησας LTTr. ¢ — τὸν LrTr[a]. 4 — ὃ θεός
f — τοῦ GLTTrAW. & ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. b ἀρχιερεὺς

x. HEBREWS.

12 ἰαὐτὸς".δὲ μίαν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσενέγκας θυσίαν, εἰς
But he, one 5for ‘sins thaving 7offered ‘sacrifice, in

τὸ διηνεκὲς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ, 18 τὸ.λοιπὸν
perpetuity satdown at [86] right hand of God, henceforth

2 ’ .“ ~ eps ‘ ᾽ ~ - , ~
ἐκδεχόμενος ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ. ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν

awaiting until be placed his enemies [85] a footstool
ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. 14 μιᾷ. γὰρ προσφορᾷ τετελείωκεν εἰς. τὸ. διη-
for*feet ‘*his. For by one offering he has eee in perpe- .

»νεκὲς τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους. 15 Μαρτυρεῖ.δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα
tuity the sanctified. And bears witness tous also the Spirit
τὸ ἅγιον μετὰ.γὰρ τὸ ἔπροειρηκέναι,, 16 Αὕτη. ἡ δια-
the Holy; for after the having said before, This [15] the cove-
θήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας,
nant which I willcovenant towards them after those days,

λέγει κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ
ΠΕΡ {the} Lord: giving my laws into their hearts, also into

ἱτῶν dvavowv' αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" 17 καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν
“minds ‘their I willinscribe them; and 7sins

αὐτῶν Kai τῶν.ἀνομιῶν. αὐτῶν ov-un “μνησθῶ ἔτι.
their and their lawlessnesses inno wise will remember any more.
18 ὅπου.δὲ ἄφεσις τούτων, οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ

But where remission of these [is], no longer [is there] an offering for
ἁμαρτίας.
sin,
19 Ἔχοντες οὖν, ἀδελφοί, παῤῥησίαν εἰς τὴν.εἴσοδον
oe therefore, brethren, boldness for entrance into

TOY ἁγίων ἐν τῷ αἵματι ᾿Ιησοῦ, 20 ἣν ἐνεκαίνισεν ἡμῖν
the holies by the blood of Jesus, Twhich *he *dedicated *°for '*us

ὁδὸν πρόσφατον καὶ ζῶσαν διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος, "τουτ-
1a *way “newly ‘made *and ‘living through the veil, that

ἐστιν" τη: δ ρεὺο TOU, 21 καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον
is, his flesh ; and ORE a ‘great over the house

τοῦ θεοῦ, 22 προσερχώμεθα μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας ἐν
of God [having], we should approach with a true heart, in

πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως, EPpavTioMéevoL' τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συν-
full assurance of faith, having beensprinkled[asto]the hearts from a7con-

εἰδήσεως πονηρᾶς, καὶ Ῥλελουμένοι" τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι
science 1wicked, and having been washed [as to] the body with *water

καθαρῷ" 4. 28 κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀκλινῆ,
pure. We should hold fast the confession ofthe hope unwavering,

πιστὸς.γὰρ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος" 24 καὶ κατανοῶμεν ἀλ-
for [is] faithful he who promised ; and weshouldeconsider one
λήλους εἰς παροξυσμὸν ἀγάπης Kai καλῶν ἔργων, 25 μὴ
another for provoking tolove and to Sood works ; not

> , ‘ ‘
ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν, καθὼς
forsaking the assembling together of ourselves, even as Lee]

ἔθος τισίν, ἀλλὰ παρακαλοῦντες" καὶ τοσούτῳ
custom [is] withsome; but encouraging one guother!; and byso much

μᾶλλον ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν. 206 ἑκου-
[086] more 85 bie see ieee near the day. Ewin swill-

σίως γὰρ σμαρπανόνεο ἡμῶν μετὰ τὸ. λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν
ingly ‘for ‘we after receiving the knowledge

τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία"
of ‘the truth, no longer *for *sins *remains 1a 4sacrifice,

075

12 but this man, after
he had offered one sac-
rifice for sins for ever,
sat down on the right
hand of God; 13 from
henceforth expecting
till his enemies be
made his footstool.
14 For by one offering
he hath perfected for
ever them that are
sanctified, 15 Whereof
the Holy Ghost also is
8 witness to us: for
after that he had said
before, 16 This ts the
covenant that I will
make with them after
those days, saith the
Lord, I will put my
laws into their hearts,
and in their minds
will I write them;
17 and their sins and
iniquities will I re-
member no more.
18 Now where remis-
sion of these is, there
iz no more offering for
sin.

19 Having therefore,
brethren, boldness to
enter into the holiest
by the blood of Jesus,
20 by a new and liv-
ing way, which he
hath consecrated for
us, through the veil,
that is to say, his flesh;
21 and Aaving an high
priest over the house
of God; 22 let us draw
near with a true heart
in full assurance of
faith, having our
hearts sprinkled from
anevil conscience, and
our bodies washed
with pure water.
23 Let us hold fast
the profession of our
faith without waver-
ing ; (for he is faith-
ful that promised ;)
24 and let us consider

one another to Ὁ-
voke unto love and to
good works: 25 not

forsaking the assem-
bling of ourselves to-
gether, as the manner
of some is; but ex-
horting one another:
and so much the more,
as ye see the day ap-
proaching. 26 For if
we sin wilfully after
that we have received
the knowledge of the
truth, there remaineth
no more sacrifice for
sins, 27 but a certain
fearful looking for of

“dedros (read But this one trtraw.
mind LTTraw. m μνησθήσομαι LTTrA.
P λελουσμένοι T.

2 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT.

K εἰρηκέναι having said LTTraw.
° ῥεραντισμένοι LTTrA.
a Punctuate so as to join we should hold fast with what precedes GLTTr.

1 τὴν διάνοιαν

576

judgment and fiery
indignation, which
shall devour the ad-
versaries. 28 He that
despised Moses’ law
died without mercy
under two or three
witnesses: 29 of how
much sorer punish-
ment, suppose ye, shall
he be thought worthy,
who hath trodden un-
der foot the Son of God,
and hath counted the
blood of the covenant,
wherewith he was
sanctified, an unholy
thing, and hath done
despite unto the Spirit
of grace? 30 For we
know him that hath
said, Vengeance be-
longeth unto me, I will
recompense, saith the
Lord. And again, The
Lord shall judge his
people. 31 Jt is a fear-
ful thing to fall into
the hands of the living
God,

32 But call to re-
membrance the former
days, in which, after
ye were illuminated,
ye endured a great
fight of afflictions;
33 partly, whilst ye
were made a gazing-
stock both by re-
proaches and afflic-
tions; and partly,
whilst ye bee.me com-
panions of them that
were so used. 34 For
ye had compassion of
me in my bonds, and
took joyfully the
spoilingof your goods,
knowing in yourselves
that ye have in hea-
ven a better and an
enduring substance,
35 Cast not away
therefore your confi-
dence, which hath
great recompence of
reward. 36 For ye have
need of patience, that,
after ye have done the
will of God, ye might
receive the promise.
37 For yet a little
while, and he that
shall come will come,
and will not tarry.
38 Now the just shall
live by faith: but if
any man draw back,

ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOY®sS. Χ.

27 φοβερὰ.δὲ τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως, καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσ-
but a *fearful ‘certain expectation of judgment, and 7of*fire ‘fervour ‘to

θίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. 28 ἀθετήσας τις
Sdevour “about the adversaries, *Having ‘set Saside ‘any Zone
νόμον Μωσέως" χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν ἐπὶ δυσὶν
[088] law of Moses, *without *compassions *on [*the *testimony 705] *two
ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν ἀποθνήσκει: 29 πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος
dies:

30 ‘°three **witnesses how much *think “ye ‘worse

ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ
5shall he 7be ®counted σου "θοῦ ?punishment who the Son of God

καταπατήσας, Kai τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησά-

trampled upon, and “the *blood Sof *the “covenant "common ‘esteem-
μενος ἐνιῷ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος
ed wherewith he was sanctified, and the Spirit of grace

ἐνυβρίσας; 80 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ τὸν εἰπόντα, ᾿Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις,

insulted ! or we know him who = said, To me “vengeance
ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, "λέγει κύριος" Kai πάλιν,
(‘belongs]; I _ will recompense, says [the] Lord: and again,(The] -
ἱΚύήριος κρινεῖ" τὸν.λαὸν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Φοβερὸν τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν
Lord will judge his people. (It is] a fearful thing to fall
aic χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος.

into [the] hands of *God [᾿{Π6] living.
32 ᾿Αναμιμνήσκεσθε.δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φωτισ-
But 6411 ὕο remembrance the former days inwhich, having
θέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων" 33 τοῦτο
been enlightened,*much ‘conflict ‘ye *endured of sufferings; partly,
μέν, ὀνειδισμοῖς.τε καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι: τοῦτο.δέ,
both in reproaches and tribulations being made a spectacle; and partly,

κοινωνοὶ THY οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες"
Ξραυύμοβ ‘of *those °thus 7passing *through [them] *having *become.

34 καὶ. γὰρ τοῖς. δεσμοῖς. μου" συνεπαθήσατε, καὶ THY ἁρπαγὴν

For both and the

τῶν. ὑπαρχόντων ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε. γινώσκοντες
of your possessions with joy ye received, knowing

” ~ , >
ἔχειν ἐν" *éavroic κρείττονα" ὕπαρξιν Jey

with my bonds ye sympathized, plunder

οὐρανοῖς" Kai

to have in yourselves a better possession “in [*the] Sheavens ‘and
évovoav. 85 μὴ-.ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν.παῤῥησίαν ὑμῶν,
ΞΔ ὈΙαΙ Ηρ. Cast not away therefore your boldness

ἥτις ἔχει μισθαποδοσίαν μεγάλην." 36 ὑπομονῆς. γὰρ ἔχετε
which has “recompense *great. For of endurance ye have
χρείαν, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσαντες κομίσησθε THY
need, thatthe will of God having done yemayreceive the

ἐπαγγελίαν. 37 ἔτι.γὰρ μικρὸν. ὅσον.ὅσον, ὁ ἐρχόμενος
promise. For yet a very little while, he who comes
ἥξει, καὶ ovypomet.'| 38 ὁ.δὲ Pdixatoc! ἐκ πίστεως ζήσε-

willcome, and will not delay. But the by faith shali
rau καὶ ἐὰν ὑποστείληται, οὐκ.εὐδοκεῖ ἡ-.ψυχή.μου ἐν αὐτῷ.

just

my soul shallhaveno live; and if he draw back, “delights *not tmy soul in him.

leasure in him. 39 But ad \ \ ε ~ is. p , 5
Tae UottLa wie 139 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ.ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλὰ
draw back unto per- But we are not of [those] drawing back to destruction, but
dition ; but of them , > , ~
that believe to the πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψΨψυχῆς.
saving of the soul. of faith to saving (the! soul.

τ Mwiioéws GLTTrAW. * -- λέγει κύριος τ ἵ κρινεῖ κύριος LTTrAW. 7 bec-

wtots (read with prisoners) GLTTrAW. τ — ἐν GLTTrAW. — χα ἑαυτοὺς κρείσσονα
1τττ; ἑαυτοῖς (for yourselves) κρείσσονα A. Υ — ἐν οὐρανοῖς LTTraAw. : μεγάλην

μισθαποδοσίαν LTTrAW.

8 χρονίσει TTr. Ὁ δίκαιός μον (read my just [one]) LTTra.

ΧΙ. HEBREWS.

11 Ἔστιν. δὲ πίστις ἐλπιζομένων

ὑπόστασις, πραγμά-
Now 215

faith of [things} hoped for πιῶ sep of things
των ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. 2 ἐν. ταύτῃ. γὰρ

[186] ‘conviction ‘not 3seen. For by this
, « , ΄ ~
ρήθησαν ot πρεσβύτεροι. 3 Πίστει νοοῦμεν
5Switness ἴο ‘the ?elders. By faith weapprehend to have been framed
τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι θεοῦ, εἰς.τὸ μὴ ἐκ αινομένων
the worlds by(the] word of God, so that "ποὺ 7from [(®things] "appearing
“τὰ βλεπόμενα" γεγονέναι. 4Tliora πλείονα θυσίαν
1the *things 3seen *have ®being. By faith 7a *more*excellent ®sacrifice
"ABeX παρὰ Κάϊν προσήνεγκεν τῷ θεῷ, Ov ἧς ἐμαρτυ-
1Abel than Cain offered to God, by which he was borne wit-
ρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος, μαρτυροῦντος ἐπὶ τοῖς.δώροις. αὐτοῦ “τοῦ
ness to as being righteous, *bearing *witness ‘to Shis ®gifts

ἐμαρτυ-
3were *borne

κατηρτᾶσθαι

θεοῦ" καὶ δι᾿ αὐτῆς ἀποθανὼν ἔτι “λαλεῖται." ὃ Πίστει Evo
Ὡς

‘God, andthrough it, having died, yet speaks, By faith Enoch

μετετέθη τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Kai οὐχ. εὑρίσκετο, διότι

was translated death,

μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεός᾽ πρὸ. γὰρ τῆς. μεταθέσεως ξαὐτοῦ" με-
“translated shim 1God; for before his translation he has

μαρτύρηται ΤΣ τῷ θεῷ. 6 χωρὶς.δὲ πίστεως
been borne witness to to have well pleased God. But apart from faith
ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι πιστεῦσαι. γὰρ δεῖ τὸν
{it is] HRiye ee to well please [him]. For °to *believe ‘it 7behoves *him *who
προσερχόμενον ἱτῷ" θεῷ. ὅτι ἐστίν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν
Sapproaches ®to Ged, that he is, aad (that]forthose who seek 7out
αὐτὸν μισθαποδότης γίνεται. 7 Πίστει χρηματισ-

not ἴο 566 and was notfound, because

*him a rewarder he becomes, By faith *having *been ‘divinely *in-
θες Νῶε περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων, εὐλαβη-
structed ‘Noah concerning ὑπο things not yet seen, having been moved
θεὶς κατεσκεύασεν κιβωτὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῦ οἴκου
with fear, prepared an ark for (the) salvation of *house
αὐτοῦ" δι᾿ ἧς κατέκρινεν τὸν κόσμον, Kai τῆς κατὰ πίστιν

‘this; by whichhecondemned the world, αδπᾶ οὔθ ?according*to *faith

δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο MAY πο: 8 Πίστει " καλούμενος ᾿Α-
Ἐπ ASS became eir. By faith being called A-

βραὰμ ὑπήκουσεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς 'rov' τόπον ὃν "ἤμελλεν"
braham obeyed to goout into the place which he was about

λαμβάνειν sic κληρονομίαν, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενος ποῦ

to receive for aninheritance, and went out, not knowing where
ἔρχεται. 9 Πίστει παρῴκησεν εἰς ὑτὴν" γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας,
he is going. By faith he 50} ourned ἢ the land of the promise,

ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν,

ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικῆσας μετὰ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ
as [in] bet Se: {country], in

tents having dwelt with Isaac and

᾿Ιακὼβ τῶν οσυγκληρονόμων" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῆς αὐτῆς"
Jacob, the By -heirs of the ?promise Isame ;

10 ἐξεδέχετο.γὰρ τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν, ἧς

for he was waiting for the foundations “having ‘city, of which [the]

τεχνίτης Kai δημιουργὸς ὁθεός. 11 Πίστει καὶ αὐτὴ Σάῤῥα
artificer and constructor [is] God. By faith also *herself ‘Sarah

δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν
power for([the] conception of seed received, and beyond age

577

XI. Now faithis the
substance of things
hoped for, the evi-
dence of things not
seen. 2 For by it the
elders obtained a good
report. 3 Through
faith we understand
that the worlds were
framed by the word of
God, so that things
which are seen were
not made of things
which do appear. 4 By
faith Abel offered un-
to Goda more excel-
lent sacrifice than
Cain, by which he ob-
tained witness that he
was righteous, God
testifying of his gifts:
and by it he being dead
yet speaketh. 5 By
faith Enoch was trans-
lated that he should
not see death; and
was not found, be-
cause God had trans-
lated him : for before
his translation he had
this testimony, that
he pleased God. 6 But
without faith it ts im-
possible to please him:
for he that cometh to
God must believe that
he is, and that heisa
rewarder of them that
diligently seek him.
7 By faith Noah, be-
ing warned of God of
things not seen as yet,
moved with fear, pre-
pared an ark to the
saving of his house;
by the which he con-
demned the world, and
became heir of the
righteousness which is
by faith. 8 By faith
Abraham,when he was
called to go out intoa
place which he should
after receive for an in-
heritance, obeyed; and
he went out, not know-
ing whither he went,
9 By faith he sojourn-
ed in the land of pro-
mise, as in a strange
country, dwelling in
tabernacles with Isaac
and Jacob, the heirs
with him of the same
promise: 10 for he
looked for a_ city
which hath fonnda-
tions, whose builder
and maker ts God.
11 Through faith also
Sara herself received
strength to conceive
seed,and was delivered
of a child when she

© τὸ βλεπόμενον that seen (read yey. *has *being) Lrtra.
ness by his gifts to God) Ltr. © λαλεῖ GLTTraW.
the translation) LTTra. h εὐαρεστηκέναι LA.

i — τῷ T[Tr].
1 — τὸν (read a place) LTTrA. πὶ ἔμελλεν LA.

4 τῷ θεῷ (read bearing wit-
f nupioKero LTTrAW.
k + 6 the [one] L[tr].
2 — τὴν (read [the]) titra.

& — αὐτοῦ (read

οσυν- τ.
PP

578

Was past age, because
she judged him faith-
ful who had promised.
12 Therefore sprang
there even of one, and
him as good as dead,
so many as the stars
of the sky in multi-
tude, and as the sand
which is by the sea
shore innumerable.

13 These all died in
faith, not having re-
ceived the promises,
but having seen them
afar off, and were per-
suaded of them, and
embraced them, and
confessed that they
were strangers and
pilgrims on the earth.
14 For they that say
such things declare
plainly that they seek
8 country. 15 And
truly, if they had been
mindful of that coun-
try from whence they
came out, they might
have had opportunity
to have returned,
16 But now they desire
a better country, that
is, an heavenly: where-
fore God is not a-
shamed to be called
their God: for he hath
prepared for them a
city.

17 By faith Abra-
ham, when he was
tried, offered up Isaac:
and he that had re-
ceived the promises of-
fered up his only be-
gotten son, 18 0f whom
it was said, That in
Isaac shall thy seed
becalled: 19 account-
ing that God was
able to raise him up,
even from the dead ;
from whence also he
received him in a
figure. 20 By faith
Isaac blessed Jacob
and Esau concerning
things to come. 21 By
faith Jacob, when he
was a dying, blessed
both the sons of Jo-
seph ; and worshipped,
leaning upon the top
of his staff. 22 By
faith Joseph, when he
died, made mention of
the departing of the
children of Israel ;and
gave commandment
concerning his bones.

23 By faith Moses,
when he was born, was

ΠΡΌΣΞΥΗ EB BA ΠΟῪ >. ΧΙ,

ἡλικίας Ῥἔτεκεν," ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον.
‘seasonable gave birth ; since faithful she esteemed him who promised.

12 διὸ καὶ ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς “ἐγεννήθησαν," καὶ ταῦτα νενεκρω-
Wherefore also from one were born, and that too of [one] having
μένου, καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, Kai Twoei'!
become dead, even as the stars ofthe heaven in multitude, and as
ἄμμος ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀναρίθμητος.
sand *which[‘is] “by 7080 ®shore οὗ '°the “sea ‘the countless.

13 Kara πίστιν ἀπέθανον οὗτοι πάντες, μὴ "λαβόντες" rac
In faith %died 2these tall, not having received the .

Υ ΄ ᾽ soe = ΓΑ ἘΣ O72 t \ ,
ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ πόῤῥωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες, ἱκαὶ πεισθεν-
promises, but from afar them having seen, and having been per-
τες, Kai ἀσπασάμενοι, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες ὅτι ξένοι καὶ
suaded, and having embraced [them],and having confessed ὑμαῦ strangers and
παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 14 ot-yap τοιαῦτα λέ-
sojourners they are on the earth. For they who such things
yovrec, ἐμφανίζουσιν ὅτι πατρίδα ἐπιζητοῦσιν. 15 καὶ εἰ

say, make manifest that [their] own country they are seeking. And if

μὲν ἐκείνης “ἐμνημόνευον! ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐξῆλθον," εἴ-
indeed ‘that ‘they were *remembering from whence they came out, they might
χονἂν καιρὸν ἀνακάμψαι" 16 *vuvi'.dé κρείττονος ὀρέ-

but now

διὸ

wherefore

have had opportunity to have returned ;

yovra, Yrovréori,' ἐπουρανίου"
forward to, that is, a heavenly ;

αὐτοὺς ὁ θεός. θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν" ἡτοίμασεν.γὰρ αὐτοῖς
them 1God,''God ‘“to*%be °called ‘?°their; for he prepared for them
πόλιν.
a city.

17 Πίστει προσενήνοχεν ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν ᾿Ισαὰκ πειραζόμενος,

By faith ‘has δοβξοσθα Ὃν ‘Abraham "Isaac “being “tried,
Kai τὸν. μονογενῆ προσέφερεν ὁ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἀνα-
δια [his] '°only-begotten *was ‘offering up 6 *who*the ‘promises Sac-
δεξάμενος, 18 πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη, Ὅτι ἐν ᾿Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί
cepted, as to whom it was said, In Isaac shall be called
σοι σπέρμα" 19 λογισάμενος Ore καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν
thy seed ; reckoning that even fromamong([the] dead
Ξἐγείρειν δυνατὸς" ὁ θεός, ὅθεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν παραβολῇ
*to °raise Sable ([?was) ‘God, whence him _ also in a simile
ἐκομίσατο. 20 Πίστει * περὶ μελλόντων Ὀεὐλόγησεν" ᾿Ισαὰκ
he received. By faith concerning things coming 2blessed 1TIsaac
τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν Ἤσαῦ. 21 Πίστει ᾿Ιακὼβ ἀποθνήσκων
Jacob and Esau. By faith Jacob dying

ἕκαστον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ δϑεὐλόγησεν" Kai προσεκύνησεν
“each 30f tthe ‘sons Sof 7Joseph ‘blessed and worshipped
ἐπὶ TO ἄκρον τῆς. ῥάβδου.αὐτοῦ. 22 Πίστει ᾿Ιωσὴφ τελευτῶν
on the top of his staff. By faith Joseph, dying,

περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν, καὶ
concerning the going forth of the sons ΟΕ Israel Θ mention, and
TW@V.OOTEWY.aUTOU ἐνετείλατο.

a better theystretch

OvKETALOXUVETAL
“is “not ‘ashamed ‘of

περὶ
concerning his bones gave command.
23 Πίστει “Μωσῆς") γεννηθεὶς ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ
By faith Moses, having been born, was hid three months by

P — ἔτεκεν (read and [that] beyond a seasonable age) GLTTrA.

τ ὡς ἡ GLTTrAW.

4 ἐγενήθησαν LA.

5 προσδεξάμενοι τ,; κομισάμενοι TTr. t — καὶ πεισθέντες GLTTrAW.

γ᾽ μνημονεύουσιν they are mindful Tir. w ἐξέβησαν they went out LITraw. x νῦν
GLITraw. Υ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. - ἐγεῖραι δύναται is able to raise L. a + καὶ also
L[Tr]AWw. Ὁ ηὐλόγησεν LA. © Μωὕσης GLTTrAW.

ΣΙ.

τῶν πατέρων.αὐτοῦ διότι
his parents

HEBREWS.

εἶδον ἀστεῖον τὸ παιδίον" Kai
because they saw “beautiful ‘the little Schild; and

οὐκ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ ἀδιάταγμα' τοῦ βασιλέως. 24 Πίστει
did not fear the injunction of the king. By faith

"Mwone! μέγας γενόμενος ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι υἱὸς θυγατρὸς

Moses, great having become, refused tobecalled son of *daughter
Φαραώ, 25 μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἰσυγκακουχεῖσθαι! τῷ rap
1Pharaoh’s ; Srather “having *chosen to suffer affliction with the people

τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν"
of God, than [*the] *temporary ‘to “have Sof 7sin Senjoyment ;
26 μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος τῶν δὲν" "Αἰγύπτῳ" On-
greater riches having esteemed *than ’the °in 0Hgypt “trea-
σαυρῶν τὸν ὀγειδισμὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ" ἀπέβλεπεν.γὰρ εἰς τὴν
sures ‘the reproach “of *the °Christ; for he had respect to the
μισθαποδοσίαν. 27 Πίστει κατέλιπεν Αἴγυπτον, μὴ φοβηθεὶς
recompense. By faith he left Egypt, not having feared
τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως" τὸν.γὰρ ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν
the indignation of the king; for*the ‘invisible [Sone] ‘as seeing
ἐκαρτέρησεν. 28 Πίστει πεποίηκεν τὸ πάσχα Kai THY πρόσ-
he persevered, By faith hehaskept the passover and the affu-
χυσιν τοῦ αἵματος, ἵνα.μὴ 0d\0OpEbwr'! τὰ πρωτότοκα θί-
sion of the blood, lest the destroyer of the firstborn [ones] might
yy αὐτῶν. 29 Πίστει διέβησαν τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν
touch them. By faith they passed through the Red Sea
ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς": ἧς πεῖραν. λαβόντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι
as through dry [land]; of which “having *made ‘trial ‘the *Egyptians
κατεπόθησαν. 80 Πίστει τὰ τείχη "Ἱεριχὼ" πἔπεσεν", κυ-
were swallowed up. By faith the walls of Jericho fell, having
κλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας. 81 Πίστει Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐ
been encircled for seven days. By faith Rahab the harlot not

συναπώλετο τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν, δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκό-
‘did *perish *with thosewho disobeyed, having received the spies

πους μετ᾽ εἰρήνης.
with peace.
32 Kai τί ἔτι λέγω ; ἐπιλείψει. "γάρ pe' διηγούμενον ὁ
And what more dol say? For *will *fail ®me ‘relating ‘the
χρόνος περὶ Γεδεών, ὁΒαράκ Pre καὶ Σαμψὼν acai" ᾿Τεφθάε,
“time of Gedeon, Barak also and Sampson and Jephthae,

FAaBid" τε kai Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 33 οἱ διὰ πίστεως

David also and Samuel and of the prophets : who by faith
κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας, “εἰργάσαντο᾽ δικαιοσύνην, ἐπέτυχον
overcame kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained
ἐπαγγελιῶν, ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων, 34 ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν
promises, stopped mouths of lions, quenched [the] power
πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα tpayaipac,' “ἐνεδυναμώθησαν" ἀπὸ
of fire, escaped [the] mouths of[the]sword, acquired strength outof
ἀσθενείας, ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, παρεμβολὰς
weakness, became mighty in war, (?the] 7armies

ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων" 35 ἔλαβον "γυναῖκες" ἐξ ἀνα-
4made “ἴο “give *way “οἵ *strangers. 1°Received *women by resur-
στάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς. αὐτῶν" ἄλλοι.δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ
rection their dead ; and others were tortured, not
ἃ δόγμα decree L. ε Μωῦὐσῆς GLTTraw. f ouv- T.
of Egypt GLTTraw. 1 ὀλεθρεύων LA.
™ ἔπεσαν LTTrA. ™ με yap LTTrA.
τ Δανείδ LITrA ; Δαυΐδ ον.
strengthened LTTr.
their dead x.

° + καὶ and w.

5 ἠργάσαντο TIr. ἵ μαχαίρης LTTrA.

- ξ - ἐν GTTraw.
k + γῆς land Lrtraw.
P — τε καὶ LTTrw,

579

hid three months of his
parents, because they
saw he was a proper
child ; and they were
not afraid of the king’s
commandment. 24 By
faith Moses, when he
was come to years, re-
fused to be called
the son of Pharaoh’s
daughter ; 25 choosing
rather to suffer afflic-
tion with the people of
God, than toenjoy the
pleasures of sin fora
season; 26 esteeming
the reproach of Christ
greater riches than the
treasures in Egypt: for
he had respect unto
the recompence of the
reward. 27 By faith
he forsook Egypt, not
fearing the wrath of
the king: for he en-
dured, as seeing
him who is invisible.
28 Through faith he
kept the passover, and
the sprinkling of blood,
lest he that destroyed
the firstborn should
touch them, 29 By faith
they passed through
the Red sea as by dry
land : which the Egyp-
tians assaying to do
were drowned. 30 By
faith the walls of Je-
richo fell down, after
they were compassed
about seven days.
31 By faith the harlot
Rahab perished not
with them that believ-
ed not, when she had
received the spies with
peace.

32 And what shall I
more say ? for the time
would fail me to tell
of Gedeon, and of Ba-
rak, and of Samson,
and of Jephthae; of
David also, and Sam-
uel, and of the pro-
phets : 33 who through
faith subdued king-
doms, wrought right-
eousness, obtained
promises, stopped the
mouths of lions,
34 quenched the vio-
lence of fire, escaped
the edge of the sword,
out of weakness were
made strong, waxed
valiant in fight, turn-
ed to flight the armies
of the aliens, 35 Wo-
men _ received their
dead raised to life a-

h Αἰγύπτον

! Ἱερειχὼ τ.
4 — καὶ LTTr.

ἡ ἐδυναμώϑησαν were
ἡ γυναίκας (read they received by resurrection women [that is]

580

gain : and others were
tortured, not accept-
ing deliverance ; that
they might obtain a
better resurrection :
36 and others had trial
of cruel mockings
and scourgings, yea,
moreover of bonds
and imprisonment:
37 they were stoned,
they were sawn asun-
der, were tempted,
were slain with the
sword: they wander-
ed about in sheepskins
and goatskins ; being
destitute, afflicted, tor-
mented ; 38 (of whom
the world was not
worthy:) they wander-
ed in deserts, and in
mountains, and in
dens and caves of the
earth. 39 And these
all, having obtained a
good report through
faith, received not the
promise : 40 God hay-
ing provided some bet-
ter thing for us, that
they without us should
not be made perfect.

XII. Wherefore see-
ing we also are com-
passed about with so
great a cloud of wit-
nesses, let us lay aside
every weight, and the
sin which doth soeasily
beset ws, and letus run
with patience the race
that is set before us,
2 looking unto Jesus
the author and finish-

er of our faith; who M

for the joy that was
set before him en-
dured the cross, de-
spising the shame, and
is set down at the
right hand of the
throne of God. 3 For
consider him that en-
dured such contradic-
tion of sinners against
himself, lest ye be
wearied and faint in
your minds. 4 Ye have
not yet resisted unto
blood, striving against
sin. 5 Andye have for-
gotten the exhortation
which speaketh unto
you as unto children,
My son, despise not
thou the chastening of
the Lord, nor faint
when thou art rebuk-
ed of him: 6 for
whom the Lord loveth
he chasteneth, «and
scourgeth every son
whom he receiveth.
7 If ye endure chas-
tening, God dealeth

x ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν T.

promises L.
as a question L.

Ὁ κεκάθικεν has sat down GLTTraw.
ἐ παιδίας 1.

ΠΡΟΣ ἘΒΡΑΙΟΥ͂Σ. ΧΙ, XII.

προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, ἵνα κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως
having accepted redemption, that a better resurrection
Tuxwow' 36 Erepol.dé ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν
they might obtain ; and others *of *mockings ‘and ‘of Sscourgings ‘trial
ἔλαβον, ἔτιιδὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς: 87 ἐλιθάσθησαν,
received, yea, moreover, of bonds and of imprisonment. They were stoned,
Σἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν," ἐν φόνῳ Yuaxyaioac' ἀπέθα-
were sawn asunder, were tempted, by slaughter of [the] sword they
voy’ περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερού-
died ; they wandered in sheep-skins, in goats’ skins, being des-
, ΄, r > x ” ©
μενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, 38 ὧν οὐκ.ιἦν ἄξιος ὁ
titute, being oppressed, being evil treated, (of whom “was “ποῦ ®worthy ‘the
κόσμος" *év' ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσιν καὶ σπηλαίοις
*world,) in deserts wandering and inmountainsand in caves
Kai ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 39 Kai οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρη-
and inthe holes οΥ̓́[Β8 earth. And these all, having been borne
θέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ. ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν,"
witness to through faith, did not receive the promise,
40 τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι προβλεψαμένου, ἵνα μὴ
God _ for us "better something having foreseen, that not
χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν.
apartfrom us _ they should be made perfect.
12 Τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον
Therefore also we 380 Sgreat *having ®Sencompassing
ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων, ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ
ϑ5Β “(ἃ cloud Sof 7witnesses, **weight *°having *'laid ‘aside ‘Severy and
τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν, dt ὑπομονῆς τρέχωμεν τὸν
the easily-surrounding sin, with endurance weshouldrun the
προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα, ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως
“lying *before us race, looking away to “the Sof "faith
ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν ᾿Ιησοῦν, ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκει-
Sleader “and ‘completer 2Jesus: who inviewof the *ly-
ἕνης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρύν, αἰσχύνης
ing *before “him joy endured [the] cross, [the] shame
καταφρονήσας, ἐν.δεξιᾷ. τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ θὲκάθι-
having despised, andat[the)right hand ofthe throne of God sat
σεν. 3 ἀναλογίσασθε.γὰρ τὸν τοιαύτην ὑπομεμενηκότα
down. For consider well himwho 380 “great thas *endured
ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς “αὐτὸν" ἀντιλογίαν, ἵνα μὴ Ka-
®from "sinners ‘against *himself ‘gainsaying, that “not 'ye “be
μητε, Taic.puyaic.vpay ἐκλυόμενοι. 4 Οὔπω μέχρις αἵματος
*wearied, Sin 7your Ssouls ®fainting. Not yet unto blood
ἀντικατέστητε πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι, ὃ καὶ
resisted ye 7against sin 1wrestling, and
5» , ~ , ev « ~ e ε - “
ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέ-
ye have quite forgotten the exhortation, which to you, as tosons, he ad-
γεται ἃ Yiépou, μὴ.ὀλιγώρει παιδείας" κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκ-
dresses: My son, despise not [0186] discipline of [the] Lord, nor
Avou ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος. 6 ὃν.γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος
faint, by him being reproved ; forwhom “loves ['the] *Lord
παιδεύει: μαστιγοὶ.δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 7 ‘Ei!
he disciplines, and scourges every son whom he receives, If
ἐπαιδείαν! ὑπομένετε, we ὑμῖν προσφέρεται
discipline yeendure, ‘as “with Syou “15 Sdealing

υἱοῖς
"with “sons

témULTTrA. 8 τὰς ἐπαγγελίας the
y ς ἑαυτὸν LTTraA. 4 Read the sentence
f εἰς (read ye endure for discipline) LtTTra. & παιδίαν τ.

Υ maxatpys LITrA.

HEBREWS.
οὐ.παιδεύει πατήρ;
3disciplines *not [‘the] 7Father?

γεγόνασιν πάν-
have *become ‘all,

Xi.

ὁ θεός" τίς.γάρ “éoriv'
*God; for who is {the] son whom

᾽ , , > i ΄ ll ©. ,

ὃ εἰδὲ χωρίς ἐστε ἱπαιδείας,,) ἧς μέτοχοι
But if *without *ye?are discipline, of which *partakers

τες. doa νόθοι "ἐστὲ καὶ οὐχ viol." 9 εἶτα τοὺς μὲν τῆς σ

then bastards yeareand not sons, Moreover the

υἱὸς ὃν

αρκὸς
“flesh

ἡμῶν πατέρας εἴχομεν παιδευτάς, καὶ *everpe-
70f 5our fathers we have had [as] those who discipline [us], and we respected
πόμεθα" οὐ ἱπολλῴ! μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ πατρὶ

{them];*not ‘much 5rather ‘shall *we be in subjection to the Father

τῶν πνευμάτων, Kai ζήσομεν; 10 οἱιμὲν.γὰρ πρὸς ὀλίγας

of spirits, and = shall live? For they indeed for a few
ἡμέρας κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπαίδευον᾽ ὁ. δὲ ἐπὶ
days according to that which seemed good to them disciplined; but ΒΘ for
τὸ συμφέρον, εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν THC.a4yLoTHTOG-.avTOU. 11 πᾶσα

of his holiness. 7Any

(lit, every)
πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐ.δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι,
or the present seems not [*matter]*of *joy ‘to *be,
δι αὐτῆς
1216

profit, for [8] to partake

πὸ δὲ παιδεία"
*pbut discipline
? A ’ eo 4 ‘ ? ‘ ~
ἀλλὰ λύπης" ὕστερον.δὲ καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν τοῖς
but ofgrief; butafterwards “fruit “peaceable ®to 7those **by
γεγυμνασμένοις ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης.
®having *been }°exercised lrenders *of righteousness.
12 Διὸ τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας Kai τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα
Wherefore the hanging *down ‘hands and the enfeebled knees
ἀνορθώσατε᾽ 18 καὶ τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς "ποιήσατε" τοῖς.ποσὶν ὑμῶν,

lift up; and paths ‘straight make for your feet,
(vay TO χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ; ἰαθῃ.δὲ
lest that which [18] lame be turned aside; but that *it *may “06 *healed

μᾶλλον. 14 εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων, Kai TOY ἁγιασμόν,
1rather, Peace pursue with all, and sanctification,
οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Kiptov’ 15 ἐπισκοποῦντες μή
Swhich ‘apart 7from no one shallsee the Lord; looking diligently lest
τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ" μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας
any lack the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness
ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ. καὶ διὰ ταύτης" μιανθῶσιν Ῥ

up ‘springing should trouble [you),and by this be defiled
πολλοί: 16 μή τις πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἢσαῦ, ὃς
many ; lest [there be] any fornicator or profane person, as Esau, who

ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτο" τὰ πρωτοτόκια "αὐτοῦ." 17 ἴστε
for 2meal tone sold *pirthright this ; *ye "know
yao Ort kai μετέπειτα θέλων κληρονομῆσαι THY εὐλογίαν ἀπε-
*for that also afterwards, wishing to inherit the blessing, he was
δοκιμάσθη" peravoiac-yap τόπον οὐχ.εὗρεν, καίπερ μετὰ δακ-
rejected, for *of *repentance ‘place he found not, although with
ρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν.

tears having earnestly sought it.

18 Οὐ.γὰρ προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμένῳ βύρει,} καὶ
For *not tye “have come to 3being *touched ['the] “mount and
κεκαυμένῳ πυρί, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ ‘oxdTw,' Kai θυέλλῃ,

having been kindled with fire, and to obscurity, and to darkness, and totempest,

19 kai σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ, Kai φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ
and *trumpet’s ‘to sound, and to voice of words; which [voice]they that

581

with you as with sons;
for what son is he
whom the father chas-
tenucth not? 8 But if
ye be without chastise-
ment, whereof all are
partakers, then are ye
bastards, and not sons.
9 Furthermore we have
had fathers of our
flesh which corrected
us, and we gave them
reverence: shall we
not much rather be in
subjection unto the
Father of spirits, and
live? 10 For they ve-
rily for a few days
chastened wus after
their own pleasure;
but he for our profit,
that we might be par-
takers of his holiness.
11 Now no chastening
for the present seem-
eth to be joyous, but
grievous : nevertheless
afterward it yieldeth
the peaceable fruit of
righteousness unto
them which are ex-
ercised thereby.

12 Wherefore lift up
the hands which hang
down, and the feeble
knees; 13 and make
straight paths for your
feet, lest that which is
lame be turned out
of the way; but let
it rather be healed.
14 Follow peace with
all men, and holiness,
without which noman
shall see the Lord:
15 looking diligently
lest any man fail of
the grace of God ; lest
any root of bitterness
springing up trouble
you, and thereby many
be defiled ; 16 lest there
be any fornicator, or
profane person, as E-
sau, who for one mor-
sel of meat sold his
birthright. 17 For ye
know how that after-
ward, when he would
have inherited the
blessing, he was re-
jected: for he found
no place of repentance,
though he sought it
carefully with tears.

18 For ye are not
come unto the mount
that might be touched,
and that burned with
fire, nor unto black-
ness, and darkness,
and tempest, 19 and
the sound ofa trumpet,
and the voice of words;

i παιδίας T. J καὶ οὐχ viol ἐστε LTTrA.
τὰ μὲν παιδία discipline indeed T.

4 ἀπέδετο LA.
τ ζόφῳ LTTraw.

b — ἐστιν LITr[A].
respect E. 1 πολὺ LITrA.
αὐτῆς through it L. P + οἱ the LTTraw.
® — ὄρει (read [that] being touched) trtra.

k ἐμτρεπόμεθα we
»

Ὁ ποιεῖτε TTr. ο δι
τ ἑαυτοῦ his own LTTrA.

582

which voice they that
heard intreated that
the word should not
be spoken to them any
more: 20 (for they
could not endure that
which was command-
ed, And if somuchasa
beast touch the moun-
tain, it shall bestoned,
or thrust through with
a dart: 21 and so ter-
rible was the sight,
that Moses said, I ex-
ceedingly fear and
quake :) 22 but ye are
come unto mount
Sion, and unto the
city of the living God,
the heavenly Jerusa-
lem, and to an in-
numerable company
of angels, 23 to the
general assembly and
church of the first-
born, which are writ-
ten in heaven, and to
God the Judge of all,
and to the spirits of
just men made_per-
fect, 24 and to Jesus
the mediator of the
new covenant, and to
the blood of sprink-
ling, that speaketh
better things than that
of Abel. 25 See that ye
refuse not him that
speaketh. For if they
escaped not who re-
fused him that spake
on earth, much more
shall not we escape, if
we turn away from
him that speaketh from
heaven : 26 whose voice
then shook the earth:
but now he hath pro-
mised, saying, Yet once
more I shake not the
earth only, but also
heaven. 27 And this
word, Yet once more,
signifieth the remov-
ing of those things
that are shaken, as
of things that are
made, that those
things whichcannot be
shaken may remain.
28 Wherefore we re-
ceiving a kingdom
whichcannot be mov-
ed, let us have grace,
whereby we may serve
God acceptably with
reverence and godly
fear : 29 for our God
ig a consuming fire.
XIII. Let brotherly
love continue. 2 Be
not forgetful to enter-
tain strangers: for
thereby some have en-
tertained angels una-

ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOYS. XII, XIII.

ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς
heard excused themselves [asking] *not *to °be*addressed "to *them ["the]

λόγον" 20 οὐκ. ἔφερον.γὰρ τὸ διαστελλόμενον, Κἂν θηρίον

2word ; (for they could not bear that [which] was commanded: And if a beast
θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους λιθοβοληθήσεται, ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευ-
should touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart shot
θήσεται" 21 καί, οὕτως φοβερὸν ἦν τὸ φανταζόμενον,
through ; and, so fearful was the spectacle {that]

ὑΜωσῆς" εἶπεν, "Εκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος" 22 ἀλλὰ προσ-
Moses said, “greatly *afraid ‘I *amand trembling:) but ye have

εληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, Kai πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἵερου-
come to ?Sion ‘mount;and [the] city of *God['the] “living, Jeru-
σαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν “ἀγγέλων 28 πανηγύρει,

salem *heavenly ; and tomyriads ofangels, [the] universal gathering ;
καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων χὲέν οὐρανοῖς ἀπογεγραμ-
and ἴο [{Π6] assembly of [the] firstborn [ones] in [the] heavens regis-

μένων," καὶ κριτῇ θεῷ πάντων, Kai πνεύμασιν δικαίων
tered ; and to[?the]*judge *God ofall; and to([the] spirits of [the] just

τετελειωμένων, 24 καὶ διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ Ἰησοῦ, Kai
(who] have been perfected; and *of*®a’covenant *fresh “mediator ‘to 7Jesus; and
αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ ὑκρείττονα" λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Αβελ
to [the] blood of sprinkling, *better*things ‘speaking than Abel.
25 Βλέπετε μὴ.παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα. εἰ. γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι

Take heed ye refuse not him who _ speaks. Forif they

οὐκ ἔφυγον," *rov' ἐπὶ ὑτῆς" γῆς παραιτησάμενοιδ χρη-
escaped not, “him‘*that °on ‘the earth (*who] 7refused divine-
See ὁπολλῷ -μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ TOY ἀπ᾿ οὐρανῶν
y instructed [them], much more we who *him *from [*the] “heavens
ἀποστρεφόμενοι. 26 οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε,
turn ?away “from ! whose voice the “earth *shook then ;
~ \ > , , » ev ? ‘ d ΄ li ? ,
νῦν.δὲ ἐπήγγελται, λέγων, Ere ἅπαξ ἐγὼ “σείω! ov μόνον
but now hehas promised, saying, Yet once I shake not only

γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν. 27 Τὸ.δὲ “Eri ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ
earth, but also the heaven. But the Yet once, signifies
σαλευομένων τὴν" μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων,
308 *the [things] ®shaken 1the ?removing, as having been made,
e , 4 A , A /
ἵνα μείνῃ τὰ μὴ.σαλευόμενα. 28 διὸ βασιλείαν
that ‘may remain ‘the[?things] “ποὺ *shaken. Wherefore a kingdom
ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες, ἔχωμεν χάριν, dv ἧς
not to be shaken receiving, may we have grace, by which
λατρεύωμεν εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ μετὰ [αἰδοῦς Kai εὐλαβείας."
we may serve *well *pleasingly 1God with reverence and fear.
29 καὶ. γὰρ ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον.
For also our God [is] a "fire *consuming.
13 Ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω. 2 τῆς φιλοξενίας μὴ ἐπιλαν-
Brotherly *love ‘let abide ; of hospitality ?not ‘be for-
θάνεσθε" διὰ.ταύτης.γὰρ ἔλαθόν τινες ξενίσαντες ἀγγέλους.
getful ; for by this unawares some entertained angels.
3 μιμνήσκεσθε τῶν δεσμίων, ὡς συνδεδεμένοι" τῶν κακου-
Be mindful of prisoners, as bound with [them]; those being
χουμένων, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι. 4 τίμιος
evil-treated, as also yourselves being in [the] body. Honourable [let]

τὴν
the
“τῶν

u — ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευθήσεται GLTTrAW.
of angels by a comma GLTrA.
better thing GLTTraw.

Ὁ — τῆς GLTTrAW.
μένων LTTrA.

νυ Mwions GLTTrAwW. W Separate myriads from

x ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς GLTTrAW. Υ κρεῖττον ἃ
2 ἐξέφυγον LTTra. a τὸν placed after παραιτησάμενοι LTTrA.
© πολὺ LTTrA. 4 σείσω will shake titra. © τὴν τῶν σαλευο-

f εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους fear and awe LTTrA.

HEBREWS.
καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος" πόρ-
bed [be] undefiled; for-

5 ἀφιλάργυρος
Without love of money [let

XIII.
ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν,
marriage (be held] in’ every [way], and the
νους 80é' Kai μοιχοὺς fe ὁ θεός.
nicators *but and adulterers *will*judge ‘God.
ὁ τρόπος" ἀρκούμενοι τοῖς. παροῦσιν" αὐτὸς
your] manner of life [be], satisfied with present [circumstances]; *he
yap εἴρηκεν, Οὐμμή σὲ ave, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μή σε *tyKaraXizw.'
“for has said, In no wise thee will I leave, norinany wise thee will I forsake.
~ ~ , ’ ‘ ,
6 wore θαῤῥοῦντας ἡμᾶς.λέγειν, Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός,
So that we may boldly say, {The} Lord [18] tome a helper,
Ἰκαὶ" οὐ. φοβηθήσομαι" Ἑ τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος ;
and I will notbe afraid: what shall 7do *to *me 4man ?
7 Μνημονεύετε τῶν.ἡγουμένων ὑμῶν, οἵτινες ἐλάλησαν
Remember your leaders, who spoke
ὑμῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ; ὧν ἀναθεωροῦντες τὴν ἔκβασιν
to you the word of God; of whom, considering the issue
τῆς. ἀναστροφῆς, μιμεῖσθε τὴν.πίστιν. 8ὃ ᾿Ιησοὺς χριστὸς
of [their] conduct, imitate [their] faith. Jesus Christ
ἰχθὲς" καὶ σήμερον ὁ αὐτός, Kai εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. 9 dida-
yesterday and to-day [is] the same, and to the ages. With
xaic ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις μὴ.““περιφέρεσθε"᾿ Kadov-yao
*teachings *various and “strange be not carried about; for [it is] good [for]
χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ
‘with ’grace *to *be °confirmed ‘the heart, not meats; in which ?not
> , « n U ll 10 τῇ τ᾿ θ as
ὠφελήθησαν οι περιπατήσαντες. χομεν VOLa
1were *profited those who walked (therein). We have an al-
στήριον ἐξ οὗ φαγεῖν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ τῇ σκηνῇ
tar of which to eat they have not authority who the tabernacle
λατρεύοντες. 11 wy.yap εἰσφέρεται ζώων τὸ αἷμα
serve ; for of those *whose *is °brought ‘animals %blood [as sacri-
ὁπερὶ ἁμαρτίας" εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. τούτων
fices] for sin into the holies by the highpriest, of these
τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 12 διὸ καὶ

the bodies are burned outside the camp. Wherefore also
Ἰησοῦς, ἵνα ἁγιάσῃ διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος τὸν λαόν,
Jesus, that he might sanctify by his own blood the people,

ἔξω τῆς πύλης ἔπαθεν. 13 τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν
outside the gate suffered: therefore weshould goforth to him
ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, τὸν.ὀνειδισμὸν. αὐτοῦ φεβοντξοι 14 οὐ
outside the camp, his reproach earing ; “not
‘ » Y= , , > 4 ‘ , ᾽
γὰρ ἔχομεν ὧδε μένουσαν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἐπι-
‘for *we*have here an abiding city, but the comingone weare
~ ? > ~ q Ἢ] ᾽ , θ , ae
ζητοῦμεν. 15 Av αὐτοῦ «οὖν ἀναφερωμεν υσίαν αἰνέσεως
seeking for. By him _ therefore we should offer [the] sacrifice of praise
‘ 1 ~ ~ , , € ’
τδιαπαντὸς" τῷ θεῷ, "τουτέστιν, καρπὸν χειλέων ὁμολογούν-
continually to God, that is, fruit of [the] lips confess-
των τῷ-ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ. 16 τῆς δὲ. εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας
ing to his name, But of doing good and of communicating
μὴ-ἐπιλανθάνεσθε: τοιαύταις.γὰρ θυσίαις εὐαρεστεῖται ὁ θεός.

be not forgetful, for with such sacrifices is*well*pleased ‘God.
17 Πείθεσθε τοῖς. ἡγουμένοις. ὑμῶν, καὶ wreixere’ αὐτοὶ γὰρ
Obey your leaders, and besubmissive: for they

083

wares. 3 Remember
them that are in bonds,
as bound with them ;
and them which suffer
adversity, as being
yourselves also in the
body. 4 Marriage is
honourable in all, and
the bed undefiled : but
whoremongers and a-
dulterers God _ will
judge. 5 Let your con-
versation be without
covetousness ; and be
content with such
things as ye have: for
he hath said, I will
never leave thee, nor
forsake thee. 6So that
we may boldly say,
The Lord is my helper,
and I will not fear
what man shall do un-
to me.

7 Remember them
which have the rule
over you, who have
spoken unto you the
word of God: whose
faith follow, consider-
ing the end of their
conversation. 8 Jesus
Christ the same yester-
day, and to day, and
for ever. 9 Be not
carried about with di-
vers and strange doc-
trines. For it is a good
thing that the heart
be established with
grace ; not with meats,
which have not profit-
ed them that have been
occupied therein. 10We
have an altar, where-
of they have no right
to eat which serve the
tabernacle. 11 For the
bodies of those beasts,
whose blood is brought
into the sanctuary by
the high priest for sin,
are burned without
the camp. 12 Where-
fore Jesus also, that he
might sanctify the
people with his own
blood, suffered with-
out the gate. 13 Let
us go forth therefore
unto him without the
camp, bearing his re-
proach. 14 For here
have we no continuing
city, but we seek one
to come. 15 By him
therefore let us offer
the sacrifice of praise
to God continually,
that is, the fruit of our
lips giving thanks to
his name. 16 But to
do good and to com-
municate forget not:
for with suchsacrifices

8 yap for LTTrA. 4 ἐγκαταλείπω do I forsake Ta.
Receptus is punctuated as in Authorized version.
away GLTTrAW. Ὁ περιπατοῦντες Walk LTTr.
ἁμαρτίας for sin L. 9 [οὖν] Tr.

1 ἐχθὲς LTTrAW.

τ διὰ παντὸς LTrA.

i — καὶ [L]1[Tra].

k Textus

™ παραφέρεσθε carried
© — περὶ ἁμαρτίας LA.
8 τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν GT,

P + περὶ

84

God is well pleased.
17 Obey them that have
the rule over you, and
submit yourselves:
for they watch for
your souls, as they
that must give ac-
count, that they may
do it with joy, and not
with grief: for that is
unprofitable for you.
18 Pray for us: for
we trust we have a
good conscience, in all
things willing to live
honestly. 19 But I be-
seech you the rather to
do this, that I may be
restored to you the
sooner. 20 Now the God
of peace, that brought
again from the dead
our Lord Jesus, that

great Shepherd of
the sheep, through
the bleod of the

everlasting covenant,
21 make you perfect in
every good work to do
his will, working in
you that which is well-
pleasing in his sight,
through Jesus Christ ;
to whom be glory for
ever and ever. Amen.
22 And I beseech you,
brethren, suffer the
word of exhortation :
for I have written a
letter unto you infew
words.

23 Know ye that our
brother Timothy is set
at liberty; with whom,
if he come shortly, I
will see you. 24 Salute
allthem that have the
rule over you, and all
the saints. They of
Italy salute you.
25 Grace be with you
all, Amen.

JAMES, a servant of

WP OW EBrPrArlio Y=. XIII.

? ~ t cy ~ ~ ~ , “ον
ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν.Ψυχῶν. ὑμῶν, ὡς λόγον ἀποδώσον-

ame for your souls, as ‘account ‘about “to *ren-
C t A ~ ~ ~ A ‘ ,

TEC’ τινὰ μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, καὶ μὴ στενάζοντες"
der; that with joy this they may do, and not groaning,

> 4 4 € ~ ~ ,
ἀλυσιτελὲς. γὰρ ὑμῖν τοῦτο. 18 Προσεύχεσθε περὶ
for unprofitable for you [would be] this. Pray for
€ ~ Ε 7, , € A ΄ >
ἡμῶν" ἱ'ἱπεποίθαμεν".γάρ, ore καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν, ἐν
us: for we are persuaded, that a good conscience we have, in

πᾶσιν καλῶς θέλοντες ἀναστρέφεσθαι: 19 περισσοτέρως. δὲ

allthings ®well lwishing *to *conduct *ourselves. But more abundantly
παρακαλῶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἵνα τάχιον ἀποκατασταθῶ
Iexhort [you] this to do, that more quickly I may be restored

€ ~ 4 ~ , 4
ὑμῖν. 20 ‘0.dé θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ
to you. And the God of peace, who brought again from among [the

νεκρῶν τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων TOY μέγαν ἐν

dead the Shepherd of the sheep the great [one] in [the power of

ids U ΄ 4 ~ ~
αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου, τὸν.κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν,

the] blood of[the]?covenant ‘eternal, our Lord Jesus,
21 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ‘éoyp' ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι
perfect you in_ every 2work “good, for to do
τὺ.θέελημα.αὐτοῦ, “ποιῶν ἐν ὑμῖν τὸ εὐάρεστον ἐνώ-
his will, doing in you that which[is] well pleasing be-
πιον αὐτοῦ, διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς
fore him, through Jesus Christ; to whom [be] glory to the

αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 22 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελ-
ages of the ages. Amen. But I exhort you, breth-
pol, Τἀνέχεσθε! τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως" Kai-yap διὰ
ren, bear the word of exhortation, for also in
βραχέων ἐπέστειλα ὑμῖν.
few words I wrote toyou.
23 Γινώσκετε τὸν adehody? Τιμόθεον ἀπολελυμένον, μεθ᾽
Know γα the brother Timotheus' has been released; with
- 7A , » ” € ~ ? ,
οὗ, ἐὰν τάχιον ἔρχηται, ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς. 24 ᾿Ασπάσασθε
whom, if sooner heshould come, I willsee you. Salute
πάντας τοὺς. ἡγουμένους. ὑμῶν, Kai πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους.
411 your leaders, and all the saints.
ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας. 25 ἡ χάρις μετὰ
*Salute Syou ‘they *from "Italy. Grace [be] with
πάντων ὑμῶν. δάμην."
3411 you. Amen,
« , , ᾽ 4 ~ ,
“Tose ἙἉἉβραίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, διὰ Τιμοθέου."
To [the] Hebrews written from Italy, by Timotheus.

“ἸΑΚΏΒΟΥ ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛῊ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ."
4OF 5JAMES [ΤῊ 3EPISTLE IG@ENERAL.
ἸΑΚΩΒΟΣ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ταῖς

God «πᾶ of the Lord
Jesus Christ, to the
twelve tribes which
are scattered abroad,
greeting.

2of 3God *and Sof (*the] "Lord "Jesus *Christ

δώδεκα φυλαῖς ταῖς ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ χαίρειν.
twelve tribes which[are] in the dispersion, greeting.

James *bondman, to the

t πειθόμεθα We persuade ourselves LTTrAW.
Υ ἀνέχεσθαι to bear L.

α ἡμῖν US T.

v—eé

ame ῳ T. * + αὐτῷ to himself t.
2 + ἡμῶν (read our brother) LTTrAW. 8 — ἀμήν T.

> — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους Tra.
© + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the Apostle E 5 ᾿Ἐπιστολαὶ ( --- Ἔπιστ. L) καθολικαί. ᾿Ιακώβου ἀπι-
στολή General Epistles. Epistle of James Guw; ᾿Ιακώβον ἐπιστολή TTrA.

1. JAMES.
2 Πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς
All joy esteem [it], my brethren, when ‘temptations

περιπέσητε ποικίλοις, 8 γινώσκοντες ὅτι τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν
tye ἼΩΔΥ 141] “πο ‘various, knowing that the proving of your
τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν᾽ 4 ἡ).δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον
faith works out endurance. But *endurance [*its] “work
τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενὶ λει-
‘perfect ‘let*have, that ye may be perfect and complete, in nothing lack-
πόμενοι. 5 εἰ. δέ τις ὑμῶν λείπεται σοφίας, αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ
ing. But if anyone of you lack wisdom, let himask from *who
διδόντος θεοῦ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, Kai μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος, Kai δοθήσε-
βΞεῖνεβ ἰᾷοα toall freely, and reproaches not, and it shall be
ται αὐτῷ. 6 αἰτείτω.δὲ ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος" ὁ.γὰρ
given ἴο Ηἴΐτη : butlethimaskin faith, nothing doubting. For he that
διακρινόμενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ
doubts is like awave of [the] sea being driven by the wind and
ῥιπιζομένῳ. 7 μὴ.γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ. ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι “An-
being tossed ; for “not ‘let Ssuppose Sthat “man that he
Werai'! TL παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου" 8 ἀνὴρ δίψυχος,
shall receive anything from the Lord; [Π6]15] 84. δὴ ‘double-minded,
ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 Καυχάσθω δὲ
unstable in all his ways. But let *boast
« >a 4 « ‘ > ~ er > ~ « , ,
ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς ἐν τῷ. ὕψει.αὐτοῦ" 10 ὁ. δὲ πλούσιος
‘the *brother 3of *low ®degree in his elevation, andthe rich
ἐν TY-TATELVWOELAUTOU, OTL ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύ--
in his humiliation, because as “flower [*the] *grass’s he will pass
σεται. 11 ἀνέτειλεν. γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος oly τῷ.καύσωνι, Kai ἐξή--:
away. For *rose ‘the ?sun with [its] burning heat, and dried
pavey τὸν χόρτον, καὶ TO ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν, Kai ἡ εὐ-
up the grass, and the flower of it fell, and the
πρέπεια τοῦ.προσώπου.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο" οὕτως Kai ὁ πλούσιος
comeliness of its appearance perished : thus also the rich
ἐν ταῖς. πορείαις.αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται. 12 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ
in his goings shall wither. Blessed [18 the] man
ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν: Ort δόκιμος γενόμενος *AnWerar
who endures temptation; because *proved ‘having “been he shall receive
τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς, ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο fd κύριος" τοῖς
the crown of life, which spromised *the *Lord to those that
ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν.
love him.
13 Μηδεὶς πειραζόμενος λεγέτω, Ὅτι ἀπὸ Srov' θεοῦ πειρά-
7No one *being *tempted ‘let say, From God I am
ζομαι" ὁ-γὰρ.θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν, πειράζει. δὲ αὐτὸς
tempted. ForGod *not*to*be*®tempted ‘is by evils, and “tempts ‘himself
οὐδένα. 14 ἕκαστος.δὲ πειράζεται, "ὑπὸ" τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας
no one. Buteachone is tempted, by his own lust
ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος᾽ 15 εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα
being drawnawayand being allured; then lust having conceived
΄ ΄ « « ΄ > τ ~ > ΄
τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν" ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει
gives birthto sin; but sin having been completed brings forth
θάνατον. 16 Μὴ.πλανᾶσθε, ἀδελφοί pov ἀγαπητοί: 17 πᾶσα

death, Be not misled, %brethren ‘my “beloved. Every
δόσις ἀγαθὴ Kai πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστιν
"act%of*giving ‘good and every “gift perfect *from 7above 3ig

ee eee en
f — ὃ κύριος (read émmy. he promised) urtra,

4 λήμψεταί LTTrA.

© λήμψεται LTTrA.
8 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. ὃ

Β ἀπὸ Α..

580

2 My brethren, count
it 411 joy when ye fali
into divers tempta-
tions ; 3 knowing this,
that the trying of
your faith worketh pa-
tience. 4 But let pa-
tience have her perfect
work, that ye may be
perfect and _ entire,
wanting nothing. 5 If
any of you lack wis-
dom, let him ask of
God, that giveth to all
men liberally, and up-
braideth not; and it
shall be given him.
6 But let him ask in
faith, nothing waver-
ing. For he that wa-
vereth is like a wave
of the sea driven with
the wind and tossed.
7 For let not that map
think that heshall re-
ceive any thing of the
Lord. 8 A double mind-
ed man is unstable in
all his ways. 9 Let the
brother of low degree
rejoice in that he is
exalted: 10 but the
rich, in that he is made
low: because as the
flower of the grass he
shall pass away. 11 For
the sun is no sooner
risen with a burning
heat, but it withereth
the grass, and the
flower thereof falleth,
and the grace of the
fashion of it perisheth:
so also shall the rich
man fade away in his
ways. 12 Blessed is the
man that endureth
temptation : for when
he is tried, he shall
receive the crown of
life, which the Lord
hath promised to them
that love him.

13 Let no man say
when he is tempted, I
am tempted of God:
for God cannot be
tempted with evil, nei-
ther tempteth he any
man: 14 but every
man is tempted, when
heis drawn away of
his own lust, and en-
ticed. 15 Then when
last hath conceived, it
bringeth forth sin:
and sin, when it is fi-
nished, bringeth forth
death. 16 Do not err,
my beloved brethren.
17 Every good giftand
every perfect gift is
from above, and com-
eth down from the Fa-
ther of lights, with

586

whom is no variable-
ness, neither shadow of
turning. 18 Of his own
will begat he us with
the word of truth, that
we should be a kind of
firstfruits of his crea-
tures.

19 Wherefore, my be-
loved brethren, let
every man be swift to
hear, slow to speak,
slow to wrath: 20 for
the wrath of man
worketh ποῦ the
righteousness of God.
21 Wherefore lay a-
part all filthiness and
superfluity of naughti-
ness, and receive with
meekness the engraft-
ed word, which is able
to save your souls,
22 But be ye doers of
the word, and not
hearers only, deceiving
your own selves, 23 For
if any be a hearer of
the word, and not a
doer, he is like untoa
man beholding his
natural face ina glass:
24 for he beholdeth
himself, and goeth his
way, and straightway
forgetteth what man-
ner of man he was.
25 But whoso looketh
into the perfect law of
liberty, and continu-
eth therein, he being
not a forgetful hearer,
but a doer of the work,
this man shall be bless-
ed in his deed. 26 If
any man among you
seem to be religious,
and bridleth not his
tongue, but deceiveth
his own heart, this
man’s religion is vain,
27 Pure ‘religion and
undefiled before God
and the Father is this,
To visit the father-
less and widows in
their affliction, and to
keep himself unspot-
ted from the world.

II. My brethren, have
not the faith of our
Lord Jesus Christ, the
Lord of glory, with
respect of persons,
2 For if there come un-

i*Igre Ye know [it] yttra.
τ ἀκροαταὶ μόνον LTrAW.
4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. *
ν᾽ προσωπολημψίαις LTTrA.

GLTTraw.
*§— τῷ TW.

IAKQBOS. I, Il.

καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ Tov πατρὸς τῶν φώτων, Tap’ οὐκ. ἔνι
*coming®down from the Father of lights, with whom there is not

παραλλαγή, ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 18 βουληθεὶς ἀπε-

variation, or οὗ *turning ishadow. Having willed [it] he be-
κύησεν ἡμᾶς λόγῳ ἀληθείας, εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν
gat us by(the] word oftruth, for “to *be lus “first-fruits

τινα τῶν. αὐτοῦ.κτισμάτων.
*a δεουύ Sof of his creatures.
19 Ωστε." ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί, ἔστω
So that, *brethren ‘my “beloved, let *be
Cy > ‘ > ~ A ? τὰ ~ 4 > > ,
ταχὺς εἰς TO ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν.
swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath;
20 ὀργὴ.γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ ἰοὐ.κατεργάζεται."
for ?wrath iman’s 7righteousness ‘“God’s Sworks *not °out.
21 Aw ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν kai περισσείαν κα-
Wherefore, having laidaside all filthiness and abounding of wick-
κίας, ἐν πρᾳὕτητι δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον, τὸν δυνά-
edness, in meekness accept the implanted word, which [is]
μενον σῶσαι τὰς. ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. 22 γίνεσθε.δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου,
able to save your souls, But be ye doers of [the} word,
καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροαταί," παραλογιζόμενοι ἑαυτούς. 23 ὅτι
and not only hearers, beguiling yourselves, Because
εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν Kai ov ποιητής, οὗτος
if any man ahearer οἵ [{Π6] word [15 and not a doer, this one
ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι TO πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ
is like toaman _ considering Sface “natural *his
ἐν ἐσύπτρῳ᾽ 24 κατενόησεν.γὰρ ἑαυτὸν Kai ἀπελήλυθεν, Kai
ἴῃ amirror: for he considered himself and has goneaway, and
> , 3 ’ὔ «ε ~ a « A , >
εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν. 25 ὁ. δὲ παρακύψας εἰς
immediately forgot what like 'he*was. Buthethat looked into
νόμον τέλειον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, Kai παραμείνας,
[016] *law ‘perfect, that of freedom, and continued in [it],
πρὗτος"! οὐκ ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς γενόμενος, ἀλλὰ ποιητὴς
thisone ποῦ a *hearer ‘forgetful having been, but a doer
ἔργου, οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ.ποιήσει.αὐτοῦ ἔσται. 26 Et
of [the] work, thisone blessed in his doing shall be. Tf
°ric δοκεῖ θρῆσκος εἶναι ὑμῖν, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν
anyone “seems §®religious *to *be “you, not bridling
λῶσσαν.αὐτοῦ, “ἀλλ᾽ ἀπατῶν Kapdiavtadbrov,' τούτου
his tongue, but deceiving his heart, of this one
μάταιος ἡ "θρησκεία." 27 SOpnoxeia' καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος
vain [is] the religion. Religion pure and undefiled
παρὰ ‘rw θεῷ Kai πατρὶ αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι dp-
before God and [the] Father “this lis: to visit or-
φανοὺς Kai χήρας ἐν τῇ.θλίψει.αὐτῶν, ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν
phans and widows in their tribulation, umspotted “oneself ‘to *keep
ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου.
from the world.
Q ᾿Αδελφοί. μου, μὴ ἐν ᾿προσωποληψίαις" ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν
My brethren, “ποὺ *with ‘respect Sof 7persons ‘do*have the faith
~ / ~ “ “Ὁ ne , e 8. AJ
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τῆς δόξης" 2 ἐὰν.γὰρ
of our Lord Jesus Christ, [Lord] of glory ; for if

k πᾶς ἄνθρωπος

tevery 2man

Péy
lamong

κα δὲ but (let) LTTra. ᾿ οὐκ ἐργάζεται works not LTTra.
0 — οὗτος LTTrA. o + δὲ but (if) τ. Ρ -- ἐν ὑμῖν
τ ἑαυτοῦ (read his own heart) L. 5 θρησκία T.

JAMES.

εἰς “τὴν συναγωγὴν. ὑμῶν ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος
May have come into your synagogue aman with gold rings

ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ καὶ πτωχὸς ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ
in ?apparel ‘splendid, andmay havecomeinalso ἃ poor [man] ἴῃ vile

ἐσθῆτι, 8 "καὶ ἐπιβλέψητε' ἐπὶ τὸν φοροῦντα THY ἐσθῆτα
apparel, and ye may have looked upon him who wears the *apparel
τὴν λαμπράν, καὶ εἴπητε ΥΤαὐτῷ," Σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς, Kai

II.
εἰσέλθῃ

‘splendid, and may havesaid tohim, Thousitthou here well, and
Tp πτωχῷ εἴπητε, Σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ, ἢ κάθου τὧδε" ὑπὸ
tothe poor may have said, Thou standthou there, or sitthou here under

τὸ ὑποπόδιόν. μου" 4*Kai' οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς,
my footstool : “also *not ‘did *yemake a difference among yourselves,
καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν ; ὅ ᾿Ακούσατε,
and became judges [having] *reasonings evil? Hear,
ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί, οὐχ ὁ θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς
*brethren ‘my “beloved: ὅπου, °God ‘*didchoose the poor
*rov κόσμου" “τούτου, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, Kai κληρονόμους
Sworld of *this, rich in faith, and heirs
τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν ;
of the kingdom which hepromised ἴο those that love him?
6 ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν. ἀοὐχ᾽ οἱ πλούσιοι
But ye dishonoured the poor [man]. “Not “the *rich
καταδυναστεύουσιν “ὑμῶν, Kai αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς
1do oppress you, and [ποῦ] *they ‘do drag you
εἰς κριτήρια; 7 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν
before [the] tribunals ? “not *they 1do blaspheme the good
ὔνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 8 Ei μέντοι νόμον τελεῖτε
mame which wascalled upon you? If indeed [the] “law “ye *keep
βασιλικόν, κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον. σου
ἾΤΟΥ͂ΔΙ according to the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neighbour
ὡς σεαυτόν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε" 9 εἰ δὲ ‘ro0cwroAnTTEITE,! ἁμαρ-
as thyself, swell tye 7do. But if ye have respect of persons, 3531}
τίαν ἐργάζεσθε, ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται.
tye*work, beingconvicted by the law as transgressors.
10 ὕστις. γὰρ ὅλο» τὸν νόμον δτηρήσει, mraicsr' δὲ ἐν ἑνί,
For whosoever “whole ‘the law shall keep, “shall *stumble ‘but in one
γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος. 11 ὁ. γὰρ εἰπών, Μὴ μοι-
[point], he has become of 411 ‘guilty. Forhe who said, “not 'Thou
χεύσῃς, εἶπεν καί, Μὴ φονεύσῃς" εἰ δὲ
2mayest commit adultery, said also, Thou mayest not commit murder. Now if
οὐ-Βμοιχεύσεις, φονεύσεις" δέ, γέγονας
thou shalt not commit adultery, *shalt “commit “murder ‘but, thou hast become
παραβάτης νόμου. 12 Οὕτως λαλεῖτε καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε, ὡς
a transgressor of [the] law. So speak ye and so do, as
διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι" 13 1-yap-Kpiowg
by (the) law of freedom being about to be judged ; for judgment
Ἰἀνίλεως" τῷ μὴ.-ποιήσαντι ἔλεος" "καὶ" κατα-
{will be] without mercy tohimthat wrought not mercy. And “boasts
καυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως.
Fover 1mercy judgment.

587

to your assembly a
man with a gold ring,
in goodly apparel, and
there come in also a
poor man in vile rai-
ment; 3 and ye have
respect to him that
weareth the gay cloth-
ing, and say unto him,
Sit thou here in agood
place ; and say to the
poor, Stand thou there,
or sit here under my
footstool : 4 are ye not
then partial in your-
selves, and are be-
come judges of evil
thoughts? 5 Hearken,
my beloved brethren,
Hath not God chosen
the poor of _ this
world rich in faith,
and heirs of the king-
dom which he hath
promised to them that
love him? 6 But ye
have despised the poor.
Do not rick men op-
press you, and draw
you before the judg-
ment seats ? 7 Do not
they blaspheme that
worthy name by the
which ye are call-
ed? 8 If ye fulfil the
royal law according to
the scripture, Thou
shalt love thy neigh-
bour as thyself, ye do
well: 9 but if ye have
respect to persons, ye
commit sin, and are
convinced of the law
as transgressors. 10 For
whosoever shall keep
the whole law, and yet
offend in one point, he
is guilty of all. 11 For
he that said, Do not
commit adultery, said
also, Do not kill. Now
if thou commit no
adultery, yet if thou
kill, thou art becomea
transgressor of thelaw.
12 So speak ye, and so
do, as they that shall
be judged by the law
of liberty. 13 For he
shall have judgment
without mercy, that
hath shewed no mercy;
and mercy rejoiceth
against judgment.

14 Ti _!ro! ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ TiC’ 14 What doth it
What [is] the profit, my brethren, if ‘faith sey ‘anyone profit, my brethren,
Y —7yvLitraA. "ἐπιβλέψητε δὲλ. Y— avT@GLTITrA. 1 --οὧδε LTTrA. 8-- καὶ LTTrA.

Ὁ τῷ κόσμῳ (asregardsthe world) LTTraw. © — τούτου GLTTrAW.
ἔ προσωπολημπτεῖτε LTTrA.
bled) trrraw.

murder) LTT:a.

1 ἀνέλεος pitiless LTTrAW. * — καὶ GLTTrAw.

4 οὐχὶ LW.
ὃ τηρήσῃ; πταισῃ (read shall have kept, but shall have stum-
5 μοιχεύεις, hovevers (read if thoucommittest not adultery but committest
1—70L.

εὑμᾶς τ΄

™ Tus λέγῃ 1..

588

though a man say he
hath faith, and have
not works? can faith
save him? 15 If a
brother or sister be
naked, and destitute
of daily food, 16 and
one of you say unto
them, Depart in peace,
be ye warmed and fill-
ed; notwithstanding
ye give them not those
things which are need-
ful to the body ; what
doth ἐξ profit ? 17 Even
so faith, if it hath not
works, is dead, being
alone. 18 Yea, a man
may say, Thou hast
faith, and I have
works: shew me thy
faith without thy
works, and I willshew
thee my faith by my
works. 19 Thou be-
lievest that there is
one God; thou doest
well: the devils also
believe, and tremble.
20 But wilt thou know,
O vain man, that faith
without works is dead?
21 Was not Abraham
our father justified by
works, when he had
offered Isaac his son
upon the altar ?
22 Seest thou how faith
wrought with his
works, and by works
was faith made per-
fect? 23 And _ the
scripture was fulfilled
which saith, Abraham
believed God, and it
was imputed unto him
for righteousness: and
he was called the
Friend of God. 24 Ye
see then how that by
works a man is justi-
fied, and not by faith
only. 25 Likewise also
was not Rahab the
harlot justified by
works, when she had
received the messen-
gers, and had sent them
out another way?
26 For as the body
without the spirit is
dead, so faith without
works is dead also.

111. My brethren, be
not many masters,
knowing that we shall
receive the greater
condemnation. 2 For
in many things we of-
fend all. If any man

IAKQBOS. Π ls

ἔχειν, ἔργα.δὲ μὴ.ἔχῃ ; μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν ;

[16] *has, but works have ποῦ ? is 7able ‘faith tosave him?
15 ἐὰν. "δὲ" ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ γυμνοὶ ὑπάρχωσιν, καὶ λειπό-
Nowif abrother or asister naked be, and desti-

μένοι ὦσιν" τῆς ἐφημέρου τρο

tute may be of daily foo
> e ~ « id τι > , / 4 ’
ἐξ ὑμῶν, Yrayere ἐν εἰρήνῃ, θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτά-

"from 7amongst *you, Go in peace; bewarmed and be fill-

ζεσθε, μὴ-δῶτε.δὲ αὐτοῖς Ta ἐπιτήδεια τοῦ σώματος, τί

ed; but give not tothem the needful thingsfor the body, what [is]

Pro! ὄφελος ; 17 οὕτως Kai ἡ πίστις ἐὰν μὴ “ἔργα ἔχῃ! νεκρά

je, 16 εἴπῳῃ.δέ τις αὐτοῖς
d, and °say 'anyone *to 7them

the profit? So also faith, if *not *works 'it *have, *dead
? ? « ’ 7 ? ᾽ ~ ‘ , »
ἐστιν καθ᾽ ἑαυτήν. 18 ἀλλ΄ ἐρεῖ τις Σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις,
515 by itself. But *will*say 'some’one, Thou “faith ‘hast
κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω" δεῖξόν μοι τὴν.πίστιν.σου τέκὶ τῶν ἔργων
andi “works ‘have. Shew me thy faith from works

Scou,' κἀγὼ δείξω σοι! ἐκ τῶν.ἔργων. μου τὴν πίστιν ἅμου."

"thy, and I will shew thee from my works "faith ‘my.

19 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι “ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν." καλῶς ποιεῖς" Kai τὰ
Thou believest that God one 15. *Well *thou*doest; even the

δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν, Kai φρίσσουσιν. 20 θέλεις. δὲ γνῶναι,
demons believe, and shudder. But wilt thou know,

ὦ ἄνθρωπε KEVE, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων YvEKoa' ἐστιν ;
O 2man ‘empty, that faith apart from works dead is?
21 ᾿Αβραὰμ ὁ.πατὴρ.ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ave-

3A braham *our *father "not “by “works ‘was ‘justified, having
γνέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον; 22 βλέ-
offered Isaac his son upon the altar ? Thou

πεις OTL ἡ πίστις συνήργει" τοῖς.ἔργοις.αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῶν
seest that faith was working with his works, and by
ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 27 23 καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ
works faith was perfected. And was fulfilled the scripture which
λέγουσα, ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη
says, Now “believed Abraham God, and it was reckoned
αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, Kai φίλος θεοῦ ἐκλήθη. 24 Ὁρᾶτε
to him for righteousness, and friend of God he was called. Ye see
*roivuy" ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως
then that by works is justified aman, and not by faith
μόνον." 25 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων
only. But in like manner also *Rahab *the *harlot ὁποὺ 7by ‘works
ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ
lwas ‘justified, having received the messengers, and by another way
ἐκβαλοῦσα; 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος

having put [them] forth ? For as the body apart from spirit
νεκρόν ἔστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς dv! ἔργων νεκρά
*dead lis, ΞΟ alse faith apart from works *dead
ἐστιν.

tis,

3 Μὴ πολλοὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, εἰδότες ὅτι
2Not *many *teachers "be, my brethren, knowing that
μεῖζον κρίμα “ληψόμεθα"" 2 πολλὰ. γὰρ πταίομεν ἅπαντες.

greater judgment we shall receive. For %often ‘we‘stumble all

!

n — δὲ now TTr.

from GLTTrAW. 5
ὁ θεός LTTr; εἷς ὁ θεός ἐστιν AW. ι
y Read verse 22 interrogatively, as pointed in the Greek EGLTrw.
® Read verse 24 as a question GLTr.

P—TOL.
t coe δείξω TTr.
Ἢ ἀργή idle LrTra.

ο -— ὦσιν TTrA.
— σου LTTrAwW.

4 ἔχῃ ἔργα GLTTrAW. χωρὶς apart
u— μον TTrAW. Υ els ἐστὶν
x συνεργεῖ works with rrr.

% — ᾿τοινυν GLTTrAW.

Ὁ — τῶν T[Tr]. © λημψόμεθα LITrA.

IIL. JAMES.

εἴ τις ἐν λόγῳ ov.mraist, οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ, δυνατὸς
If anyone in word stumble ποῦ, this one [is] ἃ perfect man, able

~ ‘ ἢ 5 ~ ᾽ ~ ,
χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. 8 ΤΙδοὺϊ τῶν ἵππων

to bridle also *whole ‘the body. Lo, Sof 7the horses
AY λ 4 > 4 ΄ 1AX e A Il | iQ. θ
τους χαλινοῦς εἰς TA στόματα α. OPEV “προς TO TTELGEOUAL
1the “bits 3in *the ®months we put, for 2to Sobey
[αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν," καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα.αὐτῶν μετάγομεν. 4 ᾿Ιδοὺ

1them us, and ?whole 1their body we turn about. Lo,

καὶ τὰ πλοῖα τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, Kai ὑπὸ ξσκληρῶν ἀνέμων"
also the ships, 380 great ‘being, and by violent winds
ἐλαυνόμενα, μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου
being driven, areturned about by @ very small rudder, wherever
hay" ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος iBotAnrat." 5 οὕτως Kai
steers may will. Thus also

the impulse of him who
« AG 4 ἐλ ? ΄, ‘ k λ ~ jl a i ,
ἢ γλῶσσα μικρὸν μελος ἐστίν, καὶ “peyadavyet. 0ov,
the tongue alittle member is, and boasts great things. Lo,
Ἰὀλίγον" πῦρ ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει: 6 "καὶ" ἡ γλῶσσα

a little fire how large a wood it kindles; and the tongue [is]
πῦρ, ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας. "οὕτως" ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται
fire, the world of unrighteousness. Thus the tongue is set
ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσιν. ἡμῶν, “ἡ " σπιλοῦσα ὅλον TO σῶμα, Kai φλο-
in our members, the defiler [of] "whole ‘the body, and setting
γίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως, Kai φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς
on fire the course ofnature, and beingsetonfire by

γεέννης 7 πᾶσα.γὰρ φύσις θηρίων.τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἐἑρπε-
gehenna. For every species both of beastsand of birds, of *creeping
τῶν τε καὶ évadiwy, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ

*things *both and things of the sea, is subdued

φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ὃ τὴν.δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς Ῥδύναται
Sspecies ‘the 7human ; but the tongue noone 18 table
ἀνθρώπων δαμάσαι" “ἀκατάσχετον᾽ κακόν, μεστὴ ἰοῦ
lof 7men tosubdue; [it is] an unrestrainable_ evil, full of ?poison
θανατηφόρου. 9 ἐν.αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν τὸν θεὸν! καὶ πατέρα,
}death-bringing. Therewith we bless God and [the] Father,
καὶ ἐνι.αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς καθ᾽
and therewith we curse men who according to [the]
ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγονότας 10 ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στύματος ἐξέρ-
likeness of God are made. Out of the same mouth goes
χεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. οὐ χρή, ἀδελφοί. μου, ταῦτα
forth blessing and cursing. ‘Not δουρῃῦ, ‘my “brethren, “these *things
οὕτως γίνεσθαι. 11 μήτι ἡ- πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς
thus to be. *The *fountain Sout of "the *same %opening
, A 4 ‘ 4 ’ Ἁ ΚΑ > ΄
βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν; 12 μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί
‘pours *forth sweet and bitter ? Is able, *brethren
ae) 3, , ~ bat » ~ A ee Il t > ΄
μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι, ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα ; "οὕτως" ᾿οὐδεμία
my, afig-tree olives toproduce, or 8 vine figs? Thus no
πηγὴ ἁλυκὸν καὶ γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ.
fountain [15 8016] salt and sweet *to *produce ‘water.
13 Τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν; δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς
Who [15] wise and understanding among you; lethimshewout of

and has been subdued by

589
offend not in word, the
same 18 a perfect man,
and able also to bridie
the whole body. 3 Be-
hold, we put bits in
the horses’ mouths,
that they may obey us ;
and we turn about
their whole body. 4 Be-
hold also the ships,
which though they be
so great, and are dri-
ven of fierce winds, yet
are they turned about
with a very small
helm, whithersoever
the governor listeth.
5 Even so the tongue
is a little member, and
boasteth great things.
Behold, how great a
matter a little fire
kindleth! 6 And the
tongue is a fire, a
world of iniquity : so
is the tongue among
our members, that it
defileth the whole
body, and setteth on
fire the course of na-
ture ; and it is set on
fire of hell. 7 For every
kind of beasts, and of
birds, and of serpents,
and of things in the
sea, is tamed, and
hath been tamed of
mankind: 8 but the
tongue can no man
tame ; 7¢7s an unruly
evil, full of deadly pci-
son. 9 Therewith bless
we God, even the Fa-
ther; and therewith
curse we>men, which
are made after the si-
militudeof God. 10 Out
of the same mouth pro-
ceedeth blessing and
cursing. My brethren,
these things ought not
so to be. 11 Doth a
fountain send forth at
the same place sweet
water and _ bitter?
12 Can the fig tree,
my brethren, bear
olive berries? either a
vine, figs? so can no
fountain both yield
salt water and fresh.

13 Who 15 a _ wise
man and endued with
knowledge among you?

ἀ ἴδε α ; et δὲ but if (read καὶ also) trtraw. 8 εἰς LTTra.
Ε ἀνέμων σκληρῶν LTTraWw. h — ἄν (read where) Τττ.
Κ μεγάλα αὐχεῖ LTTrA.
τὰ — καὶ (read the tongue kindles. A fire, &c.) 1.
(read both defiling) T.
LTTraw. τ τὸν κύριον the Lord Lrtra.
salt [water is able] GLTTraw.

P δαμάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων LTrA.
5.--- οὕτως LTTrAW.

ἡμῖν αὐτούς a.

i βούλεται wills TTr.
1 ἡλίκον literally how great (some translate how small) LTTraw.
2 — οὕτως LTTrAW.

° Kat

4ᾳ ἀκατάστατον an unsettled
τ οὔτε aAvxov Neither

590

let him shew out of a
good conversation his
works with meekness
of wisdom. 14 But if
ye have bitter envying
and strife in your
hearts, glory not, and
lie not against the
truth. 15 This wisdom
descendeth not from
above, but is earth-
ly, sensual, devilish.
16 For where envying
and strife is, there i
confusion and every
evil work. 17 But the
wisdom that is from
above is first pure,
then peaceable, gentle,
and easy to be intreat-
ed, full of mercy and
good fruits, without
partiality, and with-
out-hypocrisy. 18 And
the-fruit of righteous-
ness.is sown in peace of
them that make peace.
IV. From whence come
wars and fightings a-
mong you? come they
not hence, even of your
lusts that war in your
members? 2 Ye lust,
and have not: ye kill,
and desire to have, and
cannot obtain: ye
fight and war, yet ye
have not, because ye
ask not. 3 Ye ask, and
receive not, because ye
ask amiss, that ye may
consume it upon your
Insts. 4 Ye adulterers
and adulteresses, know
ye not that the friend-
ship of the world is
enmity with God?
Whosoever therefore
will be a friend of
the world is_ the
enemy of God. 5 Do
ye think that the
scripture saith in vain,
The spirit that dwell-
eth in us lusteth to
envy? 6 But he giveth
more grace. Wherefore
he saith, God resisteth
the proud, but giveth
grace untothe humble,
7 Submit yourselves
therefore to God. Re-
sist the devil, and he
will flee from you.
8 Draw nigh to God,
and he will draw nigh
to you. Cleanse your
hands, ye sinners ; and
purify your hearts, ye
double minded, 9 Be
afflicted, and mourn,
aud weep: let your

IAKQBOS. II, IV,

καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ ἐν πρᾳὕτητι σοφίας. 14 εἰ. δὲ
good conduct his works in meekness of wisdom; but if
ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν, μὴ κατα-
“emulation ‘bitter ye have and contention in your heart, “not ldo
καυχᾶσθε “Kai ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας." 15 Οὐκ ἔστιν
boast against and lie against the truth. SNot 7is
[2 «ε ΄ » θ , vZ || ? ,
αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη, "ἀλλ᾽! ἐπίγειος, ψυ-
1this the wisdom from above coming down, but earthly, na-

χική, δαιμονιώδης. 16 ὕπου.γὰρ ζῆλος Kai ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ

tural, devilish. For where emulation and contention [are], there
ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 17 9.0 ἄνωθεν
[15] commotion and every evil thing. But the ?from *above

σοφία πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν, ἔπειτα εἰρηνική, ἐπιεικής;
+wisdom first Spure “ig, then peaceful, gentle,
εὐπειθής, μεστὴ ἐλέους Kai καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀδιάκριτος Yai!
yielding, full of mercy and of *fruits *good, impartial and
ἀνυπόκριτος. 18 καρπὸς. δὲ "τῆς" δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπεί-
unfeigned. But [the] fruit of righteousness in peace is
ρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην. 4 Πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ ¥
sown for thosethat make peace. Whence [come] wars and
μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν; οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ἐκ τῶν. ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν
fightings among you? [18 it] not thence, from your pleasures,
τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσιν ὑμῶν ; 2 ἐπιθυμεῖτε, Kai
which war in your members ? Ye desire, and
ovK-EXETE’ φονεύετε Kai ζηλοῦτε, Kai οὐ-δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν.
have not ; ye kill and areemulous, and 816 not able to obtain ;
μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε, Τοὐκ.ἔχετε *O€," διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι
ye fight and war, 2ye Shave *not *but because “not 7ask
ὑμᾶς" 8 αἰτεῖτε, καὶ ov-AauBavere, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε ἵνα
you. Yeask, and receive not, because evilly yeask, that
ἐν ταῖς. ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν damavnonre. 4 "Μοιχοὶ καὶ! μοιχα-
in your pleasures ye may spend [it]. Adulterers and adulte-
λίδες, ovK.oidaTe ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα “χοῦ
resses, know yenot that the friendship of the world enmity [with]
θεοῦ éoriv;" ὃς ἂν! οὖν βουληθῇ φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου,
God is? | Whosoever therefore be minded afriend tobe ofthe world,

ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται. 5 ἢ δοκεῖτε Ori κενῶς ἡ ypa-
an enemy of God is constituted. Or think ye that in vain the scrip-
φὴ AéyEL;® πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ ἱκατῴκησεν"
ture speaks? with envy does*long ‘the 7Spirit which took up[his]abode
ἐν ἡμῖν 38 6 μείζονα.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν' διὸ λέγει, Ὁ θεὸς
in us? But “greater ‘he *gives grace. Wherefore he says, God
ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν.
[086] 5proud ‘sets “himself “against, but to[the]lowly hegives grace,
7 Ὑποτάγητε οὖν τῷ θεῷ. avriornre® rp διαβόλῳ, Kai
Subject yourselves therefore toGod. Resist the devil, and
φεύξεται ap ὑμῶν" 8 ἐγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ ὑμῖν.
he will flee from you. Draw near to God, and he will draw near to you.
καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας,
Have cleansed [your] hands, sinners, and have purified [your] hearts,

δίψυχοι. 9 ταλαιπωρήσατε καὶ πενθήσατε ‘kai! κλαύσατε.
ye double minded. Be wretched, and mourn, and weep.

u τῆς ἀληθείας Kal ψεύδεσθε T.
Υ + πόθεν whence Lrtraw.
LTTrAW 3 join adulteresses to what precedes 1.
e— 5; Text. Rec. and wa.

i — καὶ T.

(resist) LrTra.

x — τῆς GLTTrAw.
b — Μοιχοὶ καὶ

Ww — καὶ LTTrA.
a8 — δέ QLTTrA.

ν ἀλλὰ TTr.
2. - καὶ and 1.

5 ἐστὶν τῷ θεῷ is With God τ 4 ἐὰν LT,
f κατῴκισεν he made to dwell Lrrra. i= τ h + δὲ but

EV, V. JAMES.
ὁ. γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μεταστραφήτω, Kai ἡ- χαρὰ εἰς
7Your*laughter ‘to ®mourning Net beturned, and [your] joy to

κατήφειαν. 10 ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον "τοῦ" κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώ-
heaviness, Humble yourselves before the Lord, and he will
oe ὑμᾶς.
exalt you.
11 Μὴ.καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί" ὁ καταλαλῶν
Speak not against oneanother, brethren. He that speaks against
? ~ 1 ‘II ΄, BY 10. λ \ ? ~ λ λ -
ἀδελφοῦ, ἱκαὶ" κρίνων τὸν.αδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καταλαλεῖ
{his] brother, and judges his brother, speaks against [the]
νόμου, καὶ κρίνει νόμον" εἰδὲ νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ

law, and judges [the] law. But if[the] law thou judgest, “ποῦ
εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής. 12 εἷς ἐστιν ὁ νομο-
‘thou ?art adoer of [the]law, but a judge. One is the law-

Bérnc™, ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι Kai ἀπολέσαι" σὺ" τίς εἶ OC
giver, who is able tosave and todestroy: *thou ‘who 7art that
κρίνεις" τὸν Pérepor' ;
judgest the other ?
13 “Aye νῦν οἱ

Go to now, ye who

λέγοντες, Σήμερον “καὶ αὔριον τπορευ-
say, To-day and to-morrow wemay
ou μεθα" εἰς τήνδε. τὴν. πόλιν, Kai "ποιήσωμεν" ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν
go into such a city and may spend there “year
‘tva! καὶ "ἐμπορευσώμεθα," καὶ “κερδήσωμεν"" 14 οἵτινες οὐκ
Jone and may traffic, and may make gain, ye who ?7not
ἐπίστασθε Στὸ" τῆς αὔριον" ποία. γὰρ' ἡ.ζωὴ ὑμῶν ;
1know what on the morrow [will be], (for what [is] your life?
ἀτμὶς *yap'| *éorw' ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα
Avapour even itis, which for a little [while] appears, "then
ὑδὲ" ἀφανιζομένη: 15 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν. ὑμᾶς, Bay ὁ κύριος
tand disappears, ) instead of your saying, If the Lord
θελήσῃ, καὶ “ζήσωμεν, καὶ ποιήσωμεν" τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο.
should will and τὺ Βῃοπ]ᾶ live, also we may do this or that.
16 νῦν.δὲ καυχᾶσθε ἐν raic-adaZovetac'vpuorv πᾶσα καύχη-
Βαῦ πο yeboast in your vauntings : all 7boasting
σις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν. 17 εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν,

d

‘such evil is. To [him] knowing therefore good to do,
καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν.
and not doing [it], sin tohim itis.
» ~ « ,΄ ’ > fe ? ‘ ~
5 “Ayé νῦν οἱ-.πλούσιοι, κλαύσατε ὀλολύζονπες ἐπὶ ταῖς
Goto now, [75] rich, weep, howling over
ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομένγαις. 2 ὁ πλοῦτος
2miseries ‘your that [are] coming upon [you]. ?Riches

ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια. ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν"
tyour haverotted, and your garments moth-eaten have become.
3 ὁ.χρυσὸς ὑμῶν Kai ὁ ἄνγυρος κατίωται, καὶ ὁ ἰὸς. αὐτῶν
our gold and silver has been eaten away, and their canker
εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται, Kai φάγεται τὰς.σάρκας. ὑμῶν ὡς
for 8. testimony against you shall be, and shall eat your flesh as
mvp’ ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις. 4 ἰδού, ὁ μισθὸς
fire, Yetreasuredup in{[the] last days. Lo, the hire

᾿

591

laughter be turned to
mourning, and your
joy to heaviness.
10 Humble yourselves
in the sight of.;the
Lord, and he shall lift
you up.

11 Speak not evil one
of another, brethren.
He that speaketh evil
of Ais brother, and
judgeth his brother,
speaketh evil of the
law, and judgeth the
law : but if thou judge
the law, thou art not
a doer of the law, but
a judge. 12 There is
one lawgiver, who is
able to save and to
destroy: who art thou
that judgest another 2

13 Go to now, ye that
say, To day or to mor-
row we will go into
such a city, and con-
tinue therea year, and
buy and sell, and
get gain: 14 whereas
ye know not what
shall be on the mor-
row. For what 18 your
life? It is even a va-
pour, that appeareth
for a little time, and
then vanisheth away.
15 For that ye ought
to say, If the Lord
will, we shall live, and
do this, or that, 16 But
now ye rejoice in your
boastings: all such re-
joicing isevil.17 There-
fore to him that know-
eth to do good, and
doeth zt not, to him it
is sin.

V. Go to now, ye
rich men, weep and
howl for your miseries
that shall come upon
you. 2 Your riches are
corrupted, and your
garments are moth-
eaten. 3 Your gold
and silver iscankered ;
and the rust of them
shall be a witness a-
gainst you, and shall
eat your flesh as it
were fire. Ye have
heaped treasure to-
gether for the last
days. 4 Behold, the

k — τοῦ (read [the]) Lrtra. 1% or LTTrA.
n+ 6¢but(who)GLITra. ° ὃ κρίνων LTTrA.
4 ἢ Or RLTTr. τ πορευσόμεθα we will go ELTTrAW.
t — ἕνα (read 8, year) LTTr. ἡ ἐμπορευσόμεθα will traffic ELTTraw.
make gain ELTTrAW. Χ τὰ L. Υ [yap] Tr. 7 — yap L.
Ὁ καὶ LTTra ; — δὲ w. ς ζήσομεν We shall live LtTraw.
ELTTraw. ε ἀλαζονίαις τ.

™ + καὶ κριτής and judge, αἸτττγα.
P πλησίον (read [thy] neighbour) Lrtra.
8 ποιήσομεν Will spend ELTAW.

* κερδήσομεν Will

8 ἐστε ye are LTTrAW.
4 ποιήσομεν We Shall do

092

hire of the labourers
who have reaped down
your fields, which is
of you kept back by
fraud, crieth : andthe
eries of them which
have reaped are en-
tered into the ears of
the Lord of sabaoth,
5 Ye have lived in
pleasure on the earth,
and been wanton; ye
have nourished your
hearts, as in a day of
slaughter. 6 Ye have
condemned and killed
the just; and he doth
not resist you,

7 Be patient there-
fore, brethren, unto
the coming of the Lord.
Behold, the husband-
man waiteth for the
precious fruit of the
earth, and hath long
patience for it, until
he receive the early
and latter rain. 8 Be
ye also patient; sta-
blish your hearts: for
the coming of the
Lord draweth nigh.
9 Grudge not one a-
gainst another, bre-
thren, lest ye be con-
demned: behold, the
judge standeth before
the door. 10 Take, my
brethren, the prophets,
who have spoken in
the name of the Lord,
for an example of suf-
fering affliction, and
of patience. 11 Be-
hold, we count them
happy which endure.
Ye have heard of the
patience of Job, and
have seen the end of
the Lord; that the
Lord is very pitiful,
and of tender mercy.
12But above all things,
my brethren, swear
not, neither by hea-
ven, neither by the
earth, neither by any
other oath: but let
your yea be yea;
and your nay, nay;
lest ye fall into con-
demnation. 13 Is any
among you afflicted?
let him pray. Is any
merry? let him sing
psalms. 14 Is any sick
among you? let him
eall for the elders of
the church; and let
them pray over him,
anointing him with
oil in the name of the

f ἀφυστερημένος TTr.
3} — ὑετὸν (read [rain]) LTTra.
énre tye ὍΘ judged GLTTraw.
(— μον My LTTraw) GLTTraw.

¥ ἴδετε see ye A.

ΓΑΚΩΒΟΣ. V.

τῶν ἐργατῶν TOY ἀμησάντων τὰς.χώρας. ὑμῶν, ὁ 'ἀπεστερη-
of the workmen who harvested your fields, which has been
μένος" ad ὑμῶν κράζει, καὶ at Boat τῶν θερισάντων εἰς
keptback by you, ories οαὖ, and the cries of those who reaped, into
τὰ ὦτα κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ἐἑεἰσεληλύθασιν." 5 ἐτρυφήσατε
the ears of [the] Lord of Hosts have entered. Ye lived in indulgence
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐσπαταλήσατε. ἐθρέψατε τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν
upon the earth, and lived inself-gratification; ye nourished your hearts
hoc! ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς. 6 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δί-
as in aday οΥ slaughter ; ye condemned, ye killed, the
καιον᾽ οὐκ. ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν.
just ; he does not resist you.
7 Μακροθυμήσατε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ
Be patient therefore, brethren, till the coming of the
κυρίου. ἰδού, 0 γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται TOY τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς
Lord. Lo, the husbandman awaits the precious fruit ofthe
γῆς, μακροθυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἕως ἰἂᾶν" λάβῃ jverov' Ἐπρώ-
earth, being patient for it) until it receive [the] ‘rain +ear-
ἱμονὶ καὶ ὄψιμον: ὃ μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς, στηρίξατε
ly 7and = “latter. Be patient also ye: establish
τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν, OTL ἡ παρουσία τοῦ κυρίου ἤγγικεν.
your hearts, because the coming of the Lord hasdrawnnear,

9 Μὴ.στενάζετε 'kar’ ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί," ἵνα μὴ πκατακρι-

Groan not against one another, brethren, that*not ‘ye *be con-
θῆτε"" ἰδού, ἃ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 10 Ὑπό-
demned, Lo, [the] judge before the door stands, [45] an ex-
δειγμα λάβετε στῆς κακοπαθείας, ἀδελφοί. μου." Kai τῆς

ample ®take lof *suffering “evils, ™my ®brethren, ‘and
μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας ot ἐλάλησαν Ῥ τῷ ὀνόματι KU-
508 Spatience, the prophets who spoke inthe name of[the]
piov. 11 ἰδού, μακαρίζομεν τοὺς «“ὑπομένοντας." τὴν ὑπο-
Lord. Lo, Ὑ 081] blessed those who endure. The en~
μονὴν ᾿Ιὼβ ἠκούσατε, Kai TO τέλος κυρίου τεἴΐδετε," OT:
durance of Job ye have heard of, and the end of(the] Lord yesaw; thas
πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος Kai οἰκτίρμων. 12 Πρὸ
full of tender pity is the Lord and compassionate, “Before
πάντων δέ, ἀδελφοί. μου, μὴ. ὀμνύετε, μήτε τὸν οὐρανόν,
3411 *things *but my brethren, swear not, neither [by] heaven,
μήτε THY γῆν, μήτε ἄλλον.τινὰ ὅρκον. ἤτω.δὲ ὑμῶν τὸ ναί,
nor the earth, nor any other oath; but let be of you the yea,
ναί, Kai TO οὔ, οὔ ἵνα μὴ "εἰς ὑπόκρισιν! πέσητε. 18 KaKo-
yea, and the nay, nay, that not into hypocrisy yemay fall. Does *suf-
παθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν; προσευχέσθω" εὐθυμεῖ τις;
fer °hardships ‘anyone “among “you? let him pray: is *cheerful ‘anyone?
ψαλλέτω. 14 ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν vpiv; προσκαλεσάσθω
let him praise ; is*sick ‘anyone among you? let him callto [him)
τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, Kai προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ᾽
the elders of the assembly, and let them pray over
αὐτόν, ἀλείψαντες ᾿αὐτὸν" ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ" κυρίου"
him, having anointed him withoilin the name _ οὗ the Lord;

& εἰσελήλυθαν LTTrAW. h — ὡς LTTrAW. i— ἂν TTra.
K πρόϊμον TTr. 1 ἀδελφοί, kat ἀλλήλων LTrA. τὰ κρι-
n + ὁ the GLTTrAW. ©, ἀδελφοί μου, τῆς κακοπαθείας
P + évin (the) Lrtr. 4 ὑπομείναντας endured LITra.
8 ὑπὸ κρίσιν under judgment EGLTTraw. t — αὐτὸν (read [him)]) 7,

° — τοῦ (read of [the]) L[Tr]a.

1: l PETER.
15 καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει TOY κάμνοντα, Kai ἐγε-
and the prayer offaith shallsavye the exhaustedone, and will

ρεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος" κἂν ἁμαρτίας ῃ-πεποιηκώς,
*raise®up “ἶσα ‘the *Lord; andif ‘sins ‘he*be[°one*who]*has*committed,
ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ. 16 ἐξομολογεῖσθε * ἀλλήλοις
it shall be forgiven him. Confess to one another [your]
x 4 , Il ‘ y » i « ‘ ? , ἐς ev > θῇ
τὰ παραπτώματα, καὶ εὔχεσθε" ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, ὕπως ἰαθῆ-
offences, and pray for oneanother, that yemaybe
τε. πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη.
healed. *Much ®prevails [‘the] *supplication *of°a‘*righteous(’man] operative.
17 *HXiac! ἄνθρωπος ἦν ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν, Kai προσευχῇ
Elias 22 *man lwas oflikefeelings tous, and with prayer
προσηύξατο τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι" καὶ οὐκ.ιἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
eprayed (for it] not torain; and itdidnotrain upon the earth

ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς καὶ

pfivac ἕξ. 18 καὶ πάλιν προσηΐξατο, καὶ
onths ᾿βίχ ;

“years ‘three and and again he prayed, and
ὁ οὐρανὸς *verdy ἔδωκεν, Kai ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν
the heaven 7rain igave, and the earth caused *to *sprout
καρπὸν αὐτῆς.

7fruit tits. :

19 ᾿Αδελφοὶ, ἐάν Tic ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλη-

Brethren, if anyone among you err from the truth,

θείας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν, 20 “γινωσκέτω" ὅτι ὁ
and *bring*back ‘anyone him, let him know that he who
ἐπιστρέψας ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ. αὐτοῦ,

brings back @ sinner from [the] error of his way,

wu ‘ d ? θ0 , ‘ iw ARO « -
χὴν “ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν.

8ι soul from death, and shall cover a multitude of sins.

*laxw Bou ἐπιστολή."
7Of James tepistle,

σώσει
shall save

593

Lord: 15 and the
prayer of faith shall
save the sick, and
the Lord shall raise
him up; and if he
have committed sins,
they shall be for-
given him. 16 Con-
fess your faults one
to another, and pray
one for another, that
ye may be healed.
The effectual fervent
prayer of a righteous
man availeth much.
17 Elias was a man
subject to like pas-
sions as we are, and he
prayed earnestly that
it might not rain: and
it rained not on the
earth by the space of
three years and six
months. 18 And he
prayed again, and the
heaven gave rain, and
the earth brought
forth her fruit.

19 Brethren, if any
of you do err from the
truth, and one convert
him ; 20 let him know,
that he which con-
verteth the sinner from
the error of his way
shall save a soul from
death, and shall hide
multitude of sins,

‘TIETPOY KAOOAIKH ETISTOAH TPOTH.'

‘OF SPETER *GENERAL 7EPISTLE

TIETPOS ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις
Peter, apostle of Jesus Christ, to [the] elect sojourners

διασπορᾶς Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, ᾿Ασίας, καὶ
of [the] dispersion of Pontus, of Galatia, of Cappadocia, of Asia, and

Βιθυνίας, 2 Kara πρόγνωσιν θεοῦ πατρός, ἐν ἁγιασ-
Bithynia, according to [the] foreknowledge of God [the] Father, by sanctifi-
πνεύματος, ες ὑπακοὴν Kai ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος
cation of [the] Spirit, unto[the] obedience and sprinkling of [the] blood
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη.
of Jesus Christ: Grace toyou and peace be multiplied.
3 Εὐλογητὸὲξ ὁ θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ
Blessed [be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus
χριστοῦ, ὁ κατὰ τὸ.πολὺ. αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας δὴ μᾶς"
Christ, who according to his great us

mercy begat *again

+FIRST.

PETER, an apostle of
Jesus Christ, to the
strangers scattered
throughout Pontus,
Galatia, Cappadocia,
Asia, and Bithynia,
2 elect according to
the foreknowledge
of God the Father,
through sanctification
of the Spirit, unto o-
bedience and sprink-
ling of the blood of

Jesus Christ: Grace
unto you, and peace,
be multiplied.

3 Blessed be the
God and Father of
our Lord Jesus Christ,
which according te

* + οὖν therefore LTTra. “5 τὰς ἁμαρτίας 51}8 LTTr.
3 ἔδωκεν ὑετὸν LTTr. Ὁ + μου my (brethren) LTTra.
> - . μ δὴ
4 + αὐτοῦ (read his soul) LT.

Υ προσεύχεσθε L.
ς γινώσκετε KNOW Ye A.
e — the subscription EGLTW ; Ἰακώβου TrA.

z Ἡλείας T

f + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ G ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ a Tr; Ilétpova LTaW

& ὑμᾶς you E.

QQ

594

his abundant mer-
cy hath begotten us
again unto a lively
hope by the resurrec-
tion of Jesus Christ
from the dead, 4to an
inheritance incorrup-
tible, and undefiled,
and that fadeth not
away, reserved in hea-
ven for you, 5 who args
kept by the power of
God through faith un-
to salvation ready to
be revealed in the last
time. 6 Wherein ye
greatly rejoice, though
now for a season, if
need be, ye are in
heaviness through ma-
nifold temptations:
7 that the trial of your
faith, being much
more precious than of
gold that perisheth,
though itbe tried with
fire, might be found
uuto praise and ho-
nour and glory at the
appearing of Jesus
Christ: 8 whom hay-
ing not seen, ye love;
in whom, though now
ye see him not, yet be-
lieving, ye rejoice with
joy unspeakable and
full of glory: 9 re-
ceiving theend ofyour
faith, even the salva-
tion of your souls.
10 Of which salvation
the prophets have in-
quired and searched
diligently, who pro-
phesied of the grace
that should come unto
you: 11 searching what,
or what manner of

time the Spirit of
Christ which was in
them did _ signify,

when it testified be-
forehand the suffer-
ings of Christ, and the
glory that should fol-
low. 12 Unto whom it
was revealed, that not
unto themselves, but
unto us they did mini-
ster the things, which
are now reported unto
you by them that have
preached the gospel
unto you with the
Holy Ghost sent down
from heaven; which
things the angels de-
sire to look into.

13 Wherefore gird
up the loins of your
mind, be sober, and
hope to the end for the
grace that is to be
brought unto you at
the revelation of Je-
sus Christ ; 14 as obe-
dient children, not fa-
shioning yourselves

WETTER CA.

εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν δι
to a *hope

i

ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐκ
‘living through [the] resurrection οὗ Jesus Christ from amoung

νεκρῶν, 4 εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον Kai ἀμίαντον Kai

[086] dead, to aninheritance incorruptible and undefiled and
ἀμάραντον, τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς Βἡμᾶς," 5 τοὺς ἐν
unfading, reserved in [the] heavens for us, who vy

δυνάμει θεοῦ φρουρουμένους διὰ πίστεως. εἰς σωτηρίαν
{the] power of God [8416] being guarded through faith, for salvation
ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ" 6 ἐνιῷ ayad-
ready to be revealed in [the] ?time "last. Wherein ye ex-
ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον ἰἐστίν, λυπηθέντες
for a little while at present, if necessary itis, having been put to grief
ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς, 7 iva τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως
in various trials, that the proving of your faith,
k ‘ , Π , ~ 9 ’ ὃ ay A δὲ
πολὺ τιμιώτερον, χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς
(much more precious than gold that perishes, ) 2by “fire ‘thougr
δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν," ἐν
᾽ 7 phe
being proved, be found to praise and honour and glory, in
ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃν οὐκ "εἰδότες! ἀγαπᾶτε,
{the] revelation ofJesus Christ, whom not having seen ye love;
εἰς ὃν ἄρτι μὴ ὁρῶντες, πιστεύοντες.δέ, ἀγαλλιᾶσθε
on whom now [though] ποῦ looking, but believing, ye exult

~ ? ’ ‘ , , A ,
χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ, 9 κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος
with joy unspeakable and glorified, receiving the end
τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν" 10 περὶ ἧς

of your faith, [086] salvation of [your] souls ; concerning which
σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ πἐξηρεύνησαν" προφῆται οἱ περὶ

λιᾶσθε,
ult,

salvation sought *°out Mand searched ‘out ‘prophets, *who “οὗ
THC εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος προφητεύσαντες, 11 Epevvmvrec" εἰς
5the 7towards ®you ‘grace sprophesied ; ’ searching to
τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλον τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα

what or what manner of time ‘7was "δι ρ γίηρ 6 Sin ‘them 2Spirit

χριστοῦ, προμαρτυρόμενον TA εἰς. χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ
Sof *Christ, testifying beforehand of the[*belonging]*to *Christ ‘sufferings, and

A} ‘ ~ , T ? , oe ᾽ ς ~
τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας" 12 οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη ὅτι οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς,
the “δον these ‘glories; to whom it was revealed, that not to themselves

Ρὴμῖν" δὲ διηκόνουν αὐτά, ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν διὰ
7to *us ‘but were serving those things, which now were announced to you by
τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς “ἐν"

πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀπο-
those who announced the glad tidingsto you

in [086] 7Spirit ‘Holy
σταλέντι an οὐρανοῦ, εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι.
sent from heaven, into which desire ‘angels to look.
18 Aw ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς.διανοίας ὑμῶν, νή-
Wherefore having girded up the loins of your mind, be-
povrec, τελείως ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ THY φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν
ing sober, perfectly hope in the *being “brought “to °you ‘grace at
ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 we τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, μὴ
{the} revelation of Jesus Christ ; as children of obedience, not
τσυσχηματιζόμενοι" ταῖς πρότερον ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν ἐπιθυ-
fashioning yourselves tothe former 7in “your *ignorance de-
μίαις, 15 ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς ἅγιον Kai
sires ; but according as he who called you [is] holy, also
αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ yevnOnre’ 16 διότι
Syourselves*holy °in ‘all [("your) conduct *be *ye; because

Ὁ ὑμᾶς you GLTTrAW.

τιμήν LTTrAW.

P ὑμῖν to you GLTTrAW.

Κ πολυτιμότερον GLTTrA.
Ὁ ἐξηραύνησαν TTrA.
4 --- ἐν (read ἁγίῳ by [the] Holy) tra.

i — ἐστίν TTr.

l ὃ ᾽΄ὔ Ἀ
όξαν καὶ
m δόντες LTTrAW.

° ἐραυνῶντες TITA.
τ guvo- TrA.

ἜΤΠ 1 ΡΕΊΒΜΗΣ

, .“ 3 , θ HT te " 9 ‘ ΄“ ’ Vv >? {| il K 4
γεγραπται, ᾿Αγιοι ἔγενεσθε," ‘ore’ eyw ἅγιός YEipe. 7 Καὶ
ithas been written,*Holy ‘be*ye, because I “holy lam. And
εἰ πατέρα ἐπικαλεῖσθε τὸν “ἀπροσωπολήπτως" κρίνοντα
if [as] Father yecallon him who without regard of persons judges
κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον, ἔν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς.παροικίας ὑμῶν
according tothe “of *each work, in fear’ the ?of your *sojourn
χρόνον ἀναστράφητε' 18 εἰδότες ὅτι οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ap-
time pass ye, knowing that not by corruptible things, by
γυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς. ματαίας. ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς

silver or by gold, ye wereredeemed from your vain manner of life
πατροπαραδότου, 19 ἀλλὰ τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ
handed down from [your] fathers, but by precious blood as of a lamb
ἀμώμου Kai ἀσπίλου χριστοῦ; 30 προεγνωσ-

without blemish and without spot [the blood] of Christ: having been fore-

μένου μὲν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, φανερωθέντος.δὲ ἐπ᾽
own indeed before [the] foundation οὔ [the] world, but manifested at
*toxatwy' τῶν χρόνων ov ὑμᾶς, 21 τοὺς dv αὐτοῦ
{the] last times forthe sake of you, who by him
¥riorevovrac' sic θεόν, τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν,
believe in God, who raised up him fromamong([the] dead,
καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα, ὥστε τὴν.πίστιν. ὑμῶν Kai ἐλπίδα εἶναι
and glory tohim gave, soasfor your faith and hope to be
εἰς θεόν. 22 Τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς
in God, Your souls having purified by obedience to the
ἀληθείας "διὰ πνεύματος" εἰς φιλαδελφίαν ἀνυπόκριτον, ἐκ
truth tkrough[the] Spirit to brotherly love unfeigned, outof
*xaBapac' καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς" 23 avaye-
*pure ‘a heart one another love ye fervently. Having been
γεννημένοι οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου, διὰ
begotten again, not of “seed *corruptible, but of incorruptible, by
λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ Kai μένοντος “éic-rov.aidva." 24 διότι

{the] word “living ‘of*God and abiding for ever. Because
πᾶσα σὰρξ “ὡς" χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου" we
411 flesh [is] as grass, and all (the) glory of man as [the]

ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, Kai τὸ ἄνθος “αὐτοῦ"
flower of grass, *Withered ‘the “grass, and the flower of it
ἐξέπεσεν" 25 τὸ. δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. 'Ῥοῦτο. δέ
fell away ; but the word of [the] Lord abides for ever. But this
ἐστιν TO ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς.

is the word which was announced to you.

2 ᾿Αποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον Kai

Having laid aside therefore all malice and all guile and

ὑποκρίσεις Kai φθόνους Kai πάσας καταλαλιάς, 2 ὡς ἀρτιγέν-
hypocrisies and envyings and all evil speakings, as new-
νητα βρέφη, TO λογικὸν ἄδολον yada ἐπιποθήσατε, ἵνα ἐν
born babes, the *mental ‘genuine milk long ye after, that by

? ~ ? ~ » ? LZ ‘4 c 7
αὐτῷ αὐξηθῆτε, 3 δεΐπερ' ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος.
it ye may grow, ifindeed ye did taste that is] *good ‘the *Lord.
4 πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι, λίθον ζῶντα, ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν

598

according to the forms
er lusts in your ignor-
ance: 15 but as he
which hath called you
is holy, so be ye holy
in all manner of con-
versation ; 16 because
it is written, Be ye
holy ; for I am holy.
17 And if ye call on
the Father, who with-
out respect of persons
judgeth according to
every man’s work, pass
the time of your so-
jeurning Aere in fear:
18 forwsmuch as ye
knew that ye were not
redeemed with cor-
ruptible things, as
silver and gold, from
your vain conversa-
tion received by tradi-
tion from your fathers;
19 but with the pre-
cious blood of Christ,
as of a lamb without
blemish and without
spot: 20 who verily
was foreordained be-
fore the foundation of
the world, but was
manifest in these last
times for you, 21 who
by him do believe in
God, that raised him
up from the dead, and
gave him glory ; that
your faith and hope
might be in God.
22 Seeing ye have puri-
fied your souls in
obeying the truth
through the Spirit un-
to unfeigned love of
the brethren, see that
ye love one another
with a pure heart fer-
vently : 23 being born
again, not of corrupti-
ble seed, but of incor-
ruptible, by the word
of God, which liveth
and abideth for ever.
24 For all flesh is as
grass, and all the
glory of man as the
flower of grass. The
grass withereth, and
the flower thereof
falleth away: 25 but
the word of the Lord
endureth forever. And
this is the word which
by the gospelis preach-
ed unto you.

II, Wherefore lay-
ing aside all malice,
and all guile, and hy-
pocrisies, and envies,
and all evil speakings,

ee main 2s ivi b men indeed 2 as new born babes

᾽ rs ke , ae ἢ ᾿ seen 5 age a . _» desire thesincere milk
ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον, παρὰ.δὲ Hep ἐκλεκτόν, ἔντιμον, 5 καὶ αὐ- of the word, that ye
rejected, but with God chosen, precious, alsoyour- may grow thereby :

5 ἔσεσθε ye shall be Lrtraw. t διότι T. ν — εἶμι (read [am]) LTTraw. ν ἀπροσ-

ὠπολήμπτως LTTrA. x ἐσχάτου (read end of the times) L1Traw.
lievers LTTrA. z— διὰ πνεύματος LTTrAW.
Ὁ — εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα GLITrAW. ς --- ὡς hk.

τοῦ LTTr[A]W. f + εἰς σωτηριαν unto salvation GLTTraw.

Υ πιστοὺς [are] be-

@ — καθαρᾶς (read from [the] heart) yrtra.
4 αὐτῆς (read its glory) GLITraw.
& εἰ if LTT

€ — avu-

596

3 if so be ye have
tasted that the Lord
ts gracious, 4 To whom
coming, as unto a liv-
ing stone, disallowed
indeed of men, but
ehosen of God, and
precious, 5 ye also, as
lively stones, are built
up a spiritual house,
an holy priesthood, to
offer up spiritual sac-
Yifices, acceptable to
God by Jesus Christ.
6 Wherefore also it is
contained in the scrip-
ture, Behold, I lay in
Sion a chief corner
stone, elect, precious :
and he that believeth
on him shall not be
confounded. 7 Unto
you therefore which
believe he is precious:
but unto them which

be disobedient, the
stone which the build-
ers disallowed, the

Same is made the head
of the corner, 8 and a
stone of stumbling,
and a rock of offence,
even to them which
stumble at the word,
being disobedient :
whereunto also they
were appointed. 9 But
ye areachosen gene-
ration, a royal priest-
hood, an holy nation,
a peculiar people ; that
ye should shew forth
the praises of him who
hath called you out of
darkness into his mar-
vellous light: 10 which
in time past were not
a people, but are now
the people of God:
which had not ob-
tained mercy, but now
have obtained mercy.

11 Dearly beloved, I
beseech you as strang-
ers and pilgrims, ab-
stain from fleshly lusts,
which war against the
soul; 12 having your
conversation honest a-
mong the Gentiles:
that, whereas they
speak against you
as evildoers, they
may by your good
works, which they
shall behold, glorify
God in the day of visi-
tation.

13 Submit yourselves
to every ordinance of
man for the Lord’s
sake : whether it be to
the king, as supreme ;
14 or unto governors,
as unto them that are

WETPOY A. IL,

ve AiO ῷ Ἰοἰκοδομεῖσθε," of dc, *
ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 'οἰκοδομεῖσθε,) οἶκος πνευματικός;
stones ‘living, are being built up, a “house ‘spiritual,

τοὶ
selves, as

ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον. ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους
a7priesthood ‘holy to offer spiritual sacrifices acceptable

‘rp’ θεῷ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 6 "Διὸ καὶ" περιέχει πὲν τῇ
toGod by Jesus Christ. Wherefore also it is contained in the
γραφῇ." ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτόν,
scripture: Behold, Iplace in Sion a stone ‘corner, chosen,
ἔντιμον" καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ET αὐτῷ οὐνμὴ καταισχυνθῇ.

precious: and hethat believes on him ἴῃ ΠΟ wise shouldbe put toshame,
7 Ὑμῖν οὖν ἡ τιμὴ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν" οἀπει-
To you therefore [515] *the *preciousness }who *believe; 7to([®those] *dis-

Bovow" δὲ, λίθον! ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ot οἰκοδομοῦντες,

obeying ‘but, [the] stone which Srejected those ?building,
οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας, 8 Kai λίθος προσκόμ-
this became head of [the] corner, and a stone of stum-
ματος καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου ot προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ
bling and arock of offence ; who stumble at the word,
ἀπειθοῦντες, εἰς ὃ Kai ἐτέθησαν. 9 ὑμεῖς. δὲ γένος ἐκ-

being disobedient, to which also they were appointed. But ye [are] a “race
λεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περι-
1chosen, a kingly priesthood, a’nation ‘holy, aspeople for a pos-
ποίησιν, ὕπως τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐξαγγείλητε τοῦ ἐκ σκότους
session, that the virtues yemight set forth of him who out of darkness
ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς" 10 οἱ ποτὲ
“you Xealled to his wonderful light ; who once

᾽ , ~ Y ~. € > ᾽ ,

ov λαός, νῦν.δὲ λαὸς θεοῦ: οἱ οὐκ.ἠλεημένοι,

{were] not a people, but now [are] *people 'God’s; who had not received mercy,
γῦν.δὲ ἐλεηθέντες.
but now received mercy.

11 ᾿Αγαπητοί, παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδή-
Beloved, ITexhort [you] as strangers and sojourners,
μους, ἀπέχεσθαι! τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες στρατεύον-

to abstain from fleshly desires, which war
ται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς" 12 τὴν.ἀναστροφὴν.ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς
against the soul ; “your “manner ‘of *life ‘among ‘the

» » ΄ oe ? “ἢ ~ - ~ €
ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν, ἵνα évp καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς

ΠΑ ΟΠ 5 *having Sright that wherein they speak against you as
κακοποιῶν, ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ᾿ἐποπτεύσαντες" δοξά-
evil doers, through [your] good works having witnessed they
σωσιν τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς.
may glorify God in[the] day of visitation.
13 Ὑποτάγητε δοὖν" πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κτίσει, διὰ

Be in subjection therefore toevery human institution for thesake of

τὸν κύριον" εἴτε βασιλεῖ, we ὑπερέχοντι" 14 εἴτε ἡγεμόσιν,
the Lord; whether to [the] king as supreme, or to governors
ὡς Ov αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἱμὲν" κακοποιῶν,
as by him sent, for vengeance [on] evil doers,
” A 2 ~ Fy ef e ) ‘ sy ,
ἔπαινον.δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 15 ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν τὸ θέλημα

and praise [to] well doers ; (because 80 is the will
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας . φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων
of God, [by] well doing to put to silence the 2of “senseless

{ ἐποικοδομεῖσθε τ.
" τῇ TTrA ; ἡ γραφή (read the scripture contains) L.

unbelieving) Trr.

οντες Witnessing LTTraw.

1 — τῷ LITrA. m διότι because GLTTrAWw.
ο ἀπιστοῦσιν (read but to [those]
4 + ὑμᾶς (read that ye abstain) L. τ ἐποπτεύ-
t — μὲν GLTTrAW.

ΚΕ εἰς for LTTrA.

Ρ λίθος LTrA.
8 — οὖν LTTrA.

II, III. I PEPER

ἀγνωσίαν. 16 we ἐλεύθεροι, Kai μὴ ὡς ἐπικά-
as free, and not as #9)

*ignorance ;)
Avupa ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς "δοῦλοι
as bondmen

®cloak thaving Sof 7malice *freedom, but

θεοῦ." 17 πάντας τιμήσατε, τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἀγαπᾶτε, τὸν
of God. *All ‘shew “honour *to, the “brotherhood Slove,

θεὸν φοβεῖσθε, τὸν βασιλέα τιμᾶτε.
God ®fear, the }?king /°honour.

18 Οἱ οἰκέται, ὑποτασσόμενοι ἐν παντὶ φόβῳ τοῖς.δεσ-

ἀνθρώπων
*men

Servants, being subject with all fear to [your]
πόταις, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς Kai ἐπιεικέσιν, ἀλλὰ Kai
masters, not only tothe good and gentle, but = also
τοῖς σκολιοῖς. 19 τοῦτο.γὰρ χάρις. εἰ διὰ συνείδησιν
tothe crooked. For this [is] acceptable if for sake of conscience

θεοῦ ὑποφέρει τις λύπας, πάσχων ἀδίκως. 20 ποῖον.γὰρ

towardsGod “endures ‘anyone griefs, suffering unjustly. For what
κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε ;
glory (is it], if sinning and being buffeted ye endure it ?
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἀγαθοποιοῦντες Kai πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε, τοῦτο *
but if doing good and suftering yeendure [10], this [15]
χάρις παρὰ θεῷ. 21 εἰς. τοῦτο.γὰρ ἐκλήθητε, ὅτι Kai
acceptable with God. For to this ye were called; because also
χριστὸς ἔπαθεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ." Τἡμῖν" ὑπολιμπάνων ὑπογραμ-
Christ suffered for us, “us Neaving a model
μόν, ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν.αὐτοῦ: 22 ὃς ἁμαρτίαν
that ye should follow after in his steps ; who Ssin
? > / > 4 ε , , ? ~ , ? “ὦ a
οὐκ.ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ.στόματι. αὐτοῦ" 23 ὃς
‘did 7no, neither was *found ‘guile in his mouth ; who,
λοιδορούμενος οὐκ. ἀντελοιδόρει, πάσχων οὐκ.ἠπείλει,

being railed at, railed notinreturn; [when] suffering threatened ποῦ;
παρεδίδου.δὲ τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως. 24 ὃς τὰς
but gave [himself] Οὐ tohim γο judges righteously ; who

ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν TH.cwpaTl.avToU ἐπὶ TO
i on the

our sins himself bore in his body
ξύλον, ἵνα ταῖς.ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι, TY δικαιοσύνῃ ζή-
tree, that, to sins [we] being dead, to righteousness we

25 ἦτε.γὰρ ὡς πρό-

σωμεν᾽ οὗ. τῷ.μώλωπι. αὐτοῦ" ἰάθητε.
For ye were as

may live ; by whose bruise ye were healed.
Bara “πλανώμενα"" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεστράφητε νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ποιμένα
sheep going astray, but arereturned now to _ the _ shepherd
Kai ἐπίσκοπον τῶν.Ψψυχῶν ὑμῶν.

and overseer of your souls.
9. Ὁμοίως, Yai! γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν-
Likewise, wives, being subject to yourown hus-

δράσιν, iva καὶ εἴ τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τῆς τῶν
bands, that,evenif any aredisobedient tothe word, by the 7of *the
γυναικῶν ἀναστροφῆς ἄνευ λόγου “κερδηθήσωνται," 2 ἐπο-
“wives Xeonduct’ without([the] word they may be gained, hay-
πτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ EG ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν"
ing witnessed [‘carried Sout] Sin fear chaste 3conduct your ;
rT » ᾽ - ” ? ~ d ~ ie “I

3 ὧν ἔστωοὐχ ὁ ἔξωθεν ἐμπλοκῆς “τριχῶν," “καὶ
whose “let *it “ποὺ *be *the 7outward [fone] ®of braiding “of hair, ‘and
περιθέσεως χρυσίων, ἢ ἐνδύσεως ἱματίων κόσμος"
“putting '°around *°of '’gold, ‘Sor ᾿δραϊίϊῃρ 7°on “of ?*garments ‘adorning;
θεοῦ δοῦλοι TTrA. τ γὰρ for (this) La.
EGLTTrAW. * — αὐτοῦ LTr[A].
>—aiuttr[A]. “ κερδηθήσονται they will be gained trrtra.

x ὑμῶν YOU EGLTTrA.
5. πλανώμενοι (read ye were going astray as sheep) LTTrA.
4 τριχῶν L.

597

sent by him for the
punishment of eyvil-
doers, and for the
praise of them that do
well. 15 For so is the
will of God, that with
well doing ye may put
to silence the ignor-
ance of foolish men:
16 as free, and not
using your liberty for
a cloke of malicious-
ness, but as the ser-
vants of God. 17 Ho-
nour all men. Love
the brotherhood. Fear
God. Honour the king,
_ 18 Servants, be sub-
ject to your masters
with all fear; not
only to the good and
gentle, but also to the
froward. 19 For this
is thankworthy, if a
man for conscience to-
ward God endure grief,
suffering wrongfully.
20 For what glory is 12,
if, when ye be buffeted
for your faults, ye
shall take it patiently?
but if, when ye do
well, and suffer for it,
ye take it patient-
ly, this ts acceptable
with God. 21 For
even hereunto were
ye called: because
Christ also suffered for
us, leaving us an ex-
ample, that ye should
follow his steps: 22 who
did no sin, neither was
guile found in his
mouth: 23 who, when
he was reviled, reviled
not again; when he
suffered, he threatened
not; but committed
himself to him that
judgeth righteously :
24 who his own self
bare our sins in his
own body on the tree,
that we, being dead to
sins, should live un-
to righteousness: by
whose stripes ye were
healed. 25 For ye were
as sheep going astray :
but are now returned
unto the Shepherd and
Bishop of your souls.
Ill. Likewise, ye
wives, be in subjection
to your own husbands;
that, if any obey not
the word, they also
may without the word
be won by the conver-
sation of the wives;
2 while they behold
your chaste conversa-
tion coupled with fear.
3 Whose adorning let
it not be that outward
adorning of plaiting
the hair, and of wear-

Υ ὑμῖν you

e 7 or L.

098

ing of gold, or of put-
ting on of apparel ;
4 but letit be the hid-
den man of the heart,
in that which is not
corruptible, even the
ornament of a meek
and quiet spirit, which
is in the sight of God
of great price. 5 For
after this manner in
the old time the holy
women also, who trust-
ed in God, adorned
themselves, being in
subjection unto their
own husbands: 6 even
as Sara obeyed Abra-
ham, calling him lord:
whose daughters ye
are, as long as ye do
well, and are not a-
fraid with any amaze-
ment. 7 Likewise, ye
husbands, dwell with
them according to
knowledge, giving ho-
nour unto the wife, as
unto the weaker ves-
sel, and as being heirs
together of the grace
of life; that your
prayers be not hin-
dered.

8 Finally, be ye all
of one mind, having
compassion or3of an-
other, loveas brethren,
be pitiful, be court-
eous: 9 not rendering
evil for evil, or railing
for railing : but con-
trariwise blessing ;
knowing that ye are
thereunto called, that

e should inherit a

lessing. 10 For he
that will love life, and
see good days, let him
refrain his tongue
from evil, and his lips
that they speak no
guile: 11 let him es-
chew evil, and do good;
let him seek peace, and
ensue it. 12 For the
eyes of the Lord are
over the righteous, and
his ears are open unto
their prayers : but the
face of the Lord is a-
gainst them that do
evil. 13 And whots he
that will harm you,
if ye be followers of
that which is good?
14 But and if ye suf-
fer for righteousness’
sake, happy are ye:
and be not afraid of
their terror, neither
be troubled; 15 but
sanctify the Lord God
in your hearts : and be

TET ΡΟΘῪ 4A. IIL

4 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος, ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ
but the hidden of *the *heart man, in the incorruptible
τοῦ ‘roqgéoc καὶ ἡσυχίου" πνεύματος, 0 ἐστιν ἐνώπιον
{ornament]ofthe meek and quiet spirit, which is before

τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές. 5 οὕτως.γάρ ποτε Kai αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες
God of great price. For thus formerly also the holy women

« .) / δὲ ‘ 4 Il 4 > , € / e ,
αἱ ἐλπίζουσαι Sexi τὸν" θεὸν ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς, ὑποτασσό-

those hoping in God adorned themselves, being sub-
μεναι τοῖς. ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν: 6 ὡς Σάῤῥα "ὑπήκουσεν" τῷ
ject to theirown husbands ; as Sarah obeyed
᾿Αβραάμ, κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα, ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα" aya-
Abraham, lord “him Xealling; of whom yebecame children, do-
θοποιοῦσαι Kai μὴ-.φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν. 7 Οἱ
ing good and not fearing [with] , any consternation.
(lit. no)
ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθε-

Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge,as witha
νεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν, ὡς
weaker [even] *vessel’with*the *female, rendering [them] honour, as
καὶ Ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" χάριτος ζωῆς, εἰς τὸ μὴ ξἐκκόπτεσ-
also[{being] joint-heirs of [the] grace of life, soas “not ‘to *be ®°cut
θαι" τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν.

Toft your “prayers.
8 Τὸ δὲ. τέλος, πάντες ὁμόφρονες, συμπαθεῖς, φιλ-
Finally, all {being] ofone mind, sympathizing, loving
άδελφοι, εὔσπλαγχνοι, ἰφιλόφρονες" 9 pj ἀποδιδόντες
the brethren, tender hearted, friendly, not rendering

κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας" τοὐναντίον.δὲ
evil for 601], or railing for railing; but on the contrary,

εὐλογοῦντες, "εἰδότες" ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα εὐλογίαν
blessing, knowing that to this ye were called, that blessing
κληρονομήσητε. 10 ὁ-.γὰρ θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν, καὶ ἰδεῖν
ye should inherit. For he that wills [life ‘to*love, and tosee
ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς, παυσάτω τὴν.γλῶσσαν."αὐτοῦ" ἀπὸ
*days good, let him cause to cease his tongue from
κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη "αὐτοῦ! τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. 11 ἐκκλι-

evil, and “lips this not tospeak guile. Let him turn
νάτω ἀπὸ κακοῦ, Kai ποιησάτω ἀγαθόν ζητησάτω εἰρήνην,
aside from evil, and 16οὐ him ἅο good. Let him seek peace
καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν. 12 ὅτι Pow! ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ

and let him pursue it: because the of [the] Lord [816] on

δικαίους, καὶ ὦτα.αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν.αὐτῶν᾽ πρόσωπον. δὲ
[086] righteous, and hisears towards their supplication. ut [the] face
κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. 18 καὶ τίς ὁ κακώ-
of [the] Lord [is] against those doing 601]. And who [15] he that shall in-
σων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ «μιμηταὶ! γένησθε ;
jure you, if of *that ‘which [515] “good imitators ye shoulibe?
14 ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μακάριοι.
But if also ye should suffer on account of righteousness, blessed [are ye);
A 4 ’ ᾽ ~ A ~ A ~
τὸν δὲ φόβον.αὐτῶν μὴ-φοβηθῆτε, μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε"
but their fear yeshould not be afraid of, neither should ye be troubled ;
15 κύριον.δὲ τὸν "Oedv" ἁγιάσατε ἔν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν"
but *Lord ?the *God ‘sanctify in your hearts,

eyes

i ἡσυχίου καὶ πραέος L ; mpacws (mpacos A) Kat ἡσυχίου TTrA. 8 εἰς LTTrAW. } ὑπήκουεν Τ,.

‘ συνκληρονύμοις T ;

GLTrAW ; ἐν- T.
because) LITrA.

» — οἱ (read [the] Lord’s eyes) LTTrA.

συγκληρονόμοις to joint-heirs Tra. k ἐγκόπτεσθαι to be hindered

1 ταπεινόφρονες humble minded GLrTraw. m — εἰδότες (read ὅτι
2 — αὐτοῦ (read [his}) LTTra. ο + δὲ and (let him turn aside) Ltra.
4 ζηλωταὶ zealouSLTTrAW. * χριστὸν Christ LTTraw.

III, IV. I PETER.

ἕτοιμοι. "δὲ" ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς
and ready [be] always for adefence to everyone that asks you
λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος, ‘ μετὰ πρᾳὕτητος Kai
an account concerning the 7in “you hope, with meekness and
φόβου: 16 συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν, iva ἐν. ᾧ ᾿καταλαλῶ-
fear ; *a*conscience ‘having Sgood, that whereas they may speak
σιν! “ὑμῶν ὡς κακοποιῶν," καταισχυνθῶσιν οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες
against you as Φ6Υ]Ι] doers, they may be ashamed who calumniate
ὑμῶν THY ἀγαθὴν ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν. 17 κρεῖττον. γὰρ
your good ‘in Christ ‘manner 7of “life. For [it is] better,
ἀγαθοποιοῦντας, εἰ “θέλει! τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, πάσχειν,
("for ®you]°doing'*good, ‘if *wills [7it]?the ὅν} “οἵ "God, to suffer,
ἢ κακοποιοῦντας" 18 ὅτι καὶ χριστὸς ἅπαξ περὶ ἁμαρ-
than doing evil; because 7indeed ‘Christ once for sins
τιῶν Yérabev δίκαιος ὑπὲρ ἀδίκων, ἵνα ἡμᾶς προσαγάγῃ
suffered, (the) just for [the] unjust, that us he might bring
τῷ θεῷ θ θεὶ ὲ UG θεὶο. δὲ ὅτῳ"
τῷ" θεῷ, ανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς. δὲ ἅτῷ
to God; having been put to death in flesh, but made alive by the
πνεύματι, 19 ἐν καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς
Spirit, in which also tothe ?7in “prison tspirits having gone
ἐκήρυξεν, 20 ἀπειθήσασίν ποτε, Ore mak ἐξεδέχετο" ἡ
he preached, [who] disobeyed sometime, when once was waiting the
τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμία ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευα-
“of °God "longsuffering in[the] days of Noe, [while was] being pre-

, ~ ? τι c ? ΄ {| d , ΙΔ ’ ‘
ζομένης κιβωτοῦ, εἰς ἣν COAtyat," τουτέστιν" ὀκτώ, ψυχαὶ
pared (the) ark, into which few, that is eight souls,

διεσώθησαν dv ὕδατος, 21 °6' καὶ fac! ἀντίτυπον νῦν

were saved through water, which 7also >us figure snow
σώζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ
*saves [even] baptism, not of fi6sk a putting away of [the] filth, but
συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς ἐπερώτημα εἰς θεόν, δι ἀνα-
‘of ®a Sconscience good [89] 7demand “towards *God, by([the] _ re-
στάσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 22 ὕς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Srov' θεοῦ,
surrection of Jesus Christ, who ἰ5 at(the] right hand of God,
πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανόν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων καὶ
gone into heaven, “having 7been *subjected °to ‘°him angels and

ἐξουσιῶν καὶ δυνάμεων.
Sauthorities *and powers,

~ , h e A « ~ I , Ce ~ 4
4 Χριστοῦ οὖν παθόντος "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" σαρκί, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν

Christ then havingsuffered for us in(the]flesh,also ye “the
αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε’' = Ort ὁ παθὼν tv" σαρκί,
Ssame Smind ‘arm ?yourselves *with; for he that suffered in [the] flesh

πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας" 2 εἰς τὸ μηκέτι ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις,
has done with sin ; no longer 1°men’s ®to } lusts,
ἀλλὰ θελήματι θεοῦ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ βιῶσαι χρόνον.
2but ‘to ‘*will *God’s*the ‘remaining ‘in (’the]*flesh ‘to7live ‘time.
2 \ A k eal | « \ , 1 ~ , I \
3 ἀρκετὸς. γὰρ *ypiv' ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος ἱτοῦ βίου," τὸ
For [is] sufficient for us the past time of life the
Ὡθέλημα! τῶν ἐθνῶν πκατεργάσασθαι,, πεπορευμένους ἐν
will of the nations to have worked out, having walked in

599
ready always to give
an answer to every
man that asketh you
a@ reason of the hope
that is in you with
meekness and fear:
16 having a good con-
science; that, where-
as they speak evil of
you, as of evildoers,
they may be ashamed
that falsely accuse
your good conversa-
tion inChrist. 17 For
it is better, if the will
of God be so, that ye
suffer for well doing,
than for evil doing.
18 For Christ alsohath
once suffered for sins,
the just for the un-
just, that he might
bring us to God, being
put to death in the
flesh, but quickened by
the Spirit : 19 by which
also he went and
preached unto the spi-
rits in prison; 20 which
sometime were disobe-
dient, when once the
longsuffering of God
waited in the days
of Noah, while the
ark was a preparing,
wherein few, that is
eight souls were saved
by water. 21 The like
figure whereunto even
baptism doth also now
save us (not the put-
ting away of the filth
of the flesh, but the
answer of a good con-
science toward God,)
by the resurrection of
Jesus Christ: 22 who is
gone into heaven, and
is on the right hand of
God; angels and au-
thorities and powers
being madesubject un-
to him.

IV. Forasmuch then
as Christ hath suffered
for us in the flesh, arm
yourselves likewise
with the same mind:
for he that hath suf--
fered in the flesh hath
ceased from sin; 2 that
he no longer should
live the rest of his time
in the flesh to the lusts
of men, butto the will
of God. 3 For the time
past of our life may
suffice us to have
wrought the will of
the Gentiles, when we

s — δὲ and χὐττ[Α]. t ἀλλὰ but LTTrAW.
Lirw ; καταλαλεῖσθε ye are spoken against Ta.
may willaurtraw. YamnéSaveydieduttr. *%*—7T@ W.
Ὁ ἀπεξεδέχετο (omit once) GLTTraw. © ὀλίγοι few [persons] LTTraw.
ὁ ᾧ to which z. ὑμᾶς yOu LTTrA. & — τοῦ TTr[A].

i — ἐν (read [in])) Lrtra. k ἡμῖν LTTra. !— τοῦ βίου LTTrAW.
2 κατειργάσθαι LTTrAW.

τ καταλαλοῦσιν they speak against
W — ὑμῶν ὡς κακοποιῶν TA.
2 — τῷ (read [in the]) GLTTraw.

x θέλοι

ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT.

h --Οπῆ;͵Θπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrA.

τι βούλημα LTTrAW.

600

walked in lascivious-
ness, lusts, excess of
wine, revellings, ban-
quetings, and abo-
minable _ idolatries:
4 wherein they think it
strange that yerun not
with them to the same
excess of riot, speak-
ing evil of you: 5 who
shall give account to
him that is ready to
judge the quick and
the dead. 6 For for
this cause was the
gospel preached also to
them that are dead,
that they might be
judged according to
men in the flesh, but
live according to God
in the spirit.

7 But the end of all
things is at hand: be
ye therefore sober, and
watch unto prayer.
8 And above all things
have fervent charity
egmong yourselves : for
charity shall cover
the multitude of sins.
9 Use hospitality one
to another without
grudging. 10 As every
man hath received the
gift, even so minister
the same one to an-
other, as good stewards
of the manifold grace
of God. 11 Ifany man
speak, let him speak
as the oracles of God ;
if any man minister,
let him doit as of the
ability which God giv-
eth: that God in all
things may be glorified
through Jesus Christ,
to whorn be praiseand
dominion for ever and
ever. Amen,

12 Beloved, think it
not strange concern-
ing the fiery trial
which is to try you, as
though some strange
thing happened unto
you: 13 but rejoice,
inasmuch as ye arepar-
takers of Christ’s suf-
ferings; that, when his
glory shall berevealed,
ye may be glad also
with exceeding joy.
14 If yebe reproached
for the name of Christ,
happy ave ye; for the
spirit of glory and of
God resteth upon you:
on their part he is evil
spoken of, but on your
part he is glorified.
15 But let none of you
suffer as a murderer,
or as a thief, or as an
evildoer, or as a busy-
body in other men’s
matters. 16 Yet if any

ILE DPOy A. IV.

ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, Kat
γ ὅτοις,

licentiousness, lusts, wine-drinking, revels, drinkings, and
> 7, > ΄ ? i ΄ ‘

ἀθεμίτοις eldwrodarpeiaic’ 4 ἐνιῷ = Eeviovrar, fp συν-
unhallowed idolatries, Wherein they thinkitstrange*not *run-
τρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν,
ning *with [δ 611} ‘your to the same 308 3dissoluteness ‘overflow,
βλασφημοῦντες" 5 οἱ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον τῷ ἑτοίμως

speaking evil {of you); who

ἔχοντι κρῖναι ζῶντας Kai

shall render account to him “ready
νεκρούς. 6 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ
1who 215 to judge[the] living «πᾶ [89] dead. For to this [end] also
νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, ἵνα κριθῶσιν μὲν
to [the] dead were the glad tidings announced, that they might be judged indeed
kara ἀνθρώπους σαρκί, ζῶσιν.δὲλ κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι.
as regards men in [the] flesh; but might live as regards God in [the] Spirit.

7 Πάντων.δὲ τὸ τέλος ἤγγικεν: σωφρονήσατε οὖν

Butofallthings the end has drawn near: be sober-minded therefore,

καὶ vipbare εἰς στὰς! προσευχάς" ὃ πρὸ πάντων Ῥδὲ" τὴν
and be watchful unto prayers ; *before *all *things *but

εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ἐκτενῆ ἔχοντες, ὅτι Ἱ ἀγάπη "καλύψει"

among yourselves Slove “fervent ‘having, because love will cover

πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 9 φιλόξενοι εἰς ἀλλήλους ἄνευ “γογγυσ-

a multitude of sins; hospitable to oneanother, without murmur-

μῶν" 10 ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς

ings ; each according as he received a gift, to each other

αὐτὸ διακονοῦντες, ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος
it serving, as good stewards of [the] various grace

θεοῦ" 11 εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια θεοῦ" εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς
of God. If anyone speaks— as oracles ofGod; if anyone serves— as
ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ θεός: ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ
of strength which *supplies *God; that in all things may be glorified
θεὸς διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα Kai TO κράτος
God through Jesus Christ, towhom is the glory and the might
sic τοὺς αἰῶνας THY αἰώνων. ἀμήν.
to the ages ofthe ages. Amen,
12 ᾿Αγαπητοί, μὴ-.ξενίζεσθε rH ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει
Beloved, take notas strange the *amongst *you “fire [*of*persecution]
πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ, wc ἕένου ὑμῖν
for trial to you [which is] taking place, asif a strange thing to you

συμβαίνοντος" 13 ἀλλὰ ἱκαθὸ κοινωνεῖτε τοῖς τοῦ χρισ-
[18] happening; but according as ye haveshare in the 30

- ΄ , wv ΝΆ ~ ? , ~ ,
τοῦ παθήμασιν, χαίρετε, ἵνα Kai ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης

3Christ “sufferings, rejoice, thatalso in the revelation of *glory
αὐτοῦ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. 14 εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν

*his ye mayrejoice exulting. If yeare reproached in [the]
ὀνόματι χοιστοῦ, μακάριοι" ὅτι τὸ τῆς δόξης" καὶ

name of Christ, of glory and

τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται" “κατὰ.μὲν. αὐτοὺς
the of*God ‘Spirit upon you rests ; on their part
βλασφημεῖται, κατὰ.δὲ ὑμᾶς δοξάζεται." 15 μὴ.γάρ τις
he 18 blasphemed, but on your part he is glorified. Assuredly “not “anyone
ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιός, ἢ ὡς
*of Syou ᾿Ιοὺ βυ 8 Ὁ as ἃ murderer, or thief, or evil doer, or as

χἀλλοτριοεπίσκοπος." 16 εἰ δὲ we χριστιανός, μὴ αἰσχυ-
overlooker of other people’s matters; butif as achristian, ποῦ ‘let *him

blessed [are ye]; because the [spirit]

° — τὰς LTTrAwW.

γυσμιοῦ Murmuring LTTraw.
μὲν to end of verse LTTrA.

Ρ — δὲ TTrA. 4 + ἡ EG. τ καλύπτει COVerS LTTTAW,
τ καθὼς ἘΞ. YY + καὶ δυνάμεως and of power L.

x ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος LTTr.

Paya

W — κατὰ

IV, V. i EPBTER,
γέσθω, δοξαζέτω.δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἔν τῷ μέρει" τούτῳ. 17 ὅτι
be ashamed, but let him glorify God in ?respect this. Because

ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ"
the time([for] *to*have *begun’the*judgment from the house of God
εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ad ἡμῶν, TL TO τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων
{iscome]; θα 1 first from us, whatthe end ofthose disobeying
τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ; 18 καὶ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις owerat,
the 308 ‘God ‘glad*tidings? And iftherighteous with difficulty is saved,
ὁ ἀσεβὴς Kai Σ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται; 19 ὥστε καὶ
*the *ungodly and ®sinner lwhere ?shall appear ? Wherefore also
ol πάσχοντες κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, "ὡς" πιστῷ
they who suffer according tothe will of God as toa faithful
κτίστῃ παρατιθέσθωσαν rac.puyac.éavToy' ἐν “ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ.
Creator let them commit their souls in well doing.
5 Πρεσβυτέρους 4 “τοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν παρακαλῶ ὁ foup-
Elders who [are] among you ITexhort ὑπὸ [ἃ] a
πρεσβύτερος. καὶ μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ χριστοῦ παθημάτων, ὁ
fellow elder and witness ofthe 7o0f *the *Christ 1sufferings, who

καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κοινωνός; 2 ποι-
also of the Z2about Sto *be Srevealed 1glory [am] partaker: shep-

μάνατε τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ξἐπισκοποῦντες" μὴ
herd the *among *you flock ?of *God, exercising oversight not
ἀναγκαστῶς, add’ ἑκουσίως" μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προ-
by constraint, bat willingly ; not for base gain, but = readi-
θύμως" 3 μηδ᾽ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, ἀλλὰ

ly; not as exercising lordship over [your] possessions, but
τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. 4 καὶ φανερωθέντος
patterns being of the flock, And *having *been *manifested

τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος, κομιεῖσθε τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης
‘the chief “shepherd, ye shall receive the unfading 7of “glory
στέφανον.

1crown.

5 Ὁμοίως, νεώτεροι, ὑποτάγητε πρεσβυτέροις" πάντες

Likewise, [ye] younger [ones], besubject to([the]elder(ones], all

δὲ ἀλλήλοις Κὑποτασσόμενοι" τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώ-
*andonetoanother being subject humility ‘bind
σασθε" ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς
7on; because God [the] proud sets himself against, *to [*the]*humble

δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν. 6 ταπεινώθητε οὖν ὑπὸ THY κραταιὰν
therefore under the

but gives grace, Be humbled mighty

ἰχεῖρα! τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ ἐν καιρῷ" 7 πᾶσαν
hand of God, that you he may exalt in [due] time; all

τὴν. μέριμναν. ὑμῶν "ἐπιῤῥίψαντες" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, ὅτι αὐτῷ

your care having cast upon him, because with him

μέλει περὶ ὑμῶν. 8 vy Ware, γρηγορήσατε, °Ore' ὁ ἀντίδικος
thereiscare about you. Be sober, watch, because adversary
ὑμῶν διάβολος, we λέων ὠρυόμενος, περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν Priva!
tyour [the] devil, as a 7lion roaring, goes about, seeking whom
“καταπίῃ"" 9 ᾧ ἀντίστητε στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει, εἰδότες τὰ
he may swallow up. Whom resist, firm in faith, knowing the
αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων ἐν * κόσμῳ ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι
same sufferings 7which [*is]*®in [!°the] '! world ‘in ‘your *brotherhood

Gol

man suffer as a Chris
tian, let him «ποῦ be
ashamed ; but let him
glorify God on this
behalf. 17 For the time
is come that judgment
must begin at the
house of God: and if
tt first begin at us, what
shall the end be of
them that obey not the
gospel of God? 18 And
if the righteousscarce-
ly be saved, where
shall the ungodly and
the sinner appear?
19 Wherefore let them
that suffer according
to the will of God
commit the keeping of
their souls to him iz
well doing, as unto a
faithful Creator.

V. The elders which
are among you I ex-
hort, who am also an
elder, and a witness
of the sufferings of
Christ, and.also a par-
taker of the glory that
shall be _ revealed:
2 Feed the flock of
God which is among
you, taking the over-
sight thereof, not by
constraint, but wil-
lingly ; not for filthy
lucre, but of a ready
mind; 3 neither as
being lords over God’s
heritage, but being en-
samples to the fiock,
4 And when the chief
Shepherd shall appear,
ye shall receive a
crown of glory that
fadeth not away.

5 Likewise, ye young-
er, submit yourselves
unto the elder. Yea,
all of you be subject
one to another, and be
clothed with humility:
for God resisteth the
proud, and = giveth
grace to the humble,
6 Humble yourselves
therefore under the
mighty hand of God,
that he may exalt you
in due time: 7 casting
all your care upon him;
for he careth for you,
8 Be sober, be vigilant;
because your adver-
sary the devil, as a
roaring lion, walketh
about, seeking whom
hemay devour: 9whom
resist stedfast in the
faith, knowing that
the same afflictions are

Υ ὀνόματι NaMe LTTrAw. z+ othe. ® — ὡς LTTrA.
© ἀγαθοποιΐαις LW. 4 + οὖν then Lrtra. © — τοὺς LTrA.
σκοποῦντες T[A]. » aAAaTTrA.
μενοι LTTrAW. 1 χεῖραν τ.
ψαντες LTTrA. °— ὅτι GLTTrAW.
καταπίειν Tr. t+ τῷ the Trr.

Ρ τινὰ SoMe One L.

2 ; f ouv- τ.
i+ κατὰ θεόν according to God uttr. Κ
m + ἐπισκοπῆς (read in time of visitation) τ.

Ὁ αὐτῶν LTTrAW.

& — ἐπι-
— ὑποτασσό-
2 ἐπιρί-

4 καταπιεῖν to swallow up LTA;

602

accomplished in your
brethren that are in
the world. 10 But the
God of all grace, who
hath called us unto his
eternal glory by Christ
Jesus, after that ye
have suffered a while,
make you perfect, sta-
blish, strengthen, set-
tle you. 11 To him be

lory and dominion

or ever andever. A-
men.

12 By Silvanus, a
faithful brother unto
ou, as I suppose, I
ae written briefly,
exhorting, and testify-
ing that this is the true
grace of God wherein
ye stand.13 The church
that is at Babylon,
elected together with
you, saluteth you ; and
so doth Marcus my son.
14 Greet ye one an-
other with a kiss of
charity. Peace be with
you all that are in
Christ Jesus, Amen.

HEEE ON 8. ᾿ς

ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. 10 ὁ. δὲ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας
are being “accomplished. Butthe God ofall grace, who called
δὴ μᾶς" εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν χριστῷ “Ιησοῦ," ὀλίγον
us to 7eternal ‘his glory in Christ Jesus, alittle while
παθόντας, αὐτὸς “καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς," “στηρίξαι, σθενώ-
{ye] having suffered, "himself *may perfect you, mayheestablish, may he
σαι, *Oeuekwwoa'' 11] αὐτῷ Τὴ δόξα καὶ" τὸ κράτος εἰς
strengthen, may he found[you]: tohim{[be]the glory and the might, to
τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.
the ages ofthe ages. Amen,
12 Διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν *rov" πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, we λογίζο-
ΒΥ Silvanus, *to*you ‘the faithful brother, as Lreckon,
μαι, δι. ὀλίγων ἔγραψα, παρακαλῶν καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρῶν ταύτην
briefly wrote, exhorting and testifying this
ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἣν ἑστήκατε." 18 ᾿Ασπά-
grace of God, in which γα stand. "Sa-
ζεται ὑμᾶς ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή; καὶ Μάρκος
lutes ou ‘she δίῃ ®Babylon 7elected *with [*yon], and Mark
€ cv ? , ? , ? U > ie
ὁιυϊός. μου. 14 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης.
my son. Salute one another with akiss of love.
εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ Ὁ Ἰησοῦ." “ἀμήν."
Peace [be] withyou all who [arejin Christ Jesus. Amen,
ἀπέτρου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη."
κασολικῇ πρωτή.
*Of*Peter “Epistle General First.

εἶναι
to be [the] true

ἝἜΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ TETPOY KAOOAIKH AEYTEPA."

sEPISTLE

SIMON Peter, a ser-
yant and an apostle of
Jesus Christ, to them
that have obtained like
precious faith with us
through the righteous-
ness of God and our
Saviour Jesus Christ:
2 Grace and peace be
multiplied unto you
through the know-
ledge of God, and of
Jesus our Lord,

3 According as his
divine power hath giv-
en unto us all things
that pertain unto life
and godliness, through
the knowledge of him
that hath called us
to glory and virtue:
4 whereby are given
unto us _ exceeding
great and precious
promises: that by these
ye might be partakers
of the divine nature,
having escaped the

‘OF °PETER 2GENERAL SECOND.

s

fSYMEQN" Πέτρος δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ,
Simeon Peter, bondman and apostle of Jesus Christ,

τοῖς ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν ἐν δικαιο-
to those who 211Κ6 *precious with *us ‘obtained ‘faith through[the] right-

σύνῃ τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος 8 ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" 2 χάρις

eousness of our God and Saviour Jesus Christ : Grace
ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ
toyou and peace bemultiplied in([the] knowledge of God, and

᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν.
of Jesus our Lord.
3 Ὡς πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τὰ
As 5411 *things *to 7us 2divine *power *his }°which [''pertain]
πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν δεδωρημένης, διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως

120 13116 Mand piety 485 °given, through the knowledge
τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς ida δόξης Kai ἀρετῆς, 4 δι ὧν
of him who called us by glory and _ virtue, through which

τὰ Ἐμέγιστα ἡμῖν καὶ τίμια! ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, ἵνα
Sthe greatest “ἴο ὅὰβ "δπᾶ *precious 2°promises the *has*given, that

διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως; ἀπο-
through these ye may become of [*the] *divine *partakers nature, hav-

5 ὑμᾶς you LTTrAW.
π στηρίξει, σθενώσει will establish, will strengthen GLrTraw.
GTAW; — θεμελιώσαι LTr.
Ὁ — Ἰησοῦ LTTrA.

ἼΘ᾽ LITrA.
létpov a’ Tra.

’ καταρτίσει will perfect [you] LTTraw.
x θεμελιώσει Will found
2— τοῦ L. 8 στῆτε Stand

ἀ--- the subscription EGLTW ;

t — Ἰησοῦ [τι].

Υ — ἡ δόξα καὶ LTTrA.
© — ἀμήν GLTTrA.

6. + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle &; — καθολικὴ G; Πέτρου β΄ LTAW ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr.

[Σίμων Simon iL.

own glory and virtue LTTraw.

& + ἡμῶν our (Saviour) Ε.

b+trat. i ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ καὶ ἀρετῇ by [his]
k μέγιστα Kal τίμια ἡμῖν LITA; τίμια ἡμῖν καὶ μέγιστα τ.

PETER.
ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς. 5 καὶ
‘lust ‘corruption. ‘also

παρεισενέγκαν-
Shaving ‘brought *°in **be-

i. II

, ~ ? ] , ?
φυγόντες THC ev KOO, ἐν
ingescaped the 7in [the] ‘world ‘through

MajTo.rovTo' ὃδεέ, σπουδὴν πᾶσαν
®for *this }°very ‘treason 7but, ‘diligence 7411
TEC, ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ. πίστει. ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, ἐν.δὲ TY ἀρετῇ
sides, supply ye in your faith virtue, andin virtue
τὴν γνῶσιν, 6 ἐν.δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐν. δὲ τῇ ἐγκρα-

knowledge, andin knowledge self-control, and in self-con-

, A ’ὔ ~ ~ ? A
τείᾳ THY ὑπομονήν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 7 ἐν. δὲ
trol endurance, andin endurance piety, and in

mond / A ~ ‘ 4
τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ THY ἀγάπην.
piety brotherly love, and in brotherly love love:
~ \ tow nt ΄, il \ , 2
8 ταῦτα.γὰρ ὑμῖν "ὑπάρχοντα' καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ
for these things *in *you being and abounding ([*to *be] neither
ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν εἰς τὴν TOU.KUpLOU-nUwY
Sidle nor ®unfruitful lmake (*you] as to the 2of Sour *Lord
"Inoov χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν. 9 ᾧ.γὰρ μὴ-πάρεστιν ταῦτα
®Jesus Christ lknowledge; for with whom are not present these things
τυφλός ἐστιν, μυωπάζων, λήθην. λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν

blind heis, shortsighted, having forgotten the purification
πάλαι αὐτοῦ “ἁμαρτιῶν. 10 Διὸ μᾶλλον, ἀδελφοί, σπου-
*of δο]Ιά ‘of 2η15 3sins Wherefore rather, brethren, be dili-
δάσατε βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν “ποιεῖσθαι"
gent 7sure syour *calling ‘Sand “election 1to 7make,
ταῦτα.γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐμὴ πταίσητε ποτε. 11 οὕτως
for these things doing inno wise shall ye stumble at any time. ?Thus

γὰρ πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν aiw-
for Srichly ’shall *be supplied toyouthe entrance into the eter-
νιον βασιλείαν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ.
nal kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
12 Aw τοὐκ.ἀμελήσω" ὑμᾶς ἀεὶ" ὑπομιμνήσκειν
Wherefore I willnot neglect “you ‘always ‘to*put in remembrance
περὶ τούτων, καίπερ εἰδότας, καὶ ἐστηριγμένους ἐν
concerning these things, although knowing [them] and having been established in
~ ΓΖ ? ΄ ΄ A « ~ ? re 2 Sey J
TH παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ. 13 δίκαιον.δὲ ἡγοῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν

the present truth. But right lLesteemit, aslongas Iam in
τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι, διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει"
this tabernacle, tostirup you by putting[you]inremembrance,

14 εἰδὼς ὅτι ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ. σκηνώματός μου,
knowing that speedily is the putting off of my tabernacle
καθὼς καὶ ὁ.κύριος.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς ἐδήλωσέν μοι.
{to be}, as also our Lord Jesus Christ signified tome;
15 σπουδάσω.δὲ Kai ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ὑμᾶς μετὰ
but I will be diligent also at every time for you to have [it in your power] after
τὴν. ἐμὴν ἔξοδον τὴν τούτων μνήμην. ποιεῖσθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ
my departure 5these *things 'to 7have *in *remembrance. For not
σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐγνωρίσαμεν ὑμῖν τὴν
“cleverly-imagined *fables *having followed *out we made known to you the
τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δύναμιν Kai παρουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽
“of Sour “Lord 7Jesus *Christ lpower 7and coming, but
ἐπόπται γενηθέντες rijcéxeivov μεγαλειότητος. 17 λαβὼν
eye-witnesses having been of his majesty. “Having “received
παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς τιμὴν Kai δόξαν, φωνῆς ἐνεχθεί-
from God([the] Father honour and glory, 7a *voice *having “been

χὰ

for

603

corruption that is in
the world through lust,
5 And beside this, giv-
ing all diligence, add
to your faith virtue;
and to virtue know=
ledge ; 6and to know-
ledge temperance ; and
to temperance pati-
ence ; and to patience
godliness; 7 and to
godliness brotherly
kindness; and to bro-
therly kindness cha-
rity. 8 For if these
things be in you, and
abound, they make
you that ye shall nei-
ther be barren nor un-
fruitful in the know-
ledge of our Lord Je=
sus Christ. 9 But he
that lacketh these
things is blind, and
cannot see afar off,
and hath forgotten
that he was purged
from his old sins,
10 Wherefore the ra-
ther, brethren, give
diligence to make your
calling and election
sure: for if ye do these
things, ye shall never
fall: 11 for so an en-
trance shall be mini-
stered unto you abun-
dantly into the ever-
lasting kingdom of our
Lord and Saviour Je-
sus Christ.

12 Wherefore I will
not be negligent to put
you always inremem-
brance of these things,
though ye know them,
and be established in
the present truth.
13 Yea, [think it meet,
as long as I am in this
tabernacle, to stir you
up byputting yowin re-
membrance; 14 know-
ing that shortly I
must put off this my
tabernacle, even as our
Lord Jesus Christ hath
shewed me, 15 More-
over I will endeavour
that ye may be able
after my decease to
have these things al-
ways in remembrance,
16 For we have not
followed cunningly
devised fables, when
we made known unto
you the power and
coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ, but were
eyewitnesses of | his
majesty. 17 For he re-
ceived from God the
Father honour and
glory, when therecame
such a voice to him
from the excellent
glory, This is my be

1+ τῷ the LTTr. τὰ αὐτοὶ (read but ye also) L.
© ἁμαρτημάτων GTTr.

4 ποιεῖσθε ye make L. τ μελλήσω I will take care LTTraw.

2 παρόντα being present L.
P + ἵνα διὰ τῶν καλῶν ὑμῶν ἔργων that by your good works L,
5 ἀεὶ ὑμᾶς GTITAW.

604

loved Son, in whom I
am well pleased. 18And
this voice which came
from heaven we heard,
when we were with
him in the holy mount.
19 We have also a more
sure word of prophecy;
whereunto ye do well
that ye take heed, as
unto a light that
shineth ina dark place,
until the day dawn,
and the day star a-
rise in your hearts:
20 knowing this first,
that no prophecy of
the scripture is of any
private interpretation,
21 For the prophecy
came not in old time
by the will of man:
but holy men of God
spake as they were
moved by the Holy
Ghost.

11. But there were
false prophets also a-
mong the people, even
as there shall be false
teachers among you,
who privily shall bring
in damnable heresies,
even denying the Lord
that bought them,
and bring upon them-
selves swift destruc-
tion. 2 And many shall
follow their pernicious
ways; by reason of
whom the way of truth
shall be evil spoken
of. 3 Andthrough co-
vetousness shall they
with feigned words
make merchandise of
you : whose judgment
now of a long time
lingereth not, and
their damnation slum-
bereth not. 4 For if
God spared not the
angels that sinned,
but cast them down to
hell, and _ delivered
them into chains of
darkness, to be reserv-
ed unto judgment ;
5 and spared not the
old world, but saved
Noah the eighth per-
son, ὃ preacher of
righteousness, bring-
ing in the flood upon
the world of the un-
godly ; 6 and turning
the cities of Sodom and
Gomorrha into ashes
condemned them with
an overthrow, making
them an ensample unto
those that after should
live ungodly; 7 and
delivered just Lot,
vexed with the filthy
conversation of the

WET Por Bp. I, ti

σης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς μεγαλοπρεποῦς δόξης, ἸοΟῦτός
Sbrought 7to*him ‘such by the very excellent glory: This
ἐστιν O.vidc.uou ο ἀγαπητός," εἰς ὃν ἐγὼ εὐδόκησα. 18 Kai
is my Son the beloved, in whom I have found delight. And
ταύτην THY φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν,
this voice we heard "from “heaven ‘brought,
‘ > ~ n” > ~ vr ~ € , Il »»Ρ»
σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες ἐν τῷ Opa τῷ ἁγίῳ." 19 καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαι-
5with Shim ‘being on the *mount *holy. and we have more
ότερον TOY προφητικὸν λόγον, ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες,
sure the _ prophetic word, towhich *well ‘ye do taking heed,
we λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως.οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ,
as toalamp shining in anobscure place, until day should dawn,
καὶ φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. ὑμῶν: 20 τοῦτο
and [the] morning star should arise in your hearts ; this
πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, OTL πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς ἰδίας
first knowing, that ?any “prophecy ‘of ‘scripture 7of "105 °own
(lit. every)
3 , ᾽ / > ‘ ΄ ? , > ,
ἐπιλύσεως ov.yiverat. 21 οὐ.γὰρ θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη
1°interpretation “is ‘not, for not by [the] will of man was*brought
“zoré προφητεία," “ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερό-
3at*any®time ‘prophecy, but, Spy [*the] Spirit ®SHoly ‘being
μένοι ἐλάλησαν Yot" ἐἄἅγιοι! ἃ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι.
borne, ᾿ἜΡΟΚΘ "the ὅΠΟΙΥ ‘of **?God *men.
? ‘ A ‘ ~ > ~ ~ ᾿ ‘
2 ᾿Ἐγένοντο.δὲ καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ aw, ὡς Kai
But there were also false prophets among the people, as also
ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι, οἵτινες τταρεισάξουσιν
among you will be false teachers, who _ will bring in stealthily
αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, Kai τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς δεσπότην ap-
*sects ‘destructive, and *the ‘*who*bought ‘them 3Master 1de-
VOUMEVOL, ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν" 2 καὶ πολλοὶ
nying, bringing upon themselves swift destruction ; and many
? , ? ~ ~ b J ΄ Il ? τι «ς ὁδὸ
ἐξακολουθήσουσιν αὐτῶν ταῖς Ῥἀπωλείαις." δι οὺς ἡ ὁδὸς
will follow out their destructive ways, through whom the way
τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 8 καὶ ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ πλασ-
ofthe truth will be evil spoken of. And through covetousness with
τοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται. οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι
well-turned words you they willmakegainof:forwhom judgment of old
οὐκ. ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ-ἀπώλεια.αὐτῶν οὐ-νυστάζει. 4 ἘΕῤ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς
15 ηοῦ 1416, and their destruction slumbers not, For if God
ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ “σειραῖς"
{the] angels who sinned spared not, but ®to *chains
ζόφου ταρταρώσας παρέδωκεν
100 8 11darkness ‘having οαβὺ [Sthem] *to δ °deepest abyss delivered [them]
εἰς κρίσιν “τετηρημένους" 5 καὶ ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ
for judgment having been kept; and [the] ancient world *not
ἐφείσατο, “ἀλλ᾽ ὄγδοον Νῶε δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα ἐφύ-
‘spared, but [Sthe]*eighth 7Noe 7of righteousness ‘aherald ‘pre-
λαξἕεν, κατακλυσμὸν Koo ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας. 6 καὶ
served, [the] floodupon [the] world of [the] ungodly having brought in; and
πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Toudppac τεφρώσας κατα-
[the] cities of Sodom and Gomorrha having reduced toashes with an
στροφῇ κατέκρινεν, ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσε-
overthrow condemned [them], ΞΔ *example [*to *those] 7being®about *to *°live

τ Ὁ vids μου ὃ ἀγαπητός μου οὗτός ἐστιν My Son my beloved thisis a. ¥ ἁγίῳ
ἔξει ΤΑ. » προφητεία ποτέ Tra. χα ἀλλὰ TTrAW. Υ — οἱ GLTTrAW. : ἀπὸ
(read nen from God) τὰ. 8. - τοῦ 1. Ὁ ἀσελγείαις licentiousnesses GLTTrAW. © σιροῖς

to dens LT ; σειροῖς to dens Tra.
to keep, to be punished 1,.

4 τῃρουμένους to be kept Grtraw; κολαζομένους τηρεῖν
ε ἀλλὰ TTrA.

II. Ty (PAR Vn

Bev τεθεικώς" 7 καὶ δίκαιον Λώτ, καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς
“tungodly *having “set; and righteous Lot, oppressed by the
τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς, éppvcaro*" 8 βλέμ-
*of *the “lawless in “licentiousness ‘conduct he delivered, (through
ματι yap καὶ ἀκοῃ 80" δίκαιος, Ὀἐγκατοικῶν! ἐν αὐτοῖς,

seeing ‘for and hearing, the righteous [man], dwelling among them,
ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας γψυχὴν δικαίαν ἀνόμοις ἔργοις
day by day [15] *soul Srighteous *with “their] 7lawless *works

ἐβασάνιζεν: 9 οἷδεν κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ Ἱπειρασμοῦ"

4tormented,) *1knows [*the]*°Lord [how the] pious outof temptation

ῥύεσθαι. ἀδίκους.δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους
to deliver, and [the] unrighteous to aday ofjudgment “to *be Spunished
τηρεῖν" 10 μάλιστα.δὲ τοὺς ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ
to *keep; and specially those who after [the] flesh in [the] lust

μιασμοῦ πορευομένους, Kai κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας.
of pollution walk, and lordship despise. (They

Τολμηταί, αὐθάδεις, δόξας οὐ-.τρέμουσιν βλασφημοῦντες"

are] daring, self-willed; 7glories ‘they “tremble*not “speaking ‘evil of;
11 ὕπου ἄγγελοι ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες, οὐ φέ-

where angels *in*strength®and ‘power greater ‘being, "ποῦ “do
povow Kar αὐτῶν "παρὰ κυρίῳ! βλάσφημον κρίσιν.
bring against them, before [the] Lord, a railing charge.
12 οὗτοι.δέ, ὡς ἄλογα ζῶα φυσικὰ γεγενημένα" εἰς ἅλω-

But these, as “irrational animals ‘natural born for cap-
ow καὶ φθοράν, ἐν ο΄Σς ἀγνοοῦσιν ββλασφημοῦντες, ἐν

ture and corruption, *in *what *they °are 7ignorant °of
τῃ-φθορᾷ. αὐτῶν ™karagbapnoovra,! 13
their corruption shall utterly perish, being about to receive [the]
μισθὸν ἀδικίας, ἡδονὴν ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἐν.-ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν,
reward of unrighteousness;*pleasure ‘esteeming ephemeral 7indulgence ;
σπῖλοι καὶ μῶμοι, ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς "ἀπάταις" αὐτῶν, συν-
spots andblemishes, Iluxuriating in *deceits ‘their, feast-
ευωχούμενοι ὑμῖν, 14 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος
ing with you ; eyes having full of an adulteress,
καὶ θἀκαταπαύστους" ἁμαρτίας, δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκ-
and that cease not from sin, alluring souls unestablish-
τους, καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην Ῥπλεονεξίαις" ἔχοντες, κατάρας
ed; 24 sheart *exercised Sin craving ‘having, °of °curse
, 4 λ , I r 4 " > θ ~ « ὃ ’ > λ vA θ
τέκνα, 1ὃ “καταλιπόντες" ττὴν᾿ εὐθεῖαν odov, ἐπλανήθησαν,
7children ; having left 7868 straight way, they went astray,
ἐξακολουθήσαντες TH ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ Tov Boodp, ὃς
having followed in the way of Balaam, [son] of Bosor, who[the]
4 > , > , ξ 1» ? ,
μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν, 16 ἔλεγξιν.δὲ ἔσχεν ἰδίας
reward of unrighteousness loved ; but reproof had of his own
παρανομίας" ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον, ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ
wickedness, [the] *beast *of *burden dumb, in man’s voice
φθεγξάμενον, ἐκώλυσεν THY τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν.
speaking, forbade the of *the ‘prophet madness,
17 οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, "νεφέλαι" ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυ-

1speaking “evil, in

KOMLOU [EVOL

These are fountains withoutwater, clouds by storm being
γνόμεναι, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους ‘eic.aidva' τετήρηται.
driven, to whom the gloom of darkness for ever is kept.

f ἐρύσατο Tra. & — ὃ (read [the)) L. h ἐν- T.

k — παρὰ κυρίῳ L[Tr].
tional animals, born naturally) LtTraw.
2 ἀγάπαις “love “feasts Ltr.
9 καταλείποντες leaving T.
GLTTraW.

° ἀκαταπάστους insatiable (for sin) L.
τ — τὴν (read [the]) GLTTraw.
t — εἰς αἰῶνα LTTrA.

605

wicked: 8 (for that
righteous man dwell-
ing among them, in
seeing and hearing,
vexed his righteous
soul from day to day
with their wiul
deeds ;) 9 the Lord
knoweth how to de-
liver the godly out of
temptations, and to
reserve the unjust un-
tothe day of judgment
to be punished : 10 but
chiefly them that walk
after the flesh in the
lust of uncleanness,
and despise govern-
ment. Presumptuous
are they, selfwilled,
they are not afraid to
speak evil of dignities.
11 Whereas angels,
which are greater in
power and might
bring not railing ac-
cusation against them
before the Lord. 12 But
these, as natural
brute beasts, made to
be taken and destroy-
ed, speak evil of the
things that they un-
derstand not; and
shall utterly perish in
their own corruption ;
13 and shall receive the
reward of unright-
eousness, as they that
count it pleasure to
riot in the daytime.
Spots they are and
blemishes, sporting
themselves with their
own deceivings while
they feast with you ;
14 having eyes full of
adultery, and that
cannot cease from
sin ; beguiling unsta-
ble souls: an heart
they have exercised
with covetous practi-
ces; cursed children:
15 which have forsaken
the right way, and are
gone astray, following
the way of Balaam tie
son of Bosor, who lov~
ed the wages of un-
righteousness; 16 but
was rebuked for his in-
iquity: the dumb ass
speaking with man’s
voice forbad the mad-
ness of the prophet.
17 These are wells
without water, clouds
that are carried with
a tempest; to whom
the mist of darkness
is reserved for ever.
18 For when they
speak great swelling
words of vanity, they

1 πειρασμῶν temptations τ.
| φυσικὰ γεγεννημένα EG ; γεγεννημ. (γεγενημ. T) φυσικὰ (read irra-
τὸ καὶ φθαρήσονται shall even perish LTTraw.

P πλεονεξίας GLTTrAW.
® καὶ ὁμίχλαι and mists

606
allure through the
lusts of the flesh,

chrough much wanton-
ness, those that were
clean escaped from
them who live in error.
19 While they promise
them liberty, they
themselves are the ser-
vants of corruption:
for of whom a man is
overcome, of the same
is he brought in bon-
dage. 20 For if after
they have escaped the
pollutions of the world
through the know-
ledge of the Lord and
Saviour Jesus Christ,
they are again en-
tangled therein, and
overcome, the latter
end is worse with them
than the beginning.
21 For it had been bet-
ter for them not to
have known the wsy of
righteousness, than,
after they have known
it, to turn from the
holy commandment
delivered unto them.
22 But it is happened
unto them according
to the true proverb,
The dog zs turned to
his own vomit again ;
and the sow that was
washed to her wallow-
ing in the mire.

117. This second e-
pistle, beloved, I now
write unto you; in
both which I stir up
your pure minds by
way of remembrance:
2 that ye may be mind-
ful of the words which
were spoken before by
the holy prophets, and
of the commandment
of us the apostles of
the Lord and Saviour:
3 knowing this first,
that there shall come
in the last days scof-
fers, walking after
their own lusts, 4and
saying, Where is the
promise of his coming?
for since the fathers
fell asleep, all things
continue as they were
from the beginning of
the creation. 5 For
this they willingly are
ignorant of, that by
the word of God the
heavens were of old,
and the earth standing
out of the water and
in the water : 6 where-
by the world that then
was, being overflowed
with water, perished:

v + ἐν Ε.
y — καὶ T[Tr].
[things] behind L.
LTTrA.

GLYTraw.

¥ ὀλίγως scarcely GLTTrAW.
z + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) LT.

f κυλισμὸν rolling Trra.
(read in the last days) LTTraw.
k ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν GLTrA.

ΠΕΊΤΡΟΥ Β.
« , AY , , ,
18 ὑπέρογκα.γὰρ ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι, δελεάζουσιν
For great swelling [words] of vanity speaking, they allure
ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκός, ‘ ἀσελγείαις, τοὺς “ὔντως"
with [the] desires of [the] flesh, by licentiousnesses, those who indeed
Xaropuyovrac'! τοὺς ἐν πλάνῳ ἀναστρεφομένους, 19 éhev-
escaped ἔσο those who7in “error walk, °free-
θερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες

II, III.

αὐτοὶ

dom 5them “promising, themselves *bondmen being
τῆς φθορᾶς'΄ w-yap τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ Yeai' δε-
of corruption; for by whom anyone has been subdued, by him also he is

, ᾽ x ? , ‘ , ~ ,
δούλωται. 20 εἰ γὰρ ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου

held in bondage. For if having escaped the pollutions of the world
ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ,
through [the] knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ,
τούτοις.δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν
but *by *these ‘again "having “been *entangled Sthey *are ᾿βι Ὀατπι64, has become
αὐτοῖς Ta ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 21 δκρεϊττον"
tothem the last [state] worse than the first. *Better
yao ἦν αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐπεγνωκέναι τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης,

‘for it were forthemnot tohaveknown the way of righteousness,
ἢ ἐπιγνοῦσιν " “ἐπιστρέψαι! “ἐκ! τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐ-
than having known [it] to have turned from the 3delivered *to
τοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς. 22 συμβέβηκεν "δὲ" αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς

‘them “holy *commandment.

ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας.

But has happened tothem the[word] οὗ the
Κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα"

true proverb: [The] dog having returned to his own vomit ;
kai, ὉΥς λουσαμένη, εἰς [κὐλισμα! βορβόρου.
and,[(The]?sow ‘washed, to [her] rolling place in [the] mire.

3 Tavrny ἤδη, ἀγαπητοί, δευτέραν ὑμῖν γράφω ἐπιστολήν,
This now, beloved, asecond *to*you “1 Swrite ‘epistle,
ἐν αἷς διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρι-
in [both] which Istirup your 7in*putting[®you]*in’remembrance ‘pure
νῇ διάνοιαν, 2 μνησθῆναι τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν
?mind, to be mindful of the “spoken “before ‘words by the
ἁγίων προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ξἡμῶν" ἐντολῆς;
holy prophets, and of the *the ?°apostles ΤΥ Sus ‘commandment
τοῦ κυρίου Kai σωτῆρος" 3 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, Ort
*of*the*Lord ‘and ‘Saviour; this first knowing, that
ἐλεύσονται ἐπ᾽ "ἐσχάτου! τῶν ἡμερῶν ' ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ
will come at the close of the days mockers, according to
τὰς ἰδίας. αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίας" πορευόμενοι, 4 καὶ λέγοντες, Ποῦ
their own lusts walking, and saying, Where
ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία Tic.-Tapovaiac.avTov ; ἀφ᾽ ἧς. γὰρ ot πατέ-
is the promise of his coming ? for since the fa-
pec ἐκοιμήθησαν, πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ΄ a κτί-
thers fell asleep, allthings thus continue from [the] beginning of[the?
σεως. 5 λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας, ὅτι
creation. For 315 *hidden*from *them ‘this, [they] willing [it], that
> ‘ oa » 4 ~ ᾽ .“ ‘ 3. νι
οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι᾿ ὕδατος

heavens were of old, and anearth out of water and in water
συνεστῶσα, τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ, 6 δι ὧν ὁ τότε
subsisting, by the 2of °God ‘word, through which [waters] the then

X ἀποφεύγοντας are escaping from LTTrAW
8. κρεῖσσον T. ὃ + εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω to the

© ὑποστρέψαι to have turned back rrtra. danrou. ¢— δὲ but
& ὑμῶν (read by your apostles) LTTrAW. ἢ ἐσχάτων
i+ ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ (read mockers, with mocking)

III. II -PETER.

κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο" 7 οἱ. δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ
world with water having been deluged perished. But the now heavens

kai ἡ γῆ ‘abrov' λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσίν, πυρὶ τηρού-
and the earth byhis word "treasured *up tare, for fire being
μενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως Kai ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων.
kept to aday ofjudgment and destruction of ungodly men.

8 ἐν.δὲτοῦτο μὴ-λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς, ἀγαπητοί, ὅτι pia ἡμέρα

But this one thing let not be hidden from you, beloved, that one day
παρὰ κυρίῳ we χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη we ἡμέρα
with [the] Lord [is]as ἃ thousand years, and a thousand years as “day

9 οὐ. βραδύνει ™o' κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὥς τινες Boa-

*Does “ποὺ 7delay *the *Lord the promise, as some 2de-
δυτῆτα ἡγοῦνται" ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ "εἰς" οἡμᾶς," μὴ βουλό-
lay testeem, but is longsuffering towards us, not will-
μενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι, ἀλλὰ παντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆ-
ing {for] any to perish, but all to repentance to
σαι. 10 H&erde Py ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης Ὡρ νυκτί,"
come. Butshallcomethe day of{[the]Lord as _ a thief in [the] night,

ῥοιζηδὸν παρελεύσονται, στοιχεῖα. δὲ
rushing noise shall passaway, and [the] elements

καὶ Ta ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα

μία.

one.

ἐν ῃ τοὶ" οὐρανοὶ
in which the heavens wit
καυσούμενα "λυθήσονται." καὶ

burning with heat shall be dissolved, and [(theJearth and the 7in “it ‘works
ἱκατακαήσεται."
shall be burnt up.

11 Τούτων οὖν! πάντων λυομένων, ποταποὺς

These things then all _ being to be dissolved, what kind of [persons]
δεὶ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ayiaes avacrpopaic καὶ εὐσεβείαις,
ought 7to* tye in oly conduct and piety,

12 προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς τοῦ
expecting and hastening the coming of the

θεοῦ ἡμέρας dv ἣν οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθή-
70f *God ‘day by reason of which [the] heavens, being on fire, shall be dis-

σονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα “τήκεται; 18 καινοὺς
solved, and [the] elements burning with heat shall melt? 2New

δὲ οὐρανοὺς καὶ “γῆν καινὴν" Yeara' τὸ ἐπάγγελμα" αὐτοῦ
*but heavens and ‘earth ‘a7new according to Thi

?promise his,
~ ? - ΄ - , ?
προσδοκῶμεν, ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ. 14 διό, ἀγαπη-
we expect, in which righteousness dwells. Wherefore,

belov-
Toi, ταῦτα προσδοκῶντες, σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώ-
ed, these things expecting be diligent

without spot and unblam-
μήτοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ, 15 Kai τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν

able byhim tobefound in peace; and the 2of Sour *Lord
μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε: καθὼς Kai ὁ ἀγαπητὸς
*longsuffering, 7salvation ‘esteem *ye; according as also 2beloved

ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος κατὰ τὴν "αὐτῷ δοθεῖσαν" σοφίαν

tour brother Paul accordingto the *to*him ?given 1wisdom

ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν, 16 ὡς καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς" ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν
wrote toyou, as also in all _ [his] epistles, speaking

ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων" ἐν “οἷς" ἐστιν δυσνόητά

in them concerning these things, among which are *hard “ἴο 09 understood

607
7 but the heavens and
the earth, which are
now, by thesame word
are kept in store, re-
served unto fire a-
gainst the day of judg-
ment and perdition of
ungodly men. 8 But,
beloved, be not igno-
rant of this one thing,
that one day 18 with the
Lord as a thousand
years, and a thousand
years as one day. 9 The
Lord is not slack con-
cerning his promise, as
some men count slack-
ness; but is long-
suffering to us-ward,
not willing that any
should perish, but that
all should come to re-
pentance. 10 But the
day of the Lord will
come as a thief in the
night ; in the which
the heavens shall pass
away with a great
noise, and the ele-
ments shall melt with
fervent heat, the earth
also and the works
that are therein shall
be burned up.

11 Seeing then that
all these things shall
be dissolved, what
Manner Of persons
ought ye to be in all
holy conversation and
godliness, 12 looking
for and hasting unto
the coming of the day
of God, wherein the
heavens being on fire
shall be dissolved, and
the elements shall melt
with fervent heat?
13 Nevertheless we,
according to his pro-
mise, look for new hea-
vens and a new earth,
wherein dwelleth righ-
teousness. 14 Where-
fore, beloved, seeing
that ye look for such
things, be diligent that
ye may be foundof him
in peace, without spot,
and blameless. 15 And
account that the long-
suffering of our Lord
is salvation; even as
our beloved brother
Paul also according to
the wisdom given unto
him hath written unto

ou; 16 as also in all
is epistles, speaking
in them of these things;
in which are some
things hard to be

1 τῷ αὐτῷ (read by the same word) ELT ; τῷ αὐτοῦ GTrAW.

τὰ — ὃ (read [the}])

Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) LTTraw.

LTTrAW. 2 δι because of LT. ο ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA.

ᾳ — ἐν νυκτί GLTTrAW. τ--- οἱ (vead [[86]) ΤΑ. 5 λυθήσεται LTTr. t evpe-
θήσεται shall be detected Tr. ¥ οὕτως thus a. * τακήσεται L. * καινὴν γῆν τ.
7 καὶ and 1,. 2 τὰ ἐπαγγέλματα promises LT. 5 δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. Ὀ-- ταῖς
LTraw. ς als LTTrAW.

608

understood, which they
that are unlearned and
unstable wrest, as they
do also the other scrip-
tures, unto their own
destruction.

17 Ye therefore, be-
loved, seeing ye know
these things before, be-
ware lest ye also, being
led away with the er-
ror of the wicked, fall
from your own sted-
fastness. 18 But grow
in grace, and im the
knowledge of our Lord
and Saviour Jesus
Christ. To him be glory
both now and for ever.
Amen.

IQANNOY A. I.
“ « > ~ . ? , ~ e
τινα, ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν, ὡς
tsome *things, which the untaught and unestablished wrest, as
kai τὰς λοιπὰς γραφάς, πρὸς τὴν. ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν.
also the other _ scriptures, to their own destruetion.
17 Ὑμεῖς οὖν, ἀγαπητοί, προγινώσκοντες φυλάσσεσθε,
Ye therefore, beloved, knowing beforehand, beware,
wan τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέ-

lest with the 7of *the*lawless [Sones] ‘error having been led away, ye should

σητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦΣ 18 αὐξάνετε. δὲ ἐν χάριτι καὶ
fallfrom yourown steadfastness : but grow in grace, and
γνώσει τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ.
in [the] knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν Kai sic ἡμέραν αἰῶνος. ἀμήν."
Tohim [be] glory both now and ἰοὸ [Π6] day of eternity. Amen.

ΓΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IQANNOY KAOOAIKH IIPOTH."

3EPISTLE

THAT which wasfrom
the beginning, which
we have heard, which
we have seen with our
eyes, which we have
looked upon, and our
hands have handled, of
the Word of life; 2 (for
the life was manifest-
ed, and we have seen
it, and bear witness,
and shew unto you
that eternal life, which
was with the Father,
and was manifested
unto us;) 3 that which
we have seen and heard
declare we unto you,
that ye also may have
fellowship with us:
and truly our fellow-
ship ὦ with the Fa-
ther, and with his Son
Jesus Christ. 4 And
these things write we
unto you, that your
joy may be full.

5 This then is the
message which we
have heard of him,
and declare unto you,
that God is light, and
in him is no darkness
atall. 6 If we say that
we have fellowship
with him, and walkin
darkness, we lie, and
do not the truth : 7 but
if we walk in the lignt,
as he isin the light, we
have fellowship one

Se Te tate ,τ τῇ

4 — ἀμήν T[TrA].

f +. τοῦ ἀποστόλον the apostle E; — καθολικὴ G;
& + καὶ also LTTrAW.

a Tr.
Κ ἔστιν αὕτη TIrAW.

*OF ΟΗΝ *GENERAL ‘FIRST.

Ὃ ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑω-
That which was from [the] beginning, that which we have heard, that which we
ED τοῖς. ὀφθαλμοῖς-ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα Kai ai χεῖρες
ave seen with our eyes, that which we gazed upon and *hands
« ~ 3 id 4 ~ , ~ aA 4 « 4
ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς" 2 Kai ἡ ζωὴ
tour handled concerning the Word of life; (and the life
ἐφανερώθη, Kai ἑωράκαμεν, Kai μαρτυροῦμεν, Kai ἀπαγγέλ-
was manifested, and wehaveseen, and bear witness, and re-
λομεν ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν THY αἰώνιον, ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα,
port toyou the “life leternal, : which was with the Father,
4 ? , ~ a ’ ‘ ? ,
καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν. 8 ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν,
and was manifested to us :) that which we haveseen and have heard
ἀπαγγέλλομενβ ὑμῖν, iva καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ᾽
we report to you, that also ye fellowship may have with

ἡμῶν" Kai ἡ κοινωνία δὲ ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ TOU πατρὸς Kai

us; and 2fellowship *indeed tour [is] with the Father, and
μετὰ τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" 4 καὶ ταῦτα "ypago-
with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things we

ev ὑμῖν," ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ yey" ῃ πεπληρωμένη.
μεν ὑμῖν, χαρὰ 'ἡμῶν" ᾧ ρωμένη

write toyou that “joy *our may be full.
5 Kai Καὕτη ἐστὶν" ἡ ἐπαγγελία! ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπ᾽
And this is the message which we have heard from
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ
him, and announce to you, that God light Tin; and
σκοτία πὲν αὐτῷ οὐκ. ἔστιν" οὐδεμία. 6 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Ort

darkness in him If weshould say that
κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν,

fellowship wehave with him, and in darkness should walk,
, ‘ ᾽ ~ \ 2\/ Ἢ 2A ᾽ ~
ψευδόμεθα, καὶ οὐ-ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 7 tav.dé ἔν τῷ
we lie. and donot practise the truth. Butif in the

φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἔν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν
light weshould walk, as he is in the light, fellowship

is not any at all.

e + Πέτρου β΄ 2 Peter Tra.

*Iwavvov a’ LTAW; ᾿Ιωάνον ἐπιστολὴ
h γράφομεν ἡμεῖς We write TTrA. ἰἷὺὑμῶν ‘your EGW.
1 ἀγγελία GLTTrAW. τὰ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ Tr.

Τ}ΠῚῈ ΤΈΨΘῊΗ Ν.
ἔχομεν per’ ἀλλήλων, καὶ τὸ aipa ᾿Ιησοῦ "χριστοῦ" τοῦ υἱοῦ
we have with ΟΠ6 another, and the blood of Jesus Christ 2Son
αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας. ὃ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν

*his cleanses us from every sin. If we should say
ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν ovK-éyouer, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν Kai ἡ ἀλήθεια
that sin we have not, ourselves wedeceive, andthe truth
οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν." 9 ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν,

is not in us. If we should confess our sins,
πιστός ἐστιν Kai δίκαιος, iva ἀφῇ Ρὴμῖν! τὰς ἁμαρτίας,
faithful heis and righteous, that he mayforgive us the sins,
Kai καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας. 10 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν
and maycleanse us from 411 unrighteousness. If we should say
ὅτι οὐχιἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτόν, Kai ὁ λόγος
that we have not sinned, a liar we make him, and 2word
αὐτοῦ obK.éori ἐν ἡμῖν.

this is not inv uss

2 Texvia pov, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ.ἁμάρτητε'

“Little *children ταν, these things Iwrite toyou, that ye may ποῦ 512;
καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα,

and if anyone shouldsin, a Paraclete wehave with the Father,
Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν δίκαιον" 2 καὶ αὐτὸῤΓῤ δἱλασμός ἐστιν"
Jesus Christ [the] righteous ; and he ([the]propitiation is

δὲ μόνον,

περὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν.ἡμῶν" οὐ περὶ τῶν.ἡμετέρων
*ours 4pbut only,

for our sins ; *not “for
ἀλλὰ Kai περὶ ὕλου τοῦ κόσμου.
but also for whole *the world,
3 Kai ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν
And by this we know that we have known him, if
Tac-évTohac.avTov τηρῶμεν. 4 ὁ λέγων," Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν,
his commandments we keep. He that says, Ihave known him,
καὶ τὰς. ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ μὴ.τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν, Kai ἐν τούτῳ
and hiscommandments isnotkeeping, a liar is, and in kim
ἡ ἀλήθεια ovKtoriv’ 5 ὃς.δ᾽. ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον,
the truth is not ; but whoever may keep his word,
ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη Tov θεοῦ τετελείωται. ἐν τούτῳ

truly in him the love of God has been perfected. By this
γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν. Ὁ ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ
we know that in him we are. Hethat says in him fhe)

μένειν, ὀφείλει, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς "οὕτως"
abides, ought, evenas he walked, also himself 40
περιπατεῖν. 7 ᾿ἀδελφοί," οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν,
to walk. Brethren, ποῦ a*commandment ‘new I write to you,
ἀλλ᾽ παλαιάν, ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἡ
but tan old, which yehad from [the] beginning: the
ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε Yar’
“commandment lold is the word which yeheard from([the]
ἀρχῆς." ὃ πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, 0 ἐστιν
beginning. Again a*?commandment ‘new I write toyou, which is
ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται,
true in him and in you, because the darkness is passing away,
‘ A ~ ‘ ? 4 » ,ὔ ε , ? ~
καὶ TO φῶς TO ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει. 9 ὁ λέγων ἐν TH
and the light ‘true already shines. Hethat says in the
φωτὶ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν.ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ μισῶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν
light [he] is, and 2his *brother thates, inthe darkness is

ἐντολὴν
Scommandment

609

with another, and the
blood of Jesus Christ
his Son cleanseth us
from all sin. 8 If we
say that we have no
sin, we deceive our-
selves, and the truth
is not in us, 9 If we
confess our sins, he is
faithful and just to
forgive us our sins,
and to cleanse us from
all unrighteousness.
10 If we say that we
have not sinned, we
make him a liar, and
his word is not in us.

II. My little chil-
dren, these things
writeI unto you, that
ye sin not. And ifany
man sin, we have an
advocate with the Fa-
ther, Jesus Christ the
righteous: 2 and he is
the propitiation for
our sins: and not for
ours only, but also for
the sins of the whole
world.

3 And hereby we do
know that we know
him, if we keep his
commandments, 4 He
that saith, Iknow him,
and keepeth not his
commandments, is a
liar, and the truth is
not inhim, 5 But who-
so keepeth his word, in
him verily is the love
of God _ perfected:
hereby know we that
we are inhim. 6 He
that saith he abideth
in him ought himself
also so to walk, even
as he walked. 7 Bre-
thren, I write no new
commandment unto
you, but an old com-
mandment which ye
had from the begin-
ning. The old com-
mandment is the word
which ye have heard
from the beginning.
8 Again, a new com-
mandment I write un-
to you, which thing is
true in himandin you:
because the darkness
is past, and the true
light now = shineth.
9 He that saith he
is in the light, and
hateth his brother, is
in darkness even until

Ἢ — χριστοῦ LTTrA. ° ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν LTTW.
ἱλασμὸς L. r+ ὅτι [L]TTra. 8 — oUTws LTr[A].
Y—an ἀρχῆς LTTra.

P ἡμῶν our (sins) W.
τ ἀγαπητοί beloved GLTTra Ww.

q ἐστιν

RE

610

now. 10 He that lov-
eth his brother abideth
in the light, and there
is nope occasion of
stumbling him.
11 But he that hateth
his brother is in dark-
ness, and walketh in
darkness, and know-
eth not whither he
goeth, because that
darkness hath blinded
his eyes.

12 I write unto you,
little children, because
your sins are forgiven
you for his name’s
sake,

13 I write unto you,
fathers, because ye
have known him that
7a from the beginning.
I write unto you,
young men, because ye
have overcome the
wicked one. I write
unto you, little chil-
dren, because ye have
known the Father.

14 I have written
unto you, fathers, be-
cause ye have known
him that is from the
beginning. I have
written unto you,
young men, because
ye are strong, and the
word of God abideth
in you, and ye have
overcome the wicked
one. 15 Love not the
world, neither the
things that are in the
world. If any man
love the world, the
love of the Father is
notinhim. 16 Forall
that is in the world,
the lust of the flesh,
and the lust of the
eyes, and the pride of
life, is not of the Fa-
ther, but is of the
world. 17 And the
world passeth away,
and the lust thereof :
but he that doeth the
will of God abideth
for ever. 18 Little
children, it is the last
time : and as ye have
heard that antichrist
shall come, even now
are there many anti-
christs; whereby we
know that it is the
last time, 19 Theywent
out from us, but they
were not of us; for if
they had been of us,
they would no doubt
have continued with
us: but they went out,
that they might be
made manifest that

IQANNOYT Α. II.

ἕως dptt. 10 ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτι
until now. He that loves his brother, in the light
μένει, καὶ σκάνδαλον iy αὐτῷ οὐκιἔστιν." 11 6.68

abides, and *cause Sof offence 7in ‘him ‘there 218 "πού. But he that

μισῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστίν, καὶ ἔν TY σκοτίᾳ
hates his brother, in the darkness is, and in the darkness

περιπατεῖ, Kai οὐκιοῖδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, OTL ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφ-

walks, and knowsnot where hegoes, because the darkness blind-
λωσεν Todvc.dp8arpovc.avrov.
ed his eyes.
12 Τράφω ὑμῖν, τεκνία, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν
Iwrite ἴο γοῦ, little children, because have been forgiven you [your]
αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.

sins for the sake of his name,

18 Τράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν an
Iwrite to you, fathers, because ye have known him who([is] from
ἀρχῆς. Toagw ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, OTe νενικήκατε τὸν
{the] beginning. Iwrite toyou, youngmen, because ye have overcome the
πονηρόν. ἸΓράφω" ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν
wicked fone]. Iwrite to you, little children, because ye nave known the
πατέρα.
Father.
14 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, Ore ἐγνώκατε τὸν
I wrote to you, fathers, because ye have known him who [18]
an ἀρχῆς. Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἐστε,
from [the] beginning. Iwrote toyou, young men, because strong yeare
kai ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ νενικήκατε TOY
and the word of God in you abides, and ye have overcome the
πονηρόν. 15 μὴ.ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μη τὰ ἐν τῷ
wicked [one]. Love not the world, nor the things in the
κόσμῳ" ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη.
world. If anyone shouldlove the world, ™ot is ‘the “love
τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 16 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ,
3of *the °Father in him; because all that which [is] in the world,
ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκός; Kai ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, Kai
the lust of the fiesh, and the lust of the eyes, and
ἡ YadaLoveia' τοῦ βίου, οὐκ-ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ταλλ᾽" ἐκ
the vaunting of life, is not of the Father, but of
τοῦ κύσμου ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ὁ κόσμος παράγεται, καὶ ἡ ἐπι-
the world is; and the world [158 passing away, and the
θυμία αὐτοῦ ὁ.δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν
lust of it, buthethat does the will of God abides for
18 Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν" Kai καθὼς
Little children, [the] last hour itis, and according as
ἠκούσατε OTe *0' ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, Kai νῦν ἀντίχροιστοι
ye heard that the antichrist iscoming, even now ‘“antichrists
πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν" ὅθεν γινώσκομεν OTL ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν.
‘many have arisen, whence we know that [086] last hour it is.
1. ἐξ ἡμῶν δϑέξῆλθον," ἀλλ᾽ οὐκιἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν" εἰ.γὰρ
From among 85 they wentout, but they were not of us ; for if
“ἧσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν," μεμενήκεισαν.ἂν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανε-
they were of us, they wouldhaveremained with us, but that they
ρωθῶσιν Ort οὐκ.εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν. 20 καὶ ὑμεῖς

αἰῶνα.
ever.

they were not all of might be made manifest that “are “not tall of us. And ye
Ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ LTA. x ἔγραψα I wrote LTTrAW. Υ adagovia T. : ἀλλὰ TIrW.

4 — ὃ LTTrAW.

Ὁ ἐξῆλθαν LTTrAW.

ς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν Tr.

ΤΠ TIT. Iy 3 0 E-N:
χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου, καὶ οἴδατε πάντα."
{the] anointing have from _ the holy [one], and ye know all things.

21 οὐκιἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε THY ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι
I wrote not toyou because ye know not the truth, but because

οἴδατε αὐτήν, Kai ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν.

ye know it, and that 7any lie Sof Sthe 7truth not ‘is.
, ? « , (iit. cyury) ε 2 , a ? ~ >
22 Tic ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης εἰμὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ
Who is_ the liar but he that denies that Jesus
ἔστιν ὁ χριστός ; οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος ὁ ἀρνούμενος
is the Christ ? He is the antichrist who denies
τὸν πατέρα Kai τὸν υἱόν. 23 πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱόν,
the Father and the Son. Everyone that denies the Son,

οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει. 5 24 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽
neither *the *Father ‘has *he, Ye therefore what yeheard from

ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω. ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείν ὃ ἀπ᾽
{the] beginning,in you letitabide: if in you should abide what from

ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ Kai Fév' τῷ πατρὶ
[the] beginning yeheard, also ye in the Son and in the Father
μενεῖτε. 25 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγ-
shall abide. And this is the promise which he pro-
γείλατο ἡμῖν, τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον. 26 ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν

mised us, life eternal. These things I wrote to you
περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς. 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρῖσμα
concerning those who lead ?astray you: and you the anointing

ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Βὲν ὑμῖν μένει," καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε
which ye received from him, in you abides, andnot need ye have
wa τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ we τὸ ἰαὐτὸ" χρῖσμα διδάσκει
that anyone shouldteach you; but as the same anointing teaches
ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων, Kai ἀληθές ἐστιν, Kai οὐκ. ἔστιν ψεῦ-
you concerning allthings, and true is, and is not a
dog’ καὶ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, Ipeveire! ἐν αὐτῷ.
lie; and evenas ittaught you, yeshallabidein him.
28 Kai νῦν, τεκνία, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ" ἵνα *oray' φανερω-
And now, little children, abide in him, that when he be mani-
θῇ, ἔχωμεν" παῤῥησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ,
fested we may have boldness, and not be put toshame from before him
ἐν τῇ-παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ.
at his coming.
29 ᾿Εὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι πᾶς ὁ
If yekmow that righteous ἨΘ is, yeknow that everyone who
~ κ [4 > ? ~ n , ν Il "16.
ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ αὐτοῦ "γεγέννηται." 3 “dere πο-
practises righteousness of him _ has been begotten. See
, ~ « , 7 , ~
ταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ πατήρ, ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ
what love Shas *given ‘to‘us ‘the *Father, that children of God
κληθῶμεν"" διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ.γινώσκει ἡμᾶς,
we should be called. On account of this the world knows not us,

ὅτι ovKéyvw αὐτόν. ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμεν,

because it knew ποῦ him. Beloved, now children of God are we,
" » ? , ΄ ? , θ Ξ ἰδ PGE! .“ 2A

καὶ οὕπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα’ οἴδαμεν.Ῥδὲ" ὅτι ἐὰν

and ποῦ yet wasit manifested what weshallbe; butweknow that if

φανερωθῇ, ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς
he be manifested, like him weshall be, for weshallsee him as

4 πάντες (read ye all know) Ὁ.
confesses the Son has the Father also GLTTraw. f — οὖν LTTrA.
ἐν ὑμῖν LTTrA. i αὐτοῦ (read as his anointing) TTra.
if LTTra. 1 σχῶμεν LTTrA. m + καὶ also TTrA.
ἐσμέν and we are [such] LTTra. Ρ — δὲ but LTTraw.

611

us. 20 But ye havean
unction from the Holy
One, and ye know all
things. 21 I have not
written unto you be-
cause ye know not the
truth, but because ye
know it, and that nolie
is of the truth. 22 Who
is a liar but he that
denieth that Jesus is
the Christ? He is an-
tichrist, that denieth
the Father and the
Son. 23 Whosoever de-
nieth the Son, thesame
hath not the Father:
(but) he that acknow-

geth the Son hath
the Father also, 24 Let
that therefore abide
in you, which ye have
heard from the begin-
ning. If that which
ye have heard from
the beginning shall
remain in you, ye
also shall continue
in the Son, and in
the Father. 25 And
this is the promise
that he hath promised
us, even eternal life.
26 These things haveI
written unto you con-
cerning them that se-
duce you. 27 But the
anointing which ye
have received of him
abideth in you, and ye
need not that any man
teach you : but as the
same anointing teach-
eth you of all things,
and is truth, and is no
lie, and evenasit hath
taught you, ye shall
abide in him.

28 And now, little
children, abide in him;
that, wher he shall
appear, we may have
confidence, and not be
ashamed before him at
his coming.

29 If ye know that
he is righteous, ye
know that every one
that doeth righteous-
ness is born of him,
111. Behold, what man-
ner of love the Father
hath bestowed upon
us, that we should be
called the sons of God:
therefore the world
knoweth us not, be-
cause it knew him not.
2 Beloved, now are
we the sons of God,
and it doth not yet
appear what we shall
be: but we know that,
when he shall appear,
we shall be like him ;
for we shall see him

© + ὃ ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν Kal τὸν πατέρα ἔχει he that
8 --- ἐν 1,.

i μένετε abide τἰττταΑΎ.
Ὁ γεγένηται in Stephens.

b μένει
χ ἐὰν
ο - καὶ

612

asheis. 3 And every
man that hath this
hope in him purifieth
himself, even as he is
pure.

4 Whosoever com-
mitteth sin transgres-
seth also the law : for
sin is the transgres-
sion of the law. 5 And
ye know that he was
manifested to take a-
way our sins; and in
him is no sin. 6 Who-
soever abideth in him
sinneth not: whoso-
ever sinneth hath not
seen him, neither
known him.

7 Little children, let
no man deceive you:
he that doeth right-
eeusness is righteous,
even as heis righteous.
8 He that committeth
sin is of the devil ; for
the devilsinneth from
the beginning. For
this purpose the Son
of God was manifest-
ed, that he might de-
stroy the works of the
devil. 9 Whosoever is
born of God doth not
commit sin; for his
seed remaineth in him:
and he cannot sin, be-
cause he is born of God.
10 In this the children
of God are manifest,
and the children of the
devil: whosoever do-
eth not righteousness
is not of God, neither
he that loveth not his
brother. 11 For this
is the message that ye
heard from the begin-
ning, that we should
love one _ another.
12 Not as Cain, who
was of that wicked
one, and slew his bro-
ther. And wherefore
slew he him? Because
his own works were
evil, and his brother’s
righteous,

13 Marvel not, my
brethren, if the world
hate you. 14 We know
that we have passed
from death unto life,
because we love the
brethren. He that
loveth not Ais bro-
ther abideth in death.
15 Whosoever hateth

IQANNOYT 4A. III.

᾽ ‘ ~ » ΄ ~
ἐστιν. 3 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα.ταύτην in’ αὐτῷ,
he is, And everyone that has this hope in him,
ἁγνίζει ἑαυτόν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστιν.
purifies himself, even as he *pure tis.
~ c ~ , ‘ , - ὦ
4 Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ:
Everyone that practises sin, also lawlessness practises ;

4 Gy I! € ΄ ’ ‘ € > , ‘ ” {1 ~
καὶ “ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία. 5 καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος

and sin is lawlessness. And yeknow that he
ἐφανερώθη, ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας τἡμῶν" ἄρῃ" καὶ

was manifested, that ?sins ‘our
ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔστιν. 6 πᾶς

sin in him is not. ?2Anyone “that Sin
Mit. everyone)

ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ εώρακεν αὐτόν, οὐδὲ

he might take away; and
ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ
Shim ‘abides ‘not

ἁμαρτάνει" πᾶς

sins: anyone “that “sins ‘ot has seen him, nor
(lit. everyone)
»” > ,
ἐγνωκεν auTov.
has known him.
7 ‘Texvia, μηδεὶὶξ πλανάτω ὑμᾶς" ὁ ποιῶν τὴν

Little children, *no “one ‘let *lead ®astray

δικαιοσύνην, δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν. 8 ὁ
righteousness, righteous is, even as he righteous 1s. He that

~ ‘ « ᾿ 9, ~ , > , ev ? ?
ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν. OTL ἀπ

you; he ὑμαὺ practises

practises sin, of the devil is; because from [the]
ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς
beginning the devil sins. For this was manifested the Son
~ ~ wv Ud A » ~ La ~ c
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου. 9 πᾶς ὁ

devil. 2Anyone “that

; Ν (lit. everyone)

᾽ ~ ~ 7, > ~ « ,
γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα
*has "been begotten 7of ®God, 0sin ‘not *practises, because seed
αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει" καὶ οὐ.δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ Tot

of God, that he might undo the works of the

this in him abides, and he is not able to sin, because of
θεοῦ γεγέννηται. 10 ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα TOU
God he has been begotten. In this manifest are the children
θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου.υ: πᾶς ὁ μὴ "ποιῶν

of God and the children of the devil. ?Anyone *that ®not “practises

4 (lit. everyone)
, > » ne. aw ‘ « ~ 4
δικαιοσύνην" οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ TOU θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν τὸν
Srighteousness ‘not is of God, and hethat loves not
> ‘ ᾽ ~~ « τ, > ‘ € > , a ᾽ ,
ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. 11 ore αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε
*brother this, Because this is the message which ye heard
᾽ , Σ ~ “ ? ~ ? ΄ A > ι
ἀπ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" 12 οὐ καθὼς
from [the] beginning; that weshould love one another: not as
Κάϊν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν, καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν BENT
Cain [who] of the wicked [one] was, and slew *brother
αὐτοῦ" καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν ; ort τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτοῦ
this; πᾶ ου account of what slew he him? because his works
πονηρὰ ἦν, τὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.αὐτοῦ δίκαια.
3wicked ‘were, and those of his brother righteous.

13 'Μὴ.θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί pou," εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος.

Wonder not, brethren ‘my, if “hates *you ‘the ?world.

14 ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν
Θ know that wehavepassed from death to
ζωήν, ore ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν

life, because we love the brethren. Hethat loves not [818]

Ww A ἰδ Xr , Ι , > ~ θ ’ 15 ~ « - 4

τὸν ἀδελφον," μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ. πᾶς O μισῶν τὸν
brother, abides in death. Everyone that hates

4 — ἡ L (misinformed as to codex B).
t+ «at And 1.

righteous) L.

ε ὧν δίκαιος (read that is not

¥ — ἡμῶν LTTrA.
* — τὸν ἀδελφόν LTTrAW.

vY — μον LTTrAW.

ITE IV. I) JOHN.

ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν, Kai οἴδατε OTL πᾶς
“brother this a murderer is, and yeknow that any
(lit. every)

ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν ταὐτῷ" μένουσαν.
Smurderer Inot has _ life eternal “in “him labiding.
16 "Ev τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ
ΒΥ this we have known love, because he for
ἡμῶν τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν" Kai ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν
us his life laid down; and we ought for the
ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς γτιθέναι.! 17 ὃς δ᾿ ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν
brethren [our] lives to lay down. But whoever may have
βίον τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ θεωρῇ Tov.adehpov.abrov χρείαν
Ξ768}8 ‘of ‘life ‘the world’s, and may see his brother “need
ἔχοντα, καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ.σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ an’ αὐτοῦ, THC ἡ
*having, and may shut up his bowels from him, how *the
ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ;
love *of °God ‘abidesin him?
18 Texvia ὅμου, μὴ. ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ" γλώσσῃ,
3Little *children ‘my, weshould ποῦ ἸοΥΘ inword, nor with tongue,
PadA'" « ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. 19 “καὶ ἐν τούτῳ “γινώσκομεν"
but in work and in truth. And by this we know
ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, Kai ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν
that of the truth we are, and before him shall persuade
τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν" 20 ὅτι" ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία,
our hearts, that if “should*condemn ‘our "heart,
ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς τῆς.καρδίας. ἡμῶν Kai γινώσκει πάντα.
that greater is God than our heart and knows all things.
21 ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν ἡ καρδία Bay μὴ-καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν,
Beloved, if "heart our should not condemn us,
παῤῥησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 32 καὶ διἐὰν αἰτῶμεν,
boldness we have towards God, and whatsoever we may ask,
λαμβάνομεν "zap"! αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰς.ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν,

we receive from him, because his commandments we keep,
καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν. 23 Kai αὕτη
and the things pleasing before him we practise. And this

ἐστὶν ἡ-ἐντολὴ.αὐτοῦ. iva ‘moretowpev' τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ
is hiscommandment, that weshould believe onthe name
υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς
of his Son Jesus Christ, and should love oneanother, evenas
Ν > A € ~ ‘ « ~ A ? 4 ᾽ [τὰ
ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν. 34 καὶ ὁ τηρῶν τὰς.ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ,
he gave commandment to us. And he that keeps his commandments,
ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ᾽ Kai ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν
in him abides, and he in him: and by this we know
ὅτι μενει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν.

that he abides in us, by the Spirit which tous he gave.
4 ᾿Αγαπητοί, pn παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμά-
Beloved, ot “every ‘spirit believe, but prove

ζετε τὰ πνεύματα, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν᾽ ὅτι πολλοὶ ψευδο-
the spirits, if of God they are; because many false

προφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 2 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε
prophets have gone out into the world. By this ye know
τὸ πνεῦμα TOU θεοῦ" πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν
the Spirit of God: every spirit which confesses Jesus Christ

χα ἑαυτῷ himself xT. Υ θεῖναι LTTrAW
tongue) GLITrAaw. » ἀλλὰ τττ.
μεθα we shall know Lrtraw.
the heart) Ltr[a].

7 — mov LTTrAW.
¢ + ἐν in (work) GLTtTraw.

£0 τι (read whatever our heart) L.
b ἀπ’ LTTrA.

613
his brother is a mur-
derer: and ye know
that no murderer hath
eternal life abiding in
him.

16 Hereby perceive
we the love of God,
because he laid down
his life for us: and
we ought to lay down
our lives for the bre-
thren. 17 But whoso
hath this world’s good,
and seeth his brother
have need, and shut-
teth up his bowels of
compassion from him,
how dwelleth the love
of God in him?

18 My little chil-
dren, let us not love
in word, neither in
tongue; but in deed
and in truth. 19 And
hereby we know that
we are of the truth,
and shall assure our
hearts before him,
20 For if our heart
condemn us, God is
greater than our heart,
and knoweth all
things. 21 Beloved, if
our heart condemn us
not, then have we con-
fidence toward God.
22 And whatsoever we
ask, wereceive of him,
because we keep his
commandments, and
do those things . hat
are pleasing in his
sight. 23 And this is
his commandment,
That we should be-
lieve on the name of
his Son Jesus Christ,
and love one another,
as he gave us com-
mandment. 24 And he
that keepeth his com-
mandments dwelleth
in him, and he inhim,
And hereby we know
that he abideth in us,
by the Spirit which he
hath given us,

IV. Beloved, believe
not every spirit, but
try the spirits whe-
ther they are of God:
because many false
prophets are gone out
into the world, 2 Here-
by know ye the Spirit
of God: Every spirit
that confesseth that
Jesus Christ is come

5. + τῇ (read with the
ἃ — καὶ L[Tra].

εγνωσό-
& — ἡμῶν (read

i πιστεύωμεν We believe LITr; πιστεύ[σῆωμεν A.

614

in the flesh is of God:
3 and every spirit that
confesseth not that
Jesus Christ is come in
the flesh is not of God:
and this is that spirit
of antichrist, where-
of ye have heard that
it should come; and
even now already is it
in the world, 4 Ye are
of God, little children,
and have overcome
them: because greater
is he that is in you,
than he that is in the
world. 5 They are of
the world: therefore
speak they of the
world, and the world
heareth them. 6 We
are of God: he that
knoweth God heareth
us; he that is not of
God heareth not us.
Hereby know we the
spirit of truth, and the
spirit of error.

7 Beloved, let us
love one another: for
love is of God; and
every one that loveth
is born of God, and
knoweth God. 8 He
that loveth not know-
eth not God; for God
is love. 9 In this was
manifested the love
of God toward us, be-
cause that God sent
his only begotten Son
into the world, that we
might live through
him. 10 Herein is love,
not that we loved God,
but that he loved us,
and sent his Son to
be the propitiation for
our sins. 11 Beloved,
if God so loved us, we
ought also to love oue
another. 12 No man
hath seen God at
any time. If we love
one another, God
dwelleth in us, and his
love is perfected in us,
15 Hereby know we
that we dwell in him,
and he in us, because
he hath given us of
his Spirit. 14 And we
have seen and do testi-
fy that the Father sent
the Son to be the Sa-
viour of the world.

LQANNOY) A: lV.

ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. 3 Kai πᾶν πνεῦμα
“πα = “flesh ‘come, of God is ; and any Sspirit
(lit. every)
a r Π 2
ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔχριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα," ἐκ

“which Sconfesses “ποῦ 7 Jesus ®Christ }°in *"flesh ®come, Sof
τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν Kai τοῦτό ἐστιν TO τοῦ ἀντιχρίστοιι,
4*God ‘not 1318: and _ this is that[power]ofthe antichrist,

ὃ ἀκηκόατε Ort
{of] which ye heard that
4 Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ

ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη.
it comes, and now in the world isit already.
ἐστε, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτούς"
Ye of God are, little children, and have overcome them,

ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἢ ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.
because greater is hewho([is}in you thanhewho[is)in the world.
ὃ αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου a-

They of the world are; becauseof this of the world they
Nova, Kai ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει. 6 ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ
talk, and the world *them ‘hears. We of God
éopev’ ὁ γινώσκων τὸν θεόν, ἀκούει ἡμῶν: ὃς οὐκ.ἔστιν
are; he ὑδμαὺ knows God, hears us; he that is not
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ-ἀκούει ἡμῶν. ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν τὸ πνεῦμα
of God, hears not us. ΒΥ this weknow the _ spirit
τῆς ἀληθείας Kai TO πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης.

οὗ ὑσα ἢ πᾶ 0890 spirit of error.
7 ᾿Αγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ

Beloved,

θεοῦ ἐστιν, Kat
°God lis,

love 2of

ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται,
loves, of God has been begotten,
καὶ γινώσκει τὸν θεόν. 8 ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ.ἔγνω τὸν θεόν
and knows God, He that loves not, knew not God;
ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν. 9 ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη
because God love ΕἼΗΣ In this wasmanifested the love
Tou θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὸν.υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέ-

we should love one another; because

πᾶς
and everyone that

of Godasto us, that his Son the only-begotten *has
σταλκεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα ζήσωμεν dv αὐτοῦ.
Ssent 7God into the world, that we might live ponozen him.
10 ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, οὐχ OTL ἡμεῖς ἠἡἠγαπήσαμεν τὸν
1π this is love, not that we loved
θεόν, ἀλλ᾽ Ore αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἀπέστειλεν TOY υἱὸν
God, but that he loved us, and sent 2Son

αὐτοῦ ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν. 11 ἀγαπητοί, εἰ
"this apropitiation for our sins. Beloved, if

οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους

2380 'God loved us, also we ought one another
ἀγαπᾷν. 12 θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τεθέαται ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν
to love. God ‘no 7one “at 7any time *has ‘seen; if weshould love

ἀλλήλους, ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει, Kai ἡ.ἀγἀπη.αὐτοῦ ἱτετελειω-

one aoOrners God in us abides, and his love Dees
μένη ἐστὶν ἐν ἡμῖν." 18 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ
ed ΕἼΗ. = in us. By this weknow that in him
μένομεν, Kai αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ.πνεύματος.αὐτοῖ
we abide, and he in us, because of his Spirit

δέδωκεν ἡμῖν. 14 καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα Kai μαρτυροῦμεν Ort
he has given to us. And we have seen and obearwitness' that
ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν
the Father has sent the

σωτῆρα TOU κόσμου.
Son [as] Saviour of the world.

— χριστὸν Ww; — χριστὸν. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα (read the Jesus) GLTTrA.

1 > « a“
ἐν Tay

janie ἐστίν L$; τετελ. ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστίν TTrA,

IV, V. I JOHN.

15 Ὃς. ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ Ori ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ
Whosoever aa confess that Jesus is the Son of God,
θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ. 16 Kai ἡμεῖς ἐγνώ-
God in him abides, and he in God. And we have
καμεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν THY ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν.
known and have believed the love δ te has ‘God asto us.
ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἐν τῷ τα
God 7love 5, and he that abides in love, in
μένει, Kai ὁ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη
2 and God in him, In_ this has been perfected love
μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, iva παῤῥησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως,
with us, that © boldness we my have in the day of a
ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ.κόσμῳ. τούτῳ.
that even as he a also. we are in this world.
18 φόβος οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω
*Fear ‘there “is “not in love, but perfect love out
βάλλει τὸν φόβον, Ore ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει: ὁ. δὲ φοβού-
casts ear; because fear “torment ‘has,andhethat fears
μενος οὐ.-τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῳ. 19 {ines ἀγαπῶμεν
has not been made perfect in love. love
Ραὐτὸν! ὅτι “αὐτὸς" πρῶτος Peres ἡμᾶς.
him because he firs loved us.
20 ᾿Εάν τις εἴπῃ,

Ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὸν adeh-
If anyone should say,

I love God, and *bro-
pov αὐτοῦ μισῇ, Ψεύστης ἐστίν: O.yao μὴ-.ἀγαπῶν τὸν
ther Shis tshould sees a liar he is. For he that loves not
ἀδελφὸν.αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν θεὸν ὃν οὐχ.ἑώρακεν,
his brother whom he has seen, 7God ®whom *he ?°has '!not !?seen,
‘rc δύναται ἀγαπᾷν; 21 καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχο-
‘how 7is*he*able ‘to “love? And this commandment we
μεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν
have from him, that hethat loves God _ should love also
᾽ ‘ ᾽ - ~ « , oe ? ~ > t
ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. δ Πᾶς 6 πιστεύων Ore ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ
7prother “his. Everyone that believes that Jesus is the
χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται. Kai πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν
Christ, of God has been begotten; andeveryonethat loves him that
γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ "καὶ" τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 2 ἐν
begat, loves also him that has been begotten of him. By
τούτῳ γινώσκομεν OTL ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν τὸν
this we know that we love’ the children of God, when
θεὸν ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς.ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἱτηρῶμεν." 3 αὕτη.γάρ
God welove and _ his commandments keep. For this
ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη Tov θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν᾽
is the love of God, that his commandments we should keep;
καὶ αἱ. ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ.εἰσίν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γε-
and hiscommandments burdensome are not. Because all that has
γεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον" Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν
been begotten of God overcomes the world; and _ this is
ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, ἡ.πίστις. ἡμῶν" 5 Tic’
the victory which overcame the world, our faith, Who
ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰμὴ ὁ πιστεύων OTL Ἰησοῦς
is hethat overcomes the world, but hethat believes that Jesus

ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ;
is the Son of God?

m + μένει abides [n]ra. 0 ἀλλὰ Tr. ° + οὖν therefore L,
90 θεὸς God L. τ οὐ (readheis notable) Lrtra. 5 [καὶ] Ltr.
τ + [δέ] but (who) tr.

615

15 Whosoever shall
confess that Jesus is
the Son of God, God
dwelleth in him, and
he in God. 16 And we
have known and be-
lieved the love that
God hathto us. God
is love; and he that
dwelleth in love dwell-
eth in God, and God
in him. 17 Herein is
our love made perfect,
that we may have
boldness in the day of
judgment : because as
he is, so are we in this
world. 18 There is no
fear in love ; but per-
fect love casteth out
fear: because fear hath
torment. He that fear-
ethis not made per-
fect in love. 19 We
love him, because he
first loved us.

20 If a man say, I
love God, and hateth
his brother, he is a
liar: for he that loveth
not his brother whom
he hath seen, how can
he love God whom he
hath not seen? 21 And
this commandment
have we from him,
That he who loveth
God love his brother
also. V. Whosoever be-
lieveth thatJesus is the
Christ is born of God:
and every one that loy-
eth him that begat
loveth him also that is
begotten of him. 2 By
this we know that we
love the children of
God, when we love
God, and keep his com-
mandments, 3 For
this is the love of God,
that we keep his com-
mmandments: and his
commandments are
not grievous. 4 For
whatsoever is born of
God overcometh the
world: and this is the
victory that overcom-
eth the world, even
our faith. 5 Who is he
that overcometh the
world, but he that be-
lieveth that Jesus is
the Son of God?

P — αὐτὸν LTTrAW.

t ποιῶμεν May do LITraw.

616

6 This is he that came
by water and blood,
even Jesus Christ ; not
by water only, but by
water and blood. And
it is the Spirit that
beareth witness, be-
eause the Spirit is
truth. 7 For there are
three that bear record
in heaven, the Father,
the Word, and the
Holy Ghost : and these
three are one. 8 And
there are three that
bear witness in earth,
the Spirit, and the
water, andthe blood:
and these three agree
In one. 9 If we receive
the witness of men,
the witness of God is
greater: for thisisthe
witness of God which
he hath testified of his
Son. 10 He that be-
lieveth on the Son
of God hath the wit-
ness in himself: he
that believeth not God
hath made him a liar ;
because he believeth
not the record that
God gave of his Son.
11 And this is the re-
cord, that God hath
given to us eternal
life, and this life
is in his Son. 12 He
that hath the Son hath
life ; and he that hath
not the Son of God
hath not life.

13 These things
have I written un-
to you that believe
on the name of the
Son of God; that ye
may know that ye
have eternal life, and
that ye may believe
on the name of the
Son of God. 14 And
this is the confidence
that we have in him,
that, if we ask any
thing according to his
will, he heareth us:
‘6 and if we know
shat he hear us, what-
soever we ask, we
know that we have the
petitions that we de-
sired of him.

16 If any man see
his brother sin a
sin which is not unto
death, he shall ask,
and he shall give
him life for them that

T5QOeAVNEINCORY: 1 7A. ἯΙ

6 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν dv ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς
This is hewho came by water and blood, Jesus

Wo! Leper ? ? ~ VO , x ἀλλ᾽" ? ~ VO. iy
XPLOTOC οὐκ ἕν τῳ VOaTL Povoy, a. ἐν τῳ VOATL Kat

the Christ; not by water only, but by water and

τῷ αἵματι" Kai TO πνεῦμά ἐστιν TO μαρτυροῦν OTL TO πνεῦμά
blood. Andthe Spirit it is that bears witness, because thg Spirit
ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια. 7 ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες *év τῷ
is the truth. Because three there are who bear witness in
οὐρανῷ, ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος, Kai TO ἅγιον πνεῦμα" Kai οὗτοι
heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these
οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσιν. 8 καὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες ἐν TH
three one are. And three thereare who’ bear witness on
YQ," TO πνεῦμα, καὶ TO ὕδωρ, καὶ TO αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς TO

earth, the Spirit, and the water, andthe blood; and the three to the
ἕν εἰσιν. 9 εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνο-
one [point] are. If the witness of men we re-
μὲν, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν: ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν
ceive, the witness of God “greater lis. Because this is

ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ. υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ.
the witness of God which he has witnessed concerning his Son.
10 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν
Hethat believes on the Son of God has the witness in
“ἑαυτῷ ὁ μὴ.-πιστεύων “τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν,
himself; he that believes not God *q Sliar *has*made “him,
OTL οὐ-.πεπίστευκεν εἰς THY μαρτυρίαν, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ
because he has not believed in the witness which “has “witnessed
θεὸς περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία

God concerning his Son. And this is the witness,
Ore ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεός" Kai αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ
that life eternal *gave *to*us ‘God; and _ this life ?in
vig αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 12 ὁ ἔχων τὸν υἱόν, ἔχει THY ζωήν ὁ
“Son “his lis: hethat 88 the Son, has life: he that
μὴ-ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, THY ζωὴν οὐκ. ἔχει.

has not the Son of God, life has not.

18 Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν “τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα

These things Iwrote toyou who believe on the name

τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," ἵνα εἰδῆτε Ori ζωὴν féyere αἰώνιον," ἐκαὶ

of the Son of God, that yemay know that ‘life *ye “have *eternal, and

iva πιστεύητε! εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 14 Kai αὕτη

that γ8 Ὁ believe on the name ofthe Son of God. And this
ἐστὶν ἡ παῤῥησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, “dre ἐάν τι"

is the boldness which wehave towards him, that if anything
αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ.θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, ἀκούει ἡμῶν: 15 καὶ
we may ask according to his will, he hears us. And

Ἰξὰν" οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν, OKdy' αἰτώμεθα, οἴδαμεν ὅτι
if we know that hehears us, whatsoever we may ask, we know that
» . ΄ © ΄ ? ? ~
ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ φτήκαμεν ‘rag’! αὐτοῦ.
we have ὑπὸ requests which we haveasked from him.
16 Ἐάν zie ἴδῃ! τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα
If anyone should see his brother sinning
ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὺς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν,
a sin not to death, he shall ask, and he shall give him life

Ὁ — ὃ TTrAW.
verse 8 GLTTraw.
υἱῷ the Son i.
ἔχετε G.

hove ἂν whatever L.

8 ὅτι that LTTrAW. ; <
© — τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς TO ὄνομα TOU υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. :
8 ot πιστεύοντες [ye] believers GLW ; τοῖς πιστεύουσιν to [you] who believe TTra,

τῷ οὐρ ++ τῇ γῇ
ς αὐτῷ him ΤΊΓΑ. “τῴ
f αἰώνιον

x ἀλλὰ Tr. y + ἐν by LITraw. : --- ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.

Ὁ + τοῦ θεοῦ of God L.

i ἂν L. k ἐὰν T. lan’ LYTr. ™ «67 L.

ΤΙΕΤΘΗ Ν:

ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον. ἔστιν ἁμαρτία

sin not to death. There is asin
οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ
ποῦ Concer ΠΡῚΝ that doIsay that he should beseech.

ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ mpoc
Every unrighteousness “sin lis; and thereis asin not

θάνατον. 18 οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ
death. We know that “anyone *that *has *been ®begotten “of
(lit. everyone)

οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει" "ἀλλ᾽ ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ “ἑαυ-
tot sins, but hethat was begotten of God_ keeps him-
τόν," Kai ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ.-ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ. 19 οἴδαμεν ὅτι
self, and the wicked fone] does not touch him. We know that

ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν, Kai ὁ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται.
of God weare, andthe *world ‘whole in the wicked [one] 1165.

20 Ροΐδαμεν.δὲ! ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει, καὶ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν
μ ἥ ’ ἡμ
And we know thatthe Son of God iscome, and hasgiven {8

διάνοιαν ἵνα SywwoKwpev τὸν ἀληθινόν" καί ἐσμεν
an understanding that wemight know him that [15] true ; and weare
ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἔν τῷ.υἱῷφ. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ. οὗτός
in him that [158] true, in his Son Jesus Christ. He
? e Σὰ 4 , ‘ r « il ‘ ΞΟ
ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς θεός, καὶ τὴ" ζωὴ αἰώνιος.

is the true God, and life eternal.

21 Texvia, φυλάξατε δἑαυτοὺς" ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων. ἀμήν."

Little children, keep yourselves from idols, Amen,

“Iwdvvov ἐπιστολὴ καθολ ὅτη."
ὠαννοῦ ETTLOTOAN) KAUVO UK?) T PWT).
*Of ‘John “epistle ?general ‘first.

τοῖς
for those that
πρὸς θάνατον"
ἴο death ;
17 πᾶσα ἀδικία

γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ
®God

ΔΕ ΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ

2EPISTLE 7OF *JOHN *SECOND.

1 ϑ' | ‘ ~ , ΡΞ
Ὃ πρεσβύτερος ϑἐκλεκτῇ “κυρίᾳ" καὶ. τοῖς. τέκνοις αὐτῆς,

The elder to [the] elect lady and her children,
οὺς ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ

whom I love in truth, and not I only, but also
πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, 2 διὰ τὴν ἀλή-
all those who have known the truth, for sake of the

θειαν τὴν μένουσαν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἔσται εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα"
truth which abides in us, and with 18 shall be for ever.

8 ἔσται μεθ᾽ TL χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς
2Shall *be *with ‘grace, mercy, peace, from God [the] ἜΡΙΔΟΣ;

καὶ παρὰ ἌΝ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ πατρός, ἐν

and from [{86] Lord Jesus Christ, the Son ofthe Father, in
ἀληθείᾳ Kai ἀγάπῃ.
truth πᾶ love,
4 Ἐχάρην λίαν bre εὕρηκα ἐκ τῶν.τέκνων. σου περιπα-
I pe cased exceedingly that I have found of thy children walk-
τοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ

IQANNOY ΔΕΥΤΈΡΑ.

617
sin not unto death.
There is a sin unto
death: I do not say
that he shall pray for
it. 17 All unright-
eousness is sin: and
there is a sin not
unto death. 18 We
know that whosoever
is born of God sinneth
not ; but hethat is be-
gotten of God keepeth
himself, and that wic-
ked one toucheth him
not. 19 And we know
that we are of God,
and the whole world
licth in wickedness.
20 And we know that
theSon of God is come,
and hath given us an
understanding, that
we may know him that
is true, and we are in
him that is true, even
in his Son Jesus Christ.
This is the true God,
and eternal life.

21 Little children,
keep yourselves from
idols, Amen,

THE elder unto the
elect lady and her
children, whom I love
in the truth ; and not
I only, but also all
they that have known
the Marathi 2 for the
truth’s sake, which
dwelleth in us, and
shall be with us for
ever. 3 Grace be with
you, merey, and peace,
from God the Father,
and from the Lord Je-
sus Christ, the Son of
the Father, in truth
and love.

4 I rejoiced greatly
that I found of thy
children walking in
truth, as we have re-~
ceived a command-
ment from the Father,

ing in truth, as commandment we received from the
2 ἀλλὰ Tr. © αὐτόν him TTra. P καὶ οἴδαμεν GL.
τ- ἡ ΕΥ̓ΤΤΑ. 3 ἑαυτὰ LTTr. t — ἀμήν GLTTrAw.

ἸἸωάνου a Tr; Ἰωάννου a’ A.

a + τοῦ gnogroAov the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general E; Ἰωάννου β΄ LTaw;
Ὁ Stephens puts a capital’E, reading the word as a pr oper name.
d ὑμῶν you EGLW.

ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr.
© Κυρίᾳ Cyria (reading the word as a proper name) GLT.
ptov LTTrAW.

q γινώσκομεν we a TTra.
— the subscription EGLTW ;

Ἰωάνον

ε-- κὺ-

618

5 And now I beseech
thee, lady, not as
though I wrote a new
commandment unto
thee, but that which
we had from the be-
ginning, that we love
one another. 6 And
this is love, that we
walk after his com-
mandments. This is
the commandment,
That, as ye have heard
from the beginning,

e should walk in it.

For many deceivers
are entered into the
world, who confess
not that Jesus Christ
is come in the flesh.
This is a deceiver and
an antichrist. 8 Look
to yourselves, that
we lose not those
things which we have
wrought, but that we
receive a full reward.
9 Whosoever trans-
gresseth, and abideth
not in the doctrine of
Christ, hath not God.
He that abideth in the
doctrine of Christ, he
hath both the Father
and the Son. 10 If
there come any unto
you, and bring not
this doctrine, receive
him not into your
house, neither bid him
God speed: 11 for he
that biddeth him God
speed is partaker of
his evil deeds,

12 Having many
things to write unto
you, 1 would not write
with paper and ink:
but I trust to come
unto you, and speak
face to face, that our
joy may befull. 13 The
children of thy elect
sister greet thee. A-
men.

ΤΩ ΤΑΝ NVOVY 7 TB.

πατρός. ὃ καὶ νῦν ἐρωτῶ σε, ‘kupia,' οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν
Father. And now I beseech thee, lady, not as a 7commandment
Sypagw σοι καινήν," ἀλλὰ ἣν — “elyouev" ἀπ᾽ ἀρ-
31 *write δἴο ποθ ‘new, but that which we were having from [the] begin-
χῆς; wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους. 6 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη,
ning, that weshould love one another. And this is love,
ἵνα περιπατῶμεν κατὰ τὰς. ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ. αὕτη izoriv ἡ
that weshould walk according to his commandments. This is the

ἐντολή," ἘἙ καθὼς ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ

commandment, even as ye heard from [the] beginning, that in it
meoimaryre 7 Ott πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἱἰεἰσῆλθον! εἰς τὸν
ye might walk. Because many _ deceivers entered into the

κόσμον, οἱ μὴ-ὁμολογοῦντες ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν
world, thosewho donot confess Jesus Christ coming in
σαρκί: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος Kai ὁ ἀντίχριστος. 8 βλέπετε
flesh— _ this is the deceiver andthe antichrist. See to
ἑαυτούς, ἵνα μὴ "ἀπολέσωμεν" ἃ πεἰργασάμεθα," ἀλλὰ
yourselves, that *not we *may lose what things we wrought, but
μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολάβωμεν." 9 πᾶς ὁ PrapaBaivwy,' Kai
a 7reward ‘full we may receive. *Anyone*who ‘transgresses, ‘and
(lit. everyone)

μὴ.μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει' ὁ
®abides 7not ®in *the }°teaching ''of '*the ‘*Christ, ᾿δαοᾶ ‘not ‘has. He that
μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ “τοῦ χριστοῦ," οὗτος καὶ τὸν πατέρα
abides in the teachingofthe Christ, this [one] both the Father
καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει. 10 εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai ταύτην
and the Son has, If anyone comes to you, and this
τὴν διδαχὴν ov.gépet, μὴ.λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν,
teaching does not bring, do not receive him into (the) house,

καὶ χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε. 11 ὁ. "γὰρ λέγων" αὐτῷ χαίρειν,

and ἮἬἪΔ1)| ‘*to®him ‘say not; for he who says tohim Hail!
κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς.
partakes in “works ‘this evil.

12 Πολλὰ ἔχων ὑμῖν γράφειν, οὐκ."ἠβουλήθην᾽ διὰ χάρ-

Many things having *to *you ‘to ?write, I would not with = pa-
του καὶ μέλανος" ᾿ἀλλὰ ἐλπίζω" "ἐλθεῖν" πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai στόμα

per and ink; but hope tocome ἴο you, and mouth
εἶ , ~ e € \ wt ~ il x.F Xr , "
πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ “ημῶν" “ῃ-πεπληρωμενη.
ἴο mouth tospeak, that “joy our may be full.
13 ἀσπάζεταί σε τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς Τἐκλεκ-
7Salute ®thee ‘the *children Ssister “of *thine elect.
~ Ι ? , ll
τῆς." τάμην.
Amen.

a , ? ‘ , I!
Iwavvov ἐπιστολὴ δευτέρα.
30 *John 7epistle *second.

{Κυρία Cyria (see verse 1) @LT.
b εἴχαμεν TTr.
Gav (-θον TAW) went forth Ltr.

σοι LTTr.

ye wrought LTTrw.
LTTraw.

t ἐλπίζω yap for I hope 61.
y See note Ὁ verse 1.

ρωμένη ἡ LT.

ᾳ --- τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW.

ΒΕ γράφων (writing) σοι καινὴν FGAW; καινὴν γράφων

iq ἐντολή ἐστιν LTTrAW. k + ἵνα that Υ. 1 ἐξηλ-
™ ἀπολέσητε ye May lose LTTraW. π εἰργάσασθε

P προάγων goes forward
τ λέγων yap LTTrA. 5 ἐβουλήθην LTTrAW.
ν ὑμῶν your LTrA. X πεπλη-
8. — the subscription EGLTW ;

° ἀπολάβητε ye may receive LTTrAW.

ἡ γενέσθαι LITrAW.
2 -- ἀμήν GLTTrAW.

Iwavov β΄ tr; ᾿Ιωάννον β΄ A.

"ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IQANNOY ‘TPITH."

?HPISTLE 30F *JOHN ‘THIRD.

a
ον
whom

Ὃ πρεσβύτερος Γαΐῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ,
The elder to Gaius the beloved,
ἀληθείᾳ.
truth.
2 ᾿Αγαπητέ, περὶ
Beloved, concerning all things
ὑγιαίνειν, καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί cov

πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ
Iwish thee toprosper and

ἡ ψυχή. 3 ἐχάρην “γὰρ"

be in health, evenas prospers thy soul, For I rejoiced
λίαν ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν καὶ μαρτυρούντων σου τῇ
exceedingly, *coming (‘the] *brethren and _ bearing witness of thy

2 , ‘ ‘4 > ? ΄ - , ,
ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς. 4 μειζοτέραν τού-
truth, even as thou in truth walkest. 5Greater Sthan
των οὐκιἔχω χαράν, ἵνα ἀκούω τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα ἐν ἃ
"these*things ‘I*have*not ‘joy, that Ishould hearof mychildren in
ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα. 5 ᾿Αγαπητέ, πιστὸν ποιεῖς ὃ ἐὰν
truth walking. Beloved, faithfully thou doest whatever
ἐἐργάσῃ" εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ feie τοὺς"
thou mayest have wrought towards the brethren and towards
ξένους, 6 ot ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκ-
strangers, (who witnessed of thy love before [the] as-
κλησίας" ovc καλῶς ποιήσεις προπέμψας ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ"
sembly) whom *well ®thou ’wilt *do ‘setting *forward *worthily *of*God;
7 ὑπὲρ. γὰρ Tov ὀνόματος ὃ δέξῆλθον" μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες
for,for the name they went forth, “nothing ‘taking
ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν." 8 ἡμεῖς οὖν ὀφείλομεν -arrodapBaverr'
from the nations, We therefore ought to receive
AY , “ ‘ , ~ > , »
τοὺς τοιούτους, ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 9 ἜἜ-
such, that fellow-workers we may be withthe truth. I
] ~ ? Pi are ? ? ε , ? ~
yoala’ ry ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν
wrote tothe assembly; but “who “loves *to *be °first 7among *them
Ὁ Αιοτρεφὴς" οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς. 10 διὰ τοῦτο, ἐὰν ἔλθω,
*Dictrephes, receives not us. On account of this, if Icome,
ὑπομνήσω αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖ, λόγοις
I will bring toremembrance of him the works which he does, with *words
πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς" Kai μὴ ἀρκούμενος ἐπὶ τούτοις,
teyil prating against us; and not satisfied with these,
οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Kai τοὺς βουλομέ-

neither himself receives the brethren, and those who would
νους κωλύει, Kai πὲκ' τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει. 11 ’Aya-
he forbids, and from the assembly casts [them] out. Be-

πητέ, μὴ. μιμοῦ τὸ κακόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν. ὁ
loved, donotimitate that which [is] evil, but what{[is] good. He that
ἀγαθοποιῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ “δὲ κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἑώ-
does good, of God is ; but he that does evil ποῦ ‘has
ρακεν τὸν θεόν. 12 Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων, Kai
seen God. To Demetrius witnessis borne by all, and

THE el¢er unto the
wellbeloved Gaius,
whom 1 love in the
truth.

2 Beloved, I wish a-
bove all things that
thou mayest prosper
and be in health, even
as thy soul prospereth.
3 For I rejoiced great-
ly, when the brethren
came and testified of
the truth that is in
thee, even as thou
walkest in the truth.
4 I have no greater
joy than to hear that
my children walk in
truth. 5 Beloved, thou
doest faithfully what-
soever thou doest to
the brethren, and to
strangers; 6 which
have borne witness of
thy charity before the
church : whom if thou
bring forward on their
journey after a godly
sort, thou shalt do
well: 7 because that
for his name’s sake
they went forth, tak-
ing nothing of the
Gentiles. 8 We there-
fore ought to receive
such, that we might
be fellowhelpers to
the truth. 9 I wrote
unto the church: but
Diotrephes, who lov-
eth to have _ the
preeminence among
them, receiveth us not.
10 Wherefore, if I
come, I will remember
his deeds which he do-
eth, prating against
us with malicious
words: and not con-
tent therewith, nei-
ther doth he himself
receive the brethren,
and forbiddeth them
that would, and cast-
eth them out of the
church. 11 Beloved,
follow not that which
is evil, but that which
is good. He that doeth
good is of God: but
he that doeth evil hath
not seen God. 12 De-
metrius hath good
report of all men,

Ὁ + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general Ε; "Iwavvov γ΄

ἐπιστολὴ γ΄ Tr. © — γὰρ 1[Tr]. d + τῇ the LTTraw.
f τοῦτο that LTTraw. & + αὐτοῦ (read his name) E.
(read those of the nations) Lrtraw.

somewhat LTTraw. m Διοτρέφης LA. Ὁ — ἐκ (read [from]) T.

LTAW; ‘Iwavav

© ἐργάζῃ thou workest t.
h ἐξῆλθαν LITr.
Κ ὑπολαμβάνειν to sustain LTTraw.

1 ἐθνωετῶν
ἐπ εἴτι

o — δὲ but GLTTraw.

620

and of the truth it-

self: yea, and we also
bear record; and ye
know that our record
is true.

131 had many things
to write, but I will
not with ink and pen
writeunto thee: 14 but
I trust I shall shortly
see thee, and we shall
speak face to face.
Peace beto thee. Our
friends salute thee.
Greet the friends by
name.

LOYA AS:
Pix’! αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας" Kai ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν, Kai
by 3itself ‘the *truth; and we also bear witness, and
Joidare! ὅτι ἡ-μαρτυρία.ἡμῶν ἀληθής ἐστιν.
ye know that our witness *true tis.

15 Πολλὰ εἶχον Typagey,' ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.θέλω διὰ μέλανος Kai

Many things I had towrite, but Iwill not with ink and
καλάμου ὅσοι γράψαι" 14 ἐλπίζω.δὲ εὐθέως "ἰδεῖν σε,"
pen 5to *thee ‘to *write ; but [hope immediately tosee thee,

καὶ στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλήσομεν. 15 Εἰρήνη σοι. ἀσπά-
and mouth to mouth we shall speak. Peace to thee. 3Sa-

Zovrai σε ot φίλοι. ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ᾽ ὄνομα.

lute *thee ‘the *friends. Salute the friends by name.
VY Iwavvov ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ τρίτη."
*Of *John Sepistle *ceneral ‘third.

4EMISPOAH. TOY TOYAA, KAGOATKE:!

JUDE, the servant of
Jesus Christ, and bro-
ther of James, to them
that are sanctified by
God the Father, and
preserved in Jesus
Christ, and called:
2 Mercy unto you, and
peace, and love, be
multiplied.

3 Beloved, when I
gave all diligence to
write unto you of the
common salvation, it
was needful for me to
write unto you, and
exhort you that ye
should earnestly con-
tend for the faith
which was once deliy-
ered unto the saints.
4 For there are-cer-
tain men crept in una-
wares, who were be-
fore of old ordained
to this condemnation,
ungodly men, turning
the grace'of our God
into lasciviousness,
and denying the only
Lord God, and our
Lord Jesus Christ.

5 I will therefore
put you in remem-
brance, though ye
once knew this, how
that the Lord, having
saved the people out
of the land of Egypt,
afterward destroyed
them that believed

2HPISTLE

°OF *JUDE 1GENERAL.

"IOYAAS ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς.δὲ ᾿Ιακώβου, τοῖς

Jude, of Jesus Christ bondman, and brother of James, tothe
ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ Ῥὴήγιασμένοις" καὶ ἸΙησοῦ χριστῷ τετηρη-
4in 5God (*the] 7Father ᾿βαπού θα Sand ?°in ‘Jesus +*Christ ®kept
μένοις κλητοῖς" 2 ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη

‘ealled [0165].
πληθυνθείη.
be multiplied.

3 ᾿Αγαπητοί, πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν

Beloved, 3411 *diligence ‘using to write to you

περὶ τῆς κοινῆς “ σωτηρίας, ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι ὑμῖν,

Mercy toyou and peace, and love

concerning the common salvation, necessity Thad towrite to you,
παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς
exhorting [you] tocontendearnestly forthe “once *delivered “ἴο the
ἁγίοις πίστει. 4 παρεισέδυσαν.γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι, οἱ
Ssaints faith. For came in stealthily certain men, they who
πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο TO κρίμα, ἀσεβεῖς

of old have been before marked out to this sentence, ungodly [persons]

τὴν τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν “χάριν᾽ μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν καὶ τὸν

2088 *of ur οὔ Sorace ‘changing into licentiousnessand “the
μόνον δεσπότην °Oedv' καὶ κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν
Sonly “master— 5God ‘and our *Lord °Jesus *°Christ
ἀρνούμενοι.

ἐᾷρηγίπρ.

5 Ὑπομνῆσαι. δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς" ἅπαξ

But *put °in®*remembrance *you ἿἿ σοι], *knowing ‘you once

ἐτοῦτο." ὅτι "δ" κύριος" λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώ-

this, that the Lord a people out of({the] land of Egypt having

σας, τὸ.δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ.πιστεύσαντας ἀπώλεσεν. 6 ay-
saved, in the second place those who believed not he destroyed.

P ὑπὸ T.

LTTrAaw.
?— ὑμᾶς LTTrAW.

4 oidas thou knowest LTTra.
5 γράφειν got L3 σοι γράφειν TTrAw.
᾿Ἰωάνου γ΄ τ᾿; ᾿Ιωάννου γ΄ A.

a + ἀποστόλου apostle ; ᾿Ιούδα ἐπιστολή GLTrW ; Ἰούδα ΤΑ.
c+ ἡμῶν (read our common) LTTrA,

aie τ γράψαι σοι to write to thee LTTraw.
t oe ἰδεῖν LTTrAW. v — the subscription EGLTW;

> ἠγαπημένοις beloved
ε-- θεὸν GLTTrAW
1 Ἰησοῦς Jesus LA.

4 χάριτα LTTrAW.

8 πάντα all things Lrrraw. bh — ὃ (Tra.

JUDE.
γέλους τε τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν.ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ

Angels ‘and who kept not their own first-state, but
ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον, εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης
left their own dwelling, unto([the] judgment of [the] great

ἡμέρας δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν" 7 ὡς Σόδομα
day

in *bonds ‘eternal under darkness he keeps; as Sodom

καὶ Topoppa, καὶ ai περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις, τὸν ὅμοιον ἰτού-
and Gomorrha, and the ?around *them 1cities, inlike ?with
τοις τρόπον" ἐκπορνεύσασαι. καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι
3} ‘manner having given themselves to fornication and having gone
ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας, πρόκεινται δεῖγμα, πυρὸς αἰωνίου

after flesh ‘other, aresetforthas an example, “οὗ *fire ‘eternal

δίκην ὑπέχουσαι. 8 ὁμοίως. μέντοι καὶ οὗτοι ἐνυπνια-
(7the]} *penalty pon dessunies Yet inlike manner 4150 these dream-

ζόμενοι, σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν, κυριότητα.δὲ ἀθετοῦσιν,
ers (?the] *flesh 1defile, and Py 4set 7aside,

δόξας. δὲ βλασ ημοῦσιν. 9 τὸ δὲ Μιχαὴλ ὁ ἀρχάγγελος,
and*glories ‘speak evil "οὗ. But Michael the archangel,

πὕτε' τῷ διαβόλῳ διακρινόμενος διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ °Mw-
when with the devil disputing he reasoned about the "of

σέως" σώματος, οὐκ.ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασ-
=Moses "body, did not dare °a 7charge "to He Sagainst([*thim) ®rail-

φημίας, Pann’! εἶπεν, ᾿πιτιμήσαι σοι κύριος. 10 οὗτοι.δὲ
ing, but said, ?Rebuke ‘thee [6] *Lord. But these,

ὅσα μὲν οὐκ.οἴδασιν βλασφημοῦσιν᾽ ὅσα.δὲ

whatever things they know not theyspeak evilof; but whatever things
φυσικῶς, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῶα, ἐπίστανται, ἐν τούτοις
naturally, as the irrational animals, they understand, in these things

o0eipovra. 11 οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς. bre τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν
they ee themselves. Woe tothem! because in the way of Cain
ἐπορεύθησαν, Kat τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν,

they went, and tothe error of Balaam for reward rushed,

καὶ τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κορὲ ἀπώλοντο.
and in the Spinsaying of Korah perished.

ταῖς.ἀγάπαις. ὑμῶν σπιλάδες, συνευωχούμενοιϊ
your love feasts

12 οὗτοί εἰσιν 4 ἐν

These are in
? »,
ἀφόβως,"

sunkenrocks, feasting together Ewasle you] Pa eel

ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες" νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι, ὑπὸ ἀνέμων
2themselves ἘΒΆΒΙΠΣΙΒΕ; clouds without water, by winds

"περιφερόμεναι"" δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα δὶς ἀποθα-
being carried about, trees Jautumnal, without fruit, twice dead,

γνόντα éxpilw0évra’ 18 κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης ἐπαφρίζοντα
rooted up; ; 2waves ‘wild of[the]sea, foaming out

τὰς. ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας" ἀστέρες πλανῆται, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ
their own shames ; 4stars wandering, to whom the gloom

σκότους εἰς 'τὸν" αἰῶνα τετήρηται. 14 προεφήτευσεν" δὲ Kai
of darkness for ever has been kept. And prophesied ‘also

τούτοις ἕβδομος ἀπὸ “Addu ᾿Ενώχ, λέγων, ᾿Ιδού,
Sas ἴο these Ethel ena *from ἐκ A ee saying, Behold,

ἦλθεν κύριος ἐν “μυριάσιν ἁγίαις" αὐτοῦ, 15 ποιῆσαι
Secame ['the] 2Lord amidst “myriads “holy this, to execute
κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων, Kai "ἐξελέγξαι" πάντας τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς
judgment against all, and toconvict all the ungodly

1 τπρόπον τούτοις LTTrAW. τῷ ὅτε when L.
LTTraw. P ἀλλὰ LTTrAW.
Tr place the comma after συνευ-

GLTTrAaw. ¥ ἐπροφήτευσεν TTr. we ἁγίαις μυριάσιν GLTTrAW.

= τότε at that time L.
4 + ot (read the sunken rocks) trtra.

* παραφερόμεναι being carried along GLTTraw.
x ἐλέγξαι LTTrA.

621

not. 6 And the angels
which kept not their
first estate, but left
their own habitation,
he hath reserved in
everlasting chains un-
der darkness unto the
judgment of the great
day. 7 Even as Sodom
and Gomorrha, and
the cities about them
in like manner, giving
themselves over to
fornication, and going
after strange flesh, ara
set forth for an ex-
ample, sufiering the
vengeance of eternal
fire. 8 Likewise also
these filthy dreamers
defile the flesh, despise
dominion, and speak
evil of dignities.9 Yet
Michael thearchangel,
when contending with
the devil he disputed
about the body of Mo-
ses, durst not bring a-
gainst him a railing
accusation, but said,
The Lord rebuke thee.
10 But these speak evil
of those things which
they know not: but
what they know na-
turally, as brute
beasts, in those things
they corrupt them-
selves. 11 Woe unto
them ! for they have
gone in the way of
Cain, and ran greedily
after the error of
Balaam for reward,
and perished in the
gainsaying of Core.
12 These are spots in
your feasts of charity,
when they feast with
you, feeding them-
selves without fear:
clouds they are with-
out water, carried a-
bout of winds; trees
whose fruit withereth,
without fruit, twice
dead, plucked up by
the roots; 13 raging
waves of thesea, foam-
ing out their own
shame ; wandering
stars, to whom is re-
served the blackness
of darkness for ever.
14 And Enoch also,
the seventh from A-
dam, prophesied of
these, saying, Behold,
the Lord cometh with
ten thousands of his
saints, 15 to δχοσαίο
judgment upon all

and to convince all

° Mwicéws
τ Text. Rec. and
t — τὸν

622

that are ungodly a-
mong them of all
their ungodly deeds
which they have un-
godly committed, and
of all their hard
speeches which ungod-
ly sinners have spoken
against him. 16 These
are murmurers, com-
plainers, walking af-
ter their own lusts;
and their mouth speak-
eth great swelling
words, having men’s
persons in admiration
because of advantage.
17 But, beloved, re-
member yethe words
which were spoken be-
fore of the apostles
of our Lord Jesus

Christ ; 18 how that
they told you there
should be mockers

in the last time, who
should walk after
their own ungodly
lusts. 19 These be they
who separate them-
selves, sensual, hay-
ing not the Spirit.
20 But ye, beloved,
building up yourselves
on your most holy
faith, praying in the
Holy Ghost, 21 keep
yourselves in the love
of God, looking for the
mercy of our Lord Je-
sus Christ unto eternal
life. 22 And of some
havecompassion, mak-
ing a difference: 23 and
others save with fear,
pulling them out of
the fire; hating even
the garment spotted
by the flesh.

24 Now unto him
that is able tokeep you
from falling, and to
present you faultless
before the presence of
his glory with exceed-
ing joy, 25 to the only
wise God our Saviour,
be glory and majesty,
dominion and power,
both now andever. A-
men,

Υ — αὐτῶν LTTrA.

μάτων words having been spoken before 1,.
Tr[A]W) χρόνον at the end of Υ
κοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει LTTrAW.
dispute, convict LTTrAw.
ἐν φόβῳ but others save, from [the] fire snatching [them],
i ὑμᾶς you (and read set [you] before) EGLTTrw.
\ 4+ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν through Jesus Christ our Lord GLrtraw.
LTTrAW. © +4 πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος before the whole age (read καὶ and) LTTraw.
subscription EGLTW ;

LTTrAwW.

WOMMATASS:
γαὐτῶν' περὶ πάντων τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας" αὐτῶν ὧν
of them concerning all ?works *of *ungodliness ‘their which
, ‘ . , ~ ~
ἠσέβησαν, καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν σκληρῶν " ὧν

they did ungodlily, and concerning all the hard [things] which

ἐλάλησαν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀσεβεῖς. 16 οὗτοί εἰσιν
Sspoke ‘against ‘him ?sinners

Aungodly. These are
yoyyvorai, μεμψίμοιροι, κατὰ τὰς.ἐπιθυμίας.αὐτῶν πορευό-
murmurers, complainers, after ’their ‘lusts ἔγχε] κα
μενοι" καὶ τὸ στόμα.αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα, θαυμάζοντες
ing ; and their mouth speaks great swelling[words], admiring
πρόσωπα ὠφελείας χάριν. 17 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀγαπητοί, μνή-

persons 5profit ‘for *the *sake ‘of. But ye, beloved, re-
σθητε τῶν δημάτων τῶν προειρημένων! ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπο-
member the words which haye been spoken before by the apo-

, ~ / « ~ ? ~ ~ « Ἢ « ~
στόλων τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Inoov χριστοῦ" 18 ore ἔλεγον ὑμῖν,

stles of our Lord Jesus Christ, that they said toyou,
οὔτι" dey ἐσχατῷ χρόνῳ" ἔσονται ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ τὰς
that in [the] ast time there willbe mockers, ?after
ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν. 19 οὗτοί εἰσιν
®their town ®lusts ‘walking of ungodlinesses. These are
οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες“, ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ
they who set apart {themselves}, natural[men], (Sthe] ‘Spirit ‘not

ἔχοντες. 20 ὑμεῖς.δέ. ἀγαπητοί, ἱτῇ.ἁγιωτάτῃ. ὑμῶν πίστει

shaving. But ye, beloved, on your most holy faith
ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτούς." tv πνεύματι ἁγίῳ προσευχό-

building up yourselves, in [the] 2Spirit ‘Holy pray-
μενοι, 21 ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε, προσδεχό-
ing, “yourselves *in [*the] “love ‘of 7God tkeep, await-
μενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ. κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν
ing the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto life

αἰώνιον. 22 καὶ ode μὲν ἐἐλεεῖτε διακρινόμενοι"" 23 “odc-dé

eternal. And *some lpity, making a difference, but others
ἐν φόβῳ owZere, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες," μισοῦντες
with fear save, outof the fire snatching (them); hating
καὶ TOY ἀπὸ THE σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα.
even the “by ‘the flesh 2spotted garment.
24 Τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ἰαὐτοὺς"! ἀπταίστους, καὶ
But to him who is able to keep them without stumbling, and
στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς.δόξης.αὐτοῦ ἀμώμους ἐν ἀγαλ-
toset [them) before his glory blameless with exul-
λιάσει, 25 μόνῳ σοφῷ" θεῷ owriornpov,! δόξα "καὶ!"
tation, to [the] only wise God our Saviour, [be] glory and

μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος καὶ ἐξουσία, " Kai νῦν Kai εἰς πάντας

greatness, might and authority, both now, and to all
τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.
the ages, Amen.

°’Em.sroAn Ἰούδα καθολική."
2Epistle οὔ “πᾶθ ‘general.
® + λόγων speeches T. > προειρημένων ῥη-
ς — ὅτι LI[Tr]. 4 ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τοῦ (--- τοῦ
ε + ἑαυτοὺς themselves EG f ἐποι-
& ἐλέγχετε διακρινομένους [who]
h obs δὲ σώζετε ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες, οὺς δὲ ἐλεᾶτε (ἐλεεῖτε W)
and others pity in fear
k — σοφῷ GLTTrAw.
m— καὶ
o — the

: [ἀσεβείας] Tr.

the time LTTraw.

Ἰούδα Tra.

"᾿ΑΠΟΚΑΛΎΨΙΣ IQANNOY TOY ΘΕΟΛΟΓΟΥ."

REVELATION OF JOHN THE

ATIOKAAY VI
Revelation

δεῖξαι τοῖς. δούλοις αὐτοῦ
to shew to his bondmen

Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἣν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 0 θεός,
of Jesus Christ, which gave “to*him ‘God,

a δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν.τάχει, Kai
what things must take place shortly: and
> ΄ > / A) POL ἀδὲ 7 > ~ ~ , ? an
ἐσήμανεν ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ.ἀγγέλου.αὐτοῦ τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ
he signified [it], having sent By his angel to his bondman
'Twavvy, Wy ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν

John, who testified the word of God and the
μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅσα Crell ἀεῖδεν." 5. μακά-
testimony of Jesus Christ, ane teat Maes land he saw. Bless-
ιος ὁ ἀναγινώσκων, καὶ οἱ ἀκούοντες “τοὺς λόγους"
ed [is] he that reads, and they that hear the words
τῆς προφητείας, Kai τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα"
of the prophecy, and keep the things ἢ. “it ‘written ;
ὁ. γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς.
forthe time [is] near.
4 © lwavyne' ταῖς ἑπτὰ
John tothe seven
χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ
Grace toyou and Beare from

ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς
assemblies

βτοῦ" ὁ
him who

¥ ~? , 5
ἐν τῇ Aoia
which [are] in Asia:
ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ
is and who was and who[is]
ἐρχόμενος" Kai ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων *é' ἱέστιν' ἐνώπιον

to come ; and from the seven Spirits which are before
τοῦ.θρόνου. αὐτοῦ" 5 καὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ
his throne ; and from Jesus Christ, the witness
πιστός, ὁ πρωτότοκος "ἐκ' τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν
lfaithful, the firstborn from among the dead, and the ruler ofthe
βασιλέων τῆς γῆς τῷ ἰἀγαπήσαντι" ἡμᾶς. καὶ ™ov-
kings oftheearth. To him who loved us, and wash-

σαντι" ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. “ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ. αἵματι.αὐτοῦ"

ed us from our sins in his blood,
6 καὶ ἐποίησεν Ῥἡμᾶς" «βασιλεῖς καὶ ¢ ἱερεῖς τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ
and made us kings and Ele to ?God *and *Father

αὐτοῦ" αὐτῷ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας "τῶν

‘his: tohim([be]the glory and the might to the ages of the
αἰώνων." ἀμήν.
8.568. Amen.

7 ᾿Ιδού, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς

Behold, hecomes with the clouds, and shallsee him every

ὀφθαλμός, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν" καὶ κόψονται

eye, and they which “him pierced, and ‘shall ®wail
ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γαί, ἀμήν.

Fon °account!'of ἢ ‘all 2.16 “tribes “οἵ 5the zis. Yea, amen.
8 ee εἰμι τὸ SA" Kai τὸ 'Q," "ἀρχὴ Kai τέλος"" λέγει

DIVINE

THE Revelation of Je-
sus Christ, which God
gave unto him, toshew
unto his’ servants
things which must
shortly come to pass;
and he sent and signi-
fied 7t by his angel un-
to his servant John:
2 who bare record of
the word of God, and
of the testimony of
Jesus Christ, and of
all things that he saw.
3 Blessed ts he that
readeth, and they that
hear the words of this
prophecy, «and keep
those things which are
written therein: for
the time zs at hand.

4 JOHN totheseven
churches which are in
Asia: Grace be unto
you, and peace, from
him which is, and
which was, and which
is to come ; and from
the seven Spiritswhich
are before his throne ;
5 and from Jesus
Christ, who is the
faithful witness, and
the firstbegotten of
the dead, and the
prince of the kings of
the earth. Unto him
that loved us, and
washed us from our
sins in his own blood,
6 and hath made us
kings and priests unto
God and his Father ;
to him be glory and do-
minion for ever and
ever. Amen.

7 Behold, he cometh
with clouds;andevery
eye shall see him, and
they also which pierc-
ed him: and all kin-
dreds of: the earth shall
wail because of him,
Even so, Amen.

8 I am Alpha and
Omega, the beginning

am the A and the Ω, beginning and ending, says and the ending, saith
5᾽᾿Αποκάλυψις α ; ᾿Αποκάλυψις ᾿Ιωάννου (Iwavov Tr) LTTraw. Ὁ ᾿Ιωάνῃ Tr. ς-- τε
GLTTrAaw. ἃ ἴδεν T. © τὸν λόγον the word 1. Γ᾿ Ἰωάνης Tr. Ε --- τοῦ (read [him])
GLTTrAW. h τῶν Tr. — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTTraw. k — ἐκ (read τῶν of the)
GLTTraw. ἃ ἀγαπῶντι loves GLTTraAW. ™ λύσαντι freed uttr; λ[ο]ύσαντι A. 5 ἐκ LITrA.
ο [ἡμῶν] A. P ἡμῶν τ,; ἡμῖν for us Tr. 4 βασιλείαν, a kingdom, GLTTraw. τ- τῶν
αἰώνων A. 5 ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw. ta, ¥ — ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος GLTTrAW.

624

the Lord, which is,
and which was, and
which is to come, the
Almighty.

9 I John, who also
am your brother, and
companion in tribula-
tion, and in the king-
dom and patience of
Jesus Christ, was in
the isle that is called
Patmos, for the word
of God, and for the
testimony of Jesus
Christ. 10 I was in the
Spirit on the Lord’s
day, and heard behind
me a great voice, as of
a trumpet, 11 saying,
Tam Alpha and Ome-
ga, the first and the
last: and, What thou
seest, write in a book;
and send zt unto the
seven churches which
are in Asia; unto Eph-
esus, and unto Smyr-
na, and unto Perga-
mos, and unto Thya-
tira, and unto Sardis,
and unto Philadelphia,
and unto Laodicea.
12 And I turned tosee
the voice that spake
with me. And being
turned, I saw seven
golden candlesticks ;
13 and in the midst of
the seven candlesticks
one like unto the Son
of man, clothed with
a garment down to
the foot, and girt a-
bout the paps witha
golden girdle. 14 His
head and Ats hairs
were white like wool,
as white as snow; and
his eyes were as a
flame of fire ; 15 and
his feet like unto fine
brass, as if they burn-
ed in a furnace; and
his voice as the sound
of many waters.16 And
he had in his right
hand seven stars: and
out of his mouth went
a sharp two-edged
sword: and his coun-
tenance was as the
sun shineth in his
strength, 17 And when
Isaw him,I fell at his
feet as dead. And he

A ΠΟΙ ΚΟΛΟΛΥΥ ΨΥ Σ,
πὸ κύριος,' ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ
the Lord, who is and who νγὰβ and who(isj
κράτωρ.
mighty.
9 ᾿Εγὼ "Ἰωάννης," ὁ ᾿καὶ" ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ᾿συγκοινωνὸςἱϊ
I John, also *brother ‘your and fellow-partaker
ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ δὲν τῇ" βασιλείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ " “Ἰησοῦ χρισ-
in {86 tribulationand in the kingdom and endurance of Jesus Christ,
rou, ἐγενόμην ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τῇ καλουμένῃ Πάτμῳ, διὰ
was in the island which [is] called Patmos, because of
τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ “διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ “χρισ-
the word of God and because of the testimony of Jesus Christ.
τοῦ." 10 ἐγενόμην ἐνὲή πνεύματι ἐν τῇ κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ" Kai
became in([the} Spirit on the Lord’s day, and
ἤκουσα ὀπίσω μου φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος, 11 λεγού-
Iheard behind me ἃ “voice ‘loud as of a trumpet, say-
σης, f Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ A καὶ τὸ Q, ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος" Kai,"
ing, 1 am the A and the Q, the first and the last ; and,
a , , / 4 , - ΄,
O βλέπεις γράψον εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ πέμψον ταῖς ὅ ἐκκλησίαις

"ς

ἐρχόμενος, ὁ παντο-
tocome, the Al-

What thou seest write in abook, and send tothe assemblies
Βγαῖς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ," εἰς Ἔφεσον, καὶ εἰς ἸΣμύρναν," καὶ εἰς
which [are] in Asia: to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, and to

Πέργαμον, καὶ εἰς Ἐθυάτειρα," καὶ εἰς Σάρδεις, καὶ εἰς ἸΦιλα-

Pergamos, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Phila-
δέλφειαν," καὶ εἰς ἃ Λαοδίκειαν." 12 καὶ ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν
delphia, and to Laodicea, And = Iturned to see

τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις "ἐλάλησεν" per ἐμοῦ" καὶ ἐπιστρέψας εἶδον
the voice which spoke with me, and havingturned I saw
ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς, 13 Kai ἐν éow τῶν οἑπτὰ" λυχ-
seven “lampstands ‘golden, and in{[the] midst ofthe seven lamp-

νιῶν ὕμοιον Ρυϊῷ"! ἀνθρώπου, ἐνδεδυμένον
stands [one] like [the} Son of man, clothed in [a garment]
, ‘ 4 ~ x ,
ποδήρη, καὶ περιεζωσμένον πρὸς τοῖς Ywaoroic' ζώνην

reaching to the feet, and ‘*girt °about®with ‘at the “breasts 78 *girdle
~ ε A ? ~ ‘ e , ‘ € ‘
τχρυσῆν" 14 ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ. αὐτοῦ Kai αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ “ὡσεὶ"
ΒρΌΪαΘΩ : and his head and hair white as if
» ΝΥ , e , fa 4 € ᾽ s Ψ ~ e A ,
ἔριον λευκόν, ὡς χιών᾽ καὶ οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ. αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός"
2wool ‘white, as snow; and his eyes as aflame of fire;

15 καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ we ἐν καμίνῳ

and his feet like fine brass, asif *in *a®°furnace['they]
, \ ~ ,
ἱπεπυρωμένοι"" καὶ ἡ-φωνὴ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν"
2glowed ; and his voice as [the] voice of “waters ‘many,

16 καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ “αὐτοῦ χειρὶ" ἀστέρας ἑπτά" Kai ἐκ
and having in "right this hand *stars ‘seven, and out of
~ ΄ ~ e@ ΄ ΄ ~ , ‘
TOU.oTOpaToC.avTOU ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη" Kai
his mouth a*sword *two-edged 'sharp. going forth, and
CIE) ? we «ς e , ? ~ ΄ ~ ‘
ἡ--ψις.αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν Ty_dvyapEt.avrov. 17 Kat
his countenance as the sun_ shines in its power. And

er , ν ~ ,

Ore εἶδον αὐτόν, ἔπεσα πρὸς TOVC.TOdaC_avTOU ὡς νεκρός" Kai
when Isaw him, I fell at his feet as dead: and

Ἢ κύριος ὃ θεός [the] Lord God GLrtraw.

ἃ — ἀν τῇ GLITrAW.
LTTra,
GLTTrAW.
Κ Θυάτειραν LAW.
ο — ἑπτὰ LT[TrA].
as GLTTrAW.

ἀἁ διὰ χ11[Α].
& + ἑπτὰ seven GLTTrAW.

Ὁ πεπυρωμένης (-ένῳ T) [it] glowed ttr.

Y—kalGLTTrAW. δ συν- Ὁ.
© χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ W; -- χριστοῦ
ῦ τος ἵπο Ἐγώ εἰμι... ἔσχατος" καὶ

— ταῖς ev Agta GLTTrAW. 1 Ζμύρναν T.

m Λαοδικίαν T. " ἐλάλει Was speaking Lrtraw.

4 μαζοῖς L; μασθοῖς T. τ χρυσᾶν LTTrA. - ὡς
Υ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ LTTrA.

Γ x ᾽Ιωάνης Tr.
- b + ἐν ἴῃ (Jesus) LTTrAw.
© — χριστοῦ LITrA.

ι Φιλαδελφίαν τ.
Ρ υἱὸν τ΄

ΠῚ REVELATION.
ἐπέθηκεν" τὴν.δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ "χεῖρα" ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, λέγων ὕμοι,"
he laid his right hand upon me, saying tome,
« ~ « ‘ «
Μὴ φοβοῦ" ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, 18 καὶ ὁ
Fear ποῦ; I am the first and the last, and the
‘ ᾽ , , ‘ 2 4 ~ 2 > ΕἸ
ζῶν, καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς τοὺς
living [one]: and I became dead, and behold “alive 7I “am to the
ey, AY ~ ~ “ ‘
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων" τἀμήν"" Kai ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ *gdov καὶ

ages of the ages, Amen; and have the keys of hades and
τοῦ θανάτου." 19 γράψον ἃ εἶδες, καὶ : ὦ
of death. Write the things which thou sawest and the things
εἰσιν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει “γίνεσθαι! μετὰ ταῦτα" 20 τὸ

which are, and thethings which are about totake place after
μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων “ὧν"
mystery of the seven stars

these. The
εἶδες “ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς!
which thou sawest on “right *hand
μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς. οἱ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρες
my, and the seven *lampstands ‘golden. The seven stars
ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν καὶ fai! ξἑπτὰ λυχνίαι"
?7angels %of*the ®seven fassemblies ‘are; and _ the seven lampstands
ἃς εἶδες" ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαι εἰσίν.
which thou sawest *seven “assemblies ‘are,
~ ? i ~ 1 ? , ΄ὔ id LAN
2 Τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ἱτῆς" * Εφεσίνης" ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Τάδε
Tothe angel ofthe Ephesian assembly write: These things
ς ~ ‘ \ ᾽ 2 ~ ~ ? ~ ‘
λέγει ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ
says he who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who
περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν ἰχρυσῶν"
walks in [the] midst ofthe seven *lampstands golden.
ττ᾿ὸἍβλφ , » ‘ ‘ , ‘ A c ’
ὦ Οἶδα τὰ.ἔργα.σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον ™oov,' καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν

I know thy works, and “labour ‘thy, and endurance
σου, Kai ὅτι οὐ-δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς, καὶ πὲἐπειράσω"
‘thy, and that thou canst not bear evil [ones]; and thou didst try

τοὺς φάσκοντας

εἶναι ἀποστόλους" καὶ οὐκ. εἰσίν;
those who declare

{themselves] to be apostles and are not,
καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς Wevdeic, 3 Kai Ῥέβάστασας Kai ὑπομονὴν
and didst πὰ them liars ; and didst bear and endurance
ἔχεις. καὶ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά.μου “κεκοπίακας καὶ οὐ-κέκμηκας."
*hast, and forthesake of my name hast laboured and hast not wearied:
4 *adX’'! ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, Ort τὴν. ἀγάπην.σου τὴν πρώτην

but MLhave against thee, that thy “love lfirst
"ἀφῆκας." 5 μνημόνευε οὖν πόθεν ᾿ἐκπέπτωκας," καὶ
thou didst leave. Remember therefore whence thou hast fallen from, and
μετανόησον, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον᾽ side μή, ἔρχομαί
repent, and the first works do: butif not, Iam coming
σοι ‘rayet," Kai κινήσω τὴνιλυχνίαν.σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου

tothee quickly, and I will remove thy lampstand out of “place
αὐτῆς, ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσῃς. 6 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις, Or
hits, except thou shouldest repent. But this thou hast, that

μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν, ἃ κἀγὼ

μισῶ. 7 ὁ
thou hatest the works ofthe Nicolaitanes, which I also

hate. He that

625

laid his right hand up-
on me, saying unto
me, Fear not; I am
the first and the last :
18 J amhe that liveth,
and was dead; and,
behold, I am alive for
evermore, Amen ; and
have the keys of hell
and of death. 19 Write
the things which thou
hast seen, and the
things which are, and
the thizgs which shall
be hereezfter; 20 the
mystery of the seven
stars which thou saw-
est in my right hand,
and the seven golden
candlesticks. The se-
ven stars are the an-
gels of the seven
churches : and the se-
ven candlesticks which
thou sawest are the
seven churches.

11, Unto the angel of
the church of Ephesus
write; These things
saith he that holdeth
the seven stars in his
right hand, who walk-
eth in the midst of the
seven golden candle-
sticks; 2 I know thy
works, and thy labour,
and thy patience, and
how thou canst not
bear them which are
evil: and thou hast
tried them which say
they are apostles, and
are not,and hast found
them liars : 3 and hast
borne, and hast pa-
tience, and for my
name’s sake hast la-
boured, and hast not
fainted. 4 Neverthe-
less I have somewhat
against thee, because
thou hast left thy first
love. 5 Remember
therefore from whence
thou art fallen, and
repent, and do the first
worksg or else I will
come unto thee quick-
ly, and will remove
thy candlestick out of
his place, except thou
repent. 6 But thisthou
hast, that thou hatest
the deeds of the Nico-
laitanes, which I also
hate. 7 He that hath

ee EE ee

w ἔθηκεν GLTTrAW.

x — χεῖρα (read δεξιὰν right hand) GLTtraw.
% — ἀμήν GLITrAW.

® θανάτου kat τοῦ ἄδου GLTTraw.
ς γενέσθαι TA. 4 os LYTrA. © ἐν (in) τῇ δεξιᾷ L.

GLITrAaW. h — ἃς εἶδες GLTTrAW.
᾿Εφέσῳ in Ephesus Girtraw.

f— gi w.

'yXpucéwy Ltra. = ™ — gov τα.

1 τῷ (read éxxd. of the assembly) Ltr.

¥y — μοι GLTTraw,

Ὁ + οὖν therefore GLTTraw.

& λυχνίαι αἱ ἑπτὰ
K ἐν

4 ἐπείρασας GLTTrAW.

° λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι declare themselves to be apostles (— εἶναι LTTra)

GLTTrAw. P ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις καὶ ἐβάστασας GLTTrAW.
wearied LTTrA ; καὶ οὐκ ἐκοπίασας and didst not weary ΟὟ.
: πέπτωκας thou hast fallen GLTrAW; πέπτωκες T.

4 καὶ οὐ κεκοπίακες and hast not
τ᾿ ἀλλὰ TIrw.
Y ταχὺ EGW ; — τάχει {τττὰ.

5 ἀφῆκες TIr.

ss

626

an ear, let him hear
what the Spirit saith
unto the churches ; 10
him that overcometh
will I give to eat of
the tree of life, which
is in the midst of the
paradise of God.

8 And unto the an-
gel of the church in
Smyrna write; These
things saith the first
and the last, which
was dead, and is a-
live; 91 know thy
works, and tribula-
tion, and poverty, (but
thou art rich) and J
know the blasphemy of
them which say they
are Jews, and are not,
but are the synagogue
of Satan. 10 Fear none
of those things which
thou shalt suffer : be-
hold, the devil shall
cast some of you into
prison, that ye may be
tried ; nnd ye shall
have tribulation ten
days: be thou faithful
unto death, and I will
give thce a crown of
life. 11 He that hath
°a ear, let him hear
what the Spirit saith
unto the churches ;
He that overcometh
shall not be hurt of
the second death.

12 And to the angel
of the church in Per-
gamos write; ‘These
things saith he which
hath the sharp sword
with two edges; 13 I
know thy works, and
where thou dwellest,
even where Satan’s
seat is: and thou hold-
est fast my name, and
hast not denied my
faith, even in those
days wherein Antipas
was my faithful mar-
tyr, who was slain a-
mong you, where Sa-
tan dwelleth. 14 But I
have a few things a-
gainst thee, because
thou hast there them
that hold the doctrine
of Balaam, who taught
Balac to cast a stum-
blingblock before the
children of Israel, to
eat things sacrificed
unto idols, and to com-
mit fornication. 15 So

ATITOKAAY WTI. ii.

ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει Taic® ἐκκλησίαις"
has anear, let him hear what 6 Spirit says tothe assemblies,
τῷ "νικῶντι δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς
Tohim that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat of the tree of life
0 ἐστιν ἐν Yputow τοῦ παραδείσου" τοῦ BEd".
which is in{the} midst of the paradise of God.
8 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ὅτῆς" "ἐκκλησίας Σμυρναίων" γράψον,
And tothe angel of the assembly of Smyrneans write:
lade λέγει ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς
These things says the first and the last, who became dead
καὶ ἔζησεν: 9 Olda σου “τὰ ἔργα καὶ" τὴν θλίψιν Kai τὴν

and lived. Iknow thy works and tribulation and
πτωχείαν᾽ ᾿πλούσιος.δὲ" εἶ: καὶ τὴν βλασφημίαν" τῶν
poverty ; but rich thou art;and the calumny of those wha

λεγόντων Ιουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς. καὶ οὐκ.εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ συν-
eclare “Jews *to *be ‘themselves, and are not, but asyn-
aywyn τοῦ σατανᾶ. 10 fundév" φοβοῦ ἃ μέλλεις
2Not “at ‘all

agogue of Satan. ‘fear the things which thou art about
πάσχειν. ἰδού, μέλλει *Bareiv' ἰἐξ ὑμῶν ὁ διάβολος"
to suffer. Lo, %is*about °to®east [’some]®of *%you *the devil
? ΄, oe ~ ς ‘ ktiz Π ΄ «- ~
εἰς φυλακήν, wa πειρασθῆτε: καὶ ‘ezere! θλίψιν ἡμερῶν

into prison, that ye may betried; and yeshall have tribulation *days

δέκα. γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου, καὶ δώσω σοι τὸν στέ-
1ten. Bethou faithful unto death, and I will give to thee the

pavov τῆς ζωῆς. 11 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα

crown of life. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit
λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι ὁ νικῶν οὐ-μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ
says tothe assemblies. Hethat overcomes innowise shall beinjured of
τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου.
the “death second,
12 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον,
And tothe angel of the *in *Pergamos ‘assembly write :
Τάδε λέγετε ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν
These things says he who has the sword *two-edged

dgeiav’ 18 Οἶδα ἱτὰ.ἔργα.σου καὶ" ποῦ κατοικεῖς, Sov ὁ
‘sharp, 1 know thy works and where thou dwellest, where the
θρόνος τοῦ σατανᾶ, καὶ κρατεῖς τὸ.Ὀνομά.μου, Kai οὐκ

throne of Satan [is]; and thou holdest fast and *not
ἠρνήσω τὴν.πίστιν. μου ™Kai' ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις "ἐνὶ aig! Ῥ᾽Αν-
‘didst *deny my faith even in the days in which An-
τίπας" ὁ.μάρτυς.μου ὁ πιστός, ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη παρ᾽ ὑμῖν,
tipas my *witness 1faithful [was], who waskilled among you,
ὕπου τκατοικεῖ ὁ σατανᾶς." 14 "ἀλλ᾽" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα,
where 2ἅνγν6115 ‘Satan. But I have against thee afew things;
τὸ ἔχεις ἐκεὶ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς

OTL
because thou hast there [those] holding the teaching of Balaam, who

ἐδίδασκεν Yév' **ry' Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν
taught Balak to cast a snare before the

υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα καὶ πορνεῦσαι.

sons of Israel, ἴο ϑαῦ things sacrificed to idols and to commit fornication.

my name,

|

w + ἑπτὰ seven L.
(read of my God) o[a]w.
T.) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Smyrna GLTTraw.
ὁ + ἐκ of (those who) GLTTraw.

GLTTrawWw.
h βάλλειν LTrA.
ἔργα σον καὶ LTTrA.

[was] Antipas) Lrtr[a].
τ 0 σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ GLTTrAW.

X νικοῦντι L. Υ τῷ παραδείσῳ the paradise GLTTraW. z + μου
8. τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) t. Ὁ ev Σμύρνῃ (Ζμύρνῃ
© --- τὰ ἔργα καὶ {ΤΊΓΑ- 4 ἀλλὰ πλούσιος
Γμὴ Not Lrraw. & + dy indeed [a]w.
i διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν GLITrAW. k ἔχητε ye May have 1,. 1— τὰ
m — καὶ T|TrA]. n — ἐν LITrAW. ° — ais (read in those days
Ρ᾿Αντείπας T. 4 + μου (read my faithful (one]) La[Tra]w.
* ἀλλὰ W. t—oreL. v — ἐν EGLTTrAW. wa τὸν E,

II.

15 οὕτως ἔχεις Kai σὺ

REVELATION.

κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν τῶν"
So hast also thou([those] holding the teaching of the
Νικολαϊτῶν Υὸ μισῶ." 16 μετανόησον Τ᾽ εἰ.δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί
Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. Repent ! but if not, lam coming
U ‘ ΄ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ~ e ΄ -
σοι ταχύ, καὶ πολεμήσω μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ
to thee quickly, and willmake war with them with the sword
oroparoc.uov. 17 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα
of my mouth. Hethat has anear, let him hear what the Spirit
λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι" τῷ νικῶντι" δώσω αὐτῷ ὑφαγεῖν
says tothe assemblies, ΤῸ him that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat
ἐπὸ" τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου, Kai δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον
of the ?manna *hidden ; and I will give to him a “pebble
λευκήν, καὶ ἐπὶ THY ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον, ὃ
‘white, and on the pebble a*name ‘new written, which
οὐδεὶς “ἔγνω εἰμὴ ὁ λαμβάνων.
no one knew except he who receives [it].
18 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ “τῆς" ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον,
Andtothe angel ofthe *in *Thyatira ‘assembly write:
Τάδε λέγει ὁ υἱὸς Tov θεοῦ, ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
These things says the Son of God, he who has *eyes
"αὐτοῦ" we φλόγα" πυρός, Kai οἱ.πόδες. αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολι-
this as afiame of fire, and his feet like fine
βάνῳ" 19 Oida σου τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὴν Sayarny, Kai τὴν δια-
brass. I know thy works, and love, and ser-
κονίαν, καὶ τὴν πίστιν" Kai τὴν" ὑπομονήν σου," Kai τὰ ἔργα
vice, and faith, and “endurance ‘thy, and *works
σου, "καὶ" τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων. 20 ἰἀλλ᾽"
‘thy, and the last [tobe] more than the first. But
ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ""ὀλίγα,, Ore “ede! τὴν γυναῖκα" P'leZa-
I have against thee afew things that thou sufferest the woman Jeze-

Br," «τὴν λέγουσαν" τἑαυτὴν᾽ προφῆτιν, "διδάσκειν Kai πλα-

k

bel, her who calls herself aprophetess, to teach and to
νᾶσθαι! ἐμοὺς δούλους, πορνεῦσαι καὶ ᾿εἰδωλό-
mislead my bondmen to commit fornication and *things ‘sacrificed ‘to

Sura φαγεῖν." 21 καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον wa μετανοήσῃ "ἐκ
1015 ‘to eat. And I gave her time that she might repent of
~ ΄ > ~ ‘ > , ll 92 ἰὃ ’ w2 ‘ Π τλλ
τῆς. πορνείας. αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐ.μετενόησεν. ἰδού, "ἐγὼ" βάλλω
her fornication ; and she repented not. Lo, 1 cast
αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς
her into abed, and those who commit adultery with her into
θλίψιν μεγάλην, ἐὰν. μὴ *peravorjowow' ἐκ τῶν ἔργων
“tribulation lereat, except they should repent of “works
avT@v.' 23 καὶ τὰ.τέκνα. αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ᾽ Kai

‘their. And her children Iwillkill with death; and
γνώσονται πᾶσαι ai ἐκκλησίαι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐρευνῶν"
*shall°kmow ‘all the “assemblies that I am he who _ searches

627

hast thou also them
that hold the doctrine
of the Nicolaitanes,
which thing I hate.
16 Repent; or else I
will come unto thee
quickly, and will fight
against them with the
sword of my mouth.
17 He that hath anear,
let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
churches ; ΤῸ him that
overcometh willI give
to eat of the hidden
manna, and will give
him a white stone, and
in the stone a new
name written, which
no man knoweth say-
ing he that receiveth
τὶ.

18 And unto the an-
gel of the church in
Thyatira write ; These
things saith the Son
of God, who hath his
eyes like unto a flame
of fire, and his feet are
like fine brass; 19 I
know thy works, and
charity, and service,
and faith, and thy pa-
tience, and thy works;
and the last to be more
than the first. 20 Not-
withstanding I havea
few things against
thee, because thou
sufferest that woman
Jezebel, which calleth
herself a prophetess,
to teach and to seduce
my servants to commit
fornication, and to eat
things sacrificed unto
idols. 21 And I gave
her space to repent of
her fornication; and
she repented not. 22Be-
hold, I will cast her
into a bed, and them
that commit adultery
with her into great
tribulation, except
they repent of their
deeds, 23 And I will
kill her’ children
with death ; and all
the churches shall
know that I am he
which searcheth the

x — τῶν the L[tr ]aw. Y ὁμοίως in like manner GLTTraw.
Qutr[A]w. 8 νικοῦντι LTTr. Ὁ — φαγεῖν ἀπὸ GLTTraw.
4 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) 1,. € — αὐτοῦ L. ἴ φλὸξ τ.

πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν GLTA ; πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν διακονίαν Tr.
i 1 ἀλλὰ Traw.
° + gov (read thy wife) GL[a]w.
4 ἡ λέγουσα she who calls GLTTraw.
5 καὶ διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς and she teaches and misleads GLrTraw.
Υ καὶ ov θέλει μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς and she
Ὑ-- ἐγὼ (read βάλλω I cast) GLYTraw.
28 ἐραυνῶν LTTr.

i— gov T. k — καὶ (read thy last works) GLTTraw.
GLTTrAW. " ἀφεῖς thou lettest alone GLTTraw.
P τὴν Ἱεζάβελ L; ᾿Ιεζάβελ GT; ᾿Ιεζαβὲλ Traw.

τ αὐτὴν Ἱ.
* φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα GLTTrAW.
wills not to repent of her fornication GLTTraw.

κε μετανοήσουσιν they shall repent Trra. γ8 αὐτῆς her @LTTraw.

z + οὖν therefore

¢ οἷδεν knows GLTTraw.

8 ἀγάπην, Kal τὴν
b — τὴν L.
™ — ὀλίγα

628

reins and hearts : and
I will give unto every
one of you according
to your works. 24 But
unto you I say, and
unto the rest in Thya-
tira, as many as have
not this doctrine, and
which have not known
the depths of Satan,
as they speak; I will
put upon you none
other burden. 25 But
that which ye have
already hold fast till
I come. 26 And he that
overcometh, and keep-
eth my works untothe
end, to him wiil I give
power over the na-
tions: 27 and he shall
rule them witha rod of
iron ; as the vessels of
a potter shall they be
broken to. shivers:
even as I received of
my Father. 28 And I
will give him’ the
morning ‘star. 29 He
that hath an ear, let
him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
churches.

11. And unto the
angel of the church in
Sardis write; These
things saith he that
hath the seven Spirits
of God, and_ the
seven stars; I know
thy works, that thou
hast a name that
thou livest, and art
dead. 2 Be watch-
ful, and strengthen
the things which re-
main, that are ready
to die: for I have not
found thy works per-
fect before God. 3 Re-
member therefore how
thou hast received and
heard, and hold fast,
and repent. If there-
fore thou shalt not
watch, I will come on
thee as a thief, and
thou shalt not know
what hour I will come
upon thee. 4 Thou
hast a few names even
in Sardis which have
net defiled their gar-
ments; and they shall
walk with

me in
white: for they are
worthy. 5 He that

overcometh, the same
shall be clothed in
white raiment; and I

ATIOKAAYYWI2&. Il, π᾿
νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας: καὶ δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ
reins and hearts; and I will give to you each according to
” G ~ Clan x , a si ~ «5 ᾽
ἔργα ὑμῶν. 24 ὑμῖν.δὲ λέγω "καὶ" λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν
*works ‘your. But to you Isay, and to(the]rest who [8416] in
Θυατείροις, door οὐκιἔχουσιν τὴν.διδαχὴν.ταύτην, καὶ"
Thyatira, as many as have not this teaching, and
τ ᾽ ” Sc ΄ θ Π - - ε λ , O >
OLTLVEC OUK.EyYVwoaY Ta βάθη" τοῦ σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν, Οὐ

who knew not the depths of Satan, as theysay; “not

ἀβαλῶ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος" 25 πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε κρατή-

1] *will*cast upon you any other burden ; but what ye have hold
care, “ἄχρις! οὗ. ἂν ἥξω. 26 καὶ ὁ νικῶν καὶ ὁ

fast till
τηρῶν ἄχρι
keeps until [the]
ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν" 27 Kai
over the nations,

I shall come. and he that

δώσω αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν
end my works, Iwillgive tohim authority
ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σι-
and heshallshepherd them with “rod lan
a Ἔ. 4 , A} 4A /

δηρᾷ᾽ we τὰ σκεύη τὰ. κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται,
“iron, as vessels of pottery are broken in pieces; as JIalso

εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ-πατρός.μου" 28 καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ τὸν
have received from my Father ; and Iwillgive tohim the
ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν. 29 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω Ti τὸ

*star imorning. He that has anear, let him hear what the
πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.

Spirit says tothe assemblies.

3 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον,

Andtothe angel of the ἡ. “Sardis lassembly write :

Τάδε λέγει: ὁ ἔχων ra! πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοὺς
These things says he who has_ the Spirits of God and the
ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας" Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι Bro" ὄνομα ἔχεις OTe
seven stars. I know thy works, that *the *name "thou *hast that

ζῇς. Kai νεκρὸς el. 2 γίνου γρηγορῶν, Kai ϑῬστήριξον"
thou livest,and dead ‘art. Be watchful, and _ strengthen

τὰ. λοιπὰ ἃ μέλλει! ἀποθανεῖν. οὐ.γὰρ. εὕρηκά

the things that remain, which are about to die, for I have not found
σου "τὰ" ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦξ. 3 μνημόνευε

And he that overcomes,
τέλους τὰ.ἔργα.μου,

ὡς κἀγὼ

thy works complete before God. Remember
Ιοῦν! πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας, καὶ τήρει, καὶ
therefore how thou hast received and heard, and keep [it] and
μετανόησον᾽ ἐὰν οὖν μὴ-γρηγορήσῃς, ἥξω πιἐπὶ σὲ"
repent, If therefore thou shalt not watch Iwillcome upon thee
ὡς κλέπτης, καὶ ov.un γνῷς" ποίαν ὥραν ἥξω

as a thief, and inno wise shaltthouknow what hour I shall come

ἐπὶ σέ. 4 ° Ῥἔχεις ὀλίγα" ὀνόματα “καὶ! ἐν Σάρδεσιν, ἃ οὐκ
upon thee. Thou hast afew names also in Sardis which “ποὺ
ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν" Kai περιπατήσουσιν per’ ἐμοῦ ἐν

defiled their garments, and they shall walk with me in
λευκοῖς, OTe ἄξιοί εἰσιν. 5 ὁ νσνικῶν, τοῦτος" περι-

white, because worthy they are. He that overcomes, he shall
βαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς" Kai od.un ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα

will not blot out his beclothed in *garments ‘white; and in no wise willI blot out "name

a τοῖς to the (rest) GLTTrAW. Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW. ς βαθέα GLTTrAW. d βάλλω
I cast (not) LTTraWw. © ἄχρι LTTr. f + ἑπτὰ seven EGLTTrAW. 8 — τὸ (read a
name) GLTTrAW. h στήρισον GLTTrAWw. i ἔμελλον were about GLTTraw. )-- τὰ
L{Tra]. k + μου (read my God) GLTTraw. 1 [οὖν] a. ma — ἐπὶ σὲ LYTrA. π γνώσῃ
ττι. ο + ἀλλὰ (ἀλλ᾽ G) But LITrAW P ὀλίγα ἔχεις τ. 4 -- καὶ GLTTrAW. τ οὕτως

thus τττ.

Ill.

αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς
*his from the

REVELATION.

βίβλου τῆς ζωῆς. καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαι" τὸ ὄνομα
book of life, and will confess *name

αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ.πατρός.μου Kai ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων
this before my Father and before angels

αὐτοῦ. 6 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει
this. Hethat has anear, let himhear what the Spirit says

ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.
tothe assemblies.

7 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν ᾿Φιλαδελφείᾳ" ἐκκλησίας γράψον,

Andtothe angel ofthe*in +7Philadelphia lassembly write :
Τάδε λέγει Τὸ ἅγιος, ὁ ἀληθινός,, ὁ ἔχων τὴν κλεῖδα"
These things says the Holy, the True; he who has’ the key

χτοῦ" Δαβίδ," ὁ ἀνοίγων Kai οὐδεὶς ᾿κλείει," *kai! Ὀκλείει" καὶ

of David, who opens and noone _ shuts, and shuts and

? ‘ c ? / ell ψ / . ἈΝ e 2 , 7s 2 , ,
οὐδεὶς “ἀνοίγει"" ὃ Olda σου τὰ ἔργα" ἰδού. δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν
no one opens. Iknow thy works. Lo, Ihave set before

σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην," “καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν"
thee “door lan 7opened, and noone is able to shut it,
ὅτι μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν, Kai ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον;
because 38. *little ‘thou hast power, and didst keep my word,
καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσω τὸ.ὄνομά.μου. 9 ἰδού, δίδωμι" ἐκ τῆς συνα-
and didst not deny my name. Lo, I give of the syna-
ywyne τοῦ σατανᾶ τῶν λεγόντων ἑαυτοὺς Ιουδαίους εἶναι,

gogue of Satan thosethat declare themselves SJews 1to *be,
4 ᾽ > / > \ , . > , Ἂν» > ΕῚ vw

καὶ οὐκ.εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδονται" ἰδού, ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα

and are not, but do lie; lo, I will cause them that
εἥξωσιν! Kai "προσκυνήσωσιν" ἐνώπιον τῶν.ποδῶν.σου,

they should come and ___ should do homage before thy feet,

καὶ γνῶσιν ὕτι ἐγὼ ἠγάπησά σε. 10 ὅτι ἐτήρησας τὸν

and should know that 1 loved thee. Beeause thou didst keep the

λόγον τῆς. ὑπομονῆς. μου, κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ
word of my endurance, ITalso thee will keep outof the hour
πειρασμοῦ τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης
of trial which [15] about tocome upon the *habitable *world
ὅλης, πειράσαι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ THE γῆς. 11 ᾿Ιδού,"

whole, totry themthat dwell upon the earth. Behold,
ἔρχομαι ταχύ: κράτει ὃ ἔχεις, ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν
I come quickly: hold fast what thou hast, that no one take

στέφανόν σου. 12 ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στύλον ἐν τῷ
2crown thy. He that overcomes, I willmake him apillar in the

ναῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ ἔξω ov.un ἐξέλθῃ ἔτι, καὶ γράψω
temple of my God, and out not at all shall he go more; and I will write
ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ TO ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως

upon him the name ofmy God, andthe name ofthe city
τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, τῆς καινῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἔὴ καταβαίνουσα,
of my God, the new Jerusalem, which comes down

ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, Kai τὸ.ὄνομά.μου τὸ

out of heaven from my God, and my *name
καινόν. 15 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί TO πνεῦμα λέγει
new. Hethat has anear, let himhear whatthe Spirit says

ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.
tothe assemblies.

629

name out of the book
of life, but I will con-
fess his name before
my Father, and before
his angels. 6 He that
hath an ear, let him
hear what the Spi-
rit saith unto the
churches.

7 And to the angel
of the church in Phil-
adelphia write ; These
things saith he that is
holy, he that is true,
he that hath the key
of David, he that
openeth, and no man
shutteth; and shut-
teth, and no man
openeth ; 8I know thy
works : behold, I have
set before thee an open
door, andno man can
shut it: for thou hast
a little strength, and
hast kept my word,
and hast not denied
my name. 9 Behold, I
will make them of the
synagogue of Satan,
which say they are
Jews, and are not, but
do lie ; behold, I will
make them to come
and worship before
thy feet, and to know
that [have loved thee.
10 Because thou hast
kept the word of my
patience, I also will
keep thee from the
hour of temptation,
which shall come upon
all the world, to try
them that dwell upon
the earth. 11 Behold,
I come quickly : hold
that fast which thou
hast, that no man take
thy crown. 12 Him
that overcometh will
I make a pillar in the
temple of my God, and
he shall go no more
out: and I will write
upon him the name of
my God, and the name
of the city of my God,
which is new Jerusa-
lem, which cometh
down out of heaven
from my God: and 7
will write upon him
my new name. 13 He
that hath an ear, let
him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
churches.

5 ὁμολογήσω GLTTrAW. t Φιλαδελφίᾳ τ.
χ - χοῦ LTr[a.] Y Δανείδ ττττγὰ ; Δαυΐδ aw.
b κλείων shutting Lrtr. ς ἀνοίξει Shall open TTraw.
which GLTTraw. ἐδιδῶ I will give LTA; δίδω Tr.
h προσκυνήσουσιν shall do homage LTTra. i

¥ ὁ ἀληθινός, ὃ ἅγιος A.

: κλείσει Shall shut LTTraw.

W κλεῖν GLTTrAW.

690

14 And unto the an-
gel of the church of
the Laodiceans write;
These things saith the
Amen, the faithful
and true witness, the
beginning of the crea-
tion of God; 15 1 know
thy works, that thou
art neither cold nor
hot: I would thou wert
cold or hot. 16 So then
because thou art luKe-
warin,and neither cold
nor hot, I will spue
thee out of my mouth.
17 Because thou say-
est, I am rich, and
increased with goods,
and have need of no-
thing; and knowest
not that thou art
wretched, and miser-
able, and poor, and
blind, and naked: 18 1
counsel thee te buy of
me goid tried in the
fire, that thou mayest
be rich; and white rai-
ment, that thou may-
est be clothed, and
that the shame of thy
nakedness do not ap-
pear; and anoint thine
eyes with eyesalve,
that thou mayest see,
19 As many as I love,
I rebuke and chasten:
be zealous therefore,
and repent. 20 Behold,
I stand at the door,
and knock: if any man
hear my voice, and
open the door, I will
come in to him, and
will sup with him, and
he with me. 21 To him
that overcometh will
I grant to sit with me
in my throne, even as
I also overcame, and
am set down with my
Father in his throne.
22 He that hathan ear,
let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
churches.

IV. After this I
looked, and, behold, a
door was opened in
heaven: and the first
voice which I heard
was as it were of a
trumpet talking with
me; which said, Come

up hither, and I
will shew thee things
which must be here-
after. 2 And imme-

1 ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ (Λαοδικίᾳ T) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Laodicea GLTTraw.
Ὁ ζεστὸς οὔτε ψυχρός GTTrAW.
τ ἐλεινὸς Α.
ἔγχρισαι anoint with TTr.
Y ἀνεῳγμένη GLW.
whatsoever things L.

9114].
τ ἴδον T.

4 - καὶ LITrAW.

ASTRO KA AY Wis.
14 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἰἐκκλησίας Λαοδικέων" γράψον,
And tothe angel of the eT, of [the] Laodiceans write:
Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς Kai ἀληθινός, ἡ
These things says the Amen, the witness faithful and true, the
ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως Tov θεοῦ" 15 Olda σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι οὔτε
beginning of the creation of God. I know thy works, that neither
A fi » Z ΄ 5 Hy r\ 4A m » Il n , .
vxpoc εἶ, οὔτε ζεστός᾽ ὄφελον ψυχρὸς Meine, ἢ Ceordc
cold thou art, nor hot ; I would cold thou wert or hot.
16 οὕτως Ore χλιαρὸς εἶ, Kai οὔτε "ψυχρὸς οὔτε ζεστός,"
Thus because lukewarm thou art, and neither cold nor hot,
μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ-.στόματός. μου. 17 ὅτι λέγεις,
I am about “thee ‘to spue out of my mouth. Because thou aod
"Ore! πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα Kai Ῥοὐδενὸς" χρείαν ἔχω,

LIL, ΙΝ:

Rich Iam, and have grown rich and “of *nothing need “have,
καὶ οὐκοῖδας ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος Kai 4 τέλεεινός," Kai
and knowest not that thou art the wretched, and miserable, and

πτωχὸς καὶ τυφλὸς Kai γυμνός" 18 συμβουλεύω σοι ἀγοράσαι
poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy

παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον EK πυρός, ἵνα πλουτήσῳς,

from me gold purified by fire, that aha ὑϑπίθις

καὶ ἱμάτια λευκά, iva περιβάλῃ καὶ μηὴςφανερωθῇ

and * searmente 1white, that thou anay este clothed, and hey te made manifest

ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς. γυμνότητός.σου" καὶ "κολλούριον" ᾿ἔγχρισον"
the shame of thy nakedness ; and *eye-salve ‘anoint “thou%with

τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.σου, iva βλέπῳς. 19 ἐγὼ ὅσους ἐὰν φιλῶ,

thine eyes, that thou mayest see. 1 as many as I love
ἐλέγχω καὶ παιδεύω: YOnwoov' οὖν καὶ μετανόησον.
1 rebuke and discipline; bethou zealous therefore and repent.

20 ἰδού, ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν Kai Kpotw' ἐάν τις ἀκούσῃ
Behold, Istand at the door and knock; if anyone hear
τῆς.φωνῆς. μου, Kai ἀνοίξῃ τὴν θύραν, % εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς
my voice and open the door, I will come in to
αὐτόν, καὶ δειπνήσω per αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς per ἐμοῦ. 21 ὁ
him, and _ will SUP with him, and he with me. He that

νικῶν, δώσω αὐτῷ καθίσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ.θρόνῳομου, ὡς
ΟΥΘΡΓΟΙΘΕΣ; I will give tohim tosit with me in my ΣΌΣ; as

κἀγὼ ἐνίκησα, καὶ ἐκάθισα μετὰ τοῦ.πατρός. μου ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ

Ialso overcame, and satdown with my Father in *throne
αὐτοῦ. 22 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει

this. Hethat has anear, let himhear what the _ Spirit says
ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. :

tothe assemblies.
4 Mera ταῦτα "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδοὺ θύρα Υὐἠνεῳγμένη" ἐν τῷ
After these things Isaw, and behold a door opene in
οὐρανῷ, Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρώτη ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς σάλπιγγος
heaven, andthe *voice first which LIheard [was] as of a trumpet
λαλούσης per ἐμοῦ, λέγουσα," *AvaBa' ὧδε, καὶ δείξω
speaking with me, saying, Come up hither, and I will shew

σοι bg! δεῖ γενέσθαι pera ταῦτα. 2 “καὶ! εὐθέως
to thee what things must take place after these things. And immediately

m ἧς GLTTrAW.
P οὐδὲν *in “no ἢ wise LTTrA. 4 - 0 the
5 κολλύριον TITA. τ ἐγχρίσαι GW ; ἐγχρῖσαι to anoint with 1,Α΄;

v ζήλενε LTTrAW. w + καὶ (read 1 will both come in) T[A]w.
2 λέγων GLTTrAW. 2 ᾿Ανάβηθι L. υ ὅσα
ς Punctuate so as to read Immediately after these things L,

© — ὅτι [A]w.

IV. REVELATION.
ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι: καὶ ἰδού, θρόνος ἔκειτο ἐν τῷ
I became in {the} Spirit; and behold, athrone wasset in the

οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ “τοῦ Oodvov' καθήμενος" ὃ καὶ ὁ καθή-
heaven, andupon 6 throne [one] sitting, and he who[was] sit-
μενος ‘hv! ὕμοιος ὁράσει λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι Kai ἐσαρδίνῳ"" Kai
ting was like in appearance toa7stone ‘jasper and asardius; and
ἶρις κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου "ὅμοιος! ὁράσει σμαραγ-
a rainbow [was] around the throne like in appearance to an eme-
divw. 4 καὶ κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου θρόνοι" εἴκοσι "καὶ" ἱτέσ-
rald. And around the throne ‘*thrones ‘twenty and
σαρες," Kai ἐπὶ τοὺς ™Opdvove εἶδον τοὺς εἴκοσι Kai τέσσαρας"
*four, and on the thrones [5807 twenty and four
πρεσβυτέρους καθημένους, περιβεβλημένους "ἐνὶ ἱματίοις
elders sitting, clothed in ?garments
λευκοῖς᾽ Kai δἔσχον" ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν στεφάνους Ῥχρυσ-
‘white; and they Ββαᾶ on their heads crowns ‘gold-

ovc.' 5 Kai ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου ἐκπορεύονται ἀστραπαὶ καὶ
en, And out of the throne go forth lightnings and
4 ‘ 7 οἷ! ‘ ε 4 as A = ,
IBpovrai καὶ φωναί" Kai ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυρὸς καιόμεναι
thunders and γτὸοΐοθβ; and seven lamps of fire burning
ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου", "αἵ! teisw' τὰ! ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ
before the throne, which are the seven Spirits
θεοῦ: 6 καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου θάλασσα ὑαλίνη, ὁμοία
of God; and before the throne a 7sea ‘glass, like

, ‘ > , ~ 0 , ‘ Ui λ ~ 0 ,
κρυστάλλῳ. καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου

crystal. And in [the] midst of the throne and around the _ throne
χτέσσαρα" ζῶα γέμοντα ὀφθαλμῶν γἔμπροσθεν" καὶ
four living creatures, full of eyes before and
ὄπισθεν. ἢ καὶ τὸ ζῶον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι,
behind ; and the “living *creature first [was] like a lion,
καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῶον ὅὕμοιον μόσχῳ, Kai τὸ τρίτον ζῶ-
and the second livingcreature like acalf, and the third living

ov τἔχον" τὸ πρόσωπον *we' ἄνθρωπος," Kai τὸ τέταρτον

creature having the face as a man, and the fourth
ζῶον ὕμοιον ἀετῷ “πετωμένῳ." ὃ Kai 4 récoaoa'
living creature _ like Seagle a "flying. And [the] four
ζῶα ἕν [καθ᾽ ἑαυτό," Selxyov' ἀνὰ πτέρυγας ἕξ
᾽ 5 ? 4
living creatures, each for itself had respectively wings Six;

κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν “yénovra' ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ
around and _ within full of eyes ; and ‘cessation “not

” Ἐπ τὰ . ΄ ἴδλ ς i “ .“ “
ἔχουσιν ἡμέρας καὶ YUKTOC, ἐγοντα," Αγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος

‘they “have day and night, saying, oly, holy, holy,
κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ἦν Kai ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ
Lord God Almighty, who was, and who is, and who[is]
ἐρχόμενος. 9 Kai ὅταν δώσουσιν τὰ ζῶα δόξαν καὶ
to come. And when ‘shall °give ‘the 7living *creatures glory and
τιμὴν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν. τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ **rod θρόνου," τῷ
honour and thanksgiving to him who sits upon the throne, who

© τὸν θρόνον LTTrAW. f— ἦν GLTTrAW. 8 capdiw GLTTrAW.
k — καὶ @LTTrAW. 1 τέσσερας L3 τέσσαρας T.
τέσσαρας GITrW ; εἴκοσι τέσσερας (τέσσαρας A) θρόνους LA.
garments) L. ο — ἔσχον GLTTrAW. P χρυσέους Tr.
τ + [αὐτοῦ] (read his throne) a. 5. LT. t ἐστιν L.
GLTTrAW. ‘*tTegoepaLTTr. γΥ ἔνπροσθεντ. * ἔχων TTrA.
που of a Man GLTTrAw. © πετομένῳ GLTTrAW.
LTTr.
TTrA) having ΟἹ.

ha γέμουσιν are ful] @uTTraw.
θρόνῳ LITra.

Β ὁμοία Ε.
™ θρόνους τοὺς (--- τοὺς GTTr) εἴκοσι
4 — ἐν (read ἱματίοις with
4 φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTraw.
v [τὰ] A.
8 — ws G[A]w.-
4 + τὰ the GLTTraw.
fa καθ᾽ ἕν αὐτῶν (ἕκαστον αὐτῶν Tr) (read each of them) GLTA.
ia λέγοντες GLTTrAW.

631

diately I was in the
Spirit: and, behold, a
throne was set in hea-
ven, and one sat on
the throne. 3 And he
that sat was to look
upon like a jasper and
a sardine stone: and
there was a rain-
bow round about the
throne, in sight like
unto an_ emerald,
4 And round about the
throne were four and
twenty seats: and up-
on the seats Isaw four
and twenty elders sit-
ting, clothed in white
raiment; and they had
on their heads crowns
of gold. 5 And out of
the throne proceeded
lightnings and thun-
derings and voices:
and there were seven
lamps of fire burning
before the _ throne,
which are the seven
Spirits of God. 6 And
before the throne there
was a sea of glass like
unto crystal: and in
the midst of the
throne, and round a-
bout the throne, were
four beasts full of eyes
before and_ behind,
7 And the first beast
was like a lion, and
the second beast likea
calf, and the third
beast had a face asa
man, and the fourth
beast was like a flying
eagle. 8 And the four
beasts had each of
them six wings about
him; and they were
full of eyes within:
and they rest not day
and night, saying
Holy, holy, holy, Lord
God Almighty, which
was, and is, and is to
come. 9 And when
those beasts give glory
and honourand thanks
to him that sat on the

1 θρόνους LT.

¥ ὡς as
Ὁ avOpw-

,
“8 τέσσερα
88 ἔχον (ἔχων
ka τῷ

632

throne, who liveth for
ever and ever, 10 the
four and twenty elders
fall down before him
that sat on the throne,
and worship him
that liveth for ever
and ever, and cast
their crowns before
the throne, saying,
11 Thou art worthy,
O Lord, to receive
glory and honour and
power: for thou hast
created allthings, and
for thy pleasure they
are and were created.

V¥. And I saw in the
right hand of him that
sat on the throne a
book written within
and on the backside,
sealed with seven
seals. 2 And I sawa
strong angel proclaim-
ing with a loud voice,
Who is worthy to open
the book, and to loose
the seals thereof ?
3 And no man in hea-
ven, nor in earth, nei-
ther under the earth,
was able to open the
book, neither to look
thereon. 4 And 1 wept
much, because no man
was found worthy to
open and to read the
book, neither to look
thereon. 5 And one of
the elders saith unto
me, Weep not: behold,
the Lion of the tribe
of Juda, the Root of
David, hath prevailed
to open the book, and
to loose the seven
seals thereof. 6 And
I beheld, and, lo, in
the midst of the
throne and of the
four beasts, and inthe
midst of the elders,
stood a Lambas it had
been slain, having
seven horns and seven
eyes, which are the
seven Spirits of God
sent forth into all the
earth. 7 And he came
and took the book out
of the right hand of

ATIOKAAY WIS. TV Ni

ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, 10 πεσοῦνται οἱ εἴκοσι ‘Kai
lives to the ages ofthe ages, shall fall the twenty and
τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι ἐνώπιον καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ
four elders before sits upon the
θρόνου, καὶ ™zpookvvovew' τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν
throne, and they worship himwho lives ἕο the ages of the
αἰώνων, καὶ "BaddAovow' τοὺς. στεφάνους. αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ

τοῦ
him who

Ages ; and cast their crowns before the
θρόνου, λέγοντες, 11 ΓΑξιος εἶ, οκύριε,! λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν
throne, saying, Worthy art thou, O Lord, to receive glory
καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ Ῥτὴν" δύναμιν. Ort od ἔκτισας τὰ
and honour and power : because thou didst create

πάντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ θέλημά.σου “εἰσὶν" Kai ἐκτίσθησαν.

allthings, and for thy will they are, and were created.
5 Kai εἶδον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ
And Isaw on the righthand of him who sits upon the

θρόνου βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν Kai ὄπισθεν, κατεσῴφρα-

throne a book, written within and on([the] back, having been
γισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά. 2 καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν κη-
sealed with “seals ‘seven. And I saw Sangel ‘a *strong pro-
ρύσσοντα᾽ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Tic Séori' ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ
claiming with a “voice ‘loud, Who is worthy toopen the

βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ; 3 Kai οὐδεὶς ᾿ἠδύ-
book, and toloose the seals of it? And noone was
varo' ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Yovde' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “οὐδὲ! ὑποκάτω τῆς
able in the heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the
γῆς, ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, "οὐδὲ" βλέπειν αὐτό. 4 Kai “ἐγὼ!
earth, toopen the book, nor to look at it. And I
ἔκλαιον YroAda,' Ore οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη avot~at7*Kai ava-
Was weeping much because noone worthy wasfound toopen and to
γνῶναι! τὸ βιβλίον, οὔτε βλέπειν αὐτό. 5 Kai εἷς te τῶν
?
read the book, nor to look at it. And one of the
’ “ \ ~ > ζ ? / « ,
πρεσβυτέρων λέγει μοι, Μὴ-κλαϊε: ἰδού, ἐνίκησεν ὁ λέων
elders says tome, Donot weep. Behold, Sovercame 'the Lion

ὁ δῶν" ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς ᾿Ιούδα, ἡ ῥίζα AaBid,' ἀνοῖξαι

which is of the _ tribe of Juda, the root of David, [50 85] to open
TO βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι" τὰς ἑπτὰ σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai
the book, and toloose the seven seals of it. And
εἶδον “καὶ “ἰδού. ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων
Isaw, and behold, ἴῃ [086] midst ofthe throne and of the four
ζώων, Kai ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρνίον ᾿ἑστη-
living creatures, and in [the] midst of the elders, a Lamb © stand-
x " « > , gy. i] “ € ‘ ‘ > Oar 4
Kog) ὡς ἐσῴφαγμενον, Sexov' κέρατα ἔπτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς
ing as having beenslain, having horns ‘seven and 7eyes

ἑπτά, Yow εἰσιν τὰ ἱἑπτὰ" ἔτοῦ θεοῦ πνεύματα" ra! ™are-
Iseven, which are the seven 2of “God 1Spirits which have
σταλμένα! εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. 7 Kai ἦλθεν, καὶ εἴληφεν ™ rd
been sent into all the earth: and he came and took the

1__ καὶ GLTTrAW.
EGLTTrAwW.

they were GLTTraw.
ἡ oute T.
ee ~
7 — και ἀναγνῶναι GLTTrAW.

t ἐδύνατο 7.

ἡ πολύ LTTrAW.
uttraA; Δαυϊδ GW.
1 ἑστηκὼς Tr.

‘8 — τὰ (read ἀπεστ. :
na — τὸ βιβλίον (read [it]) LTTra.

being sent w.

© ὃ κύριος Kat ὃ θεὸς ἡμῶν O Lord and our God LrTraw.

8 ἔχων TTrA.

Ὁ βαλοῦσιν shull cast
Ρ- χὴν. «ἦσαν

r + ἐν in (ἃ loud voice) GLTTraw. Ss — ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTraw.
W οὔτε LITr. x — ἐγὼ (read ἔκλαιον 1 was weeping) T[Tr].

2 — ὧν (read [is]) GLTTraW. Ὁ Δανεέδ

d — καὶ ΟΥΤΙΑΎ,. e — ἰδού GLTTrAW.
i— ἑπτὰ L. k πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrA.
ma ἀπεσταλμένοι LTr ; ἀποστελλόμενα [are]

τὶ προσκυνήσουσιν Shall worship EGLITraw.

¢ — λῦσαι GLTTrAw.
haw.
having been sent) LTTra.

V, VI.
βιβλίον! ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ
book outof the ment hand of him who

8 καὶ ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ βιβλίον τὰ °Técoapa'
And when hetook the book {86 four

Ῥεἰκοσιτέσσαρες᾽ πρεσβύτεροι “ἔπεσον"

REVELATION.

καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου.
sits on the throne.
ζῶα καὶ οἱ

living creatures and the

ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρνίου,

four-and- sewenty, elders fell before the Lamb,
ἔχοντες ἕκαστος ᾿κιθάρας" Kai φιάλας "χρυσᾶς" γεμούσας θυ-

having each DBEES and *bowls golden full of
μιαμάτων, at εἰσιν at προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων" 9 Kai gdovow
incenses, which are the prayers ofthe saints. And they sing

pony καινήν, λέγοντες, ΓΑξιος εἶ λαβεῖν τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ

a *song mew, saying, Worthy art thou totake the book, and
ἀνοῖξαι τὰς. σῤραγῖδας. αὐτοῦ: ὅτι ἐσφάγης Kai nydpacac
to open its seals ; because thou wast slain, and didst purchase

τῷ θεῷ “yuac' ἐν τῴιαἵματί.σου, ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Kai yAwo-
7to°God ‘us by thy blood, out of every tribe and tongue

σης Kai λαοῦ καὶ ἔθνους, 10 καὶ ἐποίησας τἡ μᾶς" “τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν"
and people and nation, and didst make us to our God

*Baoursic! καὶ ἱερεῖς" Kai ἡβασιλεύσομεν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11 Καὶ
kings and priests; and weshallreign over the earth, And

εἶδον, Kai ἤκουσαΞ φωνὴν ayyéhwy πολλῶν *"kuKAdOEY! τοῦ

Isaw, and Iheard [the] voice of “angels ‘many around the
θρόνου καὶ τῶν ζώων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" Kai χιλι-
throne and of the living creatures and of the elders ; and thou-

άδες χιλιάδων, 12 λέγοντες φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, “"Αξιόν ἐστιν

sands of thousands ; saying witha*voice ‘loud, saa is

TO ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμένον λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἃ πλοῦτον
the Lamb that hasbeenslain to receive power, and riches,

καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν καὶ εὐλογίαν.
and wisdom, and _ strength, and honour, and - glory, ἜΣ blessing.

13 Kai πᾶν κτίσμα ὅ “ἐστιν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ έν τῇ γῇ,"
And ΘΎΡΕΣ creature which is in the heaven and_ in the earth

Kai ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, Kai ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης δ᾽ δξέστιν,"
and under the earth,and ‘on ‘the ®sea ‘those 7that “are,

καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοὶς ἱπάντα," ἤκουσα |Méyovrac,' Τῷ
and *the things *in *them 141], heard I Sayauey To him who

καθημένῳ ἐπὶ ™rov θρόνου καὶ τῷ ἀρνίῳ ἡ εὐλογία Kai ἡ
sits on the throne, and to the Lamb, Blessing, and

« ~ ~ ’
τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

honour,and glory, and might, to the ages of the ages.
14 Καὶ τὰ "τέσσαρα' ζῶα ἔλεγον, ““᾿Αμήν᾽ Kai ot *sikoot-
And the four living creatures said, Amen; andthe four-and-
τέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσαν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν
twenty elders felldown and worshipped (him who]
. ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων."
lives to the ages of the ages,

6 Kai “eidov' ore ἤνοιξεν τὸ ἀρνίον μίαν ἐκ τῶν S* σφρα-
And 1587 when “opened ‘the "Lamb one οὗ the seals,

633
him that sat upon the
throne. 8 And when

he had taken the book,
the four beasts and
four and twenty el-
ders tell down before

the Lamb, having
every one of them
harps, and_ golden

vials full of odours,
which are the prayers
of saints. 9 And they
sung a new song, say-
ing, Thou art worthy
to take the book, and
to open the seals there-
of: for thou wast slain,
and hast redeemed us
to God by thy blood
out of every kindred,
and tongue, and peo-
ple, and nation; 10and
hast made us unto our
God kings and priests:
and we shall reign on
the earth. 11 And I
beheld, and I heard
the voice of many an-
gels round about the
throne and the beasts
and the elders: and
the number of them
was ten thousand
times ten thousand,
andthousands of thou-
sands; 12 saying with
a loud voice, Worthy
is the Lamb that was
slain to receive power,
and riches, and wis-
dom, and strength,
and honour, and glory,
and blessing. 13 And
every creature whick
is in heaven, and on
the earth, and under
the earth, and such as
are in the sea, and all
that are in them, heard
I saying, Blessing, and
honour, and glory, ana
power, ὅδ unto him
that sitteth upon the
throne, and unto the
Lamb for ever and
ever. 14 And the four
beasts said, Amen.
And the four and
twenty elders fell
down and worshipped
him that liveth for
ever and ever,

VI. And I saw when
the Lamb opened one

ο τέσσερα LITr. Ρ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες LTA.
5 χρυσέας τι. — ἡμᾶς LTAW.
% βασιλείαν a navaee LTTra.
shall reign 61. 2. - ws as TTr[A].

9 ἔπεσαν LTTrAW.
Υ αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw.

2 κύκλῳ GLTTrAW.

d + Tov W. — ἐστιν (read [is]) Lrtraw.

F κιθάραν a harp LTTraw.

— τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν A,

Υ βασιλεύουσιν they reign LIrAW 3 βασιλεύσουσιν they

b+ καὶ a 6 ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν μυ-
piabes μυριάδων ἈΠΟ the number of them was myriads of “myriads EGLITraw.

ς “A€uds τ΄

f ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ON the earth GLTTrAW.

Bite ἅ LTTrA. » — ἐστιν TTr. iby πάντας (read I heard all) Ww. Κ + Οκαὶ also 1.
l λέγοντα L. ™ τῷ θρόνῳ LTA. a τέσσερα LTTr. oa + 70 W. ΡΒ — εἰκοσι-
τέσσαρες GLTTrAW. 48 — ζῶντι to end of verse GLTTrAW. ra ἴδον T. 82 - ἑπτὰ

seven GLTTraw.

634

of the seals, and I
heard, as it were the
noise of thunder, one
of the four beasts say-
ing, Come and see.
2 And I saw, and be-
hold a white horse:
and he thatsat on him
had a bow; and a
crown was given unto
him: and he went
forth conquering, and
to conquer.

3 And when he had
opened the second seal,
I heard the second
beast say, Come and
see, 4 And there went
out another horse that
was red: and power
was given to him that
sat thereon to take
peace from the earth,
and that they should
kill one another: and
there was given unto
him a great sword.

5 And when he had
opened the third seal,
I heard the third beast
say, Come and _ see.
And I beheld, and lo
a black horse; and he
that sat on him had a
pair of balances in his
hand. 6 And I heard
a voice in the midst of
the four beasts say,
A measure of wheat
for a penny, and three
measures of barley for
a penny; and see thou
hurt not the oil and
the wine.

7 And when he had
opened the fourth seal,
I heard the voice of
the fourth beast say,
Come and see. 8 AndI
looked, and behold a
pale horse: and his
name that sat on him
was Death, and Hell
followed with him.
And power was given
unto them over the
fourth part of the
earth, to kill with
sword, and with hun-
ger, and with death,
and with the beasts of
the earth.

9 And when he had
opened the fifth seal,

τ φωνὴ (read without the numer als) GLTTrAW.

LTTrA. w ἴδον T.
βλέπε @LTTrAW.

ἃ σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην GLTTrAW.
(read 1 heard the fourth) G[Tr]w.

ζώου) GLTTrAW.

ATIOKAAY WI2X.
γίδων, Kai ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἐκ THY τεσσάρων λέγον-
and Iheard one ‘of ®the °four ‘say-

τος, ὡς ἱφωνῆς" βροντῆς, Ἔρχου "καὶ βλέπε." 2 Καὶ Yeidor,'

ing, ‘as “a*voice *of thunder, Come and see, And eae
kai ἰδού, ἵππος λευκός, Kai ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ “αὐτῷ! ἔχων

Vi.

ζώων
"living ' creatures

and behold, a “horse tes and he sitting on it having

, 4 ? ~ ~ 4
τόξον" Kai ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν, Kai
abow; 8ΔΠ6 wasgiventohim acrown, and he went forth overcoming and
iva νικήσῃ.

that he might overcome.
3 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν Yoevripay σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ

And when he opened the second seal Iheard the
δευτέρου ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου Τκαὶ βλέπε." 4 Καὶ
second living pane saying, Come and see, And

ἐξῆλθεν ἄλλος ἵππος πυῤῥός" Kai τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ᾽ see

went forth ke horse red ; and to a sitting on

ἐδόθη "αὐτῷ" λαβεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην Ῥάπὸ" τῆς γῆς, Kai wa

was given to him to take peace from the earth, and that

ἀλλήλους “σφάξωσιν"" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη.

one another ane should slay ; and was giventohim a *sword great,
5 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν “τρίτην oppayica' ἤκουσα τοῦ τρίτου

And when he opened the third seal Iheard the _ third
ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου “καὶ βλέπε." Kai *eldor," καὶ
living creature saying, Come and see. And Isaw, and

ἰδού, ἵππος μέλας, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ ταὐτῷ" ἔχων ζυγὸν
behold, a *horse ‘black, andhe sitting on it haying a balance
ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai ἤκουσα 5 φωνὴν ἐν tow τῶν
in his hand. And IJ heard avoice in(the]midst of the
τεσσάρων λέγουσαν, Χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου,
four saying, Achoenix of wheat for a denarius,
καὶ τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῆς" Snvapiov' Kai τὸ ἔλαιον Kai τὸν
and three chenixes of barley foradenarius: and the oil and the
οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς.
wine thou mayest not injure.
7 Καὶ ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην; ἤκουσα

ζώων.
living creatures,

And when he opened the ?seal ‘fourth, 1 heard [the]
φωνὴν!" τοῦ τετάρτου ζώου λέγουσαν," [Ἔρχου "καὶ
voice οἵ the fourth living creature saying, Jome and

βλέπε." 8 Kai πεῖδον," καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος χλωρός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος

see. And Isaw, and pehold, eee ‘pale, andhe — sitting
« oe
ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ 6' Θάνατος, και ὁ ἅδης Κάκο-
on it, “name ‘his [was] Death, and hades fol-

λουθεῖ" per αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐδόθη lavroic' ἐξουσία ™amoxreivat
lows with him; and was giver tothem authority to kill

ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς" ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ Kai ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν
over the fourth of the earth with sword and with famine and with

θανάτῳ, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς.
death, and by the beasts of the earth.

9 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα Veldoy' ὑποκάτω
And when he opened the fifth seal Isaw under

v καὶ ἴδε and behold aw; — καὶ βλέπε

Υ σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν GLTTrAW. — καὶ
2 [αὐτῷ] 1. > ἐκ GLTTrAW. ¢ σφάξουσιν they shall slay LTTrA.
€ + ὡς aS LTTrA. ἔ κριθῶν LTTrAW. & — φωνὴν
h λέγοντος (connect λίσυσαν with φωνὴν ; “λέγοντος with
k ῃκολούθει followed GLTTrAw. 1 αὐτῷ to him a.

x αὐτὸν GLTTraw.

i—o T[A].

™ ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς. ἀποκτεῖναι GLTTrAW.

VE REVELATION.
τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν
the altar the souls of those having been slain because of the

λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ dia! τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον, 10 Kai
word of God, and becauseof the testimony which they held; and

ΡῬἔκραζον" φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, λέγοντες, Ἕως πότε, ὁ deo-
they were crying with avoice ‘loud, saying, Until when, O Mas-
πότης ὁ ἅγιος Kai 16" ἀληθινός, οὐ-.κρίνεις καὶ ἐκδικεῖς
ter, the holy and the true, dost thou not judge and avenge

TO.aiparpov τἀπὸϊ τῶν κατοικούντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 11 Kai
our blood on those who dwell on the earth? And
δἐδόθησαν" " ἑκάστοις" “στολαὶ λευκαί," καὶ ἐῤῥέθη αὐτοῖς iva
were given to each 7robes white; and it was said to them that
ἀναπαύσωνται Ξἔτι χρόνον" ὑμικρόν," ἕως τοῦ" "πληρώσονται"
they should σὲ yet atime little, until shall be fulfilled
‘ € ΔΛ ᾽ ~ A « ) ‘ ? ~ « ,
καὶ οἱ. σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες
both their fellow-bondmen and their brethren, those being about
θάἀποκτείνεσθαι! we Kai αὐτοί.
to be killed as also. they.
12 Kai “εἶδον! ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην" καὶ
And Isaw when heopened the 2seal lsixth, and
450d," σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ ἥλιος “ἐγένετο μέλας"
a

_ behold, *earthquake “a *great 'there was, andthe sun became black
ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος, Kai ἡ σελήνη ἷ ἐγένετο ὡς αἷμα, 13 Kai

as sackcloth and the became blood, and

οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔπεσαν εἰς THY γῆν, ὡς συκῆ Ξβάλλει"
the stars of the heaven fell unto the earth, as afig-tree casts
τοὺς. ὀλύνθους. αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ μεγάλου ἀνέμου" σειομένη" 14 Kai
its untimely figs, by a great wind being shaken. And
1 οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ξεϊλισσόμενον," καὶ πᾶν
heaven departed as a book being rolled up, and every
ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν.τόπων.αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν" 16 καὶ
mountain and island out of their places were moved, And
οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, Kai οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ ἱπλούσιοι, Kai
the kings of the earth, and the great, and the rich, and
οἱ χιλίαρχοι," Kai ot ™dvvarol,' Kai mac δοῦλος Kai "πᾶς"

‘hair, moon as

the chief captains, and the powerful, and every bondman, and every
ἐλεύθερος ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς τὰς
free (man) hid themselves in the caves and in the

πέτρας τῶν ὀρέων, 16 Kai λέγουσιν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ταῖς

rocks of the mountains ; and theysay tothe mountains and tothe
πέτραις, “Πέσετε" ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, Kai κρύψατε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ προσ-

rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from [the] face
ὦπου τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ P*rov θρόνου," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς

of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath

~ ? ΄ « = « € , « » ~ > ~
Tov ἀρνίου" 17 ore ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς
of the Lamb; because iscome the “δ lgreat ®wrath
Vavrov,' καὶ τίς δύναται σταθῆναι ;

Sof *his, and who is 8016 to stand?

° — διὰ L{a]. Ρ ἔκραξαν they cried GLTTIrAW. 4 — ὃ GLTTrAw.
5 ἐδόθη was given GLTTraw. t+ αὐτοῖς to them GLTTraw.
each LTT: [A]. Ἢ στολὴ λευκή a white robe @LTTraW.
Kpov G. * — οὗ GLITrAW. 5 πληρωθῶσιν should be fulfilled tw ;
fulfil [it] ertra. Ὁ ἀποκτέννεσθαι GLTTrA. ς ἴδον T.
© μέλας ἐγένετο GT. {- ὅλη whole (moon) GLTTraw.
h ἀνέμου μεγάλον GLTTrAW. ‘+ ὁ the GLTTraw.
καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι GLTTrAW. ™ ἰσχυροὶ strong GLTTrAW.
LAW. ΡΒ τῷ θρόνῳ TA. 44 αὐτῶν “οὗ ‘their TTr.

635

I saw under the altar
the souls of them that
were slain for the word
of God, and for the
testimony which they

held: 10 and _ they
cried with a _ loud
voice, saying, How
long, Lord, holy

and true, dost thou
not judge and avenge
our blood on them
that dwell on the
earth? 11 And white
robes were given unto
every one of them;
and it was said unto
them, that they should
rest yet for a little
season, until their fel-
lowservants also and
their brethren, that
should be killed as
they were, should be
fulfilled.

12 And I beheld
when he had opened
the sixth seal, and, lo,
there was a great
earthquake; and the
sun became black as
sackcloth of hair, and
the moon became as
blood; 13 and the
stars of heaven fell
unto the earth, even
as a fig tree casteth
her untimely figs,
when she is shaken
of a mighty wind.
14 And the heaven de-

parted as a_ scroll
when it is rolled to-
gether; and every

mountain and island
were moved out of
their places. 15 And
the kings of the earth,
and the great men,
and the rich men, and
the chief captains, and
the mighty men, and
every bondman, and
every free man, hid
themselves in the dens
and in the rocks of
the mountains; 16 and
said to the mountains
and rocks, Fall on us,
and hide us from the
face of him that sit-
teth on the throne,
and from the wrath of
the Lamb: 17 for the
great day of his wrath
is come; and who shall
be able to stand ?

τ ἐκ from LTTrAW.

¥ — ἑκάστοις GW ; ἑκάστῳ
x χρόνον ἔτι L.

)-- μι-
πληρώσωσιν should
4 — ἰδού @LTTraw.

8 βάλλουσα casting T.
k ἑλισσόμενον LTTrAW.
0 — πᾶς LTTrAW.

1 χιλίαρχοι,
8 Tlecate

696

VII. And after these
things I saw four an-
gels standing on the
four corners of the
earth, holding the four
winds of the earth,
that the wind should
not blow on the earth,
nor on the sea, nor on
any tree. 2 And I saw
another angel ascend-
ing from the east, hav-
ing the seal of the
living God: and he
eried with a loud voice
to the four angels, to
whom it was given to
hurt the earth and the
sea, 3 saying, Hurt
not the earth, neither
the sea, nor the trees,
till we have sealed the
servants of our God
in their foreheads.
4 And I heard the
number of them which
were sealed: and there
were sealed an hun-
dred and forty and
four thousand of all
the tribes of the chil-
dren of Israel. 5 Of
the tribe of Juda
were sealed twelve
thousand. Of the
tribe of Reuben were
sealed twelve thou-
sand. Of the tribe of
Gadweresealed twelve
thousand. 6 Of the
tribe of Aser were
sealed twelve thou-
sand, Of the tribe of
Nepthalim were sealed
twelve thousand. Of
the tribe of Manasses
were sealed twelve
thousand. 7 Of the
tribe of Simeon were
sealed twelve thou-
sand. Of the tribe
of Levi were sealed
twelve thousand. Of
the tribe of Issachar
were sealed twelve
thousand. § Of the
tribe of Zabulon were
sealed twelve thou-
sand. Of the tribe of
Joseph were sealed
twelve thousand. Of
the tribe of Benjamin

were sealed twelve
thousand.
9 After this I be-

held, and, lo, a great
multitude, which no
man could number,
of all nations, and

ANTOKAAY WIS. VIL.

7 ‘Kai' pera sravra' ‘sidov' τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους ἑστῶτας
And after these things I saw four angels standing
ἐπὶ τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς, κρατοῦντας τοὺς τέσσαρας
upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four
ἀνέμους τῆς γῆς, ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μήτε
winds οὗ the earth, that no *might*blow ‘wind on the earth, nor
ἐπὶ THC θαλάσσης, μήτε ἐπὶ "πᾶν" δένδρον. 2 Kai teldov' ad-
on the sea, nor upon any tree, And Isaw an-
(lit. every)

ww, , Π ? 3 xZ ΦΦῊ «ς Ω »
γελον "ἀναβάντα" ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς" ἡλίου, ἔχοντα
other angel having ascended from [the] rising of{the]sun, having
σφραγῖδα θεοῦ δζῶντος" καὶ ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ
[the] seal of *God [‘the] “living; and hecried with a “voice "loud
τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, ος ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν
to the four angels to whom itwasgiven tothem to injure the
γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, 3 λέγων, Μὴ. ἀδικήσητε τὴν γῆν,
earth and the sea, saying, Injure not the earth,
pyre τὴν θάλασσαν, μήτε τὰ δένδρα, Yaxouc' τοῦ" ἐσφραγίζω-
nor the sea, nor the _ trees, until we
μεν" τοὺς δούλους τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων αὐτῶν.

seal the bondmen of our God on their foreheads.
4 Kai ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων" θρμδΊ! χιλιάδες,
And Iheard the number of the sealed, 144 thousand,

ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ' 5 ἐκ
sealed outof every tribe of [the] sons of Israel; out of [the]
φυλῆς ᾿Ιούδα, “ιβ΄} χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι: ἐκ φυλῆς
tribe of Judah, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe
Ῥουβήν, 1B" χιλιάδες Φἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Γάδ,
of Reuben, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Gad,
13" χιλιάδες “ἐσφραγισμένοι"" 6 ἐκ φυλῆς ᾿Ασήρ, °3"!
12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Aser, 12
χιλιάδες téoppayiopévor! ἐκ φυλῆς “Νεφθαλείμ," “ἰβΊ
thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Nepthalim, 12
χιλιάδες Stogpayiopevo" ἐκ φυλῆς ‘Mavacon," “ι""
12
φυλῆς Συμεών, “ιβ΄ χιλι-

thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Manasses,
of Simeon, 12 thou-

χιλιάδες téogoayiopévor’ 7 ἐκ
thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe
deggoayiopévo ἐκ φυλῆς ®Aevi," «ιβ΄. χιλιάδες
sealed ; out of [the] tribe . of Levi, 12 thousand
ἀξσφραγισμένοι"" ἐς φυλῆς *Ioaxdo,' 1B" χιλιάδες δἐσφρα-
sealed ; out of[the} tribe of Issachar, 12 thousand seal-
yropévor' ὃ ἐκ φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, “ιβ΄ χιλιάδες Φἐσφρα-
ed ; out of [the] tribe of Zabulon, 12 thousand seal-
γισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς ἸΙωσήφ, “ιβ΄. χιλιάδες Yeadpayiopévor"
ed; outof[the]tribe ofJoseph, 12 thousand sealed ;
ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν," “ι΄ χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι.
out of[{the] tribe of Benjamin, 12 thousand sealed.
9 Μετὰ ταῦτα ‘eldor,' Κκαὶ" lidod," ™byXoe πολύς," ὃν
After these things I saw, and behold, a*crowd ‘great, which

᾽ θ ~ > A ? ὃ ‘ = ἢ ᾽ ὃ , Il ? , ‘ ἔθ ‘
αρισμῆσαι αὐτὸν OUOELC “ἡθυνατο, εκ WavToc εσνοὺυς era
an

λον ἄγ

d

ἄδες
sand

τ--- καὶ LU Tra].

vovra ascending GLTTrAw.
γίσωμεν We may have sealed EGLTTrAW.
a hundred and forty-four @LTTraw.

ε Νεφθαλὶμ. a.

LITrAW.
TrA ; Ἱσσάχαρ 1.
ἢ ἐδύνατο LTTrAW.

®to “ΠΌΤΟΥ 7it Moone *was‘table, outof every nation
5 τοῦτο this LTTrAw. τ ἴδον T. Υ τι any LTr[A]w. W ἀναβαί-
X ἀνατολῶν L. Y ἄχρι LTA, * — οὗ LITra. ® ohpa-

Ὁ ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα (τεσσαρ- GW) τέσσαρες
΄ ’ ,ὔ
ς δώδεκα twelve LTTraW. d — ἐσφραγισμένοι
a > a ρ ὯΝ ir ‘
ὃ Aevet TTr. Ὁ Ἰσασχὰρ E; ᾿Ισσαχὰρ

f Μαννασσὴ Tr. :
1— ἰδού L. ™ ὄχλον πολύν L.

1 Βενιαμεὶν LTTr. k — καὶ L.

Vil. REVELATION.
φυλῶν καὶ λαῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν, °éorwrEc' ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου
tribes, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne

καὶ ἐνώπιον Tov apviov, Ῥπεριβεβλημένοι! στολὰς λευκάς, Kai
and before the Lamb, clothed with 7robes ‘white, and

φοίνικες" ἐν ταῖς. χερσὶν. αὐτῶν" 10 καὶ *kpalortec! φωνῇ

palms in their hands; and crying with a *voice
μεγάλῳ, λέγοντες, Ἣ σωτηρία "τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ
*lond, saying, Salvation to him who sits on the

θρόνου τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν," καὶ τῷ aovip. 11 Kai πάντες οἱ ay-
throne of our God, and to the Lamb. And all the an-

γελοι ᾿ἑστήκεσαν" κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Kai
gels stood around the throne and the elders and

τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων, Kai "ἔπεσον" ἐνώπιον Tov θρόνου
the four living creatures, and fell before the throne

ἐπὶ “πρόσωπον" αὐτῶν, kai προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 12 éEyor-
upon 7face ltheir, and Wea God, say-
TEC, "Aun? ἡ εὐλογία Kai ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ σοφία Kai ἡ εὐχαριστία
ing, Amen: BESTE; and glory, and ey and I
καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς
and honour, and power, and_ strength, to our God to the

αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ξάἀμήν."
ages of the ages. Amen.

13 Kai ἀπεκρίθη εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, λέγων μοι. Οὗτοι
And ‘answered ‘one *of *the *elders, saying tome, These

οἱ περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς Tac λευκάς, τίνες εἰσίν, Kai
who __ are clothed with the ?robes ‘white, who are they, and

πόθεν ἦλθον; 14 Kai εἴρηκα αὐτῷ, Kuo’, od οἶδας. Kai
whence came they ? And Isaid tohim, [My] lord, thou knowest. And

εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι "ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς"

he said tome, These are they who come out of the “tribulation
μεγάλης, Kai ἔπλυναν τὰἀς.στολὰς. αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν
great, and they washed their robes, and made white

a <b ἐὰν ΠΣ ~ oe ~ 2 ΄ - ὃ . -““
στολὰς" ϑαὐτῶν" ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ἀρνίου. 15 ιὰ τοῦτο
2robes ‘their in the blood ofthe Lamb. Because of this

εἰσιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ λατρεύουσιν αὐτῷ
are oe before the throne of God, and serve him

ἡμέρας Kai νυκτὸς ἐν τῷ ναῷ.αὐτοῦ" Kai ὁ
day and night in his temple ; and he who

“τοῦ θρόνου" σκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. 16 οὐ.-πεινάσουσιν
the throne’ shalltabernacle over them. They shall not hunger

» ᾽ δὲ d ΄ » 6 > XII \ , ? ᾽ ?

ἔτι, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν ἔτι, “οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ᾽ αὐ-
any more, neither shall they thirst any more, ΠΟΙ ϑὖ 411] shall fall upon
τοὺς ὁ ἥλιος, οὐδὲ πᾶν Kadpa’ 17 OTL TO ἀρνίον τὸ
them the sun, nor any heat ; because the Lamb which [15]
favapecoy' τοῦ θρόνου ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς, καὶ ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς
in [the] midst of the throne willshepherd them, and willlead them
ἐπὶ Blwoac' πηγὰς ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐξαλείψει ὁ θεὸς πᾶν
to living fountains of waters, and *will*wipe‘away ‘God every
δάκρυον »azd' τῶν. ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν.

tear from their eyes.

καθήμενος ἐπὶ
sits on

Ὁ ἑστῶτας AW. Ρ περιβεβλημένους GLITrAW. 4 φοίνικας T.
GLTTrAw.
on the throne EGLTTrAW.
* τὰ πρόσωπα faces GLTTrAW. x — ἀμήν L.
θλίψεως from “tribulation 1. ® — στολὰς GLTTrAW.
θρόνῳ T. d + μὴ (read neither at all) L. ε οὐδ᾽ ov A.
& ζωῆς (read to fountains of waters of life) a@LTTraw.

ἵἷ εἱστήκεισαν LITrA ; ἐστήκεισαν W.

Υ + pov my (lord) e[L]rtraw.

Ὁ αὐτὰς them GLTTr[A]w.
f ava μέσον EGLTAW,
h ἐκ GLTTrAW.

637
kindreds, and peo-
ple, and tongues, stood
before the throne, and
before the Lamb,
clothed with white
robes, and palms in
their’ hands; 10 and
cried witha loud voice,
saying, Salvation to
our God which sitteth
upon the throne, and
unto the Lamb. 1] And
all the angels stood
round about’ the
throne, and about the
elders and the four
beasts, and fell before
the throne on their
faces, and worshipped
God, 12 saying, Amen:
Blessing, and glory,

and wisdom, and
thanksgiving, and
honour, and power,

and might, be unto
our God for ever and
ever. Amen,

13 And one of the
elders answered, say-
ing unto me, What
are these which are
arrayed inwhite robes?
and whence came
they? 14 And I said
unto him, Sir, thou
knowest. And he
said to me, These are
they which came out
of great tribulation,
and have washed their
robes, and made them
white in the blood of
the Lamb. 15 There-
fore are they he-
fore the throne of God,
and serve him day and
night in his temple :
and he that sitteth on
the throne shall dwell
among them. 16 They
shall hunger no more,
neither thirst any
more; neither shall
the sun light onthem,
nor any heat. 17 For
the Lamb which is in
the midst of the
throneshailfeed them,
and shall lead them
unto living fountains
of waters: and God
shall wipe away all
tears from their eyes.

τ κράζουσιν they cry
5 τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν TO καθημένῳ ἐ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ (τοῦ θρόνου EG) to our God who sits

v ἔπεσαν LTTrAW.
2 ἀπὸ
ε τῷ

638

VIII. And when he
had opened the seventh
seal, there was silence
in heaven about the
space of half an hour.
2 And I saw theseven
angels which stood be-
fore God; and to them
were given seven
trumpets. 3 And ano-
ther angel came and
stood at the altar, hav-
ing a golden censer ;
and there was given
unto him much in-
cense, that he should
offer it with the
prayers of all saints
upon the golden altar
which was before the
throne. 4 And the
smoke of the incense,
which came with the
prayers of the saints,
ascended up before
God out of the angel’s
hand. 5 And the an-
gel took the censer,
and filled it with fire
of the altar, and cast
wt into the earth: and
there were voices,
and thunderings, and
lightnings, and an
earthquake.

6 And the seven an-
gels which had the
seven trumpets pre-
pared themselves to
sound.

7 The first angel
sounded, and _ there
followed hail and fire
mingled with blood,
and they were cast up-
on the earth: and the
third part of trees
was burnt up, and all
green grass was burnt
up.

8 And the second
angel sounded, and as
it were a great moun-
tain burning with fire
was cast into the sea:
and the third part of
the sea became blood ;
9 and the third part
of the creatures which
were in the sea, and
had life, died; and the
third part of the ships
were destroyed.

10 And the third an-
gel sounded, and there

i ὅταν LTTrA.

get he shall give LrTra.
ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ L; βρονταὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ TIrA.
5 αὐτοὺς LTTr.

GLTTraw.

with (blood) eLTTraw.

burnt up @LTTraw.

k ἡμίωρον LTTrA.

AMOKAAY Via 3. VIIl.

8 Kai ‘dre! ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἐγένετο
And when heopened the 2seal 1seventh, “was
σιγὴ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ we *ypiwprov." 2 Kai 'eldov' τοὺς ἑπτὰ
Ssilence in the heaven about half-an-hour. And Isaw the seven
ἀγγέλους, ot ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, Kai ἐδόθησαν
angels, who “before 3God ‘stand, and were given
᾽ - € \ , \ ” ” 5 "
αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες. 8 καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, καὶ
tothem seven trumpets. And another angel came and

ἐστάθη ἐπὶ "τὸ θυσιαστήριον," ἔχων λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν" καὶ
stood at the altar, having a *censer ‘golden; and

ἐδόθη) αὐτῷ θυμιάματα πολλά, wa "δώσῃ" ταῖς
Swas*given ‘to Shim “incense ‘much, that he might give [it]to the

προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ
prayers of *the “saints Mall upon the 2altar

χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου. 4 καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ καπνὸς
‘golden which [was] before the throne. And wentupthe smoke

TOY θυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων, ἐκ χειρὸς

of the incense with the prayers of the saints, outof [the] hand
τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃ Kai εἴληφεν ὁ ἄγγελος “τὸ
ofthe angel, before God. And “took ‘the angel the
λιβανωτόν, καὶ ἐγέμισεν Ῥαὐτὸ" ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστη-
censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar,
ρίου, Kai ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν" Kai ἐγένοντο “φωναὶ Kai
and cast [10] into the earth: and _ there were voices, and

βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ" καὶ σεισμός.
thunders, and lightnings, and an earthquake.
4 « ε ‘ » r » ἣν Ἁ « A , « ,
6 Kai ot ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἡτοί-
And the seven angels haying the seven trumpets pre-
αν δὲ ὺς! ἵ αλπίσωσιν.
ασαν δἑαυτοὺς" ἵνα σαλπίσωσιν

pared themselves that they might sound [their] trumpets.
7 Kai ὁ πρῶτος 'ayyedoc' ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένετο
And the first angel sounded [his] trumpet; and there was

χάλαζα Kai sal ὑμεμιγμένα" ἡ αἵματι, καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν

hail and fire mingled with blood, and it was cast upon the
γῆν" * καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, Kai πᾶς χόρτος

earth: andthe third of the trees Was burnt up, and all “grass
χλωρὸς κατεκάη.
lereen was burnt up.
ὃ Kai ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ὡς
And the second angel sounded (his) tenmpetii and as [it were}

ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν" καὶ
a?mountain'great*with*fire “burning was οαϑὺ into the sea, and

ἐγένετο TO τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα. 9 Kai ἀπέθανεν τὸ
®pecame ‘the “third “of *the 5sea blood ; and *died the

τρίτον τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα
third “of*the ‘creatures Swhich[’were] *in *the bi ‘twhich **have

ψυχάς, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων ὑδιεφθάρη."
13} 6; andthe third ofthe ships was Galen
10 Kai ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν,
And the third angel sounded [his] trumpet; and

Kal ἔπεσεν EK
*fell Sout Sof

1 (Sov T.
ο τὸν EGUTTrAW.

τὰ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου TTrA. a δώ-
P αὐτὸν EQGLTTrAW. 4 βρονταὶ καὶ
τ + ot (read who have)
ὃο--- “ἄγγελος GLTTraW. Y μεμιγμένον 1. ~ +e
x + Kal τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, and the third of the earth was
y διεφθάρησαν were destroyed LTTrA.

WHT, TX. REVELATION.

τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς, καὶ ἔπεσεν
7the ®heaven ‘a‘star “great, burning as alamp, and it fell

ἐπὶ TO τρίτον τῶν ποταμῶν, Kai ἐπὶ τὰς mHyadC* ὑδάτων.

uponthe third of the ΣΈ τε, and upon the fountains of waters.
11 καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος Néyerar*® "AYiwOo0c" Kai ὑγίνεται"
Andthe name ofthe star is called ia and *becomes
τὸ τρίτον “ εἰς ἄψινθον, καὶ πολλοὶ ἃ ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον
the *third into wormwood, and “many ‘of 7men died
ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν.
of the waters, because they were made bitter.
12 Kai ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐπλήγη

And 86 fourth sounded [his] trumpet; and was smitten
TO τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου Kai TO τρίτον τῆς σελήνης καὶ TO τρίτον
the third ofthe sun, and the third ofthe moon, and the third
TOY ἀστέρων, ἵνα σκοτισθῇ τρίτον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ

angel

TO

of the stars; that should be darkened the third of them, and the
ἡμέρα μὴ &paivy" τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως.
day “ποῦ 'should appear [for]the third of it, and the night likewise.

13 Kai ἰεἶδον," καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἀγγέλου πετωμένου" ἐν
And Isaw, and heard one angel aying. in

μεσουρανήματι; λέγοντος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Οὐαί, οὐαί, οὐαί,
mid-heaven, saying witha“*voice ‘'loud, Woe, woe, woe,

*roic κατοικοῦσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν
to those who dwell on the earth,from the remaining voices

THC σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλ-

οὗ the trumpet of the three angels who [are] about tosound
πίζειν.
{their] mmpets
Kai ὁ πεμῖτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἰεῖδον"
And the fifth angel sounded (his]trumpet; and Isaw
ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδό-

a star outof the heaven fallen

to the earth, and there was
θὴ αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς ἀβύσσου. 2 Kai ἤνοιξεν
given toit the key ofthe pit of the abyss. And it opened

ὁ φρέαρ τῆς ἀβύσσου. καὶ ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος
the pit ofthe abyss; andthere wentup smoke out οὗ the pit

we καπνὸς K αμίνου μεγάλης, καὶ Ἐἐσκοτίσθη" ὁ ἥλιος
as [the] smoke of a “furnace ‘great ; and *was ‘darkened 'the sun

καὶ ὃ ἀὴρ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ τοῦ φρέατος. 8 Kai ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ
andthe air by the smoke of the pit. And out of the smoke

2 nrAO ? id > \ ~ ‘ ἐδ 50 ] > ΒΞ ye" ΄
ἐξῆλθον ἀκρίδες εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδόθη ᾿αὐταῖς" ἐξουσία,
came forth locusts unto the earth, and was given to them power,

we ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι τῆς γῆς" 4 καὶ ἐῤῥέθη
as Shave ἘΡΌΣΤΕΣ ‘the scorpions %of *the Searth; and it was said

labraic! ἵνα μὴ πἀδικήσωσιν" τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν
tothem, that *not ‘they *should i Sapare the grass of theearth, nor any

χλωρόν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον, εἰ.μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους "μόνους

aren eee nor any tree, but the men only
οἵτινες οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων
who have not the seal of God on "foreheads

οαὐτῶν." ὃ καὶ ἐδόθη Padraic" ἵνα μὴ.ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς,
their. And itwasgiven tothem that they should not kill

z + τῶν of the (waters) GLTTrA Ww. 8. + ὁ GLTAW.

them.

639

fell a great star from
heaven, burning as it
were a lamp, and it
fell upon the third
part of the rivers, and
upon the fountains of
waters; 11 and the
name of the star is
called Wormwood :
and the third part of
the waters became
wormwood; and many
men died of the wa-
ters, because they were
made bitter.

12 And the fourth
angelsounded, and the
third part of the sun
was smitten, and the
third part of the moon,
and the third part
of the stars; so as the
third part of them was
darkened, and the day
shone not for a third
part of it, and the
night likewise.

13 And I beheld, and
heard an angel flying
through the midst of
heaven, saying with a
loud voice, Woe, woe,
woe, to the inhabiters
of the earth by reason
of the other voices of
the trumpet of the
three angels which are
yet to sound!

1X. And the fifth an-
gel sounded, and lsaw
a star fall from hea-
ven unto the earth:
and to him was given
the key of the bottom-
less pit. 2 And he
opened the bottomless
pit; and there arose
a smoke out of the pit,
as thesmoke of a great
furnace ; and the sun
and the air were dark-
ened by reason of the
smoke of the pit.
3 And there came out
of the smoke locusts
upon the earth: and
unto them was given
power, as the scorpions
of the earth have
power. 4 And it was
commanded them that
they should not hurt
the grass of the earth,
neither any green
thing, neither any
tres; but only those
men which have not
the seai of God in
their foreheads. 5 And
to them it was given

Ὁ ἐγένετο became LITraw.

© + τῶν ὑδάτων of the waters EGLTTrAW. dy τῶν of the (men) @LTTraw. © φάνῃ
LTW; φανῇ Tra. f (dor τ. ὃ ἀετοῦ πετομένου eagle flying eLrtraw. 4 τοὺς
κατοικοῦντας ΤΊΤΑ. 1 ἴδον T. k ἐσκοτώθη wes ! αὐτοῖς T. τὰ ἀδικήσουσιν ‘they

*shall injure LT.
Ρ αὐτοῖς LT.

Ὁ — μόνους ΘΙΧΤΊΓΑΨ.

— αὐτῶν (read on the foreheads) trtr[a].

640

that they should not
kill them, but that
they should be tor-
mented five months :
and their torment was
as the torment of a
scorpion, when he
striketh a man. 6 And
in those days shall
men seek death, and
shall not find it; and
shall desire to die,and
death shall flee from
them. 7 And _ the
shapes of the locusts
were like unto horses
prepared unto battle ;
and on their heads
were as it were crowns
like gold, and their
faces were as the faces
of men. 8 And they
had hair as the hair of
women, and_ their
teeth were as the teeth
of lions. 9 And they
had breastplates, as it
were breastplates of
iron; and the sound
of their wings was as
the sound of chariots
of many horses run-
ning to battle. 10 And
they had tails like
unto scorpions, and
there were stings in
their tails: and their
power was to hurt
men five months.
11 And they had a
king over them, which
is the angel of the
bottomless pit, whose
name in the Hebrew
tongueis Abaddon, but
in the Greek tongue
hath his name Apol-
lyon.

12 One woe is past ;
and, behold, there
come two woes more
hereafter.

13 And the sixth an-
gel sounded, and I
heard a voice from the
four horns of the gold-
en altar which is be-
fore God, 14 saying to
the sixth angel which
had the trumpet,
Loose the four angels
which are bound in
the great river Eu-
phrates. 15 And the
four angels were
loosed, which were
prepared fer an hour,

MWOKA AY Wi Σ.

1X.

᾽ > q ~ Π - , Ε ΡΥ .
ἀλλ᾽ wa “«βασανισθῶσιν' μῆνας πέντε" Kai ὁ βασανισμὸς
but that they should be tormented *months ‘five; and ?torment
αὐτῶν ὡς ββασανισμὸς σκορπίου, ὅταν παίσῃ ἄν-
‘their [was] as [the] torment

of ascorpion, when it may strike a
θρωπον᾽ 6 καὶ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρω-
man. And in those days *shall “seek ‘men

ποι τὸν θάνατον, Kai "οὐχὶ "εὑρήσουσιν" αὐτόν" καὶ ἐπιθυμή-

death, and “not shall find it; and shall

σουσιν ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ ἱφεύξεται" "ὁ θάνατος am αὐτῶν."
desire to die, and shall “flee ‘death from them.

7 καὶ τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων ὅμοια" ἵπποις ἡτοι-

And the likenesses ofthe locusts [were] like to horses pre-

μασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς.κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν ὡς στέφανοι
pared for war, and upon their heads as | crowns

ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ." Kai τὰ πρόσωπα.αὐτῶν ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώ-
like gold; and their faces as faces of
muy 8 Kai Yeixor' τρίχας we τρίχας γυναικῶν" Kai οἱ ὀδόντες
men ; and they had hair as “hair women’s; and *teeth
αὐτῶν we λεόντων ἦσαν" 9 Kai εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας
‘their 48 ‘of ®lions “were ; and they had breastplates as *breastplates
σιδηροῦς" Kai ἡ φωνὴ τῶν.-πτερύγων αὐτῶν ὡς φωνὴ
ΤΟΣ ; and the sound of their wings [was] as [the] sound
ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν τρεχόντων εἰς πόλεμον. 10 Kai
of chariots of *horses ‘many running to war; and
ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς ὁμοίας" σκορπίοις, καὶ κέντρα" ἃ Ῥἦν" ἐν ταῖς
they have tails like scorpions, and _ stings; *was *in
οὐραῖς αὐτῶν “καὶ! ἡ.ἐξουσία. αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
tails Stheir ‘and *their “power to injure men
μῆνας πέντε. 11 4xai' ἔχουσιν “ἐφ᾽ αὑτῶν" βασιλέα ' τὸν!"

2months ᾿Ηγο. And they have over them a king, the

ἄγγελον τῆς ἀβύσσου" ὅ ὄνομα αὐτῷ ‘EBpatori ᾿Αβαδδών, καὶ
angel ofthe abyss: his name in Hebrew Abaddon, and

> ~ ¢ ~ δ ” ? ,

ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄνομα ἔχει ᾿Απολλύων.

in the Greek {for} name he has Apollyon.

12 Ἢ οὐαὶ ἡ pia ἀπῆλθεν: ἰδού, *Eoxovra' ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ

2Woe'the “first is past. Lo, *come tyet *two *woes
μετὰ ταῦτα.
after these things.
13 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν

And the sixth angel sounded [his] trumpet;and LIheard voice

μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἱτεσσάρων" κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ
tone from the four horns of the “altar *golden
~ ? , ~ ~ k , iT] ~ a > ,
τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, 14 *Neyovoay' τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ
which [is] before God, saying tothe sixth angel

ἰὸς εἶχε" τὴν σάλπιγγα, Λῦσον τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς
who had the

trumpet, Loose the four angels who
δεδεμένους ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγάλῳ Εὐφράτῃ. 15 Kai ἐλύ-
arebound at the “river ‘great § Euphrates. And were

θησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς THY ὥραν Kai
loosed the four angels who had been prepared for the hour and

4 βασανισθήσονται they shall be tormented trtra.
5 εὕρωσιν should find L.

x χρυσοῖ golden 6.

stings were in their tails Text. Rec. and α.

d — καὶ GLTTrAW.
whom T.
who has @LTTrAWw.

Β ἔρχεται LTTrA.

τ ov μὴ iD NO wise GLTTraAW.
Yam αὐτῶν ὁ θάνατος G. W ὅμοιοι T.
2 ὁμοίοις Tr. a8 Punctuate so as to read and
Ὁ καὶ and LTT: aw. ¢ — καὶ LTTrAW.
f — τὸν (read an angel) a. s+ to
i — τεσσάρων LTr[A ]. Κ λέγοντα LITrAW. 16 ἔχων

t φεύγει “flees LTTra.
Υ εἶχαν LITrA.

ε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν LTTrA.

χν X: ΕΒ Υ ἘΠΕ A 1 VON,

ἡμέραν καὶ μῆνα καὶ ἐνιαυτόν, ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ τρίτον
day and month and year, that they might kill the third

τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 16 Kai ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἃ στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἱππι-

of men; and the number of (the] armies ofthe caval-
κοῦ οδύο μυριάδες" μυριάδων" Ῥκαὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν
ry [was] two myriads of myriads, and Iheard the number
αὐτῶν. 17 Kai οὕτως “εἶδον' τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῇ ὁράσει, Kai
of them. And _ thus I saw the horses in the vision, and
τοὺς καθημένους ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἔχοντας θώρακας πυρίνους Kai

those sitting on them, having breastplates fiery, and
ὑακινθίνους καὶ θειώδεις" καὶ ai κεφαλαὶ τῶν ἵππων
hyacinthine, and brimstone-like; and the heads ofthe horses [were]

we κεφαλαὶ λεόντων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν. στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύε-
as heads of lions, and out of their mouths goes
ται πῦρ Kai καπνὸς Kai θεῖον. 18 τὑπὸ" τῶν τριῶν " τούτων
out fire and smoke and brimstone. By *three these
ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς Kai
were killed the third ofthe men, by the fire and
‘éx' τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ 'ix' τοῦ θείου, τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ
by the smoke and by the brimstone, which goes forth out of
τῶν στομάτων. αὐτῶν. 19 Yai-yap ἐξουσίαι αὐτῶν ἐν τῳ
their mouths. For the powers ofthem 7in
στόματι αὐτῶν εἰσιν"" αἱ.γὰρ.οὐραὶϊ. αὐτῶν Goran ὄφεσιν,
“mouth Stheir tare; for their tails {are] like serpents,
ἔχουσαι κεφαλάς, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀδικοῦσιν. 20 Kai ot λοιποὶ
having heads, and with them they injure. And the _ rest
τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ οὐκ.ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις,
of the men who were not killed by these plagues,
Ὑοὔτε' μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ
Ξηοῦ *even ‘repented of the works of their hands, that "ποὺ
*rpooxuvnowo' τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ εἴδωλα τὰ χρυσᾶ Kai
‘they “should do homage to the demons, and 7idols ‘the golden and
τὰ ἀργυρᾶ Kai τὰ χαλκᾶ καὶ τὰ λίθινα καὶ τὰ ξύλινα,
silver and brazen and stone and wooden,
τι » , τδύ il » ? ΄ » ΠΡ.
ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύναται," οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν
which neither *to *see are *able, nor to hear, nor to walk.
21 καὶ ovd.perevonoay ἐκ τῶν. φόνων αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ THY
And they repentednot of their murders, nor of
ἐφαρμακειῶν" αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ THC-TopVElac.avTwY, οὔτε ἐκ
ΞΦΘΟΓΌΘΤΊΘΒ 1their, nor of their fornications, nor of

τῶν κλεμμάτων. αὐτῶν.
their thefts.

10 Kai εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ
And Isaw another 7angel 1strong coming down out of the

οὐρανοῦ, περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην, Kai © ἶρις ἐπὶ “τῆς κεφ-
heaven, clothed with acloud, and arainbow on the
αλῆς" 4, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ we ὁ ἥλιος; καὶ οἱ. πόδες.αὐτοῦ
head, and his face as the sun, and his feet
ὡς στῦλοι πυρός" 2 Kai "εἶχεν" ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτοῦ βιβλαρίδιον
as pillars of fire, and hehad in his hand a little book

641

and a day, and a
month, and a year, for
to slay the third part
of men. 16 And the
number of the army
of the horsemen were
two hundred thou-
sand thousand: and
I heard the number
of them. 17 And thus
I saw the horses in
the vision, and them
that sat on them, hay-
ing breastplatesof fire,
and of jacinth, and
brimstone: and the
heads of the horses
were as the heads of
lions ; and out of their
mouths issued fire and
smoke and brimstone.
18 By these three was
the third part of men
killed, by the fire, and
by the smoke, and by
the brimstone, which
issued out of their
mouths. 19 For their
power is in _ their
mouth, and in their
tails: for their tails
were like unto ser-
pents, and had heads,
and with them they
do hurt. 20 And the
Test of the men
which were not killed
by these plagues yet
repented not of the
works of their hands,
that they should not
worship devils, and
idols of gold, and sil-
ver, and brass, and
stone, and of wood:
which neither can see,
nor hear, nor walk:
21 neither repented
they of their murders,
nor of their sorceries,
nor of their fornica-
tion, nor of their
thefts.

X. And I saw an-
other mighty angel
come down from hea-
yen, clothed with a
cloud: and a rainbow
was upon his head,
and his face was as it
were the’sun, and his
feet as pillars of fire:
2 and he had in his
hand a little book

0 + τῶν of the (armies) GLTTrAW. © δισμυριάδες LTA.
9 ἴδον T. τ ἀπὸ from GLTTraW.
GLTTrAw.

8 + πληγῶν “plagues GLTTraw.
’ ἡ yap ἐξουσία τῶν ἵππων For the power of the horses (αὐτῶν for τῶν ἵππων

P — καὶ GLTTrAW.
τ- ἐκ

W) ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν᾽ is in their mouth and in their tails

* ov ποῦ @w; οὐδὲ TA.
2 δύνανται LTTrA.
© χὴν κεφαλὴν LITrAW.

GLTTraw.
7 + Ta GLITrAW.

(rainbow) @LTTraw.
* ἔχων having GLTTrAw.

x προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage to Lrtraw.
84 φαρμακιῶν T; φαρμάκων A.
d + αὐτοῦ (read his head) GLrtraw

Ὁ +7 the

AY

642

open: and he set his
Tight foot upon the
sea, and his left foot
on the earth, 3 and
cried witha loud voice,
as when a lion roar-
eth : and when he had
cried, seven thunders
uttered their voices.
4 And when the seven
thunders had uttered
their voices, I was
about to write: and I
heard a voice from hea-
ven saying unto me,
Seal up those things
which the seven thun-
ders uttered, and write
them not. 5 And the
angel which I saw
stand upon the sea
and upon the earth
lifted up his hand to
heaven, 6 and sware
by him that liveth for
ever and ever, who
created heaven, and
the things that therein
are, and the earth, and
the things that there-
in are, and the sea, and
the things which are
therein, that there
should be time no
longer: 7 but in the
days of the voice of
the seventh angel,
when he shall begin
to sound, the mystery
of God should be
finished, as he hath
declared to his ser-
vants the prophets.

8 And the _ voice
which I heard from
heaven spake unto me
again, and said, Go
and take the little
book which is open
in the hand of the
angel which standeth
upon the sea and upon
the earth. 9 And I
went unto the angel,
and said unto him,
Give me the little
book. And he said
unto me, Take τέ, and
eat it up; and it shall
make thy belly bitter,
but it shall be in thy
mouth sweet as honey.
10 And I took the
little book out of the
angel’s hand, and ate
it up; and it was in
my mouth sweet as
honey: and as

soon *

ATITOKAAYWI14&. p<:

f ave (2 “ἢ! ‘A ἐθ Ν 50 ? ~~ ‘4 ὃ » ᾽ ‘ ‘
ῳγμένον"" καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν. πόδα.αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τὴν
open. And he placed his *foot ‘right upon the
θάλασσαν," τὸν.δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ "τὴν γῆν." 8 καὶ ἔκραξεν
868, and the left upon the _ earth, and cried
φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται: Kai bre ἔκραξεν,
with a?voice ‘loud as a lion roars, And when he cried,

> , € « ‘ ‘ A) « ~ , ‘ [1
ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ τὰς. ἑαυτῶν. φωνάς" 4 Kai Ore

*spoke ‘the “seven “thunders their voices. And when
ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ ἱτὰς. φωνὰς.ἑαυτῶν," *Eyedrov'
*spoke 1the seven **thunders their voices, I was about
γράφειν" Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ PM λέγουσάν !no1,"
to write: And LIheard avoice out of the eaven, saying to me,
Σφράγισον a ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ μὴ ™ravra'
Seal what(things] ‘spoke ‘the “seven *thunders, and*not ?them

γράψῃς. 5 Kai ὁ ἄγγελος, ὃν εἶδον ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης

write. And the angel whom Isaw standing on the sea
καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἦρεν τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ " εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν,
and on the earth, lifted up his hand to the heaven,

6 καὶ ὥμοσεν ἐν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ὃς
and sware by himwho lives to _ the ages ofthe ages, who
ἔκτισεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, Kai τὴν γῆν καὶ
created the heaven and the things in it, and the earth and
τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, “καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ,"
the things in it, and the sea and the things in it,
ὝὍ ’ p ? m” » ell 7 4ὰἀλλ S | > ~ « ΄ ~
τι χρόνος Ῥοὺκ ἔσται ETL ἀλλὰ" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς
Delay 2no ‘shall *be longer ; but in the days of the
φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν,
voice ofthe seventh angel, when he is about to sound [the] trumpet,
καὶ FredeoOg τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς εὐηγ-
also should be completed the mystery of God, as he did announce
γέλισεν 5τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ.δούλοις τοῖς προφήταις."
the glad tidings to his bondmen the prophets,
8 Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πάλιν
And the voice which LIheard outof the heaven [was] again
‘\adovoa' per’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ λέγουσα," Ὕπαγε λάβε τὸ ᾿βιβλα-
speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the little
ρίδιον᾽ τὸ ἠνεῳγμένον ἔν TH χειρὶ * ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἑστῶτος
book which is open in the hand οἵ [the] angel who is standing
ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης Kai ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 9 Kai Τἀπῆλθον" πρὸς τὸν

on the sea and on the earth. And I went to the
ἄγγελον, λέγων αὐτῷ, *Adc' μοι τὸ βιβλαρίδιον. Kai λέγει
angel, saying tohim, Give me the little book. And he says
μοι, Λάβε καὶ κατάφαγε αὐτό: καὶ πικρανεῖ gov τὴν
tome, Take and eat “up it: andit shall make bitter thy

κοιλίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ. στύματί.σου ἔσται γλυκὺ we μέλι. 10 Kai
belly, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. And
ἔλαβον τὸ βιβλαρίδιον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου, καὶ κατέ-
Itook the little book outof the hand ofthe angel, and ate
payor αὐτό: καὶ ἦν ἐν τῷ«.στόματί. μου ὡς μέλι γλυκύ" καὶ
up lit; and it was in my mouth 285 Shoney ‘sweet; and

ι.-.-᾿ΝὉΘὉΘ ΦθὉὈὉὈὈὈΘΘΘΘΡΘΡΘΡΘΡρΡρψρψ.ψ.ι τ... τὯὯτ{ τὉι΄ὯτΙΓῖτῖΓΠΤἕΠττ͵Ὡτ,ῖ;ἝἋῖἝὋἷ“0ῦῖτῥττ««-...--τ“-“ -Ὃτ-ς-΄ -

Γηνεῳγμένον LYTrA.
φωνὰς ἑαυτῶν GLITrAW.
" σὴν δεξιὰν the right @LTTraw.

ἔσται @LTTrAW.

δούλους τοὺς προφήτας GLITrAW.

λίον book LTra.

h τῆς γῆς GLTTraAW. i— τὰς

8 τῆς θαλάσσης GLTTrAW.
τὰ αὐτὰ LITrAW.

k ἤμελλον LTrAWw. | — woe @LTTrAW.
ο [καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν avTy] L. Ρ οὐκέτι

τ ἐτελέσθη Was completed @LTTraw. 5 τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ
t λαλοῦσαν LYTrAW. ν λέγουσαν LTTrAW. W βιβ-
Υ ἀπῆλθα LT. : δοῦναί (vead telling

4 ἀλλ᾽ LTTrA.

x + τοῦ of the @LITraw.

him to give) @LTTraAW.

REVELATION.

ἡ-κοιλία μου. 11 καὶ “λέγει! 88
tmy “belly. And hesays

»
ἔθνεσιν καὶ
nations, and

ΧΙ
« » ᾽ , ? ,

ὅτε ἔφαγον αὐτό, ἐπικράνθη
when Idideat it, *was *made *bitter

μοι, Δεῖ.σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς καὶ
to me, Thou must again prophesy as to peoples, and
γλώσσαις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς.
tongues, and ?kings many.
11 Kai ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ, " λέγων, !”Eyet-
And was given tome areed like a staff, saying, Rise,
pat, Kai μέτρησον τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον,
and measure the temple of God, and the altar,

καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν adT@ 2 Kai THY αὐλὴν τὴν
and those who worship in it. And the court which

βἔσωθεν" τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε Sew," καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς,

{is] within the temple cast out, and “not it ‘measure ;
OTe ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Kai τὴν πόλιν THY ἁγίαν
because it was given {up]tothe nations, and _ the 2city tholy

πατήσουσιν
shall they trample upon “months

τοῖς. δυσὶν. μάρτυσίν.μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας

μῆνας ἱτεσσαράκοντα' * δύο. 3 καὶ δώσω
‘forty “two. And I will give

(power) to my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy 7days
nN / ὃ , e , 1 Ἃ , Π ΄ δ
χιλίας ιακοσιας ἑξήκοντα, “περιβεβλημένοι σάκ
4a *thousand “two *hundred [and] Ssixty, clothed in sack-
4 < 4 ? ς ὃ 7 ἐλ ~ ‘ m ὃ , Ἂ ΄,
κους. OUTOL εἰσιν αἱ VO ξἕξλαιαῖ, Και vO UXVLAL

cloth,
αἱ
which

These the two olivetrees, and {the] two lampstands
ἐνώπιον "rov'! οθεοῦ" τῆς γῆς Ῥέστῶσαι." 5 Kai εἴ τις
before 6 *God ‘of‘the earth ‘stand. And if anyone
αὐτοὺς “θέλφ" ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος
“them ‘should will *to*injure, fire goes out of “mouth

» ~ ‘ , Cree ‘ ee , oo” Γ,,.ἢ ‘
αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς. αὐτῶν" καὶ εἴ τις "αὐτοὺς

are

‘their, and devours their enemies. And ifanyone *them
θέλῃ"! ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ.αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι. 6 οὗτοι
‘should “will *to*injure, thus must he be killed... These
ἔχουσιν" ᾿ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν," ἵνα μὴ "βρέχῃ
have authority toshut the heaven, that no ?may “fall
ὑετὸς ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτῶν τῆς προφητείας" καὶ ἐξουσίαν
train in [the] days of their prophecy ; and authority

ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα, Kai πατά-
they have over the waters, toturn them into blood, and to
¢ \ ~ wx 7, aN ae « , 8 θ x ΙΑ Π] 7 ‘
αι τὴν γὴν πάσῃ πληγῇ; ὑσάκις ἐᾶν θελησωσιν. καὶ

S
smite the earth withevery plague, as often as they may will. And

ὅταν τελέσωσιν τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. αὐτῶν, τὸ θηρίον τὸ
when they shall have completed their Geel the beast ae

ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου ποιήσει πόλεμον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν,"
comesup outof the abyss will make war with them,
καὶ νικήσει αὐτούς, Kai ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτούς. ὃ Kai *ra
and will overcome them, and will kill them : and
πτώματα! αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας ** πόλεως τῆς με-
2bodies 1their [will be] on the street of *city ‘the

643
as I had eaten it, my
Belle was bitter.
11 d he said unto
me, Thon must pro-
phesy again before
many peoples, and na-
tions, and tongues,
and kings,

ΧΙ, And there was
given me a reed like
unto a rod: and the
angel stood, saying
Rise, aud measure the
temple of God, and the
altar, and them that
worship therein. 2 But
the court which is
without the temple
leave out, and measure
it not ; for it is given
unto the Gentiles: and
the holy city shall
they tread under foot
forty and two months.
3 And I will give
power unto my two
witnesses, and they
shall prophesy a thou-
sand two hundred and
threescore days, cloth-
ed in sackcloth. 4 These
are the two olive trees,
and the two candle-
sticks standing before
the God of the earth,
5 And if any man
will hurt them, fire
proceedeth out of their
mouth, and devoureth
their enemies : and if
any man will hurt
them, he must in this
manner be_ killed.
6 These have power to
shut heaven, that it
rain not in the days
of their prophecy :and
have power over wa-
ters to turn them to
blood, and to smite
the earth with all
plagues, as often as
they will. 7 And when
they shall have finish-
ed their testimony, the
beast that ascend-
eth out of the bottom-
less pit shall make
war against them, and
shall overcome them,
and killthem. 8 And
their dead bodies shall
lie in the street of
the great city, which

ς λέγουσίν they say LTTrA. d + érias tot.
the angel stood E. tz Eyetpe LTTraw.
outside LrTr. 1 FDOT LTTrA.
m + αἱ the GLTTrAW. — τοῦ τ.

9 θέλει wills GLTTrawW.
should have willed them T; αὐτοὺς θελήσῃ Tr.
ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι G.
(read (during] the days) GLTTraw.
σωσιν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ GW. Υ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν πόλεμον GLTTrAW.

aa τῆς LTTrAW.

ΞΕ καὶ and LAW.
ο κυρίου Lord GLTTraW.

w + ἐν with (every) LTTrA.

8 ἔξωθεν outside EGLTTrAW.
| περιβεβλημένους Tr.

€ + Kat ὃ ἄγγελος εἱστήκει and

h ἔξωθεν

P ἑστῶτες GLITraw.

τ αὐτοὺς θέλει them wills @; θέλει αὐτοὺς LAW ; θελήσῃ αὐτοὺς
5. + τὴν the Ltr[a]w.
Y ὑετὸς βρέχῃ Tas ἡμέρας τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν (αὐτῶν τῆς προφ. w)

- τὸν οὐρανὸν

τ ὁσάκις ἐὰν θελή-

: τὸ πτῶμα body ΟἸΤΤΓΑΥ͂Κ.

θ44

spiritually is calle

Sodom and Egypt,
where also our Lord
was crucified. 9 And
they of the people and
kKindreds and tongues
and nations shall see
their dead bodies three
days and an half, and
shall not suffer their
dead bodies to be put
in graves. 10 And they
that dwell upon the
earth shall rejoice o-
ver them, and make
merry, and shall send
gifts one to another ;
because these two pro-
phets tormented them
that dwelt on the
earth. 11 And after
three days and an
half the Spirit of life
from God entered into
them, and they stood
upon their feet ; and
great fear fell upon
them which saw them,
12 And they heard a
great voice from hea-
ven saying untothem,
Come up hither. And
they ascended up to
heaven in acloud; and
their enemies beheld
them. 13 And the
same hour was there a
great earthquake, and
the tenth part of the
city fell, and in the
earthquake were slain
of men seven thou-
sand: and the rem-
nant were aftrighted,
and gave glory to the
God of heaven.

14 The second woe
is past; and, behold,
the third woe cometh
quickly.

15 And the seventh
angel sounded; and
there were great voices
in heaven, saying, The
kingdoms’ of this
world are become the
kingdoms of our Lord,
and of hisChrist; and
he shall reign for ever
andever. 16 And the
four and twenty el-
ders, which sat before

ἈΠ KA AX Y ES ΧΙ.

, ~ ~ 7 \ »

γάλης, ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος,
“great, which is called spiritually Sodom and gypt,
ὅπου καὶ ὁ κύριος θὴ μῶν" ἐσταυρώθη. 8 Kai “βλέψουσιν!"

where also *Lord our was crucified. And ‘7'shall**see ['some]
ἐκ τῶν λαῶν Kai φυλῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν Kai ἐθνῶν Ira πτώ-
*of *the *peoples®and “tribes 7’and ‘tongues Y%and /°nations bodies
ματα" αὐτῶν ἡμέρας τρεῖς “καὶ" ἥμισυ, καὶ τὰ πτώματα. αὐτῶν

13their ἰθᾷαγβ ‘*three and ahalf, and their bodies
οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν! τεθῆναι εἰς μνήματα." 10 καὶ οἱ κατ-
Snot ‘they *willsuffer tobeput into tombs, And they that

οικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ᾿χαροῦσιν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἰἸεὐφρανθή-

dwell on the earth willrejoice over them, and will make
σονται" καὶ δῶρα "πέμψουσιν" ἀλλήλοις, Ore οὗτοι οἱ δύο
merry, and gifts will send to one another, because these, the two
προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
prophets, tormented them that dwell upon the earth.
11 καὶ μετὰ τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ, πνεῦμα ζωῆς
And after the three days and ahalf, [the] _ spirit of life

? ~ ~ I~ 1 ? ΄, Il ΟΝ 2. τ .
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς

from God didenter into them, and they stood upon
πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φόβος μέγας ἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας
“feet ‘their; and “fear ‘great fell upon those beholding

αὐτούς. 12 καὶ ἥκουσαν "φωνὴν μεγάλην" ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,
them : and they heard a *voice ‘great outof the heaven,

ολέγουσαν" αὐτοῖς, PAvaBnre' ὧδε. Kai ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸν
saying to them, Come up hither. And they wentup to _ the

οὐρανὸν ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ, Kai ἐθεώρησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ. ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν.

heaven in the cloud; and beheld *them 1their “enemies.
13 Kai ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐγένετο σεισμὸς μέγας, Kai τὸ
And ἴθ that hour there was “earthquake ‘a*great, and the

δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν, Kai ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ
tenth ofthe . city fell, and there were killed in the earthquake

ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά" Kai ot λοιποὶ ἔμφοβοι
3names *of *men *thousand ‘seven. And 6 rest "afraid

ya .» "5" , ~ ~ ~ ᾽ ~
ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.

‘became, and = gave glory tothe God ofthe heaven.
14 ‘H οὐαὶ “ἡ" δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν: ἰδού, ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη
3Woe ‘the *second is past: lo, the *woe third
ἔρχεται ταχύ.
comes quickly.
15 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένον τὸ

And the seventh and Swere

φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ™éyovoa,' *Eyévovro αἱ
*voices great in the heaven, saying, SAre "become ‘the
βασιλεῖαι! τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, Kai τοῦ.χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ,
“kingdoms “of*the *world our Lord’s, an his Christ’s,

. ’ > ‘4 I~ ~ 2. 0. ‘ t c \
καὶ βασιλεύσει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. 16 Kai ‘ot
and heshallreign to the ages of the ages. And the

εἴκοσι καὶ" τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι "οὶ" ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ “καθή-
twenty and four elders, who __ before God sit

angel sounded [his] trumpet ;

» αὐτῶν their GLTTraw.
f ἀφίουσιν they suffer LTTra ; ἀφιοῦσιν W.

® [καὶ] A.

5 χαίρουσιν rejoice GLITrAW.
! ἐν ( — ἐν Tr[A]) αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW.

P’AvaBare LTTrAW.
βασιλεία “is "become ‘the “kingdom GLTTraw.
* — οἱ (read καθή. sitting) L[A]

γούσης Tra.

4 70 πτῶμα body GLITraw.
Β μνῆμα a tomb GLTTraw.
i εὐφραίνονται Make merry LTTrAW. ἔ πέμπουσιν send T.
ἴὰ ἐπέπεσεν LI'TrAW. Ὁ φωνῆς μεγάλης Tra. ο λε-
4ᾳ -- ἡ ΝΥ. τ λέγοντες GLTAW. 5 ᾿Εγένετο ἡ
το οἱ 1{41]. νυ — καὶ GLITrAW.
χ οἵ κάθηνται (read who [are] before God who sit) rrr.

ς βλέπουσιν See GLTTrAW.

XI, XII. REVELATION.

evou! ἐπὶ τοὺς. θρόνους. αὐτῶν, ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ- πρόσωπα αὐτῶν
μ ’
on their thrones, fell upon their faces,

καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 17 λέγοντες, Εὐχαριστοῦμέν σοι,
and ‘worshipped God, saying, We give thanks to thee,

κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ. ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Yai ὁ
Lord God Almighty, {He} who is, and who was, and who [is]

ἐρχόμενος," 7 ὅτι εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην.
coming, that thou hast taken spower thy 2creat,
καὶ ἐβασίλευσας. 18 καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν, Kai ἦλθεν ἡ
and reigned. And the nations were angry, and is come
ὀργή σου. Kai ὁ καιρὸς THY νεκρῶν, κριθῆναι, Kai δοῦναι TOY
“wrath ‘thy, andthe time of the dead tobejudged, and togive the
μισθὸν τοῖς. δούλοις.σου τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις Kai
reward to thy bondmen the prophets, and tothe saints, and
τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ.ὄνομά.σου, *Toic μικροῖς Kai τοῖς
to those who fear thy name, the small and the
μεγάλοις," καὶ διαφθεῖραι τοὺς 'διαφθείροντας" τὴν γῆν.
great ; and toring toconruption those who corrupt the earth.
19 Kai ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ “ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai Wo-

And was opened the temple of God in the heaven, and was
θη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς. διαθήκης.Δαὐτοῦ" ἐν τῷ.ναῷ.αὐτοῦ" Kai
seen the ark of his covenant in his temple: and
ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ Kai φωναὶ Kai βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμὸς καὶ
there were lightnings and voices and thunders and an earthquake and
χάλαζα μεγάλη.

7hail 1 great,

12 Kai σημεῖον μέγα ὥφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, γυνὴ περι-
hee py Y ῷ, Ὑ ρ

a“sign ‘great wasseen in the heaven ; a@ woman cloth-

βεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν. ποδῶν αὐτῆς.
ed with the sun, andthe moon under her feet,

καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς. κεφαλῆς. αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα᾽ 2 Kai

and on ker head 8. crown of *stars ‘twelve; and

ty.yaotpiéxovoa,® ἱκράζει' ὠδίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη
being with child she cries being in travail, and being in pain
τεκεῖν.

to bring forth.
3 Kai ὥφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai ἰδού, δρά-

And was seen another in the and behold, a *dra-

κων ἐμέγας 7 πυῤῥός," ἔχων κεφαλὰς ἑ ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ
gon lereab “red, having “heads ‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and

ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτοῦ "διαδήματα ἑπτά"" 4 Kai ἡ οὐρὰ.αὐτοῦ
upon his heads ?diadems 1seven ; and his tail

σύρει TO τρίτον THY ἀστέρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς
drags the third ofthe stars ofthe heaven, and [6 cast them

εἰς τὴν γῆν. Kai ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς

sign HeSyeD,

to the earth. And the dragon stands before the woman who
μελλούσης τεκεῖν, ἵνα bray τέκῃ, τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς
is about to bring forth, that when she should bring forth, her child

καταφάγῃ. 5 καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱὸν 1a ppeva,' ὃς μέλλει ποι-
he might devour. Andshe brought fortha*son ‘male, who is about to

paivey πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ" καὶ ἡρπάσθη
shepherd all the nations with rod Jan *iron: and was caught away

Υ — καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος GLTTrAW. * + καὶ and T.
LTrA. Ὁ διαφθείραντας corrupted τι. ¢ + ὃ which [is] LTTr.
the covenant of the Lord) G. e+ xatand 11[4].

μέγας LTTrA. b ἑπτὰ διαδήματα GLTTrAW. i ἄρσεν LTTrAW.

f ἔκραζεν Was crying L.

019
God on their seats,
fell upon their faces,
and worshipped Goa,
17 saying, We give
thee thanks, O Lord
God Almighty, which
art, and wast, and art
to come; because thou
hast taken to thee thy
great power, and hast
reigned. 18 And the na-
tions were angry, and
thy wrath iscome, and
the time of the dead,
that they should be
judged, and that thou
shouldest give reward
unto thy servants the
prophets, and to the
saints, and them that
fear thy name, smali
and great; and should-

est destroy them
which destroy the
earth.

19 And the temple
of God was opened in
heaven, and there was
seen in his temple the
ark of his testament :
and there were light-
nings, and voices, and
thunderings, and an
earthquake, and great
hail.

XII. And there ap-
peared a great wonder
in heaven ; a woman
clothed with the sun,
and the moon under
her feet, and upon her
head a crown of
twelve stars: 2 and
she being with child
cried, travailing in
birth, and pained to
be delivered.

3 And there ap-
peared another won-
der in heaven; and
behold a great red
dragon, having seven
heads and ten horns
and seven crowns upon
his heads. 4 And his
tail drew the third
part of the stars of
heaven, and did cast
them to the earth:
and the dragon stood
before the woman
which was ready to be
delivered, for to de-
vour her child as soon
as it was born. 5 And
she brought forth a
man child, who was to
rule ali nations with
a rod of iron: and her

5 τοὺς μικροὺς Kal TOUS μεγάλους

4 τοῦ κυρίου (read
8 πυρῥὸς

040

child was caught up
unto God, and to his
throne. 6 And the wo-
man fled into the wil-
derness, where she
hath a place prepared
of God, that they
should feed her there a
thousand two hundred
and threescore days.

7 And there was
war in heaven: Mi-
chael and his angels
fought against the
dragon ; and the dra-
gon fought and his
angels, 8 and _ pre-
vailed not; neither
was their place found
any more in heaven.
9 And the great dra-
gon was cast out, that
old serpent, called the
Devil, and Satan,
which deceiveiu the
whole world: he was
cast out into the
earth, and his angels
were cast out with
him, 10 And I heard
a loud voice saying
in heaven, Now is
come salvation, and
strength, and the
kingdom of our God,
and the power of his
Christ: for the ac-
ecuser of our brethren
is cast down, which
accused them before
our God day and
night. 11 And they
overcame him by the
blood of the Lamb,
and by the word of
their testimony ; and
they loved not their
lives unto the death,
12 Therefore rejoice,
ye heavens, and ye
that dwell in them.
Woe to the inhabiters
of the earth and of
the sea! for the devil
is come down unto
you, having great
wrath, because he
knoweth that he hath
but a short time.

13. And when the
dragon saw that he
was cast unto the
earth, he persecuted
the woman which
brought forth the
man child. 14 And to

AIT O'KAASY 0 3. Xo,
τὸ. τέκνον. αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν. θρόνον αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai
her child to God and his throne. And

ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς THY ἔρημον, ὕπου ἔχει! τόπον ἡτοιμασ-
the woman fled into the wilderness, where she has a place pre-

μένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ ™rpipwow' αὐτὴν ἡμέρας

pared of God, that there they should nourish her 7days
χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα.

‘a *thousand “two *hundred [84η4] ‘sixty.

7 Kai ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" "ὁ' Μιχαὴλ καὶ

And there was war in the heaven: Michael and
οἱ. ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ “ἐπολέμησαν κατὰ" τοῦ δοάκοντος, Kai ὁ

his angels warred against the dragon, and the
δράκων ἐπολέμησεν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι.αὐτοῦ" 8 Kai οὐκ Ρίσχυ-
dragon warred, and his angels ; and “not ‘they “pre-
σαν." “οὔτε' τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. 9 Kai
vailed, nor “place 'was*found “their any morein the heaven. And

ἐβλήθη ὁ

was cast [out] the
μενος διάβολος, Kai ὁ σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην

δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλού-
dragon 1yreat, the 7serpent ancient, who is

called Devil, and the Satan, who misleads the "habitable
ὕλην, ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γῆν, καὶ οἱ. ἄγγελοι. αὐτοῦ
(*world] 'whole, he wascast into the earth, and his angels

μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν. 10 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην τλέ-
Swith *him lwere “cast. And Theard a voice ‘great
yovoay ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ," Αρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία Kai ἡ δύνα-
saying in the heaven, Now iscome the salvation and the power
μις καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν, Kai ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ χριστοῦ
and the kingdom of our God, and the authority $Christ

> La ev Si = ANA Il c t , " ~ 10. λ ~ ε ~
αὐτοῦ: ὅτι "“κατεβλήθη" ὁ 'κατήγορος" τῶν.ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν.
‘of 7his; because iscast down the accuser of our brethren,

ὁ κατηγορῶν αὐτῶν" ἐνώπιον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἡμέρας Kai

who accuses them before our God day and
νυκτός. 11 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ
night. And they overcame him by reason of the blood of the
apviov, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς.μαρτυρίας. αὐτῶν, καὶ
Lamb, and by reason of the word of their testimony, and

ὙΔΉ ΟΝ ἡ \ ‘ > ~ » θ ΄ 19 3 ‘
οὐκ' ἠγάπησαν τὴν.ψυχὴν. αὐτῶν ἄχρι θανάτου. ιὰ
Ξηοῦ ‘loved their life unto death. Because of

τοῦτο εὐφραίνεσθε "οἱ" οὐρανοὶ καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς OKNVOUY TEC.
this rejoice ye heavens and[ye]whoin them tabernacle.

ovat Yrote κατοικοῦσιν! *rnyv γῆν Kai τὴν θάλασσαν," Ort

Woe to those who inhabit the earth and the sea, because

κατέβη ὁ διάβολος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν, εἰ-
is come down the devil to you having “fury ‘great, know-

Owe Ore ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει.

ing that δι βϑῆοσῦ time he has,

13 Kai Ore εἶδεν ὁ δράκων Ore ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γὴν.

And when ὅβανγ ‘the “dragon that he wascast into the earth,

γ Δ ‘ ~ «“ » ‘ 8422 iT} 14 4
ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἕτεκεν τὸν "ἄῤῥενα. καὶ
he persecuted the woman which brought forth the male [child]. And

k + πρὸς to GLTTrAW.

ἐκτρέφωσιν W.

GLTITraWw. PU
GLTTrAW. :
Ἢ οὐχ L. x — οἱ TTrA.

5 εβλήθη is cast [out] LTTrA.

1+ éxet there GTAW. m τρέφουσιν they nourish rrr ;
ο τοῦ ( — τοῦ T[A]) πολεμῆσαι μετὰ Warred with
4 οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν

τ κατήγωρ GLTA. ἡ αὐτοὺς LTA.
: τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ aw.

ἢ ὅ τα both 1».
υσεν he prevailed 4.

Υ — τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν GLTTrAW.

κ ἄρσεναν 1,; ἄρσενα TTrA.

MEE XIII. REVELATION.

ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ" δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου,
were given tothe woman two wings of the eagle great,
ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς τὸν. τόπον. αὐτῆς, ὕπου τρέ-
that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where sheis
φεται ἐκεῖ καιρόν, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ, ἀπὸ
nourished there atime, and times, and half atime, from [the]
? ~ » A » «ε m” c2 ΄ ~
προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. 15 Kai ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις “ὀπίσω τῆς
face of the serpent. And Scast ‘the “serpent “after 3086
‘ ~ , ~) e ’ .“
γυναικὸς ἐκ τοῦ-.στόματος.αὐτοῦ" ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν, ἵνα
‘Cwoman ‘out Sof his 7mouth water as a river, that
“ταύτην" ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ. 16 καὶ
*her (®as Sone] “carried ®away *by '°a ΕἾΤ ΘΙ *he *might *make. And
ἐβοήθησεν ἡ yi) TH γυναικί, Kai ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα
“helped ‘the 7earththe woman, and “opened ‘the “earth 5mouth
αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων
*its, and swallowed up the river which cast ‘the *dragon
ἐκ τοῦ. στόματος αὐτοῦ. 17 Kai ὠργίσθη ὁ δράκων "ἐπὶ"
out of his mouth. And *was *angry ‘the *dragon with
Ty γυναικί, Kai ἀπῆλθεν ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν
the woman, and went to make war with the rest
τοῦ. σπέρματος. αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ
of her seed, who keep the commandments
θεοῦ, καὶ ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν frov' ᾿Ιησοῦ δχριστοῦ."
ofGod,and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.
18 Kai *éora@ny'" ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης" 13 καὶ
And I stood upon the sand of the sea ; and

εἶδον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον, ἔχον ἱκεφαλὰς

Isaw outof the sea a beast rising, having “heads

t 4 +7 ~ if ? ~ ,

ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν. κεράτων αὐτοῦ δέκα δια-
*seven and “horns ‘ten, and on its horns ten dia:

δήματα, Kai ἐπὶ Tac.Kepaddc.avTov Kovoua' βλασφημίας.
dems, and upon its heads {the} name of blasphemy.

2 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ εἶδον ἦν ὅμοιον παρδάλει, Kai οἱ πόδες

And the beast whicnlsaw was like to a leopard, and 2feet

> ~ » " , ~ e ΄ , 1
αὐτοῦ we ἱἄρκτου," καὶ τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ ὡς στύμα Ὄλέοντος."

‘its as ofabear, and its mouth as([the] mouth ofalion;

καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν.δύναμιν. αὐτοῦ, Kai τὸν θρόνον
and “gave “ἴο °it ‘the *dragon his power, and *throne
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην. 3 Kai "εἶδον" μίαν 5 τῶν κεφα-
this, and *authority 1great, And Isaw one sheads
~ > ~ e , >? , ‘ « ‘ ~
λῶν αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον᾽ Kai ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ
lof 1 5. as slain to death ; and the wound
θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη, Kai Ῥέεθαυμάσθη" Yév' τόλῃ τῷ
3death ‘of its washealed: and there was wonder in “whole ‘the
yp ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου. 4 καὶ προσεκύνησαν “τὸν δράκοντα"
earth after the beast, And they didhomageto the dragon,
‘Oc! ἔδωκεν “ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ, Kai προσεκύνησαν “τὸ

who gave authority tothe beast; and they didhomageto the
θηρίον," λέγοντες, Τίς ὕμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ; “τίς δύναται
beast, saying, Who [15] like tothe beast? who is able

647

the woman were given
two wings of a great
eagle, that she might
Ἐν into the wilderness,
into her place, where
she is nourished for a
time, and times, and
half atime, from the
face of the serpent.
15 And the serpent
cast out of his mouth
water as a flood after
the woman, that he
might cause her to be
carried away of the
flood. 16 And the
earth helped the wo-
man, and the earth
opened her mouth, and
swallowed up the flood
which the dragon cast
out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was
wroth with the wo-
man, and went to
make war with the
remnant of her seed,
which keep the com-
mandments of God,
and have the testi-
mony of Jesus Christ.

«

XIII. And I stood
upon the sand of the
sea, and saw a
beast rise up out of
the sea, having seven
heads and ten horns,
and upon his horns
ten crowns, and upon
his heads the name of
blasphemy. 2 And the
beast which I saw was
like unto a leopard,
and his feet were as
the feet of a bear, and
his mouth as the
mouth of a lion: and
the dragon gave him

his power, and his
seat, and great au-
thority. 3 And 1

saw one of his heads
as it were wounded to
death ; and his deadly
wound was healed:
and all the world won-
dered after the beast.
4 And they worship-
ped the dragon which
gave power unto the
beast: and they wor-
shipped the beast, say-
ing, Who is like unto
the beast? whois abie

Ὁ + αἱ the Lrtr[a]w. ’ σ
GLTTrAw. ε — ἐπὶ (read τῇ With the) L. f — τοῦ GLTTrAW.
Β ἐστάθη it stood LTra. i κέρατα δέκα kat κεφαλὰς ἑπτά GLTTrAW.

© ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς GLTTraW.

4 αὐτὴν

8 --- χριστοῦ GLTITrAW.

κ ὀνόματα Hames

GLTTrw. 1 Gpkov GLTTrAW. τὼ λεόντων Of lions τ. Ὁ--- εἶδον GLTTraw. o+ ἐκ
of (its) GLTTrAW. Ρ ἐθαύμασεν (vead the whole earth wondered) ee@Taw. 4 — ἐν
EGLTAW. τ ὅλη ἡ γῆ EGLTAW. S τῷ δράκοντι GLITrAW. τ ὅτι (read because he gave)
GLTTrAW ν + τὴν the GLTtraw. " τῷ θηρίῳ GLTTrAW. 2+ καὶ and GLTTrAW

648

to make war with
him ? 5 And there was
given unto him a
mouth speaking great
things and _ blasphe-
mies ; and power was
given unto him to
continue forty and
two months, 6 And he
opened his mouth in
blasphemy against
God, to blaspheme his
name, and his taber-
nacie, and them that
dwellin heaven. 7 And
it was given unto him
to make war with
the saints, and to
overcome them: and
power was given him
over all kindreds, and
tongues, and nations.
8 Andall that dwell
upon the earth shall
worship him, whose
Dames are not writ-
ten in the book of
life of the Lamb slain
from the foundation
of the world. 9 If any
man have an ear, let
him hear. 10 He that
leadeth thto captivity
shall gointo captivity:
he that killeth with
the sword must be
killed with the sword.
Here is the patience
and the faith of the
saints.

11 And I beheld an-
other beast coming up
out of the earth; and
he had two horns like
a lamb, and he spake
as a dragon. 12 Andhe
exerciseth all the pow-
er of the first beast
before him, and caus-
eth the earth and
them which dwell
therein to worship the
first beast, whose
deadly wound was
healed. 13 And he do-
eth great wonders, so
that he maketh fire
come down from hea-
ven on the earth in
the sight of men,
14 and deceiveth them
that dwell on the

earth by the means of

those miracles which

Υ βλάσφημα blasphemous [things] La.
σαρακονταδύο E ; τεσσεράκοντα δύο LITrA.
ε — καὶ ἐδόθη..
λαὸν and people @LTTraw.
not been written) LTTrA.

d καὶ LITrAW.

ATLOK A AY ¥ Fs.
πολεμῆσαι per αὐτοῦ; 5 καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν
to make war with it? And wasgiven toit amouth speaking
μεγάλα καὶ βλασφημίας" Kai ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία " ποιῆ-

great things and aE Peay 5 and was given to it a te
σαι μῆνας "τεσσαράκοντα ὃ δύο" 6 καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ στόμα.αὐτοῦ
act “months forty *two. And it opened its mouth

εἰς “BAacdnpiav' πρὸς τὸν θεόν, βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα
for blasphemy, eeainge God, to pagan 7name

αὐτοῦ, Kai τὴν. σκηνὴν. αὐτοῦ, “καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ
this, and his tabernacle, and those who 7in “the ‘heaven

σκηνοῦντας. 7 “καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 'πόλεμον ποιῆσαι μετὰ τῶν
‘tabernacle. And was given to it 3war 1to*make with the

ἁγίων, Kai νικῆσαι αὐτούς" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ἐπὶ
saints, and toovercome' them; and was given toit authority over
πᾶσαν φυλὴν 8 καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ἔθνος. 8 Kai προσκυνήσου-
every ὑγ106, and tongue, and nation; and 5881] do homage
σιν βαὐτῷ" πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς iwv' οὐ
to it all who hoes on the earth of whom “not

é k Ι 2 rw! G 2)

Y γρᾶατπται τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν ἱτῇ ί ῳ τῆς ωῆς του
"have been written the names in sis ®book 10of | life '*of **the

ἀρνίου ™ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 9 Εἰ
1SLamb slain ‘from (?the) “founding ‘of [the] world. If

> ” n ο ᾽ X , Π
τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω. 10 Ei τις αἰχμαλωσίαν
anyone has anear, let him hear. If anyone [7into] “captivity

Ῥσυνάγει," εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπάγει" εἴ τις ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ"
‘gathers, into captivity he goes. If anyone with [the] sword

τἀποκτενεῖ," Sei" αὐτὸν ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτανθῆναι" ὧδέ
will kill, 2must ‘he with{the] sword be killed. Here

ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ «τὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων.
is the endurance and the faith ofthe saints,

11 Kai εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον avaBaivoy ἐκ τῆς γῆς;
And Isaw another beast rising out of the earth,

- , ’ a ? , "7 ΄ « , ‘
εἶχεν κέρατα δύο ὕμοια ἀρνίῳ, Kai ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων. 12 Kai
ithad “horns ‘two liketo alamb, and spoke as a dragon; and
τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου πᾶσαν ποιεῖ ἐνώπιον

XIII.

καὶ
and

*the “authority “οἵ °the first 7beast tall itexercises before
αὐτοῦ" Kai ποιεῖ THY γῆν Kai τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν αὐτῇ"
it, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it
ἵνα “προσκυνήσωσιν᾽ τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθερα-
that they should do homage to the “beast ‘first, of whom was
πεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ" 13 Kai ποιεῖ σημεῖα

of its death.

Toy |
it should cause

healed the wound And it works “signs

χκαταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ov-
tocome down outof the hea-

~ iI ᾽ - x ~ ? , ~ 2. θ , 14 ‘ Xr ~
Pavov’ ELC τὴν γὴν EVWTLOY TWY ανσρωπων. Kat TAAVE

μεγάλα, δ

1preat,

ἵνα Kai πῦρ
that even fire

ven to the earth before men. And it misleads
τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ
those who dwell on the earth, by reason of the signs which

2 + πόλεμον war (read ποιῆ. to make) Ε.
b + [καὶ] and 1».

8 τεσ-
© βλασφημίας LTTrAW.
νικῆσαι αὐτούς L. ἱ ποιῆσαι πόλεμον TTrA. 8 + καὶ
h αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. i οὗ (read [everyone] of whom has
K τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ his name LTTrA ; τὸ ὄνομα the name Gw.

ἱ τῷ βιβλίῳ Q@LTTrAW. m + τοῦ (read which was slain) GLTTrAW. Ὁ + εἰς Lis]
for LTAW. ° — αἰχμαλωσίαν (read εἰς for) Tr. P — συνάγει LTTrAW. 4 μαχαίρῃ
LfTra. τ ἀποκταίνει kills τι; ἀποκτανθῆναι to be killed a. s — δεῖ a. * ἐν αὐτῇ

κατοικοῦντας QTTrA.
ΟΥ̓.

Υ προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage ΤΊΓΑ. Ὑ καὶ πῦρ ἵνα

x ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνειν (καταβῇ α ; καταβαίνῃ should come down W) @LutTraw

XIII, XIV. REVELATION.
ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον Tov θηρίου, λέγων τοῖς
it γγαβ given toit towork before the beast, saying to those who
κατοικοῦσιν ἐπὶ THC γῆς, ποιῆσαι Zeikova' τῷ θηρίῳ ὃ)
dwell on the earth, to make animage tothe beast, which
ἔχει THY πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρας" καὶ ἔζησεν. 15 Kai ἐδόθη
has the wound of the sword, and lived. And it was given
“αὐτῷ! δοῦναι πνεῦμα! τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου; ἵνα καὶ λα-
to it to give breath tothe image ofthe beast, that’also®should
digg ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου, Kai ποιήσῃ, doa fav" μὴ
®speak ‘the *image *of*the ‘beast, and should cause as many as ot
ἐπροσκυνήσωσιν'" Ῥτὴν εἰκόνα" τοῦ θηρίου ‘iva! ἀποκτανθῶσιν.
would dohomageto the image ofthe beast that theyshouldbekilled.
16 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, Kai
And it causes all, the small d the great, and
τοὺς πλουσίους Kai τοὺς πτωχούς, Kai τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ

the rich and the poor, and the free and
τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα ἔδώσῃ᾽ αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς
the bondmen, that itshould give them a mark on “hand
αὐτῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, ἢ ἐπὶ ray μετώπων" αὐτῶν, 17 "καὶ" ἵνα
‘their “right, or on “foreheads ‘their; and that
μή.τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰμὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ

noone should be able to buy to sell, except he who has_ the

χάραγμα "ἢ" οτὸ ὄνομα" τοῦ θηρίου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ

or

mark or the name οἵ the beast, or the number
ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. 18 Ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν. ὁ ἔχων Prov’

“name *of its, Here ?wisdom ‘is. He who has

νοῦν, Ψψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου" ἀριθμὸς. γὰρ

understanding let himcount the number ofthe beast: tor “number

ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ.ἀριθμὸς αὐτοῦ 4 τχξς΄."
Ja “man’s itis; and its number [153] 666,
14 Kai "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδού, * ἀρνίον "ἑστηκὸς! ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος

And tIsaw, and behold, (the) Lamb standing upon mount
Σιών, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν ὑτεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες"
Sion, and with him a hundred [and] forty four

χιλιάδες, ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα" τοῦ-.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον
thousand, having the name of his Father written

ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων.αὐτῶν. 2 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐ-
on their foreheads, And tLIheard a voice outof the hea-
pavov we φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, Kai ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς

ven as avoice of *waters ‘many, and as avoice of “thunder
μεγάλης" καὶ Yowryy ἤκουσα! τ" κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν
great: and a voice 1 heard of harpers harping with

ταῖς.κιθάραις.αὐτῶν. 3 Kai gdovow “we! δὴν καινὴν ἐνώ-

their harps. And theysing as a7song ‘new be-
πιον τοῦ θρόνου, καὶ ἐνώπιον THY τεσσάρων ζώων καὶ
fore the throne, and _ before the four living creatures and
τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" Kai οὐδεὶς Ῥ"ἠδύνατο" μαθεῖν τὴν ᾧδήν,
the elders. And no one was able tolearn the song

649

he had power to do
in the sight of the
beast ; saying to then:
that dwell on the
earth, that ther
should make an image
to the beast, which
had the wound by «
sword, and did live.
15 And he had power
to give life unto the
image of the beast,
that the image of the
beast should both
speak, and cause that
as many as would not
worship the image of
the beast should be
killed. 16 And hecaus-
eth all, bothsmall and
great, rich and poor,
tree and bond, to re-
ceive a mark in their
right hand, or in their
foreheads : 17 and
that no man might
buy or sell, save he
that had the mark, or
the name of the beast,
or the number of his
name, 18 Here is wis-
dom, Let him that
hath understanding
count the number of
the beast : for itis the
number of a man;
and his number is Six
hundred _threescore
and six.

XIV. And I looked,
and, lo, a Lamb stood
on the mount Sion,
and with him an hun-
dred forty and four
thousand, having his
Father’s name written
in their foreheads,
2 And 1 heard a voice
from heaven, as the
voice of many waters,
and as the voice of a
great thunder: and 1
heard the voice of
harpers harping with
their harps: 3 and
they sung as it were
a new song before the
throne, and before the
four beasts, and the
elders: and no man
could learn that song
but the hundred and

4 ὃς who LTTraw. Ὁ μαχαίρης LTTrA.
ἃ πνεῦμα δοῦναι w. © + wa that Lrr[a]w. f ἐὰν LTTrA.
homage T. ἃ τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτὴν. ἰ -- ἵνα (omit that they) Lrrraw.
give GLTTraw. 170 μέτωπον forehead GLTTraw. πὶ — καὶ LI[A].
© τοῦ ὀνόματος οἵ the name L. P—ToyGLTTrAW. 4-4 ἐστὶν is Tr.
ἕξ six hundred [and] sixty-six La. 5 ἴδον T.
π τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LTTrA.
(read his name and the name) GLTTraw.
[was] GLrtraw. 18. + ws aS GLTTraW.

® εἰκόναν L.

aa — ὡς GT[TrA].

t+ τὸ the GLTTraw.

© αὐτῇ (that is, the image) τι.
ὃ προσκυνήσουσιν Shall do
* δῶσιν they should

1 — ἢ GLITraWw.

τ ἑξακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα

Υ ἑστὸς LTTYAW.

; χα + αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα
) ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα the voice which I heard
ba ἐδύνατο LTTrA.

650

forty and four thou-
sand, which were re-
deemed from the earth.
4 These are they which
were not defiled with
women; for they ure
virgins, These are they
which follow the Lamb
whithersoever he go-
eth. These were re-
deemed from among
men, being the first-
fruits unto God and
to the Lamb. 5 And
in their mouth was
found no guile : for
they are without fault
before the throne of
God.

6 And Isawanother
angel fly in the midst
of heaven, having the
everlasting gospel. to
preach unto them that
dwell on theearth, and
to every nation, and
kindred, and tongue,
and people, 7 saying
with a loud _ voice,
Fear God, and give
glory to him; for the
hour of his judgment
is come : and worship
him that made hea-
ven, and earth, and
the sea, and the foun-
tains of waters.

8 And there followed
another angel, saying,
Babylon is fallen, is
fallen, that great city,
because she made all
nations drink of the
wine of the wrath of
her fornication.

9 And the third angel
followed them, saying
with a loud voice, If
avy man worship the
beast and his image,
and receive his mark
in his forehead, or in
his hand, 10 the same
shall drink of the wine
of the wrath of God,
which is poured out
without mixture into
the cup of his indig-
nation ; and he shall
be tormented with fire
and brimstone in the
presence of the holy
angels, and in the pre-
sence of the Lamb:

© τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LITrA.
© ὑπάγει he goes Lira.

h — ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Tov θεοῦ GLITraw.
K + ἐπὶ unto LITraw.

LTTra.

GLITraw.

ἄγγελος a second angel LTrAW ; ἄγ. dev. T.

πόλις GLTTrAW.
LITrAW.
τὸ θηρίον GLTTrAW.

χα + ἄλλος another GLTTraw.

ἌΠΟ KA. A ¥ Wak 3: XIV.

εἰμὴ at ἑκατὸν “τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες" χιλιάδες, οἱ
except the hundred (and) forty four thousand, whe

ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. 4 οὗτοί slow οἱ pera
have been purchased from the earth. These are they who with

γυναικῶν οὐκ.ἐμολύνθησαν" παρθένοι.γάρ εἰσιν᾽ οὑτοί Δεἰσιν'"
women were not defiled, for virgins they are: these are
ot ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ apvip ὕπου ἂν *uTayy." οὗτοι
they who follow the amb wheresoever he may go. These
ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ καὶ
were purchased from among men [88] firstfruits to God and
τῷ ἀρνίῳ. 5 καὶ ἐν τῷ.στόματι.αὐτῶν οὐχ.εὑρέθη 'δόλος"

tothe Lamb: and in their mouth was not found guile ;
adpwporsyao εἰσιν "ἐνώπιον Tov θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ."
for blameless they are before the throne of God.
6 Kai εἶδον ‘addXov' ἄγγελον ἱπετώμενον" ἐν μεσου-
And I saw another angel flying in mid-
ρανήματι, ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσαιἜ

heaven, to announce

τοὺς
those who

having [the] “glad “tidings [00]
κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai™ πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ φυλὴν

dwell on the earth, and every nation and tribe
καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν, 7 "Aéyovta' “ἐνὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῳ,
and tongue and people, saying with a “voice *loud,
Φοήθητε τὸν θεόν, καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, Ore ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα

‘everlasting
1

Fear God, and give tohim glory, because is come the hour
THC-Kploewo.avTOU’ καὶ προσκυνήσατε τῷ ποιήσαντι τὸν
of his judgment ; and do homage to him who made the

οὐρανὸν καὶ THY γῆν Kai? θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων.
heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.
8 Kai ἄλλος “ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν, λέγων, "ἔπεσεν "ἔπε-
And another angel followed, saying, [5 fallen, is
σεν "Βαβυλὼν" 4) πόλις ἡ μεγάλη" “ὕτι" ἐκ TOU οἴνου τοῦ
fallen Babylon 3city ‘the “great, because of the wine of the
θυμοῦ τῆς.πορνείας.αὐτῆς πεπότικεν πάντα" ἔθνη.
fury of her fornication she has given *to*drink ‘all “nations,
9 Καὶ * Yrpirog ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ἐν
And a third angel followed them, saying, with
φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, Εἴ τις “τὸ θηρίον προσκυνεῖ" Kai τὴν
a *voice ‘loud, If anyone ‘the ‘beast ‘does “homage “to and
εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαμβάνει χάραγμα ἐπὶ τοῦ.μετὠπου.αὐτοῦ,
“image ‘its, and receives a mark on his forehead
ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν.χεϊρα.αὐτοῦ, 10 Kai αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ TOU οἴνου
or upon his hand, also he shalldrink of the wine
τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ
of the fury of God which is mixed undiluted in the
ποτηρίῳ τῆς.ὀργῆς.αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασανισθήσεται ἐν πυρὶ καὶ
cup of his wrath, and heshallbetormented in fire and
θείῳ, ἐνώπιον "τῶν" Yayiwy ἀγγέλων," καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ
brimstone, before the holy angels, and before the

ἃ — εἰσιν (read |are})
Β — yap for La,
) πετόμενον GLTTrAW.

! ψεῦδος falsehood GLTTraw.
1 [ἄλλον] A.

! καθημένους Sit GLTTrAW. m + ἐπὶ unto @LTTrAW. Ὁ λέγων

ο — ἀν (read φωνῇ with a voice) L. P + τὴν the arw. 4 δεύτερος
τ [ἔπεσεν] A. 5 Βαβουλὼν E, t— ἡ

ν ἣ which (read wer. has given to drink) Τ᾿ ΑὟὟ. Ὑ + τὰ the

Y ἄγγελος τρίτος GLTTraw. * προσκυνεῖ

& — τῶν LTTr. b ἀγγέλων ἁγίων LITr; — ἁγίων A.

XIV. REVELATION.

? , ~ ‘ t 2 ‘ x ~ ~ ᾽ ~ c > ,
ἀρνίου" 11 καὶ ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ. αὐτῶν “ἀναβαίνει
Lamb. Andthe smoke of their torment goes up
εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων" Kai οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμέρας Kal
ἴο ages of ages, and they have no respite day and

νυκτὸς οἱ προσκυνοῦντες TO θηρίον καὶ τὴν.εἰκόνα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ
night who do homage to the beast and its image, and

εἴ τις λαμβάνει τὸ sss a τοῦ.ὀνόματος. αὐτοῦ. 12°Qde 4
ifanyone receives the mark of its name, Here [*the]

ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν᾽ “ὦδε' οἱ τηροῦντες τὰς ἐν-
“endurance *of the “saints ‘is, here they who keep the command-

τολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ Kai THY πίστιν ᾿Ιησοῦ.
mnents of God and the faith of Jesus.

13 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λεγούσης ἵμοι,"
And ILheard avoice outof the rag saying to me,

Γράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ νεκροὶ ot ἐν iw ἀποθγή Ππευητες
ρ ’ p
Write, Blessed the dead who in bene ee

βἀπάρτι." Nai, λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, wa bi crpiniciert ἐκ
from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from

τῶν. κόπων αὐτῶν" τὰ ‘dé! ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν.
their labours ; and *works ‘their follow with them.

14 Kai ξεῖδον," καὶ ἰδού, νεφέλη λευκή; καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην

And Isaw, and se sites a*cloud ‘white, and upon the cloud
ἰκαθήμενος Sporoc' "vig' ἀνθρώπου, ἔχων ἐπὶ "τῆς
Cone] sitting like [the] Son of ry having on
κεφαλῆς" αὐτοῦ στέφανον χρυσοῦν, καὶ ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτοῦ δρέ-
*head this a *crown ‘golden, and in his hand a
πανον ὀξύ. 15 καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ,
4sickle ‘sharp. And another angel came out of the temple,

κράζων ἐν “μεγάλῳ φωνῇ" τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῆς νεφέλης,
crying with loud voice to him sitting on the cloud,

Πέμψον τὸ.δρέπανόν.σου, καὶ θέρισον, Ore ἦλθέν Poor ἡ
Send thy sickle and Rt because iscome tothee the

ὥρα Irov' θερίσαι, ὅτι ἐξηράνθη ὁ ὁ θερισμὸς τῆς γῆς. 16 Καὶ

hour toreap, because is dried the harvest of the earth. And

ἔβαλεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην" τὸ δρέπανον.αὐτοῦ
“put 7forth the ?sitting “upon *the “cloud his sickle
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, Kai ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ.
upon the earth, and was reaped the earth.
17 Kai ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ TOU ναοῦ τοῦ ἐν τῷ
And another angel came outof the temple which [is] in the
οὐρανῷ, ἔχων Kai αὐτὸς δρέπανον ὀξύ. 18 καὶ ἄλλος ay-
heaven, “having ?also ‘*he a*sickle ‘sharp. And another an-
γελος SeEnAGev'! ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, ᾿ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ
gel came out of the altar, having authority over

πυρός, Kal ἐφώνησεν ἡ κραυγῷ᾽ μεγάλῳ τῷ ἔχοντι τὸ δρέπανον
ἔπε and hecalled witha“cry ‘loud tohim heres “sickle

τὸ ὀξύ, λέγων, Πέμψον cov τὸ δρέπανον τὸ ὀξύ, καὶ τρύγη-

*the *sharp, saying, Send thy *sickle ‘sharp, and gather

cov τοὺς βότρυας“ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἤκμασαν αἱ σταφυλαὶ
the bunches of the earth; because are fully ripe *grapes

651

11 and the smoke of
their torment ascend-
eth up for ever and
ever: and they have
no rest day nor night,
who worship the beast
and his image, and
whosoever receiveth
the mark of his name,
12 Here is the patience
of the saints : hereare
they that keep the
commandments or
God, «nd the faith οὗ
Jesus.

13 And 1 neard a
vuice from heaven
saying unto me, Write,
Blessed are the dead
which die in the Lord
from henceforth: Yea,
saith the Spirit, that
they may rest from
their labours; and
their works do follow
them.

14 And I looked,
und behold a white
cloud, and upon the
cloud’ one gat like
unto the Son of man,
haying on his head a
golden crown, and in
his hand a sharp sic-
kle. 15 And another
angel came out of the
temple, crying with a
loud voice to him that
sat on the cloud,
Thrust in thy sickle,
and reap: for the time
ts come for thee to
reap ; for the harvest
of the earth is ripe.
16 And he that sat
on the cloud thrust in
his sickle on theearth;
and the earth was
reaped.

17 And another an-
gel came out of the
temple which is in
heaven, he also hay-
ing a sharp sickle.
18 And another ange!
came out from the al-
tar, which had power
over fire; and cried
with a loudery to him
that had the sharp
sickle, saying, Thrust
in thy sharp sickle,
and gather the clusters
of the vine of the
earth ; for her grapes

ς εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων ἀναβαίνει GLTTrAW. d+ ἡ the LTTraw.

— POLGLTTrAW. ὃ ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι GLa.

e — ὧδε GLTTrAW.

a EE OER they shall rest LTTra ; ἀναπαύσονται

P — σοι GLTTrAw.

they shall rest w. i yap for LTTra. k ἴδον 1. ! καθήμενον ὅμοιον GLTTraW.
™ υἱὸν T. 2 τὴν κεφαλὴν LT. ο φωνῇ μεγάλῃ GLTTrAW.

4 — τοῦ LTTrAW. τ τῆς νεφέλης LTTrA. " — ἐξῆλθεν L. * + ὁ who (read ἔχωι
has) LAW. τ φωνῇ With ἃ *voice Ltr. * + τῆς ἀμπέλου of the vine EGLTTrAW

652

are fully ripe. 19 And
the angel thrust in
his sickle into the
earth, and gathered
the vine of the earth,
and cast it into the
great winepress of
the wrath of God.
20 And the winepress
was trodden without
the city, and blood
came out of the wine-
press, even unto the
horse bridles, by the
space of a thousand
and six hundred fur-
longs.

XV. And I saw an-
other sign in heaven,
great and marvellous,
seven angels having
the seven iast plagues; ἃ
for in them is filled up
the wrath of God.

2 And I saw as it
were a sea of glass
mingled with fire:
and them that had
gotten the victory over
the beast, and over his
image, and over his
mark, and over the
number of his name,
stand on the sea of
glass, having the harps
of God. 3 And they
sing the song of Mo-
sea the servant of God,
and the song of the
Lamb, saying, Great
and marvellous are
thy works, Lord God
Almighty; just and
true are thy ways,
thou King of saints.
4 Who shall not fear
thee, Ὁ Lord, and
glorify thy name? for
thou only art holy : for
all nations shall come
and worship before
thee; for thy judg-
ments are made mani-
fest.

5 And after that I
looked, and, behold.
the temple of the ta-
bernacle of the testi-
mony in heayen was
opened: 6 and the se-
yen angels came out
of the temple, having
the seven plagues,
clothed in pure and
white linen, and hay-
ing their breasts gird-
ed with golden gird-
les. 7 And one of the

ATLOKAAY WIZ. XIV, XV.

19 Kai ἔβαλεν ὁ ἄγγελος τὸ δρεπανον.αὐτοῦ εἰς
And *put‘*forth 'the “angel his sickle to

THY γῆν; Kai ἐτρύγησεν THY ἄμπελον τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔβαλεν

the earth, and gathered the vine oftheearth, and cast [the fruit}

εἰς τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ "τὴν μεγάλην." 20 Kai

into ’winepress *of *the “ΠΥ 7of °God ‘the “great ; and
> ’ θ «ε λ 4 yee ΙΪ ~ 5A. ‘ ? HAP. ca
ematnOn ἢ Anvog Yesw' τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα

was trodden the winepress outside the city, and came “forth ‘blood
ἐκ τῆς ληνοῦ ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων, ἀπὸ

out of the winepress as far as the bits of the horses, to the distance of

σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων.
®furlongs ‘a “ὑποιβαπᾶ “six *hundred.

15 Kai "εἶδον" ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ μέγα καὶ θαυ-

And I ρα another sign in the heaven, grea and won-
ees ἀγγέλους ἑπτά, ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας,

αὐτῆς.
ther.

5 pengels seven, Hains “plagues ‘seven, the last ;
ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.
because in them wascompleted the fury of God.
2 Kai *eidov' we θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην μεμιγμένην πυρί,
And I saw as a *sea 1elass mingled with fire,
καὶ τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου Kai ἐκ τῆς.εἰκόνος. αὐτοῦ
and the overcomers of the beast, and of its image,
καὶ Ῥὲκ rov-yapayparoc.avrov,' ἐκ Tov ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος
and of its mark, of the number *name
αὐτοῦ, ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν ὑαλίνην, ἔχοντας
ofits, standing upon the sea glass, having
κιθάρας τοῦ θεοῦ. 8 Kai gdovow τὴν wory “Μωσέως! 4 dov-
harps of God. And they sing the song of Moses, bond-

λου τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai τὴν Woy τοῦ ἀρνίου, λέγοντες, Μεγάλα καὶ
man of God, and the song ofthe Lamb, saying, Great and
θαυμαστὰ τὰ ἔργα.σου, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ᾽ δί-
wonderful [are] thy works, Lord God Almighty ; right-
καιαι Kai ἀληθιναὶ αἱιὁδοίισουη, ὁ βασιλεὺς THY ἁγίων."
eous and true Had thy UATE, [thou] King of saints,
4 τίς ov “μὴ φοβηθῇ foe," κύριε, καὶ ἐδοξάσῃ' τὸ.ὄνομά.σου;
Who 2not ‘should fear tee! OlLord, and_ glorify thy name ?

OTL όνος ὕσιος᾽ ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἥξουσιν καὶ
for [thou] only [art] holy; for all the nations shallcome and
προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου OTe τὰ.δικαιώματά.σου
do homage before thee; for thy righteous {acts]
> , (lit. righteousnesses)
ἐφανερώθησαν.
were manifested,
ὃ Kai pera ταῦτα *eidov," καὶ dod," ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς
And after thesethings Isaw, and behold, was rene the temple

τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 6 καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ

of the tabernacle of the testimony in the heaven; and came forth the
ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγάς, ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ,
seven angels “having ‘the “seven “plagues ‘out 7of *the *temple,

ἐνδεδυμένοι "λίνον" καθαρὸν ἰκαὶ" λαμπρόν, καὶ περιεζωσμένοι
clothed in linen pure and bright, and girt with

περὶ τὰ στήθη ζώνας χρυσᾶς. 7 καὶ ἕν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων
3about *the °breasts “girdles ‘golden. And one of the four

x τὸν μέγαν GLTTrAW.

αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW.
GLITraAw.

f — ge LTTrA.
1+ ot those GLTTr[a]w.

Ὁ — ἐκ τοῦ χαράγματος
ε ἐθνῶν of nations
h — ἰδού GLTTrAW.

Υ ἔξωθεν GLTTrAW. 2 ἴδον T.
ς Μωυσέως GLTTrAW. d + τοῦ the LTTrA.
8 δοξάσει shall glorify LTTraw.
k λίθον stone Lr. 1 — καὶ GLTTrAw.

REVELATION.

ζώων ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς,
living creatures gave tothe seven angels seven “bowls ‘golden,

γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας

XV, XVI.

full ofthe fury of God, who lives to the ages
τῶν αἰώνων. 8 Kai ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης
of the ages. And *was *filled *the *temple with smoke from the glory

τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῆς.δυνάμεως.αὐτοῦ" Kai οὐδεὶς πιἠδύνατο"
of God, and from his power : and noone was able
? ~ >’ A , » ~ € ε \ ‘ ~
εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ναόν, ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ THY
toenter into the temple until were completed the seven plagues of the
ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων.
seven angels,
16 Kai ἤκουσα "φωνῆς μεγάλης" ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, λεγούσης
And Iheard a *voice loud out of the temple, saying
~ ε 4 ? , « ’ ‘02 , I 3 p aN ~
τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις, Ὕπαγετε, καὶ “ἐκχέατε' τὰς Ῥ φιάλας τοῦ
to the seven angels, Go, and pourout the bowls of the
θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν.
fury of God into the earth.
2 Kai ἀπῆλθεν ὁ πρῶτος, Kai ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην. αὐτοῦ
And ‘departed "the “first, and poured out his bowl
ἐπὶ" τὴν γῆν" καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκος κακὸν Kai πονηρὸν τείς" τοὺς
onto the earth;und came asore, evil and grievous, upon the
ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου, Kai τοὺς
men who had the mark ofthe beast, and _ those
"τῇ. εἰκόνι. αὐτοῦ προσκυνοῦντας."
“to *his δίτηδρβ 1doing 7homage.
3 Kai ὁ δεύτερος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς
And ῃ 6 second angel poured out his bowl into
τὴν θάλασσαν" Kai ἐγένετο αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ, Kai πᾶσα ψυχὴ

the sea; and it became blood, as of [one]dead; and every soul
Υ ΖΔ) ll fare w 2 7 4
ζῶσα" aréOavey™ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.
living died in the sea.
4 Kai ὁ τρίτος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς
And the third angel poured out his bowl into

τοὺς ποταμοὺς Kai Yeic! τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων" Kai *eyévETO'

the rivers, and into the fountains of waters ; and they became
αἷμα. ὃ καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων λέγοντος,
blood. And lLIheard the angel of the waters saying,
Δίκαιος, *ktoue," ef, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν "Kai ὁ! ὕσιος, ὅτι
Righteous, Ο Lord, artthou, whoart andwhowast and the holy one, that
ταῦτα ἔκρινας. 6. ὅτι “αἷμα! ἁγίων καὶ προ-
these things thou didst judge ; because {the] blood ofsaints and of pro-
φητῶν ἐξέχεαν, καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς “ἔδωκας. “πιεῖν"" ἄξιοι
phets they poured ουὖ, and blood to them thou didst give to drink ; worthy

γάρ" εἰσιν. 7 Kai ἤκουσα ξἄλλου ἐκ' τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέ-
for they are. And Iheard another outof the altar say-
jovroc, Nai, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ἀληθιναὶ Kai δίκαιαι
ing, Yea, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous
αἱ. κρίσεις. σου.
[8161] thy judgments. a

8 Kai ὁ τέταρτος "ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν THv-piadnv.abrov ἐπὶ
Andthe fourth angel poured out his bowl upon

m ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 2 μεγάλης φωνῆς LTAW. © ἐκχέετε LTA.

GLTTraw. 4 εἰς into LITraw. τ ἐπὶ ὍΡΟΙ LTTrAw.
GLTTrAW. *—ayyeAosLTTrAW. Ὑ ζωῆς (read soul of life) Girrra.
LTTrAW. *— @yyeAosGLTTrAW. Y—eisLTTraA. Ἢ ἐγένοντο L.

b — καὶ GT; — καὶ ὁ (read ὅσιος holy) Ltraw. ς αἵματα bloods τ.

given LTraw. © wiv L3 πεῖν ΤΑ. f — γάρ GLTTraw.

653
four beasts gave unto
the seven angelsseven
golden vials full of the
wrath of God, who
liveth for ever and
ever. 8 And the tem-
ple was filled with
smoke from the glory
of God, and from nis
power; and no man
was able to enter into
the temple, till the se-
ven plagues of the se-

ven angels were ful-
filled.

XVI. And [heard a
great voice out of the
temple saying to the
seven angels, Go your
ways, and pour out the
vials of the wrath of
God upon the earth.

2 And the first went,
and poured out his
vial upon the earth ;
and there fell a noi-
some and grievous
sore upon the men
which had the mark of
the beast, and upon
them which worship-
ped his image.

3 And the second
angel poured out his
vial upon the sea ; and
it became as theblood
of a dead man: and
every living soul died
in the sea.

4 And the third an-
gel poured out his vial
upon the rivers and
fountains of waters ;
and they became
blood. 5 And I heard
the angel of the waters
say, Thou art right-
eous, O Lord, which
art, and wast, and
shalt be, because thou
hast judged thus. 6 For
they have shed the
blood of saints and
prophets, and thou
hast given them blood
to drink ; forthey are
worthy. 7AndI heard
another out of the al-
tar say, Even so, Lord
God Almighty, true
and righteous are thy
judgments.

8 And the fourth
angel poured out his

P + ἑπτὰ seven

53 προσκυνοῦντας TH εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ

w 4 τὰ the [things]

8 — κύριε GLTTrAW.
ἃ δέδωκας thou hast

8 — ἄλλον ἐκ GLTTrAW.

654

vial upon the sun ;
and power was given
uuto him to scorch
men with fire. 9 And
men were scorched
with great heat, and

blasphemed the name
of God, which hath

power over these
plagues: and _ they
repented not to give
him glory.

10 And the fifth an-
gel poured out his
vial upon the seat of
the beast; and his
kingdom was full of
darkness; and they
gnawed their tongues
for pain, 11 and blas-
phemed the God of
heaven because of
their pains and their
sores, and repented
not of their deeds,

12 And the sixth an-
gel poured out his
vial upon the great
river Euphrates ; and
the water thereof was
dried up, that the way
of the kings of the
east might be prepar-
ed. 13 And I sawthree
unclean spirits like
frogs come out of the
mouth of the dragon,
and out of the mouth
of the beast, and out
of the mouth of the
false prophet. 14 For
they are the spirits of
devils, working mi-
racles, which go forth
unto the kings of the
earth and of the
whole world, to ga-
ther them to the bat-
tle of that great day
of God Almighty.
15 Behold, I come as
a thief. Blessed ts he
that watcheth, and
keepeth his garments,
lest he walk naked,
and they see his
shame. 16 And he ga-
thered them together
into a place called in
the Hebrew tongue
Armageddon,

17 And the seventh
angel poured out his

bh + τὴν LTTrw.
πὶ ἀνατολῆς TTrA.

ANLOKAAYWIS. ΧΨΙΗΣ
4 eo A ? , ’ ~ , ‘ . , ?
τὸν ἥλιον" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ Kavparioa τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐν
the sun; and it was given to it to scorch men with
πυρί" 9 καὶ ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα, Kai
fire, And were 4scorched 1men with *heat ‘great, and
? ΄ 4 μὲ ~ ~ ~ WH h ’ , ᾿ ‘
ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ.ἔχοντος ἢ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ
they blasphemed the name of God, who has authority over
τὰς. πληγὰς ταὕὔτας, Kai οὐ.μετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν.
these plagues, and did not repent togive him glory.
10 Kai ὁ πέμπτος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ
And the fifth angel poured out his bowl upon
τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου" Kai ἐγένετο ἡ. βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτω-
the throne ofthe beast; and *became tits *kingdom dark-
μένη" καὶ Ἐἐμασσῶντο! τὰς. γλώσσας. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου,
ened; and they were gnawing their tongues for the distress,

11 καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τῶν πόνων
and blasphemed the God ofthe heaven for *distresses

αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν.ἑλκῶν. αὐτῶν, Kai ov.perevdnoay ἐκ THY

‘their and for their sores, and did not repent of
ἔργων αὐτῶν.
works "their.
12 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ᾿ἰἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν
And the sixth angel poured out his bowl upon the
ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν ἱτὸν" Εὐφράτην" καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ
"river great, the Euphrates; and was dried up 2watel
αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἀπὸ
tits, that might be prepared the way of the kings *the ‘from
™ayvatodka@y' ἡλίου. 18 Kai "sidov' ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ
rising of [the] sun. And Isaw outof the mouth of the

δράκοντος, Kai ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θηρίου, Kai ἐκ τοῦ
dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the
στόματος τοῦ ψευδοπροφήτου, πνεύματα τρία ἀκάθαρτα
mouth of the false prophet, ’spirits three 7unclean
οὕμοια Parpayorc'! 14 εἰσὶν.γὰρ πνεύματα Ῥδαιμόνων" ποι-
like frogs ; for they are spirits of demons do-
οὔντα Ionpeia ἐκπορεύεσθαι" ἐπὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς ᾿τῆς γῆς καὶ"
ing signs, to go forth to the kings of the earth and
τῆς οἰκουμένης ὕλης, συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς " πόλεμον
ofthe “habitable [*world] 'whole to gather together them unto battle
τῆς ᾿ἡμέρας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγάλης" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος.
of “day ‘that “great of God the Almighty.
15 ᾿Ιδού, ἔρχομαι we κλέπτης. μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν,
Behold, Icome 88 a thief. Blessed [18] he that watches,
καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, Kai

and keeps his garments, that not naked he may walk, and
βλέπωσιν τὴν.ἀσχημοσύνην.αὐτοῦ. 16 Kai συνήγαγεν
they see his shame, And he gathered together
αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον ᾿Ἑβραϊστὶ Τ᾿Αρμα-
them to the place which is called in Hebrew Arma-
γεδδών."
geddon. Ἀ
17 Καὶ ὁ ἕβδομος “ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ
And the seventh angel poured out his bowl

1 — τὸν @v[Tr].

i — ἄγγελος GLTTraW. k ἐμασῶντο LTTrAW.
P δαιμονίων GLTTrAW.

n ἴδον Ὑ. ο ὡς (as) βάτραχοι GLTTrAW.

ἢ σημεῖα ἃ ἐκπορεύεται Signs Which go forth EGTTrAW; σημεῖα' ἐκπορεύεται Signs: they go

forth L.

ἡμέρας τῆς μεγάλης ΤΊΝΑ.

τ — τῆς γῆς καὶ GLTTrAwW.

5. + τὸν the ΟἸΤΤΓΑΎ,. t μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1, ;

Vv “Αρμαγεδών GLITrAW. ¥ — ἄγγελος GLTTrAW.

ΧΦΗΡΈΧΥΤΙ. REVELATION.

χε οἱ roy ἀέρα" καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ Υμεγάλη" τἀπὸ" τοῦ ναοῦ

into the air; and cameout a ?voice ‘loud from the temple
*rov οὐρανοῦ," ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου, λέγουσα, Γέγονεν. 18 Καὶ
of the heaven, from the _ throne, saying, It is done. And

ἐγένοντο φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαί," καὶ σεισμὸς
there were voices and thunders and τ αταιΒΡεῚ ; and scanthanake

ἐγένετο μέγας, οἷος οὐκ. ἐγένετο ἀφ᾽ οὗ “οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐγέ-
‘there re *a “great, such as was not since men

vovro' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τηλικοῦτος σεισμὸς οὕτως μέγας. 19 Kai
were on the earth somighty an Se ied 80 great. And

ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς τρία μέρη, καὶ αἱ πόλεις τῶν
*became 'the “city great into three parts; and the cities ofthe

ἐθνῶν “ἔπεσον"" καὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον
nations fell; and Babylon the great wasremembered before

τοῦ θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς
God, togive her the cup ofthe wine ofthe fury

ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ ὄρη
Swrath ‘of *his. And every island fled ; and ?mountains

εὑρέθησαν. 21 καὶ χάλαζα μεγάλη ὡς. ταλαντιαία καταβαίνει
were found ; and a hail ‘great asofatalent weight comes down

ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ Tove ἀνθρώπους" Kai ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ
outof the heaven upon men ; and ἘΡΙΒΕΡΕΟΙΠΘα

ἄνθρωποι τὸν θεόν, ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τῆς χαλάζης" ὅτι με-
men God, becauseofthe plague of the hail, for

yon ἐ ἐστὶν ἡ πληγὴ. αὐτῆς σφόδρα.
greut is *its *plague ‘exceeding.

17 Kai ἦλθεν εἷς ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς

οὐχ

‘no

And came one of the seven angels ofthose having the
ἑπτὰ φιάλας, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων ὅμοι," Δεῦρο,
seven bowls, and spoke with me, saying tome; Come here,

δείξω σοι TO κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης, τῆς καθη-
Iwillshew thee the sentence of the *harlot great, who sits
μένης ἐπὶ frév" ὑδάτων frév' πολλῶν" 2 pel ἧς ἐπόρνευ-
upon the 7?waters many ; with whom *committed 7for-
σαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, Kai ἐμεθύσθησαν Fix τοῦ οἴνου
nication 'the ?kings “οὗ *the °earth; and were made drunk with the wine
τῆς.πορνείας. αὐτῆς οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν." 3 Kai
of her fornication those that dwell on the earth. And

ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν πνεύματι᾽ καὶ *eldov' γυναῖκα
he carried away me “ἴο 58 °wilderness *in ene “Spirit; and Isaw a woman

καθημένην ἐπὶ On nptov κόκκινον, ὌΡΟΣ ὀνομάτων" βλασφημίας,
sitting upon a*beast ‘scarlet, of names of blasphemy,
κἔχον" κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα sae 4 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἰὴ!"
having heads ‘seven and horns’ ‘ten, And the woman
περιβεβλημένη “πορφύρᾳ! καὶ "κοκκίνῳ," οκαὶ! κεχρυσωμένη
clothed in purple and scarlet, and decked
(lit. gilded)
Ρχρυσῷ" Kai λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ μαργαρίταις, ἜΠΟΣ, “χρυσοῦν

with gold and *stone’ precious and pearls, having a golden

ποτήριον" ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτῆς, pious βδελυγμάτων καὶ “ἀκωθ-
cup in her hand, of abominations and of unclean-

655
vial into the air; and
there came a great

voice out of the
temple of heaven,
from the throne,
saying, It is done.
18 And there were

voices, and thunders,
and lightnings; «nd
there was ἃ great
earthquake, such as
was not since men
were upon the earth,
so mighty an earth-
quel and so great.

19 And the great city
was divided into three
parts, and thecities of
the nations fell: and
great Babylon came
in remembrance be-
fore God, to give unto
her the cup of the wine
of the fierceness of his
wrath. 20 And every
island fled away, and
the mountains were
not found. 21 And
there fellupon mena
great hail out of hea-
ven, every stone about
the weight of a talent:
and men blasphemed
God because of the
plague of the hail;
tor the plague thereof
was exceeding great.

XVII. And there
came one of the seven
angels which had the
seven vials, and talked
with me, saying unto
me, Come hither; I
will shewunto thee the
judgment of the great
whore that sitteth
upon many waters:
2 with whom the kings
of theearth have com-
mitted fornication,
and the inhabitants
of the earth have been
made drunk with the
wine of her fornica-
tion. 3So he carried
me away in the spirit
into the wilderness:
and I saw a woman
sit upon 8. scarlet
coloured beast, full of
names of blasphemy,
having seven heads
and ten horns. 4 And
the woman was array-
edin purple and scar-
let colour, and decked
with gold and pre-
cious stones and
pearls, having a gold-
en cup in her handfull
of abominations and

τ ἐπὶ upon GLTTrAW. Υ — μεγάλη LA. z ἐκ out of LTTra.
p LOY

— τοῦ οὐρανοῦ

LTTraAW. b ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ eke βρονταί GLTTraWw. ς ope ἐγένετο Man was
LITraw dé ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. — μοι GLTTraw. f τῶν Lorr[ A]. & οἱ κατοι-
κοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς GLTTraw. eida L. i γέμοντα ὀνόματα
LTA; γέμον τὰ (-- τα W) ὀνόματα Trw. k ἔχοντα TA. 1 ἣν was GLTTraw. Trop-

φυροῦν GLTTraw.
ριον χρυσοῦν LTTraW.

π κόκκινον GLTTrAW.
τ γέμων Τ.

ο [καὶ] A.

Ρ χρυσίῳ GLAW.
5 τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς the unclean things GLTTrAW.

4 ποτὴ-

656

filthiness of her forni-
cation: 5 and upon
her forehead was a
name written, MYS-
TERY, BABYLON
THE GREAT, THE
MOTHER OF HAR-
LOTS AND ABOMI-
NATIONS OF THE
EARTH. 6 AndI saw
the woman drunken
with the blood of the
saints, and with the
blood of the mar-
tyrs of Jesus: and
when I saw her, 1
wondered with great
admiration. 7 And the
angel said unto me,
Wherefore didst thou
marvel? I will tell
thee the mystery of
the woman, and of the
beast that carrieth
her, which hath the
seven heads and ten
horns. 8 The beast
that thou sawest was,
and is not ; and shall
ascend out of the bot-
tomless pit, and go
into perdition: and
they that dwell on the
earth shall wonder,
whose names were
not written in the
book of life from the
foundation of the
world, when they be-
hold the beast that
was, and is not, and
yet is. 9 And here is
the mind which hath
wisdom. ‘The seven
heads are seven moun-
tains, on which the
woman sitteth. 10 And
there are seven kings:
five are fallen, and
one is, and the other
is not yet come; and
when he cometh, he
must continue a short
space. 11] And the
beast that was, and is
not, even he is the
eighth, and is of the
seven, and goeth into
perdition. 12° And the
ten horns which thou
sawest are ten kings,
which have received
no kingdom as yet;
but receive power as
kings one hour with
the beast. 13 These
have one mind, and
shall give their power
and strength unto the
beast. 14 These shall

τ εἶδα LTTrA.
goes LAW.

was) GLTTraw.

8 — καὶ GLTTrAW.
m — τὴν LTrA.
GLTTrawWw.

v Διὰ τί LTrA.
2 θαυμασθήσονται L.
(vead the name is not written) LYrTra.
© καὶ παρέσται and shall be present GLTTrAw.

ATIOKAAY WIS.

πορνείας αὐτῆς,
of her fornication ;

XVII.
5 καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ.μέτωπον. αὐτῆς
and upon her forehead

ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Μυστήριον, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ
a name written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the

μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν Kai τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῆς γῆς. 6 Kai
mother ofthe harlots and ofthe abominations of the earth. And

‘eldov' τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος THY ἁγίων, καὶ
Isaw the woman drunk with the blood ofthe saints, and

3 - “ ~ , ᾽ ~ ΓΝ Ὁ 2 ᾽ ‘
ἐκ TOU αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων ᾿Ιησοῦ" Kai ἐθαύμασα, ἰδὼν

ἀρτητος"
ness

withthe blood ofthe witnesses of Jesus. And I wondered, having seen
᾽ ’ ~ , ‘ - , « » v All

αὐτήν, θαῦμα μέγα. 7 Kai εἶπεν μοι ὁ ἄγγελος, “Διατί
her, with *wonder great. And said *to*me'the angel, Why

ἐθαύμασας; ἐγώ “oor ἐρῶ" τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικός,
didst thou wonder ? 1 thee will tell the mystery ofthe woman,

kat τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτήν, Tov ἔχοντος τὰς
and of the beast which carries her, which has the
ἑπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα. 8 * θηοίον ὺ εἶδες,

seven heads and the ten horns. (The) beast which thou sawest
ἦν, Kai οὐκ ἔστιν, Kai μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου,
was, and is not, and is about tocomeup outof the abyss,

kai εἰς ἀπώλειαν Υὑπάγειν"" καὶ τθαυμάσονται" οἱ Karol
and into destruction to go; and shall wonder they who dwell
κοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν δοὐ.γέγραπται" >ra ὀνόματα" ἐπὶ

on the earth,ofwhom are ποῦ written the names in

τὸ βιβλίον τῆς ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, “βλέ-

the book of life from [the] foundation of [the] world, see-

ποντες" τὸ θηρίον 40 τι! ἣν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, “καίπερ ἐστίν."
ing the beast which was and “not Liss and yet is.
9 ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν. αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαί, fon

Here [is]the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads *mountains

> 4 « CAN ese ς A , ? ? ? ~ ‘
εἰσὶν ἑπτά," ὕπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 10 Kai Ba-

‘are ?sevyen, where the woman sits on them. And

σιλεῖς ἑπτά εἰσιν' οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν, δκαὶ! ὁ sic ἔστιν, ὁ
*kings “seven ‘there “are: the five are fallen, and the one is, the
ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν" Kai ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ

other ὁποὺ “yet ‘is come: and when heshallhavecome, ἃ 110016 while he must

μεῖναι. 11 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ ἦν, Kai οὐκ ἔστιν, Kai αὐτὸς"
remain. And the beast which was, and “not lis, ‘also she

ὐὑγδοός ἐστιν, Kai ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν, Kai εἰς ἀπώλειαν
San 7eighth Sis, and οὗ the seven is, and into destruction
ὑπάγει. 12 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, δέκα βασιλεῖς
goes. And the ten horns which thou sawest ten kings

εἰσιν, οἵτινες βασιλείαν ‘ovrw' ἔλαβον, Ἑάλλ᾽" ἐξουσίαν we
’ ’ ς

are, which ‘*a *kingdom ?not*yet ‘received, but authority as
βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσιν μετὰ Tov θηρίου. 13 οὗτοι
kings one hour receive with the _ beast. These
μίαν Ἰγνώμην ἔχουσιν," καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν" ἐξουσίαν
one mind have, and the power and_ the authority
"ἑαυτῶν! τῷ θηρίῳ “οδιαδιδώσουσιν." 14 οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ

of themselves tothe beast they shall give up. These with the
W ἐρῶ σοι LirA. x + τὸ The GLTTraw. Υ ὑπάγει
ἃ οὐκ ἐγέγραπτο Was not written x. Ὁ τὸ ὄνομα

ς βλεπόντων GLITrAW. 4 ὅτι (read that it

f ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν GLTTra,
1 ἔχουσιν γνώμην G.

ο διδόασιν they give

h οὗτος thistr. ἰοὺκ Ποῦ 1. * ἀλλὰ LTTraw.
2 αὐτῶν (read their authority) Lrtraw.

XVI, XVIII. REVELATION.

apviov πολεμήσουσιν, Kai TO ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς, OTt
Lamb warwillmake, and the Lamb willovercome them; _ because
κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶν Kai βασιλεὺς βασιλέων" καὶ οἱ
Lord oflords heis and King of kings: and those that [are]
rt ? ~ Ν ‘ ‘ ? δ ‘ ‘ , 15 K ‘ Pr , Η
μεῖ αὐτου, ΚΛΉΤΟι καὶ EKAEKTOL καὶ TLOTOL. αι EVEL
with him, ealled, and chosen, and faithful, And hesays
μοι, Τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ
to me, The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sits, *peoples 7and

ὄχλοι εἰσίν, Kai ἔθνη Kai γλῶσσαι. 16 Kai Ta δέκα κέρατα
*multitudes ‘are, and nationsand tongues. And the ten horns
ἃ εἶδες “ἐπὶ" τὸ θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσιν τὴν πόρνην,
which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the harlot,
καὶ ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν, καὶ τὰς
and esolate shall make her and naked, and
Gaede αὐτῆς φάγονται, Kai αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν "ἐν᾿ πυρί.
“flesh ®her ‘shall eat, and “her shall *burn with fire;
17 ὁ-γὰρ.θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας. αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν
for God gave to their hearts to do
γνώμην αὐτοῦ, "καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην," καὶ δοῦναι τὴν
2mind this, and to do one mind, and togive
βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ ῥήματα"
?kingdom ‘their tothe beast, until should be fulfilled the sayings
τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἣν εἶδες, ἔστιν ἡ πόλις ἡ
of God. Andthe woman whom thou sawest is the *city
μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς.
1great, which has kingship over the kings of the earth.
18 "Καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ¥ ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ

And after these things I saw an angel descending out of
TOU οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην" καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐφω-
the

heaven, having “authority great: and the earth was enlight-

τίσθη ἐκ τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἔκραξεν “ἐν ἰσχύϊ, φωνῇ
ened with his glory. And hecried mightily with a *voice
μεγάλῳ," λέγων, “Exeoey Yerrecev' Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, καὶ
loud, saying, Isfallen, is fallen Babylon the great, and
ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον δαιμόνων," Kai φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύ-

is beeome a habitation of demons, and ahold of every *spi-
ματος ἀκαθάρτου", καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου Kai
rit tunclean, and ahold ofevery “*bird 7unclean *and
μεμισημένου᾽ 3 Ore ἐκ “rod οἴνου" τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορ-
Shated : because of the wine of the fury *forni-
νείας αὐτῆς “πέπωκεν' πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ ot βασιλεῖς
tation ‘of*her 7have *drunk ‘all ‘the Snations; and the kings
τῆς γῆς per αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς

of the earth with her didcommit fornication, and the merchants of the

γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ.στρήνους. αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαν.

earth through the power of her luxury were enriched.

4 Kai ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσαν,
And MJIheard another voice outof the heaven, saying,

> , ~ « ΄ ε A , "

“᾿Εξέλθετε" “ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁ.λαός μου," ἵνα μὴ ἰσυγκοινωνήσητε"
Come ye outof her, my people, that ye may not have fellowship

P εἶπεν L. 4 καὶ and GLTTrAw.
σαι μίαν γνώμην L; καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν α[ ΑἸ.
οἱ λόγοι GLTTrAW. ¥ — καὶ LTTrAW.
x ἐν ([ἐν] A) ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ with a strong voice GLTTraw.
LTTrA, a + καὶ μεμισημένου and hated (spirit) L.
kav LTW; πέπτωκαν have fallen (read ἐκ by) tr; πέπίτ]ωκαν a.
Ἔξελθε Come thou tL. © ὃ λαός μου ἐξ αὐτῆς T. ἔσυν- Ὁ.

τ — ἐν (read πυρί with fire) T[a].

657
make war with the
Lamb, and the I-amb
shall overcome them,
for he is Lord of lords,
and King of kings:
and they that are with
him are called, and
chosen, and faithful
15 And he saith unto
me, The waters which
thou sawest, where
the whore sitteth,
are peoples, and mul-
titudes, and nationa,
and tongues. 16 And
the ten horns which
thou sawest upon the
beast, these shall hate
the whore, and shall
make her desolateand
naked, and shall eat
her flesh, and burn
her with fire. 17 For
God hath put in their
hearts to fulfil his
will, and to agree,
and give their king-
dom unto the beast,
until the words of
God shall be fulfilled.
18 And the woman
which thou sawest is
that great city, which

reigneth over the
kings of the earth.
XVIII. And after

these things I saw
another angel come
dcwn from heaven,
having great power ;
and the earth was
lightened with his
glory. 2 And he cried
mightily witha strong
voice, saying, Babylon
the great is fallen, is
fallen, and is become
the habitation of de-
vils, and the hold
of every foul spirit,
and a cage of every
unclean and hateful
bird. 3 For all na-
tions have drunk of
the wine of the wratk
of her fornication,
and the kings of the
earth have committed
fornication with her,
and the merchants of
the earth are waxed
rich through the a-
pundance of her deli-
cacies. 4 And I heard
another voice from
heaven, saying, Come
out of her, my people,

5 — καὶ ποι-

τ τελεσθήσονται (shall be fulfillea}
~ + ἄλλον (read another angel) GLTTraw.
Υ — ἔπεσεν τι[Δ].

Ὁ — τοῦ οἴνου L[Tr]A.

2 δαιμονίων
© πέπω-
ἃ ᾿Ἐξέλθατε TTraw ;

UU

658

that ye be not par-
takers of her sins, and
that ye receive not of
her plagues. 5 For her
sins have reached un-
to heaven, and God
hath remembered her
iniquities. 6 Reward
her even as she re-
warded you, and don-
ble uuto her double
according to her
works: in the cup
which she hath filled
fill to her double.
7 How much she hath
glorified herself, and
lived deliciously, so
much torment and
sorrow give her:
for she saith in her
heart, I sit a queen,
and am no widow,
and shall see no sor-

row. 8 Therefore
shall her plagues
come in one day,

death, and mourning,
and famine; and she
shall be utterly burn-
ed with fire: for
strong is the Lord
God who judgeth her.
9 And the kings of
the earth, who have
committed fornication
and lived deliciously
with her, shall bewail
her, and lament for
her, when they shall
see the smoke of her
burning, 10 standing
afar off for the fear of
her torment, saying,
Alas, alas that great
city Babylon, that
mighty city! for in one
hour is thy judgment
come. ll And the
merchants of the
earth shall weep and
mourn over her; for
no man buyeth their
merchandise any
more: 12 the merchan-
dise of gold, and sil-
ver, and _ precious
stones, and of pearls,
and fine linen, and
purple, and silk, and
scarlet, and all thyine
wood, and all man-
ner vessels of
ivory, and all man-
ner vessels of most
recious wood, and of
rass, and iron, and
marble, 13 and cinna-
mon, and odours, and
ointments, and frank-
incense, and wine,
and o11.and fine flour,

8 ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα μὴ λάβητε GLTTrAW.

ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. XVIII.

ταῖς. ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, Kai Siva μὴ λάβητε ἐκ THY πληγῶν
in her sins, and that ye may not receive of *plagues
αὐτῆς" ὃ ore "ἠκολούθησαν" αὐτῆς ai ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ
ther : for %followed *her "sins asfaras the
οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ.ἀδικήματα.αὐτῆς. 6 ἀπό-
heaven, and “remembered ‘God her unrighteousnesses. Ren-
δοτε αὐτῇ ὡς Kai αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν ἰὑμῖν," καὶ διπλώσατε Ἑαὐτῇ"
der toher as also she rendered toyon; and doubleye to her

ἰδιπλᾶ κατὰ τὰ-ἔργα.αὐτῆς᾽ ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν,

double, according to her works. In the cup which she mixed,
κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν. 7 boa ἐδόξασεν 'λἑαυτὴν" καὶ
mix ye to her double. So much as she glorified herself and

ἐστρηνίασεν, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμὸν Kai πένθος"
lived luxuriously, so much give toher torment and mourning.
« ? ~ [ἢ ? ~ , n ’ / ᾿
ὕτι ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς λέγει, " Κάθημαι βασίλισσα, καὶ
Because in her heart she says, I sit a queen, and
χήρα οὐκ.εἰμί, καὶ πένθος οὐμὴ ἴδω. 8 Διὰ τοῦτο
a widow Lam ποῦ : and mourning inno wise mayIsee. Onaccountof this
ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἥξουσιν αἱ.πληγαὶ. αὐτῆς, θάνατος καὶ πένθος
in one day shall come her plagues, death and mourning
καὶ λιμός" καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται" ὅτι ἰσχυρὸὲξ "κύριος"
and famine, and with fire sheshallbeburnt; for strong [isthe] Lord
ὁ θεὸς ὁ Ῥκρίνων" αὐτήν. 9 Kai “κλαύσονται" ταὐτὴν," Kai
God who judges her. And shall weep for her, and
κόψονται ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῇ" οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτῆς πορ-
shall bewail for her, the kings ofthe earth,whowith her commit-
γνεύσαντες καὶ στρηγνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσιν TOY καπνὸν
ted fornication and lived luxuriously, when they see the smoke
τῆς.πυρώσεως. αὐτῆς, 10 ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἑστηκότες διὰ
of her burning, “from Safar tstanding on account of
τὸν φόβον τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, ovat, ἡ
the fear of her torment, saying, Woe, woe, the
, « , , € aN « ᾽ ΄ « t2 I ~ [2
πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Βαβυλών, ἡ πόλις 1) ἰσχυρά, ὅτι tev μιᾷ ὥρᾳ
“city ‘great, Babylon, the “city ‘strong! for in one hour
ἦλθεν ἡ-κρίσις.σου. 11 Kai ot ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαίουσιν Kai
iscome thy judgment. And the merchants of the earth weep and
πενθοῦσιν ἐπ᾿ ᾿αὐτῇ, OTe τὸν.γόμον. αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράζει
mourn for her, because their lading no one buys
ovkére’ 12 γόμον χρυσοῦ, καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου,
any more ; lading of gold, and ofsilver, and of *stone ‘precious,
(lit. no more)

καὶ “wapyapirov,' καὶ βύσσου," καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ YonpKou,'
and of pearl, and of fine linen, and ofpurple, and of silk,

καὶ κοκκίνου" kai πᾶν ξύλον Ovivoy, kai πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάν-
and ofscarlet, and all *wood ‘thyine, and every article of

τινον, Kai πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ

ivory, andevery article of *wood ‘most *precious, and of brass, and
σιδήρου, Kai μαρμάρου, 13 Kai "κινάμωμον," * καὶ θυμιάματα
of iron, and _ of marble, and cinnamon, and incense,

καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον, καὶ οἶνον, καὶ ἔλαιον, καὶ σεμίδαλιν,
and ointment, and frankincense,and wine, and oil, and finest flour,

h ἐκολλήθησαν were joined together

GLTTraw. i — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW. k — αὐτῇ LTTrAW. 14 τὰ the rrr[a]. ™ αὐτὴν
LTTraAW. n+ ὅτι LITrA. ο [κύριος] A. Ρ κρίνας Judged GLTTraw. 4 κλαύσου-
σιν TIrAW. τ--- αὐτήν GLITrAW. 5 αὐτὴν TITAW. t ἐν (read [in]) GLTTraw.

τ αὐτην TTrA.
Υ σιρικονυ LT,

* μαργαρίτας pearls L; μαργαριτῶν of pearls TTrA.
- κιννάμωμον LTTrA.

* βυσσίνου GLTTraw.
&4+ καὶ ἄμωμον and amomum GLTTrAW.

XViIl. REVELATION.

καὶ σῖτον, καὶ κτηνη, καὶ πρόβατα, Kai ἵππων, καὶ ῥεδῶν,

and wheat, and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots,
καὶ σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων. 14 Kai ἡ ὀπώρα “τῆς
and ofslaves, and _ souls of men. And the ripe fruits of the

(lit. of bodies)

? θ 7, ~ ~ li d ? AAG | ? A ~ . , ‘
ἐπιθυμίας THC Ψυχῆς.σου" “απήλθεν᾽ ἀπὸ σοῦ, Kal TayvTa Ta
desire of thy soul are departed from thee, and all the
λιπαρὰ καὶ ταῦ λαμπρὰ famndOev' ἀπὸ cov, καὶ Fovxére'
fat things and the bright things are departed from thee, and ‘any ‘more
(lit. no more)
- «ε » , «
1ὅ οἱ ἔμποροι τούτων οἱ
The merchants of thesethings, who

διὰ
shall stand because of

ποὺ. μὴ εὑρήσῃς αὐτά."
‘in πο ὅν 158 shouldst thou find them.
πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται
were enrighed from her, from afar
τὸν φόβον τοῦ-.βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, κλαίοντες Kai πενθοῦντες,
the fear of her torment, weeping and mourning,
16 ‘kai! λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περι-
and saying, Woe, woe, the “city tgreat, which [was] cloth-
βεβλημένη "βύσσινον" καὶ πορφυροῦν καὶ *KoKkvoy,' καὶ
ed with fine linen and purple and scarlet, and
κεχρυσωμένη liv! χρυσῷ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ Kai "μαργαρί-
decked with gold and *stone ‘precious and pearls!
(lt. gilded)

ταις" 17 Ore μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος. Kai
for in one hour was made desolate so great wealth, And
πᾶς κυβερνήτης, Kai °rac ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὕμιλος," Kai
every steersman, and all 7in ‘ships ‘the 7company, and
ναῦται, καὶ ooo την.θάλασσαν.ἐργάζονται, ἀπὸ.μακρόθεν
sailors, and asmany as trade by sea, afar off
ἔστησαν, 18 Kai Ῥἔέκραζον," Ipwyrec' τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώ-
stood, and cried, seeing the smoke *burn-
σεως αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Tic ὁμοία τῇ πόλει" τῇ μεγάλῳ;
ing lof *her, saying, What([cityis] like tothe “city ‘great ?
19 Kai ξἔβαλον" χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς.κεφαλὰς.αὐτῶν, Kai "ἔκραζον"
And they cast dust upon their heads, and cried,
κλαίοντες Kai πενθοῦντες, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ
weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the “city
μεγάλη, ἐν y ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες Y πλοῖα ἐν TY
‘great, in which were enriched all who had ships in the
θαλάσσῃ ἐκ τῆς.τιμιότητος. αὐτῆς, OTL μιᾷ Wed ἠρημώ-
868 through her costliness ! for inone hour she was made
θη. 20 Εὐφραίνου ἐπ᾽ “αὐτήν, οὐρανέ, καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι * ἀπό-
desolate. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and [ye] holy apo-
OTOAOL καὶ οἱ προφῆται, OTL ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα.ὑμῶν ἐξ
stles and [ye] prophets; for *did*judge *God yourjudgment upon
αὐτῆς. 21 Kai ἦρεν εἷς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον we ὑμύλον"

k

her. And *took*up‘one “angel “strong a stone, as a “millstone
μέγαν, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων, Οὕτως ὁρμή-
igreat, and οδδῦ [1Ὁ] into the sea, saying, Thus with
ματι PdAnOnoerac Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, Kai οὐ.-μὴ

violence shall be cast down Babylon the _ great city, and not at all

659

and wheat, and beasts,
and sheep, and horses,
and chariots, and
slaves, and souls of
men. 14 And the
fruits that thy
soul lusted after are
departed from _ thee,
and ail things which
were dainty and good-
ly are departed from
thee, and thou shalt
find them no more at
all. 15 The merchants
of these things, which
were made rich by
her, shall stand afar
off for the fear of her
torment, weeping and
wailing, 16 and say-
ing, Alas, alas that
great city, that was
clothed in fine linen,
and purple, and scar-
let, and decked with
gold, and _ precious
stones, and pearls!
17 for in one hour so
great riches is come to
nought. And every
shipmaster, and all
the company in ships,
and sailors, and as
many as trade by sea,
stood afar off, 18 and
cried when they saw
the smoke of her burn-
ing, saying, What city
is like unto this great
city! 19 And they
cast dust on their
heads, and cried,
weeping and wailing,
saying, Alas, alas that
great city, wherein
were maderichallthat
had ships in the sea by
reason of her costli-
ness !| for in one hour
is she made desolate.
20 Rejoice over her,
thou heaven, and ye
holy apostles and
prophets; for God hath
avenged you on her.
21 And a mighty an-
gel took up a stone
like a great millstone,
and cast it into the
sea, saying, Thus with
violence shall that
great city Babylon
be thrown down, and
shall be found no more

© σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς LTTraAW.
ἀπώλετο (-λοντο T) are destroyed GLTFraw. ὃ — οὐκέτι Tr.
σουσιν (shall they find) (εὕρῃς w) Law ; οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν TTr.
k βύσσινον and κόκκινον transposed L. 1 —. ἐν (read [with]) ttr[a].
4 μαργαρίτῃ pearl LTTra.
GLTTraW. Ρ ἔκραξαν LTrA. 4 βλέποντες GLTTrAW.
city) L. 5 ἔβαλαν L; [ἐπ]έβαλον a. " ἔκραξαν LA.
« + καὶ οἱ (read [ye] saints and [ye] apostles) αὐ ΤΊτγα νυν.

4 ἀπώλετο are destroyed w.

ε [τὰ] a.
» αὐτὰ οὐ μὴ εὑρή-

i — καὶ LTTrAW.
ἢ χρυσίῳ GLTrAW.

° πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων every One who sails to [any] place

_ 1 + ταύτῃ (read this great

¥+ τὰ LYTrAW.
¥ μύλινον La,

Ἢ αὐτῇ GLTTraw,

060

at all. 22 And the
voiceof harpers, and
tousicians, and of pi-
pers, and trumpeters,
shall be heard no
more at all in thee;
and no craftsman, of
whatsoever craft he be,
shall be found any
more in thee; and
the sound of a mill-
stone shall be heard
no more at all in
thee ; 23 and the light
of a candle shall shine
no more atallin thee ;
and the voice of the
bridegroom and of
the bride shall be
heard no more at all
in thee: for thy mer-
chants were the great
men of the earth; for
by thy sorceries were
all nations deceived.
24 And in her was
found the blood of
prophets, and οἵ
saints, and of all that
were slain upon the
earth,

XIX. And after
these things I heard a
great voice of much
people in heaven, say-
ing, Alleluia; Salva-
tion, and glory, and
honour,and power,un-
to the Lord our God :
2 for true and right-
eous are his judg-
ments: for he hath
judged the great
whore, which did cor-
rapt the earth with
her fornication, and
hath avenged {πὸ
blood of his servants
at her hand. 3 And
again they said, Al-
leluia, And her smoke
rose up for ever and
ever. 4 And the four
and twenty elders
and the four beasts
fell down and wor-
shipped God that sat
on the throne, say-
ing, Amen; Alleluia.
ὃ And a voice came
out of the throne,
saying, Praise our
God, all ye his ser-
vants, and ye that
fear him, both small
and great. 6 And I
heard as it were the

ATIOKAAY VIS XVIII, XIX.

εὑρεθῇ ἔτι. 22 Kai φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν Kai μουσικῶν Kai
may be found longer: and voice ofharpers and musicians and
αὐλητῶν καὶ σαλπιστῶν οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, Kai
flnte-players and trumpeters ποῦ αὖ 811] may be heard in thee longer, and
πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης Ov.un εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, Kai
any artificer ofany art ποῦ at all may be found in thee longer, and
(lit, every) (lit. of every)
4 ‘ ~
23 Kai φῶς

φωνὴ μύλου οὐ.μὴ ἀκουσθῇ

sound of millstone ποῦ at all may be heard and light
λύχνου ov.un φανῇ" *év' σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου Kai
oflamp notatallmayshine in thee longer,and voice of bridegroom and
νύμφης ov.) ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. ὅτι ϑοὶ" ἔμποροί. σου
of bride ποῦ «αὖ 811] may Ὀ6 Πρασὰά in thee longer; for thy merchants
ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς» ὅτι ἐν τῇ. φαρμακείᾳ" σου ἐπλα-

ἐν σοὶ ἔτι,
in thee longer,

were the greatones ofthe earth, for by thy sorcery were
nQ , _ 4 ἔθ ives, > ~ d τ Tf

νήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. 24 καὶ ἐν aur αἱμα" προφη-

misled all the nations. And in her [the] blood of pro-

τῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, Kai πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς
phets δῃηᾶ saints was found, and of all the slain on the
γῆς.
earth.
19 “Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐὔὄχλου
And after thesethings I heard a7voice “of *a “multitude
πολλοῦ μεγάλην" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "λέγοντος," ᾿Αλληλούϊα᾽ ἡ
δρτοαῦ loud in the heaven, saying, Hallelujah: the
σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἱκαὶ ἡ τιμὴ" Kai ἡ δύναμις "κυρίῳ
Βαϊναύϊοη andthe glory and the honour andthe power to the Lord
τῷ.θεφ.ἡμῶν"" 2 ὅτι ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ.κοίσεις. αὐτοῦ"
our God: for true and righteous[are] his judgments;
ὅτι ἔκρινεν τὴν πόρνην THY μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν
for hejudged the “harlot great, who corrupted the earth
ἐν τῇ-πορνείᾳ.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων
with her fornication, and hedidavenge the blood *pondmen

αὐτοῦ ἐκ 'τῆς".χειρὸς.αὐτῆς. 3 Kai δεύτερον εἴρηκαν, ᾿Αλλη-

‘of his at her hand. Anda second time they said, Halle-
Aovia’ Kai ὁ.καπνὸς. αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν
lujah. And her smoke goes up to the ages of the

JTS. 4 m” " « n , t n” ‘ ,
αἰώνων. 4 Kai πἔπεσαν" ot "πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι Kai τέσ-

ages. And felldown the *elders ‘twenty *and
capec," καὶ τὰ °récoapa' ζῶα, Kai προσεκύνησαν τῷ
3four, and the four living creatures and worshipped

θεῷ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ Prov θρόνου," λέγοντες, ᾿Αμήν" ᾿Αλλη-
God who sits on the _ throne, saying, Amen, Halle-
Novia. 5 Και φωνὴ “ἐκ' τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν λέγουσα, Αἰνεῖτε
174}. Anda voice out of the throne cameforth, saying, Praise
r~} θεὸ i af ~ ΄ i. or ? ~ 8 ΗΠ « ,
τὸν.θεὸν" ἡμῶν πάντες οἱ.δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ, "καὶ" οἱ. φοβούμενοι
our God all [ye] his bondmen, and [ye] who fear

αὐτὸν ‘kai' οἱ μικροὶ Kai οἱ μεγάλοι. 6 Kai ἤκουσα we φωνὴν

voice of a great mul- him, both the small and Π6Ὸ great. And Iheard as a voice
titude, and as the ~ ‘ , Pe ͵
olga πεν ΞΩΞΣΣ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ᾿ὼς" φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς
and as the voice of ofa?multitude ‘great, and as avoice of*waters ‘many, and as
τ φάνῃ LT. a — ἐν (read σοι upon thee) [a]. " --- οἷ, ὃ φαρμακίᾳ τα. 4 αἵματα
bloods arw. ©—«alGLTTrAw. |!-{ ὡς 88 EGLTTrAW. 8 μεγάλην ὄχλου πολλοῦ GLTTrA.

ἃ λεγόντων GLTTrAW.

᾿-- τῆς GLTTrAW.
© τέσσερα LITrA.
*— - καὶ ΤίττΑ].

t— καὶ GLTTrAW.

i— καὶ ἡ τιμὴ GLTTrAW. k τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν of our God GLTTraw.
™ ἔπεσον EG. n — καὶ GTTrAW ; εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι LL.
P τῷ θρόνῳ LTTrAW. 4 ἀπὸ from LTrAW. τ τῷ θεῷ LTTrAW.
ν--- ὡς 1,

xix REVELATION.
φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν, “λέγοντας," ᾿Αλληλούϊα" ὅτι ἐβασί-
avoice of *thunders ‘strong, saying, Hallelujah, for has
λευσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς " ὁ παντοκράτωρ. 7 χαίρωμεν καὶ
reigned [the] Lord God the Almighty. We should rejoice and
γἀγαλλιώμεθα," καὶ δῶμεν! τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ᾽ ὅτι ἦλθεν ὁ
should exult; and should give glory tohim; for is come the
γάμος τοῦ ἀρνίου, Kai ἡ. γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν. 8 Kai
marriage of the Lamb, and his wife did make’ready ‘herself. And
? , > ~ er , 4, a \ ‘
ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον "καθαρὸν καὶ
it was given to her that she should be clothed in fine linen, pure and
λαμπρόν" τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον τὰ δικαιώματά ὕέστιν τῶν
bright ; for the fine linen “the *righteousnesses tis of the
ἁγίων." 9 Kai λέγει μοι, Γράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ
saints, And he saystome, Write, Blessed [are] they who to the
δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ apviov κεκλημένοι. Kai λέγει μοι,
supper ofthe marriage of the Lamb are called. And he says to me
Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι “ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 10 Kai “ἔπεσον"
These *the *words 3true tare of God. And I fell
ἔμπροσθεν τῶν. ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ" Kai λέγει

before his feet todohomage tohim. And he says
μοι, Ὅρα n° σύνδουλός σου εἰμὶ καὶ τῶν ἀδελ-
tome, See [thou ἄο 10] not. Fellow-bondman of thee I am and *breth-

~ ~ , A ΄ ~ > κω ~ ~

φῶν σου τῶν ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν ‘rov' “Inoov τῷ θεῷ

ren ‘of *thy who have the testimony of Jesus, To God

προσκύνησον᾽ ἡ.γὰρ μαρτυρία ἱτοῦ" Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα

do homage. For *the ‘testimony Sof *Jesus is ‘the spirit
τῆς προφητείας.
30 *prophecy.
‘ inl ‘ ‘ ? ΓΔ eo

11 Kai εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν Βἀνεῳγμένον," καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος

And Isaw the heaven opened, and behold, a *horse

λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, "καλούμενος πιστὸς"

ἀγγῃϊίθ, and he who sits upon it, called Faithful

καὶ ἀληθινός, καὶ ἔν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει Kai πολεμεῖ: 12 οἱ

and True, and in righteousness he judges and makes war.
δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰὼς" φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν
And 7eyes "his [were] as aflame of fire, and upon *head

κ ὄνομα γεγραμμένον ὃ οὐδεὶς

αὐτοῦ διαδήματα πολλά, ἔχων )
& Dame written which no one

*his *diadems Smany, having
\ , ‘ ὦ « ’ 1
οἶδεν εἰ μὴ αὐτός: 13 καὶ περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον ἰβεβαμ-
knows but himself, and clothed with a garment dip-
A ~ 4A la ~ « , ~
μένον" αἵματι" καὶ πκαλεῖται" τὸ. Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ, Ὁ λόγος τοῦ
ped in blood; and is *called "his 7name, The Word
“ ‘ -~ > ~ > , , ~
θεοῦ. 14 Kai τὰ στρατεύματα" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ
of God. And the armies in the heaven were following him
ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις λευκοῖς, ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον λευκὸν °Kai’ καθαρόν.
upon *horses ‘white, clothed in fine linen, white and pure,
~ , ? ~ , , « , ? ~
15 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος. αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα,
And out of his mouth goes forth a’sword ‘sharp,
ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ Prardcoy' τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ
that with it he might smite the nations; and he 5881] shepherd

W λεγόντων ELTTrW ; λέγοντες GA.
LTTrA. z δώσομεν Shall give La.
Ὁ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν ETTrA. © + οἱ LAW.
f — τοῦ LTTrAW. 8 ἠνεῳγμένον LTTrA.

i — ὡς TTr[A].
μένον sprinkled round T. ™ κέκληται LTTrAW.
GLTAW. P πατάξῃ GLITrAW.

ἃ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν LTTrA.

x + ἡμῶν (read our God) ertrw. y
ἃ λαμπρὸν καὶ (— καὶ LTTrA) καθαρόν GLTTrA.

k + [ὀνόματα γεγραμμένα, kat] names written and a,
Sue el 1 + τὰ which [are] EaL[a]w.

661

mighty thunderings,
saying, Alleluia: for
the Lord God omnipo-
tent reigneth. 7 Let
us be glad and re-
joice, and give honour
to him: for the mar-
riage of the Lamb is
come, and his wife
hath made herself
ready. 8 And to her
was granted that sha
should be arrayed in
fine linen, clean and
white: for the fine
linen is the righteous-
ness of saints. 9 And
he saith unto me,
Write, Blessed are
they which are called
unto the marriagesup-
per of the Lamb,
And he saith unto
me, These are the
true sayings of God.
10 And I fell at his
feet to worship him.
And he said unto me,
See thou do it not: 1
am thy fellowservant,
and of thy brethren
that have the testi-
mony of Jesus: wor-
ship God : for the tes-
timony of Jesus is
the spirit of prophecy.

11 And I saw hea-
ven opened, and be-
hold a white horse ;
and he that sat upon
him was called Faith-
ful and True, and in
righteousness he doth
judge and make war.
12 His eyes were asa
flame of fire, and.on
his head were many
crowns; and he hada
name written, that no
man knew,but he him-
self. 13 And he was
clothed with a ves-
ture dipped in blood:
and his name is called
The Word of God.
14 And the armies
which were in heaven
followed him upon
white horses, clothed
in fine linen, white
and clean. 15 And
out of his mouth go-
eth a sharp sword,
that with it he should

Y ἀγαλλιῶμεν

© ἔπεσα LTTrAW.

h πιστὸς καλούμενος τι; [καλούμενος] πιστὸς A.

1 περιρεραμ-
ο -- καὶ

662
smite the nations:
and he shall rule

them with a rod of
iron : and he treadeth
the winepress of the
fierceness and wrathof
Almighty God. 16And
he hath on his ves-
ture and on his thigh
a name written, KING
OF KINGS, AND
LORD OF LORDS.

17 And I saw an an-
gel standing in the
sun; and he cried with
aloud voice, saying to
all the fowls that fly
in the midst of hea-
ven, Come and gather
yourselves together
unto the supper of
the great God ; 18 that
ye may eat the flesh
of kings, and the flesh
of captains, and the
flesh of mighty men,
and the flesh of horses,
and of them that sit
on them, and the flesh
of all men, both free
and bond, both small
and great.

19 And I saw the
beast, and the kings
of the earth, and their
armies, gathered to-
gether to make war
against him that sat
on the horse, and
against his army.
20 And the beast was
taken, and with him
the false prophet that
wrought miracles be-
fore him, with which
he deceived them that
had received the mark
of the beast, and them
that worshipped his
image. These both
were cast alive into a
lake of fire burning
with brimstone. 21And
the remnant were
slain with the sword
of him that sat upon
the horse, which
sword proceeded out
of his mouth : and all
the fowls were filled
with their flesh.

4ᾳ — καὶ GLITrA.

ἐ πετομένοις GLTTrAW.
χα αὐτούς LTrA.

b αὐτοῦ its L.

LYTrA ; ὃ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ GW.

of) @LTTrAW.
® ἴδον T.

ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥ͂ΨΙΣ. XIX.

αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Kai αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ
them with “rod ?an *iron; and he treads the press of the

οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ “καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς Tov θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκρά-

wine ofthe fury and ofthe wrath of God the Alnighty.
τορος. 16 καὶ ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον Kai ἐπὶ TOY_uNpdY.abTOU
And he has upon [his] garment and upon his thigh
‘ro! ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ κύριος
the name written, ing of kings and Lord
κυρίων.
of lords.

17 Kai εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ Alp’ καὶ

And Isaw one angel standing ἱπ the sun; and
ἔκραξεν " φωνῇ μεγάλῳ λέγων πᾶσιν τοῖς ὀρνέοις τοῖς
hecried witha?voice ‘loud, saying toall the birds which

ἱπετωμένοις' ἐν μεσουρανήματι, Δεῦτε “καὶ συνάγεσθε" εἰς
fi i Come and gather yourselves to

Υ in mid-heaven,
τὸ δεῖπνον “τοῦ μεγάλου" θεοῦ, 18 ἵνα φάγητε σάρκας Ba-
the supper. ofthe great God, that ye may eat flesh of
σιλέων, καὶ σάρκας χιλιάρχων, καὶ σάρκας ἰσχυρῶν,
kings, and flesh of chief captains, and fiesh of strong [men],

‘ , \ ~ , ~ Ι \
καὶ σάρκας ἵππων καὶ τῶν καθημένων ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῶν," καὶ

and flesh of horses and of those who sit on them, and
σάρκας πάντων, ἐλευθέρων ¥ καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν 7 καὶ
flesh of all, free and bond, and small and
μεγάλων.
great.
19 Kai δεῖδον" τὸ θηρίον, καὶ Τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς;
And JIsaw _ the beast, and the kings of the earth,

καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν" συνηγμένα ποιῆσαι © πόλε-

and “armies 1their gathered together to make
μον μετὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ Tov ἵππου, Kai μετὰ τοῦ
war with him who sits on the horse, and with

στρατεύματος αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ 4 ἐμετὰ
"army this. And wastaken the beast, and with
τούτου ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης ὁ ποιήσας τὰ σημεῖα ἐνώπιον
him the false prophet who wrought the signs before
αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἐπλάνησεν τοὺς λαβόντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ
him, by which hemisled those who received the mark of che
θηρίου, Kai τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ. εἰκόνι.αὐτοῦ" ζῶντες
beast, and those who do homage to his image. Alive
ἐβλήθησαν ot δύο εἰς τὴν λίμνην Tov πυρὸς ἱτὴν καιομένην"
werecast the two into the lake of fire which burns
ἐν τῷ" θείῳ. 21 Kai ot λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν TH
with brimstone ; and the rest were killed with the
ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ "ἐκπο-
sword οἵ him who sits on the horse, (the sword] which goes
pevopevy ἐκ TOU.cTOMaTOC.avTOU' Kai πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορ-
forth out of his mouth ; and all the birds were

τάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν.
filled with their flesh.

τ — τὸ (read a Dame) G@LTTraAW. * + ἐν in (a loud voice) Τ[Α].
¥ συνάχθητε GLTTrAW. W τὸ μέγα τοῦ (read the great supper

Υ + τε both (free) GLrTraw. τ + τε both (small) w.

© + τὸν LTTrAW. 4 + [oi] those a. © μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὃ
Γῆς καιομένης LT'TrA. & — τῷ GLITrAW. Β ἐξελθούσῃ

came forth GLTTraw.

ΧΧ. REVELATION.
20 Kai 'eldov" ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,
And I saw an angel descending out of the heaven,
ἔχοντα τὴν Ikdeida' τῆς ἀβύσσου, Kai ἅλυσιν μεγάλην ἐπὶ
having the key of the abyss, and a chain ‘great in
THV-xXEipa.avTov. 2 καὶ ἐκράτησεν τὸν δράκοντα, ‘roy ὄφιν

his hand. And he laid hold of the dragon, the ?serpent

TOV a ~ Il 1. ? Π ὃ , δὰ \m ~ ‘ £0
PXatov, ὃς ἔστιν ιάβολος καὶ ™ σατανᾶς, καὶ ἔδησεν
ancient, who is_ [the] devil and Satan, and bound

αὐτὸν χίλια ἔτη, 8 καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον, Kai

him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, and
ἔκλεισεν Bavrov,! Kai ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ
shut him _ [up], and sealed over him, that “ποὺ
°rhavnoy' Pra ἔθνη ert," ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια
‘he *should mislead the nations longer, until were completed the thousand
ἔτη: “καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι" μικρὸν
years; and after these things he must be loosed a little
χρόνον.

time,

4 Kai 'eldov' θρόνους, καὶ ἐκάθισαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ κρίμα
And Isaw _ thrones; and theysat upon them, πᾶ judgment
ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς" καὶ rac ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισμένων διὰ
was given tothem; and 86 souls of those beheaded on account of
τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. Kai
the testimony of Jesus, andonaccount of the word of God, and
οἵτινες οὐ.προσεκύνησαν "τῷ θηρίῳ," ᾿οῦτε" “τὴν εἰκόνα" αὐτοῦ,
those who did not do homage to the beast, nor his image,
καὶ οὐκιἔλαβον τὸ χάραγμα ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον. αὐτῶν," Kai ἐπὶ
and did not receive the mark upon their forehead, and upon
τὴν. χεῖρα.αὐτῶν" Kai ἔζησαν, Kai ἐβασίλευσαν μετὰ * χριστοῦ
their hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ
¥ra' χίλια ἔτη" 5 * οἱ "δὲ" λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ Ῥάνέζησαν
the thousand years: but the rest ofthe dead “not ‘lived again
ἕως" τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη. adTn ἡ ἀνάστασις
till may have been completed the thousand years. This [is] the ?resurrection
« , , ” ~ ?
ἡ πρώτη. 6 μακάριος Kai ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων μέρος ἐν τῇ ava-
‘first. Blessed and holy he who has part in the ?resur-
στάσει τῇ πρώτῳ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ “θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος" οὐκ. ἔχει.
rection first: over these the “death tsecond has no
ἐξουσίαν, add’! ἔσονται ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοῦ χριστοῦ,
authority ; but they shall be priests of God and ofthe Christ,
καὶ °Baoisvoovow' per a’rov! χίλια ἔτη. 7 Kai ὕταν re-

and shall reign with him a thousand years. And when may
Aes Oy Ta χίλια ἔτη, λυθήσεται ὁ σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς

have beencompleted the thousand years, will be loosed Satan

out of
φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ, ὃ καὶ ἐξελεύσεται πλανῆσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὰ
*prison this, and 011 go out to mislead the nations which [are]
ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσιν γωνίαις τῆς γῆς; τὸν Twy καὶ ὅτὸν! Maywy,
in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,

1 ἴδον T. ) κλεῖν GLTTrAW. K ὃ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος LTTrA.
m + ὁ LTTrAW. 2 — αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. ο πλανᾷ G. Ρ ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη GLTTYA.
LTTrAW. λυθῆναι αὐτὸν LA. δ τὸ OnpioyGLTTrAW. + ovdé LTTraw.

* — αὐτῶν (read [their]) GLTTraw. x + τοῦ the EGLTTrAW.
sand) LTTraW. 2 + καὶ (read and the rest) Tr.

‘lived till GLTTraw. © δεύτερος Javatos GLTTrA.
{ + τὰ the (thousand) Trr[a]. 3 — τὸν LT[Tr]A.

ἃ ἀλλὰ TTrw.

663
XX, And I saw an
angel come down

from heaven, having
the key of the bot-
tomless pit and a
great chain in his
hand. 2 And he laid
hold on the dragon,
that old serpent,
which is the Devil,
and Satan, and bound
him a thousand years,
3 and cast him
into the bottomless
pit, and shut him up,
and set a seal upon
him, that he should
deceive the nations no
more, till the thou-
sand years should be
fulfilled: and after
that he must be loosed
a little season.

4 AndI saw thrones,
and they sat upon
them, and judgment
was given unto them:
and 7 saw the souls of
them that were be-
headed for the wit-
ness of Jesus, and
for the word of God,
and which had not
worshipped the beast,
neither his image,
neither had received
his mark upon their
foreheads, or in theiz
hands; and they lived

and reigned with
Christ ἃ thousand
years. ὃ But the
rest of the dead

lived not again until
the thousand years
were finished, This
is the first resurrec-
tion. 6 Blessed and
holy is he that hath
part in the first r

surrection: on suc

the second death hath
no power, but they
shall be priests of
God and of Christ,
and shall reign with
him a thousand years,
7 And when the thou-
sand years are ex-
pired, Satan shall be
loosed out of his pri-
gon, 8 and shall go out
to deceive the nations
which are in the four
uarters of the earth,
Gos and Magog, to

16 ἐστιν ὃ which is the τ΄

ᾳ — καὶ
~ >
Y τῇ εἰκόνι EG.

Υ — τὰ (read a thou-
a — δὲ but LTTraw.

Ὁ ἔζησαν ἄχρι

6 βασιλεύ[σ]ουσιν 4

664

gather them together
to battle: the num-

ber of whom is as
the sand of the sea.

9 And they went up
on the breadth of the
earth, and compassed
the camp of the saints
about, and the beloved
city : and fire came
down from God out of
heaven, and devoured
them. 10 Andthe de-
vil that deceived them
was cast into the lake
of fire and brimstone,
where the beast and
the false prophet are,
and shall be torment-
ed day and night for
ever and ever.

11 AndIsaw agreat
white throne, and
him that sat on it,
from whose face the
earth and the heaven
fled away; and there
was found no place
for them. 12 And I
saw the dead, small
and great, stand be-
fore God; and the
books were opened :
and another book was
opened, which is the
book of life: and
the dead were judged
out of those things
which were written
in the books, accord-
ing to their works.
13 And the sea gaveup
the dead which were
in it ; and death and
hell delivered up the
dead which were in
them: and they were
judged every man
according to their
works. 14 And death
and hell were cast
into the lake of
fire. This is the se-
cond death. 15 And
whosoever was not
found written in the
book of life was cast
into the lake of fire.

XXI, And I saw a
new heaven and a new
earth :

ATITOKAAYYWI2&.

συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἢ πόλεμον, ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸςΪ ὡς
ἴο gather together them unto war, of whomthe number [18] as

ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. 9 καὶ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος τῆς
the sand of the sea, And they went upupon the breadth ofthe

γῆς, καὶ "ἐκύκλωσαν" τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τὴν
earth, and encircled the camp ofthe saints, and the

πόλιν THY ἠγαπημένην᾽ Kai κατέβη πῦρ ἰἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ
2city *beloved : and *came “down ‘fire from God out of

τοῦ οὐρανοῦ," Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτούς" 10 Kai ὁ διάβολος ὁ
the heaven and devoured them : and the devil who

πλανῶν αὐτοὺς ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς Kai™
misleads them was cast into the lake of fire and

θείον, ὕπου ™ τὸ θηρίον Kai ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης" Kai
of brimstone, where Care] the beast and the false prophet ; and

βασανισθήσονται ἡμέρας Kai νυκτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν
they shall be tormented day and night for the ages of the
αἰώνων.

ages.

11 Kai εἶδον θρόνον “λευκὸν μέγαν," καὶ τὸν καθήμενον
And Isaw a‘“throne ?white 1great and him who sits

ΡΖ ? || q ’ ~ Ι" Ψ 2 4 r , wy « ~ ‘ « >
ἐπ “αὐτου, ov amo προσωώποῦ εφυγεν ἢ γὴ καὶ ὁ οὐ-
on it, 2whose ‘from face fied the earth and the hea-

ρανός, Kai τόπος οὐχ.-εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς. 12 καὶ εἶδον τοὺς
ven, and place was not eee for them, And Isaw the

νεκρούς, "μικροὺς Kai μεγάλους," ἑστῶτας ἐνώπιον ‘rov θεοῦ,"
dead, small and great, standing before God,

καὶ βιβλία τἠνεῴχθησαν"" Kai “βιβλίον ἄλλο! τἠνεῴχθη,"

and books were opened ; and 2book Xanother was opened,

ὕ ἐστιν τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν
which is [that] of life. And were judgedthe dead out of the res

γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, κατὰ τὰ-ἔρ ργα. «αὐτῶν.
written in the books Sosording, to their works.

13 καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς Yév αὐτῷ νεκρούς," καὶ ὁ
And %gave ‘uP: ih "sea the) 14im sit ‘dead, and

θάνατος καὶ ὁ ἅδης Τέδωκαν" τοὺς "ἐν αὐτοῖς νεκρούς" Kai é-
ς ρους

XX) ΣῈ

death and hades gave up the 7in “them ‘dead ; and they
κρίθησαν ἕκαστος κατὰ Taépya.air@y. 14 καὶ ὁ θάνατος
were judged each accor ei to their works : and death
καὶ ὁ ᾧδης ἐβλήθησαν εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός" οὗτός “éorw
and adegs werecast into the ake of fire. This is

ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος." “ 15 Kai εἴ τις οὐχ.-εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ
the second death. And if anyone wasnotfound in the

βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ

b+ τὸν LTTrAW.

οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ α; --- ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ LTAW.
ο μέγαν λευκόν GLTTrAW.

of whom) LTTrAW.

ἢ τοῦ θρόνου the throne @LTTraw.

x ἡνοίχθη LTTrAW.
kev L.

of fire L:TTraw.

* νερκοὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς dead which [were] in phere GLTTraW.
δεύτερος ἐστιν GLTAW ; ὃ δεύτερος θάνατός ἐστιν Tr.

written, he was cast into the lake
πυρός.
of fire.
Q1 Kai εἶδον οὐρανὸν καινὸν καὶ γῆν καινήν" ὁ. γὰρ
for the first And Isaw_ a *heaven new and earth ‘a*new; forthe
14 αὐτῶν of them GLTTraw. k ἐκύκλευσαν LTAW. lé« τοῦ

m+ τοῦ T. n + καὶ both GLTTraw.

Ρ ἐπάνω Tr. 4 αὐτόν GT. τ + τοῦ (read from the face
5 τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς the great and the small LrTraw.
" ἠνοίχθησαν GLTTraw. W ἄλλο βιβλίον GLTTrAw.
y νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ dead which [were] in it ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ. 2 ἔδω-
Ὁ ὸ θάνατος ὃ
© + , ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός the lake

AXI,

πρῶτος οὐρανὸς Kai ἡ πρώτη γῆ
first heaven andthe first

REVELATION.

ἀπαρῆλθεν," καὶ ἡ θά-
earth were passed away, and the

λασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ETL.
sea no tis longer.
2 Kai %yw Ἰωάννης" feldov" τὴν πόλιν τὴν ayiar', ‘Tep-
And 1 John saw the city "holy, *Jer-
ουσαλὴμ Kkarnr!, caraBaivovoay Βἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ τοῦ οὐ-
usalem *new, cee down from God out of hea-
ρανοῦ," ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ
ven preerered as a bride adorned for 7husband
αὐτῆς. 3 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ "ovpavoi,'
*her. And TIheard a ?voice great outof the heaven,

λεγούσης, ᾿Ιδού, ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων,
saying, Behold, the eae of God [is] with men,
καὶ σκηνώσει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν᾽ Kai αὐτοὶ ‘Navi αὐτοῦ ἔσονται,

and he shall tabernacle with and they *peoples “his ‘shall 2306,

καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς "ἔσται per αὐτῶν" ἰθεὸς αὐτῶν." 4 καὶ ἐξα-
and *himself ‘God shallbe with them their God. And ?shall
λείψει πὸ θεὸς" πᾶν δάκρυον "ard" τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν. αὐτῶν,
Swipe away 1God auery, tear from their eyes ;

καὶ °0' θάνατος οὐκιἔσται ἔτι: οὔτε πένθος, οὔτε κραυγή,
and death shallbeno longer, nor mourning, nor crying,
οὔτε πόνος οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι. Port τὰ πρῶτα “ἀπῆλθον."

nor eee ik a shall *be longer, because the former things are passed away.
it, not)

5 Kai εἶπεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ "τοῦ θρόνου," ᾿Ιδού, καινὰ
And said he who sits on the throne, Lo, new

5 ll K λέ ll 1 ee τ « λ ,
πάντα ποιῶ. αἱ éyée ἵμοι, ρά OV’ OTL OUTOL OL ογοι
allthings Imake. And hesays tome, Write, because these words

τἀληθινοὶ καὶ πιστοί" εἰσιν. 6 Kai εἶπέν μοι, ὑΓέγονεν."
true and faithful are. And hesaid tome, Itisdone. I

Σεἰμι! τὸ YA" καὶ τὸ 7Q," ἡ ἀρχὴ Kai τὸ τέλος. ἐγὼ τῷ
am the A andthe Ω, the beginning andthe end. I to him that

διψῶντι δώσω * ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν.
thirsts willgive of the fountain of the water of life eravarvously.

7 ὁ νικῶν κληρονομήσει ὕπάντα," καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ θεός,
He that overcomes shall inherit allthings, and Iwillbe tohim God,

καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι “ὁ' υἱός. ὃ **0eXoic.dé! καὶ ἀπίστοις “5
and he shall be tome son : but to (the) fearful, and unbelieving,

καὶ ἐβδελυγμένοις Kai φονεῦσιν καὶ πόρνοις καὶ δφαρμακεῦσιν"
and abominable, and murderers, and fornicators, and SGECErers;

καὶ εἰδωλολάτραις, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς δ" Ψευδέσιν," τὸ.μέρος αὐτῶν

shane,

and idolaters, and all iars, their part
ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ Kai θείῳ, ὅ ἐστιν
[15] in the lake which burns. with fire and eae eaer: which is [the]
*®SedTE00¢ θάνατος."
second death.

ἐγώ 1

6665

heaven and the first
earth were passed a-
way; and there was
no more sea.

2 And I John saw
the holy city, new
Jerusalem, coming
down from God out
of heaven, prepared as
a bride adorned for
her husband. 3 And I
heard a great voice
out of heaven saying,
Behold. the tabernacle
of God is with men,
and he will dwell with
them, and they shall
be his people, and God
himself shall be with
them, and δὲ their
God, 4 And God shall
wipe away all tears
from their eyes; and
there shall be no more
death, neither sorrow,
nor crying, neither
shall there be any
more pain: for the
former things are
passed away. 5 And
he that sat upon the
throne said, Behold, I
make all things new.
And he said unto me,
Write: for these words
are true and faithful.
6 And hesaid unto me,
It is done. Iam Alpha
and Omega, the be-
ginning and the end.
will give unto him
that is athirst of the
fountain of the water
of life freely. 7 He
that overcometh shali
inherit all things ;and
I will be his God, and
he shall be my son.
8 But the fearful, and
unbelieving, and the
abominable, and mur-
derers, and whore-
mongers, and sorcer-
ers, and idolaters, and
all liars, shall have
their part in the lake
which burneth with
fire and brimstone :
which is the second
death.

da ἀπῆλθον GW ; ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA.

καινήν GLTTrW ; ‘after ἁγίαν A.
throne LTa. i λαὸς people aw.
TTr 3 αὐτῶν θεός Bue
n ἐκ "LTTrA. — ὃ 1. Ρ --- ὅτι L[TrA].
θρόνῳ GLTTrAw. 5 ποιῶ πάντα LTTrAW.
ae

— εἰμι (read [am] 7)[a].
b ταῦτα these things GLTTraw.
εθ + καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς and sinners w.
θάνατος ὃ δεύτερος GLTTrAW,.

— ἐγὼ ᾿Ιωάννης GLITrAW.

Κ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔσται GLTrAW.

— μοι LI[Tr]Aw.

¥ ἄλφα Alpha LIVTrAW.
¢ — oLTTraw.
fa φαρμακοῖς GLTTrAW.

zOL.

& ἐκ TOU οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW.

f εἶδον I saw placed aster

Β θρόνον
- θεὸς αὐτῶν

— ὃ θεὸς (read ἐξαλείψει he shall wipe ταν ΟΥ̓ΤΙΓ ΑἸ].
4 ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA ; ἀπῆλθεν. Ww.
y πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοι
~ Τέγοναν They are done LiTrw ; réovete] (read Τάγονα ἐγώ 1 am become) a.
8. + αὐτῷ to him T[A]w.
da τρῖς (the) δὲ δειλοῖς GLTTrAW.
ξβ Ψψεύσταις L.

Ξ τῷ

ha ὁ

666

9 And there came
unto me one of the
seven angels which
had the seven vials
full of the seven last
plagues, and talked
with me, saying, Come
hither, I will shew
thee the bride, the
Lamb’s wife. 10 And
he carried me away
in the spirit to a great
and high mountain,
and shewed me that
great city, the holy Je-
Tusalem, descending
out of heaven from
God, 11 having the
glory of God: and her
light was like unto a
stone most precious,
even like a jasper
stone, clear as crystal;
12 and had a wall
great and high, and
had twelve gates, and
at the gates twelve
angels, and names
written thereon,which
are the names of the
twelve tribes of the
children of Israel:
13 on the east three
gates; on the north
three gates; on the
south three gates; and
on the west three
gates. 14 And the wall
of the city had twelve
foundations, and in
them the names of the
twelve apostles of the
Lamb. 15 And he that
talked with me hada
golden reed to measure
the city, and the gates
thereof, and the wall
thereof. 16 And the
city lieth foursquare,
and the length is as
large us the breadth:
and he measured the
city with the reed,
twelve thousand fur-
longs. The length and
the breadth and the
height of it are equal,
17 And he measured
the wall thereof, an
hundred and forty and
four cubits, according
to the measure of a
man, that is, of the an-

i — πρός με GLTTrAW.
[angels] were full LTTra.
μεγάλην (read the holy city) GLTTraw.

also) GLTTraw.
τ τοὺς πυλῶνας Tr.
χα ἀπὸ GLTTrAW.

αὐτῶν δώδεκα on them twelve GLTTraAW.
τόν ἐστιν (read [is]) GLTTrAW.

ATIOKAAY WIS. XXI.
9 Kai ἦλθεν ἱπρός ps" εἴς " τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόν-
And came to me one ofthe seven angels which had
των Tac ἑπτὰ φιάλας ἱτὰς γεμούσας" τῶν ἑπτὰ πληγῶν τῶν
the seven bowls full ofthe seven “plagues
᾽ ’; ‘ ? ’ ᾽ > ~ , ~ /
ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων, Δεῦρο, δείξω
last, and spoke with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew
σοι THY νύμφην τοῦ ἀρνίου τὴν γυναῖκα." 10 Kai ἀπήνεγκέν

thee the _ bride ?Lamb's ‘the wife. And he carried away

€ ἐν πνεύματι er’! ὄρος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, καὶ ἔδειξέν
me in{the] Spirit to amountain great and high, and shewed
μοι THY πόλιν THY μεγάλην," τὴν ἁγίαν ‘lepovcadnp, κατα-
me the 2city great, the holy Jerusalem, de-
Baivovoay ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 ἔχουσαν τὴν
scending out of the heaven from God, having the

ὕμοιος λίθῳ τιμιω-

δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Ῥκαὶ" ὁ. φωστὴρ.αὐτῆς
like astone most pre-

glory of God, and her radiance [was]
(lit. her luminary)

»" ,, » ’΄

ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 12 “ἔχουσάν τεὶ

τάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ
also

cious, as a‘stone jasper erystal-like ; having
~ , ‘ 4 , rv { ~ ὃ ’ ὃ - 8 , ? ‘
τεῖχος μέγα Kai ὑψηλόν, τέχουσαν" πυλῶνας δώδεκα, "καὶ ἐπὶ
awall great and _ high; having "gates twelve, and at
‘roic πυλῶσιν' ἀγγέλους δώδεκα." καὶ ὀνόματα ἐπιγεγραμ-
the gates angels ‘twelve, and names inscrib-
μένα, ἅ ἐστιν τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῶν!" υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ.
ed, which are [those]ofthe twelve tribes ofthe sons οἵ Israel.
1S χά πη γἀνατολῆς" πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ
On [86] east 27ates ‘three ; on [the] north
πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ νότου πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ
2ραῦθε ‘three ; on {the} south 2rates three, on [the]
δυσμῶν πυλῶνες τρεῖς. 14 Kai τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως "ἔχον"
west ?gates three, And the wall ofthe city having
θεμελίους δώδεκα, καὶ vy αὐτοῖς" ὀνόματα τῶν δώδεκα
“foundations ‘twelve, and in them names ofthe twelve
ἀποστόλων τοῦ apviov. 15 καὶ ὁ λαλῶν per ἐμοῦ εἶχεν ©
apostles of the Lamb. And he speaking with me had
κάλαμον χρυσοῦν, ἵνα μετρήσῃ τὴν πόλιν, Kai τοὺς πυ-
a 7reed ‘golden, that he might measure the city, and

λῶνας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ τεῖχος. .αὐτῆς. 16 Kai ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος

“gates lits, and its wall. And the city ?four-square
κεῖται, καὶ τὸ. μῆκος. αὐτῆς “τοσοῦτόν tori" ὅσον “καὶ! τὸ
‘lies, and its length so much is as also the

πλάτος. Kai ἐμέτρησεν τὴν πόλιν τῷ καλάμῳ ἐπὶ foradiwy'!
breadth. And hemeasured the city withthe reed— Sfurlongs

δώδεκα χιλιάδων" τὸ μῆκος Kai τὸ πλάτος Kai TO ὕψος αὐτῆς

‘twelve “thousand; the length and the breadth and theheight of it
ἴσα ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ἐμέτρησεν τὸ τεῖχος. αὐτῆς ἑκατὸν
7equal ‘are. And he measured its wall, a hundred [and]

SrecoapaKkovTa τεσσάρων πηχῶν

, ? , tld ?
fools ἀνθ ὠποῦυ, ὁ ἔστιν
forty four cubits,

measure ‘a“*man’s, which is,

| — gas W; τῶν γεμόντων Which
τὰ THY γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀρνίου LTTrAW. ἢ ἐπὶ LTTrAW. 9 — τὴν

Ρ --- καὶ GLTTrAW. 4 ἔχουσα (omit
5 — καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν ἀγγέλους δώδεκα L.
w — τῶν (read of [the]) L1Traw.
8 ἔχων TIrA. Ὁ ἐπ᾽
4d — τοσοῦ-
& τεσσερά-

k + ἐκ of (the) Lrrra.

τ ἔχουσα GLTTrA.
ν + τὰ ὀνόματα the names L[Tra].
Υ ἀνατολῶν GW. z+ καὶ and LTTraw.
¢ + μέτρον a Measure GLTTrA.

€ — καὶ TTr[A]. f σταδίους EGLTrA.

κοντα τεσσάρων LT; τεσσαρακοντατεσσάρων (τεσσε- A) EAW.

XXI, XXII. REVELATION.

yédov. 18 καὶ ‘iy ἡ *évdopnotc' τοῦ.τείχους. αὐτῆς
(the) angel’s. And ‘was ‘the “structure Sof *its *wall
ἴασπις᾽ Kai ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὁμοία" ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ.
jasper; andthe city gold pure, like 2¢glass ‘pure:

19 "kai! οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως παντὶ λίθῳ
and the foundations ofthe wall ofthe city withevery 2stone

τιμίῳ κεκοσμημένοι. ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις᾽ ὁ
‘precious | were] adorned: the foundation first, jasper; the

δεύτερος σάπφειρος᾽ ὁ τρίτος "χαλκηδών"" ὁ τέταρτος σμά-

second, eapphe ; the third, ee! ; the fourth, eme-
ΡΩΝ 20 ὁ πέμπτος Pcapddrvvé'! ὁ ἕκτος Ῥσάρδιος"" ὁ
ral the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the
ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος" ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος" ὁ “ἔνατος" τοπά-
seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, to-
Ziov' ὁ δέκατος "ypvodmpacoc’' ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος" ὁ
paz; the tenth, chrysoprasus ; the eleventh, jacinth ἢ the
δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος. 21 καὶ ot δώδεκα πυλῶνες, δώδεκα
twelfth, amethyst. And the twelve gates, twelve
papyaoirav ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς
peas rae as ane ‘each of the gates was of one
μαργαρίτου" καὶ ἡ πλατεῖα τῆς πόλεως, χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὡς
pearl ; andthe street ofthe ΟἿΣ 2g0ld pure, as
ὕαλος "διαφανής." 22 Kai ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν airy ὁ γὰρ
2¢lass ‘transparent. And *temple “no ‘I ?saw in it; for the
κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ * ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ
Lord God Almighty its temple is, and the
ἀρνίον. 23 καὶ ἡ πόλις οὐ χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ ἡλίου, οὐδὲ τῆς
Lamb, Andthe city no “need ‘has ofthe sun, nor ofthe
σελην τ, ,ὔ v2 il > at « . δόξ. κει ~ (a) ~ > oe
νης, ἵνα φαίνωσιν “éev' αὐτῇ" ἡ-γὰρ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ egw
moon, that they shouldshine in it; forthe glory of God en-
τισεν αὐτήν, Kai ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ ἀρνίον. 24 Kai “τὰ
lightened it, and the lamp ofit [18] the Lamb. And the

ἔθνη τῶν σωζομένων ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ αὐτῆς περιπατήσουσιν" καὶ

nations of the saved in its light shall walk ; and
οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν *kat τὴν τιμὴν" αὐτῶν
the kings oftheearth bring ΞΡΊΟΥΥ #and *honour ‘their

εἰς αὐτήν. 25 καὶ οἱ.πυλῶνες.αὐτῆς οὐ.μὴ κλεισθῶσιν ἡμέρας"
unto it. And its gates not at all shall beshut by day;

νὺξ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ. 26 Kai οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ
Snight ‘for ΠΟ shall be there. Andthey shallbringthe glory and
τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς αὐτήν. 27 Kai οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς
the honour of the nations unto it. And in no wise may enter into
αὐτὴν πᾶν ὑκοινοῦν," καὶ ἐποιοῦν" βδέλυγμα καὶ wWev-

it anything defiling, and practising abomination and a
(lit. everything)
doc’ εἰμὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ
lie ; but those who arewritten in the book of life of the
aoviov.
Lamb.
22 Kai ἔδειξεν por “καθαρὸν ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς,

And heshewed me “pure ‘a river of water of life,

i — ἦν (read [was]) LTA.
κεδών 1. ο σαρδιόννξ L.
* διαυγής GLTTrAW.

1 ὅμοιον LTTrAW.
4 ἔννατος EGW.

Κα ἐνδώμησις TTr.
P σάρδιον ἐδρυνεδνςς
aoe o 1[A]w.

— ἐν (read αὐτῇ for it) GLTTraw.

667

gel. 18 And the bnild-
ing of the wall of it
was of jasper : and the
city was pure gold,
like unto clear glass.
19 And the founda-
tions of the wall of the
city were garnished
with all manner of
precious stones. The
first foundation was
jasper; the second,
sapphire ; the third,
a chalcedony; the
fourth, an emerald;
20 the fifth, sardonyx;
the sixth, sardius ; the
seventh chrysolite κα
the eighth, beryl; the
ninth, a topaz; the
tenth, a chrysoprasus;
the eleventh,a jacinth;
the twelfth, an ame-
thyst. 21 And the
twelve gates were
twelve pearls; every
several gate was of
one pearl: and the
street of the city was
pure gold, as it were
transparent glass,
22 And I saw no tem-
ple therein: for the
Lord God Almighty
and the Lamb are the
temple of it. 23 And
the city had no need
of the sun, neither of
the moon, to shine in
it: for the glory of
God did lighten it,
and the Lamb 7s the
light thereof. 24 And
the nations of them
which are saved shall
walk in the light of
it: and the kings of the
earth do bring their
glory and honour into
it. 25 And the gates
of it shall not be shut
at all by day: for
there shall be no night
there. 26 And they
shall bring the glory
and honour of the na-
tions into it. 27 And
there shall in no wise
enter into it any
thing that defileth,
neither whatsoever
worketh abomination,
or maketh a lie: but
they which are written
in the Lamb’s book of
life.

XXII. And heshew-
ed me a pureriver of
water of life, clear ag

τὰ — καὶ LTA. π χαλ-
τ χρυσόπρασον L,
W περι-

πατήσουσιν τὰ SOF, διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτῆς thie nations shall walk by means of its light

GLTTraw. = vy WwW; — καὶ τὴν τιμὴν LTTra.
he who TTr) eee ([he who] LAW) practises LTTraWw.

y SOE common GLTTraw.
— καθαρὸν GLTTrAW.

z(+a

668

crystal, proceeding
out of the throne of
God and of the Lamb.
2 Inthe midst of the
street of it, and on
either side of the ri-
ver, was there the
tree of life, which bare
twelve
fruits, and yielded her
fruitevery month; and
the leaves of the tree
were for the healing
of the nations. 3 And
there shall be no more
curse : but the throne
of God and of the
Lamb shall be in it ;
and his servants shall
serve him : 4and they
shallsee his face ; and
his name shall be in
their foreheads, 5 And
there shall be no
nightthere; and they
need no candle, nei-
ther light of the sun ;
for the Lord God giv-
eth them light: and
they shall reign for
ever and ever.

6 And he said unto
wma, These sayings are
faithful and true: and
the Lord God of the
holy prophets sent his
angel to shew unto
his servants the things
which must shortly
be done. 7 Behold, I
come quickly : blessed
ts he that keepeth the
sayings of the prophe-
ey of this book, 8AndI
John saw these things,
and heard them. And
when I had heard and
seen, I fell down to
worship before the
feet of the angel
which shewed me these
things. 9 Then saith
he unto me, See thou
do it not: for I am
thy fellowservant,
and of thy brethren
the prophets, and of
them which keep the
sayings of this book:
worship God. 10 And
he saith unto me, Seal
not the sayings of the
prophecy of this book:

manner of

AVVO! AAW ΤᾺΣ: XXII.
λαμπρὸν we κρύσταλλον, ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ
bright as crystal, going forth out of the thrane

θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ apviov. 2 ἐν μέσῳ τῆς.πλατείας.αὐτῆς, Kai TOU
of God andofthe Lamb, In the midst of its street, and ofthe

ποταμοῦ, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ Ῥέντεῦθεν," ξύλον ζωῆς, “ποιοῦν"
river, on this side and on that side, [the] tree of life, producing

4 ΄ὕ ~ u u ~ ‘
καρποὺς δώδεκα, κατὰ Spijva' “ἕνα' ἕκαστον ἰἀποδιδοῦν" τὸν

2fruits 1twelve, *month Seach yielding
‘ ᾽ ~ ‘ A , ~ , 2 , ~

καρπὸν αὐτοῦ" καὶ τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν τῶν

*fruit 1108; and the leaves ofthe tree for healing of the
’ ~ 4 ~ ξ ΄ ll ᾽ » » a ay “Ἢ ,
ἐθνῶν. 3 Kai πᾶν ἑκαταναθεμα" οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι" καὶ ὁ θρόνος
nations. And ?any Scurse 1not shallbe longer; and the throne

(lit. every)

τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοῦ apviov ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσται" καὶ οἱ. δοῦλοι. αὐτοῦ
of God and ofthe Lamb in it shall be; and his bondmen

λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ" 4 καὶ ὄψονται τὸ-πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ, Kat
shall serve him, and they shall see his face; and

τὸ Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν. μετὠπων. αὐτῶν. 5 καὶ νὺξ οὐκ ἔσται

his name on their foreheads [15]. And ?night πο shall be
μέκεῖ! καὶ ‘yosiay οὐκ Exovow' λύχνου καὶ φωτὸς ἰἡλίου,"
’

there, and ‘need no ‘they*have ofalamp and of iight of[the]sun,

ev ’ « 4 m ‘ ll ’ Ul . " U
ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς πι φωτίζει" αὐτούς" καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν
because {the} Lord Ged enlightens them, and they shall reign

εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας THY αἰώνων.

to the ages of the ages.
6 Kai εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί"
And hesaid tome, These words [are] faithful and true;

καὶ ἃ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Cayiwy' προφητῶν ἀπέστειλεν τὸν
and [the] Lord God ofthe holy prophets sent
ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γε-
‘angel this toshew his bondmen the things which must come
νέσθαι ἐν.τάχει. 7 Ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ. μακάριος ὁ
to pass soon. Behold, Iam coming quickly. Blessed [is] he who
~ 4 , ~ ΄ ~ , ’ ‘
τηρῶν τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου. ὃ “Καὶ
keeps the words ofthe prophecy of this book. And
ἐγὼ" ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ τβλέπων ταῦτα καὶ ἀκούων""
I John {was] he who [was] seeing *these *things ‘and “hearing.
καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσα καὶ ξέἔβλεψα! 'ἔπεσα" προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν
And when Iheard and saw I fell down to do homage before
τῶν ποδῶν TOU ἀγγέλου τοῦ “δεικνύοντός" μοι ταῦτα. 9 καὶ
the feet ofthe angel who[was] shewing me these things. And
λέγει μοι, “Opa py σύνδουλός σου γάρ" εἰμι, καὶ
he says to me, See [thou doit] not: *fellowbondman Sof*thee ‘for *I~am, and
τῶν.ἀδελφῶν.σου THY προφητῶν, καὶ THY τηρούντων τοὺς
of thy brethren the prophets, and of those who keep the
λόγους τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου: τῷ θεῷ προσκύνησον. 10 Kai
words of this book : to God do homage. And
λέγει μοι, Μὴκσφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ

he says to me, Seal not the words of the prophecy

’ , fo wt " c 4 x > ΄ ? « ? ὃ
fartho ποτε ΒΡ ΠΕ, βιβλίου τούτου Ὅτι" 0 καιρὸς * ἑγγὺς ἔστιν. ll o aot
11 Hethat is unjust, *book lof “this; becausethe time “near lis. He that is un-

Ὁ ἐκεῖθεν LITrAW. © ποιῶν T. ἃ μῆναν L. e€ — ἕνα GLTTrAW. f ἀποδιδοὺς TTrA-

& κατάθεμα GLITrAW.
ἔχουσιν TTr) χρείαν LTTrAW 3 οὐ χρεία G.
τὰ φωτιεῖ (φωτίσει L) ἐπ᾽ shall enlighten GLTTraw.
spirits of the GLTTrAaw.
ταῦτα GLTrAW ; βλέπων καὶ ἀκούων ταῦτα T.
Y — γάρ GLITrAw.

TOS T.

h ἔτι longer @LTTrAw. i οὐχ ἕξουσιν they shall have no (οὐκ
k + φωτὸς of light Lrtra. 1 — ἡλίον w.

n + 9 the LTTrA. ο πνευμάτων TOV
4 κἀγὼ LITrAW. τ ἀκούων καὶ βλέπων
8 ἔβλεπον W. τ ἔπεσον EG. ἃ δεικνύν
W — ὅτι @LTTrAW x + yap for (the time) LrTraw.

P + katana GLTTraw.

XXII. REVELATION.

κῶν ἀδικησάτω ἔτι καὶ Τὸ ῥυπῶν" ῥυπωσάτω"

righteous let him be unrighteous still; and he ὑμαῦ is filthy let him be filthy
ἔτι" καὶ ὁ δίκαιος δδικαιωθήτω! ἔτι καὶ ὁ ἅγιος
still ; and he that [is] righteous let him be righteous still; and he that [is] holy

ἁγιασθήτω ἔτι. 12 Kai! ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ, Kai ὁ
let him be sanctified still. Aud, behold, Iam eominy avickly, and

ισθός μ ov μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ ὡς τὸ ἔργον “αὐτοῦ
πο ΝΣ my with me, to render toeach as work this

ἔσται." 18 ἐγώ deine τὸ A" καὶ τὸ fQ," Sapx7) καὶ τέλος,
shall be. am the A _ and the 2. (the] beginning and end,

ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος." 14 Μακάριοι οἱ ποιοῦν-
the first and the last. Blessed [are] they that do

ἡ-.ἐξουσία.αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ
their 7authority to the

εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν.
they should goin to the city.

πόρνοι Kai
and the fornicators, and

τες τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ," ἵνα ἔσται
his commandments, that 4shall *be
ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, Kai τοῖς πυλῶσιν

tree of life, and by the ee

15 ἔξω ise" οἱ κύνες Kai οἱ φαρμακοὶ Kai οἱ
But without [are] the dogs, andthe sorcerers,

«
οι

φονεῖς καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, καὶ πᾶς *o' φιλῶν καὶ
the murderers, and the idolaters, and everyone that loves and
ποιῶν" ψεῦδος.
practises a 116,
16 ᾿Εγὼ Ἰησοῦς ἔπεμψα τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μον μαρτυρῆσαι
I Jesus sent mine angel to testify
ὑμῖν ταῦτα Meri ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις" ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ῥίζα καὶ

to you these things in the assemblies, I am the root and

ib! AaBid," ὁ λαμπρὸς Peai" “ὀρθρι-
τὸ γένος "τοῦ αβι ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρὸς Ρκαὶ ὄρθρι
the offspring of Davids the ‘star *bright 7and morn-
voc.’ 17 Kai ro πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν, τ᾿ Ἔλθε""
ing. And the Spirit and the bride Bay, Come.
καὶ ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, "ENO." καὶ ὁ διψῶν "ἐλθέτω,"
And hethat hears lethimsay, Come, Andhe that thirsts let him come,
‘kai" ὁ θέλων λαμβανέτω τὸ" ὕδωο ζωῆς δωρεάν.

and hethat wills, let him take

18 “Συμμαρτυροῦμαι.γὰρ' παντὶ 5 ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους
For I jointly testify to everyone: hearing the words

τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου. τούτου" ἐάν τις γϑἐπιτιθῇ πρὸς

the water of iife pretuitously.

669

let him be unjust still:
and he which is filthy,
let him be filthy still:
and he that is right-
eous, let him be right-
eous still: and he
that is holy, let hizo
be holy still. 12 And,
behold, I come quick-
ly ; and my reward iz
with me, to give every
man according as his
work shall be. 13 I
am Alpha and Omega,
the beginning and the
end, the first and the
last. 14 Blessed are
they that do his com-
mandments, that they
may have right to the
tree of life, and may
enter in through the
gates into the city.
15 For without are
dogs, and sorcerers,
and whoremongers,
and murderers, and
idolaters, and whoso-
ever loveth and mak-
eth a lie.

16 I Jesus have seni
mine angel to testify
unto you these things
in the churches. I ara
the root and the of-
spring of David, ana
the bright and morn-
ing star. 17 And the
Spirit and the bride
say, Come. And let
him that heareth say,
Come. And let him
that is athirst come.
And whosoever will,
let him take the water
of life freely.

18 For I testify un-
to every man that
heareth the words of

a a the prophecy of this

ofthe prophecy of this book, τε anyone shouldadd to book, If aiy τα κτὶ ΓΙ
ταῦτα," ἐπιθήσει 0 θεὸς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν" τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γε- add unto these things,
these things, *shall 3add 1God unto him the plagues which are God shall add unto
aa balz him the plagues that

γραμμένας ae βιβλίῳ.τούτῳ᾽ 19 Kai ἐάν τις ὕδάφαιρ py are written in this
written this book. And if anyone Bee take book: 19 and if any
on man shall take a-

ἀπὸ τῶν Vas βίβλου" τῆς.προφητείας. ταύτης, “*agpaipy- way from the words
from the words of [the] book of this prophecy, 4shall3take of the book of this
1 θεὸ εαβί(βλουὶ τῇ - » prophecy, God shall
cet ὁ θεὸς τὸ-μέρος.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Βιβχουν τῆς Ζωῆς, καὶ take away his part
“away God his part from [the] book of life, and out of the book of life,
Yo ῥυπαρὸς the filthy [one] GLTTraw. τ ῥυπανθήτω LTTrA ; ῥυπαρευθήτω G@w. 5 δικαιο-
σύνην ποιησάτω let him practise righteousness GLTTraw. Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW. © ἐστὶν

αὐτοῦ (read his work is) LTTrA. d εἰμι (read [am]) GLITraW.

τῶτ, 8 ὃ (--- ὁ 1{4}) πρῶτος καὶ ὁ (-- ὁ L[a)) ἔ

GLTA) τέλος GLTTrA.

Ee GLTTraW. k_ ὃ (read loving aud practising) Lrtraw.
- ἐπὶ (read ταῖς to the) W3 ev L. — Tov GLTTrAW.

Ρ — καὶ ie ον 4 ὃ πρωϊνός [88 ἘΣ GLTTrAW.

GLTTraw. — καὶ GLTTrAW. Υ λαβέτω GLITraw.

x + 7» who Gas ) GLTTraw. 75 ἐπιθῇ ἐπ᾽ αὐτά GLITraAW.

“8 Ὁ τῷ GLTTrAW. > ἀφέλῃ GLTTrAW. ca τοῦ βιβλίον GLTTrAW.

2 τοῦ ξύλου the tree GLITraW.

© ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw.
atos, (+ ἡ the GLTA) ἀρχὴ καὶ (+ τὸ the
h πλύνοντες Tas στολὰς αὐτῶν Wash their robes LTTré

i— δὲ

l ποιῶν Kat φιλῶν τ.

© Δαυείδ LTTra; aoe Gw.
F Ἔρχου GLITraW.
~ Μαρτυρὼ ἐγὼ I _testify ΝΟΣ
18 ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς T.

ρχέσθω ς

da ἀφελεῖ GLTTraW.

670 ΑἸΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. XXII.

and out of the hol f 2,-I| = , mol igh 17 \ ~ ,
city, and from th, ek THC πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, ἐκα! τῶν γεγραμμένων
things which are writ- outof the 2city holy, and of those who are written
ten in this book. ἐν " βιβλίῳ τούτῳ.
in “book ‘this.
die ieee 20 Aéye ὁ αρτυρῶν ταῦτα, Nai ἔρχομαι ταχύ.
Surely τς come quickly. ®Says ‘he 7who eee “these ®things, Yea, lamcoming quickly.
men. Even 80, come, ᾿ 4 i 6 Ζ ᾿ by
ΤΕΣ ΞΕ dee Ναί," ἔρχου; κύριε Ἰησοῦ.
en; yea, come, Lord Jesus.
p2iyEhe grace of σας 2] Ἢ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ!ῤ —_—era
with you all, Amen. ; The Εὐϑῦῦ ΟΣ one Lord Jesus Christ (be! with
πάντων" "ὑμῶν." ° PApuny.' 4
2411 you. Amen,

f— ἐκ L[TrA]. 8 — και (read τῶν which) GLITraw. h τῷ GLTTrAW. 1— Nas
GLTTraAW ; (join Amen with quickly ETr). k — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) gLrtraw.
1_— χριστοῦ LITra. τὰ — πάντων Tra. 2 — ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. ° + τῶν ἁγίων the
saints GTraW. Pp —’Aunv GLTTrA. 4 + ἀποκάλυψις Iwavvov Revelation of John a.

HAO.

b's Pa

Ν τ. ἐρ ἀρ “ypu
pire, ve. σοῦ om

i Pdpw, Rta wikia tn μῶν tnoan ty

ἐπ εὶς wy gee νὲ καὶ ἴω τι dite ne
ie; @x's 7 ᾿ ᾿ Ρ Ν iY ‘ ᾿ ᾿
- "Ἢ Sara’ “Wa, bein wos ;
τῇ ? 01) ἕν γῆν:
2 -
.-. δ =
Pon Dp es 4 ἃ ~~ am frad- (Ὁ ules Lay Aw ἃ 0 Fe J ιν
moe ie Patent aha ον» ie irs, τὸς thedcow cf'tiaig. Οἱ =e
“= xe δὼ hts oe where IPA "ὦ dyads ΠῚ
wey gee 5 haste GiLETes 5 ὁ ro Leer ae laters ΓΖ.
ae Ξ ᾿ 7
a Η
3 a
roy ω; 4 Ν i
i ey i = :
ohh ΡΥ
iJ
oe |
a _o
- cr VIP,
μὰ
un
| ἃ ;
i
a
|
aN
ἴω _
a ἣ “ὮΝ 7
᾿ - ᾿ ἐὰν 7
> a

rinceton Theologic al Seminary-Speer Library

VOLUN AMM

1 1012 01097 0632
Date Dug

‘ote ee ee

RAN
~~ >

᾿ a
a :

Be tee SILLS

oe ee ν

: : πον PS Σ,
a, ane ee th ΝΣ πε Χο SK

tate τ

a
Ss

ES
ee GG: are Sh ὅκ σ δΣ LOI ILI IIE.

ed ee ee

Se

\